[21MR 337.7]          It is not position or rank by which the Lord estimates. He looks to see                                          -338-     how much of the spirit of the Master you cherish and how much of the likeness of Christ your work reveals. He who listens most earnestly and intently for the voice of God loves the Lord the most, and as he loves most he is most beloved by the Father. "Learn of Me," says the greatest Teacher the world ever knew, "for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls."  {21MR 337.7}
[21MR 338.1]          There has been need for this prayer to be offered: "Oh, my best friend, my Maker, my Lord, shape me and mold me into Thy divine likeness. Make me entirely like Thyself. Refine, purify, quicken me, that I may represent the character of God." Religion and business are not two separate things, but one. All that trust in the Lord implicitly will be tested and tried. Then the superscription of God will be placed upon them.  {21MR 338.1}
[21MR 338.2]          Important work is before us and we must prepare the way for this work by preparing our own hearts. Heaven must be cherished in our hearts, and the rubbish of selfishness excluded, that Christ may change us into His image. And this work goes on by beholding Christ. We are changed from glory to glory and from character to character. His strength is made perfect in our weakness.  {21MR 338.2}
[21MR 338.3]          Take up the stones, remove the rubbish from your hearts. Behold the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world. People will be tested and proved as in the case of Brother Davis and in the case of Sister Miller. God's servants need constantly to lay hold of souls ready to perish, with one hand, while with the hand of faith they lay hold of the throne of God.  {21MR 338.3}
[21MR 338.4]          Souls possessed of evil spirits will present themselves before us. We must cultivate the spirit of earnest prayer mingled with genuine faith to save them from ruin. And all the relief gained will confirm our faith.  {21MR 338.4}
[21MR 338.5]          The Lord will work through every soul that will give himself up to be worked, not only to preach but to minister to the despairing, and to inspire hope in the minds of the hopeless. We are to act our part in relieving and softening the hardships and mysteries of this life. The miseries of this life are as dark and cloudy as they were thousands of years ago. We have something to do: "Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee" ［Isaiah 60:1］.  {21MR 338.5}
[21MR 338.6]          The needy are close by us, the suffering are in our very borders. We must try to help them. By the grace of Christ, the sealed fountains of earnest Christlike work are to be unsealed. In the strength of Him who has all strength we are to work as never before. The time of need and necessity shows our sure need of a present, all-powerful Lord Jehovah, in whom is everlasting strength, in whose power we may work. "We are                                            -339-     laborers together with God: ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building" ［1 Corinthians 3:9］.  {21MR 338.6}
[21MR 339.1]          The secret of success is not in our learning, not in our position, for "all ye are brethren," not in our numbers or entrusted talents, not in the will of man. All the Lord's workers, feeling their inefficiency, must contemplate Christ, and through Him who is the strength of all strength, the thought of all thought, the willing and obedient will gain victory after victory. The Lord God of Israel is our strength.  {21MR 339.1}
[21MR 339.2]          We must humble self today, tomorrow, and constantly. With a willing, sanctified heart we must co-operate with God. We are living in the time when Satan has come down in great power. He is walking about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. But the Lord is ready to take away the sin that hinders us from yoking up with Christ. If we wear the yoke of Christ, He will be our Emmanuel, "God with us," supplying every weakness with His strength, every inefficiency with His power of success. But if we take glory to ourselves He removes His excellency from us, and we no longer ride prosperously.  {21MR 339.2}
[21MR 339.3]          God designs that the sick, the unfortunate, those possessed of evil spirits, shall hear His voice through us. Through His human agencies He desires to be a Comforter such as the world has never before seen. His words are to be voiced, "Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. Ye believe in God, believe also in Me." The Lord has not given us the work of reasoning out the things that we do not comprehend until we are satisfied. We must take the Word as it reads.  {21MR 339.3}
[21MR 339.4]          We are not to institute schools of scholastic philosophy or for the so-called "higher education." We are to understand that our greatness consists in honoring God by simple, practical experience in the humble, everyday life. We need to walk with God, to bring Him into our homes. Grasp the hand of Christ and say, I will not let Thee go except Thou bless me. He will respond, Keep near to Me; I will hold your hand. My grasp shall never relax. Possess your soul in patience, in humbleness, in meekness, and yet say, "Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee" ［Isaiah 60:1］.  {21MR 339.4}
[21MR 339.5]          God must be with us day by day, preparing us to learn of Him, that He may teach us the lessons of perfect obedience, that we may be ever with Him. --Letter 49, 1897.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 339.5}
[21MR 340.1]      MR No. 1574 - Piety Low in Oslo; Meditations at a Funeral; Trouble in Nimes         (Written July, 1886, from Oslo, Norway, to Edson and Emma White. First part missing.)            . . . stood one feeble man as authority for everything. He has not undertaken to bring the people up and to perfect every man in Christ Jesus. The ideas he has had upon these things have not been according to the light God has given me, and yet Elder Matteson has accomplished a large work. The error was in sending him alone at the beginning. There should have been several to unite in the work. Oh, that God would help His people with proper understanding to broaden, to extend! Oh, that Heaven's light may shine forth upon the responsible men and upon those who go forth to labor! We can work successfully only through God.  {21MR 340.1}
[21MR 340.2]          Half past ten o'clock. At nine o'clock, by appointment, I met the committee to talk with them in regard to the way of observing the Sabbath, and the elements in the church that had been tolerated and had disfigured the work and brought the truth into disrepute. This influence, unless firmly dealt with, would be the means of turning many souls from the truth. I spoke very decidedly, in the fear of God, and I left no chance for any misunderstanding, I assure you.  {21MR 340.2}
[21MR 340.3]          I pointed to the blacksmith's shop, silent on the first day of the week, and the noise of hammering and of the anvil and clatter of iron on the Sabbath. And then close by was the marble shop, and the sound of hammer and chisel mingled with the prayers of a people who are professedly honoring God by observing His Sabbath.  {21MR 340.3}
[21MR 340.4]          Entering into the ears of God is all this din and all this confusion, I said, dishonoring God on your very premises, under your control. The Lord has sent you a message to which you are to take heed. You may regard it as an idle tale, but I tell you, in the day of God you will know the things which I tell you are verity and truth.  {21MR 340.4}
[21MR 340.5]          I related to them that, when in America, I was shown the work in Norway, the church in Christiania in particular, and the slow advancement they were making. The standard of piety and of truth was very low. The truth was made a matter of convenience. Rather than bringing themselves up to the Bible standard they were making their business and their own selfish interest the standard. God will accept no such service.  {21MR 340.5}
[21MR 341.1]          An angel of God said, "Look and observe carefully what this people are doing, mingling their own dross with pure truth." I had Sara present to report, and will not make the statement I designed to make, but have the words copied and then will have it more exact. Now, said I, I expect you may, some of you, consider my words as idle tales, but you must meet them in the judgment and I must meet them. I cannot abate one iota from their severity. The meeting for preaching was to commence in fifteen minutes and I told them I wanted another meeting to express the mind of the Spirit of God concerning them more fully upon some points. Next Monday--tomorrow evening--I meet the church and address them all.  {21MR 341.1}
[21MR 341.2]         As soon as I ceased speaking Brother Hansen arose and said, "I do not consider these as idle tales. I receive them, and believe the truth has been spoken to us this morning, and I thank Sister White for saying them." Then I think all in the room responded eagerly, heartily, "We receive these words and mean to act upon them."  {21MR 341.2}
[21MR 341.3]          Now, Brother Hansen is the most influential man in the church and the only one who has much of any property. He is a large builder and has had men under him. He is a large contractor and I have talked with him plainly before in regard to his position and example. Then I have seen him drawing off and feared he would give up the truth, but I felt so strongly for him I have written to him, close, earnest, and yet in love, pleading in Christ's stead for him to save his soul. He has had to have others read his letters for him as he could not read English, but he has received these letters gladly and has ever treated me with the greatest respect, and I felt that I could fall down upon my knees and thank God for this token for good.  {21MR 341.3}
[21MR 341.4]          I had reined myself up; every nerve was strained to the utmost, and calmly and in the spirit of Jesus, but firmly and decidedly, as plucking a brand from the burning, I delivered this testimony. I am so thankful the Lord did open hearts to receive the reproof and warning. When I came to my room I was weak as a child. I knew not how they would take my message.  {21MR 341.4}
[21MR 341.5]          Now I expect there will be a change, but Satan will oppose every step of advance, and so long have the people here professing present truth tampered with sacred things, letting down to a level with common things, that I expect it will require stern efforts and much wrestling against inclination to bring them up where God would have them.  {21MR 341.5}
[21MR 341.6]          I think if our brethren could realize how much it cost me--the weak instrument--to bear such testimonies, they would not think that                                            -342-     this was a work I have selected myself.  {21MR 341.6}
[21MR 342.1]          Two o'clock p.m. W.C.W. spoke for a hack to take me to ride--the first time I have had a ride in a carriage for four weeks. We had a very pleasant ride two hours long. We saw a curiously constructed church, a state church, about three hundred years old. It is most curiously constructed. It has been presented to the king of Norway. Close by was an old, rough-looking building with curious specimens of antique crockery, brass and tin waiters ［trays］, plates, and various articles of wearing apparel and utensils.  {21MR 342.1}
[21MR 342.2]          There are forests, groves, parks, and lakes owned by the city where the people, rich and poor, can get out into the country. We saw many, many people with baskets of food resorting to these forests, and what a blessing this is for them! Men, women, and children are flocking out of the city to enjoy the woods.  {21MR 342.2}
[21MR 342.3]          W.C.W. and I walk out twice each day. My hip has been so very painful I could not walk out much--not enough for my health. We walk quite a little distance to the king's palace and in the king's gardens, which have many acres of land in maple trees and trees of all kinds and green grass and flowers. Anyone can have access to these grounds. Seats are furnished for the convenience of all. Seminaries are located near and the students resort to these groves to study their lessons.  {21MR 342.3}
[21MR 342.4]          W.C.W. and I have walked through the cemetery not far distant. It is an extensive ground and is kept up. Women are hired to water and care for the graves for a small sum from different families. The graves are made shapely--oval--and flowers of every description are planted on these graves. It looks like one beautiful flower garden, but the tombstones and the monuments remind you that you are in the city of the dead, and I look forward in imagination to the time when the trump of God shall sound and all that are in their graves shall hear His voice and come forth, those that have done good to the resurrection of life, and they that have done evil to the resurrection of damnation.  {21MR 342.4}
[21MR 342.5]          Oh, what a scene will we then see--some coming forth to life eternal at the first resurrection! Upon them the second death shall have no power. And then at the end of a thousand years the wicked dead come forth. I cannot endure to think of this. I dwell with pleasure upon the resurrection of the just, who shall come forth from all parts of the earth, from rocky caverns, from dungeons, from caves of the earth, from the waters of the deep--not one is overlooked. Every one shall hear His voice. They will come forth with triumph and victory. Then there is to                                            -343-     be no more death, no more sin, no more sorrow.  {21MR 342.5}
[21MR 343.1]          We witnessed a burial scene last Friday. There was a large building upon the ground where services were held, and the coffin was placed in a small room connected with the building. Several women were there and one after another would bring upon a waiter very rich bouquets and these were received and fastened upon the coffin until it was entirely covered. There were two clergymen of the State Church with their long black gowns and quilled ruffles about the neck and the wrists.  {21MR 343.1}
[21MR 343.2]          The coffin was borne by bearers. There were no carriages. The grave was prepared as was Father's, with evergreens all around it, and the grave was lined with evergreens. I think this was some important personage. But beneath all these wreaths of flowers we knew was death. The coffin was lowered into the grave and the officiating minister was handed a small shovel. He threw a shovelful of earth and then made a few remarks, and another, and another, making some remarks, until the ceremony was ended. He said a few words and all were dismissed, and everything had been conducted in a solemn, impressive manner.  {21MR 343.2}
[21MR 343.3]          Well, I must not linger longer over this letter, but send it to you without further delay.  {21MR 343.3}
[21MR 343.4]          Twenty minutes to eight. My appointment was at six o'clock. We had an interested audience. I spoke upon Christ riding into Jerusalem, and Brother Oyen translated just as fast as I gave him, sentence by sentence. I know that there was a deep impression made upon the minds of the congregation. Many were in tears. I felt the deep moving of the Spirit of God upon my own heart and, by the promptness and earnestness of the way he translated, I believe he felt the Spirit of the Lord upon him.  {21MR 343.4}
[21MR 343.5]          Well, I think my labors here in public speaking are now ended. I must yet labor with the church, then I leave them until the judgment, never expecting to see their faces again after I leave them. Oh, what will be our meeting then? Will it be with fullness of joy and hope? Oh, God grant that it may be so! If we can meet Jesus in peace and be saved, forever saved, we shall be the happiest of beings! Oh, to be at home at last where the wicked cease from troubling and the weary are at rest! Heaven, sweet heaven! Oh, I shall appreciate heaven! I know that I must watch and keep my garments unspotted from the world or I shall never enter the abode of the blessed.  {21MR 343.5}
[21MR 343.6]          The east is not separated farther from the west than the children of light are separated from the children of darkness. We must watch continually and pray always that we may not be overcome with Satan's                                            -344-     devices. I long for a greater faith, a more earnest consecration.  {21MR 343.6}
[21MR 344.1]          I am informed Brother and Sister Hansen have come to see me. I must see them, although weary.  {21MR 344.1}
[21MR 344.2]          July 12. We had, I think, a very profitable visit with Brother and Sister Hansen. The Lord is surely drawing him to the light. I have borne a plain testimony to him both by pen and voice, and I have trembled in my soul as to how he would receive it. He told me through Brother Olsen that when he first read my letters written to him from Basel he could see but little light in them; the second time he read them he could see more; and the third time he could see still more, and he could receive it all; but had he moved upon his first impression he would have cast them aside as setting forth his case in a strong light that was not true. He has invited us to visit him in his home on the island, which he occupies in the summer. I have promised to go. I wish to draw nigh to him and help him all I can. King Oscar has a building on this same island which we shall visit. There are many things of interest connected with it that are desirable to see. The royal family spend some time there in summer.  {21MR 344.2}
[21MR 344.3]          I wonder sometimes if I have left my home to no more return to it. I can truly say all the comforts and conveniences of home do not weigh anything with me to turn my face that way unless I see my work is done and I am free to leave Europe. I am anxious to obtain that building, that house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. I long to be there! "Come, Lord Jesus," and come quickly!  {21MR 344.3}
[21MR 344.4]          We received letters from Brother Whitney, who has just visited Nimes, in France. He says the tent was pitched but the lawless element has disturbed them much and the authorities are bound to protect them, but do not do it, and it is on test and trial whether a tent can be run in Nimes. They have a good working force, and if they are compelled to take down the tent they will work from house to house and make the most possible of the situation. One or two meetings have broken up in confusion. It may be the workers will decide that they will have to commence their labors in places surrounding Nimes. They have their tent pitched within a stone wall eight feet high, entered only by a gate, and they may make arrangements to shut out this rough element.  {21MR 344.4}
[21MR 344.5]          May the Lord cause His truth to triumph! The angels of God can protect the tent so that the people will have an opportunity to hear the truth. It is a little singular that the Catholics are the only men who would give their names to be responsible for the tent manager, so that the police could be employed, but the police as yet have done nothing to quell the disturbance. There is an                                            -345-     excellent interest to hear, and God is able to make His truth to triumph amid the discordant elements of the world who are at enmity with God. Satan uses these elements to hinder the progress of truth.  {21MR 344.5}
[21MR 345.1]          But now I must pack up to go tomorrow to Denmark. Love to all friends. I looked for your patterns and measurement but none came, so we can do nothing now here. We could get sewing done for twenty-seven cents per day, and we wanted to purchase and make Emma a dress, and now if your measure comes we can perhaps let someone do the business for us. Am sorry for the delay. I shall see you have stockings knit for winter.  {21MR 345.1}
[21MR 345.2]          I received an excellent letter from Emma. Thank you, Emma. I am so tired I can scarcely write a word fit to read.  {21MR 345.2}
[21MR 345.3]          Edson spoke of Father's chair. I thought you all knew what chair I meant. It is in your house--the patent rocker. The chair was purchased in Texas, sent to Colorado, and then to Battle Creek. I wanted it sent to California, but if it is not, never mind.--Letter 113, 1886.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter  {21MR 345.3}
[21MR 346.1]      MR No. 1575 - A Description of Christ's Return and the Final Judgment; An Appeal for Faithful Stewardship and Witnessing         (Written October 14, 1900, from St. Helena, California, to A.G. Daniells. A portion of this manuscript appears in Evangelism, and in MR Nos. 325, 454.)            I understand the situation to which you refer in your letter. While in Cooranbong I was shown that the enemy would make most determined efforts to ensnare those who with proper instruction would be strong co-workers with Christ. All who desire to qualify themselves for the Lord's work are the objects of Satan's attacks. If all would live the prayer offered by the Saviour to His Father just before His betrayal and crucifixion, the unity and love represented in that prayer would be a impregnable wall which would withstand the assaults of the enemy. But when there is dissension, when each seeks the highest place, the prayer of Christ is not answered and there is weakness instead of strength.  {21MR 346.1}
[21MR 346.2]          At times I am worried in spirit, but when I commit all to God His peace comes to me. I hear His voice saying "Be still, and know that I am God." I see that the time has come when everything that can be shaken will be shaken. We are in the shaking time. Be assured that only those who live the prayer of Christ, working it out in the practical life, will stand the test.  {21MR 346.2}
[21MR 346.3]         The will of God in regard to His people is plainly expressed in the sixth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth chapters of John. If this instruction cannot cure dissension, what can my words or my presence do? I tell you that souls are sick and in need of a physician, but they think themselves whole, and in place of humbling themselves before God as a little child they are trying to humble someone else. If they would live the prayer of Christ, the sure result would be realized--unity with one another and with Christ.  {21MR 346.3}
[21MR 346.4]          Those who exalt self place themselves in Satan's power, preparing to receive his deceptions as truth. There are ministers and workers who will present a tissue of nonsensical falsehoods as testing truths, even as the Jewish rabbis presented the maxims of men as the bread of heaven. Sayings of no value are given to the flock of God as their portion of meat in due season while the poor sheep are starving for the bread of life.  {21MR 346.4}
[21MR 346.5]          There seems to be a burning desire to get up something fictitious and bring it in as new light. Thus men try to weave into the web as important truths a tissue of lies. This fanciful mixture of food that is being                                            -347-     prepared for the flock will cause spiritual consumption, decline, and death. When those who profess to believe present truth come to their senses, when they accept the Word of the living God just as it reads and do not try to wrest the Scriptures, then they will build their house upon the eternal Rock, even Christ Jesus.  {21MR 346.5}
[21MR 347.1]          There are those who say, not only in their hearts but in all their works, "My Lord delayeth His coming." They show the effect of error upon them by smiting their fellow servants and eating and drinking with the drunken. As in the days of Noah, those who have had great light will show their inconsistency. Because Christ's coming has been long foretold they conclude that there is a mistake in regard to this doctrine.  {21MR 347.1}
[21MR 347.2]          But the Lord says, "If the vision tarry, wait for it; for it will surely come. It will not tarry past the time that the message is borne to all nations, tongues, and peoples" ［See Habakkuk 2:3］. Shall we who claim to be students of prophecy forget that God's forbearance to the wicked is a part of His vast and merciful plan, by which He is seeking to compass the salvation of souls? Shall we be found among the number who cease to cooperate with the Lord, and who are found saying, "My Lord delayeth His coming"?  {21MR 347.2}
[21MR 347.3]          The divine antidote for the sin of the whole world is contained in the gospel of St. John. There is found a recipe for all the maladies of the soul. "Whoso eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood," Christ declares, "hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day." He may die, as Christ died, but the life of the Saviour is in him; his life is hid with Christ in God. "I am come that they might have life," Jesus said, "and that they might have it more abundantly." Again He said, "Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water, springing up into everlasting life" ［John 4:14］. "This spake He of the Spirit, which they that believe on Him should receive" ［John 7:39］. Christ carries on the great process by which believers become one with Him in this present life and are one with Him in life eternal.  {21MR 347.3}
[21MR 347.4]          Christ is soon to come, and no soul should stand in a position where he will say in word or action, "My Lord delayeth His coming." Christ's true followers will represent Him in character. They turn aside from worldly policy and are being trained for everyday service in the cause of God. In active service they find peace and hope, efficiency and power. They are conscious that they are breathing the breath of heaven, the only atmosphere in which the soul can live. By obedience they are made partakers of the divine nature. The doing of the living principles of the law of God makes them one with Christ. And He has pledged Himself                                            -348-     to raise them up at the last day. Because He lives they will live also. He will raise them up as a part of Himself.  {21MR 347.4}
[21MR 348.1]          He declares, "As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me" ［John 6:57］. This is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day" ［verse 40］. Christ became one with us in humanity in order that we might become one with Him in life everlasting. Thus our life is united with His life. He proclaimed over the rent sepulchre of Joseph, "I am the resurrection, and the life."  {21MR 348.1}
[21MR 348.2]         I have a desire to dwell upon those subjects which are essential for us all to understand. Fables have been devised, and men of little experience have woven these suppositions and falsehoods into the web. These men will one day see their work as it is viewed by the heavenly intelligences. They have chosen to bring to the foundation hay, wood, and stubble, when they had the Word of God, in all its richness and power, from which they could have gathered the valuable treasures of truth represented by gold, silver, and precious stones.  {21MR 348.2}
[21MR 348.3]          The Lord is soon to come in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. Is there not enough comprehended in the truths which cluster around this event, and in the preparation essential for it, to make us think solemnly of our duty? Distinctly and clearly this subject is to be kept before the people. "The Son of man shall come in His glory. . . and before Him shall be gathered all nations" ［Matthew 25:31, 32］.  {21MR 348.3}
[21MR 348.4]          Present the truth that is needed in every church as the means to an end, and that end the judgment, with its eternal decisions and rewards. God will render to every man according to his work. "Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all." And Solomon, when making his appeal and declaration as a preacher of righteousness, presented the prospect of a judgment to come. "Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter," he said, "Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil" ［Ecclesiastes 12:13, 14］.  {21MR 348.4}
[21MR 348.5]          We have an abundance of weighty, solemn truths to proclaim from the Word of God without allowing the mind to devise and plan theories of human nothingness to present to the flock of God as testing truth. What is the chaff to the wheat?  {21MR 348.5}
[21MR 349.1]          The final judgment is a most solemn, awful event. This must take place before the universe. To the Lord Jesus the Father has committed all judgment. He will declare the reward of loyalty to all who obey the law of Jehovah. God will be honored and His government vindicated and glorified, and that in the presence of the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds. On the largest possible scale will the government of God be vindicated and exalted. It is not the judgment of one individual or of one nation but of the whole world. Oh, what a change will then be made in the understanding of all created beings. Then all will see the value of eternal life.  {21MR 349.1}
[21MR 349.2]         When God honors His commandment-keeping people, He would not have one of the enemies of truth and righteousness absent. And when the transgressors of His law receive their condemnation He would have all the righteous behold the result of sin.  {21MR 349.2}
[21MR 349.3]         God desires this solemn truth to be presented to the people who claim to believe the third angel's message. He desires His people to act aright in regard to that decisive day. The truth that Christ is coming should be kept before every mind. He will come in all His glory and before Him shall be gathered all nations. "The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son. . . . And hath given Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the Son of man."  {21MR 349.3}
[21MR 349.4]          He accepted humanity and lived a pure, sanctified life. For this reason He has received the appointment. He who occupies the position of Judge is God manifest in the flesh. What a consolation it will be to recognize in the Judge our Teacher and Redeemer, bearing all the marks of the crucifixion, from which shine forth beams of glory, giving additional value to the crowns which the redeemed receive from His hands, the very hands outstretched in blessing over His disciples as He ascended.  {21MR 349.4}
[21MR 349.5]          The very voice which said to them, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world," bids them welcome to His presence. The very One who gave His precious life for them, who by His grace moved their hearts to repentance, who awakened them to their need of salvation, receives them now into His joy. Oh, how they love Him! The realization of their hopes is so much greater than their expectation! They take their glittering crowns and cast them at His feet. Their joy is complete.  {21MR 349.5}
[21MR 349.6]          When sinners are compelled to look upon Him who clothed His divinity in the garb of humanity and who still wears that garb, their confusion is indescribable. They remember how His love was slighted and His compassion abused. They think of how Barabbas, a murderer and a robber,                                            -350-     was chosen in His stead, how Jesus was crowned with thorns, and scourged and crucified, how in the hours of His agony on the cross the priests and rulers taunted Him saying, "Let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him." "He saved others; Himself He cannot save."  {21MR 349.6}
[21MR 350.1]          All the insult and despite offered to Christ, all the suffering caused to His disciples, will be as fresh in their recollection as when the satanic deeds were done. The voice which they heard so often in entreaty and persuasion will again sound in their ears. Every tone of gracious solicitude will vibrate as distinctly in their ears as when the Saviour spoke in the synagogues or on the street.  {21MR 350.1}
[21MR 350.2]          Then those who pierced Him will call on the rocks and mountains to fall on them and hide them from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb, for the great day of His wrath has come, and who shall be able to stand? "The wrath of the Lamb" --One who ever showed Himself full of infinite tenderness, patience, and long-suffering, who having given Himself up as the sacrificial victim, was led as a lamb to the slaughter to save sinners from the doom now falling upon them because they would not allow Him to take away their guilt.  {21MR 350.2}
[21MR 350.3]          The scene upon which the impenitent look makes them realize what they might have been had they received Christ and improved the opportunities granted them.  {21MR 350.3}
[21MR 350.4]          Are not these subjects of sufficient moment to present to the people? Will not our people take their Bibles and study them, and see that their eternal interests are at stake? "By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned." "Inasmuch as ye have done it," and, "Inasmuch as ye did it not." Thus will the cases of men and women be decided. In that great day all will see that their course of action decided their destiny. They will be rewarded or punished according as they have obeyed or violated the law of God. In that great day the character of each individual will be plainly and distinctly revealed. God will look into all the feelings and motives. No one can then occupy middle ground. Men and women are either saints or sinners, either entitled to a glorious life of eternity, or doomed to eternal death.  {21MR 350.4}
[21MR 350.5]          What a scene that will be! No pen can describe it! The aggravated guilt of the world will be laid bare and the voice of the eternal Judge will be heard saying, "Depart from Me; I never knew you." ［See Matthew 7:23］. The judgment will be conducted in accordance with the rules given in order that man might have eternal life. The law of God, which men are now called upon to obey and to make their rule of life, but which many refuse to accept, is the law by which                                            -351-     they will be judged. We are judged by our works. Obedience or disobedience means everything to us.  {21MR 350.5}
[21MR 351.1]          The last great day will witness the triumph of the law of Jehovah. As the impenitent look upon the cross of Calvary, the scales fall from their eyes, and they see that which before they would not see. The law, God's standard of righteousness, is exalted even as His throne is exalted. God Himself gives reverence to His law.  {21MR 351.1}
[21MR 351.2]          The result of uplifting this law before the universe is to bring human character to the test, and every man finds his proper place in one of the two classes. He is either holy to the Lord through obedience to His law or stained with sin through transgression. He has either done good, cooperating in faith and works with Jesus Christ to restore the moral image of God in man, or he has done evil, denying the Saviour by an ungodly life.  {21MR 351.2}
[21MR 351.3]          Christ separates them one from another, as the shepherd divides the sheep from the goats, and He sets the sheep on His right hand and the goats on His left.  {21MR 351.3}
[21MR 351.4]          No man is accepted because of the position he occupied in this life. No man is praised or justified because through clever schemes or sharp dealing he became rich. Christ says to such a one, "That is My property. You have robbed Me of the glory I would have received if you had used your entrusted talents to relieve suffering human beings. You were a receiver, but not a producer. Had you used My money in advancing the gospel of My kingdom, I could now recognize you as a faithful servant. But you withheld the means which you should have imparted.  {21MR 351.4}
[21MR 351.5]          "You neglected the widow and the fatherless. In their destitution they cried for help but in your luxuriance you heeded them not, and their cries have entered into My ears. You were given My money to dispense but you did not feed the hungry or clothe the naked. You did not cooperate with Me in My great firm. You did not in love draw near to the members of My family. You loved to be thought rich, but your riches accumulated by the withholding of My money from the poor. This will make you the poorest man on earth.  {21MR 351.5}
[21MR 351.6]          "Every act of oppression, of double dealing, of fraud, is registered in My record book. What do your riches profit you? What peace, what happiness have you found from your transactions? Wherein have you magnified the name of your Redeemer?  {21MR 351.6}
[21MR 351.7]          "What shall it profit a man if he gain the whole world and lose his own soul, or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? The time of God's dealing with His unfaithful, rebellious subjects has come. I will impress your minds, ye worldly rich men, with the thought of the heavenly                                            -352     treasure you have lost by seeking to become rich in this world's goods, so that the gospel treasure lost its value in your eyes.  {21MR 351.7}
[21MR 352.1]          "I gave you talents of tact and skill, talents of worldly treasure, that you might cooperate with Me. I would have given you wisdom to enable you to impart aright. I could have made you a channel of communication for My blessings. I could have helped you to reveal My attributes by imputing to others the wisdom and understanding imparted to you. You could have used My gifts without abusing them. But the tempter corrupted your senses."  {21MR 352.1}
[21MR 352.2]          Talents are of value only as they are used to accomplish the design of God. He has given human beings opportunities and privileges that they may make the very most of themselves from a Bible standpoint. If our talents are wisely used, our improvement will be a blessing to ourselves and to others. But where the talent-value is looked at only from a desire to accumulate for selfish purposes, the design of God is not carried out, and serious loss to the Master follows. Those who might have been benefited and relieved fail to receive that help the Lord designed them to have.  {21MR 352.2}
[21MR 352.3]          The Lord gave Paul special light in regard to spiritual treasures, and Paul imparted to Timothy the light he had received, and instructed him in regard to the improvement he must make. "Thou therefore, my son," he declared, "be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also" ［2 Timothy 2:1, 2］.  {21MR 352.3}
[21MR 352.4]         Paul was arrested by the Lord as he was on his way to persecute the church at Damascus. He was converted, and from that time he was very zealous not only in receiving light but in imparting it to others.  {21MR 352.4}
[21MR 352.5]          The second chapter of Second Timothy is of special importance to those who desire to be diligent students of the Word. Here they are taught that they are to commit what they receive to others, that they in their turn may impart it to still others.  {21MR 352.5}
[21MR 352.6]          The talents which the Lord gives to His servants are varied, but all are to blend in a perfect whole. God desires us to regard money as His gift, and to use it accordingly. To abuse any of His gifts is a betrayal of sacred trust. And in misusing his Lord's entrusted capital the steward does harm to his own soul and blocks the way so that truth cannot do its appointed work.  {21MR 352.6}
[21MR 352.7]          Hear the words of the Lord: "Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your miseries that shall come upon you. . . . Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days. Behold, the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth:                                            -353-     and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth. Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth and been wanton; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of slaughter. Ye have condemned and killed the just; and he doth not resist you" ［James 5:1-6］.  {21MR 352.7}
[21MR 353.1]          This is the state of the world today. Men are grasping at all they can possibly obtain, paying their laborers the lowest prices, while they exact the highest prices themselves. Selfishness, avariciousness, and covetousness, which is idolatry, are cherished. Thousands of dollars are locked up where they are of no use to anyone.  {21MR 353.1}
[21MR 353.2]          Those who own this money live in a state of continual worry lest they will lose their treasure. Thus the Lord's entrusted capital fails to bring an increase to Him. God says, Put it out to usury. Use it to benefit and bless someone who in his turn will benefit someone else. By the blessing of God money put into circulation to help others steadily increases, multiplying itself.  {21MR 353.2}
[21MR 353.3]          Our intelligence and knowledge of God is to be increased by unselfish works. As we use our tact and skill for others we become channels of usefulness, and God gives the increase, for His law is, "Give, and it shall be given unto you."  {21MR 353.3}
[21MR 353.4]          The Lord's goods are to be used with the greatest discretion. As we build houses, places of worship, or sanitariums, we should carefully count the cost, building with reference to the destitute places which must be entered and worked. We should build for the advancement of the cause of God, and nothing should be of a shoddy character. Everything should be done with an eye single to the glory of God. The buildings should be erected savingly, but with taste and skill.  {21MR 353.4}
[21MR 353.5]          Money is to be used to the best advantage. There are those who are not as discreet as they might be in dealing with their Lord's goods, while others make money go as far as it will. The Lord desires the managers in our institutions to be economical, for no one can tell what work may open which would advance the cause if there was money in the treasury to use at the proper moment. We should act discreetly for the simple reason that we are trading on the Lord's goods. Our money is not our own. Watch unto prayer, and then study how the Lord's money may be best used to advance His cause and raise memorials to Him in fields which have never yet been entered.  {21MR 353.5}
[21MR 353.6]          Those who will sacrifice ease and pleasure and enter the places of error, superstition, and darkness, working earnestly and perseveringly for the destitute, speaking the truth in simplicity, praying in faith, doing house-to-house labor, will lay up treasure beside the throne of God.  {21MR 353.6}
[21MR 354.1]          The Lord calls upon His workers to leave the ninety and nine in the fold of the church, and enter new districts. Some can do a most precious work in fireside labor. When sitting at the table to partake of food, they can witness for the Master. Christ sowed the seeds of truth wherever He was. The canvassers in the field, if they are consecrated to God, will learn every day by practice how to reach the souls for whom Christ has died.  {21MR 354.1}
[21MR 354.2]         When there is a continual reliance upon God, a continual practice of self-denial, the workers will not sink into discouragement. They will not worry. They will remember that in every place there are souls for whom the Lord has need, and for whom the devil is seeking, that he may bind them in his slavery.  {21MR 354.2}
[21MR 354.3]         The canvasser's work is a most important work. Let the canvasser remember that he has an opportunity to sow beside all waters. He will meet many who need to be taught the way of life. Let him remember that he is doing the work of God and that every talent is to be used to the glory of His name. He is doing God service as he sells the books which give a knowledge of the truth.  {21MR 354.3}
[21MR 354.4]          To the canvasser I would say, Pray. Oh, pray for a deeper experience. If you make no effort to win souls to Christ, you will be held responsible for the good you might have done but did not do because you were spiritually indolent. Remember that in the last great day God will call you to give an account of what you have done with His goods.  {21MR 354.4}
[21MR 354.5]          Day by day, hour by hour, as responsible beings we are working for time and for eternity, making our record in the books of heaven, and preparing our reward or punishment.  {21MR 354.5}
[21MR 354.6]          Let us remember that there will be no second probation. Some flatter themselves that the Lord will give them another chance. Fatal delusion! Just now, day by day we are building for the last great day. We are trading on our Lord's money, and at His coming He will reckon with us. He will expect results from every one.  {21MR 354.6}
[21MR 354.7]          Let those who are seeking an easy time arise and shine, for their light has come and the glory of the Lord has risen upon them. Our reward will be proportionate to our work. "My reward is with Me," Christ declares, "to give unto every man according as his work shall be." Let all who can, go forth to work in wisdom and grace and the love of Christ for those nigh and afar off. The Master calls for every man to do the work given him according to his several ability.--Letter 131, 1900.         Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 354.7}
[21MR 355.1]      MR No. 1576 - Meetings in Melbourne and Vicinity; Commercial Work at the Echo Office; Charge Adequate Tuition          (Written April 21, 1898, from Stanmore, Sydney, N.S.W., to Brethren Irwin, Evans, Smith, and Jones.)           I received your letter, and will write a few lines now.  {21MR 355.1}
[21MR 355.2]          I was solicited to visit Melbourne before the tent would have to be taken down, but on account of the severe heat they dared not make the request too urgent. Elder Robinson thought my testimony must be given, as it was greatly needed. He and his wife were left to bear the responsibility of the work, giving Bible readings, conducting the Mission, and training several young men and women as workers. The work has rested heavily upon them. Sister Robinson has hired a girl to do her housework and is doing work every way as taxing as that of a minister. The women workers have not received pay, but this will be changed in due time. The cause is now hemmed in for want of means.  {21MR 355.2}
[21MR 355.3]         Besides having much work to do in council meetings, I spoke in the tent three times each week, riding from North Fitzroy, seven miles and back. I spoke nine times in Melbourne. I then visited Geelong, forty miles from Melbourne, going on the boat. The company there has had little labor. We had profitable meetings. Brother Robinson conducted the Sabbath school and spoke in the morning and evening and on Sunday evening. I spoke in the afternoon both Sabbath and Sunday. These meetings were a blessing to the church. We returned to Melbourne on Monday.  {21MR 355.3}
[21MR 355.4]          The tent was taken down and much search was made for a hall. We found a very poor hall, where we could hold meeting on the Sabbath, but we could have it only on Saturday as meetings were held there on Sunday by different religious bodies. We felt very sorry, for this was just at the time when souls were deciding for the truth, but it was not safe to keep the tent up because of the strong winds at this time of the year.  {21MR 355.4}
[21MR 355.5]          Forty in Balaclava have decided to obey the truth. One teacher from Ballarat, an excellent woman, has taken a decided stand, and is one of the very best workers in Balaclava now. A lady employed in Government House has taken the Sabbath. She is a matron in the laundry department. Sister Williams informed Lady Brassey of her change of views and she laid the matter before Lord Brassey. He said that he could not see                                            -356-     that her keeping the Sabbath would bring any confusion.  {21MR 355.5}
[21MR 356.1]          Lord and Lady Brassey were about to visit England, and Lord Brassey gave Mrs. Williams a vacation during their absence and allowed her wages to go on for a period of six months. She referred Lord Brassey to the Echo Office for information concerning the faith. He said that was enough; he was having his Government work done at that Office, and was favorably impressed with the principles that were manifested by the managers and with the work that was executed in the office.  {21MR 356.1}
[21MR 356.2]          Some are very poor, and everything they eat has had to be provided for them, and their rent has to be paid. This cannot be avoided. We feel grateful to God for His tender love and compassion to the children of men, and we are in all things to follow Christ, to do as He would do were He in the world under the same circumstances.  {21MR 356.2}
[21MR 356.3]          A lot has been purchased on which to build a church here. I made a donation of twenty pounds but they must wait until I can obtain means. I must see if we can hire one hundred pounds to keep us until the Lord shall send us means. I have paid one hundred and five pounds toward the Stanmore church. After great hindrance, which we cannot explain, the land was bought and the building is up, but money does not seem to be in sight to pay the workmen and fully complete the work. But it will be dedicated next Sunday.  {21MR 356.3}
[21MR 356.4]          Elder Haskell, in connection with his wife, did noble work in the first term of school, and the Lord accepted the work done. Every student left the school converted. And just that kind of work has been done here at Stanmore, that the Lord has revealed to me for years was the work the unbelieving world must have done for them if they have the light and courage to take their position upon the Sabbath.  {21MR 356.4}
[21MR 356.5]          After the community has been stirred by a well organized camp meeting, then shall the workers pull up stakes and leave to attend another camp meeting and let the work ravel out? I say, Divide the workers and have some take right hold, giving Bible readings, doing colporteur work, selling tracts, etc. Let there be a mission home to prepare workers by educating them in every line of the work. This will not leave the work to ravel out. The good impressions the messengers of God have made upon hearts and minds will not be lost.  {21MR 356.5}
[21MR 356.6]          This house-to-house labor, searching for souls, hunting for the lost sheep, is the most essential work that can be done. Seventy-five souls have been organized into a church in Stanmore. We thank God for this. Fifty of these have embraced the truth since the camp meeting in Stanmore.  {21MR 356.6}
[21MR 357.1]          In Balaclava I had great freedom in speaking to the people. I spoke to them eight times, to the church in Geelong twice, to the North Fitzroy church three times, to the Office workers once, and to the managers. We had most solemn seasons reading to the responsible men the principles to be maintained in the Echo Office. In every branch there was much that needed to be separated from the Office and commercial work brought in of a character that will not belittle the mind and give it food that will be as a poisonous malaria. This labor was very severe upon me.  {21MR 357.1}
[21MR 357.2]         The burden I carried for the church in North Fitzroy was so heavy that I could not eat or sleep. I was in agony of soul because I could see the peril that all were in, peril which it was difficult to define with such exactness as to prevent misrepresentation as they should work to set things in order. Some were anxious I should explain every minutiae of the management as it should be, but I told them that that was not my work.  {21MR 357.2}
[21MR 357.3]         The commercial work should not be excluded from the Office, but much work that has been taken in should not be, as it has had an influence to belittle the mind and place sacred things upon a level with the common.  {21MR 357.3}
[21MR 357.4]          Satan will play his game of life for every soul employed there. He is unseen but working diligently to carry the youth along under his guidance. But the Lord is a strong, powerful, all-sufficient helper, if human intelligences will make the Word of God their meat and drink. As sure as they refuse to heed the counsel of God, the Lord cannot work with them. But just as long as they will walk humbly with God in earnest prayer the Lord will lift up for them a standard against the enemy. How wonderful are these words, how full and expressive of the watch-care of the angels of light!  {21MR 357.4}
[21MR 357.5]          And it becomes a subject of weighty importance that every worker in the Office shall have faith unfeigned and that they shall constantly work from sound, elevating principles. Let everyone respect himself or herself because Christ has paid a ransom for each soul. All are His bought captives, and they are to become His free sons, the sons of God.  {21MR 357.5}
[21MR 357.6]          If the Lord is believed, if the Lord Jesus is accepted as our personal Saviour, it will make us to be honored of all the angelic universe as sons of God, children of the heavenly King. Then may they say, "Goodness and mercy have followed me all the days of my life, and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever." The Lord will take the humble and contrite soul and bring him into connection with the excellent of the earth. This is the work the Lord Jesus longs to do for every soul that will come to Him.  {21MR 357.6}
[21MR 358.1]          Commercial work should in no case become all-absorbing. The Lord would have the truth go forth as a lamp that is trimmed and burning, because filled with the heavenly oil, in publications to go everywhere, and the business relations conducted by men who are under the great Master-worker. The commercial work should bring the believers in connection with the unbelievers that the truth, by being lived, may be as seed sown and its influence touch the ends of the earth.  {21MR 358.1}
[21MR 358.2]         As widely as this printed matter shall go, every believer should spread his influence in vindication of the truth. Therefore every worker should be connected with Christ, that he may have power to do a work that will bear the test of the judgment. Abundant provision has been made that, amid the greatest cares, a steadfast character may be maintained because the Lord and His ways are kept ever before the mind.  {21MR 358.2}
[21MR 358.3]         Is there no time to pray? No time to tell the Lord, "Thou must keep me by Thine own power"? Leaving the Lord out of sight will not lessen the cares but multiply them. A Christian spirit is as essential in active business lines as is having the Spirit of God in the place where prayer is wont to be made. All any of us need is to seek the Lord, and the grace of the Christian will be evidenced. All who seek Him find Jesus a very present help in every time of need.  {21MR 358.3}
[21MR 358.4]          Purest Christian principles must be maintained. There is a plague spot of selfishness that will make itself a place in the heart until it is expelled. Oh, the danger and shame of the many sacrificing to the lust of mammon rather than to the Holy One and the Just.  {21MR 358.4}
[21MR 358.5]          Some will hold fast their integrity. There will be no underhanded contrivances to take advantage of circumstances to favor one's self, so that it can be written in the book of heaven "unspotted from the world."  {21MR 358.5}
[21MR 358.6]          The question is, Has every man taken up his cross and followed Christ? If he has, this settles the question of his discipleship. "If any man will be My disciple let him deny (not indulge and pet) himself, and take up his cross and follow Me" ［See Matthew 16:24］. This is not merely a Christian duty, but the certain evidence of discipleship--the Christian duty. It is the one thing, the great test of character, the proof of discipleship, and our heirship to heaven.  {21MR 358.6}
[21MR 358.7]          This burden borne in Melbourne twice brought upon me a severe sickness, for it approached to a rending of the soul and body, because it was so difficult to adjust things with the old Sabbathkeepers as God would have them. We cannot convince them that they must be renewed, converted. And the thought that these old in the knowledge of the truth will counterwork the very things that we are trying to do in the                                            -359-     saving of the souls ready to perish, is most painful. Their example in dress and in health reform is a barrier to the work. They sow their seeds of evil. My soul is weighed down over these matters.  {21MR 358.7}
[21MR 359.1]          After working most earnestly in company with Elder Robinson we went to Ballarat. But I had malaria; I could not eat. Bodily infirmities were upon me but my appointment was out. In the second-class compartment a bed was prepared with pillows, and I lay down and slept an hour. I had been unable to sleep because of the burden on my soul.  {21MR 359.1}
[21MR 359.2]          I was quite weak on Sabbath but attended the meeting, for the poor, hungry sheep must be fed. After Brother Robinson prayed I felt the spirit of intercession. I cried unto the Lord to strengthen me to speak. I was able to speak in a feeble voice. The Lord's blessing came into the meeting.  {21MR 359.2}
[21MR 359.3]          I asked the Lord for strength to fill my appointment Sunday in the large hall. I was still unable to eat except a couple of small, dry crackers, but when on Sunday I stood before the hearers I was strengthened, blessed, and the grace of Christ was upon me. Remarks were made by some--"No one would suppose Sister White was sick." The speaking did not tire me. I spoke more than an hour and was not in the least weary. Elder Robinson spoke in the evening with great freedom. We returned Monday and the power of the enemy was broken.  {21MR 359.3}
[21MR 359.4]          I had then to complete writings to leave with the brethren in Melbourne. The movements made in Battle Creek in regard to means were placing us in this new field, where new and advancing work must be done, in a condition similar to that of the children of Israel when they were refused straw to make bricks but were told, "Go, gather straw for yourselves." W. C. White was in Cooranbong, preparing for the opening of the school there.  {21MR 359.4}
[21MR 359.5]          Elder Haskell and his wife were in Stanmore, overseeing the building of the meetinghouse and carrying forward the education of the workers in the mission home, that he might as soon as possible leave this interesting work in other hands. But Elder Haskell must take the oversight of the building of the church and not allow the house-to-house labor to be left, for every week souls are found ready to take their stand, and a very precious company has been organized into a church.  {21MR 359.5}
[21MR 359.6]          All our anxiety is from some of the old Sabbathkeepers who are not advancing with the work and are full of jealousy because they are not receiving greater labor, when every soul of them should be a laborer together with God to gather in the souls that are ready to die.  {21MR 359.6}
[21MR 359.7]          W. C. White came to Melbourne and we worked with him to set things                                          -360-     in order. There are great perplexities to know how to work and make bricks without straw.  {21MR 359.7}
[21MR 360.1]          May the Lord open the eyes of those who have pursued a course to bring about this condition of things. May He give them discernment and enable them to reason from cause to effect, that we in these distant missionary fields may not be punished because of the actions of others who have followed their own course, until the Lord is showing His displeasure by hedging up the way. We need to seek the Lord most earnestly, that we shall know what we must do at every step. "Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall."  {21MR 360.1}
[21MR 360.2]          There are ministers' wives, Sisters Starr, Haskell, Wilson, and Robinson, who have been devoted, earnest, whole-souled workers, giving Bible readings and praying with families, helping along by personal efforts just as successfully as their husbands. These women give their whole time and are told that they receive nothing for their labors because their husbands receive their wages. I tell them to go forward and all such decisions will be revised.  {21MR 360.2}
[21MR 360.3]          The Word says, "The laborer is worthy of his hire." When any such decision as this is made I will, in the name of the Lord, protest. I will feel it my duty to create a fund from my tithe money to pay these women who are accomplishing just as essential work as the ministers are doing, and this tithe I will reserve for work in the same line as that of the ministers, hunting for souls, fishing for souls.  {21MR 360.3}
[21MR 360.4]          I know that the faithful women should be paid wages as is considered proportionate to the pay received by ministers. They carry the burden of souls and should not be treated unjustly. These sisters are giving their time to educating those newly come to the faith, and hire their own work done and pay those who work for them. All these things must be adjusted and set in order and justice be done to all.  {21MR 360.4}
[21MR 360.5]          Proofreaders in the Office receive their wages, those who are working at housework receive their wages--two dollars and a half and three dollars a week. This I have had to pay and others have to pay. But ministers' wives, who carry a tremendous responsibility, devoting their entire time, have nothing for their labor. This will give you an idea of how matters are in this conference. There are seventy-five souls organized into a church, who are applying their tithe into the conference, and as a saving plan it has been deemed essential to let these poor souls labor for nothing. But this does not trouble me, for I will not allow it to go thus.  {21MR 360.5}
[21MR 360.6]          Elder Haskell and his wife break up their mission home next Monday and take their position in the school. They are needed there. They are solicited to go out into the field and                                            -361-     present the needs of the cause there, to raise money to sustain our schools.  {21MR 360.6}
[21MR 361.1]          I carry quite a number of students through this term. Our school is different from any school that has been instituted. The Bible is taking the place in the school that it should always have had. It is the great textbook, and we want it to succeed, and it will. Brother Haskell feels no duty to remain longer away from the school. He and his wife now take their places as Bible instructors.  {21MR 361.1}
[21MR 361.2]          There are now in Cooranbong some outside parties who are placing their children in the school. As Brother Haskell is not to visit the churches it will be necessary for Willie and Brother Robinson to go to our people and if possible raise means to sustain the school. I wish the Lord would place the necessities of His work before His people in America who can help if they would--those who spend money to please and glorify themselves, those who expend means on dress and to keep pace with the fashions of this degenerate age. Oh, so many live to please themselves!  {21MR 361.2}
[21MR 361.3]          In regard to the school's running in debt, the tuition has been altogether too low in America. Cannot those who conduct the schools in America understand that this is the only way out? Why do they keep the price so low? An increase in price of educational advantages would stop that increasing debt.  {21MR 361.3}
[21MR 361.4]          The students are to be fed, and they need good, nourishing food. They should not be stinted in the wholesome fruit and vegetarian diet, but cut off everything like the desserts. Let abundance of fruit be eaten with the meals, but custards and pastries are of no manner of use--all unnecessary.  {21MR 361.4}
[21MR 361.5]          Now when the wiseheads officiating in our schools study to run the school upon a sum wholly insufficient, year after year, they are engaged in a work that will bring debts; it cannot be prevented. They have begun this policy in Cooranbong, and the very same results will follow. There is no justice or requirement of God for them to make such loose calculations. They make it necessary to practice the closest economy, and it is not always wise to bring down the diet as a means of avoiding debt.  {21MR 361.5}
[21MR 361.6]          Economy must be practiced in every line to keep afloat and not be drowned with debts, but there is to be an increase in the sum paid for tuition. This was presented to me while in Europe and has been presented since to you and our schools, and the problem, "How shall our schools keep out of debt?" will always remain a problem until there are wiser calculations.  {21MR 361.6}
[21MR 361.7]          Charge higher rates for students' educational advantages, and then let persons have the management in cooking who know how to save and                                            -362-     economize. Let the best talent be secured, even if good, reasonable wages have to be paid. The binding about the edges is essential. When these precautions are attended to, you will not have increasing debts in your schools.  {21MR 361.7}
[21MR 362.1]          Let the teachers be health reformers, let them teach the Bible as the foundation study, let them practice the Word themselves. Let infidel books be laid aside and the Word of God find its place in every school. Some will say, "We shall have fewer students." This may be, but those that you do have will appreciate their time and see the necessity of diligent work to qualify them for the positions they must fill.  {21MR 362.1}
[21MR 362.2]          If the Lord is kept ever before the students as the One to whom they should look for counsel, they will, like Daniel, receive of Him knowledge and wisdom. All will then become channels of light. Lay the matter before the students themselves. Inquire who of them will practice self-denial and make sacrifice to cancel the debt already incurred. With some students only the willing mind is needed.  {21MR 362.2}
[21MR 362.3]          God help the managers of our schools never to allow the outgoes to exceed the income, ［even］ if the school has to be closed. There has not been the talent that is needed in the management of our schools financially. These things God will require of the managers. Every needless, expensive habit is to be laid aside, every unnecessary indulgence cut away. When the principles so manifestly indicated by the Word of God to all schools are taken hold of as earnestly as they should be, the debts will not accumulate.  {21MR 362.3}
[21MR 362.4]          You inquire if I received the two hundred dollars. I have received it, and it came timely. Thank the Lord for the sum. Mission agencies in every field need funds. Hospitals and health homes are to be established, not in an expensive style, but to be made wholesome and cheerful, for the sick and poor we have always with us.  {21MR 362.4}
[21MR 362.5]          But I must not write more. I have for three mornings been up at two o'clock to write, but I have only written a small amount of that which I designed to send. Whatever may be the amount of means coming in, strictest economy is to be studied. Economy and care must be exercised in expending funds, not to please fancy but to study the limited means. Care must be used, economy practiced from the very highest motives, leaving all expenditures with God Himself, for it is God's money we are handling, and we can limit the supply by our want of foresight.  {21MR 362.5}
[21MR 362.6]          It is not best to purchase the cheapest things in furnishings, but the most serviceable and enduring. They may be more expensive at the time but if they are treated carefully they will not be the dearest in the                                            -363-     end. Those who realize that all money is the Lord's will get into the habit of asking the Lord how it shall be used, as to what they shall purchase in the little things as well as in the large. This is the right principle to work upon.  {21MR 362.6}
[21MR 363.1]          The heavenly universe is more interested than we can imagine in all that concerns God's people, who are being fitted up for an inheritance among the sanctified and blessed. All that concerns His people concerns Himself, with whom they and all their interests are one. The habit of seeking counsel from God should be cultivated as a blessing granted us, showing that we take advantage of the wisdom God has provided through Jesus Christ in our behalf--Christ linked with humanity that humanity might link with Christ.  {21MR 363.1}
[21MR 363.2]          I have many things that I would be pleased to write but my letter is long and I must get it into the Office or it will not reach you by this mail.  {21MR 363.2}
[21MR 363.3]          A word more. Everyone connected with the cause and work of God must keep his talent of wits in cultivation or we shall make grave blunders. This means to set the Lord ever before us. May the Lord help us, is my prayer. Heartiness, improvement of talents, and thoroughness are to be cultivated, that no haphazard work will be done.  {21MR 363.3}
[21MR 363.4]          God help you, strengthen and comfort you, is my prayer. Look up always. Jesus is a risen Saviour. He is not in Joseph's tomb with a great stone rolled before the door. We have a living, risen Christ, who stands at the head of His church. I hope our people will hang their helpless souls upon God. He can bear your weight. He can carry all your burdens.  {21MR 363.4}
[21MR 363.5]          In much sympathy with all your perplexities, I will close this long letter.--Letter 137, 1898.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 363.5}
[21MR 364.1]      MR No. 1577 - A Call to Rightly Represent the Truth         (Written circa 1861, from Battle Creek, Michigan, to "Dear Brethren and Sisters at Bedford.")            While at Grand Rapids I saw the cases of some. I was first shown the case of Brother Hungerford--that he was far from God. He realized but little what it was to be a true Christian, a follower of Christ. I saw that religion did not consist in making a noise, but that Brother Hungerford was in the habit of going into meeting and praying long and loud, and after the meeting closed, his heat and excitement were gone, and then he was light and trifling. He seemed to have no foundation, no heartwork--did not show the fruits of a Christian. His conduct out of meeting was such as God abhors. He was too familiar with the sisters, his life was not at all in accordance with his profession, and every day he gave his profession the lie.  {21MR 364.1}
[21MR 364.2]          He is a reproach to the cause, and it would be better if he had never embraced the third angel's message than to take the course he does--appear to be full of zeal in meeting and when you look for the fruits out of meeting they are not to be found. I saw that he was too dilatory. Much of his time that he should spend in laboring with his hands to support his family and to help the cause was idled away. I saw that he would have to give an account for his strength and time that he has idled away. He is just as accountable for his time and strength as those who have property are accountable for what God has given them. God has given strength to Brother Hungerford and he has made a bad use of it. He has not spent it to the glory of God, but has felt satisfied and easy if he could go a distance to meeting and idle away his time there when it were much better for him if he was at home laboring with his hands, for he would be no benefit in meeting.  {21MR 364.2}
[21MR 364.3]          Brother Hungerford's heart is far from God. His imprudent conduct has brought a reproach upon the cause that will not be easily wiped away. To be a Christian is to be Christlike, and the habit Brother Hungerford has of shouting is no evidence that he is a Christian, for his shouting is regarded by God as no shouting. Half of the time he himself knows not what he is shouting at.  {21MR 364.3}
[21MR 364.4]          There is also a great lack of neatness and order. God wants His children in these last days to be neat and clean. His commands to the children of Israel were definite in regard to cleanliness. God has not changed or altered. He wants His                                            -365-     children in these last days to be clean and holy and have no guile found in their mouth. God will not own a filthy person as a Christian. There is no place for such in heaven, for all is neatness and order there.  {21MR 364.4}
[21MR 365.1]          I saw that some in Bedford were at fault; did not realize how precious their time was, and that they must be diligent and faithful in the things of this world, or God would not trust them with the true riches. I saw that not all realized that their time, their strength, was the Lord's, that it was not their own. If they did realize this, they would be more diligent not to add land to land and building to building, but to obtain all they could by using the strength God has given them for His precious cause, and then they will receive their reward hereafter.  {21MR 365.1}
[21MR 365.2]          I saw that there was not that spirit of sacrifice in Bedford that there should be, that some were not careful enough to study, when they decided to attend meetings, whether they were going to gratify themselves or to glorify God. Those who know the truth and are established in it should deprive themselves of privileges in order to assist other souls who are hungry and starving for present truth in other places. There is too much of a spirit and feeling like this--that those who are diligent in their affairs at home, and deprive themselves of the privileges of attending meetings abroad, were worldly minded, when the truth of the matter was they were making a sacrifice of their inclinations and desires, and with their hands were laboring to obtain something for the necessity of God's servants. All these things were noticed of God.  {21MR 365.2}
[21MR 365.3]          It is not the will of God for His children to be engrossed in cares and get worldly-minded. No, no, and they will never do this if the suffering cause is ever before them. They must die to self. God is not displeased, but approbates His children getting together every Sabbath and listening to the testimonies of each other. Neither does He frown upon their going once a year or perhaps oftener to a distance to meeting. But when souls have had a feast--and a rich one--hearing from God's Word of His precious truth, then is the time for them to improve upon what they have heard. Instead of going again and again to hear more, let them ponder over and over what they hear. Many will have to render an account for privileges they have had in attending a meeting and hearing the truth they have made no improvement upon.  {21MR 365.3}
[21MR 365.4]          I saw that it was necessary that all should have the true object rest before them, and then they should be diligent in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord. They must remember what Jesus has suffered and sacrificed for them, and they must be watching for an opportunity that they                                            -366-     may sacrifice something for God and His cause--watch and see how they can be the means of doing others good. There is too much of a feeling like this--my time is my own; but it is not so. It is not your own. You are bought with a price, and are soldiers, and you must be ever at your post, wherever it is, at home or abroad. Idleness and slothfulness God abhors. Ease and love of self-gratification must be overcome, and all must have a spirit of sacrifice.  {21MR 365.4}
[21MR 366.1]          Those who are in the habit of indulging in passion and of being impatient will have to overcome it. They will, and must, be perfectly subdued by grace or they can never enter heaven. Jesus is the example that is set before us. He endured all the slight and indignity that could be heaped upon Him, yet He opened not His mouth. He that could have had a legion of angels to assist Him had He asked His Father, was the meek Lamb and was spit upon, crowned with the crown of thorns, and stretched on Calvary's cross, there to die an ignominious death for our sins. Oh, it behooved Christ to suffer all this to make a way of escape for lost man! He was the innocent Sufferer, and shall we dare to complain of any sacrifice we have made or can make? Shall we murmur, who shall suffer something for our own sins? Oh, no! Let us crave the suffering part.  {21MR 366.1}
[21MR 366.2]          Brethren and sisters in Bedford, learn to suffer more. Learn to deny yourselves more. There is need of it. Die to self. Do not love your ease too much. Have energy in your daily labors and energy in the cause of God. Your reward is not here. Jesus has purchased for us an immortal inheritance, and for that we can endure anything. Oh, what love, what wondrous love has been manifested for us by the Beloved of the Father! Oh, do not, any of you, neglect the preparation necessary and finally be weighed in the balances and found wanting!--Letter 14, 1861.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 366.2}
[21MR 367.1]      MR No. 1578 - News from Australia; A Call to Sanctification and to Work for Souls         (Written August 24, 1897, from "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N.S.W., to Edson and Emma White.)            We have been having considerable rain for several days. My garden was made in the low land, and twice it has been overflowed. Now we hope there will be a spell of dry weather so that we can work the land. We have had one week of most beautiful weather. Bear in mind that it is our winter now. I can scarcely write, the paper is so cold to my hands. I have not kindled a fire in my stove for one week, for a fire is only necessary in the few early morning hours. I am so thankful that we have so healthful a climate. When you come to Australia, I will build you a home of your own if the Lord prospers me. I think we have far more sunshine and fine weather here than in any country I have ever visited. All who come here improve in health. It is a very unusual thing to have foggy or cloudy weather.  {21MR 367.1}
[21MR 367.2]          Willie has a very comfortable house for his family. It is not yet thoroughly furnished. We wish he could have come up on the last boat.  {21MR 367.2}
[21MR 367.3]          Yesterday we had a short call from Brother Brandstatter and wife. They have two small children. They are thinking of taking a position with Brother and Sister Semmens in the Health Home, he acting as treatment hand. We are expecting Brother and Sister Hare from Fresno, California. Dr. Hare is to officiate as physician in the Health Home.  {21MR 367.3}
[21MR 367.4]          I am expected to speak at the school as often as possible. The things that need to be done in connection with the work in this missionary field are a continual strain, and the writing that I am called upon to do puts a double tax upon me. My head becomes very weary and refuses to work.  {21MR 367.4}
[21MR 367.5]          We are now in process of building a chapel. We hope to get it finished to dedicate at the close of the school term. Twice I have been called to the probable location of our church, the very nicest ground on the whole purchased possession. We have the ground selected, but they expect me to decide the particular spot where the building is to be. We need a church so much, and have needed it during the two years that we have been on this ground.  {21MR 367.5}
[21MR 367.6]          We have held our meetings in a loft above the sawmill, and there the furniture and all kinds of things used in the school gave it the appearance                                            -368-     of an auction room. I am feeling sad, so very sad, that I should have consented to this. If the Lord will pardon my transgression, I will by His grace, in every place where I shall labor, make the spiritual rather than the temporal necessities of the first importance. I am so sorry as I realize that I have neglected this work, which should be first, until the last. The dearth of means was my excuse, but I ought to have walked by faith. I have not honored God as I should have done had I moved out in faith notwithstanding seeming impossibilities.  {21MR 367.6}
[21MR 368.1]          When the Lord sees that we will trust Him implicitly, He will work in our behalf, and we shall see the salvation of God. The Lord proves us, He tests us to see if we will make Him our only trust. We need a much sharper, keener faith than we now have. We need to constantly cultivate an earnest, living, trusting faith, and in cause and spiritual work keep our petitions constantly ascending, seeking the Lord for clear discernment. And sharp spiritual eyesight will be given every true seeker. Has not the Lord told us, "Seek ye My face"? And will we not individually respond, "Thy face, Lord, will I seek"? This is the call of God, and this the appropriate answer to that call. The Lord wishes us to know Him by an experimental knowledge as a kind, tender Father who has our interest and happiness in mind just as a loving earthly father cares for his children.  {21MR 368.1}
[21MR 368.2]          The heavenly Father loves His sons and daughters. He wishes all to know Him. It is because men are not more than half converted that the church is so dead and lifeless. There are many who are and have been all their lives half Christians. Their names are in the Book of Life, and if they turn to the Lord with full purpose of heart, they then respect the voice that says unto them, "Seek ye My face," and reply, "Thy face, Lord, will I seek," and they shall see God with a clear, elevated, spiritual sense. The religious sentiment awakened in the heart is recognized as God's call, and is obeyed.  {21MR 368.2}
[21MR 368.3]          Everyone will be tested and tried in the very way that is the most trying. Men cannot trust to their own wisdom. Self-sufficiency, if indulged, will be their stumbling block. Self must die and not have a resurrection every other day. The words must be truly spoken, "I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me." The "I" is a very hard personality to kill. "I" rises into life in full proportions if given the least opportunity or encouragement. Then, confident in their own supposed wisdom, men forsake the right way.  {21MR 368.3}
[21MR 368.4]          They were once in the right way, for they could not have forsaken the right way had they known nothing about it. Those then who have once been real Christians, who have known the right way, but have forsaken it, come under the jurisdiction                                            -369-     of Satan to be used as his instruments against the truth as it is in Jesus. Satan's masterly power will be exercised to make men and women lose the crown of life which it is their privilege to obtain.  {21MR 368.4}
[21MR 369.1]          Judas was chosen as one of Christ's disciples. Christ did not reject him because he was not perfect. Judas had the power to heal the sick and to cure diseases, but the lesson to be taught every one that is a church member is that having their names registered on the church books will never make them Christians. It is doing the Word that makes us sons and daughters of God. Judas, notwithstanding the lessons of Christ, failed to be converted daily, to be an instrument sanctified and polished for the Master's use; he became subject to temptation. His old hereditary and natural tendencies Satan found could be used to dishonor the Master and imperil his own soul.  {21MR 369.1}
[21MR 369.2]          These things are not understood by many in the church at Battle Creek, and the result will be as it was in the case of Judas. Some will depart from the faith. Having a knowledge of the truth while not being sanctified by it, they will be constantly working out wrong characters, and they will really do more harm because of the knowledge of the truth which they have. They will confederate with apostates and be the means of betraying sacred trusts. God calls for the whole-sided, undivided interests of the men whom He has chosen.  {21MR 369.2}
[21MR 369.3]          The pure in heart shall see God. This seeing God in a clear, spiritual light is salvation to the soul of every believer. As soon as a soul decides to die to self, the new light begins and grows stronger and more decided until he is able to endure the sight of Him who is invisible. And as he sees God, he becomes fashioned in character after the divine similitude. His words, his attitude, his spirit, his actions in everything testify to the clearness of his judgment. In proportion to the seeing of God will be the spiritual force of his character. The consecration to God of the life and time and powers of every converted soul is the result.  {21MR 369.3}
[21MR 369.4]          A life of freedom and idleness, a life of self-pleasing, is not the life of a Christian, nor has it ever been. Christ was a worker, and He gives to all His followers a law of service that they may benefit the temporal and spiritual interests of their fellow men. He presents to the world a higher conception of life than they have ever thought of. The true recognition of Christ's work is service. A life of obedience and service is not only the true life for man, it is the most distinguished, the noblest that a man can live. He brings himself in connection with the Life and Light of the world and in connection with his fellow men. This makes the law of service                                            -370-     the connecting link between God and the lives of his fellow men, and constitutes him a laborer together with God, living to be good and to do good.  {21MR 369.4}
[21MR 370.1]          When will those who profess Christ learn that they must put on Christ in words, spirit, and actions? This will not lead to feebleness and inactivity, to self-love and self-pleasing. It becomes us a Christians to have a clear understanding, to recognize our duty toward God by taking up the responsibilities which bind us to our fellow men in the strong links that the law of God has defined, that we love our neighbor as ourselves, all our service merging itself into the life of Jesus Christ.  {21MR 370.1}
[21MR 370.2]          The noble life which Christ has made it possible for us to live--one of obedience and service--makes us partakers of the divine nature. Cannot we experience the inner strength of piety which animated Jesus Christ? "I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me." That life will reveal that it is a part of Christ's life, wearing Christ's yoke, lifting His burdens. The transformation of the human character makes the yoke of Christ easy and His burden light. Through faith everyone can, if he will, become one with Christ in his obedience and his service.  {21MR 370.2}
[21MR 370.3]          It is God's prerogative to command; it is the duty of man to obey. Nothing is forced upon any soul. The honor of duty is a thing conferred upon him as a son of God, an heir of heaven. He is to labor for God in interested, true-hearted, glad, honorable service. In obeying all His commandments, a spirit of love for God is revealed. In this very atmosphere of love, Christ lived and worked.  {21MR 370.3}
[21MR 370.4]          Each word, each action is a work for God. Here is faith in God, and faith in men. Christ would never have given His life for the human race if He had not faith in the souls for whom He died. He knew that a large number would respond to the love He had expressed for humanity. It is not every heart that responds, but every heart may and can, if it will, respond to that love that is without a parallel. "My sheep hear My voice," Christ said. A heart yearning for God will recognize the voice of God. God cannot respond to one soul that does not respond to His grace offered, His love bestowed.  {21MR 370.4}
[21MR 370.5]          He is waiting for a response from souls in Battle Creek. The issue rests wholly with themselves. He bids them to the marriage feast, He sets before them the banquet that will satisfy every want. His Word is full of marrow and fatness. "And ye shall seek Me and find Me, when ye shall search for Me with all your heart" ［Jeremiah 29:13］. Shall this decision and effort commence in every family in Battle Creek? Then the Lord will give an outpouring of His Spirit as on the Day of Pentecost.  {21MR 370.5}
[21MR 371.1]          August 25. Dear children, watch unto prayer. Then you will know that you do know that your life is hid with Christ in God. Those who live in these last days are to be overcomers by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony. There is no time now for levity, self-indulgence, and stupidity in the understanding of the work we have to do. Activity and devotion are united; work and piety blend. There is to be appropriate strength given for daily duties, which is derived from the worshiping of God in the beauty of holiness. The lamp must burn, which is impossible unless it is fed with holy oil. And the oil which is so precious is efficacious only as it is communicated by reflecting light upon the pathway of others. Busy activity is to be proportioned with devotional exercises in worship and diligent, cheerful ministry to the needy souls whose inquiry is, "What must I do to be saved?"  {21MR 371.1}
[21MR 371.2]         ［Zechariah 4:11-14, quoted.］  {21MR 371.2}
[21MR 371.3]         There are times when Christ would say to those in His service whose energies have been overtaxed, "Come ye yourselves apart into a desert place, and rest a while." We have the record on one occasion, after a day of ceaseless toil, that our Redeemer lay, a coil of rope for His pillow, fast asleep in a fisherman's boat. His exhausted human nature cried for rest and sleep. What a lesson for human beings who do nothing to bless others. Behold the Saviour! How pressing were the necessities which sought Him for relief! Teaching in the temple, healing in the temple, explaining the Scriptures in the streets, by the wayside, in His retired walks--the subjects so urgent left Him no time for repose. His sympathies were drawn out for the oppressed, He comforted the mourner, He brought hope to the hopeless, He healed the scars and bruises that sin had made. He went about doing good.  {21MR 371.3}
[21MR 371.4]         The warning is given, Let us not sleep as do others in a spiritual lethargy. Let us watch and be sober. Oh, that the work of reformation so essential in Battle Creek should begin. In all our institutions, all on duty should stand at their posts saying, "Here am I, send me." He who was wise in counsel is waiting for you all to see your need of help, and it is abundantly provided. It is waiting for you. "The pure in heart shall see God." As a present help in every time of need His presence is revealed.  {21MR 371.4}
[21MR 371.5]         As you ask Him and call upon His name for help, He says, "Here I am close beside you, ready to help you if you are ready to be helped." Communion with God is for each one personal and direct. Hearts under the guidance of the Holy Spirit will burn within them with the love of God. They are like trustful children. Christ looks not for merit. Oh, if all would come just as they are, and let                                            -372-     Him make the preparation in taking them as His. The Lord only wants them to receive Him, learn to wear His yoke, and lift His burdens that heaven may behold that they are laborers together with God. Why cannot every soul that needs help and rest come to the Burden Bearer, that he may have light and life.  {21MR 371.5}
[21MR 372.1]         Christ could not help being bright and shining. His very work was to shine. "I am come," He said, "that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly" ［John 10:10］. "In Me is no darkness at all" ［See 1 John 1:5］. With sadness Christ says that there are some who love not the light, because their deeds are evil. They do not come to Jesus to deliver them from the power of evil. Light means revelation, and the light is to shine amid moral darkness. Christ is everything to those who receive Him. He is their Comforter, their safety, their healthfulness. Apart from Christ there is no light at all.  {21MR 372.1}
[21MR 372.2]          There need not be a cloud between the soul and Jesus. Why do so large a number who profess to believe in Christ have so limited a view of the life-giving power of Christ? We are not one of us to act as if the Word, the life, and light, was to be given to us grudgingly. His great heart of love is longing to flood the soul with the bright beams of His righteousness. "Whoso is athirst let him come and take of the water of life freely." We are acting as if we must only taste, when our faith should say, "Let me drink of Thy fullness." Faith, living genuine faith, is required. We are privileged to receive of the abundant supply. Then our duty is, "Freely ye have received, freely give."  {21MR 372.2}
[21MR 372.3]          Our Lord was a successful worker with the common people. This was the class that always heard Him gladly. Why, oh why, I inquire, are there so few that carry any burden for souls? His heart was yearning to make souls happy. "Come unto Me," He said, "all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light" ［Matthew 11:28-30］.  {21MR 372.3}
[21MR 372.4]          We are now amid the perils of the last day when many shall be purified, made white, and tried. "But the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand."--Letter 153a, 1897.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 372.4}
[21MR 373.1]      MR No. 1579 - The Cases of I.C. Day, Stephen Haskell, and Stephen Smith               (Written December 27, 1858, from Battle Creek, Michigan.)          I was shown in vision while at Mansville, New York, the state of things in the east, especially in the States of Vermont, New Hampshire, and Massachusetts. I saw that the course of I.C. Day while among the Messenger advocates was cruel, crooked, and wicked; that people were composed of dissatisfied ones who would not bear reproof, but considered their judgment better than that of their brethren who had an experience in the truth and the cause of God. These unruly spirits came together and united together to work or fight against those whom God had raised up to stand in defense of His truth. Satan and his angels were at war with them, fighting against them, and these people were co-workers with Satan and the evil angels. Falsehoods and lies would be formed by Satan's children, and this people loved them and eagerly reported them to others. I.C. Day was one of these; if he did not make the lies, he loved them.  {21MR 373.1}
[21MR 373.2]          I saw the angels of God grieved, and they followed their commission to mark every falsehood, every thrust, every stain put upon the defenders of God's truth. Every bitter feeling, every feeling of hate they were to record, for they would meet it again. I saw I.C. Day strengthening the hands of wicked men, trying to tear away the confidence of God's people in us and in the visions.  {21MR 373.2}
[21MR 373.3]          Then I was shown that as the Messenger people could not make their rebellious feelings and spirit do the work they wished it should--get down the Review--they ceased in a measure from their work. Some gave up the Sabbath, others changed their evil course and fully united with God's people. Others did not see the wickedness of their course and never made thorough work or repented heartily of their evil work. Pardon was written against the names of those who made thorough work, but if they again fall into a like snare and pursue an evil course, all their past evil is remembered against them.  {21MR 373.3}
[21MR 373.4]          Some, I saw, seemed to others to make thorough work. But that God who reads the heart knew that the seeds of rebellion were within them, and by their names was written, "Unstable souls, who wrest the truth to their own destruction."  {21MR 373.4}
[21MR 373.5]          I saw that I.C. Day had never realized that he had been a close co-worker with Satan and his evil angels. If he had realized this he would not have fallen into such a snare. I saw while attending the meeting at Lancaster                                            -374-     that if I.C. Day made thorough work he could still be of some use to fill in here and there, but God would never suffer him to take charge of His flock or to travel from place to place to any extent to talk the truth. If he lived a life of repentance from that time until Jesus comes, he could not undo the evil he had done.  {21MR 373.5}
[21MR 374.1]          While at Mansville I saw that in no way should the least charge of the flock rest upon I.C. Day, for he had weakened himself by his former course in co-working with the evil angels, and he was weak and subject to their suggestions and evil power. The only chance for his salvation now was to live a life of repentance and be subject to the church and not confide in his own judgment or opinion. I saw that a rebellious spirit has been within him, and when he could find a willing ear how quickly would suspicion, jealousy, doubt, and an evil, lying report be poured into that ear. Oh, the evil course! Death has marked his track!  {21MR 374.1}
[21MR 374.2]          I saw that if I.C. Day and others who have been connected with him could have drawn off a company with them, how quickly would it have been done, and there would have been a class worse than the former disaffected ones to work their work of death. But they find these things will not go, and they settle back wishing to be again in union with the church and ready at a fit opportunity to rebel again.  {21MR 374.2}
[21MR 374.3]          I then saw Stephen Haskell and wife. Said the angel, "He is not sound in the faith. Mark them that cause division among you. An undercurrent is at work. They are co-workers with the evil angels and know it not. Confusion and a deathly ( ) mark their track." I saw that the views that Stephen Haskell and his wife have advocated concerning mortifying the flesh are all erroneous and will lead to deadly evils and the destruction of souls, and instead of increasing moral purity will hasten and strengthen moral pollution. Said the angel, "God reads the heart." I saw that S. Haskell has tried to make it appear that he was in union with the church when it was not the case. He has scattered evil, error, and division every place he has entered, and this has been in a sly undercurrent that has been at work to destroy confidence in the visions and in those who have the charge of the work at Battle Creek.  {21MR 374.3}
[21MR 374.4]          These things are all marked by God. S. Haskell and his wife have strengthened the hands of Stephen Smith in his rebellion, and have strengthened the hands of other disaffected ones, and have affected some conscientious souls who were constantly fearful that they should not do everything they could to deny self. They have drunk down his errors that he has talked to them, and these                                            -375-     errors have been scattered here and there all around where he has traveled--co-worker with the evil angels.  {21MR 374.4}
[21MR 375.1]          I saw that as God gave His beloved sleep so He was willing they should have nourishing, strengthening food, and I saw that if S. Haskell and his wife were baptized with the third angel's message, they would see enough precious, saving truth to dwell upon, and they would not have time to dwell upon error, dangerous error, and scatter it among God's people. I saw that if God has important truth, He will give it to His people, not to two or three solitary individuals and leave all the rest of His people in darkness. The third angel is leading out a people and fitting them for translation. They are to be purified through the truth.  {21MR 375.1}
[21MR 375.2]          Some, I saw, had made crosses for themselves and killing duties that break down their will. But I saw that there were crosses and duties enough in God's Word to slay every individual without getting new duties or tests. I saw that a time of trouble was before us when stern necessity will compel the people of God to live on bread and water, but I saw that God did not require His people to live so now.  {21MR 375.2}
[21MR 375.3]          God commands that all whom He has not especially called to labor in word and doctrine should labor with their hands the thing that is good and supply their own necessities and have wherewith to bestow upon others. And I saw that it was the will of God that they should eat wholesome food to strengthen the system or the temple of God. But in the time of trouble none will labor with their hands. Their sufferings will be mental, and God will provide food for them.  {21MR 375.3}
[21MR 375.4]          I saw that God also enjoined cleanliness upon His ancient Israel, and God is no less particular now than He was then. He enjoins upon His people in the latter day strict cleanliness of body and clothing and purity of mind, of thoughts, and of words, for He is to translate them to heaven.  {21MR 375.4}
[21MR 375.5]          I saw that if Stephen Haskell had spent his time in laboring with his hands, which he has spent in travelling, it would have been much more pleasing to God. I saw that he had done much more hurt than two or three following after him could undo, because evil grows of itself, and when once it has taken root it thrives; but good has to be continually nourished and cherished in order to live. Evil is like weeds in a garden that need no nourishing but will grow rank. Unless the precious plants are constantly cherished and dug about, the weeds rise higher than the precious plants, shutting out the sun from them, and they grow sickly and die.  {21MR 375.5}
[21MR 375.6]          I saw that those who sow error cannot root it up in years. They may perhaps change their course of action,                                            -376-     but never can they bend or change the minds of those whom they have influenced in the wrong. Their errors are growing in the minds of others, and if Jesus is so merciful as to blot out the transgressions of those who have sown this seed and save them, they will suffer loss; they can but save their own souls. Their course has wounded the cause of God and brought shame upon the name of Jesus, and this is not easily wiped away. It lives in the minds of many.  {21MR 375.6}
[21MR 376.1]          I saw the course Stephen Smith has pursued. He has been a co-worker with the evil angels. I saw that he was first a co-worker with the evil angels when he went into the "spiritual second advent," and then many other errors were received by him. The enemy has had easier access to him. Repeatedly he has joined the enemy's ranks and strengthened the hands of the wicked. Every time he has fallen he has grown weaker and was more easily again a subject to the temptations and power of the evil angels.  {21MR 376.1}
[21MR 376.2]          I saw that he had taken a dreadful course against the defenders of God's truth. While he was in the "new time," he ranted on, railed out against the truth and God's chosen servants. Bitter and cruel were his words. He spent his substance in the enemy's ranks and was a co-worker with the evil angels.  {21MR 376.2}
[21MR 376.3]          As that excitement dies down, again he begins to reflect upon the truth, and finally the truth melts him. He feels his wayward course some, and knows he is liable to fall again. He is not yet converted to the truth. He feels the need of help. As God shows his case in vision his unsubdued feelings arise. Oh, then if there is a faithful, experienced friend near, he can help him so that he will be enabled to see the way God is working and the humble course he must take. But an independent, self-sufficient spirit comes over him.  {21MR 376.3}
[21MR 376.4]          Evil angels are tugging at his heartstrings, and I. C. Day and others help them. They whisper their suspicions and surmisings together. Evil reports are related by them both. They strengthen each other's hands, they love the lies they have heard, and as they journey to the Sutton Conference, such conversation as they have together, such evil communications! Angels heard it all, witnessed all, and it is written, to be met by them again. When they came to the Sutton meeting they were no more prepared to work for God than while they were in sympathy with the Messenger ［Party］. The seeds of rebellion have sprung up within them and are now yielding a flourishing crop. Evil angels exulted over them; Satan triumphed. I saw other individuals also engaged in this work and affected by the spirit of death and Satan that has been at work.  {21MR 376.4}
[21MR 377.1]          I saw that these individuals would never be entrusted with the care of the flock. If they can occupy a humble position, labor with their hands and take care of their own souls and live a life of repentance till Jesus comes, they will do all that God requires of them; and if they seek meekness, seek righteousness, it may be they may be hid in the day of the Lord's fierce anger. I saw the cruel, wicked words Stephen Smith has spoken in his self-sufficient, reckless manner. Said the angel, "God will not be trifled with. Will God select such changeable, wavering ones to lead His flock? Never, never."  {21MR 377.1}
[21MR 377.2]         God's wisdom is unsearchable, and He will not entrust the care of precious souls to those who are subject to erroneous, evil influences. God will entrust His flock only to those who have depth of experience, substantial souls of excellent judgment, who can see evil as it hangs over the flock instead of being the first to plunge into it.  {21MR 377.2}
[21MR 377.3]          I saw the individuals mentioned in this letter were looking to Battle Creek and were jealous and suspicious of the work there and were exciting prejudice in others' minds about the individuals there who have charge of the work. They would put their hands in to mold the work there. I saw that the Captain of the Lord's Host has charge of the work there and that He watches over the individuals to whom this work is entrusted. And the Lord's Captain needs not the interference of any of these individuals who are like the waves of the sea, tossed to and fro, subject to the influence of the evil angels.  {21MR 377.3}
[21MR 377.4]          All heaven is interested in the important work at Battle Creek. Satan and his evil angels are arrayed against it, and men who will be co-workers with these evil angels are to be no judges about the work there.--Ms 2, 1858.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 377.4}
[21MR 378.1]      MR No. 1580 - Admonitions for a Wayward Minister         (Written September 6, 1886, from Basel, Switzerland, to G. I. Butler. A large portion of the letter is phrased as if it were being addressed directly to J. H Waggoner, the subject of the letter.)            I am troubled in regard to Elder ［J. H.］ Waggoner. He writes me nothing, and I feel deeply pained on his account. It seems sometimes to me that the Lord is testing us to see whether we will deal faithfully in regard to sin in one of our honored men. The time is close at hand when the General Conference will have to decide the point, whether or not to renew his credentials.  {21MR 378.1}
[21MR 378.2]          If the Conference does this, they will be saying virtually, "We have confidence in you as a man whom God recognizes as His messenger; one to whom He has entrusted the sacred responsibilities of caring for the sheep of the Lord's pasture; one who will be in all things a faithful shepherd, a representative of Christ." But can we do this? Have we not seen the workings of an unsanctified heart?  {21MR 378.2}
[21MR 378.3]          The persistency in Elder Waggoner to accept and claim Mrs. Chittenden as his--what shall I call it--his affinity? What is this? Who can name it? Is Elder Waggoner one who has hated the light God has given him, showing that his preferences for Mrs. Chittenden's society and his intimacy with her, was sinful as in the light of the Word of God? Or did he accept the message and act upon it?  {21MR 378.3}
[21MR 378.4]          Notwithstanding, I went to Elder Waggoner with the testimony given me of God, yet he did not reform. His course has said, "I will do as I please in the matter; there is no sin in it." He promised before God what he would do, but he broke his promise, made to Brother C. H. Jones, W. C. White, and myself, and his feelings did not decidedly change; but he seemed to act like a man bewitched, under the spell of the devil, who had no power over his own inclinations. Notwithstanding all the light given, he has evidenced no real conviction or sense of sin, no repentance, no reformation. Hearts have ached sorely over this state of things, but they had no power to change his heart or his purposes.  {21MR 378.4}
[21MR 378.5]          Now, we should be very grateful for the help of Elder Waggoner in England and in Switzerland, but what can we decide upon? We must have evidence that he is clear before God. We do not want to make a light matter of sin, and say to the sinner, "It shall be well with thee." We do not want to connect Elder Waggoner                                            -379-     with the work here unless he has a connection with God. We do not want to have the drawback that would come by connecting a man with the work who has a blot on his garments. We cannot pass lightly over this matter.  {21MR 378.5}
[21MR 379.1]          The plague of sin is upon Elder Waggoner, and pain and sorrow are upon the souls of all who are aware of this chapter in his experience. Christ is dishonored. A man blessed with superior light and knowledge, endowed with great capacity for good, that he may by a life of obedience and fidelity to God become equal with angels, ［and］ his life measure with the life of God, has perverted his God-given power to administer to lust, coveting the wife of another. God finds Elder Waggoner setting at naught the most costly lessons of experience, violating the most solemn admonitions of God, that he may continue in sin.  {21MR 379.1}
[21MR 379.2]          I have hoped and prayed that he would restore reason to its right throne and break the fetters that for years Satan has been weaving about him, soul and body, and that the clouds that have shadowed his pathway be removed and Christ come to his soul to revive and bless it. Christ will lift the heavy burden from weary shoulders, and give rest and peace to those who will wear His yoke and lift His burdens.  {21MR 379.2}
[21MR 379.3]          I will say, Elder Waggoner, What can be the character of your experience when in the face of many warnings and reproofs you continue to pursue a course condemned of God? Can you think well of yourself? Just think of Jesus, crowned with thorns and nailed to the cross for our sins, and let it humble--yes, let it break--your heart. Look at the meekness of Christ, His loveliness, and then bow in the dust with shame and humiliation.  {21MR 379.3}
[21MR 379.4]         Will you please think what you would do in case one of our leading men be found in the position you are in? Could you, without any greater evidence on his part of the sense of his sin than you have given, advise that he have credentials as one of pure and holy purposes before God? Cannot you see you are placing your fellow laborers in a very unpleasant and unenviable position? Will they venture to become responsible for your character and your influence in the future in the work and cause of God?  {21MR 379.4}
[21MR 379.5]          Your case has been shown me to be worse than that of Elder Cornell, because you had greater light, capacity, and influence; and his course is a beacon to warn you off from following in his steps. Elder Cornell's credentials were taken away from him; he is a deeply repenting man, humbled in the dust.  {21MR 379.5}
[21MR 379.6]          Supposing David should, after being reproved by Nathan, have repeated the same offense, would the Lord then have had compassion                                            -380-     upon him? But he repented bitterly; he declared his transgression was ever before him. Hear his humiliating confession, and listen to his despairing cries.  {21MR 379.6}
[21MR 380.1]          We must as a people arouse and cleanse the camp of Israel. Licentiousness, unlawful intimacy, and unholy practices are coming in among us in a large degree; and ministers who are handling sacred things are guilty of sin in this respect. They are coveting their neighbors' wives, and the seventh commandment is broken. We are in danger of becoming a sister to fallen Babylon, of allowing our churches to become corrupted, and filled with every foul spirit, a cage for every unclean and hateful bird; and will we be clear unless we make decided movements to cure the existing evil?  {21MR 380.1}
[21MR 380.2]          Will you have others follow your example? Will you wish them to pass over the ground you have traveled, and feel that they have done no great wrong? Without repentance and conversion, you are a ruined man.  {21MR 380.2}
[21MR 380.3]          I hear you ［Elder Waggoner］ are taking treatment at the sanitarium, acting as chaplain, speaking in the Tabernacle. Now, this does not look right for you to take such positions, until you have done all in your power to correct past evils.  {21MR 380.3}
[21MR 380.4]         I have felt, for your sake, restrained from opening the matter of Mrs. Chittenden's infidelity to her husband, but I fear I have neglected my duty. If we had dealt with this matter as if it had been the case of a lay member of the church, I believe God would have then sent you repentance that needed not to be repented of.  {21MR 380.4}
[21MR 380.5]          Our pity, our love, to save you from reproach, has hurt you. My heart is so sad and agonized at times for you, I can only weep. I say, Must he be lost? Must he after suffering for the truth's sake, after standing in its defense until he is old and gray-headed, become an idolater, as did Solomon? Will he, for the love of a woman, trample down the law of God and look about him as much as to say, I do no sin; I am all right?  {21MR 380.5}
[21MR 380.6]          Will we be clear to let such things be concealed and sins hidden, with no real evidence of repentance or reform? Your leaving California does not give you a new heart. You are out of sight of the infatuating influence of your "adorable charmer," but this does not change the affections or impulses of the heart. Elder Himes might have finished his course with joy had it not been for sensual practices, but he was led away of his own lusts and enticed. The days and years which might have been his very best were his worst.  {21MR 380.6}
[21MR 380.7]          We see in the character of Solomon intellectual greatness combined with moral degradation. He might have gone forward from strength to strength, but instead of this he went backward from weakness                                            -381-     to weakness. After a life of promise, his history was one of deterioration.  {21MR 380.7}
[21MR 381.1]          My Brother, my heart yearns toward you for Christ's sake. You have been attempting what other ministers have attempted--to harmonize light with darkness, Christ with Belial, purity with impurity, good with evil. The result will be moral ruin unless you can be aroused to see that you are standing upon the very brink of the precipice. There are many such cases that I have to write about.  {21MR 381.1}
[21MR 381.2]          It alarms me to see how the sin of licentiousness is coming in upon us. I felt this when I wrote to Elder Butler upon this point at the last General Conference, begging him to do all that he could to fence against what was coming in upon us. We must elevate the standard and build up barriers about the soul so that nothing shall mar its simplicity and purity, and thus defile the religious character. God has given men intellect, and let every soul beware how this great gift is prostituted to the soul's eternal ruin.  {21MR 381.2}
[21MR 381.3]          There is no more hope of you than of any common sinner, nor as much, unless you greatly humble your soul before God, repent, and are converted. Take the first steps in the way to life--repentance, faith, and baptism. You have tampered with the divine safeguards of your peace. If you refuse to listen to the voice of reproof, if you choose your own course, if you will not allow the grace of Christ to transform you, your guilt will be as much greater than that of the common sinner as your advantages of light and influence have been greater.  {21MR 381.3}
[21MR 381.4]          Great care should be exercised in companionship and friendship lest the soul be imperiled, lest there be even an appearance of evil which in the eyes of others would lower the standard of religious principle and sap the foundation of religious belief.  {21MR 381.4}
[21MR 381.5]          How many, even in the ranks of Sabbathkeepers, are forming unsanctified connections. Men who have wives and women who have husbands are showing affection and giving undue attention to each other ［persons of the opposite sex］. How many men of promise there are in our ranks who no longer have pure faith and holy trust in God because they have betrayed sacred trusts. Noble aspirations are quenched. Their steps are retrograding because they covet another man's wife or are unduly familiar with unmarried women. Their frivolous conduct leads them to break the seventh commandment.  {21MR 381.5}
[21MR 381.6]          Of Solomon the inspired record says, "His wives turned away his heart after other gods: and his heart was not perfect with the Lord his God" ［1 Kings 11:4］.  {21MR 381.6}
[21MR 381.7]          This is no theme to be treated with a smile. The heart that loves Jesus will not desire the unlawful affections                                            -382-     of another. Every want is supplied in Christ. This superficial affection is of the same character as that exalted and enjoyment which Satan promised Eve. It is coveting that which God has forbidden.  {21MR 381.7}
[21MR 382.1]          When it is too late, hundreds can warn others not to venture upon the precipice. Intellect, position, wealth can never, never take the place of moral qualities. The Lord esteems clean hands, a pure heart, and noble, earnest devotion to God and the truth above the golden wedge of Ophir. An evil influence has a perpetuating power. I wish I could set this matter before God's commandment-keeping people just as it has been shown me. Let the sad memory of Solomon's apostasy warn every soul to shun the same precipice. His weakness and sin are handed down from generation to generation.  {21MR 382.1}
[21MR 382.2]          The greatest king that ever wielded a scepter, of whom it had been said that he was the beloved of God, through misplaced affection became contaminated and was miserably forsaken of his God. The mightiest ruler of the earth had failed to rule his own passions. Solomon may have been saved "as by fire," yet his repentance could not efface those high places, nor demolish those stones, which remained as evidence of his crimes. He dishonored God, choosing rather to be controlled by lust than to be a partaker of the divine nature.  {21MR 382.2}
[21MR 382.3]          What a legacy Solomon's life has committed to those who would use his example to cover their own base actions! We must either transmit a heritage of good or evil. Shall our lives and our example be a blessing or a curse? Shall people look at our graves and say, He ruined me, or, He saved me?  {21MR 382.3}
[21MR 382.4]          To the youth we need to give definite, oft-repeated warnings to bring their gifts early to God as consecrated offerings. Had Solomon retained the heavenly gift of wisdom--God's special endowment--had he with his ardent temperament been guided aright, his life would have been illustrious to its very close. But after a life of greatness and power, he fell because of uncontrolled passion. Had he continued to add virtue to his faith and his rich endowments, he would have stood forth a grand, noble cedar of Lebanon. But he surrendered to passion; "And when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death" ［James 1:15］.  {21MR 382.4}
[21MR 382.5]          The lesson to be learned from the life of Solomon has a special moral bearing upon the life of the aged, of those who are no longer climbing the mountain but are descending and facing the western sun. We expect to see defects in the character of youth who are not controlled by love and faith in Jesus Christ. We see youth wavering between right and wrong,                                            -383-     vacillating between fixed principle and the almost overpowering current of evil that is bearing them off their feet to ruin. But of those of mature age, we expect better things. We look for the character to be established, for principles to be rooted, and they to be beyond the danger of pollution. But the case of Solomon is before us as a beacon of warning. When thou, aged pilgrim, who hast fought the battles of life, thinkest that thou standest, take heed lest thou fall.  {21MR 382.5}
[21MR 383.1]          How, in Solomon's case, was weak, vacillating character--naturally bold, firm, and determined--shaken like a reed in the wind under the tempter's power! How has an old, gnarled cedar of Lebanon, a sturdy oak of Bashan, bent before the blast of temptation! What a lesson for all who desire to save their souls to watch unto prayer continually. What a warning to keep the grace of Christ ever in their heart, to battle with inward corruptions and outward temptations.  {21MR 383.1}
[21MR 383.2]          Brethren, we must have genuine faith which is the gold tried in the fire. We must cherish that faith which works by love and purifies the soul. Unless our faith has a purifying influence, it is worthless. Such a faith leads the soul to God and expands the intellect while it purifies, ennobles, and sanctifies. Let those in youth, those in mature age, and the aged, consider that their cases are soon to pass in review before God. What will be the record that they shall meet?  {21MR 383.2}
[21MR 383.3]          At one time in Battle Creek, the scenes of the judgment were presented before me. The books were opened, and all, both old and young who claimed to be keeping the commandments of God were gathered about the throne. In the books were written the thoughts, the words, the actions of those who had received much light and enjoyed many opportunities, and yet their names were not clear, their life record was blotted and blurred. Great numbers were weighed in the balances and found wanting who knew for just what sins they were condemned. It was because of the lack of a virtuous character.  {21MR 383.3}
[21MR 383.4]          Base animal passions had controlled them. Licentiousness and lust had been carefully cloaked from human eyes, but the Lord saw it, and their names were blotted out of the Book of Life. Many of these men claimed to be teachers of the truth, but their labor was not marked with holy endeavor. They had not confidence and boldness toward God. They could not lift up holy hands without wrath and doubting. And the words were pronounced to these sin-polluted souls, "Depart from Me, ye workers of iniquity." Now is the time to obtain the white robe of character. Now is the time to confess and forsake sin and come to God                                            -384-     with contrition of soul, that your sins may be blotted out and your names retained in the Lamb's Book of Life.  {21MR 383.4}
[21MR 384.1]          We must do something to stop this terrible tide of moral impurity. Self-abuse stands as the most degrading sin, polluting the whole character of the man. Unless those who are practicing this vice break off their sin and repent before God, they will find no place in the city of God. There entereth into that city nothing that defileth or maketh a lie. Such characters are living a lie continually. We are living in an age when iniquity abounds, and the special work of God's delegated servants must be to suppress this iniquity and to bring in righteousness. But those who claim to be the Lord's delegated ministers, and yet corrupt their own ways before Him, are guilty of great crime.  {21MR 384.1}
[21MR 384.2]          "And He shewed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee O Satan; even the Lord that hast chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a branch plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the angel" ［Zechariah 3:1-3］. Joshua here represents the people of God; and Satan pointing to their filthy garments claims them as his property over which he has a right to exercise his cruel power. But these very ones have improved the hours of probation to confess their sins with contrition of soul and put them away, and Jesus has written pardon against their names.  {21MR 384.2}
[21MR 384.3]          Those who have not ceased to sin and who have not repented and sought pardon for their transgressions are not represented in this company; for this company vex their souls over the corruptions and iniquity abounding around them, and God will recognize those who are sighing and crying because of the abominations done in the land. They were not mixed up in these abominations. They had not corrupted their ways before God, but had washed their robes of character and had made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Satan pointed to their sins which had not yet been blotted out, and which he had tempted them to commit, and then reviled them as being sinners clad with filthy garments. But Jesus changes their appearance.  {21MR 384.3}
[21MR 384.4]          He says, "Take away the filthy garments from him. Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by. And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and                                            -385-     shall also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by" ［Zechariah 3:4-7］.  {21MR 384.4}
[21MR 385.1]          After the filthy garments have been removed, the subject changes, showing that this has its application in the future. If the people of God will walk in the ways of the Lord and keep His charge, which is the ten commandments, then the promise is that they shall judge His house and have places to walk among the angels.  {21MR 385.1}
[21MR 385.2]          Now the question is, Will those who profess the truth comply with the conditions? Will the characters of those who profess to believe the truth correspond with its sacredness? Satan's special efforts are now directed toward the people who have great light. He would lead them to become earthly and sensual. There are men who minister in sacred things whose hearts are defiled with impure thoughts and unholy desires. Married men who have children are not satisfied. They place themselves where they invite temptation. They take liberties which should only be taken with their lawful wives. Thus they fall under the rebuke of God, and in the books of heaven "Adultery" is written opposite their names.  {21MR 385.2}
[21MR 385.3]          There should be no approach to danger. If the thoughts were where they should be, if they were stayed upon God, and the meditations of the soul were upon the truth and the precious promises of God and the heavenly reward that awaits the faithful, they would be guarded against Satan's temptations. But, by many, vile thoughts are entertained almost constantly. They are carried into the house of God and even into the sacred desk.  {21MR 385.3}
[21MR 385.4]          I tell you the truth, Elder Butler, that unless there is a cleansing of the soul temple on the part of many who claim to believe and to preach the truth, God's judgments, long deferred, will come. These debasing sins have not been handled with firmness and decision. There is corruption in the soul, and, unless it is cleansed by the blood of Christ, there will be apostasies among us that will startle you.  {21MR 385.4}
[21MR 385.5]          I ask myself the question, "How is it possible for men who are opening the Scriptures to others--men who have abundance of light, men who have good ability, men who are living as in the face of the judgment, upon the very borders of the eternal world--to give their thoughts and bodies to unholy practices?" Well may the words of the apostle be repeated with emphasis: "Cleanse your hands, ye sinners; and purify your hearts, ye double minded. Be afflicted, and mourn, and weep: let your laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. Humble yourselves in the sight of the Lord, and He will lift you up" ［James 4:8-10］. "Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is                                            -386-     tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him. Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted of God: ［Some have argued thus, and thought that for certain reasons they have of their own, God would have them take the course they did.］ for God cannot be tempted of evil, neither tempteth He any man: but every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed. Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death" ［James 1:12-15］.  {21MR 385.5}
[21MR 386.1]          The work of overcoming must be done here in this life. By sincere repentance and forsaking of every sin, pardon will be written against your names. The thoughts will be pure if the heart is pure. If the fountain is corrupt, the stream will be corrupt. Shall men who are conversant with the Scriptures and who are standing in vindication of the fourth commandment be charged in the books of heaven with transgressing the seventh? Shall Satan be given occasion to taunt the angels of God with the filthy characters of those who claim to be Christians? Will they make Jesus ashamed to call them brethren?  {21MR 386.1}
[21MR 386.2]          I address you who shall have this epistle brought before you, who are leaders, who may be termed princes among the people, "Be ye clean, that bear the vessels of the Lord" ［Isaiah 52:11］. Humble your souls before God. Jesus is in the sanctuary. We are in the great day of atonement, and if the investigative judgment has not already commenced for the living, it will soon begin, and to how many are the words of the true witness applicable: "I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I shall come upon thee" ［Revelation 3:1-3.］  {21MR 386.2}
[21MR 386.3]          The cases of all will be brought up in the judgment, and if their sins are not confessed their names will then be blotted from the book of life, and their lot will be with the adulterers and the fornicators, and deceivers, and those who love and make a lie. "Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father and before His angels" ［Revelation 3:4, 5］.  {21MR 386.3}
[21MR 386.4]         I am alarmed for our ministers who are hardening their consciences                                          -387-     by continuing a course of sin. I fear that they will continue to fall under temptation until the word shall go forth: "He that is holy let him be holy still, and he that is filthy let him be filthy still." I tell you that there must be a thorough revival among us. There must be a converted ministry. There must be confessions, repentance, and conversions.  {21MR 386.4}
[21MR 387.1]          Many who are preaching the Word need the transforming grace of Christ in their hearts. They should let nothing stand in the way of their making thorough work before it shall be forever too late. Christ is coming. His judgments are abroad in the earth. And that God who is ever present, who was a silent witness to the godless, sacrilegious feast of Belshazzar, whose hand traced the characters upon the wall, is present where you think no eye seeth.  {21MR 387.1}
[21MR 387.2]          Had you, Elder Waggoner, an elder of the church, looked up, you would have seen yourself a spectacle to God and to the pure angels who veil their faces and turn away from your pollution of soul and body. My words seem tame as I pen them when I think of the wonderful truths we profess and the great light that shines upon us from the Word of God. The Judge of all the earth is standing before the door, and every case must pass in solemn review before Him. I inquire, How can anyone with this light shining upon them dare in thought or word to deny the Lord God who hath bought them? Make haste, my brother, to cleanse your hands. Jesus is still pleading as your Intercessor. Commence the work of forsaking your sins without delay. Do not rest till you find pardon, for no soul can enter the paradise of God who has a single spot or stain in his character. Make thorough work for eternity.--Letter 51, 1886.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 387.2}
[21MR 388.1]      MR No. 1581 - The Melbourne Camp Meeting; God's Great Gift of Jesus         (Written November 18, 1895, from Armadale, Melbourne, Australia, to Edson White.)            I received your letters and chapters on the Life of Christ. I have not read them yet but we will read them before this letter shall be mailed.  {21MR 388.1}
[21MR 388.2]          Some things have been presented to me in lines of caution to you. I have written it, and if I can feel free to send it now, will do so.  {21MR 388.2}
[21MR 388.3]          We are in the midst of a decided interest. We have had from the very first a deep interest. The Lord has visited Brother Prescott in a most remarkable manner and given to him the Holy Spirit to give to this people. Delegates have come to the camp meeting from all directions--from New Zealand, Queensland, and Brother Knobbs from Norfolk Island. Those who are not in the truth say, "That man speaks from the inspiration of the Spirit of God."  {21MR 388.3}
[21MR 388.4]          We are sure that the Lord has endowed him with His Holy Spirit and the truth is being poured forth from his lips in rich currents. The truth has been listened to by preachers and by people not of our faith. After meeting they beg of Brother Prescott to give them a copy of these discourses.  {21MR 388.4}
[21MR 388.5]          Maggie Hare is my reporter. She takes the discourses in shorthand. Copies have been given to certain ones and they accept them eagerly. They say, "I want to give that to my congregation." Teachers in the Sunday schools say, "I want to give these points to my scholars."  {21MR 388.5}
[21MR 388.6]          There are entire families that are interested. They say the Bible is to them a new revelation. One full month of camp meeting has now been in session. The meeting was designed to be closed last Monday morning but it was prolonged one day more because of the interest. The tents were taken down, many of them, on Tuesday.  {21MR 388.6}
[21MR 388.7]          Elder Corliss is an excellent Bible teacher. He has worked in Sidney and in its suburbs with intense interest, and success has attended his labors. He came to this meeting much worn. If he could have been favored with entire rest, if only for a few weeks, he would improve greatly. But where is the period of rest for any of us?  {21MR 388.7}
[21MR 388.8]          I have already spoken fifteen times on this ground and have been able to make all hear in and surrounding the large tent. But it taxes anyone to keep up the voice without favoring it in any way. Brother Prescott has spoken many times and those not of our faith have felt deeply and expressed themselves that he was speaking under the inspiration of                                            -389-     the Spirit of God. The interest last Sabbath and Sunday was very good, and many could not possibly get under the tent. In the evening crowds went away for it was cold because of a strong wind, and the exposure was dangerous.  {21MR 388.8}
[21MR 389.1]          Tasmania camp meeting follows this. The believers in Tasmania are poor and could not sustain a camp meeting, but all felt anxious that Hobart should not be neglected. There is a work that must be done in Hobart in getting the truth before the citizens of the place. We have learned in this country that you may be at any expense to hire a hall and frequently you can get but few hearers. Camp meetings are a success in arresting the attention of the people.  {21MR 389.1}
[21MR 389.2]          The camp meeting in Brighton two years ago was attended with the rich blessing of God. Several who attended that meeting have been present at the meeting in Armadale. Several went through that entire meeting but did not decide to obey the truth. These manifest a great interest at this meeting and some have taken their position now to obey the truth. Nineteen were baptized last Sunday. I understand these were not all new converts, but some who came from different places to receive baptism.  {21MR 389.2}
[21MR 389.3]          The Tasmania people did not see how it was possible for them to go through the expense of a camp meeting. I agreed to appropriate several pounds if as much more could be raised by those in Tasmania. It was accepted and preparations are being made for the tents from here to be transferred to Hobart and to hold our first camp meeting in that locality.  {21MR 389.3}
[21MR 389.4]          But here the whole community seems to be stirred where we have been at work the last five weeks. The decision has been made to continue the meetings evenings through the week and on Sabbath and Sunday. Our forces must here be divided. Elders Daniells and Prescott will remain here to continue the work while we go to Tasmania. There is work being done in this place in different families, giving Bible readings, and they are getting hold of a nice class of people. Professor Prescott may be able to attend the meetings in Tasmania during the last week. If the interest in Hobart demands it we can extend the meeting another week.  {21MR 389.4}
[21MR 389.5]          The harvest truly is great, the laborers are few. We feel to voice the words of our Saviour, "Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal: that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together" ［John 4:35, 36］. The people in the suburbs of Melbourne                                            -390-     are calling, "Set up your tents in our locality and let the people hear the things that you have preached in Armadale. We all need the words that you have spoken to us here."  {21MR 389.5}
[21MR 390.1]          If we only had workers and a supply of money to carry forward the work we could keep several tents working in the different localities of Melbourne. I must get my books published as soon as possible that the people shall have the light which God has given me, and I want to use the royalties on these books to sustain the work in new fields. The last message of mercy is to be proclaimed in our large cities and in the byways as well.  {21MR 390.1}
[21MR 390.2]          There are already inquiries being made, "If we embrace the truth, where is the place to worship in?" We see and feel the necessity--as soon as a company shall leave the churches there must be prepared for the sheep and lambs an humble place where they can be called to the fold. Meetinghouses must be built. There is in contemplation a meetinghouse to be erected in Hawthorn. It will not answer to leave the people without a place where they can assemble to worship God. There must be erected simple and neat churches which will give character to the important truths that we are advocating. Tasmania also must have a church built for the people to assemble in.  {21MR 390.2}
[21MR 390.3]          Edson, we see so many places to be worked, and where are the means? I have appropriated nineteen dollars a week to sustain workers in the field, and if I dared to express my desire I would say I will sustain still others. Every shilling seems precious. There are so many ways that shillings can be invested. There is enough to be done to employ twenty workers at this very time right here in Melbourne and suburbs. And here are the cities of Adelaide and Ballarat.  {21MR 390.3}
[21MR 390.4]          The promise had been made to hold the camp meeting in Ballarat this season, but when the brethren came to see me while I was at Brother Israel's last April to plan about this meeting I told them I had something to say. From the light God had graciously given me, this season the camp meeting should be in Melbourne. I said, "I know what you will say, brethren, 'We are short of means and cannot be at such expense.'" But I presented my reasons and everyone saw that they were sound, and the matter was settled right then and there. And the Lord has ratified our decision by His Holy Spirit which He has imparted.  {21MR 390.4}
[21MR 390.5]          Here now is opened a new field of labor in this suburb. We know that the angels of God have kept guard, walking up and down upon this campground. There have been no disturbances. The people did not swarm upon the ground as at Brighton (the other suburb) from curiosity to see the tents, but came                                            -391-     directly to the large meeting tent and sat for one and a half hours, listening as if spellbound to the discourses given by the servants of God in daytime and in the evening.  {21MR 390.5}
[21MR 391.1]          One clean, noble-looking man with white hair came to the stand to speak to me. Said he, "I must tell you I have received great light by listening to your discourse this afternoon. I have not listened to such a discourse for forty years. I see the Scriptures in a new light, and shall never forget the precious words that God has spoken through you today. They have made my heart warm with His love."  {21MR 391.1}
[21MR 391.2]          I could scarcely get out of the tent, there were so many strangers who were waiting to speak to me, telling me how much good the discourse had done them. Several others expressed similar words, saying, "I must speak with you and let you know that I have been greatly blessed today." Thus it has been all through the meeting, not only to me but others of our ministers have been spoken to in the same way.  {21MR 391.2}
[21MR 391.3]          But now comes the need of divine wisdom to know how to speak a word in season and give personal labor to those whose minds have been wonderfully stirred up by the presentation of the Word in a new light. Abundant evidence has been given that the Holy Spirit of God has spoken to men through human agencies. For "we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us" ［2 Corinthians 4:7］. Large numbers testify that they have never heard the Word administered with such power and in the manifest demonstration of the Spirit as at this meeting.  {21MR 391.3}
[21MR 391.4]          God has said in the heavenly courts to His heavenly intelligences, "Let there be spiritual light to shine amid the moral darkness of accumulated error and fables, and reveal truth." The Messenger of the covenant has come, and the Sun of Righteousness to arise and shine forth upon the eager listeners. His pre-existence, His coming the second time in glory and power, His personal dignity, His holy law uplifted, are the themes that have been dwelt upon with simplicity and power.  {21MR 391.4}
[21MR 391.5]          Said Christ, "All things that the Father hath are Mine. I and My Father are one. I appoint unto you a kingdom." The Lord Jesus lays His hand upon the eternal throne of God with all the ease and assurance of one who rules and reigns, putting on His head the crown of Deity. He sits at the right hand of God and receives supreme honor as God, the glory He had before the world was. He distributes His gifts to all who by faith shall claim them.  {21MR 391.5}
[21MR 391.6]          We have had at this meeting seasons for silent communion with God, seasons set apart when the people could feel that they had a time and place to pray and study the Word                                            -392-     of God without interruption, that they might sharpen their weapons to do the best and most essential work in God's great harvest field. We have no hesitancy in saying that the four angels are still holding the four winds that they shall not blow until the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads. The sowing time will soon be over.  {21MR 391.6}
[21MR 392.1]          The work of all believers is to sow the world with truth. Talk the truth, pray the truth, believe the truth, and communicate the truth. Scatter everywhere in abundance the incorruptible seed of truth. The world's Redeemer holds in His hand the key to unlock the treasure house of wisdom. He that lacketh wisdom, "let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord" ［James 1:5-7］.  {21MR 392.1}
[21MR 392.2]          We have precious golden hours wherein we can cultivate faith and perfect a Christian character. We need to watch and pray. Be sober and watch unto prayer. We have an inexhaustible storehouse, an ocean of love, in the God of our salvation. He has placed in the hands of Christ all the treasures of the heavenly resources and says, "All these are for man in order to convince fallen, sinful man of My love, that there is no love in the universe but Mine, and for his happiness I am working and will work." The happiness of man is to know God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent.  {21MR 392.2}
[21MR 392.3]          It was to make this vast treasure house of all good available that the Word became flesh and dwelt among us. He sprinkled every gift with His own blood, making it one by this act. The richest gift, the most costly sacrifice, was selected by God to come to the world as His expression of the love of God to man. The gift of God to our world in sending Jesus is an exhibition of His grace which God Himself cannot surpass. While we live in this world, there will be new developments and the extensive glory of the great love He had for the souls He has created even in this world. But that love will be extending and expanding before the saints in light, and in characters of new and increasing interest, seen and joyously realized throughout eternity.  {21MR 392.3}
[21MR 392.4]          But one thing is impossible with God--the power of eclipsing the greatness of His gift, in showing His love for fallen man than He has given in Jesus. In this wonderful expression of His love He has given to man fallen, and to all the unfallen worlds, and to the universe of heaven clear evidence that there is no love but His love.  {21MR 392.4}
[21MR 392.5]          The Lord has paid this infinite price in giving His only begotten Son                                          -393-     that through belief in Jesus Christ is belief in God, and that the righteous laws, the ten precepts of His decalogue, may appear to the world, even to as many as will believe on Jesus Christ, as His just requirements and are ever to be maintained.  {21MR 392.5}
[21MR 393.1]          Had God the Father come to our world and dwelt among us, veiling His glory and humbling Himself, that humanity might look upon Him, the history that we have of the life of Christ would not have been changed in unfolding its record of His own condescending grace. In every act of Jesus, in every lesson of His instruction, we are to see and hear and recognize God. In sight, in hearing, in effect, it is the voice and movements of the Father. But language seems to be so feeble! I refrain, and with John exclaim, "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not" ［1 John 3:1］.--Letter 83, 1895.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 393.1}
[21MR 394.1]      MR No. 1582 - Financial Straits Near Cooranbong in 1896         (Written May 7, 1896, from "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N.S.W., to Dr. J.H. Kellogg.)            We received your letters with pleasure and have read them to others. We have just had a most interesting and profitable Bible Institute. We know that much good has resulted from this meeting. We know that Professor Prescott worked under the influence of the Holy Spirit of God. He is giving the trumpet a certain sound. For fully one month the Word of God was studied, and an interest has been awakened in this place.  {21MR 394.1}
[21MR 394.2]          I will send you some copies of letters written to others. Our camp meetings held in Melbourne have been doing their work. The influence of camp meetings is lasting. It is not always readily discerned, but they are doing a good work. Last year only two were held, one in Armadale near Melbourne, and one in Tasmania. These meetings were excellent. We considered the meeting held in Armadale has been and still is exerting its influence in regions round about. The work has to be carried on in any way that will arrest the attention of the people.  {21MR 394.2}
[21MR 394.3]          You speak of Brother Semmens working more largely in a sanitarium. We have tried our best to secure a location for a sanitarium, but some were not suitable and others required more means than we were able to furnish. If we had only one quarter of the advantages which you have in America, it could be done. I have to stand as a bank to uphold, borrow, and advance money, and I turn and twist every way to do the work. Others will take hold and do something when they see that I have faith to lead out and donate.  {21MR 394.3}
[21MR 394.4]          A few days ago one of our faith, an excellent family, sent their two little girls, ages ten and thirteen years, about two miles with a note to me. They came carrying between them on a long stick a large bunch of bananas. It was a hot day and they were very tired tugging their burden. I just pitied them. They handed me a letter from Sister Q. I read in this letter as follows, "We are in trouble; our quarterly rent is due and we know not where to get the money to pay it. Could you loan us the money?"  {21MR 394.4}
[21MR 394.5]          We had no money to get necessary supplies for a family of ten. I sent word back, "Tell your mother she shall have the money Thursday." I had not the slightest idea where I could get the money for them. I had some money in the Echo Office, but they are so hard up that I have no heart to draw on them for what little we have there when they are unable                                            -395-     to pay their ministers, and for some time they have had to get along by running bills at the stores.  {21MR 394.5}
[21MR 395.1]          I don't think that we can consent to depend upon the Echo Office for our means to live on. Everybody in this country is poor. When out of means we will be obliged to buy on time. This we do not want to do but I fear we will be compelled to. We cannot possibly wait for prosperity to come through sale of books, that we may receive our pay. Here are all our workers who must be paid.  {21MR 395.1}
[21MR 395.2]          I am heavily in debt in this country to those in other countries. Eighteen hundred dollars from one person--this money has been used up. Five hundred dollars from one in Africa--which is a loan and has been applied in different ways that demanded means to forward the work. I move by faith.  {21MR 395.2}
[21MR 395.3]          In the last Bible Institute I paid the fare of some who wanted to attend the meetings, but were not able. I also boarded several in order that they might have the benefit of the meetings. I do not regret this. I know that such precious opportunities are beyond the estimate of gold and silver. Everyone who attended the meeting was constantly sitting at a banquet from heaven. I could not bear to think of anyone losing the precious things that were presented from the Word of God. This has to be acted over every meeting that is held.  {21MR 395.3}
[21MR 395.4]          We cannot depend upon others. There are but few who can do anything and there are so many ways to apply every dollar that we can obtain, and then many things have to be left undone which ought to be done. We are often put to our wits' end to know what to do and how to apply certain means where they are the most needed.  {21MR 395.4}
[21MR 395.5]          Several camp meetings are to be held this season and I know what that means--all the money that I can possibly collect from my dues everywhere to invest. When people come to our camp meetings they come all unprepared to care for themselves, and they must be fed, for they have nothing with which to feed themselves. Poor hungry souls, starving for the Bread of Life.  {21MR 395.5}
[21MR 395.6]          There are fine men, several of our canvassers, who are called jewels in the work, who come to these large gatherings almost completely destitute of clothing. I have felt it duty to invest pounds to make them reasonably comfortable. I have expended much means in these lines. Yet not one penny do I regret. I am determined to use all that I can possibly spare in these ways. God helping me I will reach everyone possible to reach.  {21MR 395.6}
[21MR 395.7]          Besides paying the board of several and the expenses of some, I have boarded a number at my own table. Dr. Kellogg, I am working in                                            -396-     every way possible to the very extent of my ability.  {21MR 395.7}
[21MR 396.1]          I was consulting with Brother Prescott about the case of Brother J, who was unable to pay his quarterly rent of three pounds. I told Brother Prescott that I must have the remuneration for my past year's labor else I would be brought into very miserable circumstances. "Here," said I, "is three pounds that we must raise for this poor family. They ask it as a loan, but they will be no better able to pay the next quarterly rent than they are now. This means a gift. I have done this before and it is our duty to do it again." Well, before Professor Prescott left Cooranbong he sent me three pounds, one from himself, one from his wife, and one from Grace Prescott. I was relieved, for I could see no possibility of procuring the money.  {21MR 396.1}
[21MR 396.2]          Now I find Brother Pocock, an excellent, intelligent man, reduced by the hard times to poverty. He has a family several miles from here. Has four or five children. His wife is a very economical woman. One day when Sarah and I were out riding we went round to the sawmill on the school ground and had a talk with Brother Hare, the manager at the mill. I asked him what wages Brother Pocock was receiving per day for his work on the school land for taking out the trees. So much per tree, but he does the work so faithfully that he cannot earn much. How much, I asked, does your contract allow him? Three pence per tree. In American money this would be six cents. I asked, How much does he earn per day? Brother Hare said, About fifty cents, sometimes sixty. I asked him, Could you live and support your family on that much, Brother Hare? No, Sister White, but money is so scarce that we do not know where it is coming from. Well, said I, This will never do; pay the poor man four shillings per day, and if you cannot do that I will be responsible for it.  {21MR 396.2}
[21MR 396.3]          Brother Pocock came to me afterwards with tears in his eyes and thanked me, and said he had been living on the smallest amount possible in order to send any money home to his wife, and she had written him that they could not live on the amount that he was sending them but had been obliged to borrow from their neighbors to have enough to supply their needs. He said he thought they could get along with the one dollar per day. This is a sample of the cases we find everywhere.  {21MR 396.3}
[21MR 396.4]          I have been furnishing work for boys and young men. One fine-looking, intelligent young man came to us almost destitute of clothing. Willie lent him his coat and I gave him a pair of pants that cost one dollar which I had bought for such purposes. We made him a home in a tent and kept him for some time, paying him five dollars per week and board. Last                                            -397-     February he left us well clothed and in good health. Still another and another we have taken in and paid them wages and let them ［remainder missing］.--Letter 58, 1896.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 396.4}
[21MR 398.1]      MR No. 1583 - Ministers Should Cooperate and Preach Practical Truths         (Written September 10, 1899, from "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N.S.W., to "Dear Brother.")            I am sorry to learn from your letter that some things which are not pure provender are being given to the church of God as food. No one can feed the church of God aright unless he studies the pure, sanctifying principles of the truth. Non-essential subjects are not to occupy our minds. Our conversation should be pure, uplifting, ennobling.  {21MR 398.1}
[21MR 398.2]          You will find men who talk of a second probation, comforting themselves with the thought that if they are not overcomers in this probationary time, they will in a future probation secure a preparation for heaven. But the Lord has no future probation for any soul that lives. Those who do not appreciate this present probation will have no second trial. Those who in this life pursue a course which will close against them the gates of the city of God, need not flatter themselves that the Lord will give them another opportunity to prepare to meet Him. No, no, no!  {21MR 398.2}
[21MR 398.3]          I present to you some important matters to present to the people as practical present truth. There is no need to dwell upon subjects that are not light and truth. We are to think of those things that will give spiritual nourishment.  {21MR 398.3}
[21MR 398.4]          Those who have a knowledge of the truth should never seek for something new and strange to present to the people. Let not the ministers of God enter into contention and strife. Their influence is greatly hurt when they are self-exalted and dictatorial. Let all be exceedingly careful on this point. Each day we need to learn more of Jesus Christ.  {21MR 398.4}
[21MR 398.5]          Let no one live to please himself. We are laborers together with God. We are to work in union with His Holy Spirit. God is the great first cause, the source of all power and grace and efficiency. Human agencies are to yoke up with Christ. "Ye are God's husbandry." You are to work out that which God works in. "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure." Your heart is to be cultivated by the Holy Spirit that it may bear fruit unto righteousness.  {21MR 398.5}
[21MR 398.6]          "Ye are God's building." You cannot build your character yourself. You must unite with the divine Builder. Said Paul, "According to the grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise masterbuilder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But let every man                                            -399-     take heed how he buildeth thereupon. For other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ." Let no man suppose that he is appointed to be a foundation upon which other human beings are to build. Every human being is to erect his building upon the sure foundation, Jesus Christ. "Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man's work shall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man's work of what sort it is" ［1 Corinthians 3:12, 13］.  {21MR 398.6}
[21MR 399.1]          I am instructed to say that sufficient carefulness has not been shown in regard to the material which has been brought to the foundation-stone. "If any man's work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward." Who does not desire then to be faithful in cooperating with Christ? "If any man's work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by fire" ［verse 15］. If he sees his wrong and sincerely repents, he will save himself, but his lifework is a failure.  {21MR 399.1}
[21MR 399.2]         "Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are" ［verses 16, 17］.  {21MR 399.2}
[21MR 399.3]         To those who lift themselves up in exaltation, supposing that anything they may choose to do is right, the caution comes, "Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise" ［verse 18］. Let not his soul be puffed up with self-conceit, for he is but a man. He is not God. He is not to suppose that he is a foundation upon which other men are to build. There is danger here, and I am instructed to say, Take heed. All ye are brethren. "For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He taketh the wise in their own craftiness" ［verse 19］.  {21MR 399.3}
[21MR 399.4]         Just as surely as men weave the threads of selfishness into the pattern, their work will be revealed. For "the Lord knoweth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain. Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours." The Lord gives wisdom to those who will make the best use of this wisdom. Christ declares, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth." God knows who is prepared to act as His helping hand in the closing scenes of this earth's history.  {21MR 399.4}
[21MR 399.5]          "All things are yours; whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours; and ye are Christ's; and Christ is God's." God sees where His wisdom is most needed and where it will                                            -400-     accomplish the most good. He will strengthen the minds of His servants. He will help them to devise and plan and execute for the greatest advantage of His work.  {21MR 399.5}
[21MR 400.1]          No one, however responsible the position he occupies, is to take glory to himself. If he loves God with all the heart and his neighbor as himself, he will follow the example of Jesus Christ. As God's workmen bear responsibilities and carry burdens in the great harvest field let them remember that true success comes from God alone, and that every particle of the praise and glory belongs to Him. We are God's husbandry, God's building. We are to understand that power and efficiency come only from our heavenly Father. Under the generalship of Christ we are to do the work allotted to us. Each member of the church must have a living connection with its great Head.  {21MR 400.1}
[21MR 400.2]          Let those who are laboring in the ministry or in the medical missionary work wear the yoke of Christ, walking in humility of mind before God, and using their varied gifts to bless humanity. Then God will use them as His helping hand. All are to be united in one body under Christ. All parts of the work are to be controlled and guided by the wisdom which God gives. There is to be harmony in every action. There is to be no jealousy of Paul or Apollos or Cephas. All are to draw in even cords, without a sign of friction.  {21MR 400.2}
[21MR 400.3]          Ministers must learn to give room to their fellow laborers. They are not to measure their brethren by their own ideas. He is whose heart Christ abides will not quarrel with his brother. All are to stand under the standard of Christ Jesus, united by the desire to strengthen His work in every line. Human devising is not to be followed. Let no one fasten his soul to a human leader. Christ is our Leader. He was sent by the Father to redeem the fallen race. Men are to follow His directions in the work of restoring the moral image of God in the human race. In this great work they are to act in His name and for the glory of God.  {21MR 400.3}
[21MR 400.4]          Let those who by God's appointment are connected with His cause cherish no low estimate of the work He expects them to do. They are to be faithful stewards, dying to self and living to Christ.  {21MR 400.4}
[21MR 400.5]          The words that Christ spoke were weighty and full of dignity, but at the same time He exalted the natural things of nature, pointing to them as expositors of divine truth. Elevating, ennobling truths were taught from the simplicity of nature's lesson book, and they were presented so clearly and plainly that even those dull of comprehension could not fail to understand them.  {21MR 400.5}
[21MR 401.1]          There was no excitement in Christ's manner of teaching. He made truth stand forth in the light of heaven. He inculcated the principles that are ever to be honored. God has wisdom to impart to His servants. The precious, precious treasures of wisdom that have been concealed in nature will be unlocked and brought forth. Here wonderful resources will be given to God's people for use in His work.  {21MR 401.1}
[21MR 401.2]         Some have looked upon the medical missionary work with suspicion because of its constantly increasing success. Unless these are baptized with the Holy Spirit they will continue to entertain their jealous feelings, whatever power God may reveal in advancing the truth. They will lose the spiritual blessings they might have had and will bring the divine judgments upon themselves. The truth which is a savor of life unto life, if received, becomes, when rejected, a means of hardening the heart.--Letter 233, 1899.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 401.2}
[21MR 402.1]      MR No. 1584 - Call to a Higher Standard         (Diary entry written November 4, 1899, at Rockhampton, Queensland.)          I thank the Lord for His great mercy and goodness to me. When I look at myself I have not much courage, for I am compassed with infirmities, but I am trusting in a power out of and above myself. I do not doubt but that the Lord will help me. As my day is, so shall my strength be. The Lord is a strong tower, into which the righteous run and are safe. My present state of feebleness makes me feel the necessity of making the Lord my dependence, saying over and over again, In Thee will I trust.  {21MR 402.1}
[21MR 402.2]          There is not the least excuse for the church to be dwarfed and crippled. Our religious experience needs to be of a higher order, that we may see the greatness of the hope presented to us in the gospel. Christ offered Himself as a willing sacrifice in our behalf. He stooped from His high command in heaven to rescue man from the slavery of sin. The Son of God gave up His honor and glory and tasted the bitterness of death that man might be a partaker of the divine nature. He died that everyone might have a second probation, another chance to choose God as their Leader. He has made every provision that men and women may have an experimental knowledge of the character and work of their Redeemer.  {21MR 402.2}
[21MR 402.3]          "When the fullness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son, made of a woman, made under the law, to redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons." The star of hope rose upon our world, and its brightness increased as our Saviour increased in wisdom and stature and in favor with God and man.  {21MR 402.3}
[21MR 402.4]          In the wilderness Satan came to Christ as an angel of light and assailed Him with his specious temptations. But Christ failed not. He saw a world perishing in sin, and steadfastly and firmly He moved forward in the path of resistance. He had come to seek and to save that which was lost.  {21MR 402.4}
[21MR 402.5]          Christ passed over the ground where Adam fell, overcoming in our behalf. He endured every test that man will ever be called upon to endure. He met all the temptations which man will meet in his life experience. Christ has Himself traveled over the path in which He calls upon us to walk. He says, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me. As I endured the test and trial, so you may endure it." He                                            -403-     who is at last crowned conqueror must depend, as Christ did, upon Deity. Every step Christ took was taken in full, entire dependence upon God. Had Christ transgressed the law of God in one particular, He would have been a sinner, and His offering would have been a failure, but not upon a single point did the enemy overcome Him. He declares, "Be of good cheer; I have overcome the world." He "that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne."  {21MR 402.5}
[21MR 403.1]          God's word is immutable. Jesus has proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, "I am the resurrection, and the life." Today He stands in the heavenly courts as our High Priest and Advocate. By faith we may grasp the promise that His mediation secures for us all things. When God gave Jesus to our world He gave all heaven. This gift has secured for us our adoption into God's family. God's promise is Yea and Amen in Christ Jesus. Never will He falsify. Never will He alter the thing that has gone out of His mouth.  {21MR 403.1}
[21MR 403.2]          The clouds of uncertainty and unbelief were rolled back as the Saviour cried with a loud voice, "It is finished." No longer had the enemy any power to tempt and annoy Him. Holiness and justice united in the completion of the great work of redemption. On the cross mercy and truth met together, righteousness and peace kissed each other. Jesus had testified that God is true. Faith demands no more. The doubting soul need not ask, Hath God forgotten to be gracious? Hath He in anger shut up His tender mercies? The answer comes clear and strong, "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life" ［John 3:16］.  {21MR 403.2}
[21MR 403.3]          Human love is weak and changeable, but God's love is full and deep and unchangeable. Why then are our souls not aglow as we contemplate this love? Why do we close our eyes to it? God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, will shine into the hearts of all who believe, to give the light of the knowledge of His glory in the face of Jesus Christ. "Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us, and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins." Oh, what amazing love. Language cannot measure it. It is without a parallel. "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also freely give us all things?"  {21MR 403.3}
[21MR 403.4]          Christ's work did not bring Him any worldly glory. Through the prophet Isaiah He declares, "I am sought of them that asked not for Me; I am found of them that sought Me not: I said, Behold Me, behold Me, unto a nation that was not called by My name. I have spread out my                                            -404-     hands all the day unto a rebellious people, which walketh in a way that was not good, after their own thoughts; a people that provoketh Me to anger continually to My face." Today the Lord Jesus employs every channel through which He can work. But many, by their self-exaltation and self-sufficiency, make it apparent that they are not controlled by the Holy Spirit. Instead, they magnify self into such large proportions that God is not revealed, God is not honored.  {21MR 403.4}
[21MR 404.1]          The church needs men today who, like Enoch, walk with God, revealing Christ to the world. Church members need to reach a higher standard. Heavenly messengers are waiting to communicate with men who have sunk self out of sight, whose lives are a fulfilling of the words, "I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave Himself for me." Of such men and women must the church be composed before her light can shine forth to the world in clear, distinct rays.  {21MR 404.1}
[21MR 404.2]          Our views of the Sun of Righteousness are clouded by self-seeking. Christ is crucified afresh and put to open shame by many who have had a wide experience and upon whom have rested important responsibilities. Through self-indulgence Satan gains control over heart, mind, soul, and strength.  {21MR 404.2}
[21MR 404.3]          To those who handle sacred things comes the solemn injunction, "Be ye clean, that bear the vessels of the Lord." The church needs men of devotion to bear to the world the message of salvation, pointing men to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world, men who by their works of righteousness and their pure, true words can lift their fellow men out of the pit of degradation.  {21MR 404.3}
[21MR 404.4]          If Jesus were made the sum and substance of every discourse, sinners would be convicted. By the message borne they would know what they must do to be saved. Lift him up, the Man of Calvary, higher and still higher. Who can declare the glory of the incarnate God? What language can describe it? It is not the men learned in this world's wisdom who have true eloquence. True eloquence is possessed only by those who have tasted of the love of Christ. The life renewed by divine grace and hidden with Christ in God is eloquent in its simplicity.  {21MR 404.4}
[21MR 404.5]          The orations and speeches made by apparently learned men are in God's estimation as sounding brass and a tinkling cymbal in comparison with the words which come direct from a heart refined by belief in Christ as a personal Saviour. Those who are eloquent in God's sight are willing to walk in lowly paths. They are unappreciated by those who are constantly striving for the supremacy, who have no sense of what it means                                            -405-     to walk in humble subjection to God's will and way, but God declares, "To this man will I look, even him that is poor and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at My word."  {21MR 404.5}
[21MR 405.1]          "Learn of Me, "says the great Teacher, "for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." The time is coming when those who have wanted their own way, who have refused to wear the yoke of Christ, will see that they have failed to find the rest that Christ's yoke gives, but it will then be too late.  {21MR 405.1}
[21MR 405.2]          He who wears Christ's yoke sees constantly new beauty and loveliness in the Saviour. He counts self as nothing, for he keeps his eyes fixed on Jesus. He thinks of Jesus and speaks of Jesus. His soul is constantly reaching forward and upward for more distinct views of the One in whom all his hopes of eternal life are centered. Nothing is permitted to eclipse this view. Beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, he is changed into the same likeness from glory to glory, from character to character, even as by the Spirit of the Lord.  {21MR 405.2}
[21MR 405.3]          Church members cannot honor God till they arise and shine because the glory of the Lord has risen upon them. I appeal to every church member to inquire, "Is my name written in the books of heaven?" There are those who, unless they are thoroughly converted, will crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh and put Him to open shame. This age is one of peculiar temptation, especially to the self-sufficient ones, who feel no special need of guarding the avenues of the soul. Unless they heed the warnings God has given, they will most surely be drawn away from the principles of the truth. They will stand among those who dishonor the faith and give heed to seducing spirits. They plead for indulgence of appetite. They enjoy those things which animalize the nature. They do not know what it means to be meek and lowly in heart. They take no delight in contemplating the character of the Saviour. The rebuke of Christ is upon them because in thought and action they are corrupt.  {21MR 405.3}
[21MR 405.4]          Truth held in unrighteousness is the greatest curse that can come to our world. But the truth as it is in Jesus is a savor of life unto life. It is worth possessing, worth practicing, worth defending. Christ calls upon us to enter the pathway of self-denial, where every step means a denial of appetite and unholy lust. He calls upon us to stand upon the platform of eternal truth and contend, yes, contend earnestly, for the faith once delivered to the saints.  {21MR 405.4}
[21MR 405.5]         Paul wrote to Timothy, "Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art also called, and hast professed a good                                            -406-     profession before many witnesses." "Hold fast the form of sound words ... in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus." There is need of a higher grade of spirituality in the church. There is need of heart purification. God calls His people to their posts of duty. He calls upon them to purge ［themselves from that which has been revealed as the bane of the church］--an exalting of the men placed in positions of trust.  {21MR 405.5}
[21MR 406.1]          There is earnest work to be done. Upon their knees men are to seek God in faith and then go forth to speak the Word with power sent down from on high. Such men come before the people direct from the audience chamber of the Most High, and their words and example promote spirituality. Their work in families is elevating and corrective. When they come in contact with wrong principles they plant their feet firmly upon the word, "It is written."  {21MR 406.1}
[21MR 406.2]         He who draws nigh to Christ need not try to shine. As he beholds the Saviour, he catches the divine rays of light from the Sun of Righteousness, and he cannot help shining. The light that is in him shines forth in clear, bright rays, in words and works of righteousness. Christ's grace dwells in him richly, and heaven's light shines through him. He honors Christ by complete obedience. He is stimulated to more vigorous action in the cause of God as he imparts that which the Lord gives him. He is a light bearer to the world, shedding light on those who are in the darkness of error. He does not walk away from Christ, but keeps close by His side, conversing with Him, gathering divine principles from His Word. He goes about doing good, comforting the downcast, guiding wandering footsteps into the narrow way, sweetening the cup of bitterness which many drink as a result of their own course of action. There are those who need the guidance of a firm, steady hand to lead them to the feet of the Master. Those who are truly successful in the work of overcoming will help others to fight manfully the battles of the Lord.  {21MR 406.2}
[21MR 406.3]          Man has nothing in himself wherein to glory. Tell it in clear strong language. All he has, his talent of reason, affection, speech, spiritual discernment, come to him through the mercy of the Son of the Infinite God. These are to be surrendered to God again. Self-annihilation is a hard process, for self struggles for existence and dies hard. But prayer and faith place the weakest sinner on vantage ground, where the hand of faith can grasp firmly the hand of the Saviour. In and through Christ we may come off more than conquerors.  {21MR 406.3}
[21MR 406.4]         God has given us instruction that every child of His has a work to do. To every one is given talents according to his several ability. To minister for Christ it is not necessary for a man to be a preacher. There are many                                            -407-     who, though they do not feel that they have been set apart for the special work of preaching, are, nevertheless, ministering for Christ. The Sun of Righteousness shines upon them, and they reveal that they are one with Christ. The Word of God is the man of their counsel. As they study the Scriptures they are enabled to understand what they read. They work in unity with one another. There will be no discordant opinions among those who are taught by God. True saints are one in spirit and action. The Holy Spirit binds them together, and all the power of satanic agencies cannot break this union.  {21MR 406.4}
[21MR 407.1]          The pure in heart shall see God. The impure cannot see Him. All upon which they look is tarnished for them by their impurity. Those who search the Scriptures with a heart which hungers and thirsts to know God and Jesus Christ will be rewarded. They will understand the words spoken to Daniel, that man of prayer. To Daniel many wonderful things were presented in vision. "I heard, but I understood not," he said. "Then said I, O my lord, what shall be the end of these things?"  {21MR 407.1}
[21MR 407.2]          The angel answered: ［Daniel 12:4, 10, 13, quoted］.  {21MR 407.2}
[21MR 407.3]          The time has come for Daniel to stand in his lot. The time has come for the light given him to go to the world as never before. If those for whom the Lord has done so much will walk in the light, their knowledge of Christ and the prophecies relating to Him will be greatly increased as they near the close of this earth's history.  {21MR 407.3}
[21MR 407.4]          Those who commune with God walk in the light of the Sun of Righteousness. They do not dishonor their Redeemer by corrupting their way before God. Heavenly light shines upon them. They are of infinite worth in God's sight, for they are one with Christ. To them the word of God is of surpassing beauty and loveliness. They see its importance. Truth is unfolded to them. The doctrine of the incarnation is invested with a soft radiance. They see that the Scripture is the key which unlocks all mysteries and solves all difficulties. Those who have been unwilling to receive the light and walk in the light will not be able to understand the mystery of godliness, but those who have not hesitated to take up the cross and follow Jesus will see light in God's light.--Ms 176, 1899.                     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 18, 1991. Entire Ms.  {21MR 407.4}
[21MR 408.1]      MR No. 1585 - The Importance of the Law of God         Before the children of Israel were given into the charge of Joshua, the Lord directed Moses to rehearse to them the incidents of their journeyings since leaving Egypt. Their wandering tent-life was about to cease. They were to take possession of Canaan, after the Lord had manifested His power in their behalf by opening a passage for them through the Red Sea and leveling the walls of Jericho.  {21MR 408.1}
[21MR 408.2]          Moses told the people how the Lord had declared to them His holy commandments. After repeating the words of the law, he said, ［Deuteronomy 5:22-33, quoted］.  {21MR 408.2}
[21MR 408.3]          God's holy law comes sounding down along the line to our time. If the words of this law were hung up in prominent places, as are the pictures on our walls, would they not have a more powerful influence for good than do these pictures? The words of God's law could be printed on cards and hung up on the walls of your houses. The attention of some will be arrested as their eyes fall upon the ten commandments. Thus the Lord will impress hearts and minds. The law of the Lord is holy, just, and good, and perfect, and it is of the greatest importance that men and women read and understand this law, which is God's pledged word to all who dwell upon the earth.  {21MR 408.3}
[21MR 408.4]          The Lord has instructed me that the money expended on photographs might better be used in feeding the poor and clothing the naked. It might better be invested in buying pamphlets and books for those who cannot buy them for themselves. Can we not practice self-denial and self-sacrifice in regard to photographs? Would it not be pleasing to the Lord for us to make a covenant with God by sacrifice and cease to fill our what-nots and walls with multitudinous idols, in placing the means thus saved where it will help to enlighten souls in darkness and error?  {21MR 408.4}
[21MR 408.5]          The salvation of men and women depends upon their obedience to every word of God. Then should not His commandments be made prominent by every soul who believes the sacred truth? He declares, "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth" ［Exodus 20:3, 4］. Do we give these words the consideration they demand?  {21MR 408.5}
[21MR 408.6]          Would it not be safe, wholly safe, for us to bind about our inclinations in regard to photographs and other pictures, lest by our carelessness in                                            -409-     regard to the Lord's instruction we educate our children to desire only the pictures which will be consumed in the fire of the last day? In view of the plain, decided utterances of the Lord, would it not be well for us to bind about our desires in everything of this character? We are only half converted from species of idolatry.  {21MR 408.6}
[21MR 409.1]          We see a dearth of means in the Lord's treasury. Our people have grown to be a large number, but this number would have been very much larger if there had been more loyalty, more willingness to obey the words of the Lord, more self-sacrifice, more decided work done for unbelievers who know not the truth.  {21MR 409.1}
[21MR 409.2]          God's people should carefully avoid every species of idolatry. Take from your walls and shelves all that comes under the Lord's instruction regarding images, all that is robbing Him of the honor you should give Him. Invest the money the Lord has given you in that which will abound to His glory.  {21MR 409.2}
[21MR 409.3]          The Lord said to Israel, "Ye shall observe to do therefore as the Lord your God hath commanded you: ye shall not turn aside to the right hand or to the left. Ye shall walk in all the ways which the Lord your God hath commanded you, that ye may live, and that it may be well with you, and that ye may prolong your days in the land which ye shall possess" ［Deuteronomy 5:32, 33］. Are not these words spoken just as surely to us as to the children of Israel? Then let us take heed to the instruction given by Him who purchased the world with His own life.  {21MR 409.3}
[21MR 409.4]          The sixth chapter of Deuteronomy contains instruction which it is important for all to follow. ［Deuteronomy 6:1-9, quoted.］  {21MR 409.4}
[21MR 409.5]          Because the world is disloyal, because it refuses to walk in the way of life, shall those who claim to be the chosen of God become careless and regardless of His Word, turning to the right hand or to the left according to their own pleasure? I am charged to say that there is need of a reformation in every church, in every family. We have no time to devote to pleasure-loving, no means to invest in buying the pictures of human faces. Invest your means in the cause of God. Guard carefully your example. It is of the greatest consequence to every soul to love and fear God, to obey His commands. We all need to become better acquainted with the laws of God's Kingdom, lest we lose our eternal life insurance policy ［2 Peter 1:10-12］ and fail to find entrance into the city of God.  {21MR 409.5}
[21MR 409.6]          On many the Word of God has lost its impression because of the prevalence of the disregard of His law. As God's chosen people we are to be in every sense what He desires us to be. We are to render strict obedience to the law spoken by Christ from Sinai. This law is God's standard of character, and there can                                            -410-     be no comparison between it and anything the human mind can frame. It is an unchangeable standard of absolute perfection, set up by the infinite God. Unaided, the human mind cannot comprehend it. An expression of the character of God, it is as high as heaven and beyond measurement in its power to sanctify.  {21MR 409.6}
[21MR 410.1]       MR No. 1585 - The Importance of the Law of God     Love the Fulfilling of the Law         We cannot by searching find out God. But He has revealed Himself in the character of Christ, who is the brightness of the Father's glory and the express image of His person. If we desire a knowledge of God, we must be Christlike. When Philip said to Christ, "Show us the Father, and it sufficeth us," the Saviour answered, "Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father?" ［John 14:8, 9］. Christ was the express image of the Father in person and character.  {21MR 410.1}
[21MR 410.2]         He who does not seek each day to be more like Christ cannot know the character of God. Living a pure life through faith in Christ as a personal Saviour brings the believer into a clearer, higher conception of God. No man whose character is not noble and Christlike can set forth God in a correct light. He may preach Christ but he does not show his hearers that Christ is an abiding guest in his heart.  {21MR 410.2}
[21MR 410.3]          "This do, and thou shalt live," Christ said to the lawyer who had answered His question in the words, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." Eternal life is the reward that will be given to all who obey the two great principles of God's law--love to God and love to man. The first four commandments define and enjoin love to God; the last six, love to our fellow men. Obedience to God's commands is the only evidence man can give that he possesses a genuine, saving knowledge of God. And supreme love for God is demonstrated by love for those for whom Christ has died.  {21MR 410.3}
[21MR 410.4]          While enshrouded in the pillar of cloud Christ gave directions regarding this love. Distinctly and clearly He laid down the principles of heaven as rules which His chosen people are to observe in their dealings one with another. These principles Christ lived out in His life of humanity. In His sermon on the mount He presented the motives and obligations which should govern the lives of His followers. "All ye are brethren," He said. "Treat the purchase of My blood as I have given you example."  {21MR 410.4}
[21MR 410.5]          God has manifested the most wondrous love for fallen man. He                                          -411-     "so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Those who are partakers of Christ's love through a reception of the truth will give evidence of this by making earnest, self-sacrificing efforts to give the message of God's love to those who are in error.  {21MR 410.5}
[21MR 411.1]          Thus they become laborers together with Christ. Love for God and for one another unites the soul to Christ by the golden links of love. The soul is bound up with Him in sanctified, elevated union. True sanctification unites believers to Christ and to one another in the bonds of tender sympathy. This union causes to flow continually into the heart rich currents of Christlike love, which flows forth again in love for one another.  {21MR 411.1}
[21MR 411.2]          The qualities which it is essential for all to possess are those which marked the completeness of Christ's character--His love, His patience, His unselfishness, and His goodness. These attributes are gained by doing kindly actions with a kindly heart. But Christ's requirements are not met by His people today. A strange deception is upon the people of God. Selfishness prevents the union which should exist. True love for one another is rare in our churches. This lack of love reveals most certainly that the members do not love God as they suppose they do. They give evidence that they need to be sanctified.  {21MR 411.2}
[21MR 411.3]          It is the greatest and most fatal deception to suppose that a man can have faith unto life eternal without possessing Christlike love for his brethren. He who loves God and his neighbor is filled with light and love. God is in him and all around him. Christians love those around them as precious souls for whom Christ has died. There is no such thing as a loveless Christian, for "God is love." ［1 John 2:3-5, 8-11; John 13:34, 35; 15:12, quoted.］--Ms 133, 1899.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9 1991. Entire Ms.  {21MR 411.3}
[21MR 412.1]      MR No. 1586 - Preach the Message, Not Irrelevant Theories         (Written April 15, 1887, from Basel, Switzerland, to "Dear Brother Brown.")            In your letter to me you make inquiry in regard to yourself, if you were one who was to be blamed. You are one who thought that your course of action was all right, but you have not moved in wisdom.  {21MR 412.1}
[21MR 412.2]          The letter you sent to Elder Butler, in reference to Elder Wilbur Whitney's course, pained my heart. I felt then, and have since, that you were betraying your brother. Since I read that letter, I have not had that confidence in you as formerly.  {21MR 412.2}
[21MR 412.3]          When the burden was rolled upon me in regard to New York, light was plainly given that your course had not been perfect before the Lord. You have helped to place matters where they now are, and have let the whole load of censure rest upon Wilbur Whitney. I have not talked a word with Brother Whitney about this matter. I may do so some time in the future.  {21MR 412.3}
[21MR 412.4]          I have expected that you would fall under temptation. I feared after the part that you have acted, that the prospering hand of God could not sustain you. You needed Brother Wilbur Whitney in your conference, but after such a course had been pursued toward him there, the brethren had no confidence in him and in his management. He could do you no good, so we urged his coming here where his help is greatly needed and will be appreciated.  {21MR 412.4}
[21MR 412.5]          The Lord reads the purposes of the heart. He will bring out all this to His glory. But the unwise course pursued, not the fact of the financial embarrassment, has left an influence upon the conference which will prove the ruin of souls, and those who have done this work will see it as it is in the judgment when the books shall be opened and every man will be judged out of those things that shall be written in the books. Satan has exulted at the turn things have taken. The work is retarded for years by the same spirit that moved the unfaithful spies to bring their evil report.  {21MR 412.5}
[21MR 412.6]          I learn by letters from New York that Brother Brown has accepted and is now preaching the flat world theory. Is it possible that this theory has been brought by Brother Wilcox from England and that you have accepted it and are teaching it? My brother, our work is to teach the third angel's message. Stick to the message. It is a weakness of Elder Wilcox to get hold of hobbies and to stick to some things that he had better let alone.  {21MR 412.6}
[21MR 413.1]          Any kind of theory or hobby that Satan can lead the minds of men to dwell upon, he will draw their attention to, so that they shall not be engaged in giving the solemn message for this time. Do not, my brother, become entangled with ideas that have no connection with the work for this time. It is better to be teaching the truth as it is in Jesus. Better to be seeking for true godliness, heart holiness, freedom from all selfishness, freedom from all envies and jealousies.  {21MR 413.1}
[21MR 413.2]         It is better to pray and humble the soul before God and let the world, round or flat, be just as God has made it. Try most earnestly by faithful continuance in welldoing to seek for a clear title in the inheritance in the earth made new. Better lead the flock of God to drink at the higher streams; better by precept and example seek God while He may be found. Call upon Him while He is near. There is a revival needed in the church. When the teachers are drinking fresh draughts from the well of Bethlehem, then they can lead the people to the living stream. My soul is weighed down with the burden of the condition of things in New York. May the Lord raise up helpers, men whom He can teach, humble men whom He can lead to bear a clear, sharp testimony in faith. God help you to seek His face, to walk carefully, to put self out of sight, and exalt Jesus.  {21MR 413.2}
[21MR 413.3]          I hope Brother Wilcox will be a truly converted man. This is his great need at the present time. He wants meekness, he wants humility, he wants genuine piety, and without it he is as sounding brass and a tinkling cymbal. His soul and your soul need the indwelling of Jesus. Whether the world is round or flat will not save a soul, but whether men believe and obey means everything.--Letter 43, 1887.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 413.3}
[21MR 414.1]      MR No. 1587 - True Christianity; Being a Good Samaritan         (Written August 29, 1904, from Melrose, Massachusetts, to her son, W. C. White.)            This morning Mother is rather weary. I spoke one hour under the tent. The weather has been cool and very nice for the meetings. I tried to forget we might have been much better situated, and made a much better impression than we have made. Our tent has been full and the children were in a meeting in another tent.  {21MR 414.1}
[21MR 414.2]          I am pleased to tell you the Lord strengthened me on Sabbath to bear a decided message. To His name be all the glory. I know the impression was made by His Holy Spirit. On Sunday afternoon I urged the truth with more decided firmness and power. A man was present who had expressed a desire to see me and talk with me in regard to the round and flat world. I sent him a message that when Christ gave my commission to do the work He had placed upon me, the flat or round world was not included in the message; the Lord had taken care of His house, His world here below, better than any human agency could care for it, and until the message came from the Lord, silence was eloquence upon that question.  {21MR 414.2}
[21MR 414.3]          I then said to the congregation that I had to present to them the science of higher education. Luke 10:17-24. Now all listen, "And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted Him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?" (verse 25). Here is a question of highest science.  {21MR 414.3}
[21MR 414.4]         The Lord Jesus turned over the question to the lawyer himself. "He said unto him, What is written in the law? how readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself." Christ said unto him, "Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live. But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor?" (verses 26-29). Then Christ gave a parable of the Good Samaritan. This is the true science of Christianity.  {21MR 414.4}
[21MR 414.5]         The great question is, What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life? This is the science of what constitutes the higher education, and when this question is properly adjusted, the capabilities of the whole man are called into full exercise. There will be no agitation of the question whether the world is round or flat, but the whole burden of the soul is: What shall I do to inherit eternal life? We need now to make every talent that God has given us to be employed to His name's glory.  {21MR 414.5}
[21MR 415.1]          I had a very solemn message and it made a decided impression on the many assembled. Several followed me out to the carriage to speak a word with me. Professor Ramsey came to the carriage and spoke with me. Seemed very glad he heard me again. He has fullness of flesh but his countenance is greatly changed in expression. There was not that intelligence and refinement that had once been there, and I felt sorry.--Letter 390, 1904.             Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 415.1}
[21MR 416.1]      MR No. 1588 - Dr. Kellogg's Case Almost Hopeless; The Indescribable Marvel and Mystery of Christ's Incarnation         (Written September 3, 1904, from Middletown, Connecticut, to "Ministers, Physicians, and Teachers.")            I cannot sleep after eleven o'clock. My mind is drawn out in most earnest thought and prayer. The question arises, What do you suppose will be accomplished by your testimony to change the order of things that now exists? Testimony after testimony has been borne under the special influence of the Holy Spirit, and those who have gone out of the way have in their darkness put their human ideas into operation, supposing that when testimonies were sent them from God to point out their mistakes and their dangers, they could set their unsanctified judgment to work against the Holy Spirit, saying of the part that reproved their course, "Somebody has told her," and of the part in which their wrong course of action was not referred to, "That is of the Lord."  {21MR 416.1}
[21MR 416.2]          This was done at Berrien Springs, and resulted in those who needed to confess their own sins, confessing the sins of others and trying to specify what was of God in the warnings sent and what was not. Some thought to relieve the situation by taking the position that Sister White is human, and therefore the reproofs coming to them to arrest them from doing harm to themselves and others by entertaining unbelief and refusing to be corrected, are of human origin. Is this the way that testimonies are treated, that they have no effect on the erring ones? All the ordained messengers of God, prophets and apostles, were directed to give very straight, decided warnings.  {21MR 416.2}
[21MR 416.3]         Cain slew his brother Abel because Abel referred him to the express direction from God that all sacrificial offerings brought to Him were to be accompanied by a slain lamb, as the acknowledgment and confession of sin, and to represent Christ, who saved the fallen race by Himself becoming the great Sacrifice. Cain had a faultless offering, with the exception that he did not bring a lamb. Because Abel repeated to Cain God's directions regarding the sacrificial offerings, Cain became very angry, and killed his brother.  {21MR 416.3}
[21MR 416.4]          Many things have been presented to me. I have been shown that although J.H. Kellogg has written that he has surrendered, he has not surrendered. He will vindicate himself, and will not, unless thoroughly converted, be a safe man to stand in positions                                            -417-     of influence. We must guard the flock of God from just such things as have for years been proceeding from his sophistries. It is not safe for him to bear the responsibilities that he has borne. The burden has laid heavily upon me as I have been obliged to meet his ways, his suggestions, and his plans, which the Lord has not inspired, and which, if followed, would cause many to turn aside from the truth to fables dressed in angels' robes. God forbid that this should continue.  {21MR 416.4}
[21MR 417.1]          Dr. Kellogg's course has blinded and confused his associate physicians and has retarded the work of God. How impossible it is to remove the impressions that have been made upon the minds of others, impressions which certainly do not tend to increase faith in the light that the Lord has been giving for the past half century.  {21MR 417.1}
[21MR 417.2]          Dr. Kellogg's ideas and plans have not been of heavenly origin. For the past twenty years the church has been distracted in regard to the proper relation of the medical work to the gospel ministry, because Dr. Kellogg has been holding up the gospel minister as inferior to the medical missionary work.  {21MR 417.2}
[21MR 417.3]          The gospel message given to warn the world of what is coming as foretold by the prophecies relating to these last days, has not had the impression upon Dr. Kellogg's mind that it should have had. His defective movements have been pointed out over and over again, and yet he keeps right on as confidently as if he were supreme in wisdom. He has done as objectionable work, undermining the confidence of many in God's warnings. To those who receive his version of things and his representations as the wisdom of God, the sure result will come. The end will be infidelity, an acceptance of sophistries that undermine the plain facts of the Bible. Oh, how I have longed to see his mind moved by the Holy Spirit!  {21MR 417.3}
[21MR 417.4]          His skill as a physician, the knowledge that God has given him, has so exalted him, that he has felt that he was supreme. He has said many things, and then contradicted and denied them. His own mind is so strained that he is utterly confused as to what is genuine truth and what is fable. For him to be accepted as an educator to prepare students for the doing of the sacred work that is termed medical missionary work, would be a great mistake. He would fail to leave upon minds the reformative missionary impress. He has not done the work properly for many years, although followed by the testimonies of the Spirit of God.  {21MR 417.4}
[21MR 417.5]          Through him a great deal of rubbish has been brought to the foundation, a great deal of wood, hay, and stubble, in the place of gold, silver, and precious stones. Those who have done this work will, if they                                            -418-     repent from the heart, be pardoned, because of the great mercy of God toward them, but their works will be estimated by the Bible standard, and will be consumed.  {21MR 417.5}
[21MR 418.1]          This I am instructed to write. Dr. Kellogg's case has been a mystery of mysteries. That which has given power to his work--truth and righteousness--he has discarded. The cause of God has been hindered in its advance by the only one who could do a work so counter to the work the Lord would have done at this stage of our history. His people are now, many of them, confused by the subtle reasoning that has been presented. If ministers of the gospel are bewildered and receive the false statements made, what can be expected of the churches? This is the representation made to me.  {21MR 418.1}
[21MR 418.2]          If Dr. Kellogg's mind were now clear enough to see wherein he has been so far out of the way so that he would make thorough, decided reforms, then there would be hope. But I am instructed that the way he has treated any words of encouragement leaves his case almost hopeless. I have suffered so much under this deceptive working that I regard the case as almost hopeless.  {21MR 418.2}
[21MR 418.3]          Dr. Kellogg's mind has been so racked and center-shaken through refusing to receive the light that God has given, through working opposite to the Lord, that his whole nature has been converted into a bundle of contradictions. But I must present the warnings that have been given for the past twenty years.  {21MR 418.3}
[21MR 418.4]          During the past night many things have been presented to me, and I am firmly decided that the great work for these last days will soon be finished.  {21MR 418.4}
[21MR 418.5]          Was the human nature of the Son of Mary changed into the divine nature of the Son of God? No; the two natures were mysteriously blended in one person--the Man Christ Jesus. In Him dwelt all the fullness of the Godhead bodily. When Christ was crucified, it was His human nature that died. Deity did not sink and die; that would have been impossible. Christ, the sinless One, will save every son and daughter of Adam who accepts the salvation proffered them, consenting to become the children of God. The Saviour has purchased the fallen race with His own blood.  {21MR 418.5}
[21MR 418.6]          This is a great mystery, a mystery that will not be fully, completely, understood in its greatness until the translation of the redeemed shall take place. Then the power and greatness and efficacy of the gift of God to man will be understood. But the enemy is determined that this gift shall be so mystified that it will become a nothingness. If believers only knew what this means, the work would be done in our churches that must be done if the members ever enter the kingdom of heaven. But when men in responsible positions pervert their reason and give themselves                                            -419-     up to Satan's way of thinking, they will surely stand before the world on Satan's side, however great their influence may have been and still is, doing the work that Satan did, led and inspired by his spirit.  {21MR 418.6}
[21MR 419.1]          We shall have false sentiments to meet. Never, never can we afford to place confidence in human greatness as some have done, looking to man as the angels in heaven looked to the rebellious Lucifer, and losing the sense of the presence of Christ and God.  {21MR 419.1}
[21MR 419.2]          During the night season I have listened to words that are of the deepest importance to me. Who by searching can find out God to perfection? The Gospels set forth the character of Christ as infinitely perfect. I wish I could speak of this so that the whole world could hear the object of Christ's mission and work. But Infinity alone can do this work. Read and search the Scriptures, in which Christ is set forth as the divine object of our faith.  {21MR 419.2}
[21MR 419.3]          When finite man, under the influence of satanic agencies, comes to question the words of the One who is called "Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace," his conceptions of himself increase and his conceptions of Christ and God decrease.  {21MR 419.3}
[21MR 419.4]          "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me." The sufferings of the Redeemer, the humility of His human-divine character, are not understood, and therefore His virtues are not practiced. The treasures of knowledge to be obtained from God are inexhaustible. The most gifted men on the earth could all find abundant employment, from now until the Judgment, for all their God-given powers in exalting the character of Christ. But they would fail decidedly to present Him as He is. The mysteries of redemption, embracing Christ's divine-human character, His incarnation, His atonement for sin, could employ the pens and the highest mental powers of the wisest men from now until Christ shall be revealed in the clouds of heaven in power and great glory. But though these men should seek with all their power to give a representation of Christ and His work, the representation would fall far short of the reality.  {21MR 419.4}
[21MR 419.5]          The mysteries of redemption are not presented to the students in our schools as they should be. The themes of redemption will employ the minds and tongues of the redeemed through everlasting ages. The reflection of the glory of God will shine forth forever and ever from the Saviour's face.  {21MR 419.5}
[21MR 419.6]         Let those who are presenting theories as to whether the earth is round or flat, leave this question, for God has not given it to them to solve, and earnestly inquire, "What shall I                                            -420-     do that I may have everlasting life?" Let them heed the answer, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself."  {21MR 419.6}
[21MR 420.1]          Nonessential questions will be brought in by those who do not purify their souls by obeying the truth. They fall far short of the standard of loving God supremely and their neighbor as themselves. I am bidden to say that sophistries will be brought in to take the place of the pure gospel of Jesus Christ. The message is given, "Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." This word has been fulfilling among our people.  {21MR 420.1}
[21MR 420.2]          The Lord calls upon every member of the church to be on guard. The Voice said, Be on guard. The Lord Jesus has warned us in His Word of what shall be. Will anyone say of this warning, This does not agree with our ideas, and pay no attention to the warning? The Lord has lifted the danger signal that all may hear and take heed to the warnings. The great danger is in exalting man. Human beings cannot bear exaltation. Jesus invites us, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."--Letter 280a, 1904.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 420.2}
[21MR 421.1]      MR No. 1589 - Meetings in Massachusetts and Connecticut                     (Diary Entries-August 5 to September 4, 1904.)          Washington, D.C., Friday, August 5, 1904: I cannot sleep after twelve o'clock. I am pressed as a cart beneath sheaves. I cannot sleep. My heart is pained for the condition of our churches and the great work of preparation that is to be done in the churches.  {21MR 421.1}
[21MR 421.2]          Melrose Sanitarium, Mass., August 26, 1904: This day I thank the Lord He has given me strength to bear my message under the large tent one mile from the sanitarium. The seats were all occupied. There was singing accompanied with music, and the music was distinct in sound and made a good impression upon the people. Then I spoke one hour and the Lord strengthened me, for which I praise His holy name. I presented the first chapter of First Peter, and the people listened with much interest.  {21MR 421.2}
[21MR 421.3]          Melrose, Mass., Sunday, August 28, 1904: I speak to the people that shall assemble in the tent meeting in Melrose. My mind is deeply exercised this morning. I have had matters presented to me to give to our people. An urgent request came to me from a man who desired to discuss with me in regard to the round world--to him a very important matter.  {21MR 421.3}
[21MR 421.4]          My answer was, "I have a message to this people in regard to the life they must live in this world to prepare them for future life which measures with the life of God. We have nought to do with the question whether this world is round or flat. ［The important thing］ is to serve God with full purpose of a renewed heart, sanctified and made holy by the cleansing blood of Jesus Christ."  {21MR 421.4}
[21MR 421.5]          Every issue will be brought in in various places by some persons who are not worked by the Spirit of God. Last night the Lord gave me words to speak to the people. Satan has a multitude of questions to bring in through various minds and ingenuity as all-important. Take the Word, plainly stating the truth for 1904; and the messenger that was sent of God had a message the same as the people need now. He was John the Baptist.  {21MR 421.5}
[21MR 421.6]          Melrose, Mass., August 30, 1904: I thank my heavenly Father that I have slept more than for several nights. I thank the Lord that my faculties are preserved. God is the Lord and greatly to be praised. I shall speak today and on the morrow in this place. May the Lord bless and sanctify me and make me strong to do His will. I ask for health that I may                                            -422-     use the powers He has given me to His name's glory.  {21MR 421.6}
[21MR 422.1]          Sanitarium, Melrose, Mass., September 1, 1904: I thank my heavenly Father this morning for the strength and grace He has given me. Good is the Lord, and greatly to be praised. The Lord God is merciful and of tender compassion.  {21MR 422.1}
[21MR 422.2]          I have a message to bear to the people. Come out from the world and be ye separate. How then shall we become, as Christ has declared, a light unto the world? In the customs and ambitious practices of the world, we have no part. In their selfish ideas, we take no part. But in this very coming out, in separating from their idolatrous practices, we are witnessing to the truth. In the world, and yet not of the world. It is our work as Christians to manifest to the world a power of true godliness. We are to obey the injunction of Christ to deny ourselves, to take up the cross, and follow Him.  {21MR 422.2}
[21MR 422.3]          Middletown, Conn., September 4, 1904: We had a tentfull Sabbath, and all listened with interest to the words spoken. Our brethren were fearful that Sunday we should have but few out to hear, and I thought they might be disappointed in this matter, but the disappointment was the other way. The large tent was full, and some were on the outside. The Lord gave me strength to hold the congregation. I spoke earnestly from John 3, first part of the chapter. The Lord gave me a message upon temperance and the Lord Jesus, the great Gift in behalf of man. "For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {21MR 422.3}
[21MR 422.4]          I brought in Satan's temptations of Christ in the wilderness, and then spoke a short time upon temperance and the self-indulgent practice of using tobacco. But they sat through it all, and I gave the message with great plainness of speech. I was strengthened. The tent seats were filled, and chairs and seats had to be brought from neighboring houses to accommodate the people. I am so thankful that I could speak to so many.  {21MR 422.4}
[21MR 422.5]          I would be glad to follow this meeting through to its close, but we must leave tomorrow if we fill our appointments in Battle Creek. I was strengthened today, and felt no weariness. I believe it was my duty to speak to the people. All listened with apparent interest. How it will be in the weekdays, we cannot say, but I shall advise that they keep Jesus uplifted daily before the people.  {21MR 422.5}
[21MR 422.6]          Jesus is always the same in His human tenderness combined with His divinity; always touched with the feeling of our infirmities, using His divine ministering attributes to do us good; always encouraging, guiding, leading us on step by step. He is unchangeable. What He is to us today,                                            -423-     a faithful High Priest touched with the feeling of our infirmities, this He will be tomorrow, and tomorrow forever more. He is a Guide to lead, a Teacher to instruct, a Friend to counsel, a Donor to bestow His blessings upon His church in response to their faith.  {21MR 422.6}
[21MR 423.1]          Said Jesus to His believing disciples, "Abide in Me." This means continual faith on the part of the believer. "Abide in Me." This means, listen to the instruction of Christ. We must do His will. Christ makes us at home with Him, and we enjoy the favors of His home, enjoy His peace. All human frictions, all ill-temper, all irritation cease in His home.  {21MR 423.1}
[21MR 423.2]          I am very glad for the encouragement of this large tentfull of interested hearers. Meetings have been held here some little time, and today the tent was full and we praise the Lord. There were people of the first class. I took up the questions of tobacco and of liquor drinking. I showed them how, by using tobacco and liquor, they were destroying their God-given faculties so that they could not reason from cause to effect.  {21MR 423.2}
[21MR 423.3]          Middletown, Conn., September 4, 1904: I could not obtain sleep until after nine o'clock. My mind was active. How could we now overcome the backsets that we have had to hedge up our way?  {21MR 423.3}
[21MR 423.4]          This place, Middletown, my husband and myself entered with my eldest child, born in 1847. We were welcomed by Brother Chamberlain and remained as their guests some weeks. Brother Ralph was a faithful young man, a Christian who was trying to do a work in explaining the Scripture to those who would become interested. One man was bitterly opposed, and his wife received the truth and was an earnest believer, keeping the Sabbath. This provoked him, and when Brother Ralph came to his house, he met him and ordered him out and kicked him off the steps. He took this abuse patiently, and said, "I shall pray for you and your wife, for she is a child of God."  {21MR 423.4}
[21MR 423.5]          He was soon ill and confined to his bed with consumption. All who knew him had come to love this humble child of God. Many appreciated him. My husband and I visited him and had precious seasons of prayer. Brother Chamberlain had great confidence in him. We soon were convinced he would not live. He was dying. But whenever he could speak he expressed his great burden to open the Scriptures to the people in Middletown.  {21MR 423.5}
[21MR 423.6]          Quite a number were keeping the Sabbath, and meetings were held in a private house. Brother Chamberlain's house was large and could accommodate quite a large number, and our meetings were interesting. We were all so sad to give up our young Brother Ralph. He died and his words were precious. The one                                            -424-     who had treated the Lord's servant roughly, kicking him down several steps, came to see him and asked his forgiveness. We all felt indeed this was a great thing for him to do, for he was a proud man.  {21MR 423.6}
[21MR 424.1]          Brother Ralph told him he freely forgave him, and urged him to obey the truth and meet him in heaven. He was a happy man, quoting Scripture enforcing the truth of Christ's coming and the Sabbath. He died in the triumph of faith. The sunbeams of Christ seemed to light up his countenance, and he would speak words full of thanksgiving. From this time, after his death, the truth seemed to advance. We soon were invited to Rocky Hill, nine miles in the country, and we made this our home.  {21MR 424.1}
[21MR 424.2]          I must relate in writing that I had conversation with Brother Nicola in reference to the case of Dr. Kellogg.--Ms 145, 1904.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 424.2}
[21MR 425.1]      MR No. 1590 - Ministers to Stand Firm for Principles         (Written June 15, 1904, from Nashville, Tennessee, to Elder I. H. Evans.)          It is presented to me that you are in trouble, and that satanic agencies are working through unconsecrated men who are not walking in the light of truth but are setting their will against the will of God. Fallen angels mingle with fallen men to war against good. Everything but the Word of God controlling their heart is powerless against the passion that sways unconsecrated minds.  {21MR 425.1}
[21MR 425.2]          We are living in perilous times. The Lord has given light, but there are influences at work to lead men to mock at the light. Those who set themselves to oppose the plans of God's appointment will be dealt with according to their works. In times of religious declension such as has been in Battle Creek, the judgment of God will come upon those who have been living in a state of rebellion, heaping up wrath against the day of wrath. My heart aches for those who have not heeded the messages that God has sent in mercy to ennoble and to save. I am filled with sorrow for those who have despised and insulted the world's Redeemer by cherishing bitterness and wrath and hatred and evil in their hearts. The light which God sent to sanctify them, they have despised, and their eyes have become blinded, their spiritual discernment perverted.  {21MR 425.2}
[21MR 425.3]          I am very sorry for the poor souls who have braced themselves to carry out plans that are rooted in self. Those who have lost their discernment of the will and way of God, notwithstanding His requirements have been laid before them in clear lines, will lead other souls into by［ways］ and forbidden paths. There is no safety for anyone unless the truth is enthroned in the heart. We are not to put confidence in man or make flesh our arm. We are to be molded and fashioned by the precious truths of the Bible. Daily we are to hold communion with Him who knoweth the end from the beginning. Those who do not do this will be false and unreliable.  {21MR 425.3}
[21MR 425.4]          We are to watch and pray, for there are many who are blind leaders of the blind. There are some in Battle Creek who once knew the truth that are now clouds without water, carried about by the winds of controversy. They should beware lest they become trees without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots. The solemn warnings against backsliding presented in the Word of God ought to make us afraid, greatly afraid, for our own souls. The Lord                                            -426-     has been giving messages to His people, urging upon them the necessity of enthroning Christ in the heart, of dying to self, of obeying the Word of God. The solemn realities of eternity demand that we do this. Resistance to the truth is the sin that will be charged against those who reject these repeated appeals--those who choose their own way and lead other souls, step by step, in false paths.  {21MR 425.4}
[21MR 426.1]          There are many men in our world who are like Cornelius. They are not fully informed in regard to the truth for this time; and yet, as did Cornelius, they fear God and follow principles of righteousness. In every sphere of action they work on the principles that God accepts. All through the ages there have been devout men whose lives were an example that others might well follow. They have borne a clear, pure, undefiled testimony for truth and righteousness. In their high position of responsibility, even among accomplished worldly men, they were bright and shining lights. Not all men forget God in their investigation of true science.  {21MR 426.1}
[21MR 426.2]          As God worked for Cornelius, so He works for these true standard-bearers. He prepares the way for them to take the place of those who have been given a knowledge of Bible truth, but who have disappointed the Lord our Saviour. These men will be true to pure, holy principles in their investigation of the laws which rule our world. They will obtain a knowledge of God as Cornelius did--through the visitation of angels from heaven. That they may obtain advanced light, God places them in connection with men of superior knowledge regarding His Word.  {21MR 426.2}
[21MR 426.3]          There are men of nobility and influence whom the Lord will call into His work and use as His witnesses, if unconsecrated men will not spoil them by flattery and exalt them as gods. There are men awaiting the call to action who will stand for God in true integrity. They will have a hard battle to fight, for they will sometimes stand in sharp contrast with men who have sacrificed His cause and misinterpreted and falsified His Word. God's true witnesses will have fearful odds against them; they will have to meet falsehood after falsehood; but if they heed the message for this time, God will give them strength to conquer. He will enable them to testify, by purity and nobility of character, to the power of unadulterated principles. They honor the Lord God of heaven, and the sunshine of His favor will be distinctly seen amidst the clouds of unfaithful stewardship and the clash of falsehood.  {21MR 426.3}
[21MR 426.4]          If they will cling closely to the hand of Infinite Wisdom, they will be given strength to press on in the narrow way cast up for the ransomed of the Lord. Christ will not acknowledge                                            -427-     a hypocrite, but He acknowledges and honors those who truly serve Him. He will guide them along the path that leads to everlasting life.  {21MR 426.4}
[21MR 427.1]          To know God in His works is true science, but to know God as He is in Christ is life eternal. Providence is still working amongst us. But many who profess to believe God's Word do not recognize His wonderful working power. Many professing Christians have not an experimental knowledge of God as He is revealed in His Word, therefore they fail to shine as lights in the world. All the disciples of Christ are bound to stand as light-bearers to the world. To them the words are spoken, "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven" ［Matthew 5:16］  {21MR 427.1}
[21MR 427.2]          Brother Evans, stand firm for the right. Be constantly on guard. Be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. "Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil" ［Ephesians 6:11］. Much is at stake now. Those who have turned from the truth to fables will say anything that the enemy puts into their minds. I am charged to say, Believe them not; be not deceived. There are some whose words do eat as a canker, because they will not break from the fellowship of unholy angels.  {21MR 427.2}
[21MR 427.3]          "We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God" ［Ephesians 6:12-17］.  {21MR 427.3}
[21MR 427.4]          Tell our brethren who have not sacrificed their faith that God has a people even in Battle Creek. The Lord has warned His people against gathering into Battle Creek, because there they would hear that which would confuse their faith and mislead their judgment. They would not be able to discern that which lies beneath the surface. Who can foresee today the things that unthinking, unconsecrated men will do, and the risks they will run because they neglect to make the religion of Christ their guide?  {21MR 427.4}
[21MR 427.5]          Christ is the Alpha and the Omega. He is the Rock that is higher than we are. He is our Sun and Shield. He is wisdom to all who desire to be wise. It is through His might that we conquer. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken, that                                            -428-     those things which cannot be shaken may remain.  {21MR 427.5}
[21MR 428.1]          When the word of the Lord comes to churches and to individuals, there are always those who refuse to hear aright or to see aright. Their defective hearing and seeing puts them far out of the way. I am instructed that I am not to stand before those who would misinterpret my words to mean what they want them to mean. Their eyes are so blinded that they cannot see; their ears are so dulled that they cannot hear. They circulate reports as being what Sister White has said, when I said no such thing.  {21MR 428.1}
[21MR 428.2]          My brother, you are in a strait place, but the Lord will be your frontguard and your rearward if you will put your trust in Him. Do not let unsanctified, unconsecrated men lead you or intimidate you. I have been instructed that it is time that there was a thorough investigation of the standing of the Medical Missionary Association and the Sanitarium. Let the strict examination be made in regard to the business that has been transacted in Battle Creek. This will show the standing of the institution. This investigation should have been made long ago. The business standing of all our medical institutions is to be carefully and correctly presented before our people, that they may know the real situation of the medical work, where it stands, what it is doing, whether or not it is producing as well as consuming.  {21MR 428.2}
[21MR 428.3]          Such men as have been losing their spiritual discernment are in a very perilous condition. The Lord calls now for men like Cornelius--men who are taught of Him. Men may have been all their lifetime professing Seventh-day Adventists, but this does not make them true men, sanctified and ennobled through the truth. There are some whose ways are right in their own eyes, and who suppose that they are wise, but they are foolish. They are building their house upon the sand, and when the tempest comes, the house will be swept from beneath them. They will perish because they did not build their foundation upon the solid rock.  {21MR 428.3}
[21MR 428.4]          May the Lord help you, my brother, to stand firm in this time of trial. I may not be permitted to go to Battle Creek. But if the Lord says, Go, be sure that I shall heed His word. Be of good courage in the Lord God of hosts. Let Him be your fear and your dread.--Letter 197, 1904.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 428.4}
[21MR 429.1]      MR No. 1591 - Counsel to Parents of a Wayward Son         (Written February 5, 1890, from Battle Creek, Michigan, to Brother and Sister Lindsay. Portions of this letter appear in Child Guidance.)            Your letters I have read with interest and sympathy. I would say your son now needs a father as he has never needed one before. He has erred; you know it, and he knows that you know it, and words that you would have spoken to him in his innocency with safety and which would not have produced any bad results, would now seem like unkindness and be sharp as a knife. I am a mother of boys, and I know in this age, when the enemy of God and his workmanship is seeking to destroy the youth under his hellish banner, he will make every effort to lead them into temptation and into sin. Then they become desperate and discouraged as this sin is kept ever before them.  {21MR 429.1}
[21MR 429.2]          Some natures cannot bear censure. This is the case with yourself, my brother. Nothing will make your heart so heavy and you so completely shorn of your strength, whether you think you deserve it or not. If you do merit any reproof, then almost any movement in this direction seems to be construed by you to mean more than it truthfully does mean, and it makes you just as wretched and unhappy in supposing they reflect on you and mean to hurt you as if it were all verity and truth.  {21MR 429.2}
[21MR 429.3]          When our children fall into sin and everyone draws away from the misguided youth and would condemn him in an unsparing manner, should not the father and mother show a remarkable tenderness, not making sin appear the less grievous and abhorrent, but helping the inexperienced youth to recover himself? Should not your son who has erred be encouraged to consider that if he returns to his father, confessing his sin, he will be freely and fully pardoned and his disgrace covered with your own pitying love? I know that parents feel very keenly the shame of the wrongdoing of a child that has dishonored them, but does the erring one wound and bruise the heart of the earthly parent any more than we as the children of God bruise our heavenly Parent who has given us and is still giving us His love, inviting us to return and repent of our sins and iniquities and He will pardon our transgression?  {21MR 429.3}
[21MR 429.4]          Do not withdraw your love now. That love and sympathy is needed now as never before. When others look with coldness and put the worst construction upon the misdeeds of your boy, should not the father and mother in pitying tenderness seek to                                            -430-     guide his footsteps into safe paths? I do not know the character of your son's sins, but I am safe in saying, Whatever they may be let no comments from human lips, no pressure from human actions, who think they are doing justice, lead you to pursue a course which can be interpreted by your son that you feel too much mortified and dishonored to ever take him back into confidence and to forget his transgressions. Let nothing cause you to lose hope, nothing to cut off your love and tenderness for the erring one. Just because he is erring he needs you, and he wants a father and a mother to help him to recover himself from the snare of Satan. Hold him fast by faith and love, and cling to the all-pitying Redeemer, remembering that he has one who has an interest in him, even above your own.  {21MR 429.4}
[21MR 430.1]          Jesus died to redeem him. He is the purchase of the blood of Christ. His soul is of value with God. If you can turn a sinner from the error of his ways, you have saved a soul from death. I know that many parents are in danger, through the shame and disappointment brought upon them by one of their children, to treat the erring one with greater severity than they would one who is not related to them, because then our heart has been bruised and wounded. But without Christ we are all liable to go astray, to do those things grievous in His sight, and this should make us kind and forgiving.  {21MR 430.1}
[21MR 430.2]          Justice has a twin sister that should ever stand by her side, which is Mercy and Love. I again say to you, Take this erring one to your heart of love, just as Christ takes His erring ones to His heart of infinite love.  {21MR 430.2}
[21MR 430.3]          My brother and sister, let us be like Jesus. Throw around your son the atmosphere of tenderness; now manifest your affection and your forgiveness, and this will do for him just what it would do for you--break down every barrier and melt your heart of stone. Hold your son in faith, grieved and disappointed and dishonored as you may feel. Save him, save him, save him from ruin! He needs you now, father and mother. I know you will not give him up to his deadly foe.  {21MR 430.3}
[21MR 430.4]          Do not talk discouragement and hopelessness. Talk courage. Tell him he can redeem himself, that you, his father and mother, will help him to take hold from above to plant his feet on the solid Rock, Christ Jesus, to find a sure support and unfailing strength in Jesus. If his fault be ever so grievous, it will not cure your son to press this constantly upon him. A right course of action is needed to save a soul from death and keep a soul from committing a multitude of sins. In your humiliation do not forget that Jesus knows it all, that His love is deep and unchangeable, that He pities our woes, He carries our                                            -431-     sorrows, He is our Helper in whom we may trust.  {21MR 430.4}
[21MR 431.1]          Draw nigh to God as you never have before, for I know there is no sorrow, no grief, like that which a parent can feel for an erring child. But trust in God; be cheerful; do not appear as though the rays of the Sun of Righteousness no longer came to your hardened hearts. Look up to the mighty Healer. Look and live.  {21MR 431.1}
[21MR 431.2]          P.S. I have just received your letter and your son's letter. I deeply sympathize with you, his father and mother. But I feel the deepest interest for your son. I see nothing in your letter but the tenderest sympathy. Do not think I mean to wound you by censuring you, for I would not open a wound afresh.--Letter 18e, 1890.             Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 431.2}
[21MR 432.1]      MR No. 1592 - Health Reform to Be Advocated; Great Controversy to Be Promoted Strongly         (Written September 8, 1889, from Denver, Colorado, to Brother Eldridge.)          The Lord gave us a prosperous journey. The rain commenced to fall as we reached Chicago, and we did not have much dust, for the rain extended nearly to Denver. We found a neat little encampment and about one hundred people on the ground. We had a good meeting Sabbath. Brother Owen spoke in the forenoon upon the coming of Christ, and I spoke in the afternoon from John 8:11; then we had a social meeting, and many excellent testimonies were borne, and my soul was refreshed. I think it would have been difficult to have spoken to thousands of people, for I was weak, but the Lord helped me to speak His word to the souls present. This is the workers' meeting. The camp meeting proper begins Monday.  {21MR 432.1}
[21MR 432.2]          We came direct to Denver and met Willie on the campground. The atmosphere has revived me somewhat, and I am thankful to God. I have had some conversation with W. C. White and he has for the first time presented before me in written manuscript thoughtful, studied plans which meet my ideas. I see that something must be done more than has been done and is being done in getting my publications before the people. There must be more God-fearing workers in the field. These plans will, I feel assured, meet your mind, and are what are needed to the success of our work. Time is short, and our working forces must be organized to do larger work.  {21MR 432.2}
[21MR 432.3]         The words of Christ are to have greater force with our people than ever before. "But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost has come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth."  {21MR 432.3}
[21MR 432.4]          Here is the world-wide message to be given, and there must be educated ability to comprehend the greatness and the value of the work, and to act a part in it not from a money standpoint, but from a sense of the necessity of the case. The time demands greater efficiency and greater earnestness and extension. There is not time to be lost.  {21MR 432.4}
[21MR 432.5]          In regard to Dr. Kellogg's books, and the position that they should occupy in the field, deserves careful thought. While on the cars coming from Battle Creek to this place, I have been calling up the things which the Lord has been pleased to present                                            -433-     before me upon the subject of health reform. I have in the fear of the Lord presented this matter before the people as the Lord has presented it to me for years in the past. I have seen our people standing in a much better position on this question than at the present time. I am sure upon one point: that Brother Butler's position in regard to this question--his ideas and his work in reference to it--is not in harmony with the light given me of God. Years ago I had a testimony of reproof for the managers in our camp meetings bringing upon the ground and selling to our people cheese and other hurtful things, and presenting candies for sale when I was laboring to instruct the young and old to put the money they had expended for candy in the missionary box and thus teach their children self-denial.  {21MR 432.5}
[21MR 433.1]          This order of things has changed of late; within four years there has been a different order of things which I do not favor. Temperance has been at a low ebb. I cannot sanction this state of things in the light of the Bible and the testimonies given me of God. I know that Elder Butler has been opposed to health reform. I advocate no extremes. But as I was looking over my manuscript after leaving California I see the decided testimonies borne and the dangers of our people imitating the customs and practices of the world. My heart is sick and sad over this state of things, and I do think that the light which has been given should be gathered up and made to shine.  {21MR 433.1}
[21MR 433.2]          Because some things have been strongly put by Dr. Kellogg, and because some have misapplied and distorted the matter, it should not force any of us in the opposite extreme. Health reform will reach a class, and has reached a class, that otherwise would never have been reached by the truth. There is a great necessity for labor being put forth to help the people, believers and unbelievers, at the present time by health talks and health publication. I cannot see why the health books should not have a prominent place as well as the other publications, notwithstanding human prejudices to the writers. But I have not, as I have told you, carried any special burden of this work for a few years. My mind has been so fully occupied with the burden upon me of getting before the people the light having special reference to these last days and the great crisis before us. The world is to be warned, and I have felt so deeply over volume 4 ［of Spirit of Prophecy (The Great Controversy)］ standing still as it has done, that all other consideration of books for which I was not personally responsible has not been my burden or consideration.  {21MR 433.2}
[21MR 433.3]          I have now fully decided to do something and do it at once. As time is passing and Frank and yourself acknowledge you are powerless to exert an influence to change this                                            -434-     order of things, and that Vol. 4 should receive consideration as well as Bible Readings, that the very light God has given shall come to His people, I must put in operation or devise some plan that the people, believers and unbelievers, shall have the light. I will not longer wait for others east of the Rocky mountains with pen and voice to place this matter in its proper bearings before the people, but I will take the responsibility of doing it myself.  {21MR 433.3}
[21MR 434.1]          I do not demerit Bible Readings. It is a book which will do a great amount of good, but it can never take the place that the Lord designed that Vol. 4 should have in the world and among our people. I have spread before them the light given me of heaven in that book. In conversation with Frank he was constantly referring to Thoughts on Daniel and Revelation--that no more had been done for that than for Vol. 4. I consider that that book should go everywhere. It has its place and will do a grand good work. It is a light, an intelligence which the world needs. I place no demerit on it, but that the arguments used in this line lift no burden from my weight of responsibility.  {21MR 434.1}
[21MR 434.2]         I know that no other one, not even Frank nor yourself, can see and sense this matter as I do, and I will not expect it. Therefore, all the excuses made by Frank present to me a positive necessity of my doing something and doing it now. If Thoughts on Daniel and Revelation does not receive the sale it should, if Bible Readings is carried to the neglect of other publications highly essential for the people to have, that neglect will not excuse the matter of why Vol. 4 should not be pushed and its circulation be tenfold what it has been the present year.  {21MR 434.2}
[21MR 434.3]          It is a duty we owe to our people and to God to send every ray of light given me of God, demanded for this time, to every tongue and nation. I am not pleased with the existing state of things. I am sorry and distressed, and as Brother Belden declares he cannot alter this state of things in his work, I am compelled to see if I can do anything to improve the matter. To wait longer would be a neglect of my duty. I cannot with a clear conscience let the time pass as it is. Nothing scarcely having been done in the east in handling Vol. 4, I have talked with Willie in regard to the Review and Herald handling Vol. 1. He has, I think, set before you his reasons why the Pacific Press should handle it. The reasons are, I think, sound, and the experience that we have had in regard to Vol. 4, the present year shows that there is a consistency in this matter, and a principle which must be maintained.  {21MR 434.3}
[21MR 434.4]          I deeply regret that I have been passive so long, waiting for someone to do a work which I thought not exactly appropriate for me. I ask God to forgive me for this careless neglect                                            -435-     on my part, waiting for my brethren to do a work which God has given me. I have had no evidence that He has laid the burden upon them. These matters I have trusted would be impressed in their relative importance upon their minds, and it would not need any particular urging from my pen, or from my voice, to have it stand where God designed it should, but if the burden has been given me, if the matter has been presented to me in its sacred, solemn importance to present a light appropriate to do a work for this very time, I must see that it stands in its proper place, and I must not cast down the burden at the feet of my brethren, as though they would understand and appreciate these things as I have felt them and their importance as God has made me to feel them.  {21MR 434.4}
[21MR 435.1]          I must do my work and not look for my brethren to do it for me. I have expected too much of my brethren. I must look to God, the Captain of my salvation, and obey His orders. I make no complaint of my brethren. You say you have done your best. I receive your testimony, and I do censure myself that I have let things rest as I have done. I do condemn myself, but I will seek, in the fear of God, henceforth to take up my appointed work, and let nothing interfere between God and my duty. I will now try to set this matter before the people. I will now, if God will help me, do my work to the best of my ability. I look at myself and consider my days are few now, but while life lasts will be faithful to my trust. May the Lord help and bless you, is my prayer.--Letter 25a, 1889.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 435.1}
[21MR 436.1]      MR No. 1593 - A Call to Prepare for the Final Crisis         (Written January 30, 1906, from Sanitarium, California, to Brother and Sister Farnsworth.)            I cannot sleep after twelve o'clock. I am encouraging souls to examine their own hearts and to seek counsel most earnestly from God. Now is the time for us to afflict our souls by fasting and prayer. We cannot lay out the way in which the Lord will work, but we can follow the leadings and drawings of His Holy Spirit. We shall gain nothing by lifting up our souls unto vanity and in self-confidence.  {21MR 436.1}
[21MR 436.2]          This I am saying in the visions of the night in assemblies in Battle Creek. If ever the believers in Battle Creek needed the Holy Spirit's guidance, it is now. They need the deep moving of the Spirit of God, that they may give the trumpet a certain sound.  {21MR 436.2}
[21MR 436.3]          Read the first eleven verses of the fortieth chapter of Isaiah. Present the truth in its power, as it is in Jesus. Keep the mind stayed on God and imbued with His Holy Spirit. Present the affirmative of truth. Stand on the platform of eternal truth. But do not accuse. Say nothing to arouse enmity and strife.  {21MR 436.3}
[21MR 436.4]          The truth, present truth for this time, will be meat in due season. Let plain, authoritative truth be presented with decided assurance and in the spirit of love and kindness, that the Holy Spirit's power may give force to the words spoken. You are surely where many souls have become confused. But Christ has promised, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end." We are to claim this promise. The Lord is not asleep or indifferent to our faith, and He will give knowledge and grace to all who will humble their hearts before Him.  {21MR 436.4}
[21MR 436.5]          Have perfect faith in the promises of Christ. "Teach them," He said, "all that I have commanded you." The Lord has many precious souls in Battle Creek, and they need the very words of instruction that Christ has given for them. The gospel of Christ is full of love, rich in assurance and comfort. Every soul needs now to understand the foundation of his faith. In simple language and under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, present the truth. We have the Word, that wonderful Book, which contains the very instruction needed at this time.  {21MR 436.5}
[21MR 436.6]          The testing time is right upon us. We must build upon the Rock that will stand the storm of test and trial. As we see the fulfillment of prophecy, we know that the end of all                                            -437-     things is at hand. Present the eternal principles of truth. Show what the Word of God declares is to take place on this earth. The God who gave Daniel instruction regarding the closing scenes of this earth's history will certainly confirm the testimony of His servants as at the appointed time they give the loud cry.  {21MR 436.6}
[21MR 437.1]          All the messages given from 1840-1844 are to be made forcible now, for there are many people who have lost their bearings. The messages are to go to all the churches.  {21MR 437.1}
[21MR 437.2]          Christ said, "Blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear. For verily I say unto you, That many prophets and righteous men have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not heard them" ［Matthew 13:16, 17］. Blessed are the eyes which saw the things that were seen in 1843 and 1844.  {21MR 437.2}
[21MR 437.3]          The message was given. And there should be no delay in repeating the message, for the signs of the times are fulfilling; the closing work must be done. A great work will be done in a short time. A message will soon be given by God's appointment that will swell into a loud cry. Then Daniel will stand in his lot, to give his testimony.  {21MR 437.3}
[21MR 437.4]          The attention of our churches must be aroused. We are standing upon the borders of the greatest event in the world's history, and Satan must not have power over the people of God, causing them to sleep on. The papacy will appear in its power. All must now arouse and search the Scriptures, for God will make known to His faithful ones what shall be in the last time. The word of the Lord is to come to His people in power.  {21MR 437.4}
[21MR 437.5]          The signs of the end are fast fulfilling. The time of trouble is very near us now. We are to be brought into strait places in a way in which we have not been brought heretofore. The time of trouble is near, and we are to awake to a realization of this. We are to be sure that our feet are in the narrow path. We need an experience that we have not yet had, that we may have the assurance that the God of all grace is a very present help in time of need. The time of trouble--trouble such as was not since there was a nation--is right upon us, and we are like the sleeping virgins. We are to awake and ask the Lord Jesus to place underneath us His everlasting arms, and carry us through the time of trial before us.  {21MR 437.5}
[21MR 437.6]          Let us turn our attention away from unimportant things, and give ourselves to God. We scarcely dream of the destroying angels that already are permitted to bring disaster and destruction in their path. Shall my life be spared to act a part in the closing scenes of this earth's history?  {21MR 437.6}
[21MR 438.1]          How little we know of what is going on in heaven! What fearful indifference those on this earth show to eternal realities. Souls are unprepared for what is about to take place in our world; the warning must be given, The end of all things is at hand.  {21MR 438.1}
[21MR 438.2]         Again I say to my ministering brethren in Battle Creek, Preach the Word. The last message of mercy is to be given to prepare a people to stand in these last days. Everything is to be shaken that can be shaken, that those things that cannot be shaken may remain.  {21MR 438.2}
[21MR 438.3]          This is what has been presented to me--that we are asleep, and do not know the time of our visitation. But if we humble ourselves before God, and seek Him with the whole heart, He will be found of us.--Letter 54, 1906.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 438.3}
[21MR 439.1]      MR No. 1594 - Importance of Financial Considerations When Revising E.G. White Books         (Written September 27, 1903, from St. Helena, California, to Edson and W. C. White.)            In the night season matters have been presented to me regarding the books, Patriarchs and Prophets and The Great Controversy. It has been my prayer that we might receive light and counsel from the Lord and be led and guided by Him as to how far we should go in making changes for a new and improved edition of these books.  {21MR 439.1}
[21MR 439.2]          We seemed to be in a council meeting, where the matter of resetting these two books was being considered. The question arose as to how this would be regarded by those who have purchased the book in its present form, and by the publishing houses that have many books on hand. After considering the question, prayer was offered.  {21MR 439.2}
[21MR 439.3]          Our Counselor was with us, and spoke in reference to the right way of conducting our book work. He said that at this stage of the work great care must be taken to avoid friction. A new edition produced by resetting the whole book and bringing it out in a more attractive style, would mean loss to Review and Herald and Pacific Press, because when the new edition is introduced, the books that are already prepared will be difficult of disposal. We must be careful not to place a stumbling block before those who have a stock of these books on hand.  {21MR 439.3}
[21MR 439.4]          Our institutions must be carefully guarded against unnecessary losses, and also against temptation and trial coming to the workers connected with them. Each worker is to help his brethren; each institution to help the other institutions.  {21MR 439.4}
[21MR 439.5]          The Word of God can always be relied upon. "My covenant will I not break," He says, "nor alter the thing that is gone out of My lips." "A soft answer turneth away wrath."  {21MR 439.5}
[21MR 439.6]          When several parties have on hand a large stock of certain books, nothing should be done in bringing out new editions by one office without consulting with those who already have quantities of the old edition on hand. In every action care must be exercised not to take a course that will bring loss upon our institutions. We must deal in all things with equity and with sanctified judgment.  {21MR 439.6}
[21MR 439.7]          Another reason why I cannot enter into a plan that means large expense to me is that I am short of means. I have to borrow money to invest in necessary new books.                                            -440-     Therefore, while the old plates are able to be used with a few changes which can be made at little cost, and which would improve the book somewhat, I am convinced that we should not go farther than this. Some time in the future the way may be opened for other changes that have been suggested. But now I am distressed for means with which to live and to pay my workers. I am seeking to follow the light given me not to become deeper involved in debt, but to do all I can to free myself from debt. While we have not the capital to invest, I do not see how we can reset these books. It must not be done.  {21MR 439.7}
[21MR 440.1]         Even though these books do not sell as readily as they would if thoroughly revised, yet the resetting of them will place upon me a heavier burden than I am able to bear. I do not want another experience such as I had with Desire of Ages. I might have consented to a considerable outlay of means had not the Lord instructed me that there would be dissatisfaction created because a new edition would render the old editions unsaleable. I want my every movement to be true to God, and to maintain the principles of His law. I must love Him supremely, and my neighbor as myself.  {21MR 440.1}
[21MR 440.2]          Let there be an interest awakened in the sale of these books. Their sale is essential, for they contain timely instruction from the Lord. They should be appreciated as books that bring to the people light that is especially needed just now. Therefore these books should be widely distributed. Those who make a careful study of the instruction contained in them, and will receive it as from the Lord, will be kept from receiving many of the errors that are being introduced. Those who accept the truths contained in these books will not be led into false paths.  {21MR 440.2}
[21MR 440.3]          Many will depart from the faith and give heed to seducing spirits. Patriarchs and Prophets and The Great Controversy are books that are especially adapted to those who have newly come to the faith, that they may be established in the truth. The dangers are pointed out that should be avoided by the churches. Those who become thoroughly acquainted with the lessons in these books will see the dangers before them and will be able to discern the plain, straight path marked out for them. They will be kept from strange paths. They will make straight paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.  {21MR 440.3}
[21MR 440.4]          In Desire of Ages, Patriarchs and Prophets, The Great Controversy, and in Daniel and the Revelation, there is precious instruction. These books must be regarded as of special importance, and every effort should be made to get them before the people.  {21MR 440.4}
[21MR 440.5]          We are warned to avoid the mistakes that the Israelites made in obstinately refusing to receive the warnings that came to them from                                            -441-     God. So persistently did they pursue a course of backsliding that all but two of the adults who left Egypt died in the wilderness. Their children who entered the land of Canaan were warned to refrain from following the course that their fathers had taken. They were told that it was because of the obstinacy of their fathers, their unbelief and their idolatry, that the wrath of God had been poured out for their destruction.  {21MR 440.5}
[21MR 441.1]         ［Hebrews 3:7-12, quoted.］  {21MR 441.1}
[21MR 441.2]         The children of Israel might have known the ways of God, for the truth had been kept before them. Again and again it had been repeated, but they did not follow its teachings. They divorced themselves from God, and followed after the wisdom of men who were not under the direction of God.  {21MR 441.2}
[21MR 441.3]         ［Hebrews 3:11-19, quoted.］  {21MR 441.3}
[21MR 441.4]         These words are plain and simple. The fourth chapter of Hebrews also sets forth our danger of failing, as did the Israelites, of entering into our rest, because of unbelief.  {21MR 441.4}
[21MR 441.5]         Before the Review and Herald building was destroyed I thought of taking these books in my hands and of having them reset. But conditions have changed. The Review and Herald has moved to Washington. I want to see things so adjusted that the book work will be taken hold of intelligently, conducted with fairness and equity to all concerned. "Equity" means a great deal. I want to see the Review and Herald standing on the true foundation, where all who have an interest in it are doing all in their power to establish unity with other branches of the work. If they do not care to have the plates, then we will have it printed elsewhere, but we must have no issues in any matter if we can avoid it.  {21MR 441.5}
[21MR 441.6]         Time is nearing its close. I want every transaction to show the marks of unselfishness.--Letter 229, 1903.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   June 13, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 441.6}
[21MR 442.1]      MR No. 1595 - Words of Instruction Regarding Camp Meetings, Soul Winning, and Truth-filled Books                             (Diary entry, August 8, 1901)          God has sent His message to the churches. Every means possible is to be used to arouse those who claim to believe in Christ yet do not keep the commandments of God. The medical missionary work is to be so conducted that it will maintain a holy, exalted standard, moving steadily onward and upward, presenting God's claims to those who have never heard the truth for this time. Medical missionary work is to be to the third angel's message as the right hand to the body, increasing its usefulness and efficiency.  {21MR 442.1}
[21MR 442.2]          The truth is not to languish. Medical missionary work is not to be done only in the slums of our large cities. It is possible to sway the work so heavily in the line of working for the hopelessly degraded that the fields ripe for the harvest will be neglected. Yet this work is not to be neglected. At our camp meetings there should be men who devote themselves to the work of rescuing those held by Satan in the slavery of appetite. God says, "Bring in hither the lame, and the halt, and the blind." In the meetings the subject of temperance is to be presented. Angels of God pass through the congregation, convicting and converting souls.  {21MR 442.2}
[21MR 442.3]         At our camp meetings medical missionary work is to be carried forward by workers free from fanaticism. At these meetings the truth is to be taught in clear lines. The sword is to cut both ways. The third angel's message is to find its place in the world. Daniel is to stand in his lot and in his place, bearing his message that the time of the end is near. May the Lord give His people wisdom.  {21MR 442.3}
[21MR 442.4]          The means and talents God has given His people must not be wasted in desultory efforts. Decidedly and earnestly God's people must carry forward His work.  {21MR 442.4}
[21MR 442.5]          There are those in the world who are longing for truth and who, when converted, will be helpers in the Lord's great vineyard, serving the cause of God intelligently. By their faith and works they will show that the labor put forth for them has not been in vain.  {21MR 442.5}
[21MR 442.6]          In the seventeenth chapter of John, Christ tells His people that it is by their unity that the world is to be convinced of the genuineness of Christianity. It is God's plan that His                                            -443-     people shall work together in church capacity. There is to be no disarrangement of His plan. Satan would hold a jubilee, the forces of hell would triumph, if the church of God, becoming disorganized, were to break up into separate atoms.  {21MR 442.6}
[21MR 443.1]          Christ declared, "A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another" (John 13:34, 35). This is the love church members are to manifest for one another. Such love will exert a powerful influence in favor of the truth. Christ desires to work through His appointed agencies to make His cause a power in our world. He says, "Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it. If ye love Me, keep My commandments" (John 14:13-15).  {21MR 443.1}
[21MR 443.2]          We need to study carefully and prayerfully the fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth chapters of John. If we study these chapters with a heart softened and subdued, we shall receive ideas which will make us wise unto salvation.  {21MR 443.2}
[21MR 443.3]          It is impossible to find a welcome in the denominational churches, and therefore the Lord directed that camp meetings should be held. Thus the third angel's message is to be proclaimed. The Lord has especially endorsed this means of reaching the masses. Thus high and low, rich and poor, free and bond, may be reached. It is a pleasure to see thousands of people sitting as though riveted to their seats, listening with astonishment to the presentation of the truth. To them the Bible is as a new book. Oh, how earnestly they listen, as things new and old are brought forth from the treasury of the Word. Through this work many from the higher as well as the lower classes have received the truth. The Holy Spirit has impressed human minds, and men and women through whom God could work have been brought together in church fellowship.  {21MR 443.3}
[21MR 443.4]          In every camp meeting held in Australia, a call for Bibles has been made by the outsiders attending the meetings. The people have asked for Bibles just like those used by Seventh-day Adventists. Many, with serious faces, have come to us to purchase a Seventh-day Adventist Bible. They had been told that our ministers used a Bible different from theirs. We assured them over and over again that our Bible is just the same as theirs, but to no avail. A new Bible they were determined to have. Large numbers of Bibles have been sold at our camp meetings.  {21MR 443.4}
[21MR 443.5]          After a minister has faithfully done his duty in presenting the truth from the desk, he is to make personal efforts for his hearers. Ministers are                                            -444-     not to exhaust their vitality by preaching long sermons. They are to save their strength for personal efforts. Thus only can the light of truth be carried to all parts of the world.  {21MR 443.5}
[21MR 444.1]          After the service is over, those desirous of asking questions should be requested to pass into another tent, and workers should be appointed to talk with them. During the camp meeting an interest is aroused and a minister with a company of workers remains to follow up the interest. The workers have appointed hours for study, and the remainder of the time is given to personal labor among the people. The interest is not allowed to lag. Aggressive work is done.  {21MR 444.1}
[21MR 444.2]          God desires His workers to reach a higher standard. The missionary spirit is the true spirit of the gospel. Study Christ's manner of teaching. Placing Himself in the great thoroughfares of travel, He gave the message of warning to hundreds and thousands. Into the hearts of many His words sank deeply, and they went to their homes to search the Word of God as never before. Many who came to Him careless and indifferent, went away so deeply convicted that they at once began to ask God for the truth that saves the soul.  {21MR 444.2}
[21MR 444.3]          The Lord calls for workers to enter the canvassing field that the books containing the light of present truth may be circulated. The people in the world need to know that the signs of the times are fulfilling. Take to them the books that will enlighten them. Daniel and Revelation, The Great Controversy, Patriarchs and Prophets, and The Desire of Ages should now go to the world. The grand instruction contained in Daniel and Revelation has been eagerly perused by many in Australia. This book has been the means of bringing many precious souls to a knowledge of the truth. Everything that can be done should be done to circulate Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation. I know of no other book that can take the place of this one. It is God's helping hand.  {21MR 444.3}
[21MR 444.4]          Those who have been long in the truth are asleep. They need to be sanctified by the Holy Spirit. The third angel's message is to be proclaimed with a loud voice. Tremendous issues are before us. We have no time to lose. God forbid that we should allow minor matters to eclipse the light which should be given to the world.  {21MR 444.4}
[21MR 444.5]          The warning message is to be carried to all parts of the world. Our books are to be published in many different languages. With these books, humble, faithful men are to go forth as colporteur-evangelists, bearing the truth to many who otherwise would never be enlightened. Those who take up this line of work are to go prepared to do medical missionary work. The sick and suffering are to be helped. Many for whom this                                            -445-     work of mercy is done will hear and accept the words of life. Many will be healed by the prayer of faith, and will rise to health to advocate the precious principles of health reform.--Ms 76, 1901.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   June 13, 1991. Entire Ms.  {21MR 444.5}
[21MR 446.1]      MR No. 1596 - American Sentinel Not to Change Its Policies; Circulation of The Great Controversy and Daniel and Revelation Urged; Publishing House Leaders Need to Be Converted                         (Diary entries, November 20-24, 1890.)          New York City, November 20, 1890. I spoke this evening at eight o'clock, and the Lord gave me great freedom. I feel my weakness, and I am pleading with God to restore me. I believe that He will do it. I am reaching out for stronger faith.  {21MR 446.1}
[21MR 446.2]          November 21. During the night season I was specially moved upon by Spirit of God. My soul had been drawn out in earnest supplication to God. I was distressed on account of the backsliding of His people. While lying in bed, unable to sleep because of the burden resting upon me, I was pleading with the Lord. I fell asleep, and in the night season I was taught of God. My guide said, "I have a work for you to do. You must speak the words given you by the Lord. After these words have been spoken, your duty here is done.  {21MR 446.2}
[21MR 446.3]         "You are not required to enter into details before individuals, whatever may be their position or work, if they do not recognize the voice of God in the message He gives you to bear in His name. All your efforts to remove their doubts will be of no avail if they gather the clouds of darkness about their souls. If you enter into particulars, you weaken the message. It is not you speaking, but the Lord speaking through you. Those who want to know the will of God, who do not desire to follow their own will and judgment, will be easily entreated. They will be ready to discern the right way.  {21MR 446.3}
[21MR 446.4]          "The whys and wherefores are concealed from you, yet speak the words I give you, however painful it may be to you. The ways in which God leads His people are generally mysterious. You have asked to know God's way. Your supplication has been answered. God knows better than you do what is good and essential for His children. He never leads them otherwise than they would wish to be led if they were able to see as clearly as He does what they must do to establish characters that will fit them for the heavenly courts.  {21MR 446.4}
[21MR 446.5]          "The people whom God is leading must venture out upon His word. They must walk forward by faith. Truths have been committed to them which they must obey. The work of God is aggressive. No one can stand                                            -447-     in a neutral position and yet be a soldier in the Lord's army. God has commands for His people, and if they keep in close connection with Him, they will hear His voice, and will keep in step with their Captain. They will go forward in the conflict to fight the battles of the Lord. But those who place themselves in an indifferent, non-committal position will gain no victories. We are to work by faith and not by sight, allowing God to direct the warfare.  {21MR 446.5}
[21MR 447.1]          "The men who are placed in positions of responsibility are not to betray sacred trusts. I have a message for you to those who are serving self, but they will pass it by as though they heard it not. They will close their eyes, lest they see and be converted. They have been planning and contriving in their own human wisdom, and they do not seek God earnestly. But imbued and stimulated by the Spirit of God, you are to bear the message given you, without worrying or calculating the result.  {21MR 447.1}
[21MR 447.2]          "You are to act your part, and then leave the rest to God. You will have startling, surprising messages to bear, but if those who hear cannot see the import of these messages, explanations from you will not lead them to understand any more clearly. They have ears, but they hear not. Satan takes control of their unsanctified reason, and leads them to misunderstand and misapply.  {21MR 447.2}
[21MR 447.3]          "Before you enter into private counsel to give the details of your message, be sure that the Lord would have you do this. After the message from God is given, you will feel that you have risked much, that there are those who have not faith enough to appreciate the message because they have not kept the way of the Lord, but have walked in the sparks of their own kindling. You feel a remorse which they should feel, and wish you had not spoken.  {21MR 447.3}
[21MR 447.4]          "God desires the pure gospel to be preached to His people. Selfishness will appear in many ways. The despondency which you feel after bearing a plain testimony comes not because you have erred in bearing this testimony. If you do not bear the message given you, God will send it to His people through some other channel.  {21MR 447.4}
[21MR 447.5]          "The men who now occupy positions of responsibility do not feel the necessity of making God their trust as did those who first led out in this work. They have planned for themselves. An independent, self-sufficient spirit has been coming into our publishing house in Battle Creek. The managers have followed the inclinations of their own hearts to go beyond the leadings of God. In some things, those who carry heavy responsibilities in the institutions in Battle Creek have exercised a wonderful prudence. They have prudently                                            -448-     refrained from pointing out the existing dangers in the institution.  {21MR 447.5}
[21MR 448.1]          "God would not have large expenditures made to enlarge the facilities in Battle Creek. More is now located in Battle Creek than those there have ability to manage after God's order. This fact has been partially discerned, especially in regard to the publishing institution. Principles are being sacrificed that God has plainly specified should not control His work. An order of things has been instituted which is leading men farther from God than they are now aware of. They feel no necessity for the earnest prayer, the self-denial, the self-sacrifice which is after God's order, after the example of Christ.  {21MR 448.1}
[21MR 448.2]          "But," said my guide, "their lips will be opened by the Lord to speak the words He shall give them in plainness of language and in demonstration of the Spirit. They will speak that which they have been reluctant to utter, which they have shrunk from speaking. Under the constraining power of God, they will declare the danger threatening the cause of God, and the plain facts and principles of truth to which we must adhere, which every worker must respect."  {21MR 448.2}
[21MR 448.3]          The religion of Jesus is endangered. It is being mingled with worldliness. Worldly policy is taking the place of the true piety and wisdom that comes from above, and God will remove His prospering hand from the conference. Shall the Ark of the Covenant be removed from this people? Shall idols be smuggled in? Shall false principles and false precepts be brought into the sanctuary? Shall antichrist be respected? Shall the true doctrines and principles given us by God, which have made us what we are, be ignored? Shall God's instrumentality, the publishing house, become a mere political, worldly institution? This is directly where the enemy, through blinded, unconsecrated men, is leading us.  {21MR 448.3}
[21MR 448.4]          These things have gone as far as they should without someone protesting against them in plain words. The Lord's time to set things in order has fully come. There are men in positions of trust who have not had an experience in the leading out of this work, and these men should walk with humility and caution.  {21MR 448.4}
[21MR 448.5]          In the night season I was present in several councils, and there I heard words repeated by influential men to the effect that if The American Sentinel would drop the words "Seventh-day Adventist" from its columns, and would say nothing about the Sabbath, the great men of the world would patronize it, it would become popular, and do a larger work. This looked very pleasing. These men could not see why we could not affiliate with unbelievers and non-professors to make The American                                            -449-     Sentinel a great success. I saw their countenances brighten, and they began to work on a policy to make the Sentinel a popular success.  {21MR 448.5}
[21MR 449.1]          This policy is the first step in a succession of wrong steps. The principles which have been advocated in The American Sentinel are the very sum and substance of the advocacy of the Sabbath, and when men begin to talk of changing these principles they are doing a work which it does not belong to them to do. Like Uzzah, they are attempting to steady the ark which belongs to God and is under His special supervision.  {21MR 449.1}
[21MR 449.2]          Said my guide to those in these councils, "Who of the men among you have felt the burden of the cause from the first and have accepted responsibilities under trying circumstances? Who has carried the burden of the work during the years of its existence? Who has practiced self-denial and self-sacrifice? The Lord made a place for His staunch servants, whose voices have been heard in warning. He carried forward His work before any of you put your hands to it, and He can and will find a place for the truth you would suppress. In The American Sentinel has been published the truth for this time. Take heed what you do. 'Except the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it."'  {21MR 449.2}
[21MR 449.3]          Brooklyn, New York, Sabbath, November 22. This morning I pleaded most earnestly with the Lord for His presence, for the enlightenment which He alone can give me. I wrestled for some time in prayer, and placed myself decidedly on the Lord's side, to believe every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. I will not take myself out of His hands. Infirmities press me at all times, and my faith is tested severely. Oh, that I may never lose sight of Jesus, my hope and my consolation.  {21MR 449.3}
[21MR 449.4]          I spoke from Isaiah 58 to a room packed with interested listeners. The Lord's presence was in the congregation. We knew that His Holy Spirit was impressing the hearts of those present. As soon as I had ceased speaking, a woman of commanding appearance arose and bore a testimony from a full heart. She thanked the Lord, she said, that she was present to hear that discourse, for it had decided her to keep the Sabbath of the Lord. Although trials and difficulties were before her, she would trust in the Lord, for He would be her fortress, her support, and she would make known the light of truth to others. Testimonies followed in quick succession.  {21MR 449.4}
[21MR 449.5]          Brother Washburn bore a good testimony. The Spirit of the Lord was upon him, and his face was pale. He said that he knew that the Spirit and power of God were in the message borne by Sister White, and that he had been receiving light and blessing. He felt more deeply the Spirit of                                            -450-     the Lord than he had ever felt it before in his religious experience.  {21MR 449.5}
[21MR 450.1]          Brother Asa Robinson bore witness that the Lord had deeply impressed his mind, and he longed to drink richer and deeper draughts of the water of life than he had ever yet done.  {21MR 450.1}
[21MR 450.2]          Brother Lindsay spoke with deep contrition of soul, referring to the remarks of the speaker in reference to Joshua and the words spoken to him by Christ. The people of God, represented by Joshua, stood before the angel of God clothed with filthy garments, and Satan was complaining because he ［was］ prevented from destroying them as he was determined to do. He pointed to their filthy garments as a reason why he should do this. But the Lord Jesus would not permit him to destroy them. With the voice and attitude of a king, He said, "Take away the filthy garments from him." Turning to Joshua, Christ said, "I will clothe thee with change of raiment," even the righteousness of Christ.  {21MR 450.2}
[21MR 450.3]          Brother Lindsay said he felt that he had labored in his own strength too long, clothed with the filthy garments of selfishness. He wanted the endowment of the Spirit of God and the baptism of the Holy Ghost, that he might no longer work in his own spirit, after his own way and will. Others followed with testimonies right to the point.  {21MR 450.3}
[21MR 450.4]          We then invited those who had not this evidence of their acceptance with God to come forward, and about forty responded. Many of these expressed their desire to be clothed with the garments of Christ. It was evident that the Spirit of the Lord was making deep impressions on the minds of all present. Many with deep feeling asked the prayers of God's people in behalf of fathers, mothers, husbands, wives, brothers, and sisters. We bowed in prayer, and I know that the Lord's presence was with us. Most earnest, heartfelt supplications ascended in faith to the throne of God, and the Lord hearkened and heard those earnest cries. Many hearts were blessed, and their countenances reflected the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness.  {21MR 450.4}
[21MR 450.5]          This was a precious day to our souls, a season long to be remembered, never, never to be forgotten. Praise and thanksgiving ascended from the hearts and lips of many to the glory of God. "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." The Lord would have His people a bright, cheerful, gladsome people, light bearers to the world. Light, precious light, represents the cheerfulness and happiness which should be reflected to the world.  {21MR 450.5}
[21MR 450.6]          November 24, 1890. I rise this morning with gratitude in my heart for a precious night's rest. The cars on the elevated railroad have been                                            -451-     thundering past all night, but I have slept excellently well.  {21MR 450.6}
[21MR 451.1]          I did not fill my appointment at the hall yesterday evening at five o'clock. The managers of the building let it to other parties, when our people had engaged it for the day. But we could not help ourselves as there was no written contract. This ought always to be secured. Many had purposed to come with their unbelieving relatives, and this was a great disappointment to them. They went with sorrow. This disappointment we must reckon among the "all things" that shall work together for good to those that love God.  {21MR 451.1}
[21MR 451.2]          I was solicited to speak in the evening to those assembled in the next tenement, the canvassing class, to understand why they were advised by conference presidents and canvassing agents not to canvass for The Great Controversy and Patriarchs and Prophets. I spoke to them for about one hour. This ends my speaking in this city. It is the universal testimony of those present at these meetings that they have been a blessing. The Spirit of the Lord has had free course and been glorified.  {21MR 451.2}
[21MR 451.3]          We feel the necessity of urging home upon the people the needs of the work. The Saviour of the world makes the subject of missionary labor so plain that His people need not misunderstand their work. He would send us as missionary messengers to the world. His voice was often uplifted to reiterate the truth, to urge it home upon their hearts, lest they should by any means lose sight of the mission and work of the church. His servants were to circulate the message of truth in all directions, and with earnest longing of soul they were to carry the tidings of light and peace to those in the darkness of error. Christ kept before them the fact, "Ye are the light of the world." Those nigh and those afar off must hear the message of peace and hope and joy.  {21MR 451.3}
[21MR 451.4]          Christ left the abodes of bliss and came to this world as the light of truth, to shine amid the moral darkness, that the bright beams of light might penetrate the darkness of superstition, that divine truth might shine forth in contrast with the maxims and traditions and errors prevailing everywhere. Thus the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness were to dispel the thick clouds of ignorance. Christ opened the fountain of life, not only for the Jews, but for all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples. He knew the unrest and earnest longing of soul for something which could satisfy the heart. Before leaving His disciples, He made His plans and set in order His work, that the church might be impressed with its missionary character, that it might see that its work is to diffuse the gospel of truth.  {21MR 451.4}
[21MR 451.5]          The church as a whole is responsible for the fulfillment of the sacred                                          -452-     commission, "Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature," to those in the highways and those in the hedges. Every member of the church is held accountable in Christ's work. Every power of those who have come to a knowledge of the truth is to be enlisted. Reach to the heights; reach to the depths; there is no boundary. Everyone is to hear. Everyone is to receive light and truth and transmit it to others. We are not half awake.  {21MR 451.5}
[21MR 452.1]          I have now spoken four times in the morning and business meetings, and for one hour last evening to the canvassing class. This morning Brother Chadwick leaves us and returns to Battle Creek. He is in danger through the prevailing influences which exist there. Willie leaves late in the week for Battle Creek. Sara and I shall attend meetings at Norwich, Connecticut, and at Danvers ［Massachusetts］. Brother Asa Robinson will be in attendance at these meetings, but it seems to be necessary for him to go to Battle Creek at this time to attend to important matters. I ought to have him with me in my work, but if the presence of the Lord goes with us we shall have profitable and successful meetings. I send large packages of important matter to be used during the remnant of the year 1890. I want to arouse and break the silence of the churches, that they may have a sense of their work. This burden is on my mind constantly.  {21MR 452.1}
[21MR 452.2]          The Lord Jesus Christ appeared to John on the Isle of Patmos and revealed many things of solemn importance to him. ［Revelation 1:3-8, 18, 19, quoted.］  {21MR 452.2}
[21MR 452.3]          Matters of deep importance were opened to John, which were to be given to the world to be read, understood, and appreciated. The books Daniel and Revelation and The Great Controversy are the books which above all others should be in circulation now. Give them to the people. Light and truth they must have.  {21MR 452.3}
[21MR 452.4]          Again and again the true Witness says, "He that hath an ear let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches." But it is evident that some who have ears will not hear, will not receive, and will not become wise in regard to sacred truth. The Lord Jesus, the Alpha and Omega, gave the message to John in regard to the church. He understood the danger of their neglecting their God-given work. "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." When God's people hear to a purpose the things that are revealed to the churches, when they get the burden of the message, and say to others, "Come," they are laborers together with God.  {21MR 452.4}
[21MR 452.5]          During the night I have been holding communion with God. I was brought by my guide into councils in Battle Creek. I have a message for                                            -453-     them, whether they will hear or reject. The people must know that they are not moving in the order of God. They have been arranging to leave Christ out of their councils. These men are giving a mold to the work that will result in the loss of many souls. They lead away from safe paths.  {21MR 452.5}
[21MR 453.1]          Men come from far countries, thinking that if they can only get to Battle Creek, from whence come the publications of truth, they will be next door to heaven. But, oh, how disappointed they are! They hear leading men making God's message and messengers a subject of ridicule. Why? Because the message does not coincide with their ideas.  {21MR 453.1}
[21MR 453.2]          God's messengers speak words that are truth, but men do not want to accept them. False waymarks will be made. Signboards pointing in the wrong direction will be set up. Men connected with the publishing house will form a ring, the members of which will voice the works spoken by one another. Slowly and solemnly my guide said. "'Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear, all ye of far countries: Gird yourselves and ye shall be broken in pieces;... Take counsel together, and it shall come to nought; speak the word, and it shall stand: for God is with us'" ［Isaiah 8:9, 10］.  {21MR 453.2}
[21MR 453.3]          Whoever the conference may select to connect with the offices of publication, unless they look to God daily and are firmly decided that eternal vigilance is the only price of safety, unless they seek counsel from God in the small or large matters connected with His sacred work, they will swerve from safe paths. Unless they are converted men, who realize the sacredness of the work for these last days, they will imperil the cause. It is not enough for them to assent to the truth. The question is, Are they sanctified through the truth? Is the truth brought into the inmost sanctuary of the soul?  {21MR 453.3}
[21MR 453.4]          The past, present, and future were plainly revealed to me. Brother Chadwick was connected with the office in integrity and righteousness of purpose, but the atmosphere he has breathed, the words and example of the men with whom he has been connected, have transformed him. He is another man. He has become sick at heart, and is desperate when opposed. Saul became another man, because the Spirit of the Lord came upon him and gave him another heart, but in the case of Brother Chadwick, the change was not from God.  {21MR 453.4}
[21MR 453.5]          This was plainly revealed to me to show to the people. I have no words to speak to these men privately. My words must be given to the people as a whole. It is not to be left to some to repeat my words and transmit them to others. I wish to present the matter as God has presented it to me.                                            -454-     How long shall blindness be upon the men who have had evidence piled upon evidence in regard to the testimony of God's Spirit to His people? They do not discern where or how God is working. Eyes have they, but they see not; ears have they, but they hear not; understanding have they, but they understand not the things of God. "Behold, happy is the man whom God correcteth: therefore despise not thou the chastening of the Almighty: for He maketh sore, and bindeth up: He woundeth, and His hands make whole" ［Job 5:17, 18］.  {21MR 453.5}
[21MR 454.1]          Many of the old experienced hands, those who led out in the work of God, who could tell how it came into existence, have fallen in death, and inexperienced hands and unsanctified minds have been placing their mold upon the work. The principles designed by Jehovah to control the work have been departed from. Self has been woven into the work.  {21MR 454.1}
[21MR 454.2]          Before the destruction of the old world by a flood, there were talented men, men who possessed skill and knowledge. But they became corrupt in their imagination, because they left God out of their plans and councils. They were wise to do what God had never told them to do, wise to do evil. The Lord saw that this example would be deleterious to those who should afterwards be born, and He took the matter in hand. For 120 years He sent them warnings through His servant Noah. But they used the probation so graciously granted them in ridiculing Noah. They caricatured him and criticized him. They laughed at him for his peculiar earnestness and intense feeling in regard to the judgments which he declared God would surely fulfill. They talked of science and of the laws controlling nature. Then they held a carnival over the words of Noah, calling him a crazy fanatic. God's patience was exhausted. He said to Noah, "The end of all flesh is come before Me. For the earth is filled with violence through them; and, behold, I will destroy them with the earth" ［Genesis 6:13］.  {21MR 454.2}
[21MR 454.3]          There is a wisdom that is not from above, an unsanctified wisdom which has been in our world since the fall. I have been shown that there is danger in the office of publication in Battle Creek. It is losing its peculiar character. The Lord directed in the establishment of this institution, and it should never, never take a worldly mold. The men who have banded together to carry certain matters without the voice of the church or the people will not stand, for God will not permit it. There is a lifting up of self. Too much confidence is shown in what man can do, and too little in what God can do, and therefore man's wisdom has become foolishness.  {21MR 454.3}
[21MR 454.4]          The men handling sacred things do not feel the reverence and awe                                          -455-     that they should. They do not speak with trembling of the things of God. This is the sure result of a lack of personal piety. They take very little time to seek God's counsel in humble contrition of soul. Earnest heart-searching, constant reliance upon God, is not revealed by the atmosphere that surrounds the soul. Men in positions of trust are fast losing the sense of the preciousness and sanctity of sacred things. Unless they feel the converting power of God, they will not, cannot, be one with God. They will not keep the way of the Lord, but like the Pharisees in the days of Christ, they will teach for doctrine the commandments of men.  {21MR 454.4}
[21MR 455.1]          The Lord has no use for them. They cannot be laborers together with Him while cherishing the spirit which in the past has exercised a controlling Power over them. They have felt little respect for those who have stood under the direction of God, receiving counsel from One mighty in wisdom, regarding the foundation and upbuilding of His great work. The consecration, the vital piety and humility which God requires, does not exist. Self is exalted, and Jesus, the blessed and only Potentate, the Mediator between God and man, does not work with them. Satan's insinuations are credited, and God's plain command in regard to mercy and tender compassion is ignored.  {21MR 455.1}
[21MR 455.2]         Those who are handling sacred things in the publishing institutions and in every branch of God's work are invited to enter the work prepared to put forth the highest powers of their mental and moral energies. They are continually to study, not the will of man, but the will of God. His grace must be revealed in all their work, of whatever kind and degree it may be. Every day the proud heart must be humbled before God, lest He humble it. The success of the work will be proportionate to the consecration, self-denial, and self-sacrifice which is blended with it.  {21MR 455.2}
[21MR 455.3]          I was instructed that the Lord's will is not being done by the men in the office who grasp such large wages. Things are taking a mold decidedly contrary to the principles upon which the publishing work was established. Serious mistakes have been made in exalting business above the service and worship of God. Thus thousands have made shipwreck of the faith. We are exhorted to be "not slothful in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." We are to be active in our work, but another element is to mingle with this energy, a living zeal in the service of God. We are to be "fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." Into our daily work we are to bring devotion, piety, godliness. This is to be interwoven with every business transaction. Carry on your business without this and you will make the greatest mistake of your life, for you are committing robbery toward God, while professing to serve Him.  {21MR 455.3}
[21MR 456.1]          We see home relations neglected. We see broken-down family altars. We see the first love left, the religion of Christ expelled from the soul, to give place to constantly increasing speculations. Men are leaving God and heaven out of their reckoning. It is regarded as a waste of time to search the heart. The Bible is neglected. A multitude of cares over-balance the truth in the heart, and the spiritual eyesight is blinded. They need the heavenly anointing, oh, so much!--Ms 29, 1890.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   June 13, 1991. Entire Ms.  {21MR 456.1}
[21MR 457.1]      MR No. 1597 - One College Better Than Two in the Northwest         (Written July 14, 1890, from Battle Creek, Michigan, to Brother Graham.)          Your letter was received in due time, but I have been passing through trial and affliction, and for some time have been able to write but little. In looking over my letters, I see some things written years ago in reference to the Sabbathkeepers in Washington and Oregon. These conferences were reproved by the Lord because they in a large degree held themselves aloof from each other. From the light given me of God they should be in perfect harmony.  {21MR 457.1}
[21MR 457.2]          I saw that the enemy had been working, and would continue to work to lead them to draw apart, to encourage sectional interests that would lessen the strength of both conferences.  {21MR 457.2}
[21MR 457.3]          In the camp meeting held in Kansas last year, the subject of schools was quite fully canvassed. The several delegates from the conferences that were represented there made earnest pleas for the establishment of a school in the States where they lived. It was thought by many that two schools should be established in the West. But I had a word of counsel from the Lord. From the light which He had given me, I knew the true condition of these conferences--that with two schools there would certainly be weakness and inefficiency in both. Large expense would be incurred, money would be used that might better be applied to other enterprises. If all would unite as Christians, only one school would be necessary; and under the circumstances, the one would be much more complete and successful than two.  {21MR 457.3}
[21MR 457.4]          There were some determined ones who argued strongly for two schools. But the decision was made just as it should be, to have only one school, and our brethren are now seeking to unite their means and their influence to make it a success. If, as the work extends, it becomes necessary to have another school, they will have gained an experience that will help to make this also a success.  {21MR 457.4}
[21MR 457.5]          When I heard that in Oregon, and in the Upper Columbia Conference you were proposing to invest means in two institutions of learning, I said, God will not be pleased with these movements. These two conferences are quite small. If their influence and means were united, they might succeed in establishing one school; but if they have an unsanctified independence, and indulge sectional feelings, they will incur discouraging                                            -458-     debts in the erection of buildings for two schools, neither of which will be likely to prosper. Now is the time to develop character in the decision of this school question. I cannot see light in your having two schools. Neither will be able to bear its own weight, and the Lord has shown me that the right kind of men to manage these institutions are not now at hand.  {21MR 457.5}
[21MR 458.1]          Now, brethren, I have not strength to write you as fully as I would, but one thing I do know, and that is, the condition of your conferences is such that you should unite willingly in establishing as complete a school as possible. Do not reveal your decided weakness by doing those things that tend to cause division instead of bringing you shoulder to shoulder, heart to heart. Press together, harmonize, unite. If you expect God to work for you, you must cooperate with Him and with one another.  {21MR 458.1}
[21MR 458.2]          There is not in either conference persons of the right talent to supply all the teachers for a school. New elements must be brought in; they must be supplied by those who know from experience what talents are needed to conduct a school profitably. Pride and ambition, selfish ideas and principles, will not meet the approval of God. All these things must be overcome through the grace of Christ. It is very much in fashion at this time for our brethren to work away from Christ, and do many things in their own finite wisdom. They are not humble in heart; they do not learn in the school of Christ the very lessons they need to learn. They incur peril to their own souls in stubbornly desiring to have their own way; they involve the churches in their conferences in the peril and guilt of fighting against God.  {21MR 458.2}
[21MR 458.3]          Even in our churches are found men who are engaged in unchristian strife. They set themselves in opposition to the purposes of the Most High. What is needed in both of these conferences is more of Jesus, and less of self. Humility is needed. All who are finally saved will in this life humble themselves before God, and seek to do His will. Thus the influence that goes forth from them will be of the character that makes for peace, that strengthens piety, that increases spiritual efficiency.  {21MR 458.3}
[21MR 458.4]          There are institutions of learning already established among us that are situated near important centers of our work--at Healdsburg and at Battle Creek--and yet these institutions have not proved to be self-sustaining. The rates of tuition have been so low that a cloud of debt still hangs over our schools. From time to time larger facilities have had to be provided in order to do justice to the students; and even now arrangements must be made at Healdsburg to carry forward the work more efficiently. The school in Battle Creek                                            -459-     has an excellent faculty. In Healdsburg there is a call for additional help in order to do more perfect work.  {21MR 458.4}
[21MR 459.1]          Can you expect that in Oregon or Upper Columbia, with your interests divided, you can secure thoroughness and efficiency, with fewer advantages and workers who are not so thoroughly trained? Will the Lord be pleased to have large expense incurred merely to indulge a selfish, sectional interest? Is it not time that "me and mine" should cease to be a controlling power? The means that God has entrusted to His servants to be wisely invested for advancing the interests of His cause, may through selfish desires be diverted to building up partition walls, to separate the interests and divide the strength of sister conferences that should be closely united.  {21MR 459.1}
[21MR 459.2]          What is the object of establishing colleges among Seventh-day Adventists? It is to provide for our youth, so far as possible, the very best instruction, that which is free from error and in every respect pure from corrupting influences. There are in our land, schools in abundance where education in the sciences may be carried to a high point, but they fail to reach the Bible standard of education. "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." The Lord must preside in our institutions of learning, or the object for which they were brought into existence, with great outlay of means, will fail of being accomplished. We profess to believe important truth, that the Lord is soon coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory to take the faithful to the higher school in the mansions He has gone to prepare for them. We should meet a standard very much higher than do those who do not believe these solemn truths.  {21MR 459.2}
[21MR 459.3]          The Lord has placed great responsibilities upon His people who have had so much light. But the majority of those who claim to believe present truth are neither doing nor attempting to do their duty in the education of the youth. There is great neglect on the part of parents, both of home training and of cooperation with the school workers in that kind of education which is dearest to the Saviour's heart.  {21MR 459.3}
[21MR 459.4]          They lay off their own responsibility for the training of their children, so that the schools established shall be a success, after the Lord's plans. They are but little better than idlers in the Lord's vineyard, when they should be earnest workers, making the most of the facilities God has placed within their reach.  {21MR 459.4}
[21MR 459.5]          I would feel sad indeed to see two schools established, one in Oregon and one in Upper Columbia, it is so contrary to the light which God has been pleased to give me. If you have a school, you want to make it the best                                            -460-     that both conferences, with their united means and talent, shall be able to secure. I hope that as Christians you will be awake to your ever-increasing responsibilities, and be prepared to act the part of faithful stewards, both of means and of talents. Will you lay aside all selfish interests, and all sectional feelings, and manifest your missionary zeal to work for the best interest of the cause of God? Will you put away all strife in the matter, and show that we are all one in Christ Jesus? God help us as a people to see how imperfect is our service to Him. May He help you to feel that you are brethren.  {21MR 459.5}
[21MR 460.1]          Jesus has shown His interest in you by an infinite sacrifice, and the remembrance of this calls for intense interest in, and devotion to, one another in our great missionary work. We are fellow laborers in the same cause. The harvest truly is great, and the laborers are few. The opposing forces of the world are vastly great. Satan with his hosts is arrayed against any and every enterprise that will be for the saving of souls. We must bend all our energies to devising and planning how to make the most of the talents found in young men and women, how to educate and train them, not only to become devoted home missionaries, but to carry the truth to all nations, tongues, and peoples.  {21MR 460.1}
[21MR 460.2]          There is a positive necessity among us of obtaining grace and knowledge in our Lord Jesus Christ. Then we shall have clearer conceptions of the sacred character of our educational work for this time. We need more earnestness, we need to make the truth more of a living reality, that we may arouse the flagging zeal of others. We need the faith that is a working power to convert the soul, and then we shall strengthen our brethren. There are so few who feel the necessity of disciplining the soul, seeking grace daily that they may appreciate the position we occupy, and arouse in others the earnest devotion so much needed at this time. Again I repeat: If you will, in your two conferences, consolidate your capital of means and ability, so as to have one good school, you will meet the mind of the Spirit of God.  {21MR 460.2}
[21MR 460.3]          There are persons in each of your conferences who should attend the Healdsburg or the Battle Creek College to gain an experience and training which you cannot give them in your school. They need instruction that will qualify them to become active educators in some branch of the great missionary field. The Lord Jesus has been disappointed in many ways in regard to the laborers. They bring so much of self into the work; they put their own impress upon it. In order that we may have complete success, the impress of Christ must be upon the work. The teachings of Christ must be understood and practiced by every educator.  {21MR 460.3}
[21MR 461.1]          Because of the unconsecrated lives of those who claim to believe the truth, but little is done, when very much more might be accomplished if the soul were fully surrendered to God. Is Satan always to have so great control of the mind, as well as of the body? Jesus, in giving His life for our redemption, intended greater things for man than our eyes have witnessed.  {21MR 461.1}
[21MR 461.2]         If all who claim to believe the truth for this time would use in His service the power that God has provided for them through Jesus Christ, we should see the working of the Spirit of God that would produce great changes. The divine blessing would be greatly increased by the cooperation of human agencies to communicate these blessings to the world. Because of unbelief and want of consecration, the church has scarcely tested the strength of the promises of God.  {21MR 461.2}
[21MR 461.3]          We have not realized the wonderful power of education and religious training for the youth. And those of all ages may receive greater benefit than they have yet realized through the same means. In the Scriptures are mines of precious ore which have not been sought for, because there is so great satisfaction in working merely upon the surface. A more persevering, careful, thorough effort put forth in exploration would reveal precious resources which have scarcely seemed possible. The Lord has for us a storehouse full of treasures that will, if appropriated, tend to the present and lasting improvement of teachers, both in our day schools and in our Sabbath schools.  {21MR 461.3}
[21MR 461.4]          There is talent among us that may be and should be developed. Every year a company of enlightened workers may be raised up to do home and foreign missionary work--workers who will have more breadth of mind and will plan with far greater wisdom because they have a conception of the greatness of the work which God would have done. They will realize something of its depth and vastness, for their eyes have been anointed to see the sacred trust given to every man, according to his ability. Through the selfishness, covetousness, and slothfulness of those who claim to be children of God, through their misconception of duty, the work of God has been greatly lowered and constricted.  {21MR 461.4}
[21MR 461.5]          When as sons and daughters of God, we stand in our place, doing our appointed work, we shall be clearing the King's highway. Those whose eyes are anointed with the heavenly eyesalve will read lessons in the life of Christ that will mean more to them than they ever before conceived of. They will recognize a standard of piety that would put to shame their present ideas, their want of faith, and their practice, so unlike that of Christ. If the right training is given in our colleges, the youth coming forth                                            -462-     from them will have a mind to work, and new light will shine upon the mind and heart of the workers.  {21MR 461.5}
[21MR 462.1]          Parents, the teachers in our day schools and Sabbath schools, and the laborers in word and doctrine, should harmonize in their work, for all are educators, both for this life and for the life to come. All should join hands, putting their personal interests at the disposal of Christ, who has purchased them by His own blood. Then they will see fresh beams of light shining forth from the Word of God, which will not only rejoice their own heart, but which they may place before other minds. There will be a new, inspiring zeal to engage in the work of God in any of its many branches, all of which are embraced in the one great commission, "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature."  {21MR 462.1}
[21MR 462.2]          For this work there must be a deeper consecration. We must have all of Jesus, and none of self. Then there will not exist one selfish thought. With an eye single to the glory of God, we shall do good as we have opportunity. We shall give of our means as God has prospered us. We shall not take into consideration whether we ourselves are to be benefitted, but shall do all we can for the common good.  {21MR 462.2}
[21MR 462.3]          It should be the object of our colleges to prepare workers for home and foreign fields. The duty devolves on the church to see that a fund is raised to be appropriated to the education of students who are worthy but have not at their command the means of obtaining an education. When these students shall be in a position where they can replace what they receive, they should do so, that the fund may be kept good. Our colleges are not able to give the students their tuition, for they do not, like other denominational schools, receive donations and endowments. Hence there is greater necessity for raising special funds to be wisely appropriated by the judgment of a board of directors. There are many unordained men and also women who can do much in the several branches of the work in the great harvest field. May the Lord open the minds and the hearts of His people to discern what needs to be done, and to do it. Let us work while the day lasts, for the night cometh, in which no man can work.--Letter 25a, 1990.                 Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   June 13, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 462.3}
[21MR 463.1]      MR No. 1598 - Medical and Ministerial Workers Should Harmonize         (Written May 15, 1907, from Loma Linda, California, to P. T. Magan.)          I pray that the Lord's blessing may rest upon you. Your work has been made disagreeable and difficult because of the attitude of some of your brethren. The Lord has not prompted these things that are of a discouraging nature. I have written to you in harmony with the light that I have received for years, but I ask you not to use this in a way that might be injudicious. I feel assured that you will act with proper discretion in this matter.  {21MR 463.1}
[21MR 463.2]         Our great need is unity. We have not one soul that can be spared. The Lord calls upon us to unify in harmony with Bible truth. This should be repeated over and over in the family and in the church.  {21MR 463.2}
[21MR 463.3]          It was because of his faithfulness in rebuking evil in the ruling power that John the Baptist was cast into prison. Yet Jesus did not deliver him from persecution. John's faith was severely tested, and he sent messengers to Jesus to inquire of Him, "Art Thou He that should come? or look we for another" ［Luke 7:20］?  {21MR 463.3}
[21MR 463.4]          The sick and the suffering were crowding about Jesus, hoping for relief. Some were glorifying God for healing they had already received. To the inquiry of John's messengers, the Saviour did not at once reply.  {21MR 463.4}
[21MR 463.5]          But "in that same hour He cured many of their infirmities, and plagues, and of evil spirits; and unto many that were blind He gave sight." Christ made bare His holy arm, and gave evidence of His Messiahship. The great miracles He wrought were His reply to the inquiry of the lonely prisoner. The deaf ears heard His voice. He spoke to the blind, and they received their sight. His words quieted the frenzied demoniacs, and the satanic powers were repulsed.  {21MR 463.5}
[21MR 463.6]          Then Jesus said unto the messengers of John, "Go your way, and tell John what things ye have seen and heard how that the blind see, the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, to the poor the gospel is preached" ［Luke 7:22］.  {21MR 463.6}
[21MR 463.7]          We need individually a greater faith. In our sanitariums the sick are to be healed, and they are to receive a knowledge of right methods of living. You are making a right move in establishing a sanitarium on the large tract of land you purchased for the Madison school. The building may be simple, yet perfect in all its arrangements. Let ［it］ be a model that others may copy.  {21MR 463.7}
[21MR 463.8]          The Lord is not pleased with a division between medical missionary                                          -464-     physicians and gospel workers. By some, strange walls have been built up. We should study to reach the unity of the faith. Truth will bear away the victory on every point.  {21MR 463.8}
[21MR 464.1]          Said Christ, "As the Father gave Me commandment, so I do." He came to our world on a mission from the Father. He came to bridge the gulf that sin had made between God and man. There was to be made a provision for a reconciliation, for a union with the human with the divine nature. Christ would sanctify all who believe in Him. In the gift of Christ to our world, God has provided for every one a power to overcome evil. He has given unto us "exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust" ［2 Peter 1:4］.  {21MR 464.1}
[21MR 464.2]          The great apostasy originally began in a denial of the love of God, as it is plainly revealed in the Word. Provision was then made whereby fallen man might have a powerful revelation of the love of God, and be given an opportunity to return to his allegiance to Jehovah. ［John 3:16, quoted.］ "I lay down My life for the sheep," says Christ. ［John 6:51, quoted.］ Here is a revelation of the power mighty to save "to the uttermost." God is light and love.  {21MR 464.2}
[21MR 464.3]          After the war in the heavenly courts Satan and his followers were cast out. As human beings, we are subject to the crafty wiles and temptations of this fallen foe. And unless we are kept by the power of Christ, we shall certainly be led away by the satanic sophistries by which the world is flooded. Our safety is to lean not on human power, on the arm of flesh, but upon the divine arm. Those who are partakers of the divine nature will not be beguiled by Satan.  {21MR 464.3}
[21MR 464.4]          Everyone will be tested. Men professing to be Christians will be placed in positions of trust, as guardians over the flock of God. But if they act as dictators, using arbitrary authority, they are out of their place. Christ alone is our sufficiency. Great mischief has resulted from the course of men who set themselves as lords over God's heritage.  {21MR 464.4}
[21MR 464.5]          We are God's property. In Jesus Christ we are to behold a pattern of what we should be. Every soul should be educated to look not to his fellow men, but unto Christ. He is the author and finisher of our faith. Let no man think it his place to point out to others in a compulsory manner their duty. This God forbids. All are to be guided in the path of duty by the plain word of God.  {21MR 464.5}
[21MR 464.6]         ［John 5:39, quoted.］--Letter 172, 1907.             Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   June 13, 1991. Entire Letter.  {21MR 464.6}
[MR311 0.2]     Table of Contents                                                       Pages  Section I  The Church and its Foundation--pp. 5-16                   The Church the Beloved of God            5                 The Authority of the Church              7                 Power Delegated to the Church            8                 The Unity of the Church                  9                 The United Effort of Believers           10                 God Has an Organized Body                12                 Thorough Organization Essential          14                 Organization Till the End                14                 The Judgment of the General Conference   15                 The Dawn of a Glorious Day               15                 God Will Guide to the End                16    Section II  The Value of Concerted Action--pp. 17-27                   The Church as a Garden                   17                 Cedars of the Vale                       17                 A Harmonious Whole                       17                 Exact Methods Not to be Prescribed       19                 Safeguard Your Brother's Influence       20                 Independent Experiments                  20                 Avoid Self-Confidence                    21                 Danger of Elation Through Success        21                 Independent Judgment to be Subservient   22                 None to Strike Out Alone                 22                 Be Sure of the Spirit's Guidance         22                 A Needful Discipline                     23                 In Union There is Strength               23                 Counsel Together and Seek Higher Counsel 24                 Self Restraint Necessary                 24                 Union With Brethren Who Try Us           25                 Unity, With Diverse Dispositions         25    Section III  Coordination Among Workers--pp. 28-39                   To Counsel as Equals                     28                 Give the Workers Freedom                 30                 Unity and Freedom in Council Meetings    30                 Remembering One's Own Mistakes           31                 Acting in Christ's Stead                 32                 Patience Under Condemnation              32                                                                                              4                   Pointing Out Duty in a Compulsory Way    33                 Satan Fiercely Assails Responsible Men   33                 To Invent New Plans                      33                 Christ's Presence Means Advance          34                 Respect for Humble Workers               35                 Recognition of a Brother's Gift          36                 Every Work Brought into Judgment         37                 Public Exposure of a Worker's Mistakes   37                 Unjust Charges                           38                 Measuring Out Hard Judgment              39    Section IV  God's Church Triumphant --pp. 41-51                   God is Leading                           41                 No Call for Despondency                  41                 Words of Confidence and Encouragement    42                 In the Closing Work                      43                 Many Will be Stirred                     44                 Workers From All Classes                 45                 Hundreds of Workers                      45                 When the Church is Awakened              45                 The Message Will Go With Power           46                 Final Success Dependent on Unity         47                 An Assurance That There Will Be Unity    48                 A the Eleventh Hour                      48                 Thousands Will Acknowledge the Truth     49                 Harvest Proportional to Agencies Used    50                 Victory From Apparent Defeat             50                 An All-Absorbing Question                50    Supplementary Item--                 What Is The Church                       52  {MR311 0.2}
[MR311 5.1]       Section I    The Church and its Foundation                              The Church The Beloved Of God          God is leading out a people.  He has a chosen people, a church on the earth, whom He has made the depositaries of His law. He has committed to them sacred trust and eternal truth to be given to the world. He would reprove and correct them. The message to the Laodiceans is applicable to Seventh-day Adventists who have had great light and have not walked in the light. It is those who have made great profession, but have not kept in step with their Leader, that will be spewed out of His mouth unless they repent. The message to pronounce the Seventh-day Adventist Church Babylon, and call the people of God out of her, does not come from any heavenly messenger, or any human agent inspired by the Spirit of God.  {MR311 5.1}
[MR311 5.2]          The True Witness says, "I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne" (Revelation 3:18-21).                                                                              6   {MR311 5.2}
[MR311 6.1]                                    I Rebuke and Chasten        Jesus is coming in to give the individual members of the church the richest blessings, if they will open the door to Him. He does not once call them Babylon, nor ask them to come out. But He says, "As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten" (with messages of reproof and warning) (Revelation 3:19). These reproofs I am not ignorant of. I have given warnings because the Spirit of the Lord has constrained me to do so, and have uttered reproofs because the Lord has given me words of reproof. I have not shunned to declare the whole counsel of God, which has been given me for the church.  {MR311 6.1}
[MR311 6.2]          I will say in the fear and love of God, I know the Lord has thoughts of love and mercy to restore and heal them of all their backslidings. He has a work for His church to do. They are not to be pronounced Babylon, but to be as the salt of the earth, the light of the world. They are to be the living messengers to proclaim a living message in these last days. . . .  {MR311 6.2}
[MR311 6.3]                              The Church Not to Be Broken Up          Again I say, The Lord hath not spoken by any messenger who calls the church that keeps the commandments of God, Babylon. True, there are tares with the wheat; but Christ said He would send His angels to first gather the tares and bind them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into the garner. I know that the Lord loves His church. It is not to be disorganized or broken up into independent atoms. There is not the least consistency in this; there is not the least evidence that such a thing will be. Those who shall heed this false message and try to leaven others will be deceived and prepared to receive advanced delusions, and they will come to nought.                                                                              7   {MR311 6.3}
[MR311 7.1]          There is in some of the members of the church, pride, self-sufficiency, stubborn unbelief, and a refusing to yield their ideas, although evidence may be piled upon evidence which makes the message to the Laodicean church applicable. But that will not blot out the church that it will not exist. Let both tares and wheat grow together until the harvest. Then it is the angels that do the work of separation.  {MR311 7.1}
[MR311 7.2]          I warn the Seventh-day Adventist Church to be careful how you receive every new notion and those who claim to have great light. The character of their work seems to be to accuse and to tear down. . . .  {MR311 7.2}
[MR311 7.3]          Let the believers heed the voice of the angel who has said to the church, "Press together." In unity is your strength. Love as brethren, be pitiful, be courteous. God hath a church, and Christ hath declared, "The gates of hell shall not prevail against it" (Matthew 16:18). The messengers the Lord sends bear the divine credentials. I have tender feelings toward you, but come to the light, I beseech of you.--Letter 16, 1893. (Published in Selected Messages, book 2, pp. 66-69.)  {MR311 7.3}
[MR311 7.4]                               The Authority of the Church        The world's Redeemer has invested great power with His church. He states the rules to be applied in cases of trial with its members. After He has given explicit directions as to the course to be pursued, He says, "Verily I say unto you, whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven; and whatsoever (in church discipline) ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven." Thus even the heavenly authority ratifies the discipline of the church in regard to its members, when the Bible rule has been followed.  {MR311 7.4}
[MR311 7.5]          The word of God does not give license for one man to set up his judgment in opposition to the judgment of the church, neither is he allowed to                                                                              8  urge his opinions against the opinions of the church. If there were no church discipline and government, the church would go to fragments; it could not hold together as a body. There have ever been individuals of independent minds, who have claimed that they were right, that God had especially taught, impressed, and led them. Each has a theory of his own, views peculiar to himself, and each claims that his views are in accordance with the word of God. Each one has a different theory and faith, yet each claims special light from God. These draw away from the body, and each one is a separate church of himself. All these cannot be right, yet they all claim to be led of the Lord. The word of inspiration is not yea and nay, but yea and amen in Christ Jesus.--Testimonies, Vol. 3, pp. 428-429.  {MR311 7.5}
[MR311 8.1]                                Power Delegated to the Church        There has been altogether too much reliance placed upon independent, uninspired judgment. Self-sufficiency and self-esteem lie at the foundation of the greatest trials and discords that have ever existed among the people of God. The angel of God has said to me again and again, "Press together! Press together! Be of one mind, of one judgment, that God may be your leader. Follow His footsteps, and you will walk safely. The clean heart and the right spirit are the gifts of His Son, purchased with infinite cost."  {MR311 8.1}
[MR311 8.2]          God is teaching, leading, and guiding His people, that they may teach, lead and guide others. There will be, among the remnant of these last days, as there were with ancient Israel, those who wish to move independently, who are not willing to submit to the teachings of the spirit of God, and who will not listen to advice or counsel. Let such ever bear in mind that God has a church upon the earth, to which He has delegated power. Men will want to                                                                              9  follow their own independent judgment, despising counsel and reproof; but just as surely as they do this, they will depart from the faith, and disaster and the ruin of souls will follow. Those who rally now to support and build up the truth of God, are ranging themselves on one side, standing united in heart, mind, and voice, in defense of the truth; while those who do not labor in harmony of purpose and action, who choose their own unsanctified human judgment as perfection of action, are ranging themselves on the side of Satan, and are defending his cause.  {MR311 8.2}
[MR311 9.1]          Satan will become their leader, and they will join him in his constant endeavors to tear down that which God is building up. None of these discordant elements will be able eventually to thwart the purposes of God in the preparation of a people to stand in the great day, and in the final completion of the plan of salvation. . . .  {MR311 9.1}
[MR311 9.2]          It is a delusion of the enemy for anyone to feel that he can disconnect from agencies which God has appointed, and work on an independent line of his own, in his own supposed wisdom, and yet be successful. Although he may flatter himself that he is doing God's work, he will not prosper in the end. We are one body, and every member is to be united to the body, each person working in his respective capacity. Men must be like-minded with God,--pure, holy, sincere; not one is to be shut up to himself, to live for himself.--Letter 104, 1894.  {MR311 9.2}
[MR311 9.3]                                  The Unity of the Church        God is leading out a people to stand in perfect unity upon the platform of eternal truth. Christ gave Himself to the world, "that He might purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works." This refining process is designed to purge the church from all unrighteousness and the                                                                              10  spirit of discord and contention, that they may build up instead of tearing down, and concentrate their energies on the great work before them. God designs that His people should all come into the unity of faith. . . .  {MR311 9.3}
[MR311 10.1]          Many do not realize the sacredness of church relationship, and are loath to submit to restraint and discipline. Their course of action shows that they exalt their own judgment above that of the united church; and they are not careful to guard themselves, lest they encourage a spirit of opposition to its voice.  {MR311 10.1}
[MR311 10.2]          Those who hold responsible positions in the church may have faults in common with other people, and may err in their decisions; but notwithstanding this, the church of Christ on earth has given to them an authority that cannot be lightly esteemed. Christ, after His resurrection, delegated power unto His church, saying, "Whosoever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them, and whosoever sins ye retain, they are retained." . . .  {MR311 10.2}
[MR311 10.3]          Unbelief suggests that individual independence increases our importance, that it is weak to yield our own ideas of what is right and proper to the verdict of the church. But to yield to such feelings and views is unsafe, and will bring us to anarchy and confusion. Christ saw that unity and Christian fellowship were necessary to the cause of God, therefore He enjoined it upon His disciples. And the history of Christianity from that time until now proves conclusively that in union only is there strength. Let individual judgment submit to the authority of the church.--Testimonies, Vol. 4, pp. 17-19.  {MR311 10.3}
[MR311 10.4]                              The United Effort of Believers        God has made His church on the earth a channel of light, and through it He communicates His purposes and His will. He does not give to one of                                                                              11  His servants an experience independent of and contrary to the experience of the church itself. Neither does He give one man a knowledge of His will for the entire church, while the church--Christ's body--is left in darkness. In His providence, He places His servants in close connection with His church, in order that they may have less confidence in themselves, and greater confidence in others whom He is leading out to advance His work.  {MR311 10.4}
[MR311 11.1]          There have ever been in the church those who are constantly inclined toward individual independence. They seem unable to realize that independence of spirit is liable to lead the human agent to have too much confidence in himself, and to trust in his own judgment rather than to respect the counsel and highly esteem the judgment of his brethren, especially of those in the offices that God has appointed for the leadership of His people. God had invested His church with special authority and power, which no one can be justified in disregarding and despising; for he who does this despises the voice of God.  {MR311 11.1}
[MR311 11.2]          Those who are inclined to regard their individual judgment as supreme, are in grave peril. It is Satan's studied effort to separate such ones from those who are channels of light, through whom God has wrought to build up and extend His work in the earth. To neglect or despise those whom God has appointed to bear the responsibilities of leadership in connection with the advancement of the truth, is to reject the means that He has ordained for the help, encouragement, and strength of His people. For any worker in the Lords' cause to pass these by, and to think that his light must come through no other channel than directly from God, is to place himself in a position where he is liable to be deceived by the enemy, and overthrown. The Lord in His wisdom has arranged that by means of the close relationship                                                                              12  that should be maintained by all believers, Christian shall be united to Christian, and church to church. Thus the human instrumentality will be enabled to cooperate with the divine. Every agency will be subordinate to the Holy Spirit, and all the believers will be united in an organized and well-directed effort to give to the world the glad tidings of the grace of God.--Gospel Workers, pp. 443-444.  {MR311 11.2}
[MR311 12.1]                                 God Has an Organized Body        Beware of those who arise that have a great burden to denounce the church. The chosen ones who are standing and breasting the storm of opposition from the world, and are uplifting the down-trodden commandments of God, to exalt them as holy and honorable, are indeed the light of the world. How dare mortal man pass his judgment upon them, and call the church a harlot, Babylon, a den of thieves, a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. . . .  {MR311 12.1}
[MR311 12.2]          It seems almost impossible that anyone who had a genuine experience in the faith, should suggest such erroneous applications of Scripture, as applicable to God's commandment-keeping people. Supposing this spurious message is the one every one must hear for this time, "Come out of her, my people." Where shall we go to, where shall we find the purity, goodness and holiness where we shall be secure? Where is the fold where no wolves will enter?  {MR311 12.2}
[MR311 12.3]          I tell you, my brethren, the Lord has an organized body, through whom He will work. There may be more than a score of Judas' among them, there may be a rash Peter who will under circumstances of trial deny his Lord. There may be persons represented by John whom Jesus loved, but he may have a zeal that would destroy men's lives by calling down from heaven fire upon them to revenge an insult to Christ and the truth. But the great Teacher                                                                              13  seeks to give lessons of instruction to correct these existing evils. He is doing the same today with His church. He is pointing out their dangers. He is presenting before them the Laodicean message. . . .  {MR311 12.3}
[MR311 13.1]          In the place of turning the weapons of warfare within our own ranks, let them be turned against the enemies of God and the truth. Echo the prayer of Christ with your whole heart: "Holy Father, keep through thine own name those whom thou hast given me, that they may be one, as we are." . . .  {MR311 13.1}
[MR311 13.2]          The Bible sets before us a model church. They are to be in unity with each other and with God. When believers are united to Christ the living vine, the result is that they are one with Christ, full of sympathy and tenderness and love.  {MR311 13.2}
[MR311 13.3]                                 Opportunities in the Church        When any are drawing apart from the organized body of God's commandment keeping people, they begin to weigh the church in their human scales and begin to pronounce judgment against them. Then you may know that God is not leading them. They are on the wrong track. . . .  {MR311 13.3}
[MR311 13.4]          There are opportunities and privileges to help in the church those who are ready to die, and inspire the church with zeal but not to tear the church to pieces. There are plenty of opportunities in the church to walk in Christ's lines. If the heart is full of zeal to press on to a deeper sanctification and holiness, work in that line in all humbleness and devotedness. The church needs freshness and the inspiration of men who breathe in the very atmosphere of heaven, to vitalize the church, notwithstanding the tares are among the wheat.--Manuscript 21, 1893, (Published in Review and Herald, November 8, 1956.)                                                                              14   {MR311 13.4}
[MR311 14.1]                             Thorough Organization Essential        Oh, how Satan would rejoice if he could succeed in his efforts to get in among this people, and disorganize the work at a time when thorough organization is essential, and will be the greatest power to keep out spurious uprisings, and to refute claims not endorsed by the word of God! We want to hold the lines evenly, that there shall be no breaking down of the system of organization and order that has been built up by wise, careful labor. License must not be given to disorderly elements that desire to control the work at this time.  {MR311 14.1}
[MR311 14.2]          Some have advanced the thought that as we near the close of time, every child of God will act independently of any religious organization. But I have been instructed by the Lord that in this work there is no such things as every man's being independent. The stars of heaven are all under law, each influencing the other to do the will of God, yielding their common obedience to the law that controls their action. And in order that the Lord's work may advance, healthfully and solidly, His people must draw together.--(May 30, 1909) Testimonies, Vol. 9, pp. 257-258.  {MR311 14.2}
[MR311 14.3]                                 Organization Till the End        As we near the final crisis, instead of feeling that there is less need of order and harmony of action, we should be more systematic than heretofore. All our work should be conducted according to well-defined plans.  {MR311 14.3}
[MR311 14.4]          I am receiving light from the Lord that there should be wise generalship at this time more than at any former period of our history.--Letter 27a, 1892.                                                                              15   {MR311 14.4}
[MR311 15.1]                        The Judgment of the General Conference        I have been shown that no man's judgment should be surrendered to the judgment of any one man. But when the judgment of the General Conference, which is the highest authority that God has upon the earth, is exercised, private independence and private judgment must not be maintained, but be surrendered. Your error was in persistently maintaining your private judgment of your duty against the voice of the highest authority the Lord has upon the earth.--Testimonies, Volume 3, p. 492.  {MR311 15.1}
[MR311 15.2]                                The Dawn of a Glorious Day        The church of Christ is God's agency for the proclamation of truth: she is empowered by Him to do a special work; and if she is loyal to God, obedient to His commandments, there will dwell within her the excellency of divine power. If she will be true to her allegiance, there is no power that can stand against her. The forces of the enemy will be no more able to overwhelm her than is the chaff to resist the whirlwind.  {MR311 15.2}
[MR311 15.3]          There is before the church the dawn of a bright, glorious day, if she will put on the robe of Christ's righteousness, withdrawing from all allegiance to the world.  {MR311 15.3}
[MR311 15.4]          God calls upon His faithful ones, who believe in Him, to talk courage to those who are unbelieving and hopeless. Turn to the Lord, ye prisoners of hope. Seek strength from God, the living God. Show an unwavering, humble faith in His power and His willingness to save. When in faith we take hold of His strength, He will change, wonderfully change, the most hopeless, discouraging outlook. He will do this for the glory of His name.--Prophets and Kings, pp. 259-260.                                                                              16   {MR311 15.4}
[MR311 16.1]                                 God Will Guide to the End        I have words of encouragement for you, my brethren. We are to move forward in faith and hope, expecting large things from God. The enemy will seek in every way to hinder the efforts that are being made to advance the truth, but in the strength of the Lord you may gain success. Let no discouraging words be spoken, but only such words as will tend to strengthen and sustain your fellow-workers. . . .  {MR311 16.1}
[MR311 16.2]          When in the night season I am unable to sleep, I lift my heart in prayer to God, and He strengthens me, and gives me the assurance that He is with His ministering servants in the home field and in distant lands. I am encouraged and blessed as I realize that the God of Israel is still guiding His people, and that He will continue to be with them, even to the end. . . .  {MR311 16.2}
[MR311 16.3]          The Lord desires to see the work of proclaiming the third angel's message carried forward with increasing efficiency. As He has worked in all ages to give victories to His people, so in this age He longs to carry to a triumphant fulfilment His purposes for His church. He bids His believing saints to advance unitedly, going from strength to greater strength, from faith to increased assurance and confidence in the truth and righteousness of His cause.--General Conference Bulletin, pp. 164-165.  {MR311 16.3}
[MR311 17.1]       Section II    The Value of Concerted Action                                 The Church As A Garden        In all the Lord's arrangements, there is nothing more beautiful than His plan of giving to men and women a diversity of gifts. The church is His garden, adorned with a variety of trees, plants, and flowers. He does not expect the hyssop to assume the proportions of the cedar, nor the olive to reach the height of the stately palm. Many have received but a limited religious and intellectual training, but God has a work for this class to do, if they will labor in humility, trusting in Him.--Letter 122, 1902. (Evangelism, p 98-99.)  {MR311 17.1}
[MR311 17.2]                                    Cedars of the Vale        Though your Christian brother may not occupy a position equal to yours in prominence, yet he fills a place of usefulness according to his ability. God has come very near you, guiding you and holding your hand. This should lead you to show Christian courtesy in all business matters. You are to be a man of God's opportunity, acting in His place. You, a cedar of the mountain, are to remember that God has cedars of the vale.--Letter 112, 1901.  {MR311 17.2}
[MR311 17.3]                                   A Harmonious Whole        Let not one man feel that his gift alone is sufficient for the work of God; that he alone can carry through a series of meetings, and give perfection to the work. His methods may be good, and yet varied gifts are essential; one man's mind is not to mold and fashion the work according to                                                                              18  his special ideas. In order for the work to be built up strong and symmetrical, there is need of varied gifts and different agencies, all under the Lord's direction; He will instruct the workers according to their several ability.  {MR311 17.3}
[MR311 18.1]          Cooperation and unity are essential to a harmonious whole, each laborer doing his God-given work, filling his appropriate position, and supplying the deficiency of another. One worker left to labor alone is in danger of thinking that his talent is sufficient to make a complete whole. Where there is a union of workers, there is opportunity for them to consult together, to pray together, to cooperate in labor. None should feel that they cannot link up with their brethren because they do not work in exactly the same line as they themselves do. Those who entertain such thoughts, show that they need the converting power of God upon their own hearts and characters, that their peculiarities may not become a hindrance to the work for the salvation of their fellow-men.  {MR311 18.1}
[MR311 18.2]          Among the workers there will be some who are active and energetic; there will be some who are slow. They are so long in arriving at conclusions that if their way is followed, much precious time is lost, and often the delay proves dangerous. The slow worker should be constantly learning of the diligent, quick worker. "Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord." Every one who enters the service of Christ should constantly feel that he is a laborer, and should improve in his habits and his manner of work. He is to blend with his brethren, not flattering himself that his methods of work are the very best. Let him learn in the school of Christ the lessons of meekness and lowliness. All who do learn of Christ will work in Christ's lines; then we shall surely harmonize. He                                                                              19  who is inclined to criticize and depreciate his brethren, will find that the Spirit of God is not with him. He does not obey the injunction to esteem others better than himself; but, like the self-righteous Pharisee, he draws comparisons between his brother's work and his own. Cooperating with God, every laborer will work as Christ worked.  {MR311 18.2}
[MR311 19.1]          You must be constantly learning, constantly advancing. No one can stand in our place and do our individual work. There is no such thing as making a groove for certain brethren to move in; no minister can embrace the work in his finite arms, and dictate how every other one shall labor. You must receive help through any channel by which God may send it. You who have had more experience must teach those of less experience how to work. Take them by your side, educate them, bear patiently with them. Never close the door of the heart by sharp words and unkind criticism. Let the love of God rule in your own hearts, and be communicated to your associate workers.--Special Testimonies, Series A. No. 7, pp. 14-16.  {MR311 19.1}
[MR311 19.2]                             Exact Methods Not To Be Prescribed        We fully believe in church organization, but this is not to prescribe the exact way in which we shall work; for all minds are not to be reached by the same methods. Nothing is to be allowed to keep the servant of God from his fellow-men. The individual believer is to labor for the individual sinner. Each person has his one lamp to keep burning, and if the heavenly oil is emptied into these lamps through the golden pipes, if the vessels are emptied of self and prepared to receive the holy oil, its light will be thrown on the sinner's path to some purpose. More light will shine on the pathway of the wanderer through one lamp than through a whole procession of                                                                              20  torchlights got up for a show.--Letter 54, 1899.  {MR311 19.2}
[MR311 20.1]                            Safeguard Your Brother's Influence        Our religious experience is to be in strict conformity to the word, in which are defined the principles of mercy and the love of God. God calls upon His people to unify as the burdens of the work press upon them. They should engage often in earnest, humble prayer, for the Lord's guidance, and then they should follow His guidance to the letter.  {MR311 20.1}
[MR311 20.2]         There should not be made one careless, indifferent move, or one selfish proposition that would hurt or cut off the influence of one of the Lord's workers. Each is His purchased possession, bought to labor for other souls.--Manuscript 17, 1908.  {MR311 20.2}
[MR311 20.3]                                  Independent Experiments        In the work of the laborers there should be a counseling together. No one is to strike out on his own independent judgment, and work according to his own mind, unless he has a treasury of his own from which to draw. Our heavenly Father careth for His children, and His grace is sufficient in every time of need. But if we consider ourselves sufficient to manage the work of God, and depend for success in our own individual wisdom to plan and execute, we may expect defeats and losses; for they will surely come.  {MR311 20.3}
[MR311 20.4]          I have been shown that the management of the work must not be trusted to inexperienced hands. Those who have not had breadth of experience are not the ones to take large responsibilities, although they may think themselves qualified to do so. Their brethren may see defects where they themselves see only perfection. Too much is at stake now to allow any great risks to be run in investing means from the Lord's treasury. If any one wishes to try experiments, let him sustain himself from his own funds, so                                                                              21  that if losses occur he alone will be the loser.--Review and Herald, December 8, 1885.  {MR311 20.4}
[MR311 21.1]                                   Avoid Self-Confidence        You are constantly inclined to individual independence. You do not realize that independence is a poor thing when it leads you to have too much confidence in yourself, and to trust to your own judgment rather than to respect the counsel and highly estimate the judgment of your brethren, especially of those in the offices which God has appointed for the saving of His people. God has invested His church with special authority and power which no one can be justified in disregarding and despising; for in so doing he despises the voice of God.--Testimonies, Vol. 3, p. 417.  {MR311 21.1}
[MR311 21.2]                             Danger of Elation Through Success        The Lord has given abundant evidence of the truthfulness of His promises and threatenings. His people may trust His word. Will they then, in the face of light and evidence, follow a course of their own choosing, independent of God's ordained agencies. Even good men need to be guarded on every hand, lest they shall become so elated over the blessings God has given them that the applause and praise from worldlings, shall be as a stimulus for them to display their great wisdom and acquisitions.  {MR311 21.2}
[MR311 21.3]          The Lord sees, the Lord knows, He will certainly humble all such aspirations; for He hates pride and selfishness and covetousness. The more prosperous the work may be in itself, the less appropriate is it for men to exalt themselves, as though they were the ones who should be lifted up. Our trust must be in God. He has entrusted men with abilities and capabilities, that they may act a prominent part in His work. Let them take heed                                                                              22  how they shall exalt themselves.--Letter 93, 1900.  {MR311 21.3}
[MR311 22.1]                        Independent Judgment To Be Subservient        Though we have an individual work and an individual responsibility before God, we are not to follow our own independent judgment, regardless of the opinions and feelings of our brethren; for this course would lead to disorder in the church. It is the duty of ministers to respect the judgment of their brethren; but their relations to one another, as well as the doctrines they teach, should be brought to the test of the law and the testimony; then, if hearts are teachable, there will be no divisions among us. Some are inclined to be disorderly, and are drifting away from the great landmarks of the faith; but God is moving upon His ministers to be one in doctrine and in spirit.--Testimonies to Ministers, p. 30.  {MR311 22.1}
[MR311 22.2]                                 None To Strike Out Alone        I write this to you, my dear brother, in the hope of helping you. You are in an unsettled state of mind, and are tempted to do a strange work, which God has not appointed you to do. None of us are to strike out alone; we are to link up with our brethren, and pull together, and God will give us influence and self-control. We are to draw near to God, that He may draw near to us.--Letter 40, 1903. (Published in Medical Ministry, p. 46.)  {MR311 22.2}
[MR311 22.3]                             Be Sure Of The Spirit's Guidance        The Lord God of heaven is constantly at work for us. His angels are ministering spirits to all who will receive their guardianship. Human impulse will try to make us believe that it is God who is guiding us, when we are following our own way. But if we watch carefully, and counsel with our brethren, we shall understand; for the promise is, "The meek will He guide                                                                              23  in judgment: and the meek will He teach His way." We must not allow human ideas and natural inclinations to gain the supremacy.--Letter 139, 1902.  {MR311 22.3}
[MR311 23.1]                                   A Needful Discipline        Those who find it difficult to associate in harmony with the Lord's workers in this world, and who are anxious to remain apart by themselves, will have to pass through an entire change of character, else they will never see the kingdom of God. We are not all formed in the same mold of character; therefore association is a needful discipline, in order that we may learn to love God with all the affections and with every power of the mind. The whole being is to be transformed after the similitude of the heavenly Father, and of His Son Jesus. Those who are thus transformed, will have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. This barricades the soul from every assault of the enemy.--Letter 32, 1906.  {MR311 23.1}
[MR311 23.2]                                In Union There Is Strength        The greatest work is before us. The peril which threatens our usefulness, and which will prove our ruin if not seen and overcome, is selfishness, placing a higher estimate upon our plans, our opinions, and our labors, and moving, independently of our brethren. "Counsel together," have been the words repeated by the angels again and again.  {MR311 23.2}
[MR311 23.3]          Satan may move through one man's mind to warp things out of their proper channel. He may succeed with two who view things in a similar light, but with several minds enlisted there is greater safety against his wiles. Every plan will be more liable to be viewed from all sides, every advance will be more carefully studied, so that no enterprise will be so likely to be entered upon which will bring confusion and perplexity and defeat to the work in which we are engaged. In union there is strength; in division there                                                                              24  is weakness and defeat.--Manuscript 3, 1880.  {MR311 23.3}
[MR311 24.1]                        Counsel Together And Seek Higher Counsel        Of yourselves you have not wisdom to bear responsibilities. At every step of the way you must seek counsel of God and of your brethren who have had experience, and who are true to the interests of His cause. It is your privilege to do this, and you should feel it such. Some of you do not feel right when anything you do is called in question. But this is wrong. All the workers in _______ need counsel from those who are governed by the truth.  {MR311 24.1}
[MR311 24.2]         One man's mind, one man's judgment, is not to be a controlling power. . . . "Counsel together, counsel together," has been repeated to me by the heavenly angels for the past forty-five years. At the same time you must constantly feel the need of higher counsel. Do not fail to seek wisdom from God. Unless you do go to God for wisdom, and understand for yourselves the way of the Lord, you will not be able to understand things clearly. You must have the enlightenment of the Holy Spirit to give you clear views of Jesus and His love.--Letter 34, 1891.  {MR311 24.2}
[MR311 24.3]                                Self Restraint Necessary        An army could do nothing successfully if its different parts did not work in concert. Should each soldier act without reference to the others, the army would soon become disorganized. Instead of gathering strength for concentrated action, it would be wasted in desultory, meaningless efforts. A limited number united under one head, all obeying orders, will accomplish more than ten times the number if they are drawing apart, disconnected, and expending their strength on many things at the same time. Whatever good qualities a man may have, he cannot be a good soldier if he acts independent of brotherly counsel. Occasionally good may be done, but often the result                                                                              25  is of little value, and frequently the end shows more mischief than good. They make a show of doing something, attract attention, and flash out brightly, then they are gone. All must pull in one direction in order to render efficient service to the cause. . . .  {MR311 24.3}
[MR311 25.1]          God requires of his soldiers concerted action; and in order to have this in the church, self-restraint is essential. They must learn to forego their own wishes and preferences for the good of others.--Letter 11b, 1886.  {MR311 25.1}
[MR311 25.2]                              Union With Brethren Who Try Us        All who believe the great truths for this time, if sanctified through the truth, will wear the yoke of Christ. They will lift the burdens of responsibility. A spirit to act independently and alone must not be cherished. If they do this, in the place of the Lord's people being in perfect harmony, of one mind, one purpose, and consecrated to one great object, they will waste their capabilities, and their efforts will be fruitless.  {MR311 25.2}
[MR311 25.3]          Some may say that they love the Lord, but that they cannot love their brother as they should. The brother may have ways that are very trying; he may do things that are unwise; but if his brethren who have had longer experience and a more even, well-balanced judgment shall refuse to connect with the one who grieves and tries their souls, they reveal that they are not followers of Christ. They reveal that they do not follow the example of Him who clothed His divinity with humanity, that by laying aside His glory and His kingly honor, He might reach humanity.--Manuscript 56, 1898.  {MR311 25.3}
[MR311 25.4]                             Unity, With Diverse Dispositions        You have not all the same stamp of character, and each will be inclined to think that the work must be molded according to his own ideas and views. Unconsciously to yourselves, this spirit will be cherished, and you will                                                                              26  seek to introduce methods of your own. The workers should first obtain the grace of Christ, so they will be enabled to sink self out of sight; then there will be unity, even among a diversity of dispositions. . . .  {MR311 25.4}
[MR311 26.1]          Each worker is to use his God-given ability to the utmost for the upbuilding of Christ's kingdom on the earth. We each have an individuality in manner and bearing, and this is as it should be; but this need not prevent our working together in perfect harmony. . . .  {MR311 26.1}
[MR311 26.2]          Be sure to pray and counsel together before laying your plans, and then, in the Spirit of Christ, push the work unitedly. If one of your number decides that he cannot cooperate with his brethren, and has no desire to work because of differences of opinion, the course to be pursued is without a question. Humble yourselves before God and resort to prayer, for you cannot and must not attempt to work at variance.  {MR311 26.2}
[MR311 26.3]          From any one who persists in stubbornness and self-will, God will remove His Spirit, and another will wear the crown that was for him. God accepts only those who will learn of Christ, those who study His word, learning lessons of meekness and lowliness of heart, lessons of obedience, willingness to do his work in God's way, not their finite way. . . .  {MR311 26.3}
[MR311 26.4]          Love of self, pride and self-sufficiency lie at the foundation of the greatest trials and discords that have ever existed in the religious world. Again and again the angel has said to me, "Press together, press together, be of one mind, of one judgment." Christ is the Leader, and you are brethren; follow Him. Walk in the light as He is in the light. Those who walk in the footsteps of Christ shall not walk in darkness, but those who draw apart in unsanctified independence cannot have God's presence and blessing in the work. . . .                                                                              27   {MR311 26.4}
[MR311 27.1]          Workers can easily place themselves where divine love and power and wisdom cannot reach them, where they cannot have help in counsel, in difficulties and trials, because they would not understand and rightly appropriate heaven's rich treasure. They would glorify themselves, and think their own ways perfect, and become established in self-righteousness.-- Letter 4, 1890.  {MR311 27.1}
[MR311 28.1]       Section III    Coordination Among Workers                                  To Counsel, As Equals        As brethren located where you must be more or less connected, you must draw closer together in your councils, in your association, in spirit, and in all your works. One man among you is not to be made the counselor for all.  {MR311 28.1}
[MR311 28.2]          Each one is to stand in his lot and in his place, doing his work. Every individual among you must before God do a work for these last days that is great and sacred and grand. Every one must bear his weight of responsibility. The Lord is preparing each one to do His appointed work, and each one is to be respected and honored as a brother chosen of God, and precious in His sight. One man is not to be selected to whom all plans and methods shall be confided, while the others are left out. If this is done, errors will be made; wrong moves will be taken. Harm, rather than good will be done. No one of you needs to be afraid of the other lest the other shall have the highest place. Without partiality and without hypocrisy each is to be treated.  {MR311 28.2}
[MR311 28.3]          The same line of work is not to be given to each worker; and for this reason you need to counsel together in that freedom and confidence that should exist among the Lord's workmen. All need to have less confidence in self, and far greater confidence in the One who is mighty in counsel who knoweth the end from the beginning.  {MR311 28.3}
[MR311 28.4]          When you respect each other, you will respect Jesus Christ. You are to show no preferences; for the Lord does not show preferences to His                                                                              29  chosen ones. He says, "I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known unto you." This is the confidence that the Lord would have you cherish in each other. . . .  {MR311 28.4}
[MR311 29.1]          One person must not suppose that his wisdom is beyond making any mistake. God would have the greatest cherish that humility that will lead him to be the servant of all, if duty thus orders.  {MR311 29.1}
[MR311 29.2]          But while you are to love as brethren, and think soul to soul, heart to heart, life to life, you are individually to lean your whole weight on God. He will be your support. He is not pleased when you depend on each other for light and wisdom and direction. The Lord must be our wisdom. Individually we must know that He is our sanctification and our redemption. To Him we may look; in Him we may trust. He will be to us a present help in every time of need.  {MR311 29.2}
[MR311 29.3]          Whatever your duties in the various lines of work may be, remember that God is the general over all. You must not withdraw from Him to make flesh your arm. You have been too much inclined to measure yourselves among yourselves, and compare yourselves one with another, estimating the importance of your work. Will you remember that your comparisons may fall wide of the mark? It is not position or rank by which the Lord estimates. He looks to see how much of the Spirit of the Master you cherish and how much of the likeness of Christ your work reveals.--Letter 49, 1897.  {MR311 29.3}
[MR311 29.4]                                 Give the Workers Freedom        To all our ministers I would say, Encourage your brethren to connect with you in your labors. All the gifts and talents of the church are to be set to work. Let all desire on the part of any to have a controlling power be put away. There has been danger with some of marking out exactly                                                                              30  what this or that man should do. Let the Lord do this work, and guide His own servants. "We are laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." Give the Lord room to work human minds.  {MR311 29.4}
[MR311 30.1]          Give the workers abundant freedom to work out the plans of God in harmony with their brethren. This will save much overwork for the few. Let the strong traits of character that would lead to the control of others be subdued by the grace of Christ. "Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus."--Review and Herald April 23, 1908  {MR311 30.1}
[MR311 30.2]                         Unity and Freedom in Council Meetings        When ministering brethren come together in council, let deference be shown to the expression of intelligent principles, let intellectual freedom be freely accorded to all. There should be unity and love and freedom in communicating one with another. It should be a pleasure to consult one with another, to compare ideas and to review plans. An atmosphere of goodness, confidence, and love should be diffused; for this is the assurance of the presence of the Holy Spirit. The presence of God should be felt, and the soul should be humbled in acknowledging the condescension of God in planning for every soul for whom Christ has died, and thus hearts would be softened and broken. . . .  {MR311 30.2}
[MR311 30.3]          Link up with your brethren, if you would have them link up with you, and give you their confidence. Confidence and faith will beget confidence and faith. You should gather into your confidence not only your ministering brethren, but those with whom you are brought in contact, and show them that you have confidence, and that you believe that they are taught of God as much as you yourself are taught of God. Open your plans before them. One will be free to speak, and another will be free to speak, and they may call your attention to some things that you had not thought of before.                                                                              31   {MR311 30.3}
[MR311 31.1]          God does not open everything to one mind, but He teaches one, and another, and still another. Men are to stand in God, and without having the fear of criticism before them, they are to speak as God shall give them utterance, and to write as God shall dictate. After they have written their thoughts, let them be free to read their articles to their brethren, and let them receive any kindly word or caution that the brethren may see fit to offer in the spirit of brotherly kindness and love. . . .  {MR311 31.1}
[MR311 31.2]          The cautions which God has given are to be regarded. Christ has said concerning His disciples, "All ye are brethren." Every one is to give an account of himself to God. . . . Do not lay down any specified rules or prescribe any details as to how God's agents shall do their work. . . . The Teacher said, "While you are so earnest to call to mind the details, the time that is of so great value has been consumed, . . . and the minds of the workers have been called to dwell upon non-essentials which should have been left for workers in the field to plan for themselves. . . . Many things that are too important to be set aside have been lightly dwelt upon, and many things that are of little consequence have been largely dwelt upon, when there is no reason why men should dictate concerning the matters they have laid out in detail."--Letter 53, 1894  {MR311 31.2}
[MR311 31.3]                              Remembering One's Own Mistakes        Let no one be sharp and dictatorial in his dealing with God's workers. Let those who are inclined to censure remember that they have made mistakes as grievous as those they condemn in others. Let them bow in contrition before God, asking His pardon for the sharp speeches they have made and the unguarded spirit they have revealed. Remember that God hears every word you speak, and that as you judge, you will be judged.  {MR311 31.3}
[MR311 31.4]          Christ is pleading the case of every tempted soul, but while He is doing this, many of His people are grieving Him by taking their stand with                                                                              32  Satan to accuse their brethren, pointing to their polluted garments.  {MR311 31.4}
[MR311 32.1]          Let not the criticized ones become discouraged; for while their brethren are condemning them, Christ is saying of them, "I have graven them upon the palms of My hands. By creation and redemption they are Mine."--Manuscript 143, 1902 (Portion in Evangelism, pp. 633-4)  {MR311 32.1}
[MR311 32.2]                                 Acting in Christ's Stead        I wish to speak to my brethren who occupy positions of trust. As God's husbandry you are invested with the responsibility of acting in His stead, as His helping hand. Those who are placed in positions of trust must have the authority of action, but they are never to use this authority as a power to refuse help to the needy and helpless. It is never to be exercised to discourage or depress one struggling soul. Let those to whom have been given positions of influence ever remember that God desires them to carry out the mind of Christ, who, by creation and redemption, is the owner of all men.--Letter 7, 1901  {MR311 32.2}
[MR311 32.3]                                Patience Under Condemnation        To every man God has given a work to do. This is a solemn thought. Some will be regarded with suspicion by men who cannot discern spiritual things. Criticism will be freely given. But shall this stir up the passion of the human heart? or will the voice of God's workman be heard in song--               "Rock of ages, cleft for me;                Let me hide myself in thee."  {MR311 32.3}
[MR311 32.4]          The work of the very best of God's laborers will often be commented upon by men who have not a genuine experience in what it means to hide in Christ. Condemnation will be passed upon those who may be trying to do their work faithfully. Then is the time for God's workers to show their gentleness, to hide in the cleft of the Rock. God's voice says to them,                                                                              33  "Be still and know that I am God."--Letter 66, 1898  {MR311 32.4}
[MR311 33.1]                          Pointing Out Duty in a Compulsory Way        We are God's property. In Jesus Christ we are to behold a pattern of what we should be. Every soul should be educated to look not to his fellow-men, but unto Christ. He is the author and the finisher of our faith. Let no man think it his place to point out to others in a compulsory manner their duty. This God forbids. All are to be guided in the path of duty, by the plain word of God.--Letter 172, 1907  {MR311 33.1}
[MR311 33.2]                         Satan Fiercely Assails Responsible Men        No man is so high in power and authority but that Satan will assail him with temptation. And the more responsible the position a man occupies, the fiercer and more determined are the assaults of the enemy. Let God's servants in every place study His word, looking constantly to Jesus, that they may be changed into His image. The inexhaustible fulness and the all-sufficiency of Christ are at our command if we walk before God in humility and contrition.--Manuscript 140, 1902  {MR311 33.2}
[MR311 33.3]                                     To Invent New Plans        The cause of God today needs men who will first commune with God to learn their duty, and will then go forth to do what He commands irrespective of the bribes or threats of those who would bear rule over them. Men are needed who are guided by the Lord, and whom God qualifies to give to the people a plain "Thus saith the Lord." Men are needed who pray to God for wisdom, and who under the guidance of God, can put new life into the old methods of labor, and can invent new plans and new methods of awakening the interest of church members and reaching the men and women of the world. . . .                                                                              34   {MR311 33.3}
[MR311 34.1]                              Misinterpretation of Responsibility        Self-esteem and self-exaltation are prevailing evils, and because of this there is manifest a spirit of criticism, where no such thing should exist. And some who realize the responsibilities resting upon them, and who would go forth with the message of warning, are prevented by the forbiddings of those who feel that it is their prerogative to control the actions of their fellow-workers. Thus Satan is working to close the lips of some to whom God has given His message to the world; and if possible he will continue his working until souls who are convinced of the truth for this time, seeing the inconsistencies of those who profess to believe it, turn away and are lost. . . .  {MR311 34.1}
[MR311 34.2]          Tremendous responsibilities are ours; and men are called for who will not misinterpret their responsibilities, but will do their appointed work in a spirit of humility and in the fear of God. We should ever be afraid of a spirit that would lead us to place restrictions on the work of others, lest we hinder the advance of the message of truth. Those who have in the past allowed such a spirit to control them have sadly hurt the work. They need to repent and be converted; for the Holy Spirit cannot work with them while they refuse to acknowledge His counsel and control. He cannot use the men who employ the trust He has imposed upon them as an oppressive power to close the lips that He has opened.--Manuscript 117, 1907  {MR311 34.2}
[MR311 34.3]                               Christ's Presence Means Advance        Let us strive with earnestness for the victory over sin. Let us be determined not to give place to the enemy by criticizing, by picking flaws, by demeriting others, and seeking to be first. Let us study the prayer made in our behalf, and work for its fulfillment. Let us keep our eyes fixed upon the perfect Pattern. The only way to avoid dissension and strife is to                                                                              35  behold Him who came to this world to save sinners. It is for this object that His followers are to work. They are to yoke up with the Saviour, learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. He says to us, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Matthew 28:20. How then can there be dissension and strife among us? If we live as in Christ's presence, there will be no contention. There will be no hesitancy about introducing new plans of action, as the Holy Spirit may move upon some one to suggest them.  {MR311 34.3}
[MR311 35.1]          Christ's presence means advance. He imbues men, women, and children with a sense of individual responsibility. We need to feel the sacred, sanctifying influence of the Holy Spirit, that we may hear Christ saying to us, "Follow Me." "He that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." (John 8:12). . .  {MR311 35.1}
[MR311 35.2]          There are many who stand with a stone in their hand, waiting to place it before the wheel. But the Holy Spirit can so convert these hindering ones that they will be prepared to place the stone behind the wheel, so that it will not roll back. Let us each seek to be ready to place the stone in the proper position.--Letter 65, 1900  {MR311 35.2}
[MR311 35.3]                                 Respect for Humble Workers        There are many who will spend and be spent to win souls to Christ. In obedience to the great commission, they will go forth to work for the Master. Under the ministration of angels, ordinary men will be moved by the Spirit of God to warn people in the highways and byways. Humble men, who do not trust in their gifts, but who work in simplicity, trusting always in God, will share in the joy of the Saviour as their persevering prayers bring souls to the cross.                                                                              36   {MR311 35.3}
[MR311 36.1]          We should say to them, Go forth, brethren. Do your best humbly and sincerely, and God will work with you. They should be strengthened and encouraged, and as fast as possible fitted for labor, that success may crown their efforts. They harmonize with unseen, heavenly instrumentalities. They are workers together with God, and their brethren should bid them Godspeed, and pray for them as they labor in Christ's name. No one is authorized to hinder such workers. They should be treated with great respect. No one should speak a disparaging word of them as in the rough places of the earth they sow the gospel seed.  {MR311 36.1}
[MR311 36.2]         Christ will be with these humble workers. The angels of heaven will cooperate with them in their self-sacrificing efforts. By the power of the Holy Spirit Jesus will move upon hearts. God will work miracles in the conversion of sinners. Men and women will be gathered into church fellowship. Meeting houses will be built, and institutions of learning established.  {MR311 36.2}
[MR311 36.3]          These workers are trees of the Lord's planting. In a peculiar sense they bear fruit equal to the fruit borne by the apostles. They receive a reward in this life, and a glorious reward awaits them in the future life.--Letter 109, 1901  {MR311 36.3}
[MR311 36.4]                               Recognition of a Brother's Gift        The positions and offices of those in God's work are appointed by Christ. All our talents are His gifts. Let us not disappoint the Lord by an improper use of the talents entrusted to us. Let us not fail to recognize the position and capabilities God gives to another. Be not envious or suspicious as your brother uses his gifts to do something for the honor of God. In no case should we demerit the gift and work God has given another.--Manuscript 158, 1898                                                                              37   {MR311 36.4}
[MR311 37.1]                              Every Work Brought Into Judgment        Let every one who professes the name of Christ consider the fact that he must meet every act of injustice, give an account for every harsh word at the judgment seat of Christ. It will not be pleasant to review the words that have been spoken that have wounded and bruised souls, to review the decisions that have worked against souls for whom Christ died. Every action will come into judgment, and the spirit that prompted it will be made manifest. The fruit of every selfish, arbitrary exaction will be made plain, and men will see the results of their doings even as God sees them. They will see that they have turned precious souls out of the right path by dealing with them in an unchristlike manner. We are living in the great Day of Atonement, and it is now time that every one should repent before God, confess his sins, and by living faith, rest upon the merit of a crucified and living Saviour.  {MR311 37.1}
[MR311 37.2]          My brethren and sisters, will you bear in mind that in dealing with God's heritage you are not to act out your natural characteristics? The people of God are Christ's purchased possession, and what a price He has paid for them! Shall any of us be found aiding the enemy of God and man in discouraging and destroying souls? What will be the retribution brought upon us if we do this class of work? Every one of us should weed out of our conversation everything that is harsh and severe. We should not indulge in condemning others, and we will not do so if we are one with Christ. We are to represent Christ in our dealings with our fellow-men. (May 7, 1895)--Testimonies to Ministers, pp. 224-5  {MR311 37.2}
[MR311 37.3]                         Public Exposure of a Worker's Mistakes        We are to direct the weapons of our warfare against our foes, but never turn them toward those who are under marching orders from the King of kings,                                                                              38  who are fighting manfully the battles of the Lord of lords. Let no one aim at a soldier whom God recognizes, whom God has sent forth to bear a special message to the world and to do a special work. The soldiers of Christ may not always reveal perfection in their step, but their mistakes should call out from their fellow-comrades not words that will weaken, but words that will strengthen, and will help them to recover their lost ground. They should not turn the glory of God into dishonor, and give an advantage to the bitterest foes of their King.  {MR311 37.3}
[MR311 38.1]          Let not fellow-soldiers be severe, unreasonable judges of their comrades, and make the most of every defect. Let them not manifest satanic attributes in becoming accusers of the brethren. We shall find ourselves misrepresented and falsified by the world, while we are maintaining the truth and vindicating God's down-trodden law; but let no one dishonor the cause of God by making public some mistake that the soldiers of Christ may make, when that mistake is seen and corrected by (the) ones who have taken some false position. . . .  {MR311 38.1}
[MR311 38.2]          God will charge those who unwisely expose the mistakes of their brethren with sin of far greater magnitude than He will charge the one who makes a misstep. Criticism and condemnation of the brethren are counted as criticism and condemnation of Christ.--Letter 48, 1894  {MR311 38.2}
[MR311 38.3]                                       Unjust Charges        In our work there is to be no lording it over those with whom we are connected. No sharp, dictatorial words are to be spoken. These are entirely uncalled for. Do not treat the workers as if you could not trust them. Never treat those with whom you work as unfaithful unless you have unmistakable evidence that they are unfaithful. And even when a worker's unfaithfulness is clearly proved you are not to deal with him in                                                                              39  a manner that will give him excuse for saying, "You were harsh." You are to do nothing that will provoke the erring to anger. Do not bear down on believers or unbelievers in a way that arouses the worst feelings of the heart. Do not make charges that may be cruelly unjust. By such a course, you may drive souls to perdition.--Letter 196, 1901  {MR311 38.3}
[MR311 39.1]                                 Measuring Out Hard Judgment        There is too much selfish love among us. If there is a brother who encourages all we do and suggest, as right, then we esteem that brother above others. If there is another whom we imagine does not look with favor on our way of doing things, we withdraw from that one and seek to demerit his work. The Holy Spirit is grieved with such a selfish religion as this, and unless it is realized and put away, a spirit of prejudice and alienation will mar the work of God. God is dishonored when His people do not "love as brethren," when the pattern is not correctly represented.  {MR311 39.1}
[MR311 39.2]          We are not all required to do exactly alike in the work. Each has his individual work to do. Spiritual life will lead to unity. We are in the world for work, earnest spiritual work. But one man is not given the same sort that is given to another. If a worker does not follow the plan of work that another thinks is right, this should not cause difference and alienation. The manner of accomplishing the work may not be precisely the way in which another would do it, but if the labor is conscientiously performed, God accepts the effort. God asks for the performance of good works, and the results of the efforts made will testify to the virtue of the worker. "By their fruits ye shall know them." . . .                                                                              40   {MR311 39.2}
[MR311 40.1]          In many cases hard judgment has been measured out when encouragement and commendation should have been given; for the results of the work done have shown that the blessing of God was upon it. Wherever this principle has been brought in, God wants a change to be made; for it is contrary to His plan. When man's mind is allowed to become the controlling power, both parties are injured--the one who allows himself to be conscience for another, and the one who permits himself to be controlled by human wisdom.  {MR311 40.1}
[MR311 40.2]          As workers we need to counsel together over difficult matters. It is right that brother should consult with brother, and it is our privilege after we have done this, to bow together in prayer, and ask for divine wisdom and counsel. But for one human voice to be a controlling power is a sad mistake, and this should not continue.--Letter 186, 1907 (Portion published in Evangelism, p. 97)  {MR311 40.2}
[MR311 41.1]       Section V    God's Church Triumphant                                       God is Leading        From light to light God is leading His people. He liveth in light unapproachable, but surrounded by ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands of holy, happy beings, every one of them waiting to do His bidding. They are not inactive, but in communication with other worlds, in all God's vast dominion. This little world is but an atom of the Lord's dominion. Through various agencies, divine and human, He is seeking to save. He is actually stooping from His throne and observing the movements of every living being, and in His books are recorded every transaction; and through heavenly agencies He is lifting up the oppressed and pointing the way before every soul,--the way to reach the mansions above.  {MR311 41.1}
[MR311 41.2]          If men would co-operate with God, light from His throne would be penetrating all the highways and byways of life. All things are possible to those who are connected with the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness.--Letter 36a, 1890  {MR311 41.2}
[MR311 41.3]                                    No Call for Despondency        Elder Olsen, I urge you to be of good courage. Have confidence in God. Carry every burden to Him. He can and will make you efficient, but you must have faith. Do not be depressed; do not mourn in secret because of the unfaithfulness of the watchmen on the walls of Zion. There is no call for despondency and misapprehension. Place yourself where the bright                                                                              42  beams of the Sun of Righteousness can shine into all the chambers of your mind and into the soul temple. "Ye are the light of the world," God says. He will make those who are faithful in the church radiant with the word of God. His Spirit will be communicated to human instrumentalities, giving them light before which moral darkness must flee away.--Letter 43, 1890  {MR311 41.3}
[MR311 42.1]                          Words of Confidence and Encouragement                                                       One of Mrs. White's Last                                                       messages sent to the 1913                                                         General Conference.        For a number of months after the close of that meeting, ［THE MEETING REFERRED TO IS THE GENERAL CONFERENCE OF 1909.］ I bore a heavy burden, and urged upon the attention of the brethren in responsibility those things which the Lord was instructing me to set before them plainly. Finally some of those in positions of trust in connection with the general work, after much prayer and careful study of the various messages given, ventured to undertake by faith the work called for,--a work they could not fully understand; and as they went forward in the fear of God, they received rich blessing.  {MR311 42.1}
[MR311 42.2]         It has brought great rejoicing to my heart to see the marvelous transformations that have been wrought in the lives of some who thus chose to advance by faith in the way of the Lord, rather than to follow a way of their own choosing. Had those brethren in responsibility continued to view matters in a false light, they would have created a condition of things that would sadly have marred the work; but when they heeded the instruction that was sent, and sought the Lord, God brought them into the full light, and enabled them to render acceptable service, and to bring about spiritual reformations.                                                                   --                                                                                43   {MR311 42.2}
[MR311 43.1]          When the Lord sets His hand to prepare the way before His ministers, it is their duty to follow where He directs. He will never forsake, or leave in uncertainty those who follow His leadings with full purpose of heart.  {MR311 43.1}
[MR311 43.2]          "I rejoice," my brethren, "that I have confidence in you in all things." And while I still feel the deepest anxiety over the attitude that some are taking toward important measures connected with the development of the cause of God in the earth, yet I have strong faith in the workers throughout the field, and believe that as they meet together and humble themselves before the Lord and consecrate themselves anew to His service, they will be enabled to do His will. . . .  {MR311 43.2}
[MR311 43.3]          I have been deeply impressed by scenes that have recently passed before me in the night season. There seemed to be a great movement--a work of revival--going forward in many places. Our people were moving into line, responding to God's call. My brethren, the Lord is speaking to us. Shall we not heed His voice? Shall we not trim our lamps, and act like men who look for their Lord to come? The time is one that calls for light-bearing, for action.  {MR311 43.3}
[MR311 43.4]         "I therefore . . . beseech you," brethren, "that ye walk humbly of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with long-suffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. "--General Conference Bulletin May 19, 1913, p. 34. (Republished in Selected Messages Book 2, pp. 401-2)  {MR311 43.4}
[MR311 43.5]                                     In the Closing Work        In this closing work of the gospel there is a vast field to be occupied; and more than ever before, the work is to enlist helpers from the common people. Both the youth and those older in years will be called from                                                                              44  the field, from the vineyard, and from the workshop, and sent forth by the Master to give His Message. Many of these may have had little opportunity for education; but Christ sees in them qualifications that will enable them to fulfill His purpose. If they put their hearts into the work and continue to be learners, He will fit them to labor for Him.  {MR311 43.5}
[MR311 44.1]          With such preparation as they can gain, thousands upon thousands of the youth and those older in years should be giving themselves to the work. Already many hearts are responding to the call of the Master Worker, and their numbers will increase.  {MR311 44.1}
[MR311 44.2]          All who engage in ministry are God's helping hand. There is no line of work in which it is possible for the youth to receive greater benefit. They are coworkers with the angels; rather, they are human agencies through whom the angels accomplish their mission. Angels speak through their voices, and work by their hands. And the human workers, cooperating with heavenly agencies, have the benefit of their education and experience.--Youth's Instructor, March 3, 1908  {MR311 44.2}
[MR311 44.3]                                    Many Will Be Stirred        Many young men and women now engaged in secular labor will feel earnestly stirred to give themselves to the service of God, to become channels of light. Some will feel a burden to enter the canvassing field, and will become able evangelists. Let these be given an opportunity to obtain an education for the work of God. And let all God's workers help and cheer and encourage one another with their prayers and faithful conversation, impressing one another with the dignity and responsibility of the work in which they are engaged. All missionary work is sacred. Said Paul, "Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ." --Letter 66, 1901                                                                              45   {MR311 44.3}
[MR311 45.1]                                 Workers From All Classes        The truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. The Lord will call men of high and low degree to do His bidding. The prophet Daniel was a man of royal birth and noble heritage. Not many mighty, not many noble, are called. Yet we know that the Lord has chosen men from the highest ranks. On them the light of heaven has shone, and they have adorned by their practice the truth of Jehovah. Isaiah and Daniel were of royal birth. David was called from the sheepfold to the throne of Israel; Amos was a herdsman; Zechariah, a captive from Babylon; Elisha, a plowman. So the Lord calls men from all ranks to enter His service. --Letter 96, 1901  {MR311 45.1}
[MR311 45.2]                                   Hundreds of Workers        Souls are perishing, and hundreds of workers are now needed. Men will be moved by the Holy Spirit to leave their ordinary employment and enter the barren fields that have never heard the last message of mercy. Many will be endowed with power from on high. They will work wisely, not expending means lavishly, but studying how souls can be brought to the knowledge of the truth by the opening of the Scriptures in house-to-house labor. This work men and women will take hold of for the love of Christ. --Letter 110, 1901  {MR311 45.2}
[MR311 45.3]                              When the Church is Awakened        When the church is awakened, decided changes will be made. Men and women will be converted, and so filled will they be by the Spirit of God that they will pass from country to country, from city to city, proclaiming the message of truth. With hearts filled with earnest love for souls, they will open their Bibles and present the Word, "It is written." Wherever                                                                              46  they go a people will be raised up to stand in the day of the Lord. The simplicity of these humble workers will be their strength; for angels of God work with those who are humble and obedient. Learned, eloquent men will not see the results from their work that are seen by these humble, zealous, praying men.--Manuscript 2, 1900  {MR311 45.3}
[MR311 46.1]                             The Message Will Go With Power        We are near the close of the controversy between the Prince of light and the prince of darkness, and soon the delusions of the enemy will try our faith, of what sort it is. Satan will work miracles in the sight of the beast and deceive "them that dwell on the earth by means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast."  {MR311 46.1}
[MR311 46.2]          But though the prince of darkness will work to cover the earth with darkness, and with gross darkness the people, the Lord will manifest His converting power. A work is to be accomplished in the earth similar to that which took place at the outpouring of the Holy Spirit in the days of the early disciples, when they preached Jesus and Him crucified. Many will be converted in a day; for the message will go with power. It can then be said, "Our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost." . . .  {MR311 46.2}
[MR311 46.3]          The work of the Holy Spirit is immeasurably great. It is from this source that power and efficiency come to the worker for God. . . . As Christ was glorified on the day of Pentecost, so will He again be glorified in the closing work of the gospel, when He shall prepare a people to stand the final test, in the closing conflict of the great controversy. --Review and Herald Nov. 29, 1892                                                                              47   {MR311 46.3}
[MR311 47.1]                         Final Success Dependent on Unity        I have laid out the matter as it has been presented to me. The third angel's message, in the place of swelling into a loud cry, is being smothered. Discouragements have come in. But the work is not to stop thus. It is to increase in the power of the Spirit of God. The time has come when the whole earth is to be enlightened with the glory of the angel which came down from heaven. A decided work is to be done in presenting the truth for this time, the truth that will sanctify the soul; for we are in that age of the world's history which Christ declared should be as the days of Noah were.  {MR311 47.1}
[MR311 47.2]          Two great armies are engaged in warfare. Satan with his great army is in conflict with Christ and God and the heavenly host. Satan has come down with great power, for he knows that his time is short, and he is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. Then let the people who believe present truth understand that there is a work to be done in our world.  {MR311 47.2}
[MR311 47.3]          If we are laborers together with God, we have many fellow laborers with whom we should unite with heart and mind and strength. Our success depends upon our unity. Our efficiency and the power of our influence depends upon our wise and unreserved cooperation with one another and with God. We are to advance the work in new territories, sustaining pure principles at every step. We are to cooperate with the angel that is flying in the midst of heaven, who also is in harmony with the two former angels in forwarding the solemn event of the second appearing of Christ in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.--Manuscript 177, 1899                                                                              48   {MR311 47.3}
[MR311 48.1]                         An Assurance That There Will Be Unity        Evil must be assailed; falsehood and error must be made to appear in their true character; sin must be denounced; and the testimony of every believer in the truth must be as one. All your little differences, which arouse the combative spirit among brethren, are devices of Satan to divert minds from the great and fearful issue before us. The true peace will come among God's people when through united zeal and earnest prayer the false peace that exists to a large degree is disturbed. Now there is earnest work to do. Now is the time to manifest your soldierly qualities; let the Lord's people present a united front to the foes of God and truth and righteousness. . . .  {MR311 48.1}
[MR311 48.2]          When the Holy Spirit was poured out upon the early church, "the whole multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul." The Spirit of Christ made them one. This is the fruit of abiding in Christ. . . .  {MR311 48.2}
[MR311 48.3]          We have need of divine illumination. Every individual is striving to become a center of influence; and until God works for His people, they will not see that subordination to God is the only safety for any soul. His transforming grace upon human hearts will lead to unity that has not yet been realized; for all who are assimilated to Christ will be in harmony with one another. The Holy Spirit will create unity.--Letter 25b, 1892  {MR311 48.3}
[MR311 48.4]                                    At the Eleventh Hour        Many souls will come from other denominational churches, and at the eleventh hour will obey all the truth, because they have not set themselves in array against heaven's light, but lived up to all the light they had;                                                                              49  while those who have had great light, large privileges and opportunities, and have failed to live in the light and walk in the light, will drop out by the way. Their light will shine less and less until their lamps will go out for the want of the oil of grace in their vessels with their lamps. --Letter 36a, 1890  {MR311 48.4}
[MR311 49.1]                           Thousands Will Acknowledge the Truth        As we near the time when principalities and powers and spiritual wickedness in high places will be brought into warfare against the truth, when the deceiving power of Satan will be so great that if it were possible he will deceive the very elect, we must have our discernment sharpened by divine enlightenment, that we may know the Spirit that is of God, that we may not be ignorant of Satan's devices. Human effort must combine with divine power, that we may be able to accomplish the closing work for this time. Christ used the wind as a symbol of the Spirit of God. As the wind bloweth whither it listeth, and we cannot tell whence it cometh or whither it goeth, so it is with the Spirit of God. We do not know through whom it will be manifested.  {MR311 49.1}
[MR311 49.2]          But I speak not my own words when I say that God's Spirit will pass by those who have had their day of test and opportunity, but who have not distinguished the voice of God or appreciated the movings of His Spirit. Then thousands in the eleventh hour will see and acknowledge the truth. "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that the plowman shall overtake the reaper, and the treader of grapes him that soweth seed." These conversions to truth will be made with a rapidity that will surprise the church, and God's name alone will be glorified.--Letter 43, 1890 (Published in Selected Messages book 2, pp. 15, 16)                                                                              50   {MR311 49.2}
[MR311 50.1]                          Harvest Proportional to Agencies Used        We see the need of more devoted laborers. The prayer should go forth from unfeigned lips, for the God of the harvest to raise up laborers, for an increase of Christian instrumentality. The harvest of the world is to be reaped through the heavenly instrumentality cooperating with human agencies. In proportion as the agency is increased under the superintendency of holy messengers from heaven, will be the extent of the harvest reaped.--Letter 3, 1891  {MR311 50.1}
[MR311 50.2]                                Victory from Apparent Defeat        Never has there been a time when man has been so responsible to God as he is at the present hour. Never has there been a time when man's position has been so critical as it is now. All things in nature and in the world at large are charged with intense earnestness. Satan, in cooperation with his angels and with evil men, will put forth every effort to gain the victory, and will appear to succeed. But from this conflict, truth and righteousness will come forth triumphant in victory. Those who have believed a lie will be defeated; for the days of apostasy will be ended.--Manuscript 24, 1891  {MR311 50.2}
[MR311 50.3]                                  An All-Absorbing Question        Those who are under the influence of the Spirit of God will not be fanatical, but calm, steadfast, free from extravagance. But let all who have had the light of truth shining clear and distinct upon their pathway, be careful how they cry peace and safety. Be careful how you make the first move to suppress the message of truth. Be careful what influence you exert at this time.                                                                              51   {MR311 50.3}
[MR311 51.1]          Those who profess to believe the special truths for this time need to be converted, and sanctified by the truth. As Christians we are made depositaries of sacred truth, and we are not to keep the truth in the outer court, but bring it into the sanctuary of the soul. Then the church will possess divine vitality throughout. The weak shall be as David, and David as the angel of the Lord. One question will be all-absorbing,--Who shall approach nearest the likeness of Christ? Who shall do the most to win souls to righteousness? When this is the ambition of believers, contention is at an end; the prayer of Christ is answered. . . . .  {MR311 51.1}
[MR311 51.2]          Jesus longs to bestow the heavenly endowment in large measure upon His people. Prayers are ascending to God daily for the fulfilment of the promise, and not one of the prayers put in faith is lost.  {MR311 51.2}
[MR311 51.3]          Christ ascended on high, leading captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. When after Christ's ascension the Spirit came down as promised, like a rushing, mighty wind, filling the whole place where the disciples were assembled, what was the effect? Thousands were converted in a day. We have taught, we have expected, that an angel is to come down from heaven, that the earth will be lightened with His glory. Then we shall behold an ingathering of souls similar to that witnessed on the day of Pentecost.--Letter 25b, 1892                                                                              52   {MR311 51.3}
[MR311 52.1]      Supplementary Item                                   What Is the Church?        Christ's influence is to be felt in our world through His believing children. He who is converted is to exert the same kind of an influence which through God's instrumentality was made effectual in his conversion. All our work in this world is to be done in harmony and love and unity. We are to keep the example of Christ ever before us, walking in His footsteps.  {MR311 52.1}
[MR311 52.2]         Union is strength, and the Lord desires that this truth should be ever revealed in all the members of the body of Christ. All are to be united in love, in meekness, in lowliness of mind. Organized into a society of believers, for the purpose of combining and diffusing their influence, they are to work as Christ worked. They are ever to show courtesy and respect for one another. Every talent has its place, and is to be kept under the control of the Holy Spirit.  {MR311 52.2}
[MR311 52.3]          The church is a Christian society, formed for the members composing it, that each member may enjoy the assistance of all the graces and talents of the other members, and the working of God upon them, according to their several gifts and abilities. The church is united in the holy bonds of fellowship in order that each member may be benefited by the influence of the other. All are to bind themselves to the covenant of love and harmony. The Christian principles and graces of the whole society of believers is to gather strength and force in harmonious action. Each believer is to be benefited and improved by the refining and transforming influence of the varied capabilities of the other members, that the things lacking in one may be more abundantly displayed in another. All                                                                              53  the members are to draw together, that the church may become a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men.  {MR311 52.3}
[MR311 53.1]          The covenant of agreement in church membership is that each member would walk in the footsteps of Christ, that all will take His yoke upon them, and learn of Him who is meek and lowly of heart. Doing this, "Ye shall," saith the dear Saviour, "find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light."  {MR311 53.1}
[MR311 53.2]          Those who wear Christ's yoke will draw together. They will cultivate sympathy and forbearance, and in holy emulation will strive to show to others the tender sympathy and love of which they feel such great need themselves. He who is weak and inexperienced, although he is weak, may be strengthened by the more hopeful and by those of mature experience. Although the least of all, he is a stone that must shine in the building. He is a vital member of the organized body, united to Christ, the living head, and through Christ identified with all the excellencies of Christ's character so that the Saviour is not ashamed to call him brother.  {MR311 53.2}
[MR311 53.3]          Why are believers formed into a church? Because by this means Christ would increase their usefulness in the world and strengthen their personal influence for good. In the church there is to be maintained a discipline which guards the rights of all and increases the sense of mutual dependence. God never designed that one man's mind and judgment should be a controlling power. He never designed that one man should rule and plan and devise without the careful and prayerful consideration of the whole body, in order that all may move in a sound, thorough, harmonious manner.  {MR311 53.3}
[MR311 53.4]          Believers are to shine as lights in the world. A city set on a hill cannot be hid. A church, separate and distinct from the world, is in the estimation of heaven the greatest object in all the earth. The                                                                              54  members are pledged to be separate from the world, consecrating their service to one Master, Jesus Christ. They are to reveal that they have chosen Christ as their leader. . . . The church is to be as God designed it should be, a representative of God's family in another world.--Letter 26, 1900  {MR311 53.4}
[MR728 10.1]         MR728 - Manuscript Release No. 728: How the Desire of Ages was Written (1979)      Wednesday, January 1, 1873, Santa Rosa, California, Ellen White Diary Entry            Wrote ten pages to Elder Littlejohn, after writing closely all day upon my matter for Spirit of Prophecy.--Manuscript 3, 1873, p. 1.  {MR728 10.1}
[MR728 10.2]    Sunday, January 5, 1873, Petaluma, California, Ellen White Diary Entry            We had three meetings. I spoke at eleven o'clock upon the life and temptation of Christ in the wilderness. I felt the force of the subject I presented before them.--Manuscript 3, 1873, p. 2.  {MR728 10.2}
[MR728 10.3]     Friday, January 10, 1873, Santa Rosa, California, Ellen White Diary Entry            We rose early to prepare to go to San Francisco. My heart is inexpressibly sad. This morning I take into candid consideration my writings. My husband is too feeble to help me prepare them for the printer, therefore I shall do no more with them at present. I am not                                      -11-     a scholar. I cannot prepare my own writings for the press. Until I can do this I shall write no more. It is not my duty to tax others with my manuscript.--Manuscript 3, 1873, p. 5.  {MR728 10.3}
[MR728 11.1]     Sabbath, January 11, 1873, San Francisco, California, Ellen White Diary Entry            We rested well last night. This Sabbath morning opens cloudy. My mind is coming to strange conclusions. I am thinking I must lay aside my writing I have taken so much pleasure in, and see if I cannot become a scholar. I am not a grammarian. I will try, if the Lord will help me, at forty-five years old to become a scholar in the science. God will help me. I believe He will.--Manuscript 3, 1873, p. 5.  {MR728 11.1}
[MR728 11.2]     Sabbath, March 25, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . Mary Clough ［MARY CLOUGH (RHYMES WITH "HOW") WAS THE DAUGHTER OF ELLEN WHITE'S SISTER CAROLINE.］ and I will do all we can to forward the work of my writings. I cannot see any light shining to Michigan for me. This year I feel that my work is writing. I must be secluded, stay right here, and I must not let inclination or persuasion of others shake my resolution to keep closely to my work until it is done. God will help me if I trust in Him.--Letter 63, 1876.  {MR728 11.2}
[MR728 11.3]    Friday, March 31, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . I enjoy the presence of God and yet my soul is continually drawn out for more of His salvation. I am writing and having freedom in my writing. Precious subjects I am handling. The last I completed or about completed yesterday--Jesus healing the impotent man at the pool of Bethesda. It is a great subject, the discourse of Christ, following the healing as He was accused of the Jews of Sabbath breaking.--Letter 1, 1876, p. 2.  {MR728 11.3}
[MR728 11.4]     Tuesday, April 4, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . We have been having company about every day for some days back, but I try to stick to my writings and do as much each day as I dare. I cannot write but one half of a day each day.-- Letter 3, 1876, p. 1.  {MR728 11.4}
[MR728 11.5]     Thursday, April 6, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            (Continuation of letter started on April 4.) I have had much freedom in prayer and sweet communion with God in my waking hours at night and early in the morning. I am gaining some strength, but find that any taxation affects me seriously so that it takes time to recover from it. My trust is in God. I have confidence that He will help me in my efforts to get out the truth and light He has given me                                         -12-     to ［give to］ His people. Mary is a good help. I appreciate her. --Letter 3, 1876, p. 2.  {MR728 11.5}
[MR728 12.1]     Friday, April 7, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . I am writing some every day but cannot confine myself to writing more than one-half a day.  {MR728 12.1}
[MR728 12.3]         The precious subjects open to my mind well. I trust in God and He helps me to write. I am some twenty-four pages ahead of Mary. She does well with my copy. It will take a clear sense of duty to call me from this work to camp meetings. I mean to finish my writings, on one book at any rate, before I go anywhere.--Letter 4, 1876, pp. 1,4.  {MR728 12.3}
[MR728 12.4]     Sabbath, April 8, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . In regard to publishing my book here, what do you think of it? The manuscript could at once be put in the hands of the printers. Will you please inform us in reference to this.  {MR728 12.4}
[MR728 12.5]          I have liberty in writing and I plead with God daily for counsel and that I may be imbued with His Spirit. I then believe that I shall have help and strength and grace to do the will of God.  {MR728 12.5}
[MR728 12.6]          I am glad you are so free and happy. I never had such an opportunity to write in my life and I mean to make the most of it. . . .  {MR728 12.6}
[MR728 12.7]          How will it do to read my manuscript to Elders Waggoner and Loughborough? If there is any wording of doctrinal points not so clear as might be, he might discern it. (W. I mean.)--Letter 4a, 1876, pp. 1,2.  {MR728 12.7}
[MR728 12.8]     Saturday night, April 8, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to Lucinda Hall            Dear Sister Lucinda: ［LUCINDA HALL (1839-1929) WAS FOR A TIME EMPLOYED BY ELLEN WHITE AND CAME TO BE ONE OF HER BEST FRIENDS.］ . . . My husband writes that an appeal is to be sent to me from the ［General］ Conference ［Session］, but I shall not be moved from that which I believe to be my duty at this time. I have a special work at this time to write out the things which the Lord has shown me. We progress finely, but I cannot write more than half a day. . . .  {MR728 12.8}
[MR728 12.9]         I have felt that I must neglect everything to get out these writings. I have not attended meetings for two weeks. While Elders Waggoner and                                                                              13  Loughborough are here, I let them do the work, and I keep all my strength for one purpose--to write. . . .  {MR728 12.9}
[MR728 13.1]          I want time to have my mind calm and composed. I want to have time to meditate and pray while engaged in this work. I do not want to be wearied myself or be closely connected with our people who will divert my mind. This is a great work, and I feel like crying to God every day for His Spirit to help me to do this work all right. . . .  {MR728 13.1}
[MR728 13.2]          Matter at Petaluma was needed for labor there next week. I put copy in Elder Waggoner's hand to copy. He just did a miserable job. He did not change anything or improve it at all. I prize Mary more and more every day.--Letter 59, 1876, pp. 1-3.  {MR728 13.2}
[MR728 13.3]     Sunday, April 16, 1876, "On the Cars from Oakland to Brooklyn", Ellen White to J. White            Dear Husband: . . . I have written quite a number of pages today. Mary is hard after me. She gets so enthusiastic over some subjects. She brings in the manuscript after she has copied to read it to me. She showed me today quite a heavy pile of manuscripts she had prepared. Quite proudly she viewed it. . . .  {MR728 13.3}
[MR728 13.4]          Willie, his Mary and Mary Clough accompany me to the city tonight. I think that we had better not get any furniture for ［the］ new house till you are here to select it. . . .  {MR728 13.4}
[MR728 13.5]          I do not wish my mind diverted from my work to even go and select furniture, but I only suggest. . . .  {MR728 13.5}
[MR728 13.6]          Oh, how I do long for that social and mysterious connection with Jesus that elevates us above the temporal things of life. It is my anxiety to be right with God, to have His Spirit continually witnessing with me that I am indeed a child of God.  {MR728 13.6}
[MR728 13.7]          I shall strive to bring out these matters, so precious, to the acceptance of God.  {MR728 13.7}
[MR728 13.8]          Well, I cannot write you very much news, when I shut myself in my chamber day after day writing, and then when I write you every day, but you must be content with what you can get. We now take the boat.-- Letter 8, 1876, pp. 1,2.  {MR728 13.8}
[MR728 13.9]     Tuesday, April 18, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . We went to the city Sunday night. I spoke to quite a large congregation of outsiders with acceptance. Taking up the subject of the loaves and fishes with which Jesus by His miraculous power fed about ten thousand people--five thousand men and women and five thousand children--that were continually collecting, after the                                   -14-     Saviour had blessed the small portion of food; Christ walking on the sea and the Jews requiring a sign that He was the Son of God. The neighbor next to the church near the public garden was there. Cragg, I believe his name is. They all listened with wide open eyes, and some ［with］ open mouths. Mary says she feels provoked that she has written out that subject before she heard me speak upon it. She will now insert some living points she heard that night. She seemed deeply interested. . . .  {MR728 13.9}
[MR728 14.1]          I see many subjects to write out which must be done with the greatest care. I want this summer, the whole of it, to do this work in. I must stop a day or two in the week and go somewhere or my head will break down. I begrudge every moment that I feel compelled to rest. These intensely interesting subjects weary me far more to write them out than to speak upon them.  {MR728 14.1}
[MR728 14.2]          I feel that it would not be advisable for me to break off now and go East. Mary does not feel inclined to go. Says she just despises the Eastern climate, but this would not prevent me if I could feel that it was my duty to go. I would feel pleased to meet my brethren and sisters in camp meeting. It is just such work as I enjoy. Much better than the confinement of writing. But this will break up my work and defeat the plans of getting out my books, for I cannot do both--travel and write. Now seems to be my golden opportunity. Mary is with me, the best copyist I can ever have. Another such chance may never be mine. Letter 9, 1876, pp. 1,3.  {MR728 14.2}
[MR728 14.3]     Friday, April 21, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . I have just completed quite a lengthy article on several miracles; makes some fifty pages. We have prepared about 150 pages since you left. We feel the best of satisfaction in what we have prepared.--Letter 12, 1876, p. 1.  {MR728 14.3}
[MR728 14.4]     Monday, April 24, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: Mary has just been reading to me two articles--one ［was］ on the loaves and fishes, Christ walking on the water, and stating to His hearers He was the Bread of life, which caused some of His disciples to turn from Him. This takes fifty pages and comprises many subjects. I do think it the most precious matter I have ever written. Mary is just as enthusiastic over it. She thinks it is of the highest value. I am perfectly satisfied with it.  {MR728 14.4}
[MR728 14.5]          The other article was upon Christ going through the corn field, plucking the ears of corn, and healing the withered hand--twelve pages. If I can, with Mary's help, get out these subjects of such intense interest, I could say, "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace." These writings are all I can see now. Mary's interest does not decrease at all. She is just as ardent and anxious as I am that this                                        -15-     work shall be done now before we leave California. Interesting subjects are continually opening to my mind. These subjects I speak upon, which fastens them in Mary's mind.  {MR728 14.5}
[MR728 15.1]          I believe that the Lord is with us, and His Spirit will impress our hearts. Mary is only just after me. I have not subjects prepared ahead. My heart and mind are in this work, and the Lord will sustain me in doing this work. I believe the Lord will give me health. I have asked Him, and He will answer my prayer. I love the Lord. I love His cause. I love His people. I feel great peace and calmness of mind. There seems to be nothing to confuse and distract my mind, and with so much hard thinking, my mind could not be perplexed with anything without being overtaxed.--Letter 13, 1876, p. 1.  {MR728 15.1}
[MR728 15.2]     Tuesday, April 25, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: Last night I received a long letter from Elder Canright urging my attending the camp meetings; also a letter from Brother Rogers of Missouri; also one from Brother Colcord. . . .  {MR728 15.2}
[MR728 15.3]          They urge me strongly, but I dare not move on their light or obey their call. My work is here at present. I see no light anywhere else and I desire very earnestly to follow the light. If I thought it were my duty to go to these meetings, I would go if my book was never completed, but I feel that now is my time. God has provided me just the help I have longed for so much and prayed for so earnestly. Already Mary has been here five months and the time has gone without accomplishing very much on my work. We are now making excellent time and preparing matter as fast as possible. My mind is on this work and I do not want it withdrawn.  {MR728 15.3}
[MR728 15.4]          Should I follow my own pleasure or inclination, I should certainly attend the camp meetings. I love the labor connected with the camp meetings much better than I love writing. I enjoy traveling, but I feel that now is my time and opportunity to get out this long-neglected work. . . .  {MR728 15.4}
[MR728 15.5]          All is quiet here. Nothing to draw me from my work. My mind is not perplexed with harassing matters of the church or of any kind of difficulties. I am as free from every outside care as I can possibly be anywhere. . . .  {MR728 15.5}
[MR728 15.6]          I cannot have much news to write for I go nowhere and see no one. Except ［for］ the boat ride, I have been very much at home. Only called on two or three of the sisters after writing all day.  {MR728 15.6}
[MR728 15.7]          I cannot merely portion my writing to one-half the day, as some of the time my head troubles me, and then I have to rest, lie down, stop thinking, and take my time for writing when I can do so comfortably. I cannot rush business. This work must be done carefully, slowly, and accurately. The subjects we have prepared are well gotten up. They please me.                                     -16-  {MR728 15.7}
[MR728 16.1]          I am getting over my nervousness, and I sleep quite well every night except after speaking. I then feel so intensely myself ［that］ rest and sleep are out of the question. My subjects are to me of living reality, and I make the people feel them.--Letter 14, 1876, pp. 1-3.  {MR728 16.1}
[MR728 16.2]     Thursday, April 27, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . We have just completed twenty pages on the parable of the Sower. This was rather a trying subject to write upon, but Mary and I have read it over this afternoon, and we pronounce it excellent, excellent. She says the subjects grow better and better, every one. She is just happy over this work.--Letter 15, 1876, p. 2.  {MR728 16.2}
[MR728 16.3]     Thursday, April 27, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to Lucinda Hall            Dear Lucinda: . . . I am working to the very extent of my strength, and my prayer is for the Lord to help, strengthen, and bless me in this work. He does do this, or I could not do what I have done. My spirit yearns after God, and I dare not trust myself at all. I am glad my husband is so free. May God continue to bless him is our most earnest daily prayer.  {MR728 16.3}
[MR728 16.4]          We are, Mary and I, doing our uttermost to get my writings completed in the space of six weeks. If we do, is it thought it will pay for us then to come East? If not, we greatly prefer to remain and write the next volume. . . . I know the people need this book at once, and I want my mind relieved and this burden off my mind.--Letter 61, 1876, p. 1.  {MR728 16.4}
[MR728 16.5]     Friday, April 28, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: I have written fifteen pages today. Mary Clough is hard after me. She has copied fifteen pages today--a good, large day's work. As soon as dinner is eaten, I go to Mary's room and she reads me what she has written while I lie on the sofa and rest. Then again at night I go to her room and she reads the rest. She delights in it all as much as myself. Mary is trying her utmost to get these books out. We have so quiet a time. Never have I had such an opportunity in my life before. I will improve it. We have written about 200 pages since you left, all copied, ready for printers. . . .  {MR728 16.5}
[MR728 16.6]          I feel that I am less than nothing, but Jesus is my all--my righteousness, and my wisdom, and my strength.--Letter 16a, 1876, pp. 1, 2.  {MR728 16.6}
[MR728 16.7]      April, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . Last night I again spoke to the people. This was my text--the words of Christ to the twelve, "Will ye also go away?" Peter                                      -17-     answered, "Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life" (See John 6:67, 68). I had perfect freedom. I never felt more sensibly the especial help from God than while speaking. The people sat as if spellbound, wide awake, although the meeting did not close till after nine o'clock. The Spirit of God was upon me.--Letter 18, 1876, pp. 1, 2.  {MR728 16.7}
[MR728 17.1]    Friday, May 5, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . I have been writing more than usual, which was too much for me. I cannot and must not write more than half a day, but I continue to step over the bounds and pay for it. My mind is on my subjects day and night. I have strong confidence in prayer. The Lord hears me and I believe in His salvation. In His strength I trust. In His strength I shall complete my writings. I cling firmly to His hand with unwavering confidence. We are happy in our work and this is our world for the present. . . .  {MR728 17.1}
[MR728 17.2]          I never expect so good an opportunity again of writing. May God help me is my continual cry.  {MR728 17.2}
[MR728 17.3]          If I am blessed with health as I have been hitherto, I shall complete my first book in about four weeks.--Letter 21, 1876, pp. 1-2.  {MR728 17.3}
[MR728 17.4]     Thursday, May 11, 1876, Oakland, California, Ellen White to James White            Dear Husband: . . . If I get my writings ［Spirit of Prophecy, Vol. II］ all in manuscript, my part of the work is done and I shall be relieved.-- Letter 24, 1876, p. 2.  {MR728 17.4}
[MR728 17.5]    Cir. Monday, May 22, 1876, On The Train Between Oakland and Sacramento, En Route to the Kansas Camp Meeting, Ellen White to Mary Kelsey-White or Mary Clough            Dear Mary : We are all cheerful and comfortably located in the cars. We like our situation very much. I owe Frank one dollar. Please pay him, and charge to me. Ask Sister Rice to cut out a pattern of the basque she fitted for me. Send a copy to Kansas and have one nicely secured at Oakland. You need not send Walks and Homes of Jesus ［BY DANIEL MARCH.］ when you send the books I laid out.--Letter 27a, 1876.  {MR728 17.5}
[MR728 17.6]    Thursday, October 19, 1876, Battle Creek, Michigan, Ellen White to W.C. & Mary White            Dear Children Willie and Mary: . . . We have decided to have the printers go on my book and not transport these books across the plains again. Part of the book is here already printed. We shall not have them stereotyped, because we shall not wait to have matters of my book so very, very exact, but get out this first edition and get it in market. Then                                        -18-     we can take time to get out a more perfect edition on ［the］ Pacific Coast and have ［it］ stereotyped, then your father's and my life will be written and printed in the Pacific Printing Office. But we have all used our best judgment and think we had better remain here till December and complete this edition. . . .  {MR728 17.6}
[MR728 18.1]          Mary Clough feels that she cannot break off from this book again. She wants to see it completed. We will therefore do our utmost to accomplish this object and as soon as ［it is］ done, come right along.-- Letter 45, 1876, pp. 1,2.  {MR728 18.1}
[MR728 18.2]     Thursday, October 26, 1876, Battle Creek, Michigan, Ellen White to W.C. & Mary White            Dear Children: . . . We are in the very worst drive and hurry getting off my Volume Two, Spirit of Prophecy. Three new forms are already printed. If we remain here four weeks longer we shall have the book completed, and remove from my mind a great burden of care. . . .  {MR728 18.2}
[MR728 18.3]          I fear if we left immediately the book would be hindered for two months. Mary is driving to the uttermost. . . .  {MR728 18.3}
[MR728 18.4]          We were never so full of business before. Mary sits up until twelve and one o'clock at night. She works tremendously.--Letter 46, 1876, pp. 1-2.                                        -20-  {MR728 18.4}
[MR728 20.1]     Sunday, December 8, 1878, Denison, Texas, Ellen White to Mary White            Dear daughter ［in-law］ Mary: This week we shall commence to live in the new house. It is roomy and a very nice building. . . . Be sure and send me that coarse material like Emma's dress. Please send that double paisley shawl. I have a plan for it. Send my plaid shawl, and you may send two comfortables. Send books, red-covered Jewish Antiquities and the Bible Dictionary. Is Night Scenes of the Bible ［BY DANIEL MARCH, PUBLISHED IN 1869.］ there? If so, send it.--Letter 60, 1878, p. 1.                                       -21-  {MR728 20.1}
[MR728 21.1]    Tuesday, December 22, 1885, Basel, Switzerland, Ellen White to Edson & W.C. White            Dear Children, Edson and Willie: . . . Tell her ［Marian Davis］ ［MARIAN DAVIS (1847-1904) WAS A HIGHLY SKILLED SECRETARY AND LITERARY ASSISTANT TO ELLEN WHITE. SHE WORKED FOR ELLEN WHITE FROM 1879 UNTIL 1904, HELPING TO PRODUCE MANY BOOKS, INCLUDING THE DESIRE OF AGES.］ I just one minute ago read the letters in which she has specified the improvements to be made in articles for Volume 1. I thank her. Tell her that she has a point about Zedekiah's having his eyes put out. That needs to be more carefully worded--also the rock, when the water flowed--something in reference to this. I think I can make the articles specified more full. . . .  {MR728 21.1}
[MR728 21.2]         Well, my dear Willie and Edson and Emma, let us draw very nigh to God. Let us live daily as we would wish we had lived when the judgment shall sit and the books shall be opened, and when everyone will be rewarded according to his works. I am not cast down nor discouraged, but I feel weighed down as a cart beneath sheaves. We have had several days of beautiful weather. It has commenced raining this afternoon. Tell Mary to find me some histories of the Bible that would give me the order of events. I have nothing and can find nothing in the library here.-- Letter 38, 1885, p. 8.                                       -22-  {MR728 21.2}
[MR728 22.1]     March, 1889, Battle Creek, Michigan, Ellen White to her Daughter-in Law            Mary, Willie is in meeting early and late, devising, planning for the doing of better and more efficient work in the cause of God. We see him only at the table. Marian will go to him for some little matters that it seems she could settle for herself. She is nervous and hurried and he so worn he has to just shut his teeth together and hold his nerves as best he can. I have had a talk with her and told her she must settle many things herself that she has been bringing Willie. Her mind is on every point and the connections, and his mind has been plowing through a variety of difficult subjects until his brain reels and then his mind is in no way prepared to take up these little minutia. She must just carry some of these things that belong to her part of the work, and not bring them before him nor worry his mind with them. Sometimes I think she will kill us both, all unnecessarily, with her little things she can just as well settle herself as to bring them before us. Every little change of a word she wants us to see. I am about tired of this business.--Letter 64a, 1889, p. 1.  {MR728 22.1}
[MR728 22.2]     Sunday, May 12, 1889, Ottawa, Kansas, Ellen White to Her Family            Dear Children of the household: . . . I had been, during the forty-five years of experience, shown the lives, the character and history of the patriarchs, and prophets, who had come to the people with a message from God, and Satan would start some evil report, or get up some difference of opinion or turn the interest in some other channel, that the people should be deprived of the good the Lord had to bestow upon them. . . .  {MR728 22.2}
[MR728 22.3]          I could but have a vivid picture in my mind from day to day of the way reformers were treated, how slight difference of opinion seemed to create a frenzy of feeling. Thus it was in the betrayal, trial, and crucifixion of Jesus--all this had passed before me point by point.-- Letter 14, 1889, p. 3.  {MR728 22.3}
[MR728 22.4]     Sunday, February 14, 1892, Preston, Melbourne, Australia, Ellen White Diary Entry            I try to prevent all movements of my arms lest I should shriek out with pain. I can write with my right hand; can use my arm from the elbow down. The Lord's special blessing comes to me in this. I thank His holy name.  {MR728 22.4}
[MR728 22.5]          Truth has never been more clearly impressed upon my mind than during this sickness and I praise the Lord that I have voice to express the words He gives me.--Manuscript 29, 1892, p. 2.                                           -23-  {MR728 22.5}
[MR728 23.1]     Monday, February 15, 1892, Preston, Melbourne, Australia, Ellen White Diary Entry            I have been able to write some upon the life of Christ. I praise the name of the Lord that my reason is spared to me.-- Manuscript 29, 1892, p. 3.  {MR728 23.1}
[MR728 23.2]     Friday, July 15, 1892, Preston, Victoria, Australia, Ellen White to O. A. Olsen ［O. A. OLSEN WAS GENERAL CONFERENCE PRESIDENT FROM 1888 TO 1897.］            This is indeed a physical weakness for me, and almost absolute dependence upon others. So new is this experience to me that I have felt amazed that it should be so. But though almost helpless in body, in heart I feel no sense of age.  {MR728 23.2}
[MR728 23.3]         This week I have been enabled to commence writing on the life of Christ. Oh, how inefficient, how incapable I am of expressing the things which burn in my soul in reference to the mission of Christ! I have hardly dared to enter upon the work. There is so much to it all. And what shall I say, and what shall I leave unsaid? I lie awake nights pleading with the Lord for the Holy Spirit to come upon me, to abide upon me.  {MR728 23.3}
[MR728 23.4]          I walk with trembling before God. I know not how to speak or trace with pen the large subject of the atoning sacrifice. I know not how to present subjects in the living power in which they stand before me. I tremble for fear lest I shall belittle the great plan of salvation by cheap words. I bow my soul in awe and reverence before God and say, "Who is sufficient for these things?"--Letter 40, 1892, p. 4.                                       -25-  {MR728 23.4}
[MR728 25.1]     Tuesday, May 23, 1893, Wellington, New Zealand, Ellen White Diary Entry            It is cloudy and raining this morning. I have been writing upon the life of Christ since four o'clock. Oh, that the Holy Spirit may rest and abide upon me, that my pen may trace the words which will communicate to others the light which the Lord has been pleased in His great mercy and love to give to me.--Manuscript 80, 1893, p. 20.  {MR728 25.1}
[MR728 25.2]     Thursday, June 15, 1893, Wellington, New Zealand, Ellen White to W. C. White            Dear Son Willie: . . . Marian, you know, cannot be closely confined. She is all enthused with hospital work. I am anxious to get out the life of Christ. Marian specifies chapters and subjects for me to write upon that I do not see really need to be written upon. I may see more light in them. These I shall not enter upon without the Lord's Spirit seems to lead me. The building a tower, the war of kings, these things do not burden my mind, but the subjects of the life of Christ, His character representing the Father, the parables essential for us all to understand and practice the lessons contained in them, I shall dwell upon.--Letter 131, 1893, p. 3.  {MR728 25.2}
[MR728 25.3]     Sunday, July 2, 1893, Wellington, New Zealand, Ellen White to W. C. White            Dear Son Willie: . . . We must begin, very decidedly, to understand where the forthcoming book is to be published, for we must move carefully in the fear of God. . . .  {MR728 25.3}
[MR728 25.4]          I write some every day on the life of Christ. One chapter sets my mind fresh upon other subjects so that I have several scratch books that I am writing upon. I hardly dare send manuscript by young Linden, fearing it may get lost, and I wish to give more time to some subjects.-- Letter 132, 1893, p. 6.  {MR728 25.4}
[MR728 25.5]     Friday, July 7, 1893, Wellington, New Zealand, Ellen White to W. C. White            Dear Son Willie: . . . I have written you a little bit every mail we heard of that went to Australia, and when Brother Linden went, sent you a letter and manuscript for Fanny and Marian--some on life of Christ and some for Fanny. That on life of Christ can be used for articles for the paper.--Letter 133, 1893, p. 3.                                         -28-  {MR728 25.5}
[MR728 28.1]     Thursday, January 18, 1894, Brighton, Victoria, Australia, EGW to W.W. Prescott            ［Written in her tent at the Brighton camp meeting to the president of Battle Creek College, concerning a problem in that institution.］  {MR728 28.1}
[MR728 28.2]          Now I must leave this subject so imperfectly presented, that I fear you will misinterpret that which I feel so anxious to make plain. Oh, that God would quicken the understanding, for I am but a poor writer, and cannot with pen or voice express the great and deep mysteries of God. Oh, pray for yourselves, pray for me.--Letter 67, 1894, p. 10.  {MR728 28.2}
[MR728 28.3]     1894, Granville, New South Wales, Australia, Ellen White to O. A. Olsen            It is decided in council I shall write on the life of Christ; but how any better than in the past? Questions and the true conditions of things here and there are urged upon me. . . .  {MR728 28.3}
[MR728 28.4]          I have done scarcely anything on the life of Christ, and have been obliged to often bring Marian to my help, irrespective of the work on the life of Christ which she has to do under great difficulties, gathering from all my writings a little here and a little there, to arrange as best she can. But she is in good working order, if I could only feel free to give my whole attention to the work. She has her mind educated and trained for the work; and now I think, as I have thought a few hundred times, I shall be able after this mail closes to take the life of Christ and go ahead with it, if the Lord will.--Letter 55, 1894, p. 6.  {MR728 28.4}
[MR728 28.5]     Thursday, October 25, 1894, Granville, New South Wales, Australia, Ellen White to Dr. John Harvey Kellogg.            Marian is working at the greatest disadvantage. I find but little time in which to write on the life of Christ. I am continually receiving letters that demand an answer, and I dare not neglect important matters that are brought to my notice. Then there are churches to visit, private testimonies to write, and many other things to be attended to that tax me and consume my time. Marian greedily grasps every letter I write to others in order to find sentences that she can use in the life                                        -29-     of Christ. She has been collecting everything that has a bearing on Christ's lessons to His disciples, from all possible sources. After the camp meeting is ended, which is a very important meeting, I shall locate myself in some place where I can give myself to the work of writing on the life of Christ. Where that will be is a question that is not settled, but it must be done. . . .  {MR728 28.5}
[MR728 29.1]          There is much to be done in the churches, and I cannot act my part in keeping up the interest and do the other work that is necessary for me to do without becoming so weary that I cannot devote strength to writing on the life of Christ. I am much perplexed as to what is my duty. . . .  {MR728 29.1}
[MR728 29.2]          I have about decided to . . . devote all my time to writing for the books that ought to be prepared without further delay. I would like to write on the life of Christ, on Christian Temperance, and prepare testimony No. 34, for it is very much needed. I will have to stop writing so much for the papers, and let the Review and Herald, the Signs of the Times, and all other periodicals go without articles from my pen for this year. All articles that appear under my signature are fresh, new writings from my pen. I am sorry that I have not more literary help. I need this kind of help very much. Fannie could help me a great deal on the book work if she had not so many articles to prepare for the papers, and so many letters and testimonies to edit to meet the demands of my correspondence and the needs of the people. It is of no use to expect anything from Marian until the life of Christ is completed. I wish I could procure another intelligent worker who could be trusted to prepare matter for the press. Such a worker would be of great value to me. But the question is, Where shall I find such an one? I am brain weary much of the time. I write many pages before breakfast. I rise in the morning at two, three, and four o'clock. . . .  {MR728 29.2}
[MR728 29.3]          You know that my whole theme both in the pulpit and in private, by voice and pen, is the life of Christ. Hitherto nearly all that I have written on this theme has been written during the hours when others are sleeping.--Letter 41, 1895, pp. 1-4.                                     -31-  {MR728 29.3}
[MR728 31.1]     Sabbath, June 6, 1896, EGW Manuscript, "Illustrations of Heavenly Things"            That which is holy and elevated in heavenly things, I scarcely dare represent. Often I lay down my pen and say, Impossible, impossible for finite minds to grasp eternal truths, and deep holy principles, and to express their living import. I stand ignorant and helpless. The rich current of thought takes possession of my whole being, and I lay down my pen, and say, Oh Lord, I am finite, I am weak, and simple and ignorant; Thy grand and holy revelations I can never find language to express.  {MR728 31.1}
[MR728 31.2]          My words seem inadequate. I despair of clothing the truth God has made known concerning His great redemption, which engrossed to itself His undivided attention in the only begotten Son of the Infinite One. The truths that are to last through time and through eternity, the great plan of redemption, which cost so much for the salvation of the human race, presenting before them a life that measures with the life of God--these truths are too full, deep, and holy for human words or human pen to adequately express.--Manuscript 23, 1896, p. 2.  {MR728 31.2}
[MR728 31.3]     Friday, July 16, 1896, Cooranbong, New South Wales, Australia, EGW to Mrs. Wessels            Dear Sister Wessels: . . . The manuscript for the "Life of Christ" is just about to be sent to America. This will be handled by the Pacific Press. I have employed workers to prepare this book, especially Sister Davis, and this has cost me three thousand dollars. Another three thousand will be needed to prepare it to be scattered broadcast through the world in two books. We hope that they will have a large sale. I have devoted little time to these books, for speaking, writing articles for the papers, and writing private testimonies to meet and repress the evils that are coming in, keeps me busy.--Letter 114, 1896, p. 3.                                     -33-  {MR728 31.3}
[MR728 33.1]     Thursday, July 29, 1897, Cooranbong, New South Wales, Australia, EGW Diary Entry            I awaken at half past two, and offer up my prayer to God in the name of Jesus. I am weak in physical strength; my head is not free from pain; my left eye troubles me. In writing upon the life of Christ I am deeply wrought upon. I forget to breathe as I should. I cannot endure the intensity of feeling that comes over me as I think of what Christ has suffered in our world.--Manuscript 70, 1897, p. 1.                                     -40-  {MR728 33.1}
[MR728 40.1]     Monday, April 23, 1900, Sunnyside, Cooranbong, Australia, EGW to G. A. Irwin ［PRESIDENT OF THE GENERAL CONFERENCE, 1897-1901.］            Dear Brother: . . . My copyists you have seen. They do not change my language. It stands as I write it.                                     -41-  {MR728 40.1}
[MR728 41.1]         Marian's work is of a different order altogether. She is my bookmaker. A _____ never was my bookmaker. How are my books made? Marian does not put in her claim for recognition. She does her work in this way: She takes my articles which are published in the papers, and pastes them in blank books. She also has a copy of all the letters I write. In preparing a chapter for a book, Marian remembers that I have written something on that special point, which may make the matter more forcible. She begins to search for this, and if when she finds it, she sees that it will make the chapter more clear, she adds it.  {MR728 41.1}
[MR728 41.2]          The books are not Marian's productions, but my own, gathered from all my writings. Marian has a large field from which to draw, and her ability to arrange the matter is of great value to me. It saves my poring over a mass of matter, which I have no time to do.  {MR728 41.2}
[MR728 41.3]          So you understand that Marian is a most valuable help to me in bringing out my books. A_____ had none of this work to do. Marian has read chapters to her, and A_____ has sometimes made suggestions as to the arrangement of the matter.  {MR728 41.3}
[MR728 41.4]         This is the difference between the workers. As I have stated, A_____ has been strictly forbidden to change my words for her words. As spoken by the heavenly agencies, the words are severe in their simplicity; and I try to put the thoughts into such simple language that a child can understand every word uttered. The words of someone else would not rightly represent me.  {MR728 41.4}
[MR728 41.5]          I have written thus fully in order that you may understand the matter. A_____ may claim that she has made my books, but she has not done so. This has been Marian's field, and her work is far in advance of any work A_____ has done for me.--Letter 61a, 1900, pp. 4-5. (The first part of this quotation appears in The Ministry, December, 1975, pp. 14, 15).                                     -43-  {MR728 41.5}
[MR728 43.1]    Monday, May 21, 1900, Sunnyside, Cooranbong, Australia, EGW to G. A. Irwin            Dear Brother Irwin: . . . God would be pleased to see The Desire of Ages in every home. In this book is contained the light He has given upon His word. To our canvassers I would say, Go forth with your hearts softened and subdued by reading of the life of Christ. Drink deeply of the water of salvation, that it may be in your heart as a living spring, flowing forth to refresh souls ready to perish.--Letter 75, 1900. (Colporteur Ministry, pp. 126-127.)  {MR728 43.1}
[MR728 43.2]     Wednesday, June 20, 1900, Sunnyside, Cooranbong, Australia, EGW to Edson & Emma White            Dear Children Edson and Emma: I received your letter, Edson. ［JAMES EDSON WHITE'S LETTER TO HIS MOTHER, DATED MAY 11, 1900, INVOLVED CRITICISMS OF THE SIZE, FORMAT, PRICE AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF DESIRE OF AGES. HE ALSO  OBJECTED TO THE APPENDIX IN THE FIRST EDITION, ASKING "WHAT IS THE USE OF PITCHING INTO OTHER PEOPLE'S BELIEFS IN THE WAY IT IS DONE IN THIS APPENDIX?" HE ARGUED THAT SUCH MATERIAL MADE IT DIFFICULT FOR LITERATURE EVANGELISTS TO SELL THE BOOK.］ In regard to The Desire of Ages, when you meet with those who have criticisms to make, as will always be the case, do not take any notice of the supposed mistakes, but praise the book, tell of its advantages. The Desire of Ages would have been the same size as the two former books had it not been for the strong recommendation of Brother B_____ who was then General Canvassing Agent. What you say about the appendix is the first objection we have heard regarding that feature. Many have spoken of the great help they have found in the appendix. If people are prejudiced against anything that makes prominent the Sabbath, that very objection shows the necessity of it being there to convict minds.  {MR728 43.2}
[MR728 43.3]         Let us be guarded. Let us refuse to allow the criticisms of anyone to imprint objections on our minds. Let criticizers live by their trade of criticism. They cannot speak in favor of the very best of blessings without attaching a criticism to cast a shadow of reproach. Let us educate ourselves to praise that which is good when others criticize. Murmurers will always pick flaws, but let us not be saddened by the accusing element. Let us not consider it a virtue to make and suggest difficulties which one mind and another will bring in to harass and perplex.--Letter 87, 1900, pp. 1,2.  {MR728 43.3}
[MR728 43.4]     Sunday, August 10, 1902, Elmshaven, St. Helena, California, EGW to her sister Mary            My dear sister Mary ［Foss］: . . . Now, my sister, do not think that I have forgotten you; for I have not. You know that I have books to make. My last effort is a book on true education. The writing of this book has been very trying to me, but it is nearly finished. I am now completing the last chapter. This book will not have in it so much matter as there is in some of my larger works, but the instruction it contains is important. I feel the need of help from God continually.                                      -44-  {MR728 43.4}
[MR728 44.1]          I am still as active as ever. I am not in the least decrepit. I am able to do much work, writing and speaking as I did years ago.  {MR728 44.1}
[MR728 44.2]          I read over all that is copied, to see that everything is as it should be. I read all the book manuscript before it is sent to the printer. So you can see that my time must be fully occupied. Besides writing, I am called upon to speak to the different churches, and to attend important meetings. I could not do this work unless the Lord helped me.--Letter 133, 1902, pp. 1-2.  {MR728 44.2}
[MR728 44.3]    Tuesday, January 6, 1903, Elmshaven, Sanitarium, California, EGW to Elder and Mrs. J. A. Burden            Dear Brother and Sister Burden: . . . I feel very thankful for the help of Sister Marian Davis in getting out my books. She gathers materials from my diaries, from my letters, and from the articles published in the papers. I greatly prize her faithful service. She has been with me for twenty-five years, and has constantly been gaining increasing ability for the work of classifying and grouping my writings.-- Letter 9, 1903, (The Ministry, December, 1975, p. 15.)  {MR728 44.3}
[MR728 44.4]    Cir. September 26, 1904, Elmshaven, St. Helena, California, EGW Manuscript, "A Tribute to Marian Davis"            Marian, my helper, faithful and true as the compass to the pole in her work, is dying. . . .  {MR728 44.4}
[MR728 44.5]          I am leaving tomorrow for Battle Creek. Yet my soul is drawn to the dying girl who has served me for the last twenty-five years. We have stood side by side in the work, and in perfect harmony in that work. And when she would be gathering up the precious jots and tittles that had come in papers and books and present it to me, "Now," she would say, "there is something wanted. I cannot supply it." I would look it over, and in one moment I could trace the line right out.  {MR728 44.5}
[MR728 44.6]          We worked  together, just worked together in perfect harmony all the time. She is dying. And it is devotion to the work. She takes the intensity of it as though it were a reality, and we both have entered into it with an intensity to have every paragraph that shall stand in its right place, and show its right work.--Manuscript 95, 1904, p. 1.  {MR728 44.6}
[MR728 44.7]     Tuesday, March 6, 1906, Sanitarium, California, Ellen White to the Brethren Assembled in Council at Graysville, Tennessee            Dear Fellow Laborers: . . . How many have read carefully Patriarchs and Prophets, The Great Controversy, and The Desire of Ages? I wish all to understand that my confidence in the light that God has given stands firm, because I know that the Holy Spirit's power magnified the truth, and made it honorable, saying: "This is the way, walk ye in it." In my books, the truth is stated, barricaded by a "Thus saith the Lord."                                       -45-     The Holy Spirit traced these truths upon my heart and mind as indelibly as the law was traced by the finger of God, upon the tables of stone, which are now in the ark, to be brought forth in that great day when sentence will be pronounced against every evil, seducing science produced by the father of lies.--Letter 90, 1906. (Colporteur Ministry, p. 126.)                                       -47-     Exhibits Compiled by Ron Graybill and Robert W. Olson Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. May 23, 1979  {MR728 44.7}
[MR760 2.1]         I am not able to sleep past one o'clock. I was aroused to write out some things that have been impressed on my mind. Not long ago I met Elder Ballenger in the hall of the building in which we have rooms. As I spoke to him, it came vividly to my mind that this was the man whom I had seen in an assembly bringing before those present certain subjects, and placing upon passages in the Word of God a construction that could not be maintained as truth. He was gathering together a mass of scriptures such as would confuse minds because of his assertions and his misapplication of these scriptures, for the application was misleading and had not the bearing upon the subject at all which he claimed justified his position. Anyone can do this, and will follow his example to testify to a false position: but it was his own. I said to him, You are the one whom the Lord presented before me in Salamanca, as standing with a party who were urging that if the Sabbath truth were left out of the Sentinel, the circulation of that paper would be largely increased. You were the one that wept and confessed your mistakes, and we had the power of the Holy Spirit in that early morning meeting.  {MR760 2.1}
[MR760 2.2]          I had been very sick, and yet had tried to speak to the people, and the Lord had strengthened me greatly. I had not knowledge of my words. The Lord spoke indeed through me. After I had given my last talk, my sufferings were so severe as to become almost unendurable.  {MR760 2.2}
[MR760 2.3]          A list of appointments had been sent out for me to fill on my way from Salamanca to Battle Creek. It seemed impossible for me to fill these appointments. I went to my room and bowed in prayer. I had not been able to utter a word of prayer before the room was lighted up with the glory of God and scenes passed before me. I saw an assembly in a room in Battle Creek, and one standing up held up the Sentinel and said, "The Sabbath question must be cut out of this paper; then the circulation will be largely increased and the truth will come before thousands."  {MR760 2.3}
[MR760 2.4]         One of authority came forward and said solemnly, "Bind up the testimony and seal the law among my disciples." Then came the reproof, decided, firm, and cutting: "The Sabbath truth is to be proclaimed. It is the truth for these last days." The words found in Exodus 31:12-18 were repeated with great solemnity.  {MR760 2.4}
[MR760 2.5]          I cannot now repeat all the things connected with the meeting, but I know that the steps which had been anticipated were not taken. The working of the Spirit of God was in that meeting.                                                                              page 3  {MR760 2.5}
[MR760 3.1]          That night was a most solemn one for me. There came to my mind the truth that we have been proclaiming since the passing of the time in 1844, when the message came to us regarding the mistake we were making in keeping the first day of the week. We had Bible evidence and the testimony of the Spirit of the Lord that we were keeping a day that bore no sanctity, and that in so doing we were transgressing the law of God. This message we have borne ever since; and I solemnly asked, Are our people now to cut out the Sabbath message from the Sentinel and heed the advice and counsel of worldly men, keeping the Sentinel from carrying this most important truth to the world?  {MR760 3.1}
[MR760 3.2]          I could not sleep much that night. The next morning we started for Washington. I was taken very ill, and it was thought best for Sara and me to return to Battle Creek and not attend the meetings that were laid out for me on my journey.  {MR760 3.2}
[MR760 3.3]          When I arrived at Battle Creek, I learned that our leading brethren had asked the Lord in prayer to send me direct to Battle Creek. Meetings were being held in the various rooms of the Tabernacle. One morning I was awakened before daylight. It was as if a voice spoke to me, Attend the morning meeting. I arose and dressed, and walked across the road to the meeting. As I went into the room, the brethren were in prayer. I united my prayer with those of the rest, praying with great earnestness. The Spirit of the Lord was in the meeting and my soul was deeply stirred. After the season of prayer, I arose to speak and bore a decided testimony with the Spirit and power of God, relating my experience in Salamanca and telling them what the Lord had revealed to me in the vision of the night.  {MR760 3.3}
[MR760 3.4]          After I had borne a decided testimony, Brother Ballenger arose, all brokenhearted and weeping, and said, "I receive this testimony as from the Lord. I was in that meeting last night, and I was on the wrong side."  {MR760 3.4}
[MR760 3.5]          What was my surprise to learn that the light I had in Salamanca was given me some time before this meeting was held. The Lord had prepared the way for me to return to Battle Creek and bear my message in the early morning meeting, directly after the evening meeting. I had been shown that steps would be taken to have the Sentinel no longer speak boldly upon the question of the true Sabbath of the Lord. The circumstances were such that on this occasion the excuse could not possibly be used, "Somebody has told                                                                              page 4     her." No one had an opportunity to see me or speak with me between the evening meeting and the morning meeting that I attended.  {MR760 3.5}
[MR760 4.1]         I bore the message that the Lord gave me, and some made confessions with broken hearts and contrite spirits.  {MR760 4.1}
[MR760 4.2]          And now again our Brother Ballenger is presenting theories that cannot be substantiated by the Word of God. It will be one of the great evils that will come to our people to have the Scriptures taken out of their true place and so interpreted as to substantiate error that contradicts the light and the testimonies that God has been giving us for the past half century. I declare in the name of the Lord that the most dangerous heresies are seeking to find entrance among us as a people, and Elder Ballenger is making spoil of his own soul. The Lord has strengthened me to come the long journey to Washington to this meeting to bear my testimony in vindication of the truth of God's Word and the manifestation of the Holy Spirit in confirmation of Bible truth. The word is sure and steadfast, and will stand the test. Human investigations will be brought in, but the Lord lives and He will bring to naught these inventions. We are to proclaim the full truth of the Word of God with decision and unalterable firmness. There is not truth in the explanations of Scripture that Elder Ballenger and those associated with him are presenting. The words are right but misapplied to vindicate error. We must not give countenance to his reasoning. He is not led of God. Our work is to bind up the Testimonies God has given and seal the law among His disciples.  {MR760 4.2}
[MR760 4.3]         The time is worse than lost in spinning out theories that are not sustained in the Bible to vindicate such errors. I am instructed to say to Elder Ballenger, Your theories, which have multitudes of fine threads and need so many explanations, are not truth, and are not to be brought to the flock of God. The good that you and your associates might have received at this meeting, you have not received. God forbids your course of action-- making the blessed Scriptures, by grouping them in your way, to testify to build up a falsehood.  {MR760 4.3}
[MR760 4.4]          Let us all cling to the established truth of the sanctuary. Those who are so shortsighted that they will begin to do the work that some others have been doing in advocating the sentiments contained in Living Temple, are departing from the living God in spiritualistic, satanic experiences that                                                                         page 5     will not do the souls who receive them any good. They are departing from the faith, seeking to tear down the foundation of truth. The men who have lost their hold on the truths of the sanctuary question as they have been presented by men who have been under the Holy Spirit's guidance, had better pray more and talk less. I testify in the name of the Lord that Elder Ballenger is led by satanic agencies and spiritualistic, invisible leaders. Those who have the guidance of the Holy Spirit will turn away from these seducing spirits.--Ms 59, 1905. ("The Sabbath Truth in the Sentinel, and Elder Ballenger's Views," May 20, 1905.)  {MR760 4.4}
[MR760 5.1]          All who would gain heaven must follow the example of Him who gave His life to save an apostate race, to ransom men and women from eternal death. If the medical missionary workers will unite on the platform of truth with those who are carrying responsibilities in the cause of God, they will be gladly welcomed. But on no other platform than that which the Lord has laid can we unite with them. Never could we combine on any other basis. The foundation has been laid and all who will take their stand upon this platform, uniting wholeheartedly with the Lord's people, will be made welcome with rejoicing. But we cannot unite with those who choose to take their stand upon another foundation.  {MR760 5.1}
[MR760 5.2]          There is no use in talking of harmony while they continue to do this, for harmony could never exist. God forbids it. There is to be a decided change in those who have kept up their warfare against the principles delivered to us by the Lord. Truth is truth, and righteousness is righteousness. To those who have separated in principle from true believers, choosing their own course, the word is spoken, "Be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind." There is to be unity, but it is to be on the right basis. The testimonies that God has given cannot be disannulled. They stand fast in conformity to the word of the living God.  {MR760 5.2}
[MR760 5.3]          Those who unite on the basis of eternal truth will be prospered. But there can be no union between God's people and those who choose to follow the same course of action that some have been following during the past few years. The Lord demands a different showing.                                                                         page 6  {MR760 5.3}
[MR760 6.1]          Some will depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits. I have been shown the way in which these spirits work, and I have been commissioned to say to those who are departing from the faith that they are acting out the same spiritual deception that we have had to meet at various times during our experience. We cannot harmonize with those who cherish the spirit and sentiments of the enemy of God.  {MR760 6.1}
[MR760 6.2]          No science of human invention can find out God. On this subject silence is eloquence. Those who attempt to study human science apart from the Word of God will be taught by him who in the garden of Eden caused the fall of our first parents. Oh, how many there are who fall victims to human science and in their turn become deceivers. Such ones will have the blood of souls upon their garments. Upon those who have worked out the philosophy of antagonism and apostasy will be pronounced sentence according to their deeds.  {MR760 6.2}
[MR760 6.3]          Christ took human nature upon Him, and came to our world to represent and establish the truth. Those who depart from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord will fall under the deceptive reasoning of Satan. He becomes their leader and under his direction they search for scientific problems and erroneous sentiments. I am instructed to say, Woe be to those who give place to the deceptive, insinuating sentiments of the enemy. They are no longer safe leaders and they do not realize where they are being led. There is no danger so great as for a man to refuse to confess his errors and to seek to climb to heaven through his study of science. Such a man is not being led of God, but by Satan, who is using deceptive theories to ruin his soul. He who stubbornly refuses to see the light will be given up to his own sophistry and will lose the power to distinguish between truth and error.  {MR760 6.3}
[MR760 6.4]          I am instructed to bear a testimony to those who are entertaining erroneous sentiments and to tell them plainly of their danger. But we are in no case to link up with them or to argue with them. Truth is truth, and we are to stand on the affirmative side, presenting the truth and refusing to be drawn into controversy. When Christ was tempted, His weapon was, "It is written." He refused to argue with Satan. "Again, the devil taketh Him up into an exceeding high mountain, and sheweth Him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them; And saith unto Him, All these things will I                                                                         page 7     give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me" (Matthew 4:8, 9). The time had come for Christ to bear a positive message. "Get thee hence, Satan;" he said, "for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve. Then the devil leaveth Him, and, behold, angels came and ministered unto Him" (Matthew 4:10).  {MR760 6.4}
[MR760 7.1]         I am instructed to say that strong temptations will come to everyone, but we are to refuse to listen to them. When men expel God from their thoughts, the realm of the mind is taken by Satan. They enshroud themselves in an atmosphere of Satan's creating.  {MR760 7.1}
[MR760 7.2]          For the past fifty years every phase of heresy has been brought to bear upon us, to becloud our minds regarding the teaching of the Word--especially concerning the ministration of Christ in the heavenly sanctuary, and the message of heaven for these last days as given by the angels of the fourteenth chapter of Revelation. Messages of every order and kind have been urged upon Seventh-day Adventists, to take the place of the truth which, point by point, has been sought out by prayerful study and testified to by the miracle-working power of the Lord. But the waymarks which have made us what we are, are to be preserved, and they will be preserved, as God has signified through His Word and through the testimony of His Spirit. He calls upon us to hold firmly, with the grip of faith, to the fundamental principles that are based upon unquestionable authority.--Ms 44, 1905. ("An Appeal for Faithful Stewardship," March 29, 1905).  {MR760 7.2}
[MR760 7.3]          I am bidden to bear a message to our people. In the name of the Lord I am bidden to warn our ministers not to mingle erroneous theories with the truth of God. Pure Bible truth is to stand forth in its nobility and sanctity. It is not to be classified and adjusted according to man's wisdom. The ministers of the gospel are to present truth in its simplicity, through the blessing of God making the Scriptures profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness. "Rightly dividing the word of truth"--this is the word that should be spoken of all our ministers. But far, far from this, many of our ministers have departed from Christ's plans. The praise of men is coveted and they strain every faculty in an effort to hunt out and present wonderful things. The Lord bids me counsel them to walk humbly and prayerfully with Him.                                                                         page 8  {MR760 7.3}
[MR760 8.1]          Our message does not need that which Brother Ballenger is trying to draw into the web. He draws out certain passages so fine that they lose their force. Let our ministers be content to take the Word as Christ has given it. Of Him it is written that the common people heard Him gladly. The truth that He presented was to them as the bread of heaven.  {MR760 8.1}
[MR760 8.2]          In clear, plain language I am to say to those in attendance at this conference that Brother Ballenger has been allowing his mind to receive and believe specious error. He has been misinterpreting and misapplying the Scriptures upon which he has fastened his mind. He is building up theories that are not founded in truth. A warning is now to come to him and to the people, for God has not indited the message that he is bearing. This message, if accepted, would undermine the pillars of our faith.  {MR760 8.2}
[MR760 8.3]          Brother Ballenger does not discern what he is doing any more than Dr. Kellogg discerned that the book Living Temple contained some of the most dangerous errors that could be presented to the people of God. The most specious errors lie concealed in these theories and suppositions, which, if received, would leave the people of God in a labyrinth of error. Those who cherish these theories are building upon the sand, and when the storm and tempest shall come the structure will be swept away.  {MR760 8.3}
[MR760 8.4]         Study the words of Christ in the seventh chapter of Matthew. The whole chapter should be carefully considered. It contains warnings for God's people in these last days.  {MR760 8.4}
[MR760 8.5]          ［Matthew 7:15-27 quoted.］  {MR760 8.5}
[MR760 8.6]         Our only safety is in walking circumspectly before God. Perilous times are before us. We are to make every effort to stand in the counsel of God and not in our own wisdom. Let the simple doctrines of the Word shine forth in their true bearing, and let them be urged home according to their relative importance. Let us teach only the truth of heavenly origin. Things new and old are connected through the Holy Spirit's guidance when the truth is taught as it is in Jesus, without obscurity, without compromise, without fear, without losing sight of the cross as the great center of all truth. A sanctified presentation of the message for this time, the Holy Spirit will make effective unto the saving of the souls of the hearers.  {MR760 8.6}
[MR760 8.7]         Take heed how you mystify the gospel. The plain "Thus saith the Lord" rebukes worldliness, dispels difficulties, enlarges the understanding, and                                                                         page 9     answers the question, "What must I do that I may inherit eternal life?" The Lord calls upon His ministers to reveal a greater intelligence regarding the Holy Spirit's work of grace. He desires them to show in their sermons and in their prayers that they know the work of grace. Jesus Christ, our divine example, is the Lord our righteousness.  {MR760 8.7}
[MR760 9.1]         A stronger determination to know nothing among men but Christ and Him crucified, would have given a different character to the work of Brother Ballenger on this ground. By this he would have been saved from spending his time in presenting as truth that which, if received, would undermine the mighty truths that have been established for ages. He who claims that his teachings are sound, while at the same time he is working away from the Lord's truth, has come to the place where he needs to be converted.  {MR760 9.1}
[MR760 9.2]          A rich and inexhaustible storehouse of truth is open to all who walk humbly with God. The ideas of those whose hearts are fully in the work of God are clearly and plainly expressed, and they have no lack of variety, for there is ever before them a rich cabinet of jewels. Those who are striving for originality will overlook the precious jewels in God's cabinet in an effort to get something new.  {MR760 9.2}
[MR760 9.3]          Let not any man enter upon the work of tearing down the foundations of the truth that have made us what we are. God has led His people forward step by step though there were pitfalls of error on every side. Under the wonderful guidance of a plain, "Thus saith the Lord," a truth has been established that has stood the test of trial. When men arise and attempt to draw away disciples after them, meet them with the truths that have been tried as by fire.  {MR760 9.3}
[MR760 9.4]          ［Revelation 3:1-3 quoted.］  {MR760 9.4}
[MR760 9.5]         Those who seek to remove the old landmarks are not holding fast; they are not remembering how they have received and heard. Those who try to bring in theories that would remove the pillars of our faith concerning the sanctuary or concerning the personality of God or of Christ, are working as blind men. They are seeking to bring in uncertainties and to set the people of God adrift without an anchor.  {MR760 9.5}
[MR760 9.6]         Those who claim to be identified with the message that God has given us should have keen, clear spiritual perceptions, that they may distinguish truth from error. The word spoken by the messenger of God is "Wake up the                                                                          page 10     watchmen." If men will discern the spirit of the messages given and strive to find out from what source they come, the Lord God of Israel will guard them from being led astray. But God is not to be trifled with.  {MR760 9.6}
[MR760 10.1]         The messages that we have received from heaven are true and faithful. When one man strives to bring in new theories which are not the truth, the ministers of God should bear clear warning against these theories, pointing out where, if received, they would lead the people of God. Those who have received the light of present truth should not be easily deceived and readily led from the true path into strange paths. The watchmen are to be wide awake to discern the outcome of all specious reasoning, for serious errors will be brought in to lead the people of God astray.  {MR760 10.1}
[MR760 10.2]          If the theories that Brother Ballenger presents were received, they would lead many to depart from the faith. They would counterwork the truths upon which the people of God have stood for the past fifty years. I am bidden to say in the name of the Lord that Elder Ballenger is following a false light. The Lord has not given him the message that he is bearing regarding the sanctuary service.  {MR760 10.2}
[MR760 10.3]          Our Instructor spoke words to Brother Ballenger: "You are bringing in confusion and perplexity by your interpretation of the Scriptures. You think that you have been given new light, but your light will become darkness to those who receive it.  {MR760 10.3}
[MR760 10.4]          Walk in Christ's footsteps and hold fast that which you have received and heard, and put away any exposition of Scripture which means, "My Lord delayeth His coming." In such a day as ye think not the Son of man cometh, and then how will it be with you and those whose minds you have confused? Stop right where you are, for God has not given you this message to bear to the people. Those who receive your interpretation of Scripture regarding the sanctuary service are receiving error and following in false paths. The enemy will work the minds of those who are eager for something new, preparing them to receive false theories and false expositions of the Scripture.  {MR760 10.4}
[MR760 10.5]          When men come in who would move one pin or pillar from the foundation which God has established by His Holy Spirit, let the aged men who were pioneers in our work speak plainly, and let those who are dead speak also by the reprinting of their articles in our periodicals. Gather up the rays of divine light that God has given as He has led His people on step by step in the way of truth. This truth will stand the test of time and trial.                                                                          page 11  {MR760 10.5}
[MR760 11.1]          Christ is called the minister of the true tabernacle. He is the head of His church on earth. He declares, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world" (Matthew 28:18-20). He is the minister of the true tabernacle, and He is constantly sending messages to His people. The rich nutriment of sound doctrine will be given to all true laborers. Christ's faithful ambassadors will be taught of God in every sermon that speaks truth to the heart. Christ is indeed the minister of holy things in the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched and not man.  {MR760 11.1}
[MR760 11.2]          There is a great work to be done in the proclamation of the gospel. God will call men from the plow and from the vineyard and will send them forth into His service, even as Christ called fishermen from their daily occupation. As the first disciples, in obedience to the call of Christ, left their nets and followed Him, so will men in humble walks of life go forth today with the message for this time. These devoted servants of Christ will not seek the highest seat, but will follow Christ in the path of self-denial and sacrifice, and they will win souls to the Saviour.  {MR760 11.2}
[MR760 11.3]          There are thousands of souls willing to work for the Master who have not had the privilege of hearing the truth as some have heard it, but they have been faithful readers of the Word of God, and they will be blessed in their humble efforts to impart light to others. Let such ones keep a diary and when the Lord gives them an interesting experience, let them write it down, as Samuel did when the armies of Israel won a victory over the Philistines. He set up a monument of thankfulness, saying, "Hitherto hath the Lord helped us" (1 Samuel 7:12). Brethren, where are the monuments by which you keep in view the love and goodness of God? Strive to keep fresh in your minds the help that the Lord has given you in your efforts to help others. Let not your actions show one trace of selfishness. Every tear that the Lord has helped you to wipe from sorrowful eyes, every fear that has been expelled, every mercy shown--trace a record of it in your diary. "As thy days, so shall thy strength be" (Deuteronomy 33:25). Be willing to be little men handling great subjects.                                                                         page 12  {MR760 11.3}
[MR760 12.1]          I have a warning for those who suppose that they have been given the work of revealing Scripture in a new light. This work means substituting human interpretation for the interpretation that God has given. Thus did the heavenly messengers pronounce upon the effort into which Brother Ballenger has entered.  {MR760 12.1}
[MR760 12.2]          My brother, you are in the presence of Him who has never failed to accomplish His work or to fulfill His word. Bear not this message that you think means so much. In one way, it does mean much. It means the uprooting of faith in God and the making of infidels. Cease from all such work, for it will open the door for many to depart from the faith once delivered to the saints, and to give heed to seducing spirits.--Ms 62, 1905. ("A Warning Against False Theories," May 24, 1905.)  {MR760 12.2}
[MR760 12.3]          In the future, deception of every kind is to arise, and we want solid ground for our feet. We want solid pillars for the building. Not one pin is to be removed from that which the Lord has established. The enemy will bring in false theories such as the doctrine that there is no sanctuary. This is one of the points on which there will be a departing from the faith. Where shall we find safety unless it be in the truths that the Lord has been giving for the last fifty years?  {MR760 12.3}
[MR760 12.4]          I want to tell you that Christ lives. He makes intercession for us, and He will save every one who will come to Him in faith and obey His directions. But remember that He does not want you to give your energies to criticism of your brethren. Attend to the salvation of your own soul. Do the work God has given you. You will find so much to do that you will have no inclination to criticize someone else. Use the talent of speech to help and bless. If you do the work God has given you, you will understand what is meant by the sanctification of the Spirit.  {MR760 12.4}
[MR760 12.5]          Do not think that Satan is not doing anything. Do not think that his army is passive. He and his agencies are on the ground today. We are to put on the whole armor of God. Having done all, we are to stand, meeting principalities and powers and spiritual wickedness in high places. And if we have on the heavenly armor, we shall find that the assaults of the enemy will not have power over us. Angels of God will be round about us to                                                                            page 13     protect us. I have the assurance of God that thus it will be. In the name of the Lord God of Israel I ask you to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. If you do this, you will have on your side a strong helper, a personal Saviour. You will be covered with the shield of providence. God will make a way for you, so that you will never be overtaken by the enemy. I am praying that the power of the Saviour will be exerted in behalf of those who have entered into the temptations of the enemy. They are not standing under the broad shield of Omnipotence. My brethren, it is our privilege to stand under this shield.--RH May 25, 1905. (Address by E. G. White at the General Conference session May 16, 1905.)  {MR760 12.5}
[MR760 13.1]          I will not now try to describe the experience through which I passed during the night. I slept, and many things were represented to me. The instruction given me, I wrote out in the night season, while others were sleeping. I have much more to say which will be said to our people with pen and voice.  {MR760 13.1}
[MR760 13.2]          We are to give special attention to the conversion of sinners. Now is the time for every soul to test his own case. It is the prevailing custom to look to human agencies for sympathy. There is called for a much stronger element of moral power. God's people are to live in the clear sense that they have a God to whom they are to go with all their troubles, but go not to human agencies. "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. A double minded man is unstable in all his ways" (James 1:5-8).  {MR760 13.2}
[MR760 13.3]          We need to walk humbly before the Lord. His truth is to be substantiated and magnified. We are warned that heresy of every kind will be brought in among the people of God in these last days. One heresy leads to many other heresies in the explanation of the Word of God and in departing from the Lord's designs and plans. Let our meetings in this conference be times for the investigation and building up of the waste places. ［Isaiah 58:12-14 quoted.］                                                                            page 14  {MR760 13.3}
[MR760 14.1]          The Lord would have us at this time bring in the testimony written by those who are now dead, to speak in behalf of heavenly things. The Holy Spirit has given instruction for us in these last days. We are to repeat the testimonies that God has given His people, the testimonies that present clear conceptions of the truths of the sanctuary and that show the relation of Christ to the truths of the sanctuary so clearly brought to view.  {MR760 14.1}
[MR760 14.2]          If we are the Lord's appointed messengers, we shall not spring up with new ideas and theories to contradict the message that God has given through His servants since 1844. At that time many sought the Lord with heart and soul and voice. The men whom God raised up were diligent searchers of the Scriptures. And those who today claim to have light, and who contradict the teaching of God's ordained messengers who were working under the Holy Spirit's guidance, those who get up new theories which remove the pillars of our faith, are not doing the will of God, but are bringing in fallacies of their own invention, which, if received, will cut the church away from the anchorage of truth and set them drifting, drifting, to where they will receive any sophistries that may arise. These will be similar to that which Dr. J. H. Kellogg, under Satan's special guidance, has been working for years.  {MR760 14.2}
[MR760 14.3]          Our work is to bring forth the strong reasons of our faith, our past and present position, because there are men who, never established in the truth, will bring in fallacies which would tear away the anchorage of our faith. Even presidents of conferences will fear to move, as some have done, dictating and commanding and forbidding. They drive the sheep away into forbidden paths. God sends no man with a message that leads souls to depart from the faith that has been our stronghold for so many years. We are to substantiate this faith rather than tear down the foundation upon which it rests.                                                                   -    {MR760 14.3}
[MR760 14.4]          There will be many converted from among the Jews, and these converts will aid in preparing the way of the Lord and making straight in the desert a highway for our God. Converted Jews are to have an important part to act in the great preparations to be made in the future to receive Christ, our Prince. A nation shall be born in a day. How? By men whom God has appointed being converted to the truth. There will be seen, "First the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear" (Mark 4:28). The predictions of prophecy will be fulfilled. The day of the Lord will come suddenly, unexpectedly, and men are asleep. Read Matthew 10:16, "Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves." Ms 75, 1905. ("Building the Waste Places," May, 1905.)                                                                            page 15  {MR760 14.4}
[MR760 15.1]          I awake at three o'clock. My heart goes forth in grateful thanksgiving that I am free from aches and pains. My right hand is calm and steady, and I can fill my fountain pen without spilling a drop of ink. I thank God that for many years this hand has seldom been weak. I can walk up and down stairs with perfect ease, and some days I go up and down as many as twelve times.  {MR760 15.1}
[MR760 15.2]          I desire with heart and soul to do the work that God has given me as His messenger. I am anxious to give people the evidences of our faith as found in the Scriptures. There are many today who present strange doctrines, giving the Scriptures a wrong meaning. Elder Ballenger thinks that he has new light and is burdened to give it to the people, but the Lord has instructed me that he has misapplied texts of Scripture and given them a wrong application. The Word of God is always the truth, but the doctrines that Elder Ballenger advances, if received, would unsettle our faith in the sanctuary question. Already Elder Ballenger has mystified minds by his large array of texts. These texts are true, but he has placed them where they do not belong.  {MR760 15.2}
[MR760 15.3]          The light on the sanctuary question was given by the Spirit of God, and we who passed through the disappointment of 1844 can testify to the light that was then given on the sanctuary question. Elder Ballenger needs to rest awhile and cease to sow the tares which will lead our people on a false track. As the messenger of God, I am to bear no hesitating message on this subject.  {MR760 15.3}
[MR760 15.4]          Elder Ballenger does not see what he is trying to bring to pass. The message that Christ came to give to John on the Isle of Patmos needs now to be carefully studied by Elder Ballenger, for these words of warning tell us that men will arise claiming to have new light, whose theories, if received, would destroy our faith in the truths that have stood the test for half a century. We need to study and understand the message given in the third chapter of Revelation.  {MR760 15.4}
[MR760 15.5]          ［Revelation 3:1-3 quoted.］  {MR760 15.5}
[MR760 15.6]         This is a work to be done. There is need for Elder Ballenger to humble his soul before God and to refuse to receive new interpretations of the Scriptures. We have had to meet many men who have come with just such interpretations, seeking to establish false theories and unsettling the minds                                                                            page 16     of many by their readiness to talk, and by their great array of texts which they have misapplied to suit their own ideas.  {MR760 15.6}
[MR760 16.1]         It is too late in this earth's history to get up something new. The erroneous theories that we had to meet in our early experiences in this work drove us to the Lord in prayer. And the Lord gave me, His messenger, a decided message that men were placing a false application on the Word of God. Christ referred to this danger in the words, "Be watchful and strengthen the things that remain, that are ready to die" (Revelation 3:2). Woe, woe to the man who teaches false theories.  {MR760 16.1}
[MR760 16.2]          We were cautioned not to listen to the doctrines of men who were obtaining a false experience. We spent whole nights in prayer, and the Holy Spirit gave the message, clear and distinct. All along the way we have had to meet just such things. But we gave no heed to them. Other presentations were made in doctrines that denied the truth which in the past had been advocated. Thus it will be till the close of this earth's history.  {MR760 16.2}
[MR760 16.3]          The warning comes down along the line, "Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent" (Revelation 3:3). Repent of the inclination to distinguish yourself as a man who has great light. Your supposed light is shown to me to be darkness which will lead into strange paths.  {MR760 16.3}
[MR760 16.4]          The Word of God contains the truth, but when this Word is misapplied and made to strengthen error, we must meet this danger without hesitation. We must call upon our people to turn from such theories, to receive them not, to remember how they have received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. We call upon them to keep their spiritual eyesight clear and to receive not the elaborate, uncalled-for explanations of the Scriptures offered by some, because these explanations would undermine the pillars of our faith. Reverence the Word, but not its misapplication to substantiate error.  {MR760 16.4}
[MR760 16.5]          The warning is, "Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent" (Revelation 3:3). This is the message that I bear to Elder Ballenger. The Lord says to him, I have spared your life that you may remember how you have received and heard.  {MR760 16.5}
[MR760 16.6]          To us who passed through the disappointment of 1844, it seems impossible that we should ever forget the experience and the knowledge given us to                                                                          page 17     establish our faith in the truths given us through the ministration of the Holy Spirit. To those who have passed through the trying tests that have come all along the years, the Lord says, "Ye are My witnesses." All who have been enlightened are to be watchful and strengthen the things that remain, those who are ready to die spiritually by reason of the false theories brought in through misapplication of the Scriptures.  {MR760 16.6}
[MR760 17.1]          There are many who have not perfected a Christian character: their lives have not been made pure and undefiled through the sanctification of the truth, and they will bring their imperfections into the church and deny their faith, picking up strange theories which they will advance as truth.  {MR760 17.1}
[MR760 17.2]          Let all heed the warning, "Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee" (Revelation 3:3). Satan is using all his science in playing the game of life for human souls. His angels are mingling with men and instructing them in the mysteries of evil. These fallen angels will draw away disciples after them, will talk with men, and will set forth principles that are as false as can be, leading souls into paths of deception. These angels are to be found all over the world, presenting the wonderful things that will soon appear in a more decided light. God calls upon His people to gain an understanding of the mystery of godliness. Jesus Christ is our dependence, and the Lord calls upon His people to beware of following a course that would rob them of their usefulness.  {MR760 17.2}
[MR760 17.3]         In the proclamation of the truth there is to be no display. Let worldlings carry on their large gatherings with their great display, but let not God's people suppose that this is the way to preach the gospel or to present the truth. Outward display does not give influence to the truth. It does not add to the usefulness or the success of the workers in God's vineyard. Ministers and medical missionaries, be true to your calling. Make no exhibitions for display. In your expenditure of means, let the self-denial of Christ be seen. In our behalf He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and clothed His divinity with humanity, coming to this world as a babe, and for thirty years living here as a man among men. He lived the life of a poor man, yet He was the Prince of heaven. "Lo, I come," He declared, "in the volume of the book it is written of me; I delight to do Thy will, O My                                                                        page 18     God: yea, thy law is within my heart" (Psalms 40:7-8). The prophet Isaiah bears testimony, "For unto us a child is born, unto us a Son is given: and the government shall be upon His shoulder: and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace" (Isaiah 9:6).  {MR760 17.3}
[MR760 18.1]         John, the beloved disciple, bears witness: ［John 1:1-4, 14-16; 3:34-36 quoted.］  {MR760 18.1}
[MR760 18.2]          In this Scripture God and Christ are spoken of as two distinct personalities, each acting in their own individuality.  {MR760 18.2}
[MR760 18.3]          "For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ" (John 1:17). ［Psalms 85:10-13; John 1:18 quoted.］  {MR760 18.3}
[MR760 18.4]          Moses, pleading with God, said: ［Exodus 33:18-23 quoted.］--Ms 145, 1905. (Diary, October 31, 1905.)  {MR760 18.4}
[MR760 18.5]          Did not the Lord have oversight, I should not care to live another day. But this is a question settled in my mind--that we are under a power which is beyond human control, and in that power we can trust. The Lord is good to us, and if we will walk carefully before Him He will ever reveal His power in our behalf. He will save to the uttermost all who love and obey Him.  {MR760 18.5}
[MR760 18.6]          I long daily to be able to do double duty. I have been pleading with the Lord for strength and wisdom to reproduce the writings of the witnesses who were confirmed in the faith in the early history of the message. After the passing of the time in 1844, they received the light and walked in the light, and when the men claiming to have new light would come in with their wonderful messages regarding various points of Scripture, we had, through the moving of the Holy Spirit, testimonies right to the point, which cut off the influence of such messages as Elder A. F. Ballenger has been devoting his time to presenting. This poor man has been working decidedly against the truth that the Holy Spirit has confirmed. When the power of God testifies as to what is truth, that truth is to stand forever as the truth. No after-suppositions contrary to the light God has given are to be entertained.                                                                       page 19  {MR760 18.6}
[MR760 19.1]         Men will arise with interpretations of Scripture which are to them truth, but which are not truth. The truth for this time, God has given us as a foundation for our faith. He Himself has taught us what is truth. One will arise, and still another with new light, which contradicts the light that God has given under the demonstration of His Holy Spirit. A few are still alive who passed through the experience gained in the establishment of this truth. God has graciously spared their lives to repeat and repeat, till the close of their lives, the experience through which they passed, even as did John the apostle till the very close of his life. And the standard-bearers who have fallen in death are to speak through the re-printing of their writings. I am instructed that thus their voices are to be heard. They are to bear their testimony as to what constitutes the truth for this time.  {MR760 19.1}
[MR760 19.2]          We are not to receive the words of those who come with a message that contradicts the special points of our faith. They gather together a mass of Scripture and pile it as proof around their asserted theories. This has been done over and over again during the past fifty years. And while the Scriptures are God's Word, and are to be respected, the application of them, if such application moves one pillar of the foundation that God has sustained these fifty years, is a great mistake. He who makes such an application knows not the wonderful demonstration of the Holy Spirit that gave power and force to the past messages that have come to the people of God.  {MR760 19.2}
[MR760 19.3]          Elder Ballenger's proofs are not reliable. If received, they would destroy the faith of God's people in the truth that has made us what we are. We must be decided on this subject, for the points that he is trying to prove by Scripture are not sound. They do not prove that the past experience of God's people was a fallacy. We had the truth: we were directed by the angels of God. It was under the guidance of the Holy Spirit that the presentation of the sanctuary question was given. It is eloquence for everyone to keep silent in regard to the features of our faith in which they acted no part.  {MR760 19.3}
[MR760 19.4]          God never contradicts Himself. Scripture proofs are misapplied if forced to testify to that which is not true. Another and still another will arise and bring in supposedly great light, and make their assertions. But we stand by the old landmarks. ［1 John 1:1-10 quoted.］                                                                          page 20  {MR760 19.4}
[MR760 20.1]          I am instructed to say that these words we may use as appropriate for this time, for the time has come when sin must be called by its right name. We are hindered in our work by men who are not converted, who seek their own glory. They wish to be thought originators of new theories, which they present, claiming that they are truth. But if these theories are received, they will lead to a denial of the truth that for the past fifty years God has been giving to His people, substantiating it by the demonstration of the Holy Spirit.  {MR760 20.1}
[MR760 20.2]          Let all men beware what is the character of their work. They would better be falling into line for their own souls' sake and for the sake of the souls of others. "If we walk in the light as He is in the light, the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin" (1 John 1:7). It is nothing to the credit of any man to start on a new track, using Scripture to substantiate theories of error, leading minds into confusion, away from the truths that are to be indelibly impressed on the minds of God's people, that they may hold fast to the faith.--Letter 329, 1905. (To J. A. Burden, December 11, 1905.)  {MR760 20.2}
[MR760 20.3]          Never was there a time when the enemy worked with such subtlety as at the present, and we need to realize that we are now to be fully prepared to meet whatever may come in the way of apostasy. The Word of God declares that some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.  {MR760 20.3}
[MR760 20.4]          I have much to be thankful for in the health and strength that the Lord gives me. We must keep up our courage in the Lord. I am praying that the Lord's people shall have special power just now and that they will not think or talk discouragement. We need to strengthen our belief in the past experience that we have had in the cause of God. We need to pray much and speak words of encouragement to others.  {MR760 20.4}
[MR760 20.5]          We must keep constantly before our people the instruction contained in the first three chapters of Revelation. God says, "Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not                                                                          page 21     watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee" (Revelation 3:2, 3).  {MR760 20.5}
[MR760 21.1]         Satan will use his best plans to lead souls to bring in some new theories, some strange, fanciful ideas. These souls will try to substantiate false doctrines, and they will take texts of Scripture and misapply them in order to make their doctrines appear as truth. The theories that Elder Ballenger advocated, which remove the sanctuary truth, are just such as the enemy would bring in as matters of the utmost importance, to shake us from our foundation of faith. But we must heed the word, "Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast." When efforts are made to unsettle our faith in our past experience and to send us adrift, let us hold fast to the truth that we have received.  {MR760 21.1}
[MR760 21.2]          Last night I received instruction, as you will see when you read the enclosed copies. The warning is given, Hold fast to the past experience. ［1 Corinthians 2:1-5 quoted.］  {MR760 21.2}
[MR760 21.3]          The power of God! It is this that will bear the test of trial, breaking down opposition, melting away scientific reasoning, and bringing men and women to an appreciation of the truth that has kept us where we are, on a solid foundation.  {MR760 21.3}
[MR760 21.4]          May the Lord bless you largely, and keep you sound in the faith.-- Letter 40, 1906. (To Brother and Sister Hughes, January 23, 1906.)  {MR760 21.4}
[MR760 21.5]          I am much pleased that the blessing of the Lord has accompanied your labors in San Diego. I should be much pleased to get a letter from you giving some particulars of your work. Is the interest still good? It is in just such places as San Diego that work needs to be done. I have felt so sorry, as I have seen time passing, that so little is being accomplished. I am deeply interested in the work you have been doing in Los Angeles and in San Diego. I rejoice to learn that in San Diego souls have accepted the truth.  {MR760 21.5}
[MR760 21.6]          I should be very much pleased to visit San Diego and Loma Linda, but it would be very difficult for me to leave my workers just now and still accomplish the work that I desire to do. There is a large pile of unpublished matter relating to our early experience in the message that should be                                                                           page 22     re-published. The instruction given me is that the words of the Lord should not be lost, but should be ever kept in mind, because we are constantly in danger of losing the truth out of the soul and gathering up things that are out of the line of truth, things that will lead to confusion.  {MR760 21.6}
[MR760 22.1]          The truths given us after the passing of the time in 1844 are just as certain and unchangeable as when the Lord gave them to us in answer to our urgent prayers. The visions that the Lord has given me are so remarkable that we know that what we have accepted is the truth. This was demonstrated by the Holy Spirit. Light, precious light from God, established the main points of our faith as we hold them today. And these truths are to be kept before the mind. We must arouse from the position of lukewarmness, from being neither cold nor hot. We need increased faith and more earnest trust in God. We must not be satisfied to remain where we are. We must advance step by step, from light to greater light.  {MR760 22.1}
[MR760 22.2]          The Lord will certainly do great things for us if we will hunger and thirst after righteousness. We are the purchased property of Jesus Christ. We must not lose our devotion, our consecration. We are in conflict with the errors and delusions that have to be swept away from the minds of those who have not acted upon the light they already have. Bible truth is our only safety. I know and understand that we are to be established in the faith, in the light of the truth given us in our early experience. At that time one error after another pressed in upon us, and ministers and doctors brought in new doctrines. We would search the Scriptures with much prayer and the Holy Spirit would bring the truth to our minds. Sometimes whole nights would be devoted to searching the Scriptures and earnestly asking God for guidance. Companies of earnest, devoted men and women assembled for this purpose. The power of God would come upon me and I was enabled clearly to define what is truth and what is error.  {MR760 22.2}
[MR760 22.3]          As the points of our faith were thus established, our feet were placed upon a solid foundation. We accepted the truth point by point under the demonstration of the Holy Spirit. I would be taken off in vision and explanations would be given me. I was given illustrations of heavenly things and of the sanctuary, so that we were placed where light was shining on us in clear, distinct rays.                                                                          page 23  {MR760 22.3}
[MR760 23.1]          All these truths are immortalized in my writings. The Lord never denies His Word. Men may get up scheme after scheme, and the enemy will seek to seduce souls from the truth, but all who believe that the Lord has spoken through Sister White, and has given her a message, will be safe from the many delusions that will come in in these last days.  {MR760 23.1}
[MR760 23.2]          I know that the sanctuary question stands in righteousness and truth just as we have held it for so many years. It is the enemy that leads minds off on sidetracks. He is pleased when those who know the truth become engrossed in collecting Scriptures to pile up around erroneous theories, which have no foundation in truth. The Scriptures thus used are misapplied; they were not given to substantiate error, but to strengthen truth.  {MR760 23.2}
[MR760 23.3]          So you see that it is impossible for us to have any agreement with the positions taken by Brother A. F. Ballenger, for no lie is of the truth. His proofs do not belong where he places them, and although he may lead minds to believe his theory in regard to the sanctuary, this is no evidence that his theory is true. We have had a plain and decided testimony to bear for half a century. The positions taken in my books are truth. The truth was revealed to us by the Holy Spirit, and we know that Brother Ballenger's position is not according to the Word of God. This theory is a deceiving theory and he misapplies Scriptures. Theories of the kind that he has been presenting, we have had to meet again and again.  {MR760 23.3}
[MR760 23.4]          I am thankful that the instruction contained in my books establishes present truth for this time. These books were written under the demonstration of the Holy Spirit. I praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice, and I pray that He will lead into all truth those who will be led. I praise Him that He has so wonderfully spared my life up to this time, to bear the same message upon the important points of our faith that I have borne for half a century.  {MR760 23.4}
[MR760 23.5]          My health is good and my mind clear. For this I praise the Lord. Generally I write from two or three o'clock in the morning until six or seven at night. On rising I take a sponge bath, dress, and then build my fire. Usually I write all day. The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. "Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me bless His holy name" (Psalms 103:1).--Letter 50, 1906. (To W. W. Simpson, January 30, 1906.)                                                                    page 24  {MR760 23.5}
[MR760 24.1]          I am instructed that we are not to enter into any controversy over the spiritualistic representations that are fast coming in from every quarter. Further than this, I am to give those in charge of our papers instruction not to publish in the columns of the Review and Herald, the Signs of the Times, or any other papers published by Seventh-day Adventists, articles attempting to explain these sophistries. We are in danger whenever we discuss the sophistries of the enemy. The publication of articles dealing with these sophistries is a snare for souls. Let these theories alone and warn all not to read them. Your explanations will amount to nothing. Let the theories alone. Do not try to show the inconsistency or fallacy of them.  Let them alone.  {MR760 24.1}
[MR760 24.2]          Do not perpetuate evil by talking of these theories in sermons or by publishing in our papers articles regarding them. The Lord says, Let them be unexplained. Present the affirmative of truth plainly, clearly, and decidedly. You cannot afford to study or combat these false theories. Present the truth, It is written. The time spent in dealing with these fallacies is so much time lost. Our papers are not published for the purpose of dealing with such subjects. Articles on Bible subjects, full of practical truth, and written in so simple a style that the children and the common people cannot misunderstand them, are to fill our papers.  {MR760 24.2}
[MR760 24.3]          The writers who are quoted in articles discussing these subjects are much pleased to have their views thus introduced to our people. But this is sowing tares. Our ministers are not given the work of discussing these subjects of spiritualistic science. They are to keep strictly to Bible truth, It is written. They are to present the reasons of our faith, and never reproduce the seductive heresies that will continually appear. No time or study is to be given to these seducing theories. The enemy stands close beside those who proclaim his sentiments.  {MR760 24.3}
[MR760 24.4]          Let Bible truth be presented in our papers. Give the reasons of our faith. In the most cheerful, hopeful, encouraging articles recommend the diligent searching of the Scriptures. Urge our people to become familiar with the Word of God. In their study, the students in our schools should commit to memory portions of the Word. The time will come when many will be deprived of the written Word. But if this Word is printed in the memory, no one can take it from us. It is a talisman that will meet the worst forms of error and evil.                                                                            page 25  {MR760 24.4}
[MR760 25.1]          Evil doctrines will be accumulated by the publication of seductive fallacies. To make these fallacies the subject of discourse is to put into the minds of many thoughts that would never have been there had not these errors been brought out before them. Let the youth be taught to shun publications dealing with this subject. Do not print one article with it, for you cannot without loss enter into these things. Thus seed is sown that will spring up and bring forth tares.  {MR760 25.1}
[MR760 25.2]         What we need is truth, present truth. Let the truth shine forth in its unmeasured superiority, in all the dignity and purity that distinguishes true religion. An acquaintance with the Word of God will strengthen us to resist evil. Hold up the cross of Calvary. This will rebuke heathen philosophy and pagan idolatry. Lift up the cross of Calvary higher and still higher as the identified reality of Christianity. Let all our works, our every enterprise, show forth the sacred principles of the gospel.  {MR760 25.2}
[MR760 25.3]          Bible truth is to be presented in short articles made intensely interesting. "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life" (John 5:39). I have sometimes thought that text strangely worded, but it is all clear now. Think on what you read, for in the Scriptures "ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me" (Ibid.).  {MR760 25.3}
[MR760 25.4]          We are now to make diligent work for eternity. Only for a very short time longer will the Lord bear with the gross wickedness that fills the world. Oh how suddenly will the end come, surprising the world in their increasing iniquity.  {MR760 25.4}
[MR760 25.5]          I have to say to our people in Battle Creek, The seeds of unbelief have been sown by one in whom I have always had an intense interest. I have prayed that he shall be entirely changed and made a new man in Christ Jesus. I have seen the seeds he has been sowing in other countries, and his heart is set to do this work. Letters come to me that the work is being made hard because of the influence of _____, and the ministers are working under great discouragement because of the reports that have been circulated. This will compel me to make every effort possible to prevent him from taking captive poor souls that are easily deceived.  {MR760 25.5}
[MR760 25.6]          In the night season I am instructed that issues will arise that will have to be met from now on more decidedly because of the large sanitarium that has been erected in Battle Creek. Can I hold my peace and allow our                                                                           page 26     people to be exposed to the influences exerted by the leading men in the medical work there? No, no! Those who accept the theories held by some will surely be led astray. Dr._____ and his associates are already diseased with a species of spiritualistic sentiments, and unless they change they will in the near future be swayed into accord with the wonderful miracle-working power that the Word of God has said will be seen in these last days. "Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils" (1 Timothy 4:1). Those who have been feeding their minds on the supposedly excellent but spiritualistic theories of Living Temple are in a very dangerous place.  {MR760 25.6}
[MR760 26.1]          For the past fifty years I have been receiving intelligence regarding heavenly things. But the instruction given me has now been used by others to justify and endorse theories in Living Temple that are of a character to mislead. May the Lord teach me how to meet such things. If necessary I can charge all such work as coming directly from Satan to make the words God has given me testify to a lie.  {MR760 26.1}
[MR760 26.2]          Nashville, July 4. We are very sorry to read the article written by Elder Tenney in the Medical Missionary on the sanctuary question. The enemy has obtained the victory over one minister. If this minister had remained away from the seducing influences that Satan is exerting at the present time in Battle Creek, he might yet be standing on vantage ground.  {MR760 26.2}
[MR760 26.3]          We are very sorry to see the result of gathering a large number to Battle Creek. Ministers who have been believers in the foundation truths that have made us what we are--Seventh-day Adventists; ministers who went to Battle Creek to teach and strengthen the truths of the Bible, are now, when old and gray-headed, turning from the grand truths of the Bible and accepting infidel sentiments. This means that the next step will be a denial of a personal God, pulling down the bulwarks of the faith that is plainly revealed in the Scriptures. The sanctuary question is the foundation of our faith.  {MR760 26.3}
[MR760 26.4]          The warning is given in the Word, "Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils" (1 Timothy 4:1). We now repeat, Parents, keep your children away from Battle Creek. Some of our medical missionary workers are becoming leavened with infidelity. Specious heresy has been taking hold of minds and its threads have been woven                                                                           page 27     into the pattern of the figure. Who is responsible for giving young men and women an education that has left a seducing influence upon their minds? One father writes that of his two children who were sent to Battle Creek, one is now an infidel and the other has given up the truth.  {MR760 26.4}
[MR760 27.1]          Letters such as this have been coming from different ones. The warning is given me to give to parents, If your children are in Battle Creek, call them away without delay. Satan has come down with great power to work with all deceivableness of unrighteousness.--Ms 20, 1906. ("Preach the Word," February 7, 1906.)  {MR760 27.1}
[MR760 27.2]          I have words to speak to you and to others in Battle Creek. I shall go over the ground step by step, just as I am led by the Holy Spirit. It is presented to me that there are some in Battle Creek who are being deceived by men linked together to support one another. I could name individuals, but this may not be necessary.  {MR760 27.2}
[MR760 27.3]          Your recent letter was received. You write like an honest man, and I believe you to be sincere, but you are a man greatly deceived. In the past, I have had a great interest in your welfare. I have regarded you as a man who feared God and kept His commandments. But when you left Australia and came to Battle Creek this last time, and linked your interests with the physicians at the Sanitarium, you made a grave mistake. You followed your own impulses in this matter instead of moving in the counsel of God.  {MR760 27.3}
[MR760 27.4]          We are living in an age of this earth's history when men must seek counsel of God and not be led away from their posts of duty, and away from the truth, by men who have not a real faith in Christ. Let no one regard it safe to follow human impulse. Brother Tenney, you have been drawn away from the truth more than you have known, and your connection with men in Battle Creek has been to your great injury. The light of your past experience is going out.  {MR760 27.4}
[MR760 27.5]          I have been surprised and made sad to read some of your articles in the Medical Missionary, and especially those on the sanctuary question. These articles show that you have been departing from the faith. You have helped in confusing the understanding of our people. The correct understanding of the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary is the foundation of our faith.                                                                            page 28  {MR760 27.5}
[MR760 28.1]          If you had remained away from the seducing influences that Satan is exerting at the present time in Battle Creek, you might yet be standing on vantage ground.  {MR760 28.1}
[MR760 28.2]          We are very sorry to see the result of gathering a large number to Battle Creek. Ministers who have been believers in the foundation truths that have made us what we are--Seventh-day Adventists--ministers who went to Battle Creek to teach and uphold the truth of the Bible, are now, when old and grey-headed, turning from the grand truths of the Bible and accepting infidel sentiments. This means that the next step will be a denial of a personal God, pulling down the bulwarks of the faith that is plainly revealed in the Scriptures. In the Word is given the warning, "Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils" (1 Timothy 1:4).  {MR760 28.2}
[MR760 28.3]          I must again say to our people, Keep your children away from Battle Creek. Some of our medical missionary workers are becoming leavened with infidelity. Specious heresy has been taking hold of minds and its threads have been woven into the pattern of the figure. Who is responsible for giving young men and young women an education that has left an evil influence upon their minds? One father writes that of his two children who were sent to Battle Creek, one is now an infidel and the other has given up his faith in the Advent message.  {MR760 28.3}
[MR760 28.4]          Those who are not walking in the light of the message may gather up statements from my writings that happen to please them, and that agree with their human judgment, and by separating these statements from their connection and placing them beside human reasonings, make it appear that my writings uphold that which they condemn. I charge you not to do this work. To use my writings thus, and at the same time reject the message which I bear to correct errors, is misleading and inconsistent.  {MR760 28.4}
[MR760 28.5]          I thank the Lord that the only true and living God still lives. Jesus Christ took humanity upon Himself to make it possible for human beings, through faith, to be partakers of the divine nature and thus escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {MR760 28.5}
[MR760 28.6]          The end is so near that it will come unexpectedly, as a thief in the night, and if we do not watch, we shall be found unready, with our lamps going out, unprepared to meet the Bridegroom.--Letter 208, 1906. (To G. C. Tenney, June 29, 1906.)                                                                         page 29  {MR760 28.6}
[MR760 29.1]          In visions of the night I seemed to be speaking with great earnestness before an assembly of people. A heavy burden was upon my soul. I was presenting before those gathered together the message of the prophet Ezekiel regarding the duties of the Lord's watchmen.  ［Ezekiel 33:1-11 quoted］ {MR760 29.1}
[MR760 29.2]         The prophet had by the command of God ceased from prophesying to the Jews just at the time when the news came that Jerusalem was invaded and siege laid to her. In the twenty-fourth chapter Ezekiel records the representation that was given to him of the punishment that would come upon all who would refuse the word of the Lord. The people were removed from Jerusalem and punished by death and captivity. No lot was to fall upon it to determine who should be saved and who destroyed.  ［Ezekiel 24:6, 7, 9, 10, 12-24 quoted.］ {MR760 29.2}
[MR760 29.3]         I am instructed to present these words before those who have had light and evidence, but who have walked directly contrary to the light. The Lord will make the punishment of those who will not receive His admonitions and warnings as broad as the wrong has been. The purposes of those who have tried to cover their wrong while they have secretly worked against the purposes of God will be fully revealed. Truth will be vindicated. God will make manifest that He is God.  {MR760 29.3}
[MR760 29.4]         There is a spirit of wickedness at work in the church that is striving at every opportunity to make void the law of God. While the Lord may not punish unto death those who have carried their rebellion to great lengths, the light will never again shine with such convincing power upon the stubborn opposers of truth. Sufficient evidence is given to every soul regarding what is truth and what is error. But the deceptive power of evil upon some is so great that they will not receive the evidence and respond to it by repentance.  {MR760 29.4}
[MR760 29.5]          A long-continued resistance of truth will harden the most impressionable heart. Those who reject the Spirit of truth place themselves under the control of a spirit that is opposed to the word and work of God. For a time they may continue to teach some phases of the truth, but their refusal to accept all the light God sends will after a time place them where they will do the work of a false watchman.                                                                            page 30  {MR760 29.5}
[MR760 30.1]          The interests of the cause of present truth demand that those who profess to stand on the Lord's side shall bring into exercise all their powers to vindicate the advent message, the most important message that will ever come to the world. For those who stand as representatives of present truth to use time and energy now in attempting to answer the questions of the doubting ones, will be an unwise use of their time. It will not remove the doubts. The burden of our work now is not to labor for those who, although they have had abundant light and evidence, still continue on the unbelieving side. God bids us give our time and strength to the work of preaching to the people the messages that stirred men and women in 1843 and 1844.  {MR760 30.1}
[MR760 30.2]         We are now to labor unceasingly to get the truth before Jew and Gentile. Instead of going over and over the same ground to establish the faith of those who should never have accepted a doubt regarding the third angel's message, let our efforts be given to making known the truth to those who have never heard it. God calls upon us to make known to all men the truths that have made us what we are--Seventh-day Adventists.  {MR760 30.2}
[MR760 30.3]          God is speaking to His people today as he spoke to Israel through Moses, saying, "Who is on the Lord's side?" My brethren, take your position where God bids you. Leave alone those who, after light has been repeatedly given them, have taken a stand on the opposite side. You are not to spend precious time in repeating to them what they already know and thus lose your opportunities of entering new fields with the message of present truth. Take up the work which has been given us. With the Word of God as your message, stand on the platform of truth and proclaim the soon coming of Christ. Truth, eternal truth, will prevail.  {MR760 30.3}
[MR760 30.4]         For more than half a century the different points of present truth have been questioned and opposed. New theories have been advanced as truth, which were not truth, and the Spirit of God revealed their error. As the great pillars of our faith have been presented, the Holy Spirit has borne witness to them, and especially is this so regarding the truths of the sanctuary question. Over and over again the Holy Spirit has in a marked manner endorsed the preaching of this doctrine. But today, as in the past, some will be led to form new theories and to deny the truths upon which the Spirit of God has placed His approval.                                                                             page 31  {MR760 30.4}
[MR760 31.1]         Any man who seeks to present theories which would lead us from the light that has come to us on the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary should not be accepted as a teacher. A true understanding of the sanctuary question means much to us as a people. When we were earnestly seeking the Lord for light on that question, light came. In vision I was given such a view of the heavenly sanctuary and the ministration connection with the Holy Place, that for many days I could not speak of it.  {MR760 31.1}
[MR760 31.2]          I know from the light that God has given me that there should be a revival of the messages that have been given in the past, because men will seek to bring in new theories and will try to prove that these theories are Scriptural, whereas they are error which if allowed a place will undermine faith in the truth. We are not to accept these suppositions and pass them along as truth. No, no. We must not move from the platform of truth on which we have been established.  {MR760 31.2}
[MR760 31.3]          There will always be those who are seeking for something new and who stretch and strain the Word of God to make it support their ideas and theories. Let us, brethren, take the things that God has given us, and which His Spirit has taught us is truth, and believe them, leaving alone those theories which His Spirit has not endorsed.--Ms 125, 1907. ("Lessons from the Visions of Ezekiel," July 4, 1907.)     White Estate Washington, D. C. January 17, 1980  {MR760 31.3}
[MR852 2.7]          "Since the camp meeting at Brighton ［January, 1894］ I have absolutely banished meat from my table. It is an understanding that whether I am at home or abroad, nothing of this kind is to be used in my family, or come upon my table. I have had much representation before my mind in the night season on this subject.                                                                              3   {MR852 2.7}
[MR852 3.5]          ［Ellen G. White speaking:］ "Sister White has not had meat in her house or cooked it in any line, or any dead flesh, for years and years. And here is the ［basis of some people's］ health reform: 'Now I have told you Sister White did not eat meat. Now I want you not to eat meat, because Sister White does not eat it.' Well, I would not give--I would not care a farthing for anything like that. If you have not got any better conviction--you won't eat meat because Sister White does not eat any--if I am the authority, I would not give a farthing                                                                              4  for your health reform. What I want is that every one of you should stand in your individual dignity before God, in your individual consecration to God, that the soul-temple shall be dedicated to God. 'Whosoever defileth the temple of God, him will God destroy.' Now I want you to think of these things, and do not make any human being your criterion."  {MR852 3.5}
[MR926 1.1]             The Fannie Bolton Story: A Collection of Source Documents          Letter 23a, 1887. (To Mary White, December 11, 1887.)--Fannie Bolton will be at the Retreat soon. W.C.W. thought best for her to come and prepare manuscript and you make some suggestions to her. I hope this can be done, for she needs your solid, even work to balance her.  {MR926 1.1}
[MR926 1.2]          Letter 25, 1888, p. 4. (To Bro. Haskell and Bro. and Sr. Ings, February 13, 1888)--Fannie Bolton is a treasure to me. We are all harmonious, all  working unitedly and in love.  {MR926 1.2}
[MR926 1.3]          Letter 2, 1888, p. 3. (To Mr. Walling, April 13, 1888.)--I have brought from Norway a musician and translator, and I have also brought from Chicago a young lady who has written for magazines like Mary Clough, and they are now engaged with me in my work.  {MR926 1.3}
[MR926 1.4]          Letter 76, 1888, p. 4. (To Bro. and Sr. Lockwood, Marian Davis, Fannie Bolton and May Walling, May 24, 1888.)--Especially do I feel concerned for Fannie. I want her to recover from this nervousness and wakefulness, and in order to do this she must take time to rest the brain that the nerves may not be completely out of tune like our old organ. When Fannie takes herself in hand, then she will see ways that she can improve her health. I feel so sorry for Fannie. She has a good frame, large bones, and should have good, sound nerves and muscles; and the reason she has not is because she has abused her brain and nerve power by overtaxation, keeping herself upon a strain, keyed up, when reason should take the reins and hold her in obedience to the laws of God which control the human system. I wish Fannie could hear the lectures given now upon health at the Retreat. She needs her mind and conscience stirred up on these things, and needs to use every power God has bestowed upon her to get well, that she may use these powers as God's entrusted gifts, that she may have healthful powers to exercise in all her work.  {MR926 1.4}
[MR926 1.5]          Fannie, you need some physical exercise indoors and out each day. If you get tired it will relieve the brain. What this exercise                                                                              2  shall be I leave you to determine. You can plan it yourself. Use your tact and powers of brain to devise what you will do daily in the line of physical exercise. And I want you to get waked up to this matter. Do not be a creature of impulse, but just bring yourself to regular rules and order. Take yourself in hand, bring yourself to time, and when the Lord sees you are doing what you can for yourself to keep in health, He will do on His part that which you cannot do.  {MR926 1.5}
[MR926 2.1]          Letter 59, 1888, p. 4. (To Bro. and Sr. Butler, August 1, 1888.)--I ought to have out another testimony for the church, but I cannot obtain brain workers like Eliza ［Burnham］ and Marian ［Davis］. She is now on Volume One ［Old Testament History］, ［and］ Eliza ［is］ in Australia. Fannie Bolton is fitted well for the work she is doing, but she cannot take these matters that require attention and arrange them, for she has not experience.  {MR926 2.1}
[MR926 2.2]          Manuscript 17, 1889, p. 2. (Diary entry for January 4, 1889.)-- Fannie Bolton, who has worked for me the past year, came from Chicago. We were glad to meet her again.  {MR926 2.2}
[MR926 2.3]          Letter 14a, 1889, p. 2. (To Edson White, circa April 7, 1889.) --I scarcely see Fannie; only in meeting and a few moments in evening. I do not know what she is doing except to attend the meetings, which I am confident means to her very much. I shall not have her travel with me.  {MR926 2.3}
[MR926 2.4]          Letter 66, 1889, p. 2. (To J. E. White, April 9, 1889.)--One thing I am settled upon, that Fannie is not the one to go with me ［on trips］. It is too great a tax for her to take the discourses and to write them out. As soon as I came here they fastened upon her to get out articles for the paper, but after a little I could not consent to it and again she feels so intensely that she becomes, by attending the meetings, much exhausted.                                                                              5   {MR926 2.4}
[MR926 5.1]          Manuscript 34, 1892, p. 2. (Diary entry for July 9, 1892.)--Last night I was not able to sleep after twelve o'clock. It was my thoughts more than pain of body that troubled me. There are some trials that it is not best to dwell upon, because there seems no clear way out of them. I try to cast my burden upon the Lord, but I do not always leave it there. I take it up again when I should leave it with the Saviour.  {MR926 5.1}
[MR926 5.2]          I feel deeply grieved that all connected with me in my work are not in a favorable state of mind to be controlled by the Holy Spirit. I cannot keep in my employ some of those now connected with me unless the Lord converts them, leading them to see that their hearts must be brought into harmony with His will. When self is not sanctified, it becomes a ruling power for evil.                                                                              8   {MR926 5.2}
[MR926 8.1]          Letter 74, 1892, p. 7. (To W. C. White, October 10, 1892.)-- Willie, I did not expect to write so long a letter, but I traced out this matter as I have now. If you will put this into Fannie's hands, and let her put it into shape, cutting out the stove business and anything you deem best, I will make this letter serve so that it will save me writing to Elder Haskell and some other long letters. Please consider this, and if Fannie arranges it in shape, send it back to me.  {MR926 8.1}
[MR926 8.2]          Letter 77, 1892. (To. W. C. White, October 21, 1892.)--I send an article to Fannie to prepare a copy to be sent to Professor Prescott and I wish it could be put in shape to send where there are schools. I have had this matter                                                                              9  written, much of it, for a long time and have just put a little addition to it, and I know it is essential.  {MR926 8.2}
[MR926 9.1]                                                                                      I have quite a number of letters to go, but shall not try to have them fitted up, for several have written me that when they could have the matter direct from my hand, it was far more forcible than after it had been prepared. It sounded like another thing, and as the matter is not designed for publication, I shall not send it to Fannie. I think Fanny feels that many of my expressions can be bettered, and she takes the life and point out of them. {MR926 9.1}
[MR926 10.1]                                                                               10          Letter 16i, 1892, pp. 1,2. (To S. N. Haskell, November 23, 1892.)--You told me that you sent a letter copied which I requested, but I was surprised to see no letter at all. About one hour since, a letter was brought me from Fannie and Marian.  {MR926 10.1}
[MR926 10.2]          Well, I have said nothing to any one, but I have had rather a trying time this winter. Both are having a new conversion. They have been attending the Bible readings given by Bro. Starr, and light, precious and beautiful, more precious than gold, has shone upon them and they are blessed. There has been, especially with Fannie, but little harmony with me in my work since coming to Australia. Any letters of reproof I gave her to copy, she seemed to have no sympathy with, and I can understand your feelings when you say that letters coming directly from my pen seem to have more spirit and life than after they were prepared for the paper. Some of these letters I have read seemed to me, as you said, to lose the vital energy. I hardly knew how to express it.  {MR926 10.2}
[MR926 10.3]          Letter 21b, 1892, p. 3. (To Bro. and Sr. J. H. Kellogg, December 23, 1892.)--Fannie Bolton is in very poor health. What shall I do? We think of having her go to Tasmania to rest two months; if she fails to recover there,  she must go to St. Helena for treatment. Unless she does regain her health, she shall have to give up work altogether. Who shall we get to fill her place? Do you know of any one you can recommend? There is not a soul in all this country I can find. I could keep two supplied with work, but I shall be satisfied with one good brain worker who can prepare matter for the papers. Unless Fannie recovers, I must give up my articles in the papers or secure another helper. I speak of this, not to place an extra burden upon you, but to ask ［that］ if you know of any one who can do this work, you will let me know. I may have to call Mary Steward to come to my help, or let the papers rest awhile. Mary could get out Testimony No. 34, which is much needed.                                                                              14   {MR926 10.3}
[MR926 14.1]          Letter 130, 1893, p. 4. (To W. C. White, June 7, 1893.)--I have a stove at Sister Tenney's. Please see that it is secured and placed with my things. I give my full consent to place Marian where she will have the very best advantages. If she has not a sunny room and Fannie cannot get a sunny room, see if it is not possible to secure the same in some home where the students are hiring, that they can have rooms that have the sun. This is my great anxiety, that both should keep well.                                                                              18   {MR926 14.1}
[MR926 18.1]          Letter 136, 1894, pp. 1-3. (To W. C. White, January 8, 1894.) --I have just received and read a letter from Fannie and it has the right ring in it and I am so thankful that she is trying to surrender herself to God as she has never done before. I will hope and pray that this trial may work our good and the glory of God. . . . After you shall consider the whole matter, and think it all over, and pray about it, let me know what is the impression on your mind in regard to my taking Fannie back. I want to do exactly as the Master would have me to do. If the warnings given have called Fanny to repentance and she appears to be truly converted, then will it be best to trust her with this matter? Let me know what I should do. I could not ask a more full confession. I have dealt very plainly with her and I do now greatly desire to move in the way of the Lord. I want His counsel and it seems to me we have come to a crisis in our work. I have, after talking plainly with Fannie, refused to see her again.  {MR926 18.1}
[MR926 18.2]          I have not had my usual amount of sleep since the camp meeting. Several mornings, could not sleep past two a.m. I have been weighed down with perplexity and with great distress of mind. The future looks so uncertain to me, so full of perplexities. If Fannie is dropped out, who will do the work? After reading the enclosed letter from her, then you can better tell what decisions to make.  {MR926 18.2}
[MR926 18.3]          The weather is changeable. I have ridden out quite a number of times with Brother and Sister Starr. We have consulted together over the case of Fannie, for Fannie has sought his counsel and she feels almost in despair at the prospect of being sent back to Battle Creek. But since this letter came, I have had a glimmering hope that the change in her may call for a change of decision in me. This is my desire, to know what position I should take at this time. If you have any counsel, please give it. Oh, if you had only written to me when you would come back, then I could have something to work to. . . .                                                                              19   {MR926 18.3}
[MR926 19.1]          I will not urge that you come back before you get your business done unless you think it best by all means for Fannie to go back to America.  {MR926 19.1}
[MR926 19.2]          Letter 137, 1894, p. 1. (To W. C. White, Early 1894.)--I have concluded to give Fannie another trial. I think this must be the will of God, for our Lord knoweth how hard it is for her to humble her pride and acknowledge her mistakes. We must help her all we can, and I believe she will yet be able to walk humbly with God. . . . I have felt on the eve of saying I will go to Sydney this very day and talk matters over with you and Elder Olsen, but this may not be the best plan and I think we can adjust the matter of Fannie, perhaps, this time. But it is no use to encourage taking up other lines of work to any extent for this variety of business suits her exactly and disqualifies her to give due consideration to the writings. She comes to them wearied in body and in mind and dashes through them without due forethought and earnest prayer. I will now leave this matter.  {MR926 19.2}
[MR926 19.3]          Letter 59, 1894, entire letter. (To Bro. Olsen, February 5, 1894.)--Dear Brother Olsen, I am carrying a heavy burden, and I can bear this no longer alone. I wish you to make calculations to return to this place. Some matters, in reference to my writings, must come before you and Willie. I shall have nothing more done upon them until I lay the matter before you, and you must give time to read some of these chapters, if not all of them.  {MR926 19.3}
[MR926 19.4]          Brother Starr came to me and talked with me in reference to things Fannie had said to him. He said he was reading from the testimonies, and making remarks in regard to the clear light presented before them for us in these last day, and spoke of the beautiful language used in a certain testimony. Fannie took him after meeting and asked him if he thought it was right to give all the credit to Sister White, and make no mention of the workers, Marian and herself. She said the ideas and preparations of the articles were almost entirely changed from the writings of Sister White, that her writings came in such a shape that they had to be made all over and that she got all the credit, and those who were engaged in fitting up these articles received no recognition. Elder Starr said he met her squarely, and said, "What do you mean by saying these things to me?" He said it went like a dagger to his heart. She has talked these things to Marian and Marian has been led into much of the same views, but not to the extent of Fannie.  {MR926 19.4}
[MR926 19.5]          Well, I felt like a wounded stricken deer, ready to die. I had been warned of this before, twice in Preston and three times in New Zealand. A similar warning was given me as in the case of Mary Clough, but this did not fully arouse me to the danger, and to the real situation. I will not take time to explain these warnings. Not long before I left New Zealand, while in camp meeting, it was represented to me. We were gathered in a room of quite a company, and Fannie was saying some things in regard to the great amount of work coming from her hands. She said, "I cannot work in this way. I am putting my mind and life into this work, and yet the ones who make it what it is, are sunk out of sight and Sister White gets the credit for the work." I said some very pointed things. I said, "Your ambition to be first and do some great thing is doing you harm; you will certainly lose your soul if you are not thoroughly transformed in character, and after hearing                                                                              20  your words which you did not mean I should hear, I understand your spirit. It is not Christ you are following, but another leader, and I dare no longer place my writings in your hands."  {MR926 19.5}
[MR926 20.1]          Again I was listening to earnest talk between herself and Marian, and it was of that character that gave me great pain of heart. A voice spoke to me, "Beware and not place your dependence upon Fannie to prepare articles or to make books. She cuts out words that should appear, and places her own ideas and words in their stead, and because she has done this she has become deceived, deluded, and is deceiving and deluding others. She is your Adversary. Additions and subtractions are made that do not represent your simplicity. She is not true to her duty, yet flatters herself that she is doing a very important work."  {MR926 20.1}
[MR926 20.2]          I am now brought where I lay down my pen. I cannot write even on the Life of Christ, until I understand whether my writings are to come forth with Fannie's ideas and language, or with Marian's ideas and fixing up and the productions are claimed to be Marian's and Fannie's. Let this impression be made on the minds of our ministers, and of what value or force will the testimonies be to them. I have called a halt and here I stand until some things are decided. I request Elder Daniells, Elder Rousseau and Willie C. White come to help me just as soon as you can adjust your business and let us counsel together, and see some way to adjust these matters. I have plainly but kindly told Fannie, I have no confidence in her as far as her reformation within the last three or four weeks is concerned. Her ardent love for praise and ambition was very similar to that presented to me in regard to the workings of Satan in the heavenly courts to bring disaffection among the angels, and she would repeat the same course she had pursued, and I could not trust her and depend on her. I beg you will come to my help just as soon as possible, but I am not willing Elder Olsen should return to America before these matters have a most thorough, careful investigation. I do not think I can in the future have any copy placed in the hands of Fannie. I would come at once to you but do not think that that would be wisdom.  {MR926 20.2}
[MR926 20.3]          We have for the first time taken our meal together in our dining room. I spoke in Brighton last Sunday. 100 were present. It was a most oppressive day. I have not been well. The reasons are evident in that which I have placed before you. Fannie seems broken and humbled, but a counter current will set in another direction any time. I am writing by lamp light. I commenced about 2:30 A.M. I feel distressed to send this to you, but the time has fully come for something to be done.  {MR926 20.3}
[MR926 20.4]          Letter 7, 1894, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, February 6, 1894.)--Sister Fannie, I declined seeing you this morning, for I am not well enough to bear anything more, either good or bad, that will have a tendency to affect my heart. I slept very little last night. I must be relieved from all responsibility in your case. The experience of the years past wherein you have handled the most sacred things, has not increased your love for or confidence in them. In your mind they are too often placed on a level with common things; but the ideas, words, and expressions, which seem to you rather inferior, and which you regard as non-essential, may be the very things that should appear as they are, in their simplicity. You replace these according to that which you suppose is your superior judgment, when the                                                                              21  words were better, far better, than the ones supplied by you. The writings given you, you have handled as an indifferent matter, and have often spoken of them in a manner to depreciate them in the estimation of others. In this you have been disloyal to me.  {MR926 20.4}
[MR926 21.1]          In the same manner, if you had the task given you of handling Old and New Testament writings, you would see large improvements to be made, great additions and subtractions and changes of expression; you would put in words and ideas to suit your standard of how it should appear. We should then have Fannie Bolton's life and expressions, which would be considered by you a wonderful improvement; but disapproved of God. Your discernment of sacred things is not clear, but confused. You approve that which is defective, the things bearing the divine stamp you would mold over, and not appreciate. In changing, you would not improve, but would weaken and dilute with your supposed sparkling ideas.  {MR926 21.1}
[MR926 21.2]          Now, my sister, I do not want you to be any longer connected with me in my work. I mean now, for your good, that you should never have another opportunity of being tempted to do as you have done in the past. From the light given me of the Lord, you are not appreciating the opportunities which you have had abundantly, to be instructed and to bring the solid timbers into your character building. The work in which you have been engaged has been regarded as a sort of drudgery, and it is hard for you to take hold of it with the right spirit, and to weave your prayers into your work, feeling that it is a matter of importance to preserve a spirit wholly in harmony with the Spirit of God. Because of this lack you are not a safe and a capable worker. Your mind is subject to changes; first it is elated, then depressed. The impression made by this frequent change is startling. Self-control is not brought into your life. You choose a life of change, crowded with different interests and occupations, therefore you cannot possibly put your life, as you suppose you have done, into this work; you are most wonderfully deceived in thinking you do this. God sees the whole mold given to the work in every department. Self is not hid in God, and self is mingled with everything. All you engage in tastes so strongly of the dish that it is not acceptable to God.  {MR926 21.2}
[MR926 21.3]          I had hoped that the lessons constantly brought before you in the writings you were handling would have a marked influence to mold and fashion your life and character after the divine image, the meekness and lowliness of Christ. But instead of being molded by the Holy Spirit, you seek to work the Holy Spirit to your mold, which is decidedly a defective pattern. Therefore I say, all that is good in your labor has a dead fly in it, like a bottle of excellent ointment, the fragrance of which is spoiled because of the dead fly. The spirit which you bring to the preparation of the articles placed in your hands prevents the Spirit of God from working to impress your mind as it should.  {MR926 21.3}
[MR926 21.4]         If Marian had not exerted her influence very strongly to have you retained in my service after we left Preston, I should have had another to take your place. But the representation of the difficulty in educating a novice in the work has prevented me from doing that which I am now thoroughly convinced I should have done as far back as when in Battle Creek before coming to this country. You have worked hard enough; I make no complaint of your not doing enough, but that to which I object is the spirit with which you come to the work. In a large office, where you would have a variety of matters to handle, your ability would have a                                                                              22  more appropriate field. You could dash off the matter in your own style, as a mechanical work, molding and fashioning it to suit yourself. Every time I can distinguish a word of yours, my pen crosses it out.  {MR926 21.4}
[MR926 22.1]          I have so often told you that your words and ideas must not take the place of the words and ideas given me of God, that the repetition of that is utterly useless. You have chosen your own way, and mingled self with your work, and have become less and less sensible of the danger to your own self and to the work. You have come to think that you were the one to whom credit should be given for the value of the matter that comes from your hands. I have had warnings concerning this, but could not see how I could come to the very point to say, "Go, Fannie," for then you plead, "Where shall I go?" and ［I］ try you again.  {MR926 22.1}
[MR926 22.2]          One thing I know, that you have placed a much higher estimate upon your capabilities and attainments than would be truly realized by yourself or others, for your work is deficient in the very essentials that would make it complete. We are engaged in a work that is weighty with eternal results. To have oil in our vessels with our lamps is the great daily necessity for every soul, and this cannot safely be neglected.  {MR926 22.2}
[MR926 22.3]          Truth, eternal, testing, must be not only professed, but acted. The vials of wrath are to be poured upon the inhabitants of the world who would not be drawn to Christ, and would not be molded into His likeness. Self exaltation was so strongly impregnating the whole character that God would not use them, and His curse is to come upon all such, who have not been beholding Christ, being changed into His image. God has "loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him, should not perish, but have everlasting life." All are chosen who through obedience to all the commandments of God will become loyal subjects of His kingdom.  {MR926 22.3}
[MR926 22.4]          What are we about? We are keepers of a light that must illumine all nations. It is the taper kindled at the divine altar that must illuminate the world, else men would perish in their sins. O, if those who have an intelligent knowledge of the truth would submit themselves to God, if His holy law regulated your life, if its principles were developed in your character, there would not be so many false moves, so much selfish surface work; but every one would catch the spirit of the Author of the saving message, the message that is to test all nations. If the law of God were brought into character, every soul would feel the burden and solemnity of the work of sending the message of mercy to all to whom we can gain access to make ready a people to stand in the day of the Lord. Now is the day of God's preparation.  {MR926 22.4}
[MR926 22.5]          I have a word to say upon another point. Our sisters who have come from America have an account to render before God of their example in dress; in this matter they have not been approved of God as His missionaries. We need to be converted, soul, body, and spirit. Shall we by our example lead to pride, to selfish indulgence and selfish expenditure of means in dress that testifies that we are not the doers of the word? The principles were presented before me, which are not as God would have them. I am not called upon to specify, but to warn you to take heed.  {MR926 22.5}
[MR926 22.6]          The spirit that characterizes your work, Fannie, is not discerned by many, yourself or others. They cannot see the true inwardness of these matters, but it manifests itself on certain occasions. Although you are full of activity and zeal and stir and push, there                                                                              23  is so much of one-sided, impulsive, ill-developed movements, that the results are of the same order as the working. God's chosen vessels will work under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. You have worked largely under the sustaining influence of the self-satisfaction you have cherished, feeling that you were doing a large work. But winnow the wheat from the chaff and there will be very few kernels of pure grain. But the many judge from outward appearance, not from the spirit and real results.  {MR926 22.6}
[MR926 23.1]         We are living in an age represented as being like that before the flood. All who now plead for souls should in their dress and deportment carry the modesty and marks of the Lord Jesus. They must wait, watch, and pray for the Holy Spirit to be abundantly bestowed. We must take in the idea of Christianity; in conversation and in dress we must represent the truth. A decided guard must be placed upon the human agents in regard to the impressions they are making upon others in deportment and in dress. The Bible is our guide; study its teachings with a purpose to obey, and you need make no mistakes.  {MR926 23.1}
[MR926 23.2]          Our dress should be in strict accordance with the character of our holy faith. ［1 Timothy 2:9-10; 1 Peter 3:3-5 quoted.］ There is need of putting more of the Bible precept into the dress, as well as the inward adorning into the character.  {MR926 23.2}
[MR926 23.3]          Fannie, wherever you go, wherever you may be, you need to study that the colors and material and style of your dress should be adapted to, and correspond with, your age and to the faith you profess. You remember I made the remark to Elder Olsen that when at Preston you were destitute of suitable clothing and felt too poor to supply yourself with what you should have. The remarks you made showed that you did not understand me. I want to be understood now. You need comfortable underclothing, which you must have in order to have health. But I certainly do not, in all respects, approve of your style of dress. I felt rather sad and ashamed when you stood upon the platform before the large crowd under the tent, with that light, large-figured dress. It was not appropriate for the occasion. Your judgment in the matter of dress may be much improved, and I hope you will not consult your dress-maker but those who are of sensible minds and who will not flatter you or have any guile in their mouths as to suitable clothing that will make a proper impression upon the minds of both believers and unbelievers. We who claim to be in the light, and who take prominent positions to instruct others in children's meetings, need to be severely plain, yet tidy and tasteful, in dress; we should not give a semblance of excuse to any for patterning after the worldly, changing fashions of this corrupt age. Those who dress after the order given in the Bible can, with appropriate words, help others to reach a proper standard. Do not come to me to ask how you shall dress. If our sisters have the Spirit of God abiding as a living principle in the heart, they will not in a single instance give occasion for any to turn aside the counsels of God by quoting the ministers' wives or those engaged in giving Bible-readings. Ever have your dress of good, durable material, and modest colors; let it be made plainly, without adornment. You certainly need to improve in your style of dress.  {MR926 23.3}
[MR926 23.4]          Fannie, you have proposed the query, Was it right for credit to be given to Sister White for the books she published, when those who worked up the matter were not recognized? Your ideas were put into the books and papers, and yet sunk out of sight.  {MR926 23.4}
[MR926 23.5]          Your position has been represented to me by the history of                                                                              24  Aaron and Miriam as given in the Scriptures. Aaron and Miriam became displeased with Moses because of his marriage. They cherished these feelings, which had their origin wholly in self. They thought Moses regarded himself as superior to them, and they must ever stand as second. This state of feeling was just what Satan desired to bring about. It was in his lines to carry forward the work he began in heaven. He framed his temptations, adapting them to the circumstances; for in his methods of working he can transform himself into an angel of light. Satan could not touch the head, the reasoning faculties, the eyes of the mind; but he could make things which the outward eye looked upon appear in accordance with his subtle working.  {MR926 23.5}
[MR926 24.1]          The very same effect would be produced upon the mind as if the eyes were blinded. Satan insinuates himself, professing to have a very great interest in the prosperity of the children of Israel. Aaron and Miriam became one in mind. They communicated with one another, and they said, "Hath the Lord indeed spoken only by Moses? Hath he not spoken also by us?" Mark that which follows: "And the Lord heard it."  {MR926 24.1}
[MR926 24.2]          The Lord hears many things which human beings say, and He understands the current of evil started into intense activity by words spoken in secret, and by the principles cherished, which have a controlling power upon the character. If persons could always consider that there is a Witness present to hear every word they speak, even in the secret chamber, there would be fewer private communications from human lips to leaven the minds of others by their exalted ideas and evil suggestions, which are voicing the temptations of the great deceiver. So great is his power of dissimulation, his skill in acting, that the Lord alone could fathom his work in corrupting human minds. Let every human being in their secret conferences with others to obtain sympathy remember these words: "And the Lord heard it."  {MR926 24.2}
[MR926 24.3]          There was One who could vindicate Moses. Hear His testimony; the words come sounding down along the lines to our time, evidencing that the mind of God is not in agreement with the thoughts of men: ［Numbers 12:3-10 quoted.］ These things are written "for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come." The Lord had chosen Moses to do a certain work, and had bidden him go with the message to Pharaoh, but Moses begged to be excused. ［Exodus 4:10-13.］ Unbelief in his own ability led to distrust of God. Moses had been absent from Egypt for forty years. For this long period the discipline of the humble shepherd's life was necessary to prepare him for his great work. He was naturally of an impetuous spirit, full of ambition and zeal to carry out his ideas and plans, working after his own imaginings to bring about the deliverance of Israel. He must be pruned and cut back, like the branches of the spreading, trailing vine. In the solitude of the mountains he passed his time for forty years, being disciplined in the school of Christ for the manifestation of God.  {MR926 24.3}
[MR926 24.4]          In his youthful experience in Egypt, Moses had been praised and petted, and he had attracted the people to himself. His praises had been sung as the chief captain of armies, and he was pleased and elated with flattery. But the Lord saw beneath the surface of outward appearance; He saw that Moses must have an altogether different kind of experience. Among the mountain solitudes he learned from nature far more in regard to the character of God than he had learned in all his previous life as the king's grandson, the protective ruler of                                                                              25  the kingdom of Egypt. He was a mighty general of armies, he was a man quick to devise and execute, ready in speech, and eloquent in language; but during his long absence from Egypt he had to a great extent lost his command of the language, and thought himself unable to speak. But God promised to be with him, and asked, "Who hath made man's mouth? Or who maketh the dumb, or deaf, or the seeing, or the blind? Have not I the Lord? Now therefore go, and I will be with thy mouth, and will teach thee what thou shalt say. And he said, O my Lord, send, I pray thee, by the hand of him whom thou shouldst send." (margin).  {MR926 24.4}
[MR926 25.1]          The confidence of Moses in his own abilities had greatly lessened while he was in the employment of a shepherd. He came into that meek, humble position where he did not trust in his education, though it was of the highest order that could be gained in Egypt. In his experience he had learned that he could make none but God his trust. This lesson is what each human being must know if he gains the future, immortal life. The lessons that Moses learned in the solitudes of the mountains, while he pastured the flock, gave him the right kind of experience, so that he could be taken by the God of Israel, the great I AM, and be placed in the cleft of the rock and covered with the hand of God, that his life should not be extinguished by a view of the face of God, and the Lord revealed to him His glory, and he was enabled to endure "as seeing Him who is invisible."  {MR926 25.1}
[MR926 25.2]         This revelation of the character of God is plainly delineated that man may learn the lesson as to what God is, and learning this, may ever see his own human weakness and inefficiency, and may realize that his strength is gone, for there is nothing given it to feed upon. The case of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram is written for the admonition of those who live in these last days. These histories are to be studied. Aaron was made mouth-piece for Moses, and because Aaron and Miriam were honored with a part in the work, they thought they were equal to Moses, and were indeed a very essential part of the great whole. They felt that credit should be given to them, and that Moses should not have all the honor.  {MR926 25.2}
[MR926 25.3]          Let the human agent consider that in any position where God has placed him, he must put entire confidence in God. The righteousness of the unfallen beings of the eternal world, and of the inhabitants of this world fallen because of sin, is conditional upon their faithful obedience to the law of God, which is holy, just, and good. All created beings must derive their life from God. Not one can be, or do good, only as he lives in daily dependence upon God. And not a soul is righteous any longer than he is in vital relation to God, the source of all virtue, of life, of love, of power. A plant can retain its vital properties only as it is in vital relation with the soil, the air, the light, the dew, the showers. Even so must we be in relation with Christ. But too many give undue prominence and glory to mere human and earthly elements, and lose sight of the divine power; as the result they are held fast in the slavery of wrong habits and practices. The moral attributes are weak because they are not strengthened by constant exercise to meet every emergency that shall appear in the life experience.  {MR926 25.3}
[MR926 25.4]          The judgment of God has, with you, been questioned because it did not act in harmony with the perverse and degenerate will of yours. God is misinterpreted by human agents who feel sure they understand and know themselves better than God knows them. They ask, as you have done, "Why does God do this?" And, "Why does God not do that?" Their own finite                                                                              26  ideas would prescribe for God, and mark out His way, seeking to bring Him to their own human standard.  {MR926 25.4}
[MR926 26.1]          An illustration was given me of a tree full of beautiful fruit. I was shown Fannie gathering the fruit, some ripe, the best, some unripe. She put it in her apron, and said, "This is mine. It is mine." I said, "Fannie, you are certainly claiming that which is not yours. That fruit belongs to that tree. Any one may pluck and enjoy it, but it belongs to that tree."  {MR926 26.1}
[MR926 26.2]          The power of discerning good and evil is an attribute from God, and unless the human agents are in vital connection with God, they cannot discern spiritual things. They will call good evil, they will call evil good. The prayer of Solomon was, "Give thy servant an understanding heart, that I may judge thy people, that I may discern between good and bad." The attempt to gain supremacy is a terrible snare to the soul. There is an influence of self exaltation and glorification that is as poisonous malaria, even among those who think they are engaged in missionary work. Self is interwoven in all they do; they feast upon sympathy, and hunger to receive praise; they gather their power from human beings, who are erring, wanting in discernment, panting for approbation. When those of a like character associate together, it is not to partake of angels' food, but to eat of the fruit which is as the apples of Sodom. All who link themselves with those who will praise and flatter them, are binding their souls in unholy bonds; and unless they break these bonds, and fasten their affections upon God, they will too late find themselves naked, destitute of the robe of Christ's righteousness.  {MR926 26.2}
[MR926 26.3]          I am now in great trial. I see that Fannie has not understood spiritual things. She knew not that she was entertaining Satan's flatteries in vain thoughts, flattering thoughts of herself, her capabilities, and her efficiency. The precious ore has become so thoroughly mixed with the dross that on every favorable occasion the dross appears. There is exaggeration with her of her own supposed superior ideas and sentiments, there is a surface work, a wonderful activity, but O, so little soundness of the genuine meekness and lowliness of Christ.  {MR926 26.3}
[MR926 26.4]          When I take the position which I am sorry, very sorry, to take, that I cannot consistently continue the connection with Fannie by entrusting her with my writings as I have done, some will misjudge me because they think she has sincerely repented; but the fact that she has not had respect for the writings, will endanger the work I am called of the Lord to do. The fact that her mind could be tampered with so often again and again by the enemy, that she could be led to regard the writings as she has regarded them, will be a temptation to place them at a disadvantage. This past experience has given a mold to the thoughts, and has fashioned the mind and judgment. I can see no safety in trusting the matter the Lord shall give me in the hands of one of such unstable, unreliable developments of character that a balance wheel is needed constantly, else she will be running off on a side track where Satan may choose to lead the way. Fannie is so wrapped up in her own exalted estimation of herself that any contrary influence that has been brought to bear upon her mind meets with a resistance that is according to the attributes of the enemy. The surroundings, the impulses, give tone and character to the whole life. There are too large and important interests at stake in this matter to be lightly imperiled. Should I consent that Fannie remain in connection with the work, there would be                                                                              27  a constant burden of foreboding upon me, for these elements of character are not easily changed. The work which she has handled, she does not always appreciate as necessary or essential, and if she dared, would mold them all over.  {MR926 26.4}
[MR926 27.1]         The Lord God is a discerner of the thoughts, as well as a hearer of every word that falls from human lips. He can make crooked things straight by disconnecting certain elements from His work. But should I attempt to vindicate my course to those who do not appreciate the spiritual character of the work which is laid upon me; it would only expose myself and the work to misconception and misrepresentation. To present the matter before other minds would be useless, for there are but few who are really so connected with God ［who］ see beneath the surface appearance as to understand it. This work is one that I cannot explain.  {MR926 27.1}
[MR926 27.2]          To take the step which I am now convicted must be taken causes me much suffering of mind. When I state that Fannie never has loved the character of the work, I state the truth. She has never yet discerned its nature, and her nature and temperament are such that I am convinced that unless there is an entire transformation of character, she will never know more of it that she does at present. It is as a rock of offense for her and others to stumble over because they do not know and, unless they are converted, they can never know the inwardness of its sacred bearings; it is all outside of them, having never experienced the nature of it for themselves. The mortification of failure and the anguish of mind that Fannie is now passing through, I cannot mistake for repentance, or conversion, or transformation of character.  {MR926 27.2}
[MR926 27.3]          Just before coming to this country, in order to help Fannie I consented to make another trial after she had given me the assurance which she now repeats, that her feelings in regard to the work had wholly changed. I followed my best judgment, against all my friends who knew Fannie's course of action, hoping she had gained wisdom from God, and would really love the work. I knew that she was naturally unbalanced in mind, but thought that through the light given of God, the appeals constantly made presenting definite reproofs to some and general reproofs to others, she would learn the lessons that it was her privilege to learn, and become strengthened in character. Thus she would obtain wisdom to prepare the precious matter placed in her hands, so that it might work for the saving of her soul as well as the souls of others. But she has been so occupied with other things which opened for her different avenues to engross the mind, that she does not give proper time and due consideration to the work.  {MR926 27.3}
[MR926 27.4]          She dashes through the matter with scarcely an idea that it is anything important coming from God, and that it must be duly cared for. She supplies her words, that in her human judgment she supposes are better than the words in the manuscript, which I have to critically guard. She accomplishes a large amount of work in a way that is not the best. Sacred things are made common, and are treated in a very careless and indifferent, irreverent manner.  {MR926 27.4}
[MR926 27.5]          Now those who have but little experimental knowledge of my work do not see why Fannie cannot do this work better than any one else. Certainly she is capable, they say. But she has accustomed herself to work with a rush; she has not felt that she was handling anything sacred, and she has put her spirit and her feelings into the work. My prayer is that God will convert the poor child, that she may understand the leadings of His Holy Spirit.                                                                              28   {MR926 27.5}
[MR926 28.1]          The character of Saul is a marked one. There was strength and weakness combined. Gifts of talent were bestowed upon him, and had he consecrated these gifts wholly to God, he would not have dishonored himself by his own transgression. Contradictory elements were bound up in his character, and he worked at cross purposes with God. At times he revealed marked simplicity, and then was guilty of manifesting a jealous and overbearing spirit. He would be very tender and full of sympathy toward some who pleased him, as the notion came upon him, and then would be unjust and cruel toward his best friends. When brought under the influence of sacred and vocal music, he would catch the spirit of devotion, and pour forth the most impassioned expressions of lofty eloquence, in ecstasies of praise and prayer. While under this excitement, he would give himself no rest day nor night until the reaction came. Then his strength failed, and he was exhausted. When the paroxysm of wild excitement and inordinate zeal had spent itself, he would reveal his old disposition. When his will was crossed, he was in a fury, and his words and deeds were of a character entirely dishonoring to himself, and more dishonoring to God. Good and evil were ever in collision, evil ever striving for the supremacy.  {MR926 28.1}
[MR926 28.2]          Fannie, unless you are born again, and take yourself in hand, unless you seek the grace of God every day and every hour, making God your shield, you will meet with the loss of your soul. The great strife of your soul has been for recognition. You have deceived yourself and deceived others in regard to your true standing religiously. Human beings, deceived by your apparent zeal, give you credit for advanced spirituality, and mind acts and re-acts upon mind. You enjoy human praise, and think that persons give you due appreciation, when they are not perfect in wisdom; links are formed with human agents that bind the soul away from God. Are these delusions to last until it is too late to seek that help which cometh alone from God? Will precious souls, in their supposed trials, perplexities and disappointments, seek counsel alone from God, not from erring, finite human beings?  {MR926 28.2}
[MR926 28.3]          The path of obedience to God is as the shining light which shineth more and more unto the perfect day. We are to climb the rounds of the ladder. God is above it. His light is shining on every round of this ladder. It is by the difficult steps of faith and self-denial that the top of the ladder is reached. To all who choose to be guided by their own judgment and impulses, life will be a failure; for they discard God's ways, and follow the human, perverse, passionate will. They are bent upon having their own way. God has a special work for every one to do, and those who do this work trustingly, in the meekness and lowliness of Christ, will do it well.  {MR926 28.3}
[MR926 28.4]          Take heed lest these warnings be lightly regarded, and you go far into the paths of worldliness in dress, worldliness of practices, and at last find that the door is shut, and you are outside, a foolish virgin.  {MR926 28.4}
[MR926 28.5]          Letter 88, 1894, entire letter. (To W. C. White, February 6, 1894.)--The mail received a letter written by me yesterday. Emily copied a part of it, and two pages I said she need not copy and so I did not send them. You may not obtain any thing but a confused idea of the matter which has been the cause of great suffering of mind to me. In Battle Creek, Fannie pleaded hard and with tears to come with me to engage with me in the work of preparing articles for the papers. She declared she                                                                              29  had met with a great change, and was not at all the person she was when she told me she desired to write herself and could not consent that her talent would be buried up in the work of preparing my articles for the papers and books. She felt she was full of the matter and had talent she must put to use in writing which she could not do connected with me. I said, "I release you now, Fannie," but she persisted that she must hold on to the preparation of some articles when she went to Ann Arbor, and not entirely let go. Marion persuaded me this I had better do, for it would be a great discouragement to Fannie if I refused her request. Fannie stated afterwards that these articles were the means of saving her from ruin. You know I was so unwise as it appears to me now, to grant her request to come with me to this country and throw in her interest heart and soul as she persisted with many tears she would do, and she was very positive she would never cause me sorrow and perplexity again because of her pride and self-ambition and self-will. How this had been fulfilled you know something, but very little of the real facts in the case are known. But all that occurred in Preston was one series of sufferings and distress and agony of mind to me on her account. The Lord gave me in Preston the most blessed experience of my life. He made me to have peace and rest in the love of His presence, and His grace kept me cheerful, happy and joyful. While God was working with me in a most wonderful manner, the enemy was working just as decidedly with Fannie. And that working has continued from that time till the present. Warnings were given me, but I did not act upon them, thinking I would be at Melbourne much sooner than I was. The delay in consequence of the camp-meeting we decided to have in Wellington, kept us in New Zealand for a much longer period than we anticipated.  {MR926 28.5}
[MR926 29.1]          I was greatly pained during the camp meeting in Brighton at the positions of trust given to Fannie in placing upon her so fully the responsibility of the children. I knew that others ought to know it was not a proper thing to do, in consideration of her make-up in character. Others should have been connected with her to make up for deficiencies she could not discern existed in herself, but others ought to be intelligent to discern these defects, and guard on every point against them, in placing her in so responsible a place. But I was not able to change the order of things, and I positively could not unite with her in that work for reason of the warnings I had received while in Preston and New Zealand. After you had left Melbourne I felt very much distressed. I had a burden, a great burden for the future of my work, and I could not discern how to change the order of things. Again the warning came, "Fannie is your adversary, and is misleading minds by entertaining the suggestions of Satan as did Eve in Eden." Her love of ambition, her love of praise, and her idea of her own ability and talents was the open door Satan had entered to not only ruin her soul, but to imperil the work given me of God.  {MR926 29.1}
[MR926 29.2]          While I was depressed in mind and distressed almost beyond measure, as to what was the matter now, and how I should meet it, Elder Starr was burdened and I thought I should not be left in darkness in reference to the workings of the mind of Fannie. She had made statements to Elder Starr which I think I mentioned in my former letter, asking him if he thought it was right to give all the credit to Sr. White for the published writings when others had so much to do in their preparation, and she made strange statements to him which                                                                              30  shows a mind influenced by the power of Satan.  {MR926 29.2}
[MR926 30.1]          In the conversation I had with Fannie, I asked her to tell me what she would have done. Should it be published Mrs. E. G. White, Fannie Bolton, and Marion Davis are a company concern in these productions? "Oh," she says, "I do not know, I do not know. I have been tempted. I am full of pride." Well, considerable was said which I cannot take time to write. I have told her plainly, I dare not employ her longer, for the door of her heart was open to any and every temptation. In the place of her voicing the suggestions of Satan as the voice of God, why did she not, like a faithful worker, open the matter to the one concerned? Why did she not utter a word to me but go to Emily ［Campbell］ and May ［Walling］ and talk with them?  {MR926 30.1}
[MR926 30.2]          I find she has talked with Colcord and his wife, Sister Salisbury and how many others remain to be developed. Is not this the work of a traitor? What harm could not such an one do me in sowing doubts and questionings in the minds of those who have not an experimental knowledge in the work given me of God?  {MR926 30.2}
[MR926 30.3]          She says to Elder Starr, "I have some precious thoughts the Lord gives me, and I have expressed these to Marion, and the next thing she puts them in Sr. White's articles on the Life of Christ, and they are supposed to be her thoughts." And to have her talent buried up and unrecognized beneath the writings that pass for Sister White she does not think is right. Who has supposed she was putting her words and her ideas in the place of the words and ideas given to her in the writings of Sister White? "Oh," she said to me, "I have put my life into those articles published." Now, it is not a correct statement. I want not her life, or words, or ideas into these articles. And the sooner this bubble is burst, the better for all concerned, the necessity for this wonderful talent be understood, and Fannie come to her senses. I have now no knowledge of how we shall come out, and what I shall do. I am afraid that Fannie cannot be trusted. I told her she had been sowing the seeds of evil, like thistle's seed, that she can never gather up. A person with so little judgment and caution that cannot discern from cause to effect, but goes on in her own perverse imaginings, and pours out the suggestions of Satan into other minds is not to be trusted. It is the work of a traitor. If she has done the work, as she has represented to other minds she has done, so that she thinks credit should be given her for her talent brought into my writings, then it is time that this firm is dissolved. If she has done this work, which she has represented to others has been as much her talent, her production of ideas and construction of sentences as mine, and in "beautiful language," then she has done a work I have urged should not be done, again and again; and she is unworthy of any connection with this work.  {MR926 30.3}
[MR926 30.4]          Now it remains that the articles be examined critically and decisions be made accordingly, for this must not go with only a passing notice. The leaven has been placed in other minds and not one suggestion expressed to me, the only one to whom these thoughts should be expressed. What did she think these persons could do to relieve the situation to whom she has opened her mind so freely? She was in the house with me in Preston, and she talked with May Walling, and Emily Campbell who was newly connected with me and my work. I was in the house. She could speak to me any time, but not one word or hint of this matter came to me. For two full years this leaven has been affecting her mind, and how many other minds the                                                                              31  judgment alone can reveal, of putting the whole matter under a cloud and doubt. Is it human or divine? The work God has given me has been placed in her estimation on a level with her own productions, and this is the impression she has given.  {MR926 30.4}
[MR926 31.1]         As near as I can represent it to you is, that she has in a most exaggerated way represented as though the productions from my pen were more the mold of her talent than anything from me, that she made it all over, thus she has represented to me. I told her that I have placed the writings in her hands and repeated to you over and over again that I wanted my words and my ideas to appear in every case. She must not substitute her words or her ideas. I want not my words to be changed for her words.  {MR926 31.1}
[MR926 31.2]          She stated that W.C.W. had read articles she had done just according to my directions in preparing, and he told her she must do more to it, etc. Now I am in trouble and this matter must be settled. I think Fannie's influence is not good, and while she appears to be a zealous worker, she is awful busy, yet the influence is not of the right quality. I told her I could not see how I could feel the least safety in keeping her connected with me. I had had no harmony of spirit with her. And if she could be so thoroughly deceived when she claimed to be imbued with so great a missionary spirit, and to be so zealous a worker in the cause, what could I expect in the future?  {MR926 31.2}
[MR926 31.3]          The light given was, "She is your adversary." The light given me on one occasion was that of Aaron and Miriam. They both occupied a prominent position. Both stood in estimation of the people, only second to Moses. The same spirit that first brought discord in heaven, sprung up in the heart of Miriam, and she repeated to Aaron her thoughts, that due credit was not given to them. She had ability to place this matter in a light to gain sympathy, as though she had been kept out of sight, and her talent not recognized, neither was Aaron's. Please read the history and that written in Patriarchs and Prophets, pages 368-371. Aaron had been mouth-piece for Moses, and Miriam was a teacher of the women. But now come whisperings between the brother and the sister in murmurings and jealousies against Moses, and they were guilty of disloyalty, not only to their leader appointed of God but God Himself. This burden of jealousy for their own honor and glory were not left to be planted in the minds of the camp of Israel, but the Lord who reads the secrets of all hearts takes this matter in hand; for the matter left to go uncorrected would create a rebellion in the camp of Israel: ［Numbers 12:5-8 quoted.］  {MR926 31.3}
[MR926 31.4]         What words have been spoken by Fannie? Hath not God seen the spirit of jealousy, the spirit of ambition and pride struggling for human honor and recognition? This history is designed as a warning to all who will pursue a similar course as Aaron and Miriam. He who reads the heart will bring to light the hidden things of darkness, and will make manifest the counsels of the heart. Those who give place to Satan's suggestions in their desperate efforts in panting for recognition of talents they flatter themselves that they possess, will be so blinded by the enemy that they will not discern sacred things in distinction from the common. They will bring accusations against those whom God has called to act in certain positions in His cause.  {MR926 31.4}
[MR926 31.5]          I have written to you quite fully, and I leave it with you to act as you shall judge best. Marion has not discerned the inward working of this matter, and has been deceived and affected in a degree by Fannie's statements of the case. We are now compelled to look deeper than the surface. But                                                                              32  I leave this matter for you to do as you think best. I am in a very grave perplexity and when I see how Satan works to take the very ones who ought to be intelligent and sharp as steel to understand their position before God, and their privileges and honor to have a part in the work, become disloyal, surmising, and whispering evil and putting the same into other minds, it is time decisive measures are taken that will correct the disaffection before it shall spread farther.  {MR926 31.5}
[MR926 32.1]          I will now say, we are all generally well. I of course am not but troubled and perplexed. Send me word after you read my letters by telegram when I may expect you. Letters are expected today from American mail.  {MR926 32.1}
[MR926 32.2]          Please make close inquiry in regard to the horse and phaeton and household goods. We can drive the horse through. Stephen has been with his trap more than half way to Sydney, and says he will drive through if we want him to. You can inquire whether it is best to go by boat, and the expense of duties and freightage, and write as soon as you ascertain. Much love to all in the faith.                                                                              34   {MR926 32.2}
[MR926 34.1]          Letter 6, 1894, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, February 10, 1894.)--I received and read your letter, and assure you that my heart is deeply touched by its contents. I accept your confession. As far as yourself and your connection with me personally is concerned, I have and do freely forgive you. I have declined to see you for the reason that I am not clear in reference to the future. I want to keep this question constantly before God, and view the future of our relationship to each other in the work in His light, and move in His counsel. He sees the end from the beginning. He knows all things. Past, present and future are all clear to Him.                                                                              35  If it is for our good and His glory that we cooperate in the work, understanding more fully its sacred character, seeking to meet the highest requirements, through the grace of Jesus Christ, freely given to His workers if they ask Him, I shall be relieved. I would accept the situation, and seek in every way to do this His work which He has given me to do in all meekness and lowliness of mind, in order that the glory shall not come to the human agents, but flow back in rich streams to Him who hath given wisdom and ability to do this work.  {MR926 34.1}
[MR926 35.1]          The Lord is acquainted with us individually. Everyone born into the world is given his or her work to do, for the purpose of making the world better, and in doing our God-appointed work, we make ourselves better; for in doing the work given us of God, we individually live out the law and the gospel. Each one has his sphere, and if the human agent makes God his counsellor, then there will be no working at cross purposes with God. He allots to everyone a place and a work, and if we individually submit ourselves to be worked by the Lord, however confused and tangled life may seem to our eyes, God has a purpose in it all, and the human machinery, obedient under the hand of divine wisdom, will accomplish the purposes of God. As in a well-disciplined army, every soldier has his allotted work in the great work of God.  {MR926 35.1}
[MR926 35.2]          Life as it now appears is not what God designed it should be, and this is why there is so much that is perplexing; for there is much wear and friction. The man or woman that leaves the place God has given him or her, in order to please inclination, and act on his own devised plan, meets with disappointment, because he has chosen his way instead of God's way. There are those who accept positions of responsibility, but fail to sense the responsibility, and thus do haphazard work. Others accept a work for which they have no fitness, and they have no appreciation of the fact that they are under rule to God, and are ever striving to guide themselves, and to control their own being. Other individuals study to have their own way, and work out their plans, and God erects His barriers, and does not allow them to do as they would. They are the Lord's by creation and by redemption, and He will not allow them to have their own way, and be ever trying to set aside the will of God for some plan of their own. They are to fill the place God allotted to them, and do the work the Lord has given into their hands. Willfulness and inclination cannot be the masters of the situation.  {MR926 35.2}
[MR926 35.3]          Our heavenly Father is our Ruler, and we must submit to His discipline. We are members of His family. He has a right to our service, and if one of the members of His family would persist in having his own way, persist in doing just that which he pleased, that spirit would bring about a disordered and perplexed state of things. We must not study to have our own way, but God's way and God's will.  {MR926 35.3}
[MR926 35.4]          I feel now, my sister, that let God speak, and we will say, "Not my will, but Thy will, O God be done." I know that human beings suffer much because they step out of the path that God has chosen for them to follow. They walk in the sparks of the fire they have kindled themselves, and the sure result is affliction, unrest and sorrow, which they might have avoided if they had submitted their will to God, and have permitted Him to control their ways. God sees that it is necessary to oppose our will and our way, and bring our human will into subjection. Whatever path God chooses for us, whatever way He ordains for our feet, that is the only path of safety. We are                                                                              36  daily to cherish a spirit of childlike submission, and pray that our eyes may be anointed with the heavenly eyesalve in order that we may discern the indications of the divine will, lest we become confused in our ideas, because our will seems to be all controlling. With the eye of faith, with childlike submission as obedient children, we must look to God, to follow His guidance, and difficulties will clear away. The promise is, "I will instruct thee, and teach thee; I will guide thee with Mine eye."  {MR926 35.4}
[MR926 36.1]         The Lord has promised to give the Holy Spirit to them that ask Him. Shall we take God at His word? If we come to God in a humble and teachable spirit, not with our plans all formed before we ask Him, and shaped according to our own will, but in submission, in willingness to be taught in faith, it is our privilege to claim the promise every hour of the day. We may distrust ourselves, and we need to guard against our inclinations and strong tendencies, lest we shall follow our mind and plans, and think it is the way of the Lord; but let us never disbelieve the word of the promise.  {MR926 36.1}
[MR926 36.2]          True and abiding happiness can never be derived from any human being. We may have special, select friends that, all unperceived and unacknowledged by us, we place in the heart where God should be, and we can never perfect a round, full Christian experience until every earthly support is removed, and the soul centers its entire affections about God. "Except the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it: Except the Lord keep the city, the watchmen waketh but in vain."  {MR926 36.2}
[MR926 36.3]          There is need of watching unceasingly the natural affections and tendencies of our own hearts, lest we become estranged from God, and place our affections on human beings to the dishonor of God; for our happiness will be imperiled unless we watch, and pray, and cherish the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. We must make God our trust.  {MR926 36.3}
[MR926 36.4]          Now Fannie, I am desirous for your best good, and wish that you may not have the least bit of vanity of mind in any direction. I am burdened for you. I want you should make a success of overcoming every temptation to be vain, or worldly, or self-sufficient; for it is death to spirituality. It places our souls open to the suggestions of Satan. O, I am sure our sisters from America in many respects have done great harm in influence to the work of God among the people of this country, and the converting power of God must be daily realized in their hearts and upon their characters, else Satan will use them as decoys to souls, although they may be zealously engaged in missionary work as far as appearances go, and yet God has been dishonored, God has not been glorified in all things, and heaven is disappointed.  {MR926 36.4}
[MR926 36.5]          I send these lines to you to give relief, if possible with the assurance that I will seek to know the will of God in reference to our future work.  {MR926 36.5}
[MR926 36.6]          Letter 146, 1894, p. 4. (To W. C. White, March 29, 1894.)--We shall be glad to see you whenever you feel free to come. We are pleased with our household. Fannie has a room, the best in Brother McCullagh's hired house. It is on a hillside and surroundings healthful. I must stop now.  {MR926 36.6}
[MR926 36.7]          Letter 3, 1894, pp. 1-3. ("To Whom It May Concern," July 19, 1894.)--While we were living at Preston, Victoria, a request was made by letter from F. E. Belden that I furnish articles for the Youth's Instructor, the publishers to pay me for so doing. I told Sr.                                                                              37  Bolton of the request, saying that it would not be just or merciful to her ［for me］ to accept the proposition. She replied, "I cannot do more than I am now doing; but I have a great interest that you should write for that paper. I will do my part of the work in preparing the articles, if you will write them, and then furnish me help to copy them on the typewriter, and also to copy the numerous letters that you have to write. . . .  {MR926 36.7}
[MR926 37.1]          During the two months about the beginning of 1893, while Sr. Bolton was in Tasmania for her health, Sr. Davis spent nearly all her time in preparing matter for the Australian Conference, which was then in session, for the General Conference, and for individuals. For this I made no charge to the Conference. While I was in New Zealand, I wrote to Sr. Bolton at Melbourne to employ help whenever she required it, and I would pay the bill. This she did, and again I made no account to the Conference. . . . At the time of the camp meeting in Victoria, I employed Bro. Caldwell as typewriter ［typist］. Sr. Bolton continued to prepare the articles, but she had other labor placed on her during the camp meeting, and could do no copying. . . .  {MR926 37.1}
[MR926 37.2]          The preparation of Instructor articles has been no extra tax upon Sr. Bolton, for I have supplied her with help to copy my letters as well as the Instructor articles. For some time I have employed Sr. Mattie Lawrence, boarding her and paying her wages. It is a part of her work to do this extra copying for Sr. Bolton, which does not come into Sr. B's account or my own.  {MR926 37.2}
[MR926 37.3]          Letter 149, 1894, p. 1. (To W. C. White, July 30, 1894.)--Friday I called on Fannie. She is now in her room at Brother McKenzie's very nearly settled. . . . I thought we could spare one quart of milk to Brother McKenzie each morning and one pint to Fannie. She is much pleased with her room.  {MR926 37.3}
[MR926 37.4]          Letter 152, 1894, p. 2. (To W. C. White, September 20, 1894.)-- Sunday afternoon we rode to Prospect and Brother McCullagh said the church all wanted me to give the discourse, so I complied with their request. I send it with this letter. Fannie took it in longhand and got nearly the whole of it. She rode up with Brother and Sister Belden and your mother.                                                                              38   {MR926 37.4}
[MR926 38.1]          Letter 118, 1895, p. 3. (To "Children," January 23, 1895.)--We found Fannie was, in our absence, making her home with our friends. She was sweating over the stove, cooking us a nice dinner. She has thought if she could do some housework, it would be good for her, and Emily has had her class in teaching shorthand to Julia McKenzie, while we were away.  {MR926 38.1}
[MR926 38.2]          Letter 39, 1895, pp. 1, 10. (To Dr. Kellogg, February 3, 1895.) --I have received your letter in which you asked a question in reference to the publication of a new edition of Christian Temperance. It is my mind as well as yours that another edition is needed, and as Fannie has the papers supplied far ahead, I shall set her to work at once selecting matter and arranging for this new edition. . . . You proposed to send me a "paste up" of matter to indicate what you would consider appropriate for the book you mentioned. This would please me very much, and I hope you will do it as soon as possible. Meanwhile, after supplying the papers, Fannie will do something in this line.  {MR926 38.2}
[MR926 38.3]         Letter 89, 1895, p. 1. (To W. C. White, March 11, 1895.)--May ［Lacey］ is anxious to go to Tasmania the first or second week in April, and is determined that I shall go; but I do not feel very anxious for the water trip, and I am now in important work trying to                                                                              39  complete the Life of Christ. To break up now seems severe, and Fannie being away makes it still worse and more forbidding. The matter that I would have her prepare will not be done, as she will probably remain at least two weeks in Cooranbong, and that will cover nearly the whole period before we leave for Tasmania, going via Melbourne.  {MR926 38.3}
[MR926 39.1]          Letter 92b, 1895, p. 1. (To "Children," April 11, 1895.)--I have considered your suggestions in regard to simplifying the language of the tract, "Sufferings of Christ." I read your letter to Fannie Bolton, and she will take hold of the work to simplify the language. . . .  {MR926 39.1}
[MR926 39.2]          I leave for Tasmania today by way of Melbourne. I hope that during my absence of four weeks Fannie will engage in the work of simplifying the "Sufferings of Christ."  {MR926 39.2}
[MR926 39.3]          Letter 44, 1895, p. 1. (To J. H. Kellogg, August 29, 1895.)-- Sister Bolton corrects manuscripts when she is able, but she is troubled so much with headache that often she cannot use her brain. This has become more and more marked, and is a very great hindrance to me in my work. I cannot do the things I would do. It is sufficiently taxing to do the writing, but when I have done that there is the burden of having the matter prepared. If I had one to edit the matter, I should feel so grateful.                                                                              40   {MR926 39.3}
[MR926 40.1]          Letter 17, 1895, pp. 1,3-6. (To Bro. Caldwell, September 6, 1895.)--This morning, as I came from the school ground, I saw your horse fastened to a tree before the tent occupied by Fannie Bolton. After a while I went to the tent. A lady from New Castle and Jessie Israel were visiting Fannie. You were sitting down, writing on the typewriter. Why did you not take the typewriter at once into the dining tent? What impression can such a course make upon the mind of the young girl visiting at the school? It made an impression that was anything but favorable.  {MR926 40.1}
[MR926 40.2]          Your freedom with young women is improper, but it is so natural and common to you that you think nothing of it. The word of God has told you that you are to abstain from the very appearance of evil; but do you? You are a married man, with a wife and two boys, whom you have left in America, and this fact should be sufficient, without further prompting, to lead you to cultivate sobriety and carefulness in your association with others. . . . I write these things to you because you are deceiving Fannie, and she is apparently totally blind and infatuated. . . .  {MR926 40.2}
[MR926 40.3]          Placing yourself in the society of Fannie as much as you did while at Melbourne had not only the appearance of evil, but was evil. You enjoyed it, but you should have had discernment to understand that by your course of action you were encouraging others in the same path.  {MR926 40.3}
[MR926 40.4]          I am now going to Tasmania, and you and Fannie will remain at Avondale. After my absence, you will feel inclined to associate together more freely, because I am not present to hold the fort. I fear you will dishonor the truth by your familiarity. I decidedly protest against this. Keep yourself out of Fannie's tent, or else a scandal will be created. . . .  {MR926 40.4}
[MR926 40.5]          When you expressed your desire for Fannie to move her things into my tent and become a member of my family, I knew that you did not know what you were talking about. The idea was inconsistent; but I felt that I must keep quiet, or I would speak very strongly. Then you stated plainly that you wanted Fannie to help in the cooking, "for your stomach's sake," because you liked her cooking, and enjoyed the food she prepared. I said to myself, "Poor, foolish, selfish man." You demonstrated what had been laid before me in clear lines,---that you were selfish, and would work in any way to accomplish your ends.  {MR926 40.5}
[MR926 40.6]          Letter 19, 1896, pp. 1,4,5. (To W. F Caldwell, c. September, 1895, sent June 11, 1896.)--I have had very little help from Fannie for many months, not because she cannot work, but her association with you has caused her to have an experience which has unfitted her to do anything in my work. . . .  {MR926 40.6}
[MR926 40.7]         I feel deeply over another matter, and that is your visiting Fannie in her tent. I have already decided that you two cannot work together. You are a married man, father of two children. If your                                                                              41  wife has obtained a divorce from you that does not leave you free to marry again, as I read my Bible...  {MR926 40.7}
[MR926 41.1]          Before leaving I must lay down some rules. There is no call for Caldwell to visit Fannie's tent. Fannie has not been in working order for some time. Her association with you is largely the cause of this. I know this to be so, and therefore I say, keep away from her tent. When I am away you will feel that you have a fine opportunity to get into her society whenever you can; and I cannot go without warning you and charging you to keep yourself to yourself. I want no reproach brought upon me nor upon this community, by imprudent, careless habits or practices.  {MR926 41.1}
[MR926 41.2]          Letter 41, 1895, pp. 4,6. (To Bro. Kellogg, October 25, 1895.) --I am sorry that I have not more literary help. I need this kind of help very much. Fannie could help me a great deal on the book work if she had not so many articles to prepare for the papers, and so many letters and testimonies to edit to meet the demands of my correspondence, and the needs of the people. . . .Earnest letters were written me requesting me to write for the Youth's Instructor; but I could not see how I could take this additional burden. I had numerous letters and testimonies that had to be prepared for various individuals, and it was necessary that the papers should be supplied with articles, and there was more work to be done than could be carried through by one person when all the burden of both editing and copying the matter was laid upon one worker. I concluded that it would be necessary to hire somebody to run the typewriter for Fannie Bolton, and so distribute the work. I hired Mattie Lawrence for this work, and she put in about half of her time in working with Sister Bolton.  {MR926 41.2}
[MR926 41.3]          Letter 102, 1895, entire letter. (To Marian Davis, October 29, 1895.)--I write you a short letter to tell you some things that I must open before you. While in Cooranbong, I had a presentation of Fannie talking to different ones, exactly in the same strain as that we had to deal with two years ago. At three different times I was brought into a room where all seemed dark as a cellar. I could not see the faces of those present, but heard her voice. She was in a most excited manner saying the very same things she said in Melbourne, stating that her talent was not acknowledged, that she brought her very being and life into the work, and                                                                              42  yet she was set aside as a nonentity, while Sister White got all the credit of the matter published. She was so very earnest and enthused that her statements would be taken as truth by any one who did not know what my writings were before she had any connection with me and my work.  {MR926 41.3}
[MR926 42.1]          Again the matter was presented to me as I have told you and her in the matter that came up at Melbourne. She claimed to put her words in my manuscript, and these were called "beautiful words," but, said Fannie Bolton, they were her own words. Then she talked fluently, saying that she had left everything and had given her life to be engaged in my work. Many statements after this order were presented in most earnest fluency and all seemed to receive her words as truth.  {MR926 42.1}
[MR926 42.2]          Again, after I returned to Granville from Cooranbong, matters were presented before me, and warnings were given that a trial was before me. I was instructed that among those connected with me, there was working an undercurrent of deceptive influences and that unless there was a cleansing away of all such influences, great harm would result to the cause of truth. I told you, Marian, that I was deeply burdened. I knew that Fannie's interest was not in the work. I had no harmony with her. I have felt, when I put writings in her hand to be copied, that there was some power between her and me, and the impression was "Withhold, withhold." I could not interpret my impressions nor the figures presented to me to teach me.  {MR926 42.2}
[MR926 42.3]          It was her own proposition to come to Armadale, Melbourne, and she made the conditions herself. I asked her if it was safe for her to attend the camp meeting, for if she should be urged to take the children's meetings, she would be inclined to do this, and then she would be of no use to me, for she would have to give her whole time to that work. She said, "I could not take the children's meetings. It is too hard for me. It just takes every bit of power in me. I shall want to attend some meetings in the evenings, occasionally in the day time, but I will be ready to help you in your work."  {MR926 42.3}
[MR926 42.4]          But as soon as we were on the ground, it was not easy to get persons to take the children's division, and now comes in the great urging for Fannie to engage in this work. I said, "No, it must not be. I have work for Fannie." But she greatly desired to attend children's meetings, and to instruct them. I had two articles to be prepared for the mail, and Fannie read Wednesday and Thursday. Fourteen pages were prepared for the mail, and nothing more has been done by her during this meeting.  {MR926 42.4}
[MR926 42.5]          After I had received the warnings I have mentioned, I asked Sara if Fannie had said anything to her in regard to me and my work and her work in connection with me. She evaded the question and said that Fannie wanted to take the children's meetings, if I would give my consent. I said, "Is this all, Sara?" She answered, "No, and I do not want to tell you what she said." I replied, "I believe it is my duty to know, for I am warned that Fannie is my adversary, and that she will misrepresent facts regarding her service in the work which will place me in a wrong light before the people."  {MR926 42.5}
[MR926 42.6]          She then told me the tenor of the conversation that she had with her. She referred to the notice in the paper, the Echo that Professor Prescott had compiled a book on Christian Education, and here his name appears, and, she said, "Myself and poor little Marian are unnoticed, set down out of sight." She talked very strongly, making statements of the magnitude of the work she had done, and mourned because, although her talent was                                                                              43  depended upon to prepare copy for the printer, her help was not acknowledged. She said, "You read the notice, Sara." She then raised her hand, pounded it on the paper on the table, and said with vehemence, "It is a lie! a lie! a lie!"  {MR926 42.6}
[MR926 43.1]          I sent for Brother Prescott, and told him I was sure that Fannie was working most decidedly in the same lines that she had worked in America, pouring into other minds her version of things regarding her talents brought into the work there, because of which I had released her then from my services. I told him of the painful experience I had passed through in Melbourne at the Brighton camp meeting two years ago, similar to what I passed through in California at one time, that had nearly cost me my life. "Now," I said, "She is taking the work up just where she left it two years ago."  {MR926 43.1}
[MR926 43.2]          I said, "What is your opinion of this spirit, and this talk that is leavening the camp?" "O," said he, "I knew all this just as you have told it, in America. She came to my wife and me and laid it all open before us again in Cooranbong." Then he told how he met the matter.  {MR926 43.2}
[MR926 43.3]          Afterward I sent for Sister Prescott and talked with her. She had told Fannie that all this was the work of Satan to control her mind, that he, through her, could cut the heart of Sister White. After this I called both Brother and Sister Prescott together and consulted as to what should be done.  {MR926 43.3}
[MR926 43.4]          Monday, I spoke with Fannie after meeting and she was very desirous that I would consent for her to take the children's meeting.  {MR926 43.4}
[MR926 43.5]          I said, "Fannie, do not engage in any kind of work for others on this ground but yourself, until your heart is changed and you have a new heart, a new mind. If anyone on this ground needs to search as with a lighted candle his own heart, it is you. I do not ask you to do another stroke of work for me on this ground or ever hereafter. I remove all objections as far as my work in connection with you is concerned." She went to bed sick, and was sick all last night.  {MR926 43.5}
[MR926 43.6]          I have endeavored to find out other parties with whom she had talked. From one of our ministering brethren, I learned that while at the school she opened her grievances to Brother and Sister Malcolm, who were then new in the truth. She presented the matter to them in such a way that they thought injustice had been done to Fannie and Marian. They knew nothing of me and my work, and Fannie represented that she and Marian had brought all the talent and sharpness into my books, yet you were both ignored and set aside, and all the credit came to me.  {MR926 43.6}
[MR926 43.7]          She had underscored some words in a book, "Christian Education," "beautiful words," she called them, and said that she had put in those words, they were hers. If this were the truth, I ask, Who told her to put in her words in my writings? She has, if her own statement is correct, been unfaithful to me.  {MR926 43.7}
[MR926 43.8]          Sister Prescott however says that, in the providence of God that very article came to them (Brother and Sister Prescott) uncopied and in my own handwriting, and that these very words were in that letter. So Fannie's statement regarding these words is proved to be untrue.  {MR926 43.8}
[MR926 43.9]          Monday, Fannie asked if I could pray with her. I told her, "Yes." But when I came home, I was too feeble. I could not talk with her or pray with her. I shall not talk with her again if I can help it. She can talk fluently, has no lack of words, can talk six words to my one. She must no longer have the slightest connection with me. If I had only carried out my convictions two years ago, I should have done my duty.                                                                              44   {MR926 43.9}
[MR926 44.1]          I write you this, that you may know that I will not take so much as a shoe string from her wonderful talent. She may now exercise that talent as she chooses, and swell into the large place she thinks she could occupy. I have not a particle of confidence in her present position as a Christian. She has proved herself a traitor. If you had not tried so hard to keep her with me, through your sympathy, I should have severed all connection with her before this. How much harm she has done me and may do me in the future God alone knows.  {MR926 44.1}
[MR926 44.2]          If after this meeting Fannie shall come to Granville, you must not put one line of anything I have written into her hands, or read a line to her of the Life of Christ. I would not have any ［advice］ from her. I am disconnected from Fannie because God requires it, and my own heart requires it. I am sorry for Fannie, but nevertheless it is truth. If God will help me then, I will praise His holy name.  {MR926 44.2}
[MR926 44.3]          I want no further deceptions. I am sure that the Lord is holding me up and strengthening me. I felt this morning that the Lord had taken this matter out of my hands, and others must now handle it. Fannie now feels, as the matter has come out, about as she felt at Melbourne two years ago, but her repentance then was short-lived.  {MR926 44.3}
[MR926 44.4]          She now tells others she feels very badly and wants me to forgive. This I can do, but can never connect her with me again.  {MR926 44.4}
[MR926 44.5]          She becomes at times as verily possessed by demons as were human beings in the days of Christ. And when these paroxysms are upon her, many think she is inspired of God. She is fluent, her words come thick and fast, and she is under the control of demons. Then she claims that she has done the very things in my service I have told her in no case to do, that she has substituted her words for my words. This is bad enough. But when she takes the position that she has made my books, my articles and is responsible for the beautiful language, it is evident that Satan can through her do me any amount of harm. She can do more to implant doubts and sow seeds of evil than any person I know. She is a dangerous helper to me. She shall never have a chance again of mingling Fannie Bolton's wonderful talent with my work.  {MR926 44.5}
[MR926 44.6]          She had nothing to do with my work until after the meeting at Minneapolis, yet the Lord had kept and helped me up to that time. After she went to Ann Arbor she did a little for me. She asked for some articles of mine to take with her to Ann Arbor, saying she loved the work. But I now think that she wished to use the pretext that she was employed by me in order to gain the confidence of others because I trusted her as my agent to prepare copy for my books.  {MR926 44.6}
[MR926 44.7]          I see my folly now. I have not, since she came with me to Australia, had real peace and happiness with her. I have felt no peace, comfort and companionship with her, and yet I have tried to hold on to her.                                                                              46   {MR926 44.7}
[MR926 46.1]          Letter 9, 1895, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, November 7, 1895.)--The past night my sleep has troubled me. I am communicating to you in my sleeping hours. I have been waiting, hoping that some word would be given me that would mark out the way of the Lord more distinctly, that I might know what to do. But I have had no additional light; therefore I must take heed to the light I have already had from time to time in the past. I shall not trace with pen the many things that have occurred in the history of the past. It would only make me live them over afresh. I merely state that what has occurred on this camp ground is not a sudden temptation, new and strange to the human agent. It is a line of thought that has been cherished, and that will continue to be cherished. It may be smothered, but I cannot flatter myself that it is dead, without a possibility of a resurrection.                                                                              47   {MR926 46.1}
[MR926 47.1]          At the very time when you knew me to be suffering most severely with physical infirmities; at the very time when it was essential that I should have all my powers under full control, and that I should have the most favorable surroundings, to keep my mind in peace, and the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, on this important occasion I am brought into perplexity and distress which is scarcely endurable. Impediments of a very trying character are thrown in my way to weaken my hands, to take all courage out of my heart, and leave me to wrestle with uncertainties, to meet a harvest of unbelief and suspicion, which you have created. If true, as you have represented, God would set me aside, and take Fannie Bolton in my stead. These manifestations have been bewildering to me, and still are. I do not recover from the shock. Those who are supposed to help me should see me in my physical weakness, carrying the heaviest burdens one can bear, yet compelled to be distressed beyond measure by their attitude. But the Lord says they have no power to resist the devil, or from his snare to go.  {MR926 47.1}
[MR926 47.2]          I will not attempt to say all that might be said, for I have not physical strength. I can but go lightly over the ground in memory of the last six or seven years, step by step, from point to point, and inquire, What am I? and what will God have of me? I am still in a maze of perplexity. But I see only one course open before me. If my life is worth saving, I must disconnect from Fannie. And this is, I think, her only hope. Satan has supposed he could work upon your fruitful imagination to claim you have done a work God would not let you do--blend yourself with my writings. It is a great trial for me to do this, for I have no one selected to prepare my articles. This may be in the providence of God. Perhaps He designs me to lay down my pen, and say, I have written enough, while I had thought I had many things I must write. Being dependent upon an editor to prepare my articles for the press makes my work difficult, and I am still in great trial. To get a stranger who is unacquainted with me, would be to go through the same experience that I have had with Fannie, God forbid. But I give Fannie up on this camp-ground. If she will consecrate her abilities to God, and hide herself in Christ, she can find work. I will not hinder her.  {MR926 47.2}
[MR926 47.3]          Notwithstanding all the repeated difficulties that Fannie has placed upon me in this line, not a trace of my pen has been communicated in regard to the state of affairs to any one in America, with exception of Edson--I made a brief mention of it. But something will have to be said now. A plain statement of facts will be necessary. This is due the conference, who have hitherto paid her for the work she was supposed to do when she came with me. I shall try to avoid making any reference to particulars.  {MR926 47.3}
[MR926 47.4]          The warnings given to Fannie by the Lord have not been pleasant for her to consider, and she has not taken any heed to them. The precious matter placed in her hands she has not regarded as precious and sacred; she has not treated them as such and cherished the light given. She has not obtained knowledge by them, nor practiced the principles kept constantly before her. Familiarity with the most solemn messages that I have felt I must write, have bred contempt. They have become common to her mind. Therefore, for her soul's sake, and in order to preserve my life, I must sever all connection with Fannie Bolton.  {MR926 47.4}
[MR926 47.5]          I understand that she says she has plenty of work piled up before                                                                              48  her which she can do. If sanctified, if holy, if cleansed in mind and purified in soul, if meek and lowly in heart, God will forgive the past, and work with her efforts. But if she works to obtain praise and glory for herself, she will work alone. I dare not trust her to handle my manuscript. I should ever be in uncertainty as to how it is treated if I take her testimony as truth. But this temptation will always be a dangerous one to her. If she uses her ability, given her of God, to exhibit what Fannie Bolton can do, she works in herself, and out of Christ. I now reluctantly and with grief in my heart say to Fannie Bolton: You are no longer in the employment of the General Conference in my behalf.  {MR926 47.5}
[MR926 48.1]          Fannie, I forgive you for the pain and suffering you have caused me, and which has been so many times repeated. I forgive as I hope to be forgiven. Yet notwithstanding I forgive, I must do according to the light and warnings given me in the past in reference to the work God has given me, and in reference to your work in connection with me. You cannot discern the character of the work the Lord has given me to do, else you would not regard it as a common thing. Your soul is precious in the sight of God. By being converted daily from your own way, by accepting God's way as a little child, you will find your only hope of heaven. You have been praised and exalted; you have been given credit for possessing great piety and disinterested devotion. This is a mistake. The emotional part of your nature has been called to exercise altogether too much for your own good and for the good of those with whom you associate. It has been keyed up to a high tension in your intensity of feelings. In your meetings held for the youth, the Lord God has not blessed your efforts. You do many things for which there is not found solid, earnest, abiding results. Self was mingled with everything, tainting and corrupting your service. It is always safe to use the holy fire of God's own kindling, and no other. I ask you to read the 16th chapter of Numbers. If I have worked in self, my work will not stand; if I have worked in God, the work will endure.  {MR926 48.1}
[MR926 48.2]          ［Note:］ Fannie must excuse me from having a private interview with her. I cannot bear it. Let this be read before Bro. and Sr. Prescott, Bro. and Sr. Corliss, Bro. and Sr. Colcord, and Bro. and Sr. Rousseau. Fannie should be present when it is read.  {MR926 48.2}
[MR926 48.3]          Letter 9a, 1895, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, November 11, 1895.)--I have considered the matter carefully in regard to your connecting with me again in the work. I cannot consent to it. The matter has been shaping itself in reference to yourself, that it is simply impossible for you to continue to do the work for me that you have done. Separation must come, for the reasons I have told you. I must use every means in my power, cut off every chance for you to make your statements which you have made in reference to me and my work--your claims to putting your talent in my work.  {MR926 48.3}
[MR926 48.4]          You are not happy in doing the work; impressions are left upon the minds of others by your statements that you are much burdened over my very bad writing. I shall not attempt to deny or admit it. You were employed by the conference to help me, and of course that means your doing work that requires wages. But the work over which you have felt so great sorrow shall no longer be a source of temptation to you. I am sincerely sorry that I could not place in your hands articles fully prepared for the press. I have furnished you one to work                                                                              49  the typewriter and you were to prepare these articles for the press. Unfortunately I could not do this part of the work. If I could have done it, your services would not have been required. But now you are free to take up work not so monotonous. You are at liberty to return to America, find work in Melbourne, do anything that pleases you. But the bare thought of connecting with you again after this camp-meeting is most painful to me. For a time at least I positively must be free from you. I must have an opportunity to have my writings prepared by some other hand than yours, that not one jot or tittle of your valuable talent shall be mingled with the things I feel it my duty to write. I must arrange matters so that your talent shall not be counted with my articles and book-making as to be considered as largely your work. This matter must be taken off my soul, and you not be tempted to suppose injustice is done you, and you will betray me, and turn traitor to me, and vex my soul and weaken my influence by your falsehoods.  {MR926 48.4}
[MR926 49.1]         I forgive all that you have caused me to suffer in the past and at this meeting, where I desire to be free and to do whole service to the Master. I am sorry, truly sorry, that I have not done better work, but your course of action has been such a mystery to me and so uncalled for, and so cruel, that it has been a great discouragement to me. The Lord alone can give me victory and freedom.  {MR926 49.1}
[MR926 49.2]          Letter 103, 1895, pp. 1,2. (To Marian Davis, November 12, 1895.)--I have given nothing into Fannie's hands, and never expect to give her another chance to seek to betray me and turn traitor. I have had enough of "talent" and "ability" to last me a life time. I told you her heart was not in the work. She does not blend with the work. She is superficial, given to excitement and to exhibiting Fannie Bolton. But she will do this no longer at the expense of my health and my life. I have held on to her two years too long. She has to a large degree inspired you with ideas of her great talent, and you have received it, but it has been no strength to you. . . .  {MR926 49.2}
[MR926 49.3]          Fannie, poor soul, does not know herself. I have talked with her, and told her that I must know of what she complains in the work she has had to do. She must tell me the real cause for all this disaffection, but all she could say was that sometimes I left sentences incomplete. I reminded her, that I was often interrupted in my writing, and sometimes in the middle of a sentence, and that when I resumed the work I would go right on, not noticing the incomplete sentence. But I had told her that when this occurred she might either hand the matter to me or else strike it out and go on. Doing as much writing as I do, it is not surprising if there are many sentences left unfinished.  {MR926 49.3}
[MR926 49.4]          I said to Fannie, "Your exhibitions of weeping 'bitter tears' over my imperfect writings are not inspired of God. When Sister Prescott urged you to tell her what caused you to weep so, you communicated to her your grievances, saying that my penmanship was terrible and that you had to write the matter all over that I presented to you, and that you were discouraged; for you really made the books and the articles that came forth in my name."  {MR926 49.4}
[MR926 49.5]          She felt very much ashamed, but she begged of me to try her again. I said decidedly, "No." I send you a copy of a short letter I have written to her, and a letter I wrote to you, but which was not sent.                                                                              50   {MR926 49.5}
[MR926 50.1]          Letter 14, 1895, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, November 23, 1895.)--I have been considering your case in connection with Caldwell, and I have no other counsel to give than I have given. I consider that you have no moral right to marry Caldwell: he has no moral right to marry you. He left his wife after giving her great provocation. He left her whom he had vowed before God to love and cherish while both should live. Before ever she obtained her divorce, when she was his lawful wife, he left her for three years, and then left her in heart, and expressed his love to you. The matter has been negotiated largely between you and a married man, while he was legally bound to the wife he married, who has had two children by him.  {MR926 50.1}
[MR926 50.2]          I see not a particle of leniency in the Scriptures given either of you to contract marriage, although his wife is divorced. From the provocation he has given her, it was largely his own course of action that has brought this result, and I cannot see in any more favorable light his having a legal right to link his interest with yours or you to link your interest with his. One thing is settled. I could not connect with either of you if this step is taken; for I see this matter in a light that the Scripture would condemn your connection; therefore I wish you both to understand that from the light God has given me regarding the past and the present, I could not think of employing either of you if you take this step.  {MR926 50.2}
[MR926 50.3]          I am astonished that you should for a moment give thought to such a thing, and place your affections on a married man who had left his wife and children under such circumstances. I advise you to lay your thoughts and plans regarding this matter just as they are before our responsible brethren, that you may receive their counsel, and let them show you from the law of God the error into which you have fallen. You have both broken the law even in thinking that you might unite in marriage. You should have repelled the thought at its first suggestion.                                                                              51   {MR926 50.3}
[MR926 51.1]          Letter 115, 1895, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, November 26, 1895.)--I cannot leave without saying a few words to you. You have let impulse and feeling be your master, else you could not have done as you have done while you have been connected with me. There is a very objectionable feature in your character, which is leading you, controlling you. It is the attainment of desired objects. Your estimate of yourself, if kept within proper bounds, is right. We as human beings are to estimate our abilities, our faculties, as the gift of God, to be kept, cherished, and appreciated because they are the gift of God, and to be kept pure and holy to be devoted to God. 2 Timothy 2:20, 22.  {MR926 51.1}
[MR926 51.2]         I have had an interview with Willie. He says you told him that I had not stated things as they were told to me by you. Fannie, shall I come to the conclusion that no dependence can be placed in what you say? I have stated matters just as you stated them to me. I did not exaggerate, because that is not one of my faults. But you have been deceived by the enemy; you are deceived and are deceiving others. You made the statement to me that you prayed that if it was right for you to have Caldwell that his wife might obtain a divorce. When you heard that she had obtained a divorce you said, "I feel the Lord has heard my prayer, do not you think so, Sister White?"  {MR926 51.2}
[MR926 51.3]          After you left I looked upon this matter with such feelings as are not easily described. The matter as it stands is a shock to me. You yourself have told your love story to Maggie Hare and to Sister Rousseau and to Sister Prescott. These I have talked with because it was my duty to do so. Your case is peculiar. I have had so many warnings--you making your statements that were not true that there was no attachment between you and Caldwell. He admitted he had thought a good deal of Fannie, but gave me to understand there was not anything of attachment between you. This has been going on since you and he worked in Willie's office.  {MR926 51.3}
[MR926 51.4]          Fannie, what do you say? You have now made the matter plain and asked my advice. You could but understand what that advice would be. You thought that he and you would be married and both take hold                                                                              52  of my work. I told you this could never be.  {MR926 51.4}
[MR926 52.1]         When I put the case of Walter Harper in your hand to copy, but felt as if an arm was stretched between you and me, I did not understand what it meant, but I do now. I could not harmonize your statements of nothing existing between you and Caldwell, and the light which the Lord was giving me. I must take the word of God, and I had no harmony with you.  {MR926 52.1}
[MR926 52.2]          Harper's case is not a parallel. Both cases have been presented to me at different times. Harper felt love, deep love, for his wife, and he has done everything a mortal man could do to save a divorce, for said he, "She will lose her soul." He spent any amount of money on her. He tried to persuade her, but to no account. And she finally sent for him to visit her, and he was warned to be on guard. She locked the door on him and commenced to solicit a sum of money, and he knew she had an accomplice waiting by. He felt now was his time to need the Lord. He watched his opportunity and suddenly escaped-- just how I do not remember--but she told him there was no escape for him. I think this was his last effort made in her behalf. He may have tried once more. I advised him, when she tried to get a divorce because of desertion, not to appear, for in no way could God be glorified by the statements coming into court. There was nothing like lust in the case, for he had not physical ability, so it was not in any way a comparison with your case, or with Caldwell's.  {MR926 52.2}
[MR926 52.3]          I have told you and him that he could not be released from his accountability until he should seek to do all in his power to be reconciled with his wife. He has left a stain on the cause of God in leaving her and his children. It was not she who left him, but he who left her. How strong must have been the temptation to a woman whom he married under promise he would give up the Sabbath if she would marry him and he did this until he was so thoroughly unhappy he commenced to keep the Sabbath again. But his power of endurance was small, and because his wife resisted the influences of the truth, he could not bear this. He can be quite unkind if those connected with him do not conform to his wishes. Although her course was trying and at times provoking, she might have been won to the truth if he had always been circumspect, keeping himself reserved as a married man, and had given her evidences that he did truly love her as his wife, for whom he at one point sold the truth to obtain her hand. All these things did not work favorably in her mind. When she opposed his going from home when he came to this country he heeded not, but left his two children and his wife. Had he been patient, had he stopped his criticisms and talked with her as a man should who respects his wife, she would have been won to the truth. She was convinced again and again, and was on the point of yielding, when some circumstances in his life, some words spoken, some disposition to be arbitrary and commanding, would surge over her and she would resist the striving of the Spirit of God. This domineering made her hard and cold and unlovely.  {MR926 52.3}
[MR926 52.4]          I have spoken to Caldwell in regard to his freedom of deportment in company with young women and girls. If the wife does not remark and speak of these things it is because she is too proud to do it. Whatever were his trials, his grievances, if he understood the true inwardness of the matter, he would see how many times he has been the aggressor; but he does not charge these things to his own account which heaven charges to his account. The Lord has a controversy with Brother Caldwell. His                                                                              53  love of self, his love of self-gratification, and his determination to have his own way, have made him unreasonable, overbearing, dictatorial. His practice of over-eating has taxed his digestive organs, distended his stomach, and taxed nature to endure a burden that has reacted upon the brain, and his memory is weakened. He has the qualities of mind that if under the influence of the Holy Spirit would place him in altogether a different light than that in which he now stands.  {MR926 52.4}
[MR926 53.1]          Passion makes him forget himself, and he will punish dumb animals that do not do just as he wished them to do, when it was the man who needed to be punished. Until he can see his past in a different light, he will be imperfect in character.  {MR926 53.1}
[MR926 53.2]          He and you have evidenced your opinion of your own judgment--that it was more reliable than Sister White's. Did you consider that Sister White has been dealing with just such cases during her life of service for the Master, that cases similar to your own and many varieties of cases have passed before her that should make her know what is right and what is wrong in these things? Is a judgment that has been under the training of God for more than fifty years of no preference to those who have not had this discipline and education? Please consider these things.  {MR926 53.2}
[MR926 53.3]          Letter 22a, 1895, pp. 1-3. (To Marian Davis, November 29, 1895.)--You will see by letters that I have written you that Fannie has no possibility of connecting with me. She is altogether too much like a flashing meteor, to flash up and go out in darkness. If Fannie had less self-confidence in her brilliant flashes, she would be more reliable. But her feelings is her religion. All the light, all the opportunities she has had to know the truth, handling the most precious banquet, she appropriates nothing to herself, unless it will administer to her self esteem and vanity. Certainly I could never harmonize with her in spirit. She seemed to live and breathe and work in another atmosphere.  {MR926 53.3}
[MR926 53.4]          I am now relieved from this fitful, sky-rocket experience. She seems to swell up into such large measurements of herself, full of self-sufficiency, full of her own capabilities, and from the light God has been pleased to give me, she is my adversary, and has been thus throughout her connection with me.  {MR926 53.4}
[MR926 53.5]          I have told you she had no love for the work that she was paid to do. Her mind is so full of variety, a cheap surface religion that she knows not what the genuine article is. She wants her life filled with variety, and what she will do remains to be seen. Poor, shallow soul. She does not have correct religious principles whenever herself is concerned. . . .  {MR926 53.5}
[MR926 53.6]          Dec. 3. I thought I would be able to write and close this letter ere this, but since coming here I have been very weak. My heart has had such repeated shocks it is weak. I cannot feel any interest in touching a pen. The scenes I have been passing through with Fannie have been of so oft recurrence and has caused me such great distress of mind that I now have not power to rally. . . .  {MR926 53.6}
[MR926 53.7]          The Lord knows all about the future. Two years ago He revealed to me that Fannie was my adversary, and would vex my soul and weaken my hands, but I was so anxious to get out things that I thought the people needed. Then came other trials in N.S.W. one after another that I was not able to bear it. Oh if I had only heeded the instruction given of God and let no other voice or influence come in to leave me in uncertainty I might have been                                                                              54  saved this last terrible heart-sickening trial. But I hope the Lord will forgive me and have mercy upon me; but to try this matter again is out of the question. I am willing her talent shall be exercised for all it is worth but it will never be in connection with me. I have served my time with Fannie Bolton.  {MR926 53.7}
[MR926 54.1]          Letter 105, 1895, pp. 1,2. (To Emily Campbell, December 9, 1895.)--Fannie has been a terrible burden to me. She has had scarcely any interest in my work. She has caused me great suffering of mind by her moods and attitude. She has gone over the same ground again that she went over two years ago in Brighton, making her complaints to Professor Prescott and wife and as many others as she could, that she made over all my writings, and that these writings were hers as much as mine, (you know how much of that is truth), and yet she and poor little Marian were set down out of sight. She was grieved because Sister White got the credit of all, when their talent was put into the work. I asked her to write out on paper just what kind of recognition would please her, but this she has not done.  {MR926 54.1}
[MR926 54.2]          Notwithstanding it was thought next to an impossibility to attend the Melbourne meeting, I went in great feebleness. Satan saw that Fannie was in a right frame for him to use, and he did use her. She worked out his attributes right in the midst of that important camp-meeting. She seemed to have no power to resist the workings of the enemy, and I was weighed down as a cart beneath sheaves. I was so weak, my heart was so feeble, I feared I should die. . . .  {MR926 54.2}
[MR926 54.3]          I have disconnected entirely from Fannie. Who will fill her place I cannot tell. She begs and pleads to be taken back, but I will never, never connect her with me again.  {MR926 54.3}
[MR926 54.4]          Caldwell and she have formed an attachment, and that while his wife was living. She has not obtained a divorce from him, but you can see that neither of them have any right to have the least love for one another in that line. They thought they could get married, and both engage in doing my work. They would marry at once if I would sanction it. Where is their spiritual discernment? O what a brain Satan will use if we will let him control us. What a scandal this would be upon me and my work!  {MR926 54.4}
[MR926 54.5]         Well, I will write no more on this point. You know how I have warned them, and how hard I have worked to prevent a course of action that would lead to such results.  {MR926 54.5}
[MR926 54.6]          Letter 123a, 1895, entire letter. (To J. E. White, December 9, 1895.)--I have been sorely tried for the past year with my workers. Fannie Bolton is disconnected with me entirely. I would not think of employing her any longer. She has misrepresented me and hurt me terribly. Only in connection with my work has she hurt me. She has reported to others that she has the same as made over my articles, that she has put her whole soul into them, and I had the credit of the ability she had given to these writings. Well, this is the fifth time this breaking out has come. It is something similar to the outbreak of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, only she has not those to unite with her because they know me and my work. She goes not only to those who believe and know me to tell her story but she goes to those newly come to the faith and tells her imaginative story. The same sentiment is expressed as in Numbers 16:3.  {MR926 54.6}
[MR926 54.7]          The very mischief of Satan comes now and then into her,                                                                              55  controlling her imagination. She appears in great distress and grief, weeping. Sister Prescott, while in Cooranbong, asked her what was the matter. She held back apparently reluctant to speak, and finally she did just exactly that which she calculated to do--make her statement and complained of the little attention "poor little Marian" and she received "for all the talent they gave to Sister White's work." These my workers were set down in a corner and hid. Well, Sister Prescott met her decidedly, also Brother Prescott. They told her this was all the work of the devil. They knew Sister White's work and writings before she touched it, and they received letters from her just as they came from her pen and that the very words she claimed to put into the writings were her own imagination. All the ideas, all the material, was furnished her to prepare into articles, etc., etc.  {MR926 54.7}
[MR926 55.1]          When I called back all the writings placed in her hands, then she began to think I was in earnest. I told her decidedly she must have no connection with me and my work. She could represent me and my work as her originating, that this "beautiful expression" was hers, and that was hers, and make of none effect the testimony of the Spirit of God. Well, I cannot write all the suffering of mind I endured. I could not possibly relate the suffering of mind while attending the camp meeting at Melbourne. I told Fannie I could not connect her with the work. No one could determine when the demon would take possession of her and cost me my life. I told her she never loved to work, and her moods, her fickle temperament, had been to me the greatest grief of my life. I was as a cart pressed beneath sheaves, and no longer would I venture this.  {MR926 55.1}
[MR926 55.2]          But oh, the heartache, for other things were developing and being made manifest which had been a fearful strain on me. It was the intimacy between Caldwell and her. I had presented before them all the dangers, but they denied it. But at the meeting at Melbourne Fannie acknowledge she loved Caldwell and he loved her. I tried to present the matter before them in its true bearing. Caldwell had a wife living. Recently she obtained a divorce. He had left her and been gone three years. But Fannie told me she had  been praying that if it was right she should marry Caldwell that his wife might obtain a divorce. What blindness will come to those who begin to depart from a straightforward course! These two had thought they could unite in marriage and they could both unite in carrying on my work. The management of all my business would be supposed to be in his hands. Not much, I told them. Such a step would cut them off from me forever, both of them, because Caldwell had no moral right to ［marry］.  {MR926 55.2}
[MR926 55.3]          Letter 127, 1895, pp. 1,4-6. (To "Children," December 11, 1895.)--I commenced to write you some things in regard to Fannie, but I think it not best. The poor girl will have hard time enough in getting along. I will not make it any harder for her. I put this over the matter I commenced to write ［several lines marked out］, and re-page, for I take out two pages. It is enough to state Fannie has no longer any connection with me in the work. I pity her most sincerely. I fear for her soul, but I wish her no harm. She has caused me great sorrow, but may the Lord forgive her is my prayer. It is the same desire for her superior talents to be recognized. This time she has been sufficiently punished. . . .  {MR926 55.3}
[MR926 55.4]          The one who is supposed to help me has been a great burden to me since she came to Australia. I                                                                              56  have borne and done everything that I could do to help Fannie, but when she gets into these tantrums she seems inspired by Satan. She afterwards confesses, but not quite as fully heretofore as this time, but she cannot be trusted. She tried to get Sara to put into her hands a letter written to Dr. Kellogg, so that she could see if there was anything written about her. Sara told her she would never do that. She asked her, "What do you take me to be, Fannie? Is this the principle you would teach me, after being so long connected with Sister White in her work? Would you teach me to betray my trust, to steal a writing, a private letter to go to America, and put it in your hands to read its contents?" This matter she urged and Sara would not comply and she was greatly stirred up over it. So you see what dependence I can put in such helpers. . . .  {MR926 55.4}
[MR926 56.1]          I will now ask you if you can see anyone who will work for me to edit my articles and prepare manuscript for books. . . . I do not want any person who will feel it her prerogative to change the matter I shall give them into their own supposed beautiful, learned language. I want my own style to appear in my own words.  {MR926 56.1}
[MR926 56.2]         Letter 104, 1895, entire letter. (To Addie and May Walling, December 11, 1895.)--I have not been able to do much writing of late. At the last camp meeting the course taken by Fannie was of a character that May will understand. It was similar to that which I had to meet in Melbourne two years ago. Since that period I have had but very little harmony with Fannie. I have tried to have her receive and appropriate the precious truths that were spread before her as a rich banquet, but while she handled these truths she did not feast upon them. She regarded it all as a common thing.  {MR926 56.2}
[MR926 56.3]          The warnings, the appeals, the precious light given, the jewels of truth were apparently of no value to Fannie. She was feeling so rich in her supposed treasure of talents, that she wanted nothing. Sacred things were of no more value to her than the common fire, and she worked and walked in its light. ［Isaiah 50:11, 12; John 9:39-41 quoted.］  {MR926 56.3}
[MR926 56.4]         This is the true situation of Fannie Bolton's spiritual condition. O what sadness, what grief have I suffered because of her course of action, her changeable moods, her fitful course! But I was compelled to separate from her, for my life and the cause of God were imperiled.  {MR926 56.4}
[MR926 56.5]          I might expect any freak in her character to be manifested at any time. This came out at the meeting at Armadale, and I cut loose from her then and there. Never will I put another manuscript in her hands for she claims that she should be credited with the making of my books and the articles I write, and lays the whole matter out before whomsoever she thinks will give her credence. She was met by Brother and Sister Prescott with decided words that this could not be, for some have so many letters in my own handwriting that they know better.  {MR926 56.5}
[MR926 56.6]          When she saw that she prevailed nothing, she went into great distress. When I told her that she could no longer work in connection with me, she confessed, but all the confessions she might make cannot replace her.  {MR926 56.6}
[MR926 56.7]          You see now I have no helper. I do not feel that Mary Stewart is the one to fill the bill. Sister Burnham is wedded to the Echo Office, and I cannot get her to connect with me. I have had my mind on Sister Hall at the School at South Lancaster and I hope that she can be what I want.                                                                              57   {MR926 56.7}
[MR926 57.1]         If you think of anyone who can work in connection with me, please let me know. I have many books which I wish to write and can write if I can have workers, but I need workers.                                                                              59   {MR926 57.1}
[MR926 59.1]          Letter 106, 1895, pp. 1-6. (To J. H. Kellogg, December 20, 1895.) --I send you copies of letters written to Fannie Bolton. I have withheld them because I do not desire to make her case public. But I have had the most serious difficulty with her at last camp meeting. I am now left without anyone to prepare articles for papers or prepare books. I have felt I had little enough help, but when I was compelled to cut loose from Fannie, it was a sore trial to me. I feel somewhat discouraged about getting proper help.  {MR926 59.1}
[MR926 59.2]          I was troubled about Fannie for a long time. I could not see that she had any real interest in the work. She had the most precious matter of practical godliness presented before her. She was handling subjects every day that if she fed upon them would give her spiritual food and Christian experience. But I received not the evidence that she caught the precious ideas, but rushed through them mechanically, passively, without taking them in and appropriating them to herself. The precious things became common. Poor soul, she feeds upon fiction more than upon the truth.  {MR926 59.2}
[MR926 59.3]          She has a temperament that is high as the skies at one moment, and the next is deep down in proportion as she was up.  {MR926 59.3}
[MR926 59.4]          But she has represented my writings as being in need of taking all to pieces and doing up in another style. If this is the case the sooner I lay down my pen the better. The power of imagination is good, but when it leads to a highflown strain that only creates emotions, I do not care for it to be mingled with my work.  {MR926 59.4}
[MR926 59.5]          Well, the heart-sickening detail I cannot enter into, but enough to say that warnings were given me from the Lord of what she was doing, but I was in a position where I knew not what to do. I told Marian Davis that Fannie had no interest in the work. I had no union with her. But Marian excused her, saying, "O, Fannie is tired. When she gets rested she will do differently."  {MR926 59.5}
[MR926 59.6]          I have stood alone in my own house. I cannot expect to receive sympathy when there are those who do not and can not take in the situation. They can not discern my position and duty and mission.                                                                              60   {MR926 59.6}
[MR926 60.1]          I have had opened before me the whole matter in figures and symbols, that Fannie Bolton was my adversary. I did not ever flatter her for her supposed zeal in different lines, or for her wonderful talent, and I could not feel in harmony with her.  {MR926 60.1}
[MR926 60.2]          Soon after we arrived in Sydney from America, she sprained her ankle. I told her just what to do, to keep quiet and not to walk on it. But some with me said, "Poor Fannie, I don't think it will hurt her," and my advice was ignored. She was a cripple from the first of December until the next October.  {MR926 60.2}
[MR926 60.3]          Then I learned through Fannie that she was in love with a young man from California whom she had met at Ann Arbor. I think it was Blakley. She acted at times as if possessed of an evil spirit, and she set in to make us all miserable. This course she repented of, I think.  {MR926 60.3}
[MR926 60.4]          I received little sympathy from Fannie during my great suffering of eleven months in Preston. I then told her that I could never consent to have her a member of my family. I did not doubt she was a woman of talent, for she could talk me down any time. She was sometimes impudent and accusing. She would have made my life in my home bitterness, but for the rich blessing of the Lord. I had His presence with me day and night. I was refreshed by the waters of life.  {MR926 60.4}
[MR926 60.5]          Two years ago at Brighton camp meeting she began her work again as my adversary, reporting to others all of which I cannot repeat. But she created such a state of things in her representation that you would have supposed her to be the author of the articles she prepared, and maintained that it should be acknowledged that Marian and Fannie were in copartnership with me in the publications bearing my signature.  {MR926 60.5}
[MR926 60.6]          I told her again and again that I wanted not her words, but my words, and when I discovered words she had inserted of her own, in the place of the words in which I had expressed my ideas, I put my pen across it.  {MR926 60.6}
[MR926 60.7]          Two years ago I discharged her after a long, painful experience. I asked her to put into writing the form of recognition she craved. But she would not do this. She claimed to be converted, changed entirely and made such humble confessions that I thought I would try her again. But she is the same, and now Satan begins to use her as he has done at the Armadale camp meeting, Melbourne.  {MR926 60.7}
[MR926 60.8]          With it all there has been a lovesick sentimentalism for Caldwell. The affair had been carried on as they thought, in secrecy, but it was not thus. Those whose perceptive faculties were not dimmed know all they wished to know. Caldwell is a married man, with two children, the eldest about ten years old. He has been absent from his wife three years, and from the light the Lord has been pleased to give me, he has been anything but a patient, kind, thoughtful husband. His wife has not written him a line for the three years he has been absent. I think she hated him. She has obtained a divorce from him, but before this was done the attachment and love had been pledged to one another Fannie to Caldwell, and Caldwell to Fannie. They supposed that if they were married, they could be united in taking the supervision of my place and my writings. After the wife had obtained a divorce, then he said she was not true to him, and he was free to marry whom he would.  {MR926 60.8}
[MR926 60.9]          I told Fannie Bolton that it had nearly cost me my life to connect with her, and if I had another one united with her and the two to handle, I should soon be buried. No, I am entirely separated from                                                                              61  Fannie. Never while time lasts will another article of mine pass into her hands. She has sought to betray me, to turn traitor, to say things that leave untrue impressions upon minds. She has educated herself in theatrical methods, and can act out to life in apparent sincerity a thing that is false.  {MR926 60.9}
[MR926 61.1]          Brother and Sister Prescott have done me a good service, although her pretentious acting was so deceiving. They and many others thought the woman was honest, and was really all she pretended to be.  {MR926 61.1}
[MR926 61.2]          Fannie herself, notwithstanding the deception she was practicing, though she had, as she thought, deceived me for nearly one year, had the presumption to tell me that in her work of giving Bible readings, her words were inspired. She would tell how the ones she was talking with were wonderfully affected, and would turn pale. The strange part of the matter is that our own people are so ready to accept theatrical demonstrations as the inspiration of the Spirit of God. And I am more surprised, under the circumstances that they should encourage her to connect with sacred things.  {MR926 61.2}
[MR926 61.3]          She has urged, and begged, and cried, for me to take her back again into my service. But I said, "No, for you make false statements in regard to your preparing the articles for papers and books, which I deny. With all apparent sincerity and honesty you state to others and to me, that you think the Lord has inspired you to changed the words I have traced, and substitute your own for them. I call this a strange fire of your own kindling."  {MR926 61.3}
[MR926 61.4]          We soon heard that Fannie was in broken health, sick in bed, and had decided to return to America. Next, one week ago last Friday, she sent a telegram, that she would come to Morisset station about nine o'clock at night.  {MR926 61.4}
[MR926 61.5]          My horses and carriage went for her four miles and a half. The school building took her in that night, and she has been near me here only to see to her things in the tent. She appears, I hear, almost as a nervous wreck. She consulted physicians in Melbourne, who prescribed for her to eat largely of eggs. She says she must have meat and oysters and such things in order to build up. She is now at Brother and Sister Shannon's who have taken a small home of four rooms, which is built upon a hill where it is very difficult for a carriage to approach, but is a retired, healthful location. She is in no condition to go on the long sea voyage to America, but will remain until she has better health.  {MR926 61.5}
[MR926 61.6]          Sister Shannon will have a burden on her hands. Poor soul, I pity her, but she has now a knowledge of Fannie, and has chosen to do this. I do not wish to see Fannie. I can do her no good. She will misconstrue my words, and will misstate me. She will hear with ears that will hear only what she wants to hear. . . .  {MR926 61.6}
[MR926 61.7]          Now in regard to Edson, I presented the matter to Brother Olsen. I tried to lay before him my situation in connection with Fannie, but Fannie, I think, had considerable talk with him, as she does to every one, in representing the great difficulty in preparing the articles from my pen. He recommended that I take Fannie with me to Africa. I think for some reason Brother Olsen does not comprehend how we were situated here in this country. I am sure he was very dull of comprehension in regard to my relation to the work and in regard to Fannie's connection with me. The way she represents matters is so misleading. She will say with such pathos, "Sister White does not understand me. My motives are misapprehended."                                                                              62   {MR926 61.7}
[MR926 62.1]         Jesus has told us that the fruit testifies of the character of the tree, and yet persons who do not have an intimate connection with Fannie for some time are certainly deceived, and I am misjudged. I cannot tell what I shall do. I am getting older, and my work given me of God should now be done rapidly, but where are my helpers?  {MR926 62.1}
[MR926 62.2]          Letter 116, 1896, pp. 2,10,11. (To Bro. and Sr. Wilson, January 1, 1896.)--Fannie Bolton came up here ［Cooranbong］ last week, broken down with nervous prostration. Sara McEnterfer will give her treatment. She expected to take the boat this month for America, but I fear she will be unable to do this. Poor soul; she is having a most serious time in having her own way and following her own impulses. . . . ［Jan. 9:］ Some days ago Fannie Bolton came here to prepare her things, and then go to America; but she is in a condition of nervous prostration, and will board with Sr. Shannon for a time.  {MR926 62.2}
[MR926 62.3]          Letter 21, 1896, pp. 2,3. (To W. A. Colcord, January 7, 1896.) --In regard to Fannie, she has done very little of the work for one year. Since the Ashfield camp meeting her mind has been diverted to other things, preoccupied with things that were of no service to the cause of God, and Satan has worked upon her imagination. It is not the work connected with me that has prostrated her nervous system. It is practicing a course of secrecy and deception and wrong-doing. It is not the requirements made upon her, but it is kindling a fire and walking in the sparks of her own kindling in connection with her wonderful desire for another woman's husband; lovesick sentimentalism. It was not my work when at Preston that had that effect on her that caused her to be nervously prostrated. It was her lovesick sentimentalism for a man in America, who has given up the truth. She expected he would write her, renewing his attentions to her, but no letter was received, and she almost blasphemed God                                                                              63  because of His providence. She would ask, "Why does God permit these things to be?" in such a spirit of vehemence and rebellion that I was frightened. Now the appearance is that poor Fannie has broken down in her work for Sr. White, as though I had worked her to death. This is not the truth, but such it will be regarded. Fannie has had her own way, and must suffer the result of her own course of action, but I must have the stigma, and the impression will go forth that poor Fannie is worked to death. I feel very sorry for the girl. I feel very sorry that she is suffering, but wrong impressions will be made in regard to my work.  {MR926 62.3}
[MR926 63.1]          Manuscript 62, 1896, p. 1. (Diary entry for February 9, 1896.) --I have had feelings of exhaustion today, and not a little perplexity of mind over the case of Fannie. She wished to come back to work for me, but I have felt it impossible. I know not of any special change wrought in her that I dare trust her. And yet my mind is troubled exceedingly. Shall I feel altogether clear that I have divorced her from the work? Shall I be prepared to meet the result of this course of action on my part in that great day when the judgment shall sit and the books be opened?  {MR926 63.1}
[MR926 63.2]          Manuscript 12d, 1896, entire ms. (March 19［20?］, 1896.)--I awakened this morning at half past three. I dressed and as usual asked that the blessing of the Lord would rest upon me, committing my soul to God as unto a faithful creator. I asked that the Holy Spirit would be with me through the day, to mold and fashion my character after the divine similitude. I placed myself in the hands of God as the only thing I can do. Then I commenced writing in my diary some things in regard to John 15, the true vine and the branches.                                                                              64   {MR926 63.2}
[MR926 64.1]          While writing I had not only a wonderful experience, but was led to decide that the only course I can take conscientiously and be a co-worker with Jesus Christ, is to take Fannie back again to connect with my work, and do all on my part that I can to save her soul. This will be practicing the lessons that Christ has given us. I have a great fear of offending Jesus Christ by not obeying His words.  {MR926 64.1}
[MR926 64.2]          Warnings have been given me. I separated from Fannie because the Lord revealed that she was my adversary, and the enemy was working through her to injure me. She has not been driven off, but she stands like a sheep bleating about the fold. I know not my future, nor her future, but I will ［accept］ her confessions. I will not longer disregard her pleadings for another trial. I shall not in this go to anyone for advice. I believe the Holy Spirit has told me that this is what I should do. I have a work to do for the Master.  {MR926 64.2}
[MR926 64.3]          What would Christ do were He in my place? He would open the door and welcome her to the fold. I firmly believe my mind has been worked this morning by the Holy Spirit, and it seems the very thing I must do. Not that I have any evidence to think that there is any marked change in Fannie's character, but notwithstanding this, in view of her confessions to me, and her pleadings, I will act as I believe Christ would act under the circumstances. He, the precious Saviour, is very precious to me, full of grace and truth. What right have I to close the door of hope to her?  {MR926 64.3}
[MR926 64.4]          Fannie has treated me badly; she has hurt my soul. But if she should fall into Satan's snare, what bitter reflections might come to me if she had lifted her hand to me, and I would not take it. I shall now without delay say, "Fannie, I am, in Christ's stead to heed your requests, and connect you again with His work. I do not ask for promises. All I ask is that you die to self, and live unto Jesus Christ. I have no further exhortation to give. He alone is your efficiency. Behold not me or any human being. Fix your eye upon Jesus. Behold the Lamb of God who taketh away the sin of the world."  {MR926 64.4}
[MR926 64.5]          If Fannie will walk with God, putting herself out of the question, but accepting and lifting up Jesus, yoking up with Him, she can be an overcomer. I shall take the whole responsibility, for I dare not do otherwise. I shall see that she attends the meeting to be held in Cooranbong, and make some way for her. I cannot tell just what or how, but the Lord will teach.  {MR926 64.5}
[MR926 64.6]          Manuscript 63, 1896, pp. 3,5. (Diary entries for March 19 and March 22, 1896.)--［March 19, 1896:］ I have received a letter from Fannie Bolton, very much after the same that she has previously written. While I feel pity and sadness for her, I do not feel that I can again connect with her. Yesterday I wrote some things in reference to the past, in the experience I have had with Caldwell and -----. Then I was writing upon the fifteenth chapter of John: "I am the true Vine, and My Father is the Husbandman."  {MR926 64.6}
[MR926 64.7]          As I was writing a heavenly atmosphere pervaded the room. I have had the same experience many times in my life. I lost all sense of everything around me. I saw no symbol, no person, but a communication was made to me as if words were spoken:  {MR926 64.7}
[MR926 64.8]          "Fannie Bolton is not under the ministration of the Holy Spirit. Although she has proved herself unworthy to be connected with the work in which you are engaged, yet take her to your home and treat the poor deceived child as one who needs help. She cannot ever be connected with the work                                                                              65  that is to go forth in all the meekness and lowliness of Christ. She needs your help in more ways than one. Testify to her that you pardon her, and let her return to her home as she desires. Be careful whom you connect with you in your work, for you must not carry such burdens, but bear testimony that you will help her to come to Jesus and repent. Open the door for her to come to Me, for it is I whom she has wounded and has misrepresented. But I will forgive her past falsifying if she will see it is I whom she has wounded and falsified in misrepresenting the work I have chosen you to do."  {MR926 64.8}
[MR926 65.1]          I decided to take Fannie Bolton home with us and take care of her, although she has done me great injury, misstated me, cast reflection upon my work, and left the impression upon minds that she was the one who made my books. She has confessed to me and yet she repeats the same false statements. I shall do all I can to help the poor soul.  {MR926 65.1}
[MR926 65.2]          ［March 22, 1896:］ Had talk with Fannie Bolton and proposed to take her to my home and see if a change will not do her good.  {MR926 65.2}
[MR926 65.3]          Manuscript 12c, 1896, entire ms. (April 1, 1896, ［March 20 dateline］.)--Friday, March 20, I arose early, about half past three o'clock in the morning. While writing upon the fifteenth chapter of John, suddenly a wonderful peace came upon me. The whole room seemed to be filled with the atmosphere of heaven. A holy, sacred presence seemed to be in my room. I laid down my pen and was in a waiting attitude to see what the Spirit would say unto me. I saw no person. I heard no audible voice, but a heavenly watcher seemed close beside me. I felt that I was in the presence of Jesus. The sweet peace and light which seemed to be in my room it is impossible for me to explain or describe. A sacred, holy atmosphere surrounded me, and there were presented to my mind and understanding matters of intense interest and importance. A line of action was laid out before me as if the unseen presence was speaking with me. The matter I had been writing upon seemed to be lost to my mind and another matter distinctly opened before me. A great awe seemed to be upon me as matters were imprinted upon my mind.  {MR926 65.3}
[MR926 65.4]          The question was, What have you done with the request of Fannie Bolton? You have not erred in disconnecting with her, this was the right thing for you to do, and this would bring to her mind conviction and remorse which she must have. She has been tempted, deceived, and almost destroyed. Notwithstanding her perversity of spirit, I have thoughts of mercy and compassion for her. If she will heed my counsel she shall have deliverance from the snare of Satan. He has desired her soul that he might sift her as wheat. Your own soul has been wounded and bruised, but your Saviour has bought her with a great price. He has been wounded; He has been pierced afresh, and put to open shame by this deceived, deluded child.  {MR926 65.4}
[MR926 65.5]          She has been enamored and listened to the voice of one ［Caldwell］ who is himself far from me. He is not walking in the light, but in a false show following another leader. He is a man that speaketh proud things of himself. The safe bond of all acquaintance for those who desire to grow up in Christ's perfection of character is in confiding love and faith in Christ above all others. This is the strong and safe bond of friendship and union and will never become a snare. The relationship of fleshly acquaintances will need to be strictly guarded. The one whom she has thought would bring to her rest, peace, happiness, would bring                                                                              66  unrest, sorrow, anguish. The influence of the man whom she thought she loved would cause her to lose interest in the work, and has separated her from God. She has not adorned the doctrine of Christ our Saviour by her actions and experience. He will not accept as His representative the character of influence of him who has led her into a train of experiences that should be avoided by everyone. My Spirit does not rest upon him. He is not an acceptable man to handle sacred things. He does not know the only true God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent. He has had opportunities and privileges to understand the truth. Had he appropriated it to his individual case he would have possessed that faith that works by love and it would have purified his soul. He is working under a deception. He has a work to do in connection with his wife and with his children for which he is accountable and God holds him responsible. No woman has a right to connect her life with him as a child of God for in thus doing she will be guilty of the sin of adultery.  {MR926 65.5}
[MR926 66.1]         Take heed lest Satan should take possession of mind and will and character. "Seest thou a man wise in his own conceit, there is more hope of a fool than of him." I have a warning for all such, "Enter not into the path of the wicked." Nets are laid by Satan for the feet of all who turn aside from the straight and narrow way. A blessing is upon the way of the man who has not stood in the way of sinners. "Be ye not envious of evil men, neither desire to be with them. The path of the just is as a shining light." The Lord hates all manner of pretense and deception and fraud. Men may appear outwardly moral while the fear of God is not before their eyes. Those who leave the path of uprightness to walk in the deceived imagination of their own human unsanctified judgment are under the control of satanic agencies. If the weak and erring ones would only receive counsel they would be helped.  {MR926 66.1}
[MR926 66.2]          The feelings which lead men, women or youth to reject advice is directly opposed to the instruction of God. If the advice had been heeded by these deceived souls, the condition of spiritual deception that has blinded the senses of both would have been avoided. There has been an entering into temptation. There has not been a consideration in harmony with the advice and warnings which God has given. Pride and willing ignorance has led you on and on away from the word, a thus saith the Lord, away from the principles of God's holy law to selfish, earthly, sensual desires, walking contrary to the commandments of God. Self has risen up provoked against words wise and safe to follow. The Spirit of God has been grieved from their hearts and understanding. Headstrong obstinacy was convicted but unyielding, because the human agent is unsanctified and unwilling to walk in the way of the Lord.  {MR926 66.2}
[MR926 66.3]          Her life has been spoiled for the work for nearly a year by her strong imaginations. Take this poor deluded soul by the hand, surround her with a favorable influence if possible. If she separates now from you, Satan's net is prepared for her feet. She is not in a condition to be left to herself now to be consumed of herself. She feels regret and remorse. I am her Redeemer, I will restore her if she will not exalt and honor and glorify herself. If she goes from you now there is a chain of circumstances which will bring her into difficulties which will be for her ruin.  {MR926 66.3}
[MR926 66.4]          There are those who have not the love of God abiding in their hearts. They are craving ever for a sentimental earthly love which cannot possibly flourish in a heart consecrated to God's service. This                                                                              67  class will ever give sympathy where it is not called for, where it will mislead, and pervert the experience of others in temptation. Their sentimental, unsanctified ideas of love are not refined, elevated or satisfying. It is a production of self and wholly human. You are not to wait for evidence of transformation of character. The Holy Spirit alone can do this work, and mould and fashion this child's experience after the divine similitude. She has not power, if left to herself, to control a temperament that is always a snare to her unless that she keeps in the love of God, unless that she humble herself under the hand of God, and learns daily the meekness and lowliness of Christ.  {MR926 66.4}
[MR926 67.1]         Leave her not to the dangerous sympathies of those who are not wise in Christian experience, who do not understand and estimate the value of the human soul under test and trial, that need to be purified from the dross and tried as in a furnace that they may come forth free from dross as fine gold. It is not the glitter and the tinsel that is estimated of God, but it is a refined and holy life possessing a sanctified life that will make men and women of true moral worth. Her only hope is to lose her self-consciousness in the contemplation of the character of Jesus Christ. The true discerning heart led by the Spirit of God will die to self and will live its life in Christ Jesus. It will keep the way of the Lord. It will not stubbornly refuse to give up its way and its will when God shall send it counsels and warnings. The Lord can bless only the obedient. Take heed; all who reach up their hands to you turn not away. You are to help those who need help the most. I came not to call the righteous but sinners to repentance. Satan is trying to overcome these souls but they cost My life blood.  {MR926 67.1}
[MR926 67.2]          The mind has become infatuated by a sentiment thought to be love, but it is altogether too base a sentiment to bear the name of love. It flourishes in the atmosphere of deception and falsehood. These are the sins that have been committed against Me. I will give her another trial.  {MR926 67.2}
[MR926 67.3]          This light has come to me after earnestly praying that the Holy Spirit would instruct, reprove, and comfort me. I place myself in the hands of God, and while writing, these matters have been opened before me. I shall at once act upon this light given. It is just like our tender, loving, compassionate Saviour to hold out encouragement.  {MR926 67.3}
[MR926 67.4]          I obeyed the warning to separate from Fannie. She was my adversary, she was a hindrance to me. And now the word comes to me to cooperate with Jesus Christ in the effort of the saving of a soul. I have had nothing to do in asking the advice of any one. I can no longer delay the writing of this, for last night, March 31, matters were opened before me more impressively which I write. I understand the matter better and shall work accordingly. I have taken Fannie to my home here at Sunnyside, Avondale, Cooranbong. I shall do all I can to help her heavenward.  {MR926 67.4}
[MR926 67.5]          Letter 164, 1896, p. 1. (To Bro. and Sr. Corliss, April 6, 1896.)--The very first time I spoke, on Friday morning, I had a very great burden to address Caldwell and set his position before him; then after meeting I read to him some things concerning himself and Fannie. She is now in my home in a very feeble nervous condition. I am astonished how Satan can work upon human minds and warp the character if any human being will give him a chance. How this case will terminate I know not.                                                                              68   {MR926 67.5}
[MR926 68.1]          Letter 18, 1896, pp. 1-5,7. (To Bro. Caldwell, April 9, 1896.) --I am greatly distressed as I review the past, and as matters are brought to my notice by the Spirit of God. I have a decided message to bear to you, Brother Caldwell. Special light in regard to you and your family was not given me until about two years ago. I was then shown that the attitude you manifested in your home life was unChristian. You began your married life by accepting a false sabbath, and by sailing under false colors. But a wife that was obtained by selling principles of truth, could not bring peace or happiness to the purchaser. God was dishonored by your action in this matter, and his truth was trampled in the dust.  {MR926 68.1}
[MR926 68.2]          When you gave up the Sabbath for your wife, she rejoiced that she had gained a victory, and Satan also rejoiced. But when she accepted a man who was willing to sell his Lord for her, she could not look up to him and honor him as a wife should honor her husband. When she married you under these circumstances, she did not distinguish between a heaven-born love, and an earthly love, not of divine origin. A man who will sacrifice his love for his heavenly Father for a wife, will also sell his wife for another woman. This quality of love is base; it is of this earth, and will never bear the test of trial.  {MR926 68.2}
[MR926 68.3]          The Lord does not revise the laws of His government, the laws which control His subjects both in this world and in the heavenly universe. Natural laws must be obeyed. But you were so determined to obtain your wife, that you broke down every barrier, and broke God's law by yielding up the Sabbath; and you have been reaping only that which you have sown.  {MR926 68.3}
[MR926 68.4]          After marrying your wife, you again accepted the Sabbath. This was the right move to make, if you made it in sincerity and in the fear of God. Said Christ, ［John 14:21, 23 quoted.］.  {MR926 68.4}
[MR926 68.5]         But you secured your wife under a promise which you afterwards broke. You paid a dear price for her, and by breaking your word, you have given her every reason to be tempted. Thus Satan has had every opportunity to deceive her, and he has presented this matter to her in his own light. You sacrificed the truth and sold your allegiance to God to obtain a wife, and after you again commenced keeping the Sabbath, your course toward your wife should have been entirely different from what it has been. You should have shown her all the tenderness, forbearance, and love which you manifested toward her before your marriage. But this was not done. You did not pursue a course which would keep her love. I myself cannot put confidence in you as a Christian, and under present developments, I could not give my consent for you to become a member of any church.  {MR926 68.5}
[MR926 68.6]          You thought that when you were once married, you could do as you pleased. This has embittered your married life; and your wife has had every reason for refusing to leave her home, and come to you to this country. Your acceptance of fanatical views was nothing in your favor, and gave your wife an opportunity to strengthen herself against the principles of truth.  {MR926 68.6}
[MR926 68.7]          For years you have been away from your home. Leaving as you did was a wrong against your family. You have told me that you would never humiliate yourself by going back, never; but the Lord has presented this matter before me. I know that you cannot be clear in the sight of God until you do all in your power to be reconciled to your wife. You have a work to do in your family which cannot be left undone. This I stated to you last September. Whatever position your wife has taken, whatever course of recklessness and levity she has                                                                              69  pursued, this does not excuse you from acting a father's part to your children. You ought to go back to your home, and do all in your power to heal the breach, which you, a professed believer in the truth, have done more than your wife to make.  {MR926 68.7}
[MR926 69.1]          When you placed your love upon another woman ［Fannie Bolton］, even though your wife had obtained a divorce, you transgressed the seventh commandment; but you have done worse than this. You loved another women before your wife obtained a divorce, and you have said to one, "How hard it is to be bound to a woman I do not love, when there is one I love, yes, the very ground she walks on."  {MR926 69.1}
[MR926 69.2]          Your course while in my family was not open and frank. The transactions between you and the one upon whom you placed your affections were carried on under falsehood and deception. In the guise of false pretension, secret plans were carried out. The Lord opened these matters before me, and I tried to change the order of things; but the burden of soul was to you and others accounted a thing of naught. At this time you were giving Bible readings, and taking a prominent part in church work. My advice and counsel was not asked in regard to this important decision. Had I been, I should have been spared much pain that followed.  {MR926 69.2}
[MR926 69.3]          When I talked with you in regard to your freedom in the company of young ladies, and told you that I could not have you in my family while I went to Tasmania, your answer was that you had always been sociable with young women, and had never thought that there was any harm in it. I told you that I knew there was harm in this freedom, and that I could not feel justified in leaving you in my family while I was absent.  {MR926 69.3}
[MR926 69.4]          When I told you that you could not remain in my family, you said that after settling your accounts, which would take about a week, you could go. But this matter dragged along, or was neglected, till about two weeks before our return from Tasmania, and then in July we went to Cooranbong.  {MR926 69.4}
[MR926 69.5]          This matter cannot rest here. I cannot be looked upon as keeping you from your home and family. It was a mistake, I think, to bring you into my family at all. I did this to help you; but I cannot let it be represented to others that we consider you a man worthy to engage in the sacred work which the Lord has given me. I cannot have this matter appear thus; for it places me in a wrong light.  {MR926 69.5}
[MR926 69.6]          I cannot appear to justify your course of action in your married life. Leaving your wife and family was an offense to God, and I must present this matter as it is, before the president of your Conference, Mr. Williams. I had hoped that when you saw your delusion you would feel that repentance for your course of action that needeth not to be repented of. But my experience at Armadale, and the burden brought upon me there, made me a great sufferer; and matters in regard to your past life have been more fully opened before me. . . .  {MR926 69.6}
[MR926 69.7]          You have thought that you would receive the credential of a minister of the gospel, but had these been given you, reproach would have been brought upon the cause of God. You have represented yourself as being a wronged man, but it is your wife who has been most wronged. She should never have been treated as you have treated her. You pursued such a course toward your little ones that your wife could not but be estranged from you. Her heart was wounded, bruised, and she was almost distracted by your overbearing, masterly government in discipline of your children.  {MR926 69.7}
[MR926 69.8]          After giving up Fannie, you placed your affections upon                                                                              70  another. This shows just what you would do if opportunities presented themselves. You show young girls attention, and thus win their love; for if you choose, your manner can be very gracious and attractive. As these things have passed before me, I have felt indignant. I cannot, will not, keep silent on these matters. I determined that you should be unveiled as an unprincipled man. Your ideas of what a Christian should be are so much unlike the principles laid down in the word of God, that no responsibility in connection with the cause of God should be given you.  {MR926 69.8}
[MR926 70.1]          Letter 104, 1896, entire letter. (To Eld. I. N. Williams, President of the Pennsylvania Conference ［Caldwell's home conference］, April 12, 1896.)--We have had great trouble of mind in regard to Bro. W. F. Caldwell, who expects to return to America by this month's boat. He has shown a fondness for the society of young girls, and has been full of gaiety, conducting himself like a boy. About a year ago, at the suggestion of my son, W. C. White, I employed him to run the typewriter for ［Fannie Bolton］, as she read the manuscript to him. But soon I became burdened; warnings were given to me again and again. I talked with him by himself in regard to his freedom and enjoyment in the society of young women and his frivolous conduct, but he said he had always been sociable with young ladies, and thought it no harm. We wanted to help him; for he had no money, and but very poor clothing. He has good ability, and might have developed into a competent helper for W. C. or a worker for me; but I dared not have him remain a member of my family.  {MR926 70.1}
[MR926 70.2]          He became attached to ［Fannie］, and the matter was carried on under a deception before he learned that his wife had obtained a divorce. When he heard this, he seemed greatly relieved; for his heart was fully weaned from her; but the Lord gave me light in regard to the matter. I consider that he is far more to blame than his wife in view of the fact that he claims to believe sacred truth, and she makes no such profession. He has not been a kind, tender husband; he has not been patient and forbearing, but very critical and overbearing if his wife displeased him in any way. I cannot see how his wife, in contact with his temperament and disposition, could feel drawn toward the truth. She has opposed him, and has made it hard for him, but not a whit harder than he has made it for her by his course of action. He has not taken opposition patiently, or as a Christian should. He did wrong when he left his home and his wife and children. A few months ago I learned that he had done nothing for their support.  {MR926 70.2}
[MR926 70.3]          As matters were unfolded to me, it was a most serious matter for him to allow his affections to center upon another woman when he had a wife living, whom he had promised to love and cherish as long as they both should live. Why he should leave his home so long has been a mystery to us all, until recently I have had divine enlightenment.  {MR926 70.3}
[MR926 70.4]          He can appear very attractive, and win the confidence and favor of the girls, but when crossed, he has such a temper and disposition, that, unless he is changed, no woman, believer or unbeliever, could live peaceably with him. He would pursue a course that would make any woman miserable. He is an intemperate eater, and this is why he has so little patience. I felt that the time had come when I should no longer employ him to transact my business; for warnings kept coming to me from the Lord concerning his course of action. I will write further in regard to                                                                              71  this if necessary. Please write to me, stating facts concerning the family there, as far as you know. Help Caldwell, if you can, to set things right, and remove this reproach from the cause of God. Even if his wife is already married, it may be there is something he can do for his children.  {MR926 70.4}
[MR926 71.1]          Letter 36, 1896, p. 2. (To S. N. Haskell, April 26, 1896.)--I arose early Thursday morning, about two o'clock, and was writing busily upon the True Vine, when I felt a presence in my room, as I have many times before, and I lost all recollection of what I was about. I seemed to be in the presence of Jesus. He was communicating to me that in which I was to be instructed. Everything was so plain that I could not misunderstand. I was to help one ［Fannie Bolton?］ whom I thought I should never be called upon to be troubled with again. I could not understand what it meant, but at once decided not to try to reason about this, but follow the directions. Not an audible word was spoken to my ear, but to my mind. I said, "Lord, I will do as Thou hast commanded."  {MR926 71.1}
[MR926 71.2]          Letter 52b, 1896, p. 4. (To Sister Ings, May 7, 1896.)-- Fannie's health has failed, and she leaves us today for America.                                                                              72   {MR926 71.2}
[MR926 72.1]          Letter 87a, 1896, p. 2. (To Elder Olsen, May 25, 1896.)--Fannie Bolton has now left us. Sister Burnham and Marian are with me, also Sister Maggie Hare, whom we are entrusting with articles to prepare for the paper, and who gives promise of becoming a good worker. I have just engaged Minnie Hawkins, who has been long in the Echo Office, who understands the typewriter, has some knowledge of short-hand, and we hope may be able to assist in preparing copy. Like Maggie Hare she is young and healthy. They have not a nervous temperament like Fannie Bolton, but will bring a healthful current into the work. If sanctified to God, they will do a good work.  {MR926 72.1}
[MR926 72.2]          Letter 153, 1896, p. 1. (To "Children," July 9, 1896.)--Maggie Hare is an excellent girl and is taking the place Fannie occupied in furnishing the paper with articles. Maggie is the very opposite of Fannie, who would nearly make those who worked with her wild with her nervous movements. But I am now free and shall hope to keep eight thousand miles of water between her and me. She was always in a fidget and made others nervous.  {MR926 72.2}
[MR926 72.3]          Letter 154, 1896, pp. 1,2. (To "Children," August 2, 1896.)-- Fannie failed me and she has been                                                                              73  a great tax to me since she came to Australia. She left me for America in April, and she told me she wished to come back again. I told her I had no light to say one word of encouragement in this line. She urged me to say she might come back if she would pay her own fare. I could not do this. And, Edson, I never want her connected with me again. She would talk to my workers, especially Marian and get her stirred up so that I could hardly get along with Marian. She was like another person, infused with a spirit that was excitable and unexplainable. Now Fannie is gone, she is herself, just as peaceable as she used to be. The workers now are wholesome, healthy, and kind, and of value to me.  {MR926 72.3}
[MR926 73.1]          Manuscript 29, 1897, p. 5. ("Counsel and Warning," April 6, 1897.)--I was very desirous that Bro. McCullagh should have all the benefit possible from these meetings ［in Cooranbong］; for matters had been presented before me so clearly that I knew that he was in danger. I knew that his mind was under strong temptation. He talked these things to his wife, and together they were causing in the churches in the suburbs of Sydney, a state of things which would produce a harvest that would not be pleasant to garner. Sr. McCullagh's missionary visits and Bro. McCullagh's influence tended to counteract the work for the accomplishment of which so much money and labor has been expended. And Fannie Bolton's statements, which were cruelly untrue, were as seed sown in their minds, to produce fruit.  {MR926 73.1}
[MR926 73.2]          Letter 25, 1897, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, April 11, 1897.)--The work which you have done here in Australia has yielded a harvest which is widespread. You denied having said to Sr. Malcolm that which they told me, and insisted upon, you had said. You afterward visited Sister Malcolm, and denied having said that Sr. White was a very ignorant woman, who could not write, and whose writings you had to make all over, and that it was your talent in connection with the work that made the articles in the papers and books what they were. My only course has been to dismiss you from my employment several times. I did this while you were at my home at Preston; but because of your apparent repentance, I foolishly consented to let you work with me again.  {MR926 73.2}
[MR926 73.3]          Then after the Brighton camp meeting we had that long, soul-disheartening revelation made to us that you thought that Marian and yourself should be recognized as the ones ［who］ were putting talent into my works. I had a talk with Srs. Colcord and Salisbury, when I related to them the trouble I had experienced with your perversion of facts in regard to your work on my writings. These sisters told me that you had told them the same story. You also told it to Sr. Miller. The same words which Sr. Malcolm told me you had said to her, you repeated to Sr. Colcord. At first Sr. Miller said you had said nothing to her; but Sr. Salisbury said, "I heard Fannie say these words to you," (repeating what you had told Sister Malcolm). Sr. Miller then said that she had                                                                              74  forgotten, but now remembered what you had said. Now these words were positively untrue, and as the result of your report, Sister Miller has repeated them to the Andersons. You have also, I learn, repeated the same to others. You claimed that it was your superior talent that made the articles what they were. I know this to be a falsehood; for I know my own writings. You yourself have adopted much of them, and interwoven them with your own articles, which I recognize.  {MR926 73.3}
[MR926 74.1]          I have met this again in the work you have done in your misrepresentations to Bro. McCullagh. I ever treated Bro. McCullagh and his wife as tenderly as I would my own children. But the leaven has been at work, and the talk of him and his wife has done great harm in the church in Sydney.  {MR926 74.1}
[MR926 74.2]          After the instruction given me of the Lord at North Shore, I did just what He told me to do. I took you from Bro. McCullagh's and did all in my power for you, although I could not tell what such a movement meant. But in your influence in Australia, in bearing false statements against me, I have been repeatedly shown that you were my adversary working against me. Why I was directed to take you to my home, I do not know. But the Lord understands all about that, and that which I do not know now, I shall know hereafter.  {MR926 74.2}
[MR926 74.3]         The work in Adelaide was left for Brn. McCullagh and Hawkins to finish, and I think it was a finish. Bro. McCullagh has given up the truth largely, and taken Bro. Hawkins with him. The whole church had gone with them, but had not fully taken sides when these brethren sent in their resignation, saying that they did not believe in Mrs. White's visions or mission.  {MR926 74.3}
[MR926 74.4]          This called Brn. Daniells and Colcord to Adelaide. On arriving there, they found that McCullagh and Hawkins had appointed a meeting, where they made their tirade upon me. Bro. McCullagh has reported your words of information given him from house to house, saying that I have very little to do in getting out the books purported to come from my pen, that I had picked out all I had written from other books, and that those who prepared my articles, yourself in particular, made that matter that was published. This is the way you became my adversary.  {MR926 74.4}
[MR926 74.5]          When Brn. Colcord and Daniells visited from house to house, they met these very same statements. In the meeting appointed by Bro. McCullagh, he said he would have nothing to say against Adventists; but Brn. Daniells and Colcord were present, and heard him make similar statements in public, before believers and unbelievers. Bro. Daniells asked if he could make a few remarks, but they positively refused to let him speak. Then he handed McCullagh a notice to the effect that he would review these statements the following Monday evening, and asked them to read it. Bro. McCullagh handed it to Bro. Hawkins, but as the people were leaving the house, Bro. Daniells arose and read the notice himself, remarking that he had asked these ministers to read it, and they had refused to do so. Bro. Hawkins said, "I was going to read it, but you did not give me time." But already the people were passing out, and some had gone.  {MR926 74.5}
[MR926 74.6]          Now, this is the state of things. You can see by this what a harvest your leaven of falsehood and misrepresentation have produced. You opened your mind to Bro. and Sister McCullagh, which has changed their feeling toward me. The leaven worked, until it carried with it one whole church. But thank God they are recovered. And now my way is clear to make statements just as they have been coming from you, and I will cut off the influence of your tongue in every way that I can.                                                                              75   {MR926 74.6}
[MR926 75.1]          I will say that much of the time that you were in Australia, you surely did not know what manner of spirit you were of. Satanic agencies have been working through Fannie Bolton. Again and again I told Marian for years as I have been placing some article in your hands, there seemed to be a hand stretched out between you and me. I can understand all about matters now as others have come to me with confessions. I know now that proof can be given that every article coming in the paper cannot be claimed as Fannie Bolton's ideas, Fannie Bolton's sentiments.  {MR926 75.1}
[MR926 75.2]          You asked if you could come back again and connect with me in my work, if you should regain your health. The light I have from the Lord is: "She is not converted. She has no power to prevent Satan from working with her mind to exalt self, and make statements that are false in order to receive praise. You have done all that you could do. The seed that she has sown will bear its harvest."  {MR926 75.2}
[MR926 75.3]          I was shown that by your coming to my home, the Lord would give you an opportunity to clear your soul of its guiltiness in connection with me and my work. Your words had created, in others, ideas that would be communicated to still others. But the opportunity was granted you to make straight and thorough work, to clear your soul, and place me in a clear and proper light before the people to whom you had spoken. You had acted as my adversary, and the light given me of God is that it was not the will of the Lord henceforth that you should have the least connection at any time with me and the work which God had given me to do. Shall I be compelled to publish this matter, in order to uproot this influence? My mind is forever settled, Fannie, in regard to having one page of my written articles go into your hands. I do not regret taking you into my home when I did, because it was the Lord's plan. I can see the reasons more clearly now. May the Lord pity and save you. I am sorry for you, indeed I am, and would do anything to save your soul.  {MR926 75.3}
[MR926 75.4]          I thank the Lord that I have two good editors in Maggie Hare and Minnie Hawkins. They are doing good work. The writings come from their hands with my own ideas, and I know it. Who makes the articles now? All can see that they are just as full of Bible truth as they have ever been. Your "inspiration" has not touched them, and never will again as long as I shall live. In the place of my articles bearing your ideas, your articles have the ideas that the Lord has given me. You have grafted them into Fannie Bolton's stock. I wish you no harm; but I will not keep quiet. Your misrepresentation shall not mislead other minds, if I can possibly prevent them.  {MR926 75.4}
[MR926 75.5]          Letter 1, 1897, p. 2. (To "The Church in Adelaide," April 22, 1897.)--I can write but little to you now at this time. I have very much writing to do to complete the "Life of Christ," and I have been called away so much that I have but little time to write. But my soul is made very sad to see how quickly those who have had light and truth will accept the deceptions of Satan, and be charmed with a spurious holiness, like Fannie Bolton, who in the midst of her deceiving, claimed that she was inspired of God. When men turn away from the waymarks the Lord has established, that we may understand our position as marked out in prophecy, they are going they know not whither.                                                                              76   {MR926 75.5}
[MR926 76.1]          Letter 24, 1897, entire letter. (To Fannie Bolton, June 25, 1897.)--Yesterday my attention was called to your articles now going through the Review. ［See RH, April 13 - May 11, 1897.］ I have not read any articles in the papers for some time; for I have been so thoroughly employed. But as I read these articles, I thought it a very wrong thing for you to put in the Review the history of the McKenzie family. Did you think that such productions from your pen concerning a family with whom you had been connected, were right? If that family reads our church paper, think you will it be the means of converting or destroying?  {MR926 76.1}
[MR926 76.2]          Your representations can be easily recognized. You place in the worst light the McKenzie family. Is this to be the tone of all the articles you put into the paper? All can easily see that Miss Ashbury, who is placed on the pinnacle of perfection, is a revelation of the way in which Miss Fannie Bolton regards herself. As I read these articles I was more distressed for you and ashamed of you than I can express. Should you caricature so vividly your own history while you were in Battle Creek and Australia, putting things in as vivid a light as you have regarding the McKenzie family, we would have some most striking articles. But such productions should not be immortalized by being put in print. You are certainly doing as you would not be pleased to have anyone do by you.  {MR926 76.2}
[MR926 76.3]          That history will certainly be placed in the hands of the McKenzie family. What kind of an influence will it have upon them to see that you have represented family secrets in the very worst light? ［Revelation 3:1-3, 15-18 quoted.］                                                                              77   {MR926 76.3}
[MR926 77.1]          All who are acquainted with your history in Australia will be nauseated by your representation of yourself. And this is the one that expressed herself as having an unwillingness to handle private testimonies of reproof. Yet without any appointment of God, you take hold of a family, and lay bare the things you have seen and heard in that family, in a most exaggerated light. How could you ever do such a thing? I am very much astonished that you should dare to do it. You have been very much afraid to have anything go to America, even to my son Edson, in regard to yourself.  {MR926 77.1}
[MR926 77.2]          It is a great pity that this very wonderful Christian woman, so mild, of such excellent judgment, could not have revealed her character in such beautiful lines when in my family, connected with me. How mild and Christlike were your words to Emily Campbell, when you supposed her to be making a mistake, but when you yourself were doubly at fault? If these things were represented in a story and given to the world, it would be quite sensational. What do you mean? Are you unbalanced in mind? If so, for Christ's sake do not make striking proof of the fact by letting everyone know that it is so.  {MR926 77.2}
[MR926 77.3]          What could have beclouded Bro. Tenney's perceptive faculties, to lead him to accept such articles from your hand, I cannot conceive. If you want to write sensational novels, put your articles in papers that will appreciate such matter. Do stop and think what you are about.  {MR926 77.3}
[MR926 77.4]          I send you this matter, written from a sense of duty. Do not exhibit Fannie Bolton in such angel's garments, because it is not the Fannie Bolton we are acquainted with. I advise you to let your tired brain have entire rest, while you do some kind of work besides writing. You said that you loved to do housework. Why not do something of this kind, using the muscles of your body in proportion as you have used your mind. Cannot you be satisfied to use your talents in this way? I advise you to do this, and see if you cannot become a Christian in thought and in character.  {MR926 77.4}
[MR926 77.5]          I hope and pray that your transgressions may be pardoned. Do not, I beg of you, parade before the world the history of those who are not guilty of doing one hundredth part of the harm that you have done. If you ever truly feel this, you will have such a sense of your wicked course of action, that you will never, never seek to remove the mote from your brother's or sister's eye till the beam has been removed from your own eye.  {MR926 77.5}
[MR926 77.6]          Your words regarding me and my writings are false, and I must say that you know them to be false. Nevertheless, those unacquainted with you take your words as being the words of one who knows. Because you have been acquainted with me, and connected with me, you can state what you please, and you think that your tracks are so covered that they will never be discovered. But my writings have not stopped. They go out as I have written them. No words of my copyists are put in the place of my own words. This is a testimony that cannot be controverted. My articles speak for themselves.  {MR926 77.6}
[MR926 77.7]          When I heard that McCullagh had apostatized, I said, I am glad that all my connection with him has been of the tenderest character. I thought that there was nothing they could have to say against me. But both he and his wife bore the same report that Sister Malcolm bore to me. McCullagh stated in a large congregation that it was reported by one who knew that I picked up things written in books, and sent them out as something the Lord had shown me. At the Bible Institute in Cooranbong, McCullagh told me that you had made a                                                                              78  statement to him and his wife similar to the statement made to Sr. Malcolm. Your sowing is producing its harvest. Many in Melbourne have been repeating the same things, things which you have told them, and which they thought must be true.  {MR926 77.7}
[MR926 78.1]          I will now only say further that I forgive you, and will continue to pray as I have done that you may be converted. The articles in the Review give me more discouragement over your case than I have ever had; for I see you clothed in garments of pretentious light, and this is a terrible deception. May the Lord anoint your eyes with eye salve, that you may see yourself as you are, and that you may have that repentance that needs not to be repented of.  {MR926 78.1}
[MR926 78.2]          Letter 114, 1897, entire letter. (To Bro. and Sr. Tenney, July 1, 1897.)--I have been reading your letter. Thank-you for writing in response to my letter. I should have written to you at first, but I thought that if Fannie would show repentance, I would be pleased to have her soul saved if possible. I do not read her articles at all, but my attention was called to the articles in the Instructor and the Review by one who understood the articles in the Review perfectly. ［See RH, April 13 - May 11, 1897.］  {MR926 78.2}
[MR926 78.3]          In them she has represented the family of McKenzie. The mild Miss Ashbury is Miss Fannie Bolton. Mr. and Mrs. Morehouse are Bro. McKenzie and his wife, who live in Parramatta. The representation that Fannie gives of Miss Ashbury is, I suppose, exactly her estimate of herself. In this romance she has represented herself as having a perfection of character that she has never revealed in connection with that family or any family where she has been an inmate.  {MR926 78.3}
[MR926 78.4]          False ideas are traced in this story. Fannie did have a room in the hired home of Bro. and Sr. McKenzie, and the rent from this helped them in a time of their great poverty; but everything in this story is exaggerated. She has had some threads to use in making out this story, but the main history was transacted at Ashfield, where the first camp-meeting was held in New South Wales. At that camp-meeting some of these things did take place, and those who are familiar with the facts will recognize the ones meant. Should McKenzie get hold of the paper, as I have no doubt he will, there would be one of the greatest commotions that could take place; for Bro. and Sister McKenzie are both sensitive and proud.  {MR926 78.4}
[MR926 78.5]          He did become tempted. We had Bro. Belden move his family and furniture from Parramatta to the Ashfield camp-ground. I helped them by giving them clothing, milk, fruit, and money. Bro. McKenzie became displeased with Bro. Caldwell, because Bro. Caldwell was put in as Elder of the church, while Bro. McKenzie was not put into office.  {MR926 78.5}
[MR926 78.6]          W. C. White and Emily Campbell found Bro. McKenzie in work. His daughter, Julia, is a fine, nice girl, but Julia is represented as being married. She is not. Emily Campbell and I paid Julia's carfare to and from the city, and she and Emily attended a school where shorthand was taught. At this time Caldwell was working the typewriter for Fannie, and I felt that matters were not going right. I was warned in a dream, and I talked with both of them, telling them that it was not right for them to be together.  {MR926 78.6}
[MR926 78.7]          I talked with McKenzie about this matter, and he said that Caldwell's coming to his home at all times of the day and in the evening was working up a scandal. Well, we met with much opposition from both Fannie and Caldwell. They said that McKenzie had no sense or reason for his evil                                                                              79  surmisings. But the burden was laid heavily upon me, and I told them it could not be thus any longer. There was my parlor, Willie's office;  they could write in that; for Willie was away, either in Melbourne or New Zealand.  {MR926 78.7}
[MR926 79.1]          Well, this familiarity continued. I told Caldwell that I could not have him connected with my work. He told me that there was nothing between him and Fannie, and yet the warning kept coming, "She is your adversary." My burden was very great; for I had not rest in spirit. The poor man, McKenzie, took to smoking and drinking, and I think they had a hard time of it. Fannie was then away at Cooranbong.  {MR926 79.1}
[MR926 79.2]          The work between Fannie and Bro. Caldwell was begun at the Melbourne camp-meeting. There she became enamored of a married man, with two children. She utterly denied that there was any affection between her and Bro. Caldwell. She stood before me in my tent, and declared that there was nothing to the reports. For one year after this, she was good for nothing to me, only a dead, heavy load.  {MR926 79.2}
[MR926 79.3]          The warning from God kept coming, and finally at the Armadale camp meeting matters came to a head. Fannie claimed to make most of my books. Both at the Ashfield and Armadale camp meetings she was inspired by Satan. While at the Brighton camp meeting her course of action was anything that what a Christian's should be. And after the camp meeting I cut loose from her. I discharged her. We had a very serious time, but she begged and wrote so humbly, that I forgave her, and foolishly tried her again. She was taken back, and given another trial.  {MR926 79.3}
[MR926 79.4]          When living at Preston, I told her that I could never have her in my home to live with me again. At the Brighton camp-meeting she told the Malcolm family, who had recently come to the faith, that she had to make my books herself. She said that Sr. White did not know how to write, or put two sentences together, that she was a very ignorant woman, and that her, Fanny Bolton's, talent supplied her lack.  {MR926 79.4}
[MR926 79.5]          Fannie begged to go to the Armadale camp meeting, saying that she would do my writing, and not take up the children's meetings; but she did not keep her word. One short article, I think, she prepared for me. There was at this time an advertisement in one of the papers regarding one of my books. When Fannie noticed this advertisement, which spoke of Prof. Prescott compiling the book, she vehemently declared with wild gesticulations, that it was a lie. She was all broken up, and declared to Sara ［McEnterfer］ that she had done the work herself, and now Prof. Prescott was taking the glory of it. But Sister Prescott had been told Fannie's story at Cooranbong, and she could see things in their true bearing. In talking with Sister Prescott, Fannie claimed to be the author of some sentence in this book which they thought was very beautiful. But when she made this assertion, Sr. Prescott told her that she knew better, because she had a letter from Sister White, in her own handwriting, which contained the same sentence. If Sister Prescott is in Battle Creek you may talk with her in regard to this, and she will be able to tell you just how it was.  {MR926 79.5}
[MR926 79.6]          I had a letter written to Dr. Kellogg, which Fannie saw lying on my table as she came into my room. In this letter she saw her own name. She called Sara into another room, and told her that she had seen a letter addressed to Dr. Kellogg on Sr. White's table, and that in this letter she saw her name. She then asked Sara to get this letter and give it to her, so that she might see what Sister White was writing about her to Dr. Kellogg. Sara faced her, and asked, "What do you take me for?                                                                              80  Do you think I have come all the way from America to do that sort of work?" Fannie insisted that Sara should get the letter for her, but Sara declared that she would do no such thing. For this time Fannie seemed to have but little confidence in Sara.  {MR926 79.6}
[MR926 80.1]          I have told you these things that you may understand about the matter. We had the affair between Fannie and Caldwell all through the Armadale camp meeting. I talked with them both separately, and told them that the Lord had a controversy with them both. They denied that there was anything like particular attachment between them. I knew better; but the Lord helped me to work through the meeting. Just before the meeting closed, Fannie came to me, and said, "O Sr. White, I have come to you as to a mother. I do love Bro. Caldwell with all my heart, and my heart is just broken. Three times has this cup of bliss been presented to me, and then been snatched away." Then the girl said, "I prayed that if it was right for us to get married, his wife might get a divorce from him, and it was not many weeks before she did get a divorce. Now don't you think the Lord heard my prayer?" I dared not talk with her; for I had to speak that day before a large congregation. If Sr. Prescott is in Battle Creek, she will be able to tell you the particulars.  {MR926 80.1}
[MR926 80.2]          Well, from that time I cut loose from Fannie, never, as I thought, to connect with her again. But a little while after this, Fannie was in Sydney, and wrote me another confession. I thought that I could not take her back, but the Spirit of the Lord rested upon me, and said, "Give her another trial." So I decided that I would see Fannie, and tell her that I would take her back. This I did, and she remained with me several weeks, but was not able to do any work; and then she decided that she wanted to go home to her mother, and I told her that she might feel free to do so. And now after all the suffering and distress that I have passed through because of the actions of these two, and the downright lies they told, to have Fannie Bolton put these articles in the paper, exalting her poor, miserable, blind, poverty-stricken soul, Miss Ashbury is a little too large a mouthful for me to swallow. It tastes strong of the dish. If I can find them, I will send you copies of letters written to both Fannie and Caldwell.  {MR926 80.2}
[MR926 80.3]          Letter 115, 1897, entire letter. (To Bro. Tenney, July 5, 1897.)--I received your letter. I am sending you a copy of a letter I have sent to Fannie Bolton. You can see from this letter that I regard Fannie as one who cannot retain a spirit of contrition for any length of time. She is so inflated with Fannie Bolton that she does not know herself a few moments after she has expressed deep humiliation because of her own course of action. She springs into life speedily, and blossoms out wonderfully, dwelling on the goodness, love, mercy, and forgiveness of God toward her, taking all the promises to herself.  {MR926 80.3}
[MR926 80.4]          In the past she has expressed wonderful sorrow for her wicked course of action, but she does not stay penitent. She does not continue to be contrite in heart. She flashes forth, thinking she is inspired by God. While she was praying the Lord that if it was right for her to marry Caldwell, his wife might get a divorce from her husband, she told me that as she talked and gave Bible readings, the people turned pale to hear her talk, and she thought she was inspired by God. Her imagination is very strong, and she makes such exaggerated statements that her words are not trustworthy.                                                                              81   {MR926 80.4}
[MR926 81.1]          I feel so sorry that these productions of hers ever entered our papers. ［See RH, April 13 - May 11, 1897.］ Bro. Schowe from Pennant Hills, who has long been a government school teacher, recently made me a visit. He accepted the Sabbath in 1894. He seems to be a man of good sense and excellent education. He is a regular subscriber for nearly all our papers, the Review and Herald, and Youth's Instructor, etc. He opened the subject himself, and said to me, "Sr. White, did you notice those strange articles in the Review and Herald? I thought it a little strange that such productions should be suffered to go through the papers." He had no knowledge whatever of the course Fannie had pursued toward me. I told him that I did not read the articles till my attention was called to them by others. Then I read one in the Review, and one in the Instructor. Bro. Schowe said, "Miss Bolton must have lost her balance of mind."  {MR926 81.1}
[MR926 81.2]          O, I am so sorry and ashamed to have the paper go to others with such articles as this in it. Piece after piece from Fannie's pen appears in the papers. What does it mean? When I can find them, I will send you copies of some letters written by me to her, and her answers. When she was in my family, it seemed that Satan used her as his agent to invent those things that would make the whole household miserable. She would have her times of confession, and would then say all that one could ask another to say. But she would go over the same ground again and again, each time worse than before, until I decided that Satan's temptations, working upon her desire for recognition, were so strong that she had no power to escape from the snare. She was one with the enemy, working in his service.  {MR926 81.2}
[MR926 81.3]          Now, my brother, if it had not been for these articles in the Review, I would have held my peace. I thought that if Fannie would only keep away from me, and trouble me no more, I would not expose her, but would let the poor, deluded, misshapen character alone. But when she figures so largely in our papers, I must speak. I dare not keep silent. Such productions do no one any good, and the blessing of the Lord cannot attend them.                                                                              88   {MR926 81.3}
[MR926 88.1]          Letter 6, 1898, p. 2. (To Emily Campbell, January 12, 1898.) --The amount of writing that I have been compelled to do has been greater than at any former period of my life. Maggie Hare and Minnie Hawkins are doing good work. I feel so thankful that Fannie is not with me. She does not know what manner of spirit she is of, and I do not think she ever will; for she is deluded by the enemy in regard to her own talents. If she would be converted and remain transformed in character, no one would be more happy than I. But even then I would say to her, Remain in America. Never come across the waters again.                                                                              92   {MR926 88.1}
[MR926 92.1]          Letter 61a, 1900, entire letter. (To G. A. Irwin, April 23, 1900, not sent--see revised copy, Letter 61, 1900.)--I cannot sleep after half past twelve. I have read what you say in regard to Fannie. I have many things written in reference to her engagement with Caldwell, but I do not wish to make her case a public matter. Therefore I shall not send the letters written in reference to her misbehavior in this country, which has uprooted the confidence of those who know her. I can send these letters if it is essential, but I do not want to do so.  {MR926 92.1}
[MR926 92.2]          The statement in regard to my telling Fannie to write to A. R. Henry is a fabrication which has not in it one thread of truth. Why she makes statements which are sheer falsehoods is a mystery to me. I have copies of all the letters I have written to A. R Henry. I never to my knowledge told Fannie to write a letter for me to any person whatever.  {MR926 92.2}
[MR926 92.3]          One night, after I had disconnected from Fannie Bolton, I had a singular experience. The angel of the Lord stood by my side, instructing me to give Fannie a chance to connect with me again and take up the work again. I was to give her another trial. To the astonishment of all, I did this. At the time, Fannie was sick, and was staying at Brother McCullagh's. I brought her to my home, and fitted up a room for her away from the other workers; for she could not endure the least noise.  {MR926 92.3}
[MR926 92.4]          I cared for her as I would for my own sister. Then after a time, I put copy in her hands, to evidence to her that I would do the work pointed out by the angel for me to do. She took the copy, and all she had to do was to read it to one of my copyists. But though she had all the time she wanted, she could not complete the article. She told me that she could not possibly do the work, and that she would never again have the privilege of having the precious matter in her hands.  {MR926 92.4}
[MR926 92.5]          "I fear," she said, "that I am wholly unfitted for the work. I cannot even do this article. I have pursued such a course (speaking in reference to Caldwell) that I am humiliated in the dust. I cannot remain in this place, where my course is so well known. I must go to America."  {MR926 92.5}
[MR926 92.6]          She then begged me to let her take some articles with her to prepare for me. I did this once when she was at Ann Arbor. I said, "No, Fannie; none of my writings shall be placed in your hands. I am decided on this point." Well, she said, "if you ever need me to prepare copy for you, I would be glad to do it after my health improves." She tried to get me to say that she could return to me if she desired to. I said, "No; when you leave me of your own will, I shall never re-unite you with my work." She said that if I would take her back, she would pay her own passage to Australia. But I told her that I could make no promise whatever. I said, "The Lord instructed me to forgive you and take you back for another trial. I have done this; but even while you are confessing your wrong course to me, you say that you are                                                                              93  afraid, should you attempt to take up the work again, you would go over the same ground you have gone over in the past. You have already told me that you dare not take up the work again, that you think you had better go to America. When you said this, I was free."  {MR926 92.6}
[MR926 93.1]          I see now why it was that I was directed to give Fannie another trial. There are those who misunderstand me because of Fannie's misrepresentations. These were watching to see what course I would take in regard to her. If I had disconnected from her, they would have made the most they possibly could of the way in which I had abused poor Fannie Bolton. The course I pursued in following the directions given me took away any occasion of criticism from those who wanted to condemn me.  {MR926 93.1}
[MR926 93.2]          I have never wanted Fannie to connect with me again. I wrote to Edson not to employ her on any account; for her imagination was so under the control of the enemy that he could lead her to exaggerate to any extent.  {MR926 93.2}
[MR926 93.3]          I have not mentioned the disagreeable experience which has cost me so much sorrow, which was caused by her lovesick sentimentalism in her connection with Caldwell, her terrible deception and falsehoods, which both she and he confessed. While Fannie was acting out the temptations of Satan, because imbued with his spirit, she claimed that the Bible-readings she gave were inspired by God. She said that when she talked, her hearers would grow pale under the effect of her words. Many of our brethren and sisters claimed that she was inspired, but understanding the underhanded course she was taking and the positive falsehoods she was telling, I told them that they need not covet any such inspiration; for it was of the same order that Satan keeps in his stock in trade.  {MR926 93.3}
[MR926 93.4]         You may reason with others on this line: Wherein do my articles in the papers now differ from what they were when Fannie was with me? Who is it that now puts in words to supply the deficiencies of my language, my deplorable ignorance? How was this done before Fannie Bolton had anything to do with my writings?  {MR926 93.4}
[MR926 93.5]          Cannot people who have reason see this? If Fannie supplied my great deficiency, how is it that I can now send articles to the papers?  {MR926 93.5}
[MR926 93.6]          What Fannie says in regard to this is all a sham. Does she not know it? Or does Satan work on her imagination in such a way that she thinks what she says is true?  {MR926 93.6}
[MR926 93.7]          I tell you that there is not a semblance of truth in her statements. My copyists you have seen. They do not change my language. It stands as I write it. Marian's work is of a different order altogether. She is my book-maker. Fannie never was my book-maker. How are my books made? Marian does not put in her claim for recognition. She does her work in this way. She takes my articles which are published in the papers, and pastes them in blank books. She also has a copy of all the letters I write. In preparing a chapter for a book, Marian remembers that I have written something on that special point, which may make the matter more forcible. She begins to search for this, and if when she finds it, she sees that it will make the chapter more clear, she adds it.  {MR926 93.7}
[MR926 93.8]          The books are not Marian's productions, but my own, gathered from all my writings. Marian has a large field from which to draw, and her ability to arrange this matter is of great value to me. It saves my poring over a mass of matter, which I have no time to do.  {MR926 93.8}
[MR926 93.9]          So you understand that Marian is a most valuable help to me in bringing out my books. Fannie had                                                                              94  none of this work to do. Marian has read chapters to her, and Fannie has sometimes made suggestions as to the arrangement of the matter.  {MR926 93.9}
[MR926 94.1]          This is the difference between the workers. As I have stated, Fannie has been strictly forbidden to change my words for her words. As spoken by the heavenly agencies, the words are severe in their simplicity; and I try to put the thoughts into such simple language that a child can understand every word uttered. The words of someone else would not rightly represent me.  {MR926 94.1}
[MR926 94.2]          I have written thus fully in order that you may understand the matter. Fannie Bolton may claim that she has made my books, but she has not done so. This has been Marian's field, and her work is far in advance of any work Fannie has done for me.  {MR926 94.2}
[MR926 94.3]          I have written this letter between half past twelve and four o'clock a.m. I must now leave it to write other letters. But I wish to ask, If Fannie is converted and is used by the Lord, why is not her vision clear in reference to her past representation of the work she has done for me? I think the first work the Holy Spirit would do for her would be to lead her to confess that by false statements she has misrepresented me to others. The Lord would clear away the mist and fog from her mind, leading her to see the great injury she has done me by saying that she made over all my writings.  {MR926 94.3}
[MR926 94.4]          When the Lord teaches her and reveals to her how she has unsettled and undermined the faith of many in the testimonies of the Spirit of God, as she has unsettled and undermined the faith of Brother Bartholf in the work the Lord has given me to do, by making the statement that she was directed to write a testimony to A. R. Henry, she will see where she is standing. The statement in regard to the testimony for A. R. Henry is an absolute falsehood.  {MR926 94.4}
[MR926 94.5]          Those who receive such statements are without excuse. "By their fruits ye shall know them." My work has been in the field since 1845. Ever since then I have labored with pen and voice. Increased light has come to me as I have imparted the light given me. I have very much more light on the Old and New Testament Scriptures, which I shall present to our people if my way is not blocked by such influences as the influence exerted by Fannie Bolton. Such a work as hers calls for my pen and voice to contradict her statements, in order to save poor souls from being entirely swamped by her assertion that she has received the Holy Ghost. This is another phase of her desire to exalt herself as ordained by the Lord to bear a message to His people. The Lord did not send her, yet she ran. She will not honor the cause of God, but will mislead others.  {MR926 94.5}
[MR926 94.6]          Those who have been unwilling to receive the true testimonies of God, notwithstanding that these testimonies have been in the field for so many years, who know not the voice of the Lord, may listen to the voice of a stranger, and receive from a poor, deceived, unbalanced human agent what is supposed to be truth. What is the chaff to the wheat? Know that you are on trial for spiritual life, and accept no delusive sentiments. God save His people from Satan's snare.  {MR926 94.6}
[MR926 94.7]          Letter 61, 1900, entire letter. (To G. A. Irwin, April 23, 1900, revised copy of letter 61a, 1900.)--I have read what you say in regard to Fannie Bolton. There is no truth in the statement that I told Fannie to write a letter or testimony to A. R. Henry. My testimonies to the churches, and to                                                                              95  individuals have never been written that way.  {MR926 94.7}
[MR926 95.1]          The claim that she is inspired is not a new one with Fannie. Shortly after the Armadale campmeeting, she claimed that the Bible-readings that she gave were inspired of God. She said that when she talked, her hearers would grow pale under the effects of her words. Some of our people believed the assertion that she was inspired. But I knew that her course and her spirit were not pleasing to God. Her unwise, inconsistent course, showed that she was under a deception of the devil.  {MR926 95.1}
[MR926 95.2]          All through her experience, Fannie's light has been too much like that of a meteor. It flashes up, and then goes out in darkness. Her feelings are counted by her to be religion. What a pity that she has so much confidence in her brilliant flashes. Her mind is so full of an emotional religion, that she knows not what the genuine article is.  {MR926 95.2}
[MR926 95.3]          If she were converted, and used by the Lord, she would have a clear understanding of the influence of her past misrepresentations of the work she has done for me, and would confess some of her misstatements regarding it, which have been used by the enemy to unsettle and undermine the faith of many, in the testimonies of the Spirit of God.  {MR926 95.3}
[MR926 95.4]          Such claims as we hear that she is now putting forth, must be contradicted, that poor souls may be saved from deception. This claim that she has now received the Holy Spirit, is another manifestation of the desire to exalt herself as ordained by the Lord to bear a message to His people. The Lord did not send her, yet she ran.  {MR926 95.4}
[MR926 95.5]          Those who know not the voice of God, those who have been unwilling to receive the true testimonies from the Lord, may listen to the voice of a stranger, and receive from a human agent what is supposed to be truth. But, "What is the chaff to the wheat?" The people of God should know that they are on trial for eternal life, and that they must accept no delusive sentiments. May God save them from Satan's snares.  {MR926 95.5}
[MR926 95.6]          Some may ask, why was Sr. Bolton allowed to be so long connected with the work, if this desire for praise, this tendency to self-exaltation was manifested? At different times I labored with her faithfully, pointing out her danger, and endeavoring to help her to understand the character of the work, and the relations of the human agent to it. Many times she acknowledged the mistakes that her approbativeness had led her to make, and confessed her weakness, and love of praise. She would declare that the lesson had now been thoroughly learned, and that thereafter she would guard against self-exaltation. And she was always anxious to retain her connection with the work, sometimes begging with tears not to be disconnected from it.  {MR926 95.6}
[MR926 95.7]         Several times I was warned of the Lord that she was taking a course to undermine the confidence of the people in the testimonies, and after the Armadale campmeeting she was disconnected from my work. This was a great relief, for her injudicious course had become a great burden to me. But one night, after this, the angel of the Lord stood by my side, instructing me to give Fannie another chance to connect with me, and again take up the work. I was plainly instructed to give her another trial. To the astonishment of those who knew what the work had suffered, and what I had suffered, from her erratic and injudicious course, I did this. She was sick at the home of Brother McCullagh. I brought her to my home, and fitted up a room for her away from the other workers, for                                                                              96  she could not endure any noise. I cared for her as I would for my own sister. And after a time I put copy in her hands, endeavoring to follow the course pointed out to me by the angel. She took the article, and began the work, but found that she was not able to proceed with it. She told me she could not possibly do the work, and she feared that she would never again have the privilege of having the precious matter in her hands.  {MR926 95.7}
[MR926 96.1]          She asked that she might take some articles with her to prepare for me when she was able, but to this I could not consent. She also spoke of returning to Australia when her health was restored, to again take up the work. But I told her that I could hold out no encouragement regarding this. I said, "The Lord instructed me to forgive you, and take you back for another trial. This I have done. But even while you are confessing your wrong course to me and the work, you admit that you are afraid, should you take up the work again, that you would go over the same ground that you have gone over in the past. You have said that you dare not take up the work again here, and that you think you would better go to America. When you say this, I am free."  {MR926 96.1}
[MR926 96.2]          I now see why I was directed to give Fannie another trial. There are those who misunderstood me because of Fannie's misrepresentations. These were watching to see what course I would take in regard to her. They would have represented that I had abused poor Fannie Bolton. In following the directions to take her back, I took away all occasion for criticism from those who were ready to condemn me.  {MR926 96.2}
[MR926 96.3]          Letter 166, 1900, pp. 1,2. (To Bro. and Sr. Haskell, and Bro. G. A. Irwin, April 25, 1900.)-- Something is being sent to you in regard to Fannie Bolton. You need to say to all our people that she is not the Lord's messenger, and she should in no way be encouraged. She would mingle the theatrical with her spiritual actions, that would not elevate, but degrade the cause of God. She is a farce. I have several copies of letters in her own handwriting, confessions, which I cannot possibly get copied. They must not go out of my hands until they are copied. Caldwell took a testimony from her hands that related to them both, and burned it up, and then told her she need not worry any more about ［it］; she nor Sister White would ever see it again. Then he was pressed by me for the Testimony. Caldwell said he would bring it to me, and then said he could not find it; and then when I told him I knew what he had done with it, he said he must have burned it with some of his letters he did not care to keep; and then afterward he confessed his falsehoods, and said he burnt it designedly. Well, I have quite a large amount of letters concerning this matter between Fannie and me. If it needs to be all exposed before the people will be undeceived, I will send these letters after they are copied. But tell our people I do not want to expose Fannie, unless I am obliged to do this to save the cause of God from being corrupted.  {MR926 96.3}
[MR926 123.1]                                         ADDENDUM   The following documents constitute additions to the first printing of this collection.            Letter 88, 1894, E. G. White handwritten addition at conclusion of typewritten letter. (To W. C. White, February 6, 1894.)-- Since writing the enclosed, Elder Starr has had a long talk with Fannie. Now she is just beginning to see the perverse spirit she has had, and how much I have had to bear with her ever since she has been in Melbourne. She now says it is all right if she is separated from the work, that she has brought it upon herself, and if the decision is that she goes to America, that she will submit and do anything they may counsel her to do.  {MR926 123.1}
[MR926 123.2]          She is now humble and seems to see herself, but I leave it with the judgment of others to decide what is best to be done. If you see it is not possible for these persons that I have named to come back to Melbourne, adjust the matter as you deem best. I think now the evil is stayed, but it seems to me Fannie has not any just appreciation of the work. She places it on a level with common things and handles it as such. Now she is very anxious to remain in Australia, but I am fearful to have her influence in this country. Would it not be best for her to return to America now that she is in a state of submission? Should she be entrusted again with the work, would not this subdued feeling soon wear away and as she has not very fine points of character, will not the same spirit come on her and she bring the writings down to her level?  {MR926 123.2}
[MR926 123.3]          I speak to you now freely and you must do that which seems to be the best. When I am to get my workers I know not, but I will trust and have faith that God has someone for me. If not, the writings will have to stop for the papers. I do not want that your business should be all broken into, but understanding the case you must move intelligently as will best serve the cause of God.  {MR926 123.3}
[MR926 123.4]          Please consider what objection will come in if we drive our horse and phaeton to Sydney. Would it be wrong? Please inform me all you can in reference to this matter. Had I best sell? I dislike to leave the horse and carriage and have to buy anew in Sydney.  {MR926 123.4}
[MR926 123.5]          We are now pleasantly situated. Sister Tuxford is pleasant and May doing well. In much love, (signed) Ellen G. White. Elder Starr's American mail just came. His brother John writes he has given himself unreservedly to Jesus and he has peace, the peace of Christ. He writes good and I am so thankful for the poor soul. Our mail has not come, ［it］ is at the Echo Office--will come tonight, have telephoned for it.  {MR926 123.5}
[MR926 123.6]          Fannie is writing to all she has spoken to upon this matter of which I have written to you. She seems determined to make thorough work, poor soul. I am distressed, yet relieved and now I mean to trust in the Lord fully. O, I need more faith. (Signed) Ellen G. White.  {MR926 123.6}
[MR926 123.7]          Manuscript 94, 1894, entire manuscript. ("Experience With Fannie Bolton," cir. 1894.)-- ［First part missing］ Before a large family at the table questions were asked in reference to my work. She stated that was preparing all the manuscripts for Mrs. White and it went under her name but it was her production. Mrs. White was a very ignorant woman. She could not write and could not put two sentences together; but she made                                                                              124     the articles and Mrs. White had the credit for doing them.  {MR926 123.7}
[MR926 124.1]          This was the most wicked falsehood that could be invented. I did not learn what she was about, undermining the confidence of the people in me, until our meeting in Cooranbong that lasted three or four weeks. I had all my manuscript of very precious matter that our brethren solicited me to read before the meetings assembled. I read every day long articles from my own pen that I could not get copied because I had refused to have any connection with Fannie Bolton. Not any correction had been made in them, by any person. But remarks were made concerning the precious matter, so rich in ideas and instruction.  {MR926 124.1}
[MR926 124.2]          Near the close of the meeting two ladies, sisters, came. ［They said］ they were glad I made the statement that I made in the meeting. Had I any objection to their seeing these articles? I told them no, but as they were unacquainted with my writing they might not be able to read them readily. They returned them to me with an apology.  {MR926 124.2}
[MR926 124.3]          They said, "I must see you and talk with you." I set a time and then they explained that Fannie Bolton had sat at their table when they first embraced the truth and there, before this large family, made the statement I have written. They said they asked her what she did to my writings. She answered that she made them all over. She said they were much of them her own writings, not mine, but I got the credit for them. "Now," said they, "we have seen; we have heard you read these manuscript articles. We have tested the matter by reading your writings quite readily. Her words were untrue." They had made so great an impression upon them and many others that she had conversed with that they had no confidence in me or my work and would not read my books.  {MR926 124.3}
[MR926 124.4]          I was bemoaning to Brother Starr that the matter that I was reading had never had anything done to it. With much firmness he said, "Sister White, if you knew all that I know you would understand that the Lord's hand has planned this whole matter. If ever I was thankful for anything I thank God for this providence." At the close of the meeting, Sisters Malcom came to me and said, "I am so glad to be here in this meeting. I knew comparatively nothing of your work until I came. And I wish to say I am glad you read those articles just as you had them without going through anyone's hands. I have something to say now, fearing I shall not see you again." ［Unfinished.］  {MR926 124.4}
[MR926 124.5]          Letter 131, 1896, pp. 1-3. (To Edson and Emma White, March 21, 1896.)-- I cannot sleep past two o'clock A.M. I think of you away across the broad waters of the Pacific, and must visit with you by the pen words. If it were the will of our heavenly Father I would much prefer to talk with you face to face.  {MR926 124.5}
[MR926 124.6]          Sarah McEnterfer and I left Cooranbong Station last Wednesday morning and came to Sydney. We called on Brother Israel and took dinner with them. Then we went to North Shore by cars and ferry boat; we took the cars again, and then we walked to the home occupied by Brother and Sister Starr. It is built up on the side of a high rise of land, as in Black Hawk and Centerville. I remained with them until Friday.  {MR926 124.6}
[MR926 124.7]          Friday morning I awoke at half past three. I had been sitting writing when a sweet peace beyond explanation or understanding came to me. I felt that I was in the presence of Jesus. A sacred, holy atmosphere surrounded me and there was presented to me a line of action that I should pursue. All                                                                              125  the previous feelings and the matter that I was writing upon seemed to be removed from me and another matter was presented. I must take heed. I heard no voice, but the points presented were clearly laid out before me.  {MR926 124.7}
[MR926 125.1]          I seemed to be taken away from myself, and to be in the presence of God. The question was, "What have you done with the request of Fannie Bolton? You have been sorely tried, but your Saviour has been wounded and bruised and put to open shame by this deceived, deluded child. It is My will that you bear with her, forgive her, and help her. If she goes from you, Satan's net is spread for her feet. You alone can help her. She sympathizes with herself and will have those who do not walk in the light to view her case in a perverted light, to sympathize with her. And her own soul will be lost, and through her influence other souls will be deceived and lost. It is My will that you accede to her request. You are not to wait for an assurance of transformation of character. She does not have power to discern her own heart and the wily workings of the enemy. If she says she repents, if she reaches up her voice to you for help, My Spirit shall be with you."  {MR926 125.1}
[MR926 125.2]          Left to her own will and devising she will walk into the snares set by the enemy and will perish. True, discerning hearts would but feel the righteous and indignant anger, while another class, who are also deceived in their own impressions of what constitutes Christian character, will look at this matter in a perverted light and will give sympathy when it is the worst thing they could do to fasten this soul in the darkness of eternal night. This poor, erring, blood-bought soul has been deceived and has practised deception and falsehood. Satan has had the control, but I will give her another chance. It may be that she may form a righteous character and perfect holiness in the fear of the Lord. These deceived souls, if left to their own thoughts and devisings will not obey God's law.  {MR926 125.2}
[MR926 125.3]          I know this will sound very strange to you, but it is not strange to me now. I have had no liberty to do this before, but now I dare not move otherwise. I would not in my course of action in this case give to others the appearance that I was unforgiving, that I was driving from me anyone who was repenting and soliciting for the position she has held. Christ is to me my example in all things, and I greatly desire to represent Christ. Jesus is to me like a great Rock in a weary land. I want to be like Christ.  {MR926 125.3}
[MR926 125.4]          Here is the Lord Jesus, looking with pity upon sinful, erring humanity in Fannie. Here is an opportunity to let her take hold of hope and faith and not become desperate. Here is a case I cannot reason out. In this case my wisdom becomes ignorance. Here my understanding is completely at fault, but I am sure what is my duty. And if Mary Clough Watson wants to unite with me and would solicit a place with me, shall I not give her one more chance? Yes, yes, yes. I will, and may the Lord help me that no soul shall say, "I called upon her saying, 'I repent and she would not hear." {MR926 125.4}
[MR1033 5.1]       MR1033 - Manuscript Release No 1033: The Salamanca Vision and the 1890 Diary (1983)              II. The Travels, Labors, and Letters of Ellen G. White                     from October 8 to December 30, 1890                 Syracuse, New York, Thursday, October 9, 1890          At Niagara bridge we stepped out of the sleeper and took our seats in the day coach. Soon every available seat was occupied. We reached Syracuse about noon. Here Sister Burdick found us and invited us to go to her house for refreshments. It was raining. Her husband had a covered carriage but could take only one in it. We thought best to step into the day coach, although it would not be in motion for one hour and a half. We had a visit with Brother Burdick in the cars. He seemed to be very anxious that we should visit Syracuse and labor for the church. Syracuse is a large city and the workers in it are very few.--Ms. 41, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, p. 169). {MR1033 5.1}
[MR1033 5.2]                 Adams Center, New York, Friday, October 10, 1890          We arrived at this place from Syracuse at about half past four o'clock p.m. Brethren Lane, Wilcox, and Place were at the depot waiting for us. We were glad to meet them. A horse and carriage took us to Sister Green's. There we found a comfortable home in every respect. Meetings had been in session two days. I was very nervous Friday night and could not sleep until about midnight.--Ms. 41, 1890, pp. 3-4 (Diary 16, p. 174).                                            -6-  {MR1033 5.2}
[MR1033 6.1]                  Adams Center, New York, Sabbath, October 11, 1890               ［ON THIS DATE ELLEN WHITE WROTE A NINE-PAGE DOCUMENT,               "WITNESSES FOR CHRIST." LISTED AS MANUSCRIPT 21, 1890,               IN THE WHITE ESTATE FILES, IT WAS PUBLISHED IN THE               REVIEW AND HERALD OF AUGUST 16, 1898.］            At half-past two o'clock p.m. I spoke to a full house. There were quite a number of Seventh Day Baptists present. Extra benches were brought in and placed in the aisles; the gallery was full. I spoke from John 17:3. . . . The Lord gave me freedom in speaking to the people assembled, who listened with interest. A social ［i.e., testimony］ meeting followed and many excellent testimonies were borne.  {MR1033 6.1}
[MR1033 6.2]         We were gratified to meet the aged servants of God on this occasion. We have been acquainted from the rise of the third angel's message with Elder ［Frederick］ Wheeler, who is now nearing 80 years. We have been acquainted with Elders ［H. H.］ Wilcox and ［Charles O.］ Taylor for the last 40 years. Age is telling on these old standard-bearers, as well as upon me.--Ms. 41, 1890, p. 4 (Diary 16, p. 175).  {MR1033 6.2}
[MR1033 6.3]               Adams Center, New York, Sunday, October 12, 1890          I enjoyed a precious night's rest. Arose quarter past four and after seeking the Lord in prayer for His grace and His blessing, I commenced writing. I feel grateful to the Lord that I endured the taxation of yesterday much better than I expected. I do ask the Lord for strength and grace, and praise His holy name that I do receive decidedly, according to the promise given, the very things I most need.--Ms 41, 1890, p. 11 (Diary 16, p. 176).  {MR1033 6.3}
[MR1033 6.4]               Adams Center, New York, Monday, October 13, 1890          Yesterday was a beautiful day, clear and mild. The time was well filled by meetings, preaching, and instruction. I spoke to a full house in the afternoon. Some Seventh-day Adventists were present, and many not of our faith. I am told that there were more from outside present than had ever been at the meeting before.                                          -7-  {MR1033 6.4}
[MR1033 7.1]          My text was John 17:18. . . . I had much freedom in speaking the words of life to those present. The Lord, I know, gave me His Spirit and His grace in rich measure and a decided testimony for His people. There were many whose hearts seemed to be softened and subdued by the Spirit of the Lord.  {MR1033 7.1}
[MR1033 7.2]          I have been requested to speak upon temperance. May the Lord guide me in regard to the subjects to present to the people. I consented to speak Monday night. Brother Place spoke last night and the words were meat in due season, for the Lord spoke through him. . . .  {MR1033 7.2}
[MR1033 7.3]          At ten o-clock I went again into the meetinghouse and spoke in the business meeting and read an appeal which was written October 12, 1875, in regard to the necessity of following up the labors put forth during the camp meetings with personal effort and with publications. This will fasten the ideas already received.  {MR1033 7.3}
[MR1033 7.4]          The ministers were invited to Sister Deloss Green's and we had a social season together. I praise the Lord that in our feebleness we may take hold upon divine power. . . .  {MR1033 7.4}
[MR1033 7.5]          Monday afternoon a horse and buggy was furnished us and Sara and I rode to Adams. We find Adams is a larger place than Adams Center. There are more business places and yet Adams Center is by far the most pleasant and attractive. There are but few stores here. It is decidedly a Seventh Day Baptist settlement.  {MR1033 7.5}
[MR1033 7.6]          I spoke in the evening to a full house. The congregation paid the most marked attention. The ventilation was not good and some eyes were heavy, and I requested them to arise and sing, "I Will Follow Thee, My Saviour," which had the desired effect. The position was changed and all seemed aroused to hear the words spoken. I had much freedom in speaking from 2 Peter 1, dwelling upon the precious promises.  {MR1033 7.6}
[MR1033 7.7]          My special burden is to arouse the laymen in the church to action, that every individual shall sense his duty to become a worker together with God.--Ms. 41, 1890, pp. 13-15 (Diary 16, pp. 189-193).  {MR1033 7.7}
[MR1033 7.8]                    Rome, New York, Tuesday, October 14, 1890          I arose at Adams Center, October 14, at four o'clock and my heart was filled with gratitude to God for His loving mercy and continual goodness to me.                                           -8-     I have slept well. My heart is thankful. We have been preserved on the journey to this place; no accident or harm has befallen us. We left Adams Center at half past seven o'clock and went through to Rome without change. Brother Place engaged a hack and we rode one mile to his house. We were pleased to meet his wife and little son in his own home. We slept well through the night and were refreshed.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, p. 217).  {MR1033 7.8}
[MR1033 8.1]              South Lancaster, Mass., Wednesday, October 15, 1890          The morning of the 15th was quite cool but pleasant. We enjoyed a precious season of prayer with the family and then bade them farewell, and the hack took us back to the depot. We stepped on the cars about 15 minutes past nine a.m. Many crowded into the cars. There were no seats. We were requested to go into the chair car until we reached Utica. We paid nothing extra for this privilege. We find we must economize in every way possible. . . .  {MR1033 8.1}
[MR1033 8.2]          We arrived at Worcester about five o'clock. Had to wait one hour and a half. We arrived at South Lancaster about eight o'clock. Brother A. T. Robinson ［PRESIDENT OF THE NEW ENGLAND CONFERENCE.］ was at the depot with carriage for us. We were taken at once to Sister Harris' where we were welcomed and felt at home.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 1-2 (Diary 16, pp. 217-218, 220).  {MR1033 8.2}
[MR1033 8.3]                   South Lancaster, Thursday, October 16, 1890          Rode out with Brother Robinson to Clinton. It was a beautiful day and we enjoyed the ride much. . . . Visited Sister Jones, wife of A. T. Jones. We found her with her children usually well. We called on Sister Haskell. Tried to comfort her. Sister Harris and I had a season of prayer with her and we were all blessed.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 3 (Diary 16, pp. 220-221).  {MR1033 8.3}
[MR1033 8.4]                     South Lancaster, Friday, October 17, 1890          Arose at three o'clock and devoted some time to prayer. My heart is filled with gratitude to God for His loving kindness. . . .  {MR1033 8.4}
[MR1033 8.5]          It has rained steadily all the forenoon. About noon the clouds disappeared and Brother Farnsworth presented Sister Harris and me with his horse and carriage,                                         -9-     to ride out. My head was tired with much writing. We had a very restful drive. It was dark before we returned. The sky was clear and the stars shone brightly. I was much refreshed. We had prayer at the commencement of the Sabbath.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 4 (Diary 16, pp. 222-223).  {MR1033 8.5}
[MR1033 9.1]                     South Lancaster, Sabbath, October 18, 1890                 ［ELLEN WHITE WROTE DR. JOHN HARVEY KELLOGG A                 14-PAGE LETTER ON THIS DATE (LETTER 18, 1890) IN                 WHICH SHE URGED HIM TO USE SOME OF THE PROFITS OF                 THE BATTLE CREEK SANITARIUM TO HELP OTHER                 INSTITUTIONS.］            I arose early and committed my case to the Lord. I have infirmities that press upon me daily, and yet I do not mean to look at these discouraging things. I humbly ask God, that if it can glorify His holy name, to preserve my eyesight, to preserve my hearing, to keep my mind clear to understand the Scriptures and to communicate the precious love of Jesus to others.  {MR1033 9.1}
[MR1033 9.2]         I spoke at half-past two-o'clock p.m. I had freedom in speaking and was thankful for the privilege of presenting Jesus and His righteousness before the congregation. The church was full and our social meeting after the discourse was good. Many precious testimonies were borne.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 4-5 (Diary 16, p. 224).  {MR1033 9.2}
[MR1033 9.3]                      South Lancaster, Sunday, October 19, 1890          I arose at a quarter past four a.m. I lifted my heart to God in prayer and pleaded with the mighty Healer to give me His restoring power. He can do great things for me, for He has done much for me, and I long for His salvation to be revealed to those who believe the truth. Why are we so faithless?  {MR1033 9.3}
[MR1033 9.4]          I attended the meeting in the chapel at half-past five and spoke to the people a short time. There was a goodly number present and good testimonies were borne.  {MR1033 9.4}
[MR1033 9.5]          It is quite foggy. I expected the fog would lift but was disappointed. The rain set in and has continued to pour from the heavens bountifully. I was indisposed, and with the rain pouring down I thought for a moment it might be                                          -10-     best for me not to go to the meeting, but I reproved myself for thinking of such a thing as disappointing the people in not filling my appointment. At half-past two I went to the church and found the house well filled, notwithstanding the rain was pouring down. After singing and prayer and singing again I spoke to the people from John 14. The Lord gave me freedom and His blessing.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 5 (Diary 16, pp. 225-226).  {MR1033 9.5}
[MR1033 10.1]                    South Lancaster, Monday, October 20, 1890          I have risen at three o'clock a.m. I am not feeling well this morning. Was suffering much pain in my left ear from seven o'clock until ten. Then obtained rest in sleep. Praise the Lord for the restorer, Sleep. What a blessing it is! The malaria seizes me whenever it can have a chance and I have a continual warfare to keep from being incapacitated for labor on this account; and I do pray that this afflicted ear may recover and I shall not lose my hearing.  {MR1033 10.1}
[MR1033 10.2]          The rain continues to pour down from the heavens. I have had an interview with Brother Chadwick, consulting him upon important subjects. Had about one hour's conversation with Brother Miles and Sister Sanderson, sister to Dr. Maxson's wife. She is doing a good work in canvassing for Volume IV. ［ELLEN WHITE REFERRED TO THE GREAT CONTROVERSY AS "VOLUME IV" SINCE IT REPLACED SPIRIT OF PROPHECY, VOL. IV.］ Advice was solicited as to whether she should enter the three years' training school under Dr. Kellogg with a view to foreign missions.  {MR1033 10.2}
[MR1033 10.3]         I had no special light on her case but decided to say some things which have rested upon my mind for the year that is nearly past. . . .  {MR1033 10.3}
[MR1033 10.4]          Elder ［Amos］ Prescott called upon me. His age is about the same as mine. We had a profitable talk of past, present, and future. We then bowed in prayer and had a most precious, melting season before God.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 6, 8 (Diary 16, pp. 227-228, 231).                                        -11-  {MR1033 10.4}
[MR1033 11.1]                   South Lancaster, Tuesday, October 21, 1890          Thank the Lord for His mercy and His goodness to me. I slept well last night and rose at four o'clock and had a precious season of prayer. I presented my case before God, who knows my infirmities and who can relieve me, for He is able to make His strength perfect in my weakness. I presented in the arms of my faith Sister Haskell and Sister Wheeler, precious souls. . . .  {MR1033 11.1}
[MR1033 11.2]          I wrote several pages in regard to the responsibilities resting upon every individual member of the church to have some part to act in the Master's vineyard. I attended the half-past-five-o'clock meeting and rejoiced to see a good number present, for I had important words from the Lord to speak to them.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 8-9 (Diary 6, pp. 232-233).  {MR1033 11.2}
[MR1033 11.3]                  South Lancaster, Wednesday, October 22, 1890          I arose at about five. My mind was on a train of thought and I could not sleep until past midnight. I sought the Lord in prayer and then went to the morning meeting and spoke a short time in regard to the one hidden talent.  {MR1033 11.3}
[MR1033 11.4]          I had an interview with Amos Prescott's wife. In the afternoon read an article written 15 years ago and it was of deep interest to me. . . .  {MR1033 11.4}
[MR1033 11.5]          Spoke in the morning meeting and also in the afternoon. Read letter written to some of our prominent brethren in 1875, then made some decided remarks which seemed to reach hearts.  {MR1033 11.5}
[MR1033 11.6]          W. C. White, Sara McEnterfer, and I were invited to take dinner at the college home. I am pleased to see so many intelligent young men and women attending school. They have 105 students of the first class.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 16 (Diary 16, pp. 242, 246).  {MR1033 11.6}
[MR1033 11.7]              South Lancaster, Thursday, October 23, 1890 ［ON THIS            DATE ELLEN WHITE WROTE A 4-PAGE LETTER TO BRETHREN FULTON            AND BURKE (LETTER 9C, 1890), AND URGED THEM TO DEFER            ERECTING A NEW BUILDING AT ST. HELENA SANITARIUM IN ORDER            TO BE ABLE TO HELP THE PACIFIC PRESS.］            Slept well last night and my heart is drawn out to God in earnest prayer for His light and His counsel. I know I want to do those things that are pleasing                                             -12-     in His sight. I want God's way, not my way; God's will, not my will. I surrender myself wholly to the Lord.  {MR1033 11.7}
[MR1033 12.1]         Calls are being made: We need your help in our churches in Michigan, and we need your help in the State of Maine. We need your help in the New England Conference. We need your testimony right here in Lancaster. May the good Lord let His voice be heard, "This is the way; walk ye in it." Of one thing I am sure: I need One who is too wise to err to grant me His presence and to go before me wherever I go or all my efforts will be useless. . . .  {MR1033 12.1}
[MR1033 12.2]          I am now speaking once and frequently twice each day and doing much writing, and I am sleeping well nights. Sister McEnterfer and I rode to Clinton. It was a most beautiful day. In the afternoon Sister Harris and I rode out four miles and gathered barberries.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 16-17 (Diary 16, pp. 247-248).  {MR1033 12.2}
[MR1033 12.3]                  Letter to Marian Davis, ［MARIAN DAVIS WORKED               FOR MRS. WHITE FROM 1879-1904, AND ASSISTED HER               IN THE PREPARATION OF MANY OF HER MOST IMPORTANT               BOOKS.］ October 23, 1890            Dear Marian: It is time that you have a period of entire rest and I hope you will now regard my wishes and take it. While out to your father's, do not try to write or fix manuscript. Just let the mind rest and be free, go anywhere you please, do anything you please and rest. Your wages shall go on just the same. This is my decided wish and then when I am through with this round of meetings, we will go into the preparation of the Life of Christ, fresh and earnest. Will you do it?  {MR1033 12.3}
[MR1033 12.4]         I am writing a little, as I can, on the Life of Christ, but other topics come in with my labor to which I am obliged to give thought and trace upon paper. . . .I am doing considerably more in the writing line than when at                                        -13-     Battle Creek. I think the atmosphere is some better here ［South Lancaster］ than at Battle Creek.--Letter 108, 1890, pp. 1, 3.  {MR1033 12.4}
[MR1033 13.1]                  South Lancaster, Friday, October 24, 1890          Rain commenced in the night and continued all day. I see notwithstanding the rain the people are coming in from Connecticut and Nashua. The church was full of people in the afternoon. I tried to speak to them from John 15 on the relation of the branch to the vine. The atmosphere was very heavy and lifeless and it seemed impossible for all the people to keep awake. We called for them to rise up and sing and yet there was an oppression in the atmosphere in the room.  {MR1033 13.1}
[MR1033 13.2]          I thought best to change the exercise and I asked those who had never surrendered their hearts to God and those who were being overcome with temptation to come forward. There were eight seats occupied. Some bore testimony of their needs before a season of prayer. The Lord indited prayer. Brethren Goodrich and A. T. Robinson prayed with great fervor. The Lord gave me freedom in prayer and the blessing of the Lord rested upon myself and many others. The pain of heart left me and the peace of the Lord took possession of my heart. Thank the Lord.  {MR1033 13.2}
[MR1033 13.3]          In the morning, October 24th, Elder Goodrich called to see me and we had a lengthy conversation in reference to the necessity of help in the State of Maine.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 17-18 (Diary 16, pp. 249, 250).  {MR1033 13.3}
[MR1033 13.4]                     South Lancaster, Sabbath, October 25, 1890          I have had a very restless night. I labored hard Friday afternoon, coming at half-past two and continuing my labors until sundown. The Lord blessed me indeed. The Lord removed the pain in my heart. The Lord gave me peace and joy in the Holy Ghost.  {MR1033 13.4}
[MR1033 13.5]          Although I was quite sick in the night I did not lose my faith; I did not allow the enemy to beat off my hold from Jesus Christ. Thank the Lord I                                              -14-     obtained some hours of rest before daybreak. I am weak this morning. Arose at five o'clock and sought the Lord in prayer, and I am comforted and blessed. My life seems to be a continual battle with infirmities, but the Lord strengthens me to bear my testimony for Him. He helpeth my infirmities. His strength is made perfect in my weakness. And when so very weak that it seems impossible for me to speak, He makes me courageous and strong and joyful. He imparts His Spirit and His life that I can impart the same to others and comfort them with the consolation wherewith I am comforted.  {MR1033 13.5}
[MR1033 14.1]          My son Willie White spoke this forenoon, giving a very profitable talk to the youth and for the benefit of the students at the academy. His way of presenting these subjects seems to reach the hearts of the youth. Our ministering brethren urged Willie to speak. Much against his will he consented. I believe this is what he ought to do, rather than to be a businessman, even as correspondent for foreign missions ［foreign missions secretary］.  {MR1033 14.1}
[MR1033 14.2]         I spoke in the afternoon with special freedom. The house was full. I again made the call for volunteers in the Lord's army. I begged that souls would leave the black banner of the powers of darkness, the black banner of Satan, and stand under the bloodstained banner of Prince Immanuel. Five seats were filled. Many were seeking the Lord for the first time. A large number were students from the school. What a precious sight! If there is joy in heaven in the presence of the angels over one sinner that repenteth, what joy must there be in heaven over more than a score of souls coming to Jesus! This was a very solemn scene, and many hearts in the congregation were deeply moved. There was unmistakable evidence that the presence of the Lord Jesus was in the meeting.  {MR1033 14.2}
[MR1033 14.3]          When we bowed for prayer Brother Farnsworth, Brother Robinson, Brother Farman, and myself prayed, and we all had a spirit of earnest intercession not only for those who were seeking the Lord but for the whole congregation, and especially for the ministers.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 24-25 (Diary 16, pp. 260-262).  {MR1033 14.3}
[MR1033 14.4]                     South Lancaster, Sunday, October 26, 1890          I have not been able to sleep since three o'clock. I arose and indulged in a bath, then tried to see if I could sleep; but no, I have too much thinking to                                        -15-     do. I dressed and then enjoyed a precious season of prayer, and have been writing since four o'clock. It is now half past six. . . .  {MR1033 14.4}
[MR1033 15.1]          I spoke in the afternoon to a large audience. I feared I should not have strength, but the Lord gave me His grace and His power to address the people from 2 Corinthians 3:18.--Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 29-30 (Diary 16, pp. 270, 272).  {MR1033 15.1}
[MR1033 15.2]                     South Lancaster, Monday, October 27, 1890          I arose early, attended morning meeting, and read an article written in regard to the canvassers working so largely for one book, Bible Readings, and letting Volume IV ［The Great Controversy］ fall dead from the press. The very matter that the people are in need of they do not have, because there is no interest manifested to circulate it.  {MR1033 15.2}
[MR1033 15.3]          Took dinner with Brother Robinson's family. His wife's mother, Sister Farnsworth, I have not met for many years. We had a little visit. In the evening I read three articles to those assembled in the church. This is very important matter.  {MR1033 15.3}
[MR1033 15.4]          I became very weary. There is a gathering in my head. I have considerable pain in head and ear. Received some treatment at night. I am compassed with infirmities, but I cling to the promise, "I am your Restorer. I will restore you. In all your pain and afflictions remember I will restore you." This I believe.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 32 (Diary 16, p. 274).  {MR1033 15.4}
[MR1033 15.5]               South Lancaster, Tuesday, October 28, 1890 ［ON             THIS DATE ELLEN WHITE WROTE TWO TWO-PAGE LETTERS             CONCERNING HER HEALDSBURG PROPERTY THAT SHE WANTED             TO SELL. THESE WERE TO BROTHER DUNLAP (LETTER 3A, 1890)             AND BROTHER HUTCHINGS (LETTER 13a, 1890).］            I have had more sleep than I feared I should get when I lay down. My ear was poulticed, yet I see no special change for the better. Brother Emery Farnsworth brought his horse and phaeton and took Sara and me to Clinton and I visited a dentist to see if my teeth created any of this difficulty. He examined my teeth and said that they did not need any repairing. I am asking the Lord to help me, to remove the pain, and strengthen me to do the work before me. I know I have a message for the people.                                        -16-  {MR1033 15.5}
[MR1033 16.1]         I had a long talk with Stephen Belden. ［ELLEN WHITE'S FORMER BROTHER-IN-LAW. STEPHEN BELDEN WAS MARRIED TO ELLEN WHITE'S SISTER SARAH UNTIL HER DEATH IN 1868.］ He is humble and seems to be in a good state spiritually. He is passing through sore trials now. I am sorry for him and tried to comfort him and encourage him to trust in the Lord. I had a talk with Brother Robinson. Profitable, I trust.  {MR1033 16.1}
[MR1033 16.2]         Brother Edwards came in to visit me. I had a long talk with him which I hope will relieve his mind. Sister Palmer came in and I talked with her a short time. I find enough to do to occupy every moment with earnest work.-- Ms. 42, 1890, pp. 32-33 (Diary 16, p. 275).  {MR1033 16.2}
[MR1033 16.3]                  South Lancaster, Wednesday, October 29, 1890          I arose early and sought the Lord in prayer for His blessing. I can of myself do nothing. My strength, I sensibly feel, is weakness. But the Lord is my Helper; in Him will I trust.  {MR1033 16.3}
[MR1033 16.4]          I spoke in the academy at half-past eight o'clock. The students were assembled and I have much pleasure in saying I have not seen a better class of students assembled in any school than is now attending the South Lancaster Academy. I dwelt largely upon the necessity of their making themselves all that they possibly could, always trusting in the Lord to open their understanding and give them His grace and His wisdom.--Ms. 42, 1890, p. 33 (Diary 16, p. 276).  {MR1033 16.4}
[MR1033 16.5]        En route from New York City to Pennsylvania, Thursday, October 30,      1890 ［ WRITTEN ON NOTE PAPER ON THE TRAIN. APPARENTLY MRS. WHITE DID NOT HAVE HER DIARY HANDY. SEE FACSIMILE ON PAGE 88.］            We left South Lancaster yesterday at about two o'clock. Was obliged to remain in Worcester three hours. Left at five o'clock p.m. and arrived at New York City at ten o'clock p.m. Willie had preceded us to the city two days. We were obliged to go to Brooklyn to the Mission. We changed five times, I think, and every change required descending stairs or going up stairs. How thankful I was that the Lord had strengthened my limbs, especially my ankle bones, that I                                           -17-     could walk as fast and climb stairs equal to any of our party--Willie, A. T. Robinson, Sara McEnterfer and myself. We did not get to rest until midnight. I praise the Lord this morning I can report to those who ask, "How did you sleep?" "Well--notwithstanding the elevated rail cars were rattling over the rails almost by our windows."  {MR1033 16.5}
[MR1033 17.1]         We were delayed one day longer than we designed. I had ague in my ear, and head was involved. I suffered much pain. Dared not be on the road. I consulted a dentist. He said the teeth were not the cause of this affliction. Then I took alcohol, sweat, and worked my best to subdue the pain, and the relief came. I am made aware that all this trouble was the result of a severe cold. . . .  {MR1033 17.1}
[MR1033 17.2]          I have been urging my prayer for the Lord to strengthen me, to give my poor heart a rest from pain. I leave my petition at the throne of grace and say, "Not my will, but Thine, O Lord, be done." If it be His pleasure to give me grace to work for Him in pain and suffering almost constantly and this is best for me, I say, "Amen." I will continue to work until I lay off the armor at the feet of my Redeemer.--Ms. 43, 1890, pp. 1-2.  {MR1033 17.2}
[MR1033 17.3]              Salamanca, New York, Thursday Night, October 30, 1890             ［AT SOME POINT DURING MRS. WHITE'S STAY IN SALAMANCA             SHE WROTE A 12-PAGE LETTER TO "BRETHREN IN RESPONSIBLE             POSITIONS." THIS LETTER (IF, 1890) WAS PUBLISHED BY ELDER             O. A. OLSEN ON FEB. 18, 1892, IN A PAMPHLET TITLED, "AN             APPEAL TO MINISTERS AND CONFERENCE COMMITTEES.］            Yesterday ［Wednesday, October 29］ was a trying day for me, especially in the evening. As we approached New York City it was about ten o'clock. I much dislike the elevated railroad. We changed so often, and had to travel up and down the stairs and be exposed to currents of air, with the cold upon me. I was feeling very disagreeable. We waited at one station more than half an hour while Brother Robinson and Willie White went to seek a place to deposit calligraph and large luggage. Here I got cold by being exposed to currents of air, and greatly feared the consequences. It was eleven o'clock at night when we reached the Mission at Brother Robinson's. It was some time before we could awaken anyone. We succeeded at last and we were welcomed into the Mission. Had                                           -18-     a cup of warm drink and retired. The elevated railroad was very near our chamber and the noise of travel was continued until late, but I slept the sleep of weariness. As early as possible after breakfast and a season of prayer we started on our journey back to New York City to take cars. We had to go through the same wearisome process, going upstairs and downstairs to ride on the elevated railroad, in order to get to our destination.  {MR1033 17.3}
[MR1033 18.1]         We felt thankful when the hurry and bustle were over and we were seated in the cars for Salamanca, New York, which place we reached Thursday night at eleven o'clock. I was sick and tired and nervous. It seemed to me I could not endure the overheating of the cars. There was no comfort to passengers notwithstanding their earnest protests. One man would complain of the ventilators being opened or the door being opened and he would succeed in getting them closed. I hope never to have to suffer such nervous prostration as on that car.  {MR1033 18.1}
[MR1033 18.2]          Thursday night. We met Brother Hicks at the depot and he had us as his guests at his home. It was raining all day, and here in this place the ground was covered with snow--the first we had seen this year. All were in bed and Brother Hicks provided hot water for me to drink before retiring.--Ms. 44, 1890, pp. 1-2 (Diary 16, pp. 283-284).  {MR1033 18.2}
[MR1033 18.3]           Salamanca, New York, Friday Morning, October 31, 1890             ［ON THIS DATE ELLEN WHITE WROTE ELDER E. P. DANIELLS             (LETTER 70, 1890) ABOUT HIS PERSONAL PROBLEMS.］            We were introduced to Brother Hicks' mother, a kindly looking lady, not a Sabbathkeeper, and not opposed. Brother Hick's wife is in the insane asylum in consequence of a fall 16 years before, striking upon the back of her head. They have a son 15 years old, a quiet lad. He does not make any profession of religion.  {MR1033 18.3}
[MR1033 18.4]         Brother Hicks is employed to oversee the working force on the railroad, receiving $1500 per year. He embraced the Sabbath and sent in his resignation, but the president of the road did not accept it, so he has continued to keep the Sabbath and do his work. He has been sent for a number of times to oversee some difficult job on the railroad on the Sabbath, but he did not respond and they                                          -19-     did not discharge him for he is faithful and is esteemed highly.--Ms. 44, 1890, p. 2 (Diary 16, p. 284).  {MR1033 18.4}
[MR1033 19.1]                  Salamanca, New York, Sabbath, November 1, 1890          The cold is very severe upon me. I shall attempt to speak but it will be with difficulty. We have the Congregational church.  {MR1033 19.1}
[MR1033 19.2]          The Lord did indeed help and strengthen and bless me in speaking to the people, dwelling largely upon the necessity of faith and love for one another as followers of Christ, which has been almost extinct in our churches. The words spoken were heartily received, and the seed sown I sincerely believe will start a train of thought that will result in the cultivation of greater love and increased faith in the rich promises of God.--Ms. 44, 1890, pp. 2-3 (Diary 16, p. 285).  {MR1033 19.2}
[MR1033 19.3]                  Salamanca, New York, Sunday, November 2, 1890          I am suffering much with the cold in my head, my throat and my lungs. And yet I spoke on the subject of temperance, dwelling largely upon the necessity of training children that they shall not become drunkards. All listened with most earnest attention, and many came and thanked me.--Ms. 44, 1890, p. 4 (Diary 16, p. 287).  {MR1033 19.3}
[MR1033 19.4]                  Salamanca, New York, Monday, November 3, 1890          I had an appointment Monday afternoon and I tried to fill it. My head was suffering, my ears could scarcely hear my own voice, yet the Lord helped me, else I could not possibly have spoken. I could scarcely stand upon my feet, but I felt the sustaining power of God upon me. I dwelt again upon the necessity of faith, the necessity of loving God supremely and our neighbor as ourselves.  {MR1033 19.4}
[MR1033 19.5]          I could not tell the words I spoke, but many said, "The power of God was upon you. The words came to us as wonderful inspiration."                                           -20-  {MR1033 19.5}
[MR1033 20.1]          I know that the words of the Lord Jesus had come to the people. Many spoke of the help they received from the words spoken. I told them to render no thanks to me. God, and He alone, should have the praise. I was only an instrument in His hands and I could not have stood upon my feet and spoken at all had not the Lord helped me in a special manner.  {MR1033 20.1}
[MR1033 20.2]          I had a lengthy interview with a sister of Sister Bowen. She has an unbelieving husband who opposes her violently and is cruel and abusive to her and to her children. She attended this meeting without his knowledge, on her way to visit her father and mother. She knows not what is before her. Her husband found her reading the Bible. He took the large family Bible, cut out the family record, besmeared its pages with kerosene oil, and threw it into the fire. He burns all her books and papers if he can find them. His ingenuity to discover anything that is of a religious character and consume it, is satanic. The enmity of Satan against God and the truth is not abated, and we need to be imbued with the Spirit of God.--Ms. 44, 1890, pp. 4-5 (Diary 16, pp. 288-289).  {MR1033 20.2}
[MR1033 20.3]      En route From Salamanca to Sands, Virginia, Tuesday, November 4, 1890            We left Salamanca Tuesday, November 4, 1890, about eleven o'clock. The train was delayed and we were obliged to wait at the depot. It was very small and the company that was to take the cars was large. They were mostly our people returning from the meeting. All wished to speak with me and I was able to speak with them. The snow was falling. We were at last seated in the cars and were thankful to be moving. Oh, praise the Lord, I longed to be where I could write out the things that were opened to me the past night. It was the Lord . . . ［sentence apparently unfinished］.［THIS IS ELLEN WHITE'S FIRST MENTION OF THE VISION GOD GAVE HER AT SALAMANCA. NOTE THAT SHE DID NOT WRITE IT OUT AT THAT TIME.］--Ms. 44, 1890, p. 6 (Diary 16, p. 290).                                            -21-  {MR1033 20.3}
[MR1033 21.1]             Sands (Stanley), Virginia, Wednesday, November 5, 1890          On the cars we met Brother Lawhead and his son. We were passing over the same ground that we went over two years ago in journeying to Williamsport at the time of the flood. We changed cars at Elmira and at Williamsport, and then we journeyed to Harrisburg. We tarried there until the next morning. We walked to the hotel from the depot--a few blocks--and we found crowds everywhere yelling at the top of their voices because it was election of the State officers and governor of the State. We did not return until eleven o'clock at night. The noise and shouting kept up all night. We had to be at the train at half-past four o'clock. We were called at a quarter before four, giving us three-quarters of an hour to dress and to be at the depot, check baggage, and buy tickets.  {MR1033 21.1}
[MR1033 21.2]          We were glad to be seated in the cars but we had in the cars about one dozen men who had more liquor than good sense. They kept up a constant disturbance, snatching one another's hats, pounding one another on the head with their hats, tossing them, jamming them up in all kinds of shapes, and placing themselves in pugilistic attitudes. Oh, how sick and tired we were of these performances! We changed cars and had not been long seated before we changed cars again, for they said the wheel-box was on fire. We got placed in the car, rode a few miles, and then had to change again, for the car was disabled--broken. We went into the same car we had left. It was altogether a very disagreeable ride.  {MR1033 21.2}
[MR1033 21.3]          We reached this place, Sands, Virginia, about twelve o'clock. The train is usually due about eleven o'clock. We found Brother Lewis, who lives within three miles of Washington ［Virginia］, waiting with team for us. We rode out one mile. Brother Robinson and Willie White walked. Close by the meeting house which was built for our people was a building owned by Brother Painter. It was at this time vacant, and the brethren moved into it to entertain those who came. We have very good accommodations but in marked contrast to the ample and abundant rooms in Salamanca. We seldom find ourselves so well situated in our travels as we did at Brother Hicks'. We have not a thing to complain of, for the Lord's people here are doing their very best and we are fully satisfied.--Ms. 45, 1890, pp. 1-2 (Diary 16, pp. 290-291).  {MR1033 21.3}
[MR1033 21.4]                    Sands, Virginia, Thursday, November 6, 1890          Brother Robinson, Sara McEnterfer, Willie White and I were accommodated by Brother Lewis taking us with his horses and carriage about eight miles to Luray                                            -22-     to see the caverns. We went into a building and for $1 each we were furnished a guide, and I was astonished at what my eyes beheld. To give a description of this scene is simply impossible. It was wonderful, too wonderful to describe. We spent one hour and a half, with electric lights and lanterns or a tin with candles, three in each tin. We rode back, taking our dinner as we rode back to our stopping place at Sands. The road was quite rough but we enjoyed the ride very much. The day was mild, the sun shone in clearness, and the scenery was good. I received letters from Brother McClure, Emma White, and Brother ［J. S.］ Washburn.--Ms. 45, 1890, p. 2 (Diary 16, p. 292).  {MR1033 21.4}
[MR1033 22.1]                     Sands, Virginia, Friday, November 7, 1890          I arose at five o'clock and had a season of prayer, pleading with the Lord for His presence, His grace, and heavenly wisdom. I asked the Lord to give me health and relieve my heart of its pain and sickness, and I believe that He will hear my prayer and give me the message to bear in demonstrating the Spirit to this people. I had a little visit with some of the family, brethren who have come from West Virginia, across the mountains.  {MR1033 22.1}
[MR1033 22.2]          I wrote several pages this morning, and attended morning meeting. Spoke with great freedom. Many precious testimonies were borne. I told the people I would meet with them every morning if the Lord would give me strength. They need to be educated here, line upon line and precept upon precept. Oh, how I long to have them grasp the rich promises of God and conceive all their possibilities, all their privileges, to ask of Jesus those things which they so much need.  {MR1033 22.2}
[MR1033 22.3]          I spoke again to the people this afternoon at half-past two. The house was full and more than half were unbelievers, but they listened with intense earnestness. The Lord gave me strength to speak with great earnestness and power one hour and a half. I feel to praise the Lord that He is renewing my strength and enabling me to bear the message He has given me. Oh, for the baptism of the Holy Ghost! I want the people to have it. They need it. We want rich blessings from the Lord in order to represent Christ to the people. I sent off to the mail 16 pages, all but four written today.--Ms. 45, 1890, p. 3 (Diary 16, p. 293).                                          -23-  {MR1033 22.3}
[MR1033 23.1]                   Sands, Virginia, Sabbath, November 8, 1890          I arose early and after seeking the Lord in prayer I wrote many pages. At half-past eight attended morning meeting and gave them a morning talk. I sought to revive their faith by relating my experience in Salamanca. ［THIS MAY BE A REFERENCE TO THE VISION OF MONDAY NIGHT, NOVEMBER 3, OR IT MAY MERELY REFER TO HER EXPERIENCE IN BEING GIVEN STRENGTH TO DELIVER HER MESSAGES ON TEMPERANCE AND OTHER SUBJECTS.］ Hearts seemed to be touched. I urged them to ask greater blessings of the Lord and to believe that He would bless, and then not to go away and waver about it. The Lord would have us firm and importunate as was Elijah and the importunate widow who obtained their requests because they would not let go. . . .  {MR1033 23.1}
[MR1033 23.2]         I spoke in the afternoon from John 17. The Lord gave me much of His Holy Spirit. The house was full. I called those forward who wished to seek the Lord more earnestly and for those who wished to give themselves to the Lord a whole sacrifice. For a time not one made a move, but after a while many came forward and bore testimonies of confession. We had a precious season of prayer and all felt broken down, weeping and confessing their sins.--Ms. 45, 1890, pp. 3-4, 6 (Diary 16, pp. 294, 299).  {MR1033 23.2}
[MR1033 23.3]                     Sands, Virginia, Sunday, November 9, 1890          Attended morning meetings and walked to them. There were crowds coming in to the meeting. Not more than one half could get entrance into the house. Brother Miles spoke in the forenoon.  {MR1033 23.3}
[MR1033 23.4]          I spoke in the afternoon from Matthew 6:19. . . . Nine hundred and thirty-five, by count, were in the house, and outside platforms were made by the windows and many stood by the windows on the platform of boards and others on the ground. The windows were opened so that they could hear. Many were in uncomfortable positions, pressed up as close to the windows as possible to hear the Word of life. The platform of the desk was crowded with men and women. . . . I was surprised that there was as much quiet as there was. Many, many were standing all the time. Many scarcely moved from their positions during the one hour and a half I was speaking.--Ms. 45, 1890, pp. 6-7 (Diary 16, pp. 300-301).                                        -24-  {MR1033 23.4}
[MR1033 24.2]         I spoke to a full house in the afternoon from John 14. The Lord put His Holy Spirit upon me in large measure. There was a large attendance of unbelievers. We hoped when we made the call for all who wished to take their stand for the Lord more fully, that several would have strength to decide, but something held them. The enemy seemed to have power over them and none led out on this occasion. After much labor and a season of earnest prayer some responded, and yet we felt that there should have been a more earnest response. We had done our duty. We could do no more. But we were disappointed at the reluctance to move.--Ms. 45, 1890, p. 8 (Diary 16, pp. 302-303).  {MR1033 24.2}
[MR1033 24.3]                 Washington, D. C., Tuesday, November 11, 1890          Early in the morning at five o'clock I called the members of the household. We left ［Sands］ at six a.m. We rode one mile to the depot. We were behind time by the clock and we feared the cars would leave us.--Diary 16, p. 308.  {MR1033 24.3}
[MR1033 24.4]                 Washington, D. C., Wednesday, November 12, 1890          In the morning. I am not feeling well. I feel sensibly the taxation that was upon me through hard labor at Sands, Va. There is a gathering in my ear.                                         -25-  {MR1033 24.4}
[MR1033 25.1]          I visited Dr. Davis, who is one with us in the faith. He examined my teeth and tells me that there is nothing to be done to them. I am relieved, for I feared that my teeth might cause the pain in my ear. . . .  {MR1033 25.1}
[MR1033 25.2]          This day was not without its trials. There is a sense of exhaustion. I try to leave my case in the hands of God. I keep my mind in a praying, supplicating position that the Lord will impart to me His own Holy Spirit, for I know that without His special help I shall not be able to speak to the people. . . . I have not been able to speak nights without paying the penalty in a sleepless night.  {MR1033 25.2}
[MR1033 25.3]          We rode in the streetcar about three quarters of an hour to the hall, the place of meeting. This was a commodious place. The hall was full and I spoke with freedom upon the lesson of Christ to His disciples--the vine and the branches. John 15. The Lord gave me much freedom and the trembling of nerves left me after I had spoken about five minutes. His grace strengthened me.--Ms. 46, 1890, pp. 1-2 (Diary 16, p. 310).  {MR1033 25.3}
[MR1033 25.4]                 Brooklyn, New York, Thursday, November 13, 1890          We had the privilege of speaking to some I had met two years before when I visited Washington, and my heart rejoiced to see a goodly number who had embraced the truth since that time. Many noble, intelligent men and women pressed forward to take my hand, and expressed their pleasure in hearing me speak. . . .  {MR1033 25.4}
[MR1033 25.5]          We found the cab waiting for us. We went directly from the meeting to the depot. Brother _____ accompanied us to the city of New York. My son Willie left Wednesday night, in response to the second urgent request from Elder Olsen to meet him just as early as possible. I consented to have him leave the same night. He arrived in Washington at noon, twelve o'clock, and left at eleven o'clock at night.  {MR1033 25.5}
[MR1033 25.6]          We were pleased to learn a train left about 10:00 p.m. My berth had been procured, and I had the privilege of resting in my berth. When we reached Baltimore the car we were in was filled with an offensive oil smell, combined with heavy smoke. I was afraid the fire-box ［axle］ was on fire and that this caused the smoke. We tarried some time in Baltimore, and I tried to keep my                                         -26-     breathing organs covered so as not to take into my lungs the oppressive atmosphere that was almost stifling.--Ms. 46, 1890, pp. 2-3 (Diary 16, p. 313).  {MR1033 25.6}
[MR1033 26.1]                  Brooklyn, New York, ca. Friday, November 14, 1890                            Letter to Albert Harris            Willie and Sarah and I have been attending a series of meetings. It was a trial trip with me. I did not know how I would endure the fatigue of journeying and the speaking, traveling in all kinds of weather and having to put up with all kinds of conveyances and all kinds of fare. If I have appointments they must be filled, rain or snow or sunshine. I thank my heavenly Father I have been enabled, through Christ strengthening me, to stand at my post and bear my testimony with freedom in the demonstration of the Spirit.  {MR1033 26.1}
[MR1033 26.2]          My first appointment was at Adams Center, New York. This is in a Seventh Day Baptist community and they attended the meetings. Quite a large number of them were much prejudiced, but the prejudice they confessed was all gone when they heard me speak. The meetinghouse was full all through the meetings. We had here a good and convenient place to tarry in, a pilgrim's resting place. Sister Green was a widow and true as steel to her profession of faith. I spoke here three times, but in affliction. The inflammation was in my ear--a sore was gathering--but the Lord helped me. Sunday relief came. It broke, but Monday the pain was very severe. Yet we took the cars for Rome on our way to South Lancaster. We were made welcome by Brother Place, an efficient minister in the cause of God, proclaiming the truth.  {MR1033 26.2}
[MR1033 26.3]          Tuesday morning we again stepped on board the cars. It was raining. We reached South Lancaster. Here we remained over two Sabbaths. I spoke 14 times. The burden of labor was upon me. The Lord gave me precious tokens of His love and His rich grace. The difficulty came with great force again upon me--pain in my head--but the Lord did not leave me comfortless. He gave me His grace to bear my affliction. Tuesday I was still afflicted and was delayed a day, but spoke to the students Wednesday in the academy with much freedom and left that noon. It was pouring down rain.  {MR1033 26.3}
[MR1033 26.4]          We reached Brooklyn, New York, about midnight, and early next morning were on our way for Pennsylvania meeting. Here we came in to Salamanca, New York,                                         -27-     about eleven o'clock in a snow storm. We had a good home here. We stopped with a brother who has recently embraced the truth. . . .  {MR1033 26.4}
[MR1033 27.1]          Here I spoke three times to the people, my head still afflicted. When almost discouraged thinking I must give up the future appointments, when as I knelt to pray, suddenly the glory of the Lord shone around about me. The whole room seemed to be filled with the presence of God. I was happy, so happy, I did not sleep scarcely any of that night because of gladness of heart and peace and comfort from the Lord which passeth knowledge. I said nothing more about returning home, ［IT SEEMS CLEAR THAT ELLEN WHITE RECEIVED BOTH PHYSICAL AND SPIRITUAL UPLIFT ON THE OCCASION OF HER SALAMANCA VISION.］ but went to the depot in a snowstorm. We had to tarry at a hotel that night, and next day at noon we were at Sands, Virginia. Here we had very excellent meetings. I spoke seven times. Willie spoke Sabbath forenoon with much freedom. Our meetings closed Monday night. . . .  {MR1033 27.1}
[MR1033 27.2]         Well, the Lord has indeed wrought for us on this journey. Early Tuesday morning we took the cars at half-past six for Washington, D. C. and arrived there at twelve o'clock noon. Wednesday night spoke to a hall full of intelligent, noble-looking people. About 100 are keeping the Sabbath in Washington, D. C. I had much freedom in speaking to the people and they eagerly received the words spoken, then came with outstretched hands to welcome me and say Farewell and tell me how much good the words spoken had done them and beg me to come and stay with them a few weeks. I made a conditional promise and had to tear myself away, for the carriage was at the door to take me immediately to the cars which left at ten o'clock that night. I took a sleeper and arrived in New York City at half-past six in the morning, Thursday.  {MR1033 27.2}
[MR1033 27.3]          I have spoken this day once to an interested hall full. The platforms were full and the Lord gave me His Holy Spirit in speaking to the people. We spend two Sabbaths here. This is an important part of the Lord's vineyard. About 100 have embraced the ［truth］ and if they become light-bearers to the world, they will flash the light upon the darkened minds of hundreds.--Letter 72a, 1890, pp. 1-4.                                        -28-  {MR1033 27.3}
[MR1033 28.1]                Brooklyn, New York, Sabbath, November 15, 1890          We arrived here in this city Friday morning. ［HERE ELLEN WHITE STATES THAT THEY ARRIVED IN NEW YORK CITY ON FRIDAY MORNING. BUT IN THE PREVIOUS ENTRY QUOTED (LETTER 72A, 1890) SHE SAYS--PROBABLY MORE CORRECTLY--THAT IT WAS THURSDAY.］ I was pleased to ride all the way from the ferry in the  streetcar and not on the elevated railroad. We had a good room assigned to my use exclusively, but the elevated railroad goes directly by the house and I was fearful the thundering noise would prevent me from sleeping. There is a large company who are being accommodated in three different tenements.--Ms. 46, 1890, p. 3 (Diary 16, p. 314).  {MR1033 28.1}
[MR1033 28.2]                 Brooklyn, New York, Sunday, November 16, 1890          I spoke to a full house at eleven o'clock Sabbath a.m. with much freedom. I do not think I have ever seen a better class of people before me. There was nobility and intelligence. We had a good social meeting. Many excellent testimonies were borne.--Ms. 46, 1890, p. 3 (Diary 16, p. 315).  {MR1033 28.2}
[MR1033 28.3]                  Brooklyn, New York, Monday, November 17, 1890          Attended morning meeting and spoke to the people with much freedom upon the subject of faith and the righteousness of Christ. Brother Lindsay made decided confession to the point. He called those forward who desired a deeper work of grace in their hearts. Quite a number responded, and by request I prayed in their behalf. The Lord came graciously near to bless us, and we know that He has peace and rest for the souls of all who come to Him as their only hope. We so much desire the softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God upon our own hearts. I remained for the conference meeting and was requested to speak and say what I thought of having a ministerial school established in Brooklyn, united with a school for the canvassers and educating Bible Readers. I told them I was not prepared to speak to the point intelligently. I wished to give                                            -29-     the subject more reflection and earnest prayer, seeking counsel from God.-- Ms. 46, 1890, p. 4 (Diary 16, p. 318).  {MR1033 28.3}
[MR1033 29.1]                Brooklyn, New York, Tuesday, November 18, 1890          Attended morning meeting. We had an excellent meeting. Many live testimonies were borne. I tried to impress upon the people that we must have simplicity of faith and perfect trust in our heavenly Father. I felt urged by the Spirit of God to speak plainly.  {MR1033 29.1}
[MR1033 29.2]          We remained for the conference meeting, and many important matters were discussed. I was again called on for my counsel in reference to having a school held in New York City. I answered that I had light upon this matter, that I could now speak. It was not advisable to have a school ［in New York］ for the purpose of educating ministers or canvassers. There was such a school already in session in Battle Creek. Facilities and a combination of varied talents were positively essential to make such a school a complete success. To have one man's mind, one man's mold, and one man's talent as educator, or even the talents of two or three men, were not all that was necessary. There must be a broader and deeper work in educating ministers to understand the Scriptures, and to labor intelligently and devotedly, humbly walking with God. The work of fitting up canvassers was another thing, although this work also demanded that men appointed to educate in this line should be men who were in close communion with God.--Ms. 46, 1890, pp. 4-5 (Diary 16, p. 319).  {MR1033 29.2}
[MR1033 29.3]             Brooklyn, New York, Wednesday, November 19 (?), 1890          I arose at four o'clock. Sought the Lord in prayer. This is a day of feebleness to me, yet I will put my trust in God, who is my helper and my God. I wrote many pages to be used at the present time, at the close of this year 1890.  {MR1033 29.3}
[MR1033 29.4]          With Sara I fulfilled an engagement to take dinner with Brother and Sister King. Again I mounted two pairs of stairs to reach the elevated railroad to take the cars for their place. We had one change. I feel very disagreeable in riding so high up in the air. We had a very pleasant visit.-- Ms. 46, 1890, p. 5 (Diary 16, p. 320).                                           -30-  {MR1033 29.4}
[MR1033 30.1]                 Brooklyn, New York, Thursday, November 20, 1890          I spoke this evening at five o'clock, and the Lord gave me great freedom. I feel my weakness, and I am pleading with God to restore me. I believe that He will do it. I am reaching out for stronger faith.--Ms. 29a, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, p. 321).  {MR1033 30.1}
[MR1033 30.2]                  Brooklyn, New York, Friday, November 21, 1890          I think not best to attend morning meetings. I am urged by the Spirit of the Lord to write important matters in reference to the work of God for this time and the necessity of the churches reaching a higher standard.--Diary 16, p. 323.  {MR1033 30.2}
[MR1033 30.3]                 Brooklyn, New York, Sabbath, November 22, 1890          This morning I pleaded most earnestly with the Lord for His presence, for the enlightenment which He alone can give me. I wrestled for some time in prayer, and placed myself decidedly on the Lord's side, to believe every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. I will not take myself out of His hands. Infirmities press me at all times, and my faith is tested severely. Oh, that I may never lose sight of Jesus, my hope and my consolation.  {MR1033 30.3}
[MR1033 30.4]          I spoke to a room packed with interested listeners, from Isaiah 58. The Lord's presence was in the congregation. . . . Testimonies followed in quick succession.--Ms. 29a, 1890, p. 6 (Diary 16, pp. 325, 327).  {MR1033 30.4}
[MR1033 30.5]                  Brooklyn, New York, Monday, November 24, 1890          I rise this morning with gratitude in my heart for a precious night's rest. The cars on the elevated railroad have been thundering past all night, but I have slept excellently well.                                         -31-  {MR1033 30.5}
[MR1033 31.1]          I did not fill my appointment at the hall yesterday evening at five o'clock. The managers of the building let it to other parties when our people had engaged it for the day. But we could not help ourselves, as there was no written contract. This ought always to be secured. We must be more thorough in our business management. Many had purposed to come with their unbelieving relatives, and this was a great disappointment to them. They wept with sorrow. This disappointment we must reckon among the "all things" that shall work together for good to those that love God.  {MR1033 31.1}
[MR1033 31.2]          I was solicited to speak in the evening to those assembled in the next tenement, the canvassing class. . . .  {MR1033 31.2}
[MR1033 31.3]          I have now spoken four times in the morning and business meetings and for one hour last evening to the canvassing class. This morning Brother Chadwick leaves us and returns to Battle Creek. He is in danger, through the prevailing influences which exist there, of becoming unbalanced in mind. Willie leaves later in the week for Battle Creek. Sara and I shall attend meetings at Norwich, Conn., and at Danvers, ［Mass.］. Brother Asa Robinson will be in attendance at these meetings. We wish that Willie could be with us also, but it seems to be necessary for him to go to Battle Creek at this time to attend to important matters. I ought to have him with me in my work, but if the presence of the Lord goes with us, we shall have profitable and successful meetings.  {MR1033 31.3}
[MR1033 31.4]          I send large packages of important matters to be used during the remnant of the year 1890. I want to arouse and break the deadness of the silence of the churches, that they may have a sense of their work.--Ms. 29a, 1890, pp. 8, 10 (Diary 16, pp. 331, 334).  {MR1033 31.4}
[MR1033 31.5]            Brooklyn, New York, Tuesday, November 25, 1890 ［ON THIS          DATE ELLEN WHITE WROTE A 4-PAGE LETTER TO URIAH SMITH (LETTER 73, 1890), URGING HIM TO FALL ON THE ROCK AND BE BROKEN.］            During the night I have been in communion with God. I have been brought by my guide into councils in Battle Creek, and I have a message to bear to you whether you will hear or not, whether you will receive it or reject it. The people must know that they are not moving in the order of God. They have left Christ out of their councils. Leading men are giving a mold to the work that                                               -32-     will result in a loss of many souls, for they are moving away from the safe path. Many come here from foreign countries, thinking that Battle Creek, from whence come the publications of truth, will be next to heaven. How disappointed they feel when they hear in this place the message of God spoken of lightly, when they hear the messengers of God, by some in responsible places, made a subject of ridicule. And why is this? It is because the message of the messengers does not coincide in every particular with the ideas of those whom the Lord names His scorners, although it is a message sent from heaven.  {MR1033 31.5}
[MR1033 32.1]         Where the truth is rejected, it opens up a way where false waymarks will be set up, and perils will rise on all sides. Through neglect of seeking the earnest counsel of God men will be connected with the office who will form themselves into a ring, to echo the sentiments of him whom they consider most influential, and who pleases their human ideas. My guide spoke slowly and solemnly, "Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye shall be broken in pieces; and give ear, all ye far countries: gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces. Take counsel together, and it shall come to naught; speak the word, and it shall not stand; for God is with us." ［See Isaiah 8:9, 10.］  {MR1033 32.1}
[MR1033 32.2]          Men may be selected by the Conference to connect with the office of publication, but unless these men look to God, and with a transformation of character, unless they realize that eternal vigilance is the price of safety, unless they seek counsel of God in large and small matters, concerning things connected with the sacred work of God, unless they are emptied of vanity and self, they will be turned from the safe path, and will turn others from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord. Unless these associated together are converted men, and they . . . realize the sacredness of the work of God for these last times, they will surely imperil the work of God, and discouragement will come upon the people. It is not enough that they assent to the truth. The question is, "Are they sanctified through the truth? Has the truth been brought into the inner sanctuary of the soul?" The past, present, and future, were plainly revealed to me.--Ms. 6, 1890, pp. 2-3 (Diary 16, pp. 336-338).  {MR1033 32.2}
[MR1033 32.3]       On the Steamer "City of Boston," Wednesday Night, November 26, 1890            We left Brooklyn--Brother Miles, Sara McEnterfer, and I--to go to our appointment at Norwich, Conn. We said goodbye to Willie, not expecting to see him again for three weeks. Then we will meet him in Washington, D. C.                                       -33-  {MR1033 32.3}
[MR1033 33.1]          We first took a streetcar as far as the bridge, then we climbed the stairs to the elevated railroad, then down the stairs after we crossed the bridge. We were on the crowded street of Broadway, dodging this way and then that way between teams, narrowly escaping being run over. We reached a car we wished to take, and it went very slowly, being obstructed with heavily loaded vehicles again and again. Changed cars again and just as we were about to get on board the horsecar, there came a heavily loaded wagon drawn by two powerful horses. They almost collided with the streetcar and became fixed for a time onto the car. I saw a place where we could dodge past the team and board the train. I ran, calling the others to follow with the baggage, which they did, and once more we were moving along. Soon we were obstructed with heavily loaded wagons. As we were near the wharf, we decided to leave the car and walk; it was only a few rods. We were able, after going before teams and behind them and between them, to pass down the gangplank into the boat. Here I am writing, sitting in my berth in my stateroom.  {MR1033 33.1}
[MR1033 33.2]          I had opportunity to write until it was thought best to get to rest. We had good convenience in the line of beds.  {MR1033 33.2}
[MR1033 33.3]          I was awakened out of my sleep by someone rapping on my door. I asked what was wanted and was asked where we were bound. I told them, "To Norwich, Conn." At one o'clock the boat stopped. Then to our sorrow we learned that the gangway where all the luggage or freight was laden and unloaded was directly beneath our stateroom. There was the noise of trundling wheelbarrows, orders being given, and the loading of barrels until morning. A very poor chance to sleep! We were to be awakened at four o'clock, but our awakening commenced at one o'clock and continued until four.  {MR1033 33.3}
[MR1033 33.4]          We had to take the cars at five o'clock. It was bitterly cold, yet beautifully pleasant. We walked quite a distance to the depot. There was a large waiting room--one room for men and women. Cards were hanging on the walls saying, "No Smoking in This Room," and yet there were several men smoking away unrestrained. How glad I was to get on board the cars!  {MR1033 33.4}
[MR1033 33.5]          After riding about one hour we came to Norwich and decided to walk nearly one mile to Brother and Sister Greer's. We reached the place about six o'clock.                                         -34-     It was hardly light. We rang the bell again and again but no one heard. We tried at another door with better success and roused Brother Greer and he let us in. Soon Sister Greer was up and we were made welcome. Thus ended my entering of my 64th birthday.--Ms. 49, 1890, pp. 1-2 (Diary 16, pp. 343-346).  {MR1033 33.5}
[MR1033 34.1]              Norwich, Connecticut, Thursday, November 27, 1890          November 27 we were among strangers in a place we had never visited before. We had both become so thoroughly chilled that it was very difficult to get the blood to the surface in good circulation. We walked out, Sara and I, about one mile, and the air was sharp but bracing. I came to the breakfast table at nine o'clock. Oh, how hungry I was! I ate very heartily. Dinner was at three o'clock and I was again hungry for dinner. It was Thanksgiving Day. I tried to sleep some but I could sleep only a few moments. Brother Miles talked that night to the few assembled. The people are very much scattered and cannot readily assemble at the meetinghouse.--Ms. 49, 1890, p. 2 (Diary 16, p. 346).  {MR1033 34.1}
[MR1033 34.2]                Norwich, Connecticut, Friday, November 28, 1890          I am quite comfortable today. Wrote many pages to send to Battle Creek to be read during the week of prayer. We rode out to Norwichtown, Conn., three miles. Purchased cloth shoes, for my feet are cold and I dare not continue to have them cold. I was pleased to get back to my place where I was entertained. I spoke in the evening from John 14. "If ye love me keep my commandments," etc. There was not a large number present. I had a measure of freedom in speaking. Brother Robinson and Farman came to this place last night at eleven o'clock.--Ms. 49, 1890, p. 3 (Diary 16, p. 347).  {MR1033 34.2}
[MR1033 34.3]               Norwich, Connecticut, Sabbath, November 29, 1890          Evening after the Sabbath. It is milder today. There were fewer than 100 present but they are indeed a very intelligent people who have embraced the truth. I spoke from Acts 1, on the commission given by Christ to His disciples. I had freedom in speaking. As we were so scattered, meeting held from eleven o'clock. We were in Sabbath school one hour. I spoke at twelve.                                           -35-  {MR1033 34.3}
[MR1033 35.1]          The word seemed to reach hearts, and when the social meeting was in session many spoke right to the point.--Ms. 49, 1890, p. 3 (Diary 16, p. 348).  {MR1033 35.1}
[MR1033 35.2]                 Norwich, Connecticut, Sunday, November 30, 1890          I spoke in the afternoon. The house of worship was full. I have seldom addressed a more intelligent audience. I spoke from Luke 19, of Christ's riding into Jerusalem. The attention of everyone was riveted. I had special strength given me from the Lord, and His Holy Spirit impressed the hearts of the hearers. There was deep feeling in the congregation. My heart was filled with gratitude to my Saviour that I was sustained by His Holy Spirit in speaking to the people.--Ms. 49, 1890, p. 4 (Diary 16, p. 350).  {MR1033 35.2}
[MR1033 35.3]                 Norwich, Connecticut, Monday, December 1, 1890          Was pleasant but cold. I spoke to the church, to a goodly number assembled, upon the words of Christ in John 17.--Diary 16, p. 356.  {MR1033 35.3}
[MR1033 35.4]               Norwich, Connecticut, Tuesday, December 2, 1890          I have been writing diligently upon the words of Christ in John 14. This day I had a long conversation with Dr. Smith who is a new convert to the truth. He and his wife are certainly seeking to do the will of God.--Diary 16, p. 357.  {MR1033 35.4}
[MR1033 35.5]                Norwich, Connecticut, Wednesday, December 3, 1890          I visited Brother Appley's family, about one-half mile out, and it seemed like home to us. It commenced snowing in the morning and continued until the ground was covered with its white blanket. Brother Greer kindly took us with his horse and carriage to the place. Rain set in and it was a very disagreeable evening, but I had an appointment at the church. The rain poured from the heavens. Sister Greer loaned me her rubber ulster. The slush and water were so deep it went over my rubbers and it was dangerous, slippery walking, because of the ice upon the rocks leading into the church. Sara fell as she was leaving the church. The lantern flew out of her hand, and the globe came off and rolled down in the gutter. She struck her head on the steps and it made her faint and                                           -36-     dizzy. Brother Farman came out to deliver a telegram which was to go to Battle Creek and he fell, but was not injured much. We thank the Lord that these two escaped without further injury.  {MR1033 35.5}
[MR1033 36.1]          I spoke to the few assembled in regard to the rise and progress of the messages, and my experience and connection with the work in 1843 and 1844 and since that time. This was not a pleasant task for me, but I knew the people had no real knowledge of my work and this is what they needed. There was no one present who had had an experience in these messages, and I must speak for myself and for the work in which I have been called to act a part.--Ms. 49, 1890, pp. 4-5 (Diary 16, pp. 358-359).  {MR1033 36.1}
[MR1033 36.2]                 Lynn, Massachusetts, Thursday, December 4, 1890          Wrote six pages to Sister Ings. We left Norwich a little after eight o'clock. Rode three miles in the streetcar to the village. Waited about half an hour and then stepped into the car. I had some talk with Elders Robinson and Farman in regard to their tarrying in Norwich over the Sabbath. Much needs to be done for the church in that place. They need a personal experience in the truth and in the knowledge of God and Jesus Christ whom He has sent into the world. Some talk was made in regard to sending Brother Farman to Putnam to help us in the change of cars which we must make at that place, since Sara was nearly sick with the effects of her fall the previous night, but I thought we could manage. Sara agreed with me that we would not make any extra expense. We had no trouble in making the change. We were met in Boston by Elder Fifield, who took the weighty part of the baggage. We took a hack across the city and then were seated in the cars which would take us to Lynn. We were pleased, after making one more change, to enter the house over which Sister Whaff presided. She is one of the members of the Vunderlind family of Richmond, Maine. We were made welcome in her home and a pleasant room was ready for us. I could not commence my writing until my trunk came, then it was too late to see by daylight. On the cars I wrote five pages to be sent back to the church at Norwich, and I wrote 12 pages by gaslight, that the letters might reach them before the Sabbath.--Ms. 50, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, pp. 360-361).                                         -37-  {MR1033 36.2}
[MR1033 37.1]                Lynn, Massachusetts, ca. December 4,1890   ［ELLEN WHITE DOES NOT HERE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY THE SOURCE             OF THESE COMMENTS CONCERNING THE AMERICAN SENTINEL, THE ADVENTIST WEEKLY RELIGIOUS LIBERTY JOURNAL. HOWEVER, HER COUNSELS HERE ARE SIMILAR TO HER LATER DESCRIPTION OF THE SALAMANCA VISION, AND MAY BE BASED ON WHAT SHE WAS SHOWN IN THAT VISION.］            The people of the world will try to induce us to soften our message, to suppress one of its more distinctive features. They say: "Why do you in your teaching make the seventh-day Sabbath so prominent? This seems to be always thrust before us; we should harmonize with you if you would not say so much on this point; keep the seventh-day Sabbath out of the Sentinel, and we will give it our influence and support." And there has been a disposition on the part of some of our workers to adopt this policy.  {MR1033 37.1}
[MR1033 37.2]         I am bidden to warn you that deceptive sentiments are entertained, a false modesty and caution, a disposition to withhold the profession of our faith. In the night season, matters have been presented before me that have greatly troubled my mind. I have seemed to be in meetings for counsel where these subjects were discussed, and written documents were presented, advocating concession. Brethren, shall we permit the world to shape the message that God has given us to bear to them? So then as well might the patient prescribe the remedies that are to be used for his cure.  {MR1033 37.2}
[MR1033 37.3]          Shall we, for the sake of policy, betray a sacred trust? If the world is in error and delusion, breaking the law of God, is it not our duty to show them their sin and danger? We must proclaim the third angel's message.  {MR1033 37.3}
[MR1033 37.4]          What is the Sentinel for, but to be the voice of the watchmen on the walls of Zion, to sound the danger signal. We care not to cringe and beg pardon of the world for telling them the truth: we should scorn concealment. Unfurl your colors to meet the case of men and angels. Let it be understood that Seventh-day Adventists can make no compromise. In your opinions and faith there must not be the least appearance of wavering; the world has a right to know what to expect of us, and will look upon us as dishonest, as hiding our real sentiments and principles out of policy, if we carry even the semblance of being uncommitted till the popular voice has pointed out the safe way. The Comforter, the Holy Spirit, which Christ said He would send into the world, was to bear an                                         -38-     unwavering testimony.--Ms. 16, 1890, pp. 17-18; Counsels to Writers and Editors, pp. 94-95.  {MR1033 37.4}
[MR1033 38.1]                  Lynn, Massachusetts, Friday, December 5, 1890          I have not slept since three o'clock. I arose at four and sent earnest supplications to heaven for light and for grace to do the will of my heavenly Father.--Ms. 50, 1890. p. 2 (Diary 16, p. 362).  {MR1033 38.1}
[MR1033 38.2]                 Lynn, Massachusetts, Sabbath, December 6, 1890          I spoke to the people assembled on the Sabbath from John 14. The Lord gave me freedom in speaking to the people. Many had just come into the faith. One family, all at home--father, mother, and three children--embraced the truth. The father is cousin to Edwin Burnham, a First-day Adventist. He was considered one of the most eloquent preachers among the First-day Adventists. He opposed the Sabbath of the fourth commandment with great vigor. He made most extravagant expressions. He stated that the law of God was an old thunder and lightning law, a bloody law; that it was not possible for man to keep that law--that they never could keep it; it was dead and buried and did not deserve a gravestone. He said he always felt better after he had given the law a good run. And now here is a relative by the name of Burnham who has, with nearly all his family, taken hold of the Sabbath!--Ms. 50, 1890, pp. 2-3 (Diary 16, pp. 363-364).  {MR1033 38.2}
[MR1033 38.3]               A Letter to Mrs. White's Children, December 6, 1890          Dear Children, Willie, Edson, and Emma: I have just come from the hall where the little company assemble to worship on the Sabbath. There were about 80 present. I spoke from John 14:15--"If ye love me, keep my commandments." I had much freedom in speaking, then we had a social meeting and 38 testimonies were borne. The older members did not take the time, but gave opportunity for those who had more recently come to the faith. . . .  {MR1033 38.3}
[MR1033 38.4]         I never saw Elder Fifield appear as well as now. Certainly he has success in arousing an interest. He feels the burden of souls on this occasion. He                                        -39-     reins them up to a decision and then he says, I weep with sorrow of soul as I see the difficulties that obstruct their way. . . .  {MR1033 38.4}
[MR1033 39.1]          A good work has commenced here and I hope it will be ripened off. This is the reason I left Norwich, for it was a critical time for the interest here while the sheaves are being gathered.  {MR1033 39.1}
[MR1033 39.2]          Brother Robinson and Farman and Brother Whitters were left at Norwich. They were willing I should come, greatly desired I should be here, and yet felt that it was a pity I could not be at Norwich over another Sabbath. I spoke five times, speaking three evenings, and on Sabbath and Sunday. . . . I slept last night about ten hours; praise the Lord, praise His holy name.  {MR1033 39.2}
[MR1033 39.3]          I shall go to Danvers Wednesday. I have been so deeply interested in John, chapters 14, 15, 16, and 17 that I am writing on the subject. I have written 12 pages today upon John 14, for fear I should have the force of the subject wear away from my mind. This will come in Life of Christ. I have in all 40 pages written.  {MR1033 39.3}
[MR1033 39.4]          I am glad I attended both these meetings in Norwich and in Lynn.--Letter 109, 1890, pp. 1, 3-6.  {MR1033 39.4}
[MR1033 39.5]                  Lynn, Massachusetts, Sunday, December 7, 1890          I have reason to be thankful to the Lord for His goodness, His mercy, and His love to me. I slept well last night. I offered up my petition to the Lord for His grace, His Holy Spirit. I wrote several pages. I spoke in the afternoon upon Christ's riding into Jerusalem. There were quite a number of First-day Adventists present. After I ceased speaking many were introduced to me. One lady spoke to me and asked me if I knew her. I told her I did not. She said her name is now Gallusia; it used to be Eunice Parkes. She was our close neighbor. We were well acquainted with her in our girlhood. She wished me to call upon her. I am trying to visit and write too, which keeps my time fully employed.--Ms. 50, 1890, p. 5 (Diary 16, p. 366).  {MR1033 39.5}
[MR1033 39.6]                  Lynn, Massachusetts, Monday, December 8, 1890          I have been earnestly engaged in writing and in repairing my clothing. Did not walk out all day. I am in deep perplexity. I do not understand why the                                           -40-     burden is constantly weighing me down, why I am filled with remorse for those who are connected with the publishing interest in Battle Creek. I am hearing the words spoken in reference to myself and my work. I feel an intense desire to get Patriarchs and Prophets and Great Controversy before the people because the very light they need is contained in these books. Why have those who have accepted the publishing of these books no burden?--Ms. 50, 1890, pp. 5-6 (Diary 16, p. 368).  {MR1033 39.6}
[MR1033 40.2]         We had an appointment to take dinner with Brother and Sister Burnham. We walked nearly one mile and it was snowy underfoot. We had no rubbers. We found them pleasantly situated. After we reached the house, which was in the outskirts of the city, we had a very pleasant visit with the family and then prayed with them, and the Lord drew near by His Holy Spirit. All seemed to be much gratified by the visit. We walked a portion of the way back.  {MR1033 40.2}
[MR1033 40.3]          I felt much exhausted after arriving at my stopping place, and retired at seven o'clock. I designed to make one more visit and attend the prayer meeting in the hall, but I knew it would be presumptuous. It is an exhausting process for me to visit. I feel much the same responsibility as when before the people. I know that light must be shining in all that is said and done, to reflect light upon those with whom we visit.--Ms. 50, 1890, p. 6 (Diary 16, p. 369).                                          -41-  {MR1033 40.3}
[MR1033 41.1]              Danvers, Massachusetts, Wednesday, December 10, 1890          I thank the Lord I slept well during the night. Arose at half past four and wrote ten pages before breakfast. Sister Whaff visited me some. She feels bad that we cannot stay longer. We packed our trunks to leave Lynn at quarter before eleven, accompanied by Elder Fifield.  {MR1033 41.1}
[MR1033 41.2]          Arrived at this place at quarter before twelve and walked to Brother Edwards', where we shall make our home while here in Danvers. Wrote about eight pages.  {MR1033 41.2}
[MR1033 41.3]          Attended meeting in the evening. There were about 40 present. The notice was not inserted right. It was designed to be published for Wednesday evening, but was printed for Thursday evening, therefore I shall now have to speak both evenings.  {MR1033 41.3}
[MR1033 41.4]          I spoke from Matthew 11:25-27. My mind was led out to dwell particularly upon the mission of Christ, which was to reveal the Father.--Ms. 51, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, p. 370).  {MR1033 41.4}
[MR1033 41.5]              Danvers, Massachusetts, Thursday, December 11, 1890          I wrote many pages and did not go out to walk as I ought to have done. I need exercise, but the walks are icy and I feared I might slip and wrench my ankles. About noon a messenger came from Ipswich to say that Sister Brickey was dangerously sick about 12 miles from this place. Brethren Fifield and Farman went on the cars, which took them within three miles of the place. A carriage was waiting for them to take them to the afflicted one. She was very low. They offered prayer on her behalf. She was at once relieved and praised the Lord. Her countenance and voice were changed. They left her happy in God. They attended the half-past five prayer meeting.  {MR1033 41.5}
[MR1033 41.6]          I spoke in the evening. A much larger assembly was present. I had freedom in speaking from John 14, dwelling upon the rich promises of God that are so plainly given us in such positive words. The presence of the Lord was in our meeting. I sought the Lord in earnest prayer before going to the meeting. My head was confused, but I knew the Lord God of Israel was a present help in every time of need. I was blessed and had freedom in speaking. I understand there                                                -42-     were one dozen of the First-day Adventists present, and many outsiders were also in the meeting.  {MR1033 41.6}
[MR1033 42.1]          Elder Mooney came from Salem. He is desirous I should call on his wife who apparently is lying on her deathbed.  {MR1033 42.1}
[MR1033 42.2]          It is suggested that it will be wise for me to speak in Lynn Monday and Tuesday evenings, and then Wednesday take the cars for Washington, D. C. May the Lord be our counselor, is my most earnest prayer. I do not wish to presume upon my strength.--Ms. 51, 1890, pp. 6-7 (Diary 16, pp. 382-383).  {MR1033 42.2}
[MR1033 42.3]               Danvers, Massachusetts, Friday, December 12, 1890          Rose at half-past four. Sara and I had but little rest last night. In coming down the steps after closing the door she thought there was only one step. Her heel caught on the second step. She wrenched her ankle and for a few moments we thought she could not walk. She did walk to the meeting, came back, and after her shoe was removed her foot pained her considerably. She could not rest; neither could I. She was obliged to get up at midnight and bathe her foot. She is relieved of pain but it is not wisdom to use her foot in walking at present.  {MR1033 42.3}
[MR1033 42.4]          Received letters yesterday from Marian ［Davis］; also from C. H. Jones of Oakland, California.  {MR1033 42.4}
[MR1033 42.5]          Sister Edwards and I walked a short distance to call upon my sister Harriet's daughter, Emma McCann. She married Charlie Morrison. She is his second wife. His first wife was Mary McCann, her own sister. She left three children. All are married but one, whose name is Mabel. Emma was much pleased to see me. We visited her about two hours. In the afternoon Charlie Morrison, Emma's husband, came with his covered carriage for me to ride out. He took me to his sister's where his mother is staying. He introduced me to his mother and his two sisters. They received me courteously and the mother heartily. I had a little visit with them. I was glad to see Charlie's mother. She is a nice, sensible woman, plain, benevolent-looking, and wholesome. When we returned, the horse was afraid of the cars and we had to go a round-about way to get to Brother Edwards'. We were glad to retire early.  {MR1033 42.5}
[MR1033 42.6]          My heart is constantly drawn out after God. I plead for His Holy Spirit. The manifestation of the love of God toward us in Christ Jesus softens, yes,                                           -43-     breaks my heart and renews my soul unto holiness.--Ms. 51, 1890, pp. 7-8 (Diary 16, pp. 384-385).  {MR1033 42.6}
[MR1033 43.1]                 A Letter to Ellen White's Son, December 12, 1890          Dear Willie: . . . I feel grateful to the Lord that I am as well as I am. I write some every day. I am troubled with the coal stoves, but while it is mild weather I manage to get air from opening the windows. But the gas will trouble me some, of course. I cannot do the writing I desire to do being so broken up, changing from place to place, having all times of eating and all kinds of beds; but none of these things trouble me to keep me wakeful. Sara and I sleep together and I keep her awake sometimes and she me, but we have nothing to complain of except I cannot do much, broken up as I am on the life of Christ. . . .  {MR1033 43.1}
[MR1033 43.2]         Everyone has his ideas, his ways, which are not my ideas and my ways, but I fall into line and adapt myself to the situation and eat breakfast frequently at nine o'clock, dinner at three; but I have with few exceptions suffered nothing in this for I was so engaged in writing I was fully absorbed.--Letter 110, 1890, pp. 1-3.  {MR1033 43.2}
[MR1033 43.3]                Danvers, Massachusetts, Sabbath, December 13, 1890          Meetings commenced in the church at half-past ten o'clock. Brother Robinson preached, then Sabbath school. I spoke at half-past two o'clock from 2 Corinthians 3:18 and 2 Corinthians 4:17. The Spirit of the Lord rested upon me and upon the people. I then called for all to come forward who were convinced that they must have a deeper work of grace in their hearts. Everyone in the house responded but two. . . . I went to four young men and I pleaded with them to make a decided effort to make this move and say, I will give myself to Jesus. Three went forward; one did not go. We had a very earnest season of prayer.-- Ms. 51, 1890, p. 9 (Diary 16, p. 386).                                            -44-  {MR1033 43.3}
[MR1033 44.1]                Danvers, Massachusetts, Sunday, December 14, 1890          Brother Farman spoke to the people in the forenoon. I called upon Emma Morrison, my sister's child. Found her alone, but soon her husband and his son, who is married, came from Salem. We had a short visit.  {MR1033 44.1}
[MR1033 44.2]          I spoke in the missionary meeting in regard to the importance of the canvassing work. I also spoke at length in the afternoon, at half-past two o'clock. I was pleased to see Charlie Morrison, his wife Emma, and his son, as attentive hearers of the Word. I spoke from the words found in John 3:1-4. The Seventh-day Adventist church was full. Many from other denominations and from the First-day Adventists were present, and all listened with deepest interest. The Lord gave me the Word and fervor and power to address the audience.--Ms. 51, 1890, p. 15 (Diary 16, p. 396).  {MR1033 44.2}
[MR1033 44.3]         A Letter to the General Conference President, December 15, 1890            Dear Brother Olsen: Our meeting at Danvers has closed. During the session I spoke five times, two evenings in the week and on Sabbath morning, at the missionary meeting held Sunday morning, and also on Sunday afternoon. I am satisfied beyond a doubt that the Lord has a message for me to bear to His people. I have felt the sustaining power of God as I have stood before the congregation, and I know that the power of God was working through the human agent. I know that many have received the word, and hungry souls have been fed. My heart is full of sympathy and love for the souls that are ready to die. Since the Brooklyn camp meeting I no longer talk of sickness and infirmity. I have never had such freedom from pain, and have not slept so well for 12 years. The peace of God abides in my heart. . . .  {MR1033 44.3}
[MR1033 44.4]          We had a most precious meeting in Lynn, but especially so at Danvers. Last Sabbath all in the house save two--an aged colored man and a poor timid soul who dared not make the move--came forward for prayer. The angel of God was in our midst. The ministers sought the Lord, and their supplications were heard in heaven. . . .  {MR1033 44.4}
[MR1033 44.5]          After the severe trials and hard labor I have undergone in Battle Creek, only to be met with refusal to receive the message, this spirit refreshes my soul. . . .  {MR1033 44.5}
[MR1033 44.6]          P. S. I was urged by our ministering brethren to return to Lynn and speak on Tuesday and Wednesday evening. I have consented to do this. Brother Fifield                                          -45-     is doing all he can to get the people to the meetings on these two evenings. May the Lord move upon their hearts, is my prayer. On Thursday night we go to Boston, take the sleeper for Washington, and arrive in that city on Friday at eleven o'clock.--Letter 43, 1890, pp. 1-3, 7.  {MR1033 44.6}
[MR1033 45.1]                  Lynn, Massachusetts, Monday, December 15, 1890          We left Danvers at about ten o'clock a.m. Called on Mrs. Emma Morrison and said good-bye to her. She felt disappointed that I could not visit her, but I was altogether too weary to do the visiting many hoped I could do. There were two meetings Wednesday and Thursday evenings. I must speak in Lynn, learn the best route that would take us to Washington, D. C., purchase our tickets, and have everything in readiness for the journey to Washington.--Ms. 52, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, p. 399).  {MR1033 45.1}
[MR1033 45.2]                   Lynn, Massachusetts, Tuesday, December 16, 1890          I have felt drawn out in earnest petitions to God all day. In the early morning I wrote nine pages before breakfast and wrote many pages through the day. I spoke in the hall to a good congregation.  {MR1033 45.2}
[MR1033 45.3]          I felt most intensely upon some points, especially the inauguration of Christ on the banks of Jordan to His appointed work.--Ms. 52, 1890, p. 1 (Diary 16, p. 400).  {MR1033 45.3}
[MR1033 45.4]                 Lynn, Massachusetts, Wednesday, December 17, 1890          In the forenoon wrote letters to different ones at Battle Creek. In the afternoon received a number of visitors. One sister is a believer. Her husband does not believe the truth. He at first opposed her but he senses a great change in her and this has a convincing power with him. . . .  {MR1033 45.4}
[MR1033 45.5]          I spoke Wednesday night. The rainstorm prevented many from attending, for the windows of heaven seemed to be opened and pouring out their treasures of rain. I had much freedom in speaking from John 17:17, "Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth."--Ms. 52, 1890, pp. 3, 5 (Diary 16, pp. 406, 409).                                           -46-  {MR1033 45.5}
[MR1033 46.1]            A Letter to Ellen White's Son, Thursday, December 18, 1890          Dear son Willie: I received your letter and draft in the hall last evening, where we had gone to attend my appointment Wednesday evening in a pouring rain. I was glad to hear from you and glad of the draft. We had borrowed money from Elder Robinson to buy our tickets. . . . I had $20 of my own which I have had to use in traveling and in getting shoes and some little things for winter. . . .  {MR1033 46.1}
[MR1033 46.2]          I speak evenings and go home and sleep well. This you know I have been unable to do for years. I realize the blessing of the Lord resting upon me and His presence with me in a sensible manner. . . .  {MR1033 46.2}
[MR1033 46.3]          What my future course may be the Lord knows. He hangs a mist before my eyes that I shall only see the present, and I am content it should be thus. I am resting in the love of God with a peaceful trust and a happy assurance. I am not worrying about the future. I know the Lord will do all things well. I am always inclined to look ahead and make plans, but I have committed myself to God and all that I am into His hands. I am ready now to go to California any time the Lord may direct, ready to go to Australia or go to Europe, or any place in the world the Lord may see fit to send me. ［LESS THAN 11 MONTHS LATER ELLEN WHITE LEFT SAN FRANCISCO FOR AUSTRALIA.］ I am His property and I lean heavily upon the arm of God. It is strong and will bear me up.  {MR1033 46.3}
[MR1033 46.4]         We take the cars from Boston at nine o'clock tonight and go through without change to Washington. Arrive there at eleven o'clock a.m.--Letter 111, 1890, pp. 1-2, 4-5.  {MR1033 46.4}
[MR1033 46.5]                   Washington, D. C., Friday, December 19, 1890          We left Lynn Thursday night at four for Boston, from which place we took cars for Washington. . . . We found in the morning that we would not arrive at Washington until three hours behind time. We stopped one hour in Baltimore. We arrived in Washington about three o'clock and were so thankful to get baggage and all to the mission before the hours of the Sabbath. We decided that we would not start a journey so close to the Sabbath again. We would make arrangements to get to our destination having one day's leeway. There was no one at                                           -47-     the depot to meet us. The porter put us in a hack and we came to the mission all right, and could commence the Sabbath without anxiety and confusion. The friends had been to the depot twice for us and the delay confused them. They were glad to receive us.  {MR1033 46.5}
[MR1033 47.1]          There has been sadness and suffering in the church. Brother Howard has lost one child and two more have been at the point of death. They were living in an old wooden house which was decaying, and there was a disagreeable smell. The typhoid fever, it is thought, was in consequence of this unhealthful house. The family were taken out and put into the house Brother McGee had hired, and in that house they will escape the difficulties. I feel deep sympathy for Brother Howard. We are praying that the Lord will sustain our brother and that He will give him fresh courage and hope. God will not leave him if he will put his trust in Him.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 1-2 (Diary 16, pp. 410-411).  {MR1033 47.1}
[MR1033 47.2]                  Washington, D. C., Sabbath, December 20, 1890          We took the streetcars to reach our appointment, which was quite a distance away. We found quite a goodly number assembled in Sabbath school. The exercises were not yet over.  {MR1033 47.2}
[MR1033 47.3]          I spoke at eleven o'clock with much freedom from Isaiah 6:8. We had a social meeting and many excellent testimonies were borne. The presence of Jesus was in our midst and our hearts were made glad to see that as many as one-half of the number had been united with the church since I was here two years ago. There was a most intelligent company present. My soul was blessed on this day.--Ms. 53, 1890, p. 2 (Diary 16, p. 412).  {MR1033 47.3}
[MR1033 47.4]                  Washington, D. C., Sunday, December 21, 1890          We attended the forenoon meeting of the Week of Prayer at half-past ten o'clock. There were only about 30 present. . . .  {MR1033 47.4}
[MR1033 47.5]          Sunday evening we had to walk only a few blocks to get to the hall. It is a dance hall, but it is roomy and well ventilated. We had a good attendance from outside and most of our people were present. I spoke from the first epistle of John, chapter three. The best of attention was given by the congregation.                                           -48-  {MR1033 47.5}
[MR1033 48.1]          The subject urges itself upon my mind, Why is not this center, this important place, prepared to have the house of worship so much needed? I hope our people will see the necessity of doing something without delay. The message must be presented here in the most wise yet simple way. Will the hearts of the people of God who believe in present truth give a correct representation in a church building, so we shall not have to assemble in a dance hall to speak the truth? We have been talking this matter over and we are getting all stirred up over the fact that at the capital of the American nation there is so miserable a representation of the grand truths which we are to properly represent. The unbelievers will get the start of us.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 2-3 (Diary 16, pp. 413-414).  {MR1033 48.1}
[MR1033 48.2]                   Washington, D. C., Monday, December 22, 1890          This day was devoted in the early morning, at half-past four o'clock, to prayer for the Lord to bless me and give me physical strength and mental clearness, and clear spiritual discernment. I believe the promise, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you." I shall take the Lord Jesus at His word.  {MR1033 48.2}
[MR1033 48.3]          I wrote ten pages of important matter. About ten o'clock I went to the dentist and had my teeth examined and one tooth filled, which caused me no pain. I had an impression taken for a new set of teeth.  {MR1033 48.3}
[MR1033 48.4]          When I returned I found letters awaiting me. One from Edson stated that my account at the office had swelled to the enormous sum of $7,000. ［THE COST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, TYPESETTING, AND MAKING PLATES WAS ALL CHARGED AGAINST MRS. WHITE'S ACCOUNT.］ This is, much of it, in publishing Volume IV-- Great Controversy--and Patriarchs and Prophets. . . .  {MR1033 48.4}
[MR1033 48.5]         In the evening I walked to the place of meeting and spoke in a large hall to about 100 people. Oh, how my heart yearns to see the people of God coming up to their high calling! I greatly desire that we should have an increase of faith and stand as valiant soldiers of Jesus Christ. I spoke from John 14:1-4.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 3-5 (Diary 16, pp. 415, 417).                                           -49  {MR1033 48.5}
[MR1033 49.1]            A Letter to Mrs. White's Sister, Monday, December 22, 1890          Dear Sister Mary Foss: ［MARY WAS SIX YEARS OLDER THAN ELLEN WHITE. IN 1842 SHE MARRIED SAMUEL FOSS, AN ELDER BROTHER OF HAZEN FOSS. SEE PP. 89-92, BELOW, FOR A FACSIMILE OF THIS ENTIRE LETTER.］ I wrote to you a few days ago and now another matter comes up. Elder Loughborough is writing me asking if I know of anyone now alive who was present at the meeting I have mentioned held at Maguire's Hill, where I related the first visions I had. . . . Mary, you were at the meeting, were you not? Your memory is so good. Do you have any remembrance of this? If so, state on paper what you do know in regard to it.  {MR1033 49.1}
[MR1033 49.2]         I have spoken three times in this place and will return from here to my home at Battle Creek having been away three months, laboring constantly from place to place. I speak here four times more, then return home.--Letter 37, 1890, pp. 1, 3.  {MR1033 49.2}
[MR1033 49.3]           A Letter to Mrs. White's Children, Monday, December 22, 1890          Dear Children, Edson, Emma, and Willie: We left Lynn, December 18, Thursday evening. We had all the help we needed in getting us to Boston and on board the sleeper. As the price for one berth was $3 the entire distance to Washington, Sara decided to save the $3 and go into the day coach. The porter told her not to go into the day coach as there were several berths unoccupied. He told her after the sleeping car conductor had taken his berth, he would make her up a berth. This she refused to accept. She told him it would not be strictly honest and she would take her chances in the day coach. The porter then went to the conductor and talked with him and the conductor then asked her to remain. They did not make her up a berth but gave her two seats to make herself as comfortable as she could. She slept well through the night. I did not sleep as well as usual, for my arms would become almost paralyzed with the hard bed. I was obliged to rub them and work over them, for they seemed about helpless.  {MR1033 49.3}
[MR1033 49.4]          We had beautiful weather. The air was cool and bracing and the cars were not overheated. We found in the morning we could not reach Washington on time at eleven o'clock, for we were three hours behind time. We tarried one hour in                                           -50-     Baltimore and reached Washington at three o'clock p.m. As there was no one to meet us, the porter secured a hack and the hackman took us to the mission. We were thankful to get trunks and all arranged before the Sabbath. After this we shall always endeavor to make arrangements to get to our place of destination on Thursday.  {MR1033 49.4}
[MR1033 50.1]          They had about given up our coming but were glad indeed to see us. Sabbath I spoke upon Isaiah 58. I had freedom as I have had in every instance in speaking on this tour. We had a hall well filled and we had an excellent social meeting. We know the presence of the Lord was in the meeting. The softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God was there and the testimonies borne were good.  {MR1033 50.1}
[MR1033 50.2]          I was at the forenoon meeting on Sunday. The reading of Elder Olsen's article was deferred for this day. Brother Washburn selected a portion of the article for several to read. A Methodist preacher and his wife are soundly converted to the truth--Baker, I think, is his name. While reading the portion assigned him, which was the quotation from the Testimonies, he tried and tried to read it but he had to wipe away the tears so often, and then his glasses, of course, were dimmed, and when he came to some portions of the quotations he just broke down and cried. He turned to Brother Washburn and handed him the paper and said, "You take it, I cannot read it." But all these pauses on that occasion only made the effect more impressive. Brother Washburn told him to take his time and read on. Then after the reading we had a solemn season of prayer. I had the spirit of intercession and there was a deep feeling in the congregation. I then spoke about 30 minutes with much of the Spirit of the Lord upon me. . . .  {MR1033 50.2}
[MR1033 50.3]          Sunday evening a larger hall was obtained and I spoke to a goodly number of outsiders as well as the church. I had much freedom and all listened as if spellbound. I do not choose to speak evenings, but I can see no other way to get the congregation. A collection was taken up which more than covered the expense of the hall. They have a hall engaged for three evenings in the week. This hall was secured for only one evening. It was a dance hall. But there was excellent ventilation. All seemed to be much pleased with the congregation last evening.  {MR1033 50.3}
[MR1033 50.4]          I have an appointment for tonight. Sunday we had a little shower but it was all clear in the evening. All the help I have here is Elder Washburn. This                                           -51-     will throw considerable labor upon me, but I shall try to be careful. I had a malarious attack but not serious. I am feeling quite strong and of good courage in the Lord. I tried to have them release me two evenings this week to speak twice in Baltimore, but they are unwilling I shall go, so I am in for it over next Sabbath and Sunday. . . .  {MR1033 50.4}
[MR1033 51.1]          I shall have Brother Davis attend to my teeth while here.  {MR1033 51.1}
[MR1033 51.2]          There are several cases who are in the valley of decision. We hope they will decide to obey God.  {MR1033 51.2}
[MR1033 51.3]          Next Sabbath will be a special day of fasting and prayer and earnest labor for me. And I shall trust in God, who is my helper and my God, for strength.--Letter 112, 1890, pp. 1-3.  {MR1033 51.3}
[MR1033 51.4]                Washington, D. C., Tuesday, December 23, 1890          Tuesday morning I rose at four a.m., and after a season of prayer I felt comforted and encouraged to try to put my trust fully in the Lord. I rest in His promises. I shall see of His salvation. I will not distrust my heavenly Father, for He has been true and faithful in all things and He will never fail those who put their trust in Him. My greatest anxiety is lest something shall interpose between me and my God. . . .  {MR1033 51.4}
[MR1033 51.5]          I am called not only to write, but to bear my testimony with voice as well as pen, and I must be situated where I can be lifted out of the temporal embarrassments and the common business perplexities and conflicts.--Ms. 53, 1890, p. 5 (Diary 16, p. 418).  {MR1033 51.5}
[MR1033 51.7]         Again the Lord set before me in the night season, December 24, the perils coming upon the people of God. . . .                                           -52-  {MR1033 51.7}
[MR1033 52.1]          Christmas Eve I spoke in a good-sized hall to an intelligent congregation from Luke 10:25-28. I had freedom in speaking. There were a goodly number present and all listened with much attention.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 6-7 (Diary 16, pp. 420, 423).  {MR1033 52.1}
[MR1033 52.2]                 Washington, D. C., Thursday, December 25, 1890          I attended morning meeting in the hall. We listened to the readings, which were made very interesting. Then I was asked to lead in prayer and several prayers were offered. I felt like pressing my prayers to the throne of grace for the Lord to open the work in Washington. The Spirit of the Lord rested upon us as we prayed. Many were blessed.  {MR1033 52.2}
[MR1033 52.3]          I then spoke about 30 minutes. Our meeting commenced at half-past ten and we did not reach the mission until three p.m. Had conversation with Sister Kirkland in regard to riding on the cars to the place of meeting because it was, she thought, violating the Sabbath. I told her no; that it was more displeasing to God to remain away from the meetings than to ride on the cars to meet together to worship God. I will write more on this subject when I can use pen and ink. . . .  {MR1033 52.3}
[MR1033 52.4]          Thursday, December 25. Spoke in a hall to an intelligent congregation from Luke 10:25.  {MR1033 52.4}
[MR1033 52.5]          My mind has been in painful exercise during the night. I was in a meeting in Battle Creek, and heard many suggestions made and saw a spirit manifested not of God. They were having a storm of words. How my heart ached.--Ms. 53, 1890. pp. 7-8 (Diary 16, pp. 421-422).  {MR1033 52.5}
[MR1033 52.6]                  Washington, D. C., Friday, December 26, 1890          I have had a very precious blessing all night. I slept some but my heart was full of praise and thanksgiving to God. . . . My mind this night is especially elevated and I am breathing in the atmosphere of heaven. . . . I am thinking and thinking--too happy to sleep.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 10-11 (Diary 16, pp. 424-427).                                         -53-  {MR1033 52.6}
[MR1033 53.1]                   Washington, D. C., Sabbath, December 27, 1890          Rose at four o'clock and felt the peace and assurance of Jesus Christ as I offered up my humble prayer. Last evening, in our season of prayer at the commencement of the Sabbath, the Lord's presence was with us. . . .  {MR1033 53.1}
[MR1033 53.2]          Again during the night season I was in Battle Creek, and was bearing a most decided testimony to the men whom the people have chosen to be representative men in our institution--the publishing house. . . .  {MR1033 53.2}
[MR1033 53.3]          Spoke in the hall to the church in Washington. The hall was well filled and I had much freedom in speaking from 2 Peter 1, showing the necessity of practical godliness.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 12, 14 (Diary 16, pp. 428, 430-431).  {MR1033 53.3}
[MR1033 53.4]                   Washington, D. C., Sunday, December 28, 1890          In company with Elder Washburn, Sara McEnterfer and I left Washington at nine o'clock for Baltimore to meet a previous appointment at eleven o'clock. We learned the cars did not stop at the station where we had written for them to meet us, and no one was waiting for us at the next station. We met Sister Harris on the train and all four of us went on our way to find the place of meeting. It was not readily found. We walked from street to street. It was bitterly cold, but the air was bracing and good food for the lungs. After wandering about nearly one hour we were just as much in the dark as when we began the search. We searched directories in vain. We decided to take the streetcar and see where that would take us. This was wise. I believe the Lord suggested this to our minds. On the car was a colored sister just going to the meeting, and she directed us so we found the little hall, away out in the country. The hall was literally packed with believers and unbelievers. They had been waiting one hour, fearing that we would not come. How rejoiced were our brethren to see us!  {MR1033 53.4}
[MR1033 53.5]         The meeting was opened at once. I spoke from John 14, dwelling particularly upon that portion which refers to the commandments of God, verses 15, 21-26. The Lord strengthened and blessed me in speaking to the people. . . .  {MR1033 53.5}
[MR1033 53.6]          There were quite a number of the First-day Adventists present. They are believers in the age to come, and disbelievers in the preexistence of Christ before He came to our world. Although I had not the slightest knowledge of the faith of those present, being a stranger to the people, yet the remarks were so fitting to those present that Brother Jones, elder of the church, said he                                         -54-     thought they would accuse him of telling me; but we came directly into the meeting without one word of conversation with anyone. I dwelt particularly upon the divine character of Jesus Christ.  {MR1033 53.6}
[MR1033 54.1]          We walked a short distance to Brother and Sister Jones' and became acquainted a little with their family. We were much pleased with the family. We took dinner with them and then stepped into a hack provided for us that took us to the station. We were obliged to wait three quarters of an hour for the cars, for they were behind time, but we got on board the train and were soon comfortably seated. We reached Washington about four o'clock. Friends were glad to see us.  {MR1033 54.1}
[MR1033 54.2]          Elder Washburn remained to hold meetings Sunday ［night］. I was not well. My heart troubled me. Great pain was in my heart, something of the same nature that I suffered in California. I could sleep but little that night. We decided when this pain came on me so unexpectedly that I would not be able to attend the meetings we designed in Philadelphia, Ohio, and Williamsport. As I had no appointments out it was thought best to return home to Battle Creek. All urged us to do this when they learned how sick I was.--Ms. 53, 1890, pp. 18-20 (Diary 16, pp. 439-442).  {MR1033 54.2}
[MR1033 54.3]                   En route From Washington, D. C., to Battle Creek                           Monday, December 29, 1890            I had a suffering night and left Washington at eleven o'clock a.m. We took the sleeper. Paid for only one berth, three dollars and a half. Sara would not pay for an extra berth and rode in day coach and saved the three dollars and a half. We tried to get a cup of hot drink, as there was a dining car attached to the train, but they said they had not any, so we ate our home lunch and relished it. They did not seem pleased because we did not patronize the dining car, but in all my travels I do not create expense by visiting restaurants, or patronizing dining cars. We carry our simple lunch and are perfectly satisfied. I have eaten only twice in the dining car in all my journeyings and I feel it my duty to bind about expenses and not make the conference pay large bills for me to gratify my appetite. Our simple lunch of dry bread suffices me.--Ms. 53, 1890, p. 20 (Diary 16, p. 443).                                         -55-  {MR1033 54.3}
[MR1033 55.1]               Battle Creek, Michigan, Tuesday, December 30, 1890          We changed cars early in the morning. Waited 40 minutes. Stepped into a restaurant across the street and called for warm drink--hot water and milk-- and were refreshed. We were soon seated in the cars for Toledo. Without delay we took streetcars for the next depot while a dray took our trunks across. We found cars open and we took our seats in them. They did not leave for half an hour. I was thankful we performed the journey thus far so comfortably. We reached Battle Creek about three p.m.--Ms. 53, 1890, p. 21 (Diary 16, p. 444).                                         -57-  {MR1033 55.1}
[MR1033 57.1]                  6. ［THE FIRST FIVE OF THESE INSTANCES ARE QUOTED                IN THE PREVIOUS SECTION WITH THE 1890 DIARY ENTRIES.］                Battle Creek, Michigan, January 9, 1891            I have been laboring two months and two-thirds of the third month, constantly, and although I commenced in much feebleness, and afflicted with infirmities, the Lord wrought in behalf of His people. We have seen the salvation of God. In this round of labor I spoke 55 times, and some of these meetings were occasions of most earnest labor, continuing from half-past two till five and six o'clock, but always successful. On one occasion I was much perplexed to know and to understand my duty. I had painful gatherings in my ear that with severe colds made it hard for me. At Salamanca, New York, I was severely afflicted and thought I must return home. I went to my chamber and bowed before God, and before I had even asked, the Lord heard, and revealed Himself; the room seemed to be full of the light and presence of God. I was lifted out of all my discouragements, and was made free and happy. I could not sleep but I praised God with heart and voice. This blessing was just what I needed. Courage and faith and hope were again in lively exercise, and I went on my way rejoicing.--Ms. 2, 1891, p. 1.  {MR1033 57.1}
[MR1033 58.1]         I knelt by my chair to pray, feeling disheartened in reference to my journeying. Many appointments were before me. I had not uttered a word when the whole room seemed filled with a soft, silvery light, and my pain and disappointment and discouragement were removed. I was filled with comfort and hope and the peace of Christ. "My peace will I give unto you." I knew it was upon me. The presence of Jesus was in the room. Genesis 28:12-15. I could better understand the meaning of these words: "And Jacob . . . said, Surely the Lord is in this place; and I knew it not. And he was afraid, and said, How dreadful is this place! This is none other but the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven." And he was in a desolate wilderness.  {MR1033 58.1}
[MR1033 58.2]          Indeed heaven seemed very near to me, and my heart was filled with joy and gladness. I had no inclination to sleep. I wanted to feast upon the heavenly manna, that bread of life that if we eat thereof we shall live forever. What a night that was to my soul! Every breath was prayer mingled with praise to God.--Ms. 44, 1890, pp. 5-6 (Diary 16, p. 289).  {MR1033 58.2}
[MR1033 59.1]         My guide said, "I have a work for you to do. You must speak the words given you by the Lord. After these words have been spoken, your duty here is done. You are not required to enter into details before individuals, whatever may be their position or work, if they do not recognize the voice of God in the message He gives you to bear in His name. All your efforts to remove their doubts will be of no avail if they gather the clouds of darkness about their souls. If you enter into particulars, you weaken the message. It is not you speaking, but the Lord speaking through you. Those who want to know the will of God, who do not desire to follow their own will and judgment, will be easily entreated. They will be ready to discern the right way.  {MR1033 59.1}
[MR1033 59.2]          "The why's and wherefore's are concealed from you, yet speak the words I give you, however painful it may be to you. The ways in which God leads His people are generally mysterious. You have asked to know God's way. Your supplication has been answered. God knows better than you do what is good and essential for His children. He never leads them otherwise than they would wish to be led if they were able to see as clearly as He does what they must do to establish characters that will fit them for the heavenly courts. The people whom God is leading must venture out upon His word. They must walk forward by faith. Truths have been committed to them which they must obey. The work of God is aggressive. No one can stand in a neutral position and yet be a soldier in the Lord's army." . . .  {MR1033 59.2}
[MR1033 59.3]          God would not have large expenditures made to enlarge the facilities here in Battle Creek. More is now located in Battle Creek than they have ability to manage wisely after God's order. . . . The Lord's time to set things in order has fully come. There are men in positions of trust who have not had an experience in the leading out of this work. Therefore these men should walk with humility and caution.  {MR1033 59.3}
[MR1033 59.4]          In the night season I was present in several councils, and there I heard words repeated by influential men to the effect that if the American Sentinel would drop the words "Seventh-day Adventist" from its columns, and would say nothing about the Sabbath, the great men of the world would patronize it. It would become popular and do a larger work. This looked very pleasing. These                                          -60-     men could not see why we could not affiliate with unbelievers and non-professors to make the American Sentinel a great success. I saw their countenances brighten, and they began to work on a policy to make the Sentinel a popular success.  {MR1033 59.4}
[MR1033 60.1]          This policy is the first step in a succession of wrong steps. The principles which have been advocated in the American Sentinel are the very sum and substance of the advocacy of the Sabbath, and when men begin to talk of changing these principles, they are doing a work which it does not belong to them to do. Like Uzzah, they are attempting to steady the ark which belongs to God and is under His special supervision. Said my guide to those in these councils, "Who of the men among you have felt the burden of the cause from the first, and have accepted responsibilities under trying circumstances? Who has carried the burden of the work during the years of its existence? Who has practiced self-denial and self-sacrifice? The Lord made a place for His staunch servants, whose voices have been heard in warning. He carried forward His work before any of you put your hands to it, and He can and will find a place for the truth you would suppress. In the American Sentinel has been published the truth for this time. Take heed what you do. 'Except the Lord build the house, they labor in vain that build it.'"-- Ms. 29, 1890, pp. 1, 3-6 (Diary 16, pp. 321-323, 325-326).  {MR1033 60.1}
[MR1033 60.3]         I was in Battle Creek, and in a council assembled there were ministers and responsible men from the Review office. There were sentiments advanced and with                                            -61-     no very gentle spirit urged to be adopted, which filled me with surprise and apprehension and distress. Years before I had been called to pass over similar ground, and the Lord had revealed to me many things of importance and given me warnings to be given to His people decidedly. I was commanded to hold the same before them perseveringly and not to fail or be discouraged in this work, for the men who ought to live so close to Jesus Christ that they could discern His voice, receive His counsel, and keep His way, would become exalted and would walk in the sparks of their own kindling. They were not spiritual, could not discern the devices of Satan, and were ignorant of his workings in a large degree. They would adopt plans which appeared wise, but Satan was the instigator of these measures. If these men had the molding of the work, God would be dishonored. . . .  {MR1033 60.3}
[MR1033 61.1]          Again and again since 1845 the dangers of the people of God have been laid open before me, showing what would be the perils of the people of God in the last remnant of time. These perils have been shown me down to the present time, and on the night of November 3 there was spread out before me some things I could not comprehend. At the same time assurance was given me that the Lord would not allow His people to be enveloped in the fog of worldly skepticism and infidelity, for Christ would lead all who would follow His voice and be obedient to His commands up from the fog of worldly malaria to the summit above the fog of questioning unbelief, where they might breathe the atmosphere of security and might triumph, standing on the solid Rock, a foundation sure and steadfast.--Ms. 44, 1890, pp. 6-8 (Diary 16, pp. 450- 452).  {MR1033 61.1}
[MR1033 61.2]                        10. Battle Creek, Michigan, March, 1891          At Salamanca November 3, 1890, while bowed in earnest prayer, I seemed to be lost to everything around me, and I was bearing a message to an assembly which seemed to be the General Conference. I was moved by the Spirit of God to say many things, to make most earnest appeals, for the truth was urged upon me that great danger lay before those at the heart of the work.  {MR1033 61.2}
[MR1033 61.3]          I had been, and still was, bowed down with distress of body and of mind. It seemed to me that I must bear a message to our people at Battle Creek. The words were to be in earnest. "Speak the words that I shall give thee, to                                           -62-     prevent their doing things which would separate God from the publishing house and sacrifice pure and holy principles which must be maintained." . . .  {MR1033 61.3}
[MR1033 62.1]          Many things were unfolded to me. The eyes which once wept over impenitent Jerusalem--for their impenitence, their ignorance of God and of Jesus Christ, their Redeemer--were bent upon the great heart of the work in Battle Creek. They were in great peril through forming a confederacy, but they knew it not. They were walking in the sparks of their own kindling. Human impenitence had blinded their eyes, and yet human wisdom was seeking to guide the important interests, especially in the workings and methods of the publishing house. Men's hands had hold of the work. Men's human judgment was gathering in finite hands the lines of control, while God and His will, His way and His counsel were not earnestly, humbly sought--not considered indispensable. Men of stubborn, unbending, iron will were exercising their own traits of character to drive things through on their own judgment.  {MR1033 62.1}
[MR1033 62.2]          I said to them, You cannot do this. The power of control of these large interests cannot be vested wholly in men who have so little experience in the things of God as you manifest. You know not the way of the Lord. All through our ranks truth is misrepresented. The people of God must not have their faith disappointed and shaken in their own institution--the publishing house at Battle Creek--because of the mismanagement of human minds that magnify self.  {MR1033 62.2}
[MR1033 62.3]          If you lay your hand upon the work of the great instrumentality of God--to write your superscription upon it and put your mold upon it--it will be dangerous business for you and disastrous to the work of God. It will be as great a sin in the sight of God as when Uzzah put forth his hand to steady the ark of God. All that God requires of you who have entered into other men's labors, is humbly to do your individual duty. You are to deal justly toward all those employed for the work by the people; you are to love mercy, and walk humbly with your God. This you have not done. Your works testify against you. If you fail to do this, whatever may be your position, whatever your responsibility--if you have as much authority as did Ahab--you will find that God is above you and His sovereignty must and will be supreme.  {MR1033 62.3}
[MR1033 62.4]          In everyone connected with the actual management of the Office, there is altogether too little fear and love and reverence for the God of heaven, and too little faith, genuine faith, in God and His providential workings. . . . You need Jesus at every step. This time--1890--is a period when we may expect God to manifest His power to His people. . . .                                            -63-  {MR1033 62.4}
[MR1033 63.1]          There have been misstatements of messengers and of the messages they bring. How dare you do this? Ridicule and witticisms are poor arguments. Ridicule cheapens the mind of anyone who engages in it, for it separates his soul from God. No confidence should be placed in the judgment of those who do this thing, no weight attached to their advice or resolutions. Caviling and criticism are not in God's order. . . .  {MR1033 63.1}
[MR1033 63.2]          I was present in one of your councils. One arose, and in a very earnest, decided manner, held up a paper. I could read the heading plainly-- American Sentinel. There were criticisms made upon the articles published therein. It was declared that this must be cut out, and that must be changed. Strong words were uttered and a strong unChristlike spirit prevailed. My guide gave me words to speak to the ones who were present who were not slow to make their accusations.  {MR1033 63.2}
[MR1033 63.3]          In substance I will state the reproof given: That there was a spirit of strife in the midst of the council. The Lord had not presided in their councils and their minds and hearts were not under the controlling influence of the Spirit of God. Let the adversaries of our faith be the ones to instigate and develop the plans which are being formed. While not all the plans are objectionable, principles are being brought in which will dishonor God. . . .  {MR1033 63.3}
[MR1033 63.4]          I have a warning to give to this body assembled in this house in General Conference. ［THESE WORDS FROM P. 510 OF THE 1890 DIARY MAY HAVE BEEN WRITTEN EARLY SUNDAY MORNING, MARCH 8, 1891. THE GENERAL CONFERENCE SESSION CONVENED ON MARCH 5 AND CONTINUED FOR THREE WEEKS.］ There is danger of our institutions creating plans and ways and means that mean not success, but defeat. I dare not let this Conference close and those assembled return to their homes without telling you to consider carefully every proposition presented, every plan laid before you. Give not hastily to these plans your "yea" and "amen," and be not carried away with propositions that appear innocent, but whose end is disaster and forfeiture of the favor of God. . . .  {MR1033 63.4}
[MR1033 63.5]         Your strong spirit is not to become a power to rule. Your loud, contentious councils are not in harmony with Christ or His manner and His ways. . . . Do not think that when the latter rain comes you will be a vessel unto honor to receive the showers of blessing--even the glory of God--when you have been lifting                                              -64-     up your souls unto vanity, speaking perverse things, secretly cherishing the roots of bitterness you brought to Minneapolis, which you have carefully cultivated and watered ever since.--Ms. 40, 1890, pp. 1-2, 23, 26-30 (Diary 16, pp. 457-459, 500, 504, 506-507, 510-511, 513).  {MR1033 63.5}
[MR1033 64.1]               11. Battle Creek, Michigan, Wednesday, March 11, ［THE                DATE GIVEN IN THE DIARY IS NOT CLEAR.］ 1891            I awakened in the morning with a decided impression that I should go into the ministers' meeting, and bear the message which the Lord had given me at Salamanca, New York, in our three months' tour. I went into the meeting and bore the testimony given of God in the demonstration of the Spirit and power of God. I told them the Lord had opened before me many things.  {MR1033 64.1}
[MR1033 64.3]         Brother Ballenger, deeply affected, arose and said, "I was in that council meeting which was held last night until a late hour, and Sister White has                                             -65-     described it accurately. The very words she says she heard spoken were spoken last night. I was on the wrong side of the question, and now take my position on the right side." His testimony was well wet down with tears and humble confession.  {MR1033 64.3}
[MR1033 65.1]          I was greatly astonished. I thought that this meeting had been held at the time it was presented to me.  {MR1033 65.1}
[MR1033 65.2]          My soul is exceeding troubled. The publishing institutions are receiving a mold that is not after the similitude of God.--Ms. 42, 1891, p. 5. (Diary 17, pp. 111-112).  {MR1033 65.2}
[MR1033 65.3]                    12. Healdsburg, California (?), October, 1891 (?)              Letter to Dr. W. P. Burke at the St. Helena Health Retreat            While at Salamanca, New York, in November, 1890, I had a very remarkable experience. I had been greatly afflicted and discouraged in consequence of physical suffering. The pain in my head and ears was almost unbearable, yet I filled my appointments. The last time I spoke, because of gatherings in my head I told my son I must return home at once, although important meetings were before me in Brooklyn, New York, and Washington, D.C. I could scarcely hear my own voice and was so weak I staggered as I walked. I went to my chamber and knelt to pray when the whole room was lighted up with the presence of Jesus. I was lifted above all discouragement and was made all light in the Lord and praised Him aloud. This night many things were opened before me in regard to our institutions. The condition of conferences and churches was shown me and I immediately ［ELLEN WHITE MAY BE REFERRING TO HER NOVEMBER 25 ENTRY (SEE THE ENTRY UNDER THIS DATE, ABOVE), WHICH IS TRANSCRIBED FROM PP. 335-342 OF HER DIARY.］ wrote out many things in my diary.  {MR1033 65.3}
[MR1033 65.4]         When I returned to Battle Creek there was the Ministerial Institute and the Conference wherein I labored exceedingly hard. Then went to Petoskey to rest, but the college institute was nine miles from Petoskey, at Harbor Springs. Here I labored for five weeks, then returned to Battle Creek and attended the Michigan Conference, and then left ［ELLEN WHITE LEFT BATTLE CREEK ON SEPT. 9, 1891. TEN YEARS ELAPSED BEFORE SHE SAW THAT CITY AGAIN.］ for Colorado and California.  {MR1033 65.4}
[MR1033 65.5]         I had written some things to you while in Battle Creek, but could not find the matter in my tarry in Petoskey.--Letter 48, 1891, pp. 1-2.                                           -67-  {MR1033 65.5}
[MR1033 67.1]                     14. Melbourne, Australia, January 9, 1893          During the night I . . . passed through an experience similar to that which I had at Salamanca, New York, two years ago. When I awoke from my first short sleep, light seemed to be all around me, the room seemed to be full of heavenly angels. The Spirit of God was upon me, and my heart was full to overflowing. Oh, what love was burning in my heart! I was exclaiming aloud, "Lord Jesus, I love Thee; Thou knowest that I love Thee. My heavenly Father, I praise Thee with my whole heart. 'For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life' (John 3:16). 'The path of the just is as the shining light, that shineth more and more unto the perfect day' (Proverbs 4:18). Jesus, my Redeemer, the Representative of the Father, I put my trust in Thee."  {MR1033 67.1}
[MR1033 67.2]          My peace was like a river, I seemed to be shut in with God, in sweet communion with Him through my waking and sleeping hours. What high and holy privileges seemed to be mine in the love of Jesus, His life and His guardianship.--Letter 20a, 1893 (To Captain C. Eldridge in Battle Creek); This Day With God, p. 17.  {MR1033 67.2}
[MR1033 67.3]                       15. Cooranbong, Australia, May 16, 1898          I have not been able to sleep tonight, for vivid scenes have come up before me, in figures and symbols. I have been shown the condition of the people of God who have trusted in man and made flesh their arm. The state of the Michigan Conference is pitiable, but it is not beyond remedy, if the people will turn to the Lord with all the heart.  {MR1033 67.3}
[MR1033 67.4]          The present existing state of things was made to pass before me while I was at Salamanca, and I then gave testimony before those assembled in the tabernacle. I did not speak my own words, but the words of the Lord. The power of God was upon me. Cautions, warnings, and reproof have been given to the men in responsible positions. If without delay these men had sought the Lord, He would have been found of them. Some did receive the message then, and since that time they have placed themselves under the banner of the great Leader. But those who did not walk in the light, who did not seek to do the Lord's will according to His appointment, have brought disaster upon the cause and reproach upon the people to whom God has entrusted most solemn truth, which He would have them                                          -68-     proclaim without faltering.--Letter 41, 1898, pp. 1-2 (To A. R. Henry, who was a financial officer and advisor to several S.D.A. institutions in Battle Creek).  {MR1033 67.4}
[MR1033 68.1]                16. Takoma Park, Maryland, Sabbath, May 20, 1905          I am not able to sleep past one o'clock. I was aroused to write out some things that have been impressed on my mind. Not long ago I met Elder Ballenger in the hall of the building in which we have rooms. As I spoke to him, it came vividly to my mind that this was the man whom I had seen in an assembly bringing before those present certain subjects, and placing upon passages in the Word of God a construction that could not be maintained as truth. He was gathering together a mass of scriptures such as would confuse minds because of his assertions and his misapplication of these scriptures, for the application was misleading and had not the bearing upon the subject of all which he claimed justified his position. Anyone can do this, and will follow his example to testify to a false position; but it was his own. I said to him, You are the one whom the Lord presented before me in Salamanca, as standing with a party who were urging that if the Sabbath truth were left out of the Sentinel, the circulation of that paper would be largely increased. You were the one that wept and confessed your mistakes, and we had the power of the Holy Spirit in that early morning meeting.  {MR1033 68.1}
[MR1033 68.2]          I had been very sick ［at Salamanca］ and yet had tried to speak to the people, and the Lord had strengthened me greatly. I had not knowledge of my words. The Lord spoke indeed through me. After I had given my last talk, my sufferings were so severe as to become almost unendurable.  {MR1033 68.2}
[MR1033 68.3]          A list of appointments had been sent out for me to fill on my way from Salamanca to Battle Creek. It seemed impossible for me to fill these appointments. I went to my room and bowed in prayer. I had not been able to utter a word of prayer before the room was lighted up with the glory of God and scenes passed before me. I saw an assembly in a room in Battle Creek, and one standing up held up the Sentinel and said, "The Sabbath question must be cut out of this paper; then the circulation will be largely increased and the truth will come before thousands."  {MR1033 68.3}
[MR1033 68.4]          One of authority came forward and said solemnly, "Bind up the testimony and seal the law among my disciples." Then came the reproof, decided, firm, and                                           -69-     cutting; "The Sabbath truth is to be proclaimed. It is the truth for these last days." The words found in Exodus 31:12-18 were repeated with great solemnity.  {MR1033 68.4}
[MR1033 69.1]          I cannot now repeat all the things connected with the meeting, but I know that the steps which had been anticipated were not taken. The working of the Spirit of God was in that meeting.  {MR1033 69.1}
[MR1033 69.2]          That night was a most solemn one for me. There came to my mind the truth that we have been proclaiming since the passing of the time in 1844, when the message came to us regarding the mistake we were making in keeping the first day of the week. We had Bible evidence and the testimony of the Spirit of the Lord that we were keeping a day that bore no sanctity, and that in so doing we were transgressing the law of God. This message we have borne ever since; and I solemnly asked, Are our people now to cut out the Sabbath message from the Sentinel and heed the advice and counsel of worldly men, keeping the Sentinel from carrying this most important truth to the world?  {MR1033 69.2}
[MR1033 69.3]          I could not sleep much that night. The next morning we started for Washington. I was taken very ill, and it was thought best for Sara and me to return to Battle Creek and not attend the meetings that were laid out for me on my journey.  {MR1033 69.3}
[MR1033 69.4]          When I arrived at Battle Creek, I learned that our leading brethren had asked the Lord in prayer to send me direct to Battle Creek. Meetings were being held in the various rooms of the Tabernacle. ［ON JAN. 13, 1891, ELLEN WHITE WROTE, "E. J. WAGGONER CAME IN LATE LAST EVENING AND WE HAD A TALK IN REGARD TO THE MINISTERS' MEETINGS NOW BEING HELD. HE REJOICED THAT THERE WAS AN ENTIRELY DIFFERENT ATMOSPHERE PERVADING THE MEETINGS THAN WAS IN THE MINISTERIAL INSTITUTE LAST YEAR" (MS. 40, 1891, P. 12). THESE MEETINGS, AT WHICH ELLEN WHITE WAS A FREQUENT SPEAKER, CONTINUED UNTIL FEBRUARY 27, ONE WEEK BEFORE THE OPENING OF THE 1891 GENERAL CONFERENCE SESSION.］ One morning I was awakened before daylight. It was as if a voice spoke to me, Attend the morning meeting. ［ELLEN WHITE IS OBVIOUSLY REFERRING TO THE MEMORABLE MEETING OF MARCH 8, 1891. SHE TELESCOPED EVENTS SOMEWHAT AS SHE RECALLED THE EXPERIENCE THROUGH WHICH SHE PASSED 14 YEARS EARLIER.］ I                                          -70-     arose and dressed, and walked across the road to the meeting. As I went into the room, the brethren were in prayer. I united my prayer with those of the rest, praying with great earnestness. The Spirit of the Lord was in the meeting and my soul was deeply stirred. After the season of prayer, I arose to speak and bore a decided testimony with the Spirit and power of God, relating my experience in Salamanca and telling them what the Lord had revealed to me in the vision of the night.  {MR1033 69.4}
[MR1033 70.1]         After I had borne a decided testimony, Brother Ballenger arose, all broken-hearted and weeping, and said, "I receive this testimony as from the Lord. I was in that meeting last night, and I was on the wrong side."  {MR1033 70.1}
[MR1033 70.2]          What was my surprise to learn that the light I had in Salamanca was given me some time before this meeting was held. The Lord had prepared the way for me to return to Battle Creek and bear my message in the early morning meeting, directly after the evening meeting. I had been shown that steps would be taken to have the Sentinel no longer speak boldly upon the question of the true Sabbath of the Lord. The circumstances were such that on this occasion the excuse could not possibly be used, "Somebody has told her." No one had an opportunity to see me or speak with me between the evening meeting and the morning meeting that I attended. ［ELLEN WHITE'S POSITION IS VERY CLEAR. SHE BELIEVED THAT GOD SUPERNATURALLY LED IN THIS EXPERIENCE BECAUSE THE DETAILS OF THE SECRET MIDNIGHT MEETING WERE REVEALED TO HER BEFORE IT TOOK PLACE, AND BECAUSE SHE WAS ABLE TO RELATE THAT INFORMATION PUBLICLY BEFORE ANYONE HAD OPPORTUNITY TO TELL HER ABOUT IT. SHE MADE NO POINT OF THE TIME WHEN SHE RECORDED THESE DETAILS IN HER DIARY.］  {MR1033 70.2}
[MR1033 70.3]         I bore the message that the Lord gave me, and some made confession with broken hearts and contrite spirits.--Ms. 59, 1905, pp. 1-4.  {MR1033 70.3}
[1SAT 0.2]     Table of Contents    Reference                                                           Page    Ms    1, 1873  A Dream About Value of Teamwork ..................... 1  Ms    8, 1874  Called to the Wedding Feast ......................... 4  Ms    5, 1884  Diet and Health ..................................... 10  Ms    5, 1885  Hearing and Doing ................................... 13  Ms   6a, 1886  Preparation for the Judgment ........................ 25  Ms    9, 1886  Having Our Conversation In Heaven ................... 39  Ms   81, 1886  Preach the Third Angel's Message; Avoid Trivial                  Topics ............................................. 48  Ms   26, 1888  Remarks at Minneapolis, Minn. ....................... 52  Ms   13, 1888  The Minister's Relationship to God's Word ........... 61  Ms   18, 1888  Religious Liberty ................................... 78  Ms    2, 1889  Picking Flaws ....................................... 93  Ms    3, 1889  Behold Christ's Glory ............................... 98  Ms    4, 1889  Preparation for Christ's Coming ..................... 102  Ms    5, 1889  Christ and the Law .................................. 105  Ms    9, 1890  Responding to New Light ............................. 120  Ms   10, 1890  Who Will Accept the Light From Heaven? .............. 129  Ms    2, 1890  The Spirit of Discernment ........................... 139  Ms    2, 1890  Cherishing Faith, Not Doubt ......................... 143  Ms   83, 1891  The Importance of Exercising Faith .................. 150  Ms   29, 1891  The Danger of an Independent Spirit; Counsel of                  Experienced Workers Needed in Australia,                  New Zealand, and Everywhere ........................ 155  Ms   11, 1891  Remarks by Ellen G. White at the Michigan Conference                  Meeting ............................................ 162  Ms   35, 1891  Work and Baptism of Holy Spirit Needed .............. 171  Ms   36, 1891  Fruits of Conversion ................................ 194  Ms   50, 1893  Temperance .......................................... 214  Ms   10, 1894  Keep the Commandments ............................... 227  Ms   12, 1894  Eternal Life ........................................ 239  Ms  43a, 1894  Seeking Heavenly Treasures .......................... 250  Ms   39, 1895  "Walk in the Spirit" ................................ 271  Ms  41a, 1896  Camp Meeting Message on True Education .............. 278  Ms  107, 1898  The Ministry ........................................ 292  Ms   38, 1899  The Will of God Concerning You ...................... 300  Ms  93a, 1899  Talk Faith, and Move Forward ........................ 304  Ms   13, 1900  Words to Students ................................... 312  Ms   31, 1901  The Christian Life .................................. 318  Ms 125a, 1902  The Student's Privilege ............................. 330  Ms  125, 1902  Words to Students ................................... 334  Ms   46, 1904  The Foundation of Our Faith ......................... 340  Ms   27, 1906  Instruction to Sanitarium and Restaurant Workers .... 349  Ms   95, 1906  Lessons From the Fifteenth of Romans ................ 360  Ms  125, 1907  Lessons From the Visions of Ezekiel ................. 384  Ms   49, 1908  Lessons From the Experiences of Pentecost ........... 391  Ms   97, 1909  I Am the True Vine .................................. 397  {1SAT 0.2}
[1SAT 1.1]     A Dream About Value of Teamwork         While at Healdsburg I dreamed ［of］ seeing several span of horses harnessed to machinery which they were to draw. My husband stood looking on to see if the harness was of sufficient strength to hold in making the required effort. The horses started drawing the load.  {1SAT 1.1}
[1SAT 1.2]          Two horses from the number rushed out of their places and began to tug at the load, but could not start it one inch because they did not work in unison with the other horses. These looked back and seemed to think that the moving of the load depended upon them. They went first ［to］ one side and then ［to］ another, and became nervous and broke loose from the other horses and jumped in ahead of them all. In the act they were, they thought, taking the load when they were not stirring it. If these horses had kept their places they might have drawn their part of the load and been of important service, but when they rushed in ahead of the leading horses they were not drawing the load and were in the way, hindering the other horses from working.  {1SAT 1.2}
[1SAT 1.3]          I thought my husband struck these horses sharply with the whip. One turned to him, and said, "Don't strike so hard; you cut deep. We had zeal to start this load and we thought no one could start it but us. We see we have not moved it, but hindered its moving, but a check was all we needed, not to be cut on like balky horses. We will fall back on our traces and draw with the rest."  {1SAT 1.3}
[1SAT 1.4]          I awoke, and fell asleep the same night, and dreamed that my husband was trying to right matters in the church at Battle Creek. There was                                              -2-     difficulty. There were two or three that thought they had wisdom to bring the church into good working order. They wished to rearrange the church, and then they said it would be free. These men and women had a machine of their own to work, but the machine of each was united with a larger machine. Every one must keep his or her hand employed on his or her own machine, and then the larger machinery worked beautifully and every revolution of the great wheel was exact and harmonious. If any neglected this machine which was connected with the great machinery, every revolution of the large wheel made a disagreeable noise which disturbed not only the building it was in, but the building across the road jarred and shook.  {1SAT 1.4}
[1SAT 2.1]          I saw two in particular leave their machines and ［they］ were watching the large wheel in the great machinery and were seeking to correct the great wheel, to have it more harmoniously and regularly. Instead of helping the difficulty, the machinery made a more disagreeable noise. I thought if all would stand by their own machines and diligently and faithfully do their own work correctly, there would be no trouble with the large machinery. But the noise of the large machine called the attention of several from their work. This difficulty was now to be settled. All wanted to know why the large machine ran so heavily, the wheel groaning at every revolution.  {1SAT 2.1}
[1SAT 2.2]          My husband spoke very decidedly and sharply. Said he, "You who left your own machine to correct the large wheel were out of your place. Had you kept by your own machines and worked them correctly, the large machine would have been all right." I thought my husband spoke very earnestly and reproved those who left their own work to attend to that which was not their work. Those that had been the most to blame said, "Do not be so severe. We                                              -3-     thought we were carrying out your express directions in doing as we have done. But all we needed was a word and we would see our error. We thought everything was going to pieces, therefore left the very work we should have done, to save such a calamity, and sought to correct the large machinery, and so we made things very much worse.--Ms. 1, 1873. (MR 900.14).  {1SAT 2.2}
[1SAT 4.1]       Called to the Wedding Feast    (Sermon by Ellen G. White In Washington, Township, Iowa, Cir. 1874.)         The words which I have selected as a foundation for a few remarks you will find in the 22nd chapter of Matthew, beginning at the first verse. ［Verses 1-10, quoted.］  {1SAT 4.1}
[1SAT 4.2]         The portion of Scripture presented before us, which I have referred to and have presented before your minds, is of intense meaning--much more than I am able to explain. It is of great interest to us, and we should consider it, and let it have due weight upon our minds. We find by perusing God's sacred Word of inspiration that when the promised Messiah, the Son of God, came into the world His own people, even His own nation--the Jews--would not and did not receive Him. As we are told in the first chapter of St. John, "He came unto His own, and His own received Him not" (John 1:11).  {1SAT 4.2}
[1SAT 4.3]          The provision was made, but they would not receive it. The Father Himself provided a ransom, even a sacrifice. His own dear Son submitted Himself to His Father's requirements, came into this sinful world, became a man of sorrow and acquainted with grief. He went about doing good, speaking in tones of tenderness, saying in the deepest and most fervent and sweetest accents ever uttered, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart"; and He assures us we shall find rest to our souls.  {1SAT 4.3}
[1SAT 4.4]          "Again, he sent forth other servants, saying, Tell them which are bidden, Behold, I have prepared my dinner: my oxen and my fatlings are killed, and all things are ready: come unto the marriage. But they made light of it, and went their ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandise."                                             -5-  {1SAT 4.4}
[1SAT 5.1]          The great King Himself hath made a marriage for His Son. He hath sent forth His servants for many hundreds of years, saying, "Come, for all things are ready." But how little do the ［people of the］ world heed the invitation! They make light of it and go their ways to their worldly pursuits and worldly pleasures, the same as they have done for centuries. But the King sendeth forth His armies and destroys those murders and burns up their city, and we are told in the ninth chapter of Daniel, the 26th verse, that "the people of the Prince that shall come shall destroy the city...; and the end thereof shall be with a flood."  {1SAT 5.1}
[1SAT 5.2]          "Then saith he to his servants, The wedding is ready, but they which were bidden were not worthy. Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many as ye shall find, bid to the marriage."  {1SAT 5.2}
[1SAT 5.3]          In the 14th chapter of Luke, verse 16, we find that there was made a great supper and many were bidden. Servants were sent forth to say to those that were bidden, "Come; for all things are now ready" ［verse 17］. But they made excuses.  {1SAT 5.3}
[1SAT 5.4]         The King of the kingdom hath made a marriage supper for His Son. He hath sent forth His servants to say to those which are bidden, "Come to the marriage." The Lord is sending His servants, saying unto all who will hear, "Come, make ready for the great marriage supper of the Lamb; He is soon coming to receive all the faithful to the mansions prepared by Him, to partake of the feast which He hath prepared." He is sending, and hath been sending His servants for some thirty years past to say unto His people, "Come, make ready, put on your wedding garments; clothe yourselves with meekness, humility, and truth, and have yourselves clad in the righteousness of Christ, that you may be                                             -6-     able to appear before Him, and enter into the guest chamber with those who shall sit with Me at the wedding of My Son."  {1SAT 5.4}
[1SAT 6.1]          All must be clothed with the wedding garment in order to be accepted, lest we be found speechless.  {1SAT 6.1}
[1SAT 6.2]          Is it not of the greatest importance that we be found having on the robe of righteousness, that we be ready when the Bridegroom cometh to enter in to the marriage supper? May we heed the invitation given and make ourselves ready that we may have admittance into the Master's house, that He say not unto us that none which were bidden shall taste of His supper. In the parable, those who were bidden heeded not its invitation, but continued excusing themselves, feasting upon the pleasures of this world as the masses do at the present time.  {1SAT 6.2}
[1SAT 6.3]          The servants of God are inviting and entreating them to come away from the alluring scenes of this vain and fleeting world, to make ready for the marriage supper, but they will not come. We hear them saying, There's no danger; tomorrow shall be as this day and much more abundant; no need of being disturbed. We must needs attend to farms and merchandise and the things of this life, lest we lose worldly interests, and become poor and suffer want. They forget that He who careth for the little sparrows and clotheth the lilies of the field, careth for the humble, trusting soul, and will guide and direct all those who are ready to do His will, and bestow upon His dear children such things as they need. To all who through patience and perseverance overcome, He hath promised to give a crown of never fading glory, a robe of righteousness, and an entrance into the beautiful city of our God.  {1SAT 6.3}
[1SAT 6.4]          This same King is sending forth His servants today. He is inviting His guests, saying, "Come, for all things are now ready." The Lord of the marriage                                             -7-     is soon coming: behold, He is at the door. Delay not to open the door, lest He turn away from receiving you and you enter not into the marriage feast. Open the door and receive the Master, that you may enter into the mansions of everlasting rest and never fading glory prepared for all those that love Him. Who will make ready for the coming of Him who hath said, "Behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give to every man according as his work shall be" ［Revelation 22:12］.  {1SAT 6.4}
[1SAT 7.1]          If we neglect our spiritual interests, neglect to offer up spiritual sacrifices acceptable unto God, which is our reasonable duty, we become entangled with the trifling cares of this life. If we even once omit our daily duty of calling upon God for His divine aid, His care and protection, we lose one day's enjoyment. We have not the sweet, melting influence of God's Holy Spirit attending us through the day, but we feel cast down and easily discouraged. The enemy of souls is ready to take advantage ［of us］ and often does, bringing us into captivity and sin.  {1SAT 7.1}
[1SAT 7.2]          We may sometimes be cumbered about much serving, like Martha; but how much more commendable was the act of Mary, who sat and listened to the teachings of Jesus. He says, "Martha, thou art careful and troubled about many things: but . . . . Mary hath chosen that good part, which shall not be taken away from her" (Luke 10:41, 42).  {1SAT 7.2}
[1SAT 7.3]          How many times the things of this vain, deceitful world come between us and our eternal interests! Temporal things spring up within our hearts and choke those things which are spiritual. We permit the enemy of righteousness to persuade us that we should attend to the things of this life. We now and then neglect greater duties lest we suffer want. If we faithfully entreat God to                                             -8-     give us strength and to perform temporal duties, and at the same time to give us grace and wisdom to overcome evil; if we have our hopes centered above and our conversation in heaven, whence we look for the Son of man who has bidden to the marriage all who will come: who has gone up on high to prepare mansions for all those who love and keep His sayings, and has told us He is coming to receive us, we may enter in to the wedding feast with Him, that where He is there we may be also. If we turn away from those calls and invitations, what will be the consequence?  {1SAT 7.3}
[1SAT 8.1]          In the 13th chapter of the Acts of the Apostles, 46th verse, we find that if we put God's work from us, and judge ourselves unworthy of everlasting life, we have no reason to expect an entrance into the kingdom. The 24th verse of the 14th chapter of Luke informs us that "none of those men which were bidden shall taste of my supper."  {1SAT 8.1}
[1SAT 8.2]          The great eternal Father has prepared a marriage feast for His Son. Will we give heed to His servants who have been and are being sent forth to proclaim unto us the solemn invitation? Or shall we make light of it? Oh, why refuse to make ready for the marriage of the Son of God? There is room for all who will accept the invitation. None can say ［that］ those things were not duly represented. Remember, when the good man returns, those who are ready will go in to the feast and the door will be shut, and there will be no further entrance, for we read that when "the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door" (Luke 13:25), then those who would find admittance will hear the answer, "I know you not. . . ; depart from Me."  {1SAT 8.2}
[1SAT 8.3]          May we heed well the solemn warning and make ready to enter into the wedding, that His house may be filled. God's Word informs us, "Blessed are they                                            -9-     that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" (Revelation 22:14). May we be found faithful, and give diligence to our calling, and possess the promised reward of the faithful, is my prayer.--Ms 8, 1874. (MR 900.56)  {1SAT 8.3}
[1SAT 10.1]       Diet and Health    Notes on Sermon Preached by Mrs. E. G. White at  Los Angeles, California, May 16,1884         We are required, whether we eat or drink, to do all to the glory of God. One of the signs that we are in the last days is that this is not done. "As it was in the days of Lot." Luke 17:28. Minds are too largely occupied with thoughts of what to eat or drink or wear. Men have no time to think of what will fit them for eternal life. Shall we not act like rational beings? The greatest question that ever occupied the human mind is, What shall I do to be saved? If the thoughts take a low plane, the character will be correspondingly low. But if the thoughts are led to grapple with the difficult problems in the Bible, the mind and character will be strengthened. In the world much time is given to matters of eating and drinking and dressing. Shall we be like the world, or shall we show that we cannot spend our time as they do? Be careful not to go to extremes.  {1SAT 10.1}
[1SAT 10.2]          In regard to tea, coffee, tobacco, etc., we know that we have no use for any of these things. I have just seen a man who had sold his reason to drink. We don't want to be dependent on any of these things. As a people we are strictly temperate. We believe that using tobacco goes side by side with liquor drinking. We would present the pledge as much to the tobacco devotee as to the liquor drinker.  {1SAT 10.2}
[1SAT 10.3]          We should pay attention to diet. Three meals a day are as many as anyone requires, and in many cases two are better than three. But while you take the three meals do not encourage your children to eat at all times. Bring your fruit upon the table. As for preserves, they are not best for us. Some simple                                            -11-     pies that are not injurious may be used. As to discarding salt absolutely, I do not think we should.  {1SAT 10.3}
[1SAT 11.1]          Some conscientious souls have dropped everything at once and have not used anything to supply the place of the meat, etc., which they have dropped. Persons become debilitated on account of such sudden changes. Could we have the assurance that the meat is healthful, there would not be so much objection to its use. But very much of it is diseased. Men have flocks and herds with disease; and they are sold for the market even when they are dying from disease. I once found a most disgusting scrofulous sore in a quarter of lamb that was apparently very healthy. You cannot tell that meat is healthy even when highly recommended. How much of this is eaten!  {1SAT 11.1}
[1SAT 11.2]          Animals are maltreated on the way to the slaughterhouse. There was one case of an animal that refused to go to the butcher. Its eyes were put out, it was pounded almost to a jelly, and finally dragged to slaughter and sold in market.  {1SAT 11.2}
[1SAT 11.3]          As for pork, I never have anything to do with it because God tells me not to touch it, and He knows best. It is a scavenger. Its only use is to gather up filth. God does not want us to become scavengers to the scavengers. Our safest position is to do as the Lord tells us.  {1SAT 11.3}
[1SAT 11.4]          We want to eat that which will give us the best quality of blood. Hadn't we better be studying the Bible than spending our time fixing up so many varieties of food? Have few kinds at a time and change often. Don't have the very same things right along all the time. Not many varieties at one meal, but varieties at different meals--this is the best plan. Food must be palatable in order to be nourishing.                                            -12-  {1SAT 11.4}
[1SAT 12.1]          ［The secretary who was taking notes on Ellen White's sermon reports that Sister White "related experiences in experimenting on doing without salt or any seasoning whatever; also in doing without meat; and in coming down to two meals a day." The secretary recorded no details concerning these experiences.］  {1SAT 12.1}
[1SAT 12.2]          We don't make the health reform an iron bedstead, cutting people off or stretching them out to fit it. One person cannot be a standard for everybody else. What we want is a little sprinkling of good common sense. Don't be extremists. If you err, it would be better to err on the side of the people than on the side where you cannot reach them. Do not be peculiar for the sake of being peculiar. Away with cake. Persons may kill themselves with sweets. More harm is done to children by sweets than by anything else. The best food that I have obtained is the rolls.  {1SAT 12.2}
[1SAT 12.3]          Dry food is better than so much wet food. Eat what the system requires to produce good blood. Poverty of diet will produce disease of the blood. Be regular in your meals. Have wholesome food at all times, and make no difference for company.--Ms 5, 1884. (MR 900.48)  {1SAT 12.3}
[1SAT 13.1]       Hearing and Doing    Sermon at Santa Rosa, California  Sabbath, March 7, 1885  Text: Matthew 7:22-28         Here are brought before us two classes--the hearer and the doer. There is one that hears and does not; there is one that hears and does. This is he that not only hears but is a doer of the Word of the Lord: and this is the class that is building on the Rock. We want to be among the class that is riveted to the eternal Rock, and not of that class that is building upon the sand. For in these two classes of builders brought to view here, the one is laying his foundation in the sand, the other on the rocks. And the question comes home to us, How are we building?  {1SAT 13.1}
[1SAT 13.2]          How we are building is of great consequence. We want to know that the foundation is deep, so that the floods shall not move us. Our salvation cost something; it cost us the blood of the Son of God. While everything has been done that can be done to bring us into right relation with God, we want to think much of every privilege brought to us, and not to be always questioning God's dealings with us, whether this is right or that is right; but pursue a course that will stand the test of His law, a test that shall work out for us an eternal weight of glory.  {1SAT 13.2}
[1SAT 13.3]          God demands of us that we build a character that will stand that close test of the judgment. We will not have His protection in the time when the                                            -14-     flood comes, if at that time it is found that we have wasted the hours of probation granted us now to build characters for eternity. For the character which we now build is not only for time, but for eternity. Those that are set forth in this parable as building on the sand are they that feel that they are all right. They come right up before the Lord and say, I have done this, I have done that. "Many will say unto me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works?" But this goes for nothing to the Lord. "Then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity." (See Matthew 7:22, 23)  {1SAT 13.3}
[1SAT 14.1]         What is iniquity? Sin. And what is sin? Sin, says the beloved John, is the transgression of the law. Here is a class that is transgressing the law of God, and at the same time they come to Him boasting of what they have done, expecting His favor. And it is this class that is here represented as building on the sand. They have erected a standard of their own.  {1SAT 14.1}
[1SAT 14.2]          What is a perfect standard of character? The only standard ever given to man is the law of God, His holy commandments. If we have been building upon this rock, it will stand the test. If we have been erecting a standard of our own, and claim by that standard that we are perfect, and that we have reached perfect righteousness and holiness, we shall know in the day of God. No one will claim that they are perfect and holy if they tremble before the exalted standard of God. Is it safe to do this and cast aside the immutable law of God and then to claim to be holy?  {1SAT 14.2}
[1SAT 14.3]          Here is a mirror into which we are to look, and search out every defect of character. But suppose that you look into this mirror and see many                                            -15-     defects in your character, and then go away and say, "I am righteous," will you be righteous? In your own eyes you will be righteous and holy. But how will it be at the bar of God? God has given us a rule, and we are to comply with its requirements and if we dare to do otherwise, to trample this under our feet, and then stand up before God and say, "I am holy, I am holy," we shall be lost in the great day of accounts.  {1SAT 14.3}
[1SAT 15.1]          What if we were to go out into the streets and soil our clothes with mud, and then come into the house and, beholding our filthy garments as we stand before the glass, we should say to the mirror, "Cleanse me from my filth," would it cleanse us from our filth? That is not the office of the looking glass. All that it can do is to reveal that our garments are defiled; it cannot take the defilement away.  {1SAT 15.1}
[1SAT 15.2]          So it is with the law of God. It points out the defects of character. It condemns us as sinners, but it offers no pardon to the transgressor. It cannot save him from his sins. But God has made a provision. Says John, "If any man sin we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous," So we come to Him and there we find the character of Jesus, and the righteousness of His character saves the transgressor--if we have done on our part all that we could.  {1SAT 15.2}
[1SAT 15.3]          And yet while He saves the transgressor, He does not do away with the law of God, but He exalts the law. He exalts the law because it is the detector of sin. And it is Christ's cleansing blood that takes away our sins when we come to Him with contrition of soul seeking His pardon. He imputes His righteousness; He takes the guilt upon Himself.                                            -16-  {1SAT 15.3}
[1SAT 16.1]          Now, suppose that someone shall say, "Jesus has pardoned me and I have no need of the law any further. I will no longer live in obedience to the law." The question may be asked, "Shall we continue to sin that grace may abound"? No. If one should steal the money out of my purse, and then come, and confessing the crime, ask me to forgive him, and I shall pardon him, and then he go and do the same thing again, does not this show that there is no change in his life? So it is with those who have asked God to forgive them and then gone right on transgressing His law. They say, "Lord, Lord," but He says, "Depart from Me." While I freely pardoned you, you were doing the same thing again. Your very course was leading others in the way of the transgressor. For this reason they were called the workers of iniquity. This very course of action was the means of leading others astray.  {1SAT 16.1}
[1SAT 16.2]          Christ offers a prayer to the Father, and He uses these words in this prayer, "Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth" (John 17:17). I have sent them into the world as thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. (See John 17:17-19.) Mark these words, "I sanctify Myself." Thus He observes a life of perfect obedience, for He is the perfect pattern. Then He goes on and says, "That they may be sanctified"--by what? Through emotion? through feeling? No. Through the truth. We cannot trust to feeling; we must know the truth.  {1SAT 16.2}
[1SAT 16.3]          Now, here is Christ praying to His Father that He will sanctify His followers through the truth. Then there is a truth that sanctifies, that has a sanctifying power upon the believer. And it becomes every one of us in this congregation to inquire what is the truth.                                            -17-  {1SAT 16.3}
[1SAT 17.1]          If we are to believe the truth and be sanctified by the truth, then we must search the Scriptures that we may know what is the truth. If we do this, we shall not build upon a false foundation. But if we do not, we shall find at last that we have made a great mistake and laid our foundation in the sand, to be swept away in the time of storm and tempest. I want eternal life if it takes out the right eye and if it takes off the right arm. The question with me is, am I right with God? Am I serving Him in humility and meekness of soul?  {1SAT 17.1}
[1SAT 17.2]          We are right amid the trials that shall try every soul of men that dwelleth upon the face of the earth. We may know what is the truth, and we may know what is error. We may know that we are laying our souls upon the foundation; we may know that we are not leading souls away from the truth. God help us that we may every one of us make sure of eternal life.  {1SAT 17.2}
[1SAT 17.3]          And here is another Scripture. ［Deuteronomy 13:1-5 quoted.］ Here the commandments are set before them as a test of character. Said Christ, "I have kept My Father's commandments." And He is our pattern in all things. Now do we do the commandments from the heart? Are we studying to carry out in our lives the principle of the Sabbath commandment which God has put right in the bosom of His law?  {1SAT 17.3}
[1SAT 17.4]          We may go to the heathen and say to them that we love the truth and serve the true God; and they will tell you that they worship the true and living God. We have no other way to tell who the true and living God is, only as we turn to this commandment. That God who made the lofty trees and every thing that is lovely and beautiful under the heavens, He that weighs the hills in the balances--that God is the true and living God; He created                                            -18-     the whole universe. And these commandments tell us who the true God is. If Satan can get this fourth commandment out of the Decalogue, then you will not be able to tell who the true and living God is.  {1SAT 17.4}
[1SAT 18.1]          Well, who is the true God? The God that created everything that is beautiful in nature. We are to look up through nature to nature's God. There we are to see the true God, the Maker of the heavens and the earth. The first four of these commandments show our duty to God, and the last six to our fellow men. We cannot break one of these first four and be in favor with God. Neither can we break one of the last six and be in favor with God. These we must urge upon the people.  {1SAT 18.1}
[1SAT 18.2]         Here are the words of David, "It is time for Thee, Lord, to work: for they have made void thy law" (Psalms 119:126). David refers to the last days, the very time when we are to know and be sanctified by the truth. We must cling to the truth. We must not let go the truth for friend or foe. There is a time coming when there will be great tribulation, such as never was or ever will be. Men will come claiming to be Christ. And here is a class that say, "I am sinless, I am holy." I have never heard one claim that who was not a sinner. They are not doers of the Word.  {1SAT 18.2}
[1SAT 18.3]          One man came to Oakland a short time ago, who at his own home was known to be a dishonest man. Here he falls into the hands of the holiness people, and now he is holy, he is sinless. He goes on step-by-step in this delusion until he claims to be a sinless man. Now for this class we have to be prepared; we must know what spirit they are of. There are some of these people that are deceived by these workers of iniquity. They accept the Lord, and they accept this holiness doctrine, with the Lord; but they are not the people that have power with God.                                            -19-  {1SAT 18.3}
[1SAT 19.1]          John saw the temple of God opened in heaven, and in that temple he saw the ark of His testimony. Says John, "Here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus" (Revelation 14:12). The path of true obedience is found in the commandments of God. But Satan is going about as a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. He does not always appear like a lion; he has the power of clothing himself like a lamb, and he has a soft and a tender voice. And how shall we meet him? shall we let him come in and take the control of our hearts? shall we let him have the charge of our minds and lives? We cannot afford it.  {1SAT 19.1}
[1SAT 19.2]          Now here are those that come to us boasting that they are holy. There was one that claimed this in the city of Oswego. He was holding a revival meeting there. He worked so hard that he bled at the lungs, and they thought he would die. Yet while he was thus at work, and boasting of his holiness, the officers of the law were after him for stealing. While he was preaching, his wife saw the officer coming. She slipped out, and digging a little hole in the snow, buried the money and then came into the house. But she was seen to do this, and while they were protesting their innocence, here comes the officer into the room with the bag of money in his hands. Now, we meet this class everywhere we go.  {1SAT 19.2}
[1SAT 19.3]          There was a man, perhaps you know him. He claimed to be holy. "The idea of repentance," said he, "is not in the Bible." "If," said he, "a man comes to me and says that he believes in Jesus, I take him right into the church, whether he is baptized or not; I have done so with a good many." "And," said he, "I have not committed a sin in six years." "There are some on this boat," he said, "that believe that we are sanctified by keeping the law. There is a woman on this boat by the name of White that teaches this."                                            -20-  {1SAT 19.3}
[1SAT 20.1]          I heard this, and I stepped up to him and said, "Elder Brown, you hold right on. I cannot permit that statement to go. Mrs. White has never said such a thing in any of her writings, nor has she ever spoken such a thing, for we do not believe that the law sanctifies anyone. We believe that we must keep that law or we will not be saved in the kingdom of heaven. The transgressor cannot be saved in the kingdom of glory. It is not the law that sanctifies anyone, nor saves us; that law stands and cries out, Repent that your sins may be blotted out. And then the sinner goes to Jesus, and as the sinner promises that he will obey the requirements of the law, he blots out their guilty stains and sets them free, and gives them power with God."  {1SAT 20.1}
[1SAT 20.2]          John saw a company standing around the throne of God, and the angel asked him, Who are these in white robes? He answered, thou knowest. And the angel said, "These are they who have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb." (See Revelation 7:13, 14). There is a fountain in which we may wash from every stain of impurity. And says the angel, "He shall lead them to fountains of living waters, and shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." (See v. 17.) This will be the happy privilege of those that have kept the commandments of God in the earth.  {1SAT 20.2}
[1SAT 20.3]         Men will arise saying, Here is Christ, here, here, here; but is He there? While they are trampling the commandments under their feet, Christ says, "Whosoever shall break one of these least commandments, (MacNight) you shall be of no esteem in the reign of heaven. Not as long as the heavens remain, shall one jot or one tittle pass." And one said to me, why do you talk so much about the law, why not talk more about Jesus? We honor both                                            -21-     the Father and the Son when we talk about the law. The Father gave us the law, and the Son died to magnify it and make it honorable.  {1SAT 20.3}
[1SAT 21.1]          But, says John, in speaking of the deceiver that doeth great wonders, He shall make an image to the beast, and shall cause all to receive his mark. (See Revelation 13:14-16.) Will you please consider this matter? Search the Scriptures and see. There is a wonder-working power to appear, and it will be when men are claiming sanctification, and holiness, lifting themselves up higher and higher and boasting of themselves.  {1SAT 21.1}
[1SAT 21.2]          Look at Moses and the prophets; look at Daniel and Joseph and Elijah. Look at these men and find one sentence where they ever claimed to be sinless. The very soul that is in close relation to Christ, beholding His purity and excellence, will fall before Him with shamefacedness.  {1SAT 21.2}
[1SAT 21.3]          Daniel was a man to whom God had given great skill and learning, and when he fasted the angel came to him and said, "Thou art greatly beloved." And he fell prostrate before the angel. He did not say, Lord, I have been very faithful to you and I have done everything to honor you and defend Your Word and name. Lord, You know how faithful I was at the king's table, and how I maintained my integrity when they cast me into the den of lions." Was that the way Daniel prayed to God? No; he prayed and confessed his sins. He said, "Hear O Lord, and deliver; we have departed from Thy Word and sinned." (See Daniel 9:5) And when he saw the angel, he said, "My comeliness was turned in me into corruption" (Daniel 10:8). He could not look upon the angel's face, and he had no strength; it was all gone. So the angel came to him and set him upon his knees, but he could not behold him. And then the angel came to him with the appearance of a man. Then he could bear the sight.                                            -22-  {1SAT 21.3}
[1SAT 22.1]          Why is it that so many claim to be holy and sinless? It is because they are so far from Christ. I have never dared to claim any such thing. From the time I was fourteen years old, if I knew what the will of God was, I was willing to do it. You never have heard me say I am sinless. Those that get sight of the loveliness and the exalted character of Jesus Christ, who was holy and lifted up, and His train fills the temple, will never say it. Yet we are to meet with those that will say such things more and more, every year.  {1SAT 22.1}
[1SAT 22.2]          A lady came to me in the city of Oakland, threw her arms around my neck, and said, "You are a child of God, but I am sanctified, I am holy; and we want you to come in with us." I turned to the Bible and showed her what is said. Then I said to her, "Suppose you should go to your children and say to them, 'You need not keep the commandments of God, you are holy. All you need do is to say that you love Christ; you need not think you have anything to do, but simply say I love my father and mother.' What would be the results? Just as surely as you stand opposed to the law of God, you have no investigation to make. If your character is not in harmony with the law of God, it is not in harmony with heaven, however you may profess to be holy and sinless."  {1SAT 22.2}
[1SAT 22.3]          In the days of Martin Luther, there were those that came to him and said, "We do not want your Bible, we want the Spirit." Martin Luther said to them, "I will rap your spirit on the snoot." However great their pretences, they are not the children of God.  {1SAT 22.3}
[1SAT 22.4]          I remember thirty-six years ago, I was in New York, in the house of Brother Abbey. A man came in there with an umbrella in his hands, and there                                            -23-     he stood and said, "I am Christ." I had looked upon Christ, and I said to him, "Sir, you have no part with Christ. If you were Christ you would never have uttered that sentence." He raised his umbrella to strike me, but my husband stepped in between him and me, and said to him, "What are you going to do sir?" He said, "I am Christ, and will execute His will upon those that dispute His claims."  {1SAT 22.4}
[1SAT 23.1]          I met a man at St. Helena that boasted that he had not committed a sin for six years. And one of his own party said to me, "I will not have him in my house again; he is a tyrant. He will come into my house and say, 'I have just as much right in this house as you,' and order my wife around, and demand her to wait upon him." And this is the man that had not committed a sin for six years.  {1SAT 23.1}
[1SAT 23.2]          I want you to understand that pretences are not the evidences of true character. Now I speak these words to you because wherever there is a little company raised up, Satan is constantly trying to annoy and distract them. When one of the people turns away from his sins, do you suppose that he will let him alone? No, indeed. We want you to look well to the foundation of your hope. We want you to let your life and your actions testify of you that you are the children of God.  {1SAT 23.2}
[1SAT 23.3]          Let there be that littleness, that humbleness of soul, that they may know that you have been taught in the school of Christ. And when He shall appear in the clouds of heaven, we shall exclaim, "Lo, this is our God; we have waited for him, and he will save us" (Isaiah 25:9). Then it is that the crown of life will be placed upon the brow of the faithful ones. Then will                                            -24-     come the voice of the Saviour saying, "Well done thou good and faithful servant; . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord" (Matthew 25:21-23). What, faithful in putting their feet upon the law of God? No, No. These have not the mark of the beast upon them. I want that peace that comes through an obedience to all of the commandments of God. Amen.--Ms. 5, 1885. (MR 900.8)  {1SAT 23.3}
[1SAT 25.1]       Preparation for the Judgment    (Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, June 27, 1886, Orebro, Sweden.)         Revelation 20:11-15. Here is presented before us the great and solemn day when the judgment is to set and the books be opened, and the dead are to be judged according to the things that are written in the books. I have questioned in my mind, as I have seen the people in our cities hurrying to and fro with business, whether they ever thought of the day of God that is just upon us. Every one of us should be living with reference to that great day which is soon to come upon us.  {1SAT 25.1}
[1SAT 25.2]          The inhabitants of the old world had the message of warning sent to them 120 years, but it did not suit their inclination to heed that warning, therefore they turned away from the message of truth which God sent to them. It was for their interest to heed that message and find a refuge from the coming storm of God's wrath.  {1SAT 25.2}
[1SAT 25.3]          Do we consider from day to day that a record is going up to heaven of all our actions here? If we would take heed to our ways, and if we would have the fear of God before us, our lives would be far better than they are today. We are here as probationers, on trial. God is testing us; God is proving us to see what characters we shall build up. Angels of God in heaven are sent to our earth to weigh moral worth. And our heavenly Father has sent us the message of warning, that we shall get ready for that day of final reckoning. He has bid us to watch and pray lest we enter into temptation that surrounds us. He has bid us to "search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me" ［John 5:39］.                                            -26-  {1SAT 25.3}
[1SAT 26.1]          It is our privilege to understand the great responsibilities that God has placed upon us, so that we shall not be in darkness as to what is coming upon our world. We cannot afford to meet that day without a preparation. But when we think of this great and solemn event of Christ's coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory, we should live in great humiliation before God lest we fail of the grace of God and prove ourselves unworthy of eternal life. When we see that the world is given up to the seeking of pleasure and the indulgence of appetite, we should weep between the porch and the altar, crying "Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach" ［Joel 2:17］.  {1SAT 26.1}
[1SAT 26.2]          We see that the world at large have no thoughts of this great day, and many of them do not care to hear anything about it. But we must meet the record of our lives. We must remember that there is a witness to all our works. An eye like a flame of fire beholds us in all our actions of life. Our very thoughts and the intents and purposes of our hearts are laid bare to God's inspection. As the features are produced upon the polished plate of the artist, so are our characters upon the books of record in heaven.  {1SAT 26.2}
[1SAT 26.3]          We ask you, "How stands your character in the sight of God today? Are you preparing your souls for the grand review, that you may have the white robe of character in that day?" You cannot afford to indulge in sin and iniquity; you cannot afford to be found a transgressor of God's great moral rule of righteousness.  {1SAT 26.3}
[1SAT 26.4]          If God had no law as a moral standard, whereby every case must be judged, there could be no judgment, and the cases of men and women could not be tried. If we have not been found in harmony with God's requirements in this life, we will not be in harmony with His requirements in the future life.                                            -27-  {1SAT 26.4}
[1SAT 27.1]          What excuses have we today that we are not in harmony with the laws of God's government? And what excuse can we render in the day of God for the disobedience of His requirements? Will you say "The whole world was in disobedience to the law of God, and I thought I would not be singular"? In that day, this excuse will not be accepted. You may present excuses now, but you will not venture to present them before the judge of all the earth, for just as soon as the books are opened and the characters that are written there are brought out, every mouth will be stopped, for the guilt of all stands as plainly revealed to themselves as to God. Everyone then will see just where he departed from the right way. Everyone will then discern the influence he had upon his fellow-men by his own departure from God's righteousness, to turn them away from the ways of truth and right. Everyone then will understand just what he did to dishonor the God of heaven by breaking His law.  {1SAT 27.1}
[1SAT 27.2]          Everyone who comes forth from the dead when Christ comes in the clouds of heaven, and those who are living, will stand before the judgment seat of Christ. The deeds and acts which we have thought to have been done in secret where no eye could see, are made known. There was an eye that saw and registered the deeds done by man.  {1SAT 27.2}
[1SAT 27.3]          When Belshazzar had his great sacrificial feast, there was a witness present which he did not discern. They were drinking their wine and having their luxurious feast, and praising the gods of silver and gold, extolling their own wisdom, but right over against the wall facing the king a bloodless hand traced the terrible characters testifying of his true condition. The message came, "Thou art weighed in the balances and art found wanting." Now the Lord is weighing characters in the sanctuary, and the deeds of those                                            -28-     who are careless and indifferent, rushing on in the paths of sin and iniquity, are being registered in the books of heaven.  {1SAT 27.3}
[1SAT 28.1]          The God of heaven has given us reasoning powers and intellect, and He wants us to use them. He has given us this body which He wishes us to preserve in perfect health so that we can give Him perfect service. The Lord God is an ever present witness to the deeds of wickedness done among the  children of men upon this earth. How does He look upon men and women for whom He has paid an infinite price but who yet refuse to obey His laws? They refuse to be saved in His appointed way, which is entire obedience to His commandments.  {1SAT 28.1}
[1SAT 28.2]          Here are youth right here in our midst in this large city, but do these youth appreciate the powers that God has given them, that they should return Him service for all that He has done for them? The future of society is indexed by the youth of today. Some of the youth are making their aim high, as did Joseph. They have aimed to keep themselves unspotted from the world. The Lord God of heaven is looking upon the children of men with intense interest, and what are we doing? Are we keeping, as did Abraham, the ways of the Lord? Are we teaching our children to love and obey God? We want to be in such a position that we can educate these young men brought within the reach of our influence, and leave them a good example. We should be in such a position here that the notes of counsel and warning will be given them as from God, and that what God has given them through His messengers, may come back to Him in souls saved.  {1SAT 28.2}
[1SAT 28.3]          But suppose these youth frequent the saloon, and take their drink of beer and wine and strong drink? Nadab and Abihu were in holy office and they drank wine and strong drink. The influence upon them beclouded their                                            -29-     perceptive powers so that they could not discern sacred things. Those who are forming habits of intemperance are beclouding their reasoning powers so that they cannot discern between truth and error. It is the great work of Satan for this time to tempt the appetite so that error shall be placed on a level with truth. We want all the sharp powers of our intellect to be engaged in the work of conflict against the deception of Satan, and we must keep the spiritual and moral powers unperverted, so we will know what is truth. God asks for all the entrusted capabilities and talents He has lent us. Will you give them to Him?  {1SAT 28.3}
[1SAT 29.1]          Our sisters cannot afford to use their God-given time on unimportant things which will give them no spiritual strength, but will, if they continue, separate them from God. It is a solemn thing to die, but it is a far more solemn thing to live. Here is a world that is lying in wickedness around us, and what are we, as men and women who claim to be sons and daughters of God, doing to save the souls of those around us? God requires that we shall give back to Him in willing service all the powers that He has given to us. Let us look forward to the day of final reckoning. How will our case stand in that day. Will it make us unhappy then that we have served God and kept His commandments? God has given us rules to regulate our lives so that we shall have His care and protection in this life.  {1SAT 29.1}
[1SAT 29.2]          The lawyer came to Christ and asked Him, "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?" ［Luke 10:25］. This was a positive question, and was just as decidedly answered. "What is written in the law? How readest Thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God, with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind, and thy neighbor as thyself. And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this                                            -30-     do, and thou shalt live" ［verses 26-28］. This means to keep the first four commandments, which show the duty of man to his God, and the last six which show the duty of man to his fellowmen.  {1SAT 29.2}
[1SAT 30.1]         Here is the work that is before us. The soul anxiously inquiring, "What shall I do to be saved?" is answered. The way is laid open. It is to love God above all things, and our neighbor as ourself. We ask you, Are you doing this? Are we who profess to be followers of Jesus Christ, imitating His life? Are we following His example? If we are, we are in such a position that we can have a living connection with heaven. We are channels of light to the world.  {1SAT 30.1}
[1SAT 30.2]          Christ said to His disciples, "Ye are the light of the world. . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven" ［Matthew 5:14-16］. It may seem to you that you have shown great self-denial and self-sacrifice in obeying God's law. Does He require more self-denial on your part than He has shown for you, that you should not perish but have eternal life? He has led the way, will you follow? He says, "I have kept my Father's commandments" ［John 15:10］. Will you keep the commandments of God? He left the royal throne in heaven, and changed the crown of glory for one of thorns. He placed His feet in the blood-stained path which led the way to Calvary. He has told us that those who will be partakers with Him in His sufferings, will be made partakers with Him in His glory also.  {1SAT 30.2}
[1SAT 30.3]          We may never have to suffer as He did; but we should ever keep before us the Author of our salvation, and never exalt self, never be lifted up in pride or self-sufficiency.                                           -31-  {1SAT 30.3}
[1SAT 31.1]          He was despised and rejected of men. Those He came to save could not see in Him anything that they should desire in Him. Should He come into our world today without earthly honor or princely power, who would receive Him as the king of glory, the majesty of heaven? How many proud church members would be so ashamed of Jesus and the reproach that would be likely to be attached to them should they accept Him, that they would refuse to follow Him? Oh what love, what matchless love, has been displayed by the Son of man! And all this the Son of God endured that He might bring many sons and daughters to glory. Who is willing today to be on the Lord's side?  {1SAT 31.1}
[1SAT 31.2]          We cannot wait until the judgment before we consent to deny self and to lift the cross. We cannot then form characters for heaven. It is here in this life that we must take sides with the humble, self-denying Redeemer. It is here that we must overcome envy, strife, selfishness, love of money, and love of the world. It is here that we must enter the school of Christ, and learn of the Master the precious lessons of meekness and lowliness of mind. And here it must be our aim and earnest effort to be loyal and true to the God of heaven by obeying all of His commandments and thus be fitting up for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for all who love God. Christ says, "Let not your heart be troubled; ye believe in God, believe also in me: In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. . . that where I am, there ye may be also" ［John 14:1-3］. Now the mansions are being fitted up in heaven. Are we being fitted with pure elevated holy characters for those mansions?  {1SAT 31.2}
[1SAT 31.3]          All heaven is interested in our salvation. God's angels are in this very congregation. Could your eyes be opened, you would see not only good                                            -32-     angels who are trying to impress hearts, but you would see also evil angels who are seeking to make of none effect the message of truth God has in mercy sent.  {1SAT 31.3}
[1SAT 32.1]          While we are in this world we are not safe unless our petitions are continually ascending to the God of heaven that He will keep us unspotted from the corruptions of the world. Our Saviour has told us what would be in these last days. Iniquity will abound, but the souls that are open to the influence of the Spirit of God will receive strength to withstand the corruptions of this degenerate age.  {1SAT 32.1}
[1SAT 32.2]          Enoch walked with God three hundred years previous to his translation to heaven, and the state of the world was not then more favorable for the perfection of Christian character than it is today. And how did Enoch walk with God? He educated his mind and heart to ever feel that he was in the presence of God, and when in perplexity his prayers would ascend to God to keep him. He refused to take any course that would offend His God. He kept the Lord continually before Him. He would pray, "Teach me Thy way, that I may not err. What is thy pleasure concerning me? What shall I do to honor Thee, my God?" Thus he was constantly shaping his way and course in accordance with God's commandments, and he had perfect confidence and trust in his heavenly Father, that He would help him. He had no thought or will of his own; it was all submerged in the will of his Father.  {1SAT 32.2}
[1SAT 32.3]          Now, Enoch was a representative of those who will be upon the earth when Christ shall come, who will be translated to heaven without seeing death. But be sure that if your hearts are inclined not to do God's will, not to keep the way of the Lord but to follow your own way, then you are not in harmony with the God of heaven. We want to pray with David, "Open Thou                                            -33-     mine eyes, that I may behold wondrous things out of Thy law" ［Psalms 119:18］. Many close their eyes lest they shall see the truth. They do not want to see the defects in their life and character, and they are disturbed if you mention anything about God's law. In this they show that they have a human standard of their own; that their will is not the will of God. We want that you should not be deceived by Satan, the first great adversary of God's law. We want to bear in mind that God's law is the only standard by which He will judge man.  {1SAT 32.3}
[1SAT 33.1]          If we are to enter heaven at last, we must bring all of heaven into this life that we can. The religion of Christ never degrades the receivers; it never brings them down upon a low level. Truth is ever elevating in its influence, lifting them up on the high platform of truth. The religion of Jesus Christ has a refining influence upon men and women. When the truth of God finds access to the heart, it commences its refining process upon the character. Men who are coarse and rough become humble, teachable, learning, ever learning, in the school of Christ. The mighty cleaver of truth has taken them out of the world. Then there is the work to be done for them to fit them for God's temple. They are hewed and squared and chiseled and fitted for the mansions in heaven. Those who are naturally full of self-esteem become meek and lowly; they have a change in character. In the beginning, God said, "Let us make man in our image, after our likeness." But sin has almost obliterated the moral image of God in man. Jesus came down to our world that He might give man a living example, that he might know how to live and how to keep the way of the Lord. He was the image of the Father. His beautiful and spotless character is before man as an example for him to imitate. We must study the copy and follow Jesus Christ, then                                            -34-     we shall bring His loveliness and beauty into our character. In doing this we are standing before God through faith, winning back by conflict with the powers of darkness the power of self-control, the love of God that Adam lost. We are through Jesus Christ living and keeping the laws of God.  {1SAT 33.1}
[1SAT 34.1]          When the judgment shall set, and the books be opened, and every one be judged according to the deeds done in the body, those who have imitated Christ in obedience to God's commandments, will be blessed. "And another book was opened, which is the Book of Life: and the dead were judged according to their works" ［see Revelation 20:12］.  {1SAT 34.1}
[1SAT 34.2]          John also saw the holy city, the new Jerusalem, with its twelve gates and twelve foundations, coming down from God out of heaven. He was shown that city and saw the streets of transparent gold clear as crystal. Every one that goes into that city is changed and sanctified in character here in this life. The nations that have kept the truth enter in to the city of God, and a voice is heard, clear and distinct, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" ［Revelation 22:14］.  {1SAT 34.2}
[1SAT 34.3]          There the crown of immortal glory is placed upon the head of the overcomer. Then how earnest should be our work here that we may win souls to Jesus Christ. We cannot afford to devote our God-given powers to our own pleasure, for one moment. We must devote our lives to our Master. You must expect to carry on this battle with self-denial and self-sacrifice. The Word of God says through His apostles, "Ye are laborers together with God" ［see 1 Corinthians 3:9］.  {1SAT 34.3}
[1SAT 34.4]          Our work may seem at times to be very discouraging, but if one soul is turned from the error of his way to righteousness, there is joy in heaven.                                            -35-     The Father and the Son rejoice in the presence of the angels. The song of triumph and victory is sung and echoed and re-echoed through the courts of heaven. Then why should we not be wise in this life, and work for the glory of God? "They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever" ［Daniel 12:3］. We want that our lives here shall be refined, ennobled, elevated, like Jesus Christ's. When Christ is formed in you the hope of glory, you will begin to lay aside your favorite sins. You will fear to offend God, and you will love His law.  {1SAT 34.4}
[1SAT 35.1]          I see before me today the purchase of the blood of Christ. There is value in every soul. Said the Lord through His prophet, "I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir" ［Isaiah 13:12］.  {1SAT 35.1}
[1SAT 35.2]          It is the truth of God received in the heart and practiced in the life that makes man thus precious in the sight of God. As John sees this precious company refined and purified around the throne of God, the angel inquires, "What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?" And John answers, "Sir, thou knowest." And the angel answers, "These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them" ［Revelation 7:13-15］.  {1SAT 35.2}
[1SAT 35.3]          Now is the opportunity for us through repentance toward God, to wash our robes of character and make them white in the blood of the Lamb that we may stand in white raiment before the throne of God. We are to wash our robes of character, and have our names registered in the Lamb's Book of                                            -36-     Life; and He says, "They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes" ［verses 16, 17］.  {1SAT 35.3}
[1SAT 36.1]         We want you to live for the future immortal life, and we want you to decide, "As for me and my house, we will serve the Lord." Now is the time for you to give yourselves without reserve to Jesus. Be determined that you will have Christ at the loss of everything else. The very obstacles and difficulties you meet here are to strengthen your faith by overcoming these obstacles, and every victory gained is registered in the books of heaven. Every good deed you do, leading souls to walk in the way of God's commandments, is also registered in the books of heaven.  {1SAT 36.1}
[1SAT 36.2]          Let not the enemy deceive you. He has filled the world with his heresies. You want to plant your feet upon the Word of God; then you will be all ready to come under His rules and commandments in the kingdom of bliss. If you ever sing the song of triumph and redemption in the kingdom of God, you must first learn that song here. Is Jesus abiding in your heart? If he is, you will talk about Him. You will reveal Him in life and character. You will talk of His power and make melody to God in your heart. The sweet spirit of meekness will be cherished; self will be crucified. Purity and holiness will be developed in the character.  {1SAT 36.2}
[1SAT 36.3]          I speak because I know what I am talking about. For more than forty years I have stood in the desk proclaiming salvation to sinners, and my heart has yearned over them. God has opened before me the glory of heaven, and I have obtained a sight of the majesty and glory of my Redeemer. I have                                            -37-     obtained a sight of the angels in glory. I was very young when the physicians said, "You must die, you cannot live more than three months." It was then that God gave me a sight of His glory, and said, "Go proclaim the message I give you, to the people." I started out in my weakness. I could hardly stand. I had not spoken aloud for weeks, but when I stood before the people, God's power came upon me. Voice was given me and I talked from two to three hours with clearness. But when I had finished, my voice again was gone. I traveled for three months in this way and then the pain of the lungs ceased, and ever since I have been doing the work which the Master has given me to do. I have traveled and labored and God has given me strength to continue unto this day.  {1SAT 36.3}
[1SAT 37.1]          I want to say to whomsoever the glory of God has been revealed, "You will never have the least inclination to say, 'I am holy, I am sanctified.'" After my first vision of glory, I could not discern the brightest light. It was thought that my eyesight was gone, but when I again became accustomed to the things of this world I could see again. This is why I tell you never to boast, saying, "I am holy, I am sanctified," for it is the surest evidence that you know not the Scriptures or the power of God. Let God write it in His books if He will, but you should never utter it.  {1SAT 37.1}
[1SAT 37.2]          I have never dared to say, "I am holy, I am sinless," but whatever I have thought was the will of God, I have tried to do it with all my heart, and I have the sweet peace of God in my soul. I can commit the keeping of my soul to God as unto a faithful Creator, and know that He will keep that which is committed to His trust. It is my meat and drink to do my Master's will.                                            -38-  {1SAT 37.2}
[1SAT 38.1]          And now I present before you the cross of Calvary. If you will come to that cross in penitence, in faith, in obedience to God's commandments, you will come in the only appointed way. If you lose heaven, you lose everything. If I can only see the King in His beauty, it is all I desire. Let me listen to the sweet music of His voice, saying "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world" ［Matthew 25:34］. Who of you in this congregation shall we meet there? We want to see you crowned in the city of God. We want to see when the judgment shall sit and the books be opened, that you can stand with the glory of God shining in your countenance. If we can only have that life in the city of God we shall be eternally blessed.  {1SAT 38.1}
[1SAT 38.2]          I warn you, Do not place your influence against God's commandments. That law is just as Jehovah wrote it in the temple of heaven. Man may trample upon its copy here below; but the original is kept in the ark of God in heaven; and on the cover of this ark, right above that law, is the mercy seat. Jesus stands right there before that ark to mediate for man. We want you to keep God's commandments and live. Seek for immortality, and the crown of life, and then you will have heaven at last.--Ms 6a, 1886. (Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, June 27, 1886, Orebro, Sweden.) (MR 900.5)  {1SAT 38.2}
[1SAT 39.1]       Having Our Conversation In Heaven    (Sermon by Ellen G. White in Copenhagen, Denmark, July 24, 1886)         1 Peter 1:13-16. The apostle Peter here gives instruction for believers to gird up the loins of their minds. We are to have special care over the thoughts of the mind. We are not to allow our minds to be diverted and allured by different things, because there is something more important for us. If we would allow the mind to take its natural turn, it might dwell upon unimportant things and we receive no benefit thereby.  {1SAT 39.1}
[1SAT 39.2]          Here is presented before us the one great event--the coming of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, when the graves are to be opened and the dead be raised, and we are to be changed. This event should fill our mind and crowd out everything else. We want to make the most of the privileges and opportunities we have to prepare for the future immortal life.  {1SAT 39.2}
[1SAT 39.3]          The truth of God has taken us out of the quarry of the world to fit us up for the heavenly temple of God. We may look upon one another and think, "There is a great work to be done for that brother and for that sister," but we may not take into consideration the work that is to be done for ourselves. And if Satan can get in among the people ［and produce］ a spirit of criticism, then he is satisfied, for a root of bitterness springs up in these ［members］ wherewith he will be satisfied. We are not all of the same character, but we are brought together in church capacity and we count ourselves as children of God, and we talk of having a home in the city of God.  {1SAT 39.3}
[1SAT 39.4]          Our faith is that if we perfect a Christian character we shall be numbered as the family of God in the mansions that He has gone to prepare for us. Now,                                            -40-     our heavenly father brings us together in church capacity that we may gain in knowledge and be fitting up for the community of heaven. "Well," some may say, "All I want is that everyone should see eye to eye." But there are those who want everyone to see just as they do. They do not consider that they have traits of character that must be changed. Then, what is the work before us in order to be ready to be among those who are waiting for their Lord to come in the clouds of heaven? It is for us to be in a position of humility before God. "Gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ."  {1SAT 39.4}
[1SAT 40.1]          The Lord has not placed before one individual the trade of becoming a church tinker, but we want individually to feel that we have a responsibility before God to be a blessing to everyone with whom we associate. And we are to consider that every brother and sister is the purchase of the blood of Christ. Here we are, living stones out of the quarry, and we are to be chiseled and fitted for the new Jerusalem. Do not let any of us think that we are all right. As soon as we are taken out of the quarry, we have a work to do for ourselves. "The flesh lusteth against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh," and we want to be considering those things that will give us solidity of character. We do not want to have a high estimate of ourselves, but we want to esteem others better than ourselves. We want that our souls shall be uplifted to God every moment for help, for fear we shall fall. And while some are so diligent to look after others, they will forget the work there is for their own soul.  {1SAT 40.1}
[1SAT 40.2]          We are to heed the exhortation of the apostle, that we are to be holy in all manner of conversation. And as we separate those things from us which will be a hindrance to our advancement, the Holy Spirit will come in. We want to be filled with the spirit of Jesus, and if you are not closely connected with                                             -41-     Christ, then the thoughts of your mind will be upon unimportant things; but if you are connected with Jesus, you will just as surely be a channel of light as Jesus is light, for Jesus has said to His followers, "Ye are the light of the world."  {1SAT 40.2}
[1SAT 41.1]          Now, we are by living faith to keep our eyes fixed upon the Author and Finisher of our faith. "As obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance: but as He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation."  {1SAT 41.1}
[1SAT 41.2]          Before we become acquainted with Jesus, the conversation is upon the dress, and what shall we eat, and what shall we drink, and what shall we wear? And we find fault with one another. But as soon as we become acquainted with Christ, our conversation changes.  {1SAT 41.2}
[1SAT 41.3]          Here we are, objects of His love. Has the change taken place in us? Namely, have we passed from death unto life? Have we died indeed to self? Have we fastened our hearts and affections upon the great God? He is all light and power.  {1SAT 41.3}
[1SAT 41.4]          Every provision has been made for us that can be made by our precious Saviour, that we may have that abundant grace so that we may overcome every defect in our character. And we cannot afford to satisfy ourselves in this life, but we want the fullness that is in Jesus, and we must train ourselves to talk of those things which will bring to us peace and light. As we have our conversation upon heaven and heavenly things, the angels of God are all around us; and when we are, in our thoughts and with our hearts, drawing near to God, then He is drawing nigh to us. His love is in our hearts, and then we speak it from our lips.                                              -42-  {1SAT 41.4}
[1SAT 42.1]          It is not only our duty to train our minds upon heavenly things, but we are to talk of these things, for it is our duty to bind about our mind, to gird up the loins of our mind, and say, "I will not think of these things." Then it is our duty to guard our conversation.  {1SAT 42.1}
[1SAT 42.2]          We would think, from the shadow that many walk in, that they had no Saviour. But I want to speak to those, and say "Christ is risen! He is not in Joseph's new tomb, but He has arisen  and has ascended up on high to make intercession for us!" We have a risen Saviour interceding for us, and we must walk in harmony with God. He is seeking to "purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works." If we seek with all our hearts to be obedient children, conforming our will to the will of God, then the work can go forward in us without interruption. Let us not forget for one moment that we are living for the future immortal life, and let us put away from us everything like complaint and faultfinding. Let our words, our conversation, reveal to the world that we have a hope that is big with immortality.  {1SAT 42.2}
[1SAT 42.3]          We want that His will shall be our will. We do not want that our will shall be such that it will control all that ［are］ around us. One brother said to me, "Sister White, we must see eye to eye. Now, I view matters in this light and my brethren in another light, and I cannot make them see everything as I do. Their habits and ways are altogether different from mine."  {1SAT 42.3}
[1SAT 42.4]          "Thank God, Brother," said I, "that there is only one like you in the world, for if we were all like you we could not live in the world long, for there would be no harmony. Your brother's ways are just as precious to him as yours are to you."  {1SAT 42.4}
[1SAT 42.5]          God wants us to go through the mill. Here this man's sharp character must be burnished off, and here is one who has taken hold of the truth who has                                              -43-     always been coarse in his conversation, and he must overcome that. This is the very thing the apostle means when he says, "You must overcome in order to have a home in heaven." Jesus must be in my whole work to transform my character. We must accept the truth as it is in Jesus, and then how kind will we be to one another, how courteous, for this was the work of my Master. We shall see the precious mold of Jesus upon the character, and when we learn the precious lessons He has for us to learn, we will be like Jesus. "Come unto Me," says He, "all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls."  {1SAT 42.5}
[1SAT 43.1]          Here you are with your variances and differences. Now, "Come to Me," says He, "and learn of Me." Nine-tenths of all our trouble comes from our esteeming ourselves too highly. But just as soon as we begin to look and see how many virtues we can find in others with whom we associate, then we will not be so ready to see their defects, and we will dwell upon the good in their character in place of their faults. In doing this, we bind them closer to our hearts by the firm cords of love.  {1SAT 43.1}
[1SAT 43.2]          The question was asked me, "Sister White, why is it you have such control over your children and those you bring up?" The answer was given, "Gain their confidence and love, and you can have perfect control." Let every member in the church be working in such a manner that he can gain the confidence of his brethren and sisters, then the precious light that emanates from Jesus will be reflected upon his life and character. There is something meant in this expression, "Building up yourselves in the most holy faith." And whenever you shall have the consolation of the Spirit of God, you should feel an earnest desire to give that consolation to others.                                              -44-  {1SAT 43.2}
[1SAT 44.1]          If you have the precious light from heaven, talk about it. And have we not everything from Jesus to talk about? I could give you subjects that would put to the stretch your thoughts and mind, and yet there is a great deal more. The great plan of redemption is not half comprehended. If we could only understand the plan of salvation, we would be the happiest people upon the face of the earth. The truth that God has given us would so fill our minds that we could not talk of earthly things. And then it is almost impossible for you to explain to others the greatness of salvation that you feel in your own heart. Jesus wants you to dwell upon this salvation.  {1SAT 44.1}
[1SAT 44.2]          Our precious Saviour has died to bring us to God. He has suffered as our Sacrifice, and all this was that we could stand freed from sin, cleansed from all iniquities. The cleansing blood of Christ is enough for us to talk about from morning until night, if you will only let your minds run in this direction. We want an intelligent faith. We want to understand how much of the blessing of God we can claim. Hear the word of God on this point. And if He has given us His Son, "How shall He not also with Him freely give us all things?"  {1SAT 44.2}
[1SAT 44.3]          It is through the Son of God that we claim the promises that He has left on record for us. Here we have come out, and are keeping His commandments, because we see it is His requirement. We make ourselves peculiar from the world in this respect; and as we follow the best light we have in keeping His commandments, it is our privilege to claim His blessing, and then lay your whole burden upon Jesus Christ and claim by faith His rich salvation. While Satan will press upon your soul his darkness and tell you ［that］ you cannot be saved, tell him, "Jesus died for me; it was a whole sacrifice that was made in my behalf, and I claim a whole salvation. The Master would have me joyful, for He has said it (John 15). The Word of God declares plainly and positively, 'Herein is My Father                                            -45-     glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples. . . . These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.'"  {1SAT 44.3}
[1SAT 45.1]          Not that they should feel that they were under bondage to the law. "This is My commandment, That ye love one another as I have loved you." We want to believe the words of Christ, for they are spirit, they are life. We want to take Him at His word. We want to walk right out upon the narrow plank of faith. We want to serve God with all the heart, might, mind, and strength, and then it is our privilege to claim to be children of God.  {1SAT 45.1}
[1SAT 45.2]          God wants to pour into your souls the light and glory of His presence. He wants that His joy shall remain in you and that your joy may be full, that when you meet with your brethren and sisters you can say, "Hear what the Lord has done for me. He has given me a rich experience, and if I seek Him for His blessing it will come." Then you begin to talk of Christ's coming, and the end of all things at hand, and how we are getting ready for His appearing. Then you talk of that heavenly city; you talk of the tree of life in the midst of the paradise of God, and you talk of the King in His beauty, with His kingly crown, and of the riches that are to be given to the children of God; you talk of that stream that goeth out from the throne of God; and then you say "Praise the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me give Him glory."  {1SAT 45.2}
[1SAT 45.3]          Why, if we were such a people today, what impressions would we make upon the world! They would say that we have something that they have not, and they would begin to inquire, "What can I do to be as happy as that man?" My brethren and sisters, God is your strength, and He does not want you to go crippling along in this life. And when you enter the gate of the New Jerusalem you will read over the gate, "Blessed are they that do His commandments."                                             -46-  {1SAT 45.3}
[1SAT 46.1]          Jesus will welcome you, and with His own hand place the crown upon the brow of all those who enter there. Then they sing the song of Moses and the Lamb in the kingdom of glory. Well, now, is there not inducement enough that God has set before us so that we should think upon heavenly things? And the best of it is, we do not enter the city as convicts, but as sons and daughters of the Most High God. The Father stands at the gate and welcomes everyone to His bosom. There we shall show forth the matchless charms of our Redeemer. And the song will echo and re-echo through the courts of heaven, "Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever."  {1SAT 46.1}
[1SAT 46.2]          I ask you, is not this enough to talk about? Shall we go mourning, just as though God's wrath was about to break upon us, or shall we talk of that infinite love that has been brought to us by the infinite sacrifice of the Son of God? When you think of these things, and of the love of Jesus, you will love one another, and you cannot help it.  {1SAT 46.2}
[1SAT 46.3]          Christ has manifested His interest in humanity. He says, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." We are dealing with Jesus in the person of His saints. Then be very careful how you wound the hearts of your brethren and sisters. We are almost home, pilgrims and strangers only a little longer. All heaven is interested in the salvation of men, and, in harmony with them, we should be interested for those around us. We should be getting ready for the heavenly city.  {1SAT 46.3}
[1SAT 46.4]          Oh, I praise God with all my soul, because Jesus has died for us, and He has wrought out for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory that we shall have in that day! Then, brethren and sisters, be getting ready to move. Keep your mind upon the better country, even the heavenly. Learn to sing the                                             -47-     song here upon this earth. The best song you can learn is to speak kindly to one another, for in heaven the business of the inhabitants is to please one another. Bring all of heaven that you can into this life. We have a living Jesus, and let us triumph in a living Saviour. He saves us with an everlasting salvation.--Ms 9, 1886. (MR 900.54)  {1SAT 46.4}
[1SAT 48.1]      Preach the Third Angel's Message; Avoid Trivial Topics    (A morning talk given at Grimsby, England, Sept. 21, 1886.)         However much we know of the Scriptures it is important that we know still more. "Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall" (1 Corinthians 10:12). One man may think he understands the Scriptures and go out to present the truth, and yet he may be lacking on some points. We may get the heart and mind fixed upon something that has no special bearing upon the true point.  {1SAT 48.1}
[1SAT 48.2]          A brother came to me and asked me what I thought about the salvation of infants, whether they would be saved. I said, "That does not concern you or me." There are points on which we must be careful not to mar present truth. All those who are to engage in the work of God must bind about their minds. There are those whose imagination is large, and they will be ever reaching out for something original. They will even fasten upon some word in a sermon and think upon that until the whole truth is covered with mist.  {1SAT 48.2}
[1SAT 48.3]          Now, we want to know what is essential for our work here. What is essential for our work now? If any of you should be asked to give your opinion on some point and you should not know just how to answer it, do not be ashamed to say you do not know, but you do know what we must do to be saved. When one came to Christ and asked what he must do to be saved, Jesus told him he must love God with all his heart, and with all his might, and with all his mind, and with all his soul, and his neighbor as himself. And these are the points we must keep before us--to love God supremely and our neighbor as ourselves. There is a great work before us.  {1SAT 48.3}
[1SAT 48.4]          Now, there may be those who will inquire what will be the sign of the coming of the Son of Man, and we may know what this is. We read that there will                                            -49-     be signs in the sun, in the moon, and in the stars, and trouble in the nations. All these tell us that the end is near. The coming of the Lord is at the door. Well, we understand what being at the door means. When one stands at the door, all that remains for one to do is to enter.  {1SAT 48.4}
[1SAT 49.1]          Now, in regard to the coming of the Son of man, this will not take place until after the mighty earthquake shakes the earth. After the people have heard the voice of God they are in despair and trouble such as never was since there was a nation, and in this the people of God will suffer affliction. The clouds of heaven will clash, and there will be darkness. Then that voice comes from heaven, and the clouds begin to roll back like a scroll, and there is the bright, clear sign of the Son of man. The children of God know what that cloud means.  {1SAT 49.1}
[1SAT 49.2]          The sound of music is heard, and as the cloud nears, the graves are opened and the dead are raised, and there are thousands of thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand of angels that compose that glory and encircle the Son of man. Those who have acted the most prominent part in the rejection and crucifixion of Christ come forth to see Him as He is, and those who have rejected Christ come up and see the saints glorified, and it is at that time that the saints are changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, and are caught up to meet their Lord in the air.  {1SAT 49.2}
[1SAT 49.3]          The very ones who placed the purple robe upon Him, and put the crown of thorns upon His brow, and those who put the nails through His hands and feet, look upon Him and bewail. And this is the very sign of the coming of the Son of man.  {1SAT 49.3}
[1SAT 49.4]          Now, I want to tell you, brethren, you must be careful not to fasten upon vagaries. We had a good brother whose mind was destroyed because of this. He                                            -50-     would read page after page that would turn his mind off from the right point. The third angel's message is the all-important point. Do not let your mind turn to vagaries, but keep your eyes fixed upon the truth. What we want is to give a certain sound. The angel is giving a definite message, "Sound the warning." And what does this mean? Why, it is the angel giving this message to men, and they are to take up this message and proclaim it to warn others.  {1SAT 49.4}
[1SAT 50.1]          You want to open your minds, to gird up the loins of your mind, and hope to the end. You do not want to get many things upon the mind to take it away from the truth the angel is proclaiming. When the latter rain comes upon the people of God, you must have a preparation to press right on, because those whose vessels are clean, whose hands are free just when that latter rain comes, get the light that comes from on high, and their voices are lifted, every one, to proclaim the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 50.1}
[1SAT 50.2]          Now, there are many signs that will take place before the coming of the Son of man, but when the white cloud is seen, this will be the sign of the coming of the Son of man. There will be signs in the sun, moon, and stars, and the nations in perplexity. These all testify that Christ is coming, and He is revealed in the clouds with power and great glory.  {1SAT 50.2}
[1SAT 50.3]          The sign seen in the setting sun and rising sun has nothing to do with the sign of the coming of the Son of man.  {1SAT 50.3}
[1SAT 50.4]          Now brethren, you want to get hold of the pillars of your faith. Here is Christ in the great antitypical Day of Atonement, and you must understand that you need a special preparation for the Day of Atonement. We want our sins taken away; we want to confess them that they may go beforehand to judgment. Do not go away in discouragement, but believe that Christ is able to cleanse you from all unrighteousness. We must cease to sin, because sin is the transgression of                                            -51-     the law. Put away sin, and then cling to the Mighty One who is able to wash away every stain of sin. Now, this is a work of humility at this time, and we must confess our sins and get nearer to God so He can write "Pardon" against our names.  {1SAT 50.4}
[1SAT 51.1]          And be sure, when you go out to teach others, not to get your minds upon little things, but keep your mind upon the great work of God, for Satan will surely turn you off if possible. Do not try to be original and get up something you have not heard your brethren speak of, for many have been shipwrecked in this way. Keep the mind upon the third angel's message. When you keep this before the minds of the people, they will see wisdom in it. But when you get a great many little trifling things before them, they become confused just like the Jews.  {1SAT 51.1}
[1SAT 51.2]          What we want to do is to get the truth before the people.--Ms 81, 1886. (MR 900.55)  {1SAT 51.2}
[1SAT 52.1]       Mrs. E. G. White, Minneapolis, Minn., Remarks After Reading An    Article Written Before Coming to the Conf.    ［c. Oct. 1888］         Now, brethren, I have felt one of the most solemn burdens ever since I have returned from Europe. I have felt one of the most solemn burdens resting upon me. And I have been unable to rest nights, and have been trying to labor for this one and that one and the other ［one］, and do what I could for the souls of others; and I tell you, as I told my friends in Oakland, I feel horribly afraid to come into our conference.  {1SAT 52.1}
[1SAT 52.2]          The Lord has revealed to me the position our people should take in regard to speculations in lands and so forth, but they do not heed it. It was the same with our institutions; the temptations have been hard, for our brethren have drawn their money from these places of usefulness and invested them in lands and in mines; and there have been individuals who have drifted out there to engage in these worldly prospects. The devil has a snare laid for their feet.  {1SAT 52.2}
[1SAT 52.3]          Well, I have labored there this summer some. I tried to labor in Fresno but could not stay there on account of malaria, so we went to Burrough Valley and tried from there to help the Fresno brethren. Time after time we would go to Fresno, but could not ride in the daytime on account of heat and dust, so we had to ride by moonlight. Night after night we traveled over those sandy deserts by the light of the moon, and would get there in the early morning and no place to stay. ［The city was］ all full of men to get property. Even the hotels were full. Now, God is not in that at all, but it is one of Satan's snares.                                            -53-  {1SAT 52.3}
[1SAT 53.1]          Another way is to break up the union that is existing among our people. There are those who profess to stand by our side; we work right together and all seems to be in harmony. Now, said I, if you professing to stand by my side and then get into the snare of the enemy in your investment and I bear my testimony, you go right on as though it had no application. You believe the testimony. You believe, but when it comes to you, then you go to someone who has not been affected and open your soul to them and say, You better look out for such a person; he is going just like Canright did. Now there is no comfort in it, no consolation in it.  {1SAT 53.1}
[1SAT 53.2]         There are those here who will do the very same thing. If anything comes that does not strike their ideas, they go to someone who knows nothing of the affair, and pour out their soul to them and say, Now such and such a thing was said. Those things will not bear repeating, and it is strange why they tell them. They try to swell the differences and cover ［conceal and minimize］ points of agreement as much as possible. I don't care if you have been ministers for years; I don't care who it is; 'tis the work of the devil. When you find men covering these truths up, it is your duty to go to that person and try to fasten his mind on God.  {1SAT 53.2}
[1SAT 53.3]          Now, cannot you be sensible? Can you not be men of God? We want knowledge and we want every soul to be in union, and we want every power of our being to be brought to the altar of God. Don't tell any hearsay. If I should ［have］ taken for granted what I heard, I should have taken it that Brother Lane had the given up truth. But I knew better; but I did wish that ［about 8 words are missing］ and let us know how he was getting along.                                            -54-  {1SAT 53.3}
[1SAT 54.1]          Another letter comes from Battle Creek saying that such and such a thing has taken place and so and so has not done right. I have not seen the parties to talk with them. No, they had not seen the parties, but they could converse with me clear across the Rocky Mountains, which took some eight days. Now, I would like to know why we cannot be Christians when we have the Bible and the testimony which God has given us; why we cannot act upon it. It is discouraging to the very life and soul; and the very time when I should have been writing letters to Europe and persons in different places, I have been so oppressed and burdened that I could not write a word even to my own friends. I would use all my strength so that I could not write: I could only think of them and pray for them, and they have not had a line.  {1SAT 54.1}
[1SAT 54.2]          Brother Geymet, the Brother from Italy, and Brother Conradi should both have received letters from me, but I have not written to them. I thought surely I would write, but I did not have the time, and my whole time was taken up ［by problems］ this side of the Atlantic. No time for missionary work. Is this doing as God would have us do? Should we not guard the interests of one another, and live out the truth? And when you see someone doing wrong, in the place of going to others and thus strengthening him in the wrong way, why not go right to him in the meekness of Christ and tell him what it is to be a Christian? Now we are to labor as those who have to give an account.  {1SAT 54.2}
[1SAT 54.3]          I do not measure a man by his work in the desk, but by his work in his home, among his brethren, in his daily life, that he may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus. May God help us, brethren and sisters, to seek him at this meeting. Is heaven closed that we cannot have access to God, that the power of His grace cannot be bestowed upon us? Why, He wants us to be filled with all the fullness of His love. Why, every face here should shine with the                                            -55-     glory of God. It ought to reflect the divine rays of light on the countenance of everyone here. It is to be talking of heaven and heavenly things and of the redemption through Christ.  {1SAT 54.3}
[1SAT 55.1]          Why, is it possible that we believe that we are to leave these earthly scenes of sin and sorrow? Then why not reveal it to the world? Why not show to the world that the power of the truth is with you, and then be as a shining light to the world. I want to know if there are not those who will rise up in the judgment to condemn you who profess the truth, because you have not represented the truth as it is in Jesus, and thus help to pave the way to heaven.  {1SAT 55.1}
[1SAT 55.2]          I have been awake night after night with a sense of agony for the people of God, that the sweat would roll off from me. Some things fearfully impressive were presented to me. I was in an assembly when a man of noble majestic stature came in and took his position on the platform and unrolled ［something］ which looked like several long leaves fastened together. And as he turned the pages his hand ran down the page and his eyes swept over the congregation. As he turned them from right to left I could see what was on them. I saw there different names and characters and sins that were written down. There were sins of every description-- selfishness, envy, pride, jealousy, evil-surmising, hypocrisy and licentiousness, hatred and murder in the heart, because of this envy and jealousy. These sins were right among the ministers and people. Page after page was turned.  {1SAT 55.2}
[1SAT 55.3]          Well, how was this? And a voice said ［that］ the time had come when the work in heaven is all activity for the inhabitants of this world. The time had come when the temple and its worshipers had to be measured. These were                                            -56-     worshipers that were consecrated. Then there were other names that were to be blotted out of the book of life. They had had light and knowledge, and precept upon precept, and appeal upon appeal, but they had never had the transforming grace of Christ in their hearts. They had never had a living connection with Jesus Christ, therefore the light that would come to them through His word they did not bring into their lives and character.  {1SAT 55.3}
[1SAT 56.1]          This is what I saw, and I woke up and found myself sitting up in bed with great drops of perspiration on my brow. I felt paralyzed. After this some things happened which caused me great sadness, and it was there I sunk under the burden. I do not care for myself; I would as leave lay down my life now as at any future time, but I believe that God will spare me just as long as He has a work for me to do. The worst thing--the most grievous--is the want of love and the want of compassion one for another. That is what God presented in such a light before me, and I wanted to say to you that if ever there was time when we should humble ourselves before God, it is now.  {1SAT 56.1}
[1SAT 56.2]          I have not as much strength now as I have had in the past. God helps, lives, and reigns, and you can seek Him individually. What souls are there here who will have their sins unforgiven and their names blotted out of the book of life? We do not know what we are doing. If we have unclean hands we cannot enter heaven. Is it so that we are being fitted for the society of angels? Is it so that we are to come in the presence of a holy God? Do we sense it? Do we sense that we are to make characters every day, that God is watching the development of character and weighing moral worth, and that our lives are daguerreotyped on the books of heaven as your face is stamped on the polished plate of the artist? I cannot see how you can be so lazy and so indolent and so easy and contented.                                            -57-  {1SAT 56.2}
[1SAT 57.1]          I went to a meeting in Oakland and told them I could stay only a little while and I must say what I had to and then go home. There was a brother there who wanted to confess to his brethren that he had become mixed up in worldly affairs and now he could see his wrong. But the burden rolled on me and I stayed till three o'clock in the morning; but we agonized with God in prayer till we got the victory.  {1SAT 57.1}
[1SAT 57.2]          We do not half know ［how］ to pray. We do not know how to get the victory. If only we ［would］ come to Him and knew how to pray, our hearts would be melted and we would see the blessing of God, and our hearts would become softened by the love of Christ. And when the love of Christ is there, why, then you can do anything. But it has been Satan's studied work to keep the love of Christ out of our hearts. But the trouble is, there is a great lot of ceremony and form. What we want is the love of Christ, to love God supremely and our neighbor as ourselves. When we have this, there will be a breaking down as with the walls of Jericho before the children of Israel. But there is such an amount of selfishness and desire of supremacy in our ranks. Why, it is most painful. We see it everywhere.  {1SAT 57.2}
[1SAT 57.3]          I want to say to my brethren, Shall we humble our hearts before God and be converted? Shall we put off all of the self-sufficiency and the lifting up of ourselves, and come down at the foot of the cross? The lower we lie at the foot of the cross the more clear will be our view of Christ. For just as soon as we begin to lift ourselves up and to think that we are something, the view of Christ grows dimmer and dimmer and Satan steps in so that we cannot see Him at all. But what we want is to come and dwell in view of the cross.                                            -58-  {1SAT 57.3}
[1SAT 58.1]          Is there no power that can take hold of our sensibilities and show us that we are near the verge of the eternal world? Can we not get our minds on the other side? What can be done to arouse our people? Why, these light afflictions, how we talk about them. Hear what Paul says about them: "For our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen" etc. ［2 Corinthians 4:17, 18］. Would you consider that to be beaten with rods, to be a night and a day in the deep, suffer with hunger, cold, nakedness, and all these things--and worst of all from false brethren--were light afflictions? But he says, These light afflictions.  {1SAT 58.1}
[1SAT 58.2]          Now brethren, I am thoroughly disgusted and indignant for my Saviour, that those who profess to be Christians are babies. They are indignant if anyone does anything that does not suit them. And if anyone crosses their path, they are discouraged and want to give up. Well, let them give up if they cannot do what is right. They must be hewed and fitted for the heavenly building. Now there is too much self. We want self to die and be hid in Christ Jesus, then we will not talk of discouragement and difficulties and all these small things, but we will talk of the great plan of redemption and the matchless power of Jesus Christ to come to our world and take upon Him human nature that we through Him might be elevated and have a seat at His right hand. What could be more pleasant than that?  {1SAT 58.2}
[1SAT 58.3]         If this is not enough, what more could heaven do for the fallen race than has been done? What more, says Christ, "could I do for My sheep than that I have done"? What more? Will He have to let us go? He will unless you change your attitude before God, for He has done all He could to save us. According to                                            -59-     the light that we have received, so is our accountability before God. Walk in the light as He is in the light. There is no darkness in Him at all.  {1SAT 58.3}
[1SAT 59.1]          Well, suppose you are walking in the light, what then? Why, your testimonies will be light. You will talk light, and all this evil surmising and evil speaking will be put away. You will talk and we will not be thinking of ourselves and what others are doing, but what God and Jesus are doing. Well, what are they doing? They are cleansing the sanctuary. Well, we should be with Him in this work and be cleansing the sanctuary of our souls of all unrighteousness, that our names may be written in the Lamb's book of life, that our sins may be blotted out when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord. It is the most solemn work that was ever given to mortals.  {1SAT 59.1}
[1SAT 59.2]         You have no time to be exalting self, but ［only to］ lift Jesus up. Oh, lift Him up! How can we do this? How can we ［be］ seeking all the time to be saving ourselves, and exalting ourselves? May the God of heaven let his power come upon your hearts that we may have right characters and pure hearts and know how to labor for the sick ［and］ suffering. Says the shepherd of the flock, ［quotation missing］. Who does He mean--ministers? No. Everyone who has named the name of Christ, who has tasted and knows that the Lord is good.  {1SAT 59.2}
[1SAT 59.3]          Go to work for those who are around you with brokenness of spirit, with hearts all melted by the love of Christ. Christ can work with you, but He will never work without the cooperation of man. Get in the right place and God will put His power on you, and combine His divine with our human efforts, and we can work out our salvation with fear and trembling. That is a power that Satan cannot resist or overthrow. It is when you have a right hold from above that                                            -60-     Satan cannot tempt you. We want you to be reconverted, and ［have］ the grace of Christ in the heart.  {1SAT 59.3}
[1SAT 60.1]          It is high time that we were awake out of sleep, that we seek the Lord with all the heart, and I know He will be found of us. I know that all heaven is at our command. Just as soon as we love God with all our hearts and our neighbor as ourselves, God will work through us. How shall we stand in the time of the latter rain? Who expects to have a part in the first resurrection? You who have been cherishing sin and iniquity in the heart? You will fail in that day.  {1SAT 60.1}
[1SAT 60.2]          Well, now, there is a class who will come off conquerors. Is it those who cherish sin and iniquity in the heart? No; these cannot stand in that day. There are many temptations coming from Satan, and if we are not deceived it will be because we have a knowledge of the truth. If they do not fall under the miracles of Satan, if they are not led astray by Satan's miracles, they will fall by the wrath of God. Do not be discouraged and think that He will never pardon, because He says that though your sins are as scarlet He will make them as snow. The God of heaven offers every inducement for you to come and submit to the refining process. Shall we not come?  {1SAT 60.2}
[1SAT 60.3]          The love of Christ in the heart will do more to convert sinners than all the sermons you can preach. What we need is to get the love of Christ, that we may study the Bible and know what sayeth the scriptures. The word will be unfolded through the ceaseless ages of eternity. Now, brethren, we might as well tear away the rubbish from the doors of our hearts now, just now, and let us be getting ready for the judgment, for we have no time to waste. (MR 900.39)     Copied from WCW Letterbook #G pp. 27-36  {1SAT 60.3}
[1SAT 61.1]       The Minister's Relationship to God's Word  ［A SERMON  PREACHED IN THE SEVENTH-DAY ADVENTIST CHURCH IN DES  MOINES, IOWA, DECEMBER 1, 1888.］    Text: 2 Timothy 4:1-11         Here we have presented before us the work of him who shall open the Scriptures to others. It is a most solemn work, and all who engage in it should be men of prayer. It is not enough for the minister to stand up in the desk and give an exposition of the Scriptures. His work has but just begun. There is pastoral work to do, and this means to reprove and exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine; that is, he should present the Word of God, to show wherein there is a deficiency. If there is anything in the character of the professed followers of Christ, the burden should certainly be felt by the minister, and not that he should lord it over God's heritage. To deal with human minds is the nicest job that was ever committed to mortal man.  {1SAT 61.1}
[1SAT 61.2]          There will be human prejudices and many other things that will bar his way. He will have to meet hearts that have never been subdued in their childhood. They have never been brought into order and into line; they have never been brought under control. Therefore, in dealing with these minds, where reproof is necessary, to rebuke with all longsuffering, to be successful in this work, the servant of God will have to arm himself with the same mind that was in Christ Jesus; and if he walks humbly with his God, he will recognize in every soul for whom he has labored that they are the purchase of the blood of Christ; that our precious Saviour considered them of such value that He did not withhold Himself, but gave up His life in order that they might have a provision, a trial, a time when they should consider the                                            -62-     things of eternal interest, and that they should weigh them carefully, attentively, and see if they do not consider whether or not it is to their advantage and profit to build into eternal life.  {1SAT 61.2}
[1SAT 62.1]          Here the apostle presents a solemn charge to every minister of the Gospel. He arrays them before God and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead, to preach the Word, and they are not to show a partiality for merely the prophecies and the argumentative portions of the Scriptures, but the greatest and most important lessons that are given us are those given us by Jesus Christ Himself. If we become thoroughly acquainted with the doctrines of Jesus Christ, then we shall be able to win souls to Christ. We shall have the love of Christ in our hearts, for we will see that we can do nothing without it. Why, Christ says, "If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you" ［John 15:7］.  {1SAT 62.1}
[1SAT 62.2]          It is not enough that we merely give an exposition of the Scriptures, but we must have the Word of God abiding in us; and Christ has said that unless "ye eat of My flesh and drink of My blood, ye shall have no part with Me. None but those who eat of My flesh and drink of my blood shall have eternal life." ［See John 6:53-56.］ Then He goes on to explain what it means. Why, he says, "the flesh profiteth nothing; it is the spirit that quickeneth" ［see verse 63］, and He says that His flesh is meat indeed and drink indeed. Therefore, we are not to merely open the Bible and read something to the people and then go away out of the desk and carry no burden of souls with us.                                            -63-  {1SAT 62.2}
[1SAT 63.1]         God designs that every minister of the gospel shall increase in efficiency. He designs that they shall have more power in prayer, that they shall become more intelligent in handling the Word of God, continually growing in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; and the more that they think and talk of Christ, the more they will meditate upon the blessed Saviour and the Word He has given them to obey, the more they will reflect the image of Jesus Christ; and by so doing they will become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {1SAT 63.1}
[1SAT 63.2]          Remember this point--"having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust." If we are in that position where we shall speak the truth in the demonstration of the Spirit and of power, we shall be men and women of prayer. We shall seek God earnestly, and as ministers of God preaching the gospel, we should carry these great truths into our daily lives, and show that we are living examples of what we preach--that we are carrying into our everyday life practical godliness--then wherever we go we will be a power.  {1SAT 63.2}
[1SAT 63.3]           There are some who have power just while they are in the desk, and it goes no further, therefore their influence is like the morning dew which the sun shines upon and drinks up; there is nothing to it; but if he carries the Word into his life, if he is eating and drinking of the blood and flesh of the Son of God, then he is a party with Christ, he is a partaker of the divine nature. Like the branch connected with the living vine, he has been                                            -64-     drinking sap and nourishment from the True Vine, and it will be seen wherever he is.  {1SAT 63.3}
[1SAT 64.1]          Let us see what ［the Word says］ further: "For I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord the righteous judge, shall give me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing" ［2 Timothy 4:6-8］.  {1SAT 64.1}
[1SAT 64.2]          Well, there is an incentive before us constantly to be faithful. As to those ［to］ whom God has committed sacred trusts, we are to be faithful, and if we are faithful, then the God of heaven will pronounce us worthy of eternal life, and ［will bestow］ that crown of righteousness that is laid up for the faithful who shall be overcomers at last.  {1SAT 64.2}
[1SAT 64.3]          Now, there are some that may think they are fully capable with their finite judgment to take the Word of God, and to state what are the words of inspiration and what are not the words of inspiration. I want to warn you off that ground, my brethren in the ministry. "Put off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground." There is no finite man that lives, I care not who he is or whatever is his position, that God has authorized to pick and choose in His Word.  {1SAT 64.3}
[1SAT 64.4]          It is true that the apostle has said that there are some things hard to be understood in the Scriptures. So there are. And if it were not that there are subjects that are difficult and hard to be understood, well might                                            -65-     the skeptic who now pleads that God has given a revelation that cannot be understood--well might he, I say--have something else to plead. God's infinity is so much higher than we are, that it is impossible for man to comprehend the mystery of godliness.  {1SAT 64.4}
[1SAT 65.1]          Angels of God looked with amazement upon Christ, who took upon Himself the form of man and humbly united His divinity with humanity in order that He might minister to fallen man. It is a marvel among the heavenly angels. God has told us that He did do it, and we are to accept the Word of God just as it reads.  {1SAT 65.1}
[1SAT 65.2]          And although we may try to reason in regard to our Creator, how long He has had existence, where evil first entered into our world, and all these things, we may reason about them until we fall down faint and exhausted with the research when there is yet an infinity beyond. We cannot grasp it, so what man is there that dares to take that Bible and say this part is inspired and that part is not inspired? I would have both my arms taken off at my shoulders before I would ever make the statement or set my judgment upon the Word of God as to what is inspired and what is not inspired.  {1SAT 65.2}
[1SAT 65.3]          How would finite man know anything about that matter? He is to take the Word of God as it reads, and then to appreciate it as it is, and to bring it into the life and to weave it into the character. There is everything plainly revealed in God's Word which concerns the salvation of men, and if we will take that Word and comprehend it to the very best of our ability, God will help us in its comprehension.                                            -66-  {1SAT 65.3}
[1SAT 66.1]          Human minds without the special assistance of the Spirit of God will see many things in the Bible very difficult to be understood, because they lack a divine enlightenment. It is not that men should come to the Word of God by setting up their own way, or their own will or their own ideas, but it is to come with a meek and humble and holy spirit.  {1SAT 66.1}
[1SAT 66.2]          Never attempt to search the Scriptures unless you are ready to listen, unless you are ready to be a learner, unless you are ready to listen to the Word of God as though His voice were speaking directly to you from the living oracles. Never let mortal man sit in judgment upon the Word of God or pass sentence as to how much of this is inspired and how much is not inspired, and that this is more inspired than some other sources. God warns him off that ground. God has not given him any such work to do.  {1SAT 66.2}
[1SAT 66.3]          We want to keep close to the truth that is for our times--present truth. We want to know what is the truth now. We claim to believe the third angel's message; we claim that the angel was flying through the midst of heaven proclaiming the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. This was the proclamation. Did you hear his voice? Did he speak so you could hear that message? Did the world hear it? Did the world hear any note? Did they want to hear? Will anyone hear it? Yes, those who have been walking out step by step as Jesus leads the way, and when the position of Christ changed from the holy to the most holy place in the Sanctuary, it is by faith to enter with Him, understand His work, and then to present to the world the last message of mercy that is to be given to the world. And what                                            -67-     is it? It is a message to prepare a people for the second coming of the Son of Man. It is God's great day of preparation, and therefore every minister of Jesus Christ should have in his course of action, in the burden of his labor, a zeal and living interest, and intensity in his efforts which is appropriate to the truth that is for this time, which is claimed to be the last message of mercy to our world. Well, then, we cannot sleep, we cannot be indifferent; we must labor for the precious souls around us, of men and women; we must work with all our might, for the Lord is coming.  {1SAT 66.3}
[1SAT 67.1]          The real laborers will be careworn, oppressed in spirit, and they will feel as did Christ when He wept over Jerusalem. When they see crookedness and impenitence, and when they see people who will not listen to the Word of the Lord, why they will feel as He felt when He exclaimed, "O, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not" ［Matthew 23:37］. Here are precious invitations of mercy, and while we carry them and try to let the light be reflected upon the world in darkness, we cannot see, perhaps, that the rays of light are penetrating everywhere. We may not see this, but it is so, if we carry the light and have the right spirit--and we want the right spirit--and we want to labor in Christ and have Christ with us constantly.  {1SAT 67.1}
[1SAT 67.2]          Here in Second Timothy, the second chapter, beginning with the eleventh verse, we read: "It is a faithful saying: For if we be dead with Him, we                                            -68-     shall also live with Him: If we suffer, we shall also reign with Him: if we deny Him, He also will deny us: If we believe not, yet He abideth faithful; He cannot deny Himself. Of these things put them in remembrance, charging them before the Lord that they strive not about words to no profit, but to the subverting of the hearers" ［verses 11-14］.  {1SAT 67.2}
[1SAT 68.1]         What does that mean? It means that there may be contentions over words and over ideas, but they should be to some purpose, they should be to break down the stubbornness and the opposition that is in human hearts in order that their spirits may be softened and subdued, so that when the seeds of truth are dropped into the soil of the heart, they may take root there. We do not know which shall prosper, this or that; it is God alone that giveth the increase. Therefore we must labor in discouragements, but we want to labor in Christ. The life must be hid with Christ in God, and as the minister's labor is to watch over the flock of God as overseers, there are cautions that they are to heed: "Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word" ［verse 15］. This is a great labor; it is a great burden. It is not to obtain the praise of men, it is not to look to any living mortal on the earth, but to God we are to look, with an eye single to His glory.  {1SAT 68.1}
[1SAT 68.2]         If we look to Him, He will certainly help us. He will give us His grace to help to labor on; He will give us strength to go forth weeping, if need be, bearing precious seed, and doubtless we shall come again with  rejoicing, bringing our sheaves with us. That is what we want. We want to                                            -69-     bring sheaves to the Master. We want to consider that we are missionaries, wherever we are, in the highest sense of the word, and there is a great work before us. We want a sharpened intellect, growing in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, growing up to the full stature of men and women in Christ Jesus.  {1SAT 68.2}
[1SAT 69.1]          What then? Why, we are to present every man approved in Christ Jesus. That is our work; and when men and women accept the truth, we are not to go away and leave them, and have no further burden for them. They are to be looked after. They are to be carried as a burden upon the soul, and we must watch over them as stewards who must render an account. Then as you speak to the people, give to every man his portion of meat in due season, but you want to be in that position where you can give this food.  {1SAT 69.1}
[1SAT 69.2]          The Word of God is rich. Here are the precious mines of truth, and we can dig for the truth as for precious treasures hidden away. We buy a field. After we buy it, we hear that there is buried in it a vast amount of wealth; so we begin to plow and turn over every portion of that field carefully, till we have found the precious jewels.  {1SAT 69.2}
[1SAT 69.3]          Here is the garden of God. Here is the precious Word, and we should take that Word and study it carefully; study its pages thoroughly and be in a position where we can gather the divine rays of light from glory, and reflect them on those around us. God wants us to be fruitful in the Scriptures. And when you may go forth to your fields of labor, you may indeed feel that you are weak men, but you are not handling weak subjects. You are                                            -70-     handling subjects of eternal moment, and you are to study and search the Scriptures for yourselves. You are to dig in this mine all the time, and the "entrance of Thy words giveth light; it giveth understanding unto the simple" ［Psalm 119:130］.  {1SAT 69.3}
[1SAT 70.1]         Whereas ［people merely with］ human nature might search the Bible, study its pages, be able to see its beauty, yet the searching would profit them nothing, but when they come with a humble heart, with a prayerful spirit, when they take hold of that Word with reverence, and open its pages with a prayerful heart, why the enterings of that Word--the Word must enter into the heart. It is not enough to read it merely, but it must enter, it must take right hold of the soul, and bring your spirits into subjection to the Spirit of God.  {1SAT 70.1}
[1SAT 70.2]          And when this transforming process has been accomplished--and we know that you are men mighty in the Scriptures when you can stand up before the people and can present Christ to them crucified--we know you have been to the Living Fountain; we know that you have been drinking of that Fountain, which is Christ in you springing up into everlasting life, so the words that you shall utter will be right words. They will not be vain words, coming together with a jingling sound, just to please the people. No, all this is to be shunned. You are to shun everything of that character. You want to be in a position where the blessed truth of heavenly origin shall have a transforming influence upon the life and upon the character.                                            -71-  {1SAT 70.2}
[1SAT 71.1]          Now let us see what it saith in Philippians, second chapter, commencing at the twelfth verse: "Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling."  {1SAT 71.1}
[1SAT 71.2]         There is no carelessness allowed here; there is no indolence; there is no indifference; but we are to work out, each of us, our own salvation with fear and trembling. Why? Let us see: "Wherefore, my beloved, . . . work out your own salvation with fear and trembling." Well, then, you say, am I to go around fearing and trembling all the way? Yes, in one sense, but not in another sense.  {1SAT 71.2}
[1SAT 71.3]          You have the fear of God before you, and you will have a trembling lest you will depart from the counsels of God. There will be that trembling. You will be working out your own salvation all the time with fear and trembling. Does it rest here? No, let us hear how the divine power comes in: "For it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure" ［verse 13］. Here are man's works, and here are God's works. They both cooperate. Man cannot accomplish this work without the help of the divine power.  {1SAT 71.3}
[1SAT 71.4]         God does not take man with his own natural feelings and deficiencies and place him right in the light of the countenance of God. No, man must do his part; and while man works out his own salvation, with fear and trembling, it is God that worketh in him to will and to do of His own good pleasure. With these two combined powers, man will be victorious and receive a crown of                                            -72-     life at last. He stands in view of the haven of bliss and the eternal weight of glory before him, and he fears lest he will lose it, lest a promise being left, he shall come short of it. He cannot afford to lose it. He wants that haven of bliss, and strains every energy of his being to secure it. He taxes his abilities to the utmost. He puts to the stretch every spiritual nerve and muscle that he may be a successful overcomer in this work, and that he may obtain the precious boon of eternal life.  {1SAT 71.4}
[1SAT 72.1]         What will I do? When the world sees that we have an intensity of desire, some object that is out of sight, which by faith is to us a living reality, then it puts an incentive to investigate, and they see that there is certainly something worth having, for they see that this faith has made a wonderful change in our life and character.  {1SAT 72.1}
[1SAT 72.2]          A transformation has taken place, and you are a different man. You are not the same passionate man that you used to be. You are not the same worldly man that you were. You are not the man that was giving way to lust and evil passions, evil surmisings and evil speakings. You are not this man at all, because a transformation has taken place. What is it? The image of Christ reflected in you. Then you are bearing in view that there is a company to stand by and by on Mount Zion, and you want to be one of that company, and you are determined that you will form a part of that company. Let me read: ［Revelation 14:1-3, quoted.］  {1SAT 72.2}
[1SAT 72.3]          Why were they ［the 144,000］ so specially singled out? Because they had to stand with a wonderful truth right before the whole world, and receive                                            -73-     their opposition, and while receiving this opposition they were to remember that they were sons and daughters of God, that they must have Christ formed within them the hope of glory. They were ever keeping in view the great and blessed hope that is before them. What is it? It is an eternal weight of glory. Nothing could surpass it.  {1SAT 72.3}
[1SAT 73.1]          Paul had a view of heaven, and in discoursing on the glories there, the very best thing he could do was to not try to describe them. He tells us that eye had not seen nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man the things which God hath prepared for those that love Him. So you may put your imagination to the stretch, you may try to the very best of your abilities to take in and consider the eternal weight of glory, and yet your finite senses, faint and weary with the effort, cannot grasp it, for there is an infinity beyond. It takes all of eternity to unfold the glories and bring out the precious treasures of the Word of God.  {1SAT 73.1}
[1SAT 73.2]          Do not let any living man come to you and begin to dissect God's Word, telling what is revelation, what is inspiration and what is not, without a rebuke. Tell all such they simply do not know. They simply are not able to comprehend the things of the mystery of God. What we want is to inspire faith. We want no one to say, "This I will reject, and this will I receive," but we want to have implicit faith in the Bible as a whole and as it is.  {1SAT 73.2}
[1SAT 73.3]          We call on you to take your Bible, but do not put a sacrilegious hand upon it, and say, "That is not inspired," simply because somebody else has said so. Not a jot or tittle is ever to be taken from that Word. Hands                                            -74-     off, brethren! Do not touch the ark. Do not lay your hand upon it, but let God move. It is with His own power, and He will work in such a manner that He will compass our salvation. We want God to have some room to work. We do not want man's ideas to bind Him about.  {1SAT 73.3}
[1SAT 74.1]          I know something of the glory of the future life. Once a sister wrote to me and asked if I would not tell her something about the city of our God, further than we have in the Word. She asked me if I could not draw something of its plans. I wrote her that I would have to say to her, "Put off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground." "No," said I, "you cannot paint, you cannot picture, and the martyr tongue cannot begin to give any description of the glory of the future life; but I will tell you what you can do: You can 'press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.' You can die to self; you can seek to grow up to the perfection of Christian character in Christ Jesus." That is our work, but when men begin to meddle with God's Word, I want to tell them to take their hands off, for they do not know what they are doing.  {1SAT 74.1}
[1SAT 74.2]          But here is the company. John sees it and wonders what means the scene. The account goes back in the chapter previous. I will not read it, but it shows where Heaven sends a message to the children of men, and they begin to embrace it, and follow the Lamb step by step until they enter into the sanctuary, and on till they are redeemed and stand with the Lamb on Mount Zion. And then it is explained why their song was so different from                                            -75-     any other song. It was a new song. And he goes on to state that "in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God."  {1SAT 74.2}
[1SAT 75.1]          Now, brethren, we see just what is before us. If we have unruly tongues, and they will talk, we want to have them cured. How shall we get them cured? Follow the Lamb. Follow the footsteps of Christ. We want our conversation to be sanctified. We want no impurities on our lips; we want none in our hearts; we want nothing that will defile. We want clean hands and pure hearts, and we want to keep our minds constantly awake.  {1SAT 75.1}
[1SAT 75.2]          We are altogether too well satisfied. Many of our ministers are as weak as babes. They understand the theory of the truth--can present that well enough--but when it comes to working out their own salvation with fear and trembling, if they meet with a little obstacle, they begin to talk doubt and discouragement, and in a despairing tone, and you will find they will stumble over little mites of obstacles that they should not notice at all. That is terrible.  {1SAT 75.2}
[1SAT 75.3]          What we want is to be armed with the same mind that was in Christ Jesus our Lord. And when we are armed with His mind, we can say with the apostle, that we are not to look at the things that are seen, but we are to look away from these things. These things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are unseen are eternal, therefore we are to keep our minds fixed upon heavenly things, the eternal weight of glory. That is what we are to think about and what we are to talk about.                                            -76-  {1SAT 75.3}
[1SAT 76.1]          If we would only consider like rational beings that there is a heaven before us to gain and a hell to shun; if we should keep that in mind, do you think that we would let the things of this earth sap away all our religious fervor? We shall not handle these things long. We are passing through this world as pilgrims and strangers, and in a little while we shall lay off our armor at the feet of our Redeemer, and we must be getting ready for that event. We want our actions, and our words and our thoughts to be right, for we all have an influence for good or for evil.  {1SAT 76.1}
[1SAT 76.2]          Here is my family that will be sanctified because of my right course of action. If I have spoken defiling words, if guile has passed my lips, if I have been peevish and cross, then I shall lie against the truth which I claim to believe. Therefore I will not be on that side of the question at all. I will have my mouth clean and my tongue sanctified. I will have my heart sanctified that I shall not take up a rumor against my brother, because I am told in the Word of God that he that taketh up a reproach against his neighbor shall not dwell in the hill of the Lord. ［Psalms 15:3］ Therefore, I must have clean hands and a pure heart, for it is they that shall stand in the hill of the Lord. Now, I want to be of that number that shall stand in the hill of the Lord. It does not make one whit of difference with my character whether anyone shall think ill of me or think good of me. It does not affect me, but it will affect them. May God help us that we may come up to that very place where we can appreciate these things.                                            -77-  {1SAT 76.2}
[1SAT 77.1]          We want to see the family altar established, and we want there to bring our children right before God with earnest prayer, just as the minister labors for his congregation when he is before them. Every father should feel that he is placed at the head of his household to offer up a sacrifice of thanksgiving to God and of praise to Him, and to present these children to God and seek His blessing to rest upon them, and never rest until he knows that they are accepted of God--until he knows that they are children of the Most High. Here is a work for the mother. What a responsibility rests upon her! Do we consider and realize that the greatest influence to recommend Christianity to our world is a well-ordered and well-disciplined Christian family? The world sees that they believe God's Word.--Manuscript 13, 1888. (A sermon preached in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in Des Moines, Iowa, December 1, 1888. Reported by W. E. Cornell. Portions of this manuscript appear in Evangelism, 7BC, This Day With God, Our High Calling, and Manuscript Releases 347 and 749.) (MR 900.26)  {1SAT 77.1}
[1SAT 78.1]      Religious Liberty      ［First page missing.］    ready to contend for man's right to worship God according to the dictates of his own conscience. The minds of the people of God have been bewildered, and they have not discerned that Satan was stealing a march upon them, exulting that he could employ their voice and pen upon matters of minor importance, and so keep them from warning the people of their danger. There are many who, if they understood the spirit and the result of religious legislation, would not do anything to forward in the least the movement for Sunday enforcement.  {1SAT 78.1}
[1SAT 78.2]         But while Satan has been making a success of his plans, the people of God have failed at their post. God had an earnest work for them to do, for the honor of His law and the religious liberty of the people are at stake. Yet the watchmen failed to discern the deceptions of the enemy that they might give the trumpet a certain sound in season to have some decided influence.  {1SAT 78.2}
[1SAT 78.3]         At the time of the trouble in the church and college at Battle Creek, in 1882, I was in Healdsburg, California, and my soul was in agony as I pleaded with God to arouse His people that they might not be ignorant of Satan's devices. God would have us see and realize the weakness and depravity of men, and put our entire trust in Him. "For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the                                            -79-     rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand" ［Ephesians 6:12, 13］.  {1SAT 78.3}
[1SAT 79.1]         There are many who are at ease, who are, as it were, asleep. They say, "If prophecy has foretold the enforcement of Sunday observance, the law will surely be enacted," and having come to this conclusion they sit down in calm expectation of the event, comforting themselves with the thought that God will protect His people in the day of trouble. But God will not save us if we make no effort to do the work He has committed to our charge. We must be found faithfully ［doing our duty as］ vigilant soldiers, lest Satan shall gain an advantage which it is our duty to prevent.  {1SAT 79.1}
[1SAT 79.2]          We should diligently study the Word of God, and pray in faith that God will restrain the powers of darkness, for as yet the message has gone to comparatively few, and the world is to be lightened with its glory. The present truth--the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus--has not yet been sounded as it must be. There are many almost within the shadow of our own doors for whose salvation no personal effort has ever been made.  {1SAT 79.2}
[1SAT 79.3]          We are not prepared for the time when our work must close. We must take a firm stand that we will not reverence the first day of the week as the Sabbath, for it is not the day that was blessed and sanctified by Jehovah, and in reverencing Sunday we should place ourselves on the side of the great deceiver. The controversy for the Sabbath will open the subject to the people, and an opportunity will be given that the claims of the genuine Sabbath may be presented. Blindness and disloyalty to God so                                            -80-     prevail that His law is made void, but the psalmist says of such a condition, "It is time for Thee, Lord, to work; for they have made void Thy law."  {1SAT 79.3}
[1SAT 80.1]          It is time for God's people to work as never before, because of the increase of wickedness. The God-fearing, commandment-keeping people should be diligent, not only in prayer, but in action; and this will bring the truth before those who have never heard it. The world is overborne with falsehood and iniquity, and those whom God has made the depositaries of His law and of the pure religion of Jesus must be determined to let their light shine. If they do nothing to disabuse the minds of the people, and through ignorance of the truth our legislators should abjure the principles of Protestantism, and give countenance and support to the Roman fallacy, the spurious sabbath, God will hold His people, who have had great light, responsible for their lack of diligence and faithfulness. But if the subject of religious legislation is judiciously and intelligently laid before the people, and they see that through Sunday enforcement the Roman apostasy would be reenacted by the Christian world, and that the tyranny of past ages would be repeated, then whatever comes, we shall have done our duty.  {1SAT 80.1}
[1SAT 80.2]          The man of sin thinks to change times and laws. He is exalting himself above God, in trying to compel the conscience. But God's people should work with persevering energy to let their light shine upon the people in regard to the law, and thus to withstand the enemies of God and His truth. When the law of God has been made void, and apostasy becomes a national sin, the Lord will work in behalf of His people. Their extremity will be His opportunity. He will manifest His power in behalf of His church.                                            -81-  {1SAT 80.2}
[1SAT 81.1]          When in Healdsburg the Lord wrought upon me mightily; I could not rest, and I asked the Lord to give me strength to meet my brethren again in General Conference, and I would set these things plainly before them. I would not shun to declare to them the whole counsel of God. While you have been allowing your minds to be diverted from the very work that God would have you do, and have been doing that which He has not called you to do, Satan has exulted, and has carried on his work with all diligence. You have neglected the testimonies that the Lord in mercy sent to incline your feet in the right path. Some of you have utterly refused these words of warning. You have been strong in your own ideas, set in your own ways, and you would not heed reproof or receive correction. The powers of darkness were mustering their forces. Satan was stirring men with a power from beneath that he might outgeneral the armies of Israel and take the field. We have lost much time and many precious opportunities, and Satan has had things his own way.  {1SAT 81.1}
[1SAT 81.2]          I promised the Lord that if He would give me His presence I would attend the next General Conference and would speak the words He should give me. I felt that if I was permitted to stand before you again I must have the presence of God with me as Moses had when he led the children of Israel through the wilderness, that my words might have power with you who have been partially blind to the importance of our time and work. I felt that I would make every effort in my power to urge our brethren to seek the Lord while He is to be found, to call upon Him while He is near. I would show them that unless they were imbued with the Spirit of God they could do no good in their work. Their coldness, their lukewarmness, was an offense to God. They must walk in Christ's light or Satan would put his blinder before their eyes and they would call light darkness and darkness light.                                            -82-  {1SAT 81.2}
[1SAT 82.1]         I tell you now that you must have divine enlightenment. If you do not seek this, Satan will set up his hellish banner right in your homes, and you will be so blinded to the real nature of his deceptions that you reverence it as the banner of Christ. If you seek God with contrition of soul, His angels will be round about you, and will minister to you, helping you to discern between the sacred and the common. But a nominal faith, a nominal religion, will find no favor with God.  {1SAT 82.1}
[1SAT 82.2]          It has been clearly presented before me that many who now preach the truth have never been converted. They need to have Christ the hope of glory formed within them. They need pure, undefiled religion, then they will not glorify poor, erring mortal man to his injury and with loss of their own souls. We need, oh so much we need, the deep movings of the Spirit of God in all our hearts.  {1SAT 82.2}
[1SAT 82.3]          My brethren, we must have Jesus enthroned within, and self must die. We must be baptized with the Holy Spirit, and then we shall not sit down, saying unconcernedly, "What is to be will be. Prophecy must be fulfilled." Oh, awake, I pray you, awake! for you bear the most sacred responsibilities. As faithful watchmen you should see the sword coming, and give the warning, that men and women may not pursue a course through ignorance that they would avoid if they knew the truth. The Lord has enlightened us in regard to what is coming upon the earth that we may enlighten others, and we shall not be held guiltless if we are content to sit at ease, with folded hands, and quibble over matters of minor importance. The minds of many have                                            -83-     been engrossed with contentions, and they have rejected the light given through the Testimonies because it did not agree with their own opinions. God will not work a miracle to convince these rebellious ones of the truth of the Testimonies, and compel them to acknowledge His message. He has given sufficient evidence for their faith, and it is only the stubbornness of the natural heart that prevents them from acknowledging the light.  {1SAT 82.3}
[1SAT 83.1]          God does not force any man into His service. Every soul must decide for himself whether or not he will fall on the Rock and be broken. Heaven has been amazed to see the spiritual stupidity that has prevailed. You need individually to open your proud hearts to the Spirit of God. You need to have your intellectual ability sanctified to the service of God. The transforming power of God must be upon you, that your minds may be renewed by the Holy Spirit, that you may have the mind that was in Christ.  {1SAT 83.1}
[1SAT 83.2]          If the watchmen sleep under an opiate of Satan's, and do not recognize the voice of the true Shepherd, and do not take up the warning, I tell you in the fear of God they will be charged with the blood of souls. The watchmen must be wide-awake, men who will not slumber at their post of duty, day nor night. They must give the trumpet a certain sound, that the people may shun the evil and choose the good. Stupidity and careless indifference cannot be excused. On every side of us there are breakers and hidden rocks which will dash our bark in pieces and leave us helpless wrecks, unless we make God our refuge and help. Every soul should now be distrustful of self. Our own ways, our own plans and ideas, may not be such as God can approve.                                            -84-     We must keep the way of the Lord to do His will, making Him our counselor, and then in faith work away from self.  {1SAT 83.2}
[1SAT 84.1]          Light must come to the people through agents whom God shall choose, who will give the note of warning, that none may be in ignorance of the purposes of God or the devices of Satan. At the great heart of the work Satan will use his hellish arts to the utmost. He will seek in every possible way to interpose himself between the people and God, and shut away the light that God would have come to His children. It is his design to keep them in ignorance of what shall come upon the earth.  {1SAT 84.1}
[1SAT 84.2]          All should be prepared to hear the signal trumpet of the watchman, and be ready to pass the word along the walls of Zion, that the people may prepare themselves for the conflict. The people must not be left to stumble their way along in darkness, not knowing what is before them and unprepared for the great issues that are coming. There is a work to be done for this time in fitting a people to stand in the day of trouble, and all must act their part in this work. They must be clothed with the righteousness of Christ, and be so fortified by the truth that the delusions of Satan shall not be accepted by them as genuine manifestations of the power of God.  {1SAT 84.2}
[1SAT 84.3]          Brethren, years have passed in which every professed follower of Christ should have been engaged in most earnest work to press back the armies of the powers of darkness. Years have been lost because the people of God were not closely connected with the source of all power. For years past every soldier of Christ should have been equipped for the warfare, prepared to meet and avert the dangers that threaten our liberties. The Word of God is to be our defense. We are to search the Scriptures as never before. We are                                             -85-     to contend for the faith once delivered to the saints, and turn from our dependence upon man. We are to idolize no man, exalt no man, but let God be our fear and our dread.  {1SAT 84.3}
[1SAT 85.1]          I call upon you as Christ's ambassadors to take your feet out of the path they are now in, for it is not the path of duty or of safety. Repent before God that you have not been faithful watchmen, standing unitedly in the work for the salvation of souls. Tell the people the time of night. Tell the faithful and true that the morning cometh; tell the slothful and ease-loving, and those who are working on the enemy's side, that the night cometh. Years have been lost, but will you now awake? Will those in responsible positions take in the situation, or will they, by their indifference and inactivity, say to the people, "Peace and safety"? May God help every one to come up to the help of the Lord now.  {1SAT 85.1}
[1SAT 85.2]          The watchmen have been asleep, but may God grant that they may not sleep the sleep of death. Let all who are standing upon the walls of Zion give the trumpet a certain sound. It is a solemn time for God's people, but if they stand close by the bleeding side of Jesus. He will be their defense. He will open ways that the message of light may come to the great men, to authors and lawmakers. They will have opportunities of which you do not now dream, and some of them will boldly advocate the claims of God's downtrodden law.  {1SAT 85.2}
[1SAT 85.3]          The word of the Lord has come to us in positive notes. Will you hear and obey? Says the prophet Isaiah, "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins" ［Isaiah 58:1］. Who is doing this at this time? Because of                                             -86-     the backslidings of God's people, living faith has become almost extinct. The deep movings of the Spirit of God are not manifested among us as God would be pleased to manifest His grace. How long will this state of things continue?  {1SAT 85.3}
[1SAT 86.1]          Instead of increased power as we enter the perils of the last days, weakness, dissension, and strife for supremacy, are apparent. But if we had a connection with the God of heaven we should be mighty in Him, and yet we would walk with all lowliness of mind, having self hid in Jesus. But now both spiritual and natural feebleness and death are depriving us of workers. God alone, by His Holy Spirit, can arouse us from the slumber of death. There is now need of earnest working men and women who will seek for the salvation of souls; for Satan as a powerful general has taken the field, and in this last remnant of time he is working through all conceivable methods to close the door against light that God would have come to His people. He is sweeping the whole world into his ranks, and the few who are faithful to God's requirements are the only ones who can ever withstand him; and even these he is trying to overcome. Much upon these things has been shown to me, but I can present only a few ideas to you.  {1SAT 86.1}
[1SAT 86.2]          Go to God for yourselves; pray for divine enlightenment that you may know that you do know what is truth, that when the wonderful miracle-working power of Satan shall be displayed, and the enemy shall come as an angel of light, you may distinguish between the genuine work of God and the imitative work of the powers of darkness.  {1SAT 86.2}
[1SAT 86.3]          Ministers may do a great work for God if Jesus abides in the heart by faith. "Without me," says Christ, "ye can do nothing." I would that I had the power to present before you your sacred, solemn responsibility. Unless                                             -87-     you fall upon the Rock and are broken, unless Christ shall put His mold upon you, these words will not be heeded. You are too self-sufficient, too self-satisfied to feel that such words are needed. But they are truth. Has not God made you the depositaries of His message? And has He not additional truth to reveal to His people, if they will carefully search for it as for hid treasure?  {1SAT 86.3}
[1SAT 87.1]          The ministers of God should be able to bring forth from the treasure house of His Word things new and old. "Educate, educate, educate," said the angel. "Give the people the truth. Lift up Jesus before them. Lead them in the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in. Give them line upon line, and precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. Never cease to study the Bible for yourselves, that you may in an intelligent manner present to the understanding of the people that which is to be."  {1SAT 87.1}
[1SAT 87.2]          The word was spoken to me, "Speak to the people all the words that I shall give thee. Wake up the mighty men. Let them become fully aroused, that they may with pen and voice stir up the people to whom God has given great light, that they may let their light shine forth in clear, steady rays to the world. A world is to be warned; and when the third angel's message goes forth with a loud cry, minds will be fully prepared to make decisions for or against the truth.  {1SAT 87.2}
[1SAT 87.3]          "The great charge is to be made by Satan and his evil angels, united with evil men who will fix their destiny by making void the law of God in the face of convincing evidence from His Word that it is unchangeable and                                             -88-     eternal." The very time of which the prophet has written will come, and the mighty cry of the third angel will be heard in the earth, His glory will lighten the world, and the message will triumph; but those who do not walk in its light will not triumph with it.  {1SAT 87.3}
[1SAT 88.1]         It is now too late in the day for men to please and glorify themselves. Ministers of God, it is too late to be contending for the supremacy. The solemn time has come when ministers should be weeping between the porch and the altar, crying, "Spare Thy people, O Lord, and give not Thine heritage to reproach." It is a day when, instead of lifting up their souls in self-sufficiency, ministers and people should be confessing their sins before God and one another. The law of God is made void, and even among those who advocate its binding claims are some who break its sacred precepts.  {1SAT 88.1}
[1SAT 88.2]          The Bible will be opened from house to house, and men and women will find access to these homes, and minds will be opened to receive the Word of God; and when the crisis comes, many will be prepared to make right decisions even in the face of the formidable difficulties that will be brought about through the deceptive miracles of Satan. Although these will confess the truth and become workers with Christ at the eleventh hour, they will receive equal wages with those who have wrought through the whole day.  {1SAT 88.2}
[1SAT 88.3]          There will be an army of steadfast believers who will stand as firm as a rock through the last test. But where in that army are those who have been standard-bearers? Where are those whose voices have sounded in proclaiming the truth to the sinning? Some of them are not there. We look for them; but in the time of shaking they have been unable to stand, and have passed over to the enemy's ranks. Christ says to him who feels his                                            -89-     weakness, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me."  {1SAT 88.3}
[1SAT 89.1]          The power of God is waiting the demand of earnest faith. The Lord Jesus has been coming near to us in this conference. I thank God for the heartbreaking I have seen in the ministers' prayer meetings. The Lord has been moving upon the hearts of ministers that they might lay hold of His strength. But for some reason, the very ones who most need the influence of these meetings have not been present. The very ones who most need to drink at the fountain of life, who ought to stand in the forefront in our ranks, have not received the power that God has been willing to bestow upon them. The future will tell the results of failing to improve these precious morning meetings. Day after day has passed, and some have not humbled their souls before God. Oh, will the Lord pass them by? They are the ones most in need of hearing every word the Lord has for them.  {1SAT 89.1}
[1SAT 89.2]          Those who would now help souls destitute of wisdom, sanctification, and righteousness, must themselves have on the whole armor of Christ's righteousness; for we can never lead the people to an experience of which we are not partakers. Those who have not tasted of the rich blessing of God will make little of the blessings that others have received. The light which God is giving to His people may be slighted, refused, rejected, but it is thus treated at great peril to men's souls. Brethren, God is working for us, and I feel deeply in earnest that not one ray of heaven-sent light may be regarded with indifference. God's communication to man is to be appreciated and cherished. If we do not appreciate the light of heaven, it will be our condemnation; our position will be similar to that of the Jews when they rejected the Lord of life and glory.                                            -90-  {1SAT 89.2}
[1SAT 90.1]          I hope the words I have spoken will not go out of your hearts, like water out of a leaky vessel. I have not spoken to you my own words. I promised the Lord that if I were permitted to meet with you again I would not withhold the truth, although it might not please you all. I know there are some that will be benefited, and in the day of reward the faithful overseer, the faithful shepherd of the flock, will receive a crown of glory. I entreat you, for Christ's sake, do not let the spirit of the enemy take possession of you, and the work be marred in consequence in your hands.  {1SAT 90.1}
[1SAT 90.2]          We very much desire the help of Elder Littlejohn. God has not released him from the work. We very much desire that Elder Smith shall have the power of the grace of Christ with him at every step, that he shall have Christ as his counselor; for Satan will surely seek to leave upon his mind impressions that will be detrimental not only to his own soul but to the flock of God. He has had a part in the work almost from its very beginning. The third angel's message will triumph. ［Oh］ that Elder Smith may triumph with it, and may have the full assurance of God's approval in all his work. He is in danger of making wrong moves, and it will be, with his temperament, exceedingly hard for him to acknowledge that he has erred.  {1SAT 90.2}
[1SAT 90.3]          The work of God is precious in every particular, and it is to go forth to the churches in all its divine fullness. Elder Smith and Elder Littlejohn can communicate the reasons of our faith in a clear and understanding manner which will interest and instruct minds, and if they have a living connection with Jesus, power will attend their labors. God has entrusted to Brother Smith the treasures of His truth, but he has naught wherein to boast because of this. He must walk humbly with God, and God will work with him and for him. He needs to drink deep draughts of the living water, not                                            -91-     occasionally but continually, that he may present the fulfillment of prophecy with power and fervency. Increased light will shine upon all the grand truths of prophecy, and they will be seen in freshness and brilliancy because the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness will illuminate the whole.  {1SAT 90.3}
[1SAT 91.1]          Do we believe that we are coming to the crisis, that we are living in the very last scenes of the earth's history? Will we now awaken and do the work which this time calls for, or will we wait till the things which I have presented come upon us? God will make Brother Smith strong in His strength if he will walk not in the counsel of men but in the counsel of the Holy One of Israel. My husband, myself, and Brother Smith have been united in the work for many years. From his youth, Brother Smith has been engaged in the work, and it has become a part of his being. He knows our labor, and is acquainted with the work that God has given me to do, and, like John, he can speak of the things which he has seen, and the things that he has heard, and the experience he has had in relation to the work God has given me to do. And this witness Satan will strive most earnestly to silence, that he may better obtain access to minds by making of none effect the testimonies of the Spirit of God.  {1SAT 91.1}
[1SAT 91.2]          Brethren and sisters, the Lord wants to impart to us increased light. He desires that we shall have distinct revealings of His glory, that ministers and people shall become strong in His strength. When the angel was about to unfold to Daniel the intensely interesting prophecies to be recorded for us who are to witness their fulfillment, the angel said, "Be strong, yea, be strong." We are to receive the very same glory that was revealed to                                             -92-     Daniel, because it is for God's people in these last days, that they may give the trumpet a certain sound.  {1SAT 91.2}
[1SAT 92.1]          God help us to work unitedly and as we never have worked before, is my prayer. There is need now of faithful Calebs, whose voices will be heard in clear, ringing notes, saying of the immortal inheritance, "Let us go up at once and possess it; for we are well able." We need now the courage of God's faithful servant of old. Not one wavering, uncertain note should come from the watchers' trumpets. They must be true to the sacred, solemn work that has been entrusted to them, and lead the flock of God in right pathways onward and upward to victory.--Manuscript 18, 1888. See RH Extra, Dec. 24, 1889. (MR 900.34)  {1SAT 92.1}
[1SAT 93.1]       Picking Flaws    Morning Talk by Mrs. E. G. White  Ottawa, Kansas, May 12,1889         The enemy is at work with those who have placed themselves in doubt and unbelief; and they are not satisfied only to be there themselves, but all the time they are strengthening others in the same line, and they want others to believe just as they do. From the light God has given me, there never was any new light that came from heaven but that Satan could find something in it to pick at. And so it is with some of the people of today-- they will pick at little things. They want the light, but there comes along the enemy just as he did to the men of Nazareth, and although the Spirit of God told them that Jesus was the anointed one and Christ told them what His work was--to break the power of the enemy and let the oppressed go free, to loose the bands of wickedness and to preach the gospel to the poor ［see Luke 4:18］--［they remained in doubt and unbelief］.  {1SAT 93.1}
[1SAT 93.2]         But it seems to me that we do not take these things and learn the lessons from them that we should. Now the unbelieving came up and the devil took advantage of it and began to work, and they began to say among themselves, Who is this? Is not this the son of Joseph and Mary? And just the minute this thought came into their minds they began to work it out. And you know how it worked. They arose right up and laid hold of Christ and led Him to the brow of the hill and were going to destroy Him. Now, there has not been any improvement made in human nature since that time. Human nature                                             -94-     is human nature still. If there is any little point where they can divert the mind, they make the most of it. You see it in the counsels. It has been presented to me again and again. They ［church leaders］ are laying plans for the work of God, trying to make arrangements whereby they can advance the work of God, and there stands someone trying to trig ［block］ the wheels. As I said to one of our brethren not long since, "You have done more to set back the work of God than ten or twenty of our enemies, because you construe some point into something wonderful, and you have held the committee for hours over nothing, only to throw in a block to trig the wheel, and the time wasted and the good resolutions that should have been carried have been lost. You come in and they think you are a good man, a moral man, and what you say is all right, but every time you have a chunk to throw in, and they are worried out in their counsels and nothing is accomplished which should have been done, on account of this hindrance."  {1SAT 93.2}
[1SAT 94.1]         Now brethren I want to tell you, when the Spirit of God comes into our midst, it will strike the minds that are ready to receive it. But if their minds are not open to receive it, they are all ready to pass judgment upon the messenger and the words spoken. In the place of coming to God and asking Him to give them a new heart and a new mind, that the transforming influence of the grace of God shall be upon them, they commence to find fault and pick flaws. It doesn't strike them, and it must harmonize with their ideas and they will stand right there until these things are culled out of the way, and they place themselves right there to judge. This is the way it was at Minneapolis.                                             -95-  {1SAT 94.1}
[1SAT 95.1]          It is because I know the very same spirit is here, and that we should not give place to it for a moment that I say these things. I know that while the Spirit of God will make impressions upon human minds, the enemy will come in and make the most of any little thing that it is possible to make and the leaven will begin to work because the devil wants it so. Now brethren and sisters I want to place you on your guard. I want to ask you if you are satisfied with your coldness, your unbelief, your backslidings. Have you not had enough of it? If not, the devil will give you all you desire. We don't want any more.  {1SAT 95.1}
[1SAT 95.2]          We see that we are in no better condition than the Jewish people. God gave them the clear light that they might stand as His holy, peculiar people. He had given them the prophets, and then Christ Himself came in order that He might present the truth to them. But when His own nation rejected Him, He turned away. He told them, "Ye have ears, but ye hear not, eyes have ye but ye see not." (cf. Jeremiah 5:21.) Then they inquired, "Are we blind also?" Christ said, "If ye were blind no sin would be attached, but it is because light has come and ye choose darkness rather than light." (See John 9:14) Was it a real darkness? No, it was not. The light of truth had shone upon them, but Satan was throwing his blinder before their eyes, and they received it not.  {1SAT 95.2}
[1SAT 95.3]          Now brethren, there is a blessing here for you. You may think it strange that I speak to you about these things, but it is my duty. We never want this thing acted over again on God's earth; and if God gives me                                             -96-     strength I will do it. I want you to inquire, How is it with my soul? Will you take the light, or will you stand complaining? It is time we should know where we are. We should have a chance to pray and talk and seek God. What we want is the Lord, and we don't want anything else. But we have it here in these words of Zechariah. Joshua stood before the Lord, and Satan stood there at His right hand to resist him. "The Lord rebuke thee," He said,"is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?" (Zechariah 3:2).  {1SAT 95.3}
[1SAT 96.1]          Now here are the people of God and God wants you to be getting ready for the great day of salvation, that you may be getting others ready. He wants you to have a fitting-up, that you may have a message for the people that will cut its way through the fleshy heart, and that you may go crying through the porch and the altar, "Spare they people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach" (Joel 2:17). Now open your ears to the truth you have had and put away your doubts, unbelief, and Christless surmisings.  {1SAT 96.1}
[1SAT 96.2]          God wants you to come and drink of the clear waters of the streams of Lebanon, and when you have drunk yourselves you will want to call others to drink. Convert after convert is presented to me who does not know what it is to have faith in Christ. It seems they are ready to die; there is no light in them; they are dying for the want of God.  {1SAT 96.2}
[1SAT 96.3]          I went to a meeting where I could stay only three days, and in that time I spoke to them seven times. They begged of me to stay longer; they seemed starved, and they would get up and talk of how they wanted this truth and this light, but the devil was ready to bring in something to shut out                                             -97-     the light, and many are ready to have it so. They don't know what the pure atmosphere is, but may the Lord help us that the clear light of His glory may surround us. May God help us to stand on vantage ground before the enemy that we shall have our minds broken off from things below and get hold from above.  {1SAT 96.3}
[1SAT 97.1]          Christ, when talking to the people of His time, told them that they had blinded their eyes and closed their ears lest they should see with their eyes and hear with their ears and be converted and He should save them. (See Matthew 13:15) Light had been given them, but they would not receive it. Darkness was upon them, and they would come and pick the little flaws, and draw the minds of the people away from the solemn truth that was for them. Now, how will it be with us? We don't want to kill ourselves here laboring for you, but will you labor for yourselves? We want to know whether we will have the rich blessing of the Lord resting upon us, and we realize that He sheds His rich light and glory upon us. This is my prayer. --Manuscript 2, 1889. (MR 900.22)  {1SAT 97.1}
[1SAT 98.1]      Behold Christ's Glory    Morning Talk at Ottawa, Kansas    May 14,1889         Brethren and sisters, just as surely as we begin to look earnestly to Jesus, and uncover our souls to Him, we shall go down deep into the valley of humiliation; and just as surely as we go down, we shall rise up again. The more humbly we live before God, the nearer we will come to Him, and the more distinct will be our view of Jesus Christ and His matchless light.  {1SAT 98.1}
[1SAT 98.2]          2 Corinthians 3:18: "But we all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory." Now you see how important it is that we are beholding this. The enemy has come in, and his dark shadow has been thrown athwart our pathway so that we dwell on the dark side and talk of gloom until our way seems almost hopeless, and we stumble along without courage, hope, or love. But we do not want this to be so. We want this shadow to be swept away, and it will be if we look beyond the darkened shadow to the brightness beyond in Christ Jesus.  {1SAT 98.2}
[1SAT 98.3]          "Therefore seeing we have this ministry, as we have received mercy, we faint not" ［2 Corinthians 4:1］. It is the mercy of God that we are to enjoy every day and every hour. Talk of it: dwell upon it.  {1SAT 98.3}
[1SAT 98.4]          "But ［we］ have renounced the hidden things of dishonesty" ［verse 2］. Here come in the works that go hand in hand with faith. We must not expect that the grace of Christ will work with us while we are practicing dishonesty.                                             -99-  {1SAT 98.4}
[1SAT 99.1]         "Not walking in craftiness, nor handling the word of God deceitfully; but by manifestation of the truth commending ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God" ［verse 2］. All that we do is to be in harmony and corresponding with the holiness and purity of the truth.  {1SAT 99.1}
[1SAT 99.2]         "But if our gospel be hid, it is hid to them that are lost" ［verse 3］. If they quibble and stumble over points of truth that are presented, why, they would stumble over the plainest statements.  {1SAT 99.2}
[1SAT 99.3]         "In whom the god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them. For we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake" ［verse 4, 5］. Is there not a whole volume here on which we can study?  {1SAT 99.3}
[1SAT 99.4]         "For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ" ［verse 6］. How are we to get it? We are to be God's witnesses and reflect the character of Christ in our character. There is no use for a man to be low and sensual, with his mind on sensual things, and yet think he can reveal the knowledge of God that is Jesus Christ. He must have the grace of God in his own heart and practice it in his life.  {1SAT 99.4}
[1SAT 99.5]         "But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us" ［verse 7］. Have we received a bright thought? If so, we are not to think that it is because of any wonderful smartness or intelligence in ourselves. It is because God is the Author of it. If anyone tells you you have preached a good sermon, tell him the devil told you that before he did, and for him not to be an agent for                                             -100-     the devil. There is pride in our hearts that must be emptied out, and then Jesus Christ will come in and take possession of our whole heart.  {1SAT 99.5}
[1SAT 100.1]         I love my Saviour this morning because He first loved me. If there is anything in my life, my words, my teachings, that is good, it is because Christ has put it there. It is not because of any goodness in me, and there is no glory to be directed to myself. The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith; against these there is no law. We should experience this, and then we will not be under the bondage of the law of God by any means. You are free in Christ Jesus. We shall walk in liberty because our will is in harmony with the will of God and we love all His commandments.  {1SAT 100.1}
[1SAT 100.2]          "We have this treasure in earthen vessels," but we are hid in Christ, and Christ is in God; so, our lives are hid with Christ in God and we reveal Christ, and in doing so we reveal the Father. Let this be a season when if you have sins to confess, or if you have wronged your brethren and have not right feelings toward them, for Christ's sake get these things out of the way. We want to be getting ready for the future life. Our Lord is coming with power and great glory. We are not to be surfeited and drunken with the cares of this life, but we are to keep our minds uplifted; and if we do this we shall see of the salvation of the Lord, and our hearts will be all light in the Lord, and we shall talk of His love and tell of His power and reveal Him to all around us.  {1SAT 100.2}
[1SAT 100.3]          It is our privilege to go on from strength to strength and from glory to glory. Do not think that because we have a glimmer of the light of God, that we have it all. It will soon leak out of your hearts as water out of a                                             -101-     leaky vessel if your eyes are not fixed on the mark of the high calling which is in Christ Jesus. Unless you work with earnestness, the devil will sow doubts in your mind.  {1SAT 100.3}
[1SAT 101.1]          When you start out, the enemy may put into your minds some cheap, common, sensual thought; but lift your souls to Jesus Christ and think of His purity, and they will not long remain. Talk of His glory, think of His life; and when affliction comes to you, let it prove you to be God's workmen, working out a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. Then talk of His glory, and let your soul be full of the love of Jesus, and your hearts be uplifted to God every morning and noon and evening and if we fight the good fight of faith we shall come off victorious.--Ms. 3, 1889. (MR 900.15)  {1SAT 101.1}
[1SAT 102.1]      Preparation for Christ's Coming    Talk at the Ministers' Meeting  Kansas camp meeting  May 14,1889         We take the words of Brother ［O. A.］ Olsen in regard to the coming of the Lord, and we think how it has been presented to us in a striking manner that the end of all things is at hand; the Lord is at the door. What influence has it had to solemnize our minds and arouse in us an earnestness to separate from us everything that is offensive to God? Then to think that, after all, He is nearer now than when we first believed. The day of the Lord is right at hand, and it is not safe for us to delay ［to prepare for］ His coming.  {1SAT 102.1}
[1SAT 102.2]         Do you think that any of us, when He comes, will be brought before the great Judge and will feel that we have devoted too much time to preparation? Will such thoughts come into our minds? Shall we think that we have been altogether too sympathetic, that we have devoted too much time in winning souls back to Christ, and binding up the brokenhearted? No indeed. Our thoughts will be these as we look back to those who stand before the Judge: "Why didn't I help them at such a time when I ought to?" or, "O, I am glad I did deny myself and help them to stand on the solid rock." These are the very thoughts that will come up to us in the judgment when everyone is judged according to the deeds done in the body.  {1SAT 102.2}
[1SAT 102.3]          And as many are weighed in the balance, they will be found wanting. Then they will proclaim their sins upon the housetop. They will not be afraid to have everybody know their sins, if they can only make restitution                                             -103-     for them and save one soul. But let us thank God today that we are not yet before the judgment seat of God, but we have an Intercessor, one who has loved us so that He gave His own precious life for us individually, just as though there was not another soul in the universe. He died for us, and we are of infinite value of Jesus Christ. How can we measure the sacrifice He has made for us? Then we should feel how we have wounded and bruised the Son of God and put Him to an open shame when we deny Him.  {1SAT 102.3}
[1SAT 103.1]          It is not that you come out in words and deny Him, but in your actions you deny Christ so that He is ashamed to call you brethren. We want every one of us to be consecrated to God.  {1SAT 103.1}
[1SAT 103.2]          Let the plowshare go deep, and uproot all this Phariseeism, and let this self-righteousness be torn all to pieces. The very best way to have this done is to fall on the Rock and be broken. Just as soon as you see there is nothing in you that is righteous, just as soon as you have a dread of sin, you will fall on the Rock, and then it is that Christ can take you and mold you and fashion you into a vessel of honor. But just as soon as you allow your thoughts and feelings to be turned against one another, this is unlike Christ, and just so sure it is that you are not vessels unto honor, but dishonor. You don't give God a chance; you are trying to fashion yourself after a mold of your own imagination, but you want to take that out of your mind, and keep Christ before you every day--when you rise up and when you sit down, when you go out and when you come in.  {1SAT 103.2}
[1SAT 103.3]          You want to exercise all that Christian politeness and respect because you are the purchase of the blood of Christ, and He has died upon Calvary's cross that we might live. Christ Himself has bridged the gulf for us. It                                             -104-     is our duty to help those who are downcast. Recollect what their privileges are, and don't talk of the difficulties, but go right to them and try to bind up the brokenhearted. These are right in the church all around us. Never have an idea that you know more than your brethren, but just keep humble. It was this spirit of surmising that brought all the weakness into the Jewish nation.  {1SAT 103.3}
[1SAT 104.1]          We want to learn in the school of Christ meekness and lowliness of heart, and from whom are we to learn these lessons? Jesus says, "I am meek and lowly of heart." "Learn of Me." Now, if there is anything in us like self, then Christ cannot dwell there. We want to represent Christ to the world. We must have self hid with Christ in God, and when this is the case we will represent Christ to the world. Oh, there is something wonderful about it--He loves us as He loves His Son ［see John 17:23］. Just think of it--loves us as He does His Son! This is wonderful, wonderful. In Him we have all heaven presented to us, and the more we see in Jesus the less we see that is good in self.  {1SAT 104.1}
[1SAT 104.2]          You know, just as soon as the heavenly Messenger came from heaven and revealed Himself to Daniel he said, "My comeliness was turned in me into corruption" ［Daniel 10:8］. He had such a view of the glory of God that he fell as one dead. He could not talk; he could not see; but the angel took him and set him upon his knees, and yet he could not look at Him.  {1SAT 104.2}
[1SAT 104.3]         Then what did he have to do? Veil His glory, and come to him just as Christ came to this world. He took upon Him humanity, then He could talk with Daniel. Brethren, the more we see in Jesus, the less we will see in self; and the more self-esteem we have, the more we are puffed up by the devil. May God help us to put away self and cling to Jesus; then we will spring up and bear fruit to the glory of God.--Ms. 4, 1889  {1SAT 104.3}
[1SAT 105.1]      Christ and the Law    (Sermon given at Rome, New York, June 19, 1889)         ［Matthew 5:14-16 quoted.］        We read in the following verse, verse 17, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil." What made them think that? It was because, notwithstanding they had had Christ represented in the typical offerings and sacrifices, they could not get it out of their minds that it was the law, the law, the law that they must dwell upon as their entrance into heaven. And here Christ comes in with His lesson, not to detract from the law, but to reveal to them the old light in new settings. He comes to reveal that light in the framework of the gospel, that they might understand in regard to this light that it was essential for them to have.  {1SAT 105.1}
[1SAT 105.2]         Here He shows the exceeding breadth of the law of Jehovah--its extended character--and He presents it before them in a light they had not comprehended before. And the moment He does that, there arises a resistance against that light. Why should they accept it?  It was not as they had taught it; it was in a different setting; and they could not harmonize this with their misconceived ideas.  {1SAT 105.2}
[1SAT 105.3]          Christ reads their thoughts, and their thoughts were that he did not make the law as prominent as they had done. He takes up their thoughts and says, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. . . . Whosoever therefore shall break                                             -106-     one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven" ［verses 17, 19］. And He makes it still more plain: "For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven" ［verse 20］. Now, they had built over that law, and around it, exactions, and they had burdened it with their own laws and ideas emanating from human, finite beings, until there could no one observe that law, even the letter of it, as they interpreted it; it was impossible.  {1SAT 105.3}
[1SAT 106.1]         Now Christ goes on and tells what the principles of the law are, and shows them that it reaches into the inmost parts of the mind. Thus He brings out the purposes of God's law.  {1SAT 106.1}
[1SAT 106.2]          When Christ came into the world, He was the origin of truth. The lessons He had given to the prophets had been placed in false settings, and it was His work to place them in the true. He was the foundation and the originator of all truth, and His work was to strip off all traditions of men, for they taught the commandments of men instead of the commandments of God. Those who had been in the school of the prophets, and had been obtaining their education, were considered to know more than all the nations and all other people upon the face of the earth. He turns to them and says, "Ye do err, not knowing the scriptures, nor the power of God" ［Matthew 22:29］. They saw trees as men walking. And why was not the truth distinct in their minds? The reason was, they were not connected with the God of all truth.                                             -107-  {1SAT 106.2}
[1SAT 107.1]          One part of Christ's great work to the world was, He came to it as a representative of the Father. But the world did not know God, and it is very much the same at the present time, even among those who claim to be following the truth. I don't know but you have heard me say it in years past, "I long to introduce you to Jesus Christ, to behold Him as a Christ of love, mercy, sympathy, and tender compassion."  {1SAT 107.1}
[1SAT 107.2]          There was one who came to me and said, "Sister White, can you tell me how I am to know that Jesus forgives me my sins as I repent of them?" "Yes, I can. I point you to Calvary, to the dying Saviour upon the cross." There is the evidence that we present to the mind. It is the evidence that you see, that Christ forgives sins. The light reflected from the cross of Calvary speaks to us of the blood of Jesus Christ which was shed for the remission of sins, and it tells us that we may be cleansed and sanctified.  {1SAT 107.2}
[1SAT 107.3]          I remember one woman who said, O, if the Lord would only show her in a dream that He would have mercy upon her and save her! Well, He did teach her, and she was taught in a dream, and then the first impression was, "Is that dream any stronger than a 'Thus saith the Lord!?" I want every one of you to take that, because I have found out that whenever I have been pleading for some special light, some strong evidence, I have found I had to wait a long time before I got it. I have found out that I had to take what the Lord said, and believe it as spoken to me. I am one of the daughters of Adam, one for whom Christ died, and have a right to lay hold upon the merits of the blood of a crucified and risen Saviour, because I am a sinner.                                             -108-  {1SAT 107.3}
[1SAT 108.1]          And when the devil comes and points to your sins and hateful crimes, tell him, "Yes, I am a sinner, but Christ is a Saviour, and He says, 'I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance'" ［Matthew 9:13］. Thus you arm yourself with the whole armor of Christ's righteousness. How is it you have not on the armor of Christ's righteousness? What did He come to this world for? Why, if it had been a possible thing for us to have been brought back to keeping God's commandments, He never would have come to this world; but He came here because it was impossible for man to redeem himself and bring himself into a position where Adam stood before the fall. Then what was he to do? Christ came, our substitute and surety.  {1SAT 108.1}
[1SAT 108.2]          Before He came they were under a yoke; but Christ was above law, He was the originator of the law, so there was no yoke upon Him; and the angels were in obedience to Christ, who was not under the yoke. He could come as one equal with the Father, and He could open His breast to the whole woe, grief, sin, and misery, and by an offering of Himself He could bring life and immortality to light through the gospel. This is the only hope of life, and when Christ cried out, "It is finished," He carried out the devised plan. He had died in behalf of the race, as a freewill offering to God. He was not urged to do it, but He took it upon Himself that He might save the fallen race. He goes down into the grave and comes up out of the grave.  {1SAT 108.2}
[1SAT 108.3]          As Satan was triumphing in His death, it was not long before he found out he had overstepped the boundary. In seeking to cause the death and crucifixion of the Son of God, what did he do? He claimed in heaven, and                                           -109-     he claims today among the Christian world, that in taking away the law of God they could establish one of their own that would be better. All the universe of heaven were looking to see what would come out of it.  {1SAT 108.3}
[1SAT 109.1]          Why did not God blot Satan out of existence? Why did He not blot sin out? Satan was permitted to develop his character, and unless he had had this opportunity, he would have laid the whole cause of his disaffection upon Christ and the Father. But he had an opportunity here in this world to develop his new principles, and he did it when he crucified the Lord of glory. He acted out his principles, and showed what they would lead to, and we see the same acted out in our world today--what these lawless principles will lead to.  {1SAT 109.1}
[1SAT 109.2]          The enemy has worked, and he is working still. He is come down in great power, and the Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the earth. God has withdrawn His hand. We have only to look at Johnstown ［Pennsylvania］. He did not prevent the devil from wiping that whole city out of existence. And these very things will increase until the close of this earth's history, because he has come down in great power, and he works with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. What is he doing? Going about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. And when he sees those who are resisting the light, and that God does not shelter them, he will exercise his cruel power upon them. This is what we may expect.  {1SAT 109.2}
[1SAT 109.3]          What is God going to do for His people--leave them with no new light? "Ye are," says He, "the light of the world." Then we are to get more light from the throne of God, and have an increase of light. Now, we do not tell                                           -110-     you in the message that has been given to you here and in other places that it is a grand new light, but it is the old light brought up and placed in new settings. Jesus gave light, the most wonderful light, as He spoke from that cloudy pillar. And just prior to the time when the children of Israel left Egypt, one plague after another was brought upon the Egyptians, because Pharaoh refused to let the Israelites go to worship God. Finally, the God of heaven suffered the firstborn of both man and beast to be slain, and when Pharaoh looked upon their dying forms he began to understand who the great I AM was--that there was a power above, whom Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, could not compete with or overcome with all his experience and resistance. Therefore he said to the children of Israel, "Go."  {1SAT 109.3}
[1SAT 110.1]          But what was there to do the last night? They were to kill a lamb and take the blood and mark the lintels and the doorposts. What for? To evidence to the whole of Israel, as they shall see these things, that there was something that connected them with God. And as the angel would pass over the land to slay the firstborn, and would see the blood that marked the lintels and the doorposts, he was to pass over those who had the blood upon the doorposts.  {1SAT 110.1}
[1SAT 110.2]          Just prior to the coming of the Son of man, there is and has been for years a determination on the part of the enemy to cast his hellish shadow right between man and his Saviour. And why? So that he shall not distinguish that it is a whole Saviour, a complete sacrifice that has been made for him. Then he tells them that they are not to keep the law, for in keeping that law man would be united with the divine power, and Satan would                                           -111-     be defeated. But in keeping that law man would be united with the divine power. Notwithstanding man was encompassed with the infirmities of humanity he might become a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Now here is the redemption.  {1SAT 110.2}
[1SAT 111.1]          He did not come to destroy the law, for He says, "One jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law till all be fulfilled." Then they remain today. Yes, there is not a jot or tittle dropped out, and everyone is under law. This is the position that we stand in today; and if any oppose the law, they are the ones that God condemns, because we are not left in uncertainty.  {1SAT 111.1}
[1SAT 111.2]          I want to keep God's law and live. But that man of sin has taken it upon himself to change the fourth commandment, and shove in a spurious Sabbath, to show his greatness and power to exalt himself above all that is called God or that is worshiped.  {1SAT 111.2}
[1SAT 111.3]          Now the test is coming between the Sabbath that the man of sin has introduced and the Sabbath of the Lord God Jehovah, the seventh day.  {1SAT 111.3}
[1SAT 111.4]          There are to be trying times before us, and what does God mean? He means that we seek to understand what He wants to say to us. We have not understood it; we have been going on here, groaning and groaning. When I tried to do good, evil was present with me and sin is constantly at work to have the supremacy. If you could see what Christ is, one that can save to the uttermost all that come unto God by Him, then you would have that faith that works.                                           -112-  {1SAT 111.4}
[1SAT 112.1]          But must works come first? No, it is faith first. And how? The cross of Christ is lifted up between heaven and earth. Here comes the Father and the whole train of holy angels; and as they approach that cross, the Father bows to the cross and the sacrifice is accepted. Then comes sinful man, with his burden of sin, to the cross, and he there looks up to Christ on the cross of Calvary, and he rolls his sins at the foot of the cross. Here mercy and truth have met together and righteousness and peace have kissed each other. And Christ says, "I, if I be lifted up, will draw all men unto Me."  {1SAT 112.1}
[1SAT 112.2]         "Then," says one, "you cannot be accepted unless you repent." Well, who leads us to repentance? Who is drawing us? Here the law of God condemns the sinner. It points out the defects of his character. But you can stand before that law all your lifetime and say, "Cleanse me. Fit me for heaven," but can it do it? No; there is no power in law to save the transgressor of law in sin. Then what? Christ must appear in that law as our righteousness, and then Christ is lifted up. "And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me" ［John 12:32］.  {1SAT 112.2}
[1SAT 112.3]          Here we look at the cross of Calvary. What has made us look at it? Christ is drawing us. Angels of God are in this world, at work upon human minds, and the man is drawn to the One who uplifts him, and the One who uplifts him draws him to repentance. It is no work of his own; there is nothing that he can do that is of any value at all except to believe.  {1SAT 112.3}
[1SAT 112.4]          As he sees Christ hanging upon the cross of Calvary he sees that He loves sinners, those who were at enmity with God. He begins to marvel, and                                           -113-     is abased. What is the reason for this? Why, he sees that there is a transgressed law, and that man cannot keep it, but he sees Christ, and with hope and faith he grasps the arm of infinite power and repents at every step. Of what? That he has violated every principle of the law of Jehovah.  {1SAT 112.4}
[1SAT 113.1]          Paul says he taught from house to house repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. What did Christ come to our world for? To attract the mind and bring it to repentance. Here we have the love of the Father in giving His Son to die for fallen man, that he might keep the law of Jehovah.  {1SAT 113.1}
[1SAT 113.2]          Now Jesus stands in our world, His divinity clothed with humanity, and man must be clothed with Christ's righteousness. Then he can, through the righteousness of Christ, stand acquitted before God.  {1SAT 113.2}
[1SAT 113.3]          O, I am glad I have a Saviour! We must have the Holy Spirit to combine with man's human effort. We can do nothing without Christ. "Without Me, ye can do nothing." "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me" ［Revelation 3:20］. I am so glad that we can be partakers of the divine nature, and that through Jesus Christ we can be conquerors. This is the victory--even your faith, feelings, and good works? Is that it? No; "This is the victory . . ., even your faith" ［1 John 5:4］.  {1SAT 113.3}
[1SAT 113.4]          What is faith? It "is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." Then what? "Faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone" ［James 2:17］. Therefore we lay hold upon the merits of the                                           -114-     blood of a crucified and risen Saviour. Our lives are hid with Christ in God. There we have the whole of it. We can do nothing of ourselves, but the fire of God's love is burning on the altar of our hearts. We are not following cunningly devised fables, no indeed; but we have been revealing Christ our righteousness. If you boast in your own good works, you cannot boast in Christ.  {1SAT 113.4}
[1SAT 114.1]          Now, there has been coming in among us a self-sufficiency, and the message to the Laodicean church is applicable to us. I will read it: ［Revelation 3:14-16 quoted.］  {1SAT 114.1}
[1SAT 114.2]          What is the matter? They have left their first love. "So then because thou art lukewarm . . . I will spue thee out of My mouth." What does He mean by that? Why, if the people have great light and knowledge and yet they are not striving to give that light and evidence to the world in their works, which are living principles that they shall present to the world, Christ is dishonored, and He becomes so disgusted with them that he will not take their names into His mouth to present them to the Father.  {1SAT 114.2}
[1SAT 114.3]          "I know thy works." "Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked" ［verse 17］.  {1SAT 114.3}
[1SAT 114.4]         Now what is the difficulty? "Tried in the fire." Christ had such love for us that He could go through all that trying of the crucifixion, and come off conqueror. And the white raiment, what is that? Christ's righteousness. "Anoint thine eyes with eyesalve"--spiritual discernment, that you may discern between true righteousness and self righteousness. Now                                           -115-     here is the work. The heavenly merchantman is passing up and down before you saying: "Buy of Me. Here are heavenly goods; buy of Me." "Will you do it? It is "Me" you are to buy of. There is no other source in heaven from which we may receive liberty and life but through Jesus Christ our righteousness.  {1SAT 114.4}
[1SAT 115.1]          Then He says, "Be zealous therefore, and repent." That message is to us. We want the brethren and sisters in this conference to take hold of this message, and see the light that has been brought to us in new settings.  {1SAT 115.1}
[1SAT 115.2]          God has opened to us our strength, and we need to know something about it and be prepared for the time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation. But here is our strength, Christ our righteousness. Let us ask Isaiah who is to be our strength. Well, he answers, and it comes echoing down along the lines to our time: "For unto us a child is born, and unto us a son is given; and the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, the mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace" ［Isaiah 9:6］. Is not that enough for us? Cannot we cover ourselves all over with it? Do we need any of our own self esteem? No, we cannot have that. We must hide in Christ, and we can hide in the mighty strength of Israel's God. Thus we work to meet the powers of darkness. We fight not against flesh and blood, but against principalities and powers, and spiritual wickedness in high places. And it is only in Christ that we can meet them.                                           -116-  {1SAT 115.2}
[1SAT 116.1]          Brethren, do not let any of you be thrown off the track. "Well," you say, " What does Brother Smith's piece in the Review mean?" He doesn't know what he is talking about; he sees trees as men walking. Everything depends upon our being obedient to God's commandments. Therefore he takes those that have been placed in false settings and he binds them in a bundle as though we were discarding the claims of God's law, when it is no such thing. It is impossible for us to exalt the law of Jehovah unless we take hold of the righteousness of Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 116.1}
[1SAT 116.2]         My husband understood this matter of the law, and we have talked night after night until neither of us would sleep. And it is the very principles the people are striving for. They want to know that Christ accepts them as soon as they come to Him. I want to tell you, brethren, that light is sown for the righteous, and truth for the upright in heart.  {1SAT 116.2}
[1SAT 116.3]          Now, we want to be a people who carry with us joy and gladness and we never can do it unless we carry with us Jesus Christ. If we sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, even Jesus Christ the righteous. Then I do not need to be mourning all the days of my life, for Christ has risen. He is not in Joseph's new tomb, He is with the Father. And how is He there? As a Lamb slain, and He bears in His hands the marks of the crucifixion. "I bear them on the palms of my hands." O, if this does not fill us with hope and gratitude, what will?  {1SAT 116.3}
[1SAT 116.4]          I have had the question asked, "What do you think of this light that these men are presenting? Why, I have been presenting it to you for the last 45 years--the matchless charms of Christ. This is what I have been                                           -117-     trying to present before your minds. When Brother Waggoner brought out these ideas in Minneapolis, it was the first clear teaching on this subject from any human lips I had heard, excepting the conversations between myself and my husband. I have said to myself, It is because God has presented it to me in vision that I see it so clearly, and they cannot see it because they have never had it presented to them as I have. And when another presented it, every fiber of my heart said, Amen.  {1SAT 116.4}
[1SAT 117.1]          Brethren in New York, we want you to go forward. Advance from light to clearer light. Here are the mines of truth. Work them; dig for the truth as for hid treasures. As you go to the Scriptures and ask God to help you, He will illuminate your minds, and the Holy Spirit will bring all things to your remembrance and the light of heaven will shine upon you.  {1SAT 117.1}
[1SAT 117.2]          I ask you in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth to arise and shine, for thy light has come. We do not want the work bound about. As you see men and women who have some ability, encourage them. God doesn't want novices to do His work. He doesn't want His work crippled. He wants you to place yourself where you may have a knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus.  {1SAT 117.2}
[1SAT 117.3]          He wants you to attend the school where Biblical lectures are being given. "Well," says one, "I will go to the school in Battle Creek." But they are about full there, and are going to start a school in Kansas. But here is South Lancaster; now why not, you who are so near, patronize South Lancaster? There will be those there who will be able to teach and stand at the head in giving Biblical lectures.                                           -118-  {1SAT 117.3}
[1SAT 118.1]         No man should go out to teach the truth unless he has had training and knows how to use the ability and capabilities God has given him. Now, you would not think of such a thing as going to a man who never worked at the carpenter trade and asking him to put you up a fine building; and so it is in God's work. God wants you to learn, and the angels will be right by ［you］ to impress your mind, and if you will go to the Scriptures as Daniel did, you will understand all God would have you understand. As you learn to practice, and learn to teach, ［teach others］ as God commanded Timothy to take the things He had given him and commit them to faithful men who would be able to teach others also. Now this is the very work to be done in New York. Let the mind be elevated, ennobled, sanctified, and then the minister will not be worked to death and you can take them and drill them in the truth, and their hearts be burning with it and they want to tell it to others.  {1SAT 118.1}
[1SAT 118.2]          Now, you have had light here, and what are you going to do about it? Are you going home and sit down, or are you going to work to build one another up in the most holy faith? God grant that you may work to the point. Oh, how I long to see the work as we may see it! How I long to see the tidal wave pouring over the people! And I know it can be, for God gave us all heaven in one gift, and every one of us can accept the light, every ray of it, and then we can be the light of the world. "A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid."  {1SAT 118.2}
[1SAT 118.3]          Now, brethren, go to work. Parents, send your children to these schools. Those near to South Lancaster can go there, and those near the                                           -119-     college, go there. God is at work to drill laborers to go forth from there. Now let every one of us arm ourselves and work intelligently, just as the carpenter works intelligently at his trade. He cannot work intelligently unless he learns his trade; no more can you. We want to be growing in every sense of the word. O, I love the truth, and I mean to triumph with it. Not only the ministers but everyone can do something. Taste and see that the Lord is good. May God bless you as you go to your homes.--Ms 5, 1889. (MR 900.12) {1SAT 118.3}
[1SAT 120.1]      Responding to New Light                    Remarks at the Bible School, Battle Creek, Michigan                                 Monday, February 3, 1890            My brethren, I am laboring most earnestly day and night. My mind is traveling. Things are constantly being revived to my mind that have been revealed in times past, all the way along. I feel such a burden pressing and urging upon me that I cannot keep my tongue silent. Now, we have talked it, and we have urged it, and we have set it before you, and begged and pleaded and prayed and wrestled with all the strength of our being, until we have felt afterward--after the occasion was over--the whole being was so feeble that my breath might stop and my life end at any time. Still on another occasion I am urged in behalf of the people. Now, why can't you do some of this? Every time our people assemble, they come, and they hear, and they go away as they came. They may have a little light, but they do not act on it. They do not take their position on the Lord's side. You do not see that they have opened up the avenues of the heart where the Spirit of God, with its illuminating power, can come right into the heart and soul, so that they will respond.  {1SAT 120.1}
[1SAT 120.2]          If God is working upon me in this direction, why is there not a more decided response from our brethren, and they take hold of the work too? Is it so that the burden may press upon me constantly, and yet my brethren and sisters sit as though it must always be so, and as though they had no special work to do in this matter? Now, brethren, we want to know whether we will take hold of that which is our privilege to lay hold of in Jesus Christ.                                           -121-  {1SAT 120.2}
[1SAT 121.1]          I know there have been efforts--a contrary influence--to throw back the light, the light which God has been forcing in here upon us in regard to the righteousness of Christ; but if God has ever spoken by me, it is the truth, brethren. It is the truth that every soul of you will receive, or your soul will be left in darkness as barren as the hills of Gilboa--without dew or rain.  {1SAT 121.1}
[1SAT 121.2]          The question will come up, How is it? Is it by conditions that we receive salvation? Never by conditions do we come to Christ. And if we come to Christ, then what is the condition? The condition is that by living faith we lay hold wholly and entirely upon the merits of the blood of a crucified and risen Saviour. When we do that, then we work the works of righteousness. But when God is calling the sinner in our world, and inviting him, there is no condition there; he is drawn by the invitation of Christ and it is not, "Now you have got to respond in order to come to God." The sinner comes, and as he comes and views Christ elevated upon that cross of Calvary, which God impresses upon his mind, there is a love beyond anything that is imagined that he has taken hold of. And what then? As he beholds that love, why he says that he is a sinner. Well, then, what is sin? Why at once he has to come here to find out. There is no definition given in our world but that transgression is the transgression of the law; and therefore he finds out what sin is. And there is repentance toward God; and what then?--why, faith toward our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ that can speak pardon to the transgressor.  {1SAT 121.2}
[1SAT 121.3]          Christ is drawing everyone that is not past the boundary. He is drawing him to Himself today. No matter how great that sinner is, He is drawing                                           -122-     him. If the sinner can get his arm fixed upon the cross of Calvary, then there is no conviction of sin. What is he there for? Because the law has been transgressed, and he begins to see that he is a sinner; and Christ died because the law was transgressed. And then he begins to look to the righteousness of Christ as the only thing that can cleanse the sinner from his sins and from his transgressions.  {1SAT 121.3}
[1SAT 122.1]          Now, we want to have an intelligent knowledge of this thing. We want to take hold of the righteousness of Jesus Christ by living faith, and know that we have not any. We may work to the very best of our ability, but we cannot make a single virtue in ourselves; it is the righteousness of Jesus Christ alone that can do it. Then, as we are clothed with the righteousness of Christ, we have a power and a strength that is imparted unto us, and we will not want to sin; we cannot do it with the righteousness of Christ, and with ourselves in a position where we shall have Christ working with us and by us. We may make mistakes; we may make errors; but we shall hate these sins--the sins that caused the suffering of the Son of God in our behalf because we were transgressors of the law of God.  {1SAT 122.1}
[1SAT 122.2]          Now, I want to say, brethren, there is a door open, and no man can close it to you--no matter whether it is those in the highest position or the lowest position--they cannot close it. But you can. You can close the door of your heart that the light which God has sent you for the last year-and-a-half--or nearly that--shall not have its influence and its effect upon your life, nor be brought into your religious experience. This is what God sends His messengers for.  {1SAT 122.2}
[1SAT 122.3]          As John went forth to proclaim his message, God gave him a work to do. He had to do that work and arouse the attention of the people. He had to                                           -123-     cry aloud, lift up his voice like a trumpet in the wilderness, just as spoken in Isaiah: "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and shew my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins" (Isaiah 58:1). Well now, Christ had not come yet upon the stage of action as a minister. But after the ministry of Christ commenced, here was John to prepare the way for the ministry of Christ, that the minds of the people might be agitated, that their hard hearts, and principles, and customs, and practices might be all stirred up. He condemned their course, and condemned their practices, calling them a generation of vipers. The Christ comes in with a healing balm, with a message which, with the heart broken up, the seed can fall into prepared soil.  {1SAT 122.3}
[1SAT 123.1]         When John's disciples became jealous of Christ, they say, "This man, Christ, is baptizing, and all men go unto him." And they bring it in to stir up jealousy. John tells them, "There cometh one after me who is preferred before me, whose shoe's latchet I am not worthy to unloose" (See John 3:26;  1:27). Here was the very work to be done. Well, now, do you think that John had no human feelings? Of course he had! But those human feelings should not have a power over him on that occasion. No; when he sees Christ in the crowd, why he says, "Behold the lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world" (John 1:29). He directed the people right to Christ, and two of the disciples immediately followed Him.  {1SAT 123.1}
[1SAT 123.2]         God has workmen. They carry the work so far and they can carry it no further, because it is just as natural for the mold of man to be placed upon man as it is to breathe. Now, God calls upon another workman to come right in and advance that work. The one that was working becomes circumscribed. He cannot see that the very line of work that he is working in is not to be                                           -124-     pursued to the very close of time. There has to be more light and power infused into the work than we have had. There are workmen to come and carry that work upward and forward. That breaks up the old mold that would be an injury to them, and which would have crippled their experience and advance. But this mold has got to be taken off. The mold of man, the peculiarities of man, are stamped upon it, and it comes to be deified by all those that receive of his labor. Now there comes in another element that takes the old mold off. This work is to be carried upward and forward, and the building is to go up. Thus God has worked with His workmen; He buried the workmen, but the work progresses still.  {1SAT 123.2}
[1SAT 124.1]          When I sat with the hand of my dying husband in my own, I knew that God was at work. While I sat there on the bed by his side, he in such feverness, it was there, like a clear chain of light presented before me: The workmen are buried, but the work shall go on. I have workmen that shall take hold of this work. Fear not; be not discouraged; it shall go forward.  {1SAT 124.1}
[1SAT 124.2]          It was there I understood that I was to take the work and a burden stronger than I had ever borne before. It was there that I promised the Lord that I would stand at my post of duty, and I have tried to do it. I do, as far as possible, the work that God has given me to do, with the understanding that God was to bring an element in this work that we have not had yet.  {1SAT 124.2}
[1SAT 124.3]          Our young men look at the older men that stand still as a stick and will not move to accept any new light that is brought in; they will laugh and ridicule what these men say and what they do as of no consequence. Who carries the burden of that laugh, and of that contempt, I ask you? Who                                            -125-     carries it? It is the very ones that have interposed themselves between the light that God has given, that it shall not go to the people who should have it. I know what I am talking about. These things have not been revealed to me for the last forty years and I ［remain］ in ignorance in regard to them.  {1SAT 124.3}
[1SAT 125.1]          Now, brethren, I say, clear the King's highway, for your soul's sake. If you have interposed between the people and the light, get out of the way, or God will move you out of the way. I tell you that God calls for men to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. They are not to pull back; they are not to put their weight against the chariot so as to pull it back; but they are to push with all the might and energy that God has given them.  {1SAT 125.1}
[1SAT 125.2]          Now it is just exactly as in the days of the Jews. When a message came in, why all the power of the leaders was put against it, that it should not have access to the people. Now, brethren, go to God for yourselves, and on your knees plead with God. We cannot bear that men should go away from the very center and heart of the work here with wrong impressions. I cannot bear that they should go away from here with a cloud on their minds. If God sends us light, let it come to us, and let no man close the door, or try to close it. Don't close it yourselves. Open the door of your heart and let the brilliant rays of light shine into your heart and into your mind. I pray you, let the Sun of Righteousness in.  {1SAT 125.2}
[1SAT 125.3]          Now, if it is my work, and if God wants me to stand and oppose this matter to the end, I can. But how long before you decide you will receive my testimony? How long before it shall have any weight with you? How long before you will accept the word that has been among us from its very                                            -126-     commencement? How long will you reject or turn from the testimony to your own feelings, and your own ideas, and your own impulses? I have stood here and fought every inch of ground that we may have the very message that this people has had, that I might work together with God. I want to know how that God will let His people deny and hedge up the way, that the light He has sent to His people cannot reach them. How long is this thing to be tampered with? How long is the grace of God to come to this people in vain? I plead with you, for Christ's sake, clear the King's highway, and trifle not with the Spirit of God.  {1SAT 125.3}
[1SAT 126.1]          We have traveled all through to the different places of the meetings that I might stand side by side with the messengers of God that I knew were His messengers, that I knew had a message for His people. I gave my message with them right in harmony with the very message they were bearing.  {1SAT 126.1}
[1SAT 126.2]          What did we see? We saw a power attending the message. In every instance we worked--and some know how hard we worked. I think it was a whole week, going early and late, at Chicago, in order that we might get these ideas in the minds of the brethren. The devil has been working for a year to obliterate these ideas--the whole of them. And it takes hard work to change their old opinions. They think they have to trust in their own righteousness, and in their own works, and keep looking at themselves, and not appropriating the righteousness of Christ and bringing it into their life, and into their character. We worked there for one week. It was after one week had passed away before there was a break and the power of God, like a tidal wave, rolled over that congregation. I tell you, it was to set men free; it was to point them to the Lamb of God which taketh away the sins of the world.                                           -127-  {1SAT 126.2}
[1SAT 127.1]          And there at South Lancaster, the mighty movings of the Spirit of God were there. Some are here that were in that meeting. God revealed His glory, and every student in the College was brought to the door there in confession, and the movings of the Spirit of God were there. And thus ［it was］ from place to place. Everywhere we went we saw the movings of the Spirit of God.  {1SAT 127.1}
[1SAT 127.2]          Do you think, like the ten lepers, I shall keep silent, that I shall not raise my voice to sing the righteousness of God and praise Him and glorify Him? I try to present it to you, that you may see the evidence that I saw, but it seems that the words go as into empty air. How long is it to be thus? How long will the people at the heart of the work hold themselves against God? How long will men here sustain them in doing this work? Get out of the way, brethren. Take your hand off the ark of God, and let the Spirit of God come in and work in mighty power. I feel to stand at my post of duty. I may fall here as my husband fell, but I need to do a work for God. I need to do a work for eternity.  {1SAT 127.2}
[1SAT 127.3]          What is the testimony that has been given here? Who are the men to come in and give you anything, infusing new light, and bringing you up to a higher standard? If you can show them to me, if you can show me that the work is advancing, we say amen; but we cannot see it. We want to see that God puts His impress upon the work. We want to see men that bear heavenly credentials carry this work in the very last days to its completion. God will give every man here a chance if he will accept it. . . .  {1SAT 127.3}
[1SAT 127.4]          Now, brethren, I entreat of you, for Christ's sake, let us be reasonable. Let the Spirit of God have influence upon your hearts. I feel an                                            -128-     intense interest for every soul here. Why? Because I look to Calvary, and I see the value of the price that has been paid for the soul; and therefore I do not want that soul to close the door of his heart to God. I entreat of you, brethren and sisters, that you should come near to God, that you should take hold of His power, and that you should not deprive yourselves of the very blessing that God wants you to have.--Manuscript 9, 1890. (MR 900.9)     White Estate Washington, D. C.  {1SAT 127.4}
[1SAT 129.1]       Who Will Accept the Light from Heaven?                    Remarks of Mrs. E. G. White, February 6, 1890          Jesus has some very precious words I want to read to you: "Neither pray I for these alone (that is, the disciples immediately around him), but for them also which shall believe on me through their word" ［John 17:20］. That is us. That means us brethren. "That they all may be one; as thou, Father, art in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me" ［verse 21］. The unity and the harmony.  {1SAT 129.1}
[1SAT 129.2]         Now, I have thought of a good many that ought to be here that are not here. Where are Leon Smith, and Brother Ballenger, and Brother Smith? Can't they spend an hour? Will they draw off for fear that they shall be won? Why not gather these men in here? And if they do not know what they  are opposing at all, they will not understand. No, brethren, where is your burden? Is it that you should get those that do not understand these things, and are all the time firing in the dark against them? We know they  will not come to hear, and where the Lord can impress their hearts and their minds. Can't you see, that is not the way for man to work?  {1SAT 129.2}
[1SAT 129.3]          Now, brethren, let us look at these matters in the right light. If we have precious things, we want they should have it, we want they should understand where the Spirit of God is; but if they keep on the outskirts of the camp all the time, they do not know the impressions that the Lord is making upon His people. We want them to come right in with us, that we may                                            -130-     ［have］ a unity in faith and in purpose, and we may understand where the Spirit of God is working. And there are a great many others that ought to be here.  {1SAT 129.3}
[1SAT 130.1]          Now, here is the word: "That the world may believe that thou hast sent me, And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them" ［verse 21］. That is what we are waiting for here; we want some of that glory; and it is our privilege to have it. There is darkness enough in the world, and we want the light of the glory of God to lighten our pathway and to lighten the pathway of others. We want some of that glory, that you may go forth to your labors with that glory shining upon our countenances, expressed in your words and in your testimonies, that it will make an impression on minds wherever you go.  {1SAT 130.1}
[1SAT 130.2]         "And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one." Who is it that is burdened that they may get into unity? Who are they? Where are they? God help us that we may understand what spirit actuates and moves us. "I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one" ［verse 23］. Now their profit is not in seeing just how far they can keep off, and keep another mind, and their own ideas, and cherish their own ideas, and water their own ideas. No, it is that they may be made perfect in one; and they want to be made in one, and they are trying to be one, and they are trying to get where they may be in unity.  {1SAT 130.2}
[1SAT 130.3]         "That the world may know that thou hast sent me." Those are the credentials they bear to the world. "And hast loved"--now, mark this. O, it                                           -131-     is such a power with me. It has such a power for my heart; it melts and dissolves my very being as I read this. "And hast loved them, as thou hast loved me." Why, brethren, can we comprehend this? Can we take hold of it? Can we measure it?  {1SAT 130.3}
[1SAT 131.1]          "Hast loved them, as thou hast loved me." Why, that ought to bring every soul of us in gladness and joy and thankfulness and gratitude the whole time to God, that the preparation has been made that this shall be done; that God loves us as His Son. Why? Because we are united in Christ as He is united with the Father.  {1SAT 131.1}
[1SAT 131.2]          There is a oneness with those that are partakers of the Spirit of Christ. You may bring the horse to the water, but you never can make him drink; he has got to drink for himself. Just so it is with us; we may have a house around us, and the words of life may be presented in all their beauty and in all their clearness, and it is like the bright shining of the candle; but unless they will kindle their tapers from it, unless they are willing to get some light, they won't have any, no, indeed. Now, that is the most precious to me.  {1SAT 131.2}
[1SAT 131.3]          And He says, "Father, I will that they also ［that thou lovest］, whom thou hast given me, be with me where I am." Why, in His kingdom they will be right around Him, right about Him. Oh, what a thought! It makes me willing--even if I die at my post--it makes me willing to make an entire sacrifice for the truth's sake. Oh, if I can be with Him where He is! He is my love, my crown of rejoicing; He is my hope and comfort.                                            -132-  {1SAT 131.3}
[1SAT 132.1]          Now what? "That they may behold my glory." We have felt Him in the humiliation; we have felt Him in the sacrifice; we have felt Him in the trials; we have felt Him in the test; now that we may behold Him; that we may see Him as He is; that we may behold His glory; and if we behold Him we will be a partaker with Him of His glory.  {1SAT 132.1}
[1SAT 132.2]          "And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them. . . . For thou lovedst me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known thee" ［verses 24, 25］. Oh, how little we know "Thee," and we profess to be His followers. He says, "The world hath not known thee." God forbid that it should be of those that carry the truth to those who are in darkness that Christ will say, "They do not know Thee." How few know my Saviour!  {1SAT 132.2}
[1SAT 132.3]         "But I have known thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me. And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them" ［verses 25, 26］. That is His word. We have been reading it for more than the last year more distinctly. "I have declared unto them thy name"--Thy name, its goodness, its mercy, its love, its compassion, that you may gather up your forces and think, and that you may plant yourselves upon the rock Christ Jesus and believe Him. "I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it." That is what He came here for.  {1SAT 132.3}
[1SAT 132.4]         "That the love wherewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them." I am so glad, brethren, I am so glad that we have the privilege. But our minds have become separated from God; and the enemy meant it should                                           -133-     be so. He cast his hellish shadow right between us and our hope, and our strength, and our comfort, that we should not see Him; that he might eclipse Jesus, that we should ［not］ discern Him and what He was to us, and what He would do for us, and what He would be to us--that he should cast this dark and gloomy shadow between us and our Saviour.  {1SAT 132.4}
[1SAT 133.1]          Now, we have been getting just a glimmering of faith. We have but a little of it. Yet it is so very hard for the mind that has been looking on the dark shadows, and that has been hanging memory's hall all through with disconsolate things and pictures that are draped in mourning, that it seems as though we cannot look upon anything else. But may God help to gather up the jewels of Christ. God help us that we may hang memory's hall all through with the rich promises of God, that when Satan shall come to cast his hellish shadow between us and the source of our strength we may just be armed; we have got the memorials all surrounding us--barricaded with the promises--and we can say, "Although the fig tree shall not blossom, neither shall fruit be in the vines; the labour of the olive shall fail, and the fields shall yield no meat; the flock shall be cut off from the fold, and there shall be no herd in the stalls: yet I will rejoice in the Lord, I will joy in the God of my salvation" ［Habakkuk 3:17, 18］.  {1SAT 133.1}
[1SAT 133.2]         And when sometimes it seems that the Word is made so hard because unbelief is planted in the hearts where faith ought to be flourishing, I repeat that text over and over and over again, and I bring myself in position where the light and the brightness of the Sun of righteousness I can perceive. I will not look at the darkness.                                           -134-  {1SAT 133.2}
[1SAT 134.1]          Brethren and sisters, I beg of you for Christ's sake, to lift Him, up--the Man of Calvary. Lift Him up, the sinner's only hope. Learn of Him, every one of you. Oh, may chapters be opened in your experience that you never have opened before in regard to the blessedness and the trust and confidence that you may have in God.  {1SAT 134.1}
[1SAT 134.2]          Just see what our Saviour says: "When the Son of man cometh, shall he find faith on the earth?" ［Luke 18:8］. Why? Why, because the devil has put his dark mantle to enshroud the people, when we want light, light, brethren, light, precious light from the throne of God. Well, then, you want to be sure that you learn how to tell it when you go from here; you want to be so rooted and grounded in it that when you go to those that are fastened in unbelief that they shall not throw their darkness over your mind; that you shall become so settled as to what is truth that you will not be shaken away from it; but that God can reveal to you His precious, precious light.  {1SAT 134.2}
[1SAT 134.3]          Now, Paul knew that he was not going to stay very long with Timothy, and he kept giving him lessons all the time; and he says, "My son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus" ［2 Timothy 2:1］. That is what every one of us wants--not any of your own opinions, or smartness, or intellect, or any of these things; but be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus.  {1SAT 134.3}
[1SAT 134.4]         "And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach also. Thou therefore endure hardness, as a good soldier of Jesus Christ" ［verses 2, 3］.                                           -135-     There is the very word before us. And the very men that ought to be here to feel their interest of having the truth for their positions of trust here in Battle Creek, on this missionary soil--the very men that ought to be fitting for these positions, they are not here at all; they do not come near.  {1SAT 134.4}
[1SAT 135.1]         Now, brethren, that is not as it ought to be. I want you to meditate over these matters. I want you to seek God in regard to it. I want you to tell the Lord to stir up these souls, that they may begin to feel that they need something more than they ［have］ got. Brethren, we want light, precious light from the throne of God; and in the place of quibbling, and in the place of fastening upon hooks that you can hang your doubts upon, for Christ's sake go to your knees in prayer; for Christ's sake see the error and mistake of the Jews; because Christ has said, "Light has come, and ye choose darkness rather than light." ［See John 3:19］ Now, this can be done right where light is shining. You meet men who say, Beware, beware; we must go careful; we must be very careful to press out the darkness, and let the light come in.  {1SAT 135.1}
[1SAT 135.2]          Brethren, we want to come right up as a man and obtain a living experience here in this meeting. You want light enough that you can carry it with you into eternity. That is what you want. We have not half faith enough. We are only just beginning to learn as little children. The child first takes a step, and falls; and then takes another step, and finally learns how to walk. Now, we want to learn how to exercise faith.  {1SAT 135.2}
[1SAT 135.3]          When the centurion came to Christ, just look at his faith. Why, he did not claim all the knowledge of the Jews; but here this centurion came, and                                              -136-     he says, O Lord, You need not go away down there to heal my servant; You just say it and it will be done. What kind of power did he think was in Christ? Just what was invested in him. Now, said he, You may just say the word. I say to my servant, go, and he goeth, and I say to him, do this, and he doeth. Well now, all You have to say is to command, and it will be done.  {1SAT 135.3}
[1SAT 136.1]          What was his insight? That there were angels all around Christ; the word of Christ would go right to that sick chamber and heal that soul. The Jews saw how Christ said to him, "I have not found so great faith, no, not in Israel." Now there are those outside of us that are standing in greater favor to God than we are; and why? Because they live up to every jot of light that they have. And we have light pouring in on us, and for months we have been pleading that the people would come up and accept the light; and they do not know whether to do it or not. They do not seem to see that they can come and drink, that they can open their hearts and let the Saviour in.  {1SAT 136.1}
[1SAT 136.2]          My soul is agonized at times over these things. But I cannot do anything, I cannot speak to the heart; but God alone can speak to the heart. I entreat of you, as an ambassador of Jesus Christ, to bruise Satan under your feet. I beseech of you to begin to labor for yourself, labor for souls that are in darkness and unbelief. I beseech of you to spend your efforts in order to bring them where they can come where the living waters flow--where the light of heaven may come upon them, that they can stand amid the people as a light, and not as a shadow of darkness.                                              -137-  {1SAT 136.2}
[1SAT 137.1]          Well, yesterday morning I awoke about two o'clock, and I could not rest; it seemed as though there was an agony of soul upon me, and I could not say anything. I knelt right down before the Lord and I said, You know all about it; You know what the burden is. And I must have something more than this. I cannot carry this load. I feel such a responsibility when I know that men are not walking in the light, when I know that they are going contrary from what God has told me. And it seemed as though there was a light-wave came right down upon me and the peace of God came upon me; and the words, I will be with you; I will give thee My strength, came to me. And since yesterday morning I have felt that I could die for Jesus Christ. And I am not going to worry or put myself under this load; I am going to leave it right in the hands of God. Brethren, do we carry our loads there and leave them? Let us do it. Let us roll it right on the Burden-bearer; and when we have a part to act we will act it. And when you go from this place, Oh be so full of the message that it is like fire shut up in your bones, that you cannot hold your peace. It is true men will say. "You are too excited; you are making too much of this matter, and you do not think enough of the law; now, you must think more of the law; don't be all the time reaching for this righteousness of Christ, but build up the law."  {1SAT 137.1}
[1SAT 137.2]          Let the law take care of itself. We have been at work on the law until we get as dry as the hills of Gilboa, without dew or rain. Let us trust in the merits of Jesus Christ of Nazareth. May God help us that our eyes may be anointed with eyesalve, that we may see. God helping us, we will draw nigh to Him, and He says he will draw nigh to us. Do we believe? Will we come in God's appointed way? May the Lord help us and enlighten                                              -138-     us, that we may go forth from this place as they went forth to proclaim the truth after the day of Pentecost; and there were souls converted; they could not resist the testimony. (MR 900.17)  {1SAT 137.2}
[1SAT 139.1]       The Spirit of Discernment                        Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, March 9, 1890                                   (Re Minneapolis Meeting)            I want to read a few words from the first chapter of Acts--［the］ eighth verse: "But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth." Now we read in the second chapter ［verses 1-4］, "And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. And suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance."  {1SAT 139.1}
[1SAT 139.2]         Now, brethren, the blessing that is here spoken of we may receive when we come to God with our whole heart, when we empty it of every kind of prejudice and all this doubting and unbelief; then we can expect the Spirit of God. But it is the case as I presented before you one morning in regard to the presentation of Christ in the temple. The priest took Him in his arms, but he could see nothing there. God did not speak to him and say, "This is the consolation of Israel." But just as soon as Simeon came in, the Spirit of God led him, and because he was under His influence, the Holy Ghost being upon him, he sees there that little Infant in His mother's arms                                              -140-     and every indication of the little family being in poverty, but the moment he beholds that, God says to him, "This is the consolation of Israel."  {1SAT 139.2}
[1SAT 140.1]          Now we have two distinct characters. The priest that was there officiating did not know Him; but here was one who recognized Him because he was where he could discern spiritual things. He was living in close relation with God. He was living in connection with the future eternal interest, and therefore he recognized the Spirit of God.  {1SAT 140.1}
[1SAT 140.2]          And how is it with us individually? We know that the Spirit of God has been with us. We know that it has been with us time and again in the meetings. We have not a doubt but that the Lord was with Elder Waggoner as he spoke yesterday. We have not a doubt of that. I have not a doubt that the power of God in rich measure was hanging over us, and everything was light in the Lord to me yesterday afternoon in the minister's meeting. Now, if there had been a throwing open the door of the heart and letting Jesus in, we would have had a precious season there yesterday. I have not a doubt of it.  {1SAT 140.2}
[1SAT 140.3]          It makes every difference to us in what kind of spirit we come to the investigation of the Scriptures. If we come with a teachable spirit, ready to learn, with our hearts emptied of our prejudices, not seeking to bring the Scriptures to our ideas but to bring our ideas to the Scriptures, then we shall know of the doctrine. We shall understand it. But let me tell you, brethren, if you have discernment you can understand where God is working. You do not need wonderful miracles to testify of this, because you see the miracles did not do any good to the Jews. They had it right in their sight but it did not do any good to them.                                              -141-  {1SAT 140.3}
[1SAT 141.1]          The woman of Samaria who came and listened to Christ--she accepted Him without miracles at all, because she believed His word. She was glad for the light and went and published it to her neighbors. Here were the very ones who were hated of the Jews. The Samaritans were receiving the light. When Christ came to the Jews with all the power of His majesty, all His grace manifested in mighty healings and in the mighty out-pouring of His Spirit, they would not recognize that. Well, why? Because the very same prejudices that had been in their hearts reigned there, and the most mighty miracles that He could do would have no effect on their hearts at all.  {1SAT 141.1}
[1SAT 141.2]          If we place ourselves in a position that we will not recognize the light God sends or His messages to us, then we are in danger of sinning against the Holy Ghost. Then for us to turn and see if we can find some little thing that is done that we can hang some of our doubts upon and begin to question! The question is, has God sent the truth? Has God raised up these men to proclaim the truth? I say, yes, God has sent men to bring us the truth that we should not have had unless God had sent somebody to bring it to us. God has let me have a light of what His Spirit is, and therefore I accept it, and I no more dare to lift my hand against these persons, because it would be against Jesus Christ, who is to be recognized in His messengers.  {1SAT 141.2}
[1SAT 141.3]          Now, I want you to be careful, every one of you, what position you take, whether you enshroud yourselves in the clouds of unbelief because you see imperfections; you see a word or a little item, perhaps, that may take place, and judge them from that. You are to see what God is doing with                                              -142-     them. You are to see whether God is working with them, and then you are to acknowledge the Spirit of God that is revealed in them. And if you choose to resist it you will be acting just as the Jews acted. You have all the light and all the evidences that they had. They rejected the light notwithstanding the mighty miracles of God were there. Their hearts were so filled with prejudice that they said at last, Oh, He does miracles by the power of Beelzebub, the prince of devils; that is how He does His miracles.  {1SAT 141.3}
[1SAT 142.1]          Now, brethren, God wants us to take our position with the man that carries the lantern; we want to take our position where the light is, and where God has given the trumpet a certain sound. We want to give the trumpet a certain sound. We have been in perplexity, and we have been in doubt, and the churches are ready to die. But now here we read: "And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird" ［Revelation 18:1, 2］.  {1SAT 142.1}
[1SAT 142.2]         Well now, how are we going to know anything about that message if we are not in a position to recognize anything of the light of heaven when it comes to us? And we will just as soon pick up the darkest deception when it comes to us from somebody that agrees with us, when we have not a particle of evidence that the Spirit of God has sent them. Christ said, "I come in the name of my Father, but ye will not receive me" ［see John 5:43］. Now, that is just the work that has been going on here ever since the meeting at Minneapolis. Because God sends a message in his name that does not agree with your ideas, therefore ［you conclude］ it cannot be a message from God. How dare you run the risk of trying in the least to shut                                   ［Remainder Missing］  {1SAT 142.2}
[1SAT 143.1]       Cherishing Faith, Not Doubt         Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, March, 16, 1890, Battle Creek, Michigan          I want to say a few words in reference to faith. I want to say, brethren and sisters, it is not natural for us to believe, but it is very natural for us to foster unbelief. This is the besetting sin, and has been the besetting sin of God's people. It has not been natural for me to believe for myself, and I have had very severe lessons on this point until I know that it is not safe for me to cherish for one moment any doubt. I never doubted the truth, but to cherish doubt in regard to myself and my work.  {1SAT 143.1}
[1SAT 143.2]          Now, I have great sorrow of heart--I have had nearly ever since the Minneapolis meeting--and I will tell you why. Because God has been speaking to me as He has done for the last forty-five years, and I have presented these matters, and the brethren have known and have seen the fruits, and yet unbelief has come right in. But why? They will take the testimony of somebody else, and they will all be credulous in regard to that. Now, when it comes to the manifest movement of the Spirit of God, if the Spirit was in their hearts they would recognize it in a moment. But the trouble is, the Spirit is not in them. And they never will search these things to see if they are so.  {1SAT 143.2}
[1SAT 143.3]          The reason why I felt so at Minneapolis was that I have seen that everyone who has taken a position similar to the one they took in Minneapolis would go into the darkest unbelief. Have we not seen it acted over and over again? Then when we see just how Christ was tried, when He came upon                                              -144-     earth; when we see the hardness of the hearts; when we see what the enemy can do with human nature, putting unbelief into the heart, I should think it would be such a terror to our souls that we would not dare to open the heart to the miseries of unbelief and dwell in that atmosphere, such as there has been since we were in Minneapolis.  {1SAT 143.3}
[1SAT 144.1]          Well, we wonder why Christ prayed with such an agony. It was not for His own sake, but it was because of the hardness of hearts, that notwithstanding He was the Way, the Truth, and the Life, yet people were so hardened that they could not see it and accept it. And as you took their steps, here was my trouble. As they took their steps in the path of unbelief that day, others are taking the same steps this day, and my grief is the same as Christ's was. They are placing themselves where there is no reserve power that God has to reach them with. Every arrow in His quiver is exhausted.  {1SAT 144.1}
[1SAT 144.2]          Now, I feel this in every meeting where I have been. I have felt that there is a pressure of unbelief. It is just as evident as it ever has been. I can go among the unbelieving (just as Christ spoke to the Samaritan woman, and the Samaritans came out and heard); I can go among those that have never heard of the truth, and their hearts are more susceptible than those that have been in the truth and had the evidences of the work of God. But they excuse it all. "Why, we did not know that some things were so and so." When we get the Spirit of God in our hearts, He will speak to us. There is the trouble. When they see that God is working in a certain line, they commence with all the power of brain, and all the power of thought, and all the power of talk, as it has been the case here, to stay                                              -145-     the work of God. Let me tell you, the testimony will be this: "Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes" ［Matthew 11:21］.  {1SAT 144.2}
[1SAT 145.1]          Now, I know what I am talking about, and as I do not expect to have many opportunities to speak to you, I will say again: "Fall on the Rock." I have no hope for you unless you do. I am glad--yes, I am so thankful-- that some are beginning to see that there is light for us. If we want to stay in the cellar, we can do it; but the only way for anyone of us is to fight the good fight of faith. It is not anything that is going to come naturally; but we have got to fight the good fight of faith instead of absorbing all the filth of unbelief. If it is a suggestion of unbelief, credence is given to that at once.  {1SAT 145.1}
[1SAT 145.2]          You will never have greater light and evidence than you have had here; if you wait till the judgment, what you have had here will condemn you. But God has been speaking and His power has been in our midst, and if you have not evidences enough to show you where and how God is working, you never will have it. You will have to gather up the rays of light that you have had, and not question so.  {1SAT 145.2}
[1SAT 145.3]          "But there are some things that are not explained." Well, what if everything is not explained? Where is the weight of evidence? God will balance the mind if it is susceptible to the influence of the Spirit of God; if it is not, then it will decide on the other side. They will come just exactly where Judas came; they will sell their Lord for thirty pieces of silver or something else. They will sacrifice everything to unbelief.                                              -146-  {1SAT 145.3}
[1SAT 146.1]          I will tell you why it makes my heart so sad. It is because every such mind that is susceptible to unbelief and the say-so of this one and that one, and that works against the light and the evidences that have been presented since the Minneapolis meeting--I tell you, brethren, I am terribly afraid that they will fall at last. I am terribly afraid that they will never overcome. But the blood of the Lamb and the testimony of the Lamb must be on the right side of the question. When God is working--and they have got no light to know that he is working, and they just place themselves right under the enemy's power and work right in that line--then they make excuses and say, they did not know. "Oh," said Christ, "if they had known that it was the Prince of light, they would not have crucified Him." Well, why did they not know? Well, if they had only known that these objections that we have been fighting were no objections, then they would not have done it. Well, is that any excuse? Why did they not know? They had the evidences of the Spirit, and it was only the false reasoning, perversion of words and positions, and the misunderstanding, that has led them to this position of danger.  {1SAT 146.1}
[1SAT 146.2]          Now, I tell you, God will not be trifled with. God is a jealous God, and when He manifests His power as He has manifested it, it is very nigh unto the sin of the Holy Ghost to disbelieve it. The revealings of God's power have not had any effect to move and to stir persons from their position of doubting and unbelief. God help us that we may remove ourselves out of the snares of the devil! If ever a people needed to be removed, it is those that took their position in Minneapolis at that time on the wrong side.                                              -147-  {1SAT 146.2}
[1SAT 147.1]          It is a true saying that we cannot do anything against the truth, but for it. The precious truth of God will triumph; it has the triumph in it, and it is not going to fall to the ground, but somebody will fall, just as in the days of Christ. They have their boundaries and lines, and God has got to work in their line. God disappoints people a good deal. He works right contrary to what they expect. The Jews expected, of course, they were going to be blessed with a Messiah. You see, there was no place for Christ. He had to make new bottles in order to put His new wine of the kingdom in. Just so He will here. The crown is there in the hands of Christ, but many will lose it, and why? Because they have not run the race.  {1SAT 147.1}
[1SAT 147.2]          Now, I have seen how the enemy works. He doesn't want to let go of the people here. But, oh, let no soul go out from here with darkness, for he will be a body of darkness wherever he goes. He scatters the seeds of darkness everywhere. He carries all these seeds and he begins to sow them, and it unsettles the confidence of the people in the very truths that God wants to come to His people. I have told our brethren here again and again that God has shown me that He raised up men here to carry the truth to His people, and that this is the truth. Well, what effect did it have on them? They were just the same; so that it should not be made of any account. What is the matter? Brethren, I say again, Fall on the Rock and be broken! Don't try to begin to make excuses. Well, here Christ says when they should bring their offerings and make confession of their sins, if afterward they found that other things came to their remembrance, notwithstanding but one, they should come and make an offering for that.                                            -148-  {1SAT 147.2}
[1SAT 148.1]          Now, brethren, we want to have the simplicity of Christ. I know that He has a blessing for us. He had it at Minneapolis, and He had it for us at the time of the General Conference here. But there was no reception. Some received the light for the people, and rejoiced in it. Then there were others that stood right back, and their position has given confidence to others to talk unbelief, and cherish it. Now, brethren, if you expect that every difficulty is going to be laid out in clear lines before you,. and you wait until it is, then you will have to wait until the judgment, and you will be weighed in the balances and found wanting.  {1SAT 148.1}
[1SAT 148.2]          Now, brethren, can there not be some means insured by which we can have a season of prayer? My strength is about exhausted. If it is possible, I want to get away before the last atom of strength shall be gone here. Brethren, why not pray to God? Why not get in such a position that you can lay right hold of the hands of God? Why wait for God to humble us? Now God has been waiting for those men that have stood in the way, to humble themselves; but the word has come to me, "If they do not humble themselves, I will humble them." Now, God will work. He will have the work prepared for His Spirit. There is to be a preparation for the last great day, and we want to come into a position where we can work unitedly with intense earnestness and courage for God.  {1SAT 148.2}
[1SAT 148.3]          I want that some of these shall assemble again, and then I want those that have been standing here and questioning, and been just about ready to give up the Testimonies--we want to know why; and if anything can be taken out of the way, God help us to do it! We want to know why the enemy is having such power upon human minds as he has here. It is something beyond                                            -149-     anything I ever saw in all my experience since I first started in the work. The people of God who have had light and evidences have stood where God would not let His blessing fall upon them.  {1SAT 148.3}
[1SAT 149.1]          In the chapel hall the power of God was all ready to fall upon us. I felt for a little time as though I could look right into glory; but the spirit that was there drove it away. We want to understand how we are working. I speak these plain things because I know that there is nothing else that will do. We have tried to encourage in regard to faith.  {1SAT 149.1}
[1SAT 149.2]          One brother thinks that Sister White doesn't understand her own testimonies. Heard that in Minneapolis. Why? Because the brethren did not agree with them. Well, there are some things that I understand. I understand enough to acknowledge the Spirit of God and to follow the voice of the Shepherd. I understand that much. (MR 900.13)  {1SAT 149.2}
[1SAT 150.1]      The Importance of Exercising Faith           (A talk presented at Harbor Heights, Michigan, July 22, 1891.)          Matthew 7:1-7. ［Verse 7 says, "Ask, and it shall be given you.］ Are there any "ifs" in this matter? There is no "if" except "if ye ask." There is no condition of the mind that excludes from asking, if only you desire those things for which you ask. ［There are］ no conditions spiritually. So, if we desire the things of God we must comply with the condition of seeking them. ［Verses 8-11.］ "Good things," according to Luke, is ［the gift of the］ Holy Spirit, and that is what we want, to thirst after godliness. ［Verse 12.］  {1SAT 150.1}
[1SAT 150.2]         This morning we want to dwell especially upon the importance of our exercising that simple faith which takes God at His word. We feel sorry that there is a necessity of presenting this matter again. I do not know as we are sorry that it is presented, but ［that］ notwithstanding that it is presented that minds fail to grasp it. But our minds must be broad enough to comprehend the promises made to us.  {1SAT 150.2}
[1SAT 150.3]          I have taken one of the very promises so simple that a child can understand it ［verse 11］, and we are told what kind of asking this is. If we ask, there is a possibility of our having the things promised; is that the way it is put? Is there any hesitancy in this matter? We would think so from the actions of those who ask, but there is no need of it; there is no excuse for one doubt. We receive the things we ask, not because we are good; if you expect to wait until you are good enough to receive the blessing, you will never receive it. If you are going to wait until you are good enough to receive the promise, you will wait until after Christ comes, and it will be too late. You may come just as you are, because He is your Saviour; He died for you; in Him dwelt all the                                            -151-     fullness of the Godhead bodily; and because He has the whole heaven of gift, of light, of power, of blessings, that He may bestow on every one who will seek them and open the door for Jesus to come in. Do you want it enough to open the door? If you will open the door to receive these blessings, there will be an emptying out of the love of the world, of the pride of life, and the vacuum must be supplied by the Holy Spirit just as soon as there will be an emptying of the heart of its idols.  {1SAT 150.3}
[1SAT 151.1]         We want to be very particular to stand on the very ground on which the Lord wants us to stand--that is, to recognize that all the blessings that we receive come through the mercy and compassion and goodness of our God, while we are undeserving. It is not because we regard ourselves good in many particulars, but it is because "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." It is not one now and then in one hundred or one thousand, in five or ten thousand ［who］ may have life. No. Whosoever believeth on Him shall not perish but have everlasting life.  {1SAT 151.1}
[1SAT 151.2]          Now, have we that inward faith? It rests with us. There are two classes to the end of time--a party to be separated on the left hand He calls "goats," and there is a party to be on the right hand He calls "sheep." Every soul may be saved if he believes in Christ as his personal Saviour. ［But］ not all will be saved. Not because Jesus does not want them to be saved, for He is drawing every soul. Whatever may be their position, whatever may be their education, their nationality, or their training, He is drawing every soul to Himself. Why? Because in Him is life and light and truth, and all of these are essential to us for our happiness daily in this present life; and all these things are going to help us bear with greater ease the burdens and trials and perplexities of life,                                           -152-     and Christ says in His invitation, "Come unto Me, all ye that are weary and heavy laden, and I will give you rest."  {1SAT 151.2}
[1SAT 152.1]          Now, I receive letters constantly, so many that I could do nothing else than answer them, begging me to pray the Lord that He may have mercy upon them. Now, I am not their Mediator, and do not ever expect to be, and I am not one who shall open my heart to those individuals as though I was capable of blessing them. I am riding in the same boat with yourself, trusting for salvation in the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. I want salvation, I want eternal life, and I must know the conditions of my obtaining life eternal. You must know it.  {1SAT 152.1}
[1SAT 152.2]          How is it so natural for us to pour out all our soul troubles and perplexities upon finite beings as ourselves? I leave you to answer the question. Why do we do this? ［The practice might be excusable］ if we had not the promise, "Ask and receive," and "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." It is not "My yoke" that makes your work so hard, that makes your journey so difficult.  {1SAT 152.2}
[1SAT 152.3]          What is "My yoke"? It is perfect submission to God. Our wills must be submerged in the will of God. In coming to Jesus it is to feel that there is no help for us except in Jesus; (therefore when the Father) gave His Son for the life of the world He is of no avail to anyone who does not receive Him by faith as their personal Saviour. When the worried, perplexed souls come to human, finite mortals for relief, conduct them to Jesus, pray with them and for them in faith, and educate them by precept and example to bring every trial, great and small, to Jesus. We can help these poor souls who bring their troubles to us, only by leading them to Him, to take their cares and burdens to Jesus, and leave                                           -153-     them there. I want to be able to stand in that position where I can be a help, and all that I can do is to recommend them to Jesus, pointing them to Calvary.  {1SAT 152.3}
[1SAT 153.1]          John pointed the people to the Lamb of God who taketh away the sins of the world. He said, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." There is a great deal in that "taketh away." The question is, Shall we keep on sinning as though it were an impossibility for us to overcome? How are we to overcome? As Christ overcame. He prayed to His heavenly Father; we can do the same, and that is the only way. Then we are to overcome something, for it is stated that those who shall see Him in His beauty shall be "without spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing." Now, if there is a spot or wrinkle in your character, is it not now the very time for you to begin to understand what that defilement is, that you may trust in the blood of Christ to wash it away?  {1SAT 153.1}
[1SAT 153.2]          "How shall I," says the trembling one, "put it away?" You are to say, "I will try." But you are to put it away by believing that Christ is your Saviour today, and that He cleanseth you from all unrighteousness. You have the lesson in the word that was spoken. When tempted to speak wrong, and do wrong, resist Satan and say, "I will not surrender my will to your control." I will cooperate with divine power, and through grace be conqueror."  {1SAT 153.2}
[1SAT 153.3]          Satan says to Christ ［in the wilderness］, "It is certain that the angels shall have charge over You and bear You up in their hands lest at any time You shall dash your foot against a stone." But what did he leave out of that quotation? He was to be kept in the way; in all Thy ways. That was not His way at all. God's way is Christ's way. There is a plan of salvation laid for the race that Christ should not work a miracle on His own account to relieve Himself of any of the necessities of humanity and He was kept in all His ways. The enemy did not quote that at all, but ［he did quote that］ the angel shall                                           -154-     keep Thee lest at any time Thou shalt dash Thy foot against a stone; he was to bear him up.  {1SAT 153.3}
[1SAT 154.1]          Now, the enemy will have all these attractions for us, and the question is which has the most weight with us. Is it to put ourselves in the channel of the bright rays of the Sun of Righteousness? Is it to go into a meeting and consider that there is the place to be a Christian and that out of the meeting we are to lay it off as a man lays off his overcoat? Are we thus to lay off our religion? Watch unto prayer, says Christ; "watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation."  {1SAT 154.1}
[1SAT 154.2]          The temptations will surround us just as long as we live. Satan will try us in one way, and if he doesn't overcome us he will try us in another way. And thus his efforts will never cease. But we are always to remember that we are members of the royal family, subjects of the heavenly King, and we are born anew with a new character unto God. The old cheap character, the frivolous character, the character which leads to the world, to pride, to vanity, and to folly, we have parted with that. We have left that, but not in our own strength. We have asked wisdom of God, and He says He giveth to all men--how? In such a stinted measure? No, liberally; and what? Upbraideth not.  {1SAT 154.2}
[1SAT 154.3]          And what does He say? You ask in faith, and do not waver about it. There is the trouble. We go from our petitions and do not know whether we are blessed or not. We say, "I wish that I did know." What does that mean? "You said it, Lord, but I don't believe it." You must ask without wavering, "for he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed." He is tossed right between the waves. One wave after another comes, and our faith goes out like water out of a leaky vessel. It is to believe and to watch unto prayer.--Ms 83, 1891. (MR 900.53)  {1SAT 154.3}
[1SAT 155.1]       The Danger of an Independent Spirit; Counsel of Experienced Workers Needed in Australia, New Zealand, and Everywhere            (A talk presented at Harbor Heights, Mich., Aug. 20, 1891.)          There is much talk in regard to our journey to Australia, but I cannot see my ［way］ clearly to go. Brethren say that Sister White will have no such burdens to bear, as she has here in America, that she can write her books so much more readily without carrying so many responsibilities, but I know it is no use to tell them that all their flattering anticipations on my behalf do not lessen my ideas that going to Australia means work, responsibility to bear a message to the people who are not what the Lord would have them to be. If it were not thus, I would feel authorized to remain in America. As it is, I dare not mention the state of things in the office ［of publication in Australia］ presented to me, for I am then sure they would firmly conclude I must go.  {1SAT 155.1}
[1SAT 155.2]          There is work to be done there, and although those who have been there all testify that they will gladly receive any message that the Lord will give me to bear to them, I am not so sanguine in regard to this as my brethren in Australia. They know nothing of me and my work personally, only through my writings. Reproof is not pleasant to the natural heart, and the reproof coming to the people, as I know it will come to them, will meet with opposition. Already envy and evil surmisings and jealousies are at work, lest someone shall have a higher place in the work than themselves. There is want of spiritual knowledge, spiritual eyesight to discern the work that needs to be done as the Lord shall open the way.  {1SAT 155.2}
[1SAT 155.3]         The same enemy that has wrought upon human hearts in America, leading human minds to feel wise in their own conceits, is working upon the human minds in                                            -156-     that far-off country. The work is now almost ［at］ a standstill. A messenger must be sent to Australia, but God forbid it should be I. I long for rest, for quietude, and to get out the Life of Christ. There is a cloud over the workers in Australia. The work must be reconstructed from its foundation of the office building, and there is not being done that which must be done in warning the world. The work of the Lord is aggressive. There should be a large number of souls converted to the truth in Australia.  {1SAT 155.3}
[1SAT 156.1]          As I stood before you Monday and spoke to you, the power of the Lord came upon me. The light previously given me flashed upon my mind. I had to speak. I knew that there must be a different mold put upon the work. I have been shown of the Lord that there must be a setting ［of］ things in order. There is not harmony between the workers sent as missionaries from America. There are envious feelings ［as to］ which shall be the greater. The Lord is ready to work for His people if they will come where He can safely bless them, seeking to answer the prayer of Christ that His disciples may be one as He is one with the Father.  {1SAT 156.1}
[1SAT 156.2]          Workers have been sent from America. The Lord will send by whom He will, and you will meet with great loss unless you take heed how you hear. There has been a spirit unlike Christ. There has been a jealousy among you, lest the American brethren shall have too much influence in your midst and too much to say in regard to the plans to be devised to be followed; and there is the enemy at work to sow tares while men slept, for they were not watching and praying and guarding the garden of the soul, because you do not take heed how you hear. To take heed how you hear is to sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him.                                           -157-  {1SAT 156.2}
[1SAT 157.1]          Those who are teachers should feel the necessity of being taught, learning of Jesus Christ through His sent messengers, that they may communicate to you, that you may communicate freely to others as you have received. Ministers and people should show the same earnestness to learn the truth anew, and receive it afresh, as to learn it the first time. It will bear repetition and will need to be oft repeated, to be appropriated, being heard from other lips.  {1SAT 157.1}
[1SAT 157.2]          The gems of truth become dimmed in our possession unless we are increasing in love for the truth, and practicing that faith which works by love and purifieth the soul. The gems of truth grow lusterless to the receiver unless put to a practical use. Hearts must be softened and subdued by the Spirit of God, receiving the truth in the soil of an humble, contrite heart. Isaiah 57:15-19. They will be active, and willing to be refined, longing to be purified and ennobled by the truth. And thus they show its power upon human minds by what it accomplishes for the receiver. If the teachers of the truth think their own ways are perfect and, begin to criticize the messenger the Lord sends, be sure you will reap that which you have sown. You will reap the fruit born of your criticism.  {1SAT 157.2}
[1SAT 157.3]          We are too busy with intensity of desire to glorify His name through the human agents, because self is magnified, and should He work for the one who is not possessing humility, should He give him success, then he would take it for granted he is all right, and not see that he needs daily the converting power of God that he may be a vessel unto honor.  {1SAT 157.3}
[1SAT 157.4]          I have been shown that the work in the publishing interest would have been far in advance of what it is today were it not for the spirit of self-sufficiency, selfishness, and self-importance, and expressed sometimes in words but                                            -158-     more in actions, "We know all about this matter, and we need not to be told, to be advised, or counseled," when this very spirit which was manifested revealed they needed to be educated, and needed to seek counsel of their brethren in many things. Why? Because they had larger experience.  {1SAT 157.4}
[1SAT 158.1]          Now the Lord has taken notice of this spirit which has been cherished, and He has not been pleased. Angels are sent down from heaven to give you knowledge only through the cooperation with human agencies.  {1SAT 158.1}
[1SAT 158.2]          Now, the Lord has presented to me that in New Zealand and Australia there are many things that have been done that have displeased the Lord. There has been a determined spirit which has been inclined to consider that those who had come to the truth in Australia and New Zealand had sufficient wisdom to manage matters in the office of publication and in the churches without counseling with those men whom the Lord had sent from America for this very purpose, that the wisdom of their years of experience should be of advantage to them in Australia, that men who have ability may receive knowledge of experience as well as from those whom the Lord has sent to do His own work in the most perfect way, and that the mistaken finite man shall not mar and retard His work.  {1SAT 158.2}
[1SAT 158.3]          The Lord is not pleased with the spirit that has been manifested by Brother Scott. He has naturally a selfish nature. He is self-centered and his influence has not been correct and amicable in the office. He had a jealous spirit, fearing others should get credit which he desired. He encircled things in his arms, ［and］ followed his own judgment in their management. His actions were ［saying］, This is my line of work; please do not step on my territory. It was unfortunate that he came to Australia, for men should have been placed here who were wholly surrendered to God, that had not a taint of selfishness. He                                            -159-     also estimated his own capabilities too highly, and losses were sustained. If he had only been willing to ask counsel, he would have avoided many blunders.  {1SAT 158.3}
[1SAT 159.1]          Other things that some of our brethren brought from America revealed a want of judgment, a want of discernment and solid experience. They did not advance the cause of God, as it should have been, but rather increased expenses without bringing in an equivalent. They walked in this new missionary field in the sparks of their own kindling, The aftersight of these things made the brethren suspicious of all that comes from America.  {1SAT 159.1}
[1SAT 159.2]          Some have thought that if the Lord honored them to have a connection with the work that it was their privilege to carry it forward in their own way and according to their own plans. The Lord knew what the sure result would be in doing this. They might have all the zeal and earnestness, but that ambition must be sanctified. These men must have that knowledge that comes from men who have been led and instructed of God--they are ［men who］ have had long training and learned their trade under the special divine Teacher--else they will make many blunders.  {1SAT 159.2}
[1SAT 159.3]          It is in mercy that the Lord has sent at great expense to the conference from time to time men and women from America, some to make a short stay, others to abide with them longer to impart to them the lessons which they have themselves had to learn in a long experience in connection with the work of God. And as the work is not theirs but the Lord's, they will get out of their place in attempting to monopolize it and think they can run it without counseling with God's delegated workmen of larger experience.  {1SAT 159.3}
[1SAT 159.4]          The Lord's work must be done not according to men's finite judgment, but according to ［God's］ mind, according to the light He has been pleased to give                                              -160-     from time to time to the workers. And in any new place or countries where the truth has found a foothold, men of experience have thought they could manage the whole matter if the American brethren would only keep out of their way. This was the mind of finite men but far from being the mind of God, for He has placed in connection with His missions in all parts of the world men who had experience as managers.  {1SAT 159.4}
[1SAT 160.1]          The Lord will not at present leave the work solely in the hands of those in Australia who are brought into the truth, to run His own work after their limited experience. The thought of their heart and inclination to do this is positive evidence in the sight of the Lord and in the sight of His workers that they are not competent to do this without the counsel and guidance of that wisdom, that knowledge, that has been obtained ［by］ experience, by mistakes that have been made in certain lines which have brought losses and great discouragement to themselves and to the workers.  {1SAT 160.1}
[1SAT 160.2]          The Lord God of heaven sees not as finite men. He knows the result of every movement. And God designs ［that］ His own work in the advance movements shall not be trusted to any who have not had orders from Him under similar circumstances. He has sent delegates to you from America ［to］ help you with their counsel. Remember, God has seen your need, and because He loves you He has sent you help.  {1SAT 160.2}
[1SAT 160.3]          There is need of seeking the Lord daily. There are precious entrusted capabilities in a business line whose hearts are interested in the work in the publishing house. The Lord is testing and proving those men whether they will confine themselves to merely business transactions without consecrating themselves to the work, having discernment that it is God's work, that His mold                                              -161-     and superscription must be upon it. If they are willing to give themselves unreservedly to God, the result will be they will be qualified by the Holy Spirit to be faithful stewards of the Lord to stand firm as a rock to principle. They will be men whom God will endow with ［wisdom］ to devise and plan and execute.--Ms 29, 1891. (MR 900.52)  {1SAT 160.3}
[1SAT 162.1]       Remarks by Ellen G. White at the Michigan Conference Meeting                                  September 3, 1891          Everything connected with God's work is to teach; everything during campmeeting is to do good. It is to present this people before the world as standing refined, with nicety of purpose, with wise plans, and for everything to be presented before them in such a way that it has a telling influence upon unbelievers. This people is a model people, and that is the way it ought to be. The truth is a sacred truth. Everything that is connected with the truth is to stand upon the highest elevation. Here are some things presented to me regarding our campmeetings, written about one year ago while I was at Petoskey, Michigan.  {1SAT 162.1}
[1SAT 162.2]          We are never to graduate in this Word until Jesus shall change us to the future life, and then we shall learn through all eternity. You are ever to be a learner if you are to be a teacher, presenting things new and old. We shall be continually discovering rich veins of precious ore in this Word. It is a priceless treasure for God's people. There is not a moment of time that we are to spend in indolence, but we are to be all the time having our hearts open for the Spirit of God to rest upon us.  {1SAT 162.2}
[1SAT 162.3]          You need at campmeetings to labor to teach in different lines, as Christ did. Few sermons were preached by Christ. He was the great Teacher, and crowds gathered wherever He went, to listen to His instruction, and He taught as one having authority, and knew that He was teaching the truth. He spake as never man spake.                                             -163-  {1SAT 162.3}
[1SAT 163.1]          Ministers must be educated to work after the divine model. Many of you love to teach, but you have not taken up the work of teaching in the simplicity of the gospel of Christ. The people will listen to sermon after sermon, which are often double the length they should be, and they can retain but few points of the discourse because their minds have been all the time on temporal, earthly things. Therefore they hear with such earthly thoughts that the truth of God does not make any impression. It does not reach to the very depths of the soul, and the plowshare of truth does not go deep enough. Then they go from the meeting and fall back where they were before. The sermons being often double the length they ought to be, the words lose their force upon the minds of the hearers. Other things come in to choke the seeds of truth. The truth of God must be made impressive point by point. It is for their eternal interest to know. So deeply must the seed of truth be planted that it will become firm, and bear fruit to the glory of God. . . .［ELLIPSES ON PAGES 2 AND 3 INDICATE WHERE MRS. WHITE READ EXTRACTS RELATING TO THE WORK IN MICHIGAN, WHICH EXTRACTS WERE NOT REPORTED.］  {1SAT 163.1}
[1SAT 163.2]         Now, when the truth is being presented, there are applications that need to be made, and appeals to press it right home for a decision, for an important decision. Who is there when this truth is being presented? Somebody besides you. The devil and his angels are there to catch away the seeds of truth. Are these all? Angels of God and Jesus Christ are on the ground. Then what? When you seek to impress the truth upon the heart, you will be a co-laborer with Jesus Christ. . . .                                           -164-  {1SAT 163.2}
[1SAT 164.1]          I want to tell you that God does not want us to go with a sad, morose countenance, gloomy and despondent. He does not want us to do any such thing. He wants us to look at the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness, and catch these bright beams that they may shine in all the chambers of the mind, that they may shine in the soul-temple, and therefore you can bring forth from the treasure-house of the heart the precious things of God, for out of it are the issues of life. . . .  {1SAT 164.1}
[1SAT 164.2]          Now, brethren, I have read this much, but it is a small part of what I have in reference to Michigan. I sat here last Monday while in your conference the resolution was discussed. ［The resolution recommended that the tithe of the Battle Creek church, which previously had been appropriated to the General Conference use, again all be given to the Michigan Conference.］ I was too weak to open my lips at that time. I did not dare to do it. My heart was so weak and throbbing so painfully that I felt that it might be at the cost of my life if I attempted to speak, because I knew that if I spoke I would feel deeply over these points. As I went home and was adjusting some of my papers for Australia, I came across some messages which had been written, and I copied some of them.  {1SAT 164.2}
[1SAT 164.3]          I see that the principle, not the money value, that was presented at that time before I left was not in accordance with the light that God had given me. It will not help your case any. It will only place you where you will not do the very things that God means shall be done. I did not understand that when the matter was presented here, that it was the tithes from                                           -165-     the Battle Creek church, but that it included the whole of Michigan; but after I went home it presented itself clearly to my mind.  {1SAT 164.3}
[1SAT 165.1]          Now, if that resolution is passed, that you shall in Michigan keep all your tithes, it is the heaviest weight that you have ever brought upon Michigan, and you will realize it the coming year. If you want that weight to be lifted from your souls, you had better rescind the action taken on that resolution, and let it stand where it was. I know there is a deficiency in all Michigan. It has been presented to me again and again. They are folding their arms and saying, There is an abundance of tithes. Here is the Battle Creek church which gives so much; they do not need my tithes; but I guess I will place my tithes here where they will serve self. There is not one-twentieth part being done that might be done.  {1SAT 165.1}
[1SAT 165.2]          This matter was presented before me in 1888, and I was bearing a message to the Michigan Conference something of the very import I am bearing to you now; but I never act upon these things immediately unless the Spirit of God urges me, and now I feel urged by the Spirit of God to say that there is not a more liberal-hearted people in the world than in Michigan. They do not want anybody to help them out, but are selfish, covetous, and withholding from the cause and work of God.  {1SAT 165.2}
[1SAT 165.3]          When I understood how the matter was, I had not a single question about the matter in my mind. I tell you, brethren, that in the place of withholding, you ought to give more liberally, for fields are opening everywhere. Souls are coming into the truth, and many of them never heard a discourse.                                           -166-     I wish you could hear the pitiful appeals they are making to me. They say, I want your books. I want Patriarchs and Prophets; I have no money to buy. I want Vol. IV; I have no money to buy it. I want the Testimonies, but have nothing with which to purchase them. These appeals keep coming in continually. Can I forbear helping them? I have sent armfuls of books away without receiving a cent for them, because I know that they should have these things, and the truth of God is entering everywhere.  {1SAT 165.3}
[1SAT 166.1]          There are missions that must be supported. I remember when I was in Switzerland, how oppressed they were for want of means. Ask a man how much he is receiving for his labor, and he says $150 a year. He had five in his family and labored for that amount. Now, that man was pressed for the necessaries of life. You would think you were starving if you were living on that much. You do not know how it is. I know how it is. It will do you good to tell you. One-half of the world do not know how the other half is living. While you have the comforts of life, you ought to do God's will in helping others.  {1SAT 166.1}
[1SAT 166.2]          When over in Oregon, Elder Loughborough made an appeal to the conference in Upper Columbia that they should donate to that conference. The conference needed it very much. The power of the Spirit of God circulated through that meeting. It was all light in the Lord, and they were so lifted up that they said they would do it. After that meeting passed, I do not know how it came in, whether somebody proposed it to them or not, but they said, We need all this money in our conference. I do not know who put it                                           -167-     into their minds, but it worked just like leaven. All they needed was to make them think that they were really martyrs, and that more was required than they could give. These men were in a position of backsliding from God.  {1SAT 166.2}
[1SAT 167.1]          I went into Oregon when my husband was stricken with paralysis, and bore my testimony, and the power of God rested upon me. Next year I went into Upper Columbia. There were all these men of wealth. Those who had the most were complaining the most. Here they were with all their complaints, when I stepped into the desk and asked what they were complaining about. I knew what they were complaining about, and said to Brother Miller, "You invested so much money in the cause. What did you do after you pledged this much? You went and talked your disaffection, and God cut your crops down according to your withholding. According to this He has cut down your crops. We want to elevate this conference," said I, and turned around to Brother Van Horn, and told him to put my name down in place of Brother Miller's. "I will stand where he stands. I will be responsible for him." I called for another in the same way, and when I called for a third, they got ashamed and began to feel that they would not allow Sister White to pay their money.  {1SAT 167.1}
[1SAT 167.2]          "Now," said I, "Elder Van Horn told me how much money was paid by the General Conference to put the truth into Oregon. Now tell me how much money Oregon has paid to the General Conference?" It fell short something near $1,000 of what the General Conference had purely invested for them to bring the truth to them. That was a showing they had not looked at. They were                                           -168-     ashamed of this. The light of heaven has not shone upon some of them since that time.  {1SAT 167.2}
[1SAT 168.1]          It means something to trifle with God. Suppose God should stop letting His blessings come to us. True, Michigan may not have been able this year to pay some of her indebtedness to her ministers. What if they did carry it a year and did more to bring up the resources in general? This is the work to be done, and I tell you that if you expect the blessing of God to rest upon you, you must put into the treasury that which will support the interests of the cause in different places. Those who have been investing their means in order to bring the truth into the different places in Michigan will stand in the light of heaven as doing the very work they ought.  {1SAT 168.1}
[1SAT 168.2]          You do not want this matter to stand just where it is. It will be the saddest experience in the life of those who have traveled over many places in Michigan; but do not let God's displeasure rest upon you. I do not believe that you mean it shall be so. I want to see this matter placed just where it was before. There is enough in Michigan to sustain every aggressive movement that shall be made in Michigan; but there are some who feel that if the cause can get along without it, they will invest it in their own special interests. God forbid that they should do this. Let us clear the King's highway. Let us make intelligent efforts to do everything in the sight of heaven we ought to do to bring His approbation and love upon us. I have more to bring before you, but I will say no more now.                                           -169-  {1SAT 168.2}
[1SAT 169.1]          ［Later.］ I could not understand that resolution when Elder Corliss read it, but I returned home, and the Spirit of the Lord impressing me, I know in myself that that was a mistake. Then reading this which I have presented to you, I copied it from that which I had written. It is not because the means of the Battle Creek church go to the General Conference that you are in this condition. It lies right within yourselves. If you are for God, He will be for you, and if you set the work in order in the churches as it ought to be, and bring them up in finances as they ought to be, you would have a surplus in the treasury next year, and the amount that goes from the Battle Creek church to the General Conference will go for the universal wants of the cause in different places where the work must be built up.  {1SAT 169.1}
[1SAT 169.2]          The Word of God has signified that people must be raised up to stand in the end. This matter, and much more I shall read you before I leave the ground, shows that there is an inward working right among yourselves and the churches that must take place, and then the finances will be brought up, if there is no robbery toward God. There is robbery toward God now. Now bring this up; let the conscience be touched; let God work upon your minds; and you will see salvation in your midst.  {1SAT 169.2}
[1SAT 169.3]          There are ministers who have not fed the flock of God. While their salaries have been paid, they are not men who are converted to God. There must be a weeding out of ministers; for they are not converted. We want to have the talent right in among us that has worked up to be used in our conference. But if there is no spirituality to discern where that talent is,                                           -170-     or to train and discipline it for the work, what then? Why if there is talent in other fields, do not say, "We are going to furnish our own talent here in Michigan, and we do not want anybody to work in Michigan unless they are Michigan men." Who told you to prescribe for God? Who told you to say what men should be over you? This is contrary to all the light that God has given me. You have no right to pick and choose according to your plans. No, indeed. Ask God to send out the very men who will help you most; to send you the very men that are qualified to take and elevate and carry the churches in your place to a higher standard. That is what you are to do. When you do this, God will work with you. When we do this, He will lift what we are trying to lift.  {1SAT 169.3}
[1SAT 170.1]          If you are going to lay your mark how God is to work, He will work in an entirely different way from your mark. Every man must be in that position so that when he wants God the worst, he can get Him. We want God to teach us and lead us, and we should yield ourselves to him as little children, to learn in His school. These strong minds, these iron wills, how they must break before Jesus Christ can pour His Spirit into their hearts!  {1SAT 170.1}
[1SAT 170.2]          What we want is to be empty of self. We want Jesus Christ to work in us and by us and through us, and then we shall see the salvation of God. You say, "I am going to take just the men that are in Michigan." Is that the way God works? Not at all. You say, "Lord, Thou knowest just the men that will help us the most; give them to us, and we will accept them and uphold them." That is the way to do, and God will help you in doing it.--Ms. 11, 1891. (MR 900.27)  {1SAT 170.2}
[1SAT 171.1]       Work and Baptism of Holy Spirit Needed         ［Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White at the California Camp Meeting, Healdsburg, California, Sabbath, September 26, 1891.］            ［Acts 1:3, 12, quoted.］ And we read in another place, "They returned to Jerusalem with great joy" ［Luke 24:52］. Now, what made that joy? Was it because their Lord was leaving them? No, it was not that. It was because of the promise that He would come again, and that the Holy Spirit should come upon them.  {1SAT 171.1}
[1SAT 171.2]         You see, He bids them tarry in Jerusalem until a certain time; and when was it? Until the Holy Ghost should come upon them. We have altogether too little to say in our churches, in our camp meetings, in our assemblies, in our homes, about the descent of the Holy Ghost upon the people of God. The explanation is given here in the 14th chapter of John ［as to］ what is the Holy Ghost. "But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you" ［verse 26］.  {1SAT 171.2}
[1SAT 171.3]         Why could they not receive it and accept it while Jesus Christ was with them on the earth? It is because of the false ideas which are constantly put forth by those who are in error, by those who are in darkness concerning the truth. The Pharisees, the Jews, the scribes and the rulers, were teaching for doctrine the commandments of men--mark, not "the commandments of God," but "the commandments of men."  {1SAT 171.3}
[1SAT 171.4]          These ［"commandments"］ had become so magnified, and they had listened to the misinterpretation of Scripture from their rulers and teachers so                                             -172-     much, that they became confused and it seemed impossible to separate the truth from the error, the mysticisms of Satan's devising; the real from the false, the genuine from the spurious; and it was by constant repetition of the truth and what the truth means that they could get hold of correct ideas of what the Saviour meant. And the Saviour was full, oh, full of light and knowledge, and how He longed to communicate this fullness to His disciples; but He said, "I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now" ［John 16:12］.  {1SAT 171.4}
[1SAT 172.1]          I want to tell you, dear friends, just now prior to the second appearing of Christ, you mingle with the earth, you mingle with the world; your business, your cares, your perplexities crowd upon you; the earthly becomes supreme, the heavenly subordinated to the earthly. Thus it was with the disciples. In order for them to understand the words of God and the Scriptures, there must be an application of the truth, a special divine enlightenment which they had not hitherto had; and He tells them that when the Holy Ghost shall come, the Comforter, He should bring all things that Christ had said unto them to their remembrance, and there would be an opening of their understanding.  {1SAT 172.1}
[1SAT 172.2]          When Christ met with the men as they were traveling to Emmaus, they saw in Christ only a man toiling, traveling like themselves; but He was the resurrected Son of God. And He asked why they were so sad, why they were conversing in such sadness. Why, they asked of this Stranger, are you only a stranger in Jerusalem, and do you not know what has taken place? that Christ, a mighty Man, a prophet that was mighty in power--why, wicked hands have taken and crucified Him. And then Christ opened to them the Scriptures,                                              -173-     commencing at Moses and the prophets. He went right down and traced His very history, the Christ of God, and showed them that everything that had transpired was written there in the Scriptures, and laid ［the prophecies］ open to their understanding; but they could not take it in.  {1SAT 172.2}
[1SAT 173.1]          And when the disciples came to their place of abode, and they urged Christ to come in and abide with them because the day was far spent, in breaking of bread He revealed Himself unto them. They could, by the very manner in which He handled the bread, see the very marks--Christ's ways--and then, lo, the cruel marks of His crucifixion; and then He vanished out of their sight. Now they turned to one another and said: "Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures?" ［Luke 24:32］. What was it that made the heart burn within them? It was the illuminating power that was in the Scriptures that quickened their faith.  {1SAT 173.1}
[1SAT 173.2]          When we search the Scriptures with humble heart, when we take right hold of the truth as it is in its simplicity lying open in the Bible, when we believe it to be verity and truth, the heart will warm, it will kindle with the love of God, and from our hearts we can say ［"Did not our heart］ burn within us?" We realize that again and again. When in the institutions where they have been studying the Scriptures, how the tears would flow, and what gladness would be in the heart! There was not a particle of enthusiasm, only just that which was received by the precious jewels of truth that were unfolded to the hearers. This is what we want. We want the Bible for our standard.                                             -174-  {1SAT 173.2}
[1SAT 174.1]          Why is it that it is not a greater comfort to us? Well, I will tell you why. Christ has said that "ye cannot serve God and mammon" ［Matthew 6:24］. The one is against the other. However long you have been a professor of religion, even if it has been 20 or 40 years, if you have not learned to seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, you do not know God, neither are you acquainted with Jesus Christ if you allow the spirit of the world to come in and absorb the mind and take the whole attention.  {1SAT 174.1}
[1SAT 174.2]          Who gave you that mind? It was God. What right have you to commit day by day, hour by hour, week by week, month by month, and year by year, a system of robbery against God. What right have you to take the gift of reason, the gift of intelligence, and put that intelligence and reason largely to your own benefit in worldly profit? We are to yield ourselves up, all that there is of us.  {1SAT 174.2}
[1SAT 174.3]         Men in positions of trust, positions in our institutions, you become self-centered; you bring commercial business in. Men of responsibility that stand in positions of trust have contracted too big and heavy burdens to stop to pray. You are to consider the words of Christ, "Without me ye can do nothing" ［John 15:5］. Leave Christ out of your service and you cannot distinguish between the common and sacred fire. Oh, they are too crowded with the cares of life for them to pray. What is their positions before God? You can go on and load yourself with burdens and with cares and perplexities, and live ［a secular life］. "Without me ye can do nothing." Now, what is the use to leave Jesus out of the question and go on with your bungling work, botchwork, and with your affections centered upon the things of this world, and absorbed and controlled by the business part--the temporal things                                             -175-     of this life and that which is of no value to us--and that which is of eternal moment to us is put away as a thing to be taken up transiently, when most convenient? If you go to meeting, you cannot keep awake because you have robbed God of the nerve brain power in pressure of worldly cares and of the physical and of the spiritual. You have not been drinking of the life streams which made glad the city of our God. You have not been drinking of the snow of Lebanon, but you have been drinking at the malarious streams in the valley; and what you want ［lack］ is religion. It is what you will have to have or you will never enter the kingdom of God.  {1SAT 174.3}
[1SAT 175.1]          When the question was asked if there were many that should be saved, Christ said, "Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, . . . and few there be which go in thereat" ［Matthew 7:14］. Why? Because "wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat" ［verse 13］. They do not need to hunt to find it; they do not need to seek; they do not need to strive. They can drift with the current of the world. They have the maxims; they have their standard; they have the spirit of the world. The line of demarcation between saint and sinner is obliterated.  {1SAT 175.1}
[1SAT 175.2]         Now, if God has ever spoken by me, unless there is a reformation in our institutions, unless there is a reformation all through our churches, unless your eyes are opened by the baptism of the Holy Ghost, you will be lost just as surely as was Judas. You would sell your Lord just as readily as Judas sold Him for 30 pieces of silver, because Satan comes in with his temptations. His temptation is a bribe: All this will I give thee if thou wilt worship me. And many who suppose themselves loyal will sell their precious                                           -176-     souls to Satan; and the things that are of interest, and that will live through eternal ages, are made a matter of minor consideration. You call the world an atom and you call an atom the world. You get that atom right before you, seeking for supremacy in these things, and talk of principles being maintained while worldly customs and worldly, unprincipled dealing is entered into and called principle to be maintained. Ungodly ambition is taking possession of the man not having an eye single to the glory of God but first for the glory of self. You get yourself and this atom right between you and your God, and you do not bring eternity into your reckoning.  {1SAT 175.2}
[1SAT 176.1]         Brethren and sisters, we had better come to our senses now, without delay. We had better cry for the vitalizing power of God to come upon us, and cure us of our spiritual paralysis. And, unless there is a thorough arousing, and you begin to cry unto God and change your course of action, you will be rated either with the unbeliever or you will be in that position that you have a name to live while you are dead; and your influence in the world is a living curse. Just because of your profession you lead people in the road to death and hell, and the account that God is to settle with you in the judgment you will not want the court to meet, for it decides your case forever.  {1SAT 176.1}
[1SAT 176.2]          We are here for a purpose. Here are souls to save. There is a voice to be raised among the people of God. "Cry aloud, spare not." Why, what is it? What is the matter? "Show my people,"--Oh, it is God's professed people, is it?--"their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins" ［Isaiah 58:1］.                                           -177-  {1SAT 176.2}
[1SAT 177.1]          What we all need is a conscience, and with many it is dead. What souls need is to die to self and be born again. Conscience needs a resurrection. What is wanted is to know what religion is; to know what it is to have a living connection with the God of heaven; to know God and Jesus Christ, whom He hath sent, for we read, "And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent" ［John 17:3］. Then there is a knowledge. Why, I ask you, do you devote so little time to prayer, so little time to your Bibles, searching the Word that you may be sure you are following the directions therein given that you may secure eternal life? Why do you feel so little burden to consecrate yourselves and your household to God? Why do you make it a mere form of worship? Many of you would be terribly surprised if Christ should answer your prayers. You do not expect it. You are not making calculations for it. You have a form, and the prayers of many of you do not rise any higher than your head. What do we want? Repentance of your sins. Confess your sins before God and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out when the time of refreshing shall come and He shall send Jesus ［see Acts 3:19, 20］.  {1SAT 177.1}
[1SAT 177.2]          Now then, on this occasion we have been teaching here and talking about the love of God, how freely He is to forgive your sins. It is all so. It was a whole Saviour that hung on Calvary's cross, and that is just where your condemnation comes in. It is because of the immensity and fullness of the sacrifice, and retaining your spiritual poverty and your spiritual death, that you do not lay hold of the hope set before you in the gospel and benefit yourself with the great and infinite sacrifice which has been made in your behalf. What can you answer to God in the day of final accounts?                                           -178-     What can you say, that you have not received the missionary spirit to work for the conversion of souls?  {1SAT 177.2}
[1SAT 178.1]          Place some of you in a position of responsibility where any souls will be under you, and you will oft manifest the tyrant. You will order around God's property as though they were your own, not human beings; order them around in a manner that would hurt the dignity of even dumb creatures. Is that the spirit that is going into heaven? Is that the spirit that is to dwell with Him who dwells in light unapproachable? I tell you, Nay. These persons who exalt themselves to rule are to be converted through and through, experiencing the new birth Christ instructed Nicodemus he must have or he would never see the kingdom of God.  {1SAT 178.1}
[1SAT 178.2]          Religion is a personal matter. We are not saved by companies; we are not saved by having our names on the church books; we are not saved by numbers. The matter is, How is it with my soul? Have I made the surrender to God? Luke 10. Read the test made to Christ, "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?" Christ responds to the lawyer, "What is written in the law? how readest thou?" (Read the whole on this point.) Am I converted to God? Has His transforming power made me a new man? Am I kind? Have I the attributes of Christ, or the attributes of Satan? Am I polite to God whose property in souls I am responsible for? Am I kind? Am I patient? Am I tender? Do I have the love of Christ for the souls for whom He has died?  {1SAT 178.2}
[1SAT 178.3]          What we want is purity; what we want is love. None of your love-sick sentimentalism, but we want faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Have we it today--that love that Jesus had for us that He laid on the altar of sacrifice, that as a man He can make a sacrifice for the perishing souls                                           -179-     of those in the world for whom Christ had died? He gave Himself a full and complete and perfect offering. He left the glory that He had with His Father before the world was; He came into our world to be a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief; wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; with His stripes we are healed.  {1SAT 178.3}
[1SAT 179.1]          What have we done as laborers together with God? Have we denied self? Have we lifted the cross? Have we manifested the intense interest for the work to be done in connection with the Lord Jesus Christ to save the souls ready to perish? It is our work to manifest the intense earnest desire to save souls proportionate with the greatest work God has committed to mortals. Then why so indifferent? Why so faithless? Why so worldly-minded? How can we meet the Lord in peace with our present showing?  {1SAT 179.1}
[1SAT 179.2]          Is there anyone that has any cause for boasting? Is there anyone that feels that he is very apt, and has great talents? Who gave them to him? They came to him from Jesus Christ. Then what are you doing with them? Are you employing these talents to represent to the world godliness and self-denial and self-sacrifice? If you do this, then it is you are imitating our Saviour Jesus Christ. What we want is religion, Christlikeness in character; what we want is the descent of the Holy Ghost. Talk it in your meetings; talk it in your families; pray to God for it. But let me tell you, it does not come upon a man that has made his soul the highway for worldly thoughts, for impure thoughts, for sensual thoughts, for corrupting thoughts; nor for the performance of wicked actions.                                            -180-  {1SAT 179.2}
[1SAT 180.1]          We point the sinner to One who can take away the sin of the world. He does not cover the world with His righteousness, but He takes it away, until sinners repent and wash their robes of character and make them white in the blood of the Lamb. And the heart that is divested of self is ready for something else. That is the inflowing of the Holy Ghost. Then you can no more repress it; it will come out. You will begin to work for the depressed and the suffering. You will forget self. Self will not be exalted, but you will forget self, and you will be hid with Christ in God. When self is hid with Christ in God, then the Spirit of Christ will flow forth in conversation. "Be ye holy," says the apostle, "in all manner of conversation" ［1 Peter 1:15］.  {1SAT 180.1}
[1SAT 180.2]          When Jesus Christ can present you before the Father spotless, the gates will be opened to you and you can go in; but if your soul is stained, and if your soul is spotted, the record is there and you must meet it in the judgment.  {1SAT 180.2}
[1SAT 180.3]          What we want is the deep movings of the Spirit of God. What we want is to be sanctified of God here, body and spirit. "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart"--not two-thirds of it, not a quarter of it-- "with all thy heart, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself."  {1SAT 180.3}
[1SAT 180.4]          Now, Jesus Christ did not come to man in His own divine character, but He clothed His divinity with humanity. He came to our world in His human nature, and in compassion, that you might behold Him. You could not behold Him if He had the light even of an angel. But He takes our nature; He comes right to us in the world to work for us, to teach all souls what we must do                                              -181-     to be saved. And now every one of us can receive Him, believe on Him, if we will. But we are represented as the ten virgins, five of whom were wise and five foolish. They profess to be Christians. They profess to be religionists. But half of them have no oil of grace in their lamps, their hearts.  {1SAT 180.4}
[1SAT 181.1]          I beg of you to institute the inquiry, How many of you have the Holy Spirit of God, represented as oil in the vessel with the lamp. Here is the light; you have the truth, the precious gems of truth offered to you--the glorious unfolding of the truth from the Word of God. The coming of the Lord is presented before you, "Prepare to meet thy God." This subject is not dwelt upon half as much as it should be; preparation is essential. God has not given us any time to stop.  {1SAT 181.1}
[1SAT 181.2]         Some will say, It is no use now for us to raise money to send missionaries into foreign countries, because the time is so short it would not accomplish anything. Yes it will. You had better use your money in that way ［rather］ than have it left for the great day of conflagration to consume it.  {1SAT 181.2}
[1SAT 181.3]          There are thousands that do not feel the least responsibility to pay any tithes to God. They refuse to give to the Lord His own lent talents to them that they may trade upon them and double them. He knows you by name. He has all your names on His record. He knows the sum to a penny, and how much you have robbed Him of, His own lent money. He has given you the amount for your own sustenance and put His hand on a small portion; but you cannot see that God should receive any returns from you, that He has any right to it, so you use it all selfishly and rob God's treasury. God forbid that you should think that way, and continue this robbery. There is no                                              -182-     reason why you cannot see the plain truth on this important subject, only because you have the selfishness of your own wicked heart right before you that you don't want to see, and that you don't mean to see.  {1SAT 181.3}
[1SAT 182.1]          But there is a time coming when every case shall be judged according to their works. Every action of robbery, of appropriating the Lord's tithe money, will be considered, unless you repent of your robbery toward God, that we may come to Him with His own and, as David said, "Of thine own, oh Lord, we freely give thee" ［see 1 Chronicles 29:14］. It is God that has given us everything. As we sit at our table He has given us this provision; through Jesus Christ it comes. The rain, the sunshine, the dew, and everything that is a blessing to us, He has given us, and yet many are so hard-hearted, so full of selfishness, that they cannot see the claims that God has upon them. Not all, thank God! There are many of us glad to give back to the Lord His own, and give it freely. We give it as freely as did David. Of Thine own, we freely give Thee.  {1SAT 182.1}
[1SAT 182.2]          Then, if there have been any that have been robbing God here, you may say, "I don't see it in the Bible." Yes you do. You are lying to God; you do see it. Your cases have been presented, specified in Malachi. You see it and you cannot help it, because if you have reasoning powers you can see it. But you do not want to see, and you encourage blindness of mind lest your selfishness should die, and Christ should come in and take possession of you. I am thinking of the judgment. I do not want to stand in debt to God, robbing God of the tithe and the offerings, and have Him say to me, as my name is called, "Ye are cursed with a curse." I do not want to hear that from the Master. I want to hear Him say, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant."                                              -183-  {1SAT 182.2}
[1SAT 183.1]          Now, we are wondering why it is that we do not have more of the grace and power of God. You begin to institute Bible classes in your churches, at your homes, and humble yourselves before God, and earnestly pray and weep before Him, and give yourselves to Him without reservation; you would find that there is nothing in the way.  {1SAT 183.1}
[1SAT 183.2]          He says, "I stand at the door, and knock." What is the matter? Oh, you did not hear Him? Many don't hear when the Lord says, "This is My portion; give Me My portion. You may have the rest, but give Me My portion in tithes and offerings." So He knocks; He knocks, but you do not hear Him. What is the matter? Because the din of the world is sounding in your ears and you do not hear. You cannot stop long enough to seek God earnestly and listen to hear what the Spirit hath to say unto you. May God help us individually that we may divest ourselves of everything which separates the soul from God, and ［may］ there be such a reformation here in California that you have not dreamed of. You will see the salvation of God which will go through your minds, and the many souls that will be converted unto Him. That is everything to us.  {1SAT 183.2}
[1SAT 183.3]          When they tell me of losses of temporal goods, I feel like this: It is not a soul. But the loss of a soul is of higher estimate than the whole world. "What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?" ［Mark 8:36, 37］. Please consider how you will settle this question with your Maker, just now, without delay.  {1SAT 183.3}
[1SAT 183.4]          Now let us bring eternity into our reckoning. Let us live for God every day. We do not know at what time our period of life closes and He                                              -184-     will come to us saying, "Give an account of thy stewardship." We each have a work to do. I will tell you when He will come to our world: After the gospel of His kingdom has been brought to all parts of the earth; and you had better be in a hurry. God help us to be faithful in the discharge of our duty to preach the gospel to all people, tongues, and nations; that we may arouse to our God-given responsibilities; that we may divest ourselves of every particle of selfishness; that there may be no money expended in flowers or feathers, or in decoration of the body; you cannot afford it. It may be at the cost of a soul. The time that you occupy in self-serving you want to be seeking to open your Bible to awaken the souls that are perishing around you out of the truth, that are ready to die.  {1SAT 183.4}
[1SAT 184.1]          Christ died that every soul might become a missionary. You need not look upon the ministers; you need not say they carry the burdens. They do carry the burdens, and the reason so many have fallen into the grave is because they carried the burdens that some of you refused to lift. They carry the burdens that you will not take upon your soul. If you would before God keep your own soul clean, if before God you would cleanse yourself from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God, your ministers would be where they could go forth, and your prayers could follow them like sharp sickles into the harvest field. But the temptations of the world have crazed you; the world has benumbed you; the world has paralyzed you; and we want now to get above the world and behold Christ, our only hope, that our eye shall be fixed upon Him who is the One altogether lovely and the Chief among ten thousand.                                              -185-  {1SAT 184.1}
[1SAT 185.1]          We want to know, brethren, if you are going to make the surrender to God. We want to know if you will consider that everything has been done for you that a God could do. We want to know if you consider that all heaven--just think of it!--all heaven has been poured out to you in one gift, with Jesus Christ. When God gave His Son He gave with Him the richest treasures of heaven. It is yours, if you will cooperate with Him. He gave all heaven; all heaven He gave in that one gift. All heaven is at our command. All heaven we may claim. When the minister goes forth to labor he can say, "I go in the strength of the God of Israel. I have no confidence in self. I have no confidence in my finite ability, but I have a standing promise from One who says, 'I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.'" You have no lack of power then. What more assurance do you want? "If he abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you" ［John 15:7］. Do you believe it? Do you believe the promise?  {1SAT 185.1}
[1SAT 185.2]          We have been so earthly; we have been talking of earthly things; we have had our conversation upon common and earthly things until eternity has been dropped out of our reckoning. Shall we bring it in? God help us that we may arouse as we never have done before. I tell you, it is an individual work. Do not look at another and say, "They have defects in character; they are thus and so." "What is that to thee? follow thou me." I speak of Peter. Said the Lord Jesus Christ, "What is that to thee? follow thou me" ［John 20:22］. He told Peter what should happen to him, and then Peter says, pointing to John, "What shall this man do?" Well, now, you just keep your eye single to the glory of God. What is it to keep the eye single? What                                              -186-     does it mean? It means that you should let the world go out of your reckoning, and let the eternal realities come in. God help us to be Christians at home.  {1SAT 185.2}
[1SAT 186.1]          Now I want to tell you what a saint is. A saint in heaven is just what he is in his own family at home. If he is a Christian at home he is a Christian in the church. He will be a good Christian in heaven. Now, God has placed us on trial here. How is it with you? Are you going to stand the test? He will bring circumstances around you to prove you and see whether there is any defilement of character in you. If there is any debasement, if there is any carnality, if there is any satanic tendency, He will bring you over the ground in one way, and then He will bring you over the ground in another way, and then He will test you upon one point, and then He will test you upon another. We are here to be tested and proved.  {1SAT 186.1}
[1SAT 186.2]          What does it amount to? If you have the Spirit of Christ you will love every soul for whom Christ died. Not with a love-sick sentimentalism. Not with base affection. Nothing like that. You will love as Christ loved. You will want to carry that burden for souls, oh how carefully, that there shall not be any occasion given to the youth, or to those of mature age, that shall bring in or make occasion of their stumbling or being turned out of the way, or a channel for an impure thought. Create an atmosphere where the soul can be kept open and clean before God our Maker.  {1SAT 186.2}
[1SAT 186.3]          Ah, the sin of licentiousness, it is terrible! It is upon many, many that are here. They are corrupting their souls and yet they seem to think that they are Christians. Some do not know what sin is. They do not know what an offense it is to God to defile the soul-temple. But I call upon you                                              -187-     to clear the King's highway. There are immense responsibilities that are resting upon our churches here in California where they have had the grand light of Bible truth, the precious message of truth in His Word. It is for the saving of the souls of the people.  {1SAT 186.3}
[1SAT 187.1]          Such responsibility! It is to represent the faith you possess. It is to stand in the integrity of our soul. If you will be faithful to God, self shall be crucified. Self shall die, and Christ Jesus shall live in us, and He shall be the hope of our calling. We will represent Jesus Christ to the world. Inquire sincerely, "Am I a Christian?" If I am a Christian I am looking unto Jesus, the Author and the Finisher of my faith. In Him my hopes of eternal life are centered.  {1SAT 187.1}
[1SAT 187.2]         If all those that handle the Word of God, ministering to the people, will cleanse their hearts from all iniquity and all defilement, and shall come to God with clean purpose of heart, as little children, they shall see of the salvation of God. Jesus will walk in our midst. We have now the invitations of mercy to become vessels unto honor, and then we need not worry about the latter rain; all we have to do is to keep the vessel clean and right side up and prepared for the reception of the heavenly rain, and keep praying, "Let the latter rain come into my vessel. Let the light of the glorious angel which unites with the third angel shine upon me. Give me a part in the work. Let me sound the proclamation. Let me be a co-laborer with Jesus Christ." Thus seeking God, let me tell you, He is fitting you up all the time, giving you His grace. You need not be worried. You need not be thinking that there is a special time coming when you are to be crucified. The time to be crucified is just now. Every day, every hour, self is                                           -188-     to die; self is to be crucified; and then, when the time comes that the test shall come to God's people in earnest, the everlasting arms are around you. The angels of God make a wall of fire around about and deliver you.  {1SAT 187.2}
[1SAT 188.1]          All your self-crucifixion will not do any good then. It must be ［done］ before the destiny of souls is decided. It is now that self is to be crucified--when there is work to do; when there is some use to be made of every entrusted capability. It is now that we are to empty and thoroughly cleanse the vessel of its impurity. It is now that we are to be made holy unto God. This is our work, this very moment. You are not to wait for any special period for a wonderful work to be done; it is today. I give myself to God today.  {1SAT 188.1}
[1SAT 188.2]          What if one should go out from this meeting while he is looking forward a week, or a month, or a year before he surrenders to God, and the cars should strike him as they ［did］ our Sister Rowland? Are you ready to make the surrender now? You are to put away your sin right now when you see it, but do not make leeway ［that］ you are going to overcome by degrees; you are going to try little by little to give up sin. Now, while it is called today, heed the invitation and harden not your hearts.  {1SAT 188.2}
[1SAT 188.3]          Oh my soul, why not leave the cursed thing today? Sin crucified my Lord. Why not turn from it with loathing? Why not love the things that Christ loved, and hate the things that Christ hated? He has made provision ample enough for you that you can through Him be more--yea, more--than overcomers. Then what do you want? Do you want a second crucifixion of Christ? You cannot have that. You must look to Calvary. You must take the blood by faith and apply it. You must wash in it. You must be cleansed by the already shed blood of Jesus Christ. It can cleanse you to the utmost.                                           -189-  {1SAT 188.3}
[1SAT 189.1]          I love Him; I love Him for He first loved me. He has broken my heart; He has broken it, and it is not good for anything unless it is broken. Your heart is not good for anything unless it is broken. God help us that we may this very day surrender to God. There is a work to be done here. There is a work to be done in the church--a wonderful work. You are to love as you never have loved before. You are to pray to Him as you never have prayed before. You are to seek Him as you never have sought Him before. Are you going into a monastic cell as Martin Luther did to scourge yourself? The question is asked: "Shall I give my firstborn . . . for the sin of my soul?" ［see Micah 6:6-8］. Is it burnt offerings and sacrifices that God requires? He says, "My soul is full of them." It is not that. It is a contrite heart; it is that you walk humbly, and deal justly, and show mercy. This is your work.  {1SAT 189.1}
[1SAT 189.2]          Take right hold of it now. Why wait any longer? Why not take God right at His word? Say, "Here Lord, I give myself away, 'tis all that I can do." If Satan comes with his hellish temptations, tell him No, there is no place in my soul for it; my soul is ravished with the love which is expressed upon Calvary; I cannot allow any of this wickedness to come into my soul; it crucified my Lord.  {1SAT 189.2}
[1SAT 189.3]          Now brethren and sisters, we want religion; we want the baptism of the Holy Ghost. You want to be getting ready for missionaries. You do not know who may be called, but Satan wants to keep you all the time in the darkness of unbelief; he wants to keep you in the lowlands; he wants to keep you in darkness and sin. Will you break the fetters? Will you go free? Will you say, "Simply to Thy cross I cling; in my hand no price I bring"? Just myself, that is all He wants. He wants yourself--just as you are.                                           -190-  {1SAT 189.3}
[1SAT 190.1]          May God help us to look and live. May God strengthen our hearts to trust in Him. He is coming, brethren, in a little while. Here are sorrows and troubles. Here is one brother that has been suffering with rheumatism and with agony, sleepless nights. There is rest, brother; there is rest in a little while. We shall see Him as He is, and we shall be made like Him. Rest, rest in the kingdom of God. Go on a little longer; suffer a few days longer, and there is an eternity of happiness and bliss; that is what you want. The crown of righteousness is for the overcomer. Every one of you, think of this. In the morning think of it, now today I must look at that crown. I must run for it. I must run the race for it. And that crown is mine if I overcome. But if I do not overcome, and am overcome of Satan, I lose that crown; another gets it. Shall we not try to win the crown of everlasting life? If we lose heaven, we lose everything. If we gain heaven, we gain everything.  {1SAT 190.1}
[1SAT 190.2]          I see matchless charms in Jesus. I do not want any greater reward than He presents to us. I do not want any larger reward than that. I want to live for God, not for the world. I want the eye single to His glory. Let us every one--in the morning, and at noon, and at night--lay ourselves before God as His property, not our own, and fight the good fight of faith. Today you are not to have the faith of tomorrow. You have only faith for today; tomorrow you will find faith when that comes; so don't worry about tomorrow. It is today, Am I the Lord's? Today have I the witness of His Spirit? Today does my name come upon the lips of the great Advocate of heaven? Today am I walking in harmony with Jesus Christ and heavenly angels? The heavenly intelligences are at work to bring the light of the knowledge of the truth as it shineth in the face of Jesus Christ, to humanity.                                           -191-  {1SAT 190.2}
[1SAT 191.1]          Am I a co-laborer with Jesus Christ? What is the matter? It is because you have robbed God all through the week. You have committed robbery of God, and you have no part in His work. God help you to be converted. Some of you may be touched and say, "I don't like such straight preaching." I cannot help it if you do not. There must be somebody. "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show my people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins" ［Isaiah 58:1］. We want your help, brethren, every soul of you.  {1SAT 191.1}
[1SAT 191.2]          What is the word that comes from the watchman on the walls of Zion? "The morning cometh, and also the night" ［Isaiah 21:12］. Both are coming. The watchman has to give the note of warning. Every watchman on the walls is to take up the note and to sound it to the people. What do the people do--just sit and gape at the watchman? They have got, in their turn, to catch the trumpet sound, then to take it up and sound it through the churches; not call, "Watchman, come here, come here," because of this note, of this warning here in our church. Give it yourself, because you are connected with God. Give it yourself, because you are the channel ［of］ light. Catch the words all burning from the throne of God and give them to the people. That is what you are to do. Instead of quarreling ［about］ who shall be the greatest; instead of dissension, instead of strife, God help you to be converted. What you want is to become as little children.  {1SAT 191.2}
[1SAT 191.3]          I want heaven. Do you want it? We shall all see just how much we want it. We shall see just how much faith we have. For the Lord is coming and He is right at the door. We have but a little time to work, and if we let the world come in here and absorb all our attention and all our means, how                                           -192-     can it be said of you in the judgment, "Enter ye in. Well done, good and faithful servant"? Where is your goodness and faithfulness? Was it on your farm? Was it in working with your hands? You can be faithful there, but you have something else to do. There is a world to be warned; there is a world to be saved; there is a sinner to be converted. While you are asleep the sinners are perishing; Satan is sowing his tares. You want to be wide awake in your churches. All heaven is interested for you; why not be interested for yourselves? "Open the door, and I will come in," said Christ. Will you open it? Will you let Him in? Will you be zealous and repent of your backsliding, your lack of love, your coldness, your indifference?  {1SAT 191.3}
[1SAT 192.1]          What we want is Jesus. What we want is His love. What we want is the elevation and ennobling of character. What we want is to die to self right here--not wait until some future period. We want to make the consecration here. Oh, I am so thankful that it is not too late for us to be righteous. I am so thankful we have a Jesus. I am so thankful that He is able to cleanse us from all sin! I am so thankful that I can hope for His blessing. I am so thankful that I can hide in Him now, and that I can accept His light and give it forth to others. May the Lord breathe upon us His Holy Spirit, and may we grow up into Christ, our living Head. We want this salvation today. We don't want to wait; we don't want to dispel Christ by our unbelief. We want to take right hold of Him because He has told us to do it; and He says--now listen, I want you to hear every word of it--"Let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me" ［Isaiah 27:5］. "Come now, and let us reason together. . . ; though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like                                           -193-     crimson, they shall be as wool" ［Isaiah   1:18］. Will you come? Will you believe? Will you let Him reason with you? Will you commit the keeping of your soul unto Him as unto a faithful Creator?  {1SAT 192.1}
[1SAT 193.1]         God grant that we may live in the light of His countenance, and at last hear Him say, "Come up higher; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." What is that joy? Seeing sinners converted. That is joy. Let us go to work and see if you cannot help some poor, despondent soul that is crushed under the weight of discouragement. See if you cannot win some soul to Christ. You are bigger in your own eyes than you ought to be, but just see if you cannot win somebody to Christ; and as you win them to Christ you will become smaller and smaller in your own eyes, until you feel as though you were nothing. When you feel in that way, then Christ to you is everything. ［This was followed by an altar call; many responded. See report in Signs, October 12, 1891.］--Manuscript 35, 1891. (MR 900.23)  {1SAT 193.1}
[1SAT 194.1]       Fruits of Conversion         (Sabbath morning sermon, Healdsburg, California, Camp Meeting, Sept. 19th, 1891.)            "I pray for them: I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them" (John 17:9, 10).  {1SAT 194.1}
[1SAT 194.2]          Mark the words. It is Jesus Christ that is praying to His Father, "and all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them."  {1SAT 194.2}
[1SAT 194.3]          Is it truth? Are we Bible believers? Is Christ glorified in us? I want you to consider this. He is speaking of the oneness and that unity that shall exist with Christ and His disciples. In that unity, in that oneness, Christ is glorified in us. Now I would have you consider how very light a matter many of us make of seeking to preserve this unity. Why, this unity with believers in and through Christ is the great strength of the church! The oneness, the love which through their faith and unity exists with God's people through faith in Christ, is a power.  {1SAT 194.3}
[1SAT 194.4]          How earnest, how decided, how determined should be our efforts to answer the prayer of Christ that we may have that harmony one with another for which Christ died to perfect; that we may be one with Christ; for, unless we are constantly laboring for this harmony and this unity, we shall certainly fail of answering the prayer of being one with Christ as He was one with the Father.                                           -195-  {1SAT 194.4}
[1SAT 195.1]          (You will see I have contracted a severe cold on this journey. It is very difficult for me to speak at this time, but perhaps I can make you hear. I hope I can.)  {1SAT 195.1}
[1SAT 195.2]          In this oneness God is glorified. In division and dissension and differences and pulling apart Satan is glorified, and all heaven looks with astonishment upon those who claim to be children of God. Have ［they］ not served the enemy long enough in this line? "And now," prayed Christ, "I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given me, that they may be one, as we are. While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name: those that Thou gavest Me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled. And now I come to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves" ［verses 11-13］.  {1SAT 195.2}
[1SAT 195.3]         Who? Believers in Jesus Christ. That they might have the joy of Christ fulfilled in us through love and unity as His disciples. What is that joy? Who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despised the shame, and is forever set down at the right hand of God. What was the joy? Was it the joy that we feel when we think that we are in a very important position in this life? Is that the joy? No. What was the joy? In seeing sons and daughters brought to Jesus Christ because they have given their life to the service of Christ, of soul saving.  {1SAT 195.3}
[1SAT 195.4]          That is the joy that Christ had. That is our joy. And when we possess this joy we shall love souls and work for souls for whom Christ has died. You will                                           -196-     not be in the position that you will think, "My way is right, and I will carry this through on my line"; and thus you dishonor your Creator, because Christ's prayer is against you, and you are against the prayer. Therefore how can you have His joy fulfilled in you when you have a spirit of self-exaltation and you are not at oneness with Jesus Christ?  {1SAT 195.4}
[1SAT 196.1]          What we want today is to be constantly studying the life of Christ and working every day of our life to answer the prayer of Christ that you may be one in His love, and work for unity. The prayer that He offered to His Father is to exercise interest and love for souls. You want in every work, in your spirit, in your thoughts, in your actions, to be cherishing the love of Christ which He has prayed might exist. You want that faith that works out your salvation after the divine similitude. Why, you tell us that by our works we are not saved! Nevertheless, you are not saved by any evil works; but you have that faith that works out a character after the divine similitude. It is a faith that works out a unity of action, brother with brother, and every hour of your life if you are standing in living connection with God. You manifest His love. It works in your home life.  {1SAT 196.1}
[1SAT 196.2]          There is no fretfulness seen in the home if Christ is the peace principle exercised in your soul. There is no uncourteousness there. There is no roughness or sharp speech there. Why? Because we believe and act out that we are members of the Royal Family, children of the Heavenly King, bound to Jesus Christ by the strongest tie of love--that love which works by faith and purifies the soul.                                           -197-  {1SAT 196.2}
[1SAT 197.1]          You love Jesus and you are constantly at work to overcome all selfishness and be a blessing and comfort and strength and a support to the souls He has purchased with His blood. I cannot see why we should not the more earnestly try to bring the peace of Christ right into our family, than to labor for those that have no living connection with us; but if we have religion in the home, it will extend outside of the home. You will have it everywhere. You will carry it with you to the church. You can carry it with you when you go out to your work. It will be with you wherever you shall be. What we want is religion in the home. What we need is the peace principle which shall control our spirit and our life and character after the Christlife. He has given us His example. God help us that we may walk and work intelligently to this end.  {1SAT 197.1}
[1SAT 197.2]          There is no virtue in your prayers to God when you get right up from your prayers and begin to speak sharp words and make yourself disagreeable in your family. When you get up from your prayers and begin to fret and to find fault with everything and with God Himself--for this has been done--your prayers don't go any higher than your head. Shall we now have that faith that works by love and purifies the soul here where this reformation means so much? Well, that is what we want; because the latter rain is coming, and we want the vessel all cleansed from its work of impurity. We want the vessel to be a vessel unto honor, fit for the Master's use. There are vessels to dishonor, and there are vessels to honor. Now we want to make our choice, and reveal we choose to be a vessel unto honor.                                           -198-  {1SAT 197.2}
[1SAT 198.1]          There is not a quarreling man--no matter if your profession is as high as heaven--nor a quarreling woman; not one that loves to talk and berate and wound and injure the souls and reputation of God's people, that will ever enter the portals of the city of God. Why? Because there would be a second rebellion in heaven. What we need now is to be students, to learn in the school of Christ to perfect a Christlike character.  {1SAT 198.1}
[1SAT 198.2]          "Come," says Jesus. "Come," says Christ your Saviour, "learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart." His arm is extended, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." He has told you where to go. "Come unto Me," every one of you, "and I will give you rest." Do you believe it? Do we believe the word of God today? Do we believe just what He tells us? What is the matter with us, that we do not have more freedom, and that Christ is not glorified in us? It is because we don't believe Him. Every soul will act out all the faith that he has.  {1SAT 198.2}
[1SAT 198.3]          If we are weary, if we are heavy laden, why, then, come right to the great Burden Bearer. Say, "Here, Lord, I come just as I am. I come because I am sinful. I come because I am needy. I come because I am wholly dependent, and I want to drink in this life of the waters of life. I want to drink of the streams of salvation which flow from the throne of God."  {1SAT 198.3}
[1SAT 198.4]          Well, then, if you drink, how shall we know that you have been drinking? How will anyone know that you have been drinking? Will you go out and begin to kick and scold your cattle, and beat them, and bruise them? They are God's dumb animals and cannot retaliate. He made them. You must respect your cattle.                                           -199-     Will you rise from prayer and begin to scold and fret at your children, and at the circumstances and things that transpire in your house? Will you do it? Well, what shall we think of you? We will think you are an agent of the devil, that is what; we think the thoughts that such a course of action produces. Whatever your profession, however high it may be, if the truth you profess does not have influence enough on you to change your natural heart, to convert you to be kind and courteous, and to give you a new heart and a new mind, seek the true character now.  {1SAT 198.4}
[1SAT 199.1]         Now what does every man and woman need? A conversion to God. That is what he needs. Then what? Why, we begin to cherish this love which Christ had. We are converted. We love one another. We see that every individual has his own individual trials. We see that every soul that we are brought into connection with knows what it is to battle with the powers of darkness if they ever overcome. "We," saith the True Teacher, "fight not against flesh and blood," but we fight "against spiritual wickedness in high places."  {1SAT 199.1}
[1SAT 199.2]          Well, we know Satan is against us; we know the whole confederacy of evil is united and works with the evil men and women. Satan and his angels and evil men are there manifested to attempt to deceive, to allure, and to make our lives uncomfortable and unhappy and wretched by words and actions, and is it not very poor policy for professed Christians to open the door of their house and say to the devil, come in? Many are doing this. Is it not the most wretched policy for you to give place to the devil, and then you judge ［that］ everybody is your enemy, and you are the enemy of everybody, and thus you talk and thus you act.                                            -200-  {1SAT 199.2}
[1SAT 200.1]          Is the joy of Christ in you? Is Christ glorified, or God glorified in you? Verily, verily, I say unto you, unless you are born again you never can see the kingdom of heaven. ［See John 3:3］ You may have addicted yourself to fretting and to scolding for a long while, but it has not perfected your Christian character. Now suppose you change the order of things and you begin, when Satan begins to put in the word of complaint, to find fault, you begin to sing a song, if it is the simple hymn, "I will follow Thee, my Saviour, Wheresoe'er my lot may be." Just begin to sing. Do you think that will please the devil and the confederacy of evil angels? No; they will get out of your presence as soon as possible. You have garrisoned the soul against them.  {1SAT 200.1}
[1SAT 200.2]         Well then, what shall we do? We shall pray more in the spirit and understanding also. We shall talk more comfortable words because the heart is converted. We will lift up the weights that are upon the souls, knowing that they are tempted of the devil and, in our turn, we will not make ourselves tempters. Now that is what we will do when converted. You try it, and you will see what that will do for you, and you will see that you are exercising a faith that works--that works by love, which purifies the soul.  {1SAT 200.2}
[1SAT 200.3]          And then I will tell you what else to do. Keep the praise of God on your lips. You have had so little of it that it is a strange song. Now, we want to learn that song because in heaven the angels are constantly offering praise and thanksgiving and glory to the God of heaven. Therefore we want to catch the strain here, and heaven is much nearer to earth than we think, and we are much nearer to heaven than we imagine, because the heavenly intelligences are all through such an assembly as this.                                           -201-  {1SAT 200.3}
[1SAT 201.1]          Is that all? No. The heavenly helpers are with you in your family. Those angels want that family ［to be］ a sample of the family in heaven. Those angels are at work to mold, to fashion, and to make every family after the divine family. Well then, would it not be very poor policy to speak and act like sinners, to awaken an element in your family which will set them all at variance, and make them unhappy and miserable? But this work is done daily by unconverted men and women who claim to be followers of Christ. But God help us to be converted, that we may show forth the praises of Him who hath called us out of darkness into His marvelous light.  {1SAT 201.1}
[1SAT 201.2]          Well then, how shall we know that we have been drinking of the living streams of salvation? How shall we understand this? Oh, the heart is changed; out of it are the issues of life. The good man bringeth out of the treasure of his heart good things. Now we are to learn and are to know by their words and works who are converted. The evil man bringeth out of the treasure of his heart evil things, showing he is under the control of Satan. Every word is a seed. We are scattering it in words and actions--sowing seed--and then what will the harvest be? God help us that we may sow unto life eternal, that we may reap the precious grain in this life, and then the good works will cause souls to be converted.  {1SAT 201.2}
[1SAT 201.3]          I want to tell you that you have every reason to rejoice today. Christ says, "Come, come unto Me, and I will give you rest." What have we to rejoice in? That Christ is not in Joseph's new tomb, and a great stone rolled before it. Where is He? Where is Jesus? He has arisen; He has risen from the dead;                                            -202-     He has ascended on high. He is our Advocate, and He pleads in our behalf before the Father. We have a Friend at court. Thank God, we have a Friend at court! Then offer up your petitions. The righteousness of Christ is there. The perfection of Christ is there.  {1SAT 201.3}
[1SAT 202.1]         You may look up and say, "Oh, I am discouraged; I am in despair; I feel so terrible," and all this! What have your feelings to do with the matter? Do tell me. What have your feelings to do with these matters? Are they stronger than the word, the immutable word of Jehovah? Which is stronger? Is not the word of God a solid basis? Is it not the Rock of ages? Well now, what will you do? Hide in that Rock. Let your heart go out to Jesus who has bought you as His own property with the price of His sacred life-blood.  {1SAT 202.1}
[1SAT 202.2]          There are thousands that have been addicted to complaining; they are chronic grumblers. But all such will never enter heaven. How can you be cured? Christ tells you: "A new heart will I give you." Do they profess to believe the truth? I shall know it when there is a change in that unruly member, the tongue. "A new heart will I give thee." We shall find in the place of a stirring up by the leaven of disaffection, we shall find there are words that cement; there are words that bind together. They will not see something in everyone around them to find fault with but themselves, and expatiate upon other's evil. But they are beginning to look and say, Am I right? Have I that love, that faith that works by love and purifies the heart for the second, the latter, rain, the descent of the Holy Spirit of God?  {1SAT 202.2}
[1SAT 202.3]         Now, some will tell you, and they will begin to reckon, and reckon, and reckon when the latter rain is coming. I would rather that you would reckon                                           -203-     right now whether you have brought eternity into your reckoning concerning your individual self. Consider whether you have brought eternity daily to view. If you are right with God today, you are ready if Christ should come today. What we need is Christ formed within, the hope of glory. We want that you should have a deep and earnest longing for the righteousness of Jesus Christ. Your old, tattered garments of self-righteousness will not give you an entrance into the kingdom of God, but that garment that is woven in the loom of heaven--the righteousness of Jesus Christ--will. It will give you an inheritance among the sanctified. That is what we want. It is worth more than all the worldly gain; it is worth more than all your farms; it is worth more than all the honor that finite beings can bestow upon you.  {1SAT 202.3}
[1SAT 203.1]          What we want to know is, Are you individually, daily preparing that you can unite with the family of heaven? Are you quarrelsome here? Are you finding fault with your household here? If your are, you will find fault with them in heaven. Your character is being tested and proved in this life, whether you will make a peaceable subject of God's kingdom in heaven.  {1SAT 203.1}
[1SAT 203.2]          Now let the parents go to work for their children. Don't let them hear a fretful word spoken in the house. Tell them angels are there watching over them and they must enter into no sinful practice. Tell them the heavenly intelligences are looking upon them, and don't allow a word to be spoken from your lips to educate your children in words to dishonor God. Ah, there are scores here that need to be converted on this line, and unless they are converted, they never will know what the love and joy of Christ is in the heart, and can never be translated to live with the heavenly family.                                           -204-  {1SAT 203.2}
[1SAT 204.1]          But we hope this meeting will be a time when you will surrender to God. We hope it will be a time when you will place yourself fully in Christ's love. He is coming in a little while, and when we think of it every one of you may look back and consider what your life has been. Consider how you have had the truth. Summer after summer line upon line, testimony after testimony, has come from heaven to you, and the Word, the precious Word of God--and yet, where is your reform? Where is the cleansing of the soul temple? Where is the fitting up for the finishing touch of immortality? What are you doing? Have you that faith that works, or have you that faith which does not do anything for you?  {1SAT 204.1}
[1SAT 204.2]          The truth of a heavenly origin converts the soul. The truth from heaven has an influence upon the human life and upon the human character that is elevating, ennobling, sanctifying, refining--making us more and more like Jesus; and thus we are changed through the sanctification of the truth from glory to glory. What is the glory? It is the character--"From character to character." And we are fitting for heaven in this life, that we may see Jesus and that we may be like Him; that we may reflect His image, and from character to character marching, marching right straight along; step by step you keep with the Leader, and He is leading you. Who is it? The Light of the world, the Truth, the Life.--all these combined, and He is leading in straight paths. You are never left without angels' care. Do you respond and seek to perfect a true righteous character?  Will you be led? That is the question, the whole question of your salvation today. Will you be led?  {1SAT 204.2}
[1SAT 204.3]          I want to read still more. The last I read was, "And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them." Is it so? Is God glorified in                                           -205-     you? Are you a gossiper? Are you a faultfinder? Are you suspicious? Are you jealous? Is God glorified in you? No, indeed! The devil is glorified in you, and he is wonderfully pleased with you. But what we want is to change that order by being converted to God right here and not to wait until we get off of this tent ground. What we want is to be clad with the robes of Christ's righteousness. We want to be built up in the most holy faith. We want to rejoice in Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 204.3}
[1SAT 205.1]          Now I read some verses further than this: "And now come I to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have"--what?--"My joy fulfilled in themselves." Well now, this is the privilege of every individual soul. The joy of Christ fulfilled in themselves. Think that this can be done; believe that it can be done. Act it; and you will find that you are brought into a purer atmosphere; you are breathing the atmosphere of heaven--not the atmosphere of hell, but the atmosphere of heaven--and when you breathe in that atmosphere, and this atmosphere surrounds the soul, all that come within the sphere of your influence are benefited and blessed.  {1SAT 205.1}
[1SAT 205.2]          The "joy fulfilled in themselves." What does it mean? Why, I get up in the morning, ［and］ I don't feel any particular joy. When I wake up, I don't feel that wonderful joy; perhaps some days, sometimes I do. But then what? Looking unto Jesus, who is the author and finisher of our faith, I begin to look up to Jesus for His presence, His light, and His love. A very simple thing. I thank God that He has kept me through the night. I am so thankful that He is a living Saviour. I am so grateful that He lives to make intercession for me; that He is                                           -206-     not in Joseph's new tomb. He is a living Saviour and ready to bless me. Well then, I believe that He means I shall be blessed. He died for me that I might be blessed, and that His joy might remain in me, therefore I keep my mind in that channel. I educate it; I train my tongue; I train my thoughts; I train all that there is of me that I may fasten it upon Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 205.2}
[1SAT 206.1]          Oh, evil things come in between me and the Saviour. It is the hellish shadow of Satan. I see that shadow and darkness; shall I fall under it? Well, when I was coming in the cars in the evening and in the night season I looked at the moon, there was a whole bank of clouds it went into. Now, I thought, we will see what that moon does. I kept my eyes upon it, and soon I began to see that there was a bright, brightness coming into the cloud. The darkness of the cloud did not put out the moon nor its light, but the light kept shining. The moon in its brightness began to scatter and lighten and brighten the darkness until it rolled back and revealed the glory and light of the moon, and then its glory lighted up the clouds all around us. There is what we want to be.  {1SAT 206.1}
[1SAT 206.2]          Satan is not dead by any means. He is working to bring the shadow of death over your souls. Will you let him do it? Will you let him make you look at the darkness, and talk of the darkness? We are just to be like that moon. Light up all our way by faith. Through the shadow of darkness and of death Thou art the light of heaven. We are to talk of heaven and of heavenly things. We are to become more and more heavenly-minded. Now all the faith that you profess--we shall know something about it. You need not think that you can shut it up in a box like a nice perfume, and keep it there or in a bottle. But we shall know                                           -207-     just the measure of your faith. How? By your works. By the fruits that you bear. If you have Christ abiding in your heart, you will talk Christ.  {1SAT 206.2}
[1SAT 207.1]          If you have Christ abiding there, you cannot fret or scold. You cannot make others unhappy and wretched and miserable. No. Because Christ is there, His joy is there, His peace is there. You want everybody to have peace; you want them to have comfort; you want them to have good hope; you want them to have courage, and you keep talking of Jesus and His love--what He has done for me. Now we lose sight of this; we lose sight of it. You look and see what Christ has done for you again and again, and the precious victories He has given you, and then as you look at things you talk of these. Don't you see, every trial sinks into insignificance in comparison with this?  {1SAT 207.1}
[1SAT 207.2]         Paul looked at it, and now let us hear his language--just listen to it--"I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us" ［Romans 8:18］. When? At that time. "Revealed in us." Now let us make the reckoning. "I reckon," he says, Well, then, let us begin to reckon. We have reckoned long enough that the darkness is worthy to be dwelt upon. Now we reckon that the trials of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory. Well then, let us talk of the glory. Let us talk of what Christ is to you, what Christ is to ［me］. Just talk in that way. What is He to you? A present Saviour; and if He is not a present Saviour He is not worth anything to you. You need not think He will be of any advantage to you.                                           -208-  {1SAT 207.2}
[1SAT 208.1]         Is He my Saviour? Can I lay hold upon His merits this very hour? Can I commit the keeping of my soul to Jesus Christ today? Yes. How? What assurance have I? I point you to Christ of Calvary. Can you stand under the shadow of the cross and there talk your crosses, your darkness, your wicked feelings? Can you do it? Dare you do it? You never dare to do it when standing under the shadow of the cross, because all that infinite sacrifice was made to make me love God. It was made that I might reflect the image of God in Jesus Christ. Well then, when all this sacrifice has been made for me, shall I let everybody know that it amounts to something? Shall I let the world know that Jesus, the precious Saviour, has made all this infinite sacrifice that He might be formed within, the hope of glory, and that I might rejoice in His love?  {1SAT 208.1}
[1SAT 208.2]          Well then, why talk darkness? Why talk rebelliousness? Why not lift yourself up in the holier, purer atmosphere? Why talk all the time that you don't feel as you want to feel? Take hold of Jesus Christ. As you feel after His hand, He takes that hand. He puts it in His; He lifts you up. Well then, be lifted up. Don't let your body, like the body of death, ［remain］ in darkness, ［so］ that nothing can lift it. Come where the light is, and let it reveal its glory--glorious beams that come from Jesus Christ through you. Talk hope; talk courage. Cease your faultfinding, and let us talk of heaven and heavenly things.  {1SAT 208.2}
[1SAT 208.3]          The more you do, you are shaped into the same image. Talk doubt, and you will find plenty of doubt. Talk darkness and you will find plenty of darkness and, more than that, you will have a terrible harvest to garner. You cannot                                            -209-     afford it. Time is too precious. Every moment is golden. Every word is to be a treasure of life. Every word is to be of value to help somebody; and if you cannot, don't speak. Silence is excellent. Keep still, and, if you speak, let the law of kindness be on your lips. By thy words shalt thou be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned" ［Matthew 12:37］, because by your words you show whether Satan is abiding in the heart or whether Jesus Christ is abiding there.  {1SAT 208.3}
[1SAT 209.1]          "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me" ［Revelation 3:20］. Let us answer the knock. Let us open the door. That is our part of the business, and then the glory of God shall pervade our souls. What then? We shall be one in Christ Jesus. "I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world." Well, shall we be engaged in hating one another? The world, He says, hated them. But shall we be working to annoy and make unhappy and hate one another? Is that our business? God forbid. "I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that thou shouldst keep them from the evil."  {1SAT 209.1}
[1SAT 209.2]          Now, we want to be kept from the evil. "They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth. . . . As thou hast sent Me into the world, even so" I also send them into the world. ［It is］ just as much your work to act out right in the world as it was the work of Christ to redeem. He sent you into the world. You are to be the light of the world. You are to show the distinction between the spirit of Christianity and the                                           -210-     spirit of the worldling. You are to show the controlling influence of the power of God upon the human heart. God help us that we may be sanctified through the truth; and that sanctification shall have its influence to leaven those that are around us. Not the leaven of malice; not the leaven of jealousy; not the leaven of evil surmisings, but it is the leaven of the spirit of Jesus Christ, which is sent down from heaven, called the Holy Ghost, and that Spirit affects the heart and the character.  {1SAT 209.2}
[1SAT 210.1]          Now, God wants His converting power to come on this occasion. There are some that come to our meetings--they will sit all through the meetings; they have borne a few words of testimony now and then; they have gone home and done just exactly ［the same as］, if not worse than, before. Why? Because they had not the new heart. What is the new heart? It is the new mind. What is the mind? It is the will. Where is your will? It is either on Satan's side or Christ's side. Now it is up to you. Will you put your will today on Christ's side of the question? That is the new heart. It is the new will, a new mind. "A new heart will I give thee." Then let us begin right here.  {1SAT 210.1}
[1SAT 210.2]          Conversion is simple, very simple. Let us commence right here to come into the kingdom of heaven. How? As a little child. Just as simple as simple can be. You may get all your mysteries of the new birth, and you cannot make anybody understand it, or understand it yourself. But the best way for you is to give your mind to Jesus Christ. And the mind is the will to put it on, and do just as Matthew did.                                            -211-  {1SAT 210.2}
[1SAT 211.1]          The Lord Jesus came to Matthew. He was in a very unpopular business, and all the Jews looked upon them ［publicans, as people］ to be despised, and Christ said to Matthew, "Matthew, follow Me." Did he say, "O Lord, when I get good enough I will follow you"? Did he say, "O Lord, when I have this agony, this awful agony for my sin, then I will come"?  {1SAT 211.1}
[1SAT 211.2]         Well, that is what many of you are saying. No, Matthew rose up and followed Him. He was walking in the light, because he could not follow Christ unless he was walking in the light. Well then, what are we to do? We are just to believe as simply as a little child. We are to take our position on the Lord's side, and we are to be Christ's children because He wants us to be, and because He died that we might be; and will we be?  {1SAT 211.2}
[1SAT 211.3]          I love Jesus. I had things trouble me before I went on the cars. I was afraid the shadow would hang over me all the way; and I could not forbear as I would wake up in the night season, saying over and over, "I love the Lord; I love the Lord; I know I love Thee; Oh, I love Jesus who gave His life for me. I love the souls of all those for whom Christ has died." And thus I feel the sweet comfort of peace and hope and light and love in my heart. Well, let us educate our minds; let us educate our thoughts.  {1SAT 211.3}
[1SAT 211.4]          Now I am not going to hold you here, but I do want that the converting power of God should be in your midst. There is a great work to be done for many souls, but they don't see it. They don't realize it enough to go to work. Why, how, you say, can I be going to work to help myself? How can I do it? God works, and all you have to do is to cooperate with Him, and let Him work. Work                                             -212-     in harmony with God. But He never works unless the human agent wills that He shall work, and works with Him. Then, with the human and the divine combined, we can make a glorious success. We will have the victory. Will you let Christ work on your human mind? Shall this glorious opportunity in 1891 pass over and work no decided change in our ideas and feelings? Go to work, brethren; go to work, sisters. I appeal to you to go to work.  {1SAT 211.4}
[1SAT 212.1]          Christ is coming, and Christ is to be revealed in you, if you will only allow His image to be revealed in you. Fall on the Rock and be broken. What did they do to Moses? They took that atom of humanity, the heavenly intelligences, and put him in the cleft of the rock, and the hand of God over the rock. Now, what you want is to be in the cleft of the rock. You want to break in pieces before God your pride, yourself, your folly, your wickedness, your dishonesty, your corruption of heart, your licentiousness, your impurity. You want to fall on that Rock, and then if the superscription of the divine plays upon you, that the love of Christ may abide with you and Jesus be in your heart.  {1SAT 212.1}
[1SAT 212.2]          God help you to begin the work right here; not to wait for the ministers to stir you up to a wonderful excitement. God wants intelligent Christians. He wants you to count the cost of the battle. He wants you to count whether you can war against Satan and his spiritual wickedness in high places. He wants you to see the plan of the battle, of the confederacy of evil, and then He wants you to see that angels are in the army, that the Captain of our salvation is at the head. It is they that do the warring. It is they that do the work, and we cooperate, coincide, and work with them.                                            -213-  {1SAT 212.2}
[1SAT 213.1]          Now, that is our work. Will you commence the warfare here against lust? Will you commence it against wickedness? Will you commence it against impurity? Will you be fitting up for the home in heaven above? God help you right here to be converted. You want to go from this meeting with your affection lighted up with the glory of God, saying, Hear what the Lord has done for me. He has put a new song in my mouth; even praise to our God. Well now, commence to praise God. And praise Him with heart and soul and voice. The devil doesn't want you ［to］, because you would be a living witness to them that you had drunk of the living waters, and he doesn't want you to praise God. Still, shall we disappoint the devil? Shall we please Jesus Christ?  {1SAT 213.1}
[1SAT 213.2]          Well, let us work as intelligent Christians, and may we hear the beautiful testimony from your lips, "I love Jesus, and I know that He loves me." Then the world will see ［that we］ have been with Jesus and have learned of Him. This is the lesson that we want you to learn in the school of Christ.--Ms. 36, 1891.  {1SAT 213.2}
[1SAT 213.3]         ［This was followed by an altar call. The response was good. See report of camp meeting in Signs, October 12, 1891.］ (MR 900.38)  {1SAT 213.3}
[1SAT 214.1]       Temperance         "Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest by any means, when I have  preached to others, I myself should be a castaway" ［1 Corinthians 9:24-27］.  {1SAT 214.1}
[1SAT 214.2]          In the family circle and in the church we should place Christian temperance on an elevated platform. It should be a living, working element, reforming habits, dispositions, and characters. Intemperance lies at the foundation of all the evil in our world. We are altogether too silent upon the subject of Christian temperance. We fail to urge this subject upon Christian parents. Fathers and mothers should be invited, in the fear of the Lord, not only to abstain from all intoxicating beverages, but from tea, coffee, and flesh meat.  {1SAT 214.2}
[1SAT 214.3]          And I go farther. Temperance should be practiced in the cooking of the food and in the variety of dishes provided, that the mother may be spared all the labor possible. A great variety of food is not essential for the sustenance of life; instead, it injures the digestive organs, causing a war in the stomach. With the blessing of God, plain, simple food will sustain life and be the best for the entire being.  {1SAT 214.3}
[1SAT 214.4]          Few realize that generally more food than necessary is placed in the stomach. But the extra food eaten is a tax on the stomach and injures the                                           -215-     whole human structure. When the stomach has too much to do it becomes weary. This weariness is felt through the entire system. The child cannot understand why he feels so tired and impatient, and ［he］ decides that he is hungry and must have something to eat. The real trouble is that the digestive organs have been too severely taxed and need an entire rest. But more food is eaten and the poor, wearied organs become diseased and inflamed. Dyspepsia and a diseased liver are the result.  {1SAT 214.4}
[1SAT 215.1]          Mothers need to be instructed on this point. Sweet cake should be kept off the table, for it is an injury to the stomach and liver. The sweets that children eat harm the life-current. By the laws of the home everything that renders the blood impure should be discarded from the table. Especially should little children be given wholesome food. They should be given no tea or coffee. Their food should not contain spices or any kind of seasoning. The plainest food is the most wholesome and keeps the temple of God in the most healthy condition.  {1SAT 215.1}
[1SAT 215.2]          If the peace of Christ is in the heart, plain food, seasoned by a good appetite, will be relished. We are to fulfill the command, "Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God." "Whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him." But how much is God brought into the thoughts of those who claim to be Christians? How much sanctified conversation is encouraged at the family board? If God were thought of when we eat and drink, the precious talent of speech would more often be employed to His glory.  {1SAT 215.2}
[1SAT 215.3]          Shall we not strive to avoid the sin of Belshazzar when at his sacrilegious feast he praised the gods of gold and silver? At this feast                                             -216-     the king and his nobles drank wine out of the sacred vessels of the Lord's house. The wine confused the senses of the revelers until nothing was too sacred for them to profane. The king himself led in the blasphemy, making a display of defiant desecration.  {1SAT 215.3}
[1SAT 216.1]          At the very moment when the feasting was at its height, a bloodless hand came forth and traced on the wall of the banqueting room the doom of the king and his kingdom. "Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin" were the words written, and they were interpreted by Daniel to mean, "Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. . . . Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians." And the record tells us, "In that night was Belshazzar the king of the Chaldeans slain. And Darius the Median took the kingdom."  {1SAT 216.1}
[1SAT 216.2]          Little did Belshazzar think that an unseen Watcher beheld his idolatrous revelry. But there is nothing said or done that is not recorded on the books of heaven. The mystic characters traced by the bloodless hand testify that God is a witness to all we do and that He is dishonored by feasting, reveling. We cannot hide anything from God. We cannot escape from our accountability to Him. Wherever we are and whatever we do, we are responsible to Him whose we are by creation and by redemption.  {1SAT 216.2}
[1SAT 216.3]          God has given to every man his work. We may all be laborers together with Him. Parents, you have in the Scriptures the expression of the will of God. He has declared that there are only two parties in our world, the obedient and the disobedient. And although we are fallen human beings, yet we may stand on vantage ground. Christ took human nature upon Him that humanity might touch humanity and divinity lay hold upon an infinite God.                                            -217-  {1SAT 216.3}
[1SAT 217.1]          God has given us reasoning powers and talents of perception that we may distinguish between good and evil. This we may do if we refuse to yield to the temptations of Satan, who is playing the game of life for every soul. But if we stupefy our faculties by the use of narcotics, we cannot distinguish between right and wrong, between the sacred and the common. The sin of this lies at our own door. We have given our powers into Satan's keeping, and habits that are selfish and impure bind us as with chains of steel.  {1SAT 217.1}
[1SAT 217.2]          But God is longsuffering, full of mercy and forbearance, and even though a man be in abject slavery, if he turns from his wickedness and confesses his sins, placing himself under the guardianship of God, he will find help. Provision has been made for every soul to be saved. Those who receive Christ and believe in Him as their personal Saviour will receive everlasting life.  {1SAT 217.2}
[1SAT 217.3]          Christ loves every soul. He gave His life to save man. "If ye keep My commandments," He says, "ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father's commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth." Christ died on the cross to draw all to Him, and He would have us joyful in that joy which He alone can give, the joy of obedience.  {1SAT 217.3}
[1SAT 217.4]         "This is My commandment, that ye love one another." To love God supremely and our neighbor as ourselves is the fulfilling of the law. Christ has a treasurehouse full of precious gifts for every soul. "Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends." Then Christ tells us who are His friends: "Ye are My friends if ye do whatsoever I have commanded you." The work of sanctification consists of a                                            -218-     cheerful performance of daily duties, in perfect obedience to the commandments of God. A failure to cooperate with Christ in the great work of redemption is a failure that all eternity cannot supply.  {1SAT 217.4}
[1SAT 218.1]          A man is received by God just as soon as he realizes that he has nothing in himself that will gain salvation. He must surrender himself as a willing servant to the One who gave His life to redeem him. When he loses all confidence in anything he has done or can do to save himself, when he gives himself up to be saved by Christ, he shows that he appreciates the sacrifice made in his behalf, that he has confidence to commit the keeping of his soul to God. Such a one can say in faith, "I know that He will keep that which I have committed unto Him against that day."  {1SAT 218.1}
[1SAT 218.2]          It is our duty to render implicit obedience to the divine injunctions. Our faith must grasp the mercy and forgiveness of our sins. Then, believing that our sins are pardoned, we are no longer to walk in the path of transgression, but yield ourselves to the will of God. Every day that we fail to do God's will we rob Him who has said, "Ye are not your own. For ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's."  {1SAT 218.2}
[1SAT 218.3]          As we go on step by step, trusting, believing, receiving the end of our faith, which is the salvation of our souls, the way will be made plain to us. But even though we may not always be able to tell why we are called to do this or that, we are to obey without questioning. Abraham was called to leave his Father's home. He could not see the future, but by faith he went into a strange country, not knowing whither he went. He was fully assured                                            -219-     that God knew and that all he had to do was to watch for divine guidance and move in obedience to the commands of God.  {1SAT 218.3}
[1SAT 219.1]          We are not to lean upon man. God is to be consulted. All our trust is to be placed in Him. But to walk by faith and not by sight does not mean that we are to close our eyes and see nothing. We must open our eyes as wide as possible, but they must be directed to the Saviour. If we continue to look to Him, He will guide us into all truth. He is the Alpha and the Omega, the author and finisher of our faith.  {1SAT 219.1}
[1SAT 219.2]          "In all thy ways acknowledge Him, and He shall direct thy path." This is the promise. God must be consulted at every step. He would not have us trust in human beings, who need themselves to walk carefully before God. Let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall. If we look to humanity we shall obtain human help, but if we ask for divine guidance we are safe in the assurance that God is leading us.  {1SAT 219.2}
[1SAT 219.3]          The eyes of Abraham's understanding were not closed when he decided that the best thing he could do was to separate from Lot, although he had been to him as a father. But contention and strife he could not endure, even among the herdsmen. He could not have his peace of mind disturbed by unpleasant differences. Separation was painful to him, but it must be.  {1SAT 219.3}
[1SAT 219.4]          Abraham gave Lot the choice of where he would go so that afterward Lot should not be tempted to think that in the separation Abraham had his own interest in view. Lot chose a beautiful location near Sodom. The land of his choice possessed every natural advantage, but he failed to investigate the morals and religion of the Sodomites. We have on record his after-history. The time came when he had to flee from the corrupt city, which was dark with crime of every stripe and type. He was permitted to warn his                                           -220-     daughters and sons-in-law, but they would not heed this warning any more than they had heeded his instruction. They mocked at his faith in God, and they perished in the destruction of Sodom. This is a lesson for us all. We should move carefully in the selection of homes for our families. We should seek the help of the Lord in the training of our children and their choice of a lifework. Every family should constantly look to God, trusting in Him to guide aright. Sharp discrimination is necessary in order to avoid following a wrong course for the sake of worldly gain.  {1SAT 219.4}
[1SAT 220.1]         The Lord's will is to be our will. God must be made first and last and best in everything. We are to be as teachable as a little child, moving carefully and with entire trust in God. Our eternal interests are involved in the steps we take, whether we move heavenward toward the city whose maker and builder is God, or earthward toward Sodom's beautiful attractions.  {1SAT 220.1}
[1SAT 220.2]          God does not consult our opinions or preferences. He knows what human beings do not know--the future results of every movement--and therefore our eyes should be directed to Him and not to the worldly advantages presented by Satan. Satan tells us that if we give heed to him we shall reach great heights of knowledge. "Ye shall be as gods," he said to Eve, "if you eat of the tree forbidden by God." The test given to Adam and Eve was very light, but they could not bear it. They disobeyed God, and this transgression opened the floodgates of woe on our world.  {1SAT 220.2}
[1SAT 220.3]          God's commands are to be obeyed by all. "This do," the Eternal One declares, "and thou shalt live." But notwithstanding that men and women have before them the history of the fall, showing them that disobedience in                                           -221-     little things is the same in God's sight as disobedience in larger things, God's commandments are ignored and ridiculed.  {1SAT 220.3}
[1SAT 221.1]          The danger signal is lifted in God's Word, showing us that all who transgress God's law are under the death penalty. If the Lord were to visit the lawless transgressor with immediate punishment, men would be afraid to do the evil which is now done in our world. Those whom no entreaties or warnings will deter from following their own opinions would turn from their sins.  {1SAT 221.1}
[1SAT 221.2]          But although men have not discrimination to see it, yet the punishment for sin is just as certain as if it were extended when the sin was committed, unless the one who sins repents and turns to God. The longsuffering and forbearance of God will be appreciated by those who repent, and God will save them from sin. But those who continue to disobey will receive punishment which is proportionate to their rebellion against the God of heaven.  {1SAT 221.2}
[1SAT 221.3]          Many disregard the light and opportunities granted them by God, and stubbornly follow their own way. Thus did Belshazzar. Although God had revealed Himself in honor and majesty to Nebuchadnezzar, Belshazzar closed his eyes to the light and chose his own course. Daniel declared to him: "O thou king, the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdom, and majesty, and glory, and honour: and for the majesty that He gave him, all people, nations, and languages, trembled and feared before him: whom he would he slew; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him: And he was driven from the sons of men; and his heart was made like the beasts, and his dwelling was with the wild asses: they fed                                           -222-     him with grass like oxen, and his body was wet with the dew of heaven; till he knew that the most high God ruled in the kingdom of men, and that He appointeth over it whomsoever He will. And thou his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; But hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of His house before thee, and thou, and thy lords, thy wives, and thy concubines, have drunk wine in them; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and gold, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, nor hear, nor know: and the God in whose hand thy breath is, and whose are all thy ways, hast thou not glorified" ［Daniel 5:18-23］.  {1SAT 221.3}
[1SAT 222.1]          This history is written for our learning, that we may not do as did this idolatrous king. Abraham's character was in every way the opposite of that of Belshazzar. Abraham's practical obedience to the Lord's commands revealed a sure growth in spiritual knowledge, and every additional test was a renewal of the trust reposed by God in him. In mind and purpose he was one with God, and to him God revealed future events. "Your father Abraham rejoiced to see My day," Christ declared. "He saw it, and was glad." "If any man will do His will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God."  {1SAT 222.1}
[1SAT 222.2]          But Belshazzar lifted himself up against the Lord. "Thou . . . hast not humbled thine heart, though thou knewest all this; but hast lifted up thyself against the Lord of heaven." "Because sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil." Too often the patience and forbearance of God makes transgressors bold and unimpressible.                                           -223-  {1SAT 222.2}
[1SAT 223.1]          It is time for the message of God's forbearance to be proclaimed to win men to repentance; and it is just as verily time for men to be warned that there are limits to God's forbearance. Men may advance, as did Belshazzar, in presumption and defiance, until they pass the boundary. Blasphemy may be so developed as to exhaust the patience of the longsuffering God.  {1SAT 223.1}
[1SAT 223.2]          We are living in a time when there are multitudes who have no fear of God. The age is marked with a depravity extremely offensive to God. Ministers and church members engage zealously in the work of making void the law of God. They have reduced the holy precepts to a dead letter. The time is coming when God must vindicate His glory before the transgressors of His law.  {1SAT 223.2}
[1SAT 223.3]          Christ gave His life to establish forever before the heavenly universe, before the unfallen worlds and before a fallen world, the immutability of the law of God. But the religious world has put the Lord of heaven to open shame. They refuse to receive His law as the rule of this life, and because of this disregard, the world is becoming as it was before the flood. Then, as now, the people were eating and drinking, planting and building, marrying and giving in marriage, in utter forgetfulness of God. The flood came and destroyed them all. Thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.  {1SAT 223.3}
[1SAT 223.4]          In the midst of mirth, feasting, and forgetfulness of God, the command will go forth for the sword of the Lord to be unsheathed, that an end may be put to the insolence and disobedience of men. The prayers of God's people have ascended, "It is time, O Lord, for Thee to work; for they have made                                           -224-     void Thy law." These prayers will erelong be answered. When men pass the limit of grace, God must let the world see that He is God.  {1SAT 223.4}
[1SAT 224.1]          The time has nearly come when transgression will no longer be tolerated, when God will interfere to repress the overflowing tide of iniquity.  {1SAT 224.1}
[1SAT 224.2]          At this time what will be the course of those who claim to fear God and respect His commandments? Will they be carried away by the apparently overwhelming power of the tide of evil? Will they allow themselves to be tempted by the scorn thrown upon God's law, to think that it makes no difference what day they keep? Shall they not give heed to God's word: "Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord: whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between me and the children of Israel forever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh He rested, and was refreshed" ［Exodus 31:14-17］.  {1SAT 224.2}
[1SAT 224.3]         Will not all say that the Lord's word is positive and must be obeyed? The law of God will become more and more precious to us as we see the result of transgression upon the characters of the disobedient. If we are led by the Spirit of Christ, our estimation of the value and sacredness of the law of Jehovah will increase in proportion as we see it despised and trampled on by unholy, profligate feet. Our language will be, "They have made void Thy law: therefore I love Thy commandments above gold; yea, above fine gold."                                           -225-  {1SAT 224.3}
[1SAT 225.1]         This is the sanctification to which those attain whose love of God's law increases as the contempt of transgressors increases. There is need for this increased confidence in the law, for fraud, violence, and crime are rapidly increasing. Men show their hatred of God by fighting against His law which He has pronounced "holy and just and good." Liquor saloons are established in every city. These are death traps, and those who establish them, seeking to accumulate gain at the cost of poverty, misery, and woe, provoke the Lord of hosts to their destruction.  {1SAT 225.1}
[1SAT 225.2]          God gives to all a period of probation but men can reach a point where they can expect from God nothing but indignation and punishment. This time is not just now, but it is fast approaching. The nations will advance from one degree of sinfulness to another. The children, educated and trained in transgression, will add to the evil entailed on them by parents who have no fear of God in their hearts.  {1SAT 225.2}
[1SAT 225.3]          Already the judgments of God have begun to fall upon the world in various calamities, that men may repent and be converted to truth and righteousness. But the candle of those who harden their hearts in iniquity will be put out by the Lord. They have lived only for themselves, and death must come to them.  {1SAT 225.3}
[1SAT 225.4]          When the limit of grace is reached, God will give His command for the destruction of the transgressor. He will arise in His Almighty character as a God above all gods, and those who have worked against Him in league with the great rebel, will be treated in accordance with their works.  {1SAT 225.4}
[1SAT 225.5]          In his vision of the last days Daniel inquired, "O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Many shall be purified,                                           -226-     and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand. . . . Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days. But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days" ［Daniel 12:8-13］. Daniel has been standing in his lot since the seal was removed and the light of truth has been shining upon his visions. He stands in his lot, bearing the testimony which was to be understood at the end of the days.  {1SAT 225.5}
[1SAT 226.1]          "And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever. But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased" ［Daniel 12:1-4］.--Manuscript 50, 1893, September, 1893. (MR 900.33)  {1SAT 226.1}
[1SAT 227.1]      Keep the Commandments             Sermon at Williamstown ( a suburb of Melbourne), Victoria                      Sunday, 4:00 p.m., February 11, 1894            "For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life" (John 3:16). Suppose that we had not another promise in all the lids of the Scripture. Is not this enough to condemn every soul that has not a living faith in a personal Saviour? Whosoever believeth in Him. He gave His only begotten Son that whosoever--and that whosoever means you and me; it means parents and children. For whom did Christ die? Was it for a select few? It was for the whole world, the world that was fallen because of transgression.  {1SAT 227.1}
[1SAT 227.2]          Adam and Eve became sinners because of transgression, and now the Lord has given to the world His only begotten Son. That He might abolish the law? That law that Adam transgressed? Do you read it thus? I do not. Well then, what was the matter with Adam? Adam ventured to transgress one prohibition of God which was the test that God gave to man to try his loyalty and obedience. There was nothing in the fruit of the tree of knowledge that was dangerous in itself, but the danger was in Adam and Eve listening to Satan and venturing to transgress. Here was Eve listening to the voice of the tempter. His words were contradicting the words of God that death was the penalty of transgression. Satan says, "Ye shall not die." God says, "If ye eat of it ye shall die." Whom shall we believe?                                          -228-  {1SAT 227.2}
[1SAT 228.1]          God declares that He came not to destroy the law or the prophets. Why, if God could have changed or altered one precept of His law to meet man in his fallen condition, Christ need not have left the royal courts; He need not have laid off His kingly crown and royal robe, and yielded up His position as Commander in the heavenly court. He gave up all. For our sakes He became poor. Why? That we through His poverty might be made rich; that man should have another test of his loyalty and be brought back to obedience to the law of God. This infinite sacrifice was not to be made to immortalize sin.  {1SAT 228.1}
[1SAT 228.2]          It is the privilege of every sinner to ask his teacher what sin really is. Give me a definition of sin. We have one in 1 John 3. "Sin is the transgression of the law." Now this is the only definition of sin in the whole Bible. We are going to read it to you right out of the Book, so that you need not have the idea that it is not in the Bible, that it is another Bible that we preach to you. We will just read it out of the good Book, and we will begin at the beginning of the chapter. "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God." That is our privilege.  {1SAT 228.2}
[1SAT 228.3]          "Therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew him not." Now this knowledge does something for us. It is faith in Jesus Christ that is the living, working element. What does it do? "And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure." Now there are a good many who have this faith tied on the outside, but it needs to be in them, a living, working element in the soul. It needs to be Christ enthroned in the heart. Well, "every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself,                                           -229-     even as he is pure." Wonderful, wonderful! By beholding Christ, by talking of Him, by beholding the loveliness of His character, we become changed. Changed from glory to glory. And what is glory? Character--and he becomes changed from character to character. Thus we see that there is a work of purification that goes on by beholding Jesus.  {1SAT 228.3}
[1SAT 229.1]          If the enemy makes us believe his presentations and assertions, we begin to behold another character. We will entertain his suggestions, and put him in the place of God. God is the one that we are to believe. We are to live on every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. Here the enemy brought in a lie, and man believed it. What we are to do is to purify our souls by obeying the truth, and we are to educate ourselves in a certain faith. What is that certain faith? It is the faith that works by love to purify the soul from every idol that we have enthroned there. We cannot afford to entertain an error because it has been handed down from generation to generation till it has come down to our time. What we want is truth, and we want it on every point.  {1SAT 229.1}
[1SAT 229.2]          As we listen to the words of Christ we will get truth. It is light; it is the way we are to travel to reach the heaven of eternal rest. It is the truth, and let us hang our helpless souls upon it. Not upon the minister, for you will find this a broken reed. Whom shall we hang our souls upon? Upon Him whose arm is strong to save to the utmost all that come to Him. How shall we come? Well, we will read a little farther: "Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law." This is away down this side of the crucifixion of Christ. Is not His law there? "God ［had］ no law to govern in heaven the angelic host, and on                                           -230-     earth the inhabitants of the earth!" Did He ever mean that such a statement should come from human lips? Never, never. This is the reason that the earth has fallen to the depths that it has. For this reason it is that the souls of parents and children are in danger. For this reason we read of robbery and murder and the depravity that everywhere comes to our notice.  {1SAT 229.2}
[1SAT 230.1]          We want to understand the character of sin. "Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law." Where there is no law there is no sin. What kind of world have we? What kind of world is it that will people heaven in their lawlessness? A people that will enter in through the portals of the city and have another world just as we have it here?  {1SAT 230.1}
[1SAT 230.2]          Christ died, not to immortalize sin, not to perpetuate transgression, but He died as the only hope for the transgressor; to make a perfect sacrifice and offering; and there was not an angel in heaven that could do that work. Not one of the angelic throng would be accepted as an offering but Jesus Christ. He that was one with the Father, and was in the express image of His person. He was full of grace and truth, and when He came to our earth He found transgression everywhere. And He found that the traditions and customs of men were taught as--what? The commandments of God. They had the truth mixed with such a mass of error that it was brought down to the very dust. He came to teach the truth in its purity and tear away the error enveloping the commandments of God. He showed the true character of the law of Jehovah.  {1SAT 230.2}
[1SAT 230.3]          In the sermon on the mount He showed its far-reaching claims. He presented it in a manner that the people had never heard before, for the                                           -231-     scribes had dwelt upon technicalities. And the great principles, what are they? The first four and the last six commandments.  {1SAT 230.3}
[1SAT 231.1]          The lawyer asked, "What may I do that I may inherit eternal life?" What did Christ tell him? He said, "What of the law? How readest thou?" and put the burden right upon the law. The Jews had sent him to Christ hoping they could find something whereby they could catch Christ in His words. The question was put on the lawyer's lips by the scribes and the Pharisees, but, said Christ, "What saith the law and the prophets? How readest thou?" (See Luke 10:26.) Thou shalt love the Lord with one-quarter of your heart? No. One-half of your soul? That is all we can expect from those who are serving Christ and mammon. Two-thirds? No. "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength" (Mark 12:30). All there is of us. "And thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself" (v. 31).  {1SAT 231.1}
[1SAT 231.2]         That is for every one of you to take hold of, for it is of great consequence to us whether we are striving for the crown of immortal glory or whether we are having a form of godliness without the power. The forms, traditions, and customs of men making void, as Christ charged upon them, the commandments of God.  {1SAT 231.2}
[1SAT 231.3]          Have you a tradition that has come down through the ages? Have you such a tradition? Will the baptism sanctify it and make it whole, that by observing it you may save your soul from death? Will it do it? No, decidedly not. Christ says, "I am the true witness. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last." (See Revelation 1:8.) "Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of                                              -232-     life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" (Revelation 22:14). I want to be there. I want to see the King in His beauty. The King that died a victim on Calvary's cross for me, that I should not be found, when he comes in power and great glory to be admired of all them that believe, under the bondage of sin.  {1SAT 231.3}
[1SAT 232.1]          We must see in Christ a perfect representation of the law of Jehovah. He came to this earth to remove every vestige of excuse from every mortal living on the earth to deride the character of God. What is His law? An expression of His character; a transcript of His character. Jesus came that everyone that would believe in Him, everyone that would repent of their transgressions and accept of the righteousness of Christ, could come back to their loyalty; everyone upon whom the light shone.  {1SAT 232.1}
[1SAT 232.2]          But what if my father did not know that the seventh day was to be kept as the Sabbath? Every soul that has lived in every age is accountable for the light that has shone upon his pathway. When the light comes it tests their character and proves their loyalty. If you see that all these years you have been trampling upon the commandments running all through the Bible, then determine that you will do so no longer. It is those that obey that will be blessed of God. He says that He will bless your children and your lands and all that you lay your hand unto. Do you think that Satan is going to allow this without making a struggle for the mastery?  {1SAT 232.2}
[1SAT 232.3]          He is determined that he will be master. When in heaven he said, "What need have the angels of any law?" "Why hast thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer?" Because he wanted to be equal with Christ, and when he fell he brought many of the angels with him. They took his side. The enemy is                                             -233-     working just as sharply and decidedly now as he worked upon the minds of Adam and Eve in Eden. The people are gathering under his banner, and he is encircling them with his power. But everyone that sees that the law of God is changeless in its character will decide on the side of Christ. If God could have changed one precept of His law to meet fallen man, then Jesus Christ need never have come to our earth to die.  {1SAT 232.3}
[1SAT 233.1]          Did Christ die to let loose the whole of humanity to worship idols instead of God, when the commandment said, "Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve."? "And the Lord made the heaven and the earth," and what then? "And rested the seventh day and sanctified it," and gave it to you to observe as God's memorial--a memorial that He is the living God that created the heavens overhead and the earth upon which we stand. (See Exodus 20.) He made the lofty trees, and put the covering upon every flower. He gave to each one its tints, and the Lord of heaven made man and gave him the Sabbath. What for? For all the posterity of Adam. It was a gift to all his posterity.  {1SAT 233.1}
[1SAT 233.2]          If man had always obeyed the fourth commandment there never would have been an infidel in the world, because it testified that the Lord made the heaven and the earth, the sea and all that in them is; wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it. (See Exodus 20:11.)  {1SAT 233.2}
[1SAT 233.3]          And because the children of Israel went down into Egypt, they lost the knowledge of God. Moses went to bring them out with a strong arm, and the Lord told Moses to say, "I am sent unto thee. Let my son go that he may serve me." (See Exodus 4:23.) Afterwards he says, "Reprove them because they have not kept my Sabbath." And he brought them to Sinai, and the law of God                                             -234-     was spoken from the Mount. There God through His son, Jesus Christ, was the Founder of the whole Jewish economy. The sacrifices typified the wonderful Antitype. Jesus Christ was to come and give His life that He might set man free from Satan's claims, that He might unlock the prison houses and bring forth those that plead for a glorious immortality. When type met Antitype in the death of Christ, what was done? What need was there for any more sacrificial offerings? Type had met antitype. No more need for any sacrificial offerings, because the great antitypical offering had been made to save every transgressor of the law if they would believe on Jesus Christ as their Saviour and return to their loyalty. Then every sin and transgression would be forgiven.  {1SAT 233.3}
[1SAT 234.1]         Christ in the mount proclaimed the far-reaching principles of the law of God to be carried out in every transaction of life. I worship the true and living God. His hands are over His creative works. Can you wonder that the devil wants to make void the law of God, the standard of His character? It will be the standard in the judgment when the books shall be opened, and every man judged according to the deeds that are done. And the names are written--what does He say?--"Engraven upon the palms of my hands." The marks of the crucifixion have engraven them. They are His property, and you are God's by creation and by redemption. Then we want to know whether you are giving your whole heart to Him, whether you are serving Him with all the power and strength of your intellect; for on these great principles hang all the law and the prophets. The first four commandments define man's duty to His Maker--supreme love to God; the last six define the duty of man to his fellow man. What do we give to Satan when we concede the point that the                                              -235-     law of God needs to be taken away? We give the whole creative universe a defective God, a God that made a law and it was so defective that He had to take it away. That is all Satan wants. Can we afford to be working on any side but that of God?  {1SAT 234.1}
[1SAT 235.1]         Can we afford to say, My father did not keep the commandments, and I think he was right? Well, if your father lived today, and he was a Christian living according to every ray of light, when the light came that the law of God was being transgressed, he would on his knees inquire, is this so? and then he would have said, "Children, we have made a decided mistake. We have been keeping an institution that has not a single syllable for its sanctity in the Word of God. I am sorry that I have not been a man of the Bible before. I am sorry that I have not seen the precious light of truth. Now it has come to me and I am responsible for it, I do not want to be found a lawbreaker but a subject of the King. I want to hear Him say to me, 'Sit ye on my right hand.' 'Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and enter in through the gates into the city.'" (See Revelation 22:14.)  {1SAT 235.1}
[1SAT 235.2]          He will teach them the truths of the Scriptures as we have never seen them before, and it will take all eternity to understand the word that has been crowded out of the mind by false teachers. God has been made of no effect by their tradition. But He will give us increased light, and wipe all tears from our eyes.  {1SAT 235.2}
[1SAT 235.3]          I want to say this to you because we have all been transgressing the law of Jehovah. Live up to every ray of light that you have received. Your eternal interests are involved here, and that is why I say, "Cherish every                                           -236-     ray of light." On your knees ask Christ to impress your heart by His Holy Spirit, and turn not away from His law.  {1SAT 235.3}
[1SAT 236.1]          We read that many of the priests believed on Jesus, but it stopped right there. They did not confess Him because they were afraid of being turned out of the Sanhedrin. Are there any here today who say, "Do you think that if I had lived then I would have united with those that cried 'Crucify Him'?" Well, prove it by obeying the light of today. You are not responsible for those that with hoarse voice cried out when Pilate said, "Who shall I deliver unto you?" Who do you suppose it was that led those minds to say that? It was Satan, and when men reject light, when they grieve the Spirit of God, there is somebody ready to pick them up. It is the prince of darkness in our world striving for every soul, and we do not want to file under his banner. We want to stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel.  {1SAT 236.1}
[1SAT 236.2]          In the judgment, when we stand around the great white throne, what evidence will be presented for the law of God? The victim of Calvary's cross testifies that God could not change His law, but that He "so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son" in order to give man another trial to see if he would keep the commandments. This will decide our destiny for eternity, because if we are obedient children here we will be obedient children there. He will not take those to heaven who have no respect for the law. He has a law to govern in heaven. But God will not force anyone to keep the commandments, because every soul is elected to be saved if they will obey the light that falls upon their pathway.                                           -237-  {1SAT 236.2}
[1SAT 237.1]          We want parents to awake from their lethargic sleep. Awake and see that at this time you must put on the beautiful robe of Christ's righteousness. "Buy of me," He says, "gold tried in the fire that thou mayest be rich, and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed." (See Revelation 3:18.) What was the matter with Adam and Eve? They saw that they were naked. The covering of God was not enveloping them. God says, "Buy of me." Well, what? Buy of Me My righteousness. "Buy of me gold tried in the fire, and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed." Are you clothed with it, or are you transgressing the commandments of God by your traditions and by the maxims of men?  {1SAT 237.1}
[1SAT 237.2]          The righteousness of God never covers a soul all polluted with sin. John says, "Behold the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world" (John 1:29). Will you let Him take it away? You cannot bear your own sin. Christ says He will take your sin if you lay hold of the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. Christ came and suffered for our sins "that whosoever believeth on him should not perish, but have everlasting life" (John 3:16). Believe on Him as One upon whom the sins of the whole world are laid that man might have another trial. That trial we are having today. Shall it be that Christ shall not have died for us in vain? Shall we give to the world the evidence of the character of God because of our rectitude in keeping His commandments? May God help us to be loyal servants of His.  {1SAT 237.2}
[1SAT 237.3]          How careful we are with all our property. You are very careful to keep all the laws of the land, and to see that your deeds are made right. Be as careful that you get a deed ［the following two lines have been over-typed and are not readable］. Those who have been careless regarding the law will                                           -238-     lose heaven. We do not want to lose the place in the world that is to be purified--Abraham's farm.  {1SAT 237.3}
[1SAT 238.1]          You are heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ to riches that will be imperishable. Christ says, I go to prepare a place for you that where I am. there ye may be also." (See John 14:2, 3.) Then we will be with Christ until the city of God comes upon the earth and we will take possession of our home. We will build houses and inhabit them, and plant vineyards and eat the fruit of them. Heaven is worth something to us. We want you to have a place in the earth made new. That is why we have been talking so plainly to you today. We want to tell every one of you who have been sinning against the law of God, Repent of your transgressions and come to Jesus for mercy, and He will abundantly pardon. He will cleanse you from every stain of sin.  {1SAT 238.1}
[1SAT 238.2]         You will be the happiest people while you know that you are not in conflict with the law of God, and there is a crown laid up for every one of you. We have only touched on a few points of the truth, but we want you to be doers of the Word of God, that when He comes your house will not fall because it will be founded upon a Rock. The one built upon the sands will be swept away.  {1SAT 238.2}
[1SAT 238.3]          May God help us to keep all His commandments, that we may cast our glittering crowns at His feet. He will forgive every one of our sins if we come to Him with contrition, and then we can sing the song of Moses in the city of God. (MR 900.10)  {1SAT 238.3}
[1SAT 239.1]       Eternal Life             Sermon at Prahran (a suburb of Melbourne), Victoria, Australia                         Sunday, 4:00 p.m., February 18, 1894            ［John 17:2, 3 quoted.］ Here is the greatest knowledge and the most essential for every individual to know. You may, every one of you, put forth all your efforts; you may expend money; you may go to the highest institutions of learning to obtain an education, and yet if you do not feel the necessity of being acquainted with God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent, all the knowledge that you obtain cannot give you eternal life.  {1SAT 239.1}
[1SAT 239.2]         We have traveled extensively and seen many going from place to place, from east to west, to Europe and back again, and traveling over the world. What were they after? They wanted to prolong their life. We saw one poor human being suffering in distress, such distress. A large tumor on his head, increasing till it bowed his head down to his breast. He believed in Jesus, but he said, "Give me something to prolong my life." Even in suffering and distress, such a tenacious hold on life. He wanted life. We tried to talk with him about the life which measures with the life of God. We tried to talk with him about that life which runs parallel with the life of Jehovah. It is a life without sigh and without sin, a life without bereavement, without infirmities, without affliction, and with no fear of death. What a life that is! Well, here are the conditions whether you shall have that life or not: This is life eternal, to know the true and living God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent.                                           -240-  {1SAT 239.2}
[1SAT 240.1]          Why then is the world not filled with the glory of God? Why do you not find human beings that are making it their aim and object to know God and to know Jesus Christ whom He hath sent? Why do you not see the instruction coming from parents to children? Why has it not been in past generations that the instruction has come from parents to children, and thus children have been trained and disciplined and educated so that the first lessons they shall teach their children will be lessons of God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent? They must know this or they will never know what eternal life is.  {1SAT 240.1}
[1SAT 240.2]          How wicked it is for parents by precept and example to show by their conversation and practice that this world absorbs all their mind. Who gave you your mind? Why, it was God. He gave you your intellect and He gave you that mind that it should be educated, that it should be trained, that it should be disciplined. He alone can do it.  {1SAT 240.2}
[1SAT 240.3]          When parents give the lessons to their children from their babyhood, should it not be God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent? And when the words of life, the lessons of Jesus Christ are familiar to their own mind, the treasures of the heart are molded by the treasures of the God of Heaven, and they are teaching their children to know God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent. Not to know Him as children have been taught in generations back-- that He is a spy upon them and that God is a stern judge. No, you do not want to teach them that. You want to weave love into your own character, and you want to bring it into the character of your children. You want true Christian courtesy in your own life, and you want to bring it into the lives of your children. You want it in the lives of your children. You want to                                           -241-     keep before them that they are living in the sight of God, that they are living in the sight of Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 240.3}
[1SAT 241.1]          Cherubims and seraphims, angels and archangels, are watching the battle that is going on in this life. Between whom? The Prince of life and the power of darkness. And what does God do? He shows us how we must do, how we must conduct the battle. He left the royal courts, laid aside His royal robe, and clothed His humanity with divinity. He became a man among the sons of men, and here He walked the world as what? A representative of the love of God, an example that we may study, a character that we may imitate every phase of, that we may see that He did not live to glorify Himself, but He lived to point to God. He came to live the law of God, because Satan was bringing his power to bear upon men, and his lying fallacies were all the time pressing upon them.  {1SAT 241.1}
[1SAT 241.2]          You cannot keep the law. No. It is impossible for man of himself to keep the law. He cannot do it. But what can he do? Lay hold by living faith of the righteousness of Jesus Christ, and present to the Father the righteousness of Christ; and the fragrance of His character is brought into his life. Here Satan is dethroned; he is emptied out of the house, and the vacuum is supplied by the righteousness of Jesus Christ. Christ sits enthroned in the human soul. Christ never wars against Christ.  {1SAT 241.2}
[1SAT 241.3]          Christ says, "If ye abide in me and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will and it shall be done unto you" (John 15:7). Then it is plainly expressed what His will and work are, in the fourteenth chapter of John and the twelfth verse. It is believing on Jesus Christ who is able to save you to the utmost. He came to this world to bring fallen man moral power, that                                           -242-     he might keep the commandments of God and be a partaker in the divine nature, overcoming the corruption that is in the world through lust. It is the privilege of every one of us.  {1SAT 241.3}
[1SAT 242.1]          God has done so much for us in giving His only begotten Son that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish but have everlasting life. We are persons of hope. We may every one lay hold on the hope that is set before us. "He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also" (John 14:12), and He says, "I kept My Father's commandments." The Pharisees said when the disciples rubbed the ears of corn as they went through the wheat fields, "He has broken the Sabbath." Could they have fastened that upon Him, then what? They would not have had to get false witnesses to speak against Him. They would have condemned Him as a Sabbath-breaker. But He said, "Ye do not know what this means, I will have mercy and not sacrifice" (See Matthew 9:13), or ye would not have condemned the guiltless.  {1SAT 242.1}
[1SAT 242.2]          Who dares to say that Christ is a Sabbath-breaker? He made the Sabbath Himself. He is the one that spoke the law from Sinai. He is the one who was enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, and therefore He said, "Ye are ignorant of the Scriptures and of the power of God." Why? Because they covered it all up with their maxims and traditions which had been handed down from rabbi to rabbi, and repeated and enlarged till the specifications of the law of God were buried in a mass of rubbish, and till the people were not certain that they were keeping the law, for the law is the transcript of the Father's character.  {1SAT 242.2}
[1SAT 242.3]          If the law could have been abolished, Christ need not have died, but He came, the only begotten Son, to die and suffer for the human family. Now He                                           -243-     says, "Ye that believe in me the works that I do shall they do also, and greater works than these shall these do because I go to my Father; and whatsoever ye shall ask in my name that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son." (See John 14:12, 13.) Please tell me, if you can, why you are so weak and helpless. Why, as professing Christians, are we so mixed and mingled with the world till we lose sight of eternity, till we lose sight of Jesus Christ, and till we lose sight of the Father?  {1SAT 242.3}
[1SAT 243.1]         Why, I ask you, are there so many families destitute of the Spirit of God? Why are there so many families that have so little of the life and love and likeness of Jesus Christ? It is because they do not know God. If they knew God, and if they would behold Him by faith in Jesus Christ who came to our world to die for man, they would see such matchless charms in the Son that they by beholding would become changed into the same image. Now you see the wrong of conforming to the world.  {1SAT 243.1}
[1SAT 243.2]          We have a brief lifetime to live here, and we know not how soon the day may come when the arrow of death must strike our heart. We know not how soon the time may come when we shall have to give up the world and all interest in the world. Have we individually become acquainted with God, the governor of heaven, the law giver, and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent into the world to represent Him?  {1SAT 243.2}
[1SAT 243.3]          The world could not bear Him. Just three years and a half of public ministry and then they got rid of Him. The heavenly vine was taken and transplanted on the other side of the wall. There the heavenly boughs hang over this side of the wall by the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit was given to man and here the communication is to be kept up between heaven and earth,                                           -244-     between God and man. The communication is to be preserved lest man be overcome of the world. Christ says, " I have overcome the world." Why? On our behalf. That you may overcome as He overcame. Then our work is to seek God with all our hearts that we may find Him.  {1SAT 243.3}
[1SAT 244.1]          Do not be afraid to be found on your knees acknowledging God as your Father. Acknowledge your dependence upon God. Acknowledge that you are acquainted with His power, that you want a vital connection with the God of heaven. "Well," you say, "they misinterpret me, and if I am in the world I must be of the world." No, that does not necessarily follow. Christ says, "Ye are the light of the world" (Matthew 5:14). "Let your light so shine that they may see your good works" (see Matthew 5:16), and let them see that you are turning your eyes upon heaven. But it is not the fashion, and I am so sorry that it is not the fashion.  {1SAT 244.1}
[1SAT 244.2]          Moses lifted up his hands toward heaven when Israel and the opposing power were in warfare. Before all Israel he stood with his hands uplifted toward heaven. As soon as they began to drop the enemy gained the victory, and every time his hands were uplifted toward heaven the forces of Israel gained the victory. So Aaron and Hur stood on each side and held his hands toward heaven as a symbol, signifying that he was laying hold of the God of heaven as they must do. They must stretch their arms toward heaven. Christ is their helper.  {1SAT 244.2}
[1SAT 244.3]          Here we are in a world that is unfavorable to right and truth. What shall we do? We must put our whole business into the business of serving God. "Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you" (Matthew 6:33). You have a God who says, "If                                           -245-     ye keep my commandments I will bless you in your fields, and flocks, and herds, and vineyards, and all that you put your hand unto." The God of heaven has placed a benediction upon them that keep the commandments of God. Shall we stand as a peculiar people of God, or shall we trample upon the law of God and say it is not binding? God might just as well have abolished Himself. In the law every specification is the character of the infinite God.  {1SAT 244.3}
[1SAT 245.1]          What are we to do? Study the Scriptures. Search the Scriptures. See whether you are obeying the law of God and the standard of his righteousness. Tell your children that you have disregarded the law of God. Tell them you feel as Ezra did. Here was Josiah, so sorry to think that the law had been lost, and that they had been careless and heedless of it. They bring it before him. There stands up one that reads it, and the people weep and mourn because they have not kept the law. But rejoice that you have the law now. We will keep it. Bring your offerings and gifts, and offer praise to God with your tears and mourning. That is just what we want to do.  {1SAT 245.1}
[1SAT 245.2]          If the light of the law of God comes to us and we see intelligently that we have been transgressing it, we can say, "Now I understand how it is that we have been in darkness and uncertainty. Now we will lay right hold of the commandments of God and we will keep them and live, 'for the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.'" Why should God abolish a perfect thing? We want to use our intelligence to a purpose, and send back joy and rejoicing that you have found out that you were not loyal servants of the Lord of heaven, but that you would be. You would not have it go up to the judgment that you were transgressing the law of God, and putting Christ                                           -246-     to an open shame before the world. Thinking good but not practicing will not answer.  {1SAT 245.2}
[1SAT 246.1]         We want Christ and His obedience and we want to drink in of the Spirit of God. I want to be like Him. I want to practice His virtues and be a doer of the Word. And what did He say on the Mount? "Think not"--on their startled ears fell the words, their very thoughts unrolled before them-- "think not that I am come to destroy the law of the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill" (Matthew 5:17). He came to fulfill every specification of the law. "Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled" (v. 18). I want you to take this. It is the word of God. You will hear from the word of men that the law is abolished and that it is not binding upon men. And they act just so. But you cannot afford to work against God. "Ye are laborers together with God" (1 Corinthians 3:9). I would rather be a laborer with God than to be laboring counter to Him. I see in Him matchless charms.  {1SAT 246.1}
[1SAT 246.2]         "But," you say, "the law cannot save anybody." No, we are free through Christ, living in obedience to the law, through the merits and righteousness and virtues of His character. And when we lay hold of Him by living faith, what shall we do? Keep the commandments of God and His law as the apple of your eye. These are the words of inspiration, "Keep them and live." You do not have anyone touch that part of your eye. You know how painful it is.  {1SAT 246.2}
[1SAT 246.3]          Do you want to know just what to do? Say, "I rejoice that I have found out how defective I am, and I am going to overcome sin and be a victor; for He says, " To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne" (Revelation                                          -247-     3:21). Will you overcome as Christ overcame? Shall we have the victory? Jesus Christ is our Saviour.  {1SAT 246.3}
[1SAT 247.1]         We have a great work to do. Not to tell them that there is no law. No law to govern heavenly and human intelligences? Whoever picks that up is in Satan's army and you cannot afford to be there. I beseech you to seek the Lord with all your heart that you may find Him to be precious to your soul. Jesus died that you might have salvation, that you might go on, not linking hands with the world, not that you might know more and more of the world, but that you might know God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent.  {1SAT 247.1}
[1SAT 247.2]          The law cannot save you, but it is the standard of character, and to represent the character of Jesus Christ you must live the law, for He lived the law in our world. Paul says, "I have taught them from house to house, repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ." (See Acts 20:20, 21.) This is the way. We behold Him for the perfection of His character and then we see the defects in our own character. Do you stand before God and say, "Cleanse us and change us"? You should flee to Jesus Christ and lay hold of the divine merits of the Son of God, and then you are washed from the defilements and stains of sin. There is not a stain in the character because God is enthroned in the heart and Christ does not war against Christ. Christ does not war against the Father. "I and the Father are one." He was in the express image of the Father's person, and we want to express the character of Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 247.2}
[1SAT 247.3]         We must claim His sufficiency. Christ has died for us. Satan says, "You are a sinner and cannot make yourself any better." Yes, I am a sinner, and I need a Saviour, and I lay hold of the merits of Jesus Christ to save                                           -248-     me from all transgression. We wash in the fountain that has been prepared for us, and we are cleansed from all the defilement of sin.  {1SAT 247.3}
[1SAT 248.1]          There is a matchless loveliness in Jesus Christ. I love Him because He first loved me. We want the purity that there is in Jesus Christ, and He will save to the utmost all who come to Him. Then you see what Christ suffered for us. Are we willing to be partakers of His sufferings? He says if we are we will be partakers of His glory. How much have you suffered for Christ's sake? Are you willing to be partakers with Him in His suffering? If you are, He will cooperate with you and you can cooperate with the heavenly intelligences to bring the lost sheep back to the fold. There are souls that are perishing out of Christ, and what we want is to bring God's lost sheep back to Christ. May God help us to know what we must do. Christ loves us because we are helpless and dependent.  {1SAT 248.1}
[1SAT 248.2]          We are lost without Christ, but God has given us something to bring us back to our loyalty. We want the deep moving of the Spirit of God on our hearts. We want to walk in the light as God is in the light and then we shall not walk in darkness. We shall have songs of praise and rejoicing, for we can tell the story of the love of Jesus toward man. He died on Calvary that we should not perish in our sin. Then cease from evil and follow on to know the Lord. Oh, the light and love and preciousness that there is in Jesus Christ! He will encircle us in the arms of His mercy and He will love us freely.  {1SAT 248.2}
[1SAT 248.3]          God grant that we may seek the perishing and bring them back to the fold of God. We want to see sinners converted, and we want to seek to expel sin from the world. God will deliver us and we may represent the character                                           -249-     of Jesus Christ who died for the sins of the whole world. Let us, everyone, learn of Jesus. Take His yoke. Love Him because He first loved you, and we shall have a most precious victory by and by. He will open the gates of the city of God and bid us come in. He will welcome us and give us a heavenly benediction. To all who have tested their obedience that they will obey the law of God, He says, "Well done thou good and faithful servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord." What is that joy? The joy of seeing sinners converted. They will be brought to Jesus Christ and this is His joy. We have been partakers with Jesus Christ. "Laborers together with God." And thus we see that we can indeed be partakers of His glory, which shall be given to every faithful child of God.  {1SAT 248.3}
[1SAT 249.1]          Let us take the robe of His righteousness woven in the loom of heaven. There is not a thread of humanity in that robe. It is the robe of Christ's righteousness. Let us put it on right here. We want life. We want to give the example of what Christ is and what we may be. Oh, that we might manifest God to a fallen world. We may be purified so that we may wear the robe of Christ's righteousness, and the crown of immortality. God grant that this may be our lot; for Jesus loves us with a love that is infinite. He does not want that one of us should perish, but that everyone may have that life that measures with the life of God. God grant that we may secure that blessed inheritance--Ms. 12, 1894. (MR 900.11)  {1SAT 249.1}
[1SAT 250.1]       Seeking Heavenly Treasures      (Sermon Sunday afternoon, October 28, 1894, Campground, Ashfield, N.S.W.)            ［My text is］ Matthew, sixth chapter, commencing at the nineteenth verse: "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also."  {1SAT 250.1}
[1SAT 250.2]          Now, this is a very important matter to us. Who is the speaker? It is Jesus Christ. Who is He? The only begotten Son of God. Who is He? Our Saviour; One who left the royal courts of heaven, laid aside His high command in heaven, and clothed His divinity with humanity. He came to our world that humanity might touch humanity, that His long, human arm might encircle the race while His divine arm grasps the throne of the Infinite.  {1SAT 250.2}
[1SAT 250.3]          For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might become rich. What kind of riches? It was not the riches of this earth, but it was the eternal riches, the knowledge of God communicated through Jesus Christ. He consents to become man's substitute and surety; He engages to bear the penalty of the debt which man had incurred by transgression. It is He that loved us, and so loved us that He offered His life as a living sacrifice to bear the sins of a guilty world, that man should have a second probation, that man should be tested and proved and tried to see whether he will stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel or whether he will choose to stand under the banner of the prince of darkness.                                           -251-  {1SAT 250.3}
[1SAT 251.1]          Has He not an interest in His purchased possession? Is He not intensely interested that the people for whom He has suffered so much should be successfully carried through the warfares and conflicts of this life, that they may have that immortal inheritance that He has given His life to purchase for the human family? Then has He not a right to speak in warnings, in instruction? What weight do these words of the Son of the infinite God have with the human family? He tells you that which is for your present and eternal good.  {1SAT 251.1}
[1SAT 251.2]          "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves"--you are working for yourselves, cooperating with God who has laid out the plan whereby you can work successfully through His grace for yourselves, to secure your own eternal happiness in the kingdom of glory. "Lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also."  {1SAT 251.2}
[1SAT 251.3]          Christ has bought our hearts. Christ has bought the human intelligence. Christ has bought the reasoning powers; and Christ has entrusted us with capabilities and with powers. He does not want that we should let these powers and capabilities be employed merely in the common things of earthly substance, and lose sight of the eternal. ［See 1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.］ He came to our world when Satan appeared to have the human race under his control.                                              -252-  {1SAT 251.3}
[1SAT 252.1]         The Lord Jesus made our world. Everything was made by Christ. Here Christ through God created our world, and He engaged before the foundation of the world that if man that was created and in Eden should transgress the law of God, He would take the penalty of their transgression upon Himself. And He did this. Then has He no right to instruct His subjects what to do, that they shall not miss the eternal reward?  {1SAT 252.1}
[1SAT 252.2]          Who, I ask you of this congregation, will absorb brain, bone, and muscle for the acquisition of merely temporal advantages? Christ gave His life that we might not perish. "For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {1SAT 252.2}
[1SAT 252.3]          Our precious Saviour has made the world, and when He came into the world He found the great usurper there, and He came into the world that He might contest with him the possession of this earth. Therefore the battle, the conflict, was carried on right here in this world, and here He tells us that it is for our eternal interest to lay up for ourselves a treasure in the heavens. You ask, How can I do it? In Christ. When the Householder went away from His house, He gave to every man talents, to some five, to some two, and to another one. And these talents He gave them direction to employ in His service, He gave to some the property of means, to others ability, intellect--all God's gifts. We could not have any of it unless it came through Jesus Christ.  {1SAT 252.3}
[1SAT 252.4]          Then He tells you to use these talents to His glory. Improve them. How shall we improve them? As God gives me light, as God gives you light,                                              -253-     as He has given you His precious Word. It is full of hidden treasures. He wants you to explore, work the field, and you will find the treasures, and you will sell everything that you might buy the field that contains the treasure. There are the jewels of truth that are to be searched for as hidden treasures.  {1SAT 252.4}
[1SAT 253.1]         As you find them, what then? Why, you find that there is truth, beautiful truth, jewels of truth, riches of truth, and you accept them. What do they do? They bind you by the golden links to the eternal God, for Jesus Christ came that He might link finite man with the infinite God, and connect earth that has been divorced by sin and transgression from heaven. What riches, what treasures, what love, are here revealed! It is impossible, yes, it is impossible, to conceive of the love of God that is bestowed upon fallen humanity. Well, He tells you, "Lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven. "Will you do it? "Ye are," says Jesus, "the light of the world"--if you become rich in heavenly treasure, in the knowledge of the true God. You are to search for it, search that Book, the Word of God, and then you are to diffuse to others the knowledge that you have obtained. Impart the heavenly gift.  {1SAT 253.1}
[1SAT 253.2]          "Oh," says one "I must attend to my farm; I must attend to the interests of my family. I cannot afford to be here, giving my interest and time and money in order that I may win souls to Jesus Christ." Well, this shows that you do not appreciate the heavenly Gift. It shows that you do not appreciate and value the human families that Christ has estimated of such cost that He came into the world to suffer and become a man of sorrows                                             -254-     and acquainted with grief. ［He was］ wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities, the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.  {1SAT 253.2}
[1SAT 254.1]          Only think of it! No one could bear the stroke of God's justice but His only beloved Son. He came in the express image of His Father's person, one with God. He thought it not robbery to be equal with God. The plan is laid out. You are not to occupy brain, bone, and muscle to the acquisition of the things of this life, and invest not in the treasures of heaven. He wants all that there is of man. He wants the whole heart.  {1SAT 254.1}
[1SAT 254.2]          The question is asked by the lawyer that came to Christ, "What shall I do to inherit eternal life?"--this very inheritance that He had been presenting to him . Well now, there stood the frowning Pharisees; there stood the rabbis; there stood the priests and the rulers of the synagogue, and they hoped to catch something from the answer that they could use, that they might condemn Christ, the world's Redeemer, the mighty Healer, the greatest Teacher that the world ever knew. Christ read their heart and their purposes, and what did He do? He turned back upon the lawyer himself the labor of answering that question. He said, "What is written in the law? How readest thou? And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with"-nine tenths of your heart? two-thirds? one-half? one quarter?--"thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind" ［Luke 10:25-27］. This takes intellect; this takes reason; this takes education, ability; and it takes all there is of man.                                             -255-  {1SAT 254.2}
[1SAT 255.1]         But just as soon as some enter college and get a little bit of knowledge they think they know more than God. And you hear of the higher critics. Who is the Higher Critic? It is the Lord God of the universe, who has spread the canopy of the heavens above us, and has made the stars and called them forth in their order; that has created the lesser light, the glory of the moon, to come in its order and to shine in our world. And the higher critics come in. Who are they? Poor, finite man on probation to see if he will be loyal and true to God that he can stand under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel, and that he can become a child of God and an Heir of heaven. Talk of the critics, the higher critics. We have God; we have his Word in its simplicity.  {1SAT 255.1}
[1SAT 255.2]          Jesus might have opened to the world door after door of the mysteries of science, and gratified the inquisitive mind; but did He do it? He had one object before Him, as we should have in following His example. It is to bring to the human family the divine knowledge of the Christ of God, to teach them how they may save their souls, and that they may have that life that measures with the life of God.  {1SAT 255.2}
[1SAT 255.3]          The salvation of man was to Him everything . He takes the world by the hand, and He places it in its proper position, subordinate, while He brings eternity that has been lost from their reckoning, in view. He leads you to behold the threshold of heaven flooded with divine glory, flushed with the glory from the throne of God, and He tells you it is for you. He tells you to strive for that inheritance that poverty cannot strip from you. He tells you to seek for that kingdom that hath foundations, that city whose builder and maker is God. That is the eternal treasure; that is the immortal inheritance. I want it.                                             -256-  {1SAT 255.3}
[1SAT 256.1]          I long for it; yes, and I am willing to spend to the last that which I shall accumulate, that I may recover souls that are ready to perish. All the value there is in money to me is to invest it in the treasures of God, that He may have meat in His house, that when missionaries are called to lift the standard in the places that know not God He shall not find an empty treasury because men spend God's money for liquor and tobacco--ten, twenty, a thousand times more in eating and in drinking these things that are taking the underpinning out from their house, which are obliterating the image of God in man, which are creating disease and infirmity and imbecility, and shortening the existence of men years, that they might ［not］ use their God-given life to the glory of God. Why, it is God's money. He has seen fit in His providence to open the way before me that I could have a little of His money to use for His treasury, and to carry the truth to the people that are ready to perish.  {1SAT 256.1}
[1SAT 256.2]          He wants us to do what? "We are laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building" ［1 Corinthians 3:9］. And that is what we are in the world for--not to eat and to drink and to attend horse races, and to use the holidays in idling and in gratifying self; and if we have a shilling, get on the cars and go somewhere to have a good time. There are souls to be saved. There are youth to be educated by our precept and example. The Lord is coming. The end of all things is at hand, and it is time now, as the end of all things is at hand, that we commence the work for youth; that we begin to see what we can do to gather souls to Jesus Christ.                                             -257-     There is poverty around us; there is distress; there are the naked to clothe, the hungry to feed; and those that are thirsting for the water of life and hungering for the bread of salvation, we want to give it to them.  {1SAT 256.2}
[1SAT 257.1]         I will read a little farther. "The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single ［your discernment is of that character that it is single］, thy whole body shall be full of light" ［Matthew 6:22］. Do you think you will find men that are smoking tobacco, introducing a poison into their system, when nature makes the most tremendous effort to expel the intruder that it almost dies in the conflict, and if that was the terms of eternal life you would think it was a very hard condition. But it is not, thank God.  {1SAT 257.1}
[1SAT 257.2]          But who has instituted this? It is the devil that wants the brains of man. He wants to cobweb your faculties and your thinking forces, and he wants to send disease between the fluids and the solids of your body, that you shall not have health, and that you shall be in the slavery of a perverted appetite, an appetite which has no foundation in nature and the most difficult to break from because the enemy has woven his threads all about you to bind you to the habits which will ruin both soul and body.  {1SAT 257.2}
[1SAT 257.3]          Not an unclean thing is to enter the kingdom of God. I want you to think of this; and those that benumb their senses, paralyzing their reasoning by intoxicating drinks, I want you to consider they have sold their reason to the devil, and he takes possession of them soul and body; and you know what he does with them; you know that it is the attributes of Satan that walk right out in these men. Shall we make an attempt to save                                             -258-     men? Shall we educate our children from their very babyhood to self-control? Shall we teach them the blessed, precious name of Jesus? Shall we sing to them the heavenly songs? Shall we teach them to imitate the graces of Jesus Christ?  {1SAT 257.3}
[1SAT 258.1]          I was riding with an Englishman, and we were in Texas. My husband was then living. We were laboring there in Texas; and ...［this Englishman］ was smoking his pipe. My husband said, "What do you think, friend, did Christ give you an example of using your pipe? Did He lay down this example for you?"  {1SAT 258.1}
[1SAT 258.2]          "Oh," he groaned, "I never regarded it in that light. No, no," said he, "I throw this pipe away; I will never touch it again. To think of the Redeemer of the world going through the streets smoking a pipe, making a chimney of His nose! No, I never could do that again." It seemed his sensibilities were shocked. But here, see, the devil had invented it. What for? To consume money so that the poor should not be clothed; so that the needy and the distressed might suffer for the want of food and care and house; so that the gospel should not be carried to all parts of our world.  {1SAT 258.2}
[1SAT 258.3]          Well, here is God's money. How much better to say, Here I see that man eating his house in liquor, eating the very substance which should go to his family, in smoking. Now you are taking this portion which my brother uses, or my brethren, and you are putting it into God's treasury. And then there is a meetinghouse to be built; here is a church to be organized; here is a company sending the Macedonian cry, "Come over and help us." In our cities you could send scores of laborers and support them in the field if man would only sacrifice the idol of tobacco.                                             -259-  {1SAT 258.3}
[1SAT 259.1]          Professed Christians stand off in their slavery and say, I can't overcome it. No, I cannot, but through Jesus Christ you can overcome; through the merits of the blood of Christ you can sweep away this deadly evil which is corrupting our earth and corrupting our youth. And parents are giving their appetites and passions as an inheritance to their children; and they are weaker in moral power than they themselves are to resist the contaminating influence that is upon our earth.  {1SAT 259.1}
[1SAT 259.2]          What account will fathers have to give in the judgment? What account for the habits of liquor drinking? What accounts for the habit of tobacco using, the money consumed in lessening physical, mental, and moral power that belongs to God? All of it has been purchased by an infinite price, the price of the Son of God. You do not realize the necessity of sending light to those that are in darkness because your eye is not single to the glory of God. Your whole body is full of darkness, and you treat yourself as a slave, a slave to grant to taste and appetite that which is unwholesome and unhealthy, and which is destroying vitality.  {1SAT 259.2}
[1SAT 259.3]          "But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness"--if you are not observing the truth of God's Word above everything in the earth, and if you are not investing the talents that He has given you, put them out to the exchangers. Let light shine forth from you. The Master is going to require an account of you, and your whole body is full of darkness. You consume means on your body that ought to be given to the treasury of God, and you stand forth in your God-purchased nobility of character that is standing                                            -260-     in the sight of God, written in the books of heaven as a man--a man that will overcome every pernicious habit and every pernicious practice. Now He says, "How great is that darkness."  {1SAT 259.3}
[1SAT 260.1]          No man can serve two masters. If tobacco is your master, if it has brought all your forces under the control of the pernicious appetite, it is your master and you are its slave. How then can you serve your tobacco and your God, sending up the fumes of tobacco before you go into the prayer meeting so that your mind is so confused that you do not know what you are about? Why? Because the stimulant of tobacco and the stimulant of the Holy Spirit of God never combine to give meaning to inspiration in the meeting that you may give the testimony clear from the courts of heaven that God wants you to give.  {1SAT 260.1}
[1SAT 260.2]          "Ye are my witnesses," says God, and God wants us by precept and example to represent Christ in our world. He represented the Father, and He left the work in our hands to attend to the needy and the distressed, and to have something to help them that they may have the blessing of relief, the necessities of suffering humanity. But if we use it up unwisely, imprudently, He will say, "Thou wicked and slothful servant, why did not you take My talent, why did you not put it out to the exchangers? Why did not you use My gift that you could double it for My service?" God wants us to win souls for Him; and then what? You are to begin to work with the talent which God has lent you, and then ［use］ every gift there is to the praise of heaven.                                            -261-  {1SAT 260.2}
[1SAT 261.1]          Oh, I am so thankful for a Saviour! I am so thankful for One that is mighty in power, that will help in every emergency. "Lo," He says, "I am with you always, even unto the end of the world." Well now, if we have Christ at our right hand to help us--how much can He help that man that is so devoted to the smoking of his pipe that he can think of nothing else? God help us to cleanse the soul temple of its impurity. God help us that we may give to God an offering that is untainted physically, mentally, and morally. Well, "no man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon." You see, the problem is weighed with God, and He tells the result. He requires all there is of you.  {1SAT 261.1}
[1SAT 261.2]          When the lawyer asked a decided question, Christ let him answer that; and what does Christ say after He had declared, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind"? He added, "And thy neighbor as thyself." Here is ［summarized］ the first four commandments, which reveal the duty of man to his God. Here he must give supreme worship to God; and the next is to love his neighbor as himself. Who keeps the commandments? Who keeps them? Oh, that God would help us to see how many of us are commandment breakers, and are robbing God of the gifts, the precious gifts He has given us!  {1SAT 261.2}
[1SAT 261.3]          Jesus came to bring moral power to man that he might overcome every sin, that he might become conqueror through Christ. Man cannot do it of himself, but Jesus brings moral power to combine with man's human effort,                                            -262-     that man may stand victor, on vantage ground with God. May the Lord help us that we may possess that grace and divine power, ［and］ be partakers of the divine nature, that we may overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {1SAT 261.3}
[1SAT 262.1]          "Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?" ［Matthew 6:25］. Should we not educate and train our children that to preserve health, to preserve themselves with a sound mind in a sound body, is of more consequence than the gratification of adornment, or the gratification of such a variety of food and such endless preparations for the table, the spices, the pickles, the condiments, the wine, the beer drinking, and the desserts? I want to know what is the necessity of all these things?  {1SAT 262.1}
[1SAT 262.2]          The cook has no time to read her Bible. You say, I hire the cook. And has not the cook any soul as well as you? The cook has a soul to save, and you want to educate and train that cook to seek God in the morning, to seek Him at night, and to live so she can have a chance to read her Bible. With all the wonderful preparations for man's appetite and taste and passions for the varieties of his life, people rob God of His service. They have no time to go to their neighbors and to teach them right in the shadow of their own doors how they may love Jesus and how Jesus loves them.  {1SAT 262.2}
[1SAT 262.3]          This is what we are in the world for--on trial to see if we will be fit for the courts above, to see if God can honor us to become one of the heavenly family in the kingdom of glory. If we are so selfish here that we                                            -263-     have no interest for one another to make them obedient, and to bless them with the good things that He has provided for us in this life, how will we manifest anything like unselfishness in the kingdom of glory? How will we do it? We would be wanting to snatch the crown from another's head because it is more brilliant than ours. Another would become jealous, and we should have as bad a time as when Satan set up that work in heaven of rebellion against God.  {1SAT 262.3}
[1SAT 263.1]          Therefore the Lord has given man a probation, and we will work out our characters as the artist takes ［an image］ upon the polished plate. As he takes the features of the one that wants his picture produced, the God of heaven is taking the character of every human soul of us. That character is going up to heaven, and it is produced there; it is recorded there in the book what traits of character we manifest. If we manifest the attributes of Satan, it is that character that can find no place in the heavenly courts above.  {1SAT 263.1}
[1SAT 263.2]          Well then, how shall we occupy our time here? As pilgrims and strangers. You have a home. Thank God for that. There are many who have none. Make that home just as pleasant, just as nice as you can, but not extravagant. You can make things very nice and very tasteful with few things. By exercising taste you can make a beautiful home. Then will you sit down and enjoy it? Here are youth who have no home. Here are orphans with no father or mother, without a home. Here is the example of horse racing and holidays, and the tobacco devotees, and the world is full of excitement and corrupting influences that are making the people as the                                           -264-     inhabitants of the earth before the flood, whom God swept away by the waters of the flood, and as Sodom that fire came from heaven and consumed.  {1SAT 263.2}
[1SAT 264.1]          Now, there is work for every one to do. God calls for the talents that He has lent you, and He wants you, in the place of devoting money and time for expensive dress and for expensive adornments and for expensive houses merely for visitors, to do something different from that. They come in and you show them all about the little things that you have to take their attention. ［You are］ professed Christians, but never speak of Jesus; and God says to you, What saw they in thine house?  {1SAT 264.1}
[1SAT 264.2]          Did they see you imparting the light and knowledge of Him? Did they see you bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of God? Did they see you preparing those little ones for the crown of immortal glory? Will you place their hands in the hands of Jesus Christ? Will you educate them to meet the standard of the world, to do as the world does, to practice the maxims ［of］, and to follow the fashions of, this degenerate age, which are ever changing, and its mouth is always swallowing money, money, money? The poor are suffering for food, and there are youth that you could educate and train.  {1SAT 264.2}
[1SAT 264.3]          Our houses should be made pleasant to our children. Remove the drapery that would shut out the sunlight and the pure air of heaven lest they tarnish the beautiful pictures and the carpets. Let them tarnish them. Had they not better tarnish these than have the children obtain a street education, and imbibe the appetites and the passions of this degenerate age, which tarnish the soul and may produce a scar which can never be effaced?                                           -265-  {1SAT 264.3}
[1SAT 265.1]          Here are the human beings. The probabilities and the possibilities are before them of working out a character for the future, immortal life, so that the Lord can say, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things" ［Matthew 25:21］. Oh, will not that fall on the ear like the sweetest music? "I was hungry, and ye fed me; I was sick and in prison, and ye visited me; I was naked, and ye clothed me."  {1SAT 265.1}
[1SAT 265.2]          Jesus was abiding in the heart and in the mind. They were serving Him so perfectly that they have no idea that they have done anything wonderful. They don't know what they have done. "Inasmuch," said Jesus Christ," as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." I want the tobacco devotees to reckon up every week how much they devote to their idol-god tobacco. I want the liquor drinkers to reckon up what they spend for wine, brandy, and strong drinks, and then see the sum you might expend on God's purchased possession.  {1SAT 265.2}
[1SAT 265.3]          Jesus gave His life that these precious souls might have eternal life. "We are laborers together with God." What sacrifice will you make? What self-denial will you practice? It may be self-denial for a time, but in the end it is the greatest blessing to soul, body, and spirit that you can experience. We have a duty to humanity. We are bound before God, if we possess eternal life, to show that we appreciate the value of the sacrifice which Christ has made, and that is to purchase heaven, that we may glorify His name upon the earth, and that we may win souls to the cross of Calvary, that we may win souls to teach them how to give their hearts to Jesus                                           -266-     Christ, that we may represent Jesus Christ as Jesus Christ represented the love of the Father. This is our business in the world.  {1SAT 265.3}
[1SAT 266.1]          We are not here to please ourselves. And then our families, our children--don't say to them as I have heard many mothers say, "There is no room for you in the parlor. Don't sit on that sofa that is covered with satin damask. We don't want you to sit down on that sofa." And when they go into another room, "We don't want your noise here." And they go into the kitchen, and the cook says, "I cannot be bothered with you here. Go out from here with your noise; you pester me so, and bother me." Where do they go to receive their education? Into the street.  {1SAT 266.1}
[1SAT 266.2]          Fathers and mothers, you have an awful responsibility lying at your door. What has made the drunkards? They are made at home. It is the neglect of teaching the children the commandments of God when they rise up and when they sit down, when they go out and when they come in.  {1SAT 266.2}
[1SAT 266.3]          What are the commandments of God? They are the ten holy precepts, the royal law, the holy law of God, which is the standard of character, which every soul present must meet in the judgment, notwithstanding it may be proclaimed from the pulpits of the day that God has no law. Now who believes it?  {1SAT 266.3}
[1SAT 266.4]          Every nation has a law; but the God of heaven has given us His law to represent His character, and there it stands. There is not one of the precepts done away. They stand immutable and eternal. "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul." Why should anyone want to change a perfect thing? You cannot get anything more than perfect, and the law of the Lord is for us to respect and reverence and obey.                                           -267-  {1SAT 266.4}
[1SAT 267.1]          And if the inhabitants of the world had obeyed the law of God instead of hearing reiterated from the pulpits that God has no law, that God has no commandments; and if the parents should educate their children as Christ enshrouded in the billowy cloud gave the direction to Moses to give to Israel, we should not hear of the thefts, the robberies, the murders, and our jails be filled, the prisons filled with criminals because of the crime and wickedness that prevails in our world to such a fearful extent. Now we would say, Let us love God and keep His commandments, for this is the whole duty of man.  {1SAT 267.1}
[1SAT 267.2]          Well, I will read a little farther. I want to take up some other points, but we shall have to leave them for another discourse. A few thoughts more, and I will close.  {1SAT 267.2}
[1SAT 267.3]          "Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature?" Now just as though God that places you in this world could not carry you through this world. If you are diligent, if you are patient, if you try, if you do what is fitted for you to do, and are colaborers with God, He says, "Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature?" God works for you all the time. God Himself is taking care of you. "And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory ［could not be compared with one of these］ was not arrayed like one of these."                                            -268-  {1SAT 267.3}
[1SAT 268.1]          He has been telling about raiment. Now, that God that puts the tints and the color upon all these things, can He not provide for us suitable clothing and comfortable clothing, neat and warm clothing? We need not practice extravagance. There are other ways for our clothing than that. Now He says, "Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall He not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?" Well now, why not trust Him who made the beautiful lilies of the valley?  {1SAT 268.1}
[1SAT 268.2]          In America we have the fresh water lilies. These beautiful lilies come up pure, spotless, perfect, without a single mar. They come up through a mass of debris. I said to my son, "I want you to make an effort to get me the stem of that lily as near the root as possible. I want you to understand something about it."  {1SAT 268.2}
[1SAT 268.3]          He drew up a handful of lilies, and I looked at them. They were all full of open channels, and the stems were gathering the properties from the pure sands beneath, and these were being developed into the pure and spotless lily. It refused all the debris. It refused every unsightly thing, but there it was developed in its purity.  {1SAT 268.3}
[1SAT 268.4]          Now, this is exactly the way that we are to educate our youth in this world. Let their minds and hearts be instructed who God is, who Jesus Christ is, and the sacrifice that He has made in our behalf. Let them draw the purity, the virtue, the grace, the courtesy, the love, the forbearance; let them draw it from the Source of all power.                                            -269-  {1SAT 268.4}
[1SAT 269.1]          When God gave Jesus, He gave us all the riches and treasures of heaven in one gift, and He says, Impart these riches to everyone that needs them. Then let us come and ask Him. Ask, and ye shall receive. Teach your children to pray from their very babyhood; teach them to lift their little voices to God in prayer. He is their Maker; He is the One that can make their hearts happy; He is One that can give them contentment; He is One that can give them virtue; He can reshape even the tendencies that have been transmitted to them by unwise parents.  {1SAT 269.1}
[1SAT 269.2]          God help us to feel the weight of our responsibility. Take the youth, if you have none of your own, adopt them. I had children of my own, but I did not stop there. I was traveling nearly all over the world, and yet I gathered into my house--"I have a house," I said, "and children shall come in and enjoy it." And I adopted child after child, and I brought some of them up to womanhood and manhood, and God has helped me in the work. When I could gain a victory (when children laid down the stubbornness of their natural tempers) not by beating them, I tried a better plan--to gain their confidence--and then I could do anything with them; and God has helped me in the work. No soul that I have taken in to train and educate has made me regret it. They have given their hearts to Jesus, and we have tried to point them to the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world.  {1SAT 269.2}
[1SAT 269.3]          I love Jesus. I love those that are found in His image, and I want to do everything in my power to help them. Next month I shall enter upon my sixty-seventh birthday, and yet I expect to issue many books yet; I expect to bear my testimony in other countries besides this, and, God helping me, I                                           -270-     shall seek to let the light shine for others that they may see the way that they can enter the strait gate, and have eternal life. May God help us to help our children. God help us to help our neighbors. God help us in the church to let more light shine nigh and afar off to go into the byways and the highways and point souls to Jesus Christ, and show them how they can believe in God, and have His righteousness imputed to them by taking Jesus Christ as their personal Saviour.  {1SAT 269.3}
[1SAT 270.1]          And now I would say to every one of you, if I have introduced into this little address any ideas that you will work upon, I shall feel that I am abundantly paid; and if I have helped to point the eye to Jesus Christ, I will praise Him for that. You want to educate your children to praise God. You want to educate them to bring their little offerings to God. You want to educate them not to make themselves a center and a core, and all the gifts of the parents be lavished upon the children. God's cause calls for money. God's cause calls for means that you may carry the light into the regions that are beyond. And then I beg of you, for Christ's sake, to let the treasury be supplied that God may have meat in His house.--Manuscript 43a, 1894. (MR 900.42)  {1SAT 270.1}
[1SAT 271.1]       "Walk in the Spirit"         "If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another" ［Galatians 5:26］.  {1SAT 271.1}
[1SAT 271.2]          Many are deceiving their own souls, because that while they assent to the truth they fail to become sanctified through the truth. To have a right religious experience it is essential not only to have an intelligent idea as to what is the theory of truth, but the heart and mind must be trained, and the habits must be in harmony with the expressed will of God. The Word, the requirements of God, must be studied; for if we weave into our experience incorrect principles, we shall cherish false ideas as to what constitutes a Christian, and shall not be found obeying the voice of God. We cannot spiritually discern the character of God, or accept of Jesus Christ by faith, unless our life and character are marked by purity, by the casting down of imaginations and of every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and bring into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.  {1SAT 271.2}
[1SAT 271.3]          It is sin that has dragged down and degraded the faculties of the soul; but through faith in Jesus Christ as our Redeemer we may be restored to holiness and truth. All who would learn of Christ must be emptied of human wisdom. The soul must be cleansed from all vanity and pride, and vacated by all that has held it in prepossession, and Christ must be enthroned in the                                           -272-     heart. The constant strife in the soul that results from selfishness and self-sufficiency must be rebuked, and humility and meekness must take the place of our natural self-esteem.  {1SAT 271.3}
[1SAT 272.1]          I am pained beyond measure when I see men and women professing the name of Christ yet manifesting not the spirit of Christ, for I know that they are dwelling in fatal delusion. Many are satisfied with a mere semblance of religion, and they have no experimental knowledge of the virtues of Christ, no vital connection with Jesus. They listen to the most searching presentation of truth, but make no application of the truth to their own souls, because they are clothed with a garment of self-righteousness. Every salutary impression is warded off with the thought that they are Christians, and that the close, searching appeals are not meant for them.  {1SAT 272.1}
[1SAT 272.2]          The most solemn message from the great Teacher through His delegated servants is lost upon them, because they do not see the need of any such warning or appeal. They have not come to the point of realizing that they are sick and in need of a physician. Christ said, "They that are whole need not a physician, but they that are sick."  {1SAT 272.2}
[1SAT 272.3]          Solemn conviction of sin will lead individuals to tremble at the word of God, and surrender their ways, their ideas, and their will to God. I tremble when I see so many who feel perfectly contented. They will admit that they have little experience in religious things, and when given an opportunity to gain an experience they do not advance, because they do not feel their need; and so the matter ends where it began, for they do not seek divine enlightenment with true contrition of soul.                                             -273-  {1SAT 272.3}
[1SAT 273.1]          It is only at the altar of God that we kindle the taper with holy fire. It is only the divine light that will reveal the littleness, the incompetence, of human ability, and give clear, distinct views of the perfection and purity of Jesus Christ. It is only as we view His righteousness that we hunger and thirst to possess it, and ask in earnest prayer, in humility and simplicity, as a little child asks an earthly parent for some good thing, that God will grant unto us our heart's desire. Such prayer is heard and answered. The Lord is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to them that earnestly desire it than are earthly parents to give good gifts to their children. Christ has promised the Holy Spirit to guide us into all truth and righteousness and holiness. The Holy Spirit is not given by measure to those who earnestly seek for it, who by faith stand upon the promises of God. They plead the pledged word of God, saying, "Thou hast said it. I take Thee at Thy word."  {1SAT 273.1}
[1SAT 273.2]         The Comforter is given that He may take of the things of Christ and show them unto us, that He may present in their rich assurance the words that fell from His lips, and convey them with living power to the soul who is obedient, who is emptied of self. It is then that the soul receives the image and superscription of the divine. Then Jesus Christ is formed within, the hope of glory.  {1SAT 273.2}
[1SAT 273.3]          "Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which He hath purchased with His own blood" ［Acts 20:28］. Those who are called to be shepherds of the flock of God are called to be laborers together with God. The Lord Jesus is the great Worker, and He prayed to His                                           -274-     Father that His followers might be sanctified through the truth. If we are doers of the word of God, we shall understand that we cannot retain any sinful habit, or indulge in any crooked or guileful way. His truth, His word, must be brought with divine power into our hearts, and we must purify our hearts by obeying the truth. We must renounce all the hidden things of dishonesty, all craftiness and satanic wiles. We must be where we shall be enabled to discern the snares of him who lieth in wait to deceive. Sin must be sensed in its true, hateful character, and expelled from the soul.  {1SAT 273.3}
[1SAT 274.1]          All who preach the word in verity and truth can afford to be fair in its presentation. We are not to be deceitful in any way, not handling the word of God deceitfully. We are to let the cross of Christ stand in prominence in all our teaching. We are not to hide the gospel, or cover the cross of Christ with ornamental roses, and thus make the preaching of it of no effect. Let no one shun the cross of self-denial.  {1SAT 274.1}
[1SAT 274.2]          Make the instruction plain as to what it means to be a Christian. "If any man will come after Me," said Jesus, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me." "He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him." Food is the substance of which we partake that our bodies may be strengthened and built up. In like manner we are to feed upon that which will build up spiritual nature. Jesus said, "It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life."  {1SAT 274.2}
[1SAT 274.3]          Our bodies are composed of that upon which we feed, so our spiritual life will be composed of that upon which we feed. If we feed on Christ by                                           -275-     thinking of Him, by obeying His words, we are built up in Him, and grow in grace and in the knowledge of the truth unto the full stature of men and women in Christ Jesus. "Receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear" ［Hebrews 12:28］.  {1SAT 274.3}
[1SAT 275.1]          As God works in us to will, we are to cooperate with God, manifesting a determination like that of Daniel to do the will of God. Teachers of the word of God are not to keep back any part of the counsel of God, lest the people shall be ignorant of their duty, and not understand what is the will of God concerning them, and stumble and fall into perdition. But while the teacher of truth should be faithful in presenting the gospel, let him never pour out a mass of matter which the people cannot comprehend because it is new to them and hard to understand. Take one point at a time, and make that one point plain, speaking slowly and in distinct voice. Speak in such a way that the people shall see what is the relation of that one point to other truths of vital importance.  {1SAT 275.1}
[1SAT 275.2]          Every man who becomes a teacher must also become a learner, and daily sit at the feet of Jesus. It is impossible for anyone to rightly divide the word of truth unless he earnestly seeks wisdom from on high that he may understand what is taught in the Scriptures. The Holy Spirit must attend the word spoken to the heart. It will be difficult to create prejudice in the hearts of those who are seeking for truth as for hidden treasure if the speaker will hide himself in Christ, for he will then reveal Christ, not himself.                                           -276-  {1SAT 275.2}
[1SAT 276.1]          "And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ" ［Ephesians 4:11-13］. But though God has set these different laborers in the church, there is to be no neglect on the part of one in the performance of duty.  {1SAT 276.1}
[1SAT 276.2]          Let no one neglect to give faithful and plain instruction upon tithing. Let there be instruction as to giving to the Lord that which He claims as His own, for the commendation of the Lord will not rest upon a people who rob Him in tithes and offerings. There will be need of often setting before the people their duty on this matter, that they may render unto God His own. Let the one who first presents the truth be faithful in presenting this matter, and let him who follows up the interest also make plain the requirement of God on tithing, that the people may see that in all points the laborers are teaching the same truth, and are of one mind in urging them to yield obedience to all the requirements of God.  {1SAT 276.2}
[1SAT 276.3]          But let laborers have discretion, and not give strong meat to those who are as babes; feed them with the sincere milk of the Word. In no case mingle your own spirit and ideas with the truth and cover up the precepts of God by traditions or suppositions. Let the people have the truth as it is in Jesus, and do not mingle it with decoctions of your own devising; for your presentation of truth will taste so strongly of self that it will disgust the hearers.                                           -277-  {1SAT 276.3}
[1SAT 277.1]          Be able to say with Paul, "I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have showed you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. . . . I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God" ［Acts 20:20, 21, 26, 27］. There is most earnest work to be done, in order that you may so search the Scriptures that you may be able to declare unto those with whom you meet the whole counsel of God.--Ms. 39, 1895. (MR 900.46)  {1SAT 277.1}
[1SAT 278.1]       Camp Meeting Message on True Education         In the night season some things were opened before me in reference to the work and the school that will soon be opened in this locality. The light given me was that we must not pattern after the similitude of any school that has been established in the past. We must study the Word of God critically as the great lesson book, in order to know what the school may become under the receiving and doing of the Word of God. Unless we are guarded, we shall experience those hindrances to the spiritual education that have retarded the work of our schools in America by misapplication and miscalculation of the work most essential.  {1SAT 278.1}
[1SAT 278.2]          When Christ was working in our world, He had but few followers, and those whom He called His disciples were, by the maxims and customs of the scribes and Pharisees, constantly kept back from the advancement they might have made in supplying their great want and becoming efficient in usefulness. Through the rabbis, customs had come down from generation to generation, and these were made all-essential, even of more force than the Ten Commandments. Thus the precepts of men were taught and dwelt upon as of more value than a "Thus saith the Lord."  {1SAT 278.2}
[1SAT 278.3]          I have been warned that the teachers in our school should not travel over the ground that many of the Battle Creek teachers have gone over in their experience. Will ministers and teachers bear this in mind? Popular amusements for students were brought in there under a deceptive garb. Satan approached as an angel of light, and he worked most actively. If he could                                           -279-     obtain the sanction of the teachers in the school at the great heart of the work, every school established would follow in its tread. The leaven of evil introduced and sanctioned at Battle Creek would spread the properties introduced to all with whom it had any connection.  {1SAT 278.3}
[1SAT 279.1]          The Lord has thought it essential to give reproof, correction, and instruction in righteousness on many things in regard to the management of schools among Seventh-day Adventists. All the light that has been given must be carefully heeded. No man or woman should be connected with our schools as educators who have not had an experience in obeying the Word of God. That which the Lord has spoken in the instruction given to our schools is to be strictly regarded, for if there is not, in some respects, an education of altogether a different character in our schools than has been given in Battle Creek, then we need not go to the expense of purchasing land and erecting school buildings.  {1SAT 279.1}
[1SAT 279.2]          In every school Satan has tried to make himself the guide of the teachers who instruct the students. It is he who has introduced the idea that selfish amusements are a necessity. Students sent to school for the purpose of receiving an education to become evangelists, ministers, and missionaries to foreign countries should not have received the idea that amusements are essential to keep them in physical health, when the Lord has presented before them that the better way is to embrace in their education manual labor in the place of amusements. These amusements, if practiced, will soon develop a passion that gives disrelish to useful, healthful exercise of mind and body. Such exercise makes students useful to themselves and others.                                            -280-  {1SAT 279.2}
[1SAT 280.1]          This education, in felling trees, tilling the soil, erecting buildings, as well as in literature, is the very education our youth should each seek to obtain. As soon as possible a printing press should be connected with our school, in order to educate in this line. Tent making also should be taken hold of. Buildings should be erected, and masonry should be learned. There are also many things which the lady students may be engaged in. There is cooking, dressmaking, and gardening to be done. Strawberries should be planted, plants and flowers cultivated. This the lady students may be called out of doors to do. Thus they may be educated to useful labor. Thoughtful, necessary work is essential for all to have to prepare them to be missionaries. Bookbinding also, and a variety of trades should be taken up. These will not only be putting into exercise brain, bone, and muscle, but will also be gaining knowledge.  {1SAT 280.1}
[1SAT 280.2]          The greatest curse of our world in this our day is idleness. It leads to needless amusements merely to please and gratify self. The students have had a superabundance of this way of passing their time. They are now to have a different education, that they may be prepared to go forth from the school with an all-round education. We are to keep before the school the development of the useful arts, acquiring adaptability and talents to be employed to be co-laborers with God. This kind of knowledge will open to them doors of welcome for foreign fields, and the building of plain, simple homes will be essential.  {1SAT 280.2}
[1SAT 280.3]          The proper cooking of food is a most essential acquirement, especially where meat is not made the staple article of diet. Something must be                                            -281-     prepared to take the place of meat, and these foods must be well prepared so that meat will not be desired. Culture on all points of practical life will make our youth useful after they shall leave school to go to foreign countries. They will not then have to depend upon the people to whom they go to cook and sew for them, or build their habitations. And they will be much more influential if they show that they can educate the ignorant how to labor with the best methods and to produce the best results. This will be appreciated where means are difficult to obtain. They will reveal that missionaries can become educators in teaching them how to labor. A much smaller fund will be required to sustain such missionaries, because they have put to the very best use their physical powers in useful, practical labor combined with their studies, as essential acquirements in education. And wherever they may go, all that they have gained in this line will give them a welcome and standing room. If the light God has given were cherished, students would leave our schools free from the burden of debt, because they can be useful and their help is of value.  {1SAT 280.3}
[1SAT 281.1]          It is also essential to understand the philosophy of medical missionary work. Wherever the students shall go, they need an education in the science of how to treat the sick, for this will give them a welcome in any place, because there is suffering of every kind in every part of the world. Sanitariums are to be established, and thus the body is to be brought into existence which is essential for health.  {1SAT 281.1}
[1SAT 281.2]          The education given in our schools is one-sided. Students should be given an education that will fit them for successful business life. The                                            -282-     common branches of education should be fully and thoroughly taught. Bookkeeping should be looked upon as of equal importance with grammar. This line of study is one of the most important for use in practical life, but few leave our schools with a knowledge of how to keep books correctly.  {1SAT 281.2}
[1SAT 282.1]          The reason that today so many mistakes are made in accounts is not because those in charge of them are dishonest but because they have not a thorough knowledge of bookkeeping. They are not prompt in making a faithful, daily estimate of their outgo. These mistakes have placed them in the ranks of dishonest men when, designedly, they are not dishonest. Many a youth, because ignorant of how to keep accounts, has made mistakes which have caused him serious trouble. Those who have a living interest in the cause and work of God should not allow themselves to settle down with the idea that they are not required to know how to keep books.  {1SAT 282.1}
[1SAT 282.2]          Education, true education, means much. The time devoted in school to learning how to eat with your fork in place of your knife, is not the most essential. These little matters of form and ceremony should not occupy time and strength. Those students who are at first somewhat coarse and awkward will soon overcome this. If the teachers are themselves courteous and kind and attentive, if they are true in heart and soul, if they do their work as in the sight of the whole universe of heaven, if they have the mind of Christ and are molded and fashioned by the Holy Spirit, they will behave, not in a simpering, affected manner, but as ladies and gentlemen of solid worth. And if students have before them the teachers' example of propriety, they will day by day be educated in proper manners.                                            -283-  {1SAT 282.2}
[1SAT 283.1]          To establish our school in Cooranbong, in this out-of-the-way place, seemed surprising to some. It has required some hard work to make a beginning. If the work is well begun, it will cost time and money. But a thing begun right is half done. It is the first steps that cost, but in holding what is already gained they will make a continual advance in the right direction. All are not wise to see this. (But children managed at home to receive the proper ideas that true education takes brain, bone and muscle.) ［HANDWRITTEN INTERLINEATION.］.  {1SAT 283.1}
[1SAT 283.2]         By the blessing of the Lord the work has been started, and on these grounds now the help of everyone is needed. The students must be taught how to begin. The educators must be men and women who have had experience, can patiently instruct, and who will lead the students in the right way at every step they advance. Teach Bible manners; teach purity of thought and the strictest integrity. This is the most valuable instruction that can be given. Keep Jesus, the Pattern, ever before your students by your example. This will act a prominent part in restoring the moral image of God in those under your charge. Teachers, you have no time, no duty, to teach students the forms and ceremonies of worldly customs of this age of corruption, when everything is perverted to outward appearance and display. This must never find a place in our school. Good, wholesome, sensible words always spoken politely are essential. This reform is not to be brought in as non-essential.                                           -284-  {1SAT 283.2}
[1SAT 284.1]          All religious exercises are to be treated with the greatest solemnity and reverence. The teaching given should be of a higher class, of a more sacred and religious character, than has been given in schools generally. Human nature is worth working for, and it is to be elevated and refined. There is a work which God alone can do for those who are deficient. They must be fitted with the inward adorning which is in the sight of God of great price. But the teachers can cooperate with God. Through the grace of God in Jesus Christ, which bringeth salvation and immortality to light, teachers may cooperate with God, and His heritage may be educated, not in the minuteness of etiquette, but in the science of salvation and godliness, and this will prepare the sons and daughters of God to be finally transformed by the finishing touch of immortality, and in heaven they will carry forward more thoroughly the education begun in the school here below. We shall be learners through all eternity.  {1SAT 284.1}
[1SAT 284.2]          Every student should aspire to obtain a fitness by the inward adorning of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price. Therefore all should in this life make diligent use of every opportunity and privilege to obtain all the knowledge possible for a qualification for that higher life in the future world.  {1SAT 284.2}
[1SAT 284.3]          God requires of every youth the full development and cultivation of all his powers. Every faculty of mind, soul, and body, is to be taxed to the highest to understand the Word of God, and have a correct knowledge of the people and their manners, who are chosen the elect of God, and who will receive the "Well done" from the lips of their Master, and compose the family                                           -285-     of God in heaven. This is work that everyone can do. Some are incapable of managing or organizing, but these can cooperate in this school below with those who have a talent for this important work.  {1SAT 284.3}
[1SAT 285.1]          The teachers are to educate the youth to realize that if they receive Christ and believe on Him, they will be brought into close relationship with God. He gives them power to become the sons of God, to associate with the highest dignitaries in the kingdom of heaven, and to unite with Gabriel, with cherubim and seraphim, with angels and the archangel. ［Revelation 22:1-5, quoted.］  {1SAT 285.1}
[1SAT 285.2]          In His teaching our Saviour did not encourage any to attend the rabbinical schools of His day, for the reason that their minds would be corrupted with the continually repeated, "They say," or "It hath been said." The Lord can do more with minds that have no connection with schools where infidel authors are perused. These lesson books He reaches out His hand to remove, and in their stead places the Old and New Testament Scriptures. Those who will search the Scriptures for themselves, because it is the Word of God, who are willing to dig for the truth as for hidden treasures, will receive for their prize that wisdom which cometh alone from God. If they will not rely upon their own smartness, and not trust in their own inventions and their supposed fruitful minds, if they will give the working of the mind into the Lord's hands, and yoke up with Jesus Christ, they will not take steps where Jesus does not lead the way.  {1SAT 285.2}
[1SAT 285.3]          The aim of life should be to obey the call of Christ, "Follow me." Those whose minds are kept pure and uncrowded with too many small items, who                                             -286-     will let their mind give its strength to those things that will be received not from their standpoint but from the light that God has given, will be continually gaining in knowledge. And this knowledge will direct them in straightforward channels. By their aftersight they will be able to give thanks to God that they have studiously chosen to know and understand what saith the Lord to His servant.  {1SAT 285.3}
[1SAT 286.1]          The Word of God is to be studied and taught. Converse with God through the medium of His Word. Thus our characters will be transformed. The ideas and habits once thought essential will be changed. God's Word is to be our lesson book. It is through the medium of this Word that we are to learn all about that better country, and the preparation essential for everyone to obtain an entrance into the kingdom of God, and come into possession of eternal life. That Word obeyed cheerfully and willingly, will ennoble your whole being in this life.  {1SAT 286.1}
[1SAT 286.2]          ［Galatians 4:6-10, quoted.］ The observance of holidays in this country is a great evil. We want not to give sanction to the days and many traditions that are brought in. We need not pay any heed to them.  {1SAT 286.2}
[1SAT 286.3]          We all need to understand more and still more perfectly the life of Christ. He was the perfect image of God. He came to our world the great Teacher, and He will educate all who will be educated.  {1SAT 286.3}
[1SAT 286.4]          Whoever longs for honor and distinction will find that the standard of virtue and holiness, strictly, steadfastly, adhered to as revealed in the Word of God, will place him as a wise man among the most noble advisers and counselors; for God's Word will elevate a man. His Word, if obeyed, will                                           -287-     sanctify and refine and ennoble the entire man. There will be no cheap timbers brought into the structure of character-building. The natural, inherited tendencies, if erratic, will be, by the obedient, corrected by the Word; they will not be cherished as virtues and imitated by learners who will, in their turn, educate others, thus transmitting and perpetuating faulty sentiments that should never see the light of day. We are to be impelled by pure, disinterested motives, having no prejudices or preferences to strengthen, no set notions or ideas that Christ has never taught. Truth sanctifies the hearer, the mind, the will, for they are, if obedient, partakers of the divine nature.  {1SAT 286.4}
[1SAT 287.1]          The direction has been given to the students in the school of Christ: "As newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby" ［1 Peter 2:2］. This is indeed eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. ［John 6:54-66, quoted.］  {1SAT 287.1}
[1SAT 287.2]          There are many who have no greater depth of faith and spiritual perception than had the disciples who forsook their Lord because their limited comprehension could not discern His words. The feeding upon the divine Word of God is the divine element which the soul needs in order to secure a healthy development of all its spiritual powers. In all our schools this Word is to be made the essence of education; it is this that will give sanctified strength, wisdom, integrity, and moral power, if it is brought into the experience. It is not the words of worldly wisdom, it is not the maxims of men, not the theory of human beings, but it is the Word of God.                                            -288-  {1SAT 287.2}
[1SAT 288.1]          We shall have to guard against the steadfast holding to ideas and maxims that have been presented us as essential from a human standpoint. Every soul who would be successful in warring the good warfare can be so only on one condition--that he "receive with meekness the engrafted word, which is able to save your souls" ［James 1:21］. Those who have dug deep for the hidden treasure will find their reward in the precious veins of valuable ore, and these will make them wise unto salvation. All the wiles and subtleties of Satanic agencies cannot beguile you from the position of steadfast self-denial if you are carefully following the example of your Saviour. You will meet the enemy's treacherous advances with the words, "Get thee behind me, Satan" ［Luke 4:8］.  {1SAT 288.1}
[1SAT 288.2]         Our time is precious. We have but few, very few, days of probation left us in which to qualify ourselves for the future eternal life. We are not to devote these precious moments to forms and ceremonies, or cheap, superficial education. Think deeply before you speak. God designs that we shall keep the mind in pursuit of something tangible, something that we will not leave behind in this world, but that we can take with us into the higher school. The minds of the youth need the Word of God for instruction,that they may be "thoroughly furnished unto all good works" ［2 Timothy 3:16, 17］. The teachers will need to be very simple when teaching from the Scriptures. The students must be given "precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little" ［Isaiah 28:10］. Do not leave the slightest impression on the minds of your students that they are restricted and forced to wear a yoke of restraint that is unnecessary.                                            -289-  {1SAT 288.2}
[1SAT 289.1]          Strive to understand thoroughly every passage that you read. Fix one verse in mind, and after you have studied it prayerfully yourself, trying to understand thoroughly every word expressed, present that verse to the students. It is of little advantage to skim over the surface of the Scriptures. If we would understand fully the words of Christ, thought must be brought into the searching of the Scriptures. We should open the Scriptures with great reverence, and not in a slothful, lazy manner. The word of Christ is spirit and life to the receiver. The words of Christ to the Pharisees were, "［Ye］ search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of me" ［John 5:39］. They were searching the Scriptures for evidence of Christ's appearing, gathering up every evidence in regard to the manner in which they supposed He would come, while Christ was in their midst, and they did not discern Him by the use of faith. "Ye will not come to me, that ye might have life," He said. "I receive not honor from men," He said to the opposing Pharisees, ［verses 40, 41; verses 42-47 quoted］.  {1SAT 289.1}
[1SAT 289.2]         In this our day, as in Christ's day, there will be a misreading and misinterpreting of the Scriptures. If the Jews had studied the Scriptures with earnest, prayerful, humble hearts, their searching would have been rewarded with a true knowledge of the time, and not only the time, but also the manner, of Christ's first appearing. They would not have ascribed the glories of the second appearing of Christ to His first advent. They had the testimony of Daniel; they had the testimony of Isaiah and the other prophets; they had the teaching of Moses; and here was Christ Himself in their midst, and still they were searching the Scriptures for evidence in regard                                            -290-     to His coming. They were doing to Christ, at the same time, the very things that it had been prophesied they would do. They were so blinded that they knew not the time of His visitation, or what they were doing. Thus they were fulfilling the Scripture.  {1SAT 289.2}
[1SAT 290.1]          Many are doing the same thing today, in 1897, because they have not had experience in the testing message comprehended in the first, second, and third angels' messages. There are those who are searching the Scriptures for proof that these messages are still in the future. They gather together the truthfulness of the messages, but they fail to give them their proper place in prophetic history. Therefore such are in danger of misleading the people in regard to locating the messages. They do not see and understand the time of the end, or when to locate the messages. The day of God is coming with stealthy tread, but the supposed wise and great men are prating about "higher education" which they suppose originates with finite men. They know not the signs of Christ's coming, or of the end of the world.  {1SAT 290.1}
[1SAT 290.2]          The evidence of the soon coming of Christ is right upon us, and many of us are asleep. We do not half gather up the important truths that are for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. If we did receive and believe the Word of God, we should be farther in advance spiritually than we are today. Iniquity abounds everywhere, and the love of many has waxed cold. Unless we understand the importance of the moments that are swiftly passing into eternity, and make ready a people to stand in the great day of God, we shall be registered in the books of heaven as unfaithful stewards. The watchman is to know the time of the night. Everything is now                                            -291-     clothed with a solemnity that all who believe the truth should feel and sense. They should act in reference to the great day of God. The plagues of God are already just upon the world, and we need to be preparing for that great day. We have not time now to spend in speculative ideas, or in hap-hazard movements. We should fear to skim the surface of the Word of God. When the light shines in our hearts, we shall, by all our words and works, live in accordance with that light, understand the words of God, and make it our spiritual, daily food, as represented by Christ as eating His flesh and drinking His blood. Then we will be prepared to teach the Word of God as we never have done before. We must sink the shaft deeper in the mines of truth. All the little things of life are but a mote now. Those that pertain to eternity are of great consequence.--Ms. 41a, 1896. (Written Dec. 20, 1896, from "Sunnyside," Cooranbong, N.S.W.) (MR 900.24)  {1SAT 290.2}
[1SAT 292.1]      The Ministry         Sermon by Ellen G. White, August 30, 1898, a portion of which appears in Evangelism.            ［Colossians 1:25-29, quoted.］  {1SAT 292.1}
[1SAT 292.2]         The ministry is a sacred office. Christ crucified is the power of God unto salvation to all who will believe. A Saviour lifted up--a Saviour full and complete to all who accept Him--is the science of salvation. The subject is never exhausted. It is always fresh; for today Christ is a living Intercessor before the Father in the heavenly courts. Christ, the propitiation for the sins of the world, is a living subject instinct with divinity, and always fresh and new.  {1SAT 292.2}
[1SAT 292.3]         It is through His merits, through an example of suffering, that the chosen disciples of Christ are fitted for every work of ministry and for every trial and discouragement in this work. Looking unto Jesus--His self-denying life, His sacrifice, His humiliation in their behalf--they are ready to follow in His footsteps, to endure the cross, despise the shame, and go without the camp bearing His reproach. The Holy Spirit makes them one with Christ, their divine Leader. The truth enthroned in the heart sanctifies the soul, and the power and grace of God within manifests itself in the life as the power and wisdom of God.                                           -293-  {1SAT 292.3}
[1SAT 293.1]         Christ promised His followers, "If I go away, I will send another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever" ［cf. John 14:16］. With this divine endowment the human agent is qualified to work in Christ's lines. Christ continued, "He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you" ［verse 26］.  {1SAT 293.1}
[1SAT 293.2]         Individually living the life of Christ, His followers become living working agencies. They possess the character of Christ. They have the love of Christ, His faith, His hope, His oneness with the Father. They lean on Christ as their only staff and sufficiency. They are Christ's living witnesses. By their words, their spirit, their true courtesy, their influence, by their every action, they testify of Christ. A power goes out from these human agencies, bearing the testimony that they are laborers together with God, that they have communion with their Saviour.  {1SAT 293.2}
[1SAT 293.3]          The preaching of the Word is not to be undervalued. The work for the salvation of souls is a sacred, holy work. Says the prophet, "How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace; that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation; that saith unto Zion, Thy God reigneth" ［Isaiah 52:7］.  {1SAT 293.3}
[1SAT 293.4]          What honor is conferred upon men in that they may be laborers together with God, His messengers, to proclaim as did the forerunner of Christ, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Lift up the risen Saviour, and say to all who will hear, Come to Him who has loved us                                           -294-     and died for us. Let the self-denial, the compassion, the great love wherewith Christ has loved us in purchasing us with His own life, be unfolded before men. The science of salvation is to be the burden of every sermon, the theme of every song. Let it be poured forth in every supplication.  {1SAT 293.4}
[1SAT 294.1]          Let nothing be brought into the preaching of the Word to supplement Christ, the Word and power of God. Let His name, the only name given under heaven whereby we may be saved, be exalted in every discourse, and from Sabbath to Sabbath let the trumpet of the watchmen be given a certain sound. Christ is the science and eloquence of the gospel, and His ministers are to hold forth the word of life, presenting hope to the penitent, peace to the troubled and desponding, and grace and completeness and strength to the believing.  {1SAT 294.1}
[1SAT 294.2]          Encouragement should be given to the precious lambs of the flock. Said the Majesty of heaven, "Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of God" ［Mark 10:14］. He does not send those children to the rabbis. He does not send them to the Pharisees. He says, The mothers who have brought their children to Me have done well. "Suffer the little children to come unto me, and forbid them not; for of such is the kingdom of God."  {1SAT 294.2}
[1SAT 294.3]          Then let the mothers accept the invitation, and lead their children to Christ. Let the ministers of the gospel take the children in their arms and bless them. In the name of Jesus let words of tenderness and love be spoken to the little ones, because Christ took the lambs of the flock in His arms and blessed them.                                           -295-  {1SAT 294.3}
[1SAT 295.1]          Our expectation is from God who in the crucified One, has given us rich and powerful truths and weighty arguments to move the hearts of men. The simple prayer indited by the Holy Spirit will ascend through the gates ajar, the open door ［of］ which Christ has declared, "I have opened, and no man can shut" ［cf. Revelation 3:7］. Those prayers, mingled with the incense of the perfections of Christ, will ascend as fragrance before the Father, and answers will come. The Holy Spirit will descend, and souls will come to a knowledge of the truth. Sinners will be converted, and their faces turned from the world and earthly things toward heaven. The Sun of righteousness will inspire them with motives for action, and they will realize that they are witnesses for Christ.  {1SAT 295.1}
[1SAT 295.2]          We are to be judged according to the deeds done in the body. "By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned" ［Matthew 12:37］. The watchmen are not to slumber and sleep in their important mission. They must not only preach, but minister, educating the souls who have turned from error to truth, by personal labor, by precept and example teaching them that "denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world; looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: who gave His life for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works" ［Titus 2:12-14］.                                           -296-  {1SAT 295.2}
[1SAT 296.1]          Ministers of God, great is your responsibility to go forward in Christian experience and righteousness, from light to still greater light, walking conscientiously, striving to reach a high and exalted standard. As the powers of darkness with intense activity work from beneath, the agencies of God should be more and more vigilant in cooperating with the divine, in giving the trumpet a certain sound. In earnest tones, distinct and startling, they are to proclaim the righteousness of the law, that no watchman may fail to catch the sound of alarm, and in their turn sound the warnings coming from heaven. All must be aroused from their lethargy to wakeful, earnest, watching for souls as they that must give an account.  {1SAT 296.1}
[1SAT 296.2]          Light, increased light from heaven, is waiting to be imparted to those who will walk and work in the light which they already have. There is to be quick and earnest thought, talent, and tact displayed in enterprises that will communicate light to those who are near and afar off. Careful consideration should be made of every way that is not the way of the Lord. No sleepy watchman must be tolerated. Under their leader the principalities and powers and rulers of the darkness of this world are at work.  {1SAT 296.2}
[1SAT 296.3]          Because it has been so difficult to arouse from their lethargy the many who have long professed to know the truth, spiritual wickedness in high places has increased. Men have taken their stand to hedge up the way of the Lord's army of workers. They have taken souls unaware and led them into strange paths. May the Lord show these men who have long been hindrances, who, whenever opportunities have presented themselves, have placed a stumbling                                           -297-     block in the way of others, ［by］ whose side they have worked, and make diligent work of repentance. They have weakened the hands of others, and given the enemy every advantage.  {1SAT 296.3}
[1SAT 297.1]          Time, precious time, has been lost. Golden opportunities have passed by unimproved, because of a lack of clear spiritual eyesight and wise generalship to plan and devise ways and means to frustrate the enemy and preoccupy the field. These men think they have been doing a very wise work, but the Judgment will show what has been the character of their warfare and what has been lost to Christ through their maneuvering. Let us now wake up. There is earnest work to be done. If we will draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to us.  {1SAT 297.1}
[1SAT 297.2]          Slumbering watchmen, what of the night? Do you not know the time of night? Do you feel no burden to lift the danger signal and give the warnings for this time? If you do not, come down from the walls of Zion, for God will not entrust you with the light He has to give. Light is only given to those who will reflect that light upon others. "We all, with open face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord" ［2 Corinthians 3:18］.  {1SAT 297.2}
[1SAT 297.3]          Lift the standard. The minister of the gospel must not give all his attention to sermonizing. The church of God must be kept in order. There is ministering to be done. The sick are to be visited. Men and women are to be educated after the divine model. "It is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed. The night is                                           -298-     far spent, the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light" ［Romans 13:12］.  {1SAT 297.3}
[1SAT 298.1]          The grace of Christ received in the soul will work as an educator. The trust received in the heart will purify the soul. The religion of Jesus Christ never makes the receiver coarse and rough and uncourteous. Truth is delicate and elevating. It acts as a refiner. It sanctifies the soul. The constant influence of truth trains the soul after Christ's pattern, and molds and fashions the character for the courts above. It is a grand principle which must be brought into the daily practical life.  {1SAT 298.1}
[1SAT 298.2]          There is no danger of belittling the mind by giving attention to the little things of life with which we have to do. Any negligence of acts of politeness and tender regard on the part of brother for brother, any neglect of kind, encouraging words in the family circle, parents with children and children with parents, confirms habits which make the character unChristlike. But if these little things are performed, they become great things. They increase to large proportions. They breathe a sweet perfume in the life which ascends to God as holy incense. An angel presence is in the home. Love is manifested in kindness, gentleness, forbearance, and longsuffering.  {1SAT 298.2}
[1SAT 298.3]          The man who accepts the position of being ［a］ mouthpiece for God should consider it highly essential that he present the truth with all the grace and intelligence he can, that the truth may lose nothing in his presentation of it to the people. Those who consider it a little thing to speak with an                                           -299-     imperfect utterance, dishonor God. God is not glorified when His servants, in holding forth the word of life pitch their voices to a high key, and talk in loud, unnatural tones. By so doing they abuse the organs of speech. God enjoins us, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect" ［Matthew 5:48］. "Whom we preach, warning every man, and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus" ［Colossians 1:28］.  {1SAT 298.3}
[1SAT 299.1]         The apostle Paul could say: ［Acts 20:18-20, quoted］.--Manuscript 107, 1898. (MR 900.30)  {1SAT 299.1}
[1SAT 300.1]       The Will of God Concerning You         Through the apostle John God sends the message to His people in these last days: ［Revelation 3:15-18, quoted］.  {1SAT 300.1}
[1SAT 300.2]          As a people we are in danger of being separated from the Sun of righteousness. We are to be sanctified to God through obedience to the truth. Our conscience must be purged from dead works to serve the living God. Sanctification means perfect love, perfect obedience, entire conformity to the will of God. If your lives are conformed to the life of Christ through the sanctification of mind, soul, and body, our example will have a powerful influence on the world. We are not perfect, but it is our privilege to cut away from the entanglements of self and sin, and go on unto perfection. "We all with open face, beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord."  {1SAT 300.2}
[1SAT 300.3]         Christ in His prayer to the Father, said: ［John 17:15-23, quoted］.  {1SAT 300.3}
[1SAT 300.4]          These are grand and uplifting truths. Great possibilities, high and holy attainments, are placed within the reach of all who have true faith. Shall we not anoint our eyes with eyesalve, that we may discern the wondrous things here brought before us? Why do we not with persevering earnestness, work out this prayer, advancing onward and upward, reaching the standard of holiness? We are laborers together with God, and we must work in harmony with one another and with God, "for it is God which worketh in . . . ［us］ both to will and to do of his good pleasure."                                           -301-  {1SAT 300.4}
[1SAT 301.1]          When I was a child," Paul said, "I spake as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things" ［1 Corinthians 13:11］. How many men there are who have grown to man's estate, but have not outgrown their childhood, who bring the defects of their child-life into their religious experience. "Brethren be not children in understanding: howbeit in malice be ye children, but in understanding men" ［1 Corinthians 14:20］.  {1SAT 301.1}
[1SAT 301.2]          The Lord takes no pleasure in seeing us spiritually weak. "God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us." We have conflicts and trials to meet, but we need not fail or be discouraged. The apostle says, "We are troubled on every side, yet not distressed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; persecuted, but not forsaken; cast down, but not destroyed; always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life also of Jesus might be made manifest in our body" ［2 Corinthians 4:8-10］.  {1SAT 301.2}
[1SAT 301.3]          It is the supposed little sins that will exclude us from heaven. We cannot carry with us a part of our sinful selves, that sensitiveness which is always ready to be hurt and cry out. Our refusal to let self die and our life be hid with Christ in God, will leave us in unbelief and transgression of the law. The gospel has not abolished the law, or detracted one tittle from its claims. It still demands holiness in every part. There is no such thing as making the law void through faith in Christ. The law is the echo                                           -302-     of God's own voice, giving to every soul the invitation, Come up higher; be holy, holier still.  {1SAT 301.3}
[1SAT 302.1]          If we would press forward to "the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus," we must show that we are emptied of all self, and supplied with the golden oil which through the two golden pipes is communicated by the two anointed ones who stand by the Lord of the whole earth. God is dealing with us through His grace and providence. From eternity He has chosen us to be His obedient children. He gave His Son to die for us, that we might be sanctified through obedience to the truth, cleansed from all the littleness and cheapness of self. As a people, we are far behind. A personal work is needed, a personal surrender of self. We are to be controlled by the Holy Spirit. "Ye are the light of the world . . . Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." God can only be honored when we who profess to believe in Him are conformed to His image. We are to represent to the world the beauty of holiness, and we shall never enter the gates of the city of God until we perfect a Christlike character. If we, with trust in God, strive for sanctification, we shall receive it. Then as witnesses for Christ, we are to make known what the grace of God has wrought in us.  {1SAT 302.1}
[1SAT 302.2]          The greatest disquietude we can have is uncertainty. The acceptance of the blessings of God brings righteousness and peace. The fruit of righteousness is quietness and assurance forever. We must have simplicity and Godlike sincerity. We must have that wisdom which cometh from above. Our Christian experience must be animated by piety, and instinct with the divine life.                                           -303-  {1SAT 302.2}
[1SAT 303.1]          You strike too low, my brethren. Set your mark high. Let your works be in harmony with the works of Jesus Christ. It is the privilege of all to grow up to the full stature of men and women in Christ Jesus. "This is the will of God, even your sanctification" ［1 Thessalonians 4:3］. Is it your will also? With intensity of desire, long after God; yea, pant after Him, as the hart panteth after the water brooks. Press to the mark of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus.  {1SAT 303.1}
[1SAT 303.2]         Why do not all who have named the name of Christ put on Christ? Why do they not awake from their indifference, arouse from the lukewarm state, their self-satisfied condition? God's people must have a fixed purpose. They will never be holy until they put all the energy of their being into the work of conforming to the will of God.--Ms. 38, 1899. (MR 900.18)  {1SAT 303.2}
[1SAT 304.1]      Talk Faith, and Move Forward         (The closing address presented at the Australasian Union Conference session, Cooranbong, N.S.W., July 23, 1899.)            "These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee: As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent. I have glorified Thee on the earth: I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do" (John 17:1-4)  {1SAT 304.1}
[1SAT 304.2]          While we know Christ in one sense, that He is the Saviour of the world, it means more than this. We must have a personal knowledge and experience in Christ Jesus, an experimental knowledge of Christ, what He is to us, and what we are to Christ. That is the experience that everyone wants. Now, I cannot have it for any of you, nor can you have it for me. The work that is to be done for us, is to be through the manifestation of the Holy Spirit of God upon human minds and human hearts. The heart must be purified and sanctified.  {1SAT 304.2}
[1SAT 304.3]          I need not tell any of you that it is so, because you know it. Not one of us needs to feel a doubt as to where we are, or to think, "I wish I knew where I stood before God," but, by living faith, we must sink ourselves in God; and when we do that, His life will shine upon us. There is not a particle of need of our being in a state of inefficiency and coldness.                                           -305-  {1SAT 304.3}
[1SAT 305.1]          What is the matter with us? "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not, and it shall be given him." It shall be given him. There are no "ifs" nor "ands" about it. "But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering" (James 1:5, 6).  {1SAT 305.1}
[1SAT 305.2]         You pray, and ask God for wisdom, strength, and efficiency, and feel you must have them. But perhaps, right after that prayer, it will seem as though a hellish shadow of Satan was cast right athwart your pathway, and you see nothing beyond. What was that? Why, the devil wanted to obscure your faith in that cloud. But there is no necessity for you to do that. Is feeling to be our criterion, or is it to be the word of the living God? Are we to sink our faith in the cloud? That is what Satan wants us to do. But we should not give him so much pleasure as that. What are we going to do?  {1SAT 305.2}
[1SAT 305.3]          I have had that cloud settle upon me at times, but I knew that God was there just the same. Since this conference began, I have hardly been able at times to sit up. When I came to the meeting first, I came by faith, and I didn't know as I could say anything. I had been in such terrible sickness that I could hardly tell my own name. But I said, I shall go; I am going to put myself in the channel of light, and there I am going to remain; then I shall expect the Lord to help me. (I have a great deal of talking to do with the Lord in the night, and I always know He will help me.) When I came in here I was so weak I did not know if I could speak or not. But you know how He gave strength to me, and the last time when I read that long paper to you, He gave me strength, and I thank Him that I had strength to do it. I have been astonished at the measure of strength given me.                                           -306-  {1SAT 305.3}
[1SAT 306.1]          "Ask in faith, nothing wavering." Don't let one single suggestion of the devil come in. It is to be "nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea" (verse 6). The Lord will do great things for us if we will only show our trust in Him.  {1SAT 306.1}
[1SAT 306.2]         I remember when I was in Switzerland, the darkness of the enemy came over the pathway when I was trying to do a work for God there. I wanted them to do a special work in erecting some buildings, and I tried every way to bring them around. Finally, after standing there so long, and I could do no more, the meeting closed, and I went in my room. I said, I will take right hold of the promises of God, and those promises are "yea, and amen," and I believe they are mine.  {1SAT 306.2}
[1SAT 306.3]          Well, I said, "Lord teach me what to do in this emergency, for I am not going to give this up, or waver in the matter at all." Now, the Lord helps them that are of one mind, and it had seemed that there were as many different minds as there were different people. We wanted a school building and a meeting place.  {1SAT 306.3}
[1SAT 306.4]          While I was praying, I said, "I put my trust in Thee. Thou wilt keep that which I have committed to Thee. Thou must strengthen my faith." I kept holding right on; and as I prayed it seemed that the sweet Spirit of God just went right through the room, wave after wave, and every particle of unbelief or anything like it was brushed away, and we carried every point; and so the building was put up.  {1SAT 306.4}
[1SAT 306.5]          What we want is that faith that will not let go, a faith that will not fail or be discouraged. I know your faith is to be tried, and I know the                                           -307-     banner of truth has got to be lifted in places all around here. "Why," says one, "how can we do all this if the Lord is coming so soon?" Why, the Lord can do more in one hour than we can do in a whole lifetime, and when He sees that His people are fully consecrated, let me tell you a great work will be done in a short time, and the message of truth is to be carried into the dark places of the earth, where it has never been proclaimed.  {1SAT 306.5}
[1SAT 307.1]          When we first came to Melbourne I was very sick. Some of you know something about that. I had to be propped up with pillows, and they would carry me in their arms up into their hall, and there I would speak to the people. But all the time I had the presence and blessing of God. It was a most precious time to me.  {1SAT 307.1}
[1SAT 307.2]          When we come to the hardest places, we may know that all heaven is interested and will bear us up, if we will not fail or be discouraged. Cling to the mighty One. Do not talk unbelief at all, because the more you talk unbelief the more unbelief you will have; and the more you talk darkness, the more darkness you will have; and the more you talk light, the more light you will have; and the more you talk faith, you will have faith.  {1SAT 307.2}
[1SAT 307.3]          I want to read a few more verses. ［Verses 14-19, quoted.］ The truth of God must sanctify the whole man, body and soul. It is not the truth to you unless you practice it.  {1SAT 307.3}
[1SAT 307.4]         Our precious Jesus gave up all heaven to come to this world that He might sanctify us through the truth. Will we be sanctified? In His life and example, His lessons and His words, there was the sanctification of the Spirit of God. Sanctification was upon Him for us. God Himself worked                                           -308-     through humanity, just as humanity must work through humanity. That is why He took humanity upon Himself that He might teach humanity how to work for itself. He took humanity that He might experience death in our behalf, that we might have life and immortality through His life and death.  {1SAT 307.4}
[1SAT 308.1]          "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word" (verse 20). Now, that prayer of Christ's is for us that we may be sanctified through the truth. "That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me" (verse 21). Get out the coldness from your heart; get out the evil surmisings; get out every bad thought; and let the Lord Jesus take the throne of the heart and reign there.  {1SAT 308.1}
[1SAT 308.2]         "And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them" (verse 22). The character that God gave Him, He has given us. "That they may be one, even as we are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me" (verse 22, 23).  {1SAT 308.2}
[1SAT 308.3]         Can we take that in? It is a wonderful thing, that God loves them that believe on Him as He loves Christ Himself. We are made one with God, and we want that oneness. We want to seek Him earnestly for the faith once delivered to the saints, and we want the spirit of the Third Angel's message. We want to realize that the end of all things is at hand; that speech is a talent; and that faith is the gift of God; and we must work and pray that God may preserve that faith.                                           -309-  {1SAT 308.3}
[1SAT 309.1]         You must put your foot right on the Word, and say, I believe; I will believe; I will press to the mark of the prize, and everything that hinders me shall be swept away; I will not allow anything to interpose between my soul and God.  {1SAT 309.1}
[1SAT 309.2]          No, the dark shadow of Satan will come right across our pathway if we let our faith sink into it. But we must do as the eagle does when he is in the cloud and bewildered in the fog. He does not go one way and another as though distracted, but presses upward through the cloud, until he comes into the light above. And so we should press upward beyond the hellish shadow of Satan, when he tries to eclipse the rays of light that come from God.  {1SAT 309.2}
[1SAT 309.3]          Now, we want the life of Christ in our hearts to make us one, and there will be united action. We must press to the mark of the prize of the high calling which is in Christ Jesus our Lord; and what we need is that living, active faith that takes God at His word. We must have it, and God will let us have it if we will.  {1SAT 309.3}
[1SAT 309.4]          We must not be discouraged. We want to get rid of unbelief; we do not want to talk it, or act it, or think it, but press forward to the mark of the prize of the high calling that is in Christ Jesus our Lord. I feel anxious, because I know that the time has come when God's people should put on their beautiful garments. "Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee." It is the word of infinite power that He wants you to eat and drink. He wants you to eat His flesh and drink His blood, and then the power of God will be in your midst. Then the voice will be touched with a peculiar power.                                           -310-  {1SAT 309.4}
[1SAT 310.1]          After the passing of the time in 1844, I remember we were a sorrowful little company. There was a little boy who had twenty-five cents, and he threw it into the mud puddle, because he said he would not need it, for the Lord was coming. And afterward he was seen hunting in the mud puddle for his twenty-five cents. I thought, How many of us would do just like that. There was one brother who had been out praying with others, and he began to say in a loud voice, "Great, great, great is the Lord; and greatly to be praised." I think he repeated that over many times, and his face was shining. Before he finished, the power of God was upon us. While it is true that we were disappointed, yet we had the blessing of God.  {1SAT 310.1}
[1SAT 310.2]          "And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book" (Daniel 12:1). Let everyone inquire, "Is my name written there?" Do not think about your brethren and sisters for fear they are not ready, but think about yourself. You want to know where you are, and to know that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. You want to be constantly singing, and when you do that you will stop your criticizing. If you are beholding Him, you will not have time for anything else. And if you see His face, it will be reflected in your face, and all this mourning and groaning is dishonoring God, for "whoso offereth praise, glorifieth God."  {1SAT 310.2}
[1SAT 310.3]          You are going to have trials in your churches because there are murmurers and complainers and faultfinders there. Go straight ahead and be                                           -311-     cheerful. And when Brother Irwin and Brother Haskell return to America, they are going to have trials there. Do not let your head be cast down, or feel discouraged, but go forward, firm in Jesus Christ, keeping your eye fixed on the crown of life which Christ, the righteous judge, shall give you in that day.  {1SAT 310.3}
[1SAT 311.1]          Just keep praising God, and when the devil tempts you, sing. When Christ was a child He was tempted in every way, and what did He do? He sang psalms, and praised God, and there was music in His voice. And there was an impression made upon the hearts and minds of those who heard Him. He wants you to have heaven in view, and heaven is a good deal nearer than you think. God's holy, anointed ones are right by you, and here is His church, the greatest object of His love that it is possible for Him to have. He is watching over every one of us.  {1SAT 311.1}
[1SAT 311.2]          I love Him because He first loved me. I love Him because He gave His life for me. And God forbid that I should be a coward. When the children of Israel went out to fight, God told them to sing, and as soon as they began to sing, their enemies fled, for they saw the whole army of heaven before them. They were afraid of their destruction and fled. God wants us to vanquish the enemy. Let us pray as we never prayed before. We do not pray half enough. We ought to pray and have regular praise meetings together. May God bless you, and may the Spirit of God be with us.-- Manuscript 93a, 1899. (MR 900.31)  {1SAT 311.2}
[1SAT 312.1]       Words to Students         I am glad to see so many students here this morning. Students, you may have the best and wisest teachers to be found in our world, but they cannot make your heart ready to receive the Lord. You must do this work for yourself. Your teachers cannot think for you or act for you. The question each student should ask himself is, Am I determined to develop a character which God can approve? You may give yourselves up to float with the current, or you may struggle bravely onward and still onward. Ask yourselves, How can I conduct myself so that I shall be approved by God? The approval of God is worth more than all else in our world. If you will set your mark high, if you will make the most of your opportunities and privileges, wherever you are, whatever your position, you will be given strength and courage to persevere. You will not be wanting in bright, keen ideas. We have the precious Word of God to give us encouragement, and if we are determined to keep ever before us the fear of God--the beginning of wisdom--we shall be learners in the school of Christ.  {1SAT 312.1}
[1SAT 312.2]          You may set for yourselves a low standard. You may cling to cheap, common ideas. But if you do this, you will leave the school cheap and common. You may make up your mind that while in school you have not a moment to lose, that this is a time large with important results; and that therefore you must improve every opportunity presented to you. Doing this, you will go from school purer and holier for your stay.  {1SAT 312.2}
[1SAT 312.3]          What may come in a few months from now is impossible to say. You may never have another opportunity to attend the school in Cooranbong. But now,                                            -313-     just now, at the very beginning of this school year, seek God with the whole heart, and He will be found of you. Our God watches over the children of men. And the angels of light--thousands upon thousands of them--what are they doing? What is their work? "Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation?" ［Hebrews 1:14］. Constantly the battle between the army of Christ and the army of Satan is going on. The angels of God are round about us as a wall of fire. We need them, for Satan is always seeking to cast his hellish shadow between us and God. But God's angels press back the powers of darkness; Satan cannot hurt us if we trust in the Lord.  {1SAT 312.3}
[1SAT 313.1]          God has a church in the world, and this church is nearer to His heart than anything else in this earth. He holds communication with His church. He gives individuals ability and talents, and imparts to them of His Spirit, that they may be the guardians of His church, to watch over the interests of His people. These are His stewards, and He has placed some of them in this school, to watch over the youth who may attend. Students, when you see that they have a kindly interest in you, respond to it for Christ's sake. Place yourselves on the right side. Be determined that you will not be found under the black banner of the prince of darkness, that you will fight under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel.  {1SAT 313.1}
[1SAT 313.2]          Christ has given you talents, and these talents He expects you to improve. To one He gives ten talents, to another five, and to another one. He gives to each according to his several ability. If the man with one talent will improve that talent to the utmost of his ability, he will be given other talents. To these, as they are faithfully improved, will be added others. Thus the talents continually increase. But supposing a man                                            -314-     has only one talent and gains only one? If his work has been in proportion to his ability, he will be just as surely rewarded as the man who gains a larger number of talents.  {1SAT 313.2}
[1SAT 314.1]          Those who make the most of their opportunities, who place themselves in right relation with God, will be rewarded even as was Daniel. We read of him, "Daniel purposed in his heart that he would not defile himself with the portion of the king's meat, nor with the wine which he drank: therefore he requested the prince of the eunuchs that he might not defile himself. Now God had brought Daniel into favour and tender love with the prince of the eunuchs. And the prince of the eunuchs said unto Daniel, I fear my lord the king; . . . for why should he see your faces worse liking than the children which are of your sort? then shall ye make me endanger my head to the king" ［Daniel 1:8-10］. "Prove thy servants, I beseech thee, ten days," Daniel said, "and let them give us pulse to eat, and water to drink. Then let our countenances be looked upon before thee, and the countenance of the children that eat of the ［portion of the］ king's meat: and as thou seest, deal with thy servants. So he consented to them in this matter, and proved them ten days. And at the end of ten days their countenances appeared fairer and fatter in flesh than all the children which did eat the portion of the king's meat" ［verses 12-15］.  {1SAT 314.1}
[1SAT 314.2]         God gave Daniel and his companions "knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom: and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams. Now at the end of the days that the king had said he should bring them in, then the prince of the eunuchs brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar. And the king communed with them; . . . and in all matters of wisdom and understanding, . . . he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm" ［verses 17-20］.                                            -315-  {1SAT 314.2}
[1SAT 315.1]         Babylon was at this time the greatest kingdom in the world. God permitted Daniel and his companions to be taken captive that they might take to the king and nobles of Babylon the knowledge of Him, the only true God, the Creator of the heavens and the earth.  {1SAT 315.1}
[1SAT 315.2]          God brought Daniel into favor with the prince of the eunuchs because he behaved himself. He kept before him the fear of the Lord. His companions never saw in his life anything that would lead them astray. Those who had charge over him loved him because he carried with him the fragrance of a Christlike disposition. You may say, But I have not a good disposition. If in the past your disposition has been bad, now is the time to seek to make it good. The term is just about to commence. Begin now to obtain the victory over self. God will help you.  {1SAT 315.2}
[1SAT 315.3]          No one need place himself where he is out of touch with everybody else, where he fancies that no one will care, no matter what he does or says. Students, each one of you has a different disposition, a different mind. The work of your teachers is necessarily very hard. You can make it harder by giving way to selfishness. You may help them by working together in harmony.  {1SAT 315.3}
[1SAT 315.4]          God cooperates with human effort. Daniel might have said, Of course, I must eat as the king commands. But instead, he resolved to obey God, and God began at once to help him. So when you are determined that you will obey the divine command, God will cooperate with you, making you witnesses of which heaven approves. Christ says, "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect" ［Matthew 5:48］. This is your work --to gain perfection of character. Set your mark high, and then be determined to reach it. If a fellow-student asks you to go contrary to the rules                                            -316-     of the school, answer him with a decided No. Say, I will have no part in this matter. The fear of God is before me. I love God, and I will keep His commandments. Act in this way, and you will receive brain-power. God will strengthen you as He strengthened Daniel.  {1SAT 315.4}
[1SAT 316.1]          I want to begin to do my talking at the beginning of the school year, because as I shall speak to you from time to time, I do not want you to feel that I have heard of your wrong course, and am hitting at you. I want to stand right by your side. I want to help every one of you. I present you before God in my prayers. I want you to take hold with me. How? "Let him take hold of my strength," God says, "that he may make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me" ［Isaiah 27:5］. Daniel not only made peace with God, in making peace with God he made peace with one who knew not God.  {1SAT 316.1}
[1SAT 316.2]          Help your fellow-students to cooperate with God. Help them to cooperate with the prayers which I have heard rising in their behalf. As God's people bow before Him, they pray that His angels may watch over the students in this school.  {1SAT 316.2}
[1SAT 316.3]          Students, you know not in what position you may be placed. God may use you as He used Daniel to take the knowledge of the truth to the mighty of the earth. It rests with you to say whether you will have knowledge and skill. God can give you skill in all your learning. He can help you to adapt yourselves to the line of study you shall take up. Place yourselves in right relation to God. Make this your first interest. Gather up right principles, noble principles, uplifting principles. Then when visitors come to the school, they will be impressed that the students are receiving the right education. God desires you to be witnesses for Him. He desires you to draw in right lines. As you do this, he will give you skill and wisdom and                                            -317-     understanding. You will advance step by step, for God does not want you to stand still. He wants you to run in the way of His commandments, constantly moving forward and upward.  {1SAT 316.3}
[1SAT 317.1]         God is connected with the threads of our existence. He knows every thought of the heart, every action of the life. Then strive to live in harmony with Him. Seek to reach a high standard. Your teachers will help you, heavenly angels will help you, and, more than that, Christ will help you. The Prince of life is more interested than anyone else in your salvation. You can do Him honor by showing that you appreciate what He has done for you. You can glorify Him and make the angels glad by revealing in your life that He has not died in vain. Be determined that opposite your names in the books of heaven shall be written the word, Overcomer. Then all discontent and unhappiness will vanish. Your hearts will be filled with peace and joy in the Holy Spirit.--Ms. 13, 1900. ("Words to Students." Feb. 2, 1900.) (MR 900.4)  {1SAT 317.1}
[1SAT 318.1]      The Christian Life             Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White in the Tabernacle, April 14, 1901                (General Conference session, Battle Creek, Michigan.)            "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal. But lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.  {1SAT 318.1}
[1SAT 318.2]          "The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness, If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness" (Matthew 6:19-23).  {1SAT 318.2}
[1SAT 318.3]          Christ is the light of the world. In all that we do, let us walk in this light. In the Word of God our work is laid out before us. Let us not think that the Lord has given us talents to use in whatever way we please. Our talents are given us to hold in trust for Him. Our money is His. In its use we are to remember that Christ gave His precious life that we might have a probation in which to make a suitable preparation for the future life. "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's" (1 Corinthians 6:19, 20).  {1SAT 318.3}
[1SAT 318.4]         This present life is our time of test and trial. God placed Adam and Eve in the beautiful garden of Eden, saying to them, "Of every tree in the garden thou mayest freely eat." But there was one prohibition. "Of the                                            -319-     tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it; for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die" (Genesis 2:16, 17). God wished to test and try the beings He had made, to see if they would be loyal and true to Him.  {1SAT 318.4}
[1SAT 319.1]         In this prohibition Satan saw a chance to misrepresent God. Disguised as a serpent he came to Adam and Eve, saying, The reason God has forbidden you to eat of that fruit is because He knows that if you do eat of it, you will be as gods. You will become wise. And they did become wise--wise in knowing the evil which God meant them never to know.  {1SAT 319.1}
[1SAT 319.2]          After Adam and Eve had yielded to the tempter, the covering of light, their garment of innocence, was taken from them. "The eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons." In the past they had been glad to see their Creator when He came to walk and talk with them. Now in their sinfulness they were afraid to meet Him. Hearing the voice of God in the garden, they "hid themselves from the presence of the Lord God amongst the trees of the garden. And the Lord God called unto Adam, and said unto him, Where art thou; and he said, I heard thy voice in the garden, and I was afraid, because I was naked and hid myself." "Who told thee that thou wast naked?" God asked. "Hast thou eaten of the tree, whereof I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat?" Then Adam did that which it is natural for all human beings to do. He threw the blame on someone else. "The woman whom thou gavest to be with me," he said, "she gave me of the tree, and I did eat." (See Genesis 3:7-12).                                           -320-  {1SAT 319.2}
[1SAT 320.1]          God told Adam that because of his disobedience the ground should be cursed. "In sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life; thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth unto thee. . . . In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou taken; for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return" (Genesis 3:17-19).  {1SAT 320.1}
[1SAT 320.2]          The floodgates of woe were opened upon our world. All nature must feel the effects of sin. But God did not leave Adam without a ray of hope. He gave him the promise which ever since has brightened the pathway of the faithful. He said to the serpent, "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel" (Genesis 3:15).  {1SAT 320.2}
[1SAT 320.3]          Good and evil are set before us. Which are we choosing? Are we serving and glorifying self, losing sight of the light of the world, or are we denying self and following the Redeemer? Christ is the propitiation for our sins. Laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, He stepped from His high command, and clothed His divinity with humanity. For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. (See 2 Corinthians 8:9).  {1SAT 320.3}
[1SAT 320.4]          To us has been given the privilege of laying up treasure in heaven. This we may do by following Christ. He came to our world to demonstrate to the universe that man, his eyes fixed upon God, can be an overcomer. Thus was fulfilled the promise that the seed of the woman should bruise the serpent's head. Christ humiliated Himself to stand at the head of humanity, that we might be heirs to an immortal inheritance in the kingdom of glory.                                           -321-  {1SAT 320.4}
[1SAT 321.1]          When Christ came to John for baptism, John refused to baptize Him, saying, "I have need to be baptized of thee, and comest thou to me?" "Suffer it to be so now," Christ said, "for thus it becometh us to fulfil all righteousness." (See Matthew 3:14, 15). Provision has been made that when man repents and takes the steps requisite in conversion, he shall be forgiven. When he is baptized in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, these three great powers are pledged to work in his behalf. And man on his part, as he goes down into the water, to be buried in the likeness of Christ's death and raised in the likeness of His resurrection, pledges himself to worship the true and living God, to come out from the world and be separate, to keep the law of Jehovah.  {1SAT 321.1}
[1SAT 321.2]         When Christ bowed on the banks of Jordan and offered up prayer to heaven, it was in our behalf that He prayed. And as He prayed, the heavens were opened, and the glory of God like a dove of burnished gold rested upon Him, while from the highest heaven was heard a voice, saying, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased" (Matthew 3:17). This is heaven's pledge in behalf of humanity. Christ's prayer was offered for us. We are accepted in the Beloved. What an incentive this should be to us to strive earnestly and perseveringly to please our Saviour, to live so that He shall not have died for us in vain!  {1SAT 321.2}
[1SAT 321.3]          Think of the possibilities and probabilities before us. We can have all the strength of heaven; for when God gave Christ to our world, He gave all heaven. The Saviour's long human arm encircles the race, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. We are sinful, but Christ                                           -322-     is sinless, and through Him we may stand on vantage ground with God. "God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life" (John 3:16). There is no excuse for any man or woman to lose eternal life. Everyone can gain heaven, but God will not force anyone to accept the provisions He has made. God forces no one to obey. Neither does He place anyone in a position where he will be tempted above that he is able to bear.  {1SAT 321.3}
[1SAT 322.1]          We have everything to be thankful for. Never ought Christians to move along like a band of mourners in a funeral train. God does not require this of His followers. He does not ask them to spread sackcloth and ashes under them. "Is it such a fast that I have chosen?" he asks; "a day for a man to afflict his soul? Is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? Wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day unto the Lord?" God tells us what kind of a fast He has chosen. "Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke?" This is the fast he wishes us to observe. "Is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?" (Isaiah 58:5-7). In these words our duty is outlined. God shows us where we should place our treasures. As we follow in the path of self-denial and self-sacrifice, helping the needy and suffering, we shall lay up treasure before the throne of God.  {1SAT 322.1}
[1SAT 322.2]          The advantage this will be to us is shown in the following words:                                         -323-  {1SAT 322.2}
[1SAT 323.1]          "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily; and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward. Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and he shall say, 'Here I am'" (Isaiah 58:8, 9). Here is shown action and reaction. As we impart the goods the Lord has lent us in trust, we receive more to impart, and blessing comes to us. As we take hold upon Christ as a personal Saviour, we are enabled to do "all things."  {1SAT 323.1}
[1SAT 323.2]         Christ is not dead. He has proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, "I am the resurrection and the life" (John 11:25). Satan has thrown his dark shadow across our pathway, but let not our faith falter. Rather, let it cleave through the shadows to the place where Christ sits as our Intercessor. Satan is trying to hide the light of heaven from us, but he cannot do this if we will cling to the mighty One. Call upon the Lord, and He will answer, "Here am I." Cooperate with God in striving against the enemy. Put on the Lord Jesus Christ, and be determined that you will be temperate in all things.  {1SAT 323.2}
[1SAT 323.3]          Remember that there is a world to save. We are to act our part, standing close by the side of Christ as His co-laborers. He is the head; we are His helping hand. He designs that we, by doing medical missionary work, shall undo the heavy burdens and let the oppressed go free. Let us not close our eyes to the misery around us or our ears to the cries of distress which are continually ascending. Christ is the greatest missionary the world has ever known. He came to uplift and cheer the sorrowing and distressed, and in this work we are to cooperate with Him.                                           -324-  {1SAT 323.3}
[1SAT 324.1]          Intemperance is seen on every side. What are you doing to overcome it? What are you doing to baffle the efforts of the enemy? Are you standing for the right as did Daniel in the courts of Babylon? He was tempted, but he would not swerve from the principles of right. He refused to partake of the food and wine from the king's table, and requested that he and his companions be allowed a simpler diet. His request was granted, and ten days' trial revealed that the Hebrew youth possessed health and fairness of countenance which were not possessed by those who had eaten of the food from the king's table. Let us be Daniels in this world of temptation and trial, standing steadfastly for the right because it is right.  {1SAT 324.1}
[1SAT 324.2]          "No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon" (Matthew 6:24). If you center your thoughts upon the world, you will be worldly; you cannot help but be. But if you weave into your life the principles of heaven, keeping your attention fixed on Christ, you will be prepared for association with the angels. Remember that God wants you to bring Christ into your business transactions just as surely as into the house of prayer. He wants us to bear the testimony that in a world corrupted by sin, human beings can live untainted by worldliness. He wants us to show that we are standing under the bloodstained banner of prince Emmanuel. He does not tell us that the path to heaven is a smooth one. He takes us to an eminence and shows us the powers of darkness arrayed against us. But He tells us that more than men are in the army fighting on the side of right. "Be of good cheer," he says, "I have overcome the world" (John 16:33).                                           -325-  {1SAT 324.2}
[1SAT 325.1]          After assuring us that we cannot serve two masters, Christ says, "Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment" (Matthew 6:25). What we need is the robe of Christ's righteousness. Christ says that He will take away our sins, and cover us with His righteousness.  {1SAT 325.1}
[1SAT 325.2]          Fathers and mothers, God has placed the younger members of His family under your care. Are you fitting them to live that life which measures with the life of God? Are you teaching them by example to hide the life with Christ in God, to believe in Him, to love Him? God said of Abraham, "I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment" (Genesis 18:19). Now, as then, this is what God requires from parents. He wants them to educate their children in such a way that when they go forth into the world, they will resist the temptations which beset them on every side.  {1SAT 325.2}
[1SAT 325.3]          Parents, God desires you to make your family a sample of the family in heaven. Guard your children. Be kind and tender with them. Father, mother, and children are to be joined together with the golden links of love. One well-ordered, well-disciplined family is a greater power in demonstrating the efficiency of Christianity than all the sermons in the world. When fathers and mothers realize how their children copy them, they will watch carefully every word and gesture.  {1SAT 325.3}
[1SAT 325.4]          Educate your children from their babyhood to be cheerful and obedient. Teach them to help you. Tell them that they are a part of the firm, and                                           -326-     that you need their help, so that you will be spared to care for them. "Oh," say some mothers, "my children bother me when they try to help me." So did mine, but do you think I let them know it? Praise your children. Teach them, line upon line, precept upon precept. This is better than reading novels, better than making calls, better than following the fashions of the world. We shall go through this life but once. We cannot afford to fail of reaching the goal for which Christ has told us to strive.  {1SAT 325.4}
[1SAT 326.1]          Do you teach your children to pray? It pays to be a praying household. The world is given up to horse racing and games. Are you teaching your children to run with patience the race for the crown of life? Those who run in the races of this world are temperate in all things, knowing that if they succeed they must keep the powers of the body in the best condition. How important, then, that those who are running the race for immortality be temperate in all things, that they may serve God acceptably.  {1SAT 326.1}
[1SAT 326.2]          Close the windows of the soul earthward and open them wide heavenward. If you let the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness flood the soul temple, you will not be cross or irritable in your home. If you put away from you tobacco and liquor and all that tends of intemperance, the Lord will help you to be cheerful and serene. He does not want us to live on the flesh of animals. He has something better for us--fruits and grains. He wants us to be strictly temperate. He wants us to teach our children to be temperate, to practice self-denial.  {1SAT 326.2}
[1SAT 326.3]          Let us make straight paths for our feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. If we allow our children to associate with evil companions, they                                           -327-     will by beholding become changed. They will lose the sense of repulsion to evil. Let us do all in our power to keep them from the evil that is in the world. Some years ago, while rowing on Lake Goguac with my husband, we saw a beautiful lily. I asked my husband to get it for me, and to pluck it with as long a stem as he could. He did so, and I examined it. In the stem was a channel through which flowed the nourishment best suited to the development of the lily. This nourishment it took, refusing the vileness with which it was surrounded. It had a connection with the sand far below the surface, and from there drew the sustenance which caused it to develop in its loveliness.  {1SAT 326.3}
[1SAT 327.1]          Christ says, "Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these" (Matthew 6:28, 29). No artist can produce the beautiful tints which God gives to the flowers. "Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith?" (Matthew 6:30).  {1SAT 327.1}
[1SAT 327.2]         Nature is our lesson book. Christ used the objects of nature to impress truth on the minds of His hearers. Let us point our children to these things. When they are impatient and fretful, take them into the garden, and teach them the lessons found in the flowers and fruits.  {1SAT 327.2}
[1SAT 327.3]          "Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or Wherewithal shall we be clothed? . . . for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the kingdom                                            -328-     of God and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you. Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof" (Matthew 6:31-34).  {1SAT 327.3}
[1SAT 328.1]          Let us do all we can to show our children that there is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. Let us teach them to strive for everlasting life. And remember that you will not help them by scolding. This stirs up the worst passions of the human heart. Make home pleasant. Be kind and gentle, but at the same time, be firm, requiring obedience.  {1SAT 328.1}
[1SAT 328.2]          I have brought up children who by others were pronounced incorrigible. I never struck them a blow. I won their love and their confidence. They knew that I would ask them to do nothing but what was for their happiness. I did not whip them, knowing that this would not make them righteous. Prayer was my strength. Bring your children up in the admonition of the Lord, and you have fitted them to work in the church, you have fitted them to go forth into missionary fields, you have fitted them to shine in the courts of the Lord.  {1SAT 328.2}
[1SAT 328.3]          Parents, do not try to follow the ever-changing fashions of this degenerate age. It does not pay. At the last day God will ask you, "What have you done with my flock, my beautiful flock?" (See Jeremiah 13:20.) How will you answer Him if you have betrayed your trust? For Christ's sake I beseech you to guard your children. Do not be cross or hasty. Give them happy things to think of.                                          -329-  {1SAT 328.3}
[1SAT 329.1]          Christ gave His life for our children and for us, because He desired us to form characters after the divine similitude, that we may enter in through the gates into the holy city, and hear from the divine lips the benediction, "Well done, good and faithful servant, . . . enter thou into the joy of thy Lord" (Matthew 25:23). Do you not want to hear these words? Strive with all the power God has given you to gain the crown of everlasting life, that you may cast it at the feet of the Redeemer, and touching the golden harp, fill all heaven with rich music. God help you to gain eternal life, that you may see His face.--Ms. 31, 1901. (MR 900.3)  {1SAT 329.1}
[1SAT 330.1]      The Student's Privilege  ［PORTION OF AN ADDRESS  GIVEN AT THE OPENING OF THE FERNANDO, CALIFORNIA, SCHOOL, OCT. 1, 1902.］         I am glad to see so many here this morning. Students, I desire to say to you that the prosperity of the school depends largely upon your endeavors. Your teachers will do all that they can to help you. They will try to show you what you must do to inherit eternal life. They will try to show you how to become conversant with the living principles of truth, that you may stand before God and men on vantage ground. Will you cooperate with your teachers? Will you strive earnestly to become useful men and women? Christ is waiting to help you, and He is an all-powerful Helper. When God gave Him to our world, He gave all heaven. He placed in His hands every power, every facility of heaven, to give to those who receive Him. Christ came to our world to give us an example of what we may become, to show us that we may live a perfect life. He says to us, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world" ［Matthew 28:20］.  {1SAT 330.1}
[1SAT 330.2]         Students, you are here to obtain an education that will help you to stand by the side of Christ in unselfish service. This is the highest education that you can possibly obtain. The Word of God declares, "Ye are laborers together with God." "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure" ［Philippians 2:12, 13］. As you stand firm for God, filled with courage and perseverance, constantly revealing self-denial, angels from heaven will come into this school. They will keep guard over you. Your health will be precious in God's sight, because you keep His commandments.                                           -331-  {1SAT 330.2}
[1SAT 331.1]          Do not let self-assertion mingle with your work. Remember the lesson that Christ gave to His disciples when they were contending as to who among them should be the greatest. Placing a little child in the midst of them, He said, "Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven" ［Matthew 18:3,4］.  {1SAT 331.1}
[1SAT 331.2]          In your school work, do not spend time in learning that which will be of little use to you in your after life. Instead of trying to gain a knowledge of foreign languages, strive first to speak the English language correctly. Be sure to learn how to keep accounts. Gain a knowledge of those lines of study that will help you to be useful wherever you are.  {1SAT 331.2}
[1SAT 331.3]          Remember constantly your need of a union with Christ. United with Him, you will bring into your work the fragrance of His character, and your well-ordered life will be a blessing to your teachers and your fellow-students. The sanctifying presence of God will be with you as you seek to do His will with a sincere desire to glorify Him.  {1SAT 331.3}
[1SAT 331.4]          Among these students there are those who have come here to prepare themselves for missionary work. May the Lord help you and bless your efforts. The number of our missionaries is not half large enough. The fields are white, ready to harvest, but the laborers are few. God is waiting to endow you with power from on high, that you may go forth to work for him.  {1SAT 331.4}
[1SAT 331.5]          There will come to you many opportunities to help one another. Not all are able to grasp ideas quickly. If you see that a fellow-student has difficulty in understanding his lessons, explain them to him. Be patient and                                             -332-     persevering, and by-and-by his hesitancy and dullness will disappear. He will gain courage and strength to endure trial. And in the effort to help others, you, too, will be blessed. God will give you power to advance in your studies. He will cooperate with you in your effort to help your fellow-students, and in heaven the words will be spoken of you, "Well done, good and faithful servant."  {1SAT 331.5}
[1SAT 332.1]          Let two or three students meet together, and ask God to help them to be missionaries in this school, a blessing and a help to their fellow-students. The lives of such ones will exert a powerful influence for good on those who scoff at religion.  {1SAT 332.1}
[1SAT 332.2]          Let your faith be pure and strong and steadfast. Bring all the pleasantness you can into the school, Let gratitude to God fill your hearts. Remember the words, "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God" ［see Psalms 50:23］. When you rise in the morning, kneel at your bedside and ask God to give you strength to fulfill the duties of the day and to meet its temptations. Ask Him to help you to bring into your work Christ's sweetness of character. Ask Him to help you to speak words that will draw those around you nearer to Christ.  {1SAT 332.2}
[1SAT 332.3]          Live in this world to some purpose. If you waste the life that God has given you, when Christ comes to gather His children home you will have no place in the mansions that He is preparing for those that love Him.  {1SAT 332.3}
[1SAT 332.4]          God wants you to receive the wisdom that He has for you. He wants you to be Bible students and Bible believers, living in obedience to the words, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind: and thy neighbor as thyself" ［Luke 10:27］. Then He can bestow on you the power of His truth. Then                                            -333-     He can mold and fashion you after the divine similitude. Living in conformity to Christ's will, you will be changed into His likeness. You will grow up into Him, and at last the pearly gates of the holy city will for you swing back on their glittering hinges, and you will enter to hear the words, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" ［Revelation 22:14］. In your hands will be placed a golden harp and, touching its strings, you will join with the redeemed host in filling all heaven with songs of praise to God and to His Son.  {1SAT 332.4}
[1SAT 333.1]          Students, do your best. This is all that God asks of you. He who has given His life for you will aid you in your efforts to win eternal life. God wants you to have a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. Obey Him and in this school His salvation will be revealed. I want to meet you all around the throne of God. Learn here the lessons God desires to teach you, and you will join in the song of triumph in the heavenly courts. --Ms 125a, 1902. ("The Student's Privilege." Portion of an address given at the opening of the Fernando, California, School, Oct. 1, 1902.) (MR 900.6)  {1SAT 333.1}
[1SAT 334.1]       Words to Students         (A Talk given by Ellen White at the opening of the Fernando School, October 1, 1902.)            I am indeed glad to see so many here this morning. Students, will you remember that the prosperity of the school depends in a large degree on your endeavors? Will you remember that you are to help to make the school a success? Your teachers will find their task difficult as they try to understand for themselves and to help you to understand what the Word of God means and what its requirements comprehend. Will you resolve not to make the work of your teachers harder by your perversity? I plead with you as Christ's purchased possession to help your teachers and your fellow-students by being so closely connected with God that into this school heavenly angels can enter and abide. Let everyone see what he can do to bring into the school sunshine and sweetness. Let everyone manifest that conformity to God's will that brings His rich blessing.  {1SAT 334.1}
[1SAT 334.2]          Students, you are here to fit yourselves to enter the higher school. You are here to obtain a knowledge of God, to learn how to obey His commandments. Obedience is our life in this world, and it will be our life in the world to come. And remember that a knowledge of God and of Christ is the sum of all science. God teaches us to count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord. To know God and Christ--this is eternal life. Incorporated with the life, this knowledge fits us for heaven. And all other knowledge, however high or broad, unless charged with it, is valueless in God's sight.  {1SAT 334.2}
[1SAT 334.3]          You have been bought with a price--and what a price! Who can measure the line let down from heaven for the saving of the subjects of sin. Who                                            -335-     can compass a love that is as broad as eternity? Think of the sacrifice that Christ made for you. He stepped down from  His high command, and came to this world with the treasures of heaven, that every human being might have power to reach the standard set before him in God's law. Clothing His divinity with humanity, He came to stand at the head of the human race, in our behalf to live a perfect life, that He might know how to help us in our conflict with sin. Through His sacrifice, human beings may reach the high ideal set before them, and hear at last the words, You are complete in Him, not having your own righteousness, but the righteousness that He wrought out for you, Your imperfection is no longer seen; for you are clothed with the robe of Christ's perfection.  {1SAT 334.3}
[1SAT 335.1]          After His baptism, Christ knelt on the banks of Jordan and offered prayer to His Father, And as He prayed, the heavens were opened, and the glory of God, like a dove of burnished gold, rested upon Him, while from the highest heaven there came the voice, "This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased" ［Matthew 3:17］. Christ's prayer was offered for us, and it cleaves through every shadow that Satan casts between us and God. In our behalf the Saviour laid hold of the power of Omnipotence, and as we pray to God, we may know that Christ's prayer has ascended before, and that God has heard and answered it. With all our sins and weaknesses we are not cast aside as worthless. "He hath made us accepted in the beloved." The glory that rested upon Christ is a pledge of the love of God for us. It tells of the power of prayer--how the human voice may reach the ear of God, and our petitions find acceptance in the courts of heaven. The light that fell from the open portals upon the head of our Saviour, will fall upon us as we pray for help to resist temptation. The voice that spoke to Jesus says to every believing soul, "This is My beloved child, in whom I am well pleased."                                             -336-  {1SAT 335.1}
[1SAT 336.1]          You remember the experience of Daniel. He received wisdom and understanding because he placed himself in right relation with God. God has intelligence for you, just as He had for Daniel. He has knowledge for you that is far above all human knowledge. If you stand where Daniel stood, you will gain a progressive education, and a progressive education means a progressive sanctification. Such an education will prepare you to inherit the kingdom that from the foundation of the world has been prepared for God's faithful ones. As you strive to obtain a knowledge of God, He will commune with you as He communed with Daniel and his companions, and will give you power that will prevail.  {1SAT 336.1}
[1SAT 336.2]          Your teachers will do all that they can to help you. They will try to show you what you must do to inherit eternal life. They will try to show you how to become conversant with the living principles of truth, that you may stand before God and men on vantage ground. Will you cooperate with your teachers? Will you strive earnestly to become useful men and women? Christ is waiting to help you, and He is an all-powerful Helper. When God gave Him to our world, He gave all heaven. He placed in His hands every power, every facility of heaven, to give to those who receive Him. Christ came to our world to give us an example of what we may become, to show us that we may live a perfect life. He says to us, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world" ［Matthew 28:20］.  {1SAT 336.2}
[1SAT 336.3]          What are you here for? Is it to obtain an education that will help you to stand by the side of Christ in unselfish service? This is the highest education that you can possibly obtain. The Word of God declares, "Ye are laborers together with God." "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His                                              -337-     good pleasure" ［Philippians 2:12, 13］. As you stand firm for God, filled with courage and perseverance, constantly revealing self-denial, angels from heaven will come into this school. They will keep guard over you. Your health will be precious in God's sight because you keep His commandments.  {1SAT 336.3}
[1SAT 337.1]         Do not let self-assertion mingle with your work. Remember the lesson that Christ gave to His disciples when they were contending as to whom among them should be the greatest. Placing a little child in the midst of them, He said, "Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven" ［Matthew 18:3, 4］.  {1SAT 337.1}
[1SAT 337.2]         In your school work, do not spend time in learning that which will be of little use to you in your after life. Instead of trying to gain a knowledge of foreign languages, strive first to speak the English language correctly. Be sure to learn how to keep accounts. Gain a knowledge of those lines of study that will help you to be useful wherever you are.  {1SAT 337.2}
[1SAT 337.3]          Remember constantly your need of a union with Christ. United with Him, you will bring into your work the fragrance of His character, and your well-ordered life will be a blessing to your teachers and your fellow-students. The sanctifying presence of God will be with you as you seek to do His will with a sincere desire to glorify Him.  {1SAT 337.3}
[1SAT 337.4]          Among these students there are those who have come here to prepare themselves for missionary work. May the Lord help you, and bless your efforts. The number of our missionaries is not half large enough. The fields are white, ready to harvest, but the laborers are few. God is waiting to endow you with power from on high, that you may go forth to work for Him.                                              -338-  {1SAT 337.4}
[1SAT 338.1]          I want to speak a few more words to you about helping one another. Not all are able to grasp ideas quickly. If you see that a fellow-student has difficulty in understanding his lessons, explain them to him. Be patient and persevering, and by-and-by his hesitancy and dullness will disappear. He will gain courage and strength to endure trial. And in the effort to help others, you, too, will be helped. God will give you power to advance your studies. He will cooperate with you in your efforts to help your fellow-students, and in heaven the words will be spoken of you, "Well done, good and faithful servant."  {1SAT 338.1}
[1SAT 338.2]          Let two or three students meet together, and ask God to help them to be missionaries in this school, a blessing and a help to their fellow-students. The lives of such ones will exert a powerful influence for good on those who scoff at religion.  {1SAT 338.2}
[1SAT 338.3]          Let your faith be pure and strong and steadfast. Bring all the pleasantness you can into the school. Let gratitude to God fill your hearts. Remember the words, "Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." When you rise in the morning, kneel at your bedside and ask God to give you strength to fulfill the duties of the day and to meet its temptations. Ask Him to help you to bring into your work Christ's sweetness of character. Ask Him to help you to speak words that will draw those around you nearer to Christ.  {1SAT 338.3}
[1SAT 338.4]          Live in this world to some purpose. If you waste the life that God has given you, when Christ comes to gather His children home, you will have no place in the mansions that He is preparing for those that love Him.  {1SAT 338.4}
[1SAT 338.5]          God wants you to receive the wisdom that He has for you. He wants you to be Bible students and Bible believers, living in obedience to the words, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul,                                              -339-     and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself" ［Luke 10:27］. Then he can bestow on you the power of His truth. Then He can mold and fashion you after the divine similitude. Living in conformity to Christ's will, you will be changed into His likeness. You will grow up into Him, and at last the pearly gates of the holy city will for you swing back on their glittering hinges, and you will enter to hear the words, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" ［Revelation 22:14］. In your hands will be placed a golden harp, and touching its strings, you will join with the redeemed host in filling all heaven with songs of praise to God and His Son.  {1SAT 338.5}
[1SAT 339.1]         Students, do your best. This is all that God asks of you, He who has given His life for you will aid you in your efforts to win eternal life. God wants you to have a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. Obey Him, and in this school His salvation will be revealed. I want to meet you all around the throne of God. Learn here the lessons God desires to teach you, and you will join in the song of triumph in the heavenly courts.--Ms 125, 1902. ("Words to Students," a talk given at the opening of the Fernando School, Oct. 1, 1902.) (MR 900.7)  {1SAT 339.1}
[1SAT 340.1]      The Foundation of Our Faith         ［See Selected Messages, book 1, pp. 201-208, for a similar, though not identical, presentation.］            At this time--the last days of this earth's history--we are to make the book of Revelation a special study. Why? Because it depicts the scenes that we are to meet. We need to understand what we are to meet, and how we are to meet it. We must know what efforts we are to make, so that, in this perilous time, we shall not be taken by the enemy's devices. We know that the last great conflict will be Satan's most determined effort to accomplish his purposes. He will come, not only as a roaring lion, but as a seducer, clothing sin with beautiful garments of light, that he may take human beings in his snare.  {1SAT 340.1}
[1SAT 340.2]          The Lord desires us to realize that it is of great importance that we stand in these last days upon the platform of eternal truth. Those who think that the church militant is the church triumphant make a great mistake. The church militant will gain great triumphs, but it will also have fierce conflicts with evil, that it may be firmly established upon the platform of eternal truth. And every one of us should be determined to stand with the church upon this platform.  {1SAT 340.2}
[1SAT 340.3]          ［Revelation 1:1-3, 9-13, 17-20 quoted.］  {1SAT 340.3}
[1SAT 340.4]         Thus Christ instructed John. It is the word of God that you will find in the book of Revelation. There are those today who call the Revelation a sealed book. But it is a mystery unfolded. We need to understand what it tells us in regard to the scenes that are to take place in the last days of                                              -341-     this earth's history. The enemy will bring in everything that he possibly can to carry out his deceptive designs. Are they not lacking in wisdom who have no desire to understand in regard to the things that are to take place on this earth?  {1SAT 340.4}
[1SAT 341.1]         I am so sorry that Living Temple came out as it did, and was circulated, and the worst of it--that which struck right to my heart--was the assertion made regarding the book: "It contains the very sentiments that Sister White has been teaching." When I heard this, I felt so heartbroken that it seemed as if I could not say anything. Had I said anything, I would have been obliged to speak the truth as it was.  {1SAT 341.1}
[1SAT 341.2]          Representations had been shown me that some danger was approaching, and that I must prepare for it. I must write out the things God had given me in order to prepare for it.  {1SAT 341.2}
[1SAT 341.3]          I did not read Living Temple, though I had it in my library. At last my son said to me, "Mother, you ought to read at least some parts of the book, that you may see whether they are in harmony with the light that God has given you." He sat down beside me, and we read the paragraphs to which he referred. When we had finished I turned to him and said, "These are the very sentiments against which I was bidden to speak in warning at the very beginning of my public work. When I first left the State of Maine, it was to go through Vermont and Massachusetts, to bear a testimony against these sentiments. Living Temple contains the Alpha of these theories. The Omega would follow in a little while. I tremble for our people. These beautiful representations are similar to the temptation that the enemy brought to Adam and Eve in Eden.  {1SAT 341.3}
[1SAT 341.4]          When but a girl I went to New Hampshire to bear warning against these same doctrines. There was a man by the name of Billings and another by the                                              -342-     name of Bennet who were preaching a higher spirituality. I was asked to meet these men, and I did so, giving them the light that God had given me. In the meeting a great distress came upon me. I was taken off in vision. The men began to triumph, thinking that things were going their way. When I got up to bear my testimony, they began to shout. I stopped and did not say a word until they had finished. Then I went on and told them plainly where the doctrines they were advocating would lead to.  {1SAT 341.4}
[1SAT 342.1]          I met these same doctrines in Dorchester, Mass., where for a time I made my home. In one meeting held there a man arose and after making a confession, said, "I have listened today to the testimony of Ellen Harmon, and I feel as if I had been partaking of the richest feast ever set before me." In the past this man had been a model of piety, but these seductive theories came before him--theories teaching that men and women could live above all sin--and he accepted them. What was the result? He left his wife and children and went to live with another woman.  {1SAT 342.1}
[1SAT 342.2]          I was at this time nothing but a girl, and I said, "Why am I left to bear this testimony?" Said the one in whose house I was staying, "God knows why. The men advocating these doctrines have a strong influence as being very pious men, and if we were to say anything against them, they would put us in prison. But you are a minor, and they cannot touch you."  {1SAT 342.2}
[1SAT 342.3]          We met these theories again in Topsham, Maine. A brother there, who had accepted them, was very sick, and he wanted me to pray for him. I said, "I cannot pray for you so long as you and these sisters are so free with one another." He sent for Elder James White, who, when he came, asked him, "What are you going to do?" "Do!" he said, "Do you ask what I am going to do? I am going to cut loose from all these evils. I am going to take my stand in harmony with what Sister Ellen Harmon has been presenting to me. I                                             -343-     accept what she has said as the word of the Lord." Thus the company with which he was connected was broken up. And many more such companies were broken up by the light that God gave me.  {1SAT 342.3}
[1SAT 343.1]          Thus I worked and suffered in my girlhood. And all through my life I have had the same errors to meet, though not always in the same form. In Living Temple the assertion is made that God is in the flower, in the leaf, in the sinner. But God does not live in the sinner. The Word declares that He abides only in the hearts of those who love Him and do righteousness. God does not abide in the heart of the sinner; it is the enemy who abides there.  {1SAT 343.1}
[1SAT 343.2]          There are some things upon which we must reason, and there are other things that we must not discuss. In regard to God--what He is and where He is--silence is eloquence. When you are tempted to speak of what God is, keep silence, because as surely as you begin to speak of this, you will disparage Him.  {1SAT 343.2}
[1SAT 343.3]          Our ministers must be very careful not to enter into controversy in regard to the personality of God. This is a subject that they are not to touch. It is a mystery, and the enemy will surely lead astray those who enter into it. We know that Christ came in person to reveal God to the world. God is a person and Christ is a person. Christ is spoken of in the Word as "the brightness of His Father's glory, and the express image of His person."  {1SAT 343.3}
[1SAT 343.4]          I was forbidden to talk with Dr. Kellogg on this subject, because it is not a subject to be talked about. And I was instructed that certain sentiments in Living Temple were the Alpha of a long list of deceptive theories.  {1SAT 343.4}
[1SAT 343.5]          These sentiments have had an effect on our people everywhere. Some think it strange that I write, "Do not send your children to Battle Creek."                                           -344-     I was instructed in regard to the danger of the worldly influence in Battle Creek. I have written hundreds of pages regarding the danger of having so large a sanitarium, and of calling so many young people together in one place. The young people in Battle Creek are in danger. They will come in contact with error. Years ago I did not think that they would meet these errors right in the Sanitarium; but when Living Temple came out, and some of our ministers told me that there was in it nothing but what I had been teaching all my life, I saw how great the danger was. I saw that blindness had fallen upon some who had long known the truth. I pray that the Lord will open the eyes of these ministers, that they may see the differences between light and darkness, and between truth and error.  {1SAT 343.5}
[1SAT 344.1]          In a representation which passed before me, I saw a certain work being done by medical missionary workers. Our ministering brethren were looking on, watching what was being done, but they did not seem to understand. The foundation of our faith, which was established by so much prayer, such earnest searching of the Scriptures, was being taken down, pillar by pillar. Our faith was to have nothing to rest upon--the sanctuary was gone, the atonement was gone. I realized that something must be done.  {1SAT 344.1}
[1SAT 344.2]          The battle nearly killed me. I saw what was coming in, and I saw that our brethren were blind. They did not realize the danger. Our young people, especially, were in danger. They delighted in the beautiful representation--God in the flower, God in the leaf, God in the tree. But if God be in these things, why not worship them?  {1SAT 344.2}
[1SAT 344.3]          The reason I have published anything in regard to the medical missionary work, was that the errors that were coming in must be met. I did not design to meet them, but in the visions of the night I saw a large ship far out at sea. Suddenly the man on the lookout cried, "Iceberg ahead!" Without                                           -345-     hesitation the command rang out, "Meet it." The engines were put on at full force, and the vessel crashed into the iceberg. There was a tremendous shock, and the ship quivered from stem to stern; but she rebounded from the shock unhurt, and went safely on her way. After seeing this representation. I knew what work I must do. I knew that I must meet the errors that were coming in among us.  {1SAT 344.3}
[1SAT 345.1]          I have been hoping that there would be a thorough reformation, that the principles for which we fought in my girlhood, and which were brought out in the power of the Holy Spirit, would be maintained. Night after night in our early experience our brethren studied out the truths which we now hold. When they came to something that they could not understand, they would get down on their knees, and would remain there for hours sometimes. Sometimes the sun would rise before they would give up the struggle. At times, when they said, "We can do nothing more," the power of God would come upon me, I would be taken off in vision, and instruction would be given me. Then I could explain what they could not understand. I would read the Scriptures to them, never looking at the printed page. Thus light was given in regard to Christ, His mission, and His priesthood, and the great points of our faith were firmly established.  {1SAT 345.1}
[1SAT 345.2]          But during this period of our experience, my mind was locked to an understanding of the Scriptures. It was one of the greatest sorrows of my life. Thus it was every point of our faith was established in harmony with the Word of God.  {1SAT 345.2}
[1SAT 345.3]          At this time I was living in the house of Father Andrews. He was helpless with rheumatism, and was constantly in great suffering. I knelt by his side and, laying my hands on his head, asked Jesus to make him whole. The power of God came upon him and he walked back and forth across the room, praising the Lord.                                           -346-  {1SAT 345.3}
[1SAT 346.1]          Soon after this I was instructed by the Lord that I should no longer mourn in regard to my inability to understand the Scriptures. God unlocked my mind and ever since, whenever I read His Word, a flood of light comes into my mind.  {1SAT 346.1}
[1SAT 346.2]          Thus the work went on and we were shown where we must stand. Do you wonder that I have something to say when I see the pillars of our faith beginning to be moved? Seductive theories are being taught in such a way that we shall not recognize them unless we have clear spiritual discernment. I will stand firmly with everyone who will stand for the truth. But I do not want our young people to flock into Battle Creek. They would better not go there. Anyone who can be so utterly deceived as to place the misleading sentiments contained in Living Temple before our people, cannot be trusted as a teacher of the youth until he is converted.  {1SAT 346.2}
[1SAT 346.3]          I have the tenderest sympathy for the physicians associated with Dr. Kellogg. But I have no sympathy for their failure to pass over the mistakes that they see made by Dr. Kellogg, saying nothing about them. God will hold them accountable for letting matters go without saying, "Doctor, you did not do right that time." The poor man has loaded himself down until the enemy finds him a very easy prey. Unless he changes his course, and takes an entirely different course, he will be lost to the cause of God. And his associate physicians will be guilty before God unless they take their position and stand free from every error.  {1SAT 346.3}
[1SAT 346.4]          I have lain awake night after night, studying how I could help Dr. Kellogg. His father and mother, before they died, begged me not to give him up, but to stand by him till the last. I said, "I will try, if he will listen to me." I have spent nearly whole nights in prayer for him. Week after week I have not slept till twelve o'clock, and then for weeks I have                                           -347-     not been able to sleep past twelve o'clock. I wrote constantly, until my left eye gave out. And at last my brain became so weary that I could not use it. My son would come up to my room and ask if he might read some letters that had come. "No, Willie," I would say, "not a word." I was in this condition for several weeks. Just before Willie left home last winter for Washington, I saw that his eyes were troubling him, and I offered to read some manuscripts to him. This brought on the old trouble. After Willie had gone, I had to give up entirely for a time. I felt that I was worn out. My brain had ceased to work. My mental suffering was intense. I had a great deal of pain at the base of the brain. I knew that for a time my mind was at a standstill.  {1SAT 346.4}
[1SAT 347.1]          Willie expected me to go to Washington in the spring, but it seemed to me that I could not go. I got up one morning and it seemed to me as if I had come to the place where I could not go another step. I said, "Lord, if it is Thy will for me to go into the grave, take away my life, but do not take away my life and allow me still to live." Over and over again I offered this prayer, and all at once I seemed to be shut in by a canopy of light. Every particle of pain had left my head, and the next day I wrote twenty pages before dinner.  {1SAT 347.1}
[1SAT 347.2]          I feared that when I started for Washington, the difficulty would come on again, but it did not. I wrote something every day during my stay in Washington, and spoke three times. Every time I entered the pulpit it was in fear and trembling, but the Lord sustained me and helped me.  {1SAT 347.2}
[1SAT 347.3]          My brethren, the Lord calls for unity, for oneness. We are to be one in the faith. I want to tell you that when the gospel ministers and the medical missionary workers are not united, there is placed on our churches the worst evil that can be placed there. Our medical missionaries ought to                                           -348-     be interested in the work of our conferences, and our conference workers ought to be as much interested in the work of our medical missionaries.  {1SAT 347.3}
[1SAT 348.1]          It is time that we stood upon a united platform. But we cannot unite with Dr. Kellogg until he stands where he can be a safe leader of the flock of God. Until he stands in this position, we have no right to sustain him.  {1SAT 348.1}
[1SAT 348.2]          I have taken my position, brethren. I am not going to enter into controversy over anything that may be presented. Last night I woke at ten o'clock and remained awake for several hours. During that time the whole matter was laid open before me, and I was instructed that I must bear the testimony given me and then leave matters with the Lord. It is not my work to try to make people believe the message given me. When the assertion is made, "Someone has told her," I am to make no response. On that point the conflict is over for me. I shall tell you the truth as it is in Jesus. And when anyone comes to me to know about this thing or that thing, I shall point them to the One who has said, "Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light" (Matthew 11:28-30).-- Ms. 46, 1904. (MR 900.1)  {1SAT 348.2}
[1SAT 349.1]       Instruction to Sanitarium and Restaurant Workers         "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God: they ask of Me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God. Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and Thou seest not? wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and thou takest no knowledge?" (Isaiah 58:1-3).  {1SAT 349.1}
[1SAT 349.2]          The people here mentioned are represented as bringing a charge against God. They have been active in observing the outward forms of worship, and they complain because God does not acknowledge their works, and because He does not answer their prayers. But the Lord charges them with neglecting His work and refusing to follow His way.  {1SAT 349.2}
[1SAT 349.3]          "Behold," He says, "in the day of your fast ye find pleasure, and exact all your labours. Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness: ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high" (verses 3 and 4).  {1SAT 349.3}
[1SAT 349.4]         It is possible for us to be deceived in regard to our relation to God. We are not to reproach our Maker if we do not see everything worked out just as we desire. Let us rather examine ourselves to see if we are keeping His words.                                           -350-  {1SAT 349.4}
[1SAT 350.1]          In contrast with the worship offered Him by this people, God places the work that He desires them to perform. ［Isaiah 58:5-7 quoted.］  {1SAT 350.1}
[1SAT 350.2]          Here is a work for every individual. Christ's followers are to relieve the necessities of humanity wherever they see suffering or oppression. They are ever to be ready to speak a word in season to him that is weary.  {1SAT 350.2}
[1SAT 350.3]          We have a work to do for others. We cannot afford to live merely for ourselves. We are to represent the great Medical Missionary, who came to our world to seek and save that which was lost. When we do the work to which God calls us, we are assured of His blessing.  {1SAT 350.3}
[1SAT 350.4]                                  A Divine Prescription        "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily." The great Physician will care for those who carry on the work that He did when He was in our world. Are you sick? Here is a prescription that will restore you to health. As you forget yourself, and take an unselfish interest in those around you, the mighty Healer will acknowledge your work and give you strength beyond your expectations. "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward" (verse 8). Who is our righteousness? The Lord Jesus Christ. Let us study the record of His life on this earth. Let us carry out the principles in our everyday life that He has given for us to follow. Then His righteousness will go before us, and His glory will be our rearward. Here is the prescription for every soul to accept.  {1SAT 350.4}
[1SAT 350.5]         "What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life? (Mark 10:17), asked the lawyer of Christ. "What is written in the law? how readest thou?" the                                           -351-     Saviour said. The lawyer answered, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself," and Christ replied, "Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live" (Luke 10:26-28). Those who will obey these two great principles will have the constant blessing of God.  {1SAT 350.5}
[1SAT 351.1]                       How to Receive an Answer to Our Prayers        "Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and He shall say, Here I am" (Isaiah 58:9). Do you feel that your prayers are unanswered? Then do as Christ directs you. In His word He has declared it; by His Spirit He testifies to it. Will you follow the directions? Will you relieve the necessities of those around you? Will you work in behalf of the oppressed? Will you practice the life of Christ in seeking to save the souls ready to perish? In such work you will have the comfort of the grace of God in rich measure.  {1SAT 351.1}
[1SAT 351.2]          ［Isaiah 58:9-11 quoted.］ I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice for this assurance. When in trouble you may not always feel the assurance of help, but you can always say, The Lord has said it, and I will trust in Him. ［Verse 12, quoted.］  {1SAT 351.2}
[1SAT 351.3]         These words outline our work. We are to repair the breach that has been made in the law of God, to exalt the downtrodden fourth commandment. We are to point out the right path, which has been lost sight of. A false sabbath has been exalted in the place of the seventh-day Sabbath of Jehovah, and many have lost their bearings. By vigilance and faithfulness in following the true path, we are to direct them all to the right path. ［Verses 13, 14 quoted.］                                           -352-  {1SAT 351.3}
[1SAT 352.1]         "Not finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words." Then whose words will you speak? The very words that Christ has given to comfort, to encourage, to bless, to lift up those that are bowed down. God has given you a mind, that you may speak words to help others. Do not feed it with trash. Do not injure it by the use of tobacco or alcohol. None of us have any too much mind, and we should do our utmost to improve that which we have. We cannot afford to allow the mind to be dominated by evil for one moment, for thus we might lose an opportunity to speak a word in season to some soul ready to perish. The responsibility of winning souls to Christ rests upon us, and we must work for their salvation. We are not to speak our own words, working for our own personal benefit; we are to study how best to relieve the suffering and the oppressed, how best to help the needy and distressed.  {1SAT 352.1}
[1SAT 352.2]          Then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord." He is your power, your health, your life, and your salvation. Trust in Him every moment. Pray to Him, and ask Him to keep you in your going out and your coming in. Ask Him to preserve your soul that it shall not be beguiled by the enemy.  {1SAT 352.2}
[1SAT 352.3]                                     Light Reading        I ask you to put away from your homes all light reading. Do not fill the house with magazines, so that when one comes in the first thing he picks up is a magazine. The Lord has nothing to do with such reading. It fills the mind with trash. Those who indulge in it are bringing to the foundation wood, hay, and stubble. It is a sin in the sight of God to give the mind to such reading, for He claims our thoughts. We are to serve Him with the mind. In the Bible you will find reading that will be food to the soul. We                                           -353-     have no time to spend in light reading. Let us study what saith the Word of God. Let us find out from the Scriptures what are the conditions of salvation.  {1SAT 352.3}
[1SAT 353.1]          Have you become acquainted with your neighbors, that you may tell them of the truth? Take your Bible and call on them. Read them some of those passages of Scripture that are the most comforting. Show them that you have an interest in their eternal welfare. God wants you to help them to place their minds in a right channel.  {1SAT 353.1}
[1SAT 353.2]          In the Word of God the truth in regard to the observance of the Lord's Sabbath is plainly stated. But the world is in ignorance of God's requirements. Shall it be that when you meet your neighbors in the day of judgment, they will charge you with neglect, saying, "You knew of these things, why did you not tell us?"  {1SAT 353.2}
[1SAT 353.3]          May God Help us to realize that our words are a talent more precious than gold and silver. May He help us to speak only words of comfort and consolation.  {1SAT 353.3}
[1SAT 353.4]          Remember that a large number of angels were cast out of heaven because of rebellion. These angels are continually striving to turn into wrong channels the minds of those who are seeking to obey the Lord. But if you will walk in the path of obedience to God's requirements, He will watch over you and guard you from evil. He will strengthen you and cause you to ride upon the high places of the earth.  {1SAT 353.4}
[1SAT 353.5]                              Light on Health Reform        Nearly forty years ago ［1865］ the Lord opened up before us the principles of health reform. At that time I was very weak physically. Sometimes                                           -354-     I would faint away two or three times a day, and I thought as many today think, that flesh-meat was the only food that would keep up my strength. But in mercy the Lord showed me that flesh-meat is not necessary to maintain strength, and that it is not the best food.  {1SAT 353.5}
[1SAT 354.1]          Since that time increased light upon health reform has been given. In grains, fruits, vegetables, and nuts are to be found all the food elements that we need. If we will come to the Lord in simplicity of mind, He will teach us how to prepare wholesome food free from the taint of flesh-meat.  {1SAT 354.1}
[1SAT 354.2]          One-time Dr. Trall said to me, "I must tell you that you put forth too much strength when you stand before the people. If you continue to do as you are doing you cannot live over three years, and I do not know that you can live three months." I had with me a copy of the book, How to Live, and I asked Dr. Trall if he would read the book. He replied that he would, and I let him take it. A few days afterward he said to me, "Mrs. White, where did you get your instruction in medical science?" I replied that I had received it by revelation from God. As he handed the book back to me, he said, "That book is filled with truth. I hope it may have a wide circulation." Dr. Trall was an unbeliever, and he used often to speak against our ministers, but he would never say one word against Mrs. White. He is now dead, and I, whom he thought could live only a short time, have been preserved all these years. I shall soon be seventy-eight years old. I have placed myself in the hands of God, and He has sustained me, enabling me to bear my testimony in many parts of the world.  {1SAT 354.2}
[1SAT 354.3]                                     Early Experience        When the State Fair was held in Battle Creek, our people took with them onto the ground three or four cooking stoves and demonstrated how good meals                                           -355-     might be prepared without the use of flesh-meat. We were told that we set the best table on the ground. Whenever large gatherings are held, it is your privilege to devise plans whereby you can provide those who attend with wholesome food, and thus educate them in the matter of the most simple and healthful diet.  {1SAT 354.3}
[1SAT 355.1]          In our early experiences the Lord gave us favor with the people, and we had many wonderful opportunities to demonstrate what could be done through the principles of health reform to restore to health those whose cases had been pronounced hopeless. At one time the wife of the high school teacher in Battle Creek was thrown from a sleigh and seriously injured. We took her into our house, which was close by, and cared for her. The doctor called, and when he saw what we were doing, he said, "You are doing the very best that can be done. I leave the case with you." She recovered. Some years afterward she came to my house, bringing her husband and her little girl. She said to the child, "This is Mrs. White. You would not be here today if she had not saved my life several years ago." We knelt down together and thanked the Lord for His mercy.  {1SAT 355.1}
[1SAT 355.2]          The light on the subject of health reform was given by the Lord, and we are not to depart from it. The Lord has put into the minds of some a knowledge of how to prepare wholesome articles of food. But it is not His design that this knowledge shall be confined to a few. In every family there should be those who understand the science of healthful cooking.  {1SAT 355.2}
[1SAT 355.3]                                    Restaurant Work        Light was also given that in the cities there would be opportunity to do a work similar to that which we did on the Battle Creek fairgrounds. In                                           -356-     harmony with this light, hygienic restaurants have been established. But there is grave danger that our restaurant workers will become so imbued with the spirit of commercialism that they will fail to impart the light which the people need. Our restaurants bring us in contact with many people, but if we allow our minds to be engrossed with the thought of financial profit, we shall fail to fulfill the purpose of God. He would have us take advantage of every opportunity to present the truth that is to save men and women from eternal death.  {1SAT 355.3}
[1SAT 356.1]          I have tried to ascertain how many souls have been converted to the truth as a result of the restaurant work here in Los Angeles. Some may have been saved, but many more might be converted to God if every effort were made to conduct the work in God's order, and to let light shine into the pathway of others.  {1SAT 356.1}
[1SAT 356.2]          I would say to the workers connected with the restaurant, "Do not continue to work as you have been working. Seek to make the restaurant a means of communicating to others the light of present truth. For this purpose only have our restaurants been established."  {1SAT 356.2}
[1SAT 356.3]          The food work must not be so enlarged that it will call for the talent that should be put to use in the ministry, or in other lines of evangelistic work. There is danger that the restaurant work will employ those who are needed to take an active part in house-to-house labor and in various lines of missionary work. Some who have been held in the restaurant should have been engaged in helping Elder Simpson in his efforts to present the truth.  {1SAT 356.3}
[1SAT 356.4]          The workers in the Los Angeles restaurant and the members of the Los Angeles church need to be thoroughly converted. To everyone has been given                                            -357-     the talent of intellect. Have you received power to prevail with God? "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name" (John 1:12).  {1SAT 356.4}
[1SAT 357.1]          We should put forth greater efforts to teach the people the truths of health reform. At every camp meeting an effort should be made to demonstrate what can be done in providing an appetizing, wholesome diet from grains, fruits, nuts, and vegetables. In every place where new companies are brought into the truth, instruction should be given in the science of preparing wholesome food. Workers should be chosen who can labor from house to house in an educational campaign.  {1SAT 357.1}
[1SAT 357.2]          You prepare food for those who come to the restaurant for meals, but what efforts are you putting forth to teach them the commandments of God, and point them to the path of life? The restaurant should be a place where a holy influence is exerted. Do not give your patrons merely the newspapers to read. Let them have the publications that are filled with truth. Endeavor to become acquainted with those with whom you are brought in contact. Lead them on to inquire in regard to the truth, and then have ready some tract or book that will answer their question. In this way seeds of truth may be sown, and the time will come when some of it will spring up into life eternal.  {1SAT 357.2}
[1SAT 357.3]          Heavenly angels are waiting to cooperate with those who work on the side of truth and righteousness. The enemy of souls is working diligently to bring in his so-called science that will make of God and of Christ a nonentity. His delusions are flooding the world, but we cannot conceive of what will be in the future.                                          -358-  {1SAT 357.3}
[1SAT 358.1]                      Sanitarium Work in Southern California          We are so thankful that God has opened the way for us to secure such favorable locations for our institutions in Southern California. He brought first to our notice the buildings now occupied by the Fernando School. When someone wrote and told me of the buildings that were offered for sale at such reasonable prices, I replied, "Lose no time in securing the property." The instruction given was obeyed, and for two or three years a school has been conducted there. God calls upon you to take a greater interest in this school than you have taken in the past.  {1SAT 358.1}
[1SAT 358.2]          The Lord has wonderfully opened up the way for us to establish sanitariums. These institutions should be centers of education. They should be conducted by men and women who have the fear of God in their hearts and who can speak words in season, bringing to troubled souls the comfort of the grace of God. This is the work that should be done in every sanitarium.  {1SAT 358.2}
[1SAT 358.3]          For a long time we have desired to see a work begun in Redlands. Now, in the providence of God we have come into possession of Loma Linda. This will give us an influence in Redlands and Riverside, enabling us to find openings for the proclamation of present truth. This beautiful property was offered to us at a very low price. It is completely furnished. We have only to take possession. We trust that our people will rally to the support of this institution, that it may not be burdened with a large interest-bearing debt.  {1SAT 358.3}
[1SAT 358.4]                                      A Reform Needed          At this time, when Satan is rallying his forces, shall the people of God lay off the armor, and go to sleep? Shall we do nothing, or shall we remember                                          -359-     that there is One who says, "All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world" (Matthew 28:19, 20).  {1SAT 358.4}
[1SAT 359.1]         Many have so little faith in God that He is unable to work for them. Elder Simpson has labored diligently and faithfully in Los Angeles, and the Lord has given him success. But his success would have been far greater had the church rallied to his support, had every member been consecrated to God. Some have thought that Elder Simpson should labor for the church. The church members should rather have assisted Elder Simpson by going to their neighbors and telling them of the truth, inviting them to attend the meetings.  {1SAT 359.1}
[1SAT 359.2]          There is now a large number of believers in Los Angeles. Many of these should be fitting themselves to work for the Master, that the truth may go forth as a lamp that burneth. Read the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Read it over many times, and you will receive a deeper impression each time.  {1SAT 359.2}
[1SAT 359.3]          I have always felt a deep interest in the work in Southern California. For more than twenty years this part of the State has been represented to me as an important field. Our people should be ready to meet those who come and go, and speak to them the words of life. They should scatter the publications containing present truth. The Lord will do great things for those who cooperate with Him.--Ms. 27, 1906. (MR 900.2)  {1SAT 359.3}
[1SAT 360.1]       Lessons from the Fifteenth of Romans         Sermon preached by E. G. White at the Congregational Church, which was being temporarily used by the Oakland SDA Church, 18th and Market Streets, Oakland, California, on Sabbath afternoon, October 20, 1906.            In the fifteenth of Romans the apostle Paul declares: "We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and not to please ourselves. Let every one of us please his neighbor for his good to edification. For even Christ pleased not Himself; but, as it is written, The reproaches of them that reproached thee fell on Me" ［verses 1-3］.  {1SAT 360.1}
[1SAT 360.2]         Mark especially the words, "The reproaches of them that reproached thee fell on Me." Oh, that these words might sink deep into the heart of every one of you who think you are doing God's service while finding fault with others. This is the weakness, the besetting sin, of many in this congregation, and our great desire is that you shall get rid of this evil before the Lord gets rid of you. The reproaches with which we reproach the servants of the Lord, fall upon Christ Himself.  {1SAT 360.2}
[1SAT 360.3]          "For whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope" ［verse 4］.  {1SAT 360.3}
[1SAT 360.4]         We want to be Bible Christians. We want to come right to the Word, and to carry out this Word in every particular. Then we shall know that Jesus Christ is our efficiency, our healer, our strength, our frontguard, and our rearward. Then we shall have that help and that power which God alone can give to us.                                             -361-  {1SAT 360.4}
[1SAT 361.1]          God desires that His commandment-keeping people shall stand on vantage ground. He desires that they shall stand before Him without fault. In order to do this, they must perfect holy characters through the merits of Christ. They must look unto Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. As they become changed into His image, the salvation of God will be revealed through them, and unbelievers will be converted. Unbelievers will see and understand that God's Word means something to those who claim to believe it.  {1SAT 361.1}
[1SAT 361.2]          "Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be likeminded one toward another according to Christ Jesus" ［verse 5］. Why? That we shall be of half a dozen different minds, or of a great variety of minds? Oh, no. The apostle exhorts you to be "likeminded one toward another according to Christ Jesus: that ye may with one mind and one mouth glorify God, even the father of our Lord Jesus Christ. Wherefore receive ye one another, as Christ also received us to the glory of God" ［verses 5-7］.  {1SAT 361.2}
[1SAT 361.3]         What does this injunction entail? It places us under obligation to God. It leaves us in a position where we shall understand that we are amenable to God. It leads us to realize that when the Holy Spirit is abiding in our hearts and working through us, we shall love one another, in the place of feeling that we must show animosity toward one another.  {1SAT 361.3}
[1SAT 361.4]          My dear brethren and sisters, God is not pleased with your spirit of criticism and fault-finding. We must humble our hearts daily before God, and seek for a new conversion, that we may be brought into right relationship with Jesus Christ. Those who are striving to keep the commandments of God ought to be in harmony, and to show a spirit of humility and love. God                                              -362-     is not in any of the differences that are so apparent. He does not inspire words of fault-finding. He is now calling upon us to humble ourselves under the hand of the Almighty, in order that He may lift us up.  {1SAT 361.4}
[1SAT 362.1]         The apostle continues: ［verses 8 and 9, quoted］.  {1SAT 362.1}
[1SAT 362.2]         God's people are to stand as lights in the world. They are to realize that upon them rests the solemn responsibility of reflecting rays of light upon the pathway of those who are not keeping the commandments of God. Christ Himself has declared, "Ye are the light of the world" ［Matthew 5:14］. We are to seek to be lightbearers.  {1SAT 362.2}
[1SAT 362.3]          And when the light of divine truth shines forth with distinctness from the words and works of God's children, will there be seen any quarreling, any backbiting, among the lightbearers? The world will see no dissension in the lives of those from whom the light of heaven is shed abroad. Brethren and sisters, as you let your light shine before men, they will "see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." A precious influence will go forth as the result of these good works, that will bring salvation to those who behold it. God desires that we shall keep our light constantly shining.  {1SAT 362.3}
[1SAT 362.4]          ［Romans 15:8-10, quoted.］  {1SAT 362.4}
[1SAT 362.5]         In this our day, we see the Gentiles beginning to rejoice with the Jews. There are converted Jews who are now laboring in Boston and in various other cities, in behalf of their own people. The Jews are coming into the ranks of God's chosen followers, and are being numbered with the Israel of God in these closing days. Thus some of the Jews will once more be                                              -363-     reinstated with the people of God, and the blessing of the Lord will rest upon them richly, if they will come into the position of rejoicing that is represented in the Scripture, "And again He saith, Rejoice, ye Gentiles, with His people." The apostle continues, ［verses 11-13, quoted］.  {1SAT 362.5}
[1SAT 363.1]         In the name of whom were you baptized? You went down into the water in the name of the three great Worthies in heaven--the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost you were buried with Christ in baptism; and you were raised up out of the water to live in newness of life. You were to have a new life. You were to live unto God; you were not to live unto yourself, and keep yourself under your own supervision for fear someone would touch you and hurt you.  {1SAT 363.1}
[1SAT 363.2]          My brethren and sisters, keep the mind fixed on Jesus. Keep the heart uplifted in prayer to God. Behold Jesus and what He endured and suffered for us in order that we might have that life which measures with the life of God. How can any of us wear our nerves on the outside, ready to break forth into disaffection if every movement made by someone else is not in exact accordance with our ideas? All this super-sensitiveness is to be put away.  {1SAT 363.2}
[1SAT 363.3]          In the night season God has revealed to me the spiritual condition of the church members living in Oakland and the nearby cities. A large standard was raised up at a time when many were complaining and finding fault and speaking to the detriment of one another; and this standard was turned around until it appeared before them as a great looking glass, from the face of which everyone that looked saw himself with all his faults and sins. The whole erring company, convicted of the sinfulness of their course, prostrated                                              -364-     themselves before God and immediately began to confess their own wrong-doing; and, oh, what a scene of repentance and confession there was! A most wonderful cleansing of the camp followed, and the mighty power of God was revealed.  {1SAT 363.3}
[1SAT 364.1]          I shall never be satisfied until just such an experience comes into the church here in Oakland and in San Francisco. We want to see the salvation of our God. We want the truth to go forth with mighty power; and why, oh why, do we continue to stand in the way? Why do we grieve the Holy Spirit of God? Why do we put Him to open shame by carrying with us our selfish, unconverted dispositions, and yet all the while claiming to be Christians? God grant that every one of us may have clear eyesight to discern what we can do by looking unto Jesus and by realizing how our course must appear in His sight and how He must regard envy and strife. God help us to put away our individual defects of character. We want to see the power of God revealed in this community. If it were not for this, I should not leave my home and come down here to speak to you so often. But night after night I cannot sleep more than a few hours; and often, in the hours of the night, I find myself sitting up in bed, praying to God in behalf of those who do not realize their spiritual condition; and then I arise and walk the room, and say, O Lord, set Thy people in order, before it shall be everlastingly too late.  {1SAT 364.1}
[1SAT 364.2]          Oftentimes during the seasons of intercession, when the burden rests heavily, my heart is drawn out with great longing, and the tears start from my eyes, and I wring my hands before God, because I know there are souls in                                           -365-     peril in the churches at Oakland and nearby places--souls who, in their condition of mind, know no more regarding how they stand before God than they would know had they never professed religion.  {1SAT 364.2}
[1SAT 365.1]          Brethren and sisters, it is time now that we were looking unto Jesus to see whether we are reflecting His image. It is time now that we put away everything that will grieve the Holy Spirit of God--divisions, dissensions, fault-finding, incriminations. God wants us to come to the light, that our light may shine forth in good works. Let the praise of God be in heart and voice.  {1SAT 365.1}
[1SAT 365.2]          "And again he saith, Rejoice, ye Gentiles, with His people. And again, Praise the Lord, all ye Gentiles; and laud Him, all ye people."  {1SAT 365.2}
[1SAT 365.3]          This is what we want to do when we are assembled in God's house. Let us cherish a spirit of gratitude and thanksgiving. We want our faces shining, reflecting the glory of God. We want to pray a great deal more than we talk regarding the faults of others. We want to be on our knees before God, and to come into communion and fellowship with Christ Jesus.  {1SAT 365.3}
[1SAT 365.4]          "And again, Esaias saith, There shall be a root of Jesse, and He that shall rise to reign over the Gentiles; in Him shall the Gentiles trust. Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace."  {1SAT 365.4}
[1SAT 365.5]          Here we are. As children of God, we claim to be brought under the direct leadings of the Spirit of God. Is the Holy Spirit among us? Are we moving under its guidance? If not, do not persist in dishonoring God, but come humbly before Him, and have heart and mind renovated, and the thoughts brought into unison with Christ Jesus. Then you can rejoice; then you can praise the Lord; then you can shout His praises with joyfulness.                                         -366-  {1SAT 365.5}
[1SAT 366.1]          Those who have been baptized can claim the help of the three great Worthies of heaven to keep them from falling, and to reveal through them a character that is after the divine similitude. This is what we claim to be --followers of Jesus. We must be molded and fashioned in accordance with the divine pattern; and if you have lost your Christlikeness, my brethren and sisters, you can never, never come into communion with God again until you are reconverted and rebaptized. You want to repent and to be rebaptized, and to come into the love and communion and harmony of Christ. Then you will have spiritual discernment which will enable you to see those things that are above, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God. There is enough to contemplate regarding heavenly things, to fill every heart and mind, every congregation that is in the land, with rejoicing and praise and thanksgiving to God.  {1SAT 366.1}
[1SAT 366.2]          "Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost." If this were your condition, sinners would be converted.  {1SAT 366.2}
[1SAT 366.3]          As you arose from the watery grave at the time of your baptism, you professed to be dead, and declared that your life was changed--hid with Christ in God. You claimed to be dead to sin and cleansed from your hereditary and cultivated traits of evil. In going forward in the rite of baptism, you pledged yourselves before God to remain dead to sin. Your mouth was to remain a sanctified mouth, your tongue a converted tongue. You were to speak of God's goodness, and to praise His holy name. Thus you were to be a great help and blessing to the church.                                              -367-  {1SAT 366.3}
[1SAT 367.1]          The apostle continues, "And I myself also am persuaded of you, my brethren, that ye also are full of goodness, filled with all knowledge, able also to admonish one another" ［verse 14］.  {1SAT 367.1}
[1SAT 367.2]         We may make mistakes, and we may have to "admonish one another." But there has come into the churches at Oakland and the surrounding community a spirit of backbiting, of faultfinding and evil-speaking, which demonstrates that you are not converted. Words are uttered that never should pass the lips of a Christian. My brethren and sisters, when you have nothing better to speak of than something about the faults of others, remember that "silence is eloquence." Cease to dwell upon the shortcomings of others. Keep the tongue sanctified unto God. Refrain from saying anything that might detract from the influence of another; for by indulging in these words of criticism, you blaspheme God's holy name as verily as you would were you to swear. I am instructed to present these things before you, that you may see how you dishonor the name of Christ Jesus. ［Verses 15, 16, quoted.］  {1SAT 367.2}
[1SAT 367.3]         Here is where the work of the Holy Ghost comes in, after your baptism. You are baptized in the name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. You are raised up out of the water to live henceforth in newness of life--to live a new life. You are born unto God, and you stand under the sanction and the power of the three holiest Beings in heaven, who are able to keep you from falling. You are to reveal that you are dead to sin; your life is hid with Christ in God. Hidden "with Christ in God"--wonderful transformation. This is a most precious promise. When I feel oppressed and hardly know how to relate myself toward the work that God has given me to                                            -368-     do, I just call upon the three great Worthies, and say: You know I cannot do this work in my own strength. You must work in me, and by me, and through me, sanctifying my tongue, sanctifying my spirit, sanctifying my words, and bringing me into a position where my spirit shall be susceptible to the movings of the Holy Spirit of God upon my mind and character. And this is the prayer that every one of us may offer.  {1SAT 367.3}
[1SAT 368.1]         Oh, I am so afraid that the next judgment of God will come upon Oakland and San Francisco again, before you are ready! But if you come to the Lord, if those of you who profess to be His commandment-keeping people will come to Him and humble your hearts before Him, your ignorance may pass away.  {1SAT 368.1}
[1SAT 368.2]          The church members in this community who are not in harmony with God and with their brethren, are carrying a great load of ignorance. This is a certain hindrance to their efforts to perfect a character through the gracious power of truth upon the human soul. They do not know that they are ignorant, but they are. God desires that every one of us shall be susceptible to the influence of the Holy Spirit, by which we shall be fashioned into the likeness of the divine.  {1SAT 368.2}
[1SAT 368.3]          There remains now only a little while in which we can work to save our own souls and the souls of others; and we want all the powers that God has given us cleansed and sanctified. We want to clear the path for every working agency, in order that they may not be impeded as they try to advance. We want to come into working order, and into perfect unity with one another.  {1SAT 368.3}
[1SAT 368.4]          Let us, in tenderness, "admonish one another," and seek to help one another. Let us pray with one another, and put away everything that would                                           -369-     keep us from entering into and following that narrow path that leads upward to heaven. This path is narrow, it is true, and because of its narrowness, "few there be that find it." We cannot afford to leave the path that leads to life everlasting. We cannot afford to make any mistake in this matter. If you mistake your way, and disease comes upon you suddenly, and you die without truly repenting of your cruel spirit which has been a hindrance to many souls, there is no hope in your case.  {1SAT 368.4}
[1SAT 369.1]          God calls upon us to come into harmony with the divine pattern. He calls upon us, while it is called Today, to repent and be reconverted; and then His Spirit will dwell in us richly, and there will be transformations of character little dreamed of. As His Spirit works with your spirit, there will be manifest a saving grace by which we shall be deeply convicted of the wonderful transformation that is taking place in your character. Others will notice it, and be influenced thereby. Thus a constant and progressive work will be going on in the church. Oh, my dear brethren and sisters, let us all come into line. We cannot afford to be out of line now--it is too late in the day.  {1SAT 369.1}
[1SAT 369.2]          Again, we read: "I have therefore whereof I may glory through Jesus Christ in those things which pertain to God" ［verse 17］.  {1SAT 369.2}
[1SAT 369.3]         "Whereof I may glory through Jesus Christ." This is the manner in which we may glory. And as transformation of character takes place, through repentance and confession and reconversion and rebaptism, you will glory through Jesus Christ "in those things which pertain to God," not in the things that pertain to your own personal, selfish interests. ［Verse 18, quoted.］                                            -370-  {1SAT 369.3}
[1SAT 370.1]         Oh, that every soul in this congregation would consent to humble his own heart before God! Oh, that every soul in this room would be reconverted Oh, that every soul would prostrate himself before God, and yield self unreservedly, and solemnly vow that with Heaven's help he would henceforth keep his lips from all guile, and sanctified; that he would keep the life and the course of action sanctified; that soul, body, and spirit should ever be sanctified unto the Lord. If thorough work were done, what a missionary company we should have with which to work these cities! Oh, what numbers we could have to send into places where the people have never heard the third angel's message!  {1SAT 370.1}
[1SAT 370.2]          Some talk of going to far-off countries as missionaries; and this is well, if the Lord so directs. A brother under conviction of sin once said, "I want to be converted, that I may go out to the heathen to help them." "Why," said I, "begin at home; become right with God where you are; put away your sins, and be a home missionary." If we cannot be missionaries at home, we can never expect to do good in another field. All about us there are heathen. Only a few miles from where you live, there are poor people who have never heard of the Seventh-day Adventists and the third angel's message; they know but little regarding the sacredness of God's law.  {1SAT 370.2}
[1SAT 370.3]          How true this is of San Francisco and of Oakland, and of all the lesser places nearby! I beg of you, brethren and sisters, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, to be converted, that you may go to work for those who are living within easy reach. As you go forth in humility and faith, the impression made on heart and mind will be such as will lead those who accept                                            -371-     the truth to begin humbly. They will not regard themselves as full fledged, capable of depending on their own strength; but they will sit at the feet of Jesus with meekness and lowliness of heart, to learn of Him. When the truth is spoken by God's servants, those new converts will receive it into good and honest hearts, and it will abide. Thus they will steadily increase in knowledge and understanding.  {1SAT 370.3}
[1SAT 371.1]          As you engage heartily in this work, the converting power of God will be revealed. Your own hearts will be softened and subdued under the influence of the Holy Spirit. Christ is watching you. He is the One who has paid so great a price for your salvation. He greatly desires to bring to God all for whom He has sacrificed so much. He desires that they shall learn how to be obedient and heavenly-minded. In this world we are to prepare for a home in the city that hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God.  {1SAT 371.1}
[1SAT 371.2]          In order to prepare for entrance into this beautiful city, we must now be clothed with the wedding garment--with the robe of Christ's righteousness. We must stand before Him without spot or wrinkle or any such things. You have not been appointed to talk about others' faults. While probation still lingers, every soul ought to be washing his own robe of character, and preparing for translation.  {1SAT 371.2}
[1SAT 371.3]          It is our privilege now, in this world, to be workers together with God. But first of all, we must be reconverted. Only when the brain-power and the talent of speech are sanctified, are we fitted for service.                                           -372-  {1SAT 371.3}
[1SAT 372.1]          During the past few weeks you have been highly favored with opportunities for Bible study. None can realize how heavily the burden rested upon me when I saw the important work that must be speedily done in California. And when Brother S. N. Haskell and his wife, about this time, were looking first at one place and then at another, with a view of visiting several places before returning to Nashville, where they seemed to think they must labor again, I wrote to them, You have a message to bear in southern California and in other portions of California, and I beg of you to come West soon. I am so thankful that they came. Now that they are here, I greatly desire that their work shall not be impeded in any wise. I want that you should clear the King's highway. And do not be afraid of the converting power of God. Be not afraid of His truth coming into the formation of your own individual character. If this work should tear your character to pieces, it can bring it together in a wholeness that is sanctified. We greatly need to humble the soul before God and before Christ Jesus, and so relate ourselves toward our maker and toward one another, that we shall be brought into unity of action.  {1SAT 372.1}
[1SAT 372.2]         We read further: "I have therefore whereof I may glory through Jesus Christ in those things which pertain to God" ［verse 17］. "In those things" --you see where the glory is. It is not in self-exaltation; it is not in one's telling of his faultless character; it is in humbling one's self before God. Then you shall represent in your own life the life of Christ.  {1SAT 372.2}
[1SAT 372.3]         Says the apostle: "For I will not dare to speak of any of those things which Christ hath not wrought by me, to make the Gentiles obedient, by word                                          -373-     and deed" ［verse 18］. "Wrought by me." How did God work through Paul? Through a multitude of revelations whereby he might "make the Gentiles obedient." Paul had many wonderful visions. He saw that which could not be described by mortal man, and concerning these visions he remained nearly silent; but, nevertheless, God "wrought" through His servant by the abundance of His revelations, to accompany Paul's preaching with a power that could not be withstood. So thoroughly was Paul's faith substantiated by these visions that his message was ever "Yea and Amen." He could not think of consenting to say "Nay" when he had formerly said "Yea." His words were established by a weight of evidence that was immovable.  {1SAT 372.3}
[1SAT 373.1]         ［Verses 18-26, quoted.］  {1SAT 373.1}
[1SAT 373.2]         Paul had been gathering up money for the poor at Jerusalem, in order that the way might be opened before him to preach the truth. In Jerusalem there were many who believed not that Jesus had been raised from the dead and was indeed the living Son of the Most High God. Paul desired to reach this class, and so he brought in these contributions in order to open the way.  {1SAT 373.2}
[1SAT 373.3]         Respecting this contribution, Paul declared of the Gentiles: ［verses 27, 28, quoted］.  {1SAT 373.3}
[1SAT 373.4]         Go where we may, everywhere there is work to be done. We need a fitting up for this work, and we need especially to guard against having a tongue that is sanctified to Satan. The tongue that God has given is to be used to glorify Him in speech. Unless it is, we shall be standing directly in the way of God's work in this world, and the judgments of heaven will                                            -374-     surely fall upon us. But we hope that we shall see of the salvation of God in a much larger degree than we have yet seen it. Paul continues: ［verses 29-31, quoted］.  {1SAT 373.4}
[1SAT 374.1]         As Paul goes to Judea to bear the message of the gospel of Christ to those who were opposing the idea of Jesus' being the Saviour of the world, he wanted the Christian Gentiles to strive together with him in their prayers to God. How much better is this than to talk about the faults of one another! Brethren and sisters, when you are talking with one another, and someone begins to speak about the sins of someone else, listen not. Tell him that you must refuse to hear, for this is not your line of work. Instead of entering into a conversation that tends to tear down, try to speak a word of encouragement. Your talent of speech is to be sanctified unto God; it is to be cleansed from everything like faultfinding. Let us strive together with God's appointed workers in prayer to the Lord that He shall protect them and bless them, and that they may be "delivered from them that do not believe." Thus the way will be opened for the reception of the gospel. ［Verses 32, 33, quoted.］  {1SAT 374.1}
[1SAT 374.2]         These words that I have been reading to you this afternoon are the words of the Bible in regard to your duty and my own duty. And I greatly desire that you shall learn to guard the door of your lips lest you speak unadvisedly. I used to say to my children, as they were leaving home in the morning: "Now, children, you are going out for the day's work. Remember that you are to guard your tongue. Speak not one word that will provoke a wrong act. If you fail, then when we meet at family worship during the                                        -375-     evening hour, we shall talk the matter over and make it right with God. You see, children, kind words never cause you any pain and sorrow. Speak kindly, tenderly to one another, and see what a refreshing, what a blessing, comes to your own heart. But if you begin to contend one with another, then passions arise, and you have to strive with all your might to retain control over yourself. Be brave, be true."  {1SAT 374.2}
[1SAT 375.1]          And at eventide, when the children would gather together before going to bed, we would talk over the happenings of the day. Possibly during the day one of the children had said, "Mother, someone has done thus and so to me." I had replied that when we all came together in the evening we could talk it over. When evening came, they had all had time for reflection, and they did not feel inclined to bring charges against one another. They would say, "Mother, I have done thus and so," and the tears would start from their eyes, as they would add, "I feel as if I would like to have you ask the Lord to forgive me. I believe He will." And then we would bow in prayer and confess the sins of the day, and pray for forgiveness. After confessing their wrongdoings, these little fellows would soon fall asleep.  {1SAT 375.1}
[1SAT 375.2]          But when a child hears an older person constantly talking about the faults of someone else, he in turn is imbued with the same spirit of faultfinding and criticism. The seeds of contention are being sown. Oh, how can professed Christians indulge in such a work! Two nights before I left my home, I was charged, during the visions of the night, to tell the congregation that I should meet at Oakland on the Sabbath, that the wicked words coming from their lips regarding the supposed faults of God's servants who                                           -376-     are doing the very best they can to spread the truth and to advance His work, are all written in the heavenly books of record. Unless those who speak these words repent, they will at last find themselves outside the city of God. God will not allow a quarrelsome person to enter into the heavenly city.  {1SAT 375.2}
[1SAT 376.1]          After my visit to Oakland two weeks ago, I was sick for a whole week. I carried a very heavy burden, but I felt that if duty seemed plain for me to go down again, God would give me strength to speak to you.  {1SAT 376.1}
[1SAT 376.2]          I feel an intense interest regarding every faultfinder, for I know that a quarrelsome disposition will never find entrance into the city of God. Quarrel with yourself, but with no one else, and then be converted. Confess your sins right here where you are, before you return to your homes. With words of confession, humble your hearts before God.  {1SAT 376.2}
[1SAT 376.3]          When you are tempted to speak unadvisedly, be on guard. If someone else approaches you with words of criticism regarding one of God's children, turn a deaf ear to every such word. If you are spoken to harshly, never retaliate. Utter not a word. When under provocation, remember that "silence is eloquence." Silence is the greatest rebuke that you can possibly give a faultfinder or one whose temper is irritated. Keep your eye fixed on Jesus. Keep your eye on the One who never finds fault with you, only to lay before you perils from which He would deliver you.  {1SAT 376.3}
[1SAT 376.4]          There is a great work to be done, and many are unready to engage in sacred service. The judgments of God are soon coming upon all our cities, and I desire that we shall all be prepared. I greatly desire that we shall                                             -377-     confess our sins, and be converted. If any of you desire to have your hearts softened and broken before God, it is best for you to clear the King's highway this afternoon, without delay. It is best to prepare the heart for the reception of the Holy Spirit, that it may have free course in the entire being. It is best that you should open the door of the soul-temple, and let the Saviour come in. "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock," the Saviour says; "If any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me" ［Revelation 3:20］.  {1SAT 376.4}
[1SAT 377.1]          We ought to long with all the heart for a thorough reconversion, that the truth may be enthroned in heart and mind, and that we may, by the aid of the Holy Spirit, be prepared to present the third angel's message before others who need it so much. Now is our opportunity; now is our chance. May God help us, that we may be converted.  {1SAT 377.1}
[1SAT 377.2]          Dear brethren and sisters, if there are any of you that desire to say anything this afternoon, be free. Are you ready to rededicate yourselves to God? Christ is ready; He is waiting, watching, longing. Angels are in this room. Wicked angels are here, and holy angels are here. Which side shall gain the victory over your heart here today, my brother, my sister? These are the hours of the Sabbath; you cannot spend them any better than by clearing the King's highway. Remove the root of bitterness from your heart. Do not break off the top of it. Root it out lest, springing up again, many shall be defiled. You cannot afford to be content with half-hearted work. Dig it out by the roots, and then God will help you to be reconverted.                                             -378-  {1SAT 377.2}
[1SAT 378.1]          Elder S. N. Haskell speaking: Perhaps some would like to bear testimony. If we could see the interest that heaven is taking at the present time in our behalf, if we would realize what is going on above, there is not one of us that would rest satisfied before we knew that we had a clean record on high.  {1SAT 378.1}
[1SAT 378.2]          The Lord is anxious to save us. He is anxious that everything separating us from Him should be put away, that our hearts may beat in unison with heaven. It is time to be in harmony with God. Let us spend a little while in clearing the King's highway. If we have been indulging in the sin of telling others' faults, let us confess it before the Lord and before our brethren, When probation ends it will come suddenly, unexpectedly--at a time when we are least expecting it. But we can have a clean record in heaven today, and know that God accepts us; and finally, if faithful, we shall be gathered into the kingdom of heaven.                                                                   --    {1SAT 378.2}
[1SAT 378.3]          (Several testimonies were borne by various members of the congregation; but the response was not so hearty as might have been expected after such an appeal had been made. The testimonies were more or less indefinite, with, however, a few exceptions. The break that seemed necessary in order that the spirit of confession might come in, was not made. It seemed as if the powers of darkness were striving for the mastery. It was at this juncture that the prayer was offered by Sister White.)  {1SAT 378.3}
[1SAT 378.4]          Mrs. E. G. White: I should like to pray. (Praying) Our heavenly Father, we come to Thee this evening, as our only Refuge, as our only Helper, as the only One who can save us from ourselves. Oh, my heavenly Father, Thou hast heard the words that I have tried to say to this people this afternoon. And I ask Thee, Lord, that Thou wouldst make the impression.                                            -379-     Thou alone canst break the iron bands of the heart. Thou alone canst cause the blind eyes to discern what sin is. Thou alone canst impress the understanding with a realization of the character that every soul must have and reveal in this world before he can be prepared for translation into the family of heaven. Oh, my Father, my Father, the blindness, the terrible blindness, that comes over the people, that they do not discern what manner of character Thou canst accept and what Thou wilt be compelled to reject! We ask Thee, Lord, that Thou wouldst work upon minds and hearts. Oh, that Thou wouldst impress upon all the terrible nature of sin, and how Thou dost regard sin.  {1SAT 378.4}
[1SAT 379.1]          Oh, my Father, my Father, Thou didst so love the world that Thou gavest Thine only beloved Son to die a shameful death, that the world through Him might have everlasting life! Thou hast given the human family here below the privilege of educating themselves in right-doing, that they may be prepared to unite with the sinless family above, and dwell forevermore in Thy kingdom. We see the opportunities and the privileges that are passing by, and yet there are hearts that are becoming more and still more hardened, less and still less sensitive. Oh, we pray Thee, for the sake of Jesus Christ who has borne the stripes, who has suffered the agonies of the crucifixion to make it possible for every soul that lives to unite with the family of God--oh, we pray, my Saviour, we pray Thee to break up this hardness of heart! I pray Thee to melt and subdue the soul.  {1SAT 379.1}
[1SAT 379.2]         I pray Thee, my heavenly Father, that Thou wouldst flash light upon the people here, that they may obey the call. If they repent not, Thou wilt                                            -380-     have to say to them, "How canst thou come in hither, not having on the wedding garment?" It is the wedding garment of Christ's righteousness that must be put on. Oh, Lord, I ask Thee to have compassion upon human minds in this congregation! I pray Thee, Lord, that they may not go on hardening their hearts any longer. I pray Thee that this awful manifestation of self may be broken up. I pray Thee that self may be crucified, and that self may die, in order that there may be a reconversion in the midst of us, and that souls may be brought to humble themselves before Thee, and to be reconverted.  {1SAT 379.2}
[1SAT 380.1]          My Father, my Father, for Christ's sake, let Thy Spirit impress the minds of those who are in this house, and may they clear the King's highway, and prepare the way for Thee to come to work with human minds. Help them to remove the stumbling-blocks out of the way, and to take themselves out of the way. They are standing directly in Thy way; and oh, impress their hearts so fully, so sensibly, that they will repent, repent, repent, and be converted, before it shall be everlastingly too late!  {1SAT 380.1}
[1SAT 380.2]          Oh God, the word is about to be pronounced: "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still." Awful words to hear, to those that are unready!  {1SAT 380.2}
[1SAT 380.3]          Wilt Thou, Lord, break up this coldness, this iciness, this frozen-heartedness! Oh, give them no rest, day nor night, until they see the necessity of transformation of character; until they see the necessity of clearing the King's highway.                                           -381-  {1SAT 380.3}
[1SAT 381.1]          My heavenly Father, we come to Thee as Thy little children. Thou hast called us little children, and I pray Thee that we may become little children. Oh Lord, Thou didst say to Thy disciples, when they were seeking to be first, that those who seek to be the first shall be the last of all. Help us to humble our souls before God. Help our hard hearts to repent.  {1SAT 381.1}
[1SAT 381.2]          My Father, my Father, I present before Thee the merits of our Redeemer, Thy Son Jesus, who suffered the awful agonies of the cross to redeem the race. I plead with Thee that Thou wouldst break up the fallow ground of the heart, in order that the seeds of truth may become fastened in the mind and spring up and bear the best kind of fruit, to the glory of God. We cannot endure the thought that of the large number who are in this congregation, many at last may say that "the harvest is past, the summer is ended," the final proffers of salvation have been made, and my soul is not saved! What an awful acknowledgment this would be! Break, I pray Thee, break the minds of the congregation, so that every one of us may seek Thee with all the heart, as we go out from this house, in order that we may carry with us the impression of the Spirit of God. Help, oh, help us to be converted, that the light of heaven may come into our minds and our souls, and that we may have something to say in honor of Jesus, to glorify His name upon the earth.  {1SAT 381.2}
[1SAT 381.3]          Oh, heavenly Father, I ask Thee that the angel of the Lord before whom Joshua the high priest is represented as standing while the enemy accuses the sinner of his defiled garments--may this angel vouchsafe his presence unto us this afternoon. Thou didst turn to Satan, and say, "The Lord rebuke Thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee; is not                                              -382-     this a brand plucked out of the fire?" And to those who accused the sinner, the angel said, "Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment." And he added: "Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair miter upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by."  {1SAT 381.3}
[1SAT 382.1]          Satan is trying to fix upon every one that he can influence, all the discouragement possible. Lord, I pray Thee, let the baptism of the Holy Spirit come into this congregation. I pray Thee, for Christ's sake, to sweep back the mist and the cloud that Satan interposes here. He is here; his followers are here; there are those here who are listening to his words; and I ask Thee, Lord, to break the spell; I ask Thee that there may be such marked consecration before God, that Christ can say, "I will clothe thee with change of raiment."  {1SAT 382.1}
[1SAT 382.2]         Oh God, we want raiment without a spot; we want garments without a stain; we want a preparation to do a grand, a great, a holy work that must be done. We pray Thee that Thou wouldst work mightily, so that the salvation of God shall be revealed. Thou hast a whole heaven of blessing that Thou art waiting to pour out upon a people who are ready to receive it, and use it. Oh, all heaven is full of Thy graciousness and Thy pardon, which we may receive abundantly if we will only come to Thee and repent and be converted.  {1SAT 382.2}
[1SAT 382.3]          My Lord and my God, I ask Thee to carry through the reformation that is to be done in this place, and the reformation that is to be done in the                                          -383-     different meeting-places in this community. Let the salvation of God be revealed. My Saviour, my Saviour, Thou art inviting: Thou art waiting for them to come, so that Thou canst say, "Thy sins be forgiven thee; go, and sin no more." May the healing power of God come upon body and soul. My Father, my Father, I ask Thee for Christ's sake to come into the midst of us, and break the terrible power of darkness, and let souls go free, and Thy blessed name shall have all the glory. Amen.                                                                   --    {1SAT 382.3}
[1SAT 383.1]          As the congregation arose, Sister White said: "Let us sing, 'Jesus Lover of My Soul.' Sing it with all your heart."  {1SAT 383.1}
[1SAT 383.2]          Benediction. (MR 900.25)  {1SAT 383.2}
[1SAT 384.1]       Lessons From the Visions of Ezekiel         Part One: Exhortation to Faithfulness--In visions of the night I seemed to be speaking with great earnestness before an assembly of people. A heavy burden was upon my soul. I was presenting before those gathered together the message of the prophet Ezekiel regarding the duties of the Lord's watchmen.  {1SAT 384.1}
[1SAT 384.2]          ［Ezekiel 33:1-11 quoted.］  {1SAT 384.2}
[1SAT 384.3]         The prophet had by the command of God ceased from prophesying to the Jews just at the time when the news came that Jerusalem was invaded and siege laid to her. In the twenty-fourth chapter Ezekiel records the representation that was given to him of the punishment that would come upon all who would refuse the word of the Lord. The people were removed from Jerusalem and punished by death and captivity. No lot was to fall upon it to determine who should be saved and who destroyed.  {1SAT 384.3}
[1SAT 384.4]         ［Ezekiel 24:6, 7, 9, 10, 12-24 quoted.］  {1SAT 384.4}
[1SAT 384.5]         I am instructed to present these words before those who have had light and evidence, but who have walked directly contrary to the light. The Lord will make the punishment of those who will not receive His admonitions and warnings as broad as the wrong has been. The purposes of those who have tried to cover their wrong while they have secretly worked against the purposes of God will be fully revealed. Truth will be vindicated. God will make manifest that He is God.                                          -385-  {1SAT 384.5}
[1SAT 385.1]         There is a spirit of wickedness at work in the church that is striving at every opportunity to make void the law of God. While the Lord may not punish unto death those who have carried their rebellion to great lengths, the light will never again shine with such convincing power upon the stubborn opposers of truth. Sufficient evidence is given to every soul regarding what is truth and what is error. But the deceptive power of evil upon some is so great that they will not receive the evidence and respond to it by repentance.  {1SAT 385.1}
[1SAT 385.2]          A long-continued resistance of truth will harden the most impressionable heart. Those who reject the Spirit of truth place themselves under the control of a spirit that is opposed to the word and work of God. For a time they may continue to teach some phases of the truth, but their refusal to accept all the light God sends will after a time place them where they will do the work of a false watchman.  {1SAT 385.2}
[1SAT 385.3]          The interests of the cause of present truth demand that those who profess to stand on the Lord's side shall bring into exercise all their powers to vindicate the advent message, the most important message that will ever come to the world. For those who stand as representatives of present truth to use time and energy now in attempting to answer the questions of the doubting ones, will be an unwise use of their time. It will not remove the doubts. The burden of our work now is not to labor for those who, although they have had abundant light and evidence, still continue on the unbelieving side. God bids us give our time and strength to the work of preaching to the people the messages that stirred men and women in 1843 and 1844.  {1SAT 385.3}
[1SAT 385.4]          We are now to labor unceasingly to get the truth before Jew and Gentile. Instead of going over and over the same ground to establish the faith                                           -386-     of those who should never have accepted a doubt regarding the third angel's message, let our efforts be given to making known the truth to those who have never heard it. God calls upon us to make known to all men the truths that have made us what we are--Seventh-day Adventists.  {1SAT 385.4}
[1SAT 386.1]          God is speaking to His people today as He spoke to Israel through Moses, saying, "Who is on the Lord's side?" My brethren, take your position where God bids you. Leave alone those who, after light has been repeatedly given them, have taken a stand on the opposite side. You are not to spend precious time in repeating to them what they already know and thus lose your opportunities of entering new fields with the message of present truth. Take up the work which has been given us. With the Word of God as your message, stand on the platform of truth and proclaim the soon coming of Christ. Truth, eternal truth, will prevail.  {1SAT 386.1}
[1SAT 386.2]          For more than half a century the different points of present truth have been questioned and opposed. New theories have been advanced as truth, which were not truth, and the Spirit of God revealed their error. As the great pillars of our faith have been presented, the Holy Spirit has borne witness to them, and especially is this so regarding the truths of the sanctuary question. Over and over again the Holy Spirit has in a marked manner endorsed the preaching of this doctrine. But today, as in the past, some will be led to form new theories and to deny the truths upon which the Spirit of God has placed His approval.  {1SAT 386.2}
[1SAT 386.3]          Any man who seeks to present theories which would lead us from the light that has come to us on the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary                                              -387-     should not be accepted as a teacher. A true understanding of the sanctuary question means much to us as a people. When we were earnestly seeking the Lord for light on that question, light came. In vision I was given such a view of the heavenly sanctuary and the ministration connection with the Holy Place, that for many days I could not speak of it.  {1SAT 386.3}
[1SAT 387.1]          I know from the light that God has given me that there should be a revival of the messages that have been given in the past, because men will seek to bring in new theories and will try to prove that these theories are Scriptural, whereas they are error which if allowed a place will undermine faith in the truth. We are not to accept these suppositions and pass them along as truth. No, no. We must not move from the platform of truth on which we have been established.  {1SAT 387.1}
[1SAT 387.2]          There will always be those who are seeking for something new and who stretch and strain the Word of God to make it support their ideas and theories. Let us, brethren, take the things that God has given us, and which His Spirit has taught us is truth, and believe them, leaving alone those theories which His Spirit has not endorsed.  {1SAT 387.2}
[1SAT 387.3]          Part Two: Warning Against Rebellion--Ezekiel again writes: ［Ezekiel 28:1-26, quoted.］  {1SAT 387.3}
[1SAT 387.4]          The first sinner was one whom God had greatly exalted. He is represented under the figure of the prince of Tyrus flourishing in might and magnificence. Little by little Satan came to indulge the desire for self-exaltation. The Scripture says: "Thine heart was lifted up because of thy                                           -388-     beauty; thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness." "Thou hast said in thine heart . . . I will exalt my throne above the stars of God. . . . I will be like the Most High" ［Isaiah 14:13, 14］. Though all His glory was from God, this mighty angel came to regard it as pertaining to himself. Not content with his position, though honored above the heavenly host, he ventured to covet homage due alone to the Creator. Instead of seeking to make God supreme in the affections and allegiance of all created beings, it was his endeavor to secure their service and loyalty to himself. And coveting the glory with which the infinite Father has invested His Son, this prince of angels aspired to power that was the prerogative of Christ alone.  {1SAT 387.4}
[1SAT 388.1]          To the very close of the controversy in heaven, the great usurper continued to justify himself. When it was announced that with all his sympathizers he must be expelled from the abodes of bliss, then the rebel leader boldly avowed his contempt for the Creator's law. He denounced the divine statutes as a restriction of their liberty, and declared that it was his purpose to secure the abolition of law. With one accord, Satan and his host threw the blame of their rebellion wholly upon Christ, declaring that if they had not been reproved, they would never have rebelled.  {1SAT 388.1}
[1SAT 388.2]          Satan's rebellion was to be a lesson to the universe through all coming ages, a perpetual testimony to the nature and terrible results of sin. The working out of Satan's rule, its effects upon both men and angels, would show what must be the fruit of setting aside the divine authority. It would                                           -389-     testify that with the existence of God's government and His law is bound up the well-being of all the creatures He has made. Thus the history of this terrible experiment of rebellion was to be a perpetual safeguard to all holy intelligences, to prevent them from being deceived as to the nature of transgression, to save them from committing sin, and suffering its punishment.  {1SAT 388.2}
[1SAT 389.1]          At any moment God can withdraw from the impenitent the tokens of His wonderful mercy and love. Oh, that human agencies might consider what will be the sure result of their ingratitude to Him and of their disregard of the infinite Gift of Christ to our world! If they continue to love transgression more than obedience, the present blessings and the great mercy of God that they now enjoy, but do not appreciate, will finally become the occasion of their eternal ruin. When it is too late for them to see and to understand that which they have slighted as a thing of naught, they will know what it means to be without God, without hope. Then they will realize what they have lost by choosing to be disloyal to God and to stand in rebellion to His commandments.  {1SAT 389.1}
[1SAT 389.2]          In His great mercy, God has spoken words of encouragement to the children of men. To all who repent and turn to Him, He offers abundant pardon. Repentance for sin is the firstfruits of the working of the Holy Spirit in the life. It is the only process by which infinite purity reflects the image of Christ in His redeemed subjects. In Christ all fullness dwells. He teaches us to count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge                                           -390-     of Christ Jesus our Lord. This knowledge is the highest science that any man can reach. It is the sum of all true science. "This is life eternal." Christ declared, "that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent" ［John 17:3］.  {1SAT 389.2}
[1SAT 390.1]          The time has come when the righteous should understand that God's judgments are to fall on all who transgress His law, and that those who walk humbly with Him will triumph with holy gladness. As Jehovah is holy, He requires His people to be holy, pure, undefiled; for without holiness no man shall see the Lord. Those who worship Him in sincerity and truth will be accepted by Him. If church members will put away all self-worship, and will receive in their hearts the love for God and for one another that filled Christ's heart, our heavenly Father will constantly manifest His power through them. Let His people be drawn together with the cords of divine love. Then the world will recognize the miracle-working power of God, and will acknowledge that He is the Strength and the Helper of His commandment-keeping people.--Manuscript 125, 1907. (Written from Sanitarium, Calif., July 4, 1907; designated "to be read in Battle Creek, Oakland, Chicago, and other large churches.") (MR 900.21)  {1SAT 390.1}
[1SAT 391.1]       Lessons From the Experiences of Pentecost                   Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White at Lodi, California                                    May 9, 1908            ［Acts 2:1-11, quoted.］  {1SAT 391.1}
[1SAT 391.2]         At this time there was in Jerusalem a great religious festival, and God used His disciples on this occasion to give to the multitudes assembled there the message of the risen Saviour.  {1SAT 391.2}
[1SAT 391.3]         In preparation for this important work, the disciples had for several days been together, confessing their sins and praying for the Holy Spirit. Jesus had told them that they were not to depart from Jerusalem until they had received the promise of the Father. "Ye shall receive power," He had told them, "after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth" ［Acts 1:8］. The second chapter of Acts records the experiences that came to the disciples when they received the Holy Ghost.  {1SAT 391.3}
[1SAT 391.4]         Some who heard the disciples tried to say something that would counteract the influence of their preaching. ［Acts 2:12-21, quoted.］  {1SAT 391.4}
[1SAT 391.5]         If this prophecy of Joel met a partial fulfillment in the days of the apostles, we are living in a time when it is to be even more evidently manifest to the people of God. He will so bestow His Spirit upon His people that they will become a light amid the moral darkness; and great light will be reflected in all parts of the world. O that our faith might be increased, that the Lord might work mightily with His people.                                          -392-  {1SAT 391.5}
[1SAT 392.1]         We all need the Holy Spirit. Our ministers need it. Our medical and educational institutions and our churches need it. We need a thorough, living experience in the work of the Lord.  {1SAT 392.1}
[1SAT 392.2]          We thank the Lord that here at this meeting there has been seen some of the moving of the Spirit of God, and that some of these young people and children have been given a desire to obtain an experience in religious things. I was glad, as I saw them coming forward the other day, that they were not living in wicked cities such as San Francisco and Oakland, but that they are here in the country, where they may be kept free from evil associations and many of the temptations that come with life in the cities.  {1SAT 392.2}
[1SAT 392.3]          "It shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved." This a comforting promise. Can we grasp it by faith? Shall we not by our actions show that we appreciate the rich provisions of the Word of God?  {1SAT 392.3}
[1SAT 392.4]          Peter continues, "Ye men of Israel, hear these words; Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you by miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by him in the midst of you, as ye yourselves also know: Him, being delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain" ［verses 22, 23］.  {1SAT 392.4}
[1SAT 392.5]         It took courage to bear this straight testimony. This courage and boldness in speaking the truth had come in answer to the united prayer of the disciples, while they had been together in the upper chamber.  {1SAT 392.5}
[1SAT 392.6]          Peter then speaks of the resurrection of Jesus: ［verses 24-27, quoted］.  {1SAT 392.6}
[1SAT 392.7]         Thank God, we all have a hope that reaches to the grave. When we die, we do not go immediately to heaven. But if the Lord calls us to die, and we                                          -393-     have been faithful in His service, we may lie down with the expectation that when Christ comes to raise the dead, we shall hear His voice and be brought out of our graves. Our flesh may rest in hope. When the righteous shall come forth from their graves, what a rejoicing there will be! ［Verses 32-39, quoted.］  {1SAT 392.7}
[1SAT 393.1]         These promises are for our children as well as for us. We can bring them to Christ. It will require great watchfulness on the part of parents, but if they are faithful they may keep their children from being spoiled by the vanity and the corruptions that are in the world.  {1SAT 393.1}
[1SAT 393.2]          "And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saying, Save yourselves from this untoward generation" ［verse 40］.  {1SAT 393.2}
[1SAT 393.3]         This exhortation has a special application to us. We are living in the generation concerning which it is said, "As the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For as in the days that were before the flood, they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage" ［Matthew 24:37, 38］. If any of us are to be among the overcomers, we must be diligent to keep ourselves free from the corruptions of the age.  {1SAT 393.3}
[1SAT 393.4]          ［Acts 2:41, 42, quoted.］  {1SAT 393.4}
[1SAT 393.5]         The Holy Spirit has not been diminished since the days of Pentecost. It will be given today to every soul that will seek for it. The Lord is willing to send His Holy Spirit into all our institutions. We want a spirit of prayer. Let us take hold of God by living faith. Let us believe that He will do all that He says He will do, and let us prepare our hearts to receive what He has promised for us.                                           -394-  {1SAT 393.5}
[1SAT 394.1]         In many places we have established our educational institutions. Our schools and our sanitariums are to reach a high standard. The Bible is to be made the great educational book. It is the Book of books, that gives us a knowledge of Him whom to know aright is life eternal. It is to be made the foundation of all true education.  {1SAT 394.1}
[1SAT 394.2]          We are not to aim for a lower standard than that which Christ has laid out for His people. But there are many things included in what is commonly called a higher education, that we do not need. John the Baptist received a training for his life work, not in the schools of the rabbis, but in the wilderness, alone with God and His Word. As he prayed, the Scriptures were opened before him in a wonderful manner. And today God is just as willing to instruct those who will humbly seek for that wisdom which cometh from above.  {1SAT 394.2}
[1SAT 394.3]          We need experienced workers in the cause of God. It is not necessary that they all know several languages, but they do all need an experience in the things of God. Some who go to foreign countries will need to learn a language, but all need not spend time in learning languages that they will never use. We have not time to spend years in studying subjects that will be of no practical value. We are not to think that we must climb to the highest rounds of knowledge on every science. Time is short, and we must labor earnestly to save souls. If we will take the Word of God, and study it diligently and prayerfully, we will find the light and the knowledge that we need.  {1SAT 394.3}
[1SAT 394.4]          In our sanitariums, we advocate the use of simple remedies. We discourage the use of drugs, for they poison the current of the blood. In                                             -395-     these institutions sensible instruction should be given ［on］ how to eat, how to drink, how to dress, and how to live so that the health may be preserved.  {1SAT 394.4}
[1SAT 395.1]          Before there were any sanitariums amongst us, my husband and I began work in medical missionary lines. We would bring to our house cases that had been given up by the physicians to die. When we knew not what to do for them we would pray to God most earnestly, and He always sent His blessing. He is the mighty Healer, and He worked with us. We never had time or opportunity to take a medical course, but we had success as we moved out in the fear of God and sought Him for wisdom at every step. This gave us courage in the Lord.  {1SAT 395.1}
[1SAT 395.2]          Thus we combined prayer and labor. We used the simple water treatments, and then tried to fasten the eyes of the patients on the Great Healer. We told them what He could do for them. If we can inspire the patients with hope, this is greatly to their advantage. We want all that have any part to act in our sanitariums to have a firm grasp on the power of the Infinite. We believe in Him and in the power of His Word. When we do our best for the recovery of the sick, we may then look for Him to be with us, that we may see of His salvation. We put too little confidence in the power of the Hand that rules the world.  {1SAT 395.2}
[1SAT 395.3]          The Lord instructed us that we should have a place were the sick might come, and be treated in a rational way. In harmony with this instruction the sanitarium at Battle Creek was built. Now we have many of these medical institutions, and the Lord is blessing their work.  {1SAT 395.3}
[1SAT 395.4]          We believe in the living God and in the simplicity of true godliness. It is important that those who are treating the sick shall have a living connection with the Source of all life and healing.                                            -396-  {1SAT 395.4}
[1SAT 396.1]          Somehow, we often seem to carry on our meetings in a tame, lifeless way. We need a revival of the Spirit of God. Every one is to work out his own salvation with fear and trembling. If you will all plant your feet upon the living Word of God, believing it and acting in harmony with it, confessing your sins in all humility and following Christ, we shall see among us more of the working of His mighty power.  {1SAT 396.1}
[1SAT 396.2]          Let us prepare for that life which measures with the life of God. We have not before us the prospect of lying in our graves. Some of us may be translated without tasting of death. Who will not deny themselves in order that they may help to send the truth where it will be received? We have now but a very little time in which we can work, so let us deny ourselves in every way possible that we may give the light of truth to all that can be reached. Every penny that we will invest in this work will be returned to us with large interest.  {1SAT 396.2}
[1SAT 396.3]          Let us take hold in faith. Let us pray. Let us believe. Let us act, and the Lord will encourage and strengthen us in the way. I want to see the salvation of God revealed in this meeting. He has power to give us. There is no lack of power on His part, but there is a lack of faith and of humility on the part of His people. Many of us would not know how to use that power if we were to receive it. Let us learn of the great Teacher, what it means to walk in humility, as Christ walked in humility.--Ms. 49, 1908. (MR 900.19)  {1SAT 396.3}
[1SAT 397.1]       I Am the True Vine         (A sermon based on John 15, preached on Sabbath, October 16, 1909, at        San Jose, California.)            "I am the true Vine, and My Father is the Husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away; and every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit" (John 15:1-2).  {1SAT 397.1}
[1SAT 397.2]          Jesus is speaking of the fruitless Christian, the professing believer, who, because he does not comply with the conditions of discipleship, departs more and more from Christ. He does not in his life bear the fruits of righteousness; he does not copy the life of Christ. But the true follower of Christ can have no lower standard than His perfect life.  {1SAT 397.2}
[1SAT 397.3]          "And every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit." "He purgeth it." Christ suffers trial to come upon His followers that they may be led to seek the Lord more earnestly. Then when trials come, do not think that the Lord is your enemy. He purges for a reason. He does not want you to be discouraged, but He would prove you, to see if you will be true to Him and will conduct yourselves circumspectly under every circumstance. He does not want to drive you away, but to drive you nearer to the Lord. In God is the Christian's only hope in time of perplexity.  {1SAT 397.3}
[1SAT 397.4]          Do not talk to others about your trials, for they have enough of their own to bear, and our human friends cannot always understand. It is your                                           -398-     privilege to go to One who will always understand, because His life on earth was one of constant trial and perplexity, borne without failure and sin.  {1SAT 397.4}
[1SAT 398.1]          "Abide in Me," Christ says, "and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me" (John 15:4). Christ would not tell us this if it were impossible for us to abide in Him. He shows us the possibility and the importance of a close relation with Himself. "He that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can do nothing" (John 15:5).  {1SAT 398.1}
[1SAT 398.2]          What is the "much fruit" that we must bear? It is fruit of a heavenly nature, the result of lives sanctified by the Holy Spirit of God. When we abide in Christ, and Christ abides in us, we shall be men and women of prayer, of truth, men and women who carry themselves circumspectly before God and before the world. Daily we shall draw from Christ the strength we need to work the works of God. This is what the world needs--a manifestation of the power of truth in Christian characters. What we need is faith in the Word of God, and with true faith we shall have the living witness that our ways please God. Of what worth is religion to us if when we approach God we cannot have the evidence in ourselves that He hears and answers prayer?  {1SAT 398.2}
[1SAT 398.3]         "Without Me," He says, "ye can do nothing." Then let us press close to the bleeding side of Christ. In Him our humanity is provided for. In Him we may become partakers of the divine nature, and overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust.                                           -399-  {1SAT 398.3}
[1SAT 399.1]          "If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples" (John 15:6-9).  {1SAT 399.1}
[1SAT 399.2]          It is not enough that now and then you offer a prayer, and now and then deal righteously. You are to have the attributes of an abiding Christ working out in your life constantly. How many of us have this experience? Yet we may have it, and having it, we will be the happiest people on the face of the earth. With Christ's word abiding in us, we shall give evidence that we have wholly received Him who in His humanity lived a sinless life. In the strength of divinity we shall overcome every tendency to evil.  {1SAT 399.2}
[1SAT 399.3]          But if men abide not in Christ, "they are cast forth as a branch," and are withered. Man may make great claims to piety, but if in his business transactions he does not reveal that the Holy Spirit of God is governing words and actions, he had far better make no profession. Christ's life and death does not avail for him who chooses to do as he pleases, who follows his own imaginations and carries out on his own way and will.  {1SAT 399.3}
[1SAT 399.4]          "As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love. If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father's commandments, and abide in His love" (John 15:9, 10). Let us thank God that this is our privilege. Though we are sent out into the world, we can keep before us the example of the pattern Man, and in His strength carry out the principles of overcoming. It is only the overcoming                                            -400-     Christian who will reach the kingdom of heaven. May God help us in this matter, is my prayer. Let us see that we keep His commandments in all our dealings with one another. When we not only talk, but live our religion, we shall show that we are branches of the living vine.  {1SAT 399.4}
[1SAT 400.1]          "These things have I spoken unto you," the Saviour continued, "that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full" (John 15:11). I think there was something said when the disciples heard that. Do you not think that if we had that full joy, we would do as we did when we first felt the sanctifying power of God upon our hearts? When we were looking for the coming of the Lord in the early days of this message, we would praise Him in our prayers and in our conversation. There was not one particle of fanaticism among those who truly loved the Lord and were seeking His glory.  {1SAT 400.1}
[1SAT 400.2]          True religion does not demand great bodily demonstrations such as some of you have had the misfortune to witness here. These are no evidence of the presence of the Spirit of God. In 1843 and 1844 we were called to meet just such fanaticism. Men would say, I have the Holy Spirit of God, and they would come into the meeting and roll just like a hoop. Because some would not receive this as evidence of the working of the Spirit of God, they were looked upon as wicked people. The Lord sent me into the midst of this fanaticism though I was not more than sixteen years of age. Some would come to me and ask, Why do you not join with them? I said, I have another Leader than this, One who is meek and lowly in heart, One who made no such demonstrations as you are making here, nor such boasts. These demonstrations are not of Christ, but of the devil.                                          -401-  {1SAT 400.2}
[1SAT 401.1]          Every particle of selfishness is to be purged from the character. We are to show the difference between the lovers of pleasure and the world, and the lovers of Jesus. "This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you" (John 15:12-14).  {1SAT 401.1}
[1SAT 401.2]          All that was communicated to Him by His Father, Christ makes known to His followers. "Henceforth I call you not servants;" He says, "for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you" (John 15:15). How was this done? By words merely? No; by character; by the daily life. It was thus that Christ represented His Father. My brethren and sisters, let us make it known that we are branches of the living vine in that we represent the character of Christ. By a life of fruitbearing we are to make known the truth of the Word. You may profess a religion that is as high as the heavens; but unless you do the commandments of God, you are certainly not recommending the love of Christ to the world.  {1SAT 401.2}
[1SAT 401.3]          "If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. But all these things will they do unto you for My name's sake, because they know not Him that sent Me" (John 15:18-21).                                           -402-  {1SAT 401.3}
[1SAT 402.1]          "If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin. He that hateth Me hateth My Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both Me and My Father. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated Me without a cause. But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which proceedeth from the Father, He shall testify of Me: And ye also shall bear witness, because ye have been with Me from the beginning" (John 15:22-27).  {1SAT 402.1}
[1SAT 402.2]          The difference between the character of Christ and the character of other men of His day was everywhere apparent, and because of this difference the world hated Him. It hated Him for His goodness and His strict integrity. And Christ declared that those who manifest the same attributes would be likewise hated. As we near the end of time this hatred for the followers of Christ will be more and more manifest.  {1SAT 402.2}
[1SAT 402.3]          Christ took humanity and bore the hatred of the world that He might show men and women that they could live without sin, that their words, their actions, their spirit might be sanctified to God. We can be perfect Christians if we will manifest this power in our lives. When the light of heaven rests upon us continually we shall represent Christ. It was the righteousness revealed in His life that distinguished Christ from the world and called forth its hatred.  {1SAT 402.3}
[1SAT 402.4]          We are nearing the close of this earth's history. Let us ever remember that there is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. There are some among us                                            -403-     who refuse to purify their souls by obedience to the truth, and they bring forward their sophistries to show that those who adhere strictly to a thus saith the Lord are altogether too particular. They seek to divert the mind from purity and truth and holiness and the development of Christian character; but such souls stand on Satan's side of the question.  {1SAT 402.4}
[1SAT 403.1]          Shall those who refuse to be converted, who reject the right of entrance through the gates into the city, charge God with severity and harshness? The result of allowing one sinner to enter heaven would be a second rebellion, and God cannot permit another. All who enter the heavenly city must be sanctified through the grace of God. Their weaknesses must be brought into such relation to truth that truth shall be their strongest point of character. Only those who have kept the truth--kept it in practice--can enter through the gates into the city of God.  {1SAT 403.1}
[1SAT 403.2]          The words of Christ are spoken for His people in all ages--for us upon whom the ends of the world are come. The test that will come to us will be upon the commandments of God. Only as we become partakers of the divine nature shall we learn to overcome. I pray that none in this congregation may lightly regard this great privilege, but that each may be a living branch of the true vine, bearing fruit to the glory of God.  {1SAT 403.2}
[1SAT 403.3]          In the life of Christ a perfect pattern has been given to every child of humanity. From infancy to manhood the life of Christ was perfect, teaching us that in everything we should seek perfection. To His work at His father's bench He brought the same principle. Some would laugh at Him for the pains He would take, but He would not be turned from His purpose to                                            -404-     bring out of that which was imperfect something that would stand the test of proving.  {1SAT 403.3}
[1SAT 404.1]          And in His spiritual as in His temporal life Christ was perfect. Did He not have temptations? We know that He did. We know that temptation came to Him in every form. He knew what trial was. He spent whole nights in prayer to His Father. He wrestled with the powers of darkness until He overcame. And how fully the glory of the Father was revealed through Him!  {1SAT 404.1}
[1SAT 404.2]          Should we not honor the One who gave His Son to a life of trial and reproach for us? In giving His Son to a life of suffering God would teach us that because we suffer we have no reason to feel that we are not children of God, and thus lose faith in Him. When we are in trouble, let us think of this. If we would have more faith, we would see more of the glory of God than we do.  {1SAT 404.2}
[1SAT 404.3]          I think of the children in our families. Are we teaching them to live so that the gates of the city of God will be opened to them? Let fathers and mothers feel the solemn obligation resting upon them to teach their children the way of the Lord in kindness and tenderness and love. The mother should be the first teacher of her child. Parents, be kind and gentle with your children, and they will learn gentleness. Let us demonstrate in our homes that we are Christians. I value as worthless that profession that is not carried out in the home life in kindness and forbearance and love. Let us seek to form characters after the divine similitude. Let us maintain a living connection with heaven.                                            -405-  {1SAT 404.3}
[1SAT 405.1]          Consider the blessed reward in the kingdom of God awaiting those who in this life seek for the divine similitude. There there will be no more trial, no more affliction or pain or death. There we shall receive the crown of the overcomer and the harp of gold. Not for a few short years, but from everlasting to everlasting, we shall live to sing the song of praise to the Lamb. Will you engage in the effort to win these eternal blessings? Will you give your hearts unreservedly to God? He wants you. He stands ready to accept you, ready to forgive when you repent and turn from your sins. You may fail again and again, but again and again He will forgive if you truly repent, and He will bring you off more than conqueror at last through Him who has loved you and washed you in His own blood.--Manuscript 97, 1909. (MR 900.47)  {1SAT 405.1}
[2SAT 0.2]     Table of Contents    Ch. No.  Reference         Chapter Title                            Page        1    Ms 1, 1869        Diligence in the Work of Preparation .... 1        2    Ms 5, 1883        Charge to Ministers and Laymen: Labor                             Together for Souls ...................... 10        3    Ms 4, 1885        Christian Fellowship .................... 20        4    Ms 10, 1886       Preparation for Christ's Coming ......... 26        5    Ms 16, 1886       The Privilege of Being a Christian ...... 31        6    Ms 14, 1887       The Need of Earnest, Intelligent Workers  39        7    Ms 4, 1888        How to Become True Ministers of Christ .. 48        8    Ms 1, 1890        Heaven's Part in Life's Conflict ........ 57        9    Ms 3, 1890        The Work in Michigan .................... 71       10    Ms 19b, 1890      Make the Best Use of Your Talents ....... 80       11    Ms 27, 1891       Work to Show Christ to the World ........ 92       12    Ms 11, 1893       Search the Scriptures ................... 99       13    Ms 26, 1894       Importance of True Sabbathkeeping by the                             Entire Family ........................... 104       14    Ms 21, 1895       Christ Spans the Gulf of Sin ............ 110       15    Ms 82, 1898       The Leaven of Truth ..................... 115       16    Ms 163, 1898      Workers in Denominational Institutions to                             Be Spiritual; ........................... 123                             Counsel on Sunday Work, Holidays, and                             Healthful Living       17    Letter 108, 1898  God's Truth and Spirit to Control and                             Purify the Life; ........................ 130                             Self to Be Subdued; Faith to Be Exercised       18    Ms 66, 1899       Light to Go Forth From Avondale; ........ 135                             Holy Spirit on These Grounds       19    Ms 62, 1900       Medical Missionary Work and the Gospel                             Ministry ................................ 140       20    Ms 28, 1901       Christ, Our Loving Comforter and                             Restorer ................................ 145       21    Ms 29, 1901       An Appeal to Prepare the Heart to                             Receive the Holy Spirit ................. 151       22    Ms 37, 1901       The Work in the South; Money Wrongly                             Diverted; ............................... 156                             Plans and Decisions to Be Made Locally       23    Ms 144, 1901      Seek God for Wisdom and Power; .......... 163                             Feed on the Bread of Life       24    Ms 110, 1901      The Christian's Hope .................... 171       25    Ms 126, 1901      The Giving of the Law ................... 180       26    Ms 20, 1902       Our Elder Brother ....................... 190       27    Ms 77, 1902       Lessons From the First Chapter of Second                             Peter ................................... 193       28    Ms 96, 1902       Dangers of Worldly Policies and                             Principles;  ............................ 204                             A Plea for Obedience, Righteousness,                             and Unity       29    Ms 155, 1902      The Divine-Human Christ Set Forth in                             Revelation .............................. 213       30    Ms 30, 1903       Instruction Regarding Establishment of                             Institutions; ........................... 225                             Restaurants to Be Closed on the Sabbath       31    Ms 80, 1903       Whoso Offereth Praise Glorifieth God .... 228       32    Ms 91, 1903       Self-Improvement ........................ 238       33    Ms 8, 1904        Lessons From the Fifty-Eighth Chapter of                             Isaiah .................................. 249       34    Ms 52, 1904       A Plea for Unity ........................ 260       35    Ms 170, 1905      Marriage and the Christian Home ......... 270       36    Ms 11, 1906       Growing in Grace ........................ 274       37    Ms 61a, 1906      God's Judgment on the Cities ............ 279       38    Ms 61, 1907       Address to Young People ................. 285       39    Ms 115, 1907      Why We Have Sanitariums ................. 289       40    Ms 37, 1908       Abiding in Christ ....................... 292       41    Ms 47, 1908       "As Little Children" .................... 299       42    Letter 94a, 1909  An Appeal to Work the Cities ............ 305       43    Ms 73, 1909       Lessons From the First Chapter of Daniel  314       44    Ms 25, 1910       A Call to Work the Cities, Giving                             Particular Attention .................... 322                             to Nationality Groups       45    Ms 65, 1912       The Fruitless Fig Tree .................. 329       46    Ms 16, 1913       Following on to Know the Lord ........... 334       47    Ms 20, 1913       "I Will Not Leave You Comfortless" ...... 337  {2SAT 0.2}
[2SAT 1.1]     Chap. 1 - Diligence in the Work of Preparation    Manuscript 1,1869       ［Remarks by Ellen G. White in Battle Creek, March 26, 1869.］          I do not intend to speak long enough to weary you this afternoon. I have not strength, and should I consult my own feelings, I should not be here at all. I feel deeply for the people of God, but what to say or do to arouse them from their present lethargy, I know not. It seems that the strength of my life is nearly spent, but I shall not cease pleading with you until I fall at my post, if that is to be my fate.  {2SAT 1.1}
[2SAT 1.2]          The light of truth has shone in this place with great clearness. That light has been given line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. But the truth which it has been your privilege to enjoy has not been carefully cherished and carried into the practical life. This is the reason why there is so little power among us at the present time.  {2SAT 1.2}
[2SAT 1.3]          There are many who inquire, Why is it that we have so little strength? Is it because heaven is sealed? Is it because there are no precious lessons in store for us? Is it because our source of strength and power is exhausted, and we can receive no more? Why is it that we are not all light in the Lord? He who was a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief, who was wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities, by whose stripes we are healed. ［He］ is high and lifted up, and the glory of His train fills the temple. Why is this glory withheld from us who are in a world of sin and trouble, sorrow and sadness, corruption and iniquity?  {2SAT 1.3}
[2SAT 1.4]          The trouble lies with ourselves. It is our iniquities which have separated us from God. It is because we do not feel our need, because we do not hunger and thirst after righteousness, that we are not filled. The promise is that if we hunger and thirst after righteousness we shall be filled. The promise is to you, my brethren and sisters. It is to me, it is to every one of us. It is the hungering, thirsting souls who will be filled. We may come to Christ just as we are, with our weakness, our folly and imperfections, and in repentance drop at His feet, offering our petition in faith.  {2SAT 1.4}
[2SAT 1.5]          In spite of our errors, our continual backsliding, the voice of the long-suffering Saviour is heard inviting us, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." To the needy, the fainting, those who are weighed down with burden and care and                        -2-     perplexity, the invitation is, "Come." It is Christ's glory to encircle us in the arms of His mercy and love, and bind up our wounds, to sympathize with those who need sympathy, and strengthen those who need strength. When we have been almost ready to sink, we have sent up the earnest cry, "Lord, save, or I perish," and how sweet it has been to find His hand stretched out to save. He has been to us just what He promised, a present help in every time of need.  {2SAT 1.5}
[2SAT 2.1]          The Lord has graciously invited all to come. When He was on earth He said to the unbelieving, obstinate Pharisees, "Ye will not come unto Me, that ye might have life." Oh, that this may never be said of us. There is life and peace and joy in Jesus Christ. He is the sinner's friend. There is power and glory and strength for us all in Him, and if we believe that this power and glory is ours, if we comply with the conditions laid down in His Word, we shall be strong in the strength of the mighty One.  {2SAT 2.1}
[2SAT 2.2]          There are many who may well be represented by the vine that is trailing upon the ground, and entwining its tendrils about the roots and rubbish that lie in its path. To all such the message comes, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty" ［2 Corinthians 6:17, 18］.  {2SAT 2.2}
[2SAT 2.3]          There are conditions to meet if we would be blessed and honored and exalted by God. It is separation from the world, a refusal to touch those things which would separate our affections from God. God has the first and highest claim upon you. Set your affections upon Him and heavenly things. Your tendrils must be severed from everything earthly. You are exhorted to touch not the unclean thing, for in doing this you will yourself become unclean. It is impossible for you to unite with those who are corrupt and still remain pure. "What fellowship hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial?" God and Christ and the heavenly host would have man know that if he unites with the corrupt, he will become corrupt. If we are found mingling with the world, we shall share the fate of the world.  {2SAT 2.3}
[2SAT 2.4]          The requirements of God are set plainly before us, and the question to be settled is, Will we comply with them? Will we accept the conditions laid down in His Word--separation from the world? This is not the work of a moment or of a day. It is not accomplished by bowing at the family altar and offering up lip service, neither by public exhortation and prayer. It is a life-long work. Our consecration to God must be a living principle, interwoven with the life, and leading to self-denial and self-sacrifice. It                        -3-     must underlie all our thoughts and be the spring of every action. This will elevate us above the world, and separate us from its polluting influence.  {2SAT 2.4}
[2SAT 3.1]          All our actions are affected by our religious experience, and if this experience is founded on God, and we understand the mysteries of godliness, if we are daily receiving of the power of the world to come, and hold communion with God, and have the fellowship of the Spirit, if we are each day holding with a firmer grasp the higher life, and drawing closer and still closer to the bleeding side of the Redeemer, we shall have inwrought in us principles that are holy and elevating. Then it will be as natural for us to seek purity and holiness and separation from the world as it is for the angels of glory to execute the mission of love assigned them in saving mortals from the corrupting influence of the world.  {2SAT 3.1}
[2SAT 3.2]          Everyone who enters the pearly gates of the city of God will be a doer of the Word. He will be a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. It is our privilege to realize the fullness there is in Christ, and be blessed by the provision made through Him. Ample provision has been made that we should be raised from the lowlands of earth, and have our affections fastened upon God and heavenly things.  {2SAT 3.2}
[2SAT 3.3]          Will this separation from the world in obedience to the divine command unfit us for doing the work the Lord has left us? Will it hinder us from doing good to those around us? No; the firmer hold we have on heaven, the greater will be our power of usefulness in the world. We should study to copy the Pattern, that the Spirit that dwelt in Christ may dwell in us. The Saviour was not found among the exalted and honorable of the world. He did not spend His time among those who were seeking their ease and pleasure. He went about doing good. His work was to help those who needed help, to save the lost and perishing, to lift up the bowed down, to break the yoke of oppression from those who were in bondage, to heal the afflicted, and to speak words of sympathy and consolation to the distressed and sorrowing.  {2SAT 3.3}
[2SAT 3.4]          We are required to copy this Pattern. Let us be up and doing, seeking to bless the needy and comfort the distressed. The more we partake of the Spirit of Christ, the more we shall see to do for our fellow man. We shall be filled with a love for perishing souls, and shall find our delight in following the footsteps of the Majesty of heaven.  {2SAT 3.4}
[2SAT 3.5]          Probation is about to close. In heaven the edict will soon go forth, "It is done." "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be                        -4-     righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be" ［Revelation 22:11, 12］. Then the last prayer for sinners will have been offered, the last tear shed, the last warning given, the last entreaty made. The sweet voice of mercy will be heard no more.  {2SAT 3.5}
[2SAT 4.1]         This is why Satan is making such mighty efforts to secure men and women in his snare. He has come down with great power, knowing that his ［time］ is short. His special work now is to secure professing Christians in his ranks, that he may through them allure and destroy souls. The enemy is playing the game of life for every soul. He is working to remove everything of a spiritual nature from us, and in the place of the precious graces of Christ ［to］ crowd our hearts with all the evil traits of the carnal nature--hatred, evil surmising, jealousy, love of the world, love of self, love of pleasure, and pride of life. We need to be fortified against the incoming of the foe, who is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish, for if we are not watchful and prayerful, these evils will enter the heart and crowd out all that is good.  {2SAT 4.1}
[2SAT 4.2]          Many who profess to believe the Word of God do not seem to understand the deceptive working of the enemy. They do not realize that the end of time is near. But Satan knows it, and while men sleep he works. The lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eye, and the pride of life are controlling men and women. Satan is at work, even among the people of God, to cause disunion and difference of opinion. There is biting and devouring among them, and Satan designs that they shall be consumed one of another. Selfishness, corruption, and evil of every kind is taking a firm hold upon hearts.  {2SAT 4.2}
[2SAT 4.3]          With many the precious Word of God is neglected. A novel or a story book engages the attention and fascinates the mind. Anything that will excite the imagination is eagerly devoured, while the Word of God is set aside. Why was it that the Jewish nation rejected and turned from Christ, insisting ［that］ a robber be granted them and that the Prince of life be crucified? Why did such blindness come upon the people? It was because they overlooked the Word of Life, because they failed to search the Scriptures.  {2SAT 4.3}
[2SAT 4.4]          In these last days many are weighed in the balances and found wanting, because they suffer their minds to be engrossed with things of little importance, while eternal truth is neglected. The truth of God, which would elevate, sanctify, refine, and fit us for the finishing touch of immortality, is set aside for things of minor importance. Oh, that this blindness might pass away, and men and women understand                        -5-     the work that Satan is accomplishing among them.  {2SAT 4.4}
[2SAT 5.1]          Provision has been made whereby the communication between heaven and our souls may be free and open, that we may have the influence of the holy angels. We can place ourselves where rays of light and glory from the throne of God will be given us in abundance. The light of the knowledge of the glory of God as seen in the face of Jesus Christ may shine upon us, and we may stand in the position where it can be said of us, "Ye are the light of the world."  {2SAT 5.1}
[2SAT 5.2]          Were it not for the communication between heaven and earth, there would be no light in the world. Like Sodom and Gomorrah all would perish beneath the wrath of an offended God. But the world is not left in darkness. The long-suffering and mercy of God is still extended to the children of men. It is His design that the divine rays of light which emanate from the throne of God shall be received in our hearts and reflected by the children of light.  {2SAT 5.2}
[2SAT 5.3]          The love revealed in the Saviour's life of self-denial and self-sacrifice is to be seen in the lives of His followers. We are called upon "so to walk even as He walked." The cause of our weakness lies in our refusal to obey this command. On every side there are opportunities to work for our fellow men, not only in supplying their temporal wants, but their spiritual necessities. It is our duty to lead souls to the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world. It is important that we fill aright our position in the world, in society, and in the church; but we cannot do this unless we have a firm hold upon righteousness.  {2SAT 5.3}
[2SAT 5.4]          Our faith must reach within the veil, whither our Forerunner has for us entered. It is possible for us to take hold by faith of the eternal promises of God, but to do this we must have a faith that will not be denied, a steadfast, immovable faith, that will take hold of the realities of the unseen world.  {2SAT 5.4}
[2SAT 5.5]          It is our privilege to stand with the light of heaven upon us. It was thus that Enoch walked with God. It was no easier for Enoch to live a righteous life in his day than it is for us at the present time. The world in Enoch's time was no more favorable to a growth in grace and holiness than it is now, but Enoch devoted time to prayer and communion with God, and this enabled him to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. It is his devotion to God that fitted him for translation.  {2SAT 5.5}
[2SAT 5.6]          We are living amid the perils of the last days, and we must receive our strength from the same source as did Enoch. We must walk with God. A separation from the world is required of us. We cannot remain free from this pollution unless we follow the example of faithful Enoch and walk with God. But                        -6-     how many are slaves to the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eye, and the pride of life.  {2SAT 5.6}
[2SAT 6.1]          This is the reason why they are not partakers of the divine nature, and do not escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. They are serving and honoring self. Their constant study is, What shall I eat, what shall I drink, and wherewithal shall I be clothed.  {2SAT 6.1}
[2SAT 6.2]          Many talk of sacrifice, when they do not know what sacrifice is. They have not tasted its first draught. They talk of the cross of Christ, they profess the faith, but they have had no experience in self-denial, lifting the cross and bearing it after their Lord. If they were partakers of the divine nature, the same spirit that dwelt in their Lord would dwell in them. The same tenderness and love, the same pity and compassion, would be manifested in their lives. They would not then wait to have the needy and unfortunate come to them, and be entreated to feel for their woes. It would be as natural for them to aid the needy and minister to their wants as it was for Christ to go about doing good.  {2SAT 6.2}
[2SAT 6.3]          Every man, woman, and youth who professes the religion of Christ should realize the responsibility resting upon them. All should feel that this is an individual work, an individual warfare, an individual preaching of Christ in the daily practice. If each would realize this, and take hold of the work, we should be mighty as an army with banners. The heavenly dove would hover over us. The Sun of Righteousness would shine upon us, and the light of the glory of God would no more be shut away from us than it was from the devoted Enoch.  {2SAT 6.3}
[2SAT 6.4]          The command is given us, "Come out from among them, and be ye separate." It is not for you to say, I have nothing to do with my neighbor; he is buried in the world; I am not his keeper. For this very reason you should have something to say to him. The light given you, you should not hide under a bushel. You are not to keep it for yourself alone. This is entirely contrary to the will of God. Let your light shine before men, is the command. Will you let it shine--by your words, your deeds?  {2SAT 6.4}
[2SAT 6.5]          It may be understood that you believe the Sabbath, that you believe in the Lord's soon return; but what good will that do your neighbor unless you carry this belief into your daily life? You may talk of being a follower of Christ, but this will not benefit those around you unless you imitate the great Example.  {2SAT 6.5}
[2SAT 6.6]          It is not merely by reading or writing that you battle for your faith, but by showing your good works, by leading sinners to the Lamb of God. Your profession may be as high as heaven, but it will not save you or your fellow men unless you are a Christian. Your example will go farther toward enlightening                        -7-     the world than all your profession. We want the living preacher carried out in the living example. In this way your light will shine, and others, seeing your good works, will glorify your Father which is in heaven.  {2SAT 6.6}
[2SAT 7.1]          Oh, that the Lord would give us to feel as we have never felt before. If you knew that you had but one more hour of probation, you would change your course. You would not dare to stand in the position you are in today. If you knew that probation would close in one year, you would not continue the course you are now pursuing, and yet you do not know that you will live one day longer. You have not one day to call your own. We know not how soon death may be feeling for the heart-strings of any one of us. We know not how soon the axe may be laid at the root of the tree, and the sentence go forth, "Cut it down. Why cumbereth it the ground?" Will you pass on in your sinful state, with envy and jealousy and hatred in your heart? While you do this, you are no more fit for heaven than Satan himself.  {2SAT 7.1}
[2SAT 7.2]          If you think you can lay down the oars, and still make your way up stream, you are mistaken. It is only by earnest effort, by using the oars with all your might, that you can stem the current. How many there are as weak as water, when they have a never-failing Source of strength. Heaven is ready to impart to us, that we may be mighty in God, and attain the full stature of men and women in Christ Jesus.  {2SAT 7.2}
[2SAT 7.3]          But who of you in the past year has been making progress in the way of holiness? What increase of spiritual power have you gained? Who has come off conqueror over the foe? Who has been enabled to gain one precious attainment after another, until envy, pride, malice, jealousy, and every evil stain, has been swept away, and only the graces of the Spirit remain--meekness, forbearance, gentleness, charity?  {2SAT 7.3}
[2SAT 7.4]          God will help us if we take hold of the help He has provided. "Let him take hold of My strength," He says, "that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me" ［Isaiah 27:5］. This is a blessed promise. Many times, when I have been discouraged and almost in despair, I have come to the Lord with this promise, and said, "Let me take hold of Thy strength, that I may make peace with Thee; and I shall make peace with Thee." And as I have laid hold of the strength of God, I have found a peace which passeth understanding.  {2SAT 7.4}
[2SAT 7.5]          I know that the words I speak to you are truth, and that you need them. Oh, that you would arouse, and wrench yourself from the grasp of the enemy, that you would engage in the battle of life in earnest, putting on every piece of the armor, that you may war successfully against the wily foe. Satan is already weaving his net about                        -8-     you, and ensnaring your soul. He does not wait for his prey to be brought to him. He goes about like a roaring lion, seeking whom he may devour. But does he always roar? No; when it serves his purpose best, he sinks his voice to the softest whisper, and, wrapped in garments of light, appears as an angel from heaven. Men have so little knowledge of his wiles, so little understanding of the mystery of iniquity, that the enemy out-generals them almost every time.  {2SAT 7.5}
[2SAT 8.1]          Many who have lived under the blazing light of truth act as though they had nothing to do. They watch another playing the game of life for the soul, and stand by as though they had nothing to do but watch how the game is carried on. God calls upon every one of you to take up life's burdens, and engage in the warfare as you have never done before.  {2SAT 8.1}
[2SAT 8.2]          You who are gossipers, who love to speak of the faults of this one and that one, arouse, I beg of you, and look into your own hearts. Take your Bibles, and go to God in earnest prayer. Ask Him to teach you to know your own heart, to understand your weakness, your sins and follies, in the light of eternity. Ask Him to show you yourself as you stand in the sight of heaven. This is the prayer we should offer.  {2SAT 8.2}
[2SAT 8.3]          I would close up my instruments of music, and bowing before God, plead with Him as I had never pled before. In humility send your petition to heaven, and do not rest day or night until you can say, Hear what the Lord has done for me; until you can bear a living testimony, and tell of victories won. This is the time to sing the songs of Zion.  {2SAT 8.3}
[2SAT 8.4]          Jacob wrestled with the angel all night before he gained the victory. When morning broke the angel said, Let me go, for the day breaketh. But Jacob answered, "I will not let thee go, except thou bless me" ［Genesis 32:26］. Then his prayer was answered. "Thy name shall be no more Jacob," said the angel, "but Israel; for as a Prince hast thou power with God, and hast prevailed" ［verse 28］.  {2SAT 8.4}
[2SAT 8.5]         We need the determined perseverance of Jacob, and the unyielding faith of Elijah. Time after time Elijah sent his servant to see if the cloud was rising, but no cloud was to be seen. At last, after seven times, the servant returned with the word, "I see a little cloud, as large as a man's hand." Did Elijah stand back and say, "I will not receive this evidence. I will wait until the heavens gather blackness"? No. He said, It is time for us to be going. He ventured all upon that token from God, and sent his messenger before him to tell Ahab that there was the sound of abundance of rain.  {2SAT 8.5}
[2SAT 8.6]          It is such faith as this that we want, faith that will take hold, and will not let go. Inspiration tells us that Elijah was a man subject to like                        -9-     passions as we are. Heaven heard his prayer. He prayed that rain might cease, and there was no rain. Again he prayed for rain, and the rain was sent. And why should not the Lord be entreated in behalf of His people today?  {2SAT 8.6}
[2SAT 9.1]          Oh, that the Lord would imbue us with His Spirit. Oh, that the curtain might be rolled back, and we be made to understand the mystery of godliness. I long for God. I hunger and thirst after righteousness. As the hart pants for the water brooks, my soul pants after God. I plead with Him for His people that He may send upon us the showers of His grace.  {2SAT 9.1}
[2SAT 9.2]          But this is an individual work. Every man is to build over against his own house. Do not think of any one's faults but your own. Oh, consider this, for here eternal interests are involved. You have nothing to do with the sins of others, but you have much to do with yourself. Act as though there was not another being in the universe but yourself and a pure and holy God.  {2SAT 9.2}
[2SAT 9.3]          All who profess to be children of God should be missionaries. You ought to be working in the Master's vineyard. To one is committed five talents, to another two, and to another one. And everyone is accountable to God for these gifts. Your talents are committed to you to be improved, and unless you trade upon these talents, unless you are faithful to your trust, your fate will be similar to that of the man who hid his Lord's money in the earth.  {2SAT 9.3}
[2SAT 9.4]          "I knew thee that thou art a hard man," said the unprofitable servant, "reaping where thou hast not sown, and gathering where thou hast not strawed: and I was afraid, and went and hid thy talent in the earth: lo, there thou hast that is thine" ［Matthew 25:24, 25］. The sentence passed upon him was, "Take ye the unprofitable servant, and bind him hand and foot, and cast him into outer darkness. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth." ［See verses 29, 30.］ This will be the portion of many professing Christians at the present day unless they arouse and work mightily to redeem the time.  {2SAT 9.4}
[2SAT 9.5]         God calls upon you to put all your strength into the work. You will have to render an account for the good you might have done had you been standing in a right position, but which you have failed to do. Oh, that you might see that it is time you were co-workers with Christ and the heavenly angels.  {2SAT 9.5}
[2SAT 9.6]          Will you awake? There are souls in your midst who are in need of help. Have you felt a burden of soul to bring them to the cross? Bear in mind that just that degree of love you have for God you will reveal for your brethren, and for sinners who are lost and undone and out of Christ.--Ms. 1, 1869.  {2SAT 9.6}
[2SAT 10.1]      Chap. 2 - Charge to Ministers and Laymen: Labor Together for Souls    Manuscript 5, 1883         ［Sermon by Mrs. White at the last meeting of the conference           Battle Creek, Michigan, Tuesday, November 20, 1883.］            I want to say, brethren and sisters, that this conference--the Bible studies and other meetings and indeed all connected with the conference--has been one of deep interest to me, and I feel very grateful to God that I have enjoyed these meetings as I never have any meetings of the kind before. I know that we have had the presence and the blessing of God in our midst. And as we are about to separate, and our ministers will go to their different positions of labor, the question arises, Shall we meet again? Shall all of us ever meet again in conference? Probably not. We may never all assemble in meeting again as we are here today.  {2SAT 10.1}
[2SAT 10.2]          In this morning's meeting, as we were listening to the testimonies borne here, and as the last hymn was sung--"When shall we meet again, meet ne'er to sever?"--I almost forgot myself. My mind reached over to the other shore, to the time when there will be a grand meeting in the city of God around the great white throne, and the redeemed will be singing there of triumph and of victory and of praise to God and to the Lamb. Well now, it brought such a solemn, sweet feeling upon me; it softened my heart, and I could not prevent the tears from flowing. Oh, what happiness we shall enjoy, gathered round about the throne, clothed in the white robes of the righteousness of Christ. No more sorrow, no more separation, but to dwell in peace, to dwell in happiness, to dwell in glory throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. What a happy, happy company we may be!  {2SAT 10.2}
[2SAT 10.3]          Now let us consider the same privileges here. When we consider the infinite sacrifice of our Saviour that we might become children of God and members of the royal family, when we consider this exaltation, when we consider that all these privileges will be ours, and may be ours every day, that we may have the privileges which belong to the sons and daughters of God, how can any one of us have any word of complaint? How can anyone utter one word of murmuring? How can it dwell in our hearts?  {2SAT 10.3}
[2SAT 10.4]          We ought to be the most grateful people on the face of the earth. Our happiness is dependent on our faith in God--our confidence in Him. And then when we think of what a hope we have, of what a faith we have, that it reaches right into the other world, when we know that it will continue unto the                       -11-     ceaseless ages of eternity, I want to know how you feel in regard to these pleas that have been presented to you tonight? They call for one here and one there among these ministers to go to another field, and it is almost impossible to take one minister to go to another field without robbing the field from which he comes. When we consider that there are large cities where there has been no special labor bestowed, how do you feel, my brethren? Well, I feel as if a sword were piercing through my heart. I feel as though the time has come for God to raise up men to go into this labor.  {2SAT 10.4}
[2SAT 11.1]          If there is anything I can put into this work, that shall go. But there are many who are willing to give of their means, but they withhold themselves. Why is it we do not find more who give themselves to this work? It is because selfishness lies at the root of the matter. There are those who come to this college, and they come to it with the object of laboring in the field, but there has been so little effort, there has been so little appreciation of their object and purposes, so little zeal to help them, that they have become discouraged. And the attraction has been so very small, the help given them so little, that many have been very slow to devote themselves to the ministry. There have been young men who could have given themselves to the ministry.  {2SAT 11.1}
[2SAT 11.2]          It is not the want of ability, it is not because the prospect of their being fitted for the ministry was hopeless, but selfishness lies at the root of the matter. They thought they could make a little more money in worldly business, and so selfishness has drawn them away from the work. There might have been twenty laborers where there is one who has come out of the college prepared to labor. There is this disinclination to labor for God.  {2SAT 11.2}
[2SAT 11.3]          What is the matter? The truth we advocate is not popular; it is unpopular and ever will be, because the Sabbath truth ever involves a cross. There are enough men who are willing to preach, but they are unwilling to be laborers; they shun the working part. They are not willing to visit by the fireside, to take the Bible and try to teach its sacred doctrines in the family, to carry the burden of souls upon them, to weep between the porch and the altar, crying, "Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage to reproach" (Joel 2:17). They are not willing to feel an interest for those who listen to their discourses, to become acquainted with the individual member of families, to put forth personal efforts for them, to pray for them and with them, to show the youth that they have a deep love for their souls, to lead them kindly, tenderly, lovingly, to the fold of Christ.  {2SAT 11.3}
[2SAT 11.4]         This kind of work will drive the minister to his knees in prayer, and                       -12-     to his Bible, and will compel him to make God his trust, to walk by faith, sowing the seed of truth beside all waters, praying that God may water it.  {2SAT 11.4}
[2SAT 12.1]          This is labor; this is the kind of work that devolves upon every minister of Christ. And the reason why some of our ministers are almost faithless, why they are desponding and walking under a cloud, is because they do not work as faithful shepherds should, watching for souls as they that must give an account. True watchmen are faithful shepherds. The qualification of a minister is not his brilliant talents, for this knowledge might prove his ruin. It is the entire surrender of the heart to God, to be molded and impressed as God chooses.  {2SAT 12.1}
[2SAT 12.2]          When Christ called His ministers He did not go to the "school of the prophets" but to fishermen. He took those men that He could bring into connection with Himself, so that He could place His mold upon them. And this is the kind of workers the Lord wants--men who are willing to sit at His feet, men who can work anywhere and do anything for the Lord, and who will not be constantly striving for the supremacy.  {2SAT 12.2}
[2SAT 12.3]          If you feel that the responsibility in the harvest field is too great, there are other branches of labor before you. You can do a smaller work. And if you do that smaller work with fidelity, you are fitting for greater responsibilities and God will entrust to you larger work. Here are men who can take hold of the larger part of the work in bearing the burdens, in teaching the truth, while others are fitted for canvassing. I have thought how great a work might be done through canvassing, in reaching hearts and dropping the seed of truth. Almost anyone with an intelligent mind can make his labors acceptable, and if self is hid in Jesus Christ, he can spread the knowledge of the truth of God among his neighbors and into those large cities that have never yet been entered, for Christ will work with his efforts. It is because the lay members do not do the work they ought to do that they feel so weak.  {2SAT 12.3}
[2SAT 12.4]          When I listened to the testimony of Brother Conradi, I could see how he was so successful. He was thoroughly in earnest in the work. He takes hold of it as though he meant to do something. It is not ability alone that gives success, although sanctified talent and ability are as polished instruments in the hands of God; it is to be thoroughly in earnest in the work. If the worker has access to the hearts of the people, the people will say, "Well, that man is in earnest; he is good at heart."  {2SAT 12.4}
[2SAT 12.5]          When one was speaking in a simple, earnest manner in Market Street, there was a man present who was on his way to South America. He attended the meeting                       -13-     and said, "That speaker is thoroughly in earnest, and the things uttered seem to be a reality. There must be something in what is presented." He stated to our brethren that he was about to sail for South America, and he said, "I will carry all the papers and pamphlets that you give me." Brother Loughborough furnished him with the publications. He took all we gave him.  {2SAT 12.5}
[2SAT 13.1]          Now brethren, we do not want to act as some have done. I have heard of a man who was about to cross a bridge, and he asked, "Is this bridge safe?" One said, "I have crossed several times, but it was not very safe; however, after all, I passed over without harm." He went quite near to the bridge, when another man approached, gesticulating earnestly and crying out, "Don't go over that bridge; if you go on it there is danger there. It is unsafe." We are compelled to think the man understood the condition of the bridge, felt it was not safe to venture on it. Why did the second man stop him, and not the first? Because the second was thoroughly in earnest. He had the other's welfare at heart.  {2SAT 13.1}
[2SAT 13.2]          What the Lord wants in His service is thoroughly earnest men. If there has been any indolence about any of us, and if there has been any indifference and careless inattention among those who handle such solemn, testing truths, the Lord wants you to put it away. He wants you, when you talk the truth to the people, to act as though you believed it yourself and had zeal and earnestness to bear some comparison with the truth you profess.  {2SAT 13.2}
[2SAT 13.3]          Do not give the same discourse over and over again. Leave some chance for the Spirit of God to impress you, to give you fresh ideas and increased light. We all need hearts susceptible to the impress of the Spirit of God, hearts thoroughly imbued with His Spirit. That which we learn in the school of Christ will be meekness and lowliness of heart. We are ever to be learners, Bible students. We cannot study the Scriptures with a heart to learn and understand without obtaining fresh ideas, increased light. Do not have your set discourses, going over the same ground, having the same ending, and leave no chance for the Spirit of God to bring to your mind things new and old from the treasury of truth.  {2SAT 13.3}
[2SAT 13.4]          We must make it a matter of thought and of diligent study to present the truth in that sincerity and earnestness that will inspire confidence and faith that we have learned of Jesus. A flash of light will come upon the pages and bright gems of truth will be revealed to you, and it will be the voice of God to you, as a fire shut up in your bones. You will want to speak of the Bible truths, for you will feel that they are the most precious riches, treasure the earth cannot                       -14-     give, and while you are talking to the people light will be given from heaven. We want to search the Scriptures for ourselves and to be thoroughly in earnest.  {2SAT 13.4}
[2SAT 14.1]          And, dear brethren, in your different positions in your fields of labor there is not that feeling of love and tenderness cultivated that there ought to be. Love is a tender, heavenly plant that needs constant cultivation. We meet here in this conference as a family of God's chosen ones, and as we are God's children we will have nothing in us that will love strife or love to quarrel one with another. We should be guarded, not to tear down that which our brethren or ourselves have been building up. When you are disposed to dissension, think that it will not do, it will not do.  {2SAT 14.1}
[2SAT 14.2]          Christ has said: "By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another" (John 13:35). This, then, is the credential we bear to the world that we are indeed children of God. Satan knows that if we cease to cultivate love we bear his stamp rather than the impress of heaven. We should inquire, Are we to dwell together in heaven? Then it must be in peace and harmony, and we must learn to harmonize in this world. Our work, our feelings, our actions must be Christlike. There are laborers that can work together in harmony.  {2SAT 14.2}
[2SAT 14.3]          There are men, wholehearted men, whom God wants to engage in His work, and He wants every one of them to be abiding in Christ. Many claim that they are abiding in Christ and preach the truth of heavenly origin. Yet if their words and works reveal that they are suspicious and envious of their brother ministers, they are not trying to build up the work but are trying to work one against another. One wants to be a little ahead of the other--not in meekness, in lowliness of heart, but in the estimation of others.  {2SAT 14.3}
[2SAT 14.4]          Some of you are contending one against another, yet all claim to be abiding in Jesus. Is there anything in Christ that wars against Christ? This, my brethren, you see cannot be. And if there is any contention at all it is because there is some enemy in the camp. It is Satan working in your hearts and putting enmity there, and not Christ's persuasive love.  {2SAT 14.4}
[2SAT 14.5]          Some--if there has not been contention--if they cannot have the credit of superior work which they think will elevate them, will become downhearted and will not do anything. There has not, thank the Lord, been a great deal of this in our ranks; but there should not be the first seed of it sown among us.  {2SAT 14.5}
[2SAT 14.6]          While Christ was with His disciples, as they were going to a certain place they were disputing which should be the greatest in the kingdom of heaven. Jesus asked them of what they were disputing by the way. He then took a little                       -15-     child and set him in their midst and said, "Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven" (Matthew 18:3).  {2SAT 14.6}
[2SAT 15.1]          This self-sufficiency, and this combativeness, and this selfishness and wilfulness that are indulged, separate the soul from Jesus. We want that this will, this strong purpose, be turned into the right channel. Brethren, we want to have a will that will be God's will. It is right for us to have a will and way, but it must be God's way and God's will. When the mind and will are turned into the right channel we shall have success.  {2SAT 15.1}
[2SAT 15.2]          The angels of God will be much better pleased and will be attracted to us when the servants in the field can come together, and bow down together, and pray with tears and contrition of heart; when they can talk about the work, no matter whose that work will be--whether it be the work of Brother Olsen, of Brother Cudney, or whoever it might be. Christ is working in that work. The workers will love ［one］ another. They will fall upon the neck of one another, and in time of sorrow and sadness they will comfort one another, pray for one another, bless one another.  {2SAT 15.2}
[2SAT 15.3]          Oh, that we might be children of God! Oh, that we might every one be humble sons and daughters of God! Oh, that we might have another touch of the Holy Spirit, and every heart be moved before we leave this house. Oh, that we might have a baptism of the Holy Ghost before we separate. Oh, that the love of Jesus might gladden our hearts with sweet music like a song of heaven, because the wickedness of our hearts is broken down and it may be truly said, "See how these brethren love one another."  {2SAT 15.3}
[2SAT 15.4]          God wants every one of us to support these German brethren who will work in the same neighborhood with English brethren. If every one of us should strive for that love which ought to dwell in the hearts of every one of us, we would be a power on earth such as not one of us conceives. No one knows this better than Satan. He tries to sow the seeds of envy and hatred, rather than love, in the hearts of the brethren.  {2SAT 15.4}
[2SAT 15.5]          Two brethren are working in the same field. They each have their work; but Satan has tempted them and they are at variance. Shall these brethren labor separately in the field because they do not harmonize? Shall we separate them if they do not harmonize here? No, no. Let them work together until they do labor unitedly. In heaven they must harmonize in songs of triumph to the glory of God and of the Lamb. Well, when is this unity to take place? Are we to wait until we get home to heaven? No, it should take place right here before we leave this house. The melting power of God may be felt right here and the rough edges of our hearts                       -16-     are to be melted right down. From our hearts is to flow forth love, peace, and harmony.  {2SAT 15.5}
[2SAT 16.1]          If you open the door, Jesus will come in. Remove the rubbish Satan has piled up before the door of the heart, that Jesus may enter in. He says, "If any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me" (Revelation 3:20).  {2SAT 16.1}
[2SAT 16.2]         Will you open the door? Jesus will give this communion and you may have His light and rest. Can there be any difference? Can there be any dissension? Well, when I think of this I do not know what to say. My heart is full of tenderness and love to all. If we have any right to heaven it is because that human arm of Jesus encircles every one of us. "Hid with Christ in God" (Colossians 3:3). There is the union, "Hid with Christ in God."  {2SAT 16.2}
[2SAT 16.3]         Then how dare you allow one thought of opposition against one child of God? How dare you to do it? We want melting mercy to fall upon us. And Jesus says it is not possible for the Father to love us if we do not love one another. It is possible to love one another. Therefore you must not make up your minds you cannot do it.  {2SAT 16.3}
[2SAT 16.4]         But he says, "Love one another, as I have loved you" (John 15:12). Oh, my soul, we profess to love the Bible, do we not? Do we plant ourselves upon the Word of God as it is? I was going to tell you a little of what I thought. We want to feel here that we are one family, redeemed by the precious blood of Christ. He is pleading for us. He says, "Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands" (Isaiah 49:16). It is the religion of Christ we want. We want to drink deeper when we are converted men and women.  {2SAT 16.4}
[2SAT 16.5]         I can tell you we can feed not only the sheep, but also the lambs. Three times Christ asked the impetuous Peter, "Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou Me?" (John 21:15-17). He said, "Yea, Lord." Peter was to feed not only the sheep but also the lambs, those who need to have tenderness shown them. Brethren, can we do it? "If you love Me, feed My lambs." We want a deeper understanding of the love of God.  {2SAT 16.5}
[2SAT 16.6]          You may be doing something. You are not to choose that which pleases you, but to choose that which pleases the Master. I have found light and happiness in bowing with perfect submission to the Master. I love Him because He has been revealed to me in such condescension. He came down to reach me and He brought me up. Will you imitate His spirit of condescension? Will you leave off your selfishness and dignity to reach the souls that Christ has died for? What sacrifice will you make? There are some here clothed in the glorious robes of humility.  {2SAT 16.6}
[2SAT 17.1]                       -17-          You might have gained one hundred workers that might have come from the college. But here are men in responsible positions who have been blending to worldly lines, who have had a worldly motive and a worldly stamp, and then the worldly spirit and the worldly feeling come in. Let us answer the purpose of God. Let all be working for God. Is it only the ministers that bear this work? No, it is the men and women of the church.  {2SAT 17.1}
[2SAT 17.2]          Let me tell you, you do not know Christ. You have not become acquainted with Him. If you would begin to study and labor to know what means you could use to bring souls to a knowledge of the truth, as diligently as you would devise means to work for your own selfish interests, you would be saving souls. Oh, the blood of souls will be upon many here in Battle Creek who have neglected their responsibility. May the God of heaven have mercy upon them.  {2SAT 17.2}
[2SAT 17.3]          And here are the ministers of Jesus Christ watching upon the walls of Zion to give the note of warning to the people, the laymen. Are you not to watch with your brethren, that jealousy may not arise in you because your brethren may have the name of doing a little more work than you do? But you are to watch for souls. There is too much work for one word of contention to arise in your heart. But your deportment will express your interest, and your gifts will express it.  {2SAT 17.3}
[2SAT 17.4]          Well, I am happy to say this is the very best conference I ever attended in my life. It has been a feast to my soul from beginning to end. And when there is a prospect that my brethren will go into the fields that they may work in every branch in every way, why I have felt a spring of joy that was greater than I could express.  {2SAT 17.4}
[2SAT 17.5]          Brethren and sisters, Jesus has loved us with a love that cannot be expressed. Then, brethren and sisters, let us love one another with that love wherewith Christ has loved us. And when an evil thought comes in against a brother, just bow down in prayer asking that God will bless him, that heart may beat in unison with heart.  {2SAT 17.5}
[2SAT 17.6]          Feed the sheep; feed the lambs. Here is the work in which you need to be very tender, to be very courteous, and to be very kind. You should show Christian politeness everywhere, showing that you are a son of God, or a daughter of God. You profess to be leading others to heaven and to have a commission from the kingdom of heaven to go forth and proclaim the gospel.  {2SAT 17.6}
[2SAT 17.7]          What a responsibility to go forth and proclaim the gospel everywhere! When you go forth, what a responsibility! How can you bear it? Oh, God, who is sufficient for these things? I have felt it. Who is sufficient for these things?  {2SAT 17.7}
[2SAT 17.8]          God will let His blessing rest upon us if we will open our hearts                       -18-     to Him. Every step is by faith. We will have to know by experience what it is to fight the good fight of faith. But do not, for your soul's sake, for Christ's sake, express one word of mistrust or want of faith. When you get that word of thankfulness in your heart, there will not be one word of murmuring, but instead of that, praise. Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God. It is not only our privilege but our duty to sing and make melody in our hearts to God.  {2SAT 17.8}
[2SAT 18.1]          Well now, I am taking up altogether too much time, but I want to say, brethren and sisters, I want to thank God for the light and unity that has rested upon the work. A great responsibility rests upon the ministers. While they are engaged in the service of God they are placing themselves in the position where God can bless them.  {2SAT 18.1}
[2SAT 18.2]          "They that turn many to righteousness" shall shine "as the stars for ever and ever" (Daniel 12:3). That is how we shall shine. The glory of God will rest upon you. You cannot become interested in a soul but that an angel of God will be close at your side and will move that soul.  {2SAT 18.2}
[2SAT 18.3]          If you want the companionship of angels, go to work, and then you will have no time to gossip or to get into the prevailing fashion of gossiping. God help you to work for time and eternity.  {2SAT 18.3}
[2SAT 18.4]          I may never have the privilege of standing in this house again, but I want to say, brethren and sisters, I love Jesus. We may never meet here again, but shall we meet around the great white throne? May we work so we may bring a harvest of souls to the Master.  {2SAT 18.4}
[2SAT 18.5]          The influence of the Holy Spirit has gone from ministers because there has been a spirit of contention. Let it forever cease. Come unto the Master and let Him breathe His sweet Spirit into your hearts. The tender plant of love must be cherished. If we should not have the privilege of meeting here again in conference, what a meeting will it be when we shall greet each other when Christ comes in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory! What a scene of glory that will be! If we can hear the "Well done, good and faithful servant," the light and glory of God will beam upon us from the face of Jesus Christ. I will pray for you. How I have prayed for you in the night seasons, that you may save other souls!  {2SAT 18.5}
[2SAT 18.6]          When we get home to heaven and look around us, we will say, Here is one, and here is another one. How earnestly I labored for his or her salvation. And here they are, with crowns of glory upon their heads. Oh, we shall see those who were brought to God through our instrumentality. Satan will not step in to divide and cause separation.  {2SAT 18.6}
[2SAT 19.1]                       -19-          Work in love. Walk in unity. Esteem others better than yourselves. Only a little moment longer, only a little moment to spare, and then it is the coming of the millennial year I see. May I behold the King in His beauty, with all His matchless charms. May we follow on in the light until we shall have an abundant entrance into the kingdom of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ.--Ms. 5, 1883.  {2SAT 19.1}
[2SAT 20.1]       Chap. 3 - Christian Fellowship    Manuscript 4, 1885         ［Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, Christiania, Norway, November 9, 1885.］          "Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; and make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord: looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled; lest there be any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau, who for one morsel of meat sold his birthright. For ye know how that afterward, when he would have inherited the blessing, he was rejected: for he found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears" (Hebrews 12:12-17).  {2SAT 20.1}
[2SAT 20.2]          The Lord would have His people come very close to Himself. It is important that everyone who professes to be a child of God should carry the spirit and teachings of Christ into his everyday life. Let us look critically to ourselves ［and］ compare our characters with the only standard of righteousness, lest we shall make any crooked paths for our feet, and many shall, through our want of faith and intelligent knowledge of the Scriptures, be turned out of the way. We want much more of the love of God in our hearts than we have today. Unless we do have the graces of the Spirit of Christ, we shall be channels of darkness.  {2SAT 20.2}
[2SAT 20.3]          It is our privilege to have the witness of the Spirit that our ways please God. We should not be satisfied unless we have this evidence. We must be pure in heart, and our works must be wrought in God. We need the special working of the Spirit of God upon our hearts. All the profession of the truth that we can make will be of no avail to us unless we have Christ abiding with us. We have altogether too little faith and firm reliance upon God.  {2SAT 20.3}
[2SAT 20.4]          We are in days of trial, and the adversary of souls is upon our track. While we stand out separate from the world, how tenderly we should press close together in faith, in love doing one another good. United we are strong, divided we are weak. When Christ is abiding in us we shall have sweet communion with Him. We shall not be seeking to build up self, and will not have an overestimate of our own abilities; we will humble ourselves. We will not find fault with others, and we shall be very careful lest we entertain thoughts in our                       -21-     hearts against our brethren and injure their influence. Satan will constantly tempt us to do this. How can it look in the sight of heaven, in the presence of holy beings, to be continually finding fault with your brethren?  {2SAT 20.4}
[2SAT 21.1]          In the place of being jealous, and thinking that your own ways are right in the sight of God, you should be jealous for your brother's feelings. Now, if everyone will make straight paths for his own feet to travel in, then he will be able to help his brother. We should take heed to our ways and draw nigh to God day by day. If we have the spirit of prayer, then we shall press our petition to the throne of grace, and if we pray more and search the Scriptures with far greater diligence, we will not be denied the blessing God has promised to bestow. We will not then be jealous of one another. God has not set any of you upon the track of your brother, to find fault with him. Keep your own feet in the straight path, and then you will by your example encourage your brother.  {2SAT 21.1}
[2SAT 21.2]          When Christ told Peter what he should do, Peter answered, "Lord, and what shall this man do?" Jesus said, "What is that to thee? follow thou Me." We want to be very jealous of ourselves. We want to examine ourselves and see if we are in the love of God. Unless Jesus is in us, we are reprobates. Every one of us will be tried, and unless we are closely connected with God, the trials that will come upon us will weaken our already weak faith and we shall become the sport of Satan's temptations. But if we are connected with Christ, and draw close to Jesus when these trials come, He will draw nigh to us. Satan will have no victory over us. "Draw nigh to God and He will draw nigh to you." We must commit the keeping of our souls to God as unto a faithful Creator.  {2SAT 21.2}
[2SAT 21.3]          We should not allow any feelings to come into our hearts against any of our brethren, for this is not the spirit of Christ. It is not the principle of truth to be finding fault and thinking evil of our brethren. If there are any difficulties that arise in your midst, seek every way that you can to adjust them. This is your Christian duty.  {2SAT 21.3}
[2SAT 21.4]          You may think that your brother is wholly in the fault, but if your brother does not come to you, you must go to him and try to come together. You must be in harmony. Unless you are in harmony one with another, Christ cannot abide in your heart.  {2SAT 21.4}
[2SAT 21.5]          Will you bow before God in prayer every day and ask Him to let the light of His Holy Spirit come into your hearts, and do not cease pleading with God until every evil thought and feeling is overcome? Christ says, "Confess your faults one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed." How much of this work have you                       -22-     done? Should the spirit of confession come into the church, you would surely see of the salvation of God.  {2SAT 21.5}
[2SAT 22.1]          We want to retain Christian fellowship and love in our midst. Remember that Christ has said, "By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples if ye have love one for another." Can we take this all in? How much has Christ loved us? He denied Himself, and was willing to endure every sacrifice that we might have eternal life. For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich, and He says, "Love one another as I have loved you." Then let us put Satan out of our hearts and invite Christ to come in. If we allow envy and hatred in our hearts, Christ cannot abide there.  {2SAT 22.1}
[2SAT 22.2]          We should every one seek to build one another up in the most holy faith, and individually we should look to Jesus, who is the Author and Finisher of our faith. Then you can lead others to the Saviour. Christ has said, "Strive to enter in at the strait gate, for wide is the gate and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction, and many there be that go in thereat." We must urge our way through the crowd that is making their way in the broad road. We must be firm to obey God. We must purify our souls by obeying the truth. The nearer we get to Jesus, the more we reflect upon His lovely character, the more we will reflect His divine image upon those around us.  {2SAT 22.2}
[2SAT 22.3]          When others see that you are determined to be right yourselves, they will see that the truth of God has an influence upon your life and character; then you will be a bright light to the world. I beg of you to seek most earnestly to be a help to others, complying with the conditions in the Word of God, "Learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls."  {2SAT 22.3}
[2SAT 22.4]          The trouble with many is ［that］ they have lost sight of Jesus. ［They］ fail to see the self-denial and love and mercy in His character, and therefore they do not imitate His life. But Jesus wants us to be one with Him, as He was one with the Father, and He wants us to be united one with another. We want to show to the world that we have a faith that is elevating, that makes us kind, courteous, self-denying, and begets in us love and reverence for God, and makes us Christian ladies and gentlemen.  {2SAT 22.4}
[2SAT 22.5]          We must pray more earnestly for the grace of Christ, which is essential for us if we preserve our integrity and spiritual life. If anyone comes to you and begins to tell you of the faults of another, if you cannot stop that voice in any other way, lift your voice and sing the Doxology. Vain talkers and mischiefmakers are Satan's agents in doing his work.  {2SAT 22.5}
[2SAT 23.1]                       -23-          There is a great work to be done for this church, and the sad part of it is there are so many ［who are］ well satisfied with themselves. They must be converted, their thoughts must be directed in a divine channel. We have a mighty, soul-purifying truth, and this truth is to sanctify us individually.  {2SAT 23.1}
[2SAT 23.2]          Satan has come down with great power, knowing that his time is short. He will overthrow the faith of some in this assembly unless we keep close to Jesus. We are warned that he will work with all power and signs and lying wonders, and therefore we want to be building up a firm character. All our powers should be trained to war against the enemy, for as Christ's faithful soldiers we want to be minutemen and give no place to the devil.  {2SAT 23.2}
[2SAT 23.3]          Satan's work will be manifested in such power that if it were possible he would deceive the very elect. And if he can, he will get your minds confused and you will lose sight of the truth and separate yourselves from the God of your strength. God wants you to be in that position where He can do great work for you. He wants you to have an intelligent faith. You do not want to present to the people a pattern mingled with defects of your character and give the world a false view of Jesus. It is our duty as Christians to represent Christ.  {2SAT 23.3}
[2SAT 23.4]          There are many who have professions of faith and doctrines who are not converted, and unless they shall humble their hearts before God, and bring the truth into the inner sanctuary of the soul, they will not represent Jesus, but dishonor His name and make of none effect the truth of God. They talk much about the power of the enemy but do not bring their minds to God.  {2SAT 23.4}
[2SAT 23.5]          Now, if you will open your hearts to the truth, then your understanding will be clear and you can present the truth to others. But if there are doubts and unbelief entertained, Christ cannot bring His light and the glory of His presence into your souls. Cannot you now begin to cultivate faith and talk of the mercies of God, and praise God with all your hearts? It is by prayer that you will receive strength to resist temptation. Christ will supply your wants, and relieve your doubts, and fill your soul with gladness.  {2SAT 23.5}
[2SAT 23.6]          If we are to do as the apostle recommends us to do--give to every man a reason of the hope that is within us with meekness and fear--then we want the truth stamped upon our hearts. Here is where the great lack has been with many, very many. They have a nominal faith. There has been too much time devoted to small things unworthy of the least thought, and the mind is dwarfed and bound about with the things it dwelt upon. Shall we have the converting power of God in our midst? Christ says, "Behold, I stand at the door, and                       -24-     knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me." Clear away the rubbish you have piled before the door of your heart and let Jesus come in.  {2SAT 23.6}
[2SAT 24.1]          There is something for every one of us to do to clear the King's highway. We want to confess and forsake our sins and have them go beforehand to ［the］ judgment ［so］ that when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord, and He shall send Jesus, our sins will be blotted out. What we want is pure and undefiled religion before God. We read in the Scriptures that pure and undefiled religion before God is this, That we visit the widow and fatherless in their affliction, and that we keep ourselves unspotted from the world.  {2SAT 24.1}
[2SAT 24.2]          It is not outward show that makes the Christian. But it is the sanctifying power of the grace of God upon the soul. By their fruits ye shall know them. If a man is meek and Christlike, he will reflect this. If he is puffed up and thinks he knows it all, he takes the position that he does not need to learn in the school of Christ, and the very lessons he needs to learn he does not learn, ［and］ at last he is weighed in the balances and found wanting. It is too late then for wrongs to be righted. The day of probation was the time for him to learn these lessons. Now is the time to do God's will, and in seeking to conform your will to the will of God you will have that love for your fellow men that Christ had for you, and you will be indeed a light to the world.  {2SAT 24.2}
[2SAT 24.3]          Whenever your lips are inclined to find fault with your brethren's ways and manners, just think that you, too, have sins to overcome. Look to Jesus and pattern after His character.  {2SAT 24.3}
[2SAT 24.4]          Christ is coming. I remember when we thought that the end was to come in 1844, and when we came together in our meetings the question would be asked by one and another, "Brethren, have you seen anything in me that is not right? I know that we cannot see our own faults, and if any of the brethren have seen anything wrong in me, I want them to tell me." Sometimes there would be wrongs confessed, and we would bow before God and ask His forgiveness. Then you would see brethren who had had some difficulty going away alone in some barn or orchard and pleading with God together. Then they would come arm in arm, loving one another, and at peace among themselves. We felt that we could not separate unless everything was in harmony. The sweet spirit of peace was in our midst, and the glory of God was around us. You could see faces shine.  {2SAT 24.4}
[2SAT 24.5]          ［part of manuscript missing］        We must get closer to God and then Christ will be our Light, and                       -25-     the light of truth will reflect upon the world. We want to educate ourselves to talk of the truth, talk of heaven and heavenly things, converse of the Saviour's love, and then we shall be fitting up for a holy heaven. If Christ, when He shall come, should find us with all the defects of character we have today, there will be no such thing as our getting into the courts of heaven, and there will be no chance for us to reform then. Christ does not promise to transform our characters then, after He shall come. We must seek righteous characters now.  {2SAT 24.5}
[2SAT 25.1]          But if we have built up ourselves in our own righteousness, He does not change the character. The change must be here. We must wash our robes and make them white in the blood of the Lamb in this world, and then we shall have the white linen which is the righteousness of the saints. But if we go on in our sins, Christ can never take such to heaven. It is only those who are holy who can see a holy God.  {2SAT 25.1}
[2SAT 25.2]          And I pray for you, my brethren, that you may make sure work for eternal life. As a messenger of Jesus Christ, I entreat you to let love come into your hearts. Every soul that shall be saved must be holy and pure in this world. Every soul that falls upon the Rock and is broken, Christ with His everlasting arms gathers to His bosom. Put your heart into the work.  {2SAT 25.2}
[2SAT 25.3]          There are many of you grasping the truth with the ends of your fingers, and here is the world looking upon you and witnessing that you are not Christians. If you gather the precious rays of light that God has given you, you can scatter these blessed beams upon the pathway of others.  {2SAT 25.3}
[2SAT 25.4]          May God wake you up, that you may seek your closets and pray to God, and believe that He hears you, for He says, "Ask and ye shall receive, seek and ye shall find, knock and it shall be opened unto you."  {2SAT 25.4}
[2SAT 25.5]          Then come just as you are and He will help you. He will save to the uttermost all who come unto Him. He wants to wash you from every stain of sin. I love Him because He first loved me. I see in Jesus matchless charms, and I want a part with Him in His heavenly kingdom.  {2SAT 25.5}
[2SAT 25.6]          And now, my brethren, "Seek the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon" ［Isaiah 55:6, 7］.  {2SAT 25.6}
[2SAT 25.7]          May God help us to seek Him, and to realize that He will do just as He has said He would. This is the victory, even your faith.--Ms. 4, 1885.  {2SAT 25.7}
[2SAT 26.1]       Chap. 4 - Preparation for Christ's Coming    Manuscript 10, 1886         ［Talk given Friday morning, July 23, 1886, at Copenhagen, Denmark.］          Mark 13:34-37. We see here that there are none excused from work. To every man He gave his work; therefore everyone has a work to do for the Master. And while they are represented as waiting and watching, yet they are doing noble work for the Master; so that the waiting, watching position of the people of God is not a position of inactivity.  {2SAT 26.1}
[2SAT 26.2]          The impression has prevailed largely that the preacher who proclaims God's word is the only one who has anything to do. And this is why there are so many weak churches in our land. If they would all realize that they have an individual work to do, then they would be building one another up in the most holy faith.  {2SAT 26.2}
[2SAT 26.3]          The question is, What is the work that devolves upon us as individuals who are looking and watching for the Lord to come? Please read Matthew 24:43-48. Here is a special work, to understand what kind of food is to be given to the flock of God. And while he that is made overseer of the flock of God shall open the Scriptures and give them the truth, then it is their duty to open the Scriptures to others.  {2SAT 26.3}
[2SAT 26.4]          The question is asked, How shall we hear without a preacher? But when God has given His message to us through the instrumentality of men, then we are accountable for how we teach that message. It is a great and solemn truth that God has given us, and we should not confine this truth to ourselves; but we should be seeking in every way possible to present it to others, that the Lord is coming. The end of this earth's history is to take place in a short time. Are we indifferent and careless in regard to the matter? Why, we must be in that position that we will feel that we are accountable for the souls around us.  {2SAT 26.4}
[2SAT 26.5]          And when we begin to feel that our interest is weakening, so that we have not a living connection with God, plead with God until you get it, for your heavenly Father will honor every effort you make in this direction. And while we profess to be in advance of the churches around us, we want ［to］ show our faith by our works. Here our eternal interests are involved; souls are at stake. And what would it profit us if we gain the whole world and lose our own souls?  {2SAT 26.5}
[2SAT 26.6]          We must show that we have a true and living faith in the Bible,                       -27-     then we shall be represented as God's waiting, watching ones; and we are not only waiting and watching, but longing, for His appearing. It is that which is called in the Word of God a glorious hope. We should be astonished at our own indifference when we should be all life and vivacity, could we see the work that is going on in heaven.  {2SAT 26.6}
[2SAT 27.1]          Here is the work of our Intercessor, ［on］ the great antitypical day of atonement, where ［the］ work of judgment is going on with the dead. How soon will it begin with the living, when every one of our cases will pass in review before God? And let it be understood by you that if you do not ［do］ the work that God has given you, you will be weighed in the balances of the sanctuary and found wanting. To us who have this hope and faith it is a dangerous thing to be putting off the day of God. Matthew 24:48.  {2SAT 27.1}
[2SAT 27.2]          Believers who have the true principle at heart will serve God every day as though it were their last. They will separate sin and iniquity from them and will keep before them the glorious appearing of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. And whosoever "hath this hope in Him, purifieth himself even as He is pure." If we get careless and think that we have many days of probation, then the enemy comes in and takes possession of us. And now supposing that every one of us should be in that state of watchfulness that Christ requires us to be in, then how much better condition would the church be in.  {2SAT 27.2}
[2SAT 27.3]          Why, everyone would feel, Why today I must do my work as for eternity. And they would feel, Like a faithful servant of Christ I must bear my message with fidelity. And our faith will grow as we search the Scriptures. We will see light in His light, and rejoice in the truth. We must keep Jesus ever before us and be waiting and watching for His coming, and then if we are ready, if our character is spotless, we shall be among the white-robed ones who shall stand around the throne of God.  {2SAT 27.3}
[2SAT 27.4]          Jesus knew the influence it would have upon the human mind to be careless and indifferent in regard to His coming, therefore He expressly enjoined upon us to keep His coming in view. The end of all things is at hand; be ye therefore sober and watch unto prayer.  {2SAT 27.4}
[2SAT 27.5]          Your life here is to be a preparation for the future, immortal life. And if this shall be in us, what an impression it will make upon the world. Why, they will say, that people believe just what they profess to believe, and in their lives they are doing thorough, noble work for Christ. A living church is a working church, and a working church is a living church.  {2SAT 27.5}
[2SAT 27.6]          We must educate ourselves to be thinking and dwelling upon the great scenes of the judgment just                       -28-     before us, and then as we keep the scenes of the great day of God before us, when everything will be revealed, it will have an effect upon our character.  {2SAT 27.6}
[2SAT 28.1]          One brother said to me, "Sister White, do you think the Lord will come in ten years?" ［I replied］ "What difference does it make to you whether He shall come in two, four, or ten years?" "Why," said he, "I think I would do differently in some things than I now do if I knew the Lord was to come in ten years." "What would you do?" said I. "Why," said he, "I would sell my property and begin to search the Word of God and try to warn the people and get them to prepare for His coming, and I would plead with God that I might be ready to meet Him." "Then," said I, "if you knew that the Lord was not coming for twenty years would you live differently?"  {2SAT 28.1}
[2SAT 28.2]          Said he, "I think I would." "Then," said I, "you know your Master's will, and it is your duty to do just as though you knew that He was coming in twenty years." I opened the Scriptures and read to him what we have read this morning, and he was convicted that he should change his course, and he did change his course of action. Well, now, how selfish was that expression that he would live a different life if he knew his Lord was to come in ten years. Why, Enoch walked with God 300 years, and this is a lesson for us, that we shall walk with God every day. We are not safe unless we are waiting and watching; we must have an eye single to God's glory.  {2SAT 28.2}
[2SAT 28.3]          When Satan tempts you to do evil, then say, "I will not take the first wrong step, for it is registered in the books of heaven. Why, if I do this wrong I cannot lift up holy hands to God; I will be ashamed to lay my soul open before my Saviour." There are many who do wrong; then they have no courage to approach their Saviour. What we want is to live with an eye single to God's glory. Oh, if we can only be found ready when the Master comes, then He will say, "Child, come up higher."  {2SAT 28.3}
[2SAT 28.4]          We have washed our character and made it white in the blood of the Lamb. We must have an intense anxiety to separate evil from us. If we lose heaven we lose everything, and if we gain heaven we gain everything. We will not only have eternal life in the kingdom of glory but eternal riches forevermore. Therefore we should have a deep interest in these things. Why, the time is coming when the teachings of Christ will be made of none effect. From the minister in the desk you will hear, "Peace, peace; there is to be a temporal millennium first before Christ will come." But what we want is the Bible.  {2SAT 28.4}
[2SAT 28.5]          Look at Martin Luther. As he stood before the people he cried                       -29-     out, "The Bible, the Bible, is the foundation of our religion." And we want to search the Scriptures, praying the God of heaven to give us light upon it. And when these doctrines come pouring in upon us from every side, then we can say, "The Bible, and the Bible alone, is the foundation of our religion." We want to believe that the Lord is coming in the clouds of heaven, and show our faith by our works, and be getting ready for His appearing.  {2SAT 28.5}
[2SAT 29.1]          Well now, here we are, little companies in different places getting ready for the coming of our Lord. You cannot have a minister with you in all these places. You want, every one of you, to pray the God of heaven to enlighten you so that you can be a help to one another, building up one another in the most holy faith. You must say, "We will not keep the minister with us, but let him go out and enlighten others." But you can have Bible readings among yourselves, and search the Scriptures and pray to God in faith, believing that He will answer you.  {2SAT 29.1}
[2SAT 29.2]          Here in Malachi we read, "Then they that feared the Lord spake often one to another: and the Lord hearkened, and heard it, and a book of remembrance was written before Him for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name." It is represented as God hearkening to their testimonies. Although you have no minister standing in the desk talking to you, yet you have angels of God that will minister unto you. And as you talk of the blessed hope and of the home in heaven, angels are right by your side. Why, we have enough in this hope to give us life and courage if we will only draw nearer to God.  {2SAT 29.2}
[2SAT 29.3]          The eye of God is upon these scattered ones. If there are only two or three of you together, the promise is, Where two or three are met together in My name, there am I in the midst of them. And what does the Lord say in regard to these little companies? Why, He says, "They shall be mine in that day when I make up My jewels, and I will spare them as a man spareth his own son that serveth him."  {2SAT 29.3}
[2SAT 29.4]          Now, every one of us who will try to bring a healthful, reviving influence into the church by their works will be remembered in heaven, and He will give them a reward just as much as to the minister who stands in the desk. They are doing their work with fidelity, and they have a sense of the responsibility that rests upon them, that they must labor for one another.  {2SAT 29.4}
[2SAT 29.5]          And He says, "They shall be Mine in that day when I make up My jewels." Well now, we want to be among the blessed in that day. It means something to be a Christian. Then let every one of us put on the armor of righteousness. We                       -30-     war not against ［flesh and blood, but against］ principalities and powers, against spiritual wickedness in high places. God sees each of you. We need His power amid the moral darkness, and He will give it ［to］ us. He does not mean that we shall fight this battle alone, but He has His angels right on the ground to fight for us. When we do all we can, God will add His blessing to our efforts. His arm is not shortened that it cannot save, neither is His ear heavy that it not hear.  {2SAT 29.5}
[2SAT 30.1]         Now, when you meet together in your little churches where you are, then remember these words that have been spoken to you this morning, and let every one feel an earnestness to bring all the life and vivacity into that meeting that it is possible for him to bring. Pray to your heavenly Father as though you expected that He would hear you. Offer your testimonies as though you knew the God of heaven would listen and that they would be written down in the books of heaven. When you do this, your own souls will be kept alive; you will be strong in His strength, mighty in His power. You will see the work of God in your midst, and others will be added to your number to unite with you.--Ms 10, 1886 (MR 900. 66).     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   Entire Ms.  {2SAT 30.1}
[2SAT 31.1]      Chap. 5 - The Privilege of Being a Christian    Manuscript 16, 1886    ［Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, Grimsby, England, September 19, 1886.］            ［1 John 3:1-3, quoted.］            Here the beloved disciple is trying to present before us the great love of God to fallen man. He cannot find language broad enough and deep enough to express this wondrous love, and he calls upon the world to behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the sons of God. How can we behold this love? By looking to the cross of Calvary. The light from the cross expresses the love God had for fallen man. John says, "Behold, what manner of love." Behold the Man of Calvary; behold Him who is equal with the Father; behold the Majesty of heaven; behold the King of glory. God's own dearly-beloved Son--He gave Him a freewill offering for us, and here we see the wonderful condescension of the Father.  {2SAT 31.1}
[2SAT 31.2]          We dwell much upon the love of Christ, but we frequently lose sight of the love of the Father in giving His only beloved Son to die that we might live. We want to call your attention to the love of God for fallen man in that He did not withhold His only beloved Son but gave Him as a freewill offering for us; and how much more will He not with Him freely give us all things?  {2SAT 31.2}
[2SAT 31.3]          After the fall of Adam and Eve, the race was plunged into hopeless misery, and it was then that this great plan of redemption was advanced. It was then ［that］ the Son of God consented to leave His Father's throne, lay aside His royal crown, clothe Himself with humanity, take upon Himself the nature of man, and become a man among men. He became a Man of sorrows and acquainted with grief, wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities. Then shall we not say with John, "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the sons of God!"  {2SAT 31.3}
[2SAT 31.4]          Many in our world seem to think that to be a Christian is to step down very low, getting upon a very low level. But this is a very mistaken idea. What is it to be a Christian? It is to be like Christ. Who is Christ? The Son of the living God. He is the One who wrought out the plan of salvation for the fallen race. Every blessing we have comes through this Source, through Jesus Christ. Anyone who would entertain the idea that it is a great sacrifice to become a Christian should remember, when seated around the family board partaking of the bounties there, that all these blessings come from Jesus Christ.  {2SAT 31.4}
[2SAT 32.1]                       -32-          It was in consequence of sin that man was shut out from the throne of God, but Christ steps in and pays the price, and through His merits man is brought back in favor with God.  {2SAT 32.1}
[2SAT 32.2]          As Christ bowed upon Jordan's banks after His baptism, there was a bright light that descended like a dove of burnished gold and lighted upon Him, and from heaven was heard a voice saying, "This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased." We read over these words, but do not take in their significance. We do not seem to understand their value to us. They are stating to you that you are accepted in the Beloved.  {2SAT 32.2}
[2SAT 32.3]          Christ with His long human arm encircles the fallen race, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Almighty, thus uniting earth with heaven, and fallen, finite man with the Infinite God. And this earth, which was divorced from heaven, is again united with heaven. A communication is opened with heaven through Jesus Christ ［so］ that man, who was fallen, is brought back again into favor with God.  {2SAT 32.3}
[2SAT 32.4]          Here Jesus passed into the wilderness of temptation, and the trial is brought to bear upon Him one hundred times more trying than that brought upon Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. And will He endure the temptation?  {2SAT 32.4}
[2SAT 32.5]          Satan comes with his temptation upon the point of appetite, the same point upon which Adam stumbled and fell. Christ fasted forty days and forty nights. The race had degenerated and had been growing weaker and weaker. The Son of God saw it was impossible for man to overcome in his own behalf, and therefore He comes to our world and gives man divine power that he might obtain the victory. Here we see that Satan's first attempt was upon the point of appetite, and he seeks to overcome Him.  {2SAT 32.5}
[2SAT 32.6]          But Christ was to pass over the ground where Adam fell and redeem his disgraceful fall. He met Satan every time with, "It is written, man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God."  {2SAT 32.6}
[2SAT 32.7]          If human beings, for whom Christ has died, would take these words to heart and live them out in their lives, we would see a different state of things in our world today. There would be less selfishness, less love of the world, and more love for God. He has entrusted man with talents that he might carry the knowledge of the truth and of Christ to all nations in our land.  {2SAT 32.7}
[2SAT 32.8]          If Adam and Eve had lived by every word that proceeded out of the mouth of God, they never would have fallen, never lost the right to the tree of life. All who will live by every word that proceedeth                       -33-     out of the mouth of God will now be brought back to the Eden home.  {2SAT 32.8}
[2SAT 33.1]          And now the question is, Will man fasten his thoughts upon the things of eternal interest and work in harmony with God? Is it any condescension on our part to accept the cup of salvation? To us it is no condescension to accept of the crucified and risen Saviour. Do we consider the sacrifice and take hold of the only chain let down from heaven for man to grasp? We answer, No; but it is the highest exaltation that can be placed upon us. Heaven we want, every one of us. You cannot afford to lose heaven. You cannot afford to have the gates of paradise closed to you. You want heaven, eternal life.  {2SAT 33.1}
[2SAT 33.2]          Then what will you do in order to obtain it? You must be obedient to all of God's commandments. It is the only moral standard and rule that God has given for the use of His subjects. He has rules and statutes, and it is for man to obey them. It was because Adam and Eve did not obey that they lost the paradise of God.  {2SAT 33.2}
[2SAT 33.3]          He says, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." Then there is something to gain: it is a right to the tree of life; a right to the tree that Adam and Eve were forbidden to partake of after their transgression.  {2SAT 33.3}
[2SAT 33.4]          Now, how much more study is given to what kind of hats to wear, and to the house, what shall I eat and what shall I drink, than to the things that pertain to the eternal interests and the salvation of the soul? These things will soon pass away.  {2SAT 33.4}
[2SAT 33.5]          We want to seek with all the powers that God has given us to unfold the Scriptures to those who are in darkness. There is happiness, hope, and peace for the desponding. We cannot afford to give our God-given ability and devote it to the commonplace things of this earth. We want a faith that will grasp the promise set before us in the gospel.  {2SAT 33.5}
[2SAT 33.6]          What if we should lose our soul? It would be better for us had we never been born. One soul is worth more than all the gold and silver that could be heaped up on this earth.  {2SAT 33.6}
[2SAT 33.7]          Think of a world to perish because they will not give their attention to the things that are unseen. The things which are eternal do not seem to have any charm for them; it is the things of this earth that attract them.  {2SAT 33.7}
[2SAT 33.8]          But where does the skill and knowledge you possess come from? Have you manufactured it? No. It comes from the God of heaven, and He will require it of you again. What have you done with the gift of reason God has given you? Have you studied the Scriptures and trusted your souls to                       -34-     the Master? We want to understand how to keep this house in order ［so］ that we can serve God acceptably.  {2SAT 33.8}
[2SAT 34.1]          We remember Calvary. We remember who endured temptation in the wilderness, faint, pale, and hungry on the field of battle that He might work out for man a glorious victory. And when we are tempted to indulge appetite at the expense of reason and health, we remember how Christ overcame Satan that man might become victor on his own account and in his own behalf. We want to bear these things in mind.  {2SAT 34.1}
[2SAT 34.2]          You know not how soon any of you may be called to lie down on a bed of sickness and death. We want to know if you are ready? We want to know if you are seeking to purify yourselves, soul and body, from every spot and stain of sin? We want to know if you have a hope full of immortality?  {2SAT 34.2}
[2SAT 34.3]          I see matchless charms in Jesus. I never talk of any trials I cannot bear, or any self-sacrifice that I cannot make. I see One who died in my behalf, and He shall not die for me in vain. I will place myself in right relation to God, and I will have a right hold from above. I am not studying what the world will say of me, but my study is, Lord, how shall I please Thee? How shall I perform my mission in this world? How shall I save the precious souls around me?  {2SAT 34.3}
[2SAT 34.4]          Here it says, "They shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and those that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever." I want the eternal weight of glory; I want to see Jesus, who suffered and died a shameful death on the cross of Calvary. I want to cast my crown at His feet and I want to touch the golden harp and fill all heaven with sweetest music.  {2SAT 34.4}
[2SAT 34.5]          If we are overcomers at last, there are battles for us to fight, and we will find that the flesh warreth against the Spirit and the Spirit against the flesh. It is for us to say which will triumph. Our carnal hearts will not submit to God's will, but refuse to obey.  {2SAT 34.5}
[2SAT 34.6]          Christ said, "I have kept My Father's commandments," and He is our Example in all things. What shall we do when trials come? We must flee to the Mighty Helper. Christ never leaves us to fight these battles alone. He came into this world of darkness to fight with the prince of darkness, and when He cried out, "It is finished," there was joy in heaven. "He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin."  {2SAT 34.6}
[2SAT 34.7]          Then what are we to do? Come to Christ as a child would to its earthly parents and believe that He will hear us. He says, If thy son asks bread, wilt thou give him a stone? and if he asks a fish, wilt thou give him a scorpion?  {2SAT 34.7}
[2SAT 35.1]                       -35-          We want to cultivate living faith in God. We want to have our eyes turned away from the attractions of this earth and centered upon heaven and heavenly things. We do not want the earth to intervene between us and God, but we want an eye single to the glory of God. We talk of heaven and of its blessing, and it would be a great loss to lose it.  {2SAT 35.1}
[2SAT 35.2]          Well then, if it is so lovely, so desirable, bring it into this life. Bring it into your families and educate your children not to live for this world but for the future, immortal life. You want to weave Jesus into their experience from their very childhood, and teach them ［that］ Jesus will help them to overcome their evil desires.  {2SAT 35.2}
[2SAT 35.3]          I have been where I have had children of my own to educate, and I know how hard they have to struggle to gain the victory. I know how hard it was in times when Satan was tempting them to evil. We want a practical, living Jesus with us every day of our lives, and then we can educate and train our children, and peace will be in our house. God says, I know Abraham that he will command his household and his children after him.  {2SAT 35.3}
[2SAT 35.4]          This is the work we want to teach parents to do in this age of the world, just like Abraham, to command their children and their household after them. God says, I know him that he will command his children and his household after him to keep the way of the Lord. Abraham knew God had commandments, and he would keep them. He knew God had a law, and he would obey it. He would not deviate from it himself nor allow his children to.  {2SAT 35.4}
[2SAT 35.5]          We don't want to make Jesus ashamed of us. There are many ways we can dishonor Christ--by the love of self, love of the world, what shall we eat, what shall we drink, and wherewithal shall we be clothed? Christ has promised to provide for us if we will only put our trust in Him. But all this will pass away if you educate yourselves to wait upon Christ, and you can reflect light to all around you.  {2SAT 35.5}
[2SAT 35.6]          Now, in the place of talking of these things and dwelling upon them, turn your mind to the paradise of God and the riches and glory that is to be given to the saints of the Most High God. If this is to be our home, why should we not talk about it? If you are to join the heavenly choir and sing the praises of God in heaven, why not learn to sing them here? You never can sing them there unless you learn them here. How much praise do you give to God?  {2SAT 35.6}
[2SAT 35.7]          Why not educate yourselves to talk of Jesus--He in whom our hope of eternal life is centered, He who has shown so much love for us that He has given His life to redeem us? "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the sons                       -36-     of God!" The world knows us not because it knew Him not.  {2SAT 35.7}
[2SAT 36.1]          You see how the world treated Jesus. Does it treat you any better than it did Jesus? If you have conformed your life to Jesus, you will have the privilege of being a light bearer to the world. Why? Because you represent Him in character, you are saying, "Behold Him." By precept and example you are representing Christ. And He is not ashamed to call you His brethren. I appreciate the favor of God more than all the praise that men or women could bestow upon me in this world.  {2SAT 36.1}
[2SAT 36.2]          I love Jesus. I see in Him matchless charms. I hold up before you the Man of Calvary. I want you to become acquainted with Him. And if you bring Him into your daily life, let me tell you, you will lose sight of the little perplexities here. Jesus says, "Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." There is rest in Jesus. And if you see poor souls fretting and worrying, it is because they have not the yoke of Jesus on. Perhaps in that extra ruffle and that extra trimming they have neglected to let Jesus in. Says He, "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me" ［Revelation 3:20］.  {2SAT 36.2}
[2SAT 36.3]          You can have a little heaven here below if you will only get your eye fixed upon God--not looking at Christ half the time and at the world the other half. When you live for God He will put His everlasting arms beneath you, and then He says, "My yoke is easy and My burden is light."  {2SAT 36.3}
[2SAT 36.4]          Do you believe it? I can testify this is so. By my past experience I can testify that I would not have one trial less, one sorrow less, for Paul says, "Our light affliction, which is but for a moment, worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen" ［2 Corinthians 4:17, 18］. We want to look at the things of eternal interest, that we may think seriously in regard to what use we have made of our reasoning powers, whether we have tried to strengthen them with idle things that we cannot take with us when we shall be caught up to meet Christ in the air.  {2SAT 36.4}
[2SAT 36.5]          We want to learn the lesson that Christ has told us we must learn--meekness and lowliness of spirit. And we want to be fitting ［up］ that we may have an abundant entrance into the city of God, that we may have a life that measures with the life of God. Everything compared with this is of no consequence compared with that which God has in store for us if we will only do His will.  {2SAT 36.5}
[2SAT 36.6]          In the last days there are to be only two parties, the one on the right hand and the other on the left,                       -37-     and Christ says unto one, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world: for I was an hungered, and ye gave Me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave Me drink: I was a stranger, and ye took Me in: naked, and ye clothed Me: I was sick, and ye visited Me: I was in prison, and ye came unto Me" ［Matthew 25:34-36］.  {2SAT 36.6}
[2SAT 37.1]          And they answer, When saw we Thee thus and ministered unto Thee? And Christ says, "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me" ［verse 40］. But to those on the left He says, "Depart from Me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels" ［verse 41］.  {2SAT 37.1}
[2SAT 37.2]         The first class had Christ interwoven into their character and they were not conscious of anything they had done. "Come, ye blessed of My Father," is the benediction, "inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world" ［verse 34］.  {2SAT 37.2}
[2SAT 37.3]         So we see Christ identifies His interests with fallen man. He turns to those on the left hand and says, "I was an hungered, and ye gave Me no meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave Me no drink: I was a stranger, and ye took Me not in: naked, and ye clothed Me not: sick, and in prison, and ye visited Me not." And when they asked Him, "When saw we Thee an hungered, or athirst, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto Thee?" the answer comes, "Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to Me." (Matthew 25:34-46.) Not the greatest, but the least.  {2SAT 37.3}
[2SAT 37.4]          We want to bring Christ into our everyday life. Those who had not fed the hungry or clothed the naked or visited the sick, were not conscious of it. Why? Because they had educated and trained themselves in the school of self-indulgence, and the result was ［that］ they lost heaven and the eternity of bliss which they might have had, had they devoted their powers to God.  {2SAT 37.4}
[2SAT 37.5]          Has He given you power? Give it to Him. All your body and soul belongs to God; give it to Him. In the place of devoting all your time to the pleasures of this world, in eating and drinking and dressing, give it to God. And the light God has given you, use it to bring souls to God. Remember that Daniel says, "They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness, as the stars for ever and ever."  {2SAT 37.5}
[2SAT 37.6]          Oh, say you, that belongs to the minister; I beg to be excused. It belongs to every disciple of Christ, however weak they are. You will be judged according to the light given you. You have taken Christ into your life to represent Him to the world. What we want is more of Jesus and less of self.  {2SAT 37.6}
[2SAT 38.1]                       -38-          A little longer and we shall see the King in His beauty. The work will be over and we shall hear the words, "Child, come up higher. Enter into the city and have a right to the tree of life, and behold the matchless charms of Jesus." Will you be there? Will the crown of glory be placed upon your brow? Will the white robe of righteousness be placed upon you? Shall we eat of the tree of life?  {2SAT 38.1}
[2SAT 38.2]          God grant that we shall every one be there. You cannot afford to lose this. God bless you here tonight; and may God come into your souls and shine around you here; and may you walk in the light as He is in the light!--Ms. 16, 1886.  {2SAT 38.2}
[2SAT 39.1]       Chap. 6 - The Need of Earnest, Intelligent Workers    Manuscript 14, 1887    ［Address given March 7, 1887, before the Institute at Basel, Switzerland.］            It is important that all who design to labor in the cause of God should learn the very best manner of prosecuting their work. There never was a more solemn and important period for us than the present. Our hearts are pained exceedingly when we see that there are so few laborers who can be depended upon to go into the field, and who are seeking wisdom of God that they may know how to work.  {2SAT 39.1}
[2SAT 39.2]          I have been shown that many efforts which have been made at great expense to present the truth have been in a large measure unsuccessful, because the very kind of labor that is required has not been done. We have tried for years to present before our people the necessity of working more intelligently. There is need of our coming very close to God and not feeling at rest unless we have the burden of souls upon us.  {2SAT 39.2}
[2SAT 39.3]          The powers of our intellects must be brought into active exercise in planning ways and means by which our labor shall accomplish the most good. We are not excusable for taking hold of the work in a listless, indolent, careless manner. It requires all the powers that God has given us, intellectually and physically, to do this important work.  {2SAT 39.3}
[2SAT 39.4]          When the discourses are given in the desk, the work is just entered upon. Then the minister should by personal effort, if possible, become acquainted with every one of his hearers. If they have interest enough to come out and hear what you have to say, you should respond to it by a decided interest on your part to make their personal acquaintance.  {2SAT 39.4}
[2SAT 39.5]          If our ministering brethren have not decided to put all there is of them into the work of God, it would be better for them not to be numbered among the laborers, as only failure and disappointment will attend their efforts. Satan and his agents are sharper than our workers. While he is planning and devising, and laying his nets to take souls unawares, our brethren are frequently taking things in a very easy manner, and Satan out-generals them almost every time. Now, if they would have the field preoccupied by God and by heavenly angels, and their own efforts, they must throw their whole being, soul, body, and spirit, into the work of God, and not make a pretense of doing the work, when it is not half done.  {2SAT 39.5}
[2SAT 40.1]                       -40-          While there should be an earnest interest for those in far off fields, there should be fully as great an interest for fields close at home. The great desire with some to go to far off fields, while there are fields right around you that need the truth, and that will not call for so large drafts from the treasury, is not prompted by the direct influence of the Spirit of God. I have been shown that there was much loss by neglecting missions close around us, where the fields are all ripe for the harvest.  {2SAT 40.1}
[2SAT 40.2]          When you enter a place to present the truth, seek first to become acquainted with the ministers of the various denominations. Do not give the impression that you are like a fox, stealing in to get sheep, but lay right open before the minister the fact that you want to call his attention to precious truths in the word of God. Ministers have been treated by some of our laborers very much as though they were heathen, and they feel it. Some of them who have rejected the light may be dishonest, critical, and sharp, and may look upon you as the Jews looked upon the apostles, as disturbers of the churches, but there are others who have lived up to the best light they had upon the Scriptures.  {2SAT 40.2}
[2SAT 40.3]          If our ministers go into a place and first come to the shepherds of the flock, and are friendly and sociable and kind with them, it may have an excellent effect upon them, and leave a favorable impression in regard to the truth, upon their minds. At any rate it is fair and right to give them an opportunity to be favorable and kind if they will. If by earnest, prayerful, Christlike efforts you can bring one minister into the truth, ［you through his influence may be able］ to convert a score of souls. We have not one point of truth that we need be ashamed of, and therefore we should be perfectly fair and open in laying these things before those who are intelligent and who are in responsible positions. Treat them as honest men. You can speak with them in regard to matters of general religious interest, perhaps seeking information on some points, without coming directly and pointedly to the subject of the truth itself. Leave that for another interview. To have the wisdom of a serpent and the harmlessness of a dove, is a very wonderful acquirement.  {2SAT 40.3}
[2SAT 40.4]          We should not upon entering a place build up unnecessary barriers between us and other denominations, especially the Catholics, so that they shall think we are their avowed enemies. We should not create a prejudice in their minds unnecessarily, by making a raid upon them. There are many among the Catholics who live up to the light they have far better than many who claim to believe present                       -41-     truth, and God will just as surely test and prove them as He has tested and proved us. And just according to their willingness to stand the testing, of whatever character it may be, will be their accountability before God. From that which God has shown me, a great number will be saved from among the Catholics. There has been but little done for them except to make them appear in the worst light.  {2SAT 40.4}
[2SAT 41.1]          We are to stand in this world as though there were all around us the purchase of the blood of Christ, and as though it depends very much upon our words, deportment, and manner of labor, whether these souls shall be saved or not. There are many who engage in the work who need a different mold of character in order to make a success in any department of the work. Now, it depends very much on the way we take hold to labor whether we shall have souls as the result of our efforts.  {2SAT 41.1}
[2SAT 41.2]          There has not been the effort made that there should have been made to reach the higher classes. While we are to preach the gospel to the poor, we are also to present it in its most attractive light to those who have ability and talent, and make far more wise, determined, God-fearing efforts than have hitherto been made, to win them to the truth.  {2SAT 41.2}
[2SAT 41.3]          But in order to do this all the workers will have to keep themselves up to a high level of intelligence. They cannot do this work and sink down to a low, common level, feeling that it does not much matter how they labor or what they say, since they are working for the poor and ignorant classes. They will have to sharpen up, and be armed and equipped in order to present the truth intelligently and to reach the higher classes. Their minds must rise higher, and show greater strength and clearness.  {2SAT 41.3}
[2SAT 41.4]          You should be determined to dig for truth as for hid treasure, and you will have a treasurehouse to draw from constantly. More than this, in your very diligence to search the Scriptures in order to meet the sharp and critical objections that are raised, you are obtaining a better understanding of the truth. None need to feel that the Catholics are beyond their reach, because it is a duty we owe to God to sow the seed beside all waters. It is God who gives the increase, not man.  {2SAT 41.4}
[2SAT 41.5]          The discourse given from the desk should not be lengthy, for this not only wearies the people but so draws upon the time and strength of the minister that he is not able to engage in the personal labor which should follow. He should go from house to house and labor with families, calling their attention to eternal truths in the Word of God. If he does this labor in the meekness of Christ, he will surely have the angels of God to work with his                       -42-     efforts. But we are altogether too faithless and too narrow in our ideas and in our plans. What we want is to have the Spirit of Christ in us. We want living faith; and we want a faith that will hold us to direct our labors for the higher and more intelligent. This is God's plan. And if we make narrow plans and narrow efforts, we shall see very little accomplished.  {2SAT 41.5}
[2SAT 42.1]          One reason why efforts have not heretofore been made for the higher classes as I have presented before you, is a lack of faith and real courage in God. It is not always best to labor for the most wealthy; these are sometimes the most ignorant, and they have made this world their God, so that it would be very difficult to introduce the wedge of truth and separate them from the world. Nevertheless, there are men of wealth who will embrace the truth here in Europe if the right kind of labor is put forth. The Lord has agents here whom He has trusted with means to carry forward His work in these countries. When those who are poor embrace the truth and do to the very best of their ability, our heavenly Father will see when they have gone to the extent of their ability, and He will bring in other talents in order to carry forward His work. There is a wonderful work to be done for the Master yet, and we want to act like living soldiers of the cross of Christ.  {2SAT 42.1}
[2SAT 42.2]          Some things were presented to me in a very impressive dream, September 29, 1886, which I wish here to relate:  {2SAT 42.2}
[2SAT 42.3]          I dreamed that I was walking with a large company of men and some women. We were looking to find fruit of some kind to gather. A large wagon containing provisions went before us to supply our necessary wants. There were many young men and women in the company to help in the work of gathering the fruit. We seemed to be in a city, for there was not much space which was not occupied with houses; but out of the city were open fields, beautiful groves, and cultivated lands.  {2SAT 42.3}
[2SAT 42.4]          Soon the wagon halted, and the party began to scatter in every direction to find fruit. Just within their reach were bushes bearing large quantities of beautiful whortleberries; but they did not look close enough to see them. The ripe fruit was so mingled with the green that we could pick only one or two berries from a cluster. I commenced to gather the fruit very carefully for fear of picking the green berries, but my pail, which held two quarts, was quickly filled. Some of the nice large fruit had fallen from the bushes to the ground, and was half consumed by birds and insects. "Oh," thought I, "if this field had only been entered before, all this precious fruit might have been gathered and saved. But                       -43-     it is too late now. I will, however, pick these from the ground, and see if there is any good in them. If the berry is spoiled and tasteless, I can at least show the brethren what they might have found had they not been too late."  {2SAT 42.4}
[2SAT 43.1]          Just then one or two of the party came sauntering around where I was. They were chatting, and seemed to be much occupied in visiting together. Seeing me, they said, "We have looked everywhere, and can find no fruit." They looked with astonishment at the quantity I had gathered. I said, "There is plenty more to be gathered from these bushes." They commenced picking, but soon stopped, saying, "It is not fair for us to pick here; you found this spot, and the fruit is yours." Said I, "That makes no difference. Gather wherever you can find anything to gather. This is God's field, and these are God's berries; and it is your privilege to pick them."  {2SAT 43.1}
[2SAT 43.2]          But soon I seemed to be alone again. At a little distance I heard voices talking and laughing. I looked up, and saw that great preparations were being made at the wagon. I called out to the brethren, "What are you doing there?" They answered, "We could find no berries, and as we were tired and hungry, we thought we would come to the wagon and take a lunch. After we have rested a while we will go out again."  {2SAT 43.2}
[2SAT 43.3]          "But," said I, "I cannot eat now. There is too much fruit to be picked. You did not find it because you did not look close enough. It does not hang on the outside of the bushes. You must search for it. True, you cannot pick it by handfuls, but by picking one by one from among the green ones, you will find very choice fruit."  {2SAT 43.3}
[2SAT 43.4]          I then took my berries and went to the wagon. Said I, "This is the nicest fruit that I ever picked, and I gathered it close by, while you have wearied yourselves by searching at a distance without success." Then all came to look at my fruit. Said they, "These are high-bush berries, firm and good. We did not think we could find anything on the high bushes, so hunted only for low-bush berries, and we have found only a few of these." I then said, "Will you take care of these berries, and then go with me to look for more fruit on the high bushes?"  {2SAT 43.4}
[2SAT 43.5]          But they had made no preparation for caring for any fruit. There were dishes and sacks in abundance, but these had to be used to hold food, and they had to be emptied. There was spoiled meal, rancid butter, and tainted meat; and I became tired of waiting. Said I, "Did you not come to gather fruit? Then why are you not prepared to take care of it?"  {2SAT 43.5}
[2SAT 43.6]          They responded, "Sister White, we did not really expect to find any fruit where there were so many                       -44-     houses and so much going on. But we thought as you seemed so anxious to gather fruit, we would come with you. We would have enough along to eat, and would enjoy it as a recreation if we did not gather any fruit."  {2SAT 43.6}
[2SAT 44.1]          Said I, "I cannot understand this kind of work. I shall go to the bushes again at once. The day is already far spent; soon the night will be here, in which we can gather no fruit." Some went with me; others remained by the wagon to eat. In one place a little company had collected. They were busy talking about something in which they seemed much interested. I drew near, and found it was a little child that a woman held in her arms that had attracted their attention. I said to them, "You have but little time; you had better work while you can."  {2SAT 44.1}
[2SAT 44.2]          The attention of many was also attracted by a young man and a young woman who were running a race to see which would reach the wagon first. When they had finished running, they were so tired that they had to sit down and rest. Others also had wearily thrown themselves on the grass to rest. All through the day the wagon was frequently visited for supplies.  {2SAT 44.2}
[2SAT 44.3]          Said I, "Brethren, you say that this is an unsuccessful expedition. If this is the way you work, I do not wonder. Your success or failure depends upon the way in which you take hold of the work. There are berries here, for I have found them; and there are more to be found. While some of you have been vainly searching for berries on the low bushes, others have found a few. But the high bushes have been passed by, simply because you did not expect to find fruit upon them.  {2SAT 44.3}
[2SAT 44.4]          "You see that the fruit which I have gathered is large, and nice, and ripe, and after we have gone over the bushes once, other berries will soon ripen, and we can go over them again. This is the way that I was taught to gather fruit. If you had commenced to pick close by the wagon, where the berries are, you might have found fruit as well as I. But now you have little time in which to work. The lesson that you have this day given to those of our company who are just learning how to do this kind of work will be copied by them.  {2SAT 44.4}
[2SAT 44.5]          "You came into the field without an earnest determination to consecrate your efforts to gathering fruit. The Lord has placed these fruit-bearing bushes right in the midst of these thickly settled places, and He expects you to find them. But you have been altogether too much engaged in eating and amusing yourselves. You must work with more zeal and earnestness, and with altogether a different object in view. By thus working, you will teach the                       -45-     younger members that the smaller matters, such as eating and recreating, are of minor importance.  {2SAT 44.5}
[2SAT 45.1]          "It has been hard work to bring the wagon of supplies on the ground, but you have thought more of the supplies than of the fruit you were to bring as the result of your labors. You should be diligent to first pick the berries nearest you, and then search for those farther away. After that you can come back and work nearby again, and thus you will be successful."  {2SAT 45.1}
[2SAT 45.2]          I do not know as I need to put an interpretation upon this. I think any- one of intelligence could trace out its true meaning. We want in the first place to consecrate ourselves to God without reserve. We want to be in season and out of season. We want to sow the seed of truth wherever we can do so, and wherever the laborers go they are to go in the strength of God.  {2SAT 45.2}
[2SAT 45.3]          There is a lesson to be learned from Gideon's army. It was not because of their great numbers that they prevailed, but because they were willing to follow the special directions of God by living faith. Those that were soon to press on to the battle, and who would scoop up the water and drink as they went, were the ones whom God accepted to engage in this enterprise; but those who prepared to have a good time, and bowed down leisurely and drank, were sent back to their homes.  {2SAT 45.3}
[2SAT 45.4]          The Lord God of Israel looks upon us individually, and He sees whether we are in earnest in this matter. He sees whether we carry the burden of souls upon our hearts. He sees whether or not we touch these living interests with the tip ends of our fingers. If we have the interest that Knox had when he pleaded before God for Scotland, we shall have success. He cried, "Give me Scotland, Lord, or I die." And when we take hold of the work and wrestle with God, saying, "I must have souls; I will never give up the struggle," we will find that God will look upon our efforts with favor. He sees that if He gives you souls as the result of your ministry, it will not make you proud or lifted up. You will not be in a position where you will feel for an instant that someone else will get the credit for these souls; but you will feel so grateful to God that they are saved, that His praise will be in your hearts and on your lips day and night. It is such men that God will make mighty instruments to do His work. I feel in earnest upon these points.  {2SAT 45.4}
[2SAT 45.5]          Those who have associated with them, those who are trying to learn how to do the work of God, should feel a constant burden on their souls as to what education they are giving these workers. Eternity will tell what kind of mold they are                       -46-     giving those who are connected with them in this work. If they have the Spirit and Power which Paul had, the Spirit of God working in them mightily to present every man perfect in Jesus Christ, they will ever seek, both by precept and example, to build them up in the most holy faith. The mold which these workers receive, they will in turn give to others. The influence is far-reaching, even to eternity.  {2SAT 45.5}
[2SAT 46.1]          I am about to leave this field, and I feel intensely for all the workers who shall enter the Master's vineyard. Will you bear in mind the points which I have tried to present before you today, and work in those fields and among that company where your labors will tell if souls come into the truth?  {2SAT 46.1}
[2SAT 46.2]          Do not labor for those whose characters are cast in an inferior mold, for their influence will not build up; it will not be cast upon the Lord's side, and your work will be almost lost. Men and women who are so weak in mind and principle that it is necessary for someone to be right with them to keep them in the faith, will not reflect light upon others. You want to keep constantly in view that you are to build up the interests of the cause and the work of God, and make the work in that place self-sustaining if possible.  {2SAT 46.2}
[2SAT 46.3]          The work of the third angel is very extensive. An interest is to be established in every part of the world. If you do your work, laying the foundation all right, then the structure of truth can be built upon that foundation, and it will stand the tempest and storm.  {2SAT 46.3}
[2SAT 46.4]          When Christ was upon earth, the foundation of the Christian work was laid by only two or three. These were minds that could be molded by the precious influences of Christ. After He had planted the foundation principles of truth in their minds, they could gather more, and in connection with Christ could be educating and molding others as they should increase in numbers. The number first swelled to twelve, and then to seventy; and thus the work was carried forward.  {2SAT 46.4}
[2SAT 46.5]          Now God wants us to work as Christ worked, because there is but little money among us. Our brethren in America have been drawn upon for thousands and thousands of dollars. It is now the duty of the workers to make use of the very best of their ability and talent to build up the cause in these various fields so that it shall be self-sustaining. If you enter a new field and work at a very great expense to get out a few of the poorer classes who cannot possibly stand alone themselves, your labor will amount to very little. Those who need props on every side to hold them up are an additional care rather than a blessing.  {2SAT 46.5}
[2SAT 47.1]                       -47-          God wants us to agonize with Him that His power may unite with our efforts, that we may bring those into the truth who shall be an honor to His cause. However poor they may be, if they have root in themselves, they can have an influence upon others. There are fields where there are souls who will respond to the truth, who will be shining lights. I have felt that it was best for us to pray and have living faith that God would direct us as to the manner of our labors. "It is not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord." It is a living connection with heaven which brings the light and power by which we can bring souls to Christ.  {2SAT 47.1}
[2SAT 47.2]          Brethren, we want to act like living men and women. We want to put on the armor of righteousness, and to know that as an army of workers we have God as our Captain. We are then prepared to meet principalities and powers and spiritual wickedness in high places. Let us not sleep on the field of battle.  {2SAT 47.2}
[2SAT 47.3]          May God help us to be wide-awake, earnest, and energetic in the precious cause of truth.--Ms 14, 1887 (MR 900.58).  {2SAT 47.3}
[2SAT 48.1]       Chap. 7 - How To Become True Ministers of Christ    Manuscript 4, 1888         ［Remarks made at Kansas City, Missouri, October 8, 1888.］          "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure."  {2SAT 48.1}
[2SAT 48.2]          Well, if nothing more were said, this is a whole discourse. It is something that we can contemplate, that we can pray over, that we can take to our homes, and that we can practice in our everyday life. It is for the cleansing of ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the sight of God.  {2SAT 48.2}
[2SAT 48.3]          I am thankful this morning to see so many of our brethren and sisters that we did not expect to see when coming so slowly over the plains, and it was the delay of the cars that has thrown us with you. I would greet you heartily this morning; and my earnest wish is that your souls may be in prosperity. This should be our most important question, "Is it well with my soul?" As we see everyone busy in this life we see that everyone has an object. Some have their eyes turned away from the law of God to things of minor interest; but yet God presents before us the love of His infinite Son. He presents before us that which He has given for the salvation of the fallen world.  {2SAT 48.3}
[2SAT 48.4]          And He tells us the world did not know Him. And why? Because the cares of this world occupy all the faculties of the mind. The affections are centered just where the mind is. So notwithstanding the love of God that was manifested for us, notwithstanding He did not withhold His only begotten Son that our affections might be centered on things above, notwithstanding all the sacrifice that has been made for the fallen race, notwithstanding He has placed before each of us a crown of immortality that shall not fade away, that He has promised us a place where Christ and angels shall meet us, notwithstanding there is an eternal weight of glory waiting the faithful; yet notwithstanding all this, for the fleeting pleasures of this earth, the world throws away these things of eternal interest.  {2SAT 48.4}
[2SAT 48.5]          Brethren and sisters, my faith is as strong as ever that the things of this world are about to close. It is                       -49-     stronger than when I saw you last. We can see the waymarks that are all along the way. When we are traveling along a road alone, and see a guide board; if we can read we know that we are at such a place; so it is if our minds are active and so consecrated to God that we can understand His workings, we can know just where we are in this world's history. Things we spoke of 25 years ago are just working up. The powers of darkness are working with an intensity from within, but God has been working for us, and He will work for us that Christ shall not have died in vain, that we may have of the life that runs parallel with the life of Jehovah. It is this little, little atom of a world that is absorbing all our force.  {2SAT 48.5}
[2SAT 49.1]          Is there not something that will have a reviving influence on ［our］ lives? Should we not study the Word of God, and when duty is made known, meet every objection to it with a "thus saith the Lord"? Should we not search out the truths that are clustered about the truths of God? We have no time to fold our hands, brethren; the Lord is soon coming, and we have heard the note of warning till we have consoled ourselves and a sleep has taken hold of us, of the life and the character. There is nothing about us to show the world that we have the most sacred truth that has ever been given to man.  {2SAT 49.1}
[2SAT 49.2]          We want to know where we are in history. We want to be like men and women who are sensible, that are waiting for their Lord who, when He shall return, shall take them to Himself. Every one of us can do something. Many feel that the whole duty rests on the minister; but there are eternal truths that are to take hold on our souls, that are to be practiced by every one of us, so that the world can see that this people know and believe that the Lord is coming, that what we preach is not an idle fancy; but that it is the word of God that has taken hold of our lives and souls, and that light from the Holy Bible shines all along the pathway of this people.  {2SAT 49.2}
[2SAT 49.3]          There was a man in a deep well the other day, and the well caved in. But he had taken hold of the platform in some way, and there he was hanging, and they were trying to rescue him. Men came from places all around to help save that man. Well, he was saved, and when he came to the surface, what shouts of joy! what rejoicings! It was heralded far and near that a life had been saved. But here are souls that are in danger of losing the life that may run parallel with the life of Jehovah. Then have we not each a work to do? Should we not cast our lives at the feet of Jesus, and show to the world that we have been brought into that living connection with God and Jesus Christ, that we                       -50-     act as beings who know that Christ has died for us, and that at last we may cast our crowns at the feet of our Redeemer?  {2SAT 49.3}
[2SAT 50.1]          Brethren and sisters, are we half as full as we ought to be of gratitude to God? Should not our souls be in that condition that every chord of the harp of our being shall vibrate with praises to God when touched by the finger of His love! Should we not be in that nearness to God, and have that fullness of Jesus, that our souls shall be elevated, and our attention be ever directed to the grace of God, and we be led to meditate on heaven and heavenly things?  {2SAT 50.1}
[2SAT 50.2]          Just as soon as we get the saving power of the grace of God and the love of Christ burning on the altars of our hearts; as soon as we see of the love of the truth, then, let me say, there will be such a longing for the salvation of souls around you that you can make any sacrifice in order to save a soul from death and hide a multitude of sins.  {2SAT 50.2}
[2SAT 50.3]          Now you are going to your homes. What has this meeting done for you? Has it brought you to where you can see the peril that your souls and other souls are in? Do you feel that you must get home and engage in this work as you have never done before? That you should train and discipline your children? That you should take the Bible into your homes and simplify its truths so that your children may see the grandness and goodness of the truth and the love of God? And as they see the importance of it in your home, you should bring them up in the service of God, for everyone may be a missionary, in the home and neighborhood. We may have the whole truth and we may believe every principle of it, but we do not want to keep it in the outer court; we want it to come into the sanctuary of the soul that it may take hold on our lives and that we may have Christ in our hearts.  {2SAT 50.3}
[2SAT 50.4]          If He is there we will talk of Him. What we prize the highest, that which is highest in our thoughts and mind, we shall most speak of. By our words and our deeds are we known. If we talk of God's glory, men will know that the hope of glory is before our eyes. And if we speak of the love of Christ, men and women will see that the love of Christ does something for us.  {2SAT 50.4}
[2SAT 50.5]          Now, is it not best to believe on Christ? You say you do; but we can tell whether you do or not. If you do, Christ is formed within you, the hope of glory. If you have the love of God in your hearts, you will be led to sacrifice for those around you. He says, "Love one another as I have loved you." "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us that we should be called the children of God." Then He says, "The world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not." While in the world we are to be the                       -51-     light of the world. We are to kindle our taper at the divine altar; it is to lay our souls before Him in surrender as did Jacob. Let His will prevail, and then you will have in your hearts a living connection with God, and you can tell of Christ to those around you. And you will do this, for you cannot hold your peace. There are many who are going to ruin all around us. Am I my brother's keeper? The truth of God, if presented in a right spirit, might save many. Carry it to them.  {2SAT 50.5}
[2SAT 51.1]          Brethren and sisters, what we want is a living Saviour, one that will come into our everyday lives. ［Jesus said］, Unless ye eat My flesh and drink My blood ye have no part with Me. Unless we do this we shall have no part with Him in eternal life. Who is bringing Christ into his practical life? Why, He says, The word preached availeth nothing--it profiteth nothing--unless accompanied by faith. ［See Hebrews 4:2.］  {2SAT 51.1}
[2SAT 51.2]          It is the word which I give you which ［something missing in transcript］ . . . and with this is life.  {2SAT 51.2}
[2SAT 51.3]          Well, what shall we do? Shall we study and become conversant with the Bible? Or shall we have our minds occupied with things of minor importance, and with things of this world's business? Shall we not study to know whereof we believe? The time is just before us when you will have to stand before the kings, to be criticized by the learned men, and to give a reason of the hope that is within you. When asked for the reason of your hope, it will not do to say as some do, We keep the Sabbath because our father did. Do you know why you keep the Sabbath of the Lord your God? And if so, can you tell why you keep it? If so, you can plant your feet on the foundation, and be able to understand every principle of your faith so as to give an intelligent reason for the hope that is within you, with meekness and with fear.  {2SAT 51.3}
[2SAT 51.4]         We want to be so wrapped up in Jesus Christ that our faith and confidence will show to others that, verily you will do as Jesus did, and you will have that humility, that sympathy, that brokenness of spirit that shows that the spirit of Jesus has been working on your heart. Thus you will have the truth that is in Christ Jesus, and our work will be covered all over and lighted up with the love of God. We should let the love of Christ prompt us for work. Too often our workers labor for souls as though they were making a great sacrifice for someone they may be doing missionary work for; they do not act as though they were doing it for Jesus. When a soul is converted, we do not rejoice one-half enough. How much gratitude do you send back to heaven for the conversion of a soul; when that soul is brought in living connection with heaven?                       -52-     Now, I beseech of you, brethren and sisters, do not sleep at your posts. Remember, you are fit servants of Christ. You are not to be filled with jealousy, evil surmisings, envy, and all that; but you are to act as though you are doing Christ's work.  {2SAT 51.4}
[2SAT 52.1]          Many seem to think if they are not treated as they should be that a proper course is for them to say, Well, I am not going to work any longer, I am going to lay off from duty for awhile. Is not God your Father? and is it not Him you are serving? Are we not to serve Him in our disappointments, as well as in prosperity? If we keep our eye single to the glory of God, we shall not be troubled with these days of darkness and gloom. We are to have our eyes fixed on the sacrifice that Christ has made for us, on the beams of His righteousness that are let fall on us through faith in that sacrifice, and then His hand shall brush away the cloud that comes between Him and us. We should not stumble over these small trials, and tell them over to others. Look up! Look up! We do not get any encouragement or strength by looking down.  {2SAT 52.1}
[2SAT 52.2]          Remember, now is the time to work with God. Enoch was translated because he walked with God. Now as we approach the end of time we must walk with God as did Enoch. We must feel that He is at our right hand, that He knows the thoughts of my heart, that He knows whether we are loyal and true in our business. He knows all our conduct. We must feel that we have a witness, a watcher that is dear, one who knows our motives, and one who knows ［whether］ our manner of life is holy, and whether we are clean and ready for the white linen, which is the righteousness of Christ; He knows whether it is imputed to me; He knows whether I am prepared to join company with the holy angels in the kingdom of glory.  {2SAT 52.2}
[2SAT 52.3]          "Every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure." Well, every man can have that hope. We have it, then what should we do? Is it every man that professeth to have the hope? No, there are those who talk about it, but they have not the love of Jesus and are in a worse condition than the unbeliever. They understand, but do they hold themselves as the light of the world? What is it to be a light to the world?--It is to recognize Christ as our example. It is to show Christian politeness, never to scold and fret, but to be in a condition where we can constantly carry the minds of others upward. This is the work of everyone who names the name of Christ. It is to depart from the works of iniquity; it is to wash our garments in the blood of the Lamb. We are in the washing and ironing time. Now we are to have every sin and iniquity taken                       -53-     from us, and the white linen put upon us, the wedding garment.  {2SAT 52.3}
[2SAT 53.1]          Oh, that every one of us may humble ourselves before God, that we may have ［the］ living power of His grace! My heart pants for Him; I want Him in my home; I want to tell of Him to my neighbors; I want to hold Him up as the man of Calvary, as the man of sorrows acquainted with grief, before my neighbors.  {2SAT 53.1}
[2SAT 53.2]          Not one of us should be discouraged. You should desire to know Jesus. He stands at the door of your hearts. "Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and sup with him, and he with Me." Well, what is the matter? There is something that you must do. You must clear the way and open the doors of your hearts. Perhaps you have a sin of self-indulgence to remove; perhaps some member should be removed, and it is better to enter into life maimed than to perish with all your members. The grand judgment is taking place, and has been going on for some time. Now the Lord says, Measure the temple and the worshipers thereof. Remember, when you are walking the streets about your business, God is measuring you; when you are attending your household duties, when you engage in conversation, that God is measuring you. Remember that your words and actions are being daguerreotyped ［photographed］ in the books of heaven, as the face is reproduced by the artist on the polished plate.  {2SAT 53.2}
[2SAT 53.3]          Why do we not get rid of these habits? Jesus Christ will help us. He is not in Joseph's tomb. He is a living Saviour, and we can plead His blood now, in 1888; and that same Saviour is He who said, What ye ask in My name will I give you. If I take His promises today, and believe that He will fulfill them because He said He would, and present His name to the Father, saying, Father, I believe on Him whom Thou hast sent, His righteousness is pledged for me.  {2SAT 53.3}
[2SAT 53.4]          His righteousness, His purity of character, are mine to accept, and I accept His love, His kindness, and His goodness. If we ask, claim His promises, and pray the Father in the name of Jesus to sanctify us soul and body and spirit, we may claim the promises as ours. He is my Saviour, and He will be your Saviour. Why do we not accept Him? Our Saviour is active in regard to other worlds which God has created.  {2SAT 53.4}
[2SAT 53.5]          Here is the work going on, measuring the temple and its worshipers to see who will stand in the last day. Those who stand fast shall have an abundant entrance into the kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. When we are doing our work, remember there is One who is watching the spirit in which                       -54-     we are doing it. Shall we not bring the Saviour into our everyday lives, into our secular work and domestic duties? Then in the name of God we want to leave behind everything that is not necessary, all gossiping or unprofitable visiting, and present ourselves as servants of the living God.  {2SAT 53.5}
[2SAT 54.1]          We want, as we enter houses, to approach the inmates in a spirit that will show to them that we do not mean them harm. This is the example that Christ laid down, and we are to do as He did. "We are co-laborers together with Christ." My heart yearns for you today; I know there is a work for you to do. I know that there are persons here who are not converted, and that, when they are, there will be a light in their countenances that we do not see now. You must put away from you the cheap, low talk; get hold of Jesus Christ; search the Scriptures until they will dwell in your memory, and until you get your conversation away from the cheap gossip, and tattling, and talking about those who expect to meet their Lord in a little while.  {2SAT 54.1}
[2SAT 54.2]          We are to be here only a little longer. Our citizenship is above. It will not unfit you for the earth to have a little more of heaven; it will afford you more enjoyment here, but you must draw near to God, and throw open the doors of your heart and let the sunlight of heaven in. How necessary that we put away iniquity. If we ever indulge it in our hearts, God will leave us. We want to hate sin as the hateful thing that it is. We want that change of heart, that purity of life, that when the world sees us it will know that we are not of them. They will know that we are not like the world. Our business transactions and all our conduct will be ennobling. Brethren and sisters, we need the converting power of God and His truth to light our hearts, that we may lead those who are around us to the light.  {2SAT 54.2}
[2SAT 54.3]          Have we not been seeking our own path of duty? Have we not been asleep to the things of God? Shall we not awake now, and shall we not get a living connection with the God of heaven? Shall we not now place our feet in the path of duty? We are almost home. We are tired, and many are groaning under the burden as they see the conflicts that are yet before; but, brethren, look up as you journey, for yet a little while and we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He is.  {2SAT 54.3}
[2SAT 54.4]          Oh, we shall see Him in His matchless charms. Why not then live in an atmosphere of heaven in your own homes? You must be getting ready for that pure and holy heaven. We must be found without guile in our mouths. Those are they who stand before the throne of God. All this cheap and low conversation and actions must be put away.  {2SAT 54.4}
[2SAT 55.1]                       -55-          Shall we not join in united effort to press back the tide of evil that is making our world a Sodom? Shall we not put away all filthiness of the flesh, perfecting holiness in the sight of God? That is what we want to do. We hear much of holiness and sanctification; but it is a tainted holiness, one that tramples on the law of God. It does not teach obedience to God's holy law. But we law-keepers are the ones who need to perfect holiness in the sight of God, to reveal to the world. The way to reveal God to the world is to rejoice, and praise Him for what He has done for you.  {2SAT 55.1}
[2SAT 55.2]          "Those who confess Me in this wicked and adulterous generation, him will I confess before My Father and the holy angels." This means that in your conduct, in your thoughts and faculties, and character, and every- thing, that you deport yourselves as Christians. You crucify Him afresh by your disloyal conduct. It is time that we were purifying ourselves as He is pure. Our human nature is to be as pure in our sphere as God is in His divine sphere. It is to be without spot. He sent His Son to sanctify and take us to Himself, and in that gift He sent down all heaven to honor us with eternal life. What a gift is this! May God help us to come up to the mark of the high calling which is in Christ Jesus.  {2SAT 55.2}
[2SAT 55.3]          Sisters, go to work for your children. Will you show that you have a well ordered family? Then will you go to work for your neighbors? Will you then be a light and power in the church, because you have the light of the power of God? Oh, shall we not all realize the claims that heaven has upon us! God grant that Christ shall not have died in vain for us.  {2SAT 55.3}
[2SAT 55.4]          You have been talking too much of your profits, and have not been talking of God and His love and His power, and His influence is not in your hearts. By praying to Him for living faith, we become conformed to Him. All seams are to be brushed away from our brows, and our eyes are no longer to look dim; the love of God will be seen in our expression, and we shall be with the angels of God, in a little way from this. Then elevate the life, elevate the character, elevate the love of Jesus, and talk of heaven and the goodness of God.  {2SAT 55.4}
[2SAT 55.5]          We want to study our Bibles more; then we shall not be simply those who have Bibles, but we shall be ministers, the ministers of Jesus Christ. We can help to hold up the hands of those who are discouraged, to talk and pray, and seek to elevate those for whom Christ died--then we will be Christ's ministers.  {2SAT 55.5}
[2SAT 55.6]          God help us; for it is those who shall enter in through the gates into the city, who shall hear the benediction, "Well done, good and faithful servant; enter into the joy                       -56-     of thy Lord." What is that joy? Why, it is to see souls saved in the kingdom of God. He sees the travail of His soul and is satisfied. What has your life been? Are you the minister of Christ? Why, what are you doing? What are you building on? Is it on hay, wood, and stubble? Or what? Or is it the gold, the silver, and the precious stones--something that the fires of the last days will not consume? I ask you again, What is your life work? God help you to bring in the gold, silver, and precious stones, that you may see in the kingdom of God souls saved through our instrumentality, and we may enter into the joy of our Lord.--Ms 4, 1888 (MR 900.57).  {2SAT 55.6}
[2SAT 57.1]       Chap. 8 - Heaven's Part in Life's Conflict    Manuscript 1, 1890         ［Sermon at Battle Creek, Michigan, February 1, 1890.］          ［Ephesians 6:10-17, quoted.］            Now do we do it? Do we obey the very last verse that I have read? Do we take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God?  {2SAT 57.1}
[2SAT 57.2]          I wish to call your attention this afternoon to the importance of everyone understanding that we cannot keep ourselves, that God has angels. These angels from heaven communicate with the children of men, and not one of us, by anything we may do, can uphold or keep ourselves. We are where we are, kept every moment by the power of God. I have thought that we do not make the ministration of heavenly angels as important as we should.  {2SAT 57.2}
[2SAT 57.3]          We do not take in this matter and present it in the church; we do not present it in our families; we do not talk it as we ought, and thus keep in remembrance that every soul with whom we are connected has the guardianship of heavenly angels, sent forth to minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation.  {2SAT 57.3}
[2SAT 57.4]          I want you to consider this point, What should we do without them? I want you to consider what kind of position we should be left in if we had not the ministry of holy angels.  {2SAT 57.4}
[2SAT 57.5]          From my text we see that "we wrestle not against flesh and blood." We meet the opposition of men, but there is someone behind that opposition. It is the prince of the powers of darkness, with his evil angels, who is constantly at work. We want to consider, all of us, that our warfare is against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world.  {2SAT 57.5}
[2SAT 57.6]          Who is it that is ruling the world today? And who is it that has chosen to stand under the banner of the prince of darkness? Why, it is nearly the whole world at large. All the world that has not accepted Jesus Christ has chosen for their leader the prince of darkness, and just as soon as they stand under his banner, they have connection with evil angels.  {2SAT 57.6}
[2SAT 57.7]          Either the evil angels or the angels of God are controlling the minds of men. Our minds are given to the control of God or to the control of the powers of darkness, and it will be well for us to inquire where we are standing today--whether under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel or under the black banner of the                       -58-     powers of darkness. We must make every preparation in our power in order to resist the enemy of souls. Every provision has been made; everything in God's plan has been arranged so that man should not be left to his own impulses, to his own finite powers, to carry on the warfare against the powers of darkness in his own finite strength, because he would certainly fail if he were thus left to himself I thank the Lord that we have a power provided for us.  {2SAT 57.7}
[2SAT 58.1]          When Christ bowed on Jordan's banks He encircled the race with His own human arm, while with His divine arm He grasped the throne of the Infinite. And what does that mean? It means that finite man, who is connected with the earth, is again united with God through the merits of Christ, and earth is again united with heaven.  {2SAT 58.1}
[2SAT 58.2]          Jacob tells us about this. He went out from his home a poor, discouraged, sorrowful man. And on his way, in his discouragement and despair, he was in danger of separating from his God by Satan's casting his hellish shadow between him and heaven. But that must be prevented.  {2SAT 58.2}
[2SAT 58.3]          The God of heaven understood the case of Jacob better than he himself. In the night season he dreamed he saw a ladder whose base was planted firmly on earth, the topmost round of which reached to the highest heavens; and God was above it, shedding His glory all along that mystic ladder. And the angels were traversing that ladder, ascending and descending upon the Son of God. Now, we know that as Jacob went out from his father's house so discouraged, God was flashing light and encouragement onto his pathway. Read Genesis 28:12-17.  {2SAT 58.3}
[2SAT 58.4]          We want you to consider that Christ was that ladder; that Christ was the connecting link between heaven and earth, and that Christ stands as represented by that ladder, that the angels of God may communicate with man.  {2SAT 58.4}
[2SAT 58.5]          And then what do we want? We want that living faith to believe that we are not alone. When once you impress upon the minds of the youth that there is One who is standing near them, and that He is beholding all their works, and that He is ready to help them in every emergency, do you think that they will so easily fall into temptation and sin? No; for we are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation, ready to be revealed in the last times.  {2SAT 58.5}
[2SAT 58.6]          In the Psalms David speaks of God's being a refuge and a strong tower, a refuge and a fortress; unto Him we can run and we can be saved. How precious is the thought that God is our refuge and that He will be our helper in all times and in all places, and that in every emergency we have God with us. He says that He will give His                       -59-     angels charge over us to keep us in all our ways.  {2SAT 58.6}
[2SAT 59.1]          But why can we not take this matter in? As we walk the streets, or wherever we are, Satan is on our track. When Christ engaged to fight the battles for man on this little speck of a world, He engaged to stand as our substitute and surety, and God put all heaven into His hands, with all the facilities and all the powers that heaven could afford. Now heaven is open to man, and the light and the glory of heaven is imparted to him through the merits of Jesus Christ our Lord.  {2SAT 59.1}
[2SAT 59.2]          Then in our God we have a helper, and we will trust in Him. We must constantly look in that direction, believing that the angels of God are round about us, and that heaven is in communication with us, because these heavenly messengers are ascending and descending upon the ladder of shining brightness. They are watching and guarding the children of men. They keep us from the influence of sin and sinning, and when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord lifts up for us a standard against the enemy.  {2SAT 59.2}
[2SAT 59.3]          Now suppose that when the devil came to Christ and said, "Cast thyself down from the pinnacle of the temple" ［Matthew 4:5, 6］, that He had done it. That would have been presumption. It would not have been giving God the glory, that according to the suggestion of the wily foe He should cast Himself down from the temple. No; that would not have been fulfilling His mission at all.  {2SAT 59.3}
[2SAT 59.4]         The plan of salvation was such that He could not call to His aid divine power, or place His life in unnecessary peril, or in any way place Himself in connection with the powers of darkness and respond to Satan's temptations, or in any way succumb to them, because He was working out the salvation of a fallen race. He was to place Himself just where man would be placed, and give man an example of what he should do in like circumstances.  {2SAT 59.4}
[2SAT 59.5]          When we consider that the Son of man, the Majesty of heaven, would not place Himself in any position to tempt the Lord, how inconsistent for fallen man to yield to the suggestions of Satan.  {2SAT 59.5}
[2SAT 59.6]          There will be constant temptations that will come to a church, large or small, no matter where it is, and the temptations will come just according to the circumstances. How is it with us? Are we standing with the whole armor on, so that we can work in harmony with the angels of God who are working for us? If we separate ourselves from these angels by taking our own course of action, then we place ourselves where the wicked one can tempt us.  {2SAT 59.6}
[2SAT 59.7]          We have been pained as we have had brought to our notice papers, advertisers of sorcery and                       -60-     witchcraft, the work of magicians and all this sort of thing, going on in Battle Creek. Who of you who profess to be children of the living God were presumptuous enough to place yourself anywhere near these powers of darkness? There is in these the manifestation of a power that is above human power. And where is it? It is not all sleight of hand. No, indeed. It is the power of Satan; and just as soon as you begin to bring yourselves in connection with these sorcerers, and give them the least license, you dishonor the God of heaven, and imperil your own souls.  {2SAT 59.7}
[2SAT 60.1]          There is a large church here. Our college has brought in many families, and these families ought to feel before God that they have a responsibility to guard the fort. If they are unfaithful and refuse to stand at their post of duty, who will do this for them? If they have not spirituality, if they have not piety, if they have not devotion, or discernment in regard to how they should conduct themselves and keep themselves separate from such influences as are continually arising in Battle Creek--right where God is at work and where His institutions are, where we may expect that the angels of God as guardians are around about us--those who will do nothing to help the church, why, just as soon as they can find a position outside of Battle Creek, we shall say amen to it. Better not be a burden to the church in this place.  {2SAT 60.1}
[2SAT 60.2]          Parents and guardians of families, had you decided when you came here that you would keep the fort? Had you decided that you would work in harmony with heaven, and with the angels of God who are communicating with and guarding His people, and who are pressing back the powers of darkness that they shall not have any control over those who shall be heirs of salvation? Are we working in harmony with the angels? This is the line of communication the Lord has established with the children of men.  {2SAT 60.2}
[2SAT 60.3]          We have a college, a printing establishment, and a sanitarium here in Battle Creek. Have you considered the importance of every soul that comes into this church standing on the Lord's side? Have you considered that you must take upon yourselves the whole armor of righteousness? Things of this character are constantly coming up, and we want to be prepared to meet them; we want to be prepared to stand.  {2SAT 60.3}
[2SAT 60.4]          Having done all we can on our part, our doing cannot save us. But there is something that will save us, and that is the power of God. Connection with the power of God is our only salvation. There is not one of us but what ought to lay hold of the subject of justification by faith. It means ten times more, yes, a hundredfold more, than many of us seem to realize. We are to feel that we have not a particle of                       -61-     dependence, not a particle of trust in ourselves. We are to trust in the living God, in His power, in His might, and in His grace to keep us, or we shall fall.  {2SAT 60.4}
[2SAT 61.1]          Now, we want to bring before you something in regard to the work that was done in Ephesus. That work was the burning of the magic books. You will see that in every place God works after the manner that He can best reach the people. When He came to reveal Christ to the Magi, He did not come to them as He did to the shepherds on the plains of Bethlehem. The wise men were reading the works of God in the heavens. "The heavens declare the glory of God" ［Psalms 19:1］, and God comes to them to educate them in the very manner that He could best reach them. He had a star, a wonderful star, to appear to them. Angels of God hovered in the heavens in the shape of a star, and they saw the star. As they began to understand that something strange was taking place, they began to move, and the star moved before them.  {2SAT 61.1}
[2SAT 61.2]          Just so, as Paul comes to Ephesus to labor, many were there with curious arts. Read Acts 19:19, 20. Why did they not keep those books on hand? Because it would be a temptation to them. How is Paul to reach these magicians, and those under their influence? How is he to reach that people of Ephesus, where is that great temple of Diana, whose fame had gone out through all the world?  {2SAT 61.2}
[2SAT 61.3]          The God of heaven came to Paul, and through the Spirit of God miracles were wrought. But there were some men there who tried to imitate the miracles, and the evil spirit fell upon them, and they were beaten and bruised because they took the name of Jesus to use in their sorcery. They cannot mix; they cannot mix at all.  {2SAT 61.3}
[2SAT 61.4]          But the apostle reached this city through the mighty working of the power of God, that the people might see that there was a power above all the powers of the magicians, and it had effect upon them; therefore they burned their magical books.  {2SAT 61.4}
[2SAT 61.5]          But you say, What did they lose so much money for? Wasn't that a waste? It was a precious waste. They would be safe so long as directly connected with God, but if the Spirit of God should not shine at all times with manifest power upon them, they would begin to want to go back to the study of something about those books and the beauty of their arrangement. You know how it is with spiritualism. It is just the same here. There is a wonderful power about it. Many were converted.  {2SAT 61.5}
[2SAT 61.6]          I wish you to bear in mind that they were converted, and on account of their conversion they destroyed their magic books. They consumed them that every                       -62-     temptation might be cut off, that they might not again fall into their hands that they might be a temptation to go back to their sorceries in any future period. This is the way to do. Put up every bar before the enemy so that he will not tempt you and lead you away, for he is using every art to lead you into temptation.  {2SAT 61.6}
[2SAT 62.1]          How is he working here in Battle Creek? Here come these magicians, and there is an itching curiosity to go and see, and when they go to see they bring themselves into contact with them. And when they bring themselves in contact with them, they are in direct communication with the powers of darkness.  {2SAT 62.1}
[2SAT 62.2]          Then there is some lottery business connected with it, and one young man who goes there obtains a gold watch. What then? The watch may be genuine gold. It may be no fraud; but ah, there is a fraud back of that, and that is the snare. If he has gained this once, he will want to try it again. Oh, I would rather, if it had been a son of mine, have him lying in his coffin than sporting that gold watch.  {2SAT 62.2}
[2SAT 62.3]          Then here are other boys. He shows his watch to them, and then there is an itching with them to try their luck in just the same way, and so they will attempt this matter themselves. Then another will attempt it, and another; and so the influence extends from one to another. The devil knows just how to play his game. He is playing a game for the souls of the youth here in Battle Creek.  {2SAT 62.3}
[2SAT 62.4]          I am sorry to say that those who ought to be guardians in their homes, those who have families outside of the college, do not have that spiritual discernment which they ought to have in order to properly control those who are under their care. The college cannot manage the families of those who have guardians and fathers and mothers in this place. They cannot be looking after them. They can look after those in their own homes, but they cannot go out into the homes of boys and girls to see after families where there are guardians and parents to look after those children.  {2SAT 62.4}
[2SAT 62.5]          Now, we want to know what fathers and mothers and guardians are doing here in Battle Creek. Better by far ［to］ move out of Battle Creek if you have no power of influence to control your children in Battle Creek. You had a great deal better get out on a little piece of land so hard and rocky that it will command labor every day from your children, that they will be taxed to the uttermost in the use of their muscles, in order to keep their minds and their bodies from being debased by the temptations and allurements of the enemy.  {2SAT 62.5}
[2SAT 62.6]          When you neglect your God-given responsibilities, let me tell you that there are angels of God around you to watch your neglects, and a testimony is carried to heaven                       -63-     and registered in the books of heaven against you, and the result of all your weakness and folly will meet you.  {2SAT 62.6}
[2SAT 63.1]          Now, as to success of that youth who obtained that watch. Oh, that it never had happened, will be his testimony in the future. Oh, that he had never brought himself in connection with the powers of darkness. It is directly in connection with the powers of the devil, with principalities and powers, and it is the wicked one that is at work-- Satan behind the scenes--and yet we do not perceive his power.  {2SAT 63.1}
[2SAT 63.2]          Again, I understand that the boast was made that they had their greatest patronage from the west end of town. Now brethren, is it not time for us to awake? Is it not time that we had spiritual discernment? Is it not time that we were touching upon the things that concern our eternal welfare? Is it not time that men and women of God who claim to believe in the near coming of the Son of man in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory, should understand and not place themselves in any position of temptation?  {2SAT 63.2}
[2SAT 63.3]          While we were laboring with all our souls, one of our brethren came into my room bowed down under a great burden of grief, exclaiming, "What shall we do? What can we do for the children and youth in Battle Creek?" Said I, 'I carry that burden; I carry it day and night, and it is wearing me out. And now I believe God sees it all, and I must trust the burden to the Lord.'"  {2SAT 63.3}
[2SAT 63.4]          I wish the church in Battle Creek were divided up into as many as four or five sections. I wish that the missionary spirit would get hold of them, and they feel like going out of Battle Creek into new places where they could lift the standard of truth, wherever they could work for the salvation of souls, and not throw their dead weight upon the church here at Battle Creek.  {2SAT 63.4}
[2SAT 63.5]          But there are those who feel no responsibility and do nothing, even for their own families, except to help them downward. Oh, it is a painful picture. While the servants of God may be rising up and exhausting their vitality, and going down into the grave under the load and under the burden, there are those here who do not lift one ounce ［of］ weight of the burden. They do not visit the sick, they do not find out the needy, they do not try to be a comfort and a blessing here and there to one another, and there is no spiritual vitality in them. They do not in the fear of God take care of their own families. The fear of the Lord does not circulate in their own homes.  {2SAT 63.5}
[2SAT 63.6]          My dear brethren and sisters, every soul whose name is upon the church book, who will disgrace the cause of God and themselves by going to such places as where those magicians hold forth, is a subject of church trial. He ought either to be                       -64-     separated from the church or repent before the Lord and confess his backslidings. How do the angels of God, how does the universe of heaven, look upon these things?  {2SAT 63.6}
[2SAT 64.1]          God has been at the expense of sending His Son Jesus Christ to be a sacrifice for us, to die that man might have eternal life. He has been at all this infinite expense to bring the angels of God in connection with men, that men should not fight the battle with the wily foe in their own strength. And while all heaven is interested in watching over the children of men that they shall not perish but have everlasting life, while they are sheltering and guarding them on the right and on the left, they take themselves right out of the hands of the angels of God and put themselves into the hands of the devil.  {2SAT 64.1}
[2SAT 64.2]          Curiosity is something bewitching, as says the apostle: "Who hath bewitched you, that ye should not obey the truth?" ［Galatians 3:3］. Do you think the devil is asleep? He is not asleep, he is wide-awake, and he is on the track of every one of us. We are right upon the very borders of the eternal world. While some are at strife on little points of doctrine--oh my soul!--they had better be fasting and praying and seeking God with all their hearts that they may find Him.  {2SAT 64.2}
[2SAT 64.3]          I can tell you instance after instance that I know of, of men who have been warned and reproved, who have sat here in this house and listened to discourse after discourse, but in the place of being doers of the Word, in the place of receiving the Word of God into good and honest hearts, in the place of working with all their might in harmony with heaven, they have hugged their sins to themselves. And then what? The seal of God could not be upon them, and when calamities came, when placed in perilous positions, those very ones have gone down into the grave, and they will not come up in the first resurrection. They will not see the King in His beauty. They were lost simply because they took their own way. They broke away from the Spirit of God and kept venturing and venturing, and tasting and testing the wiles of the devil.  {2SAT 64.3}
[2SAT 64.4]          There was a man in Ohio who held sittings with the Spiritualists. He had communicated with them. But there came a time when the truth of God reached him and he commenced to break away. For some time he was with us in the truth. We had been holding tent meetings, but I think the power of the enemy came in through temptations in the night.  {2SAT 64.4}
[2SAT 64.5]          His wife said that they had sent thirteen baskets full of provisions to support the ministers in the tent, and there were only just as many souls in the church as they sent baskets full of provisions. Well, said I, let us see; a soul for every basket. Jesus Christ would give the world                       -65-     for one of these souls. Jesus Christ would give His life and the whole world today, and now you are complaining that you have sent thirteen baskets full of provisions, and there are only thirteen souls saved?  {2SAT 64.5}
[2SAT 65.1]          Well, that night we had a praying season, and the next morning we had a meeting a few miles distant. This man harnessed up our horse, and he said that after we started he would come on. But we did not see him all day, and we did not know what it meant. But finally, the next day he came. We had had a most powerful meeting that day.  {2SAT 65.1}
[2SAT 65.2]          He told us his experience, and said: "I went out to harness my horse, and as I would take the bit to put it in the horse's mouth, a hand would take it and throw it across the barn; and when I would get the bridle and try it again, the hand would again snatch the bridle and throw it again across the barn. I worked the whole forenoon with all my might and main to get those bits into the horse's mouth, but I could not do it; and finally, becoming exhausted, I had to give it up."  {2SAT 65.2}
[2SAT 65.3]          What power was that? The very same power that made those persons go downtown to those sorcerers. Oh, what a scene it was to see men rolling on the floor and pretending to pick strawberries, and all these things.  {2SAT 65.3}
[2SAT 65.4]          How could you feel that the universe of heaven could look approvingly upon you who have heard the truth here from Sabbath to Sabbath? How, I ask you again, could they look upon us who united with such gross darkness?  {2SAT 65.4}
[2SAT 65.5]          Brethren and sisters, let us keep from all such influences, let us show that our rebuke is upon them. Let us by our efforts show that we disapprove of whatever things of like character come in here to engage the attention of the young. And don't let it be said that they get the greatest patronage from this end of town.  {2SAT 65.5}
[2SAT 65.6]          God help us to be true to the institutions which He has established in our midst. Again, here are individuals working contrary to that which God has told us we should do. Why was that institution, the sanitarium, established here? It was to keep God's people in connection with Himself. It was to be a means whereby we should come to Him when sick and suffering and distressed. But here come in strange doctors and do wonderful cures. Here one minister patronizes them, and he encourages another minister to patronize them, and the work goes on.  {2SAT 65.6}
[2SAT 65.7]          And there are those things coming up in our midst that are leading to the very things which God has brought His people away from. This work has been going on in our very midst. True, physicians may cure some cases. It would be very strange if they did not. You know                      -66-     how these things will be exaggerated. But it has been opened to me again and again.  {2SAT 65.7}
[2SAT 66.1]          We are nearing the end; we are nearing the judgment; and every power that can break up our unity, our harmony, our pressing together, is at work to hinder our sustaining those very institutions that God has established. Every influence that can be brought to bear to bring us in connection with tendencies that are evil will arise, and Satan will use his power to confuse the minds. We want to stand as men and women of God. We want to stand with the institutions, the instrumentalities which God has brought into being.  {2SAT 66.1}
[2SAT 66.2]          There are some that think they are doing a wonderful missionary work. Their letters are going all over the country, and they are getting into college and into the sanitarium even. And these persons are holding out; oh, what wonderful things a certain one can do! What a wonderful work he is doing! There may be cases where that physician may seem to do the very same work as is done at the sanitarium, and imagination is everything; you may imagine that it is a great work that is being done, but it is not; time will show the character of it.  {2SAT 66.2}
[2SAT 66.3]          There was a man here in Battle Creek, a man unworthy of the confidence of any of our people. Oh, that the inwardness of his life and character could be presented to every one of them. But many of them knew it, and still he was patronized. What is the matter? It is a bewitching power used to weaken and discourage the very ones we are trying to the best of our ability to keep separate from the world and unholy influences.  {2SAT 66.3}
[2SAT 66.4]          Brethren and sisters, we need a great deal more of God. The angels of God are in our midst, and we want to put ourselves under their guardianship. We must be pressing together, and sustaining one another. In the place of drawing one another down, in the place of beating on the wrong track, we want to work where God works; we want to exert a telling influence in behalf of God's people, and we want to listen for the voice of God. We want to hear what it saith.  {2SAT 66.4}
[2SAT 66.5]          How hard Balaam tried, oh, how hard he tried, to use his power of magic to put his curse upon Israel. God says, You shall not do it. Angels of God were on the ground, and he could not do it. Balak would take him from one place to another that he might curse Israel, and he desired Balaam to curse only the uttermost part of them, but Balaam said, "How can I curse those whom God has not cursed?" ［Numbers 23:8］. The blessing of God was upon His people, and prophecies were put into his mouth and forced from his lips by the power of God in favor of His people.  {2SAT 66.5}
[2SAT 67.1]                       -67-          We are now coming down to the last days, and the devil wants to shake and confuse the confidence of His people in these various institutions. He wants to bring persons where they will have a bad influence, where they have no love for the truth and things which we believe to be of God.  {2SAT 67.1}
[2SAT 67.2]          Those who are doing that wonderful missionary work had better find out from whom they get their orders; they had better find out who has commissioned them to do this wonderful missionary work. We want to see that they are sailing under the proper colors. We want to see that they are laboring in harmony with the influence of the Spirit of God. Brethren and sisters, we want to see you come to your senses.  {2SAT 67.2}
[2SAT 67.3]          God says that the health reform in our midst is not what it ought to be. There is backsliding on this point. God has given us light in regard to how we should live. But these physicians say, "Why, you are living altogether different from what you ought to live. You ought not to be on this ground. You must live differently and eat differently." And so they are leading right away from the path that God has been leading His people in all the way through.  {2SAT 67.3}
[2SAT 67.4]          Brethren, how can the Lord let His blessing rest upon us when we are going right upon the enemy's ground? Think of the case of Ahaziah's making inquiry of the God of Ekron, and the results that followed, and you can but see how God regarded such things.  {2SAT 67.4}
[2SAT 67.5]          We want to stand as a unit, and those who stand ready to quibble over little points of doctrine to maintain their ideas are not really converted. Just as soon as you are truly converted, this quibbling will cease. You need to go to God with your Bible, with fasting and prayer. God wants us to be united in bringing this people up to a right standard here in Battle Creek, for Satan is playing a deep game for their souls and many will be ensnared.  {2SAT 67.5}
[2SAT 67.6]          The Lord wants every father and mother to work for their own household. He wants the converting power of God to be in your own families. He does not want you to let Satan plant his hellish banner right in your family, and you bow to that banner. He wants you to take your place as fathers and mothers. He wants you to teach your children concerning the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment and walk humbly with God.  {2SAT 67.6}
[2SAT 67.7]          Teach your families that the angels of God are coming in and going out of your house and guarding and watching over the children of men. He wants you to tell them how they appeared to Peter, how they appeared to John, how they appeared to those who suffered in prison for the truth's sake; how the Lord wrought in behalf of John; how he wrought in behalf of Paul and of Peter; how the angels of God                       -68-     from heaven came right into the prison house and took their prey out of the hands of the enemy. God is constantly working in behalf of His people, and what credit do you give Him for it?  {2SAT 67.7}
[2SAT 68.1]          Angels of God are all around us. You do not discern them with your human vision. Satan and his angels are here in this house today. Oh, we want to know these things, and fear and tremble, and to think much more of the power of the angels of God that are watching over and guarding us than we have done hitherto.  {2SAT 68.1}
[2SAT 68.2]          We want to place ourselves under the blood-stained banner of Prince Emmanuel. We do not want to be serving Baal. We do not want to be giving ourselves up to the powers of darkness. Angels of God are commissioned from heaven to guard the children of men, and yet they draw away from their restraining influences and go where they can have communication with the evil angels. And then the evil angels fasten impressions in their minds that they will never get rid of so long as they live, just as going to the theater, billiard hall, and all such places lead them from the path of God to stand under the black banner of the prince of darkness. Oh, that we might all obey the injunction of the apostle (read 2 Corinthians 6:17, 18).  {2SAT 68.2}
[2SAT 68.3]          Oh, what an infinite sacrifice was paid for our redemption! Look at the long fast of Jesus Christ in the wilderness of temptation. Look at all He endured, the agony of the cross, in order to save man; and then, I ask you, What shall we do on our part? God help us that we may come under the influence, the special influence, of the Spirit of God. Then He will let it come upon us with power. He will communicate light to us from heaven, and we will walk in the light, and live in the light as He is in the light.  {2SAT 68.3}
[2SAT 68.4]          Burn the magical books; burn every last one of them; burn everything--yes, consume it--that will suffer a connection between you and the powers of darkness. "Come out from among them, and be separate, and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you" ［2 Corinthians 6:17］. This is what we should want to do. We want to bow in reverence to the God of heaven.  {2SAT 68.4}
[2SAT 68.5]          We are coming right upon the time when Satan is to work with all manner of bewitching influences, and those that are charmed with them now, or give them the least countenance now, will be all ready to be swept right in to act a part with the devil then. Evil angels are working all the time upon the hearts of men. Satan is working with everyone who is not under the control of the Spirit of God. It is the lying wonders of the devil that will take the world captive, and he will cause fire to come down from heaven in the sight of men. He is to work miracles; and this wonderful, miracle-working power is to                       -69-     sweep in the whole world. It is now just beginning.  {2SAT 68.5}
[2SAT 69.1]          I want to tell you another thing. The vials of God's wrath and the sprinkling of them, are already coming. What is the matter that we do not discern it? It is because the light of truth does not affect the heart. The Spirit of God is being withdrawn from the world.  {2SAT 69.1}
[2SAT 69.2]          You hear of calamities by land and by sea, and they are constantly increasing. What is the matter? The Spirit of God is taken away from those who have the lives of men in their hands, and Satan is coming in to control them, because they give themselves to his control. Those who profess to be the children of God do not place themselves under the guardianship of the heavenly angels, and as Satan is a destroyer, he works through those men and they make mistakes, and they will get drunk, and because of intemperance, many times bring these terrible calamities upon us.  {2SAT 69.2}
[2SAT 69.3]          And see the storms and tempests! Satan is working in the atmosphere; he is poisoning the atmosphere, and here we are dependent upon God for our lives--our present and eternal life. And being in the position that we are, we need to be wide-awake, wholly devoted, wholly converted, wholly consecrated to God. But we seem to sit as though we were paralyzed. God of heaven, wake us up!  {2SAT 69.3}
[2SAT 69.4]          Don't you read the newspapers and see the casualties? And don't you feel afraid to place yourself out of the guardianship of the holy angels, under the control of the evil angels by going right where they are? Will you invite them to connect with you? Can we afford it? Why, you insult the living God if you do; and you are not converted, whoever you may be, rich or poor, high or low, in office or out of office; it is an abomination in the sight of God. And not only is it an abomination in the sight of God, but it is an abomination in our land. Let us stand clear from all these things, that the converting power of God may come into our midst.  {2SAT 69.4}
[2SAT 69.5]          May God help us, brethren and sisters, to realize that this is missionary soil. We claim to be missionaries and workers for Christ, but while you are laboring, be sure that you are seeking to build up what God is building up. Be sure that you are working with all the powers of your being to build up the church, to establish it, and to bring all the piety and all the devotion that the Spirit of God will impart to you, into the church that it may be a living church, and that you may be light bearers to the world. Who is a light to the world? Were those a light to the world who went in there and took their position with those sorcerers? What kind of a light was reflected from that scene?  {2SAT 69.5}
[2SAT 70.1]                       -70-          Brethren and sisters, we must come up on higher ground. We have talked it and we have pleaded it, and while we were talking truth, there was a party got up here, and another there, and another somewhere else. Satan was devising these means to draw away from God. It had this very influence. They did not think it, but it had this influence. Anything that the devil can devise, he will get up, that with his hellish influence he may come right into the soul. Brethren and sisters, you want ［to have］ on the breastplate of righteousness.  {2SAT 70.1}
[2SAT 70.2]          There is little enough genuine conversion. There is plenty of selfish, hypocritical religion, there is plenty of deadness. Oh, we want to arouse a spirit of real piety, unselfish devotion, and true religion. We want to press all our forces against the powers of darkness that are gathering right here to take Jesus from our midst. Oh, I would rather that all our children had died in their infancy than to let the devil take them and put them into his ranks.  {2SAT 70.2}
[2SAT 70.3]          Brethren, those that have experience, come to the front. You that have professed the name of God in Battle Creek, I call upon you in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ to come to the front. We want the help of every soul. If you have a jot of influence, give it. Don't give your influence to tearing down. We need your influence to build up the cause of God, for I tell you the crisis is right upon us. We want now to be seeking God in our homes, with weeping and with fasting and with prayer.  {2SAT 70.3}
[2SAT 70.4]          Shall we take hold of this work? Shall we take hold of it right? God help us to work where the angels work; God help us to work where Christ works; God help us to work where God works, that we may see the salvation of God.--Ms. 1, 1890.  {2SAT 70.4}
[2SAT 71.1]       Chap. 9 - The Work in Michigan    Manuscript 3,1890         My heart has been sad as I have seen so little accomplished by the workers in Michigan. The members of our churches are not incorrigible; the fault is not so much to be charged upon them as upon their teachers. Their ministers do not feed them. All heaven is actively engaged in the work for man's salvation. The rich gifts of the Holy Spirit are waiting to be given to God's human agents, but the hearts and minds of men are so fully occupied with earthly, sensual things, that there is no room to receive the treasures of grace, and that which they do not receive, they cannot impart to others. Those who are trying to teach others the Bible truth and are not themselves sanctified through obedience to the truth, are as sounding brass and a tinkling cymbal.  {2SAT 71.1}
[2SAT 71.2]          Those who are one with Christ have the mind of Christ, and work the works of Christ. They are ever improving, ever drawing near to God, ever uplifting the soul to Jesus. By beholding the world's Redeemer, they become changed into His image. A new spiritual life is created, a new motive power supplied. When one is fully emptied of self, when every false god is cast out of the soul, the vacuum is supplied by the inflowing of the Spirit of Christ. Such a one has faith that works by love and purifies the soul from every moral and spiritual defilement. The Holy Spirit, the Comforter, can work upon the heart, influencing, directing, so that he enjoys spiritual things. He ［the Christian］ is "after the Spirit," and he minds the things of the Spirit. He has no confidence in self. Christ is all and in all.  {2SAT 71.2}
[2SAT 71.3]          Truth is being constantly unfolded by the Holy Spirit. ［The Christian］ receives with meekness the engrafted word, and he gives the Lord all the glory, saying, "God hath revealed them to us by His Spirit." "Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things which are freely given to us of God" ［1 Corinthians 2:12］. The Spirit that reveals also works in him the fruits of righteousness. Christ is in him "a well of water, springing up into everlasting life." He is a branch of the True Vine, and bears rich clusters of fruit to the glory of God.  {2SAT 71.3}
[2SAT 71.4]          What is the character of the fruit? "The fruit of the Spirit is love." Mark the word--love, not hatred. It is joy, not discontent and mourning; peace, not irritation, anxiety, and manufactured trials. It is "long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance; against such there is no law" (Galatians 5:22, 23).  {2SAT 71.4}
[2SAT 72.1]                       -72-          Those who have this Spirit will be earnest laborers with God. The heavenly intelligences cooperate with them, and they go weighted with the spirit of the message of truth which they bear. They are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men. They are ennobled, refined, through the sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth. They have not brought into the treasury of the soul wood, hay, and stubble, but gold, silver, and precious stones. They speak words of solid sense, and from the treasure of the heart bring forth pure and sacred things according to the example of Christ.  {2SAT 72.1}
[2SAT 72.2]          The true ambassador for Christ is not given to jesting, trifling, idle talk, but he is cheerful, showing forth the praises of Him who hath called him out of darkness into His marvelous light. Every minister who after his discourse will engage in frivolous conversation counteracts the influence of his words in the sacred desk. He does no honor to God or to the truth, but brings the most sacred things down upon a level with the common things, and makes of no effect the truth of heavenly origin.  {2SAT 72.2}
[2SAT 72.3]          Those who do not walk by the rule laid down in the Word of God should be faithfully admonished, and if they fail to reform, should be deprived of their license or credentials. Otherwise the conference that has sanctioned the labors of these men will share their guilt. It is a mercy to the unfaithful laborer himself to remove him from his position, for the rebuke of God is upon him. It is a duty enjoined by Heaven that souls may not be contaminated by the unholy spiritual atmosphere that surrounds him.  {2SAT 72.3}
[2SAT 72.4]          You should not cast him off as a reprobate, but let your dealings with him show that he has mistaken his calling. The Lord has laid no such burden upon him, or if He has, the man has never taken it. He is not united to Christ. He knows not the influence of the Holy Spirit of God upon his soul. He has not fixed his eyes upon Jesus and by beholding Him become changed into His image.  {2SAT 72.4}
[2SAT 72.5]          The fruit of the Spirit is in all goodness, righteousness, and truth. "By their fruits ye shall know them." Solomon testifies: "The tongue of the just is as choice silver: the heart of the wicked is little worth" (Proverbs 10:20). Those who are one with Christ cannot enjoy listening to trifling conversation, much less will they engage in it themselves. If the heart is spiritual, there will be spiritual conversation, for "out of the abundance of the heart, the mouth speaketh" (Matthew 12:34). In our words and actions our thoughts will be revealed just as they are. The life is a true unfurling of the banner, testifying what is in the heart.  {2SAT 72.5}
[2SAT 72.6]          What I have just written opens to you the reason why there is not more vitality in our churches. The                       -73-     standard of the gospel minister is lowered into the dust.  {2SAT 72.6}
[2SAT 73.1]          The elders of our churches and the ministers have not been as branches of the Living Vine, drawing nourishment from Christ. They are not rich in spiritual knowledge and heavenly wisdom, but are dry and Christless. Man's words they speak in the desk may be good in themselves, but they are powerless because the heart of the speaker has not been transformed by grace. The churches would be far better without such elders and ministers.  {2SAT 73.1}
[2SAT 73.2]          Money is drawn from the Lord's treasury to support those who are unconverted and need that one teach them the first principle of the gospel, which is Christ formed within, the hope of glory. When the laborers who are so lacking in spirituality believe in Christ, it will be manifest that they possess the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. The words of Paul to the Corinthians should be heeded by all who labor for the Master: "Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong. Let all your things be done with charity" (1 Corinthians 16:13, 14).  {2SAT 73.2}
[2SAT 73.3]          For the last fifteen years the deplorable condition of the Michigan Conference has from time to time been presented before me. I have felt anguish of soul as I have seen the true state of things. There are dishonest men in our churches; there are licentious men. In this large conference there is declension in the place of constant advancement to a higher, holier standard. And there is little of the proper labor done by ministers in the churches, because many do not carry the burden of the souls for whom they labor. The truth has not sanctified their own hearts.  {2SAT 73.3}
[2SAT 73.4]          Oh, there is need of most earnest, devoted, self-sacrificing labor--the preaching of the truth, preaching Christ and living Christ. Oh, that all our workers would be laborers together with God, not trifling with time, not trifling with sacred responsibilities, with solemn, sacred truth, the presentation of which is deciding the destiny of souls, but representing Christ in all things, watching for souls as they that must give an account, day by day, hour by hour, living in the channel of light. This is the only course that you can pursue with safety in the churches, and among the people in cities and villages, diffusing the light received from the Sun of Righteousness.  {2SAT 73.4}
[2SAT 73.5]          In order to do this, you must devote much time to prayer. Brethren, be instant in prayer. When in society, when compelled to be among the frivolous, the careless and inconsiderate, you are not to descend to their level and engage in cheap and frivolous talk, but dart up your petitions to heaven that the God of all grace will keep your souls in the love of Christ. When the workers are thus connected with God, there will be                       -74-     continual growth in every church blessed with this labor in Michigan.  {2SAT 73.5}
[2SAT 74.1]          Then the finances will be in a prosperous condition. Now the books of heaven bear the record of robbery toward God, in a large degree in tithes and offerings. Men who have been pioneers in the work are becoming disheartened, but they ought not to be. Jesus is their example, of whom it is written, "He shall not fail nor be discouraged." For all who are disheartened, there is but one remedy--faith, prayer, and work. Cease to think gloomy thoughts. Let every soul fall on the Rock, Christ Jesus, and be broken. Then Jesus will fashion the character after His own likeness. Discord and strife will die a natural death because they have nothing to feed upon.  {2SAT 74.1}
[2SAT 74.2]          Those who are joined to Christ, the Living Vine, will bear the very same kind of fruit as does the parent stock. Christ was the pattern minister. He was the greatest teacher the world ever saw. He gave to His followers, for them to repeat to us, lessons of the utmost importance concerning the salvation of the soul. It is by believing and receiving Him that we secure our own salvation. And when we believe on Him, we cannot keep it to ourselves; we shall tell others what Christ has done for us.  {2SAT 74.2}
[2SAT 74.3]          There can be no careless disregard of His Word without the terrible consequence that always follows backsliding and neglect. Many have not the Spirit of Christ, and thus give evidence that they are none of His. And yet this very class is seeking to tell others how to be saved. There is need of humiliation of soul before God, need of confession of sins and restitution. There has been unbelief, there has been dishonesty. A spirit of murmuring has been communicated from one to another in the ranks of Sabbath-keepers. They do not discern spiritual things. Discouraging words have been spoken. Do not indulge this spirit, dear brethren and sisters. You please the enemy in so doing. You cannot afford to reap the harvest that will thus be produced.  {2SAT 74.3}
[2SAT 74.4]          You who have been withholding your means from the cause of God, read the book of Malachi and see what is spoken there in regard to tithes and offerings. Cannot you see that it is not best under any circumstances to withhold your tithes and offerings because you are not in harmony with everything that your brethren do? The tithes and offerings are not the property of any man, but are to be used in doing a certain work for God. Unworthy ministers may receive some of the means thus raised, but dare anyone, because of this, withhold from the treasury and brave the curse of God? I dare not. I pay my tithe gladly and freely, saying, as did David, "Of Thine own have we given Thee." A selfish withholding                       -75-     from God will tend to poverty in our own souls. Act your part, my brethren and sisters. God loves you, and He stands at the helm. If the conference business is not managed according to the order of the Lord, that is the sin of the erring one. The Lord will not hold you responsible for it if you do what you can to correct the evil. But do not commit sin yourselves by withholding from the Lord His own property. "Cursed be he that doeth the work of the Lord deceitfully" or negligently.  {2SAT 74.4}
[2SAT 75.1]          When persons declare that they will not pay their tithes because the means is not used as they think it ought to be, will the elder of the church or the minister sympathize with the sinners? Will he aid the enemy in his work? Or will he, as a wise man endued with knowledge, go to work to correct the evil and remove the stumblingblocks? Let those who are dissatisfied state plainly their grievances to the ones who they think have erred instead of talking the matter over with others and thus fanning the flame of discontent.  {2SAT 75.1}
[2SAT 75.2]          But, brethren, do not be unfaithful in your lot. Stand in your place. Do not by your neglect of duty increase our financial difficulties and thus add to the heavy burden that rests on the president of our General Conference. The conferences, through their delegates, have appointed the one who occupies this difficult and important place, and they are under obligation to sustain him by bearing their part of the burden. Elder Olsen is far from coveting the position. He has said again and again, "Do not lay the burden on me; I am not fitted for such a position." But where are the men who are fitted? They are few indeed. Elder Olsen is a man who loves and fears God. The church needs his labors. He must not be left alone to bear heavy burdens that others will let fall upon him because of their backslidings.  {2SAT 75.2}
[2SAT 75.3]          Many important interests demand attention from the president of the General Conference. He must have a care for the needs of the various branches of the work. Those who have never occupied such a position have faint conceptions of the perplexities upon his mind. Not only our institutions and the church throughout the United States, but the missions in foreign lands, require his thoughtful consideration and decision. If there are not men who will hold up his hands, as Aaron and Hur held up the hands of Moses, he will faint while pressed under the load as a cart beneath sheaves. Neither the mental nor the physical powers can long endure the strain brought to bear upon him.  {2SAT 75.3}
[2SAT 75.4]          All the council and committee meetings should be so planned and conducted that these wearing, taxing seasons may be lessened both in number and duration.                       -76-     Those who engage in them should give much thought to the matters to be considered before bringing them before the committee, and ［they］ should come quickly to the points of interest. Make them plain, and let everyone try to dispatch the business as speedily as possible, and not hold and tax the minds and bodies of men for long hours to do the business that might and should be dispatched promptly. There should be a constant effort for brevity in business meetings.  {2SAT 75.4}
[2SAT 76.1]          Harmony and simplicity in the work, an avoidance of all unnecessary machinery, will do much to preserve the courage and the physical and mental energies of those who have to consider so many points. Those who have none, or but little, of this kind of labor should be very careful how they criticize or censure the ones who do have these burdens to bear. Let all so conduct themselves that they will not throw any extra burdens upon our president. They should not depend upon him to do their thinking. If they keep their own souls in the love of God, growing in spirituality, dissension will be shut out. The oil of grace will cause the machinery to run smoothly.  {2SAT 76.1}
[2SAT 76.2]          I ask you who shall meet in conference, Will you individually act your part, through the grace given you of God, to lift just as much of the burden as you can lift? Bear your own burdens. Pray much, talk less, meditate more. Rid yourselves of every jealous thought and feeling. Your hearts need weeding before you enter upon conference business. Divest yourselves of selfishness, but stand firmly for right principles, cost what it may. The right alone will prevail.  {2SAT 76.2}
[2SAT 76.3]          Will you yourselves abide in Christ? Will you be true to the laborers who bear the heavy responsibilities? Will you come up to the help of the Lord against the mighty satanic agencies that are working unseen to bring defeat and ruin? Will you have the love and fear of God in your own hearts? From your closets, from your family altars, will you send up, not cold, heartless prayers, but earnest supplications that the Lord will work with Elder Olsen, that the power of Jesus will heal him of infirmities, and give him physical and mental strength to bear the responsibilities that devolve upon him?  {2SAT 76.3}
[2SAT 76.4]          Do not get together and give expression to criticism and questioning in regard to matters you have learned by hearsay. Do not draw within yourselves and work in secrecy and darkness with a select few, giving no words of encouragement, offering no prayer for the blessing of the Lord to rest upon your president. Come right up to help him, talk with him, encourage him. Keep distrust out of your own hearts. Give the man who carries the heavy responsibilities your hearty cooperation. Do not                       -77-     manufacture burdens to perplex his tired brain and wearied nerves.  {2SAT 76.4}
[2SAT 77.1]          God calls upon you to act your part with fidelity and guard the interests of the church with which you are connected. Work with an eye single to the glory of God. Keep pressing your way to the light and you will have light. Talk faith, and you will have faith. Seek for harmony. Seek to be of one mind, of one judgment, thus answering the prayer of Christ. Leave not all the agonizing prayer to be poured forth day and night by your soul-burdened president and a few faithful standard-bearers.  {2SAT 77.1}
[2SAT 77.2]          Brother Olsen is constantly seeking to know the way of the Lord, listening to hear the first words of command from the Master. Will you do the same? Will you close your ears to murmurings and disputings, to words of distrust and jealousy? Will you look up? Will you show that you have confidence in the Captain of our salvation? Or will you, when things go hard, distrust God, and prophesy defeat and disaster and ruin, as did the unfaithful spies?  {2SAT 77.2}
[2SAT 77.3]          In the various branches of the work there are many things that Elder Olsen and some others feel deeply over, that they know ought to be different. But it takes time to work reforms, and unless God shall soften hearts that have been growing hard and unchristlike, unless the hearts of those in our churches are open to Jesus, Elder Olsen and other faithful workers will carry the heavy burden of disappointed hopes.  {2SAT 77.3}
[2SAT 77.4]          But this need not be. Brethren in every department of the work, will you, to a man, help him? I feel deeply over this matter. We do not want men who will pity and sympathize with themselves, and with every fault-finder, murmurer, and complainer, and neglect the important duties devolving upon them. Make diligent effort to keep your own souls in the love of God, and help the very ones who need your help.  {2SAT 77.4}
[2SAT 77.5]          If you open your minds and hearts to the insinuations and suggestions of Satan, you will be led to act a part similar to that of the unfaithful spies. Instead of trusting in God to bring victory, instead of inspiring hearts with firm faith in the leadings of His Spirit, you will talk and act as did the spies. Can you afford to do this? No, no.  {2SAT 77.5}
[2SAT 77.6]          Let your voice be heard echoing the words of faithful Caleb concerning the land of promise: "Let us go up at once and possess it." Caleb and Joshua "spake unto all the company of the children of Israel, saying, The land, which we passed through to search it, is an exceeding good land. If the Lord delight in us, then He will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land that floweth with milk and honey. Only rebel not ye against the Lord, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they are bread for us: their                       -78-     defense is departed from them, and the Lord is with us: fear them not" ［Numbers 14:7-9］. This is the spirit that dwelt in Caleb and Joshua.  {2SAT 77.6}
[2SAT 78.1]          When doubt and murmuring are expressed because of the trials on the way to the heavenly Canaan, let not the elders, the ministers and presidents, by their words of unsanctified sympathy, water the seeds of disaffection, and then present the matter in an exaggerated light, as if a terrible rebellion were about to take place, and suppose they are helping the cause of God in so doing. They strengthen the suggestions and temptations of the prince of darkness, and open a wide door for the enemy to enter and take possession of the souls of the people, as he did under the false report of the unfaithful spies.  {2SAT 78.1}
[2SAT 78.2]          The false and cruel words of discouragement spoken by the unfaithful spies were received by the people and excited them to desperation. They felt that they were greatly abused, and they mourned and lamented over themselves, and manifested distrust in God, forgetting His mighty works in delivering them from Egyptian bondage, opening the Red Sea before them, and destroying their pursuing foes. Let not one in our ranks be so ungrateful, so forgetful of God, as to repeat the sin of murmuring, rebellious Israel.  {2SAT 78.2}
[2SAT 78.3]          God's people are tempted and tried because they cannot see the spirit of self-sacrifice and consecration to God in all who manage important interests, and many act as though Jesus were buried in Joseph's new tomb and a great stone rolled before the door. I wish to proclaim with voice and pen, Jesus has risen; He has risen; He is a living Saviour, the head of the church. He is the Good Shepherd. "The sheep follow Him: for they know His voice. And a stranger will they not follow" ［John 10:4］.  {2SAT 78.3}
[2SAT 78.4]          When things become entangled, and cannot easily be adjusted, we are not to lose heart and courage and faith, and talk doubts and unbelief. Discouragement will spread and become as a deadly malady. Again and again during the last forty years of our experience we have been brought into strait places, but the Lord's own power, not human philosophy or wisdom, set things straight. The Lord made His voice to be heard, guarding against rebellion, the seeds of which are sown in hearts that are not right with God. It is the Lord that has saved us from rebellion and apostasy. We cannot fall as long as we hope and trust in God.  {2SAT 78.4}
[2SAT 78.5]          Let every soul of us, ministers and people, say as did Paul, "I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air," but with a holy faith and hope, in expectation of winning the prize. Say to your soul, "Hope thou in God, for I shall yet praise Him                       -79-     who is the health of my countenance, and my God."  {2SAT 78.5}
[2SAT 79.1]          By precept and example encourage faith, confidence, assurance. This is the work of the Comforter, and it is your work to cooperate with God's agencies. A discouraged man can do nothing to uplift others. A discouraged church can only sow doubts, complaints, and disaffection. Let all this be cleansed from us. Cease to look to the darkness. Look to the light. Rejoice in hope of the glory of God.  {2SAT 79.1}
[2SAT 79.2]          Show that you trust in God to work with His mighty agencies for the upbuilding of His cause, the spread of the truth. Let every ear be sanctified to hear aright. Let the tongue be sanctified to speak aright, and the heart have the treasure of goodness and love, for out of the heart are the issues of life.  {2SAT 79.2}
[2SAT 79.3]          Look up, and if one tells you that things are all wrong, tell him the Lord Jesus knows all about it, and just close the heart against doubt and unbelief. Look up, and say, My treasure is laid up on high. Through Christ we shall reach the end of our journey if we hold the profession of our faith firm unto the end.  {2SAT 79.3}
[2SAT 79.4]          "Cast not away therefore your confidence, which hath great recompense of reward. For ye have need of patience, that, after ye have done the will of God, ye might receive the promise" ［Hebrews 11:35, 36］. Do the work of God diligently and in faith. "Press toward the mark for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus" ［Philippians 3:14］. --Ms. 3, 1890.  {2SAT 79.4}
[2SAT 80.1]       Chap. 10 - Make the Best Use of Your Talents    Manuscript 19b, 1890    ［Mrs. E. G. White's talk before the General Conference Committee,                     July 14, 1890, at Lake Goguac.］            I have felt that there is too great indifference about discerning talent and making the best use of it. It is a painful thing to me, as the matter was presented, that we cannot arouse our ministers to see the necessity of encouraging men to come to the college to get an education. When they were spoken to in reference to this matter, the answer would always be, "Well, it will take a good deal of means." But I entreated that something should be done.  {2SAT 80.1}
[2SAT 80.2]          Brother Fargo's ideas were rather narrow and limited, and I wanted to see someone put in his place who would make a change. Someone who would encourage the ministers, who would not look altogether at the means it would require to fit these men for positions of trust, and who would not think that perhaps some of them might make a failure after all. Someone who would look to the future and begin to lay out their work for the prosperity and health of the cause.  {2SAT 80.2}
[2SAT 80.3]          At the Jackson meeting Brother Butler said, "I will take the presidency of the Michigan Conference." And then I sat down before him and laid it out as plainly and distinctly as I was capable of, what the Lord would have the men in responsible positions do. They should select helpers. He needed one right by his side, and if there were two or three who could work right in with him, and he not do the work but try to educate them, it would be better, and they would thus be trained for the work.  {2SAT 80.3}
[2SAT 80.4]          Said I, "What are we going to do? We are going to be brought up here without any workers." "Well," he said, "That is the right thing to do." But he never lifted a finger, nor followed the direction given, in one item as I know of.  {2SAT 80.4}
[2SAT 80.5]          The importance of this has been opened before me again and again, and I would urge the necessity of considering how we are coming out in regard to ministers. But there have been failures. Young men often have some things unpromising, while there are some things promising, and the unpromising traits overbalance the promising. The pain I have felt of seeing that, notwithstanding the directions that have been given, there has been so little done in regard to the matter, is beyond anything I can tell you.  {2SAT 80.5}
[2SAT 80.6]          When I went to California this season, I saw the great dearth of                       -81-     laborers that exists. Brother Gates and Brother Underwood know how hard we worked at the California camp meeting. But after all had been done that it was possible for us to do, there was not a man left after the camp meeting to bind off the work. And there was Brother ［E. P.］ Daniels, who needed someone to stand right by his side and tell him what to do and how to work himself out. But he was left, some considering him the worst man who ever lived, and others trying to plaster over his course as though it was not so bad after all. But nobody was left to bind off the work.  {2SAT 80.6}
[2SAT 81.1]          Letters have been coming to me asking for help. I see the dearth, and the necessity for faithful, consecrated laborers. Elder Loughborough ought not to be left in that conference as president another year. The man is just about threadbare; his strength is about used up. Look at Brother Olsen; there he is, all worn down.  {2SAT 81.1}
[2SAT 81.2]          What courage have we--what courage can we have--to put forth efforts in different places that use up our strength and vitality to the very last edge, and then go away and leave it to all ravel out, with nobody to look after it?  {2SAT 81.2}
[2SAT 81.3]          Now I will just mention my experience. After I stepped on American soil, after coming from Europe, I did not go into a house but went into a hotel and took my dinner, and then went to New Bedford. There was the place of all others where plans should have been laid to keep somebody there to bind off the work. There were wealthy people, and deeply convicted. It was a wonderful interest we had there. The people would come out to the meeting and sit and listen with tears in their eyes; they were deeply impressed. But the matter was left with no one to follow up the interest; everything was allowed to go right back. These things are not pleasing to God. We are either spreading over too much ground and proposing to do too much work, or else matters are not arranged as they ought to be.  {2SAT 81.3}
[2SAT 81.4]          We are failing in another direction, and that is that men who can work should be linked in their labors with those who are inexperienced, that they may get an experience in the right direction. The inexperienced ones should not be sent out alone. They should stand right by the side of older and experienced ministers, where they could educate them. They should say to them, "You must not copy my gestures, nor the tone of my voice, so that nobody will know whether you are speaking or whether I am speaking. You are to stand in your own armor, with your own phase of character, sanctified by God. You are not to take my phase of character, nor my gestures, nor my tone of voice, nor my expressions, nor my words."  {2SAT 81.4}
[2SAT 82.1]                       -82-          I think this has been shown me twenty times in my lifetime, and I have tried to tell it to the brethren; but the evil is not remedied. When one of these men who has not an experience in the work stands by your side, he is not to think in everything just as you think, and look at everything just as you look at it; that if you should give up the truth he would say, "I might as well give it up." Let them stand to obtain a symmetry of character from the God of heaven, not that they should have your ideas, and you have a molding influence on them, but you should carry them right to the Bible as their pattern. The importance of these things has been shown me so many times that I feel a burden on this point.  {2SAT 82.1}
[2SAT 82.2]          Our camp meetings are a power when they are held in a place where the community is stirred. They have a great deal more power there than they have among our own people. Advantage should be taken of the impression that is made by our camp meeting. If something is done that will keep up the interest, many souls might be secured.  {2SAT 82.2}
[2SAT 82.3]          It is as much our duty to look at the after-interests of a camp meeting as it is to look after the present interests, because the next time you go, if they were impressed and convicted and did not yield to that conviction, it is harder to make an impression on their minds than it was before, and you cannot reach them again.  {2SAT 82.3}
[2SAT 82.4]          There is another point I want to speak about. It is about the preaching at our camp meetings. There is twice the amount of preaching at our camp meetings that there ought to be. Many smaller matters that lead to things of greater importance are utterly neglected. The idea seems to be only to preach. And the ministers are so tired that when it comes to looking after the little points that need to be guarded--which points would close the door to larger evils--they have no vitality, no time to meditate and pray and keep themselves in the love of God during the meeting.  {2SAT 82.4}
[2SAT 82.5]          The sermons should come, not from a mechanical heart, but from a heart that is filled with the love of God, and is subdued and softened by His grace; that when you speak the angels of God are enlisted on your side, and Christ is on your side, and it is Christ who makes the impression.  {2SAT 82.5}
[2SAT 82.6]          Now, these things have been neglected at our camp meetings. We have lost two-thirds of all that the camp meetings were designed to accomplish. The idea seems to be woven into the minds of some that all they have to do is to sermonize, sermonize. While sermons are good in their place, there is sermon after sermon given to the people that they cannot retain in their minds--it is an impossibility                       -83-     for them to do it--and they are just wearied out with sermons.  {2SAT 82.6}
[2SAT 83.1]          And there is another point I want you to see: It is wearing out the ministers, wearing out their vital organs. It is not an easy matter to go to a camp meeting and speak to the congregations in such a high pitch of voice as many do. There is a strain on the vital organs and you do not realize it because you feel enthused with the spirit of the subject and the congregation, but afterward you feel as though you were sapped of your strength. And then the very next thing is, "Well, there, I do not feel the Spirit of God; something is the matter with me."  {2SAT 83.1}
[2SAT 83.2]          The strain has been so terrible on the brain that there is a letting down. You cannot do otherwise. It is the natural course of things. The next thing is backsliding. You feel too tired to carry the matter out, to believe that God hears you when you do pray. You think something is the matter with you. You are separated from God and you do not know what the matter is. Therefore you will pass over season after season of prayer, and there is a terrible loss in this respect.  {2SAT 83.2}
[2SAT 83.3]          From the light that God has given me, our brethren must get together and consider these things. The camp meetings lose two--thirds of their efficiency and success because the people, after so many discourses have been given, do not have anything clear in their minds; it is a commingling of ideas.  {2SAT 83.3}
[2SAT 83.4]          There should be more time devoted to the spiritual seeking of God. And there should be personal effort with each one on the ground. After the meetings are through, there should be a personal investigation with each one on the ground. Each one should be asked how he is going to take these things, if he is going to make a personal application of them. And then you should watch and see if there is an interest in this one or that.  {2SAT 83.4}
[2SAT 83.5]          Five words spoken to them privately will do more than the whole discourse has done. But you can do more than that. You can show love and kindness and courtesy, and in doing that you remove prejudice. Why, they say, we heard you were a people who did not believe in conversion, and here you are talking to me about conversion; you are appealing to me on conversion. And all that prejudice is swept away when you talk to individuals in that way.  {2SAT 83.5}
[2SAT 83.6]          But there is strength exhausted at our camp meetings that need not be, because we can have constant help from God and be strengthening all the time.  {2SAT 83.6}
[2SAT 83.7]          These things that God had shown me were brought to my mind as I lay there, as it were, under the enemy Death. And I said to those around me, "I am learning                       -84-     my lesson, and I hope I will not have to learn it again."  {2SAT 83.7}
[2SAT 84.1]          The lesson was that in the education of young men we should not lead them to think that it is sermonizing that is to do the work. We say it, but let them see the results carried out. After the discourse is through, we should take time to seek God by ourselves. That used to be the way. The ministers would go away and pray together, and they would not let loose until the Spirit of God responded to their prayers. They would come away with their faces fairly lighted up, and when they spoke to the congregation their words meant something. They reached the hearts of the people because the Spirit that gave the blessing to them prepared the hearts to receive the message.  {2SAT 84.1}
[2SAT 84.2]          There is far more being done by the universe of heaven than we have any idea of, in preparing the way so that souls shall be converted. We want to work in harmony with the messengers of heaven. We want more of God. We do not want to feel that it is our talking and our sermonizing that is to do the work. We want to feel that unless the people are reached through God, they never will be reached.  {2SAT 84.2}
[2SAT 84.3]          And when we see a young man of promise we should use our influence to get him into the college. If they have not any money--young men seldom, if ever, lay by any money--do not say, Go and work a year and then go into the college. No, but try to help them; present them before the churches; bear a decided testimony and say, Brethren, we want you to help these individuals through the college. And all the time keep your eye on them just as though you were their guardian.  {2SAT 84.3}
[2SAT 84.4]          There are men who lie in their graves today who ought to be alive, and there are those who are going there--and what is the reason that God does not raise them up to health? The Lord wants us to learn our lesson, that we cannot use up the vital energies unreasonably and exhaust them just as though we had to do the work and there was not any God in heaven, and we are determined to make a success even at the cost of our lives. But I tell you we must believe that God does the work, and we should enlist Him in our work. Say to Him, Your Word has said it, that you will be with us always. I do not feel that animation I would like to feel, but God has said it and it will be done. Then, in a straightforward manner, give the practical lessons of Christ for which the people are starving to death.  {2SAT 84.4}
[2SAT 84.5]          ［Elder Underwood:］ "Do we preach too long?"  {2SAT 84.5}
[2SAT 84.6]          ［Sister White:］ Yes, indeed; and I, too; I take that right to myself. I preach too long.  {2SAT 84.6}
[2SAT 84.7]          ［W C. White:］ "Let me ask a question. Are we to take your                       -85-     example as an exponent of your views?"  {2SAT 84.7}
[2SAT 85.1]          ［Sister White:］ Well, didn't I just make my confession? And haven't I given you an example? I consider myself an exception, but I think I have ventured too far even in the exception. But I will tell you why I consider myself an exception. I have been taken by my husband and carried on the cars and laid on the seat, and I have gone to a place of meeting and have stood under paralysis that had been upon me for weeks, so that I have not been able to command my language to speak a sentence correctly. And yet I would stand on my feet before the public and make my testimony as straight as a string. The Spirit of the Lord was upon me. Everyone is not an exception. Now, how can I tell when I am going too far? I have been brought up to that point again and again.  {2SAT 85.1}
[2SAT 85.2]          Notwithstanding I said I had learned my lesson, after I had been three days, as it were, driven, in my mind, on the water of a shoreless ocean, it seemed as though I could not see land. I was there with that little boat like a ship on the water. I could see the cars, but could not reach them. And those who were giving me treatment said, "Sister White, why don't you touch the hem of Jesus' garment?" Well, I tried to all I could.  {2SAT 85.2}
[2SAT 85.3]          Then I saw a storm coming. I could see the clouds gathering all around me, and everything was so dark. And then in the night season the form of Christ appeared right before me, just as distinct as any one of your persons. Just the moment I saw that form I said, "It is Jesus, it is Jesus; I am saved, I am saved." The moment I looked at Him, I knew it was Jesus. And all the trouble and perplexity which was there was swept away, and I felt as though I was resting. Everything I could commit to Jesus.  {2SAT 85.3}
[2SAT 85.4]          But there was something more for me. He spoke and said: "Satan is the destroyer, I am your Restorer. I will restore you." Then I was so happy, and so full of joy that He would restore me. I cannot remember the words that were spoken, but this is the import: Your trial is not yet ended. You will be tempted; you will have affliction; you will have suffering; but you are not to judge by this suffering that God is not your Helper. I am your Restorer. You are to look to Jesus. I did not know what the words meant.  {2SAT 85.4}
[2SAT 85.5]          The next day I was so happy, and I gave my appointment; I would go out by faith. The patients were asking me to speak. They were wealthy people there. The next day when the heart was struck it was as though someone had struck me right across here with a bar of iron, and it seemed to me I was going to die right off. And the next strike was across the kidneys, and I was so nervous it seemed to me as though I would die. If this                       -86-     had come to me before this revelation, I think I would have given up the struggle. And the first thought was, I shall certainly be paralyzed. I had the rheumatism in every nerve and muscle of my body. This was Sabbath.  {2SAT 85.5}
[2SAT 86.1]          Now, said I, shall I give up to this? I told them, No. Brother Biter came and took me by one arm and Sister Lockwood by the other, and I moved just a little at a time. One carried a chair for me, and they led me into the house and I took my seat in the church on the platform; and then I spoke to the patients. I was never clearer in my life. The blessing of God rested on me, and I was in pain at every breath.  {2SAT 86.1}
[2SAT 86.2]          There those patients sat with tears rolling down their faces. I said, Lord, I am just as a vessel all broken to pieces. You can affect the people, Lord. And they were affected. Every one of those patients wanted to be introduced to me. And they said to me, Won't you have some little talks with us women in the parlor and tell us what we can do? And then, Won't you pray with us? And they would come from the rooms of those who could not get out and wanted me to come and pray for them.  {2SAT 86.2}
[2SAT 86.3]          We had a very solemn and impressive meeting. The Lord was my Supporter. The impression that was made came from the Lord, and the things that were talked about--faith in Christ and the righteousness of Christ--were things for which they were just starving. I never saw people grasp anything so. One woman by the name of Farmer said, "The Lord has spoken through you today. I have never before heard such things." And that was the impression that went around. And when I spoke to the helpers they were just as disappointed as they could be to be turned aside.  {2SAT 86.3}
[2SAT 86.4]          But I spoke to them the next Sabbath, standing then. We had an excellent meeting. I saw the words of Christ, "I am your Restorer," and I have hung right ［on］ to them since. And when I heard of Mary's sickness and started on the way, I thought the first two days perhaps I would have to be left on the way, but the third day I began to get strength.  {2SAT 86.4}
[2SAT 86.5]          You see the position I am brought into. I have had to move wholly by faith. I never yet have been healed out and out; and that is why I do not call anybody to pray for me, because they expect that I will be healed, and I know from the past I will not be healed. That is, that I shall not have the work done right then and there. I have to go by faith. I have to march out without any sight or feeling. If I should say I had a change of feeling, I would tell a falsehood; I have never had it yet. Now, you see, I have had to go in that way, and the Lord has sustained me every time.  {2SAT 86.5}
[2SAT 86.6]          Now, how far shall I go? I have taken the position that if the Lord                       -87-     gives me a burden for the Battle Creek church, I will tell it to them. But unless I have a burden, I have nothing more to say. I spoke 21 times in as many days there at Battle Creek. I did not speak every day, but some days spoke twice.  {2SAT 86.6}
[2SAT 87.1]          This was before I left; and I never got rested until it resulted in this terrible sickness. I knew, and told them at Fresno, that I was fighting my last round. And then in those private meetings the labor was worse than speaking in public, and having to tell them such straight things as I had to tell them.  {2SAT 87.1}
[2SAT 87.2]          Now I do not know whether your question is answered or not. Perhaps it is like a long sermon--it is so long that you have lost the main point.  {2SAT 87.2}
[2SAT 87.3]          ［Elder White:］ "Now I have questioned somewhat whether one person had the right to shape his action on another's experience. I have questioned if it was not our duty to shape our action on our own experience."  {2SAT 87.3}
[2SAT 87.4]          ［Sister White:］ Well, now, it has been like this. I have been sick and in pain. And I want to tell you that there is never a time when I make an appointment but that before that appointment comes, I have wrestled with the most terrible difficulty of the heart, or some infirmity, that makes it seem like an impossibility for me to go before the public. And yet, just as soon as I stand on my feet before the people, I feel just as sure that the angels of God are right by my side, as if I opened my eyes and looked upon them as I did at Christ at the time He restored me. I am taken right out of and above myself. I feel just as though, as it were, the judgment is right before me; just as though the universe of heaven is looking upon me, and as though I have these things to do, and I must say them ［even］ if I drop dead in the desk.  {2SAT 87.4}
[2SAT 87.5]          Now I do not believe it is the duty of others to do that. And every day I feel that way. It is because the terrible realities of eternity are opened before me, and as soon as I get upon my feet the terrible realities seem to enshroud me like a garment.  {2SAT 87.5}
[2SAT 87.6]          Now, the time Brother Farnsworth and another brother, whose name I cannot call, came to our house last winter for me to go to a meeting of the young people at the Tabernacle, I was so encompassed with infirmities that I did not dare spend that night without sending for the doctor. I rarely send for a doctor, but I sent for a doctor before those brethren came. And those brethren came in before the doctor came, and I went to the meeting. When the doctor came down, his patient was not there. We had a most precious season at that meeting. Now that is the way my course has been.  {2SAT 87.6}
[2SAT 87.7]          ［Elder Farnsworth:］ "Don't you think, Sister White, a great many of                       -88-     our ministers have received great injury from their manner of speaking?"  {2SAT 87.7}
[2SAT 88.1]          ［Sister White:］ Oh, yes, indeed; I have seen it over and over. My husband got in the way of sometimes raising his voice very loud, and it seems as though he could not get out of that way. And there is a brother in Texas, Brother McCutcheon, who is dying just as surely as if he put a knife to his throat. Since I have come here, I have thought of that and I must write to him.  {2SAT 88.1}
[2SAT 88.2]          ［Elder Kilgore:］ "He has been told about that."  {2SAT 88.2}
[2SAT 88.3]          ［Elder Farnsworth:］ "They are all around in every conference."  {2SAT 88.3}
[2SAT 88.4]          ［Sister White:］ In my younger days I used to talk too loud. The Lord has shown me that I could not make the proper impression upon the people by getting the voice to an unnatural pitch. Then Christ was presented before me and His manner of talking. There was a sweet melody in His voice. His voice, in a slow, calm manner, reached those who listened. His words penetrated their hearts, and they were able to catch on to what He said before the next sentence was spoken. Some seem to think they must race right straight along or else they will lose the inspiration and the people will lose the inspiration. If that is inspiration, let them lose it, and the sooner the better.  {2SAT 88.4}
[2SAT 88.5]         Well, I wrote an article on that point when I was at St. Helena, because I felt as though our ministers were going down, and there was some cause for it. They are violating the laws of their being, and their vital organs are suffering.  {2SAT 88.5}
[2SAT 88.6]          ［Elder Farnsworth:］ "Going back to something you said here in the first part of your remarks about our having too much preaching at our camp meetings, have you anything to suggest? For instance, that we cut off a part of the preaching services. Anything to suggest in reference to the way we should fill in this vacancy?"  {2SAT 88.6}
[2SAT 88.7]          ［Sister White:］ When the congregation is not so large, mostly of our people, the way would be to take less time in speaking and let the people have a chance to testify to what they have heard. When the crowd is there, that could not interest them.  {2SAT 88.7}
[2SAT 88.8]          ［Elder White］: "I have heard you say, Mother, that we should have more teaching and less preaching; less preaching and more teaching. Speaking of the matter of getting the people together and having Bible readings."  {2SAT 88.8}
[2SAT 88.9]          ［Sister White:］ That was the way in Christ's day. He would speak to the people and they would call out a question as to what that meant. He was a teacher of the people.  {2SAT 88.9}
[2SAT 88.10]          ［Elder White:］ "Then at one time I remember very distinctly                       -89-     about your saying that, 'As we approach nearer the end I have seen our camp meetings with less preaching and more Bible study; little groups all over the ground with their Bibles in their hands, and different ones leading out in a free conversational study of the Scriptures.'"  {2SAT 88.10}
[2SAT 89.1]          ［Sister White:］ That is the work that has been shown me, that our camp meetings would increase in success and interest. There are those who want more definite light. There are some who take a longer time to get hold of things and get what you really mean. If they could have the privilege of having it made a little plainer, they would see that and would catch hold of that. It would be like a nail fastened in a sure place, and it would be written on the tablets of their hearts.  {2SAT 89.1}
[2SAT 89.2]          When the great throngs would gather about Christ, He gave His lessons of instruction. Then the disciples, in different places and different positions, after the discourse would repeat what Christ had said. The people had misapplied Christ's words, and the disciples would tell the people what the Scriptures said, and what Christ said the Scriptures said. They were learning to be educators. They were next to Christ, getting lessons from Him and giving them to the people.  {2SAT 89.2}
[2SAT 89.3]          ［Elder Olsen:］ "In our camp meetings this season, except on Sabbath and Sunday, there has not been more than one, or at the most, two sermons a day; many times not more than one."  {2SAT 89.3}
[2SAT 89.4]          ［Sister White:］ There are so many things that come in at our camp meetings. But the ministers should get together every day and find out what their true feelings are, and what their spiritual impressions are. You should know that everything is drawing in even lines; that you are standing, as the words were spoken to me, shoulder to shoulder, marching right ahead, and not drawing off. There is unity of heart when the work is carried on in this way, and there will be harmony among all. This will be a wonderful means of the blessing of God resting upon the people. There should be hours when the ministers could get together and pray to God.  {2SAT 89.4}
[2SAT 89.5]          I have held back from saying it, because I thought there were some who would not receive it, but I want to tell you, from the light God has given me, the time that is taken in our camp meetings in the drilling of canvassers should be done at another time. It should be done in the several churches and in meetings especially appointed. It should not be done at our camp meetings.  {2SAT 89.5}
[2SAT 89.6]          There are some other points that should not be brought in. There is the tract and missionary work, the drilling in the details of how to do the work. The camp meetings are for the spiritual                       -90-     enlightenment of the people, and the spiritual part of our experience is to be attended to at the camp meetings. And when that is done, the power of God will be seen as never before. That is the light I have had. I have been pained to see so much time used up in the canvassing work.  {2SAT 89.6}
[2SAT 90.1]          ［Question］: "Does not the same principle hold good with reference to cooking schools?"  {2SAT 90.1}
[2SAT 90.2]          ［Sister White:］ The whole of it.  {2SAT 90.2}
[2SAT 90.3]          ［Elder Underwood:］ "Would you think, Sister White, that taking up the detail work of drilling Sabbath school workers would come under the same head?"  {2SAT 90.3}
[2SAT 90.4]          ［Sister White:］ Exactly; it is not the place for it. That is to be done, but it has its time and its place.  {2SAT 90.4}
[2SAT 90.5]          ［Elder Underwood:］ "Suppose they should call a Sabbath school convention and meet for that purpose?"  {2SAT 90.5}
[2SAT 90.6]          ［Sister White:］ Yes; that is all right; and have those engaged to carry out the burden of that work and not hold the people there to hear these particular things. They have no special work to do in that branch. The time is too precious to be spent in that way. This has been repeated to me so many times, "It is the day of God's preparation to prepare a people to stand in the day of the Lord." That has meant a great deal to me. It is all this mechanical work in our camp meetings that has just about destroyed their efficiency and power. But we should not make an abrupt change and rule out all these things, but we should work to this end and keep this point in view, and the change be brought about gradually.  {2SAT 90.6}
[2SAT 90.7]          ［Elder Underwood:］ "I would like to ask a question on the point of having familiar meetings and allowing our brethren and sisters to ask questions in meetings appointed for that purpose. What would you think of that, Sister White?"  {2SAT 90.7}
[2SAT 90.8]          ［Sister White:］ That is just the way it was in Christ's teaching. There should not be anything like controversy. And after you have answered their question, be sure that they acknowledge it is answered. Don't let it drop. Don't tell them to ask that again. But feel your way, how much you have gained. When any come in with a spirit of controversy, tell them that the meeting is not appointed for that purpose, but it is to educate those who have been listening and could not understand some things in the discourse. It is not to get in their doctrinal and controverted points.  {2SAT 90.8}
[2SAT 90.9]          What are our camp meetings put in different places for? It is that the people may be educated, and special efforts should be made for the unbelievers. They should be sought out, and you should tell them, Now we would like to have you, the unbelievers, come into our                       -91-     special meetings. We are to do missionary work. "Ye are the light of the world."  {2SAT 90.9}
[2SAT 91.1]          Why was it that Christ went out by the seaside and into the mountains? He was to give the word of life to the people. They did not see it just that minute. A good many do not see it now to take their position. But these things are influencing their lives, and when the message goes with a loud voice they will be ready for it. They will not hesitate long. They will come out and take their position. There is a work that we have not done at our camp meetings that ought to be done.--Ms. 19b, 1890.  {2SAT 91.1}
[2SAT 92.1]       Chap. 11 - Work to Show Christ to the World    Manuscript 27, 1891         ［Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White at Greenville, Michigan, April 18, 1891.］          Text: "But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up; and a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven" (Acts 1:8-11).  {2SAT 92.1}
[2SAT 92.2]          These words of Jesus were spoken just before He ascended to heaven. Immediately after His ascension the disciples returned to Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, and with a few others had a most wonderful meeting, as recorded in the verses following. A cloud of holy angels had escorted Jesus into the heavens, and the disciples returned with joy. Why were they so joyful? Not because Jesus had left them, but because of the promise to come again. Just a short time before He had told them that in His Father's house were many mansions, and that He would go to prepare a place for them, and if He went, He would come again and receive them unto Himself, that where He was, there they might be also. This promise, renewed by the angels, gave great joy to the disciples.  {2SAT 92.2}
[2SAT 92.3]          We expect the same. Does it fill our hearts with hope and joy? If our friends go on a long journey, their promise of return gives us great joy. But here the Friend of all friends promises to come again. Are we pleased at His coming? We are to do just as the disciples did, meet together and be of one mind.  {2SAT 92.3}
[2SAT 92.4]          He said if He went away He would send the Comforter, and this Comforter "shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you" (John 14:26). And when the Holy Spirit should come upon them they would testify of Him. Human beings were to become partakers of the divine nature. But it is impossible to connect with heaven and communicate light to others while you are careless in words and actions. Truth has its work to do upon the heart and life. It sanctifies the receiver.  {2SAT 92.4}
[2SAT 93.1]                         -93-          We hear much talk about faith. We want faith that amounts to something. What we need is faith that works. And how does it work? By love. And what does it do? It purifies, sanctifies, the soul. As we look to the cross erected on Calvary, love takes possession of the soul. It brings the will of man into subjection to God. "If ye love Me, keep My commandments." These words are from the lips of the divine Teacher, and He further promises, "And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him: but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless" (John 14:15-18).  {2SAT 93.1}
[2SAT 93.2]          Do you believe it? I do, and I believe it because I have the evidence in me, the sure promise of One who is Truth. I have no right to be comfortless in this world, for it needs light. Neither have you. All should be where they can lay hold of Him by living faith. When Christ was upon earth, the people flocked to Him and were comforted in His presence. After He ascended, He fulfilled His promise. He sends the Comforter to be with every believing, obedient child, wherever he may be.  {2SAT 93.2}
[2SAT 93.3]          We ought to be the most happy people in the world, because He is all in all to us. He has told us He would be a counselor, guide, strength, support and a tender, sympathizing friend. He is everything we need, the first, last, and best in everything. We want to praise Him in the morning, at noon, and at night; ever having the door of our hearts open and inviting Jesus to come and there abide. "If a man love Me, he will keep My words: and My Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him" (John 14:23).  {2SAT 93.3}
[2SAT 93.4]          We are glad to see so many here today. But how many present have brought the Comforter with them? Is Jesus shining forth in their life and character, and are their hearts filled with praise and thanksgiving? There is work for everyone to do for Jesus. How many take into account the record of our works kept in the books in heaven? How many feel the responsibility of perishing souls? How many come into close connection with Jesus and sense the need of forming a perfect character after the likeness of Christ? This character is not to be dropped upon you by and by from heaven, but it is to be developed here.  {2SAT 93.4}
[2SAT 93.5]          Here we see ministers in the congregation, but how few ［there are］ compared with the many who are without God and without hope in the world. The vast field takes                        -94-     in the whole world. When the Master went away He gave to every man his work. Not a soul of you present, who believes in Jesus Christ, has done his duty unless he labors most interestedly for the salvation of others, realizing the price paid for their souls.  {2SAT 93.5}
[2SAT 94.1]          The present time is our day, our opportunity to work. We are not to live for self. It is of the highest consequence to us that we improve our opportunities and privileges to be honored as laborers together with God. Time is precious, and should be filled with earnest work, the worker constantly improving.  {2SAT 94.1}
[2SAT 94.2]          Jesus knew our danger. He tells us in John 15:16, "Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you." He ordains that you individually shall bear fruit.  {2SAT 94.2}
[2SAT 94.3]          Some are satisfied to spend their whole time in laying upon the foundation hay, wood, and stubble, and what does it amount to? Nothing; their lifework is lost for time and lost to God for all eternity. If lost, our portion will be with unbelievers and hypocrites. There will be no reward for a mere profession of faith. (1 Corinthians 3:9-14.) The fruit which remains will be as gold and silver. Fires cannot consume these. This is what our work must be.  {2SAT 94.3}
[2SAT 94.4]         What kind of work is to be of value and abide? The same work is to be manifest to the world that Christ did, when He was in the world. Our minds must be drawn away from self and centered upon Jesus. There should be organized effort in every church in the land; yes, it is greatly needed in every church in Michigan. (John 4:35, 36.) There is work for every soul of you. You don't need to wait to be forced into the work.  {2SAT 94.4}
[2SAT 94.5]          We need an experience similar to that which Isaiah had when he saw the cherubim calling "Holy, holy, holy." "In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and His train filled the temple. Above it stood the seraphims: each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory.  {2SAT 94.5}
[2SAT 94.6]          "And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I, Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts.  {2SAT 94.6}
[2SAT 94.7]          "Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar: and he laid                        -95-     it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me" (Isaiah 6:1-8).  {2SAT 94.7}
[2SAT 95.1]          When he caught sight of the throne of God he said, "Woe is me, for I am a man of unclean lips." Every worker chosen of God will feel thus. But the seraphim touched his lips with the live coal from off the altar and told him that his iniquity was taken away and his sin purged. And then as Isaiah heard the call, Whom shall I send? and who will go for us? he answers, Here am I; send me. He did not feel fit to be sent till the refining Spirit came upon him.  {2SAT 95.1}
[2SAT 95.2]          We want that the hearts of all in this congregation shall be stirred. Is it not time we should awake out of sleep? How long before you will realize your great need of divine power? Not the ministers only; there is work for every soul.  {2SAT 95.2}
[2SAT 95.3]          Lift up Jesus, the Man of Calvary. Lift Him up in prayer, lift Him up in song. We have something to do to let the light flash into our own minds and hearts, and then to let it shine forth to others. In the judgment, when brought face to face with souls with whom you have come in contact, what can be your feelings when you realize that you have not warned those who were perishing in their sins? How will it appear to you in that great day--the little effort you have made in self-denial, in self-sacrifice, for the salvation of others? What is the matter? Haven't we reason given us of God? Have we not hearts to feel, minds to consider and to use to His glory?  {2SAT 95.3}
[2SAT 95.4]          Who enters through the gates into the city of God? Those who keep His commandments. "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" (Revelation 22:14). What constitutes the commandments of God? The first four are to love God supremely, the last six, to love our neighbor as ourselves. And can you do this and not show them the way of salvation in and through Christ Jesus?  {2SAT 95.4}
[2SAT 95.5]          "And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of man be lifted up; that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have eternal life" (John 3:15). The value of life is illustrated by the efforts made by man to save and retain this, the present, physical life. But this life in Christ Jesus, for which we are striving, is eternal. We hear a great deal about faith. We want to be sure that we have a genuine faith, the faith that works, that beholds the uplifted Saviour. That faith lays hold upon infinite power and labors to bind souls to the great heart of Jesus. With Jesus in the                       -96-     heart you cannot repress words of love.  {2SAT 95.5}
[2SAT 96.1]          If Jesus abides in you, it is to some purpose. You cannot then enjoy light and trifling conversation. Said Isaiah, I am a man of unclean lips. And how true this is of many who profess to be Christians. If you talk as any worldling talks and act as any worldling acts, you dishonor the Christ you profess to love. You need to be converted daily, to honor Christ by every word. Be ye holy in all manner of conversation. When you sit at the table, you are to eat, giving thanks to God, of the very best foods for making the best blood and the clearest intellect. We want sharp-thinking men and women.  {2SAT 96.1}
[2SAT 96.2]          It is not right for us to devote time, brain, bone, and muscle to gathering in the things of earth and drop eternity out of our reckoning. We should gather sheaves for the Master's garner. The Lord may say, Whom shall I send? But your earthly ears do not hear. The Lord wants us to expand, to grow like the seed introduced into the soil--first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear. Progress is wanted.  {2SAT 96.2}
[2SAT 96.3]          Some have asked, What shall I do to receive the Holy Ghost? Ask God to search your hearts as with a lighted candle. Do nothing for selfish gratification. Suppose that Christ's professed followers were representatives of Christ in our earth, would not worldlings see this and take knowledge of such that they had learned of Jesus? Will not such be a power? We want the religion of Christ. This will bring forth the fruits of love, joy, and peace. The desire of the Master is not for a scanty supply, but to bear it in abundance.  {2SAT 96.3}
[2SAT 96.4]          John 15:17-21 points to the opposition between Christ and the world, and to the persecution inflicted upon Christ and His followers. The world does this because they know not the Father who sent Jesus into the world. We do not want to be so ignorant. We want to know Christ, whom to know aright is life eternal.  {2SAT 96.4}
[2SAT 96.5]          In John 15, He points you to trials, to conflicts. He asks if you can endure the conflict; then He points to eternal realities and shows you the thousands of angels sent to be ministers to those who are heirs of salvation. Though He shows the armies arrayed against you, yet He tells you that you need not be discouraged, for the Captain of the Lord's host is with you as with the Lord's people in Joshua's time. There is the Captain of our salvation who is at work for everyone. What we want is to know how to fight the battle. The victory is not in the minister or the layman, but in the Captain of the Lord's host who fights the battle for us. He dwells with him who is of a contrite spirit. We are to humble our hearts.  {2SAT 96.5}
[2SAT 96.6]          We fight not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, and powers, and spiritual                        -97-     wickedness in high places, and God is with us. We are not to consider that the smartness of men will bring success. One may have all the learning possible for a human being to comprehend, and yet he may be alone, and without Christ he can do nothing. Do you walk humbly before Him? Have you a cherishing of inward sins, heartburnings against any? Are you seeking God with all your heart? Now, we can bear to be separated from everything else but the Spirit of God. We want the inspiration of the cross, making us to fall helpless, and the Lord will lift us up. Christ prayed not that His followers should be taken out of the world, but that they might be kept from the evil that is in the world. We can go through the world as did Enoch. The world was then no more favorable for the formation of Christian character than it is in our time.  {2SAT 96.6}
[2SAT 97.1]          Because iniquity abounds, the love of many is growing cold; but shall we cover our light on account of this? The prevalence of greatest iniquity should be the time of the greatest earnestness of the people of God. As you see the love of many waxing cold, you should work to show Christ to the world.  {2SAT 97.1}
[2SAT 97.2]          The law and the gospel are interwoven as warp and woof. Here mercy and truth have met together, and righteousness and peace have kissed each other. We want to come to God's standard. He has a law governing human intelligences and it is for our happiness to observe it. We are to love God. Love leading to disobedience is the inspiration of the devil; love leading to obedience is the inspiration of Heaven.  {2SAT 97.2}
[2SAT 97.3]          Come out from among them and be ye separate, says the Lord; and again, Cleanse yourselves. But how are we to know that we have impurity? The law of God shows this. The first four commandments point out duty to God, and the last six allow no selfishness toward our fellow men. When I see that I fail, I flee to the Stronghold. I know that He pardons sins of ignorance. Jesus is a sin-pardoning Saviour. Jesus kept His Father's commandments, and He says, Blessed are they that do; they shall enter in.  {2SAT 97.3}
[2SAT 97.4]          When we obey we shall have happy families. Teach the children the commandments of God forever. This was important in Israel's time and it is none the less so now. All your profession of keeping the commandments will not give you an entrance to the city. Bind them on your heart and carry them out in every act. There is One who sees it all, and He says, I have set before thee an open door. Through this was shown the throne of God, overshadowed by the rainbow of promise, the token of the everlasting covenant, showing that mercy and truth are met together, and drawing from the beholder praise to the Lord.  {2SAT 97.4}
[2SAT 98.1]                        -98-          Will you not from this very day try to represent Christ to the world? You will have a refuge. You will be sunny Christians. We have been gloomy long enough. Had we not better come out of the cave, stand with God, and we will have Christ with us so that we can talk of redemption as did the disciples when they had been with Jesus and learned of Him.  {2SAT 98.1}
[2SAT 98.2]          Carry the light of Jesus. Carry it to your neighbors. When we bring Christ into our experience, there will be a loving of one another, there will be an unlocking of the hardest hearts. God can take a worm and thrash a mountain. If we humble ourselves and have His converting power every moment, His righteousness will be our covering. "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; and the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward" (Isaiah 58:8).--Ms. 27, 1891.  {2SAT 98.2}
[2SAT 99.1]       Chap. 12 - Search the Scriptures    Manuscript 11, 1893         ［Sermon by Mrs. G. E. White, at the Pavilion, Napier, New Zealand, Tuesday, March 28, 1893, 6:00 a.m.］            Our blessed Saviour said "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me" (John 5:39). Our Saviour knew just what the disciples would pass through. They witnessed the body of the Lord hanging between the heavens and the earth, treated as a sinner, though undeserving. They had taken His body down and laid it in Joseph's new tomb. Never had they realized so much the worth of a living Saviour as in their great trial. They had not appreciated the value of the Saviour. In this, their great sorrow, was just when they needed Him.  {2SAT 99.1}
[2SAT 99.2]          A report came that the Saviour had risen, but they did not believe it. If they had searched the Scriptures, their hopes would not have been buried in the tomb with Jesus. Their minds had hardly grasped the idea of a Saviour suffering.  {2SAT 99.2}
[2SAT 99.3]          Afterward, as two of His big disciples journeyed toward Emmaus, they were telling of their troubles, instead of searching the Scriptures to see if these things were so. They were talking with one another, and were sad. Jesus drew near. Their faith was so small they had not expected Him, and did not recognize Him. He said "What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad" (Luke 24:17)? They turned to Him and said "Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And He said unto them, What things? And they said unto Him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered Him to be condemned to death, and have crucified Him" (Luke 24:18-20).  {2SAT 99.3}
[2SAT 99.4]          While treading the rough way with them, He was opening the prophecies to them. They did not understand the Scriptures. It drew toward evening, and as Jesus was about to pass on farther than their abiding place, how tenderly they invited Him to abide with them, "for it is toward evening, and the day is far spent" (verse 29).  {2SAT 99.4}
[2SAT 99.5]         How tenderly they felt toward the One who was reviving their hopes. In His conversation with them He said "O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: Ought not                      -100-     Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into His glory" (verses 25, 26)? "All," not a little here and there.  {2SAT 99.5}
[2SAT 100.1]         These disciples could not endure to be separated from Him who had instructed them, but they wanted more, so they constrained Him to abide with them. As He sat at meat with them, and took bread, and blessed it, and brake, and gave to them, He raised His hands. They noticed it was the motions of Christ, and in His hands they saw the signs of the crucifixion. "And their eyes were opened, and they knew Him; and he vanished out of their sight" (verse 31).  {2SAT 100.1}
[2SAT 100.2]         Now they knew for themselves that their Lord had risen, and they did not remain in their home to rejoice over it themselves; the good news must be carried to His disciples. They started the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem. They did not mind the roughness of the way nor the darkness of the night, for now they knew their Lord had risen, and they were infused with a spirit of hope, and they could give the trumpet a certain sound. They knew just where to go to find the disciples.  {2SAT 100.2}
[2SAT 100.3]          They were in an upper chamber, and alone for secrecy, and they had the door closed. The two disciples soon found access, and they communicated to the assembled company the wonderful news that Christ had risen. But the disciples did not believe their report. They had not believed the women who had brought them the same report, that Christ had risen. But lo, Jesus enters, the door being closed, and He is now in their midst, and He ate before them, and then He went on explaining and opening the Scriptures before them, beginning at what was written in the law of Moses and the prophets.  {2SAT 100.3}
[2SAT 100.4]          Why did He not work a miracle before them instead of opening the Scriptures to their minds? "And He said unto them, These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms, concerning Me. Then opened He their understanding, that they might understand the Scriptures, "And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: And that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem" (verses 46, 47). How precious was the presence of Jesus to them! He was with them forty days and forty nights before His ascension.  {2SAT 100.4}
[2SAT 100.5]         We do not study the Scriptures as much as we should. Instead of spending our time in studying the various themes of the day, we need to devote that time to the study of the Scriptures. We want to come with our Bibles on our knees                    -101-     before God and ask for wisdom from God to comprehend the treasures of truth. We cannot have root in ourselves unless we do this, for everything is to be shaken that can be shaken. The devil is working in a special manner with the popular churches to pick flaws with the Bible and with those who are working in Christ's lines, and infidelity prevails everywhere. It is the mystery of iniquity, the superhuman working of Satan, bewitching human minds with his power.  {2SAT 100.5}
[2SAT 101.1]         The heavenly angels are also at work to take hold of reasoning minds, and their power is mightier than the hosts of darkness. There are minds that are dealing with sacred things who are not in close connection with God and who do not discern the Spirit of God. Unless His grace transforms them into the image of Christ's likeness, His Spirit will leave them as water leaves a leaky vessel. Their only hope is to seek God with all their mind, heart, and soul. Then they will lawfully strive for the mastery. Satan will steal the imagination and affections if you give him a chance.  {2SAT 101.1}
[2SAT 101.2]          Among the ten virgins only half were wise. We must not trust to mere theory, but ［use］ the oil of grace that our lamps may shine so that the world will take knowledge of us that we have been with Jesus and learned of Him. Satan is watching that he may find the mind in an unguarded moment and so get possession of it. We do not want to be ignorant of his devices, neither do we want to be overpowered by his devices. He is pleased with the pictures that represent him as having horns and hoofs, for he has intelligence; he was once an angel of light. To these that trust in their intelligence he will make believe that they can correct the Scriptures. You are going to meet this infidelity in high places. You need the Holy Spirit of God, the divine power to cooperate with you to discern the track that the devil is preparing, and escape it. He is going to lead the religious world captive (2 Thessalonians 2:11). How dare they to lay their sacrilegious hands upon the Scriptures! We must bring the Sabbath of the Lord to the front.  {2SAT 101.2}
[2SAT 101.3]          It is so plain, and so decided. It is a sign between the children of God and the children of the world. Please read Exodus 31:17: "It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel for ever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed."  {2SAT 101.3}
[2SAT 101.4]          When Christ delivered His memorial Sermon on the Mount, He gave the exposition of His own law. The Pharisees thought He was dishonoring the law, for their traditions so covered the law that it could not be kept. Christ was bringing right principles before them, and these words fell upon their astonished ears: "Think not that I am come to destroy the law,                        -102-     or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled" (Matthew 5:17,18).  {2SAT 101.4}
[2SAT 102.1]          If men with reasoning faculties pass over what the Lord Jesus Christ says, it becomes us to stand where we can defend the honor of the law of the Lord God of Israel. We can do so by presenting the truth as it is in Jesus. The enemy has ever labored to disconnect the law and the gospel. They go hand in hand.  {2SAT 102.1}
[2SAT 102.2]          We know not how soon we shall be singled out as not being law-abiding citizens, because the prince of the power of the air is getting possession of the minds of men. We can choose between obeying the powers that be and dishonoring God, or disobeying the powers that be and honoring God. If we obey God, His Holy Spirit is resting upon us, and we are not fighting with our own assertions, but with "It is written." All we have to do is to go back to the fourth commandment. Read the testimony of Jesus Christ that not even a little dot was to be altered, but it is just as written by the finger of God on the tables of stone. We should love the truth because it is truth.  {2SAT 102.2}
[2SAT 102.3]          It makes every difference whether we are on God's side of the question or not. You may be summoned to the courts, and in these emergencies think on the Saviour's promise "that I am there." We cannot stand on sliding sand, but we can ［stand］ on Christ Jesus. And we can stand there though the whole world may be arrayed against us.  {2SAT 102.3}
[2SAT 102.4]          Don't bring your suppositions to the Bible, but lay your ideas at the door of investigation of the Scriptures. Take the mighty assertions that God has given and you are safe. A certain man who kept the Sabbath, but did not believe in the second coming of Christ, said, "I made a center that it was not so, and then the Scriptures proved to my mind that the second coming of Christ was not near." Are you going to make a center of Sunday as the Sabbath, and then come with unmitigation to the Scriptures? If you do, you will surely hear a voice, "Believe not in the fourth commandment as it reads."  {2SAT 102.4}
[2SAT 102.5]          But I tell you to build your holy faith on it, because it is the everlasting word of Jehovah. As John has a view of the people of God, he says "Here are they that keep the commandments of God." "And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament" ［Revelation 11:19］. Everyone has his eye directed to the sanctuary where the commandments of God are. Right over the ark of His testament is the mercy seat. Written over the throne of God is His bow of promise. Why, the commandment keeping people, they shall not                     -103-     perish, but have everlasting life. Here is the bow of promise. God has covenanted and He will be with His people. How dare any give the trumpet an uncertain sound, as they do when they say Sunday is the Sabbath, when God has not given them one syllable to say so? But He says, "I will not alter nor change the thing that has gone out of My mouth."--Ms. 11, 1893.  {2SAT 102.5}
[2SAT 104.1]       Chap. 13 - Importance of True Sabbathkeeping by the Entire Family    Manuscript 26, 1894         ［A sermon based Deuteronomy 6:1-3 and Isaiah 58:3-13, preached on Sunday, May 13, 1894, at 3:00 p.m., in the S.D.A. Chapel at Parramatta, N.S.W.］            "Now these are the commandments, the statutes, and the judgments, which the Lord your God commanded to teach you, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go to possess it: that thou mightest fear the Lord thy God, to keep all His statutes and His commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son's son, all the days of thy life; and that thy days may be prolonged. Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do it; that it may be well with thee, and that ye may increase mightily, as the Lord God of thy fathers hath promised thee, in the land that floweth with milk and honey."  {2SAT 104.1}
[2SAT 104.2]          Here is a promise in keeping the commandments of God and teaching them to our children. What does that mean? Everyone who obeys the commandments of God from the heart, everyone who follows in the path of obedience, God makes the promise unto them. The heavenly intelligences are ready to cooperate with them. "Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation?" The Lord has declared, "That thou mightest fear the Lord thy God, to keep all His statutes and His commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son's son, all the days of thy life; and that thy days may be prolonged." If not, how can God let His blessing and protecting care and guardianship be over you?  {2SAT 104.2}
[2SAT 104.3]          The enemy is after His possessions. He pleads that the race has transgressed the commandments and says, "Let me bring my power to bear upon them." But God can protect His people that are obedient. If you are disobedient, it is important that ［you］ consider your situation. There is some importance attached to obeying God's commandments. "Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do it; that it may be well with thee, and that ye may increase mightily, as the Lord God of thy fathers hath promised thee, in the land that floweth with milk and honey. Hear, O Israel: The Lord our God is one Lord: and thou shalt love the Lord thy God" (with two-thirds of thy heart? or with half of thy heart? or with a quarter?), "with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might."  {2SAT 104.3}
[2SAT 104.4]          Who gave this direction? The invisible Leader enshrouded in the billowy cloud. Fathers and                        -105-     mothers, we want you to hear sharply and with an understanding heart. "And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes. And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates" (Deuteronomy 6:7-9; also 10-12).  {2SAT 104.4}
[2SAT 105.1]         We want you to take in just the directions. We want to inquire, Fathers and mothers, are we to all intents and purposes carrying out the requirements of God's Word? Do we feel the necessity of surrendering our heart's affections to God? Who is following the word and obeying the commandments which He has specified? The words of God are of the highest value. We cannot afford to be negligent. If parents feel the sacredness of the truth, will they not seek to educate their children to right principles? Abraham commanded his household after him.  {2SAT 105.1}
[2SAT 105.2]          Great consequences are to be met: to the disobedient, no promises, no blessings, but the threatening of the Lord. God cannot take them to His kingdom nor take them to the city of our God, because they would have a second rebellion in heaven. We must every one of us take heed to the instruction God has given us.  {2SAT 105.2}
[2SAT 105.3]          As I was speaking to my natural sister, the wife of a Methodist minister, in regard to the requirements of the Word of God, she said she would keep the Sabbath if the whole world would keep it. The duty of keeping the Sabbath is plainly laid down before us, and God does not say, "If it is convenient." Parents know it is a sacred thing to carry out these principles in the household. And if the parent expects to bring up his children in the right way he cannot play the lad. He must have growing dignity that Christ gives to a man. God so appreciated every soul that He "gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {2SAT 105.3}
[2SAT 105.4]          Here the Son comes into our world to practice self-denial, and although His own nation did not receive Him He was the infinite Son of God. He was working for the uplifting of the human race. How much does God value man? I point you to Calvary. ［The］ most ignominious death my Lord suffered that He might rescue you, yet He does not force any of you to serve Him. He does not force the will or conscience of any soul. God has given Jesus to our world and He wants us to search the Scriptures. He can put His Holy Spirit upon us and He says, "I am at thy right hand                       -106-     to uphold thee"--to walk with our hand in the hand of Jesus Christ, to love Him and to glorify Him. His love is without a parallel. No comparison can be made to that love. He was one with the Father and was suffered to die for us.  {2SAT 105.4}
[2SAT 106.1]          Christ in God and God in Christ. All this was to take men and women and bring them up from a state of sin, disobedience, and transgression to favor with God. Man with Christ and Christ with God; the life and the obedience hid with Christ in God, that when He who is our life shall appear, we may appear with Him in glory.  {2SAT 106.1}
[2SAT 106.2]          Well-ordered and well-disciplined families are an example that God gives to our world. You want a well-ordered house. God wants the light of His love to rise upon you. He wants that His ministers should search for the careless ones--His heritage bought with His own blood. The children are God's property that you have in charge. It is no light matter to know how you shall deal with God's heritage--that you may have that wisdom that is from above, that at last you may be able to say, Here, Lord, are the children Thou hast committed to my charge.  {2SAT 106.2}
[2SAT 106.3]          What is your practice? Are you injuring your understanding through using narcotics, tobacco, wine, and liquor? I warn you of that path because God warns you all from it. You must give a good example to your children. It was sin that brought the agony upon the Son of the infinite God, taking the wrath of God upon His own divine soul. What hereditary trusts have you gathered? Have you gathered them up from Abel, Noah, Abraham? God says of Abraham, "I know him that he will command his children and his household after him."  {2SAT 106.3}
[2SAT 106.4]          You want to train your children not only for this life but for the future, immortal life as well. You want to have a hold upon God. God will inquire in the judgment, What have you done with My possession? There is a judgment to come and everyone ［is］ to be judged according to the deeds done in the body. God knows that we cannot cleanse the soul from a sin; He knows that there is no power with us.  {2SAT 106.4}
[2SAT 106.5]          Just as soon as Abraham pitched his tent he erected his altar, where he offered his morning and evening sacrifices to God. Today God wants you to offer up your morning and evening petitions to Him. Are you weak in moral power? Man, a partaker of the divine nature, may overcome what? The corruptions that are in the world through lust. That man may do justice in everything, and teach his children to do justice in everything, not by being idle, but that God had given them hands ［that do］ not hang useless. He wants everyone to exercise the talents that God has given them,                     -107-     waiting, watching, praying, and working.  {2SAT 106.5}
[2SAT 107.1]          "The night cometh, when no man can work." You know not how soon the time will come when your hands will be folded on your breast until you come forth in the resurrection. You know not how soon you may be called. Every day you are to go on a progressive work of sanctification. It is a work of a lifetime. Today we are to sow the fruits of the Spirit of Christ in our own character. His goings forth are prepared as the morning. As you follow on to know the Lord you will understand more and more the light that is in reserve for you.  {2SAT 107.1}
[2SAT 107.2]          Why not honor the Creator of the heavens and the earth in obeying the fourth commandment? Why not, as the Sabbath is approaching, Friday, have our business over before the sun goes down? And from the beginning of every week we shall be preparing our lessons for the Sabbath school. Abraham worshiped the Lord and erected an altar which was a living testimony wherever he went, so that even the roving Canaanites recognized it. We want that every one should have his altar erected. Children should pray for the guardianship of the angels through the night. When next Sabbath comes, what will you do, fathers and mothers?  {2SAT 107.2}
[2SAT 107.3]          When my children were small we had a large family of adopted children. We would have our work away before the setting of the sun. The children would hail the Sabbath as a joy. They would say, Now father and mother will give us some of their time. We would take them out for a walk. We would take the Bible and some religious instruction to read to them, and explain to them the Scriptures. We would keep praying that they should know the truth of God's Word. We would not lie abed Sabbath mornings because it was Sabbath. We would have our preparations all ready the day before so that we could go to service without the hurry and worry. We would not stroll off and have a nice time to ourselves. We wanted our children to have all the privileges and blessings of God's sanctified rest day.  {2SAT 107.3}
[2SAT 107.4]          I'll read you what God wants us to consider. Let us read of what work should be done. We might as well set ourselves to it. I feel it is a sin to be idle. If I did not see the necessities of God's cause, I need not work so constantly. I draw in every line to raise the standard higher. We must love our neighbors as ourselves. We should work with the right hand and the left so that we might give to those who are in need. Christ tells us that we must help our brother that is falling into decay. If we fold our hands and be as butterflies, we can do no good in this world. We want you to see the importance that we should                     -108-     live to please somebody else. Just as soon as we see the necessities of those around us, we should take hold and help them.  {2SAT 107.4}
[2SAT 108.1]          ［Isaiah 58:3-8, quoted.］          Jesus Christ is our righteousness. Every step that Christ takes and we follow, the glory of the Lord is our rereward. "Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry," (now what?) "Here I am. If thou take away from the midst of thee the yoke, the putting forth of the finger, and speaking vanity," then there will be answers to our prayers.  {2SAT 108.1}
[2SAT 108.2]          We should not condemn the brother who falls into decay. There should be no judging. "And if thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noon day." Do you want it thus? Do you want that the cloud of reproach should be rolled away? Lay up your treasure in heaven that when your Lord shall appear you may have the eternal weight of glory.  {2SAT 108.2}
[2SAT 108.3]          "And the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not." How many I have heard talk of the dearth of their souls. They did not seem to feel any burden for the souls for whom Christ died.  {2SAT 108.3}
[2SAT 108.4]          "And they that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in." Who is it that has torn down the fourth commandment, covered it up so that man should forget God? After He had created the world in six days He rested on the seventh. Every tree, shrub, and flower that God made testifies that He made the world in six days and rested on the seventh. He tells us that in six days He made heaven and earth. But a spy is on our track.  {2SAT 108.4}
[2SAT 108.5]          If one is arrested for working on the first day and keeping the Sabbath, do you hear him say, I will not keep the Sabbath any more? They are glad for the privilege of bringing the truth before the people. Shall we take the spurious and trample on the divine? No. If the prison is to be our home, we shall sing within the prison walls. Is it any more than the King of glory endured on our behalf?  {2SAT 108.5}
[2SAT 108.6]          "If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words." What God says is to be obeyed, irrespective of consequences and the commands of men.  {2SAT 108.6}
[2SAT 109.1]                     -109-          That is why Paul and Silas were thrown into prison. The universe of heaven knew all about it. These men were singing praises to God. It was a new note the jailers heard. They were laid upon their backs, and their feet put in the stocks, and yet they touched a new note. Heaven's army approaches, and to their tread earth begins to quake. The jailer knew that those who kept the prison when Peter escaped were put to death. As the doors opened Paul did not say to the frightened jailer that it would be good enough for him to be put to death, but he did say, "Do thyself no harm." Then the jailer comes in and acknowledges the power of God and asks forgiveness for his cruelty and says, "What must I do to be saved?" He gives himself to God, washes the backs of Paul and Silas, and puts them in as comfortable a position as possible.  {2SAT 109.1}
[2SAT 109.2]          There was a desire on the part of the officers ［magistrates］ that Paul and Silas should quietly leave the jail; but Paul says No, you have scourged us, and though uncondemned you have imprisoned us; now take us out yourselves. That God lives today who wrought for Paul and Silas. May God help us to establish the fear of God in our homes. God help us that we may make straight paths for our feet. May God help us to help one another, and the Lord of Hosts will be with us and give us victory.--Ms 26, 1894 (MR 900.67).  {2SAT 109.2}
[2SAT 110.1]       Chap. 14 - Christ Spans the Gulf of Sin    Manuscript 21, 1895         ［Address Given By Mrs. E. G. White at the Armadale Camp Meeting November 1895.］            "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as he is" ［1 John 3:1, 2］.  {2SAT 110.1}
[2SAT 110.2]          From the commencement to the close, this chapter is full of precious lessons of instruction. We are to make the Bible the man of our counsel, and instead of taking from it that which we think will sustain us in our own opinions, we are to see in it the lessons of instruction God has given for us. There is truth for us in this Word, and that truth we must dig for as for hidden treasure.  {2SAT 110.2}
[2SAT 110.3]          We may search for the truth as those have in past ages, thinking that we have a flood of light and yet only comprehend a small portion of the real instruction, the efficiency, and the fullness contained in the Scriptures. But when we search with our heart and mind put to the utmost test, we shall know for ourselves what we must do that we may have eternal life, for in the Bible there is something to meet the wants of each one. An invisible Instructor will be by our side, and we will find that the Author of this Word is not only the Author but the Finisher of our faith. His Word standeth fast from everlasting to everlasting, and we want to learn from it lessons of eternal interest.  {2SAT 110.3}
[2SAT 110.4]          "Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God" ［1 John 3:1］. We cannot find words to express the love of God, but He calls upon us to behold it. "For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." "As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up" ［John 3:14］.  {2SAT 110.4}
[2SAT 110.5]          It is not because God has given His Son that He loves the world, but because He loved the world He gave His Son, "that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." As you connect yourself with Jesus Christ you connect yourself with eternal life. His life is in you; you are hid with Christ in God, "and when Christ who is our life shall                        -111-     appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory" ［Colossians 3:4］.  {2SAT 110.5}
[2SAT 111.1]          We have seen enough of what the world calls perfection to know that all such is valueless, "for the earth is corrupt under the inhabitants thereof." But if we hide our life in Christ, we are the happiest mortals on the face of the earth. We have a faith that works by love and purifies the soul, for Christ is the purifier and the cleanser of everyone. Is Christ to you the first, the last, and the best in everything? If He is, you have a hope that goes beyond the dark shadows which, like a pall of death, cover the world; your hope is cast within the veil. You do not drift hither and thither, but have a firm foundation, even Christ Jesus.  {2SAT 111.1}
[2SAT 111.2]          The gospel was first proclaimed in Eden. "I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel" ［Genesis 3:15］. But through ages of sin the image of God was almost obliterated from the earth. Satan said, Humanity cannot keep the law of God. I can take their minds and mold and fashion them so that they will not regard the law of God.  {2SAT 111.2}
[2SAT 111.3]          But God looked down upon our earth, and seeing that the time had come, Christ the King of glory was born a helpless babe in Bethlehem. He who is from everlasting, and who is enshrouded in light unapproachable, He who fills all heaven with the train of His glory, looks upon sin as the only hateful thing that there is in our world, and yet He consented that His only begotten Son, sinless and holy, should take the sin of the world upon Himself.  {2SAT 111.3}
[2SAT 111.4]          Leaving the royal courts of heaven, Christ came to our world to represent the character of His Father, and thus help humanity to return to their loyalty. The image of Satan was upon men, and Christ came that He might bring to them moral power and efficiency. He came as a helpless babe, bearing the humanity we bear. "As the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same" ［Hebrews 3:14］. He could not come in the form of an angel, for unless He met man as man, and testified by His connection with God that divine power was not given to Him in a different way to what it will be given to us, He could not be a perfect example for us.  {2SAT 111.4}
[2SAT 111.5]          He came in humility, in order that the humblest being upon the face of the earth could have no excuse because of his poverty or ignorance, and say, Because of these things I cannot obey the law of Jehovah. Christ clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity; that He might live with humanity, and bear all the trials and afflictions of man. He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. In His                        -112-     humanity He understood all the temptations that will come to man.  {2SAT 111.5}
[2SAT 112.1]          After Christ had been placed in the tomb, Roman guards were stationed round to protect His body. But a mighty angel from the court of heaven parted the darkness from his track, and descended to where the Son of God lay. When his light fell on the guards, they fell as dead men to the earth. But if the light from one angel caused men to fall to the earth as dead, Christ could not have come with even that glory. He took humanity that we, by partaking of His nature, might receive the impress of Jehovah, and stand as witnesses before men and angels, and before the whole army of the powers of darkness, of the efficacy of a crucified Saviour.  {2SAT 112.1}
[2SAT 112.2]          Humility marked the path of Christ from the manger to the cross. He was a man in this small atom of a world, yet He conquered the power of Satan and released humanity from his grasp. "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me," He said, "because He hath anointed Me to preach the gospel to the poor; He hath sent Me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised" ［Luke 4:18］.  {2SAT 112.2}
[2SAT 112.3]          Step by step Christ descended the path of humility, pursued by the enemy. He wrestled not against "flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places" ［Ephesians 6:12］. This is our work, and therefore the exhortation is given, "Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand" ［verse 12］. In our fight we are barricaded by the ten commandments. "If ye do them," says Christ, "ye shall live in them."  {2SAT 112.3}
[2SAT 112.4]         Christ entered the tomb that man might pass through the tomb and rise with a resurrection-life. He burst the fetters of the tomb, and over the rent sepulcher of Joseph He proclaimed, "I am the resurrection and the life." And when the last trump shall sound, the Lifegiver will open the prison houses and those who have fallen asleep in Christ will come forth to a glorious immortality.  {2SAT 112.4}
[2SAT 112.5]          Christ died for the sins of the world that we might have an opportunity of showing to the universe loyalty to God and His law. Today He is making an atonement for us before the Father. "If any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous" ［1 John 2:1］. Pointing to the palms of His hands, pierced by the fury and prejudice of wicked men, He says of us, "I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands." The Father bows in recognition of the price paid for humanity, and the angels approach the cross of Calvary                        -113-     with reverence. What a sacrifice is this! Who can fathom it! It will take the whole of eternity for man to understand the plan of redemption. It will open to him line upon line, here a little and there a little.  {2SAT 112.5}
[2SAT 113.1]          By transgression man was severed from God, the communion between them was broken. But Jesus Christ died upon the cross of Calvary, bearing in His body the sins of the whole world, and the gulf between heaven and earth was bridged by that cross. Christ leads men to the gulf and points to the bridge by which it is spanned, saying, "If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me" ［Matthew 16:24］.  {2SAT 113.1}
[2SAT 113.2]          God gives us a probation in which we may prove whether or not we will be loyal to Him. Christ calls upon us to lay our sins upon Him, the Sin-Bearer, that we may represent God. But if we refuse to let them go, taking the responsibility ourselves, we will be lost. We may fall upon Christ, the living stone, and be broken, but if that stone falls upon us, it will grind us to powder.  {2SAT 113.2}
[2SAT 113.3]          In our warfare we have Christ's promise, "He that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him" He manifested Himself to John, who had been banished by his persecutors to the lonely isle of Patmos. But there He who rules the earth and keeps the waters in their appointed channel, manifested Himself to John. "I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last" ［Revelation 1:9-11］: "the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty" ［verse 8］.  {2SAT 113.3}
[2SAT 113.4]         Christ manifested Himself to Peter, and delivered him from prison by the hand of an angel. He manifested himself to Stephen, and he, "being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God" ［Acts 7:55］.  {2SAT 113.4}
[2SAT 113.5]          So Christ will manifest Himself to us if we are faithful. "For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord" ［Romans 8:38］.  {2SAT 113.5}
[2SAT 113.6]          Now is the time when we may prove whether we will obey the law of God, or whether we will                        -114-     transgress. When a sinner unloads his burden at the foot of the cross, then it is that peace and happiness comes to him. And there is joy in heaven over one sinner that repenteth more than over ninety and nine who need no repentance. "The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love, He will joy over thee with singing" ［Zephaniah 3:17］.  {2SAT 113.6}
[2SAT 114.1]          All heaven appreciates the struggles of those who are fighting for the crown of everlasting life, that they may be partakers with Christ in the city of God, the very streets of which are pure gold, "as it were transparent glass." God wants you there, Christ wants you there, the heavenly host wants you there. The angels are willing to stand in the outer circle, and let those who have been redeemed by the blood of Jesus stand in the inner circle.  {2SAT 114.1}
[2SAT 114.2]          Do you realize your value in the sight of God? He says, "Ye are laborers together with Me." Are you letting your light shine in clear rays to a fallen world? Are you seeking to exercise every faculty and every power which God has given you? You may not be a minister, but you can be a witness. You may not be an eloquent speaker, but you can be eloquent in living Christ; you can be eloquent in letting your light shine before men. You will have to travel a rough path; you will have to meet with the powers of darkness; but you do not meet them alone, for God has given you a General.  {2SAT 114.2}
[2SAT 114.3]          Christ Himself, the Majesty of heaven, leads the children of God against their enemies. Thousands of holy angels wait to help those who are seeking for immortality and eternal life. A crown of glory waits for all who fight the good fight of faith, and when the warfare is over they will be greeted with the words, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" ［Revelation 22:14］. Then, casting their glittering crowns at the feet of Jesus, and touching their golden harps, the redeemed host will fill all heaven with rich music.--Ms. 21, 1895.  {2SAT 114.3}
[2SAT 115.1]       Chap. 15 - The Leaven of Truth    Manuscript 82,1898         The kingdom of heaven can be felt, but not seen. The inward working of the Spirit of God is compared to leaven. Said Christ, "The kingdom of heaven is like unto leaven, which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was leavened" ［Matthew 13:33］. And again, "Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven" ［Matthew 18:3］.  {2SAT 115.1}
[2SAT 115.2]           The leaven of truth, hidden in the heart, will not produce the spirit of rivalry, the love of ambition, the desire to be first. Thousands upon thousands of those to whom God has entrusted talents to be improved and increased that they may bring all their consecrated ability into the kingdom of God, become slaves to gold and silver and earthly possessions. They abuse their entrusted capabilities, and scheme and plan to obtain those things which have no value with God. They buy and sell and get gain, but they neglect to secure those precious things which are placed within their reach--the bread of life, the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price.  {2SAT 115.2}
[2SAT 115.3]          "Whatever ye ask the Father in My name believing," Christ says, "ye shall receive." Money is of value only as it is used as the Lord's entrusted means ［only］ if, as the Lord's stewards we hold it in trust as a precious gift of heaven with which we can bless humanity. But if it is used to indulge and glorify self, it is a curse and an encumbrance and a constant temptation. It becomes a stumbling block over which thousands of souls fall into temptation and all manner of iniquity.  {2SAT 115.3}
[2SAT 115.4]          The sixth chapter of First Timothy speaks of a class of people who dishonor God. In the place of seeking for purity of heart, for love and unity, thus revealing that the leaven of truth has been hidden in their souls, they give evidence that they know not what it means to have the leaven of truth in the heart, molding the affections and sanctifying the soul. They are proud, "knowing nothing, but doting about questions and strifes of words, whereof cometh envy, strife, railings, evil surmisings. Perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds, and destitute of the truth, supposing that gain is godliness" ［verses 4, 5］. "From such" the apostle warns Timothy, "withdraw thyself." ［Verses 6-10, quoted.］  {2SAT 115.4}
[2SAT 115.5]         A true, practical Christian will show himself a believer in sanctification, and his works will testify of him that he is born of God.                   -116-     The apostle continues, "Follow after righteousness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meekness. Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, whereunto thou art also called, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses" ［verses 11, 12］.  {2SAT 115.5}
[2SAT 116.1]         The lesson given is for every human being. Christ by this parable illustrates the human heart. The leaven of truth, working inwardly, will be revealed in the life. The heart must be cleansed from all impurity. Man must be fitted with traits of character that will enable him to do service for God in any line. The process is invisible by which the leaven changes the mass of meal into which it has been introduced, but it works until the meal is converted into bread. So must the Spirit of God work a radical change. New faculties are not supplied, but a thorough change is made in the employment of those faculties. The natural inclinations are softened and subdued. New thoughts, new feelings, new motives, are implanted. But while every faculty is regenerated, man does not lose his identity.  {2SAT 116.1}
[2SAT 116.2]          The apostle Paul says: ［Ephesians 2:1-8, quoted］.  {2SAT 116.2}
[2SAT 116.3]         Here is brought to view the change that must take place in the heart. And "faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God." The Scriptures are the great agency in this transformation. Christ prayed, "Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth" ［John 17:17］. In this great work we are laborers together with God. With the divine agency there is to be the cooperation of the human instrument. To each of His followers Christ says, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world" ［Matthew 28:18-20］.  {2SAT 116.3}
[2SAT 116.4]         The meal in which the leaven has been hid represents the heart that believes and receives Jesus. Christ works out the principles which He alone can work in. The world looks upon this class as a mystery which they cannot solve. The selfish, money-loving man lives to eat and drink and enjoy his worldly goods. But he does not keep eternity in view. He loses the eternal world from his reckoning. But those who receive and believe the truth have that faith which works by love and purifies the soul from everything sensual.  {2SAT 116.4}
[2SAT 116.5]         The world cannot know them, for they are keeping in view eternal realities. A motive power is working within to transform the character. A constraining influence received from heaven is working like the                     -117-     leaven hid in the meal. The love of Jesus has come into the heart with its redeeming power to conquer the entire being, soul, body, and spirit. When counter influences work to conflict the grace of Christ which bringeth salvation, the love of Christ masters every other motive, and raises the human agent above the corrupting influences of the world.  {2SAT 116.5}
[2SAT 117.1]         Because he clings to Jesus in faith and prayer, because he looks unto Him who died that he might have all the power that Christ has to bestow, the believing soul enters into fellowship with Christ. His life is hid with Christ in God. This class is widely separated from the motives which move and control the world, and therefore the world knows them not.  {2SAT 117.1}
[2SAT 117.2]          With the follower of Christ the love of money is not all absorbing. For Christ's sake he will labor for it, deny self for it, cut off every superfluous want, bind about every needless expenditure, that the means which come into his possession may be used in the great work of saving souls who are without Christ and without hope in the world. Thus he cooperates with the world's Redeemer, who for our sakes became poor that we through His poverty might be made rich.  {2SAT 117.2}
[2SAT 117.3]          He, our great Deliverer, left the royal courts of heaven. The Commander of all the angelic hosts laid aside His royal robes, His crown of honor. He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might touch humanity, and that divinity might lay hold of the divine power of God in behalf of the fallen race.  {2SAT 117.3}
[2SAT 117.4]          The love of ease and pleasure and self-exaltation did not characterize His life. He was a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. He was wounded for our transgressions, and bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed. And all who make an unreserved surrender to God will from the heart say, "I will follow Thee, my Saviour." They will have fellowship with Christ in His sufferings.  {2SAT 117.4}
[2SAT 117.5]          Has the truth we profess to believe sanctified the soul? If it has, the result will be manifest. As the penetrating power of the leaven produces an entire change in the meal, so the power of the Word of God through His grace will work a transformation in the soul. The truth which is contained in the Scriptures must not be received merely as a theory. It is to work a change upon human hearts.  {2SAT 117.5}
[2SAT 117.6]          But the question arises, Why are there so many who claim to believe the truth in whom we do not see a reformation in words, in spirit, and in character. They cannot bear any opposition of their purposes and plans. They manifest an unholy                   -118-     temper, and their words are harsh, overbearing, passionate.  {2SAT 117.6}
[2SAT 118.1]          The Lord has not made us judges, but we have to meet these difficulties in the churches. These persons are not converted. They need to be born again. The truth has not had the privilege of doing its work upon the human heart. The sunshine of Christ's righteousness has not been permitted to shine into the soul temple. The natural and cultivated tendencies to evil are not worked upon by the transforming power of the truth, and preconceived opinions are retained as precious gems. All this reveals the absence of the grace of Christ. It reveals an unbelief in Christ's power to transform the character.  {2SAT 118.1}
[2SAT 118.2]          It is a mistake for one who has some defects of character, and whom the Lord has placed in connection with others who have a religious experience, to think that the little things in connection with his work, in the methods and plans and modes of thinking and acting, should be passed by without opposition. The Lord places persons in such positions that they may have an opportunity to become acquainted with themselves and learn to take heed to themselves. They are not to change their position, for this is appointed by God to bring them into connection with other minds, that they may discover the imperfections in themselves, and that they themselves need to make a decided change.  {2SAT 118.2}
[2SAT 118.3]          They need to learn that the leaven of truth has not entered into the heart's affections, habits, and practices, and made a reformation in them. They have let the habits and practices of a lifetime have free course, because they have entertained the idea that they were right. They have refused to be corrected, because they have been in the habit of shutting their eyes to their own defects. They have thought that their habits and practices did not need to be changed, and they have held fast to their own ideas, which in their own eyes are perfection.  {2SAT 118.3}
[2SAT 118.4]          They have not possessed the faith which works by love. The leaven of truth has not acted upon their hearts as the leaven upon the meal. They will not have their minds directed into any other channel, and the result is that the Spirit of God cannot work for them. This is the cause of so much disaffection and lack of harmonious action.  {2SAT 118.4}
[2SAT 118.5]          The people of God must strive to be one, as Christ is one with the Father. Each one may say, "That is just what we want," but each considers that his own course of action, his words, and reasoning are right, and without any need of modification. How can these be of the same mind and the same judgment? Let all seek to be of one mind, at the same time remembering that any                  -119-     one worker's judgment is not to be deferred to without question.  {2SAT 118.5}
[2SAT 119.1]          The religion of Jesus Christ can only bless when it works and influences as the leaven works the meal. Says the apostle: ［Philippians 2:1-5; Colossians 3:12-16; Romans 12:3-10;  15:1-7; 1 Corinthians 1:10; 2 Corinthians 13:11; Romans 12:16; Galatians 5:22-26, quoted］. The apostle James in writing of this, says: ［James 3:13-18, quoted］. And Christ declares: ［John 15:8-14;  13:34, 35, quoted］.  {2SAT 119.1}
[2SAT 119.2]          How broad, how full is this love. The new part of that commandment the disciples did not understand. They were to love one another as Christ had loved them. These were their credentials that Christ was formed within, the hope of glory. After the sufferings of Christ, after His crucifixion and resurrection and proclamation over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, "I am the resurrection and the life," after His words to the five hundred who assembled to see Him in Galilee, and after His ascension to heaven, the disciples had some idea of what the love of God comprehended, and of the love they were to exercise one toward another. When the Holy Spirit rested on them on the day of Pentecost, that love was revealed. John could say to his brother disciples: ［1 John 3:16-18;  4:16-21, quoted］.  {2SAT 119.2}
[2SAT 119.3]          Here is faithfully portrayed our religious obligations to one another. The test and measurement of genuine religious experience and sanctification through the truth is clearly defined. Our course of action on all occasions must be fashioned after the divine pattern. The teaching of the Word is clear and explicit in regard to the love we should cultivate one for another. The love of Christ in the heart will be like the leaven. The grand truths of the Bible are to be our bread for spiritual life. The leaven of truth, through its life-giving power, brings all that there is of mind and soul and strength into complete harmony with the divine life.  {2SAT 119.3}
[2SAT 119.4]          There are grand principles set before us in the Word of God, but these are not to be considered too pure and holy to be brought into the business life. Through the reception of Christ as our personal Saviour, the precious gems which that Word contains become to us threads of gold that bind us to Christ and to each other. In loving one another as Christ has loved humanity, we receive sanctification of the soul and obtain that faith which works by love and purifies the soul. When the leaven of truth is implanted in the heart, it absorbs to itself all the capabilities of mind and soul and strength. It implants in the human being a new nature, and the grace of Christ is more and more developed.  {2SAT 119.4}
[2SAT 119.5]          The twelfth and thirteenth chapters of 1 Corinthians should be                  -120-     committed to memory, written in the mind and heart. Through His servant Paul, the Lord has placed before us these subjects for our consideration, and those who have the privilege of being brought together in church capacity will be united, understandingly and intelligently. The figure of the members which compose the body represents the church of God and the relation its members should sustain to one another.  {2SAT 119.5}
[2SAT 120.1]         Is this chapter studied and digested or is it ignored by the professed people of God who are brought together in church capacity? The one grand necessity of church members is to walk humbly with God in the path of obedience. Says the apostle: ［1 Corinthians 11:16-19, quoted］: ［Matthew 18:1-6, quoted.］  {2SAT 120.1}
[2SAT 120.2]          When the leaven of truth is hidden in the heart it becomes a vital working power to bring into conformity to itself all the capabilities of the being. The mind, the affections, the motives--all the powers--become converted through the truth. And all are worked by the same Spirit. For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace. The truths of the Word of God meet in one grand practical necessity--the conversion of the soul through faith.  {2SAT 120.2}
[2SAT 120.3]          When the believer is united with Christ, that faith is manifested in holiness of character, in consistent obedience to every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. The truths which we receive from the Word of God are truths which reach to heaven and compass eternity, and yet the vital influence of those truths may be woven into the human life. The influence of the Word of God is to have a sanctifying effect on our speech, our actions, our association with every member of the family, and with strangers. The leaven of truth must bring under control the temper and the voice. In the home and in the church there are matters which are termed "little things," but all these little things have great results. It is the "little things" that discipline the soul and prepare men to act with lowly-mindedness in large responsibilities.  {2SAT 120.3}
[2SAT 120.4]          As members of the royal family we are in solemn covenant with God to uplift and promote piety in the church. The evil thinking and evil speaking indulged in are the tares sown among the wheat. There are persons who have become church members who are constantly at work weighing characters. They think they can measure accurately the motives of others and discern many things which are untrue. They pronounce their judgment, but their near eyesight is defective. They are entirely ignorant as to their own defects.  {2SAT 120.4}
[2SAT 121.1]                   -121-          These are to learn the lesson that the Lord has not given them their talents for the purpose of dissecting the character of others. They each have an individual "I" over which to have supervision. They are to take heed that the leaven of envy, of jealousy, of faultfinding does not take possession of the soul and work the whole being. To all who have devoted their lives to this line of work, be they ministers or people, the words spoken by Christ to Nicodemus are applicable, "Ye must be born again." It is as though a smoked glass were placed before the mind's eye, and they view all things accordingly.  {2SAT 121.1}
[2SAT 121.2]          The leaven of truth must have life in itself, or it will not work out of the heart the deadly errors that are there. The Word of God enjoins upon believers: "Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Those things which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in Me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you" ［Philippians 4:8, 9］. If every member of the church would practice the truth as it is presented before him, how much pain would be saved to himself and others.  {2SAT 121.2}
[2SAT 121.3]          The truth must exercise an influence over the practical life. The large and the small things are always linked together. The fact that the little things are not seen and linked with the great and higher interests is the cause of the failure of many church members. There are great defects in the professedly Christian life. Their words are not leavened by the truth. There are many whose characters are now being weighed in the balances of the sanctuary, and they are pronounced "wanting" because they do not bring the truth into practice.  {2SAT 121.3}
[2SAT 121.4]          The leaven of truth is a living principle, and it is to be exercised in the little things and exert an influence over the daily life. But many act as if the truths of God's Word did not exist. The same love of self, the same selfish indulgence, the same temper and hasty speech is seen in their lives as in the worldling. The same sensitive pride, the same yielding to natural inclination, the same perversities of character are seen as if the truth were totally unknown by them. They have closed the windows and drawn the blinds of the soul, and shut out the sunshine of the righteousness of Christ, and then complain that they have no sweet joy, no assurance and happiness in believing the truth. But the sin lies at their own door. They have not hidden the leaven of truth in the heart.  {2SAT 121.4}
[2SAT 121.5]          When the waters of life flow in pure, sweet currents to the parched                        -122-     soil of the heart, there will be a development of fruit to the glory of God. Then the truth will not be brought into disrepute by the perverse disposition, the defective hereditary and cultivated tendencies now revealed in word and action.  {2SAT 121.5}
[2SAT 122.1]          Oh, that all of our people would understand the harm they do by little acts of inconsistency. There are some who have a burden for the souls of their friends. They try to bring the truth before them, to soften their hearts, but there are inconsistencies in their own words and spirit, and their influence pulls down that which they really desire to build up. It may be that bitterness is revealed in the voice, that severity is manifested in the judgment. Remember that the manner is the unspoken language of the feelings, and all this works away from Christ and daily witnesses against you, hardening the hearts you wish to save.  {2SAT 122.1}
[2SAT 122.2]          Should not the consideration of these matters arouse every Christian to the solemn resolution to be more faithful? Should not the words of the apostle have weight with us: "Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ"? This Scripture is given to us to heed and to practice. The apostle continues, "As obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance: but as He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy" ［1 Peter 1:13-16］.  {2SAT 122.2}
[2SAT 122.3]          As men and women who profess godliness, are we obeying the Word of God? Is the leaven of truth hidden in the heart, working in the character, and conforming the entire being to the will and ways of God? Our churches need the converting power of God. The leaven of evil which works in disobedience and denial of the truth must be eradicated, and the leaven of the word of God ［must be］ implanted in the heart. This will work with its vital properties, restoring the lost image of God in man.  {2SAT 122.3}
[2SAT 122.4]          And the transformation having taken place through the leaven of truth, a work is entrusted to us. Christ commissions us, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."--Ms 82, 1898 (MR 900.49).  {2SAT 122.4}
[2SAT 123.1]       Chap. 16 - Workers in Denominational Institutions to Be Spiritual; Counsel on Sunday Work, Holidays, and Healthful Living    Manuscript 163, 1898         ［Address given on April 14, 1898, to Echo Publishing House employees, North Fitzroy, Victoria, Australia.］            The Lord would have every soul connect with Him, and it is their privilege to do so. There can be with those who are connected with this institution a feeling of non-concern, just as though they were at work in a harvest field or at some business that has no special relation to the work and cause of God. Now, this is not the way that this institution should be regarded. It is an institution that should stand in its elevated position before the people, and all who are connected with it should correspond with its elevation with an entire sense that this is God's institution.  {2SAT 123.1}
[2SAT 123.2]          I have ever tried to keep before our people at our institutions--the Battle Creek, the Pacific Press, and in Europe--that these institutions were placed where the young are to be educated how to do best the work that is essential to be done in such an institution. Now they can come in here with their irreligion and their want of spirituality and with loose principles; they can come in here with their ［irreligious］ ideas and carry them right through the time of their discipline here. All the time they are being educated they can carry through that spirit. "No one is going to drive me to be religious; I am not religiously inclined," they will say.  {2SAT 123.2}
[2SAT 123.3]         Well, it is no honor to you. It is a shame to everyone who takes that position. Who gives you breath? Who keeps the human machinery in motion? Who is it that you are dependent on for every breath you draw? You may feel you are going to be independent, but you cannot one of you be independent and live! No one.  {2SAT 123.3}
[2SAT 123.4]          The trouble is that every soul, every individual, is dependent upon God not only for the breath that you draw and the food which you eat; you are dependent upon God for everything. You are His; the body with its living machinery is His. Now, be careful how you take care of it. It is God's property and is bought with a price. You want your body and your spirit and your mind to serve the Lord God of heaven. You can do as some of the students thought they were going to do at the school last term. They thought they were going to do just as they pleased. They made it very hard for the teachers and managers. But they came nearer                        -124-     and closer to God and they began to understand what course they should take.  {2SAT 123.4}
[2SAT 124.1]          There is nothing there like the rod of cane, as there is in some schools. The brain power of the students is trained to make them understand what is reasonable for them to do in becoming educated. They can help to educate themselves, but they must cooperate with the teachers. So it is possible for God to keep your bodies in the proper condition if you will cooperate with Him.  {2SAT 124.1}
[2SAT 124.2]          Now, there is not a soul here that has the reasoning faculties that God would have him have. I have thought about everything else, but Lord preserve to me my reason and give me my eyesight; but rather than lose my mind, I would lose my eyesight. When He gives us reason He expects us to use it and not be like the dumb beasts.  {2SAT 124.2}
[2SAT 124.3]          You know how quickly He deprived Nebuchadnezzar of his reason because he did not acknowledge God. And the Lord would teach even that king. He gave him a dream but he could not remember it; there had to be someone come in that was connected with God to help that man. There he was in trouble and perplexity, and there he had to call in those that were serving God; and they were brought in by the providence of God, and then he remembered all about it. Now, that was to show him how the kingdoms were to indicate the appearance of the end, that every kingdom would be of less and less value.  {2SAT 124.3}
[2SAT 124.4]          "Thou art this head of gold," said Daniel. How did the king treat that? In place of letting that dream teach him what was to be the end of the kingdoms, he studied on the dream and the devil took possession of his mind, leading him to build that great image of gold and to set it up. All the time he was thinking, "Thou art this head of gold." There you see ［that］ the ［talent of］ reason did not work under the control of God, and therefore he set up his image to be worshiped, and everybody was to fall down and bow to this image which was a representation of his kingdom. There were young men there that would not bow down, for they had been educated that "the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom." They had been educated to worship God and serve Him only.  {2SAT 124.4}
[2SAT 124.5]          That is just what you are to learn here. There will be trials. Satan is coming down in great power. He is now in the world and is to exercise his power above anything you know of. He goes about like a roaring lion seeking whom he may devour. You can disconnect from God and can please yourself as a bond-servant under Satan's rule where he will rule you as a rod of iron. But, you see, these men                        -125-     would not bow down; and as they would not bow down, another opportunity was given, and yet they said they would not bow down. They said they did not fear to answer in this matter, for their minds were made up as to what they would do.  {2SAT 124.5}
[2SAT 125.1]          The king was furious and commanded that they should be bound, and such haste was made to get them into the furnace that the fire burst forth and burned those that put them in; but the king and all his courtiers around him looked, and lo, in the place of three men there were four, and one was like unto the Son of God. How do you suppose he knew anything about the Son of God? You see, he had been brought into connection with Daniel and these men, and they talked of God and of Christ, the representative of God. This was the work they were doing; and just as soon as he saw them, he said the fourth was like unto the Son of God.  {2SAT 125.1}
[2SAT 125.2]          Well, what do you want at this time? You want that surety that you are on your honor, whenever anyone comes into the office, to represent the character of the work which will be in this office, which will hold its position here, which will be so that there will be very little for anything else beside.  {2SAT 125.2}
[2SAT 125.3]          After the king saw this, what did he do? He took the men that had informed him and complained about these men, and cast them into the fiery furnace, and called out to those that were in, "Come forth." Now God was magnified, but the enemy came in, and when the enemy gets the advantage of anyone, he always tries to get a second advantage.  {2SAT 125.3}
[2SAT 125.4]          Now, everyone here wants to be just what God wants him to be. It is the very humble that God wants to honor. It is not what you think of yourself that will bring you into favor with God. He is exalted with him that is of a humble and contrite spirit. You see that it is the humble and contrite spirit that He honors because He can work through them, He can do something through them, and they will not take the credit to themselves. That is the very work of God. You have got capability, and He wants that you should use that capability to become perfect in His work. You may be called for missionaries, or for places of responsibility in other countries, and the education process is going on in the work of fitting you up. It is stated that "All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness."  {2SAT 125.4}
[2SAT 125.5]          You need not, anyone, expect to get in a place that is connected with God and not need counsel nor correction. You may think you can get in such a place, but you cannot.  {2SAT 125.5}
[2SAT 126.1]                        -126-          There has been a class of work that has been handled, the publishing of some work here, that has not been for the very best influence about the institution or to give improvement to those that handle it, because God wants us, every one of us, to be His husbandmen. "Ye are laborers together with God." Now consider that. You can do no more than the beast of the field without God. You can do no more in spiritual lines, anyone. It is to have God with you. "Ye are laborers together with God." That is just why He gave us Jesus. He gave His only begotten Son to come down to this world, lay aside His glory, and clothe His divinity with humanity. He came here to bear all the trials that every human soul will bear, and far ahead, because according to His glorious character were His temptations such as the human soul can understand but little about.  {2SAT 126.1}
[2SAT 126.2]          He took humanity upon Him, but He did not leave His divinity; He clothed His divinity with humanity. He took humanity upon Himself in order to carry humanity through that commandment-keeping people to give the testimony to the whole universe of heaven. He stood in humanity to bear all the battles and conflicts as our Head, thus elevating with God every human being on the face of the earth. Now, Christ took humanity that humanity might take His divinity. He took our nature that He might give to human nature His nature. He has passed over the place where Adam fell, and redeemed Adam's fall. Every reasoning power, every particle of discernment, discrimination, every action of the mind that God has given man, exercise it and not be like a leaf that can be blown by every wind hither and thither.  {2SAT 126.2}
[2SAT 126.3]          We read in 2 Peter 1 that you are to be divine partakers of Jesus Christ, and there is not one of the very simplest in the institution but that he can take hold of the divine nature through the knowledge of Jesus Christ who gave His life to buy us. Then we must consider we are bought with a price--even the precious blood of the Son of God. God is not going to let us drift this way and that way with Satan's temptations, but if you will stand in Christ and if you will be determined that you will make of yourself all that God intended you should make, you can become as precious in the sight of God as Daniel was--beloved of God.  {2SAT 126.3}
[2SAT 126.4]          Now, God does not do anything without cooperation. He will not come and take you by force and make you to drink of the water of life. You should be complete in Christ, and if only you are complete in Him, why, then it is that God will look upon you as what? Heirs of God and joint heirs with Jesus Christ to the immortal inheritance.  {2SAT 126.4}
[2SAT 127.1]                        -127-          Now, don't look upon yourself as very large and be very much puffed up because you have a little knowledge. How did you get it? We read that the Lord gave Daniel knowledge. You know many of you would do it, but you should not, for we are told to avoid it.  {2SAT 127.1}
[2SAT 127.2]          You will say you must have your holidays just the same as other people do. You can say these holidays are appointed to you; men have a right to spend their time as they please. Light was given to me when they were hunting for the school. At first I thought it must be by the cities, but again the cloud was rolled back and it was shown how our cities were and what they will be, and the whole was presented to me, that we should get a proper distance from the city, that we should have nature around us and establish our school there so that the students would not be bound about with holidays, for they might feel disloyal if they did not have their holidays.  {2SAT 127.2}
[2SAT 127.3]          Then with regard to the Sunday question. I read in the paper of one man who was one hour late closing his store and he had to pay a fine for it. Now, how does God look upon it? Why, we have got to act as men and women that have minds and souls and that are under obedience to God. Now, if they should come here and say you must close up your work and your presses on Sunday, I would not say to you to keep your presses going, because the conflict does not come between you and your God. When they go a little farther and say you must keep Sunday and you shall not observe Saturday, then everyone that took the position would have the mark of the beast.  {2SAT 127.3}
[2SAT 127.4]          If the authorities should say, "Don't carry on work here on Sunday"--and we know what they will do-- there is plenty you can do. You can go on missionary work and make that a day in which you will see what you can accomplish in the work of drawing souls to Jesus Christ, for God does not want us to gratify the devil by defying the powers. You know, when Peter asked Christ about paying tribute, He said, "Are not all the children free?" but, said He, lest He should offend them, "do you go down to the sea and the first fish that you take up, open its mouth and do you take that piece of money and do you pay for yourself, Peter, and for Me."  {2SAT 127.4}
[2SAT 127.5]          Then there are other things that they may draw the line on, but we are not ready for the line to be drawn here in regard to the Sunday law. You just go to work, every one of you, to disappoint the devil and see how much you can do, how many souls you can bring into the truth.  {2SAT 127.5}
[2SAT 127.6]          Then there is health reform. God wants you to come up on that point. He wants you to show the                        -128-     world that you believe your bodies to be His dwelling place. Look after your human machinery. Do not do anything that will harm you mentally or physically, and if you love the Lord God with all your heart every appetite will be brought into harmony with God, for how can two walk together unless they be agreed, and he that will be My disciple, let him deny himself and follow Me. Now, Christ did not mix Himself up with the world, as the Pharisees would have Him do. Why? Because He had a special work to do. Now, let those who come into this institution see that you have a special work and a mind of your own.  {2SAT 127.6}
[2SAT 128.1]          Our churches are far behind on the subject of health reform. This does not please God, because He sent a special message on this point. He gives you life but you can cut short that life by your own course of action. You must cooperate with God.  {2SAT 128.1}
[2SAT 128.2]          If after apprentices have been here for a time, if they have no spirit of respect for God in the institution, no spirit of respect for the truth, and just as soon become skeptics as anything else, why, just remove them from the office. You may miss their labor, but should a new class come in, these are the very ones that would sneer and laugh at their being so precise. Now, these very things have taken place here. There has been carelessness. The sooner such are disconnected with the work the better. Every one here, let me tell you, either God or Satan has power over your mind. Now, when it comes to holidays, if a man has a penny or a shilling he must get on the cars and go and spend it somewhere. Now, we must understand we can make our own holidays, but we must not have a holiday because somebody is dead or somebody is alive or it is somebody's birthday.  {2SAT 128.2}
[2SAT 128.3]          Some say we have more holidays in America, but I know better. We have a few, New Year's and Christmas and a few other holidays, but very few. I would give you a word of caution concerning the work which comes into this institution. Don't become scavengers. Pigs are scavengers. God made them so. They pick up everything--every dirty thing. God does not want you to be that way. He does not want you to pick up every bit.  {2SAT 128.3}
[2SAT 128.4]          Now, some say to me, Just tell us what work we should do, just what line we should carry. Now, I do not know that. God has given each of you your capabilities to judge. There are those that will want you to define every movement. Now, God does not want you to do any such thing. He does not wind us up and then wind us up again like a clock. No, He does not do that. Now, if we have our work fixed line upon line to say everyone must                        -129-     work in that way, the devil will know just where to find us. You do not need every point marked out just so. But to labor to be one is the great thing. Labor to stand heart to heart and soul to soul and mind to mind through Jesus Christ. Don't lift up the man. Don't exalt him. If you do, Satan will step in and make mischief. Don't scold. Don't fret. You are not to have favorites, because that is not in accordance with God's will. Treat one another kindly and help one another, not in the way to hell but in the way to heaven, and you may be obtaining victories that you did not dream of; and we want everyone to have this blessed experience.  {2SAT 128.4}
[2SAT 129.1]          Now, this might be the last chance I will have to speak to you, so I want to tell you something else. Dress yourselves in modest apparel as Christians, and walk modestly before God. God help us to understand what it means to be a Christian. It is to be God-like. What is it? How can two walk together except they be agreed? You want to walk with God, and then Christ will hold out to you a crown of immortality.--Ms 163, 1898 (MR 900.63).  {2SAT 129.1}
[2SAT 130.1]       Chap. 17 - God's Truth and Spirit to Control and Purify the Life; Self to Be Subdued; Faith to Be Exercised    Letter 108, 1898         ［Written November 25, 1898, "To the Brethren and Sisters in Rockhampton," Queensland.］            How gloriously appareled those who claim to believe the truth might be, if they would forsake their own ways and take the Lord's ways. Under the sway of the King of peace will be seen a most pleasant change from the present. When those people who claim that they know and understand the truth see that the truth must sanctify the whole man--his mind, his thoughts, his heart, his strength--his vital powers will not be consumed upon his own lustful practices. These must be overcome, or they will overcome him.  {2SAT 130.1}
[2SAT 130.2]          Read the third chapter of First Corinthians, for it contains a lesson for the church in every place. The apostle says,"Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are. Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He taketh the wise in their own craftiness." "What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's" ［1 Corinthians 6:19, 20］.  {2SAT 130.2}
[2SAT 130.3]         The Word of God presents before us the parable of the ten virgins, five of whom were wise, and five foolish. The wise virgins took oil in their vessels with their lamps. This was the oil of grace. The prophet Zechariah brings this to view. Read the fourth chapter carefully: ［verses 1-6, quoted］.  {2SAT 130.3}
[2SAT 130.4]         Here then is the strength of every child of God. He is to feel that the only power that can heal him is found in God. He must place himself in a right relation to God if he would make a success of any of his human plans. This is the privilege of the church of God in every age. If she will put her trust in God, she will advance. "Not by might, nor by power, but by My spirit, saith the Lord of hosts."  {2SAT 130.4}
[2SAT 130.5]          "Who art thou, O great mountain?" Satan is constantly at work to make as forbidding as possible the establishment of the kingdom of                        -131-     God in our world. There will be difficulties to obstruct the work of God, for Satan through his masterly power will use unconsecrated hearts to present the characters of the professed people of God to the world as a stumbling block. The precious trusts which they hold are not practiced in their lives. While there are those who will advance, there are others who think so much of their individual selves that they cannot see that which needs to be done at the right time. There is no harmony of spirit or action. They magnify the difficulties. But as those who seek to carry out God's plans advance, the great mountain becomes a plain. "Who art thou, O great mountain? before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain: and he shall bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings, crying, Grace, grace unto it."  {2SAT 130.5}
[2SAT 131.1]          The prophet continues: "Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation of this house; his hands shall also finish it; and thou shalt know that the Lord of hosts hath sent me unto you. For who hath despised the day of small things? for they shall rejoice, and shall see the plummet in the hand of Zerubbabel with those seven; they are the eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro through the whole earth."  {2SAT 131.1}
[2SAT 131.2]          The work will go forward in Queensland if those who claim to believe the truth will sanctify themselves through the truth and seek to adorn the doctrine they claim to believe by revealing to the world that which the truth has done for them. All the powers of darkness represented by the great mountain will melt away as God's people move forward with the mind of Christ. I charge my brethren and sisters in Rockhampton to be doers of the word, and not hearers only. God calls upon you to have a heart open to receive the oil of grace. Satan is not to be permitted to sow the seeds of unbelief in the hearts of those who claim to believe the truth, who say, 'We cannot do this, we cannot do that," who exalt every molehill into a great mountain of difficulty.  {2SAT 131.2}
[2SAT 131.3]          These are no difficulties but that which unsanctified, unconsecrated hearts create. When self is hid with Christ in God, we shall draw in even cords together.  {2SAT 131.3}
[2SAT 131.4]          The truth of the third angel's message is bound to triumph, and those who purify their souls from all defilement will triumph with it. When the human agent will give up his own important ideas in regard to himself, when he will bear in mind that he is working in sight of the universe of heaven, then his piety will be sweet and fragrant. It will not be of that kind which tastes so strong of the dish (his own human feelings and attributes). True piety is power, but sin is the                        -132-     weakness and ruin of the souls who claim to be Christians.  {2SAT 131.4}
[2SAT 132.1]          The prophet continues: "Then answered I, and said unto him, What are these two olive trees upon the right side of the candlestick and upon the left side thereof. And I answered again, and said unto him, What be these two olive branches which through the two golden pipes empty the golden oil out of themselves? And he answered me and said, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. Then said he, These are the two anointed ones, that stand by the Lord of the whole earth."  {2SAT 132.1}
[2SAT 132.2]         Here is the explanation of the olive trees. They take of the Holy Spirit of God, and empty the holy oil out of themselves into the clean, pure, sanctified souls that are prepared to receive it. This is the kind of oil that the wise virgins had, oil that one could not communicate to another. Each individual must prepare his soul for himself through humbleness of mind, by wearing Christ's yoke and learning of Him.  {2SAT 132.2}
[2SAT 132.3]          When the people of God in Rockhampton shall understand their position, they will commence the work over against their own house. And they will find in doing this work that they have no time nor disposition to become church tinkers. They will engage in a work of decided reformation, that they may be purified and made white.  {2SAT 132.3}
[2SAT 132.4]          My brethren, you have no time to fill your mouths with arguments to prove that someone is doing wrong. Leave Satan to do his own work of accusing. Do not furnish him with arguments to show the defects in your brethren and in your sisters. All have come far short of the glory of God. Our individual powers need to be elevated, purified, sanctified, then the moral taste will be changed. The scent of self will not spoil our influence. All our talents are to be cherished as a precious, entrusted gift. They are to help us to meet the very highest standard. Every effort should be made to bring other minds under the power of the truth.  {2SAT 132.4}
[2SAT 132.5]          All work in business lines should be done on scriptural lines. The tact that the Lord has given us should be used not to defraud but to encourage holiness unto the Lord. Of one whom the Lord chose to do a certain work, He said, "I have filled him with the spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship" ［Exodus 31:3-5］. Here we have assurance that from God comes the talent of wisdom to do the work He has appointed. Read verses 6-11. There was no need for any man to be                        -133-     exalted in this matter. It was the Holy One of Israel who had commissioned these men to do this work, and who had given them wisdom to accomplish it after His own plan.  {2SAT 132.5}
[2SAT 133.1]         The reason that there is not increased capabilities is because the powers God has given are not put into exercise. Men stop short of seeking wisdom and knowledge of how to do the work with readiness of mind. In our homes, on our premises, there is not that tact and ingenuity and sharp discernment seen that would lead us to make the most of our possessions. Those who are willing to sink down into a low, common level greatly displease God. Parents who follow this course are a dishonor to God, for they carry their children with them. Many youth are compelled to work against inherited evils in this direction, and frequently they never recover from the abuse placed upon them through a perverted education at home. Parents and children have to eat the bitter fruit of wrong ideas, wrong plans. Whole families become nonentities, hopeless of reform. This need not be so, but they do not have in them the traits of character essential to brace against these inherited and cultivated tendencies, these slack, untidy habits. If they would take themselves in hand, they could say, "I will not sink down to this low level. I will arise; I will make diligent efforts. I will not be pushed downward by circumstances. I will not fail nor be discouraged."  {2SAT 133.1}
[2SAT 133.2]          To every man is given his work. Each has a place in the eternal plan of heaven. It is the duty of fathers and mothers to overcome their own lawlessness, their untidy habits. Truth is clean and pure and of great value and needs to be brought into the character building. Those who have the truth, the love of the truth in their hearts, will make any and every sacrifice that this truth may have the first place in everything.  {2SAT 133.2}
[2SAT 133.3]          God has given to every man his measure of faith, and each is to walk in faith. He is to show that he has that faith that will rely upon God for help. As God has given to every man his measure of faith, he is to put it into exercise. He is to let his light shine. Whole families might be helped and blessed if parents would find something for their children to do. Why are not ministers and teachers more explicit on this subject that means so much to physical health and spiritual soundness? The boys and girls of the family should feel that they are a part of the home firm. They should strive to keep the premises cleansed from every unpleasant sight. Instruction in these lines should be given line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little.  {2SAT 133.3}
[2SAT 134.1]                        -134-          There are those in our churches who have much to say in regard to Christianity, but in whose presence we should always be guarded, for they dismiss the Word of God from their business transactions. When there is buying and selling to be done, God is not by their side. The enemy is on the ground, and he takes possession of them. Christian brotherhood and love is laid a sacrifice on the altar of greed. God, heaven, the precepts of Jehovah, His oft- repeated injunctions, are obliterated from the soul. They know not what it means to practice the principles laid down in the Word of God. They sell their souls for unlawful gain. So thick is the veil which blinds their eyes that they can see only the fraudulent gain. So hard is the incrustation that envelops the heart that it feels not the love and tenderness and pity of Christ for their fellow men. The holiness and truth of God are shut out from their souls.  {2SAT 134.1}
[2SAT 134.2]          Will the people of God frown down all this corrupting influence? Will they give their hearts to God? Will they deal mercifully with their fellow men? Will Seventh-day Adventists bear in mind that they cannot swerve from truth in their dealings with their fellow men, that they cannot violate justice, or let go their integrity without forsaking God. Anything that dishonors Him will never benefit you. The man who expects to prosper by violating the eternal principles of righteousness is laying up for himself a harvest he will not care to reap. He places himself in the enemy's ranks and brings degradation upon himself. Although for a time he may seem to prosper, he can never help to compose the family of God.--Letter 108, 1898 (MR 900.62).  {2SAT 134.2}
[2SAT 135.1]       Chap. 18 - Light to Go Forth From Avondale; Holy Spirit on These Grounds    Manuscript 66, 1899         ［Extracts from a talk given by Mrs. E.G. White at the opening of College Hall, Avondale, Australia, April 13, 1899.］            School work is a work of partnership. Those who have come to this school with an earnest desire to make of themselves all that it is possible, by the help of the Lord, may be assured that One who is mighty in power will link up with them and teach them the way of the Lord. But those who have come here for their own amusement, who do not put their minds to the task of securing a right education, will lose much. They will miss the mark entirely.  {2SAT 135.1}
[2SAT 135.2]          We are fitting for heaven, the higher school. We expect to see a company of workers raised up in this school who will win souls to Christ because they are laborers together with God, because it is their greatest desire to spread the knowledge of truth. This was Daniel's object, and we read that God gave him knowledge and understanding in all learning and wisdom.  {2SAT 135.2}
[2SAT 135.3]         Light is to go forth from this school to place after place, reaching to Queensland and the regions beyond, to Sydney and Melbourne. If every student will put his mind to the task, deciding that he will make of himself all that God designed him to be, he will receive great light and rich blessing. God desires students to receive an education that will enable them to see the possibilities and probabilities within their reach, to see what they may become by cooperating with the great Teacher.  {2SAT 135.3}
[2SAT 135.4]          He says, "Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light." You may go to this place and that place in search of amusement and self-gratification, but when these are found, what real happiness do they bring? Christ says, "Come unto Me . . . and ye shall find rest." This promise was uttered by lips that never lie. We have the positive assurance that by coming to Christ, we shall find rest. This rest each student may have if he will give to the Saviour the powers of his being.  {2SAT 135.4}
[2SAT 135.5]          Students, you can be servants of God. It is possible for you to win the crown of life which fadeth not away. Set your aim high. Instead of indulging in frivolity and cheap                        -136-     talk, speak sound words, words which will be a blessing to those who hear them. Enter the school of Christ. Take firm hold of Him who is mighty, who will lift up for you a standard against the enemy. Close the windows of the soul earthward, against the malarious atmosphere of doubt, and open them heavenward that the bright beams of the Sun of Righteousness may shine upon you.  {2SAT 135.5}
[2SAT 136.1]          God loves children and youth. He greatly blessed Joseph in Egypt. He passed by the aged Eli, who had neglected to train his children in ways of obedience, and to the child Samuel communicated what should befall Israel because of their wickedness. Every student may hold communion with God. Every student may know what it means to be taught by the Holy Spirit.  {2SAT 136.1}
[2SAT 136.2]          God longs to have you reach after Him in faith. He longs to have you expect great things of Him. He longs to give you understanding in temporal as well as spiritual matters. He can sharpen the intellect. He can give tact and ingenuity. All that we have God gave us, and in return He expects us to lay ourselves at His feet. He will accept this offering, and will sanctify every power of mind and body.  {2SAT 136.2}
[2SAT 136.3]          Students, do not disappoint your Creator. Do not think that you have come to school to do very much as you please. Do not allow your mind to be filled with lightness and trifling. Keep yourselves in the channel of light. Consecrate yourselves to God. He will accept all who put away the evil of their doings. Your parents are watching your progress with intense interest. Do not disappoint them. Make them happy by following a right course. Make a covenant with God by sacrifice. He will accept your offering, and make you vessels unto honor.                                                                     ----------    {2SAT 136.3}
[2SAT 136.4]          ［Extracts from discourse given by Mrs. E. G. White in the Avondale Church, March 25, 1899.］  {2SAT 136.4}
[2SAT 136.5]          "I beseech you, therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God" ［Romans 12:1］.  {2SAT 136.5}
[2SAT 136.6]         The Lord says this because He knows it is for our good. He would build a wall around us, to keep us from transgression, so that His blessing and love may be bestowed on us in rich measure. This is the reason we have established a school here. The Lord instructed us that this was the place in which we should locate, and we have had every reason to think that we are in the right place. We have been                      -137-     brought together as a school, and we need to realize that the Holy Spirit, who is as much a person as God is a person, is walking through these grounds, unseen by human eyes; that the Lord God is our Keeper and Helper. He hears every word we utter and knows every thought of the mind.  {2SAT 136.6}
[2SAT 137.1]          No one will be forced into the kingdom of heaven. Those who do not wish to enter show it by their actions. It is because we want to enter this kingdom that we have established a school here, and have called for the youth to come. We desire that they should be educated and trained aright, that they may learn what they should do in order to keep the intellect unimpaired. As we look at the world we know that iniquity abounds. Very little that is of God and heaven can be seen. We desire to bring all of heaven we possibly can into our homes, into the church, into the school, and we desire that the Lord shall see in us no perversity, no stubbornness, no disobedience.  {2SAT 137.1}
[2SAT 137.2]         God has given each of us talents upon which to trade. To some He has given ten talents, to others two, and to others one. He expects us to use wisely what He has given us. By exercise our talents may be improved, and as they are improved, we are given more upon which to trade.  {2SAT 137.2}
[2SAT 137.3]          We are to strive most earnestly to place mind, soul, and body in the best condition for God's service. When the lawyer asked Christ what he should do to inherit eternal life, Christ said, "What is written in the law? how readest thou?" The lawyer said, "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy strength and with all thy mind, and thy neighbor as thyself." "Thou hast answered right," said the great Teacher, "This do, and thou shalt live." ［See Matthew 19:16-18.］  {2SAT 137.3}
[2SAT 137.4]          It is because we desire you to learn of God and His law that we have established a school here, and students are to understand that they must be obedient. They are to place themselves under the rules and regulations of the school. As soon as they persist in introducing into the school practices which the school was established to separate from students, they will be separated from the school, because we have not consented to engage in this expense; we have not hired hundreds of pounds to establish a school here to bring together students who will carry out wrong practices.  {2SAT 137.4}
[2SAT 137.5]          No child need think that because he has been allowed to rule at home, he can rule here. Suppose we should let students come in to sway things in their own way, what kind of a school would we have? How could we train men and women to be missionaries? Every student who enters this school must place himself under discipline. Those who refuse to obey                      -138-     the regulations can return to their homes.  {2SAT 137.5}
[2SAT 138.1]          We desire to bind the students to our hearts by the cords of love and kindness, but ［with］ strict discipline. Love and kindness are worth nothing unless they are united with the discipline which God has said should be maintained. We call upon every student who has a knowledge of God to exert an influence on the Lord's side. We desire you all to be in the Lord's army. We desire you to stand under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel, to fight manfully the battles of the Lord. We want you to put on the whole armor of righteousness. We want you to gain everything that Christ suffered so much to make it possible for you to gain.  {2SAT 138.1}
[2SAT 138.2]          Courting is not to be carried on in the school. That is not what you are here for. We are here to prepare for the future life, where we may see the King in His glory, where we shall have that life which measures with the life of God. If we do not live in harmony with the law of God here, we shall never see His face. The disobedient can never enter the city of God. The Word of Inspiration declares, "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" ［Revelation 22:14］.  {2SAT 138.2}
[2SAT 138.3]          I wish to say to everyone here today, You can be a laborer together with God. As you seek to help and bless those who come to the school, you stand under the protection of God. But those who exert an influence which encourages disobedience and vice stand under the displeasure of God. He knows all about their course, and He will arrange matters so that they will not stay long at the school unless they are converted. But we very much desire that they shall be converted. We want this school to be a place where God can abide in answer to our prayers.  {2SAT 138.3}
[2SAT 138.4]          We need to ask ourselves the question, What shall I do to inherit eternal life? Christ gave His own life that the transgressor of the law should not suffer the penalty of the law, that as our Redeemer He might stand before the Father with pierced, uplifted hands, and say, "Lay their sins on Me. I am responsible for them. I will bear their transgressions. I have graven them upon the palms of My hands." The sinner may be pardoned if he accepts Christ as a personal Saviour. There is only one condition--the acceptance of the robe of Christ's righteousness.  {2SAT 138.4}
[2SAT 138.5]          "I beseech you therefore, . . . by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice" ［Romans 12:1］. "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price, therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God's" ［1 Corinthians 6:19, 20］. When this is done, we shall expect to see every promise of God fulfilled. "And be                      -139-     not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God" ［Romans 12:2］. If we walk in the footsteps of Jesus, we shall be an obedient people, because we shall keep the windows of the soul opened heavenward. Thus we may have the light, the peace, the joy of heaven.  {2SAT 138.5}
[2SAT 139.1]          "Present your bodies a living sacrifice . . . which is your reasonable service." God requires us to cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit. If there are those in the school who desire to indulge habits against which we have been working for the last thirty years, we would say to them, You are here to learn how to give up those things which destroy your vitality, or to separate from the school. The Lord of heaven marks every deceptive act. When the children of Israel came to Ai, they went out against the city with full confidence in their own power. But the record says that they fled before the men of Ai. "Wherefore the hearts of the people melted, and became as water" ［Joshua 7:5］.  {2SAT 139.1}
[2SAT 139.2]          Joshua was in deep distress at this calamity. He fell upon his face to the earth, and said, "O Lord, what shall I say, when Israel turneth their backs before their enemies! For the Canaanites and all the inhabitants of the land shall hear of it, and shall environ us round, and cut off our name from the earth: and what wilt thou do unto thy great name? And the Lord said unto Joshua, Get thee up; wherefore liest thou thus upon thy face?  {2SAT 139.2}
[2SAT 139.3]          "Israel hath sinned, and they have also transgressed my covenant which I commanded them: for they have even taken of the accursed thing, and have also stolen, and dissembled also, and they have put it even among their own stuff.... Up, sanctify the people, and say, Sanctify yourselves against tomorrow: for thus saith the Lord God of Israel, There is an accursed thing in the midst of thee, O Israel: thou canst not stand before thine enemies, until ye take away the accursed thing from among you" ［Joshua 7:8-13］.  {2SAT 139.3}
[2SAT 139.4]          Those now being educated in this school should go from it to educate others. They are to eat, drink, and dress to the glory of God. We shall not keep here those who say, I am not going to keep the rules. They can return to their homes if they are not willing to come into order. Let not the teachers think they are doing the students a kindness by allowing wrong to go unrebuked. We should stand where the Lord will not need to say to us, "Neither will I be with you any more, except ye destroy the accursed from among you."--Ms. 66, 1899.  {2SAT 139.4}
[2SAT 140.1]       Chap. 19 - Medical Missionary Work and the Gospel Ministry    Manuscript 62, 1900          ［Talk given by Mrs. E. G. White in the Sanitarium Chapel, St. Helena, California, November 13, 1900.］            I wish to speak about the relation existing between the medical missionary work and the gospel ministry. It has been presented to me that every department of the work is to be united in one great whole. The work of God is to prepare a people to stand before the Son of man at His coming, and this work should be a unit. The work that is to fit a people to stand firm in the last great day must not be a divided work.  {2SAT 140.1}
[2SAT 140.2]          The ministry of the gospel is to present the truth which must be received in order for people to be sanctified and made ready for the coming of the Lord. And this work is to embrace all that was embraced in Christ's ministry. Gospel workers are to minister on the right hand and on the left, doing their work intelligently and solidly.  {2SAT 140.2}
[2SAT 140.3]          There is to be no division between the ministry and the medical work. The physician should labor equally with the minister for the salvation of the soul and with as much earnestness and thoroughness.  {2SAT 140.3}
[2SAT 140.4]          The question has been asked many times. Should the physician feel it his duty to open the truth to his patients? That depends on circumstances. In many cases all that should be done is to point to Christ as a personal Saviour. There are those who would only be injured should any new doctrine not in accordance with their previous views be brought before them.  {2SAT 140.4}
[2SAT 140.5]          God must guide in this work. He can prepare minds to receive the word of truth. It is just as much a physician's duty to prepare the souls before him for what is to take place as to minister to their physical needs. Let them know their danger. Be a faithful steward for God. Do not let anyone be launched into eternity without a word of warning or caution. You cannot neglect this and be a faithful steward. God requires you to be true to Him wherever you are. There is a great work to be done. Take hold of it and do it intelligently. God will help everyone who does this.  {2SAT 140.5}
[2SAT 140.6]          The medical missionary work has never been presented to me in any other way than as bearing the same relation to the work as a whole as the arm does to the body. The gospel ministry is an organization for the proclamation of the truth and the carrying forward of the work for sick and well. This is the body, the medical missionary                      -141-     work is the arm, and Christ is the head over all. Thus the matter has always been presented to me.  {2SAT 140.6}
[2SAT 141.1]          It has been urged that because the medical missionary work is the arm of the body, there should be a oneness of respect shown. This is so. The medical missionary work is the arm of the body, and God wants us to take a decided interest in this work.  {2SAT 141.1}
[2SAT 141.2]          Christ was bound up in all branches of the work. He did not make any division. He did not feel that He was infringing on physicians when He healed the sick. He proclaimed the truth, and when the sick came to him for healing, He asked them if they believed that He could make them whole. He was just as ready to lay His hands in healing on the sick and afflicted as He was to preach the gospel. He was just as much at home in this work as in proclaiming the truth, for healing the sick is a part of the gospel.  {2SAT 141.2}
[2SAT 141.3]          To take people right where they are, whatever their position, whatever their condition, and help them in every way possible, this is ministry. It may be necessary for ministers to go into the homes of the sick, and say, I am ready to help you and I will do the best I can. I am not a physician, but I am a minister, and I like to minister to the sick and afflicted. Those who are sick in body are nearly always sick in soul, and when the soul is sick, the body is made sick.  {2SAT 141.3}
[2SAT 141.4]          Christ's work for the paralytic is an illustration of the way in which we are to work. This man had been told by his friends of the mighty healer, and he had faith to believe that he could be healed. His friends carried him to the house where Jesus was teaching, but the crowd was so great that they could not find entrance. Then the sick man suggested that they remove part of the roof, and let him down into the room. This they did, and when Jesus saw the sufferer lying before him, what was His first work? It was to give him peace of mind. The Saviour knew that the paralytic had been tortured by the suggestions of the priests that God had cast him off for his sins.  {2SAT 141.4}
[2SAT 141.5]          "Son, thy sins be forgiven thee," were Christ's first words. This was what the sick man needed. Peace and joy filled his heart. Some present began to murmur, saying in their hearts, Who can forgive sins but God only? Then, that they might know that the Son of man had power to forgive sins, Christ said to the sick man, "Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way unto thine house."  {2SAT 141.5}
[2SAT 141.6]          Thus the Saviour has bound together the work of preaching the truth and healing the sick, and we are never to divorce them. Christ blended ministry and healing, and there is to be no more separation in our work than there was in His.  {2SAT 141.6}
[2SAT 141.7]          There is to be no division between the medical missionary work                      -142-     and the gospel ministry. Medical missionary work is to be to the third angel's message as the right arm to the body. Both are to work in harmony. Then the salvation of the Lord will be revealed.  {2SAT 141.7}
[2SAT 142.1]          God not only desires His servants to have faith in the work of His institutions, He desires them to go further than this. They should realize that God wishes them to be living examples of what it means to be well, physically and spiritually. He wants them to show that the truth has accomplished a great work for them.  {2SAT 142.1}
[2SAT 142.2]          Those who assemble in our conferences are not always in a fit state to judge righteously. Many suffer from congestion of the brain. Those who assemble in such meetings should first do all in their power to place themselves in right relation to God and to health. If the head is congested, let them find out what is wrong. The brain is disturbed because there is something the matter with the stomach. Let them find out what is wrong about their diet. Our bodies are the temples of the Holy Ghost, and if we fail to do all we can to place the body in the very best condition of health, we are robbing God of the honor due to Him from the beings He has created.  {2SAT 142.2}
[2SAT 142.3]          If you are called upon to attend a council meeting, ask yourself whether your perceptive faculties are in a proper condition to weigh evidence. If you are not in a proper condition, if your brain is confused, you have no right to take part in the meeting. Are you fractious? Is your temper sweet and fragrant, or is it so disturbed and disagreeable that you will be led to make hasty decisions? Do you feel as though you would like to fight someone? Then do not go to the meeting, for if you go you will surely dishonor God. Take an axe and chop wood or engage in some physical exercise until your spirit is mild and easy to be entreated. Just as surely as your stomach is creating a disturbance in your brain, your words will create a disturbance in the assembly. More trouble is caused by disturbed digestive organs than many realize.  {2SAT 142.3}
[2SAT 142.4]          We ought always to eat the most simple food. Often twice as much food as the system needs is eaten. Then nature has to work hard to get rid of the surplus. Treat your stomach properly, and it will do its best.  {2SAT 142.4}
[2SAT 142.5]          Do not sit in a meeting with cold feet. If the feet are cold, wash them in cold water, and then dry them thoroughly. You will find that the blood will thus be called from the head to the limbs.  {2SAT 142.5}
[2SAT 142.6]          Those whose minds are clear can understand the truth a hundredfold better than those whose minds are beclouded. And if our brains are not clear, we may know that we have been transgressing some of nature's laws. When my brain is confused, I know that I                      -143-     have been making some mistake in my diet.  {2SAT 142.6}
[2SAT 143.1]          Whether they acknowledge it or not, God lays upon all human beings the duty of taking care of the soul-temple. The body is to be kept clean and pure. The soul is to be sanctified and ennobled. Then, God says, I will come unto him and take up My abode with him. We are responsible for our own salvation, and God holds us accountable for the influence we exert on those connected with us. We should stand in such a position, physically and spiritually, that we can recommend the religion of Christ. We are to dedicate our bodies to God.  {2SAT 143.1}
[2SAT 143.2]          God desires His ministers to stand in a high and holy position. Those who open the Word of God to others should ask themselves, before they enter the pulpit, whether they have been self-denying, whether their food has been simple, such as the stomach can digest without beclouding the brain. Please read the first chapter of Second Corinthians. This entire chapter is a lesson for all believers.  {2SAT 143.2}
[2SAT 143.3]          Ministers should understand how to keep their bodies in the best condition of health, so that they can recommend the truth to those for whom they labor, and so that when they are called to assemble together, they may know that they are prepared to go. They have no right to go if they are in such a condition of health that they will speak hastily and view matters in a wrong light. They should place themselves where they can judge righteously, where they can voice the words of God. They can thus advance the work more than by all the word-preaching they could do. Practical godliness is of great value.  {2SAT 143.3}
[2SAT 143.4]          God's servants should remember that in every assembly Christ is present. Angels are ascending and descending the heavenly ladder. A living connection has been made between earth and heaven, and God's glory shines upon the congregation. God requires the men who stand before the people as His mouthpieces to have clear discernment. He requires them to speak under the influence of His Spirit. There is no need for their brains to be beclouded by indigestion. They should guard the door of the lips, allowing nothing to enter that will make a disturbance.  {2SAT 143.4}
[2SAT 143.5]          It has been said, We want Sister White to attend the conference, and we want the conference held in Battle Creek. But I dare not go. Not that I would ［not］ like to go, but I dare not, because mid-winter is not the proper time to hold a conference. Those who attend are obliged to sit in rooms heated by steam or stoves. Then perhaps, after sitting in these hot rooms, they sleep in cold rooms, and shiver all night, as I have done again and again, and it has nearly cost me my life. This heating of rooms so highly is an evil. It would be better for us to put on more clothes and                      -144-     have less heated air. If those who attend our meetings would do this, they would be in a more favorable condition to make right decisions.  {2SAT 143.5}
[2SAT 144.1]          From the light given me, when we hold a conference it should be held where we can breathe the pure air of heaven, in the sight of the beauties of nature. When those in attendance at a conference drink in God's pure air, you will find that their decisions will be more surcharged with the Holy Spirit and one hundredfold more valuable than the decisions made by those whose brains are congested by heated air.  {2SAT 144.1}
[2SAT 144.2]          God has a great work to do in the world. This work is not yet closed. Who is going to help Him? Satan has come down with great power to oppose the work of God, knowing that he has but a short time. The whole synagogue of Satan opposes the truth. The enemy is trying to counterwork every line of work which God sets in operation. Are we going to act as though there were no enemy to oppose? For Christ's sake put yourselves in right relation to God. Place yourselves physically where you will be able to work. Christ says, "Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure" ［Philippians 2:12］.  {2SAT 144.2}
[2SAT 144.3]          God and the human agent must cooperate. Those who place a proper value on themselves will take proper care of the body. They will work in harmony with the words, "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's" ［1 Corinthians 6:20］.  {2SAT 144.3}
[2SAT 144.4]          Angels of God are present in every council. They long to see every member of the council standing before God clad with the righteousness provided for them by Christ. This righteousness everyone may have who will place himself in right relation to God. This is an individual work.  {2SAT 144.4}
[2SAT 144.5]          "Whether therefore ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God." Remember the estimate that God has placed upon you. This is of consequence to you and to all with whom you are associated. Your position affects others. God help us to do right because it is right.--Ms. 62, 1900.  {2SAT 144.5}
[2SAT 145.1]       Chap. 20 - Christ, Our Loving Comforter and Restorer    Manuscript 28, 1901         ［A talk given at the St. Helena Sanitarium, March 27, 1901.］          I am thankful to the Lord for the privilege of meeting my friends here once more, some of whom I have met before, many of whom I have never seen. We are pleased to become acquainted with one another, and the better we are acquainted with the Lord, the more we shall appreciate those for whom He has given His life.  {2SAT 145.1}
[2SAT 145.2]          We should constantly appreciate and honor Him who has so honored us as to encircle us with His long human arm, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. Thus He has connected finite man with the infinite God. This world by sin was separated from Heaven. Christ died that the gulf might be bridged. The only way in which men and women could come into possession of eternal life was for Christ to live and die on this earth.  {2SAT 145.2}
[2SAT 145.3]          I love my Saviour. I have given my life to His service, and never have I seen the moment when I could be ashamed of Him. I love Him because I have proved Him, and I know that He will do all that He has promised to do. He gave His life for me, and I have given all that I have to Him. I know that He accepts it. I feel so grateful that though I am 73 years old, I still have strength to serve God by speaking of His love to those who know Him and those who know Him not.  {2SAT 145.3}
[2SAT 145.4]          Just before Christ left His disciples, anticipating the trial and disappointment they would meet because of their belief that He was going to reign on the throne of David as Israel's king, He told them of what He was to endure, and entreated them not to be troubled. He knew how sore their disappointment would be as they saw Him suffering insult and mockery as He stepped lower and lower in the path of humiliation. He thought of His disciples, not of Himself. Would the trial be too great for them?  {2SAT 145.4}
[2SAT 145.5]          He sought to comfort them by speaking words of hope and courage. "Let not your heart be troubled," He said, "ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you." What a comfort these words should be to us. Think of the work Christ is now doing in heaven--preparing mansions for His children. He wants us to prepare to dwell in these mansions. This we can do by cooperating with Him. If we form characters after                      -146-     the divine similitude, we shall inherit the mansions Christ is preparing.  {2SAT 145.5}
[2SAT 146.1]          "And if I go and prepare a place for you," He continued, "I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also."  {2SAT 146.1}
[2SAT 146.2]          In the last chapter of Revelation we are told something about the home Christ is preparing for His faithful ones. John writes, "And He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations."  {2SAT 146.2}
[2SAT 146.3]          Christ says, "I am the bread of life.... Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day" ［John 6:35, 54］. It is our privilege to eat the bread of life. Christ says, "The flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life" ［verse 63］. As we believe and practice the words of Christ, bringing them into the everyday experience, we become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust."  {2SAT 146.3}
[2SAT 146.4]         Speaking of the city of God, John continues, "And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him." And then come words which comfort me continually: "They shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads. And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever."  {2SAT 146.4}
[2SAT 146.5]          All through the Word of God are the most precious promises, but we must dig for them as the miner digs for the precious ore. We need to understand and practice the truth. As we are purified through the truth, we stand on vantage ground with God, because Christ has taken away our sins. As John saw the Saviour, he exclaimed, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world." Christ had no sin, and therefore He was able to bear our sins. That He might make an offering for the human race, that they might be members of the royal family, heirs of God and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ, He laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe, and stepped down from His high command, clothing His divinity with humanity.  {2SAT 146.5}
[2SAT 146.6]          How anxious we should be not to disappoint the Saviour. For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. It is possible for us to be overcomers. Through the blood of the Lamb and the word of our                      -147-     testimony, we may obtain a glorious victory.  {2SAT 146.6}
[2SAT 147.1]          But the enemy will try to cast his dark shadow between our souls and God. He presents every possible inducement to lead us to be false to our Maker. He tries to gain control of the appetite, so that men and women shall make a god of the stomach. He knows that if they do this, their senses will become beclouded by overeating. He offers them stimulants and narcotics, hoping to lead them, in the use of these things, to forget God. Let us remember that these are the devices of the enemy to lead us to forget the advantages we may gain by every day eating the Bread of life.  {2SAT 147.1}
[2SAT 147.2]         Physically we are built up from what we eat. And so it is with the mind. If we make the Bible our guide and counselor, we shall be strengthened and built up. Our faith must cleave through the shadow and grasp the glory beyond. God says, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me" ［Isaiah 27:5］.  {2SAT 147.2}
[2SAT 147.3]          This present life is full of disappointment and trial, affliction and suffering. But let us ever remember that our Saviour is the greatest of all medical missionaries. He sympathizes with the members of the human family in their affliction. He wants us to trust in Him, believing His words so fully that we shall bring heaven into our lives here below. We can make heaven in heart and home as we pass along if our lives are hid with Christ in God. Thus we can bring joy and comfort into the lives of others. Christ's joy will remain in us, and our joy will be full.  {2SAT 147.3}
[2SAT 147.4]          I see wonderful glory in the prospect before us, when Christ shall come in all His glory, to be admired in all them that believe. I want to be among the number who welcome the Redeemer with joy, among the number who will see His face.  {2SAT 147.4}
[2SAT 147.5]          Moses asked to see God's face, but the Lord told him that he could not see His face and live. He told him that He would hide him in the cleft of the rock, and cover him with His hand, and would then pass by before him and proclaim His name. And He passed by and proclaimed, "The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth." This is God's character. And those who see His face must be like Him in character.  {2SAT 147.5}
[2SAT 147.6]          Christ continues, "And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know." Thomas, always inclined to unbelief, though loving his Saviour, said doubtfully, "Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way?"  {2SAT 147.6}
[2SAT 148.1]                      -148-          Are there any here who, like Thomas, do not know the way? Listen to the Saviour's words. "I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me. If ye had known Me, ye should have known My Father also; and from henceforth ye know Him, and have seen Him. Philip saith unto Him, Lord, show us the Father, and it sufficeth us. Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? he that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father? Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me? The words that I speak unto you, I speak not of Myself: but the Father that dwelleth in Me, He doeth the works. Believe Me that I am in the father, and the Father in me: or else believe me for the very works' sake. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me, the works that I do shall he do also." Thus we become laborers together with God. "And greater works than these shall he do, because I go to My Father."  {2SAT 148.1}
[2SAT 148.2]          What is Christ doing in heaven? He is interceding for us. By His work the threshold of heaven is flushed with the glory of God which will shine upon every soul who will open the windows of the soul heavenward. As the prayers of the sincere and contrite ones ascend to heaven, Christ says to the Father, "I will take their sins. Let them stand before You innocent." As He takes their sins from them, He fills their hearts with the glorious light of truth and love.  {2SAT 148.2}
[2SAT 148.3]          Christ loves us with a love that no language can express, no balances measure. His love is beyond comparison. He desires us to love perishing human beings as He has loved us. He wants us to be missionaries for Him. We are to do all in our power to relieve suffering and misery. If we can do no more than speak a word of cheer, let us do that. Christ will cooperate with us. He says, "Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son.... If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever."  {2SAT 148.3}
[2SAT 148.4]          That Comforter is with us today. Letters come to me in which the writers ask me to pray for them. But Christ is praying for them. All they need is to carry their soul-distress to Jesus. He says, "I am at thy right hand to help thee." This is what I try to write to them. I tell them not to go to any human being for the help that Christ alone can give. He says, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.                      -149-     For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {2SAT 148.4}
[2SAT 149.1]          These words are spoken to you. When you fall into perplexity, read this promise, and talk with God. Tell Him about your troubles and difficulties. He will never tell you that you are foolish for not understanding better. The Word declares, "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him."  {2SAT 149.1}
[2SAT 149.2]          Why do we not remember that Christ is our light, our salvation. He gave His own precious life that we might be guided, strengthened, and sustained. Why do we not go to Him as a child goes to its Father. He is our helper, our sufficiency, our all and in all. If we go to Him in faith, we shall never fail to receive comfort. He will deal gently with us in our infirmities, for He has been tempted in all points like as we are.  {2SAT 149.2}
[2SAT 149.3]          I have been sick since the beginning of my journey from California, and as I lay in my compartment on the train, with no one with me, how precious it was to commune with God. I was alone with Him, and if I ever realized His presence in suffering and distress, I did then. I felt that the everlasting arms were underneath me. I realized the comfort of the Saviour's love.  {2SAT 149.3}
[2SAT 149.4]          Do you not want to be among the number of whom Christ says, I have "a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy"?  {2SAT 149.4}
[2SAT 149.5]          Christ is the greatest medical missionary that ever lived. He never lost a case. He understands how to give strength and guidance to the physicians in this institution. He stands beside them as they perform their difficult surgical operations. We know that this is so. He has saved lives that might have been lost had the knife swerved a hair's breadth. Angels of God are constantly ministering to those for whom Christ has given His life.  {2SAT 149.5}
[2SAT 149.6]          God gives the physicians of this institution skill and efficiency because they are serving Him. They know that their skill is not their own, that it comes from above. They realize that there is beside them a divine Watcher, who gives wisdom to his physicians, enabling them to move intelligently in their work. It was by His order that this sanitarium was established here. We are so thankful that there is a place where medical missionary work may be carried on under the supervision of the great Medical Missionary.  {2SAT 149.6}
[2SAT 149.7]          God is above all, and He loves us all. He has a care for the work of His hands. We are to do our part by carrying out the instruction contained in His Word. We are to take proper care of the machinery of the human frame, which is so wonderful that David was led to exclaim, "I                      -150-     am fearfully and wonderfully made."  {2SAT 149.7}
[2SAT 150.1]          Do not, I beg of you, mar the precious workmanship of God by improper eating, drinking, or dressing. Do not put any impediment in God's way. Act in accordance with the intelligence God has given you. He will keep you in health if you will do His will. He is the Restorer. These words have been spoken to me when the physicians have despaired of my life.  {2SAT 150.1}
[2SAT 150.2]          On one occasion my physician said, "Unless there is some change, you have only three days to live." In the night season One stood by my bedside and said to me, "Christ is the Restorer; Satan is the Destroyer. I am your Redeemer, and I will heal you." From that moment I began to recover, and when the physician came, he said, "Mrs. White, you are better. There is a sparkle in your eye which must be there in order for you to have health."  {2SAT 150.2}
[2SAT 150.3]          I love Jesus, and I want you to love Him. If you depend upon the power that is above every human power, you will gain the victory. Have faith in God. Human expectations may fail, but there is no failure in the promises of God. They are Yea and Amen in Christ. I claim God's promises, and I know that He will respond to my faith. He will do just as He has said He will do. I want you to have the comfort of the grace of God. I want you to feel that you are not alone, that you have a Comforter.  {2SAT 150.3}
[2SAT 150.4]          May God bless the suffering ones, and may they have hope and courage. This they will have if they will cast their helpless souls upon Jesus. His help will enable you to work out your own salvation and to help others. May God bless you all, is my most earnest desire and prayer.--Ms 28, 1901 (MR 900.45).  {2SAT 150.4}
[2SAT 151.1]       Chap. 21 - An Appeal to Prepare the Heart to Receive the Holy Spirit    Manuscript 29, 1901         ［A talk given by Ellen G. White on March 28, 1901, at Battle Creek Michigan, to a gathering of publishing leaders. As Mrs. White spoke, her mind turned from this smaller meeting to the General Conference session, which was to begin a few days later, on April 2.］            I feel an intense desire that at this meeting we shall come into right relation with God. We may have great ambition, all the ambition it is possible for us to have; we may have all the activity it is essential for us to have; but unless we are close to our Saviour, unless His power and grace are with us individually, we may be sure that we shall go from this place thinking that we have not had a very wonderful meeting. It rests with us individually to decide what this meeting shall be to us. Since the last time we assembled in General Conference, we have all been making our record, and at this meeting we shall continue to make our record. Every time we assemble together, angels of God are here. Evil angels also are here.  {2SAT 151.1}
[2SAT 151.2]          If we have neglected our duties, if we have come up to this meeting unprepared to meet with God, unprepared to worship Him in the spirit of truth and in the beauty of holiness, let us, at the very beginning of the meeting, humble our hearts before God and put away everything that interposes between our souls and Him.  {2SAT 151.2}
[2SAT 151.3]          As I was coming over from Australia, during the long weeks that I spent on the ocean, I had some precious experiences. Some things were opened before me, of which I will speak to you later. The words were spoken to me, "Enter into no controversy. Take no part in any strife or in anything that would divert the mind from God. I have a message for you to bear, and as this message is given to the people, it is not for you to try to make them believe it. This is not your work. You are to go straight forward in the work I have given you. I will strengthen you to do this work."  {2SAT 151.3}
[2SAT 151.4]          On the way over I was in great perplexity as to how my health would stand the voyage. The passengers smoked and drank continually. And night after night they danced till twelve o'clock on the deck over my head. All the response they made to my appeals for quietude was, "Let Mrs. White go somewhere else." I tried to go "somewhere else." I went to the deck of the second cabin, but there I found smoking and drinking and noise. There was no "somewhere else" for me. A few days before we                      -152-     were to enter port, Willie came to me and said, "We are nearing the last night of the trip, when we shall have more noise than ever before; but I am praying for a storm." "So am I," I said.  {2SAT 151.4}
[2SAT 152.1]          The night before the passengers were to have their carousal, I went into a little anteroom, and lay down. I fell asleep, and presently I was awakened by a voice speaking to me. I knew as soon as I awoke what this meant, for the room was filled with a sweet fragrance, as of beautiful flowers. I fell asleep once more, and was wakened again the same way. Then words were spoken to me, assuring me that the Lord would protect me; that He had a work for me to do. Comfort, encouragement, and direction were given to me, and I was greatly blessed. I felt then that I would make no more complaints in regard to the noise and the smoking.  {2SAT 152.1}
[2SAT 152.2]          And lo, the next morning a storm arose, and continued till just before we entered the harbor. The passengers, instead of dancing and singing, were lying in their berths. The boat rocked and tossed, and I lay in my berth all day, not even daring to turn over lest I should be sick.  {2SAT 152.2}
[2SAT 152.3]          I felt very grateful for that storm. It lasted long enough to prevent any carousal. And just before we entered the harbor, it cleared away, and the sea became as smooth as it had been all the way over.  {2SAT 152.3}
[2SAT 152.4]          I feel an intense desire that this shall be a meeting where God can preside. This is an important time, a very important time. There is a great work to do. But whether the meeting shall be a success depends on us individually. We can make a heaven here during this meeting. We may make a heaven or a hell for ourselves, just as we choose.  {2SAT 152.4}
[2SAT 152.5]          Light has been given me that this is the wrong time of the year to hold the General Conference. Everything in nature is sere and brown. It is God's desire that when His people assemble for spiritual exercises, they should have the best and highest thoughts. He wants them to be in the very best condition of mind and body. They should choose the very best season of the year for a meeting of this kind.  {2SAT 152.5}
[2SAT 152.6]          Plans are now to be laid for the advancement of God's work, and if ever there was a time when God's people should be strictly guarded in their diet, it is now. I am going to say this almost every time I speak to you, so I shall begin now. When you sit down to your meals, do not eat half a dozen different kinds of food. Eat only two or three kinds. If you have not yet learned to be health reformers--and there are some who have stood right in the way of health reform--it is time that you did learn. It is time for you to understand what health reform means.  {2SAT 152.6}
[2SAT 153.1]                       -153-          Many have lost their spiritual discernment by making an idol of the stomach. The poor stomach does not care to be idolized in this way. It wants a chance to carry forward its work in the beautiful order which God has established. It will do this work if man will act like a rational being. The food which is taken into the stomach should be of a character to promote health, intelligence, and spirituality. Dyspeptics have a dyspeptic religion. Those who overload the stomach, and then, without taking any special exercise, come to meeting, will find that they are unable to keep awake. Because of the condition of the stomach, many place themselves on the negative side when they should be on the affirmative. Meetings are often hindered by resolutions which, occasioned by dyspepsia, should never have seen the light of day.  {2SAT 153.1}
[2SAT 153.2]          God desires us to worship Him in holiness, glorifying His name. He wants you to remember, when you eat, to partake of food that will help you to serve Him. Because there is a variety of food placed before you, do not eat some of all the different kinds, and then go to meeting with an overloaded stomach, unprepared to make correct decisions, unprepared to have your mental machinery worked by the Spirit of God.  {2SAT 153.2}
[2SAT 153.3]          If you are not learning by self-denial and self-sacrifice to take care of the human machinery, you are not following Christ, but another leader.  {2SAT 153.3}
[2SAT 153.4]          There are solemn and important decisions to be made at this meeting, and God wants every one of us to stand in right relation to Him. He wants us to do a great deal more praying and a great deal less talking. He wants us to keep the windows of the soul opened heavenward. The threshold of heaven is flooded with the light of God's glory, and God will let this light shine into the heart of everyone who at this meeting will stand in right relation to Him.  {2SAT 153.4}
[2SAT 153.5]          Some have said that they thought that at this meeting several days ought to be spent in prayer to God for the Holy Spirit, as at the day of Pentecost. I wish to say to you that the business which may be carried on at this meeting is just as much a part of the service of God as is prayer. The business meeting is to be just as much under the direction of the Spirit as the prayer meeting. There is danger of our getting a sentimental, impulsive religion. Let the business transacted at this meeting stand forth in such sacredness that the heavenly host can approve of it. We are to guard most sacredly the business lines of our work. Every line of business carried on here is to be in accordance with the principles of heaven.  {2SAT 153.5}
[2SAT 154.1]                       -154-          God wants you to stand in a position where He can breathe upon you the Holy Spirit, where Christ can abide in the heart. He wants you at the beginning of this meeting to lay off whatever of controversy, of strife, of dissension, of murmuring, you have been carrying. What we need is a great deal more of Christ and none of self. The Saviour says, "Without Me ye can do nothing."  {2SAT 154.1}
[2SAT 154.2]          I did not mean to say these words today, but I feel that it is time for us to seek the Lord more earnestly. My most precious time for communing with God is in the morning. I plead with Him for help, and I feel--no, I do not trust to feeling--I know that He will answer me. I trust in the word of the living God. I make this word my constant dependence.  {2SAT 154.2}
[2SAT 154.3]          We have come to a point where God is going to work for His people. He wishes them to be a representative people, distinct from all other peoples in our world. He wants them to stand on vantage ground, because He gave His life that they might stand there. Do not disappoint the Lord.  {2SAT 154.3}
[2SAT 154.4]          Remember that you will make this meeting what it is. You can have heaven as you come and as you go. But in order for this to be, self must be lost in Christ. We must eat the bread of heaven. This is like taking each day the leaves of the tree of life. These will restore in us the moral image of God. This image has been obliterated, but it can be restored by the eating of the bread of life.  {2SAT 154.4}
[2SAT 154.5]          I pray that this may indeed be a crisis in our work, when we shall step over the gulf and lay hold of God's strength. He says, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me" ［Isaiah 27:5］.  {2SAT 154.5}
[2SAT 154.6]          In the place of going to your rooms, as was done when I was here ten years ago, and talking of difficulties, talking the Holy Spirit away, talk with God, and He will be with you. Hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. I know that God wants you to have something to say to the churches, and what you say is to be like apples of gold in pictures of silver. No cheap words are to be uttered. We have a heaven of treasure, for when God gave Christ to our world, He gave us all heaven. And if you do not draw from heaven power and grace and treasures of truth to give to the people, then, for Christ's sake, stop your work till you realize the importance of a close union with God.  {2SAT 154.6}
[2SAT 154.7]          What we need is to be elevated and sanctified and purified. Then the righteousness of Christ will go before us, and the glory of God will be our rereward. Let us come into close touch with God, that we may see more clearly His purity and                      -155-     holiness, and rise higher and higher at each meeting.  {2SAT 154.7}
[2SAT 155.1]          If some of you, though having reached the ［physical］ stature of men, have brought with you your childish ideas and childish disposition, will you now put away all childishness, and get the grace of God? Let us grasp the great and rich treasures God has for us. God is willing to do great things for us. But we carry with us such a load of deformity that we have no room for the Saviour. He cannot sit on the throne of the heart, because there is no place for Him. Give Him a place.  {2SAT 155.1}
[2SAT 155.2]          He is knocking, knocking at your heart. Open the door and let Him in. Empty the heart of all selfishness, by living right, eating right, thinking right. Enthrone the Saviour in the heart. With His long human arm He encircles the race, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. I am hungry for the Spirit of God. Are you, brethren? My soul longs for it. May the Lord help us to take steps heavenward.--Ms 29, 1901 (MR 900.32).  {2SAT 155.2}
[2SAT 156.1]       Chap. 22 - The Work in the South; Money Wrongly Diverted Plans and Decisions to Be Made Locally    Manuscript 37, 1901         (Talk given in the Review chapel in 1901.)          We stand in a very responsible position before God. We claim to have advanced light. We claim to be giving the most solemn message ever borne to the world. For some years, as the field has been opened before me, I have felt a great sadness. God designs that there shall be means in His treasury to sustain the work in all its branches. It is represented to me that the barren places in the Lord's vineyard are as a reflection cast upon Him. The contrast between what should be done and what is not done is plain, and upon God is thrown the blame of the neglect. The wickedness of the places in which no standard is raised for God cries out against those who have neglected to advance the work, who have hovered over the churches when the members should be educated to rely upon God and have root in themselves.  {2SAT 156.1}
[2SAT 156.2]          This is why I said that Elder Jones's place is not in the editorial chair. He has a message to bear and power with which to bear this message, and he should enter the fields where the need is greatest and open the truths of the Word of God to the people.  {2SAT 156.2}
[2SAT 156.3]         Field after field has been opened before me. The English-speaking field in Europe is a very important field. In it people will be raised up who will carry the truth to others.  {2SAT 156.3}
[2SAT 156.4]          These things have been opened before us. Over and over again has been given the message, Enter new territory. Plant the standard in new places. Do not leave any portion of the Lord's vineyard unworked. It casts reflection upon God to leave His children without light. In the day of judgment this reflection will be cast back upon those who have neglected their God-given work. The responsibility of those handling sacred truth has always been presented to me in such a solemn light that I have felt like bearing the message again and again, and this I have done.  {2SAT 156.4}
[2SAT 156.5]          The idea that our ministers must hover over the churches might just as well be given up now as later. The members of the churches must be taught to keep themselves at work, showing the intelligence and spirituality God requires in those who claim to be members of His church.  {2SAT 156.5}
[2SAT 157.1]                         -157-          What is going to give life to the churches? Nothing can do this like seeing the work advancing in the harvest field. And in this work the members of the churches can all take part. They may not preach, but they can help in many other ways. Many can work as Brother Shireman has worked. God has given us Brother Shireman's work as an object lesson. God has encouraged Brother Shireman in his work. The Spirit of the Lord has guided and blessed him. There are others who can and should work as he has worked.  {2SAT 157.1}
[2SAT 157.2]          For some time the Southern field has been represented to me as a sick child. I have been shown that our people have turned away from this sick child, who needed help and attention, to those who were not sick. If there are any people in the world who cannot help themselves, it is the people of the South, a portion of the whites as well as the colored race. The necessity for work among the poor whites is just as great as the necessity for work among the colored people.  {2SAT 157.2}
[2SAT 157.3]          The colored people need someone to devise and plan for them. We cannot say, Do this, or, Do that, to those who do not yet know their ABC's. A casual work will not help these people. A worker goes there, looks at the field, sees the objectionable features, and leaves. This has been done over and over again. How much does it help? Thus one thing after another has hindered the work.  {2SAT 157.3}
[2SAT 157.4]          Recently some work has been done in the Southern field. Some schools have been established. But I am talking about the field when nothing was done, when my son and Brother Palmer began to work. From the commencement of their work their efforts should have been encouraged by the prayer and counsel of their brethren. But was this done?  {2SAT 157.4}
[2SAT 157.5]          It was understood that the Gospel Primer was to be published to help the work in the Southern field. The way in which this book was handled has brought the reproach of God upon those who took part in this matter. In the place of taking hold to do what they might have done to help the Southern field, men allowed the selfishness which God abhors to enter because they saw that there was money to be made through the sale of the Primer. Every scheme that could be laid was laid to divert the proceeds of this book from the Southern field. I have not said this before, even to Edson, but I felt that it ought to be presented this morning. An underhand work was done.  {2SAT 157.5}
[2SAT 157.6]          God desires everyone to realize that He hates and despises underhand work. He will never give prosperity to those who engage in it. But work of this kind has been done. Things were brought to bear upon Edson and Brother Palmer in                      -158-     such a way that it was too much for them. If I had been on the grounds, I could have told them what to do. I could have stood with them. And I would have stood with them to the last, had I been here. But I was not here, and no one dared to say to the men at the heart of the work, Why do ye thus?  {2SAT 157.6}
[2SAT 158.1]          The matter of the Gospel Primer is not healed. This matter is presented to me again and again. A patchwork effort has been made to set things right, but this effort the Lord does not accept. Unless the men who took part in this work learn the meaning of true principle, unless they have eyes to see and ears to hear and hearts to understand, unless they realize that God's work is sacred in His sight, they might better sever their connection with the work. The reproach of God rests upon the effort made to keep back funds from the Southern field.  {2SAT 158.1}
[2SAT 158.2]          The Southern field must be worked intelligently. Some have thought that because the people in the South are so ignorant, it did not matter what kind of workers are sent there. But the fact that the people are so ignorant makes it necessary to send the most capable workers, workers who know how to deal with human minds. Those who work successfully for people who have sunk so low as the colored people in the South must be men and women who will not labor foolishly, who will not work a little while and then get tired and go home. This field needs workers who will say, I will not fail or be discouraged.  {2SAT 158.2}
[2SAT 158.3]          When I was living in Cooranbong, the need of the Southern field was opened before me. In the night season I was standing before a large congregation, making an appeal to them. That night I arose at eleven o'clock and began to write out this appeal. The money raised in response to this appeal was not to be sent to places which had received help. It was to be sent to places which had not received help. It was to be sent to the field where a beginning must be made, where everything was wrong, where help must be given in order for anything to be done.  {2SAT 158.3}
[2SAT 158.4]          About $11,000 was raised in response to this appeal, and I waited and waited to see what was done with this money. Edson kept writing to me, saying that he wanted to do this and that to start the work, but could not for want of means. In this work he found people who needed clothing and he longed to be able to relieve their necessities, but his wages were small and he had very little money to do anything with. I tried to help him, giving him an order on the Review and Herald for $400, which money he was to use in clothing the naked and feeding the hungry.  {2SAT 158.4}
[2SAT 159.1]                      -159          Where did the money go that was raised for the Southern field? How long has it been since that money was raised? It was raised five years ago, but I do not know where it went, and if there is anyone here who has knowledge on this point, I wish he would tell me. Those who kept back the money that was raised for the Southern field in response to my appeal are accountable to God, for He led me to make this appeal.  {2SAT 159.1}
[2SAT 159.2]          Brother Palmer was taken from the field. He was needed to stand by Edson. They had little enough help in the field. But he was taken away to engage in other work.  {2SAT 159.2}
[2SAT 159.3]          This move was not successful, and I knew that it would not be. It was not favorable to Brother Palmer's spirituality. My great fear has been that under the pressure that was put upon him, he would backslide altogether. I was afraid that he would leave the truth. But the Lord gave me light that He would keep Brother Palmer and establish him in the place from which he was taken. But I did not design to say anything of this to Brother Palmer until he himself made the proposition to return to the work in the South. Things are coming about in accordance with God's design. He desires Edson and Brother Palmer to stand together. He designed them to stand together years ago.  {2SAT 159.3}
[2SAT 159.4]          The night before last I slept for only one hour. I was revolving over and over in my mind the matters of which I have spoken this morning. I asked myself, Will I be free when I go from this place if I say nothing about them? Will I stand free before God? I did not mean to say a word. I thought that when the Spirit of God came into our meetings there would be those who would understand that they had something to say in order to remove the reproach of heaven which for years has rested upon the work here. Many of those who acted a prominent part in the wrongs done are not here, but there are those here who have been following the same principles of wrong. To forsake right principles is like taking away the foundation of a house. If men who have grown to manhood cannot understand what pure principles mean, they might better go apart and meditate and pray until they understand this. From the light which I have had, I know that principles which do not meet the approval of heaven have been followed.  {2SAT 159.4}
[2SAT 159.5]          It is working upon wrong principles that has brought the cause of God into its present embarrassment. The people have lost confidence in those who have the management of the work.  {2SAT 159.5}
[2SAT 159.6]          Yet we hear that the voice of the conference is the voice of God. Every time I have heard this, I have                    -160-     thought that it was almost blasphemy. The voice of the conference ought to be the voice of God, but it is not, because some in connection with it are not men of faith and prayer; they are not men of elevated principle. There is not a seeking of God with the whole heart; there is not a realization of the terrible responsibility that rests upon those in this institution to mold and fashion minds after the divine similitude.  {2SAT 159.6}
[2SAT 160.1]          These things have kept my soul in great distress. At times I rise above it a little and yet I know that the wound is not cured, because if it were the matter would not be continually presented to me. A thing that is healed, is healed. I was referred to the case of Achan. The entire congregation of Israel was affected by Achan's sin. Because of it God could not help them, and when they went out to battle they were beaten by their enemies. Joshua prostrated himself before the Lord and asked, "What does it mean that the children of Israel flee before their enemies?" God told him that there was an accursed thing in the camp, that spoil had been taken from the enemies of Israel. He told him that there was robbery and dissembling in the camp and that His blessing could not rest on the people till these things were cleansed from them.  {2SAT 160.1}
[2SAT 160.2]          These sins have been practiced in the work that has been done here. That God could bear with those who acted a part in this work as long as He has done, is a marvel to me.  {2SAT 160.2}
[2SAT 160.3]          Before I came here God told me what course I was to pursue. I was to bear a straight testimony. I was to bear it without making any excuse as to why it was given. Then my work would be done. The responsibility would rest upon those to whom the testimony had been given. If they did not act upon it, the guilt would be theirs. Guilt would not rest upon me if I did my duty.  {2SAT 160.3}
[2SAT 160.4]          There have been those who have tried to undermine the influence of Edson White. They forgot while they were doing this that much more might have been done to undermine their influence. They have spoken of Edson with a sneer, with expressed contempt. My son did not know that I was going to speak of this. But I feel that it ［is］ my duty to speak these words this morning. It is a sin against God for men to treat a fellow worker as some have treated Edson. God has said of him, "My angel shall go before him, and lead him if he will walk humbly before Me."  {2SAT 160.4}
[2SAT 160.5]          I told my son to be very careful of what course he took because if he made mistakes there would be those who would say, It is of no use to place confidence in Edson White. They would be watching for a chance to criticize him. The angel                     -161-     put his hand on his shoulder and told him to work and walk very discreetly because there were those who stood ready to hinder his work in the South if they could possibly do this.  {2SAT 160.5}
[2SAT 161.1]          God is not with those who criticize and find fault, and I wish all to know it. If those who had criticized had gone to the Southern field and had talked with Edson as brother should with brother, counseling and praying with him, how much better it would have been. But instead of doing this, they stood off and fired shots at his work, making things out to be as bad as possible. Why did they not go over the field for themselves, so that they could make a true report? They had opportunity to do this, but instead they took the reports which had been brought by someone else. We read in the Psalms that the one who will stand in the courts of the Lord is the man who takes not up a reproach against his neighbor.  {2SAT 161.1}
[2SAT 161.2]          I do not know but that I have said enough for you to work upon. But I wish to say again that there is a work to be done in the Southern field. Very little can be done in the cities of the South until sanitariums are established there. Let this work be commenced at once. A beginning has been made at Nashville. A sanitarium must be established there. A school must be started, not in the city but at a distance from it. Schools must be established in different places in the South. And colored teachers must work for the colored people under the supervision of well-qualified men who have the spirit of mercy and love.  {2SAT 161.2}
[2SAT 161.3]          I wish to say also that the Southern field is a world of its own. The work there will have to be carried forward independently, to a large degree, of the conference here. The workers in the field will have to exercise judgment as to the best way of advancing. And those who begin this work in any part of the Lord's vineyard are not to feel that they cannot make advance moves without consulting those in Battle Creek. Those at the heart of the work, if they hear that a worker is not doing as he should, are not to remove him without learning the real facts in the case.  {2SAT 161.3}
[2SAT 161.4]          God wants His people to act sensibly. If you hear that a worker is not doing as he ought, find out wherein he is lacking. Talk with him in regard to his course and plead with him to improve. Show him the best way in which to work.  {2SAT 161.4}
[2SAT 161.5]          We have reached the time when the work cannot advance while wrong principles are cherished. Two or three voices are not to control everything in the whole field. No, indeed. In every field God has men of capability. He does not mean that these men, when they wish to take advance steps, shall                     -162     send to Battle Creek in order to find out the best way in which to move. The Lord says, I will break up this plan of working. I will sever these connections. Every field shall bear its own responsibility.--Ms 37, 1901 (MR 900.61).  {2SAT 161.5}
[2SAT 163.1]       Chap. 23 - Seek God for Wisdom and Power; Feed on the Bread of Life    Manuscript 144, 1901         ［Sermon at an early morning meeting, April 3, 1901, in the Battle Creek Tabernacle.］            I thank the Lord that so many have come out to this early five-o'clock meeting to worship God. I desire that my heart shall be drawn out to God. It is our privilege to feel the deep movings of His Spirit.  {2SAT 163.1}
[2SAT 163.2]          We read in James, "James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes which are scattered abroad, greeting. My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations; knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience. But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing" (James 1:1-4). This is a wonderful position. And it is our privilege to occupy this position.  {2SAT 163.2}
[2SAT 163.3]         "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. A double minded man is unstable in all his ways. Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted: but the rich, in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he shall pass away. For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat, but it withereth the grass, and the flower thereof falleth, and the grace of the fashion of it perisheth: so also shall the rich man fade away in his ways. Blessed is the man that endureth temptation: for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised to them that love Him" (verses 5-12).  {2SAT 163.3}
[2SAT 163.4]         Let us take in the idea of the privilege we have. There are so many who, when they are in trouble, fall into temptation and lose their bearings. They forget the invitations God has abundantly given, and begin to look and plan for human help. They go to human beings for aid, and this is the way in which their experience becomes feeble and confused. In all our trials we are directed to seek the Lord most earnestly, remembering that we are His property, His children by adoption. No human being can understand our necessities as Christ. We shall receive help if we ask Him in faith. We are His by creation; we are His by redemption. By the cords of divine love we are bound to the Source of all power and strength. If we will only                  -164-     make God our dependence, asking Him for what we want as a little child asks his father for what he wants, we shall obtain a rich experience. We shall learn that God is the source of all strength and power.  {2SAT 163.4}
[2SAT 164.1]          If when you ask you do not immediately feel any special exercise of feeling, do not think that your prayer is not answered. The One who says, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened" ［Matthew 7:7, 8］, will hear and answer you. Let then His Word be your trust; ask and seek and have the privilege of finding. Christ has encouraged you. He says, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you"--the yoke of restraint and obedience--"and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls" ［Matthew 11:28, 29］.  {2SAT 164.1}
[2SAT 164.2]          We are to find rest by wearing His yoke and bearing His burdens. In being co-workers with Christ in the great, grand, work for which He gave His life, we shall find true rest. When we were sinners He gave His life for us. He wants us to come to Him and learn of Him. Thus we are to find rest. He says He will give us rest. Then do not lay your burdens upon any human being. "Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart." In doing this you will find in your own experience the rest that Christ gives, the rest that comes from wearing His yoke and lifting His burdens.  {2SAT 164.2}
[2SAT 164.3]          God has been greatly dishonored by His people leaning upon human beings. He has not told us to do this. He has told us that He will teach us, He will guide us. We may come to Him and receive help. "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally," and upbraideth you not for your ignorance.  {2SAT 164.3}
[2SAT 164.4]          I cannot tell you how many letters came to me across the broad Pacific, when I was in Australia, asking for counsel. What did Christ promise His disciples if they would believe in Him as their personal Saviour? "Lo, I am with you alway," He said, "even unto the end of the world" ［Matthew 28:20］. Again He says, "I am at thy right hand to help thee" ［see Psalms 16:8］. Think of how many promises He has given us, which we may grasp by the hand of faith. When we go to the Source of power, we know that we shall receive that intelligence and wisdom which comes from the pure source, which is not mixed with anything of humanity. As we pray, it is our privilege to know that God wants us to pray, to ask Him for help. "Ask, and ye shall receive"                      -165-     ［John 16:24］. It is for you to believe that you will receive. He wants us to become acquainted with Him, to speak to Him, to tell Him of our difficulties, and obtain an experience in asking of One who never misjudges and never makes a mistake.  {2SAT 164.4}
[2SAT 165.1]          Christ took humanity upon Himself. He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and stepped down from His high command in the heavenly courts. Clothing His divinity with humanity, Christ encircled the race with His long human arm. He stands at the head of humanity, not as a sinner but as a Saviour. It is because there is no spot or stain of sin upon His divine soul that He can stand there as the sinner's surety. Because He is sinless He can take away our sins and place us on vantage ground with God, if we will believe in Him and trust Him as the One that will be your sanctification and righteousness.  {2SAT 165.1}
[2SAT 165.2]          When I open a letter beginning, "I am sorry to trouble you, Sister White, but I am in trouble, and I wish to know something in regard to my family and in regard to myself," I feel so sad at heart. When it is essential for you to know, God will let you know. He has promised that if you ask wisdom from Him, He will give it to you. But it is not always essential for us to know all the whys and wherefores. We dishonor God by striving to get someone who we think understands our case to help us. Has He not given us His only begotten Son? Is not Christ close beside us, and will He not give us the help we need? "Lo, I am with you alway," He says, "even unto the end of the world." His Word repeats the promise over and over again. "If ye shall ask any thing in My name, I will do it" ［John 14:14］, He says. "If ye love Me, keep My commandments."  {2SAT 165.2}
[2SAT 165.3]          "If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. A double minded man is unstable in all his ways" ［James 1:5-8］.  {2SAT 165.3}
[2SAT 165.4]          It is no marvel to me that at the present time there is so much weakness where there should be strength. The reason for this is that instead of drinking of the pure water of Lebanon, we are seeking to quench our thirst from cisterns in the lowlands, which contain not the water of life. We trust in human beings and are disappointed and often misled.  {2SAT 165.4}
[2SAT 165.5]          I want to tell you, dear friends, that we have done great dishonor to our Master in turning away from Christ to seek wisdom from finite human beings. Shall we continue to cherish the sin of unbelief, which                  -166-     doth so easily beset us, or shall we cast away this weight of unbelief and go to the Source of strength, believing that we shall receive pity and compassion from the One who knows our frame, who loves us so well that He gave His own life for us, who bore in His own body the strokes which fell because of our transgression of the law of God? All this He did that we might become prisoners of hope.  {2SAT 165.5}
[2SAT 166.1]          We are not polite to Christ. We do not recognize His presence. We do not realize that He is to be our honored guest, that we are encircled by His long human arm, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. We forget that the threshold of heaven is flooded with the glory proceeding from the throne of God, that the light may fall directly on those who are seeking the help that Christ alone can give. He said to the woman of Samaria, "If thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water. . . . Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life" ［John 4:10, 14］.  {2SAT 166.1}
[2SAT 166.2]          I ask you, do you in this early morning hour recognize Christ? He does not want us to be as a band of mourners moving in a funeral train, bearing upon us the marks of care and perplexity and hopelessness. He wants us to commit the keeping of our souls to Him. He wants us to put our trust in the naked promise. But, you say, I do not feel like it. Tell me what value there is in feeling, if it keeps you away from your only Helper and you turn to erring mortals for help. Is feeling stronger than the faith which it is your privilege to exercise in God? Feelings change with almost every circumstance; but the promises of the Eternal are as solid rock. Let us build our house upon the sure foundation, and rivet our souls to the eternal Rock, the Rock of Ages. If we do this we shall find that it will become habitual for us to remember that we have a Companion. Wherever we are, we are to talk with God. This is the way Enoch walked with God. He talked with Him. He recognized the divine Presence. And in the days of Enoch the world was no more favorable for the perfection of Christian character than in 1901.  {2SAT 166.2}
[2SAT 166.3]          There is no dependence to be placed in humanity. Where do you get your mental food? Do you get it from the newspapers of today, which are filled with the most disgusting and horrible representations? We have something better than this, and we are to show to the world that we know the Source of power and efficiency and                   -167-     hope and comfort. The grace of God which passes knowledge is imparted to us and to all who will believe His Word. He longs to satisfy our soul's desire with peace and grace and with His love, which passeth all knowledge.  {2SAT 166.3}
[2SAT 167.1]          The Lord can take every one of us in His embrace, for His arm encircles the race. Let us remember this. After Christ (in behalf of the human race) had taken the necessary steps in repentance, conversion, and faith, He went to John to be baptized of him in Jordan. "John forbad Him, saying, I have need to be baptized of Thee, and comest Thou to me?"Jesus answered, "Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becometh us to fulfill all righteousness" ［Matthew 3:14, 15］. When He came up out of the water, He knelt down on the banks of the Jordan and offered a prayer such as had never before entered heaven. While He was praying, the heavens opened and the glory of God in the form of a dove of burnished gold rested upon Him, and from the highest heaven was heard the voice of the infinite One, God the Father, "This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased."  {2SAT 167.1}
[2SAT 167.2]          Have you thought of what this means to us; that in this prayer is included every son and daughter of Adam who will believe in Christ as a personal Saviour, and take the requisite steps ［of］ repentance, conversion, faith, and baptism? We are baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, and these three great, infinite Powers are unitedly pledged to work in our behalf if we will cooperate with them.  {2SAT 167.2}
[2SAT 167.3]          We are buried with Christ in baptism as an emblem of His death. We are raised from the water as an emblem of His resurrection. We are to live as newborn souls, that we may be raised at the last great day. You are pledged to live in newness of life; for you are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God" ［Colossians 3:1］. This is where you are to place your treasure. Finite man cannot do your believing. Come to the great source of power for your strength.  {2SAT 167.3}
[2SAT 167.4]          Christ's prayer on the banks of the Jordan includes everyone who will believe in Him. The promise that you are accepted in the Beloved comes to you. Hold it with the grip of unyielding faith. God said, "This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased" ［Matthew 3:17］. This means that through the dark shadow which Satan has thrown athwart your pathway Christ has cleaved the way for you to the throne of the infinite God. He has laid hold of almighty power, and you are accepted in the Beloved.  {2SAT 167.4}
[2SAT 168.1]                     -168-          In every respect you are to honor God by being partakers of His divine nature that you may have the assurance of sins pardoned, which would testify of the love of God. But there is not in our experience that pleasantness and joyousness that there should be. Christ says that if He is in us our joy will be full. Let us, then, be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Let us not, by living inconsistent, earthly, sensual lives, heap reproach upon Christ. Let us rise above the malarious atmosphere that pervades the world, and breathe the breath of God. Let us feed upon the bread of life.  {2SAT 168.1}
[2SAT 168.2]          Christ declares that if we eat His flesh and drink His blood, we shall have eternal life. His Word will be to us as the leaves of the tree of life if we will believe in Christ as our personal Saviour. If we eat the bread that came down from heaven, we shall have a life connection with God. We shall bring eternity into our reckoning. We shall live as in the presence of the whole heavenly host. The angels are watching and guarding us.  {2SAT 168.2}
[2SAT 168.3]          God loves us, but we fail to cherish that love. We are losing in spirituality. God wants us to recognize His ownership in every human being. He has His claims. They are Mine, He says. I have bought them with a price. "Ye are not your own. . . . Therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's" ［1 Corinthians 6:19, 20］. Will you do this? Will you pray in faith? Will you honor Christ by taking Him at His word?  {2SAT 168.3}
[2SAT 168.4]          Shall we not take hold of our privileges? Let us not dwell upon the dark side of the picture, saying that we do not know how things are coming out, that everything seems to be torn up and broken to pieces. It is not so. We may place ourselves under the molding hand of God. He will make of us vessels unto honor, if we are willing to be made thus. God wants us to expect large things, to remember that the prayer which ascended to heaven at the Saviour's baptism embraces every one of us. We are accepted in the Beloved.  {2SAT 168.4}
[2SAT 168.5]          Christ has pledged Himself to keep all who will look to Him and trust in Him with an abiding faith. Then commit the keeping of your souls to Him as unto a faithful Creator. Repeat the words aloud, "I will commit the keeping of my soul to Him." We would better talk with God even though our words are heard by others. When there are those around you who are stirred by passion, do not retaliate to their hasty words, but repeat the words of Scripture. You should do this more in your dealing with your brethren and sisters. When untrue words are spoken about us, shall we flare up? Were not a great many                   -169-     untrue things spoken concerning the Saviour, and did He retaliate? He was charged with being a devil.  {2SAT 168.5}
[2SAT 169.1]          God wants us to stand in moral dignity, our life hid with Christ in God, recommending the divine power that enables us to possess our souls in patience. God wants His people to show to the world that they have opened the windows of the soul heavenward, that the Sun of Righteousness is shining into the soul-temple, and that the windows are closed earthward.  {2SAT 169.1}
[2SAT 169.2]          We need an increase of faith and confidence in God. To the poor souls who have been leaning on the broken staff of humanity I would say, Oh, that God would show you that there is a power above the power of humanity! May God help every one of us to work on the plan of faith, believing that the Lord wants to be represented in our world, that He wants His power to be revealed in His people. He will reveal His power through you if you will only place yourselves where He can give you this power. You may have hope and joy and strength. Open the heart to God, looking and believing and confiding in God. Look, oh, look heavenward. You have trusted too much to human help. Now consecrate self wholly, in faith believing in the One who invites you. Unite with your brethren but draw continually from Christ who is your refuge and your dependence and exceeding great reward.  {2SAT 169.2}
[2SAT 169.3]          The love of God in your heart will lead you to love your brethren. God wants you to manifest His love that your life may be hid with Christ in God. The Father loves you as He loves His Son because His Son has averted ［for you］ the sword of justice by offering Himself as a sacrifice. Christ purchased you at an infinite cost, and He wants you to show that you appreciate what has been done to place you on vantage ground. He says to the Father, "Here is a poor sinner. I have given My life for him. He is saved by My grace. Receive him as Your child." Do you think the Father will refuse?  {2SAT 169.3}
[2SAT 169.4]          Let us at this conference make it an individual work to seek God with all the heart that we may find Him. Do not hunt up the sins someone else has committed. God has not made any one of you a sinbearer. You cannot even bear your own sins. Christ must take your sins and the sins of every other mortal. Let us show that we appreciate His sacrifice in our behalf. Let us reveal in our lives the fragrance of His character. Be fragrant in your words. Remember that you are either a savor of life unto life or of death unto death. Let us be as fragrant flowers. Let the love of Christ pervade your lives. Let your words be such that they will be as apples of gold in pictures of silver.  {2SAT 169.4}
[2SAT 170.1]                        -170-          This is the work the Lord wants us to do. Cannot you think of enough to praise the Lord for? Cannot you praise Him because He died for you, because He has spared you for so long, because you have His Word which is so full of precious promises? He offers you the bread of life. He says, "The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life" ［John 6:63］. Eat His Word, search it, dig deep for the hidden treasure.  {2SAT 170.1}
[2SAT 170.2]          Do not talk, but pray. We have always had so much to say; in faith apply it to yourself. God says, "Be still, and know that I am God" ［Psalms 46:10］. Be still long enough to know that God is God. Remember that you are to help everyone around you. Forget yourself, your bruises and wounds and difficulties. Praise God, and He will receive you because He lives, and you may live also.--Ms 144, 1901 (MR 900.60).  {2SAT 170.2}
[2SAT 171.1]       Chap. 24 - The Christian's Hope    Manuscript 110, 1901    ［Sermon presented October 5, 1901, in the Sanitarium Chapel, St. Helena, California.］            "Peter, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace unto you, and peace, be multiplied" ［1 Peter 1:1-2］.  {2SAT 171.1}
[2SAT 171.2]          These words, so full of meaning, give us assurance that grace and peace are multiplied to those who are elect "through sanctification of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ." Without this grace, of how much value would be all our wrestling with God? Our efforts would amount to nothing. We should greatly appreciate these words which throw such a flood of light on the relation that Jesus Christ sustains to us as our Redeemer.  {2SAT 171.2}
[2SAT 171.3]          "Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead."  {2SAT 171.3}
[2SAT 171.4]          After the crucifixion of Christ, His followers lost their hope. They had expected Him to reign on David's throne in Jerusalem, but they had been terribly disappointed. Late in the afternoon of the day of the resurrection, two of the disciples were on their way to Emmaus, a little town eight miles from Jerusalem.  {2SAT 171.4}
[2SAT 171.5]          These disciples had no prominent place in Christ's work, but they were earnest believers in Him. They had come to the city to keep the Passover, and were greatly perplexed by the events that had recently taken place. They had heard the news of the morning in regard to the removal of Christ's body from the tomb, and also the report of the women who had seen the angels and had met Jesus. They were now returning to their homes to meditate and pray. Sadly they pursued their evening walk, talking over the scenes of the trial and the crucifixion, recounting their unfulfilled hopes concerning the One who they had verily believed would redeem Israel.  {2SAT 171.5}
[2SAT 171.6]          While they were talking thus of their crucified and buried Lord, "Jesus Himself drew near, and went with them. But their eyes were holden that they should not know Him. And He said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad?" (Luke                    -172-     24:15-17). "Have ye not heard," they answered, "that the prophet mighty in deed and word has been taken and crucified by cruel hands, and is now buried?" Beginning at Genesis, the Stranger told them what had been prophesied from the first concerning Jesus. While He was comforting their hearts, they came to the house where they lived, and invited their Companion to come in. He acted as though He were going farther, but they constrained Him to tarry with them.  {2SAT 171.6}
[2SAT 172.1]          As they sat before the repast which had been prepared, the disciples were forcibly struck by the familiar motions of their Guest's hands as He took the bread and began to ask the blessing. The movements were strangely like those of their Master. Then when He held up His hands, they saw the marks of His crucifixion. Both exclaimed, "It is the Lord Jesus! He has risen from the dead!"  {2SAT 172.1}
[2SAT 172.2]          They rose to cast themselves at His feet and worship Him, but He had vanished out of their sight. Looking at the place that had been occupied by One whose body had lately lain in the grave, they said to each other, "Did not our heart burn within us, while He talked with us by the way, and while He opened to us the scriptures?  {2SAT 172.2}
[2SAT 172.3]          But with this great news to communicate it was impossible for them to sit and talk. Their weariness and hunger were gone, and leaving their meal untasted they hurried back to the city, stumbling over the rough places along the way. They did not know that the Saviour journeyed with them. Entering Jerusalem, they went to the house where the disciples were assembled, gave the signal for unlocking the doors, and were admitted. The disciples were listening to a story of the women who had been to the sepulcher and who declared that Christ had risen from the dead. But those in the room did not believe the story.  {2SAT 172.3}
[2SAT 172.4]          Then the two disciples told their experience. They said that Christ had walked with them, and that their hearts had burned within them while He opened the Scriptures to their understanding. Still some could not believe that their Lord had indeed risen. Some were saying that they could not believe the story, when behold, another person stands before them. Every eye turned to the stranger. Then the disciples heard the voice of their Master. Clear and distinct the words fell from His lips, "Peace be unto you."  {2SAT 172.4}
[2SAT 172.5]          "But they were terrified and affrighted, and supposed that they had seen a spirit. And He said unto them, Why are ye troubled? and why do thoughts arise in your hearts? Behold My hands and My feet, that it is I Myself: handle Me, and see; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye see Me have."  {2SAT 172.5}
[2SAT 173.1]                        -173-          "Then were the disciples glad when they saw the Lord" ［John 20:20］. Faith and joy took the place of unbelief, and with feelings which no words could express they acknowledged their risen Saviour.  {2SAT 173.1}
[2SAT 173.2]          After the Saviour was placed in the sepulcher of Joseph, a great stone was rolled before it and sealed. While Roman soldiers who had been commanded to guard the tomb stood at their post of duty, lo, a mighty angel, commissioned to roll back the stone from the sepulcher, came in bright, heavenly glory, parting the darkness from his track. The astonished guard saw him roll back the stone as easily as if it had been a pebble. The glorious light caused them to fall as dead men to the earth, but they were sensible enough of what was occurring to see that Christ rose from the tomb.  {2SAT 173.2}
[2SAT 173.3]          Over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, Christ proclaimed, "I am the resurrection and the life." Let us rejoice that we have a risen Saviour. Just before He ascended on high, leading captivity captive and giving gifts unto man, He said to His disciples, "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world" ［Matthew 28:19, 20］. With outstretched hands He blessed them before He was taken up to join the glorious angels waiting to escort Him on His upward way.  {2SAT 173.3}
[2SAT 173.4]          Two angels remained behind. While the disciples were looking at the cloud taking away their Lord, and listening to the music of the angels, "Behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven" (Acts 1:10, 11).  {2SAT 173.4}
[2SAT 173.5]         In our love for Christ we long to see Him as He is. And the time is soon coming when we shall see Him. Concerning this time John the Revelator says, "And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations" ［Revelation 22:1, 2］.  {2SAT 173.5}
[2SAT 173.6]          Those who work against the natural laws of the being must suffer the penalty of transgression. But the Saviour pities us even when we suffer from infirmities caused by our own wrong course of action. In Him there is a healing power for us. Let us praise God for the tree of life,                     -174-     the leaves of which are for the healing of the nations.  {2SAT 173.6}
[2SAT 174.1]          "And there shall be no more curse." Everywhere the effects of the curse are seen. Let us praise God that in the earth made new "there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him" (verse 3). Some little know what true service means. Those who expect to sing in an entertainment spend time in practicing, to familiarize themselves with the music and the words. That we may learn how to serve the Lord in heaven we must enter His service now, becoming acquainted with Him and learning to be faithful servants. No one can do service for another by exercising a controlling influence over another's mind. Every individual must learn for himself the meaning of God-fearing service.  {2SAT 174.1}
[2SAT 174.2]         Notice particularly the next verse: "And they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads." When the glory of God rests upon the redeemed, they recognize Christ, for they see Him as He is. And the happiness revealed in their countenances is indescribable.  {2SAT 174.2}
[2SAT 174.3]          "And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever." They will reign on His throne, because they have obediently served Him in this world, forming characters for the future, immortal life. "And he said unto me, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show unto his servants the things which must shortly be done. Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book" (verses 5-7).  {2SAT 174.3}
[2SAT 174.4]         It is our privilege to understand the blessed Word of God. We have fallen, it is true; but we are not always to remain in sin. We have been placed on vantage ground. The Lord God of heaven "so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." What a precious hope we have in Christ!  {2SAT 174.4}
[2SAT 174.5]          "Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to His abundant mercy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to an inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time."  {2SAT 174.5}
[2SAT 174.6]          We are not kept by our intelligence, by our words, or by our riches. In these we find no safety. We are kept only by the power of God through faith unto salvation. We are living in a period of time                   -175-     during which we must by faith be allied with an infinite God or else we cannot overcome the strong powers of darkness seeking to destroy us. The Holy Spirit is as a light shining on our pathway. Let us put our trust in Christ who is ever at our right hand to help us. Let us take courage, placing our confidence and our trust in Him. He has not left us destitute.  {2SAT 174.6}
[2SAT 175.1]          "Wherein (in the prospect of the second coming of Christ), ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need be, ye are in heaviness through manifold temptations: that the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise and honor and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ" ［1 Peter 1:6, 7］.  {2SAT 175.1}
[2SAT 175.2]          Temptations will come. But when Satan throws his hellish shadow before us, we should reach in faith through the shadow to the Light of life--to Him who has not only created man but who by His own blood has redeemed him. We are Christ's cherished heritage. In living faith we must cooperate with Him in working out our own salvation. Amid trials and temptations His hand upholds and sustains us. Those who rest in Christ Jesus are never restless or uneasy. He means just what He says when He bids us commit the keeping of our souls unto Him, as to a faithful Creator.  {2SAT 175.2}
[2SAT 175.3]          Those who hold fast their faith unto the end will come forth from the furnace of trial as fine gold seven times purified. Of this work the prophet Isaiah says, "I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir" ［Isaiah 13:12］. When in trouble, remember that faith tried in the furnace of affliction is more precious than gold tried with fire. Remember that there is One watching every movement to see when the last particle of dross is taken away from your character. It is then that you are counted more precious than the golden wedge of Ophir. By hiding with Christ in God, fallen man reaches this state of purity.  {2SAT 175.3}
[2SAT 175.4]          Those who love the riches of this world should remember that faith in Christ is more precious than gold, for gold perishes. The saints of the living God have a glorious hope, the fruition of which is a life of immortality. I am so grateful for a sure hope of eternal life.  {2SAT 175.4}
[2SAT 175.5]          "［Jesus Christ］ "whom having not seen ［with natural eyes］, ye love; in whom, though now ye see Him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory" ［1 Peter 1:8］.  {2SAT 175.5}
[2SAT 175.6]          Do you suppose that after Christ gave His precious life to redeem the beings He created He would fail to give them sufficient power to enable them to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of                   -176-     their testimony? He has power to save every individual. At the time of His ascension He said, "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth" (Matthew 28:18). For our redemption all power is given to Him who stood at the head of humanity. For nearly six weeks the Sinless One fought a battle with the powers of darkness in the wilderness of temptation, overcoming not on His account, but on our account, thus making it possible for every son and daughter of Adam to overcome through the merit of His sinlessness.  {2SAT 175.6}
[2SAT 176.1]          In Christ "ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls. Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently, who prophesied of the grace that should come unto you: searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ, and the glory that should follow. Unto whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves, but unto us they did minister the things, which are now reported unto you by them that have preached the gospel unto you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels desire to look into" (1 Peter 1:8-12). The angels communicated the prophecy to men, but did not see it unfolding as now we see it. Every generation has realized the power and glory of God, but especially has this generation most clearly seen and realized the fulfillment of prophecy.  {2SAT 176.1}
[2SAT 176.2]          "Wherefore," considering these things, "gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ; as obedient children, not fashioning yourselves according to the former lusts in your ignorance: but as He which hath called you is holy, so be ye holy in all manner of conversation; because it is written, Be ye holy; for I am holy" (verses 13-16).  {2SAT 176.2}
[2SAT 176.3]         Only those who practice holiness in this life will see the King in His beauty. Put away all vain, trifling talk, and everything of a frivolous and sensational nature. Do not engross your mind with thoughts of worldly entertainments and pleasures. Engage in the work of saving your soul. If you should lose your soul, it would have been better for you never to have been born. But you need not lose your soul. You may use every moment of this God-given life to His name's glory. Strengthen yourself to resist the powers of darkness, that they shall not obtain a victory over you.  {2SAT 176.3}
[2SAT 176.4]          "And if ye call on the Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to every man's work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear" (verse 17).                    -177-     This does not mean a slavish fear. The fear of God is the beginning of wisdom. If you begin to fear Him, you are one of the wisest men on earth, for His everlasting arms are about you, and the enemy cannot deceive or harm you. A faith that is centered in God cannot be moved.  {2SAT 176.4}
[2SAT 177.1]         "Forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers; but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot: who verily was foreordained before the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you, who by Him do believe in God, that raised Him up from the dead, and gave Him glory; that your faith and hope might be in God" (verses 18-21).  {2SAT 177.1}
[2SAT 177.2]         Notice the result: "Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently: being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth for ever" (verses 22, 23).  {2SAT 177.2}
[2SAT 177.3]         If we dealt kindly and tenderly and compassionately with one another, loving others as Christ has loved us, what a change would take place in our world! What a transformation would be brought about in the home life! In this church there are whole families who need to be educated and trained for the future, immortal life. All the power that can be obtained from above is needed to lead their feet in safe paths.  {2SAT 177.3}
[2SAT 177.4]          The members of this church need to study the Bible. Feed on the Word of God, and you will find that it is indeed the bread of life. Christ declared, "Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life" (John 6:54). In explanation He said, "It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life" (verse 63).  {2SAT 177.4}
[2SAT 177.5]         The Scriptures are as leaves from the tree of life. From beginning to end the Bible is full of promises. For nearly four weeks I have not been able to sleep later than about one o'clock. Night after night I have been awake, pleading with God for His blessing to come to me so that I should be enabled to present the truth in its beauty and loveliness to the people, helping them to realize its force and power.  {2SAT 177.5}
[2SAT 177.6]          Christ cannot cooperate with a dead church. He desires His church to be full of vitality, to take hold by living faith of His power. Trials will come upon the true church. Some members will depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits. Satan himself will personate Christ, declaring                   -178-     that he is the Son of God. One will say, "Christ is here"; another, "He is there"; and still another, that He is somewhere else; but we should know individually that He is abiding with us, and that He will save us by His righteousness.  {2SAT 177.6}
[2SAT 178.1]          We do not begin to reach the high standard that God has set before us. We may be "partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust." It is our privilege to stand on vantage ground with God, to be full of hope, praise, cheerfulness, joy, thanksgiving. Let us educate ourselves to praise Him and to glorify His name. Let us by feeding upon His Word bring more spirituality into our hearts.  {2SAT 178.1}
[2SAT 178.2]          In our behalf Christ bore the test of denial of appetite. Shall we bear this test in His behalf, and in our behalf as well? We ruin the digestive organs by wrong eating. Many ruin their minds by using tobacco, liquor, and other stimulants. This none are compelled to do. God desires us to take ourselves in hand, to allow His Spirit to purify us. He will strengthen us to resist the devil, who tries through lust to destroy us. May God help us to consider these matters.  {2SAT 178.2}
[2SAT 178.3]          Those who come to the sanitarium on this hillside should see in the helpers of the institution the highest exemplification of true Christianity. The helpers, whether working in the buildings or on the grounds, should reveal by word and action that they cherish the blessed hope given to the disciples. Their hearts should be drawn out in love for the salvation of those who have no hope. They should carry a burden of soul for the afflicted ones, praying with them to help them overcome the lust of appetite.  {2SAT 178.3}
[2SAT 178.4]          Nurses should be familiar with the Scriptures, that from this rich storehouse they may draw for their patients words of comfort and consolation. Christ desires them to eat the bread of life, the leaves of the tree of life, that they may have something to give to the sick and the suffering around them. It is their privilege to pray for the sick, asking that the blessing of God may rest upon them. This institution should be permeated with the Spirit of the living God.  {2SAT 178.4}
[2SAT 178.5]          There are periods when it is necessary to pass through strait places. But when sorely tried, do not place your trust in the arm of flesh, but in the living God. Have faith in the One who is by your side ready to tell you what steps to take in times of perplexity and trial. He has everything marked out, and if His people trust in Him He will reveal to them His power and glory.  {2SAT 178.5}
[2SAT 178.6]          We are living in the last days. The closing scenes of this world's history, which our Saviour foretold would take place just prior to His                    -179-     coming, are now being enacted before us. Concerning this time He said, "As the days of Noah were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." The inhabitants of the antediluvian world were utterly unconcerned, and at the appointed time the flood came and took them all away. Had they believed the warning given by Noah, they would not have risked everything by going on in wickedness. Notwithstanding their unbelief, destruction came. Unbelief will not change the certainty of Christ's second coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.  {2SAT 178.6}
[2SAT 179.1]          We are looking for the second coming of Christ. Our hope of His soon appearing in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory fills our hearts with joy. When the Saviour comes, those who are prepared to meet Him will exclaim, "Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us: this is the Lord; we have waited for Him, we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation" (Isaiah 25:9).  {2SAT 179.1}
[2SAT 179.2]          I love the Lord because He first loved me. I praise my heavenly Father that I can know that Christ is by my side at all times, for His promise is, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world." Think you there is anything in this world that tempts me to go astray from the Word of God? Oh, no! I have so firm a faith in Jesus Christ that I am looking forward to the time when I shall behold the King in His beauty, and see His matchless charms. Soon the gates of the city of God will be thrown back upon their glittering hinges, and the nations that have kept the truth will enter in and hear the words, "Well done, good and faithful servants, enter ye unto the joy of your Lord." Touching their golden harps, they will fill all heaven with rich music and with songs to the Lamb.  {2SAT 179.2}
[2SAT 179.3]          A crown of life that fadeth not away is reserved in heaven for the redeemed, who in heaven will be kings and priests unto God. This is the hope set before us. What a hope it is! Oh, that everyone may be ready for Christ's coming! God grant that you may be overcomers.--Ms 110, 1901 (MR 900.69).     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 179.3}
[2SAT 180.1]      Chap. 25 - The Giving of the Law    Manuscript 126, 1901         ［Nearly all of this manuscript has been previously released. It appears here for the first time in its entirety. Text: Exodus 20:1-17.］            Adam was required to render perfect obedience to God, not only in his own behalf, but in behalf of his posterity. God promised him that if he would stand the test of temptation, preserving his allegiance to the Creator during the great trial to which he would be subjected, his obedience would insure his acceptance and favor with God. He would then be forever established in holiness and happiness, and these blessings would extend to all his posterity.  {2SAT 180.1}
[2SAT 180.2]          But Adam failed to bear the test. And because he revolted against God's law, all his descendants have been sinners.  {2SAT 180.2}
[2SAT 180.3]          God's law had once been written in the hearts of men and women. But their cherished sins dimmed and nearly effaced that writing. The impressions made by sin gradually wore away the impressions of the law.  {2SAT 180.3}
[2SAT 180.4]          The Lord wrought wonderfully in delivering the Israelites from Egypt. He revealed Himself to them as the living God, the Lawgiver.  {2SAT 180.4}
[2SAT 180.5]          The tabernacle was the dwelling-place of God upon the earth. It was divided into two parts. A vail separated the holy place from the most holy place. Here after the fall God met with man. Here the voice of God was often heard.  {2SAT 180.5}
[2SAT 180.6]          The cloud that guided Israel stood over the tabernacle. The glory of the cloud emanated from Jesus Christ, who from the midst of the glory talked with Moses as He had talked with him from the burning bush. The brightness of God's presence was enshrouded in the darkness of the cloud which He made His pavilion, that the people could endure to look upon the cloud, as seeing Him who is invisible. This was God's plan whereby He might approach man.  {2SAT 180.6}
[2SAT 180.7]          "And the Lord said unto Moses, Go unto the people, and sanctify them today and tomorrow, and let them wash their clothes" ［ Exodus 19:10］. They were commanded to wash their clothes. Sanctification to God admits of no untidiness or uncleanliness of the body or of the clothing. Concerning those who are engaged in the service of God it is written, "Then Moses said unto Aaron, This is it that the Lord spake, saying, I will be sanctified in them                       -181-     that come nigh Me, and before all the people I will be glorified" ［Leviticus 10:3］. ［Exodus 19:11-13, quoted.］  {2SAT 180.7}
[2SAT 181.1]          The Lord gave special directions to the Israelites regarding the preparation they were to make for this occasion when He was to talk to man. That He might fill the people with awe and lead them to realize the sacredness of the declarations He was about to give them, He expressly commanded them to take heed to themselves, and not to break through the barrier placed round about the mount.  {2SAT 181.1}
[2SAT 181.2]          If the mount where the Lord manifested His glory and majesty, and from the summit of which the glory of the Lord appeared, was so sacred that one who merely touched it would have been punished by death, how sacred must be the law which the Israelites prepared to hear proclaimed from Mount Sinai! How can anyone treat it indifferently! Shall it be trampled upon, scorned, and derided?  {2SAT 181.2}
[2SAT 181.3]          In connection with religious services and our worship of God, we should consider the directions that He gave to the Israelites. All those who come into His presence should give special attention to the body and the clothing. Heaven is a clean and holy place. God is pure and holy. All who come into His presence should take heed to His directions, and have the body and the clothing in a pure, clean condition, thus showing respect to themselves and to Him. The heart must also be sanctified. Those who do this will not dishonor His sacred name by worshiping Him while their hearts are polluted and their apparel is untidy. God sees these things. He marks the heart-preparation, the thoughts, the cleanliness in appearance, of those who worship Him.  {2SAT 181.3}
[2SAT 181.4]          The ten commandments were spoken from Mount Sinai. With awful grandeur the King of kings, the infinite God, declared His law and enjoined obedience to it. The commands, "Thou shalt," and "Thou shalt not," are plain and positive. He who has given life and preserves life, has the right to command and control those who are dependent on Him for every breath they draw.  {2SAT 181.4}
[2SAT 181.5]          The first words that God spoke were, "I am the Lord thy God." By this declaration He asserted His authority to present His claims before the people. He had freed them from their bondage, and they owed their service to Him.  {2SAT 181.5}
[2SAT 181.6]          The first commandment is a requirement in reference to man's worship.  {2SAT 181.6}
[2SAT 181.7]          The second commandment prohibits man from worshiping the true God through any creature or image. It forbids the making of any image which man might try to liken to the Creator. It forbids the making of an image of any creature to represent God or to be                         -182-     associated in any way with the worship of God.  {2SAT 181.7}
[2SAT 182.1]         ［Isaiah 40:18-28, quoted.］  {2SAT 182.1}
[2SAT 182.2]         The Lord urges His supremacy. But Satan well knows that the worship of the living God elevates, ennobles, and exalts a nation. He knows that idol-worship does not elevate, but that it degrades man's ideas, by associating with worship that which is base and corrupt. He is at work constantly to draw the mind away from the only true and living God. He leads men to give honor and glory to objects that human hands have made or to soulless creatures that God has created. The Egyptians and other heathen nations had many strange gods--creatures of their own fanciful imagination.  {2SAT 182.2}
[2SAT 182.3]         The Jews, after their long captivity, would not make any image. The image on the Roman ensign or banner, they called an abomination, especially when these emblems were placed in a prominent place for them to respect. Such respect they regarded as a violation of the second commandment. When the Roman ensign was set up in the holy place in the temple, they looked upon it as an abomination.  {2SAT 182.3}
[2SAT 182.4]         The use of images by the Roman Catholic Church is antichristian. Those who worship them are commandment-breakers. Image worship is contrary to God's positive commands. The second commandment is entirely opposed to such practices. But the popes have tampered with the commandments. In all the books of devotion given to the people the second commandment is omitted. The third they call the second, the fourth the third; and the tenth they have divided into two. Thus in the place of conforming their practices to God's commands, they have altered His commandments to harmonize with their practices. To suit their worship they have taken away from and added to God's Word.  {2SAT 182.4}
[2SAT 182.5]         By their treatment of His Word, the popes have exalted themselves above the God of heaven. This is the reason that in prophecy the papal power is specified as the "man of sin." Satan is the originator of sin. The power that he causes to alter any one of God's holy precepts, is the man of sin. Under Satan's special direction the papal power has done this very work. Although those standing at the head of the papacy claim to have great love for God, He looks upon them as haters of Him. They have turned the truth of God into a lie. Tampering with God's commandments and placing in their stead human traditions, is the work of Satan, and will divorce the religious world from God; for He declares, "I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third                       -183-     and fourth generation of them that hate Me." God will fulfill this word. "Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap" (Galatians 6:7). Pharaoh sowed obstinacy, and reaped obstinacy. He himself put this seed into the soil. There was no more need for God by some new power to interfere with its growth, than there is for Him to interfere with the growth of a grain of corn. All that is required is that a seed shall be left to germinate and spring up to bring forth fruit after its kind. The harvest reveals the kind of seed that has been sown.  {2SAT 182.5}
[2SAT 183.1]         When light from God, strong and convincing, came to make known the great I AM, Pharaoh was compelled to yield. But as soon as the pressure was removed, his unbelief returned, and counteracted the great light which God had given. When he refused the evidence of the first miracle, he sowed the seed of infidelity, which left to its natural course produced a harvest after its own kind. Afterward the king would not be convinced by any working of God's power. The monarch hardened his heart, and went on from one step to another of unbelief, until throughout the vast realm of Egypt the firstborn, the pride of every household, had been laid low. After this he hurried with his army after Israel. He sought to bring back a people delivered by the arm of Omnipotence. But he was fighting against a Power greater than any human power, and with his host he perished in the waters of the Red Sea.  {2SAT 183.1}
[2SAT 183.2]         The despisers of God's law are practicing the same sin that Pharaoh practiced. They are hardening their hearts. The voice of God is rejected for human theories, for Satanic suggestions and delusions. The Holy Spirit is resisted and set aside. The iniquities of the fathers are visited upon the children. The seeds that they sow by precept and example are reproduced in their children.  {2SAT 183.2}
[2SAT 183.3]          The Spirit of God keeps evil under the control of conscience. When man exalts himself above the influence of the Spirit, he reaps a harvest of iniquity. Over such a man the Spirit has less and less influence to restrain him from sowing seeds of disobedience. Warnings have less and less power over him. He gradually loses his fear of God. He sows to the flesh; he will reap corruption. The harvest of the seed that he himself has sown is ripening. He has a contempt for God's holy commandments. His heart of flesh becomes a heart of stone. Resistance to truth confirms him in iniquity. It is because men sowed seeds of evil that lawlessness, crime, and violence prevailed in the antediluvian world.  {2SAT 183.3}
[2SAT 183.4]          All should be intelligent in regard to the agency by which the soul is destroyed. It is not because                        -184-     of any decree that God has sent out against man. He does not make man spiritually blind. God gives sufficient light and evidence to enable man to distinguish truth from error. But He does not force man to receive truth. He leaves him free to choose the good or the choose the evil. If man resists evidence that is sufficient to guide his judgment in the right direction, and chooses evil once, he will do this more readily the second time. The third time he will still more eagerly withdraw himself from God and choose to stand on the side of Satan. And in this course he will continue until he is confirmed in evil, and believes the lie he has cherished as truth. His resistance has produced its harvest. By his example he leads others to follow the same course of resistance against God.  {2SAT 183.4}
[2SAT 184.1]          Those who transgress the law of God are teaching their children to show disrespect for this law and to rebel against the Lawgiver. They place their children in the enemy's ranks, where they are cut off from the blessings of God's covenant and are brought under His judgments. If parents die while they are transgressors of God's law, their children will be inclined to do as they have done. By precept and example children of ungodly parents receive an education in evil-doing. When their measure of disobedience and transgression is full, God reckons with them. Both parents and children are held accountable for their idolatry. God bears long with perverse resistance, but He will surely punish iniquity.  {2SAT 184.1}
[2SAT 184.2]          God announces Himself as "showing mercy unto thousands of them that love Me, and keep My commandments."  {2SAT 184.2}
[2SAT 184.3]          Those who obey these precepts, sow seed for a bountiful and glorious harvest; for the mercy of God is shown to their children and their children's children to the third and fourth generations. This principle is of as much force today as it was when God spoke the words from Mount Sinai. The Lord loves and honors obedience now just as much as when He gave His law.  {2SAT 184.3}
[2SAT 184.4]          All false worship is spiritual adultery. The second precept, which forbids false worship, is also a command to worship God, and Him only serve. The Lord is a jealous God. He will not be trifled with. He has spoken concerning the manner in which He should be worshiped. He has a hatred of idolatry, for its influence is corrupting. It debases the mind, and leads to sensuality and all kinds of sin.  {2SAT 184.4}
[2SAT 184.5]          To make an image of God dishonors Him. No one should bring into service the power of imagination to worship that which belittles God in the mind and associates Him with common things.                          -185-     Those who worship God must worship Him in spirit and in truth. They must exercise living faith. Their worship will then be controlled not by the imagination, but by genuine faith.  {2SAT 184.5}
[2SAT 185.1]          Let men worship and serve the Lord God, and Him only. Let not selfish pride be lifted up and served as a god. Let not money be made a god. If sensuality is not kept under the control of the higher powers of the mind, base passion will rule the being. Anything that is made the subject of undue thought and admiration, absorbing the mind, is a god chosen before the Lord. God is a searcher of the heart. He distinguishes between true heart-service and idolatry.  {2SAT 185.1}
[2SAT 185.2]          "Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain." Those who are brought into covenant relation with God are pledged to speak of Him in the most respectful, reverential manner. Many refer to God and mention His name in their religious conversation much as they would mention a horse or any other common creature. This dishonors God. By precept and example parents should educate their children on this point, lest by irreverence they grieve away God's Spirit from their hearts and the hearts of their children.  {2SAT 185.2}
[2SAT 185.3]          Ministers, by carelessly introducing the name of God into their conversation, may teach lessons of irreverence. By mingling His holy name with common matters, they show that they are not spiritually-minded; for they mingle the sacred and the common. They are not living up to their holy profession. While claiming to be worshipers of God, they walk contrary to His law.  {2SAT 185.3}
[2SAT 185.4]          Swearing, and all words spoken in the form of an oath, are dishonoring to God. The Lord sees, the Lord hears, and He will not hold the transgressor guiltless. He will not be mocked. Those who take the name of the Lord in vain will find it a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God.  {2SAT 185.4}
[2SAT 185.5]          In a special sense the first four commandments reveal the duty of man to his Maker. These four precepts were written on the first table of stone. Man has a God who is the Author of his being--a God whom he must love and obey with heart, mind, soul, and strength.  {2SAT 185.5}
[2SAT 185.6]          The last six commandments, written on the second table of stone, point out man's duty to his fellow man. He who is true to his God, loving and obeying him, will be true to his neighbor. Those who keep the first four commandments will keep the last six.  {2SAT 185.6}
[2SAT 185.7]          After giving the ten commandments, the Lord more explicitly enlarged upon them, laying down the principles that should be carried out in the practical life. These specifications are called judgments, or statutes, because the magistrates were to give judgment                        -186-     according to them. God did not speak them with an audible voice to the Israelites, but gave them to Moses, who communicated them to the people. In several instances difficult cases had arisen upon which Moses felt incapable of rendering a decision. He had supplicated the Lord to decide them for him. The Lord now gave general statutes that would govern decisions in these particular cases.  {2SAT 185.7}
[2SAT 186.1]          The Lord desired to guard the interests of servants. He commanded the Israelites to be merciful, and to bear in mind that they themselves had been servants. They were directed to be mindful of the rights of their servants. In no case were they to abuse them. In dealing with them they were not to be exacting, as the Egyptian taskmasters had been with them. They were to exercise tenderness and compassion in the treatment of their servants. God desired them to put themselves in the place of the servants, and deal with them as they would wish others to deal with them under the same circumstances.  {2SAT 186.1}
[2SAT 186.2]          Because of poverty, some were sold into bondage by their parents. Others who were sentenced for crimes by the judges were sold into bondage. The Lord specified that even these were not to be held as bondservants for more than seven years. At the end of that time every servant was given his freedom or, if he chose, he was allowed to remain with his master. Thus God guarded the interests of the lowly and the oppressed. Thus He enjoined a noble spirit of generosity, and encouraged all to cultivate a love for liberty, because the Lord had made them free. Anyone who refused liberty when it was his privilege to have it, was marked. This was not a badge of honor to him, but a mark of disgrace. Thus God encouraged the cultivation of a high and noble spirit, rather than a spirit of bondage and slavery.  {2SAT 186.2}
[2SAT 186.3]          God desires Christians to respect the liberty that He has in so marvelous a manner given them. In Christ is vested the ownership of every man. Man should not be another man's property. God has bought mankind. One man's mind, one man's power, should not rule and control another's conscience. In the sight of God wealth and position do not exalt one man above another. Men are free to choose the service of God, to love the Lord, and to keep all His commandments.  {2SAT 186.3}
[2SAT 186.4]          How carefully God protects the rights of men! He has attached a penalty to wilful murder. "Whoso sheddeth man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed" (Genesis 9:6). If one murderer were permitted to go unpunished, he would by his evil influence and cruel violence subvert others. This would result in a condition of things similar to                       -187-     that which existed before the flood. God must punish murderers. He gives life, and He will take life, if that life becomes a terror and a menace. Mercy shown to a wilful murderer is cruelty to his fellow men. If a wilful murderer thinks that he will find protection by fleeing to the altar of God, he may find that he will be forced from that altar and be slain. But if a man takes life unintentionally, then God declares that He will provide a place of refuge, to which he can flee.  {2SAT 186.4}
[2SAT 187.1]          "He that curseth his father, or his mother, shall surely be put to death" (Exodus 21:17). Thus God expressed His mind in regard to rebellious children. He made it a capital crime for children to curse or to smite their parents. And He will punish the parents, if they do not govern and control their children. How many children are lost to all virtue! How many are abandoned to vice and iniquity! How many abuse their own parents!  {2SAT 187.1}
[2SAT 187.2]          It was Jesus Christ Himself who gave special directions to Israel. Do these specifications testify of a Christless dispensation? Is this code of statutes of a lower order than are the statutes which are given in this age? The Lord guards the interests of His people. He gives special directions concerning the poor. How impartial are His ways! How exalted are all His requirements.  {2SAT 187.2}
[2SAT 187.3]          The Lord gave many other statutes or judgments, which were to be strictly obeyed. These are recorded in the twenty-first, twenty-second, and twenty-third chapters of Exodus.  {2SAT 187.3}
[2SAT 187.4]          The Lord also specified the conditions on which his people, the Israelites, would receive the promised blessing: ［Exodus 23:20-33, quoted］.  {2SAT 187.4}
[2SAT 187.5]          These promises are given on condition of obedience. God will bless and honor those who honor Him. The living God pledges Himself by promises to those whom He lays under obligations to Himself. His people must take Him as their Ruler. They must obey the laws of His government. They must not only refrain from worshiping all other gods, but overthrow them utterly, thus evidencing their great abhorrence of idolatry.  {2SAT 187.5}
[2SAT 187.6]          After God had given Moses various laws and ordinances, He directed him to go down to the people and acquaint them with these laws. Moses was instructed to read them to the people. While in the mount he had written them just as they had been spoken by the Son of God. "And Moses came and told the people all the words of the Lord, and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words which the Lord hath said will we do" (Exodus 24:3).  {2SAT 187.6}
[2SAT 188.1]                            -188-          Preparation was now made for the ratification of the covenant, according to God's directions. ［Exodus 24:4-8, quoted.］  {2SAT 188.1}
[2SAT 188.2]          Here the people received the conditions of the covenant. They made a solemn covenant with God, typifying the covenant made between God and every believer in Jesus Christ. The conditions were plainly laid before the people. They were not left to misunderstand them. When they were requested to decide whether they would agree to all the conditions given, they unanimously consented to obey every obligation. They had already consented to obey God's commandments. The principles of the law were now particularized, that they might know how much was involved in covenanting to obey the law; and they accepted the specifically-defined particulars of the law.  {2SAT 188.2}
[2SAT 188.3]          If the Israelites had obeyed God's requirements, they would have been practical Christians. They would have been happy; for they would have been keeping God's ways, and not following the inclinations of their own natural hearts. Moses did not leave them to misconstrue the words of the Lord or to misapply His requirements. He wrote all the words of the Lord in a book, that they might be referred to afterward. In the mount he had written them as Christ Himself dictated them.  {2SAT 188.3}
[2SAT 188.4]          Bravely did the Israelites speak the words promising obedience to the Lord, after hearing His covenant read in the audience of the people. They said, "All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient." Then the people were set apart and sealed to God. A sacrifice was offered to the Lord. A portion of the blood of the sacrifice was sprinkled upon the altar. This signified that the people had consecrated themselves--body, mind and soul--to God. A portion was sprinkled upon the people. This signified that through the sprinkled blood of Christ, God graciously accepted them as His special treasure. Thus the Israelites entered into a solemn covenant with God.  {2SAT 188.4}
[2SAT 188.5]          As representative of the fallen race, Christ passed over the same ground on which Adam stumbled and fell. By a life of perfect obedience to God's law, Christ redeemed man from the penalty of Adam's disgraceful fall. Man has violated God's law. Only for those who return to their allegiance to God, only for those who obey the law that they have violated, will the blood of Christ avail. Christ will never become a party to sin. Bearing the penalty of the law, He gives the sinner another chance, a second trial. He opens a way whereby the sinner can be reinstated in God's favor. Christ bears the penalty of man's past transgressions, and by imparting to                            -189-     man His righteousness, makes it possible for man to keep God's holy law.--Manuscript 126, 1901 (MR 900.37).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. November 7, 1985. Entire Manuscript.  {2SAT 188.5}
[2SAT 190.1]       Chap. 26 - Our Elder Brother    Manuscript 20,1902         ［Hebrews 2:1-4, quoted.］ "But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honor; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man" ［verse 9］. Thank God for the words, "every man."  {2SAT 190.1}
[2SAT 190.2]         "For it became Him, for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings." Clothing His divinity with humanity, Christ came to this world to stand at the head of the human race. He came to bear the trials that we must bear, to overcome the temptations that we must overcome. He came to show that by the power received from on high man can live an unsullied life. He was tempted as we are tempted, but not once did He yield.  {2SAT 190.2}
[2SAT 190.3]          "For both he that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause He is not ashamed to call them brethren." Leaving His high command, he came to this earth to be our Elder Brother.  {2SAT 190.3}
[2SAT 190.4]          ［Hebrews 4:14-16, quoted.］  {2SAT 190.4}
[2SAT 190.5]         What hope and courage and confidence these words should inspire in us! Let us not sink into hopeless discouragement because we make mistakes.  {2SAT 190.5}
[2SAT 190.6]         "Every high priest taken from among men is ordained for men in things pertaining to God, that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins: who can have compassion on the ignorant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself also is compassed with infirmity" ［chapter 5:1, 2］. Let those who have little compassion for the ones who make mistakes, read and study these words.  {2SAT 190.6}
[2SAT 190.7]         Our Saviour did not live in mysterious seclusion during the years that preceded His public ministry. He lived with His parents at Nazareth, and worked with Joseph at the carpenter's trade. His life was simple, free from any extravagance or display. When the time came for His public work to begin, He went forth proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom. To the close of His work He preserved the simplicity of habit. He chose His helpers from the lower ranks of life. His first disciples were humble fishermen of Galilee. His teaching was so simple that little children understood Him, and afterward might be heard repeating His words. All that He said and did possessed the charm of simplicity.  {2SAT 190.7}
[2SAT 191.1]                       -191-          Christ was a close observer, noticing many things that others passed by. He was ever helpful, ever ready to speak words of hope and sympathy to the discouraged and the bereaved. He allowed the crowd to press round Him, and complained not, though sometimes almost lifted off His feet. When He met a funeral, He did not pass by indifferently. Sadness came over His face as He looked upon death, and He wept with the mourners.  {2SAT 191.1}
[2SAT 191.2]         As the children gathered the wild flowers growing so abundantly around them, and crowded up to present to Him their little offerings, He received them gladly, smiled upon them, and expressed His joy at seeing so many varieties of flowers.  {2SAT 191.2}
[2SAT 191.3]          These children were His heritage. He knew that He had come to ransom them from the enemy by dying on the cross of Calvary. He spoke words to them that ever after they carried in their hearts. They were delighted to think that He appreciated their gifts and spoke so lovingly to them.  {2SAT 191.3}
[2SAT 191.4]          Christ watched children at their play, and often expressed His approval when they gained an innocent victory over something they were determined to do. He sang to children in sweet and blessed words. They knew that He loved them. He never frowned on them. He shared their childish joys and sorrows. Often He would gather flowers, and after pointing out their beauties to the children, would leave them with them as a gift. He had made the flowers, and He delighted to point out their beauties.  {2SAT 191.4}
[2SAT 191.5]          It has been said that Jesus never smiled. This is not correct. A child in its innocence and purity called forth from His lips a joyous song.  {2SAT 191.5}
[2SAT 191.6]          To those who followed Him He explained the Word of God so clearly that they loved to be in His company. He led their minds from the inferior things of earth to the holy principles of truth and righteousness. He prepared them to understand what is comprehended in transformation of character after the divine similitude. His words encouraged faith. He carried the minds of His hearers from this world, with its busy cares, to the higher, nobler world, which so many had lost sight of. He showed that every moment of life is fraught with eternal significance. He declared that the things of this world are of minor importance in comparison with the things of the world to come.  {2SAT 191.6}
[2SAT 191.7]          Christ always encouraged industry. "Why stand ye here all the day idle?" He said to the indolent. "Work while the day lasts; for the night cometh, in which no man can work." He showed them that God has entrusted everyone with talents, which are to be improved                        -192-     and multiplied by faithful use. Seeing men absorbed in pursuit of worldly riches, using their entrusted capabilities to obtain advantage over one another, He exclaimed, "How hardly shall they that have riches enter into the kingdom of heaven."  {2SAT 191.7}
[2SAT 192.1]          Our Saviour was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory. But He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might know for Himself the sufferings and temptations of human beings. He came to be their surety, to overcome in their behalf, to live for them a sinless life, that through His power they might obtain the victory over sin.  {2SAT 192.1}
[2SAT 192.2]          He came saying, "I will declare Thy name unto My brethren: in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto thee." ［See Psalms 22:22.］ He placed Himself on a level with human beings, saying, "I will stand at the head of the race, that through My humiliation they may be accepted as members of the royal family. I will declare the name of God to My brethren. I will put My trust in Him, just as I desire My disciples to do."  {2SAT 192.2}
[2SAT 192.3]          "Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might destroy Him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage" ［Hebrews 2:14, 15］.  {2SAT 192.3}
[2SAT 192.4]         Only by bearing the penalty of our disobedience could He deliver us from eternal death. He became sin for us, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him. Thus He placed us on vantage ground, where we could live pure, sinless lives. The guilty who come to Him for pardon, confessing their sins, stand before the Father as innocent, because the Innocent One has borne their guilt. The undeserving are made deserving, while in their behalf the deserving became the undeserving.  {2SAT 192.4}
[2SAT 192.5]          Behold the Son of God bowed in Gethsemane in an agony of grief. He who was ever touched with human woe, who ever sought, by word and deed, to relieve human suffering, now seems to be as a bruised reed.  {2SAT 192.5}
[2SAT 192.6]          "Verily He took not on Him the nature of angels; but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. Wherefore in all things it behoved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted" ［verses 16-18］.--Ms 20, 1902 (MR 900.43).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. August 7, 1986. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 192.6}
[2SAT 193.1]      Chap. 27 - Lessons From the First Chapter of Second Peter    Manuscript 77, 1902         ［Sermon preached by Ellen G. White at the California Conference camp meeting, Petaluma, California, Sabbath Afternoon, June 7, 1902.］            "Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: Grace and peace be multiplied (notice this expression; we shall refer to it again) unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things (nothing is withheld) that pertain unto life (eternal life) and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue: whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises." Mark carefully the language, because in the Judgment every person who has ever had the privilege of hearing or reading these words will be held accountable for the way in which he has received them. "Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises, that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature," partakers of divine power, divine grace, divine possibilities.  {2SAT 193.1}
[2SAT 193.2]          Is it possible for the fallen sons and daughters of Adam to stand on vantage ground, able to overcome? Yes, this is the great privilege that is granted them. They may be "partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust."  {2SAT 193.2}
[2SAT 193.3]          The Christian life is a constant warfare. The church militant is not the church triumphant. Paul says, "We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places" (Ephesians 6:12). We must meet human beings of power and influence who are on Satan's side of the controversy; and we must also meet unseen agencies of evil. Let us be found in the right position.  {2SAT 193.3}
[2SAT 193.4]     Working on the Plan of Addition            To those who are preparing for heaven I wish to say, In the Christian life we are to work upon the plan of addition. If we are faithful in working on this plan, God works for us on the plan of multiplication. We are not to deviate from virtue or fail to cherish and cultivate all the graces of the Spirit. To enable us to be partakers of the divine nature, God has given us exceeding great and precious promises. These promises are mentioned in the following verses:  {2SAT 193.4}
[2SAT 194.1]                          -194-          "And beside this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ."  {2SAT 194.1}
[2SAT 194.2]          "Add to Your Faith Virtue"          "Giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue." Let not those who profess to have faith in Christ, fail of having virtue. They are under obligation to place themselves where they will reveal to others the virtue of His character.  {2SAT 194.2}
[2SAT 194.3]          God has called us to glory and virtue. We have no right to assimilate with the world--dressing, talking, and living as worldlings do. God has given us a high standard to reach. To enable man to reach this standard, God sent into the world His only begotten Son. In our behalf Christ made an infinite sacrifice. He laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came into our world to teach men and women the laws of life and salvation, which they must carry out to the letter in order to have everlasting life in the kingdom of glory. Satan claimed that it was impossible for human beings to keep God's law. In order to prove the falsity of this claim, Christ left His high command, took upon Himself the nature of man, and came to the earth to stand at the head of the fallen race, in order to show that humanity could withstand the temptations of Satan. He became the Head of humanity, to be assaulted with temptations on every point as fallen human nature would be tempted, that He might know how to succor all who are tempted. On this earth He worked out the problem of how to live in accordance with God's standard of right. Bearing our nature, He was true to God's standard of righteousness, gaining the victory over Satan. He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet He was without sin.  {2SAT 194.3}
[2SAT 194.4]          Before Christ came in person to reveal His Father's character, Satan thought that he would have the whole world on his side. And today the enemy is still playing the game of life with everyone. He seeks to bring in dissension and division. But if we are partakers of the divine nature, we will stand as a united whole. Let us not think that our churches can enjoy God's blessing while in a state of disunion. In this world we are to be representatives of Christ. He has called us to glory and virtue. As He represented the Father, so we are to represent Him to the world, for in representing Him we are representing the                         -195-     Father, who is in every place to help where help is needed.  {2SAT 194.4}
[2SAT 195.1]          We have a great work to perform for the Master. After Jesus has sacrificed so much in our behalf, giving His life for our salvation, shall we by our course of action make Him ashamed of us?  {2SAT 195.1}
[2SAT 195.2]          It is to the glory of God for Him to give us of His virtue. He desires to see us rise to the highest standard. When by living faith we lay hold of the power of a living Christ; when we plead His unfailing promises, and claim them as ours; when we seek for the power of the Holy Spirit, we are eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. And "whoso . . . eateth My flesh," said Christ, "and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. . . . The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life" (John 6:54, 56, 63).  {2SAT 195.2}
[2SAT 195.3]          "And to Virtue Knowledge"          "And to virtue knowledge." Oh, we can have a knowledge of God and His truth--a knowledge that is beyond expression! Tell me, what language can we find to express the knowledge that comes to us when Christ reveals His presence to us, and our hearts are softened and subdued by His power? Such knowledge is beyond expression. We cannot explain it, nevertheless we know that we possess it.  {2SAT 195.3}
[2SAT 195.4]          Let those who claim to have a knowledge of God, work in cooperation with Christ. Christ is depending upon everyone to do his best. To every man and to every woman He has given a work.  {2SAT 195.4}
[2SAT 195.5]          God's promises are conditional. In order to make it possible for Him to bless us, we must do our part. We cannot expect that all His blessings will come to us naturally, if we fold our hands in inactivity. We are to be laborers together with God. It is our privilege and duty to labor for souls ready to perish.  {2SAT 195.5}
[2SAT 195.6]          If you have a knowledge of God and have taken your position under the banner of Prince Emmanuel, remember that you are not to allow yourself to come under the control of the powers of darkness--the fallen angels. You are to keep in mind the promises that pertain to eternal life and godliness, and seek for divine power that is given to enable you to escape everything that would lead you astray.  {2SAT 195.6}
[2SAT 195.7]     "And to Knowledge Temperance"            "And to knowledge temperance." This is a point that every one of us should consider. The strength of natural appetites depends very much on the treatment they receive. Those who indulge appetite, eating and drinking with the drunken; those who practice gluttony, eating double the amount that they should eat, bring                                      -196-     the system into such a condition that it is next to impossible for them to be partakers of the divine nature, because they do not escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. The temple of God, which should be kept holy, is polluted and defiled.  {2SAT 195.7}
[2SAT 196.1]          Think of all the wickedness that is committed as the result of the sale of liquor! The men who sell liquor are familiar with the evil effects that it produces. Not only the man who sells liquor, but also the man who buys and drinks it, is held accountable for the wicked deeds committed under its influence. God stands ready to give divine power to any sincere man to enable him to overcome appetite for liquor; but oh, how much better it is for parents to teach their children from babyhood never to use a drop of intoxicating liquor! And parents, besides helping their children by setting an example of strict temperance, should shield them from the so-called friends who would lead them to indulge appetite.  {2SAT 196.1}
[2SAT 196.2]          The food that we eat has much to do with the question of temperance. Parents should take into account the relation of food to morals. The use of flesh-meat animalizes the nature. There needs to be an awakening on this point. How can anyone desire to live on the flesh of dead animals, when they have the privilege of using the fruit, grains, vegetables, and nuts that God has given us in such abundance?  {2SAT 196.2}
[2SAT 196.3]          The enemy does everything in his power to gain control of the minds of men and women. He leads them to cultivate a perverted appetite, so that rather than deprive themselves of injurious things, they go on in indulgence after indulgence. Self-denial is a virtue.  {2SAT 196.3}
[2SAT 196.4]          We hope that at this meeting those who understand the principles of health reform will exert a strong influence on the side of temperance. Let Christ's followers abstain not only from alcohol, tobacco, tea, and coffee, but also from every other harmful thing that beclouds the brain. The enemy has arranged matters so as to ensnare the greatest number. He leads men and women to use stimulating food and food that beclouds the nerve-power of the brain, so that they are unable to distinguish between right and wrong, between good and evil. Parents, teach the members of your household that indulgence of appetite is the work of the enemy. Teach them to guard against his deceptions. Such instruction should be given by everyone who takes the responsibility of bringing children into the world; and especially at this stage of the world's history fathers and mothers should realize that their children are the property of God, and that He holds                                      -197-     them accountable to bring up their children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.  {2SAT 196.4}
[2SAT 197.1]          We are to practice temperance on every point; for we need all the brain nerve-power that it is possible for us to have in order that we may be able to resist Satan's temptations. We are not to pamper appetite, diseasing our digestive organs by indulgence. God desires us to be true to the principles of health reform. Let us remember that we have a heaven to win and a hell to shun.  {2SAT 197.1}
[2SAT 197.2]          "And to Temperance Patience"          We are to realize that the divine Presence is constantly by our side. Christ has said, "Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world" (Matthew 28:20). Remember that He hears every unkind word, every harsh, cutting expression. Could you see Jesus standing by your side, would you speak such words? Then guard carefully every word and action. Walk in all lowliness of mind, cherishing a spirit of meekness and kindness. Live so that others may see that there is a difference between the disposition of a Christian and the disposition of those who make no claim to be Christ's followers.  {2SAT 197.2}
[2SAT 197.3]          Words that create heart-burnings and disunion should never escape the lips of Christ's followers. We must put on Christ; we must be Christlike in every word and action. Thus we shall be partakers of the divine nature. Only by partaking of the divine nature can we live the Christ-life.  {2SAT 197.3}
[2SAT 197.4]          Fathers and mothers, wherever you are, whether in your home or elsewhere, it is never right for you to speak one disrespectful word to each other. If you are harassed, say firmly, "This is from Satan. He wants me to perpetuate his words, his spirit, but I will not do it." Determine to speak in love; to cultivate patience, kindness, long-suffering, courtesy, and delicacy in dealing with one another. Why? Because you are a Christian; because you are preparing for the society of the heavenly angels, for a home in the kingdom of glory, where no harsh, unkind, impatient words are ever spoken. Remember that it is Satan who leads men and women to speak unkindly to one another.  {2SAT 197.4}
[2SAT 197.5]          Never should parents scold their children. Never should they administer punishment while in a fit of passion. Children cannot be trained aright in this manner. Angry parents need to be chastened by the rod themselves, instead of chastening their children. Punishment in anger only hurts and provokes. Do you want a home in heaven? We are all desirous of reaching heaven. But does anyone desire to reach heaven in order that he may fret and scold or punish in anger, and exercise arbitrary                                      -198-     authority? On the other hand, do we not desire to reach heaven because peace reigns there; because on every side we shall hear the words, "Thy gentleness hath made me great" (Psalms 18:35).  {2SAT 197.5}
[2SAT 198.1]          Mothers, take your rightful position as a loving teacher of your children. Remember that the hand that rocks the cradle is the hand that moves the world. Never give expression to words of anger. Keep a cheerful countenance. Children are very susceptible to expressions of joy and sorrow. I remember that sometimes when things which caused sorrow would be brought to me while I was holding one of my children in my arms, the change of expression on my countenance would be noticed at once by my child. Seeing the expression of sadness come over my face, the little babe, only three months old, would burst out crying and could hardly be pacified. At first I did not know what caused him to cry, but I soon learned.  {2SAT 198.1}
[2SAT 198.2]          Parents, let our countenances reveal constantly the peace and consolation of Christ. This is a missionary work that you are able to do at home. Missionary work begins in the home. Educate and train your children for the future immortal life. Lead them to give their hearts to God, that they with you may be numbered among His people. You can teach them to stand by you, to strengthen your hands in the missionary work; and in turn, you can strengthen them.  {2SAT 198.2}
[2SAT 198.3]          Parents, sanctify yourselves, that your children also may be sanctified. Sanctify your talent of speech. Words are a precious gift, capable of doing much good and accomplishing a great work for the Master. Let every word be such that you can have it written in the books of heaven without being ashamed to meet your record in the Judgment.  {2SAT 198.3}
[2SAT 198.4]          Great blessings are lost because of discouraging and passionate words. Brethren and sisters, learn lessons of self-control. When someone speaks passionately to you, keep silent. Feelings of anger, when met in this way, die out very quickly. A hastily-spoken reply only makes matters worse.  {2SAT 198.4}
[2SAT 198.5]          "And to Patience Godliness"          Brethren and sisters, I beg of every one of you to make the most of this camp meeting. If you have backslidden, I entreat you, for Christ's sake, to return to Him. Be reconverted. Let the conversions begin today. Let parents confess to their children in regard to the points on which they have neglected their duty. Let them confess their negligence in regard to allowing their children to follow the fashions and to mingle in worldly society simply because they wanted to be like the world. It is impossible for us to be Christlike while we are worldly-minded. We cannot                                      -199-     separate ourselves from the world itself; we must remain in the world; but we should separate from its evil practices, its wrong ideas, its sinfulness. We should practice self-denial in everything, in order to have power by living faith in Christ to claim the richest promises given us in His Word.  {2SAT 198.5}
[2SAT 199.1]          Just before the firstborn were slain in Egypt, the Lord instructed the Israelites to gather their children into their houses with them, and to strike the lintel and the two side posts of their doors with blood, so that when the destroying angel went through the land, he would recognize the houses thus marked as the dwelling places of Christ's followers, and pass over them.  {2SAT 199.1}
[2SAT 199.2]          Today we must gather our children about us if we desire to save them from the destructive power of the evil one. The conflict between Christ and Satan will increase in intensity until the end of this earth's history. We are to have faith in the blood of Christ in order that we may pass safely through the perilous times just before us.  {2SAT 199.2}
[2SAT 199.3]          Let the children receive the blessings of this meeting. If you try to help them by personal labor in your family tents, working with Christlike simplicity, the reviving, reformatory power of God will come into your tents and enable you to pray in faith. Then you can ask for the Lord's richest blessings to rest upon the little company in our tent.  {2SAT 199.3}
[2SAT 199.4]          "He That Lacketh These                Things is Blind"            If we work diligently upon the plan of addition, we shall not be barren in a knowledge of Christ. We should, however, take heed to ourselves, lest we fall because we do not cherish and cultivate the Christian graces. "He that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old sins." This scripture brings to view those who are in a divided state, those who talk as they please, those who indulge appetite and passionate speech, failing to take themselves in hand. Such persons have no moral strength to carry out the principles that would bring to them, as overcomers, the crown of life. They are like a man who has forgotten that he has been purged from his old sins.  {2SAT 199.4}
[2SAT 199.5]          "Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall." This is the only election that is spoken of in the Bible. Your election is dependent on our course of action. If you will to make your election sure, you can do so; if you will to make it uncertain by sinning while professing to be righteous, you can do so. You can become angry, you can be dishonest in                                      -200-     trade, you can in other respects follow the course of the ungodly. But will it pay? I ask you, Will it pay? Will you not determine to make your calling and election sure, and not only for yourself, but for your children? Will you not strive to bind up your children with Christ?  {2SAT 199.5}
[2SAT 200.1]          An Eternal Life Insurance Policy          If you work out your own salvation with fear and trembling, you will never fall; "for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ." This promise is an eternal life insurance policy, and it is offered to every one of us.  {2SAT 200.1}
[2SAT 200.2]          The apostle continues: "Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth."  {2SAT 200.2}
[2SAT 200.3]          To those who desire to make their calling and election sure, and to obtain this eternal life insurance policy, we would say, Remember that you are "laborers together with God; ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building." God is watching intently to see what kind of timbers parents and children put into their character-building.  {2SAT 200.3}
[2SAT 200.4]          When the tiller of the soil sows seed, he apparently throws away his grain. Parents may think that in teaching their children the principles of kindness and patience, they are throwing away their time and efforts. But if they are faithful in training their children, they will reap an abundant harvest as surely as will the one who sows good seed in his field.  {2SAT 200.4}
[2SAT 200.5]          Parents, make your home a little heaven on earth. You can do this, if you so choose. You can make home so pleasant and cheerful that it will be the most attractive place on earth to your children. Let them receive all the blessings of the household. You can so relate yourselves to God that His Spirit will abide in your home. Come close to the bleeding side of the Man of Calvary. Those who are partakers with Him in His sufferings will at last be partakers with Him in His glory.  {2SAT 200.5}
[2SAT 200.6]          We are offered an everlasting life insurance policy that assures us a life which measures with the life of the infinite God. We are to make manifest that we are not working for earthly riches and honor, but for a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. When we have been offered so much, shall we not with every power of the being strive to be overcomers? If such an effort made men and women miserable, if it caused them to feel that they were under condemnation, we could not appeal so strongly to you to take up the cross and follow the Saviour. But we know that the effort to run with patience the race set before you will bring happiness                                      -201-     into your face, the sparkle of glad satisfaction into your eyes, and nobility into our soul. In this light look at the Christian's race. Grasp the hand of the Infinite, reached down to save you. He says, "I the Lord thy God will hold thy right hand, saying unto thee, Fear not; I will help thee." Remember that in God you have a mighty Helper.  {2SAT 200.6}
[2SAT 201.1]     The Improvement of Our Talents            In the parable of the talents the servant who had five talents traded upon them wisely, and in the day of reckoning was able to bring double that number to the Master. The one also who had two doubled his talents. But the man who had one talent hid it in a napkin and buried it in the earth. And when the master returned and reckoned with his servants, the sentence pronounced upon this unslothful servant was, "Take therefore the talent from him, and give it unto him which hath ten talents" (Matthew 25:28).  {2SAT 201.1}
[2SAT 201.2]          Brethren and sisters, what are you doing to prepare yourselves for a home in glory? Do you realize that to everyone is given his work? God has not given all the same work. Some have a greater number of talents than others. Those who have five talents should faithfully trade upon them. To those who have two talents the Lord says, "Trade upon your talents, using and improving them to My glory." We are to use our talents according to our several ability.  {2SAT 201.2}
[2SAT 201.3]          Remember that you have at least one talent. Resolve by the grace of God to use your talent wisely, and see whether you can gain another one. Thank God that He has manifested His great love to you by entrusting you even with one talent. By word and action show that you appreciate this gift, and that you regard it as a treasure greater in value than anything else you possess. Put your talent out to the exchangers. If you use it faithfully, you will gain another talent; and by a faithful use of these two talents, you will gain two more.  {2SAT 201.3}
[2SAT 201.4]          If you have received only one talent, instead of burying it say, "I have but one talent, and I must make the most of it. I will be faithful in the little things, because the Word declares, 'He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much' (Luke 16:10). I must use to the very best advantage that which is given me. I must not waste one jot or tittle of my powers in the gratification of appetite or pride of appearance. In my family I must be a faithful teacher, training my children for the future, immortal life. I must teach them to be honest and truthful, kind and patient. I myself must be all that I desire my children to be; for in speaking of His disciples, Christ said, 'For their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified'" (John 17:19).  {2SAT 201.4}
[2SAT 202.1]                                      -202-          If you have buried in the earth the one talent that God entrusted to you, I beseech you to improve it before He inquires, What have you done with the talent that I gave you?  {2SAT 202.1}
[2SAT 202.2]          Often the talent of means is buried. Money laying unused in banks is regarded by the Lord as a buried talent. God wants His followers to use the talent of means in His service. We should do our part to carry forward the different lines of work in all parts of the earth. A great work is to be done in the cities. Camp meetings are to be held in many places. Those who have the talent of means may multiply it by using it in the work of giving to the world the message of truth for this time. When through the instrumentality of our one talent someone is brought into the truth, that one talent is doubled. And when this person brings others into the truth, there is a still further increase of talents.  {2SAT 202.2}
[2SAT 202.3]          To him who uses aright his one talent, the Master will say, "Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy Lord" (Matthew 25:21). The well-doer is not rewarded in proportion to the number of his entrusted talents, but in proportion to the use made of that which he has, and the motive which prompts his action.  {2SAT 202.3}
[2SAT 202.4]          I tell you these things in order that you may individually feel that God desires to use you in His service. There is a place for you to fill in this world. If you fill this place faithfully, the Lord of heaven will work in your behalf, and you will see of the salvation of God. This is what we are so anxious for everyone to see.  {2SAT 202.4}
[2SAT 202.5]          In Isaiah 57:15 we read: "Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones." This scripture describes the man whom God approves.  {2SAT 202.5}
[2SAT 202.6]          The Work Before Us          Christ is coming soon. He declared that when there would be wars and rumors of wars, when there would be famines, pestilences, and earthquakes in divers places, we might know that the time of His second appearing is near. "When these things begin to come to pass," He declared, "then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh" (Luke 21:28).  {2SAT 202.6}
[2SAT 202.7]          Christ represented this time by the parable of the fig tree. "Behold the fig tree," He said, "and all the trees; when they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves                                      -203-     that summer is now nigh at hand" (verse 30). The wickedness, the turmoil, the disturbances on every side, should be regarded by us as signs that the day of God is at hand.  {2SAT 202.7}
[2SAT 203.1]         We are standing on the verge of the eternal world. We have no time to lose. It is high time to tell the people that Christ is coming. Let us warn them, visiting them at their homes, and talking and praying with them personally. By such efforts we shall win souls to Christ. If we come to God in faith, He will give us power and grace for every duty.  {2SAT 203.1}
[2SAT 203.2]          Let those who profess to believe present truth practice economy. God has use for every dollar that can be given to advance His work in the earth. The cities throughout America are to be worked. The Southern field in all its barrenness is staring us in the face. Who feels a burden to go there to labor? Perhaps you are inclined to find fault with those who are there; but can you not go there yourself to see what you can do in working wisely for souls ready to perish?  {2SAT 203.2}
[2SAT 203.3]          We have only touched upon this subject, and now we leave it with you. We greatly desire to have everyone go to work. Cease to criticize and find fault. If anyone has aught against his brother, let him go to him in the spirit of Christ and settle the difficulty. Before the power of the Holy Ghost rested upon the disciples, they spent ten days before God in prayer and fasting and confession of sin. After they had come unto unity, the heavens were opened, the glory of God was revealed, and the Holy Spirit came upon them. Then they went forth to proclaim the gospel with power, and under the influence of the Spirit 5,000 were converted in one day.  {2SAT 203.3}
[2SAT 203.4]          Let us begin to look at these things as they are. The saving knowledge of the power of God should go forth from us as a lamp that burneth. Our tapers should be kindled from the divine altar.  {2SAT 203.4}
[2SAT 203.5]          One reason that there are not more conversions now is because you yourselves need to be converted. Just as soon as you receive the baptism of the Holy Spirit you will see of the salvation of God. Let the breaking-up plow do its work in the heart. We desire to see everyone drawing strength from Christ by eating His flesh and drinking His blood. May God help you. May He cleanse you from all unrighteousness, and let His light shine upon you. May we see the salvation of God before this meeting closes.-- Manuscript 77, 1902 (MR 900.35).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D.C. November 1, 1985. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 203.5}
[2SAT 204.1]       Chap. 28 - Dangers of Worldly Policies and Principles;  A Plea for Obedience, Righteousness, and Unity    Manuscript 96, 1902    ［Early morning talk by Mrs. E. G. White, to the Pacific Union Medical Missionary Council, Sanitarium Chapel, St. Helena, California, June 19, 1902.］           Conformity to the world is causing many of our people to lose their bearings. I feel deeply over this matter, because it is continually kept before me by the Lord. For many years it has been presented to me again and again that a worldly policy has been coming into the management of many of our institutions. And when I read the published Testimonies that were given in the early seventies and even before that time, I am surprised to see how clearly our dangers in this matter have been pointed out, and how plainly the right way has been outlined from the beginning.  {2SAT 204.1}
[2SAT 204.2]          But the way, so plainly specified, has not been followed. Men act as if counsels had never been given; and yet we expect the Lord to uplift us and to do great things for us! True, He will help us if we so relate ourselves to Him that He can; but He will not serve with us while we are weaving threads of selfishness into the web.  {2SAT 204.2}
[2SAT 204.3]         A Deviation From Right Principles. There is a sentiment among our people--opposed by some, it is true, but held by many--that each one connected with God's service may be sharp, keen, and designing, in order to make the best possible showing, indicating that his line of work is a success. Those who continue to hold to this idea will be bitterly disappointed when at the Judgment they find that they have no place in the kingdom of God. False principles will never prevail in heaven. Not a thread of selfishness is to be brought into any part of God's service in His work upon the earth.  {2SAT 204.3}
[2SAT 204.4]          A worldly policy has been coming into management of our institutions. It nearly spoiled our publishing house in Battle Creek. God was not made first and last and best in everything. Human judgment, human ideas, were taking the lead and control of everything.  {2SAT 204.4}
[2SAT 204.5]          God is not pleased with those who are ambitious of being regarded as shrewd men in the estimation of the world; nevertheless this ambition is cherished by not a few men of responsibility in our ranks. God's work should mean a great deal more to us than it does. It is more important than we have supposed.  {2SAT 204.5}
[2SAT 205.1]                                     -205-          Men in positions of responsibility who in any way deviate from Bible principles are divorcing themselves from God. We must be determined not to permit a worldly policy to be brought into our work. The servants of the living God and the servants of Satan are to be as distinct from one another as light is from darkness. The line of demarcation between them must be unmistakable.  {2SAT 205.1}
[2SAT 205.2]          If ever there was a time when those who have a knowledge of present truth should find their bearings, it is the present time. Although no one is to move independently of his brethren, yet each one must gain a knowledge of his own condition, his exact bearings. The question that each one should ask himself is, "What is my relation to God?"  {2SAT 205.2}
[2SAT 205.3]          It is conformity to the world that is causing our people to lose their bearings. The perversion of right principles has not been brought about suddenly. The angel of the Lord presented this matter to me in symbols. It seemed as if a thief were stealthily moving closer and still closer, and gradually but surely stealing away the identity of God's work, by leading our brethren to conform to worldly policies.  {2SAT 205.3}
[2SAT 205.4]          The mind of man has taken the place that rightfully belongs to God. Whatever position a man may hold, however exalted he may be, he should act as Christ would were He in his place. In every stroke of work that he performs, in his words, and in his character, he should be Christlike.  {2SAT 205.4}
[2SAT 205.5]          Man is not to permit God's work to be carried on contrary to a plain "Thus saith the Lord." But it is becoming more and more customary for men to separate from God, thinking that it is their privilege to go forward in their own way and according to their own ideas.  {2SAT 205.5}
[2SAT 205.6]          Restrictions That Are Contrary To The Spirit of the Gospel. A few weeks ago I saw in a Battle Creek paper a statement that startled me. It was to the effect that no funds of Battle Creek Sanitarium can be sent outside of the State of Michigan to build or support other enterprises of any kind. Brethren, God will not endorse this arrangement.  {2SAT 205.6}
[2SAT 205.7]          When we were struggling in Australia--a new, unworked field--the Lord bade me to ask Battle Creek Sanitarium to assist us in establishing a sanitarium there which was even more needed to give character to the work in that new field than the Battle Creek Sanitarium was to give character to the work in America. But no response was made to the Lord's request. When I read this statement in regard to the restriction placed upon the earnings of the institution in Battle Creek, I began to understand why we received no                                      -206-     help from this source while we were in Australia.  {2SAT 205.7}
[2SAT 206.1]          Such a restriction is not in accordance with the principles of the gospel. Christ commissioned His disciples to carry the gospel to the ends of the earth. He did not restrict the blessings of the gospel to Judea or any other one country. In God's work there is equity. We helped establish the medical institution in Battle Creek, and nourished it tenderly in its infancy; and, having become strong, it should have been ready to respond to the appeal made to its managers to help us establish a similar institution in Australia.  {2SAT 206.1}
[2SAT 206.2]          Let our brethren take heed that in the organization and management of the various branches of the work, no place be given to any such selfish policy or plan.  {2SAT 206.2}
[2SAT 206.3]          Erroneous Principles To Be Put Away. The Lord expects us to make most diligent efforts to free ourselves of the worldly spirit that has come in among us. He desires us to understand that we are not to build immense sanitariums in favored localities; for this would absorb means that should be used in assisting to build many sanitariums in other places. He desires that medical institutions shall be established in many places in many lands, and in every country to which the truth is carried.  {2SAT 206.3}
[2SAT 206.4]          The Lord calls for a reformation. In every place where believers have adopted worldly principles, He desires a voice of warning to be raised. "Cry aloud," He says, "spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins." As a people and as individuals we must put away the erroneous principles and ambitious projects which lead us to embrace so much within a narrow compass. God desires us to learn to walk firmly and solidly, ever advancing in His way. He desires us to erect every building with reference to the needs of other places that must sometime have similar advantages.  {2SAT 206.4}
[2SAT 206.5]          In no respect is God's work to be circumscribed by man-made restrictions. Many of the ambitious plans and policies that have been made are not endorsed by Him. He is no party to keeping many advantages in one place. He desires every institution established to stand ready to help establish the next institution that is needed. Upon everyone who knows the truth rests the responsibility of bringing others into the truth.  {2SAT 206.5}
[2SAT 206.6]          Just so it is with the establishment of institutions. No person, no institution, is to be so bound about that this principle of service for others must be violated. Some are already bound; but the Lord desires to have them set free. In the night season it seemed as if I were watching those upon whom yokes were being put. Then One in                                      -207-     authority came forward and broke every yoke, saying, "I make no such yokes. Let every one stand in his God-given independence, and yet remain humble as a little child."  {2SAT 206.6}
[2SAT 207.1]          God desires His people both to labor for those around them and to sustain the workers who are sent into new fields. Those who are living in comfortable homes, surrounded by kind friends, are not to tell the self-sacrificing workers who go into new fields, that they must make their work self-sustaining. Brother and sisters, remember that the missionaries whom you send to far-away lands often labor among enemies who constantly plan to hinder them in their work. Would it not be much better for the workers in the home field to sustain themselves, rather than to ask the brethren sent to mission fields where the truth is unknown to sustain themselves in spite of unfavorable surroundings?  {2SAT 207.1}
[2SAT 207.2]          God is calling upon the workers in America to stand by their fellow workers abroad, and sustain them in every enterprise that they undertake. When they are instructed by the Lord to arise and build, those in charge of the work in this country should be ready to give them liberal assistance.  {2SAT 207.2}
[2SAT 207.3]          A Plea For Principles of Justice and Righteousness. From many minds a realization of the times in which we are living is as far away as is heaven from the earth. It seems that their duty to prepare to meet a soon-coming Saviour is entirely forgotten. God wants us to come to our senses. He wants us to act like rational beings who are living on the borders of the eternal world.  {2SAT 207.3}
[2SAT 207.4]          Remember that in preparing yourselves for the heavenly kingdom, you are preparing others. The Scriptures say, "Make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way." Many are weak in moral power; many have not had the privileges and the training that we have had; many have never had opportunity to receive instruction, "precept upon precept; line upon line; ... here a little and there a little."  {2SAT 207.4}
[2SAT 207.5]          God lays heavy responsibilities upon those who have had such instruction. They ought to spend much time in prayer. In the place of feeling that their judgment is supreme, they ought to feel terribly afraid. Instead of gathering to themselves all the burdens that they can possibly grasp, which give them no time to pray, no time to meditate on their spiritual condition, they should spend much time in communion with their Maker.  {2SAT 207.5}
[2SAT 207.6]          God's cause is of so much consequence to Him, that of every one who claims to be His steward He requires a correct representation of His character. None but those who walk circumspectly before Him are qualified for stewardship. He works with those who properly                                      -208-     represent His character. Through them His will is done on earth as it is in heaven.  {2SAT 207.6}
[2SAT 208.1]          Let us offer daily the prayer that Christ taught His disciples to pray, and then live our prayer during the day. To practice this prayer is the whole duty of man. Its principles lie at the foundation of the spring of all right action. Those who carry out every phase of these principles will become sensible men--men whose minds God Himself can control and guide.  {2SAT 208.1}
[2SAT 208.2]          When a man comes into right relation with God, the principles of justice and righteousness will permeate the whole being. My brother, my sister, have you received the Holy Ghost? Well might this question be asked of those who have in their hands the lines that guide the movements of God's workers.  {2SAT 208.2}
[2SAT 208.3]          Every one of God's professed followers needs a humble and contrite spirit; and those who are in high positions of responsibility need a double portion of the spirit of humility. Instead of being careless and indifferent, instead of thinking that they are the ones who receive the most wisdom from God and know best how to direct others, those to whom much responsibility has been entrusted should humble themselves in the dust, pleading with God as they have never pleaded before. God desires to see every man of influence in our ranks cherishing the principles of justice and equity.  {2SAT 208.3}
[2SAT 208.4]          We cannot afford to be careless and indifferent in regard to our spiritual welfare. It has been presented to me that the work of grace first begins in the home, in individual hearts. A knowledge of God and His law should be given the children from their earliest years. The instruction that God gave to the fathers and mothers of Israel in regard to teaching His precepts to their children, is for the parents of this time. God says, Thou shalt teach these words "diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes. And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates" ［Deuteronomy 6:7-9］.  {2SAT 208.4}
[2SAT 208.5]          Why is God so particular about a knowledge of His law? Because a departure from it means destruction, not only to the transgressor but to many others as well who have transgressed through his misleading influence.  {2SAT 208.5}
[2SAT 208.6]          Our Relation to God. I have been shown that our relation to God is the same as that of little children to their parents. The God of heaven is watching His people, His church, just as loving parents                                      -209-     watch their children. And we are as foolish as little children are; for how prone we are to think that we know everything, when really we have not begun to know what God is waiting to teach us when we show willingness to follow in His footsteps.  {2SAT 208.6}
[2SAT 209.1]          Will we come down from our position of self-righteousness, and as little children take hold of God's work? Will we be willing to be taught and led of Him? With tottering steps we are just beginning to walk. In time we shall learn to take firmer steps, but now we are liable at any moment to stumble and fall. From the highest to the lowest, we each have spiritual weaknesses and troubles similar to the weaknesses and troubles of helpless children. And as these experienced children cannot place their dependence upon one another, but must depend on their parents, so we must learn not to hang our helpless souls on any human being, but cling to the One mighty to save. Man's policy is valueless. We must individually depend upon God for strength and guidance.  {2SAT 209.1}
[2SAT 209.2]          It is of no use for man to attempt to use his own human wisdom while occupying a high position of responsibility in God's service. His work for the church will be of no value, unless he puts his trust in the wisdom of the great Head of the church. God calls upon us to make our movements in His fear and to walk tremblingly before Him. "Work out your own salvation," He says, "with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure."  {2SAT 209.2}
[2SAT 209.3]          So long as we work in Christ's lines, laying hold of the arm of the Mighty One, we are safe; but just as soon as we loosen our grasp of His arm, and begin to depend upon human beings, we are in great danger.  {2SAT 209.3}
[2SAT 209.4]          This very day the Lord desires us to reach a higher standard than we have ever reached in the past. Day by day we are to advance upward, ever upward, until it can be said of us as a people, "Ye are complete in Him."  {2SAT 209.4}
[2SAT 209.5]          Unity. The work of God is advanced more rapidly when His workers are in unity. In unity there is a life, a power, that can be obtained in no other way. United with one another, working together in harmony, we shall indeed be "laborers together with God.  {2SAT 209.5}
[2SAT 209.6]          "Yes," one says, "this is exactly what I believe in--consolidation." But this unity is not what the world calls consolidation. Unity among brethren results in consolidation with Christ and with the heavenly angels. Such consolidation is heaven-born. It is that for which Christ longed when He prayed, "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on                                      -210-     Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, That they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me" ［John 17:20-23］.  {2SAT 209.6}
[2SAT 210.1]          Walking In the Light. If it were not for the light that is given us from above, we could not follow step by step in God's footsteps. Christ came to this world in order that we might have this light. He is "the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world." He, the Majesty of heaven, the Son of the living God, the One equal with the Father, came to our world to stand by the side of fallen beings, through His sacrifice giving value to humanity. Lower and still lower He stepped in humiliation, until it was impossible for Him to descend any lower. For our sake He suffered and died. While hanging upon the cross, He exclaimed, "It is finished." He had accomplished His work for us; He had become the propitiation for our sins; He had made it possible for us to become clean through faith in Him.  {2SAT 210.1}
[2SAT 210.2]          If from the beginning we had walked in the counsel of God, thousands more would have been converted to the present truth. But many have made crooked paths for their feet. My brethren, make straight paths, lest the lame be turned out of the way. Let no one follow a crooked path that someone else has made, for thus you would not only go astray yourself, but would make this crooked path plainer for someone else to follow, Determine that as for yourself, you will walk in the path of obedience. Know for a certainty that you are standing under the broad shield of Omnipotence. Realize that the characteristics of Jehovah must be revealed in your life, and that in you a work must be accomplished that will mold your character after the divine similitude. Yield yourself to the guidance of Him who is the Head over all.  {2SAT 210.2}
[2SAT 210.3]          Brethren and sisters, we are doing our work for the Judgment. Let us be learners of Jesus. We need His guidance every moment. At every step we should inquire, "Is this the way of the Lord?" not, "Is this the way of the man who is over me?" We are to be concerned only as to whether we are walking in the way of the Lord.  {2SAT 210.3}
[2SAT 210.4]          God will honor and uphold every true-hearted, earnest soul who is seeking to walk before Him in the perfection of Christ's grace. He will never leave nor forsake one                    -211-     humble, trembling soul. Shall we believe that He will work in our hearts? that if we allow Him to do so, He will make us pure and holy, by His rich grace qualifying us to be laborers together with Him? Can we with keen, sanctified perception appreciate the strength of His promises, and appropriate them, not because we are worthy, but because by living faith we claim the righteousness of Christ?  {2SAT 210.4}
[2SAT 211.1]          The Reward of Obedience. Those who honor God and keep His commandments are subject to the accusations of Satan. The enemy works with all his energy to lead human beings into sin. Then he pleads that on account of their past sins, he should be allowed to exercise his hellish cruelty on them as his own subjects. Of this work Zechariah has written, "And he showed me Joshua the high priest"--a representative of the people who keep the commandments of God--"standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him."  {2SAT 211.1}
[2SAT 211.2]          Christ is our High Priest. Satan stands before Him night and day as an accuser of the brethren. With masterly power he presents their objectionable features of character as sufficient reason for the withdrawal of Christ's protecting power, thus allowing Satan to discourage and destroy those whom he has caused to sin. But Christ has made atonement for every sinner. We may by faith hear our Advocate saying, "The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the burning?"  {2SAT 211.2}
[2SAT 211.3]          "Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments." With garments of sin and shame the enemy clothes those who by his masterly temptations have been overpowered and led from allegiance to God. Then he declares that it is unfair for Christ to be their Light, their Defender.  {2SAT 211.3}
[2SAT 211.4]          But, poor, repentant mortals, hear the words of Jesus, and, as you hear, believe: "And he answered (the accusing charge of Satan) and spake unto those (angels) that stood before Him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him." I will blot out his transgressions. I will cover his sins. I will impute to him My righteousness. "And unto him He said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment."  {2SAT 211.4}
[2SAT 211.5]          The filthy garments are removed, for Christ says, "I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee." The iniquity is transferred to the pure, holy, innocent Son of God; and man, all undeserving, stands before the Lord cleansed from sin, and clothed with the imputed righteousness of Christ. Oh, what a change of garment is this!  {2SAT 211.5}
[2SAT 212.1]                    -212-          And Christ does more than this for the repentant sinner: "And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by. And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among those that stand by."  {2SAT 212.1}
[2SAT 212.2]          The Outlook. We are on the verge of the eternal world. Some may say, "How do you know this, Sister White?" I know it by the judgments of God that are in the land. These judgments are given to bring men and women to their senses. God has a purpose in everything that He permits to take place in our world, and He desires us to be so spiritually-minded that we shall perceive His working in the unusual happenings that are now of almost daily occurrence. Already His judgments have begun to fall upon the inhabitants of the land. He can touch the largest so-called fire-proof buildings, and in two or three hours they are as nothingness--burned to the ground.  {2SAT 212.2}
[2SAT 212.3]          We have before us a great work--the closing work of giving the last warning message to a sinful world. But what have we done in the world? Look, I beg of you, at the many, many places that have never even been entered. Behold the Southern field with its millions upon millions of souls. Who is interested in their salvation? Look at the large buildings that have been piled up in a few places. Witness the showing in Battle Creek and in a few other centers of our work. Consider the amount of time, the effort, the means, that have been expended in making a great showing in a few places. Look at our brethren and sisters treading over and over the same ground, while around them is a neglected world, lying in wickedness and corruption--a world as yet unwarned! To me this is an awful picture. What appalling indifference we manifest to the needs of a perishing world!-- Ms 96, 1902 (MR 900.50).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D.C. August 13, 1987. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 212.3}
[2SAT 213.1]      Chap. 29 - The Divine-Human Christ Set Forth in Revelation    Manuscript 155, 1902    ［Sermon preached Sabbath, November 22, 1902, at the Sanitarium Chapel, St. Helena, California. One line from this manuscript appears in Manuscript Release No. 115.］            "The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John: who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw" ［Revelation 1:1, 2］. In the next verse a blessing is pronounced by the Lord through His servant John upon all who read and all who hear the book of Revelation: "Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand."  {2SAT 213.1}
[2SAT 213.2]         It is our privilege to know something in regard to this book that many ministers say cannot be understood. To many, the Revelation is a closed book. But we are to know "what saith the Scriptures," and we are also to understand their meaning. We should understand the book of Revelation much better than we do. The blessing pronounced upon those who read, and hear, and keep the words of this prophecy may be ours. If we take up the study of this book in a receptive frame of mind, with hearts susceptible to divine impressions, the truths revealed will have a sanctifying influence upon us.  {2SAT 213.2}
[2SAT 213.3]          The Revelation was written to the seven churches of Asia, which represented the people of God throughout the world. "John to the seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from Him which is, and which was, and which is to come: and from the seven Spirits which are before His throne; and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth." Banished to the solitude of the Isle of Patmos, John was favored with the presence of Jesus Christ.  {2SAT 213.3}
[2SAT 213.4]          How comforting are the words of the aged apostle as he wrote of his Saviour to the churches! "Unto Him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in His own blood, and hath made us kings and priests unto God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever." Many, many times these words have comforted me.  {2SAT 213.4}
[2SAT 213.5]          "Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him." Let us consider this prophecy. We should                    -214-     realize that whether we be saved or whether we be lost, we shall sometime see the Saviour as He is, in all His glory, and shall understand His character. At His second coming conviction will be brought to every heart. Those who have cast Him aside, those who have turned from Him to the trivial things of this earth, those who in this life have sought their own interests and glory, will in the day of His coming acknowledge their mistake. These are the ones who, in the language of the Revelator, are spoken of as "all kindreds of the earth" who "shall wail because of Him." Let us not be content to be numbered among the "kindreds of the earth." Our citizenship is in heaven, and we are to lay hold on the hope set before us in the gospel.  {2SAT 213.5}
[2SAT 214.1]          "And they also which pierced Him." Not only does this apply to those who last saw Christ when He hung on the cross of Calvary, but to those who by wrong words and actions are piercing Him today. Daily He suffers the agonies of crucifixion. Daily men and women are piercing Him by dishonoring Him, by refusing to do His will. And did He not suffer before He came to this earth as a man among men? The nation that He purposed to lead from Egypt into Canaan rejected Him more than once. During the forty years of wilderness wandering, even though He fed His chosen people with manna and protected them from harm, they resisted His evidences of truth, failed to recognize His light and power, were unmindful of His miracles, and as the result fell in the wilderness, never entering the promised land. The Lord could not fulfill His purpose through them. And why? Because they never left their childhood ways. They failed to overcome their wrong traits of character. Although grown up to the full stature of men and women, they brought into manhood and womanhood the defects of childhood.  {2SAT 214.1}
[2SAT 214.2]          So it is today. The Lord desires us to be men and women in Christ Jesus. Our natural dispositions are to be softened and subdued by His grace. Then we shall not be continually crucifying Him afresh. We have a Saviour who has lived a perfect life on this earth. He is our Example. He gave His life for our redemption. If in this life we follow Him, doing His will in all things, in the future life we shall live with Him forever.  {2SAT 214.2}
[2SAT 214.3]          So long as I live, I desire to keep Christ in view. This is my life purpose. This is what I am living for--to glorify Christ and to make sure of life eternal. This is the great purpose that should inspire everyone. We want to know Him whom to know aright is peace and joy and life everlasting.  {2SAT 214.3}
[2SAT 214.4]          "I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the                    -215-     Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty. I, John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ ［we need to cultivate Christlike patience］, was in the isle that is called Patmos." Why was he there? "For the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ."  {2SAT 214.4}
[2SAT 215.1]          In his old age the apostle was talking of Christ, and the people were tired of hearing his testimony, which was a rebuke of their stubborn refusal to accept Christ as their Saviour. They rejected the One who, if they had repented and believed on Him, could have given them power to become the sons of God. They thought that if they could rid themselves of John's testimony, so annoying to their peace of mind, they would feel much more comfortable. So they banished him to this rocky isle.  {2SAT 215.1}
[2SAT 215.2]          But in sending him here, they did not place him beyond the reach of Jesus, for on this very isle John was given a most wonderful revelation of His Saviour and of things that were to come to pass on the earth. And it was on the Isle of Patmos, too, that he wrote out the record of his visions that we are studying today. This testimony that Christ commanded John to write to all the churches was light that God designed should be immortalized and remain present truth until all the events foretold should come to pass.  {2SAT 215.2}
[2SAT 215.3]          "I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day," the prophet declared, "and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying" ［Revelation 1:11-20, quoted］.  {2SAT 215.3}
[2SAT 215.4]          It may seem wonderful to us that John saw Christ as He is, and that Christ addressed Himself to the churches. But we should remember that the church, enfeebled and defective though it be, is the only object on earth on which Christ bestows His supreme regard. He is constantly watching it with solicitude, and is strengthening it by His Holy Spirit. Will we, as members of His church, allow Him to impress our minds and to work through us to His glory? Will we hear the messages that He addresses to the church, and take heed to them? We desire to be among the number who shall meet Him with joy when they see Him as He is. We do not wish to be among those who "shall wail because of Him" when they see Him as He is. Let us make our redemption certain by listening to and obeying the messages that He gives to His church.  {2SAT 215.4}
[2SAT 215.5]          ［Revelation 2:1-3, quoted.］  {2SAT 215.5}
[2SAT 215.6]         "Who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks." Christ's presence is constantly with His church. Constantly He is imparting knowledge and grace to His representatives; and He expects them to impart to others the gifts                    -216-     they receive. To His disciples He says, "Go, go!" As the disciples were conversing with Him just before His ascension, He gave them the gospel commission. "All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth," He declared. "Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world."  {2SAT 215.6}
[2SAT 216.1]         Do we believe Christ's words? If I did not, I assure you I would not be traveling from place to place as I have traveled for so many years, to bear my testimony at large general meetings. Even this year I have attended three camp meetings. The twenty-sixth of this month I shall be seventy-five years of age. Since I was sixteen years old, I have been working continuously, speaking in public congregations to the people as God bade me speak. I have passed through much suffering and affliction, but the Saviour has ever sustained me. What could I have done without His help?  {2SAT 216.1}
[2SAT 216.2]          He sympathizes with me in every pang of anguish that I feel. Manifold are the times that His hand has been upon me for good. Time and again He has restored me from sickness and suffering to health. Even when my friends have thought I was dead, the Lord has brought me to life again and given me the message, "Go, go, and tell others the things that I have revealed to you." This has been my work. The comfort of the Holy Spirit is worth everything to me. I understand what it means. I know that my Saviour is more glorious and lovely than any language can picture. He is the One altogether lovely, the Chiefest among ten thousand. I know by experience that He is a loving, compassionate Redeemer, and I desire that everybody else shall learn to love Him.  {2SAT 216.2}
[2SAT 216.3]          The brethren and sisters in the Ephesian church were admonished to cherish love for Christ and for one another. After commending their good works, the Saviour said, "Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent."  {2SAT 216.3}
[2SAT 216.4]          We need all the light we can receive from our Saviour. We cannot afford to walk in darkness, without God, without hope. Christ is walking in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks--His church--beholding the works of His professed disciples. We need to pray for His Spirit, that we may work the works of God.  {2SAT 216.4}
[2SAT 217.1]                    -217-          In the third chapter we read: ［Revelation 3:1-4, quoted］.  {2SAT 217.1}
[2SAT 217.2]         Are we among the number who are "worthy"? or have we cherished the defects of our childhood? Those who desire to be representatives of Christ must put away everything that is unlike Him. He came to our world in order that He might give to mankind a representation of His Father's character.  {2SAT 217.2}
[2SAT 217.3]         He came not in His glory, surrounded by a retinue of holy angels to minister to His every need. He came not to show His superiority. Leaving His high command in the heavenly courts, and laying aside His kingly crown and royal robe, He clothed His divinity with humanity, and entered the world as a helpless babe. For our sake He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich.  {2SAT 217.3}
[2SAT 217.4]         If His divine nature had not been clothed with the garb of humanity, Christ could not have associated with the fallen race and have become their Redeemer. It was necessary for Him to know the power of all our temptations, to pass through all the trials and afflictions that we are called to pass through, in order to be indeed a Saviour. In all our afflictions He was afflicted. Satan, the powerful foe who had been turned out of heaven, had long claimed to have dominion on the earth, and Christ came to conquer this foe, in order that we might, through divine grace, also obtain the victory over the enemy of our souls. Standing at the head of humanity, Christ by His perfect obedience demonstrated to the universe that man could keep the commandments of God.  {2SAT 217.4}
[2SAT 217.5]         Under all circumstances--whether in prosperity or in adversity, whether received or rejected, whether at the marriage feast or suffering the pangs of hunger--Christ remained faithful to every precept of God's law, and wrought out for our example a perfect life. He has endured every hardship that comes to the poor and the afflicted. Without sin He has suffered weariness and hunger. He understands every inconvenience to which we may be put. From childhood to manhood He stood the test of obedience.  {2SAT 217.5}
[2SAT 217.6]         When Jesus was led into the wilderness to be tempted, He was led by the Spirit of God. He did not invite temptation. He went into the wilderness to be alone, to contemplate His mission and work. By fasting and prayer He was to brace Himself for the blood-stained path He must travel. But Satan knew that the Saviour had gone into the wilderness, and he thought this was the best time to approach Him. Weak and emaciated from hunger, worn and haggard with mental agony, Christ's "visage was so marred more than any man, and His form more than the sons of                    -218-     men." Now was Satan's opportunity. Now he supposed that he could overcome Christ.  {2SAT 217.6}
[2SAT 218.1]         The first temptation was on the point of appetite. There came to the Saviour, as if in answer to His prayers, one in the guise of an angel from heaven. He claimed to have a commission from God to declare that Christ's fast was at an end. The Saviour was faint from hunger, He was craving for food when Satan came suddenly upon Him. Pointing to the stones which strewed the desert, and which had the appearance of loaves of bread, the tempter said, "If Thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread."  {2SAT 218.1}
[2SAT 218.2]          Though he appears as an angel of light, these first words betray his character. "If Thou be the Son of God." Here is the insinuation of distrust. Should Jesus do that which Satan suggests, it would be an acceptance of the doubt. If Christ's confidence in God could be shaken, Satan knew that the victory in the whole controversy would be his. He hoped that under the force of despondency and extreme hunger, Christ would lose faith in His Father and work a miracle in His own behalf.  {2SAT 218.2}
[2SAT 218.3]          Not without a struggle could Jesus listen in silence to the arch-deceiver. But the Son of God was not to prove His divinity to Satan. He met the tempter with the words of Scripture. "It is written," He said, "man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God." In every temptation the weapon of His warfare was the Word of God.  {2SAT 218.3}
[2SAT 218.4]          When Christ said to the tempter, "Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God," He repeated the words that, more than fourteen hundred years before, He had spoken to Israel. And the same words are written for our admonition. We are to commune with the One who gives us life, the One who keeps the heart in motion and the pulse beating. God is giving the breath of life to every member of His great family here below. He deserves your sincere reverence, your earnest devotion. When you consider what He has done for you, how can you help but love Him? He has given His Son as a propitiation for sin, in order that you might stand on vantage ground with God.  {2SAT 218.4}
[2SAT 218.5]          If the world should recognize the claims of God upon them, we would not see and hear of the awful sins that are now so common; we would not read of the murders, the wickedness, and the tyranny daily chronicled in the newspapers. Like the antediluvians, the inhabitants of the world have almost entirely forgotten God and His law.  {2SAT 218.5}
[2SAT 218.6]          The second temptation was on the point of presumption. "The devil taketh Him up into the holy                    -219-     city, and setteth Him on a pinnacle of the temple, and saith unto Him, If Thou be the Son of God, cast Thyself down: for it is written, He shall give His angels charge concerning Thee: and in their hands they shall bear Thee up, lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone." Satan now supposes that he has met Jesus on His own ground.  {2SAT 218.6}
[2SAT 219.1]          The wily foe himself presents words that proceeded from the mouth of God. He makes it evident that he is acquainted with the Scriptures. But when he quoted the promise, "He shall give His angels charge over Thee," he omitted the words, "to keep Thee in all Thy ways," that is, in all the ways of God's choosing. Jesus refused to go outside the path of obedience. He would not force Providence to come to His rescue, and thus fail of giving man an example of trust and submission. Never did He work a miracle in His own behalf. His wonderful works were all for the good of others. Jesus declared to Satan, "It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God." God will preserve all who walk in the path of obedience, but to depart from it is to venture on Satan's ground. There we are sure to fall. The Saviour has bidden us, "Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temptation."  {2SAT 219.1}
[2SAT 219.2]          Jesus was victor in the second temptation, and now Satan manifests himself in his true character, claiming to be the god of this world. Placing Jesus upon a high mountain, Satan caused the kingdoms of the world, in all their glory, to pass in panoramic view before Him. The eyes of Jesus, so lately greeted by gloom and desolation, now gazed upon a scene of unsurpassed loveliness and prosperity. Then the tempter's voice was heard, "All this power will I give Thee, and the glory of them: for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give it. If Thou therefore wilt worship me, all shall be Thine" ［Luke 4:6］.  {2SAT 219.2}
[2SAT 219.3]          Christ's mission could be fulfilled only through suffering. Before Him was a life of sorrow, hardship, and conflict, and an ignominious death. But now Christ might deliver Himself from the dreadful future by acknowledging the supremacy of Satan. But to do this was to yield the victory in the great controversy. Christ declared to the tempter, "Get thee behind Me, Satan; for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve." Christ's divinity flashed through suffering humanity. Satan had no power to resist the command to depart. Humiliated and enraged, he was forced to withdraw from the presence of the world's Redeemer.  {2SAT 219.3}
[2SAT 219.4]          After the foe had departed, Jesus fell exhausted to the earth. He had endured the test, but He now was                    -220-     fainting on the field of battle. What hand was there to be put beneath His head? How was He to be given care and nourishment, that He might regain His strength? Was He to be left to perish after gaining the victory? Oh, no; the angels of heaven had watched the conflict with intense interest, and they now came and ministered to the Son of God as He lay like one dying. He was strengthened with food, comforted with the message of His Father's love and the assurance that all heaven triumphed in His victory. He returned from the wilderness to proclaim with power His message of mercy and salvation.  {2SAT 219.4}
[2SAT 220.1]          What if Satan had gained the victory? What hope would we have had? Christ came to reveal to worlds unfallen, to angels, and to men that in God's law there is no restriction that man cannot obey. He came to represent God in humanity. He met every requirement that man is asked to meet. It was just after submitting to the rite of baptism that He received His final preparation for the great work before Him.  {2SAT 220.1}
[2SAT 220.2]          When Jesus came to be baptized, John shrank from granting His request. How could he, a sinner, baptize the sinless One? "I have need to be baptized of Thee," he exclaimed, "and comest Thou to me?" Jesus answered, "Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becometh us to fulfil all righteousness." John yielded, and buried his Lord beneath the water. Straightway coming up out of the water, Christ bowed in prayer on the riverbank. And for what did He pray? He lifted up His soul unto God in behalf of fallen humanity, and for strength to fulfill His mission. Upon His arm depended the salvation of the fallen race, and He reached out His hand to grasp the hand of Omnipotent Love. He asked for the witness that God accepted humanity in the person of His Son.  {2SAT 220.2}
[2SAT 220.3]          The Father Himself answered the petition of His Son. Direct from the throne issued the beams of His glory. The heavens were opened, and upon the Saviour's head descended a dove of burnished gold--fit emblem of Him, the meek and lowly One. A heavenly light encircled the Son of man; and from the highest heaven was heard the words, "This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased."  {2SAT 220.3}
[2SAT 220.4]          This answer to Christ's prayer is to us a pledge that God will hear and answer our petitions. In His humanity Christ cleaved through Satan's hellish shadow and reached the throne of the Infinite. His prayer was heard by the Father. In like manner our prayers find acceptance in the courts of heaven. The voice that spoke to Jesus says to every believing soul, "This is My beloved child, in whom I am well pleased."  {2SAT 220.4}
[2SAT 221.1]                    -221-          Having access, as we do, to the Source of all strength, why should we be content to remain so weak that we yield to the temptations of the enemy? Having so great an assurance of power to enable us to overcome, why are we so faithless? Why do we not overcome every time we are tempted to be hasty in speech? We should pray much more than we do. In every hour of trial we may find victory through the strength given in answer to prevailing prayer.  {2SAT 221.1}
[2SAT 221.2]          As Satan failed utterly in his attempt to cause Christ to sin, so he will fail of overcoming us, if we will act sensibly, in accordance with the light given in God's Word. Years ago I made up my mind that when the enemy tempted me to speak hastily because I felt that I was treated unjustly and wickedly, I would not open my lips. If I should speak even one word in reply, the enemy would be almost sure to gain the victory. We must learn to keep silent. In silence there is eloquence. When fighting battles with the forces of darkness, let us keep our tongues bridled. Then we shall be victorious.  {2SAT 221.2}
[2SAT 221.3]         The wicked will finally perish. We do not desire to perish with them. We desire to live a life that measures with the life of God. We desire to see the King in His beauty. We desire to behold the Lord Jesus when He comes with power and great glory. To this end we desire to overcome in every trial, for Christ declares, "To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne."  {2SAT 221.3}
[2SAT 221.4]         There is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. Men and women should be in earnest in regard to matters of eternal interest. Our work is to lead others to lay hold on the strength of the Mighty One. With His long human arm Christ encircles the fallen race, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. He has opened the way, so that the most sinful may find access to the Father. He declares, "I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it."  {2SAT 221.4}
[2SAT 221.5]          In God's sight we are all little children. Those who have grown up to manhood and womanhood, those who have acquired the greatest amount of learning, those who stand at the head of the nobility of this earth, those to whose lot has fallen much of the riches and honor of this world, are in God's sight no more than little children. They are counted by Him as the small dust of the balance. "What is man," the psalmist inquires, "that Thou art mindful of him? and the son of man, that Thou visitest him?" "Behold, the nations are as a drop of a bucket, and are counted as the small dust                    -222-     of the balance: behold, He taketh up the isles as a very little thing."  {2SAT 221.5}
[2SAT 222.1]          Notwithstanding the small value of the inhabitants of this world in comparison with all the rest of the universe, Christ volunteered to take upon Himself the nature of humanity, and to bear on His own divine soul all the sins of mankind, in order that He might redeem the fallen race and enable them to gain life eternal. In view of His infinite sacrifice, how cruel it is for men and women to refuse to accept the great salvation offered them, or to misrepresent their Saviour after professing to give themselves wholly to His service! How cruel of them to doubt that He will hear their prayers! He says, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: for every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened."  {2SAT 222.1}
[2SAT 222.2]          Christ represents Himself as sustaining the same tender relation to us that a father sustains to his children. "What man is there of you," He inquires, "whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him?" He is willing to give the Holy Spirit to everyone who asks in faith. Why are we so weak, so faithless? Why do we cherish defects of character? Why do we not always come to our heavenly Father, to ask in simple, childlike faith for the things that we need?  {2SAT 222.2}
[2SAT 222.3]          John speaks of Christians as "little children," and this is what all the members of God's family on earth are. In knowledge and understanding we are nothing but babes. Christ volunteered to teach us in a language so simple that all can understand. No one needs to use a dictionary in order to comprehend the meaning of the simple words He uses in telling us how to gain eternal life.  {2SAT 222.3}
[2SAT 222.4]          To His church Christ bears the consolation: "Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels."  {2SAT 222.4}
[2SAT 222.5]          When Christ ascended to heaven at the close of His earthly ministry, the gates of the city of God were thrown back upon their glittering hinges, and He entered as a conqueror, there to take up in the heavenly sanctuary His ministry in behalf of those for whom He had given His life. The divine-human Son of God is now standing before the Father, pleading our cases and                    -223-     making atonement for our transgressions. Thus He confesses our names before His Father and before the angels. His hands still bear the marks of the crucifixion. He exclaims, "Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands!" He desires that we shall finally enter the heavenly city as conquerors.  {2SAT 222.5}
[2SAT 223.1]          Through the grace that He constantly imparts to humanity, He is preparing a people to live with Him throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. And every one who chooses to follow Him may receive this preparation. Let us glorify His name by accepting the salvation so freely offered to us.  {2SAT 223.1}
[2SAT 223.2]          ［Revelation 3:7, 8, quoted.］  {2SAT 223.2}
[2SAT 223.3]         Christ has wrought for us and obtained an everlasting victory, in order that He might open the door of heaven and close the door of Satan's devices. He does not restrict His blessings to a few. In the first chapter of the gospel of John we read, "As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name."  {2SAT 223.3}
[2SAT 223.4]         ［Revelation 3:10-12, quoted.］  {2SAT 223.4}
[2SAT 223.5]         Every advantage has been given us to make possible our salvation. For us Christ hung on Calvary's cross. For our sake He was laid in the tomb. When He rose from the dead He proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, "I am the resurrection and the life." He is indeed our life, if we are faithful representatives of Him. We cannot afford to be representatives of Satan and do as sinners do, for we should have to endure the suffering that comes to them and share their final reward.  {2SAT 223.5}
[2SAT 223.6]         The path of disobedience leads to eternal death. The path of obedience leads to eternal life. "Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city." When the redeemed from all the nations of the earth enter their heavenly home, they will have free access to the tree of life. No angel with flaming sword will stand guard, as it was necessary for an angel to do after Adam and Eve sinned.  {2SAT 223.6}
[2SAT 223.7]         To the overcomer is promised a crown of immortal glory and a life that measures with the life of God. The overcomer will have a whole heaven of bliss, with no tempting devil, no sorrow, sickness, pain, or death. I desire to know more about heaven, and I am determined by God's grace to be there. Let us all strive to obtain an abundant entrance into the kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, where we shall be surrounded with beautiful objects surpassing by far anything that we could imagine. "Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart                    -224-     of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him."  {2SAT 223.7}
[2SAT 224.1]         Oh, we desire that the sick and the suffering and the afflicted shall see the beautiful glories that Christ is preparing for us. Dear friends, we hope to meet you around the throne of God. I want to be there. I want to see the King in His beauty. I want to see the whole heavenly host casting their glittering crowns at the feet of Jesus, and then touching their golden harps, and filling all heaven with rich music and with songs to the Lamb.  {2SAT 224.1}
[2SAT 224.2]          Will you be there? God wants you to be there; Christ wants you to be there; the angels want you to be there. To this end let us diligently study the book of Revelation, remembering always that the Lord declares, "Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein." Let us ever remember the promise, "To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God."--Ms 155, 1902 (MR 900.68).     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 224.2}
[2SAT 225.1]      Chap. 30 - Instruction Regarding the Establishment of Institutions;  Restaurants to Be Closed on the Sabbath    Manuscript 30,1903         Some matters have been presented to me which I regard of great importance. I wish to place this matter before the managers of our sanitariums and schools.  {2SAT 225.1}
[2SAT 225.2]          Our institutions should not be located in the cities. The influences of the city are of a demoralizing character. Our institutions should be established in places where land can be secured and beautified. Especially is this true in regard to our schools. The students should be removed from the evil sights and sounds of the cities. If possible, properties on which there already are suitable buildings, or on which there are orchards in bearing should be purchased on which to establish schools. Then let vegetables and fruit be cultivated that the tables may be supplied with food which is fresh and free from decay. The culture of strawberries and other small fruits should be carried on.  {2SAT 225.2}
[2SAT 225.3]         Our sanitariums also should be located in the country, and the grounds around the buildings should be beautified by ornamental trees which will invite the patients to sit in their shade. It is impossible to overrate the influence for good that these advantages exert.  {2SAT 225.3}
[2SAT 225.4]          It is not pleasing to the Lord for those who believe present truth to establish themselves in the cities. The wise God is working on minds, leading people to see the advantage of leaving these congested centers and settling in the country.  {2SAT 225.4}
[2SAT 225.5]         Many properties have been presented to me on which buildings are already erected and on which some improvements have already been made on the land. Although these may not in every particular be such as we would desire, yet the advisability of their purchase should be considered. Sometimes they may be so reduced in price that we should take advantage of the opportunity to secure them.  {2SAT 225.5}
[2SAT 225.6]          It may sometimes be necessary to purchase a location in which there are no buildings or improvements. But we must guard against purchasing properties which may seem to be cheap but on which the erection of buildings and the improvements that would have to be made would cost two or perhaps three times as much as was estimated. Thus through ignorance and miscalculation a large debt would be contracted.  {2SAT 225.6}
[2SAT 225.7]         We are seeking to do something to advance the cause of present                    -226-     truth, and it is better for us, when possible, to purchase places that can readily be prepared for work, ［and］ on which buildings are already erected, rather than to purchase the bare land.  {2SAT 225.7}
[2SAT 226.1]          Often the money spent for the traveling expenses of men who are looking for favorable locations would better be saved and invested in the purchase of some place. Some are led too much by their own ideas and desires in regard to location.  {2SAT 226.1}
[2SAT 226.2]          In Los Angeles capable men are needed who will carefully count the cost and use sound judgment in their calculations. The lack of experienced men has been a great disadvantage there. The work should not be managed by one man's mind or by one man's ideas. The Lord Himself has told how His work should be established, and all this hindrance need not have arisen.  {2SAT 226.2}
[2SAT 226.3]          It would be a mistake to build or purchase large buildings in the cities of southern California. Those who seem to see such great advantages in so doing are without understanding.  {2SAT 226.3}
[2SAT 226.4]          There is a great work to be done in sounding the gospel message for this time in these large cities, but the fitting up of large buildings for some apparently wonderful work has been a mistake. The Lord would have men walk humbly with Him. The message of warning should be sounded in the large, wicked cities such as San Francisco. Well equipped tent meetings should be held. San Francisco and Oakland are becoming as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the Lord will visit them. Not far hence they will suffer under His judgments.  {2SAT 226.4}
[2SAT 226.5]     The Establishment of Restaurants            God would have restaurants established in the cities. If properly managed, these will become missionary centers. In these restaurants publications should be kept at hand ready to present to those who patronize the restaurant.  {2SAT 226.5}
[2SAT 226.6]          The question often arises, Should these restaurants be kept open on the Sabbath? The answer is, "No, no." The Sabbath is our mark and sign, and should not become obliterated. I have recently had special light upon this subject. Efforts will be made to keep the restaurants open on Sabbath, but this should not be done.  {2SAT 226.6}
[2SAT 226.7]          I saw that some who patronize the restaurants have not proper self-control. On Sabbaths they will go to other restaurants and eat largely of meat and a great variety of other food, and thereby receive injury.  {2SAT 226.7}
[2SAT 226.8]          Recently a scene was presented before me. I was in our restaurant in San Francisco. It was Friday, and the workers were busily engaged in putting up packages of such foods as could well be transported. A                    -227-     number of people stood waiting to receive these packages. I asked the meaning of this, and the workers said, "Some of our patrons were much troubled because they could not get their meals here on the Sabbath. They told us of the injury their health would suffer if they could not do this. They felt the benefit of the wholesome meals that they received here during the week, and were loud in protest against being denied them on the Sabbath. The result you see. For those who desire it, we put up on Friday a simple lunch, enough to serve over the Sabbath, and this they take with them."  {2SAT 226.8}
[2SAT 227.1]          Should the work continue on the Sabbath, the same as on the other days of the week, when would the workers receive time for spiritual refreshing and physical rest? These things should be considered in the light of God's commandments. The Lord has said, "Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you." ［Exodus 31:14-17, quoted.］  {2SAT 227.1}
[2SAT 227.2]         We must hold to a plain, "Thus saith the Lord," even though it cause great inconvenience to some who have no respect for the Sabbath. On one side is man's supposed necessity and opposition, on the other God's commandment. Which will have the greatest force on our minds? Our restaurants are not to be opened on the Sabbath to all who shall come, or to a few. Everyone who is employed is to be assured that he will have the Sabbath as a day of rest on which to honor and serve God. The closed doors of our restaurants on the Sabbath are to stand as a memorial, that all may know that the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord, and that in it no unnecessary work is to be done.  {2SAT 227.2}
[2SAT 227.3]          The Lord has commanded that the baking and seething be done on the sixth day. Food for the Sabbath should be prepared the day before.  {2SAT 227.3}
[2SAT 227.4]          On the Sabbath, God rested from the work of creation, and was refreshed. He blessed the day of His rest, and has made it obligatory upon man to keep the Sabbath. This command of God should be sacredly observed.  {2SAT 227.4}
[2SAT 227.5]          Not all who profess to be followers of Christ are exemplary Sabbath keepers, but may God help us to reform! All should read the commandments of God, and plant their feet firmly upon the platform of obedience.--Ms 30, 1903 (MR 900.70).     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   May 9, 1991. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 227.5}
[2SAT 228.1]      Chap. 31 - Whoso Offereth Praise Glorifieth God    Manuscript 80, 1903         ［Sermon given at the St. Helena Sanitarium Chapel, Sanitarium, California, Sabbath, August 1, 1903.］         ［Isaiah 56:1-8, quoted.］  {2SAT 228.1}
[2SAT 228.2]         "And taketh hold of My covenant." There is much more in these words than many comprehend at the first reading. When the Lord gave His law to the children of Israel encamped at the foot of Mount Sinai, the people with one accord promised, "All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient." In return for their loyalty, the Lord promised to bring them safely into the promised land and to prosper them above all other nations. "Behold," He declared, "I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared.... If thou shalt indeed obey His voice, and do all that I speak; then I will be an enemy unto thine enemies, and an adversary unto thine adversaries.... And ye shall serve the Lord your God, and He shall bless thy bread, and thy water; and I will take sickness away from the midst of thee" ［Exodus 23:20, 22, 25］.  {2SAT 228.2}
[2SAT 228.3]         During the forty years of wilderness wandering, the Lord was true to the covenant He had made with His people. Those who were obedient to Him received the promised blessings. And this covenant is still in force. Through obedience we can receive heaven's richest blessings.  {2SAT 228.3}
[2SAT 228.4]         Those who claim to be Christ's followers pledge themselves to obedience at the time of their baptism. When they go down into the water, they pledge themselves in the presence of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost that they will henceforth be dead unto the world and its temptations, and that they will arise from the watery grave to walk in newness of life, even a life of obedience to God's requirements.  {2SAT 228.4}
[2SAT 228.5]         The apostle Paul, in his letter to the Colossians, reminded them of their baptismal pledge, and wrote: "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God." How much better it is to seek those things which are above, than to seek the things of this world and to form our characters after a worldly similitude!  {2SAT 228.5}
[2SAT 228.6]         Very often I think of the rich promises given us in the Word in regard to God's keeping power.                   -229-     We are kept by His power. How reasonable, then, it is that we should be careful to walk in the footsteps of Jesus. He says, "I am the Light of the world: he that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life." Of those who walk in this light He declares, "Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven."  {2SAT 228.6}
[2SAT 229.1]         When we mingle with the world and yield to the attraction of its pleasures and amusements, we think much less of God than we would if we were following Jesus in the path of self-denial which He has marked out for us. Let us keep our minds in right relation to God's promises. Then He will keep us, and we shall see of His salvation.  {2SAT 229.1}
[2SAT 229.2]          Many are the promises given us by the Lord for our encouragement. At all times we should be ready to show our appreciation of them by expressing gratitude for them. We should thank the Lord for what He has bestowed on us. Everyone takes His gifts; but how many are there who, from morning till night, think enough of God to thank Him for these favors?  {2SAT 229.2}
[2SAT 229.3]          We try to be polite to one another, and we teach our children that when they are in company with others, they are to be pleasant and polite, cheerful and courteous. The Lord desires us to be polite in our association with one another. Shall we act in any other manner when we catch the divine rays of the Sun of Righteousness? When the light of Christ's countenance shines upon us, and we receive the riches of His grace, shall we not be polite to God? He has done for us far more than any human being can do. He has bought us with a price--and what a price!  {2SAT 229.3}
[2SAT 229.4]          In the councils of heaven before the creation of the world, when it was planned that man should people the earth, there arose the question, What if man should sin, as Satan has sinned? Christ answered this question. The infinite Son of God pledged Himself that if man should sin, He would give Himself, His life, as a ransom for the fallen race, taking upon Himself the transgression of humanity. The Innocent would bear the sins of the guilty, and stand before God to make intercession in behalf of the transgressor.  {2SAT 229.4}
[2SAT 229.5]          Adam fell. Christ has fulfilled His pledge to redeem the lost race. By His sacrifice we are laid under everlasting obligation to God. We are to serve Him with our whole hearts. "Ye are not your own.... Ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." To this end we will put to tax every power God has given us, and strengthen our capabilities to the utmost. The talents God has                     -230-     entrusted to us should be increased by cultivation and use. By faithfully using all our powers to God's glory, we shall be able to fulfill His purpose concerning us.  {2SAT 229.5}
[2SAT 230.1]          A talent of great value, and one that nearly all possess, is the talent of speech. Let us be careful not to misuse it. Let us not be rough or coarse in speech. We are to offend no one, not even little children. Christ says, "Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, that in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven." The angels who watch over the children bear to heaven every word, be it cheering or disheartening, that is spoken to the little ones.  {2SAT 230.1}
[2SAT 230.2]          Our heavenly Father is in living connection with humanity. If there be one in the universe whom we should respect, it is our Father in heaven, for He "so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life."  {2SAT 230.2}
[2SAT 230.3]          Some may say, "But we have so many trials and difficulties. How can we avail ourselves of this gift, and be overcomers?" "Tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin." Why, then, should we not determine to fortify ourselves against every influence that Satan may bring to bear against us to hinder the formation of Christlike character? The enemy cannot gain possession of us unless we allow him to. If we are connected with the God of heaven, His protection will be over us. Let us, for Christ's sake, begin now to form characters that He can approve. Let us not put off this work until just before His appearing, when it will be too late for us to begin.  {2SAT 230.3}
[2SAT 230.4]          In this world we are given a time of probation, a time in which we can become transformed into the divine likeness. This probation has not been secured for us without an effort. Christ humiliated Himself to the lowest depths in order to redeem us.  {2SAT 230.4}
[2SAT 230.5]          Laying aside His heavenly honor and glory, His royal robe and kingly crown, He clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth as a little child, here to live from infancy to manhood the life through which human beings must pass.  {2SAT 230.5}
[2SAT 230.6]          In return for so infinite a sacrifice, what are we willing to do for Christ? The Father has given to His Son all heaven, that we may have every opportunity of overcoming the enemy. To us are granted heaven's richest gifts; but how often we fail to reach up and grasp them by living faith! We would have much more strength to resist temptation if we would exercise greater faith. We should cherish and cultivate the faith that works by love and purifies the soul.  {2SAT 230.6}
[2SAT 231.1]                   -231-          There is a heaven for us to win. For our sake Christ left His riches and glory, and became poor, that we through His poverty might become rich. Shall we not avail ourselves of this opportunity of becoming rich, instead of taking the position that we will have our own way? We shall be under the control of either Christ or Satan, whichever master we voluntarily choose to serve. It seems as if those who, unwilling to give their hearts and minds to Jesus, ［and thus］ choose to place themselves under the control of the prince of darkness, do not exercise their reason in regard to the future. If they continue in their wrong course, the eternity upon which they are entering will not be an eternity of life, but of death.  {2SAT 231.1}
[2SAT 231.2]          If we give ourselves to the One who gave His life for us, He will take us into relationship with Himself as His children. His life will be our life. "Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty" ［2 Corinthians 6:17, 18］.  {2SAT 231.2}
[2SAT 231.3]         We cannot be connected intimately with the things of the world without catching the spirit of worldlings who have no respect for Christ or for heaven. We do not say, Separate yourselves from worldly men and women so completely that you will exert no influence over them. No; but as you associate with them, hold firmly to Christ, and speak of Him often. Introduce Christ to your friends. Tell them that you desire to introduce to them the One who is the Prince of life, the Lord of glory, and that you would be glad to have them become acquainted with Him. Let them know of His invitation to all those who are in perplexity and sorrow. He says, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest."  {2SAT 231.3}
[2SAT 231.4]          There are no "ifs" or "ands" about this promise. Rest is assured to all who come. "Take My yoke upon you"--not a binding, galling yoke, but one that will give rest in spirit. "Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls." In the very act of taking this yoke--the yoke of obedience--comes the rest--the rest that we shall find in our experience. Then we shall realize more fully the truthfulness of the words that follow this invitation: "For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light."  {2SAT 231.4}
[2SAT 231.5]          As soon as we submit our will to God's will, our hearts are filled with the fullness of His love. How I long to have men and women understand this! How I long to hold up the One altogether lovely, the Chiefest among ten thousand! How I long to present Him in His                     -232-     greatness and goodness, and then to show what He has endured for us!  {2SAT 231.5}
[2SAT 232.1]          He was "wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed"--healed of our sins.  {2SAT 232.1}
[2SAT 232.2]          I love Jesus. I was eleven years old before the light broke into my heart. I had pious parents, who in every way tried to acquaint us with our heavenly Father. Every morning and every evening we had family prayer. We sang the praises of God in our household. There were eight children in the family, and every opportunity was improved by our parents to lead us to give our hearts to Jesus. I was not unmindful of the voice of prayer going up daily to God. All those influences were working on my heart, and in my earlier years I had often sought for the peace there is in Christ; but I could not seem to find the freedom I desired. A terrible feeling of sadness and despair rested on my heart. I could not think of anything I had done to cause me to feel sad; but it seemed to me as if I were not good enough ever to enter heaven. It seemed as if such a thing would be altogether too much for me to expect.  {2SAT 232.2}
[2SAT 232.3]          The mental anguish I passed through at this time was very great. I believed in an eternally burning hell, and as I thought of the wretched state of the sinner without God, without hope, I was in deep despair. I feared that I should be lost, and that I should live throughout eternity suffering a living death. But I learned better than this. I learned that I had a God who was altogether too merciful to perpetuate throughout eternity the lives of the beings whom He had created for His glory, but who, instead of accepting the Saviour, had died unrepentant, unforgiven, unsaved.  {2SAT 232.3}
[2SAT 232.4]          I learned that the wicked shall be consumed as stubble, and that they shall be as ashes under our feet in the new earth; they shall be as if they had not been. There is no eternally burning hell; there are no living bodies suffering eternal torment.  {2SAT 232.4}
[2SAT 232.5]          When my mother said to me, "Ellen, the minister says that we have been mistaken; there is no eternal hell," I said to her, "Oh, Mother, don't tell anybody; I am afraid that nobody would seek the Lord!"  {2SAT 232.5}
[2SAT 232.6]          For a time not one ray of light pierced the dark cloud surrounding me. My sufferings were very great. How precious the Christian's hope seemed to me then! Night after night, while my twin sister was sleeping, I would arise and bow by the bedside before the Lord, and plead with Him for mercy. All the words I had any confidence to utter were,                     -233-     "Lord, have mercy." Such complete hopelessness would seize me that I would fall on my face with an agony of feeling that cannot be described. Like the poor publican, I dared not so much as lift my eyes toward heaven. I became much reduced in flesh. My friends looked upon me as one sinking into a decline.  {2SAT 232.6}
[2SAT 233.1]          Finally I had a dream which gave me a faint hope that I might be saved. Soon afterward I attended a prayer meeting, and when others knelt to pray, I bowed with them tremblingly, and after two or three had prayed, I opened my lips in prayer before I was aware of it. The promises of God appeared to me like so many precious pearls that were to be received only by asking for them. As I prayed, the burden and agony of soul that I had so long felt, left me, and the blessing of God came upon me like gentle dew, and I gave glory to God for what I felt.  {2SAT 233.1}
[2SAT 233.2]          Everything was shut out from me but Jesus and glory, and I knew nothing of what was going on around me. It seemed as if I were at the feet of Jesus, and that the light of His countenance was shining upon me in all its brightness.  {2SAT 233.2}
[2SAT 233.3]          I remained in this state for some time; and when I realized again what was going on around me, everything appeared glorious and new, as if smiling and praising God. I was then willing to confess Jesus everywhere. I seemed to be shut in with God. Oh, what an effect this vision of Christ's smiling countenance had upon me! The sacrifice that my Redeemer had made to save me from sin and death, seemed very great. I could not dwell upon it without weeping. For six months not a cloud passed over my mind. Oh, how I loved Jesus!  {2SAT 233.3}
[2SAT 233.4]          I love my Saviour just as much today as I loved Him then. I have passed through much sadness and suffering. Only about a week ago I feared that I might be a cripple for the remainder of my life. Physical infirmities that I have had for twenty-five years began to trouble me, and I knew not but that I should soon be a helpless cripple. But I kept praying for strength. I prayed, "I will keep my petition before Thee, Thou Lord of heaven, until Thou wilt remove the difficulty." And I am glad to be able to say this morning, to His praise, that He answered my prayer. Dr. Kellogg wrote to me that he had sent by express an appliance for me to use in connection with the electric-light bath, by means of which he hoped I might obtain some relief; but the difficulty is removed.  {2SAT 233.4}
[2SAT 233.5]          Not long ago I thought that I was losing my eyesight. I was greatly troubled with pain in my eyes, and for a time had to be extremely careful about using them. Generally I am up early in the morning--sometimes at twelve o'clock, often by two, and seldom later than three.                      -234-     While others are asleep, my pen is tracing on paper the instruction that the Lord gives me for His people. Not infrequently I write, in one day, twenty pages or more of matter for my books. But when my eyes began to fail, I could write only at the cost of suffering severe pain.  {2SAT 233.5}
[2SAT 234.1]          I told the Lord all about it. "I must have my eyesight, Lord," I pleaded; "I cannot write without it; and I desire to communicate to the people the light that Thou hast revealed to me." He heard my prayer, and graciously restored my eyesight. My eyes are not strong; I use them so constantly that they are weak; but day by day the Lord strengthens them sufficiently for the work of the day, and for this I am grateful. Oh, I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice!  {2SAT 234.1}
[2SAT 234.2]          I love the Lord. Last evening, as we met together in our sitting room for worship, it seemed to me as if the Lord Jesus were in our midst, and my heart went out in love to Him. I love Him because He first loved me. He gave His life for me. Last night I felt as if I wanted everything that hath breath to praise the Lord. It seemed to me that we should have praise seasons, and that constantly our hearts should be filled so full with thankfulness to God, that they would overflow in words of praise and deeds of love. We should cultivate a spirit of thankfulness.  {2SAT 234.2}
[2SAT 234.3]          To the fathers and mothers before me I would say, Educate your children for the future, immortal life. Educate them to see the beauty there is in a life of holiness. Bring them to the foot of the cross. Try to teach them what it means to believe in Jesus--that it is to accept Him as our dearest Friend. Help them to understand that He took upon Himself the nature of humanity, in order that He might stand at the head of humanity and become acquainted with all our trials and afflictions. He could have surrounded Himself with angels of glory, but no, He condescended to be made like unto His brethren. He was not born as a prince in this world, but was of humble parentage. He understands the trials of the poor. He knows all about the temptations we meet in daily life. We may safely put our trust in Him.  {2SAT 234.3}
[2SAT 234.4]          Oh, I am so thankful, so thankful, that we have a Saviour who can sympathize with us in everything through which we are called to pass! He loves us with an infinite love. Shall we not so relate ourselves to Him that He can fulfill His purpose concerning us? He desires to cleanse us from sin. As John the Baptist was preaching and baptizing on the banks of the Jordan, he saw Christ coming toward him, and, recognizing Him as the Saviour, he cried out, "Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away                        -235-     the sin of the world!" Shall not we decide to let Christ take away our sin? Is sinning so great a pleasure to us that we will decide to continue to grieve the One whose heart is filled with infinite love for us? Why not cease sinning? We can do this by faith, if we lay hold on Christ's promises, and say, "In my hand no price I bring; Simply to Thy cross I cling."  {2SAT 234.4}
[2SAT 235.1]          Christ asks for our love. Does He not deserve it? Has not He given us instruction at every step? He says, "Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me." He bore the cross of self-denial and self-sacrifice. He passed over the ground where Adam fell. Our first parents were placed in Eden, and surrounded with everything that would lead them to obey God. Christ assumed our fallen nature, and was subject to every temptation to which man is subject. Even in His childhood He was often tempted. Through life He remained unyielding to every inducement to commit sin. When in His youth His associates would try to lead Him to do wrong, He would begin to sing some sweet melody, and the first thing they knew they were uniting with Him in singing the song. They caught His spirit, and the enemy was defeated. Ah, my friends, Christ is the Chiefest among ten thousand. Praise the name of the Lord!  {2SAT 235.1}
[2SAT 235.2]          We are striving to gain eternal life in the kingdom of glory. We may have it if we will to overcome as Christ overcame. We have in heaven an Advocate who knows our every weakness, and He will answer our prayers for strength to resist the enemy. I used to think that when I prayed for forgiveness of sins, I must have in my heart a feeling that my sins were forgiven, before I could know that my prayer had been answered. I do not wait for this feeling anymore. I put my whole heart into my prayer, and then I live this prayer. After asking Christ to do certain things for me, I rise and go to work in an effort to do them. Then the sweet influence of the Spirit of God comes over me with such power at times that I feel as if I must break forth into song, to sing His praises. He is good, and praise belongs unto Him.  {2SAT 235.2}
[2SAT 235.3]          Christ is our great Physician. Many men and women come to this medical institution with the hope of receiving treatment that will prolong their lives. They take considerable pains to come here. Why cannot everyone who comes to the sanitarium for physical help, come to Christ for spiritual help? Why cannot you, my brother, my sister, entertain the hope that if you accept Christ He will add His blessing to the agencies employed for your restoration to health? Why cannot you have faith to believe that He                         -236-     will cooperate with your efforts to recover, because He wants you to get well? He wants you to have a clear brain, so that you can appreciate eternal realities; He wants you to have healthful sinews and muscles, so that you can glorify His name by using your strength in His service.  {2SAT 235.3}
[2SAT 236.1]          These physical blessings cannot be gained by the intemperate. He who desires to regain health must avoid every association that would lead him to indulge in beer, wine, or other intoxicating liquors. We cannot afford to be intemperate. Let us raise our voices against the curse of drunkenness. Let us strive to warn the world against its seductive influences. Let us portray before young and old the terrible results of indulgence of appetite. The man who, when entering a saloon, is in the possession of all his powers and faculties, in the course of an hour or two leaves the place a changed being. His steps are unsteady; his utterance is thick and indistinct; his brain is confused; his sensibilities are benumbed: in short, he has temporarily spoiled the image of God. Drunkenness is a terrible evil.  {2SAT 236.1}
[2SAT 236.2]         Wherever I have traveled, I have regarded it as a privilege to speak on the subject of temperance. I generally begin at the foundation, urging parents to train their children to temperate habits. I dwell upon the necessity of our using every God-given power to His glory, so that we shall fulfill His will in everything we say and do.  {2SAT 236.2}
[2SAT 236.3]          You may think that you would be unhappy if you should try to serve Christ; but I testify to you that you would be pleasantly disappointed. When you choose to obey the Lord, and become one with Him, you will realize that the light of His countenance is shining upon you, and that you will see Him as He is when He comes. He will be in all your thoughts, and your heart will be filled with joy. After instructing His disciples to keep His commandments, He declared, "These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full." He takes no pleasure in seeing us miserable, but takes delight in seeing us joyful.  {2SAT 236.3}
[2SAT 236.4]          Let us consider these things. They are so simple that we can readily keep them in mind. My brother, my sister, every day lift your heart to God in prayer. Say, "Teach me, lead me, guide me." When affliction comes, and you suffer pain, tell Him that you need Him all the more, and that you cannot let Him go; you must have the assurance of His presence. He knows all about your trials. He, the second Adam, redeemed us from suffering the results of Adam's disgraceful fall. In every point He overcame the enemy, and through                        -237-     His strength we can win the overcomer's reward, eternal life.  {2SAT 236.4}
[2SAT 237.1]          If we should dwell upon these themes, we should hear much more thankfulness rendered to God. Those who realize what He is willing to do for them, will praise Him with heart and mind and soul. They will fully surrender themselves to Him, in order that He may cooperate with them in the work of perfecting a Christian character.  {2SAT 237.1}
[2SAT 237.2]          To the patients who have come here for treatment, I would say, Become acquainted with Christ while you are here. Receive Him as your Saviour. Come to His feet, and say, "Lord, if Thou wilt, Thou canst make me whole." We desire to see the great Physician working in this institution; we do not wish to bar Him out. Commit your cases to Him. He is the great Medical Missionary. Let us learn of Him, and do His works, that we may glorify Him.  {2SAT 237.2}
[2SAT 237.3]          Let us pitch our tent a day's march nearer home. Let us determine to "cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of the Lord." Let us come to the waters of life, and freely drink of the health-giving stream. May God help us to strike at the root of the matter. We are liable to be content with mere surface work; but we should never rest at ease until we are joyful in the Lord; and then we shall desire to labor for the conversion of others, that they too may receive what we have received from the Life-giver.  {2SAT 237.3}
[2SAT 237.4]          Christ is the Life-giver and the Crown-giver. "To him that overcometh," He promises, "will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne." Thank God for such a Saviour! Thank Him with heart and soul and voice.  {2SAT 237.4}
[2SAT 237.5]         Let all the congregation sing the beautiful hymn, "Jesus, Lover of My Soul."--Ms 80, 1903 (MR 900.64).     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   April 12, 1990. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 237.5}
[2SAT 238.1]      Chap. 32 - Self-Improvement    Manuscript 91, 1903         ［Address given Thursday morning, August 20, 1903, at the Teachers' Institute, College Chapel, Healdsburg, California. Portions appear in Evangelism and The Voice in Speech and Song.］            I have been thinking much in regard to what the Word of God is to us. As we read this Word, we are to remember that God is speaking to us, and teaching us. Take, for instance, the book of Revelation. We all know that there are many who regard this scripture as a closed book, because they cannot understand it; and yet it is a revelation that Christ has given in order to enlighten our understanding.  {2SAT 238.1}
[2SAT 238.2]          In the very first verses the character and object of the book are brought to view. It is "the revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John: who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand."  {2SAT 238.2}
[2SAT 238.3]          All through His Word God has given us much instruction, and we should always be in a proper frame of mind to receive it. In the twelfth of Romans we read: "I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God."  {2SAT 238.3}
[2SAT 238.4]          Every youth of common sense and ordinary capability can constantly improve the mind that God has given him. Until I was seventeen years old, I could not understand the Scriptures; but my experience was a peculiar one. God was teaching me lessons, and He desired me to give my whole attention to these matters for a time, before He opened the Scriptures to my understanding. After I realized that I could not understand His Word, I would lie awake at night, thinking over the matter; and often I would get up and bow before God, to plead with Him to give me understanding. It was some time before my prayer was answered; and when at last it was, it seemed to me as if there shone a beautiful light around every passage relating to our Christian experience, and                            -239-     that this light entered into every fiber of my being.  {2SAT 238.4}
[2SAT 239.1]          Some may ask, Why could you not understand the Bible before? It was because our brethren and sisters, immediately after the passing of the time in 1844, were searching diligently for the truth. They would meet together, and talk and talk and talk, and it seemed as if they could never come to right conclusions in regard to the teachings of the Word. I would meet with them, and we would study and pray together, for we felt as if we must learn what God's truth was. Often we remained together until late at night, and sometimes through the entire night, praying for light and studying the Word. All could see that my mind was locked, as it were, and that I could not understand what we were studying.  {2SAT 239.1}
[2SAT 239.2]          Then the Spirit of God would come upon me, and I would be taken off in vision, and be shown the meaning of the passages that we had been studying, and the position we were to take. A line of truth extending from that time to the time when we shall enter the city of our God, was plainly marked out before me, and I gave to my brethren and sisters the instruction God had given to me. They knew that I had not been able to understand these matters, and so they were ready to accept as light coming direct from heaven the revelations given me.  {2SAT 239.2}
[2SAT 239.3]          For about two years I continued in this way, when, as I was praying, the precious promises and the words of instruction given us in the Scriptures were laid open before me, and the meaning of these words made clear. I knew that my mind had been unlocked by the Lord. From that time to this the Scriptures have been an open book to me. I can understand what I read. God accomplished His purpose through this experience of mine, and ever since that time our people have cherished and maintained the positions that were taken then.  {2SAT 239.3}
[2SAT 239.4]          Students, it is not with you as it was with me. God had a special work for me to do, therefore I had to pass through the humiliating experience of believing that we had the truth, and yet of being unable to understand and explain it. But you may gain an understanding of the Word without passing through such an experience.  {2SAT 239.4}
[2SAT 239.5]          In Australia many of our young people have not had the advantages that most of our young people in America have had. There our brethren and sisters accepted the message a comparatively short time ago. They were not taught the truth in their youth, and so have had everything to learn.  {2SAT 239.5}
[2SAT 239.6]          While we were living at Cooranbong, where the Avondale School is located, the question of amusements came up. "What shall we do                            -240-     to provide for the amusement of our students?" the faculty inquired. We talked matters over together, and then I came before the students and said: "Dear friends, we can occupy our minds profitably without trying to devise methods for amusing ourselves. Instead of spending our time in playing the games that so many students play, let us strive to do something for the Master. We have decided that the best course you can pursue is to do missionary work in the neighborhood. When you are listening to a discourse, take notes, and mark down the passages that the minister uses, so that you can study the subject carefully yourselves. Thus you will be able to prepare for giving a synopsis of the discourse, in the form of a Bible reading, to those who do not come to our meetings."  {2SAT 239.6}
[2SAT 240.1]          The students decided to follow this suggestion. They had evening meetings for studying the Scriptures together. They worked for one another, and as the result of these Bible studies among themselves quite a large number of the students were converted to the truth. And the effort resulted in good not only to themselves but to those for whom they labored in the neighborhood.  {2SAT 240.1}
[2SAT 240.2]          Those who went out were instructed to report to us any cases of sickness that they might find. Those who had had some training in giving treatment to the sick were encouraged to use their knowledge in a practical way by helping those who needed help. To work for the Master, I told them, was to engage in the most Christlike amusement in which they could engage.  {2SAT 240.2}
[2SAT 240.3]          The Sunday-labor question came up for decision. It seemed as if the lines were soon to be drawn so tightly about us that we should not be able to work during Sunday. Our school was situated in the heart of the woods, far from any village or railway station. No one was living near enough to us to be disturbed in any way by anything we might do. Nevertheless, we were watched. The officers were urged to come around to inspect our premises; and they did come. They could have seen many things if they had desired to prosecute us; but they did not appear to notice those who were at work. They had so much confidence in us as a people, and so great a respect for us on account of the work we had done in that community, that they believed they could trust us anywhere.  {2SAT 240.3}
[2SAT 240.4]          Many recognized the fact that the whole community had been transformed since we went there. A woman who was not a believer, but who had almost accepted the truth before some churchman filled her mind with prejudice against our views, said to me, "You would not believe me if I could inform you fully in regard to the                          -241-     transformation that has taken place in this community as the result of your moving here, establishing a school, and holding these little meetings."  {2SAT 240.4}
[2SAT 241.1]          So when our brethren were threatened with persecution, and thrown into perplexity in regard to what they should do, the same advice was given as was given in answer to the question concerning games. I said, "Employ Sunday in doing missionary work for God. Teachers, go with your students. Take them into the bush (this is what we called the sparsely-settled districts in the woods, where houses are often a mile or two apart), and visit the people in their homes. Let them know that you are interested in their souls' salvation." They did so, and, as the result, were greatly benefited themselves, and were able to help others as well. The blessing of God rested upon them as they diligently searched the Scriptures in order to learn how to present the truths of the Word in such a way that these truths would be received with favor.  {2SAT 241.1}
[2SAT 241.2]          In the Scriptures we read that to every man God has given his work. What does this mean? It means that every one of us has a work to do. All do not have the same work, but all are to act their part in the service of God.  {2SAT 241.2}
[2SAT 241.3]          Why do we need a Matthew, a Mark, a Luke, a John, a Paul, and all these other writers who have borne their testimony in regard to the life of the Saviour during His earthly ministry? Why could not one of the disciples have written a complete record, and thus have given us a connected account of Christ's life and work? The Gospels differ. One writer brings in points that another does not bring in. If these points are essential, why did not all these writers mention them? It is because the minds of men differ, and do not comprehend all things in exactly the same way. Some Scripture truths appeal much more strongly to the minds of certain persons than to others; some points appear to be much more important to some than to others. The same principle applies to speakers. Some speakers dwell at considerable length on points that others would pass by quickly, or not mention at all. Thus the whole truth is presented more clearly by several than by one. In the Gospels the records blend in one harmonious whole.  {2SAT 241.3}
[2SAT 241.4]          God desires us to move as He directs our minds, and not as some human mind directs us. We should preserve our identity sacred before God, and center our thoughts, not on any human being but on Christ Jesus. We are members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.  {2SAT 241.4}
[2SAT 241.5]          Students, as you attend school, make it your business to grow in intellect. Realize that it is your                        -242-     privilege so to act that your minds will develop and strengthen from day to day. If you consecrate yourselves to God, your minds will work under the direction of the Holy Spirit. But you must allow no trivial matters to interfere with this work. Concentrate your minds on what you are doing. Pray, pray to God, and He will open your understanding.  {2SAT 241.5}
[2SAT 242.1]     The Work of Union Conference Training Schools            All our denominational colleges and training schools should make provision to give their students the education essential for evangelists and for Christian business men. The youth and those more advanced in years who feel it their duty to fit themselves for work requiring the passing of certain legal tests should be able to secure at our union conference training schools all that is essential, without having to go to Battle Creek for their preparatory education.  {2SAT 242.1}
[2SAT 242.2]          Prayer will accomplish wonders for those who give themselves to prayer, watching thereunto. God desires us all to be in a waiting, hopeful position. What He has promised, He will do; and if there are legal requirements making it necessary that medical students shall take a certain preparatory course of study, let our colleges teach the required additional studies in a manner consistent with Christian education.  {2SAT 242.2}
[2SAT 242.3]          The Lord has signified His displeasure that so many of our people are drifting into Battle Creek; and since He does not want so many to go there, we should understand that He wants our schools in other places to have efficient teachers, and to do well the work that must be done. They should arrange to carry their students to the point of literary and scientific training that is necessary. Many of these requirements have been made because so much of the preparatory work done in ordinary schools is superficial. Let all our work be thorough, faithful, and true.  {2SAT 242.3}
[2SAT 242.4]          In our training schools, the Bible is to be made the basis of all education. And in the required studies, it is not necessary for our teachers to bring in the objectionable books that the Lord has instructed us not to use in our schools. From the light that the Lord has given me, I know that our training schools in various parts of the field should be placed in the most favorable position possible for qualifying our youth to meet the tests specified by State laws regarding medical students. To this end the very best teaching talent should be secured, that our schools may be brought up to the required standard.  {2SAT 242.4}
[2SAT 242.5]          But let not the young men and young women in our churches be advised to go to Battle Creek in order to obtain a preparatory                    -243-     education. There is a congested state of things at Battle Creek that makes it an unfavorable place for the proper education of Christian workers. Because the warnings in regard to the work in that congested center have not been heeded, the Lord permitted two of our institutions to be consumed by fire.  {2SAT 242.5}
[2SAT 243.1]          Even after this revealing of His signal displeasure, His warnings were not heeded. The sanitarium is still there. If it had been divided into several plants, and its work and influence given to several different places, how much more God would have been glorified! But now that the sanitarium has been rebuilt, we must do our very best to help those who are there struggling with many difficulties.  {2SAT 243.1}
[2SAT 243.2]          Let me repeat: It is not necessary for so many of our youth to study medicine. But for those who should take medical studies our union conference training schools should make ample provision in facilities for preparatory education. Thus the youth of each union conference can be trained nearer home, and be spared the special temptations that attend the work in Battle Creek.  {2SAT 243.2}
[2SAT 243.3]          The Importance of So-called          "Common Branches"            I was talking with one of the teachers of our school at Fernando, in southern California; and he told me that some had come to this school with diplomas showing that they had taken some of the higher studies in other schools. "Did you examine every such student," I inquired, "to find out whether he had received the proper instruction in these branches?" "Why," said the teacher, "we could give the students no credit for the work done in the past, as represented by the diplomas. Their training even in the common branches had been very defective."  {2SAT 243.3}
[2SAT 243.4]          And thus it is in many instances. Not a few who study the classics and other higher branches of learning, and who reach certain standards, finally fail. And why? Because they have neglected to do thorough work in the common branches. They have never obtained a good knowledge of the English language. They have not learned to read and spell and speak correctly. Those who ask to be allowed to take the higher branches should first be examined in these elementary branches, which are of greatest importance.  {2SAT 243.4}
[2SAT 243.5]          One of the most important qualifications of a teacher is the ability to speak and to read distinctly and forcibly. I have been instructed that the so-called common branches are of more importance than the higher branches required by law. He who has the ability to use the English language fluently and correctly can exert a far greater influence than he could if he were                         -244-     unable to express his thoughts readily and clearly. There are many who cannot carry on school work successfully, because they are not qualified to do such work. Some will never be able to do acceptable work in this line, because they have not the gift of teaching. Their talents fit them for some other line of service.  {2SAT 243.5}
[2SAT 244.1]          One of the fundamental branches of learning is language study. In all our schools special care should be taken to teach the students to use the English language correctly in speaking, reading, and writing. Too much cannot be said in regard to the importance of these branches. Voice culture should be taught in the reading classes, and in the other classes the teachers should insist that their students speak distinctly, and use words which express their thoughts clearly and forcibly.  {2SAT 244.1}
[2SAT 244.2]          Let the students understand that God has given to every one of us a wonderful mechanism--the human body--which we are to use to glorify Him. The powers of the body are constantly working in our behalf, and, if we choose, we may bring them under control. Students should be taught to use their abdominal muscles in breathing and speaking. This will make the tones more full and clear. It is of greatest importance that we keep the bodily mechanism in good condition, in order that we may be able to impart to others that which we have learned.  {2SAT 244.2}
[2SAT 244.3]          Let all guard themselves against becoming disturbed in spirit because they have to be drilled in these common branches. Students, remember that you yourselves will be educators of others. Strive constantly to improve in voice culture and in the ability to speak distinctly. Even ministers often fail in this respect. Not a few lower the voice at the end of sentences, and utter the last syllable or two so indistinctly that they cannot be heard. Such ministers almost invariably fail in any missionary effort they undertake. They cannot bring souls to Christ, because the latter part of their work is defective, just as their expression is defective at the close of sentences.  {2SAT 244.3}
[2SAT 244.4]          If words are worth speaking at all, they are worth speaking properly. Let the words be uttered in full, distinct tones. If voice culture were unimportant, it would not be so necessary for our youth to attend school. They could study at home. But of what use would their knowledge be, if they had not the ability to impart it understandingly to others?  {2SAT 244.4}
[2SAT 244.5]          When I was only about eleven years old, I heard a minister read the account of Peter's imprisonment, as recorded in the book of Acts; and he read in so impressive a manner that the details of the story in all their reality seemed to                      -245-     be passing before my eyes. So deep was the impression made upon my mind that I have never forgotten it. When, a few years afterward, I was speaking in general meetings, I met this man again, and at the close of my discourse he asked, "How did you get that wonderful voice?" I told him that the Lord had given it to me. When I began my public labors, I had no voice except when I stood before the congregations to speak. At other times I could not speak above a whisper. "And," I added, "I have often thought of what you said to the people when someone asked you how you became a minister. You told them that your friends said you could never be a minister, because you could not speak properly; but that you went away by yourself and talked to the trees in the woods; and then when driving the oxen, you would talk to them just as if you were in meeting. 'This,' you said, 'is the way I learned to speak in public.'"  {2SAT 244.5}
[2SAT 245.1]          Elder Andrews, our first missionary to Europe, was a self-educated man. I do not think he was in school a day after he was eleven years old. He almost always kept in his pocket a book treating on some language that he desired to understand, or on some historical or scientific subject; and as he went about his daily work, he would keep referring to this book. Whenever he had a little spare time, he would take out the book and improve his leisure moments by studying.  {2SAT 245.1}
[2SAT 245.2]          At one time, when in feeble health, he went to Waukon, Iowa, to labor in the open air, hoping thereby to benefit his lungs and regain his health. He would go into the field with his oxen, and as he drove them, he would refer to his book, and read a few words or sentences and then repeat these in full, loud tones in order to exercise his lungs as well as to impress the words and sentences upon his memory. Thus he improved his opportunities, and became one of our most valued laborers.  {2SAT 245.2}
[2SAT 245.3]          I could speak of several others who obtained an education by their own efforts. By keeping a book before them as they toiled from day to day, and by diligently improving all their spare time, many have gained knowledge that fitted them to be useful laborers in the Master's service.  {2SAT 245.3}
[2SAT 245.4]          Every one of us, if we will, can be successful. Brethren and sisters, whatever your calling may be, whatever opportunities you may have had, you can be successful in your work. But before attempting to study the higher branches of literary knowledge, be sure that you thoroughly understand the simple rules of English grammar, and that you have learned to read and write and spell correctly. Ascend the lower rounds                     -246-     of the ladder before reaching for the higher rounds.  {2SAT 245.4}
[2SAT 246.1]          Great improvement can be made in singing. Some think that the louder they sing, the more music they make; but noise is not music. Good singing is like the music of the birds--subdued and melodious. In some of our churches I have heard solos that were altogether unsuitable for the service of the Lord's house. The long-drawn-out notes, and the peculiar sounds common in operatic singing, are not pleasing to the angels. They delight to hear the simple songs of praise sung in a natural tone. The songs in which every word is uttered clearly, in a musical tone, are the songs that they join us in singing. They take up the refrain that is sung from the heart with the spirit and the understanding.  {2SAT 246.1}
[2SAT 246.2]          Students, try to make the most of yourselves. Christ has paid an infinite price for you, and you cannot afford to disappoint Him by neglecting to avail yourselves of the opportunities for self-improvement presented to you. Cultivate a spirit that is calm, kind, gentle, tender. By doing this you can learn so much the more rapidly, because you are not troubled over something that somebody has said in regard to you. When we come into a position where we can help one another, we shall have the satisfaction of knowing that we have done our best.  {2SAT 246.2}
[2SAT 246.3]          The Healdsburg School          It is important that in our school in Healdsburg all the instruction shall be as thorough as it is in any similar school. If the laws of the land require that youth preparing for a medical course shall study some branches which you do not now teach, you should provide instruction in these required branches. Which is worse, to send our youth to Battle Creek to gain this required knowledge, or to give it to them in our schools in the various union conferences where they are living? If it is right for this instruction to be given, we are to provide facilities for giving it in every training school in our land. Thus we shall be able to avoid the necessity of sending our youth to Battle Creek, or, as has been done in the past, to some worldly institution--to Ann Arbor or some other school of the world.  {2SAT 246.3}
[2SAT 246.4]          A High Standard          Again there has been brought to my mind the instruction given years ago in reference to the great amount of trash that was brought into our schools--things that really unfitted many of our youth for usefulness as Christian teachers and workers. All our schools must be Christian schools; the education given must be based on the Word of God. Both teachers and students are daily to consider how much Christ has sacrificed in order to save them; and they are to                     -247-     ponder the instruction that He gave to His disciples just before He left them. "All power," He declared, "is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you." These things we shall be able to find in His Word.  {2SAT 246.4}
[2SAT 247.1]          We are not to search after oddities, or after things that are not revealed. Some have asked me in regard to things that are in the heavenly courts. I have always sent them to the Bible to search out those things that God has commanded them to observe. Paul received revelation after revelation, but in no instance did he satisfy the curiosity of men by relating what he saw in the heavenly courts. He wrote that he "was caught up into Paradise, and heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter." Many things cannot be described so that they will make a correct impression upon minds befogged by sin. A wrong use would be made of such knowledge. The things that God has commanded us to study are the things that we are to teach and to live. To those who fashion their daily conduct in accordance with these teachings, Christ gives the promise, "Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world."  {2SAT 247.1}
[2SAT 247.2]          Students, never rest satisfied with a low standard. In attending school be sure that you have in view a noble, holy object. Go because you desire to fit yourselves for service in some portion of the Master's vineyard. Do all that you can to attain this object. You can do more for yourselves than anyone else can do for you. And if you do all that you can for yourselves, what a burden you will lift from the principal and the teachers!  {2SAT 247.2}
[2SAT 247.3]          To every student I would say: Remember that you are under the rule of God. He has given you opportunity to train yourself for usefulness in His cause. He has given you good teachers and a principal in whom you have confidence. Be careful not to load down these faithful workers with unimportant details that you should attend to yourself. Give special attention to the little things of everyday school life. All these have to do with the formation of character. You may form a character that will make you useful in this world, or you may form one that will make you of no benefit to your fellow men.  {2SAT 247.3}
[2SAT 247.4]          Let every student gain a rich experience in having his life hid with Christ in God. Let every one perfect a Christian character. Remember always that the holy angels are watching over you, and that when the day is completed, you have either lived to the glory of God or else you have been defective and                   -248-     have detracted from His glory. When tempted, resist the enemy. Realize constantly that you are receiving to impart, that you are consumers in order that you may become producers.  {2SAT 247.4}
[2SAT 248.1]          I have a decided interest in every school in our land; and I greatly desire that the work which should be done in all these schools shall not be centered in one place that is already congested. Every school is to have the best teachers that can be obtained, so that the work done will be thorough. Both teachers and students are to rise as high as they can in and through Christ. The religion of Jesus Christ lies at the foundation of all true education.  {2SAT 248.1}
[2SAT 248.2]          By receiving to impart, we shall become laborers together with God. Then He will work in and through us according to His good pleasure. Students, if you realize that you are to be laborers together with Him, you will not stoop to frivolity; all your work will be done thoroughly and conscientiously. You are standing on a high platform: you are God's husbandry, God's building, and therefore you are to bring into your character-building no rotten timbers or other imperfect material. All things are open to Him with whom we have to do. Let us so conduct ourselves that at last it may be said of us, "Ye are complete in Him."--Ms 91, 1903 (MR 900.65).     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   September 13, 1990. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 248.2}
[2SAT 249.1]      Chap. 33 - Lessons From the Fifty-Eighth Chapter of Isaiah    Manuscript 8, 1904         ［Sermon delivered by Ellen G. White at 11:30 a.m., Sabbath, January 23, 1904, in the Sanitarium Chapel, St. Helena, California.］            "Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and shew My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins. Yet they seek Me daily, and delight to know My ways, as a nation that did righteousness, and forsook not the ordinance of their God: they ask of Me the ordinances of justice; they take delight in approaching to God" ［Isaiah 58:1, 2］.  {2SAT 249.1}
[2SAT 249.2]         God's professed people answered these words by the complaint: "Wherefore have we fasted, say they, and Thou seest not? wherefore have we afflicted our soul, and Thou takest no knowledge?" ［verses 3］.  {2SAT 249.2}
[2SAT 249.3]         The cause of their deplorable spiritual condition is given: "Behold, in the day of your fast ye find pleasure, and exact all your labours. Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness: ye shall not fast as ye do this day, to make your voice to be heard on high. Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord?" ［verses 3-5］.  {2SAT 249.3}
[2SAT 249.4]         The people seemed to have the impression that there was virtue in the appearance of humility. But it is only when the soul is, spiritually speaking, naturally inclined to humility before God, that the forms of worship are acceptable.  {2SAT 249.4}
[2SAT 249.5]          The Lord desires every one of us to be decidedly in earnest. We cannot afford to make a mistake in spiritual matters. The life and death question with us is, "What shall I do that I may be saved, eternally saved?" "What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life--a life that measures with the life of God?" This is a question that it becomes every one of us to consider carefully.  {2SAT 249.5}
[2SAT 249.6]          We are not left to think that only this world is our home. Just before His crucifixion Christ said: "Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me." He spoke these words to His disciples. They were troubled because they thought that their Master was about to leave them. Christ had told them that He would be taken by wicked hands, and crucified. Their hearts were filled with sorrow, and in His love for them Christ overlooked His own agony, and sought to relieve their burdened hearts by telling                  -250-     them of His purpose concerning them and of His final return:  {2SAT 249.6}
[2SAT 250.1]          "Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also."  {2SAT 250.1}
[2SAT 250.2]          This is where every soul of us will desire to be. All who are sitting before me today will desire to be with Christ in His kingdom. It means something to us to have a home in the mansions that Christ is preparing for us. We cannot afford to make mistakes now; we cannot afford to make crooked paths for our feet, lest other weak souls be led astray.  {2SAT 250.2}
[2SAT 250.3]          While living in this world, we are to be God's helping hand. Paul declared, "Ye are God's husbandry, ye are God's building" ［1 Corinthians 3:9］. We are to cooperate with God in every measure that He desires to carry out. Are we fulfilling the purpose of the eternal God? Are we daily seeking to have the mind of Christ and to do His will in word and work?  {2SAT 250.3}
[2SAT 250.4]          What a condition the human family is in today! Have you ever seen before such a time of confusion--of violence, of murder, theft, and every other kind of crime? In this time, where are we individually standing?  {2SAT 250.4}
[2SAT 250.5]          In the fifty-eighth of Isaiah we have read of those who "fast for strife and debate, and to smite with the fist of wickedness," and we have learned that God will not accept such a fast. "Ye shall not fast as ye do this day," He declares, "to make your voice to be heard on high" ［Isaiah 58:4］.  {2SAT 250.5}
[2SAT 250.6]          "Is it such a fast that I have chosen? a day for a man to afflict his soul? is it to bow down his head as a bulrush, and to spread sackcloth and ashes under him? wilt thou call this a fast, and an acceptable day to the Lord?  {2SAT 250.6}
[2SAT 250.7]          "Is not this the fast that I have chosen? to loose the bands of wickedness, to undo the heavy burdens ［instead of binding them on］, and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? is it not to deal thy bread to the hungry, and that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?" ［verses 5-7］. "Then ［after they do these works of mercy and necessity］ shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward" ［verse 8］.  {2SAT 250.7}
[2SAT 250.8]         We are to put into practice the precepts of the law, and thus have                     -251-     righteousness before us; the rearward will be God's glory. The light of the righteousness of Christ will be our frontguard, and the glory of the Lord will be our rearward. Let us thank the Lord for this assistance. Let us constantly stand in a position where the Lord God of heaven can favor us. Let us consider that it is our high privilege to be in connection with God--to be His helping hand.  {2SAT 250.8}
[2SAT 251.1]          In God's great plan for the redemption of a lost race, He has placed Himself under the necessity of using human agencies as His helping hand. He must have a helping hand, in order to reach humanity. He must have the cooperation of those who will be active, quick to see opportunities, quick to discern what must be done for their fellow men.  {2SAT 251.1}
[2SAT 251.2]          Christ gave His life for sinful men and women. He desired to rescue the race from a life of transgression to a life of obedience and righteousness; and to those who accept Him as their Redeemer He offers the richest reward that Heaven can bestow--even the inheritance of life eternal.  {2SAT 251.2}
[2SAT 251.3]          John, the beloved disciple, declares concerning his Lord: "He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came into His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name" ［John 1:10-12］.  {2SAT 251.3}
[2SAT 251.4]          Oh, that we might comprehend more fully the infinite price that has been paid for our redemption! Paul declares, "Ye are bought with a price"; and it is true, for the price paid is nothing less than the life of the only begotten Son of God. Let us all consider this. We may refuse the invitations that Christ sends to us; we may neglect His offer of pardon and peace; but still it remains a fact that every one of us has been bought with a price, even with the precious blood of the Son of God. Therefore, "Consider Him" ［Hebrews 12:3］.  {2SAT 251.4}
[2SAT 251.5]          You have cost much. "Glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God's." That which you may regard as your own, is God's. Take care of His property. He has bought you with an infinite price. Your mind is His. What right has any person to abuse a body that belongs not to himself, but to the Lord Jesus Christ? What satisfaction can anyone take in gradually lessening the power of body and mind by selfish indulgence of any form?  {2SAT 251.5}
[2SAT 251.6]          God has given to every human being a brain. He desires that it shall be used to His glory. By it, man is enabled to cooperate with God in efforts to save perishing fellow mortals. We have none too much brain power or reasoning faculties. We are to educate and                  -252-     train every power of mind and body--the human mechanism that Christ has bought--in order that we may put it to the best possible use. We are to do all we can to strengthen these powers; for God is pleased to have us become more and still more efficient colaborers with Him.  {2SAT 251.6}
[2SAT 252.1]          Of those who do their part faithfully, it is said, "Ye are laborers together with God" ［1 Corinthians 3:9］. Apart from divine aid, man can do very little; but the heavenly Father and His Son are ready to work through everyone who consecrates himself wholly on the altar of service. Every soul before me may cooperate with God, and labor for Him acceptably. The Lord desires us all to come into line. To every man He has given an appointed work, according to their several ability.  {2SAT 252.1}
[2SAT 252.2]          In Exodus we read that at the time the Lord directed the Israelites to build a tabernacle in the wilderness, He gave certain men special ability, talent, and skill in devising, and then He appointed them to the work. He will deal with us in the same way. We are to use our brain power to the glory of God. And although we may have to begin in a very small way, He will bless us and multiply our talents as a reward for faithfulness.  {2SAT 252.2}
[2SAT 252.3]          At the age of seventeen, when all my friends thought I was an invalid for life on account of a severe accident I had sustained in my girlhood, a heavenly visitant came and spoke to me, saying, "I have a message for you to bear." "Why," I thought, "there certainly must be a great mistake somewhere." Again were spoken the words: "I have a message for you to bear. Write out for the people what I give you." Up to that time my trembling hand had not been able to write a line. I replied, "I cannot do it; I cannot do it." "Write! write!" were the words spoken once again. I took the pen and paper, and I began to write; and how much I have written since, it is impossible to estimate. The strength, the power, was of God.  {2SAT 252.3}
[2SAT 252.4]          Since that time, the books that I have written have been published in many, many languages, and have gone to all parts of the earth. Just a short while ago I received word that a copy of one of my books had been graciously received by the queen of Germany, and that she had written a kind letter expressing her appreciation of the volume. To the Lord be all the praise.  {2SAT 252.4}
[2SAT 252.5]          Of ourselves we can do nothing good. But it is our privilege to place ourselves in right relation to God, and to determine that by His help we will do our part in this work, to make it better. In the lives of those who humbly yet unfalteringly carry out this resolution, will be revealed the glory of God. I know this by experience. I have had no power of my own. I have                    -253-     realized that I must hang my helpless soul on Jesus Christ; and as the result of doing this, of praying and of believing, the salvation of God has gone before me, and the glory of the Lord has followed.  {2SAT 252.5}
[2SAT 253.1]          I tell you that which I know, for your encouragement and comfort. Let us all place ourselves in right relation to God. What satisfaction is to be found in keeping pace with the fashion of this world? You have a better work to do. Fashion character. Use every ability, every nerve, every muscle, every thought, every action, to the glory of God. Then you will see, as you have never seen before, the salvation of God going before you.  {2SAT 253.1}
[2SAT 253.2]          Oh, I have nought to complain of! The Lord has never failed me. I laid my husband in the grave 22 years ago; and several years afterward, when the decision was made that more missionaries must go to Australia to unite with the few who had been sent, we went there ourselves to strengthen the hands of our brethren, and to establish the work on right lines in this new center. There we did much pioneer work.  {2SAT 253.2}
[2SAT 253.3]          We saw the great need for a school in which promising young men and young women could be trained for the Master's service; and we went right into the woods in New South Wales, purchased 1500 acres of land, and there established a training school away from the cities. The nearest city, Newcastle, was 25 miles distant; and Sydney, where we purchased most of our supplies, was about 75 miles south. As pioneers, we took hold of this work in earnest, doing all we could; and the power of God was with us at every step. We met with many discouragements, it is true; difficulties pressed in on the right hand and on the left; but the Lord blessed and prospered the efforts of the consecrated workers.  {2SAT 253.3}
[2SAT 253.4]          Three years ago we returned to America. Others were sent to Australia to take our places. The work has continued to grow; prosperity has attended every effort. I wish you could read the letters that come to us. Doubtless you have heard of the dreadful drought that has caused famine in so many places in Australia during the past two years. Hundreds of thousands of sheep and cattle and horses have perished. In all the colonies, and especially in Queensland, the suffering and the financial loss have been great.  {2SAT 253.4}
[2SAT 253.5]          But the spot that was chosen for our training school has had sufficient rainfall for good pasture land and bountiful crops; in fact, in legislative assemblies and in the newspapers of the great cities it has been specified as "the only green spot in all New South Wales."  {2SAT 253.5}
[2SAT 253.6]          Is not this remarkable? Has not the Lord blessed? From one of the reports received, we learn that last                        -254-     year 7000 pounds of honey of the best quality had been made on the school estate. Large quantities of vegetables have been raised, and the sale of the surplus has been a source of considerable revenue to the school. All this is very encouraging to us; for we took the wild land, and helped to bring it to its present fruitful state. To the Lord we ascribe all the praise.  {2SAT 253.6}
[2SAT 254.1]          In every land and in every community there are many opportunities for helpful service. Even in these valleys in which we are now living, there are families that need help along spiritual lines. Look these ones up. Use your talent, your ability, by helping them. First give yourself to the Master; then He will work with you. To every man He gives his work.  {2SAT 254.1}
[2SAT 254.2]          Sometimes it has been reported that I am trying to get rich. Some have written to us, inquiring, "Is not Mrs. White worth millions of dollars?" I am glad that I can say, "No." I do not own in this world any place that is free from debt. Why? Because I see so much missionary work to be done. Under such circumstances, could I hoard money? No, indeed. I receive royalties from the sale of my books, but nearly all is spent in missionary work.  {2SAT 254.2}
[2SAT 254.3]          The head of one of our publishing houses in a distant foreign land, upon hearing from others recently that I was in need of means, sent me a bill of exchange for $500, and in the letter accompanying the money he said that in return for the thousands upon thousands of dollars royalty that I had turned over to their mission field for the translation and distribution of new books and for the support of new missionary enterprises, they regarded the enclosed $500 as a very small token of their appreciation. They sent this because of their desire to help me in my time of special need; but heretofore I have given, for the support of the Lord's cause in foreign lands, all the royalties that come from the sale of my foreign books in Europe; and I intend to return this $500 as soon as I can free myself from debt.  {2SAT 254.3}
[2SAT 254.4]          For the glory of God I will tell you that about four years ago He enabled me to finish writing a book on the parables of Jesus, and then He put it into my heart to give this book for the advancement of our denominational educational work.  {2SAT 254.4}
[2SAT 254.5]          At that time some of our larger training schools and colleges were heavily in debt; but through the efforts of our people to sell this book and to devote the entire proceeds to the liquidation of these debts, more than $200,000 has already been raised and applied on the debts; and the good work is still going on. The success of this plan has been a source of great satisfaction to me. I am now completing another book, to be used in a similar way for other enterprises.  {2SAT 254.5}
[2SAT 255.1]                        -255-          But the financial gain is not the most encouraging feature to me. I love to dwell on the thought that the circulation of these books is bringing many souls into the truth. This thought makes my heart glad indeed. I have no time to sit down and mourn. I go right on with my work, and constantly keep writing, writing, writing. Early in the morning, when the rest of you are asleep, I am generally up, writing.  {2SAT 255.1}
[2SAT 255.2]          Even affliction has not caused me to cease writing. Not long after going to Australia, I was stricken with disease. Because of the dampness of the houses, I suffered an attack of inflammatory rheumatism, which prostrated me for eleven months. At times I was in intense agony. I could sleep in one position for only about two hours, and then I had to be moved into another bed, where I could lie in another position. My rubber air mattress gave me very little relief, and I passed through periods of great suffering.  {2SAT 255.2}
[2SAT 255.3]          But in spite of this, I did not cease my work. My right arm, from the elbow to the fingertips, was free from pain; the rest of the arm, the whole of the left arm, and both shoulders, could not be moved voluntarily. A framework was devised, and by the aid of this, during these eleven months, I wrote 2500 pages of letter paper, to send across the broad waters of the Pacific for publication in America.  {2SAT 255.3}
[2SAT 255.4]          I feel so thankful to the Lord that He never disappoints me; that He gives me strength and grace. As I stood by the side of my dying husband, I placed my hand in his, and said, "Do you know me, husband?" He nodded. Said I, "All through the years I have allowed you to bear the business responsibilities, and to lead out in new enterprises. Now I promise you to be a pioneer myself." And I added, "If you realize what I say, grasp my hand a little more firmly." He did so; he could not speak.  {2SAT 255.4}
[2SAT 255.5]          After my husband had been laid away in the grave, his friends thought of putting up a broken shaft as a monument. "Never!" said I, "never! He has done, singlehanded, the work of three men. Never shall a broken monument be placed over his grave!"  {2SAT 255.5}
[2SAT 255.6]          Some of my friends urged me to pray that my husband might be raised to life. "We cannot spare Elder White; we cannot spare him," they pleaded. "Do you think," I answered, "that I would go to his grave to weep and mourn over him? I have a work to do. I have promised to take up his work, and to carry it forward; and I intend to do it."  {2SAT 255.6}
[2SAT 255.7]          God has helped me. Today I glorify His name in the presence of His people. I spent nearly ten years in Australia. A wonderful work has been done there, but more than twice as much could have been                   -256-     accomplished if we had had the men and the means that we should have had. We thank God, nevertheless, for His sustaining presence, and for what we can now see in that field as the result of the efforts put forth.  {2SAT 255.7}
[2SAT 256.1]          But I must return to my text. As the result of observing the fast that the Lord has chosen--of loosing the bands of wickedness, of undoing the heavy burdens, of letting the oppressed go free, of feeding the hungry, caring for the poor, and clothing the naked--the prophet Isaiah declares:  {2SAT 256.1}
[2SAT 256.2]          "Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward. Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and He shall say:  {2SAT 256.2}
[2SAT 256.3]          "Here I am. If thou take away from the midst of thee the yoke, the putting forth of the finger, and speaking vanity; and if thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noon day: and the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not. And they that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in.  {2SAT 256.3}
[2SAT 256.4]          "If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words: then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it" ［Isaiah 58:8-14］.  {2SAT 256.4}
[2SAT 256.5]          Let us keep in remembrance that we each have a work to do. No one can afford to use tobacco; no one can afford to drink liquor. We must keep the senses clear; we must keep the mind free from all obstruction. We have a work to do for the Master, and we cannot afford to be content with crippled ideas. We do not want our sensibilities to be so perverted that we shall do iniquity. We do not want to spoil the fragrance that through the Spirit and blessing of God we might be the means of bringing into the life of some other person. We want individually to cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and of the spirit, and to perfect holiness in the fear of God.  {2SAT 256.5}
[2SAT 256.6]          We are glad to have our friends come to this sanitarium. We desire                      -257-     that they shall cooperate with every effort that is made to restore them to perfect soundness physically. We desire that those who come for treatment shall understand that the Lord God of heaven has signified that this institution should be established to help suffering humanity--to break the power of disease. Many, many times we have seen the working of God's healing power through the natural restorative agencies that are used in these institutions.  {2SAT 256.6}
[2SAT 257.1]          We are greatly encouraged by the words we hear from the sanitarium that has just been opened near Sydney, Australia. Among those who have come to that institution are some whose minds have been unbalanced. These unfortunate ones are placed on a plain, simple, nutritious diet; they are prayed for and with--and they realize that they are being prayed for; they are taught to look unto God, the mighty Restorer of the reasoning faculties.  {2SAT 257.1}
[2SAT 257.2]          The most remarkable results follow. Tobacco and liquor-drinking habits are dropped very quickly. Reformation results in gradual recovery. The poor souls are unable to express fully their gratitude for restoration.  {2SAT 257.2}
[2SAT 257.3]          God wants us to cooperate with Him. When we cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh, perfecting holiness in the fear of the Lord, we shall be as happy a people as has ever been seen. The salvation of God will be revealed. To the patients I would say, Take hold earnestly, and unite your efforts with the efforts of those who are trying to help you. Believe that all heaven is desirous of your being in health, soul, body, and spirit. Believe that the heavenly angels are round about you, watching to do you good, for it is even so.  {2SAT 257.3}
[2SAT 257.4]          We desire to see the power of God displayed in the restoration of suffering humanity. We have seen it in Australia and in many other countries. I have labored in many parts of the world, and in every place I have seen the salvation of God revealed.  {2SAT 257.4}
[2SAT 257.5]          To the sick I would say: Be of good courage. God's eye is upon you. He desires to help you break every yoke. He does not desire you to bind yourself under the yoke of any unhealthful habit; and if you have done so, He desires you to break it. He will give you strength and courage and help sufficient to break from every evil habit. Oh, I feel so thankful for this!  {2SAT 257.5}
[2SAT 257.6]          Many years ago, while my husband was still alive, we visited St. Helena, and helped to select the piece of land on which this sanitarium has been built. As my husband looked over the valley, he said, "Wife, if we ever have an institution here, we will build a house where from every window we can look upon the beautiful scenery                      -258-     that is all around us." Ever since that time, I have looked upon this place with great delight. Those who come here may be benefited, and greatly blessed by the Lord, if they will cooperate with Him. True, you will feel keenly, at first, the deprivation that comes with the putting away of injurious habits; but reformation will result in restoration of health. I would choose health in preference to indulgence of appetite.  {2SAT 257.6}
[2SAT 258.1]          We can do very much for ourselves and for our children. May God help us! We cost much to heaven, and we are worth too much to make it worthwhile to cling to our old habits and practices. Let us make the most of our privileges, and work with all our capabilities and powers. Then we shall see of the salvation of God.  {2SAT 258.1}
[2SAT 258.2]          Again I would call your attention to the promise made to the obedient--to those who cooperate with God and do His will.  {2SAT 258.2}
[2SAT 258.3]          "Then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; and I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, and feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it" ［Isaiah 58:14］.  {2SAT 258.3}
[2SAT 258.4]          There is a heaven for us to win, and there is a great "miserableness" for us to shun. None of us desire to be sick. None of us desire that this wonderful mechanism, the body, shall lie inactive, useless. We do not want to injure or ruin any part of this delicate mechanism. We have none too much brain power, at the best; and that which we have, we want to keep in the best possible condition, in order that we may plan with the Master, and He with us, to help our fellow human beings in suffering.  {2SAT 258.4}
[2SAT 258.5]          We want to see the sick among us healed by the power of God. He cooperates with man in every reformation made. Let us take hold with Him. Climb, climb, for your souls' sake climb the ladder of progress. First ascend the lower rounds, and then climb, climb, climb; for the topmost round rests upon the threshold of heaven. Angels of God are ascending and descending that ladder of shining brightness. You can ascend round by round, round by round, and finally step off into the kingdom of glory.  {2SAT 258.5}
[2SAT 258.6]          Keep progressing upward, ever ascending higher and still higher. God will put it into your mind to do His will. He will give you strength and courage and hope and faith. You can reach the golden city. And when at last the gates are opened and the redeemed are welcomed in, you will see the King in His beauty, and He will greet you with the words, "Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world."  {2SAT 258.6}
[2SAT 258.7]          And how was this kingdom prepared? Our Lord of glory                   -259-     stepped down from His royal throne, and, laying aside His royal robe and kingly crown, He took upon Himself the garments of humanity, that, by standing at the head of humanity, He might give value to humanity, and enable us through His strength to become conquerors, sons of God, heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ Jesus.  {2SAT 258.7}
[2SAT 259.1]          Shall we not put to the test every muscle and sinew, in an effort to cooperate with God? Then we shall be victorious. Then we shall be ushered into the kingdom of everlasting glory. Then we will unite with the saints in casting our glittering crowns at the feet of our Redeemer. Then we will touch our golden harps and sing the song of redemption.  {2SAT 259.1}
[2SAT 259.2]          I want to be there. I want to unite in this song, and I want you to unite in it. I want you to be there, that you may see the King in His beauty, His marvelous loveliness. God help us, is my prayer.  {2SAT 259.2}
[2SAT 259.3]          ［Turning to Brother Harmon］: Brother Harmon, we know what it meant to push the triumphs of the cross in the early days of the message. Now, disease is upon you, but God is helping you. Praise His holy name! We hope that you will yet be enabled to be where you will be comfortable, and where you may speak words to the glory of the Master. We praise the Lord for His goodness, His lovingkindness.-- Ms 8, 1894 (MR 900.44).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. July, 1986. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 259.3}
[2SAT 260.1]       Chap. 34 - A Plea for Unity    Manuscript 52, 1904         ［Sermon preached May 22, 1904, in Berrien Springs, Michigan.］          "These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee; as Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent. I have glorified Thee on the earth; I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world: Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word" ［John 17:1-6］.  {2SAT 260.1}
[2SAT 260.2]          What a glorious commendation--"They have kept Thy word." To have these words said of us would be a great honor. But too often self comes in; self strives for the mastery.  {2SAT 260.2}
[2SAT 260.3]          This was Christ's last prayer with His disciples. It was offered just before He went into the Garden of Gethsemane, where He was to be betrayed and taken. When He reached Gethsemane, He fell prostrate upon the ground, in an agony of distress. What caused His agony? The weight of the sins of the whole world was resting upon His soul. As we study this prayer, let us remember that it was just before this experience and just before His betrayal and trial, that these words were uttered.  {2SAT 260.3}
[2SAT 260.4]          In Gethsemane Christ felt that He was being separated from His Father. The gulf was so broad, so black, so deep, that His spirit shuddered before it. This agony He must not exert His divine power to escape. As man He must suffer the consequences of man's sin. As man He must endure the wrath of God.  {2SAT 260.4}
[2SAT 260.5]          Behold Him contemplating the price to be paid for the human soul. In His agony He clings to the cold ground, as if to prevent Himself from being drawn farther from God. The chilling dew of night falls upon His prostrate form, but He heeds it not. From His pale lips comes the bitter cry, "O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me." Yet even now He adds, "Nevertheless not as I will, but as Thou wilt."  {2SAT 260.5}
[2SAT 260.6]          The human heart longs for sympathy in suffering. This longing Christ felt to the very depths of His being, and He went to the place                          -261-     where He had left His disciples. Had He found them praying, He would have been relieved. But they were asleep. They could give Him no comfort. Once more after this He came to them, but again He found them asleep.  {2SAT 260.6}
[2SAT 261.1]          Turning away, Jesus sought His retreat, and fell prostrate, overcome by the horror of a great darkness. The humanity of the Son of God trembled in that trying hour. He prayed not now for His disciples that their faith might not fail, but for His own tempted, agonized soul. The awful moment had come--that moment which was to decide the destiny of the world.  {2SAT 261.1}
[2SAT 261.2]          The fate of humanity trembled in the balance. Christ might even now refuse to drink the cup apportioned to guilty men. It was not yet too late. He might wipe the bloody sweat from His brow, and leave man to perish in his iniquity. He might say, Let the transgressor receive the penalty of his sin, and I will go back to My Father.  {2SAT 261.2}
[2SAT 261.3]          Will the Son of God drink the bitter cup of humiliation and agony? Will the Innocent suffer the consequences of the curse of sin, to save the guilty? The words fall tremblingly from the pale lips of Jesus, "O My Father, if this cup may not pass away from Me, except I drink it, Thy will be done."  {2SAT 261.3}
[2SAT 261.4]          He accepts His baptism of blood, that through Him perishing millions may gain everlasting life. He has left the courts of heaven, where all is purity, happiness, and glory, to save the one lost sheep, the one world that has fallen by transgression. And He will not turn from His mission. He will become the propitiation of a race that has willed to sin.  {2SAT 261.4}
[2SAT 261.5]          Thus the Son of God gave Himself for us "the Sinless for the sinful--that we might not perish. Let us think of the suffering that He endured for us, and as we think of it let us remember that we are to be partakers of this suffering, that we may finally share in His glory. "If any man will come after Me," He says, "let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me."  {2SAT 261.5}
[2SAT 261.6]          How much have we suffered for Christ and for our fellow beings? As we have gone from place to place, and have seen the need and the sinfulness of humanity, have we been willing to endure self-denial and privation for others?  {2SAT 261.6}
[2SAT 261.7]          Glorified in Us. "And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world; Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me, and they have kept Thy word. Now they have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee. For I have given unto them the words which Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have                     -262-     known surely that I came out from Thee, and have believed that Thou didst send Me. I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them" ［verses 5-10］.  {2SAT 261.7}
[2SAT 262.1]         Do we come short of this? Do we, by refusing to follow Christ in self-denial and sacrifice, fail of glorifying God? Are we willing to lift the cross? Are we willing to die to self, to be crucified with Christ? We must share with the Redeemer in His suffering before we can enter the city of our God.  {2SAT 262.1}
[2SAT 262.2]          Sanctified Through the Truth. "And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me, that they may be one, as we are. While I was with them in the world, I kept them in Thy name; those that Thou gavest Me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdition; that the scripture might be fulfilled. And now come I to Thee; and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves. I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world" ［verses 11-16］.  {2SAT 262.2}
[2SAT 262.3]         Christ's followers are not to think they can do just as the world does, following the natural inclinations of the heart, living in selfishness and pride, and yet get to heaven. God wants us to separate from everything that will dishonor His name before the world.  {2SAT 262.3}
[2SAT 262.4]          "Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth" ［verses 17-19］.  {2SAT 262.4}
[2SAT 262.5]         It is the privilege of every soul before me to be sanctified through the truth. This sanctification all must have who enter the abodes of bliss. There are many errors abroad in our world. Satan has come down with great power, and is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. But we are not to accept his deceptions. We must be braced in Christ, sanctified through the truth.  {2SAT 262.5}
[2SAT 262.6]          The Lord may see that it is necessary to subject us to a refining process, that we may be brought into perfect harmony with Christ. I pray that the hearts of those in attendance at this meeting may be filled with an intense longing for the sanctification of the Spirit, that they may be brought into complete                        -263-     unity with Christ and with one another.  {2SAT 262.6}
[2SAT 263.1]          My brethren and sisters, you are soon to go away for the summer's work, some to the ministry, some to teaching, and others to various lines of work. Before you leave this meeting, you should receive the testimony of the Holy Spirit that you have taken hold of the divine power and have made peace with God. Your hearts should be filled with the peace which passeth all understanding.  {2SAT 263.1}
[2SAT 263.2]          "That They All May Be One." "Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me" ［verses 20, 21］.  {2SAT 263.2}
[2SAT 263.3]         What kind of unity is spoken of in these words? Unity in diversity. Our minds do not all run in the same channel, and we have not all been given the same work. God has given to every man his work according to his several ability. There are different kinds of work to be done, and workers of varied capabilities are needed. If our hearts are humble, if we have learned in the school of Christ to be meek and lowly, we may all press together in the narrow path marked out for us.  {2SAT 263.3}
[2SAT 263.4]          God wants us to show an earnest desire to save those that are ready to perish. If there is one who has made mistakes, our hearts should go out to him. We should let him see that we have for him that love which was revealed in the life of Christ. We may think that a brother has done something very wrong. Perhaps he has. But do you think that you will make him see his wrong by shunning his society, by leaving him to himself, where the enemy can work upon his mind and his conscience? We should try to come just as close to him as we can. With all the soul-winning power that God has given us, we must draw him to Christ, remembering that we ourselves have made mistakes. We have all gone out of the way. We have all had our times of trouble, of blindness, of affliction.  {2SAT 263.4}
[2SAT 263.5]          There is a power in the truth. There is a power in the love of God that will press back the clouds of darkness, and let the sunlight of God's presence into the heart of the erring.  {2SAT 263.5}
[2SAT 263.6]          "And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one" ［verse 22］. Think of the possibilities contained in these words. Christ never requires of us more than we can accomplish with the power that He will freely give us. As we go from place to place, shall we not go clothed with the garments of His righteousness? He bids us cherish His pitying tenderness, His                         -264-     love, that every difference, every barrier that separates soul from soul, may be broken down. Let every one plant his feet on the platform of eternal truth, and then ask God to fill his heart with the love which dwelt in the heart of Christ. We cannot afford to place stumbling blocks in the way of anyone. We cannot afford to have placed to our account by the great Judge of all, any occasion of stumbling, over which someone has fallen.  {2SAT 263.6}
[2SAT 264.1]         "I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me" ［verse 23］.  {2SAT 264.1}
[2SAT 264.2]         Can you grasp the thought? The Father loves fallen human beings even as He loves His own Son. He so loves them that He will hold fast to them, even when they are stumbling along in darkness and error. You may say, When my brother, with whom I differed, shall come to such and such a place, then I will take him right to my heart. But perhaps you will have to take him to your heart before He reaches that position.  {2SAT 264.2}
[2SAT 264.3]          "Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee; but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it; that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them" ［verses 24-26］.  {2SAT 264.3}
[2SAT 264.4]         The Betrayal of Christ. "When Jesus had spoken these words, He went forth with His disciples over the brook Kedron, where was a garden, into the which He entered, and His disciples. And Judas also, which betrayed Him, knew the place: for Jesus oftentimes resorted thither with His disciples. Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons. Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon Him, went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek ye? They answered Him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am He. And Judas, which betrayed Him, stood with them. As soon as He had said unto them, I am He, they went backward, and fell to the ground" ［John 18:1-6］.  {2SAT 264.4}
[2SAT 264.5]         What made them fall to the ground? They could not endure the sight of the bright flash of light from the angels of God, who were right on the ground, and they fell prostrate. That ought to have been enough to restrain them, but it was not.  {2SAT 264.5}
[2SAT 265.1]                         -265-          "Then asked He them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus answered, I have told you that I am He; if therefore ye seek Me, let these go their way: that the saying might be fulfilled, which He spake, Of them which Thou gavest Me I have lost none" ［verses 7-9］. Christ knew how weak His disciples were, and He sought to shield them from temptation and trial. For them He was ready to sacrifice Himself.  {2SAT 265.1}
[2SAT 265.2]         I ask you to think of the sufferings of Christ, and remove the differences that you may have with your brethren. This is the message that I have for you today. Remove every difference, that the Holy Spirit may come into your hearts. We do not want anyone to leave our ranks because we have not done all in our power to save him. Oh, what a wonderful work might be accomplished if we would all come into unity.  {2SAT 265.2}
[2SAT 265.3]          We are all different in disposition, and we are not to judge one another. If you feel that you have been wronged, go right to the one who has done the wrong, and say, "I want to have everything that separates us removed." Pray with him, saying, "Lord Jesus, make us one with Thee. We want to be partakers with Thee of Thy sufferings and of Thy love. We want to work for the salvation of one another. We want Thy tenderness and Thy pity to fill our hearts, that every barrier may be broken down."  {2SAT 265.3}
[2SAT 265.4]          Christ Our Example. When I see what the Saviour has done for us, I feel that I cannot allow any soul to go down while I can do anything to save him. There are those whom Satan is trying to lead out of the way. Let us draw close to them, watching over them faithfully and tenderly, and praying with them earnestly, that every cloud may be swept away. The enemy will seek to come in between us and God.  {2SAT 265.4}
[2SAT 265.5]          There are many who need the cleansing power of the Holy Spirit in their hearts. They need sanctified lips and sanctified voices. If you see a brother making a confession, stand right by his side, and encourage him. Let not your face be lighted up with joy because he has been brought to the humiliation of confession. Christ is ashamed of such a spirit.  {2SAT 265.5}
[2SAT 265.6]          There is a mighty work to be done. The powers of darkness are being let loose in the world, and we must all stand as one man for the truth, our feet planted firmly on the Eternal Rock, that we may not be moved by the error that is flooding the world.  {2SAT 265.6}
[2SAT 265.7]          Even As He Walked. "My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: and He is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also                            -266-     for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected; hereby know we that we are in Him. He that saith he abideth in Him ought himself also so to walk, even as He walked" ［1 John 2:1-6］.  {2SAT 265.7}
[2SAT 266.1]          Brethren, are you walking "even as He walked"? He was full of pity, tenderness, and compassion. ［Verses 7-19, quoted.］  {2SAT 266.1}
[2SAT 266.2]         We do not want anyone to go out from us if we can do anything in our power to hold them by the hand of faith. Let us work with the power of the living God to keep them with His commandment-keeping people. But in order for us to do this, we must have the sanctification of the Spirit. Let us humble our hearts before God. Let us repent of our sins, and be converted. Do not, I beg of you for Christ's sake, push any soul over the precipice.  {2SAT 266.2}
[2SAT 266.3]          The other night, in a scene which passed before me, I saw one slipping down a precipice. A company was looking on indifferently, making no effort to save him. But one hand--the hand of Christ-- was stretched out, and the man was rescued. Christ drew him up, saying. "Hold fast to Me." He then placed the hands of the rescued man in the hands of his brethren who stood near, saying, "I have drawn him up that he may stand on vantage ground. Work for the salvation of souls, that you may all stand on vantage ground before God."  {2SAT 266.3}
[2SAT 266.4]          The Lord does not want one soul to be lost. Christ shed His blood to cleanse every human being from sin. Let us grasp the hand of infinite power, and arise in God's strength to proclaim the last message of mercy to a dying world.  {2SAT 266.4}
[2SAT 266.5]          Those whose hearts are filled with the love of God will exercise patience and kindness in dealing with others. Is there one here whom we desire to see numbered with unbelievers in the day when Christ shall come? It means everything to the followers of Christ to gain an experience that will enable them to save souls. We cannot afford to act in such a way toward those who are out of the fold that they will have no courage to grasp the hope of the gospel.  {2SAT 266.5}
[2SAT 266.6]          Brethren and sisters, pray as you have never prayed before that the Holy Spirit may come into this meeting, and that every heart may be softened. There are not simply two or three cases of division and misunderstanding among us. There are many who are cherishing distrust and suspicion. They have watched for failings in others, even while they had many failings                           -267-     themselves. Had they watched themselves, they would have found that they were cherishing a spirit which was not of Christ.  {2SAT 266.6}
[2SAT 267.1]          Angels of God are here today, watching anxiously to see how you will receive the words of the gospel. And evil angels are here also, ready to do their wicked work upon the minds of all who will listen to their insinuations. If you have not found the liberty of Christ, if your heart is not emptied of all bitterness and wrath and malice and selfishness, it is time that you made diligent work for repentance. God is calling you. Today, if you will hear His voice, harden not your heart.  {2SAT 267.1}
[2SAT 267.2]          My brethren, will you not seek to get rid of the differences that are separating you from one another? Will you not humble yourselves before God, and seek to rescue every soul that is tempted by the enemy? Let us not leave one soul unaided on the field of battle. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, go to work in the way that God has pointed out, that you may receive the outpouring of the Spirit.  {2SAT 267.2}
[2SAT 267.3]          Whoever feels that he needs a firmer hold upon God, whoever desires to be separated from his natural and cultivated tendencies to evil, let him take his stand here for God today. I ask those who desire the prayers of God's people, that their sins may be forgiven and that they may receive power from on high, to rise to their feet. You may have made a profession of religion for many years, but your profession is of no avail unless in your daily life you live out the principles of truth. If there are those here who have made no profession, but who wish to be set free from habits that have enslaved them, I wish to say to them that they have the privilege of asking the prayers of God's people. Will you rise to your feet, and thus testify that you want to be made complete in Christ? (Nearly all of the congregation arose.)  {2SAT 267.3}
[2SAT 267.4]          ［Sister White then offered prayer as follows:］            Our heavenly Father, we come to Thee at this time just as we are, needy and dependent, but we know, Lord, that Thou art a compassionate Saviour. Thou hast made an infinite sacrifice, that we may have eternal life, if we will only cooperate with Thee. We ask Thee to put it into our hearts today, to renew our covenant with Thee by sacrifice. Help us this day that we may lay hold upon Thee by living faith. Separate from us everything that would separate us from Thee.  {2SAT 267.4}
[2SAT 267.5]          Our Father, Thou knowest that we love Thee. We see a world ready to perish in sin, and we are not prepared to labor together with Thee. We desire to be fitted up for Thy service. We desire the Holy Spirit to descend upon us. We want the darkness to be swept away                         -268-     from our eyes, that we may have the clear light of understanding.  {2SAT 267.5}
[2SAT 268.1]          We ask Thy blessing upon those who have arisen to express their desire to be prepared for Thy coming. As they leave this pavilion, may they seek Thee in earnest prayer. May they go in companies of two or three, to seek Thee. Thou hast said that where two or three are gathered in Thy name, there Thou wilt be. Oh, give them a spirit of earnest pleading for the pardon of their sins, that Thou mayest say to them, "Thy sins be forgiven thee."  {2SAT 268.1}
[2SAT 268.2]          I ask Thee to pity every trembling soul in this congregation. I ask Thee, my Saviour, that Thou wilt awaken in the heart of every minister of the gospel, of every teacher, and of every one who professes to be Thy child, a desire for Thy Holy Spirit, that they may be endued with power, and that as they go from house to house, they may proclaim Thy truth. Let Thy message come to us, that we may arouse our sensibilities, that we may realize the value of souls. We want that every one here today shall be saved. May the light that shines from the throne of God shine into the chambers of the mind and into the soul-temple.  {2SAT 268.2}
[2SAT 268.3]          Merciful Redeemer, Thou knowest every one. Here are some who are weighted down with burdens that have rested heavily upon them. May they link up with Thee. May they put their arm in Thine arm, and cling to Thee, the mighty One, who hast said, "Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me" ［Isaiah 27:5］. These are Thy words. Show them how, Lord, show them how to humble their proud hearts. Show them what it means to break their will before God, and to take Thy will. Help them to cast their helpless souls upon the merits of a crucified and risen Saviour. Present before them eternal life.  {2SAT 268.3}
[2SAT 268.4]          Let the sweetness of Thy Holy Spirit come into the hearts of Thy ministers, that Thy melting, merciful love, may be manifest in their life. I ask Thee to dispel everything that would prevent them from working for the salvation of souls. Put it into their hearts and minds to make a covenant with Thee by sacrifice. Even now, may the melting love of Christ come into our midst. May we hear the words, "Thou art Mine, I have begotten thee unto Myself."  {2SAT 268.4}
[2SAT 268.5]          O Lord, Thou knowest how the powers of evil are working. We see the world going to perdition. Baptize Thy ministers, baptize Thy workers, with Thy Holy Spirit. I ask Thee to let melting love and mercy fall upon this congregation.  {2SAT 268.5}
[2SAT 268.6]          Now let praise and thanksgiving ascend to God, that Thou hast heard our prayer. We believe in Thee, Lord. Wash us from every stain of sin. Cleanse and purify us,                             -269-     and let us understand what it means to perfect holiness in the fear of God. I ask Thee to set the feet of those who have been stumbling, in the right path of Thy self-denial and self-sacrifice.  {2SAT 268.6}
[2SAT 269.1]          What can we say, Lord? We are weak ourselves. We need Thy power. We see the work that we have to do. We give ourselves to Thee. Let Thy blessing come to us, and Thy name shall have all the glory.--Ms 52, 1904 (MR 900.51).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D.C. October 1, 1987. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 269.1}
[2SAT 270.1]       Chap. 35 - Marriage and the Christian Home    Manuscript 170, 1905         ［Remarks at the wedding of Dores E. Robinson and Ella M. White, Sanitarium, California, May 1, 1905.］            This is an important period in the history of the ones who have stood before you to unite their interests, their sympathies, their love, their labor, with each other in the ministry of the saving of souls. In the marriage relation there is a very important step taken--the blending of two lives into one.  {2SAT 270.1}
[2SAT 270.2]          I am highly gratified with this choice. I have confidence that the Lord sanctions this union, and that it is in accord with the will of God that man and wife should be linked together in His work, to carry it forward in a wholeness and a holiness. They can do this.  {2SAT 270.2}
[2SAT 270.3]          The blessing of God in the home where this union shall exist is as the sunshine of heaven, because it is the Lord's ordained will that man and wife should be linked together in holy bonds of union, under Jesus Christ, with Him to control, and His Spirit to guide--His Holy Spirit to listen to the petitions that shall come up to Him. Where two or three, He says, are together, I am in their midst.  {2SAT 270.3}
[2SAT 270.4]          God wants the home to be the happiest place on earth, the very symbol of the home in heaven. Bearing the marriage responsibilities in the home, linking their interests with Jesus Christ, leaning upon His arm and His assurance, husband and wife may share a happiness in this union that angels of God commend.  {2SAT 270.4}
[2SAT 270.5]          Marriage does not lessen their usefulness, but strengthens it. They may make that married life a ministry to win souls to Christ. I know whereof I speak, because for 36 years my husband and myself were united, and we went everywhere that the Lord said Go.  {2SAT 270.5}
[2SAT 270.6]          In this matter we know that we have the commendation of God in the marriage relation. Therefore, it is a solemn ordinance. It has always seemed to me so very inappropriate to see the marriage ordinance associated with hilarity and glee and a pretense of something. No; it is an ordinance ordained of God, to be looked upon with the greatest solemnity. As the family relation is formed here below, it is to give a demonstration of what they shall be, the family in heaven above. The glory of God is ever to be made first.  {2SAT 270.6}
[2SAT 270.7]          And now I can at this time take by the hand this our brother whom we love in the Lord--he has our confidence--and we take by the hand you, his wife, and urge you to carry on the work of God unitedly. I would say, Make God your Counselor. Blend, blend together. You each have an identity of your own, but in that identity there must be a unity. There is constantly to be a                         -271-     development of the faculties that God has given you, that you may improve, and that you may indeed be looked upon by the heavenly angels with commendation. We care more for that than everything else beside. Let the light of heaven shine right in the home--and we believe it will--in every word and in every action.  {2SAT 270.7}
[2SAT 271.1]          You are not called to give up your identity; you each have an identity of your own. These may not always run in the very same channel, and yet there may be that blending that God required. The husband is the houseband, the husband, the priest of the household, and the wife is the teacher, as she shall fill her place in the household, whatever may be her employment. If she has children to nurse and take care of, let me tell you there is a lesson there, oh, such a lesson, that God wants everyone to learn. The wife, united with the husband in the fear of God, is to be a strength and power in the church. God can make them thus.  {2SAT 271.1}
[2SAT 271.2]          Well, then, how shall they blend? Counsel together. And if there be any difference of opinion, yet we would say, Counsel together, and the blessing of God will come right into the heart.  {2SAT 271.2}
[2SAT 271.3]          Christ was at the marriage in Cana. There He worked the miracle of turning the water into wine. Our Saviour ever honored the marriage relation, and we want to say, wherever you may be, and whatever your circumstances may be, We have a God, One who loves us, One whom we can honor. If we would honor Him, our lips should ever speak in wisdom. Here is the wife, the queen of the home--the blessing of God can rest upon her that she may be a sunshine, a sunbeam, in the house. Never, never, in any way, speak in a manner that would irritate. The voice is a talent; it is a talent of God. It is to be so cultivated that it will bring peace and harmony and light and love.  {2SAT 271.3}
[2SAT 271.4]          Here are these ［two］ who are covenanted to the work of God. A great work is before us. Where their ministry will be we cannot say, but united they can carry forward the work much better than separately. They can help one another; they can encourage one another; they can be a blessing to one another; and the Holy Spirit of God can rest on them as they bear the ministry to those who shall need their help.  {2SAT 271.4}
[2SAT 271.5]          Both have an experience in this line; both feel an intense interest to cultivate to the very best and highest account the ability of talents which God has given to them. If they are connected with the God of heaven, what a power they can be unitedly to blend together, to strengthen one another, and to carry forward the work of God intelligently.  {2SAT 271.5}
[2SAT 271.6]          I am very thankful today that I believe the Lord is present in this very assembly to accept this ordinance of marriage, and we thank you all that are here that you are present. We want to say to every one of you, There is a very great and a very grand work before us. We cannot discern it now. Time steals on, steals on so gradually, and the                           -272-     powers of darkness, like a thief, are watching their chance, that they may make all the evil possible.  {2SAT 271.6}
[2SAT 272.1]          Now we are as men and women to stand in our allotted place, with the whole armor of righteousness on. To him that--what? Gives up to the powers of darkness and yields to every influence? No; to him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame and am set down with My Father in His throne. Now here is the work of overcoming. These ［two］ do not give up this work, but they are blended together to strengthen themselves in the work, and to go wherever the light of heaven shall shine upon their pathway.  {2SAT 272.1}
[2SAT 272.2]         We believe God will lead them; therefore, we are fully in harmony with this unity, and we believe heaven is in harmony with it. Therefore, these young people who have worked in the cause of God, who have tried to do His work, can now double their influence, increase their capabilities and their talents, by blending in the work of God. It is not a lesser work that is before them, but it is a higher, it is a more sacred, it is a more important work that they will have to do in the future than in the past. May the blessing of God rest upon them right here.  {2SAT 272.2}
[2SAT 272.3]          I feel that it would be a privilege for me to bow, right here in this company, and plead with the Lord that His blessing may go with them. I know not when I shall see them again; perhaps never after I leave here. I am in my seventy-eighth year, and yet God has spared my life. There is a great work for us to perform, and I want that every one of us shall feel the importance of laying hold of that work intelligently, with hand put to hand, mind to mind, strength to strength, power to power, to carry forth the work of God, to seek and to save perishing souls. A little longer, and He that is to come will come, and will not tarry. I want to offer a prayer here in this congregation before I shall leave.  {2SAT 272.3}
[2SAT 272.4]          ［Praying］ My gracious heavenly Father, I come to Thee at this time because Thou hast invited us. Thou hast said, Ask and ye shall receive, seek and ye shall find, knock and it shall be opened unto you. Now, my heavenly Father, I ask Thee, when difficulties and trials and opposition that they may have to meet in the work shall come, may they remember this threefold representation--asking, seeking, knocking--with the assurance that they shall be heard, and that the blessing of God will come to them.  {2SAT 272.4}
[2SAT 272.5]          We believe Thee, our Lord Jesus; we trust in Thee. We are so grateful that Thou hast thought upon us, and that Thou hast left the heavenly courts and that Thou hast come to our world to connect with humanity, that humanity might connect with Divinity through believing in Thee.  {2SAT 272.5}
[2SAT 272.6]          Oh, my heavenly Father, sweep back every mist and every cloud of darkness, that it may not interpose between this people and the promises which Thou hast made to                        -273-     them. Thou hast given Thy life--a life of suffering, great suffering and abuse, and oh, at last, at last, Thy body was nailed to the tree, and by crucifixion Thou hast died. Now, my Saviour, we want kept before us the great love that Thou hast manifested to us, that we might repose in Thy love.  {2SAT 272.6}
[2SAT 273.1]          Let Thy blessing rest, we pray Thee, upon Dores; let it rest upon Ella. We ask Thee that Thou wouldst take charge of them, that Thy Holy Spirit would rest upon them. May they have an eye single to Thy glory, and may they bear in mind Thy words, 'He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.'  {2SAT 273.1}
[2SAT 273.2]          Oh, when oppressed, when weighed down, open the clear light that the sunshine of Thy glory may shine upon them, and that they indeed may reflect Thy light to the world. The light that Thou shalt give them, may they impart.  {2SAT 273.2}
[2SAT 273.3]          I ask Thee, Lord, that this congregation that is here this evening may realize the presence of God, our Saviour, with the crown of life presented before us, encouraging us to put on the whole armor of God, to fight the battles of the Lord, and be prepared that when He shall come in His glory, they may say, Lo, this is our God, we have waited for Him, and He will save us. ［Isaiah 25:9.］  {2SAT 273.3}
[2SAT 273.4]         Bless this people; bless this sanitarium; let the glory of God be revealed; let the light of heaven shine upon them here; and may prosperity attend the medical missionary work. We pray Thee to sanctify the people and those that shall come here. Thou, the mighty Healer, can help them; Thou canst save them, if they will give their hearts to Thee. We ask Thee to let Thy power and Thy blessing rest upon the people. Encircle them in the arms of Thy mercy and love them freely.  {2SAT 273.4}
[2SAT 273.5]          Oh, my Saviour, my Saviour, who is like unto Thee? None, none that can save to the uttermost but Thee. We give ourselves to Thee this evening. Wash away our sins; cleanse us in the blood of the Lamb; and may we be present when the family shall assemble in the kingdom of God and we become members of the royal family and children of the heavenly King. Then we shall strike the golden harp and fill all heaven with music and songs to the Lamb.  {2SAT 273.5}
[2SAT 273.6]          We give ourselves to Thee this evening. Accept us as Thy denominated people, and Thy name shall have all the glory. Amen.--Ms. 170, 1905.     Ellen G. White Estate   Silver Spring, Maryland   Entire Ms.  {2SAT 273.6}
[2SAT 274.1]      Chap. 36 - Growing in Grace    Manuscript 11, 1906         ［Manuscript written November 27, 1905, at Sanitarium, California.］          I have slept until half past three o'clock this morning. During the night I often have periods of wakefulness, when my soul is continually ascending to God in prayer. It is at these times that I have my best seasons of communion with God, for in the night He always seems very nigh unto me, guiding me.  {2SAT 274.1}
[2SAT 274.2]          It is our privilege to gather strength from the Lord, and to be fitting up characters for translation to heaven and to the mansions that He is preparing for us. We should be continually grateful for the power from above that has been promised us. Christ was that "true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name: which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth" ［John 1:9-14］.  {2SAT 274.2}
[2SAT 274.3]          Why do we not so prepare our hearts that we will take the promise, and, through the operation of the Holy Spirit receive Christ as an ever abiding power, to be our sufficiency, our acknowledged power for maintaining our strength, that we may reveal to friend and foe that we have an abiding Christ? It is the privilege of everyone to exert an influence, individually, as one who has received Christ and who believes in Him.  {2SAT 274.3}
[2SAT 274.4]          My brother, my sister, yield your whole mind and soul and body to the Lord. Rest in the arms of your compassionate Saviour. You need not rush hither and thither to obtain relief from human agencies. Christ is nigh, inviting you, "Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light" ［Matthew 11:28-30］.  {2SAT 274.4}
[2SAT 274.5]          Let no one hear from your lips words of complaint or of judging. The Lord has not placed any of us on the judgment-seat. Simply come to Jesus. Lay your burdens at His feet. "I will receive you," He declares; "I will give you rest."  {2SAT 274.5}
[2SAT 275.1]                      -275-          You have a battle to fight, and so have we all. We can make this battle very much more severe by turning away from Christ and from wearing the yoke that He asks every one of us to wear. Does He not tell us the truth when He says, "My yoke is easy"? If we manufacture yokes for ourselves, as many are doing, we shall find them extremely galling; but if we take the yoke that Christ has prepared for us, and become meek and lowly in heart, self will be hid with Christ in God. This is the correct position for us to occupy.  {2SAT 275.1}
[2SAT 275.2]          A follower of Jesus refrains from gathering up burdens and responsibilities that he is unable to bear--burdens that crush the life-forces, and that give no relief. Christ has not given us any such work to do. We must receive Him, believe in Him, and reveal His character, showing by our religious experience that we have been born of God. Then we shall have healthy heart-beats, born again, "not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God." The power comes to us through receiving Jesus Christ. "The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth."  {2SAT 275.2}
[2SAT 275.3]          The Lord foretells the going forth of deceivers. He cautioned His disciples to be wide-awake regarding the signs of the times. Instead of revealing that which would have tended to arouse their curiosity over matters that they were unprepared to handle or to discuss with profit, He gave them decided instruction as to what they ought to do in order to be prepared for the events that would take place. And this instruction that He gave His disciples has come down through the centuries to our time. The warnings that we find recorded in Holy Writ regarding the perils which would always surround the Christian church, belong to the people that are especially concerned in all these things. Christ foretold that the going forth of deceivers would be accompanied with more danger to His disciples than would persecution.  {2SAT 275.3}
[2SAT 275.4]          This warning is repeated several times. Seducers, with their scientific problems, were to be guarded against more carefully than any other peril that they would meet; for the entrance of these seductive spirits meant the entrance of the specious errors that Satan has ingeniously prepared to dim the spiritual perceptions of those who have had but little experience in the workings of the Holy Spirit, and of those who remain satisfied with a very limited spiritual knowledge.  {2SAT 275.4}
[2SAT 275.5]          The effort of seducers has been to undermine confidence in the truth of God, and to make it impossible to distinguish truth from error. Wonderfully pleasing,                      -276-     fanciful, scientific problems are introduced and urged upon the attention of the unwary; and unless believers are on their guard, the enemy, disguised as an angel of light, will lead them into false paths.  {2SAT 275.5}
[2SAT 276.1]          The Saviour foretold that in the latter days false prophets would appear, and draw away disciples after them; and also that those who in this time of peril should stand faithful to the truth that is specified in the book of Revelation, would have to meet doctrinal errors so specious that, if it were possible, the very elect would be deceived.  {2SAT 276.1}
[2SAT 276.2]          God would have every true sentiment prevail. Satan can skillfully play the game of life with many souls, and he acts in a most underhanded, deceptive manner to spoil the faith of the people of God and to discourage them. And when men who are in positions of responsibility permit themselves to be led astray, as many do, by the sophistries of Satan, the enemy gains a great victory. He works today as he worked in heaven, to divide the people of God in the very last stage of this earth's history. He seeks to create dissension, and to arouse contention and discussion, and to remove if possible the old landmarks of truth committed to God's people. He tries to make it appear as if the Lord contradicts Himself.  {2SAT 276.2}
[2SAT 276.3]          It is when Satan appears as an angel of light that he takes souls in his snare, deceiving them. Men who pretend to have been taught of God will adopt fallacious theories, and in their teaching will so adorn these fallacies as to bring in satanic delusions. Thus Satan will be introduced as an angel of light, and will have opportunity to present his pleasing fables.  {2SAT 276.3}
[2SAT 276.4]          These false prophets will have to be met. They will make an effort to deceive many, by leading them to accept false theories. Many scriptures will be misapplied in such a way that deceptive theories will apparently be based upon the words that God has spoken. Precious truth will be appropriated to substantiate and establish error. These false prophets, who claim to be taught of God, will take beautiful scriptures that have been given to adorn the truth, and will use them as a robe of righteousness to cover false and dangerous theories. And even some of those who, in times past, the Lord has honored, will depart so far from the truth as to advocate misleading theories regarding many phases of truth, including the sanctuary question.  {2SAT 276.4}
[2SAT 276.5]          Some talk of "principles" that actuate their service and their teachings; but neither in word nor in deed, by strict integrity and by proper dealing, do they reveal that a work of grace has transformed the heart. They are not drawing from                      -277-     Christ the wholesome light and life and grace by which deep impressions are made upon minds, causing them to become more and still more Christlike. Some of those who claim to follow certain well-defined "principles," walk and talk like unconverted worldlings. To such, the words of Christ are repeated over and over again: "I know thy works." This is the message sent to the church at Ephesus.  {2SAT 276.5}
[2SAT 277.1]         "Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus," the aged prophet John was bidden to write: "These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name's sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent" ［Revelation 2:1-5］.  {2SAT 277.1}
[2SAT 277.2]         In this scripture are outlined the conditions of acceptance with God. The first experience of the Ephesus church led to good works. God took delight in the fact that His church reflected the light of heaven by revealing the spirit of Christ in tenderness and compassion. The love that dwelt in the heart of Christ; the love that caused Him to give Himself a sacrifice for humanity, and to suffer with forbearance the reproach of men, even to the extent of being called a devil; the love that prompted Him to perform mighty works of healing during His ministry--this was the love that was to be revealed in the lives of His disciples.  {2SAT 277.2}
[2SAT 277.3]          But they neglected to cherish Christ's compassion and tenderness. Self, as manifested in hereditary traits of character, spoiled the principles of the grand, good works that identified the members of the Ephesus church as Christians. The Lord Jesus must needs show them that they had lost that which was everything to them. The love that constrained the Saviour to die for us, was not revealed in its fullness in their lives; and hence they were unable to bring honor to the name of the Redeemer. And as they lost their first love, they increased in a knowledge of scientific theories originated by the father of lies.  {2SAT 277.3}
[2SAT 277.4]          In view of the many virtues enumerated, how striking is the charge brought against the church at Ephesus: "Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love." This                      -278-     church had been highly favored. It was planted by the apostle Paul. In the same city was the temple of Diana, which, in point of grandeur, was one of the marvels of the world. The Ephesian church met with great opposition, and some of the early Christians suffered persecution; and yet some of these very ones turned from the truths that had united them with Christ's followers, and adopted, in their stead, the specious errors devised by Satan.  {2SAT 277.4}
[2SAT 278.1]          This change is represented as a spiritual fall. "Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works"--as outlined in the preceding verses. The believers did not sense their spiritual fall. They knew not that a change had taken place in their hearts and that they would have to repent because of the noncontinuance of their first works. But God in His mercy called for repentance, for a return to their first love and to the works that are always the result of true, Christlike love.  {2SAT 278.1}
[2SAT 278.2]          "Repent, and do the first works," the Saviour pleads, "or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent."--Ms 11, 1906 (MR 900.41).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D.C. March 12, 1986. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 278.2}
[2SAT 279.1]       Chap. 37 - God's Judgments on the Cities    Manuscript 61a, 1906         ［A message to Seventh-day Adventists in America and Australia, written June 3, 1906, six weeks after the April 18, 1906, San Francisco earthquake.］            The judgments of God will certainly fall upon all transgressors. The terrible earthquake that has visited San Francisco will be followed by other manifestations of the power of God. His law has been transgressed. Cities have become polluted with sin.  {2SAT 279.1}
[2SAT 279.2]          Study the history of Nineveh. God sent a special message by Jonah to that wicked city. "Arise," He bade Jonah, "go to Nineveh, that great city, and cry against it; for their wickedness is come up before me." Jonah was to "cry against" the city, but he was averse to bearing any such message. Instead of obeying, he "rose up to flee unto Tarshish from the presence of the Lord, and went down to Joppa; and he found a ship going to Tarshish: so he paid the fare thereof, and went down into it, to go with them unto Tarshish from the presence of the Lord" (Jonah 1:2, 3). Read the history.  {2SAT 279.2}
[2SAT 279.3]         ［Jonah 3:1-10;  4:1-11, quoted.］  {2SAT 279.3}
[2SAT 279.4]         Jonah seemed to suppose that his reputation as a prophet was injured. Many such messages as his would be given in our age, if the wicked cities would repent as did Nineveh.  {2SAT 279.4}
[2SAT 279.5]         Where are the watchmen? The Lord declares that unless the cities shall change their characteristics, the saloons will be replaced. In the calamity that befell San Francisco, the Lord designed to wipe out the saloons that have been the source of great evils; and yet the officiating guardians, the men who are placed in responsible positions, prove unfaithful to their trust by legalizing the sale of liquor. Poisonous drugs are mingled with the liquor. Men form the habit of using these drugs, and the appetite for such things is very powerful.  {2SAT 279.5}
[2SAT 279.6]         Oh, that our cities might reform! Those who are placed in responsibility as guardians of the welfare of the people, should realize the responsibility of their position, and govern in accordance with the orders of God in His Word. God hath spoken plainly--"Thou shalt," and "Thou shalt not"--regarding our reasonable service. "I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and                      -280-     acceptable, and perfect will of God" (Romans 12:1, 2).  {2SAT 279.6}
[2SAT 280.1]         We have a God who is our Ruler. How can the great Governor of the world behold with any satisfaction these wicked cities full of violence and every type and stripe of crime? Our Creator has given in His Word a law to be obeyed. No one should lightly regard this law. Our courts of justice are perverted, and in the heavenly courts are condemned. Even eating, drinking, and dressing are carried to such excess as to become crimes. They are specified as last-day signs by our world's Redeemer, who gave His life a sacrifice to save the fallen race.  {2SAT 280.1}
[2SAT 280.2]          These men who are in office need the counsel and judgment of One who cannot err. How many seek this wisdom and place themselves under the control of God? The extravagance seen in the erection of buildings, in selfish gratification, in market-places, in unfair managing, creates poverty and distress. The guardians of the marts of trade will have a fearful account to render to God when the Judge of the highest court will take every individual case in hand.  {2SAT 280.2}
[2SAT 280.3]          Time, money, and strength that belong to God are wasted in superfluities. High and God-given capabilities are placed under the denominating influence of Satanic agencies who are playing a game of life for souls.  {2SAT 280.3}
[2SAT 280.4]          How many who are called wealthy are using their wealth to alleviate the necessities of suffering humanity? Oh, if human agencies could feel the need of placing themselves under the guidance of the Most High God as obedient sons and daughters of His! Then they could carry forward His purpose for them in this world. Shunning pride and extravagance, they would be able to form solid Christian characters and would become laborers together with God.  {2SAT 280.4}
[2SAT 280.5]          Just before His ascension, the great Medical Missionary gave the gospel commission to His followers who believe on Him. This was after He had endured the agonies of the cross and died to open a way for every soul, that none need perish, but have everlasting life through believing on Him. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life" (John 3:16).  {2SAT 280.5}
[2SAT 280.6]          As the crucified Saviour lay in the tomb, guarded by the Roman soldiers, "Behold, there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. His countenance was like lightning, and his raiment white as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and became as dead men" (Matthew 28:2-4).  {2SAT 280.6}
[2SAT 281.1]                      -281-          "In the end of the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Magdalene and the other Mary to see the sepulcher" (Matthew 28:1). As they approached, they saw that the great stone was rolled away and that a light was shining about the tomb. The body of Jesus was not there, but soon they saw an angel. ［Matthew 28:5-20, quoted.］  {2SAT 281.1}
[2SAT 281.2]          I present this wonderful evidence we have of a power that is not created by ourselves, but that is out of and beyond ourselves. To as many as receive Christ, will be granted the privilege of becoming the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name. And those who are His children will be given the power that is vested in Him.  {2SAT 281.2}
[2SAT 281.3]          The risen Saviour was with His disciples forty days, instructing them "of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God" (Acts 1:3). Just before His ascension He declared: ［Acts 1:8-11, quoted］.  {2SAT 281.3}
[2SAT 281.4]          For many months I have been troubled as I have seen how some of our sensible men whom God has used in His cause, are perplexed over the scientific arguments of Satanic agencies. I have not known what to do. While I was studying over these things Sabbath night a week ago, I had a vision of speaking before a large company, where many questions were asked concerning my work and writings.  {2SAT 281.4}
[2SAT 281.5]          I was directed by a messenger from heaven not to take the burden of picking up the sayings and doubts that Satan is putting into minds. "Stand as the messenger of God anywhere, in any place," I was bidden, "and bear the testimony I shall give you. If the Holy Spirit is not received, but rejected, all your words will be as idle tales. Be free. Bear the testimonies that the Lord Jesus has for you to bear in reproof, in rebuke, in the work of encouraging and lifting up the soul; 'teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world'" (Matthew 28:20).  {2SAT 281.5}
[2SAT 281.6]          When I awakened from the vision, I was praying with great fervor and earnestness, and could not cease praying. My soul was strengthened; for the words had been spoken:  {2SAT 281.6}
[2SAT 281.7]          "Be strong, yea, be strong. Let none of the seducing words of ministers or physicians distress your mind. Tell them to take the light given them in publications. Truth will always bear away the victory. Go straight forward. Do not take up the unbelief of anyone in order to try to convince him. If the Holy Spirit is turned from, all your words will not help remove, for the time being, the false presentations. Satan stands ready to invent more. If the evidence that has been given is rejected and falsified, all other                      -282-     evidence will be useless until there is seen the converting power of God upon the minds of those in error. If the convincing representations and impressions of the Holy Spirit evidenced for the past half century will not be accepted as trustworthy evidence, nothing will hereafter bring them to their senses, because the bewitching guile of Satan has perverted their discernment. They have been convinced again and again as the Holy Spirit has borne witness, and all that words can say will not be as forcible as the impression made by the Holy Spirit of God."  {2SAT 281.7}
[2SAT 282.1]          Go forward. Be of good courage. If the Spirit of God be entertained in the place of the underworking of evil spirits on mind and heart, all who have been working against God will come to their right bearings. A great work is to be done now in convicting souls. The message must in no case be changed from that which has been. As has been foretold in the Scriptures, there will be seducing spirits and doctrines of devils in the midst of the church, and these evil influences will increase; but hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.  {2SAT 282.1}
[2SAT 282.2]          Let not souls be drawn into Battle Creek. Warnings are to be given. A message similar to that borne by John the Baptist is to be heard. But beware of men; for they will seek to divert the mind from the necessity of heeding the true issues for this time. Carry on the work now for those who need the truth and who have not exchanged evidences of the truth for fallacies and scientific presentations of Satanic origin.  {2SAT 282.2}
[2SAT 282.3]          The time has about come when Satan will work miracles to confirm minds in the belief that he is God. All the people of God are now to stand on the platform of truth as had been given in the third angel's message. All the pleasant pictures, all the miracles wrought, are presented by the enemy in order that if possible the very elect shall be deceived. The only hope for anyone is to hold fast the evidences that have confirmed the truth in righteousness. Let these be proclaimed over and over again, until the close of this earth's history.  {2SAT 282.3}
[2SAT 282.4]          The perils of the last days are upon us. Devote not precious time in trying to convince those who would change the truth of God into a lie. Proclaim the third angel's message. Bear a straightforward, clear-cut message.  {2SAT 282.4}
[2SAT 282.5]          These words I was speaking before a perplexed company just before I called upon them to take their stand on the right side. If someone chooses another position, let him alone. Labor for the class of people who have never had the evidences of truth. So long as men hold fast to men, and believe                      -283-     men in the place of the Word of God, you cannot help them. You are working against principalities and powers, as is represented in Ephesians.  {2SAT 282.5}
[2SAT 283.1]          Receive the truth; stand in the truth. Whoever chooses to pursue the course marked out in the scriptures regarding those who shall depart from the faith, cannot be helped by you. All your reasoning will be as idle tales. They have been warned, and further words are useless, for you are meeting Satan through human agencies.  {2SAT 283.1}
[2SAT 283.2]          Take the banner of truth and hold it aloft, higher and still higher. The Lord calls for faithful minute men. Go into the cities that need the truth as we have taught it for years. No one feature of our faith is changed, and the unbelievers in our cities need to hear the last message of warning.  {2SAT 283.2}
[2SAT 283.3]          It is Satan's plan to produce these variances to keep the mind on dissensions and Satanic problems until the last woe shall have come upon the world. Our time is too precious now to be lost through confusion. Every step we have taken is recorded in the past messages given. Repeat these things to the world.  {2SAT 283.3}
[2SAT 283.4]          Gather not at Battle Creek; spoil not the minds of youth, physicians and ministers. Set at work in the cause of God every soul who has heeded the words of warning given. Trust not the men who for years have been denying their faith and giving heed to seducing spirits.  {2SAT 283.4}
[2SAT 283.5]          I have been instructed that it is not extravagant display which is now to be regarded as one of the best means of giving the last message of mercy to our world. We must go forth in the simplicity of true godliness. Our sanitariums, our schools, our publishing houses, are to be God's instrumentalities to represent the humble manner of Christ's teaching. In a marked manner the Lord will be the strength and power and verity of the truth for this time. Maintain simplicity and pray in faith constantly. Wherever you are, your only safety is prayer. In living faith claim the promises. Hold fast the beginning of your confidence firm unto the end.  {2SAT 283.5}
[2SAT 283.6]          Some souls may never see the truth as it is; for Satan has skillful workers who understand how to lead astray and to deceive. Tares are mixed in with the wheat. Beware of the leaven of evil. Let everyone remember that he is now on test and trial for life, eternal life.  {2SAT 283.6}
[2SAT 283.7]          God now calls upon all who choose to serve Him, to stand on the platform of eternal truth. Let those who have brought about the present state of things, by making the division that exists, stop to consider seriously before going any farther. Change your course of action. "Choose you this day whom ye will serve." "If the Lord be God,                      -284-     follow Him: but if Baal, then follow him" (Joshua 24:15; 1 Kings 18:21).  {2SAT 283.7}
[2SAT 284.1]          Unto all I am commissioned to say, Talk less, criticize less. There is no time to be indifferent now. Should not this terrible earthquake, which has caused almost complete destruction in one of the largest cities of America, awaken a most earnest spiritual interest to seek the Lord while He may be found? Call upon Him while He is near.  {2SAT 284.1}
[2SAT 284.2]          Let not our ministers dwell upon commonplace matters in their discourses. Now is a time when there should be a humbling of the heart before God. Seek Him while He is to be found on the pardoning side, and not on the judgment side. Wake up, my brethren and sisters in Australia. You have no time to lose. Call upon the Lord while He may be found.--Ms 61a, 1906 (MR 900.36).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. November 5, 1985. Entire Ms  {2SAT 284.2}
[2SAT 285.1]       Chap. 38 - Address to Young People    Manuscript 61,1907         ［By Mrs. E. G. White, St. Helena Camp Meeting, June 27, 1907.］            "Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us" ［Hebrews 12:1］.  {2SAT 285.1}
[2SAT 285.2]          The weights that are here referred to are the evil habits and practices we have formed by following our own natural dispositions. Who are the witnesses? They are those spoken of in the previous chapter, those who have breasted the evils and difficulties in their way, and who in the name of the Lord have braced themselves successfully against the opposing forces of evil. They were sustained and strengthened, and the Lord held them by His hand.  {2SAT 285.2}
[2SAT 285.3]          There are other witnesses. All about us are those who are watching us closely, to see how we who profess a belief in the truth conduct ourselves. At all times and in all places, so far as possible, we must magnify the truth before the world.  {2SAT 285.3}
[2SAT 285.4]          Now "let us lay aside every weight." Let us divorce ourselves from our own evil dispositions. "Let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us." We are not to stand still. We must advance, advance, and still advance.  {2SAT 285.4}
[2SAT 285.5]          "Looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith." Thank the Lord that He is both the Author and also the Finisher of our faith. "Who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God" ［Hebrews 12:2］.  {2SAT 285.5}
[2SAT 285.6]         There is a joy and a cross set before each one of you. You may think the cross is hard to bear, but remember that there is a joy before you. You need not feel, if a little cloud passes before your mind, that God has forsaken you. Take your Bible, turn right to the Psalms, and read of how we are to praise the Lord at all times. "I will bless the Lord at all times: His praise shall continually be in my mouth" ［Psalms 34:1］. God is full of mercy. All He wants for you is that you will open the door of your heart and let Him come in and sanctify your heart and your mind.  {2SAT 285.6}
[2SAT 285.7]          Christ is presented before us as our example. He "endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God. For consider Him that endured such contradiction of sinners against Himself, lest ye be                      -286-     wearied and faint in your minds. Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. And ye have forgotten the exhortation which speaketh unto you as unto children, My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of Him: for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not?" ［Heb 12:2-7］.  {2SAT 285.7}
[2SAT 286.1]          There is a great work before us, and each individual has a special part to act. We shall not all have the very same line of service, but if we will commit our ways fully unto the Lord, He will direct our paths. Oh, that there were hundreds more of consecrated young people! God wants a large army of earnest, consecrated youth to gird on the armor, and to fight manfully the battles of the Lord. There is a work for each one to do.  {2SAT 286.1}
[2SAT 286.2]          If you will only follow on to know the Lord, and do His bidding, you will know by your experience that God will suggest thoughts to you as you attempt to speak words to those who are around you, to restrain them from doing wrong, and to point out to them the way of life. It is your privilege to tell them of the Word of the living God, and to counsel them in kindness and in love. Never get impatient, even if their requirements may seem unreasonable, but thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice that you have the privilege of becoming a child of God, and heir of heaven. "Rejoice in the Lord always," and through His grace you may overcome one difficulty after another. Such an experience will strengthen your faith, that you may believe that it is possible for you to be an overcomer.  {2SAT 286.2}
[2SAT 286.3]          There are young people in this place for whom I have felt a great burden. I have talked with them. I have said to them, "God has designed that you should become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. In the name of the Lord you may perfect Christian characters. You are members of Christ's body. He died for you, and He has in heaven a crown laid up for you, if you will be an overcomer."  {2SAT 286.3}
[2SAT 286.4]          But some for whom I have been burdened have placed themselves in positions where it was difficult for them to keep the love of the truth. They formed associations with other youth who in their words and actions manifested objectionable traits of character. They lost a sense of what God requires of them, and what He longs to do for them. Oh, if they had but followed on to know the Lord, they might have known that His going forth was prepared as the morning. I tried to encourage them. But when such ones form companionship with others who give                      -287-     themselves up to cheap conversation, and who indulge in smoking and in liquor drinking, they are lost unless they repent and become converted.  {2SAT 286.4}
[2SAT 287.1]          "Make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way" ［Hebrews 12:13］. We cannot realize how powerful for good or for evil is our influence upon those with whom we associate. Let us be careful that there be not found on our garments in the day of judgment the blood of precious souls.  {2SAT 287.1}
[2SAT 287.2]          We hope that there are some here in this congregation who will believe in Jesus Christ, who will be buried with Him in the watery grave. Let them remember that their baptism is a semblance of death to the world, to its fashions, its customs, and its evil practices. They are to be dead to the world, but alive unto God. In Him there is for us the power of life.  {2SAT 287.2}
[2SAT 287.3]          In whose name are we baptized? In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost--the three highest powers in the heavenly courts. They pledge themselves in our behalf. We may claim the strength and the victory that they may give us as we stand before the world, not to ape its fashions, not to study the fashion books, but to walk humbly with our God. "Ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory" ［Colossians 3:3］. Then do not dishonor your Saviour by lightness, or trifling, or by seeking for the things of the world.  {2SAT 287.3}
[2SAT 287.4]          My dear young friends, you may maintain the simplicity of true Godliness. You may follow on to know the Lord, that His going forth is prepared as the morning. You may know that He is your Helper. You will have an increase of light and joy and hope and consolation in Jesus Christ, as you commit the keeping of your souls to the heavenly powers, and become separated from corrupt worldly influences.  {2SAT 287.4}
[2SAT 287.5]          To make straight paths for our feet, this is our work. "Let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus the Author and Finisher of our faith." He will be with us every day as we advance in the narrow path, and through the straight gate that leads to life everlasting. He will be your Helper and your Strength. Let us praise Him more. We all have received very much for which to praise Him. Then let us talk much of Him, and let us love Him.  {2SAT 287.5}
[2SAT 287.6]          Here are younger children. Christ loves you. When the mothers brought the little children to Jesus that He might place His hands on them in blessing, the disciples were going to send them away. The Master was giving important lessons to the people, and the disciples thought He should not be disturbed. Jesus heard their words. Said He, "Forbid them not."                      -288-     "Suffer little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not: for of such is the kingdom of God" ［Luke 18:16］.  {2SAT 287.6}
[2SAT 288.1]         I feel a deep interest in every one of these little children, and we hope that you will all treat them very tenderly. In the family, let those who are older be patient and kind to their younger brothers and sisters. They may help to educate the little ones in a knowledge of the Bible. Do not put the vim into your voice when you speak to them. Put in the blessedness that comes from doing right, from pleasing the Lord.  {2SAT 288.1}
[2SAT 288.2]          Young ladies, you may greatly lighten the burdens and prolong the life of your mother, if you will relieve her from the care of many of the home duties. This will be more profitable than merely to be able to play the piano, or to dress in the latest fashion, that you may "act the lady."  {2SAT 288.2}
[2SAT 288.3]          If you will continually seek help of the Lord, you will not, when you come to the evening season of prayer, feel that you must repent of harsh or discouraging words, and unkind actions during the day. Take right hold of Christ by a living faith, and then encourage the younger children. They will do wrong sometimes, and they may get into mischief, but do not become discouraged. Shield them so far as possible from temptation, and encourage them to obey the Lord.  {2SAT 288.3}
[2SAT 288.4]          "Bless the Lord, O my soul, and all that is within me bless His holy name," that there are so many youth before me. Let us plead with the Lord in the home, and in the church, that we may be of good courage, and may go forward step by step, onward and upward toward heaven.  {2SAT 288.4}
[2SAT 288.5]          "Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do His will, working in you that which is well pleasing in His sight through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen" ［Hebrews 13:20, 21］.--Ms. 61, 1907.  {2SAT 288.5}
[2SAT 289.1]       Chap. 39 - Why We Have Sanitariums    Manuscript 115, 1907    ［An address by Mrs. E G. White at the dedicatory service of the new hospital building, St. Helena Sanitarium, October 20, 1907.］            "And He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations" ［Revelation 22:1］.  {2SAT 289.1}
[2SAT 289.2]          Thank God for this! The great reason why we have sanitariums is that these institutions may be agencies in bringing men and women to a position where they may be numbered among those who shall some day eat of the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations. "And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him" ［verse 3］.  {2SAT 289.2}
[2SAT 289.3]         Our sanitariums are established as institutions where patients and helpers may serve God. We desire to encourage as many as possible to act their part individually in living healthfully. We desire to encourage the sick to discard the use of drugs, and to substitute the simple remedies provided by God, as they are found in water, in pure air, in exercise, and in general hygiene.  {2SAT 289.3}
[2SAT 289.4]          Our object in choosing this location, when we were establishing the first sanitarium for the Pacific Coast, was that we might be away from the confusion of the cities. In harmony with the light given me, I am urging people to come out from the great centers of population. Our cities are increasing in wickedness, and it is becoming more and more evident that those who remain in them unnecessarily, do so at the peril of their souls' salvation.  {2SAT 289.4}
[2SAT 289.5]          But in this place where we have met today, the very surroundings exert an influence in calling us to higher and purer lives. Here we have been able to gather in many, and they have been greatly benefited by a wise application of the means that God has provided for aiding in the recovery of the sick. We are thankful that we have similar institutions in many other places.  {2SAT 289.5}
[2SAT 289.6]          Our sanitariums are to be centers of education. Those who come to them are to be given an opportunity to learn how to overcome disease, and how to preserve the health. They may learn how to use                      -290-     the simple agencies that God has provided for their recovery, and become more intelligent in regard to the laws of life.  {2SAT 289.6}
[2SAT 290.1]          Some have asked me, "Why should we have sanitariums? Why should we not, like Christ, pray for the sick, that they may be healed miraculously?" I have answered, "Suppose we were able to do this in all cases. How many would appreciate the healing? Would those who were healed become health reformers, or continue to be health destroyers?"  {2SAT 290.1}
[2SAT 290.2]          Jesus Christ is the Great Healer, but He desires that by living in conformity with His laws, we may cooperate with Him in the recovery and the maintenance of health. Combined with the work of healing there must be an imparting of knowledge of how to resist temptations. Those who come to our sanitariums should be aroused to a sense of their own responsibility to work in harmony with the God of truth.  {2SAT 290.2}
[2SAT 290.3]          We cannot heal. We cannot change the diseased conditions of the body. But it is our part, as medical missionaries, as workers together with God, to use the means that He has provided. Then we should pray that God will bless these agencies. We do believe in a God; we believe in a God who hears and answers prayer. He has said, "Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you."  {2SAT 290.3}
[2SAT 290.4]          God would have us turn away from the fashions and the foolishness of this world. He would have us be a blessing to the community in which we live. Every Christian should be a means of disseminating the light of God's Word. God has given us minds that we may understand, and it is our duty and our privilege to live in harmony with Him and with the laws that He has established.  {2SAT 290.4}
[2SAT 290.5]          "And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him: and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads. And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light: and they shall reign forever and ever" ［verses 3-5］.  {2SAT 290.5}
[2SAT 290.6]         The apostle is writing of the city of our God. We are preparing for that city, and we desire to do all we can to help others, that they also may find an abundant entrance into the city. We ourselves desire to be right with God, and we feel an intense interest that none may work against themselves, that they may not be reckless or careless of their health, but that their bodies may be in such a condition of health that they can fully appreciate their God-given privilege to prepare for the heavenly courts above.  {2SAT 290.6}
[2SAT 290.7]          "And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give to every man according as his work                      -291-     shall be. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city" ［verses 12, 13］.  {2SAT 290.7}
[2SAT 291.1]         Only think of the infinite sacrifice that has made this salvation possible. We should study the Word, that we may see more of its magnitude. Jesus Christ has bought us with a price. He laid aside His royal robe and His kingly crown in the heavenly courts. He clothed His divinity with humanity    and came to this sin-cursed earth, that humanity might be a partaker of divinity, and, through obedience and love to God, might escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. He has thrown His arms of infinite love around humanity, and will draw unto Himself all who will come. But if some will persist in having their own way, He cannot bless them, for they will not come unto Him, that they might have life.  {2SAT 291.1}
[2SAT 291.2]          In the chapter from which we have read, we find this invitation given: "The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely" ［verse 17］. There can be no excuse for those who lose eternal life because they have failed to respond to this gracious invitation. "He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus" ［verse 20］.  {2SAT 291.2}
[2SAT 291.3]         This is the first opportunity I have had of seeing this new building. I am pleased with it, very much pleased with it. Here the sick can be taken outdoors, where they can breathe the pure, fresh air. It will not be necessary for them to remain constantly in rooms where they are in danger of breathing impure air.  {2SAT 291.3}
[2SAT 291.4]          We desire that there may be connected with this institution workers who shall give line upon line, precept upon precept, in order that those who come here may be benefited and blessed, and that they may see the consistency of breaking away from rebellion against the Divine laws, and may come into harmony with the Lord God of heaven, who has made such an infinite sacrifice in their behalf. Shall we not all give to Him our heart, our mind, our service, our thoughts, all there is of us? Shall we not serve Him faithfully, and at last find entrance into the beautiful city of our God?--Ms. 115, 1907.  {2SAT 291.4}
[2SAT 292.1]       Chap. 40 - Abiding in Christ    Manuscript 37, 1908         ［Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, at Oakland., California, Tuesday, March 10, 1908.］            "I am the true vine, and My Father is the husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit. Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you.  {2SAT 292.1}
[2SAT 292.2]          "Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can do nothing. If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned.  {2SAT 292.2}
[2SAT 292.3]          "If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you" ［John 15:1-7］.  {2SAT 292.3}
[2SAT 292.4]          It is your privilege to be one with Christ as He is one with the Father. If you are a member of such a union, you will not ask favors of Him from a selfish motive, but you will be prompted by pure, holy desires, and your petitions will be such as God can grant.  {2SAT 292.4}
[2SAT 292.5]          The Saviour next points out the sign of discipleship: "Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples."  {2SAT 292.5}
[2SAT 292.6]          By faith we are to lay hold on a living God, and maintain an experience that shall breathe love, tenderness, kindness, compassion, and affection. These traits of character are the fruit that the Lord Jesus desires us to produce, and to present before the world as a witness that we have a Saviour who can uplift and who can satisfy. We have not as our Saviour one who will continually cast a shadow across our pathway. We need not be on the losing side, for in everything He is our efficiency.  {2SAT 292.6}
[2SAT 292.7]          What we need is the presence of Jesus Christ. We want His truth shining in our hearts, pervading all our life actions. This will determine whether or not we are branches of the true Vine. If we are fruit-bearing branches we may expect that the Great Husbandman will prune us, that we may bring forth more fruit. All that is useless, all that would hinder our growth in the Christian life, must be removed. We are to be representatives of Jesus Christ, who died for us that we might have life. The sanctification of the Holy Spirit of God is to be manifested in our heart, and revealed in our                    -293-     disposition, in our conversation, in all our dealing with others. After we have made a promise, even though we consider that we have acted against our own interests to the advantage of others, we are not to break our word. Let us all be Christians. God desires us to stand with Him, His grace resting upon us, His character revealed by our influence.  {2SAT 292.7}
[2SAT 293.1]          "As the Father hath loved Me," He continues, "so have I loved you: continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father's commandments, and abide in His love" ［verses 9, 10］. This language is so plain that there need be no mistake as to what God requires of us. "This is the love of God, that we keep His commandments: and His commandments are not grievous" ［1 John 5:3］.  {2SAT 293.1}
[2SAT 293.2]         Our duty is made so plain in the Word, that there will be no excuse for us if we fail. It is our privilege to believe the words of Christ. If we exercise a living faith in God's power, we shall be overcomers. May the Holy Spirit come into our mind and heart, and transform our character, so that we may discern the right, and may give to the world an example of a true Christian life.  {2SAT 293.2}
[2SAT 293.3]          "These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full" ［John 15:11］.  {2SAT 293.3}
[2SAT 293.4]          We, as Christians, are not required to go about with long faces, sighing as though we had no Saviour and no hope. This will not glorify God. He desires us to be cheerful. He desires us to be filled with praises to His name. He desires us to carry light in our countenance, and joy in our hearts. We have a hope that is far above any pleasures that the world can give, and this fact should be made manifest.  {2SAT 293.4}
[2SAT 293.5]          Why should not our joy be full-- full, lacking nothing? We have an assurance that Jesus is our Saviour, and that we may draw freely from Him. We may partake freely of the rich provision that He has made for us in His Word. We may take Him at His word, believe on Him, and know that He will give us grace and power to do just as He bids us. He has given us every assurance, and He will fulfill all that He has promised.  {2SAT 293.5}
[2SAT 293.6]          We may constantly seek the joy of His presence. We need not be all the time upon our knees in prayer, but we may be constantly asking for His grace, even when we are walking on the streets, or when we are engaged in our ordinary daily duties. We may constantly keep the mind ascending to Christ, and He will freely impart to us of His grace, for He Himself has said, "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you."  {2SAT 293.6}
[2SAT 293.7]          The joy of Christ is a pure, unalloyed cheerfulness. It is not a cheap gaiety that leads to vanity of                     -294-     words or lightness of conduct. No, we are to have His joy, and His greatest joy was to see men obeying the truth.  {2SAT 293.7}
[2SAT 294.1]          "This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you" This is a wonderful statement. In our lives we are to exemplify the love of Christ. Then, like Him, we shall labor most earnestly for the salvation of sinners. He desires that we shall abide in Him, that He may work through us in keeping before the world such a representation of the infinite love of God as He Himself gave. Through our lives the despondent may receive an assurance that it is possible to be partakers of the divine nature, and by taking hold of this divinity win the victory that all must win who shall enter in through the gates into the city.  {2SAT 294.1}
[2SAT 294.2]          It seems impossible for us to comprehend Christ's great love for us. We can only behold the wonderful sacrifice that He made in manifesting that love. He who was one with the Father laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and in coming to this world clothed His divinity with humanity. Had He come in all His glory, escorted by myriads of angels, no man could have endured the sight. But He took upon Himself humanity, that He might perfect in His own life a humanity that we can lay hold of and be united with divinity. The divine nature is to be imparted to every true seeker after Jesus Christ. Divinity must be united with humanity. Thus humanity may be partakers of the divine nature, that men may be able to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.  {2SAT 294.2}
[2SAT 294.3]          Without perfection of character no one can enter the pearly gates of the city of God, for if, with all our imperfections, we were permitted to enter that city, there would soon be in heaven a second rebellion. We must first be tried and chosen, and found faithful and true. Upon the purification of our character rests our only hope of eternal life.  {2SAT 294.3}
[2SAT 294.4]          Insofar as we lack perfection of character, thus far do we fail of attaining that which God has provided for us through Jesus Christ. If we do not lay hold upon the provision of His grace, we shall have a cheap experience governed by our own impetuous, changeable disposition. We cannot glorify God by our own efforts. We must become partakers of the divine nature, abiding in Him as the branches abide in the vine.  {2SAT 294.4}
[2SAT 294.5]          God helping me, I am determined to be an overcomer. Through Christ I shall obtain the victory. Then His joy will remain in me, and my joy be full. I will talk of His goodness; I will tell of His power. Through a dependence upon the divinity of Christ, I may overcome as He overcame.  {2SAT 294.5}
[2SAT 294.6]          "Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for                   -295-     his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you" ［verses 13-15］.  {2SAT 294.6}
[2SAT 295.1]         Here is brought to view our work. There is something that we are to make known to the world. If Jesus Christ is revealed in us, the world will see that humanity may lay hold of divinity. There will be no excuse for us if we fail in overcoming as God requires of us. The question we must now decide is, Will we put on the armor of righteousness? Will we lay hold of the divinity of Jesus Christ, that we may receive strength to overcome?  {2SAT 295.1}
[2SAT 295.2]          "Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you" ［verse 16］.  {2SAT 295.2}
[2SAT 295.3]         Can we desire more than this? Then why, with such a promise, should we manifest unbelief? Why should we be half-hearted in our efforts to follow Christ? What excuse can we have for occupying such a position? May the Lord God of heaven tear away the film that dims our perception, hindering us from discerning the requirements of Jesus Christ and following Him. May we by living faith grasp the hand of Infinite Power.  {2SAT 295.3}
[2SAT 295.4]          This is our privilege; and if we take Christ at His word, He is honored and glorified. Then our joy will be full, and we shall not appear as a company of mourners. Happy are the people who have laid hold of the divine nature, and escaped the corruption that is in the world.  {2SAT 295.4}
[2SAT 295.5]          "Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit." We are ordained unto God to bear fruit. Was this not our experience when we were led down into the water, and baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost? What did that mean? It meant that the three great powers in heaven were pledged to keep us so long as we remain one with Christ, united to the Vine.  {2SAT 295.5}
[2SAT 295.6]          We are not, because Christ died, left a company of orphans. "Greater works than these shall ye do," says He, "because I go unto My Father." It is possible for us to obtain victory after victory, and be the most happy people on the face of the earth. True, we shall feel sorrow as we see the results of sin around us. But we have a message to bear that can, through the grace of Christ as revealed in the Word, transform the sinner. We are not to fold our arms and do nothing. If there are around us unconverted ones, we are not to leave them till the day of judgment to find out what their sins are. We must hunt for these people. We                    -296-     have words to speak to them of the highest, holiest import. As we endeavor to win them to Christ, we must ever keep Him in view.  {2SAT 295.6}
[2SAT 296.1]          We are to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. When God is dishonored by men who appear to be doing the will of God, then we sometimes have a very plain testimony to bear. We must take a decided stand on the side of Christ, to approve that which is of Him. Unless we do this, we shall not be accounted as faithful stewards.  {2SAT 296.1}
[2SAT 296.2]          I have felt compelled to bear some very straight testimonies to men who, though dead in trespasses and sins, did not realize their true condition. They have even thought that, because they were doing a certain work, they were doing the will of God. But when it came to a representation of Jesus Christ in character, they revealed a decided failure. To those who receive testimony after testimony from the Spirit of God, and do not heed the reproof, the time will come when, unless they repent and are converted, the Spirit will no longer strive with them.  {2SAT 296.2}
[2SAT 296.3]          Every day of our lives we need a manifestation of the converting power of God. There must be a continual yielding of self to do the will of God. Our will is not a sanctified will unless it is in harmony with His will. And if it is in harmony with His will, our actions will bear testimony to that fact. God will not leave us in darkness, not knowing whether we are serving Him or not. We have the Word, and our actions will bear testimony as to whether or not we are obeying that Word.  {2SAT 296.3}
[2SAT 296.4]          We need not go about like a band of mourners. We may commit our case to God, saying, "I will do Thy will, whatever comes. I will honor Thy name" Now that is just what every one of us will have to do if we are to have the divine nature and be enabled to distinguish between right and wrong, and to overcome every evil thing.  {2SAT 296.4}
[2SAT 296.5]          "These things I command you, that ye love one another. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept My saying, they will keep yours also.  {2SAT 296.5}
[2SAT 296.6]          "But all these things will they do unto you for My name's sake, because they know not Him that sent Me. If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin. He that hateth Me hateth My Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen                    -297-     and hated both Me and My Father. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated Me without a cause" ［John 15:17-25］.  {2SAT 296.6}
[2SAT 297.1]          Jesus says, "They hated Me without a cause." And if we take a straightforward course to lift up Jesus Christ, if we work determinedly that we may bring souls to Him, we shall arouse the hatred of the world, even as did He whom we follow.  {2SAT 297.1}
[2SAT 297.2]          "But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which proceedeth from the Father, He shall testify of Me: and ye also shall bear witness, because ye have been with Me from the beginning" ［verses 26, 27］.  {2SAT 297.2}
[2SAT 297.3]         I am very glad that our workers have the privilege of attending these meetings. I hope that as a result of the labors put forth here, some who have not been keeping the commandments of God will be led to feel that it is high time to take hold of the divine nature of Jesus Christ, in order that they may be overcomers. Do not allow these opportunities to pass by without seeking the Lord with all the heart. Let everyone repent and be converted. If you will do this, you will see of the salvation of God. We may be misunderstood by the world, for spiritual things are spiritually discerned; but we are to go straight forward, following in the footsteps of our Lord. We are to trust Him who is spirit and life to the believer.  {2SAT 297.3}
[2SAT 297.4]          Confess your sins while you may. Clear the King's highway, that He may use you as His disciples. He will accept everyone who comes to Him. Whoso shall confess and forsake his sins shall find mercy. Even the thief, dying on the cross in awful agony, asked for forgiveness, and it was granted to him. His request to be remembered by the Saviour when He should come into His kingdom was granted. "Verily, verily I say unto thee today, Thou shalt be with Me in Paradise." Not that he would be with Christ in Paradise that same day, for Jesus did not then Himself go to Paradise.  {2SAT 297.4}
[2SAT 297.5]          I hope that all will here seek the Lord with the whole heart, that you may touch a new spring of praise and glory and thanksgiving to God and Jesus Christ, and that the light of heaven may shine into your hearts, and the glory of God be revealed in your lives. Make a steady work of overcoming. Be sure that your words and actions are right and sanctified.  {2SAT 297.5}
[2SAT 297.6]          God calls upon His people to come into line. There is a great work to be done in a short time, and there is no time for hesitation. Plead with God, saying, "I make an entire surrender. I give myself away to Thee." Then be joyful. The Word is in you, purifying and cleaning your character. God does not want His children to go about with anxiety and sorrow expressed in                    -298-     their faces. He wants the lovely expression of His countenance to be revealed in every one of us who are partakers of the divine nature, for we have power to escape the corruptions of the world.  {2SAT 297.6}
[2SAT 298.1]          May God help you to labor for eternity. He wants you to have eternal life, and you may have it. If you will come to Christ, confess your sins in humility and put them away, He will use you and will enable you to help others. You may be workers together-- together ［with God］! If you separate from God you can do nothing. Workers together with Him--that is our privilege. May God help us as we strive for the victory.--Ms. 37, 1908.  {2SAT 298.1}
[2SAT 299.1]       Chap. 41 - "As Little Children"    Manuscript 47, 1908         ［Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, at Lodi, California, May 7, 1908.］          "At the same time came the disciples unto Jesus, saying, Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto Him and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily, I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven. And whoso shall receive one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the midst of the sea" ［Matthew 18:1-6］  {2SAT 299.1}
[2SAT 299.2]          The child in its simplicity manifests a humility that should be manifest among the children of God. How can we but feel humble when we consider how Jesus Christ, the Majesty of heaven, took it upon Himself, even at the cost of His own life, to rescue a fallen race? In doing this He took upon Himself the nature of weak, sinful humanity, and came to this world to battle with the powers of darkness. In His work of overcoming sin, He opened the way, so that everyone who will receive Him as his Saviour may also be an overcomer.  {2SAT 299.2}
[2SAT 299.3]          Let us be careful that we do not offend one of the little ones who believes in Jesus. All about us are souls that are tempted. They know not how to receive from Christ the grace and help that He can give. As Christians we are ever to stand ready to help such ones. With all the powers of our influence we are to seek to draw to Jesus Christ those who are in need of His grace. We are not to stand in indifference and coldness, with no sympathy for those who are tempted. We must work one for another.  {2SAT 299.3}
[2SAT 299.4]          We are laborers together with God. Jesus says of His disciples, Ye are the light of the world." "Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven." Those who have a knowledge of the Scriptures are not to hide their light under a bushel.  {2SAT 299.4}
[2SAT 299.5]         There are souls to be saved. It was at a tremendous sacrifice that the Father gave His only begotten Son to die a shameful death. Jesus' experience on earth was necessary, in order that no one might truthfully say that Christ could not enter into sympathy with him in his temptations.  {2SAT 299.5}
[2SAT 300.1]                    -300-          While Christ was hanging in agony on the cross, one of the thieves that at first railed on Him repented, and said to Him, "Lord, remember me when Thou comest into Thy kingdom. And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee today, thou shalt be with Me in Paradise" ［Luke 23:42, 43］. Satan then trembled for his kingdom. He knew it would be destroyed. Jesus had withstood all his temptations. He had patiently endured cruel persecution, and now with a note of triumph in His voice, He could promise salvation to a poor repentant sinner.  {2SAT 300.1}
[2SAT 300.2]         Christ has paid the debt of sin for the whole world. In His great sacrifice, He embraces old and young. He endured the inconvenience of poverty, in order that He might bring to mankind the priceless riches of the heavenly home. He who was the Son of God, equal with His Father, He who made the worlds, has died to save every soul that will come to Him. How terrible it is for anyone to refuse to cooperate with Him, and to work against Him!  {2SAT 300.2}
[2SAT 300.3]          Everyone who will help these little ones, is doing the will of God. "But whoso shall offend one of these little ones," Christ declares, "it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea." It is a very serious matter to lay stumbling blocks in the way of others. Especially should we seek to keep the little ones in our own families as far as possible from the temptations of Satan.  {2SAT 300.3}
[2SAT 300.4]          Fathers and mothers, you are responsible for your children. Be careful under what influence you place them. Do not, by scolding and fretting, lose your own influence over them for good. You are to guide them, not to stir up the passions of their mind. Whatever provocation you may have, be sure that the tone of your voice betrays no irritation. Do not let them see in you a manifestation of the Spirit of Satan. This will not help you to fit and train your children for the future, immortal life.  {2SAT 300.4}
[2SAT 300.5]          "Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh! Wherefore if thy hand or thy foot offend thee, cut them off, and cast them from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life halt or maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire. And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast it from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, rather than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire" ［Matthew 18:7-9］.  {2SAT 300.5}
[2SAT 300.6]          If anything stands in the way of our surrender to Christ even though it be as dear to us as a hand or a foot or an eye, it will be to our interest to let it go, rather than to lose eternal life.  {2SAT 300.6}
[2SAT 301.1]                       -301-          "Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven. For the Son of man is come to seek and save that which was lost" ［verses 10, 11］.  {2SAT 301.1}
[2SAT 301.2]         The children are God's property, and it is the duty of every church member to take an interest in their salvation. Because some children do not belong to your own family is no excuse for neglecting or mistreating them. You are to cooperate with Christ in seeking and saving that which has been lost. Let us not shrink from bearing responsibilities. I thank the Lord that I have in the past taken some responsibilities in caring for children. I have taken several into my own home, and have done my best to educate and train them for God.  {2SAT 301.2}
[2SAT 301.3]          The work of saving the children must begin in the home. If the mother has a hasty temper, she should seek earnestly to overcome it. Let her remember that she is not to provoke her children to wrath. By exercising patience under trial, she may be the means of bringing her children under the influence of the Spirit of God, so that they may respond to it. The father and the mother are responsible for the maintenance of religion in the home.  {2SAT 301.3}
[2SAT 301.4]          We should pray to God much more than we do. There is great strength and blessing in praying together in our families, with and for our children. When my children have done wrong, and I have talked with them kindly and then prayed with them, I have never found it necessary after that to punish them. Their hearts would melt in tenderness before the Holy Spirit that came in answer to prayer.  {2SAT 301.4}
[2SAT 301.5]          I see great possibilities for the proper training of children situated, as you are here, away from the contaminating influences that are found in the large cities. You are not so crowded together but that you can keep your children under your own influence. Oh, what a gain it will be if you can so educate and train your children that when you come up to the gates of the city of God, a blessing may be pronounced upon you and upon your children!  {2SAT 301.5}
[2SAT 301.6]          God has a tender regard for the children. He wants them to gain victories every day. Let us all endeavor to help the children to be overcomers. Do not let offenses come to them from the very members of their own family. Do not permit your actions and your words to be of a nature that your children will be provoked to wrath. Yet they must be faithfully disciplined, and corrected when they do wrong.  {2SAT 301.6}
[2SAT 301.7]       "How think ye? If a man have an hundred sheep, and one of them be gone astray, doth he not leave the ninety and nine, and goeth into                    -302-     the mountains, and seeketh that which is gone astray? And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth more of that sheep, than of the ninety and nine which went not astray. Even so it is not the will of your Father which is in heaven, that one of these little ones should perish" ［verses 12, 13］.  {2SAT 301.7}
[2SAT 302.1]         Will our ministers remember that it is not the particular duty of a minister of the gospel to hover over the churches. Those who do not labor for the salvation of others will soon lose their own confidence in God. All who profess to understand the plan of salvation have a special work to do for those around them, ever to be ready to speak a word in season to them that are ready to perish. If it is your desire to honor and glorify, not yourself, but God, He will give you a work to do that will result in the salvation of souls. But you yourselves must be in right relation with God before you can lead others to Him. You must have a humility that God can accept. Then He will be able to impress your mind, and give you a fitness for His service.  {2SAT 302.1}
[2SAT 302.2]          "Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he will hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church: but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican. Verily I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven" ［verses 15-18］.  {2SAT 302.2}
[2SAT 302.3]         If these directions were faithfully carried out whenever a brother or a sister is thought to be in wrong, there would be fewer church trials. God would be pleased to have His people cease to criticize their brethren one to another. We must come into unity with God and with one another. "Again I say unto you, That if two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of My Father which is in heaven. For where two or three are gathered in My name, there am I in the midst of them" ［verses 19, 20］.  {2SAT 302.3}
[2SAT 302.4]         If, when you find the battle is strong, you would go to one or two of your brethren and sisters, and unite with them in seeking the Lord, you might often find peace and comfort. The holy angels would be with you, and your prayers would be heard by your Father in heaven. You would be better fitted for your responsibilities in the home.  {2SAT 302.4}
[2SAT 302.5]          We do not half believe the Lord. Suppose we try to come into right relation with Him, and know that He will surely teach us, and lead us, and guide us, and bless us. Let us                    -303-     cast our helpless souls on Jesus Christ. If you are provoked, remember that silence is eloquence. Do not become angry. Here in this world we are in our preparatory school being fitted to enter the school in the higher courts above. One of the lessons that we must learn here is the lesson of self-control.  {2SAT 302.5}
[2SAT 303.1]          In all our troubles and difficulties it is our privilege to look to Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith. He wants us to unite with Him in finishing His work on the earth. If we act our part faithfully now, we shall, when He comes, receive a crown of life. We shall obtain the reward that is granted to every overcomer.  {2SAT 303.1}
[2SAT 303.2]          We cannot bear the thought that the King of glory, the mighty Counselor shall have come to our world and died for us in vain. We want to accept the great gift, and to be laborers together with God in obeying the principles of His Word. Let us live a life of simplicity. We are not living for the world. We are not seeking its flattery or its compliments. There is a world to save. Christ has done all that He can do for its salvation, and He desires us to do what we can do to raise up churches for Him in new places.  {2SAT 303.2}
[2SAT 303.3]          "Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God; and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure" ［1 John 3:1-3］.  {2SAT 303.3}
[2SAT 303.4]          Here is our work today. We are to carry on constantly a work of soul purification. We must cling to the mighty One, and walk in humility. God wants parents and children to be overcomers. He desires them to conquer their own natural spirit, and to gain the victory over the great enemy of righteousness, who is playing the game of life for our souls.  {2SAT 303.4}
[2SAT 303.5]          We are told that "whoso offereth praise glorifieth God." How much do we glorify God by our praises? We frequently hear the expression, "I am so sorry." Have we not heard enough sorry stories? Let us tell some stories that will uplift and bring cheer and courage. Let us tell what it means to be an overcomer. With the sunshine of heaven in our hearts, let us praise and glorify God. Let there be no quarrelling among us, no differences. With sanctified lips and tongues, let us sing the praises of God, even though we may feel discouraged.  {2SAT 303.5}
[2SAT 303.6]          In times of discouragement, there are evil angels by our side. But angels of heaven are also with us, and as soon as we strike a note of praise to God, His angels shed their light about us, and the evil                    -304-     angels are driven back. Then we find our discouragement giving way to a feeling of hope and courage in the Lord. Shall we not, instead of fretting and complaining, use our voice to praise God? Then we shall see more of His salvation, and He will let His rich blessing rest upon us.-- Ms. 47, 1908.  {2SAT 303.6}
[2SAT 305.1]       Chap. 42 - An Appeal To Work the Cities    Letter 94a, 1909         ［A message to Dear Brethren and Sisters in Washington, June 6, 1909.］          The Lord has a solemn and important work for His remnant people to do. There is much faithful missionary work to be done in the highways and byways of the earth, and all who have any part to act in this work must be truly converted at heart. It is not a tame, scientific religion that we advocate, but a religion that will subdue hearts and sanctify and cleanse and refine the life. It is a religion that possesses living power and the spirit of the great Teacher, Jesus Christ.  {2SAT 305.1}
[2SAT 305.2]          We are to reveal in our lives practical, genuine godliness. We are to be drawn out of and away from every selfish action. With the blessing of Christ upon us day by day, we are to be channels for the communication of heaven's blessed light and grace to all around us.  {2SAT 305.2}
[2SAT 305.3]          The work of the third angel's message is strengthening and broadening, and I have been instructed that the responsibilities in our large conferences should be divided, and that we should not have all our work under the supervision of one group of men. The Lord has shown me that all the means should not be centered in one place. Arrangements should be made to share the responsibilities, and wise godly men, who will act their part faithfully, should be selected to act a part in bearing responsibilities, and to be entrusted with means for their part of the field.  {2SAT 305.3}
[2SAT 305.4]          We have true and reliable men in various parts of the field, who have ability to carry responsibilities and to give wise counsel. We have reason to put confidence in them as verily as we have reason to trust the responsible men in Washington. These should be trusted to take hold and do a work for the places that have been neglected.  {2SAT 305.4}
[2SAT 305.5]          In all our churches in every conference there is need of a deep heart work being done both among leaders and laymen. The president of the conference should sense his individual need, and by living faith draw from Christ divine power and wisdom and efficiency. Heavenly understanding will surely be given to all who seek for it in humble faith. What we need is an inspiration from the cross of Calvary. This will make men and women laborers together with God.  {2SAT 305.5}
[2SAT 305.6]          During the past few years there have been some experiences in                     -306-     which men have set themselves to watch certain workers, lest they solicit means for the upbuilding in their part of the field of the work that the Lord has instructed us should be built up. The work in the southern field has been hindered, and means which should have gone to advance the work there has been held back because of a spirit of fear lest too much means be diverted to this channel. We ought not to have had this experience of keeping back men from the important work of opening blind eyes to the light of present truth. It was inconsistent with the faith we profess to hold that faithful men, doing a work greatly needed, should be forbidden to receive donations for the assistance of their work.  {2SAT 305.6}
[2SAT 306.1]          There was spread out before me city after city in need of evangelistic labors. If diligent effort had been given to the work of making known the truth for this time in the cities that are unwarned, they would not now be as impenitent as they are. From the light that has been given me I know that we might have had today thousands more rejoicing in the truth if the work had been carried forward as the situation demands, in many aggressive lines.  {2SAT 306.1}
[2SAT 306.2]         There are lessons for us to learn from the experience of Philip and the Ethiopian. Angels of God saw the Ethiopian traveler reading the Scriptures as he rode in his chariot, and one of the disciples was sent to meet him. Philip said to the Ethiopian, "Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide Me?" (Acts 8:30, 31.) Then Philip opened to him the Scripture. And when he had heard and believed, the Ethiopian asked, "What doth hinder me to be baptized?" (Acts 8:36.) After Philip had given his message, he was caught away by the Spirit, and the eunuch saw him no more. This experience should teach us that we have a God, and that angels, who are ministering spirits, are sent by Him to do a special work in the earth. The man who undertakes to step in between the angels and one whom God is seeking to instruct, is out of his place. He had better stand on one side, and let God work. God is able to work on human hearts, and to lay upon them the burden of opening the Scriptures to the people.  {2SAT 306.2}
[2SAT 306.3]          Men bearing responsibilities are not faultless. They do not stand where they can make no mistakes. Sometimes they act like children. When we put confidence in self, and do not stop to pray, we are in great danger of marring the sacred work that we are dealing with. The Lord wants His workers to wrestle with Him in prayer. He wants to see the evidences of the working of the Holy Spirit upon human minds.  {2SAT 306.3}
[2SAT 306.4]          The Lord requires that we honor Him more fully in the management of the work than we                     -307-     have done in the past, but He cannot be honored by a course that hinders the advancement of the message of truth. He is dishonored when men set themselves to watch their fellow workers and to criticize them for seeking to obtain means from those who are willing to give for the needs of the advancing work. Such a work as this destroys the confidence of brother in brother. The advance work which we might have seen done, and which would have glorified God, has been hindered, and the message of truth has been retarded. If faithful and willing workers had been encouraged to do individual, personal work for souls in the highways and the byways, many would have been brought into the fold of Christ; but instead of this, some who desired to labor have become discouraged and disheartened and have lost their convictions of duty.  {2SAT 306.4}
[2SAT 307.1]          Every minister of the gospel needs to understand that those whom the Lord chooses to carry forward a special work in needy fields are to have freedom to solicit means from their brethren. I would that there could be opened before the leading men of the conference that which the Lord has presented to me as the result of the spirit of suspecting and watching and binding about. It has brought hindrances to the work which need never have existed. There have been laborers who were working far beyond their strength and practicing economy in every possible way, who should have been encouraged and supported in their work. But the churches have had sown among them the seeds of suspicion and mistrust against these self-denying missionaries.  {2SAT 307.1}
[2SAT 307.2]          All who have engendered this spirit of suspicion, and have created this lack of confidence in God's servants, need to be converted. They need to put away fear and jealousy, and to cleanse their hearts from the evil seed of unbelief which has corrupted their thoughts and caused distress and forebodings. Some who have had abundant evidence of the good work that is being accomplished did not do what they could for its advancement, but took a course to hedge up the way. When we learn to define aright what sin is and what the righteousness of Christ is, we shall no longer justify such a course of action.  {2SAT 307.2}
[2SAT 307.3]          The heart as well as the understanding needs to be enlarged. It is not enough in this time of test and trial to have merely an intellectual knowledge of truth. Heart work must be done. "Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones" (Isaiah 57:15).  {2SAT 307.3}
[2SAT 308.1]                     -308-          The soul temple must be cleansed, and the experience of many must be seen in its true light. The buyers and the sellers must be driven out, and the Spirit of God must take possession of heart and mind. Let none question their need of a personal Saviour. The Lord cannot use the worker into whose experience true conversion has not entered. Character must be formed after the divine pattern. We are to work with Christ in the forming of character after the divine similitude.  {2SAT 308.1}
[2SAT 308.2]          The Lord does not accept worldly policies for the carrying forward of His work. This spirit must not come into the management of our conferences. The work given to the human agent is to copy the character of Jesus Christ. Shall worldly policies be allowed to hide the principles of men who claim to be doing the work of God? I say, No; no. The agencies of God and Satanic agencies cannot combine.  {2SAT 308.2}
[2SAT 308.3]          While so many are saying, Who is the Lord, that I should serve Him? while there prevails a lack of faith in God, let those who represent the work of the third angel's message act like converted men. Let them wrestle with God in prayer. When our men in official positions are fully converted, they will advocate the truth for this time in every line of their work. I am hoping that we may have the satisfaction of seeing a work done that is free from selfishness and that will rapidly advance work in missionary lines.  {2SAT 308.3}
[2SAT 308.4]          Isaiah, speaking of the mission of Christ and His followers, says: ［Isaiah 61:1-4;  58:12, quoted.］  {2SAT 308.4}
[2SAT 308.5]          If ever there was a time in the history of Seventh-day Adventists when they should arise and shine, it is now. No voice should be restrained from proclaiming the third angel's message. Let none, for fear of losing prestige with the world, obscure one ray of light coming from the Source of all light.  {2SAT 308.5}
[2SAT 308.6]          It requires moral courage to do the work of God for these last days, but let us not be led by the spirit of human wisdom. The truth should be everything to us. Let those who want to make a name with the world go with the world. The great conflict is right at hand in which all will take sides. In it the whole Christian world will be involved. Daily, hourly, we must be actuated by the principles of the Word of God. Self must be sanctified by the principles of the righteousness, the mercy, and the love of God.  {2SAT 308.6}
[2SAT 308.7]          At every point of uncertainty, pray, and earnestly inquire, "Is this the way of the Lord?" With your Bibles before you, consult with God as to what He would have you do. Holy principles are revealed in the Word of God. The source of all true wisdom is found in the cross of Calvary.  {2SAT 308.7}
[2SAT 309.1]                     -309-          Everywhere we see increasing evidence that the message we have from God is to be the last message of warning to the churches of the world. Yet year after year is passing into eternity, and the churches are unwarned. I am instructed to speak to my brethren and to ask, "Are we conscious of the neglect?" I have been given message after message for our brethren encouraging them to begin work in every place where the way shall open. If laborers would go forth to the work, the Lord would bless their own souls, and would make their efforts fruitful. As the people hear the reasons of our faith, they will become interested, and will be converted. There are many important places open to those who will work for souls. We should not be selfish in seeking to retain workers long in one place, but should be willing to sacrifice that the work may be begun in other cities that need the light of truth.  {2SAT 309.1}
[2SAT 309.2]          Let us urge those who have been converted from error to truth to become missionaries for the extension of the knowledge of truth. Invent some way of becoming acquainted with the people. In many instances you can make your way by presenting the books, Christ's Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing. Tell the people the story of the book and how the means raised by its sale is used for the carrying forward of gospel work. This kind of labor will open the way for you to establish small schools and medical missionary work in our cities.  {2SAT 309.2}
[2SAT 309.3]          Call the attention of the people to the importance of educational work. All may do something in this line. If any of our people are working in that city, connect with them in labor. They may be able to help you in finding ways of disposing of books among the people. If you will work with wisdom, with heart and soul interest, and with earnest prayer to your heavenly Father, you will find access to souls. If you are a minister, you may do a precious work in opening the Scriptures to the people.  {2SAT 309.3}
[2SAT 309.4]          There are places all around Washington in which missionary effort is needed. Right in Washington itself is a small world of unconverted souls, both white and colored. Who is feeling the burden for them? And there are many other important places yet unwarned. When I see this neglect, I feel sore at heart. I am praying night and day that the burden may be rolled onto the men who are acting as leaders in the work. Let those who are already at work open the way for others who desire to labor and who are qualified to take part in missionary effort.  {2SAT 309.4}
[2SAT 309.5]          We are thankful for this good Conference we have had. Yet I am distressed to see so much territory in America left unworked. Large                     -310-     donations are sometimes appropriated without considering what should be done to give thorough work to these neglected fields. Workers must be paid, if the field is to be cultivated and seeds of truth sown. We must have houses of worship to accommodate those who shall come out to hear.  {2SAT 309.5}
[2SAT 310.1]          A great amount of strength and a great many advantages are being centered here in Washington. Our leading men should refuse to expend means too largely in this place. They should improve their opportunities and advantages for working in other places. God will honor their service by making them a power in His closing work.  {2SAT 310.1}
[2SAT 310.2]          There are important cities needing labor, that are near by Washington--our next door neighbors, as it were. If our brethren and sisters will do earnest missionary work for all with whom they come in contact, new fields of labor right around us will be opened up. The burden to labor for souls will come to many of those settled here, and they will desire to take an active part in the proclamation of the truth.  {2SAT 310.2}
[2SAT 310.3]          We plead that those settled in Takoma Park shall become laborers together with God in planting the standard of truth in unworked territories. Let a part of the large donations called for be used to furnish workers in our cities close by Washington. Let faithful house-to-house work be done. Souls are perishing out of the ark of safety. Let the standard of truth be lifted up by the church members in their neighborhoods. Let ministers pitch their tent, and preach the truth to the people with power, and then move to another vicinity and preach the truth there. I pray that many at the close of this meeting may take their stand to work as they have never worked before for the spread of a knowledge of present truth.  {2SAT 310.3}
[2SAT 310.4]          My brethren, lose no time in giving the message in the Southern field. Dwell upon the Word of God. Let every statement be in harmony with a plain "Thus saith the Lord." Exalt Bible truth. Show forth its beauty and holiness. None who work in the South can proclaim the truth as boldly and fearlessly as in the North. Men are to labor with watchfulness and much prayer. Be guarded in what you say regarding the work of other denominations, for there are some who would be quick to retaliate. Let no words be spoken against the white people.  {2SAT 310.4}
[2SAT 310.5]          The Lord has seen the struggles and untiring efforts of men in the South to teach the truth. He has counseled these workers in their necessity, and has enabled them to work with safety in times of peril, as they have sought Him in earnest prayer and have gone forward with unwavering faith.  {2SAT 310.5}
[2SAT 311.1]                     -311-          God looks with sadness upon the unworked cities. The message has come to us, Work the cities quickly. The Lord would be pleased to see His messengers go forth as Christ, the Son of the living God, went forth. He is our example. He would be pleased to see our conferences laying plans for progressive work in our cities, to build up the old waste places. He would be pleased to hear the truth proclaimed wisely by every believer. Lack of faith has greatly hindered the work of God. There are decided reformations to be made. Our cities East and West and North and South are to be given the message of present truth. Companies are to go forth into the highways and the hedges searching for the scattered sheep.  {2SAT 311.1}
[2SAT 311.2]          A mighty work is to be done by the people who observe the Sabbath of the fourth commandment. The Sabbath truth is to be presented in clear lines. Our platform is to be the law of God. We are to call attention to the Sabbath as the holy of the Lord, honorable. The Sabbath day is set apart by Jehovah as a sign between the Lord and His people. "Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep," He says, "for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you" (Exodus 31:13).  {2SAT 311.2}
[2SAT 311.3]          There has been some talk of putting up a large building here. The Lord does not want us to erect large buildings. He wants converted men with converted hearts more than anything else. I urge you to go to the places that have been neglected, and give the message of warning to the people. The Lord is coming soon, and many are unready, unready. Here is territory all around you, where thorough work should be done to interest souls in the truth for this time. Some can take our books and learn what it means to go to the highways and hedges with the message of truth. Use the gift that you have; impart the light you have received. Repeat the truth over and over again to the people in simplicity and love. Such labor will be greatly appreciated.  {2SAT 311.3}
[2SAT 311.4]          Do not try to weave in a spirit of human wisdom. Do not try to find something new and strange to bring to the people, but speak the truth as it is in Jesus. When the doctrine is presented in the simplicity of true godliness, it will speak to hearts. There is need that all have opportunity to labor for souls. Then their ability will be increased, and they will be qualified to do a greater work.  {2SAT 311.4}
[2SAT 311.5]          Many laborers can work here in Washington, but there are some who are especially qualified to stand in the pulpits of our large cities and preach the truth as they have presented it acceptably for years. This class of work Brother Prescott is well fitted to perform.                     -312-     God wants him out of Washington. He wants him to labor where he can see souls being brought to the truth through his instrumentality. I am instructed to say to Elder Prescott, You are needed in the fields that are opening for evangelistic work, and when you make the Lord your trust, and, like a little child, cast your helpless soul upon your Saviour, He will be your righteousness, He will be your sanctification, He will be your power to reach the people by the messages of truth. Wonderful reformations will be seen, and there will be an awakening and a conversion of many souls who are now ignorant of what is the truth for these last days.  {2SAT 311.5}
[2SAT 312.1]          I am instructed to say to our people: Consider the warnings God has sent regarding the closing up of this earth's history. It is not now a time for us to make a great display in large buildings. All our efforts for display will not convert one soul. When we consider that we are to be judged by our works, should we not give to the people of the world a representation in works that corresponds with the truths we proclaim? As a people we are to stand before the world to tell that time is soon to end. But our words of warning will be of no special value unless we show our faith by our works. Let us not testify by large and expensive buildings that we do not really believe what we teach. We are to provide simple, well constructed buildings for the carrying on of our work; but we must not in one place, in the erection of buildings, ［use］ sums so large that we would have to leave the byways and hedges unwarned of the coming of the Saviour.  {2SAT 312.1}
[2SAT 312.2]          We are delivering sermons in every building we erect, and these things are taken as testimonies borne of our faith, while these very buildings testify that we are not expecting to move soon from this world to the heavenly. As this representation of the matter was presented before me, I could not rest. I determined to present it as it was presented to me, and to urge our people to show their faith by their works. If we will work humbly and in the fear of God, He will work with our efforts to impress men and women with the truths of the message, and they in turn will testify to the faith they hold.  {2SAT 312.2}
[2SAT 312.3]          Missionaries are called for to go to foreign countries to present the truth to those who are in darkness. And the cities right around us are unworked, and are calling for help. "Ye are my witnesses, saith the Lord" ［Isaiah 43:10］, "to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God" (Isaiah 61:1, 2). My brethren and sisters, let us not make representations of                     -313-     unbelief, but let the light shine forth to the world in clear, distinct rays.  {2SAT 312.3}
[2SAT 313.1]          My heart is all the time asking the question, How can we reach the people? What can we do to open the blind eyes? There is missionary work to be done right here in this place, just as important as that to be done in foreign countries. Why isn't it just as important to awaken an interest in the fields right about us as to work for the lands afar off? Oh, I do beseech our people in Washington to represent rightly the religion of Jesus Christ, the intensity of His love for the perishing, and the greatness of His power to save.  {2SAT 313.1}
[2SAT 313.2]          I want to read you a few words concerning Christ's work of ministry: ［Matthew 9:28-36, quoted.］  {2SAT 313.2}
[2SAT 313.3]          In connection with this, let us read Christ's great commission to His disciples: ［Matthew 28:16-20, quoted.］  {2SAT 313.3}
[2SAT 313.4]          This instruction given by Christ to His disciples is the true higher education. The highest education in our world is to be found in the teachings of the Word of God. To receive its teachings, to carry its principles into the daily life, is to receive the highest education that man can gain. It is the only education that will secure us an entrance into the city of God.  {2SAT 313.4}
[2SAT 313.5]          When I came to Washington, I thought that if I could I would stay all through the meeting. Then there came a time when I felt that I could not stay any longer. I said I would go away. But in the night season the word came to me, You are My messenger; you must give the message that I give you for the people. I said, I will stay, and if the meeting is prolonged, I will still stay till the close.  {2SAT 313.5}
[2SAT 313.6]          There are great reformations that need to be made here. These reformations are to be made on the right hand and on the left. My God help us to pray as we have never prayed before. We need His guidance and His counsel in all our works.  {2SAT 313.6}
[2SAT 313.7]          And now let us pray: Heavenly Father, I come to Thee in the name of Thy dear Son. (Rest not readable.)--Letter 94a, 1909 (MR 900.29).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. June, 1984. Entire Letter.  {2SAT 313.7}
[2SAT 314.1]       Chap. 43 - Lessons From the First Chapter of Daniel    Manuscript 73, 1909         ［Sermon delivered by Mrs. E. G. White, Sabbath, August 27, 1909, Council Grove, Kansas, Camp Meeting.］            The first chapter of Daniel teaches the lesson that what we eat and drink has an influence upon the powers of the mind, and that if we would have healthful bodies and clear minds, we must be careful of our diet. If we are careless in this matter, and eat simply to gratify taste, the digestive organs are impaired, and the brain is confused, and neither can act their parts as fully as God intended they should.  {2SAT 314.1}
[2SAT 314.2]          ［Daniel 1:8-16, quoted.］  {2SAT 314.2}
[2SAT 314.3]         Daniel and his companions determined to banish from their diet everything that would defile, and a power from above worked in harmony with their efforts. As a result they had the privilege of following their own course in the obtaining of their education. And the education they gained was better than that gained by any of the magicians, astrologers, or wise men in all the king's realm.  {2SAT 314.3}
[2SAT 314.4]         Those who desire to come into right relation to God need to study Daniel's plan. That was a sum proved. You may take the sum and prove it also. There are many who think that those who adopt health reform suffer a loss of physical strength, but if these would test the matter for themselves, they would change their minds on this point. I have tested the value of health reform for thirty years, living just as simply as possible, and my physical ability at the age of 82 has been a surprise to many. In this journey I have taken, entailing five months of constant labor in the desk and out of the desk, my strength has been sustained. In my experience, health reform has given me a wonderful victory.  {2SAT 314.4}
[2SAT 314.5]         The Lord does not want us to have irritable tempers, and disturbed and confused minds. He wants us to do for ourselves just what these Hebrew youth did for themselves. We are to let alone the wine that excites and intoxicates. We see all around us too much of the results of its use.  {2SAT 314.5}
[2SAT 314.6]         How earnestly should we plead for the benefits of the truth in this age of the world's history. How greatly are its principles needed! Consider the city of San Francisco. What was it that brought the judgments of God upon that city? We read the answer in the revelations that have been made of corruption in those who stood in high office. Corruption and drunkenness and robbery are discovered on every hand. And this condition of                     -315-     wickedness is not in San Francisco alone. We who have the truth understand the meaning of these conditions and events.  {2SAT 314.6}
[2SAT 315.1]         We are living in the last evening of this earth's history. Is it not time that every soul ［should］ place himself in right relation to God to act an individual part for the upbuilding of the kingdom of Christ? Is it not time that fathers and mothers do a special work in the family? Let there be no harsh words, no scoldings. This does not reform. Take your children aside when they do wrong, and show them the result of a wrong course of action. Pray with them. That prayer may make such an impression on their minds that they will see that you are not unreasonable. And if the children see that you are not unreasonable, you have gained a great victory. This is the work that is to be carried on in our family circles in these last days. Our children are a sacred responsibility. God requires that they be brought up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.  {2SAT 315.1}
[2SAT 315.2]          This lesson also teaches the effect of a simple diet upon the physical powers. Students attending school should have provided for them food that will not cause disturbances in the human organism. If you do not know how to provide such food, I ask you to learn how. We are fighting for a kingdom. We are to be laborers together with God, and we must learn to subdue our passions, lest we be shut out of the courts of heaven. If we do not perfect Christian characters here, we cannot enjoy the pleasures of eternal life.  {2SAT 315.2}
[2SAT 315.3]          Daniel stood in a very responsible position in the kingdom of Babylon. There will always be those who will occupy positions of lesser responsibility; but whatever our work, our example may be such that it will lead others into right paths. We need to humble ourselves before God and pray to Him, and trust in Him. We do not pray half enough in our families and alone with God. There is a world to be saved, and every talent should be used in the service of God. You may not be able to go outside your family, but you can still do a work for God; and by your own course of action you can encourage those who have missionary work to perform.  {2SAT 315.3}
[2SAT 315.4]          We cannot afford to miss any opportunity for perfecting a Christian character. Whatever experience may come to others, remember that you, in your lot and place, will be tested by God. There will be times when you will be placed in unfavorable positions, but at such times plead with God, trust in Him, and walk in simple faith before the Lord. Then angels of heaven will impress your minds. Let not your minds be filled with self and self-interests.  {2SAT 315.4}
[2SAT 316.1]                     -316-          The Lord is looking upon us in mercy and love today. Who will follow out the will of the Lord? Who will study to overcome the hasty temper, remembering that the words they speak are spoken in the hearing of heavenly angels? These heavenly agencies are continually ministering to us, and they will speak through us and by us if we will walk humbly with God. They open for us opportunities to make known to others a knowledge of the God of heaven. Let us acknowledge God as the highest power. Let us cherish our Redeemer's spirit of meekness and humility of mind. Let us study our life work, that it may bear the test of the judgment. We shall then stand on vantage ground with Daniel and his companions, overcoming by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony.  {2SAT 316.1}
[2SAT 316.2]          In the third chapter of Daniel we can read the record of God's mighty work in behalf of the youth who would not bow to the image that the king had set up; and we may know that the same God is near to us as we stand in His power to honor His name in our experience. The form of the Fourth walked beside the Hebrews in the midst of the fiery furnace because they refused to bow down to the image and to worship the work of men's hands.  {2SAT 316.2}
[2SAT 316.3]          "Then Nebuchadnezzar the king was astonished, and rose up in haste, and spake, and said unto his counsellors, Did not we cast three men bound into the midst of the fire? They answered and said unto the king, True, O king. He answered and said, Lo, I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, and they have no hurt; and"--the king's countenance turns pale as he continues--"the form of the fourth is like the Son of God" ［Verses 24, 25］.  {2SAT 316.3}
[2SAT 316.4]         Going to the mouth of the furnace, Nebuchadnezzar calls the youth to come forth. ［Verses 26-29, quoted.］  {2SAT 316.4}
[2SAT 316.5]         The God of the Hebrews is our God. Let us seek to stand in right relation to Him. We have souls to save or to lose, and it depends upon our individual selves whether we save or lose. If we lose, we carry others with us to destruction. All heaven is looking upon us to see what course we will pursue--whether we will overcome by the blood of the Lamb or be careless and indifferent, going on as we please, filling our days with the pleasures of the world, and our minds with the foolish novel, while God's work is neglected and His Word cast aside.  {2SAT 316.5}
[2SAT 316.6]          I ask you to consider these things as you have never yet considered them. I present before you Christ as your only hope. "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish,                     -317-     but have everlasting life." I present Christ's character before you. Study it carefully. There is no higher education to be gained than that which you gather from the Word of God. Those who will may gain from it an intelligence and an understanding that is as enduring and as reliable as that which Daniel had, and which preserved him and carried him safely through test and trial. Christ will give judgment to the student of His Word today, as He gave the Hebrew youth judgment. These young men were found to have more wisdom than all the wise men in all the realm of Babylon.  {2SAT 316.6}
[2SAT 317.1]          When the heart is in right condition before God, we shall deny self. Did not God give Jesus, His only begotten Son--He who was equal with the Father in the making of man? What are you doing to make yourself acceptable before God? Are you cultivating your reasoning powers? Are you preserving your physical powers by a wise and careful diet? Let the wine alone, and everything of the kind. We need to adopt a simple diet if we would have a clear understanding of our duty. Let us remember that we are living in review before God, that we shall have tests to bear, and that our faith in God is to be so cultivated that we can reach up to heaven in full confidence for sanctification of body, soul, and spirit.  {2SAT 317.1}
[2SAT 317.2]          We need that living faith that will take hold of God; and we can have this if we will study the will of the Lord in all things. In times of poverty and sickness and suffering, it is our privilege to go to the Saviour and tell Him our necessities, and ask Him for His help. And if we will rely upon the Word of God, we shall see the fulfillment of His promises. Every day we are meeting temptation and trial in one form or another; but if we walk humbly with God and do our best, seeking daily to come into close relation to Him, He will work in our behalf.  {2SAT 317.2}
[2SAT 317.3]          Study the record of the life and activities of Christ. The Saviour knew that He could do little if He remained in one place. Therefore He moved from city to city and village to village, the crowds often following Him in great multitudes. He gave these followers instruction, teaching them of Himself from the words of the Old Testament Scriptures. As He would present old truths in a new light before them, the people would listen as to something they had never before heard of.  {2SAT 317.3}
[2SAT 317.4]       On one occasion the people gathered about the Saviour until there were 5,000 men besides women and children. All day they had listened to the great Teacher, and now, as evening drew on, the Master said to His disciples, These must be weary; they should have                     -318-     rest and food. But the inquiry arose, Where shall we find food for so great a company? The Saviour asked, How much have you? The disciples replied, Five barley loaves and a few small fishes. Bid them sit down on the ground, the Saviour commanded; then, breaking the bread, He gave to His disciples and the disciples to the multitudes.  {2SAT 317.4}
[2SAT 318.1]          When the people were satisfied, the Saviour gave the command to His disciples, "Gather up the fragments, that nothing be lost." Here Christ taught a precious lesson, one that was to come clear down through the ages to our time. There is an economy that Christ wants each to weave into our experience. There are wants and necessities on every hand to be supplied; there are needy and suffering ones to help. When we stand in right relation to God, we will stand in right relation to the principles of economy. We will know by experience what it means to deny self. We will be willing to sacrifice for the sake of others.  {2SAT 318.1}
[2SAT 318.2]          "God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." Christ accepted the office laid upon Him. Seeing the needs of men, He laid aside His royal robe and crown and came to earth to minister to mankind. And day by day in His life on earth, He was preparing for greater tests to come with stronger power.  {2SAT 318.2}
[2SAT 318.3]          Just before His crucifixion He took His disciples aside that they might pray with Him, that He and they might receive strength to endure. It was here in His agony in the garden of Gethsemane that the cup trembled in His hand. Should He drink it, and thus be separated from God? Should He take the sins of the world upon Him? The woes of a lost race rose up before Him, and He said, "Father, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy will be done." Then a mighty angel from glory came to His side and strengthened Him to go through the awful trial.  {2SAT 318.3}
[2SAT 318.4]          He was laid in the tomb, and a great stone was rolled before the door of the tomb. But when the day of His release came, a mighty angel from heaven came and rolled back the stone as ［though］ it had been a pebble. And Jesus came forth, and proclaimed over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, "I am the resurrection and the life." He revealed Himself to Mary and to His disciples, bringing rejoicing to their hearts.  {2SAT 318.4}
[2SAT 318.5]          God sent His Son into the world that He might learn by actual experience the needs of humanity. Through humanity combined with divinity He must reach man and enable Him to lay hold upon the divine nature.  {2SAT 318.5}
[2SAT 319.1]                     -319-          Let us not turn from the representation because we cannot be one with the world and at the same time be one with Christ. We do not deserve heaven if we come to Christ in that way. Let us make an entire surrender to God. God wants us to withdraw from association with those who would lead us to withdraw from Him. He wants His people to lay hold with a strong determination to work out their salvation with fear and trembling. He wants them to make a covenant with God by sacrifice, to consecrate themselves to God to bear the suffering part of religion as well as to share its joys. If they cannot do this, they cannot enter the gates of the city of God and have right to the tree of life.  {2SAT 319.1}
[2SAT 319.2]          Let us ever remember that eternal life has been secured for us at the cost of God's only begotten Son. Considering this, should we not study to know what sacrifices we can make for His cause, what part we can act in advancing the glory of God for the great hereafter? Humanity can grasp the divinity of Christ. This is for us if we will lay hold of it by an intelligent faith. Let us learn what it means to deny self as Christ denied self. He laid aside all that He had with the Father, and clothing His divinity with humanity came to earth that He might teach men and women how they might overcome. We are living in a time of test. Shall we not decide to stand on the side of Christ in this matter?  {2SAT 319.2}
[2SAT 319.3]          Do you not want the gates of the city of God to be opened freely to you, and you be welcomed in with your children? Do you not want the crown of glory placed upon your brow? Do you not want that life that measures with the life of God? But if we ［are to］ enjoy these eternal blessings, we have sacrifices to make in this life. We must reveal that we possess a faith that lays hold upon the living God and a righteousness that overcomes sin. May God bless us here today.  {2SAT 319.3}
[2SAT 319.4]          How much are we willing to sacrifice in order to cooperate with Jesus Christ in our individual salvation? What are we willing to do that we may be enlightened and may enlighten others? Satan is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness to set in operation means by which to bring suffering upon God's people. Let us cultivate the simplicity of true godliness. Let us in our human nature take hold of the divine, that that nature may mold our life, our character, our words and works. Then we shall go straight forward in the name of Jesus Christ.  {2SAT 319.4}
[2SAT 319.5]          There are souls to be saved from their sin. We must lay hold of them by living faith, and give them every chance to overcome. I ask you, Will you not accept the truth I have presented before you today? Will you not seek to come into harmony                     -320-     with the spirit of this work that you may have a part in it? Will you not make the effort to put away folly and indulgence, and do all in your power to save the souls that are perishing?  {2SAT 319.5}
[2SAT 320.1]          We need help for the work to be done in different parts of the great missionary field. In Portland, Maine, where the truth was preached with power in 1842-44, our brethren and sisters have need of a little meetinghouse. Very little labor has been given to the city of Portland. There are a few Sabbath-keepers there, but they have no house of worship. We do not hesitate to ask you to help in the erection of this house of worship by giving us of your means, for by so doing you will be laying up in the heavens a treasure that faileth not. We want you to have a part in carrying the message of mercy to this world.  {2SAT 320.1}
[2SAT 320.2]          We hope to have a large company of believers in Portland, Maine. The power of God was felt at the camp meeting held there recently, and we hope that many souls will be relieved as a result of its work, and that many more will lay hold of the truth of the gospel. Now, if you want to help, do so, and the Lord will let His blessing rest upon you.  {2SAT 320.2}
[2SAT 320.3]          And there are other places in similar need. It is represented to me that there are hundreds of places needing our help. The work of God is a work of self-sacrifice. Who among us is willing to unite in labor for the saving of souls? Those who will here determine to do this, rise to your feet.  {2SAT 320.3}
[2SAT 320.4]          ［Congregation rises.］        (Praying): My heavenly Father, I have tried to present, in my weakness, those things that Thou hast presented before me again and again to congregations that I have not seen assembled; and this is one of them. I ask Thee now to make the impression upon the human mind. Thou canst do it; for Thou art God, and beside Thee there is none else. Thou hast given Thine only begotten Son to make plain the way constantly beset with temptations by the enemy. I ask Thee, Lord, to bless this people here today. Sweep back every mist and cloud of darkness, and let the sunlight of Thy glory in. Work by Thy Holy Spirit upon the minds of parents and children, that all may labor together for the spread of the knowledge of the truth.  {2SAT 320.4}
[2SAT 320.5]         God, the living God, souls are perishing, and Satan is working to call the attention of the people to nothingness and folly. Wilt Thou not go with this people as they leave this meeting, and teach them daily to lay hold of the merits of the precious Redeemer? Thou hast given so much for these souls; help them to make a covenant with Thee by sacrifice, that they may have a part in that life that measures with                     -321-     the life of God. We want them to have the crown of glory, and to strike the harp of gold. Lord, take this people, baptize them with Thy Holy Spirit. Let them see light in Thy light and rejoice in Thy truth. There is a heaven for them to win, a hell for them to shun. Grant that they may be crowned in the kingdom of glory, never again to go out into a sin-cursed world, where all is renewed by Thy sacrifice, our blessed Redeemer.  {2SAT 320.5}
[2SAT 321.1]          Take these souls into Thy keeping. Make the impression upon their minds that heaven must be won by them, that they must withstand the tests of Satan. Bless them this day. Thou hast blessed them. Bless mind, and soul, and body, and help each to arouse to earnest labor for others. Make them laborers together with God in the work of salvation, and Thy blessed name shall have all the glory.--Ms 73, 1909 (MR 900.20).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. June, 1983. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 321.1}
[2SAT 322.1]       Chap. 44 - A Call to Work the Cities, Giving Particular  Attention to Nationality Groups    Manuscript 25, 1910         ［An address to the workers at the Pacific Union Conference session, Mountain View, California, January 28, 1910. At the beginning of the morning hour set apart for devotional exercises, Mrs. E. G. White read a communication addressed to the president of the Union Conference, then made the following remarks.］            I desire to say a few words to the workers assembled at this conference. I have been passing through a serious experience. Since I spoke to you on the opening day of the meeting, I have been writing out the things that I was required to write; for the end desired could not be accomplished unless matters were brought before you plainly and decidedly, so that you might understand clearly that on the part of some there has been a disposition to go contrary to the light that God has given. This situation has brought distress to my soul, and I have been sorely perplexed. I must meet these things in the fear of God. When messages come to me for the people of God, I must not conceal them but must write them out and speak of them.  {2SAT 322.1}
[2SAT 322.2]          A few days ago, in the evening, Brother ［I. H.］ Evans came to see me. We had only a few words together, as he was called away. I presented before him the great necessity of our people giving much careful consideration to the work that must be done in the great cities. Notwithstanding the fact that the needs of these cities have been brought to the attention of our people over and over again, yet there are very few who seem willing to move forward along the lines indicated by our heavenly Instructor. Every obstacle to progress must be removed, and we must come into a position of harmony as laborers together with God. Unless we can have unity and harmony, there will be a retarding of the work continually.  {2SAT 322.2}
[2SAT 322.3]         During our conversation, Elder Evans called my attention to the fact that considerable means is now being used in bringing the message of present truth to the knowledge of those who are living in the cities. Something has been done, it is true; but God requires of His people a far greater work than anything that has been done in years past.  {2SAT 322.3}
[2SAT 322.4]          I have been through many of these cities. I have seen New York and other cities of the East that are to be worked. What I have seen of these unwarned places brings sorrow to my heart, and I cannot sleep.                    -323-     Often I have lain upon my bed in an agony of distress over the situation, and then I have attempted to write out the representations that have been made before me distinctly that there is not seen in the East the reformation that should be taking place in our churches. Our brethren are not carrying the burden they should in behalf of the unworked cities. They have not been making decided movements to send men into these cities.  {2SAT 322.4}
[2SAT 323.1]          Some have hesitated because they feared that the work outlined would require more means than was at their command. But I have urged our brethren to step forward by faith and follow the leadings of divine providence. Christ has bidden His servants go out into all parts of the field, and angels will prepare the way before them as they advance in faith. God's messengers need to awake from their lethargy and lay aside everything that may hinder the free course of the Holy Spirit in connection with their labors.  {2SAT 323.1}
[2SAT 323.2]          Especially in places where our people have gathered around a large institution, as here at Mountain View, constant vigilance should be exercised in order that every advance movement may be in accordance with the will of God. Thorough consecration should mark the lives of those who are called to labor in our institutions, that right steps may be taken and that all may do everything in their power to save souls.  {2SAT 323.2}
[2SAT 323.3]          Since coming to this meeting I have passed through a strange experience. One day, after appearing before the conference to read some matter to you, the burden that was upon my soul continued to press upon me after I returned to my room. I was in distress of mind. That night I could not seem to lose myself in sleep. It seemed as if evil angels were right in the room where I was. And while I was suffering in mind, it seemed as if I was suffering great bodily pain. My right arm, which through the years has nearly always been preserved from disease and suffering, seemed powerless. I could not lift it. Then I had a most severe, excruciating pain in the ear; then most terrible suffering in the jaw. It seemed as if I must scream. But I kept saying, "Lord, You know all about it."  {2SAT 323.3}
[2SAT 323.4]          I was in perfect agony. It seemed that my brain and every part of my body was suffering. At times I would rise up and think, "I will not lie here another moment." Then I would think, "You will only arouse those who are in the house, and they cannot do anything for you." And so I kept looking to the Lord, and saying, "Lord, You know all about this pain." The suffering continued, at times in the jaw, then in the brain, and then in other members of the body, until nearly                     -324-     daylight. Just before the break of day I fell asleep for about an hour.  {2SAT 323.4}
[2SAT 324.1]         My arm is all right this morning. Legions of evil angels were in that room, and if I had not clung by faith to the Lord, I do not know what might have become of me. I would not call anyone. I said, "This must be between me and these evil spirits." I would find myself at times rising up in bed, crying to the Lord to give me relief. But no genuine relief came to me. A sense of relief from the presence of those evil angels came to me, but no relief from pain and suffering came to me, until I stood here upon this platform with a manuscript in my hand and began to read what I had to read to you. As soon as I stood up here with that manuscript in my hand, every pain left me. My right side was just as strong as it had been before.  {2SAT 324.1}
[2SAT 324.2]          I shall never be able to give you a description of the satanic forces that were at work in that room. I shall never be able to tell it in a way that will enable you to comprehend it. I wondered what it meant; I could not understand it; but since standing before you the next morning, I have had no suffering.  {2SAT 324.2}
[2SAT 324.3]          Light has been coming to me that unless we have more evident movings of the Spirit of God, and greater manifestations of divine power working in our midst, many of God's people will be overcome. Satanic agencies will come in, as they came to me. But we cannot afford to yield to the power of the enemy.  {2SAT 324.3}
[2SAT 324.4]         Brethren, God is in earnest with us. He does not desire Brother ［H. W.］ Cottrell to take a position that will lead both him and many others to make wrong decisions. Some may think it cruel to speak thus plainly; but it would be very cruel to allow our brother to cherish his natural tendency to think that when he takes a position he has to hold to this position without changing his view.  {2SAT 324.4}
[2SAT 324.5]         Over and over again, in the night season, One with arms outstretched has instructed me, "Tell My people to come into line. Tell My people to unite with Jesus Christ in doing a work that they have not yet done."  {2SAT 324.5}
[2SAT 324.6]          God desires His people to take steps forward and upward, ever advancing. They are not half awake. They do not seem to understand that the way before them will be blocked by the enemy more and still more, and that now is the time for the cities to be entered. God desires His people to do all they can to give the message of warning to the cities.  {2SAT 324.6}
[2SAT 324.7]          As I journeyed through the East this past summer, and saw Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Portland, Buffalo, and other large cities, all of them practically unworked, unwarned, I thought, How can God excuse His people of this neglect?                  -325-     We must arouse to a realization of our present duty.  {2SAT 324.7}
[2SAT 325.1]          Some in Mountain View may say, "There is a large debt on the Pacific Press Office." Well, brethren, I, too, am in debt--perhaps more so than many others--and yet I keep at work, and when a necessity for help presents itself I try to meet it by appropriating means. I do not always stop to inquire whether or not I can afford it.  {2SAT 325.1}
[2SAT 325.2]          A short time ago, when in Mountain View, I presented before the brethren the needs of the work in Portland, Maine. The believers in that beautiful city are trying to build a meetinghouse there. When we attended their camp meeting last summer, we encouraged them to go forward with this enterprise, and promised to appeal to our churches elsewhere for funds to assist those who were bearing the burden of the work in Portland. I expected to see the church at Mountain View respond liberally to an invitation to give to that enterprise, but was disappointed.  {2SAT 325.2}
[2SAT 325.3]         During the ［early］ days of the Advent Movement, the first and the second angels' messages were proclaimed with power in Portland, Maine. And after the disappointment, when light shone upon the sanctuary question and the three messages of Revelation fourteen, the third angel's message was preached faithfully in that place and throughout the East. In times past we have attended camp meetings in that city that have been well attended. The power of God has been manifested. Those connected with the courts, and others high in office, have come out to hear.  {2SAT 325.3}
[2SAT 325.4]         Before the disappointment in 1844, the city was stirred deeply. From one end of the city to the other, appointments for meetings were filled, and the halls were crowded. On one occasion, when there was not even standing room in the aisles, the people feared the foundations might give away; but the builders were present and assured the congregation that they need have no fear, that the building was amply strong and safe. For miles around the message extended, and many came to hear. The doors of many churches were thrown open to those who desired to speak.  {2SAT 325.4}
[2SAT 325.5]          At the present time, but very little is being done in Portland. There are three aged ministers living there because the climate is favorable for their health, but they are unable to do much aggressive work. At the camp meeting held there last summer, there was a good attendance of unbelievers. Our brethren had to provide extra seats to accommodate those that came. The power of God rested upon the speakers. I know it rested upon me, as I gave to the people a message of mercy. I did not stand                        -326-     before them because I felt able; I stood there because of the opportunity to let them hear the message of mercy that is being given to the world. The power of God came upon me, and gave me utterance, as it did during the recent General Conference held at Washington, D. C. At the close of my discourse I asked all who would pledge themselves to carry on a personal study of the Scriptures to find out whether the truths presented before them that day were in accordance with the Word, to rise to their feet.  {2SAT 325.5}
[2SAT 326.1]                        -326-          You can imagine my feelings as I saw nearly everyone in that large congregation standing on their feet, thus pledging themselves before God to search the Scriptures to find out whether these things were so. The Spirit of God was present in that meeting in marked measure, and we had a wonderful meeting.  {2SAT 326.1}
[2SAT 326.2]          When I think of the opportunity we now have to work Portland, Maine, and many other cities in the East, I cannot hold my peace. This is why I have appealed to the church at Mountain View and to churches in several other places, to help our brethren in Portland to erect a meetinghouse. Because of their poverty they cannot advance as rapidly as they desire, and unless someone helps, the work is liable to be greatly retarded. We believe that many will respond to this appeal.  {2SAT 326.2}
[2SAT 326.3]          In New York and in many other cities, there are multitudes of people unwarned. Among our people there is great zeal--and I do not say there is any too much--to work the foreign countries; but it would be more consistent if we could see a proportionate zeal to work the cities close by. We need to move sensibly. We need to plan to warn the cities in America. We must set about this work in earnestness, and do it. Laying aside our peculiarities and our own ideas, we are to preach Bible truth. Men of consecration and talent are to be sent into these cities and set to work. Oh, why are so many seemingly indifferent and self-centered? Why do so many take an interest chiefly in the place where they are laboring, and lose sight of the fact that there is a world to be warned, and that these cities must hear the message?  {2SAT 326.3}
[2SAT 326.4]          I have been seeking to arouse our people. I have encouraged Dr. and Mrs. Kress and Elder and Mrs. G. B. Starr to labor earnestly in the cities, and I understand that they are now in Boston. In the 1844 movement the message went through Boston like a lamp that burneth. I was in that message. They sent for me to come to speak to the people in large halls. There was an intense interest.  {2SAT 326.4}
[2SAT 327.1]                        -327-          When a true missionary spirit takes hold of the hearts of believers, the Bible will be studied more diligently than it is now, and many will understand that the cities are not being worked as they should be. Many will then take hold of this work.  {2SAT 327.1}
[2SAT 327.2]          During the General Conference held at Washington in 1909, the Lord lifted me above my infirmities, and I was enabled to speak to large congregations, and make all hear the words spoken. From Washington we visited several cities, where we saw multitudes of people who, I suppose, have never heard the warning message. When I saw these people, I pledged myself before God that I would remain silent no longer.  {2SAT 327.2}
[2SAT 327.3]          Here at Mountain View there are advantages, great advantages, and the believers should make the most of these advantages. Let nothing be allowed in the life-practice that might prove a hindrance. Let none manifest a disposition to make his fellow men come to his personal ideas of doing this and that. Let none say, I cannot do this, when the providence of God indicates that something should be done. Let all seek to come into line.  {2SAT 327.3}
[2SAT 327.4]          The salvation of God is to be revealed in the great cities of the land. Ministers often visit companies of believers in the different conferences; and this is a work that has its place; but the ministers have a solemn work to perform in the great cities. As God's people take up this responsibility and discharge it in His fear, those who are enlightened as the result of faithful labor will give freely of their means to sustain the work in their cities and in other places as well. As the laborers go to the new converts, and in the spirit and power of God ask them for help, the Spirit of God will move upon their hearts.  {2SAT 327.4}
[2SAT 327.5]          It has been said, "We should like to send a large amount of money to China." Are the souls in China any more precious than the souls within the shadow of our doors? We are to act our part in warning China, but we also are to act our part in warning the cities close by where we live. Here are foreigners of various nationalities in our cities, and they are to be reached with the message of present truth. When they accept the message they will begin working at once, and many will return to the places from which they came, that they may win their people to the truth. We are to search out these people, and teach them the way of life. As I think of these things, I cannot hold my peace.  {2SAT 327.5}
[2SAT 327.6]          I have tried to arouse you to a realization of what it means to be missionaries. Many of our people have lost the sense of what it means to carry the truth to places where it has not yet been proclaimed. I have seen city after city, the                    -328-     inhabitants of which have no knowledge of what we believe.  {2SAT 327.6}
[2SAT 328.1]          Means must be sent to China; this is right and proper; but why not also warn the various nationalities in the cities close by? Why not plan wisely to reach the hundreds of thousands of foreigners in the cities of America? God desires us to awake from our slumbers. He desires us to do our duty. He desires to endue us with His Spirit and lift us up onto a higher platform. Everyone who will come into line will understand what the will of God is. Then no one will set his stakes to follow a certain way of his own choosing, irrespective of the counsels of his brethren; but all will have the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. When God's people understand what Bible religion is, there will be coming into the ranks of believers more new converts than are seen today. We are to awake and do our duty toward the unwarned inhabitants of the cities and of many out-of-the-way places, and then we shall see of the salvation of God.--Ms 25, 1910 (MR 900.59)     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. May, 1989. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 328.1}
[2SAT 329.1]       Chap. 45 - The Fruitless Fig Tree    Manuscript 65,1912         The Jewish nation that had been so proud and had made such boastful pretensions was symbolized by the pretentious fig tree. This nation had proudly claimed to possess the goodness and virtue which she might have had but which she did not have any right to claim because she had forfeited the promises of God. These promises He has plainly connected with willing obedience, and He can fulfill them only when His people hearken to His commandments and walk in the way of His appointment.  {2SAT 329.1}
[2SAT 329.2]          This lesson is given for all times, for all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples. All who keep the commandments in truth and integrity reveal to the world that they are under the rule of God and are dependent upon Him for their temporal and spiritual victories. With God's presence and favor, His people are safe, although they may suffer persecution for the truth's sake. His goodness and the riches of His grace are their protection and salvation.  {2SAT 329.2}
[2SAT 329.3]          From the barren fig tree Christ spoke a parable that everyone should heed. Those who walk in the way of God's commandments will be like a flourishing fig tree, full of fruit. The tree was cursed because it had only pretentious leaves, and no fruit.  {2SAT 329.3}
[2SAT 329.4]          The Jews were a proud people, boasting of piety, of knowledge, of goodness, but revealing no fruit. If they had set before the world an example of fruitbearing in deeds of self-denial, goodness, mercy, and compassion, if they had shown a love for God and integrity in His service, by obeying all His commandments, the world would have seen their light shining in good work, and many would have been converted. Many would have glorified God for His great love and His rich blessings bestowed upon them through their knowledge of the only true God and their faith in Jesus Christ. The darkness of the Gentile world was attributable to the neglect of the Jewish nation, as is represented in the ninth chapter of Zechariah. ［Zechariah 9:12-17, quoted.］ The whole world is embraced in the contract of the great plan of redemption.  {2SAT 329.4}
[2SAT 329.5]          ［Isaiah 62:1-3;  11:10-12; Isaiah 62:10-12; Jeremiah 31:10-12, quoted.］ Corn and wine are symbols of grace and plenty.  {2SAT 329.5}
[2SAT 329.6]          All who receive the messages that the Lord sends to purify and cleanse them from all habits of disobedience to His commandments and conformity to the world, and                        -330-     who repent of their sins and reform, looking to God for help and walking in the way of obedience to His commandments, will receive divine help to correct their evil course of action. But those who apparently repent and seek the Lord, yet do not put away the evil of their doings, will not only disappoint themselves, but when their course is placed before them in symbols or parables, they will feel shame and sorrow because they have disappointed the Lord. They have hoped and trusted in their own course of action. As a people they have been reproved, and yet they have not put away the evil works that called for reproof.  {2SAT 329.6}
[2SAT 330.1]          God is always an inexhaustible fountain of wisdom and strength. From age to age by His appointed means He raises up human helpers and resources for His people. These God-given agencies will not prove to be fraudulent, if they themselves will not defraud the Lord, as some who are represented by the barren fig tree have done.  {2SAT 330.1}
[2SAT 330.2]          The Lord was hungry. He represented a people hungering for fruit that they ought to have had, but did not receive from an apparently flourishing fig tree. The spiritual necessities were not supplied to satisfy the people whom Christ had pledged His life to save by His grace and righteousness.  {2SAT 330.2}
[2SAT 330.3]          When the Lord is with the people who have knowledge and advantages in spiritual enlightenment, and when they impart that which they have received from God, they are fruit-bearing branches. They receive God's rich blessing, and are producers of fruit. As a sure result, in the hand of God and under the influence of the Holy Spirit they are mighty men. Constantly they represent before the world the great goodness of God, not only in spiritual lines, but in temporal lines as well. They shall prevail, for of a truth God is with them.  {2SAT 330.3}
[2SAT 330.4]          Every deliverance, every blessing, that God in the past has granted to His people, should be kept fresh in memory's hall as a sure pledge of further and richer, increasing blessings that He will bestow. The Lord's blessings are adapted to the needs of His people.  {2SAT 330.4}
[2SAT 330.5]          God has given His Son as a sacrifice to save all who will be saved in His appointed way, through obedience to all His commandments. After having begun to save man, having evidenced His purpose by delivering His people by His own strong hand, having invited all to lay hold of His own outstretched arm, He will use all the heavenly resources to consummate man's salvation. His people will magnify His name by exercising implicit faith in Him and placing their entire dependence upon Him. He will fulfill every promise. "And I will strengthen them in the Lord; and                             -331-     they shall walk up and down in His name, saith the Lord" ［Zechariah 10:12］.  {2SAT 330.5}
[2SAT 331.1]          The prayer of Jeremiah, recorded in the thirty-second chapter of his prophecy, should be carefully considered. ［Jeremiah 32:16-23, quoted.］  {2SAT 331.1}
[2SAT 331.2]          To ancient Israel, the promise of a coming Saviour was the highest pledge God could possibly give that the gates of hell should not prevail against His commandment-keeping people. The church could not perish, for from her was to come the Prince of life, the One through whose power all who received Him would be saved. If they had remained loyal and true to all the words that Christ had spoken to them when enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, He would have made them triumphant over all their enemies.  {2SAT 331.2}
[2SAT 331.3]          ［Jeremiah 36:1-7, quoted.］ This chapter is a record of historical events that will be repeated. Let all who desire to receive warning, read carefully. ［Jeremiah 36:22, 23, 27, 28, 32, quoted.］  {2SAT 331.3}
[2SAT 331.4]         In the incidents of the closing scenes of the Lord's ministry is embraced much that very many claiming to be Bible Christians do not study. They do not see that in their experience they are passing over the very same ground. They do not seem to care to learn lessons from the history of ancient Israel that have been written for their admonition.  {2SAT 331.4}
[2SAT 331.5]          ［1 Corinthians 10:1-12, quoted.］  {2SAT 331.5}
[2SAT 331.6]         As God's church, we cannot tread the same path of unbelief as did ancient Israel, refusing to be admonished and discarding the messages He had given, and escape the sure result of our course of action.  {2SAT 331.6}
[2SAT 331.7]         The one great burden and grief of Jesus was that He, with omniscient eye, was viewing the destruction of Jerusalem. He wept not for Himself. He wept not on account of His betrayal, His trial, His rejection, His deliverance into the hands of His enemies. The most cruel death was appointed to a Man who could not be condemned, a Man concerning whom Pilate declared, "I find in Him no fault at all" ［John 18:38］. His tears were for those who were placing themselves beyond the reach of the long-suffering, long-forbearing mercy of a sin-hating God.  {2SAT 331.7}
[2SAT 331.8]         The crucifixion of Christ was the last action that caused the nation's downfall. "Last of all He sent unto them His Son, saying, They will reverence My Son. But when the husbandmen saw the Son, they said among themselves, This is the heir; come, let us kill Him, and let us seize on His inheritance. And they caught Him, and cast Him out of the vineyard, and slew Him" ［Matthew 21:37-39］.  {2SAT 331.8}
[2SAT 332.1]                     -332-          The fig tree represented the kingdom of Israel. Standing out in proud superiority as a religious nation, the Jewish people were as a fig tree clothed with pretentious leaves. They had their religious ceremonies, their traditions, their rich temple, with its mitered priests to officiate in the morning and the evening sacrifices. The outward evidences of religious life were abundant. The tree was covered with leaves. They were consumers, but not producers. They bore no fruit to repay the Lord for all the love and care and gracious mercy that He bestowed upon them.  {2SAT 332.1}
[2SAT 332.2]         There were leaves enough, but what did these pretentious leaves hide? Pride, vain-glory, selfishness. While there was an abundance of ceremonies and instrumental music, the people, as it were, flaunted their green foliage in the face of an offended God; for they bore no fruit to His glory.  {2SAT 332.2}
[2SAT 332.3]          On Olivet's crest Christ said, "If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the things which belong unto thy peace!" How do the Christian churches stand today? It is their privilege to receive every spiritual advantage, in accordance with God's promises.  {2SAT 332.3}
[2SAT 332.4]          ［Deuteronomy 10:12-18;  11:13-15; Deuteronomy 4:5-9, quoted.］  {2SAT 332.4}
[2SAT 332.5]         All the churches in our land need to call to mind the dealings of God with His ancient people. Ceremonial worship is of no value to them. Truth has long been covered up by tradition and falsehood. When the Lord sends to them His servants with a warning message, let them consider the message, studying their Bibles.  {2SAT 332.5}
[2SAT 332.6]         But the shepherds of the flock, instead of accepting the message, begin to search the Scriptures diligently to find something by which to condemn the serious, searching warnings from God's Word. They refuse to pay any attention to the last messages of warning that are to be given to the world, but seek to resist everything that does not vindicate their church as being what it should be. They use all the argumentative powers of the mind, and reason with the greatest possible positiveness and force from their own conclusions. They refuse to hear or to search the Scriptures for themselves in order to see if there is not light and evidence in God's Word that would lead them to make changes in their doctrinal views so as to be in harmony with God's truth. "Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me" ［John 5:39］.  {2SAT 332.6}
[2SAT 332.7]         The churches of today have become converted to the customs and practices of the world. No longer are they the peculiar, holy people who are representatives of Jesus Christ. Said the apostle: "Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but                     -333-     of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation" ［Romans 13:1, 2］.  {2SAT 332.7}
[2SAT 333.1]         Ministers and all others who are connected with the church of God should obey this injunction; for if they do not obey God's word, if they do not present their bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is their reasonable service, although their names may be registered on the church books, they are not written in the Lamb's book of life.  {2SAT 333.1}
[2SAT 333.2]          Looking upon the church members who are using the narcotic tobacco, God says to them, "Be ye clean, that bear the vessels of the Lord" ［Isaiah 52:11］.--Ms 65, 1912 (MR 900.40).     Ellen G. White Estate Washington, D. C. January, 1986. Entire Ms.  {2SAT 333.2}
[2SAT 334.1]       Chap. 46 - Following on to Know the Lord    Manuscript 16, 1913         ［Remarks by Mrs. E. G. White, Sanitarium Church School Picnic, June 15, 1913.］            I am glad to have the privilege of meeting with those who have gathered here today. I feel an earnest desire that every one of you shall be victorious in the struggle against evil. For many years I have been laboring for the salvation of souls. I began this work at a very early age, and all through my life the Lord has sustained me in telling old and young of the hope that we have in Christ.  {2SAT 334.1}
[2SAT 334.2]          I have always had an especial interest in the youth. I see before me today those whom I know God can use if they will put their dependence in Him. Children, if you will be in earnest in serving God, you will be a help to all with whom you associate. There is nothing to be ashamed of in being a Christian. It is an honor to follow the Saviour. And it is by obeying the instructions that He has given that you are to be prepared to meet Him when He comes. If you will ask God to help you to overcome what is un-Christlike in your dispositions, He will prepare you for entrance into heaven, where no sin can enter. Those who daily give the life to Jesus, and who follow on to know Him, will be greatly blessed. Say, Christ gave His life for me, and I must give my life for Him. If you give yourselves wholly to Him, you will be conquerors in the warfare against sin. The Lord Jesus will be your helper, your support, your strength, if you will receive and obey Him.  {2SAT 334.2}
[2SAT 334.3]          To the older ones who are present, I wish to say, Set before the younger ones an example that will help them to press forward in the upward way. Remember that your words and acts have an influence upon them for good or for evil. It is unworthy ［for］ a Christian to neglect to make every effort in his power to help those for whom the Saviour gave His life. Christ died that we might live, and we want to be sure that we are trying to do His will. Then we shall be acceptable to Him. Angels of God will be near to help us, and we shall realize the aid of a power above ourselves.  {2SAT 334.3}
[2SAT 334.4]          I have recently been studying what we older ones can do to make the best impression upon the minds of the youth. What can we do? Let us study the Word, and as we have opportunity, talk Bible truth. As you do this, you will find that your own mind and heart are becoming subdued. As you strive to overcome everything that is displeasing to God, angels of heaven will help you to exert a right influence upon those who are younger. You will not be left to stumble along in uncertainty, not knowing what you are doing. Power from above will be given you, to enable you to show to                     -335-     others that we have a living Saviour, a Redeemer who can forgive our transgressions.  {2SAT 334.4}
[2SAT 335.1]          You can help the younger ones. You can be a blessing to them, even to the very young. And when Christ shall come in the clouds of heaven, He will say, "You have followed on to know Me. I acknowledge you as My servants." You will have light in the Lord, and the glory of the Lord will be your rearward.  {2SAT 335.1}
[2SAT 335.2]          To these students I would say, Do not think it is an amusing thing to take advantage of a fellow student, and to lead him astray. God wants you to be constantly reaching higher and still higher for attainments that will enable you to help others, to be an example to those around you. And as you do this, the Lord will surely let His blessing rest upon you. But do not go only half way in your efforts to serve God. Do not feel that there is no need of being particular. You do need to be particular to avoid evil, even the appearance of evil, from the oldest to the youngest. It is possible for the youth to be such earnest Christians that through them the Lord will send the truth home to those who have never known Him.  {2SAT 335.2}
[2SAT 335.3]          I was very young when I began to serve the Lord. I am now eighty-five years old. In my childhood, affliction came to me and I have been a sufferer all my life. But the Lord has been my strength to do His service, and I have been able to speak again and again to congregations numbering thousands of people. For a great many years I have been engaged in active labor, speaking to the people and writing out the instruction opened before me.  {2SAT 335.3}
[2SAT 335.4]          At times sickness has come upon me, and then I would cast my helpless soul upon Jesus Christ, and say, Thou knowest, Lord, that I have chosen Thee as my Redeemer. Give me not only spiritual strength, but physical strength, that I may follow on to know Thee, and the Lord has never forsaken me. Always He has been my Helper, as He will be yours if you will trust in Him.  {2SAT 335.4}
[2SAT 335.5]          It is because I so greatly desire to work for the salvation of souls that I do not give up to infirmities. I am determined that so long as God permits me to live, I will proclaim the message of warning to the world. I want my voice to reach many more before I shall give up my labors.  {2SAT 335.5}
[2SAT 335.6]          I expect to have trials, but I do not dread them. The Lord knows what I can bear, and He will give me strength to endure. He will sustain me in my weakness, enabling me to follow on, and to know that His going forth is prepared as the morning.  {2SAT 335.6}
[2SAT 335.7]       Students, be determined that you will follow on to know the Lord. Remember that angels are beside you. They see all your efforts against wrong. They understand all your difficulties; and if in meekness you will give up your own way for Christ's way, taking His yoke cheerfully, you will find that He will give you daily strength to overcome.  {2SAT 335.7}
[2SAT 336.1]                     -336-          As I see you all here, the thought comes to me, Shall I meet them in the kingdom of heaven? What a meeting that will be--when the redeemed are gathered home, saved, eternally saved. They have fought the good fight. They have pressed the battle to the gates. They have done all in their power to help others to follow in the Saviour's footsteps.  {2SAT 336.1}
[2SAT 336.2]          I know that there are many here who are trying to overcome through the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. I want to say to you, Jesus wants every one of you. He died that you and I might be among those who shall wear the crown of life. He wants you, from the oldest to the youngest, to place your influence on His side. He wants your help.  {2SAT 336.2}
[2SAT 336.3]          I pray that those who today have listened to me will lay hold upon the hope set before them in the gospel. I pray that in the great day of Christ's coming, their voices will help to swell the song of joy and triumph that will be raised by the overcomers. I beg of you, dear youth, to link up with Jesus Christ. He died on Calvary's cross for you and for me, and in His strength we may overcome.  {2SAT 336.3}
[2SAT 336.4]          Follow on to know the Lord. If you will do this, you will win souls to Christ. Not only will your own soul be saved, the power that converts your soul will enable you to set an example that will win others to Christ. These older children can be an example to the younger ones, leading and guiding them aright, speaking a word in season to them. Thus you can be laborers together with God.  {2SAT 336.4}
[2SAT 336.5]          I want to say to these boys, You can overcome evil--evil thoughts, evil desires--by the blood of the Lamb and the word of your testimony. We cannot afford to sin. It costs too much.  {2SAT 336.5}
[2SAT 336.6]          May the Lord bless you all. We shall think of you and pray for you. I want to offer a word of prayer now.  {2SAT 336.6}
[2SAT 336.7]          Praying: Heavenly Father, we come to Thee just as we are, needy and dependent. And we ask Thee, Lord, that the few words spoken here today may lead those who have heard to seek with all their hearts to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. Lord, wilt Thou work by Thy Spirit, and let the light of truth shine into human hearts, that souls may turn to Thee, and repent and be converted, that we may meet them in the kingdom of glory. Amen.--Ms. 16, 1913.  {2SAT 336.7}
[2SAT 337.1]       Chap. 47 - "I Will Not Leave You Comfortless"    Manuscript 20, 1913         ［Sermon at St. Helena, California, Sabbath, September 27, 1913, from John 14. Ellen White's last recorded sermon.］            "Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, l would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go Ye know, and the way Ye know. Thomas saith unto Him, Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way? Jesus saith unto him, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me. If ye had known Me, ye should have known My Father also: and from henceforth ye know Him, and have seen Him" ［John 14:1-7］. I want you to keep these words in mind.  {2SAT 337.1}
[2SAT 337.2]          "Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that believeth on Me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto My Father" ［verse 12］. What wonderful words! Since we have such promises, let not one of us doubt; let not one of us fall into unbelief. Let us take the Lord at His word--believe Him. The Spirit that was with Christ will indeed be with all who trust in the Lord.  {2SAT 337.2}
[2SAT 337.3]         "If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you for ever; even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him: but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you" ［verses 15-18］. What breadth, what height, what greatness of love is presented to us.  {2SAT 337.3}
[2SAT 337.4]         When you are in trouble and difficulty, and hardly know what to do, open your Bible to the fourteenth chapter of John, and read the promise that it contains. Read the promises to the children at family worship. Present these wonderful truths so that their young minds will comprehend. "I will not leave you comfortless. " Do you believe this as the word of God? Do you lay hold of God's promises and present them to the members of your family? When you do this, you will have peace and hope and rejoicing. You may be discouraged, you may be disheartened, but you have God's promise that He will not leave you comfortless. I believe this, for I have proved it.  {2SAT 337.4}
[2SAT 338.1]                          -338-          "Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me: because I live, ye shall live also" ［verse 19］. What could be more precious to us in discouragement than God's presence? Let us take God at His word, and consecrate ourselves to Him. Let us, as needy applicants, present our case to Him, and prove that He will do just as He said He would.  {2SAT 338.1}
[2SAT 338.2]         "He that hath My commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me: and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him" ［verse 21］. Here is a promise for which I do not know how to express my gratitude. The divine assurance contained in these words, we are to appropriate in our families, so that the life and the health of ourselves and our families shall reflect the love of Christ. We want this in all its richness and greatness. In the words that I have just read, we have God's promise that the highest of all power is at our command. We need to have a higher conception of the will of God concerning us.  {2SAT 338.2}
[2SAT 338.3]         "Judas saith unto Him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that Thou wilt manifest Thyself unto us, and not unto the world? Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love Me, he will keep My words: and My Father will love him, and we will come unto him" ［verses 22, 23］. Ever keep this promise in mind, and when the enemy tempts you to doubt, say No. Now, is there any excuse for not perfecting Christian character? I do not see any excuse.  {2SAT 338.3}
[2SAT 338.4]         "He that loveth Me not keepeth not My sayings: and the word which ye hear is not Mine, but the Father's which sent Me. These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you. But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.  {2SAT 338.4}
[2SAT 338.5]          "Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved Me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for My Father is greater than I. And now I have told you before it come to pass, that, when it is come to pass, ye might believe.  {2SAT 338.5}
[2SAT 338.6]          "Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in Me. But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Father gave Me commandment, even so I do. Arise, let us go hence" ［verses 24-31］.  {2SAT 338.6}
[2SAT 338.7]         I wanted to read this Scripture to you, and I wish that I might impress it upon your minds.  {2SAT 338.7}
[2SAT 339.1]                       -339-          Christ is from everlasting to everlasting, a present help to all who seek Him diligently. And those who seek Him diligently will find Him. I am so thankful that the Lord is ours. I want to serve Him and glorify Him.  {2SAT 339.1}
[2SAT 339.2]          I shall not talk longer at this time, but will ask you to study this Scripture during the week, and to glorify God in every way possible, fathers, mothers, and children. Then the children can speak of the kindness and love of Jesus because the great peace of God will come into their minds.  {2SAT 339.2}
[2SAT 339.3]          Everyone should reach a higher standard. The light of heaven should shine into our minds. The Lord will help us in our daily walk with Him. He will carry our cares and He will prove His word. He wants us to test Him. I ask you to glorify God in your homes. Take more time to study God's Word.  {2SAT 339.3}
[2SAT 339.4]          May God help you to weigh these matters sensibly and thoroughly, that you may follow on to know the Lord, whose going forth is prepared as the morning. Amen.--Ms. 20, 1913.  {2SAT 339.4}
[BCL 3.1]         BCL - Battle Creek Letters (1928)      Letters and Manuscripts    Relating to    Medical Missionary Work    and    Going to Battle Creek    May 28,1928                                                    Document File 194                                        Sanitarium, California                                           November 7, 1905.                          Instruction to be Repeated            During the night we were in a council meeting, trying to decide what we were going to do. One of authority stood up and said, "Everything that has been given to ministers, to men in responsible positions, to teachers, to managers, to the different conferences, is to be repeated and repeated, because Satan is now doing a special work to make of no effect the testimonies that come from God. We must work earnestly to bring this instruction before the people."  {BCL 3.1}
[BCL 3.2]          I was pointed to the work that Moses did just before his death. Calling the children of Israel together, he rehearsed to them their past experience, their trials, their failures, and the warnings that had been given them. And Joshua, when the time came for him to lay down his work, called the tribes together, and recounted to Israel their history since they were called out as the people of God.  {BCL 3.2}
[BCL 3.3]          Today we must rehearse the instruction that God has given to us as a people. The warfare between the forces of light and darkness is going on. Those who think that the powers of evil are asleep are very much mistaken. The enemy is constantly seeking to bring in things that will unsettle the confidence of God's people. These things may appear very inoffensive, but they contain grave errors and dangers, which must be met. We must take our stand firmly in defense of the truth given us after the passing of the time. The Holy Spirit gave us an understanding of these truths.                                                    -                                       -4-  {BCL 3.3}
[BCL 4.1]    Re-copied Aug. 6, 1928                            G--189--03        V. E. R.            Extracts from a Letter Relating to the Question of Our            Young People Going to Battle Creek for their Education            "The light given me by the Lord--that our youth should not collect in Battle Creek to receive their education--has in no particular been changed. The fact that the Sanitarium has been rebuilt in Battle Creek does not change the light. All that in the past made Battle Creek a place unsuitable for our youth exists today, so far as influence is concerned.  {BCL 4.1}
[BCL 4.2]         "Word has come to me that letters have been sent out to our churches in the different states offering our youth special inducements to connect with the Battle Creek Sanitarium. The leading men in our conferences are requested to send their most promising young men and young women to the Battle Creek Sanitarium to be educated and trained as nurses. This is an effort to counterwork the counsel of the Lord. Those who present these inducements are walking contrary to the will of the Lord. . . . .  {BCL 4.2}
[BCL 4.3]          "I would say, be careful what moves are made. It is not God's design that our youth should be called to Battle Creek.  {BCL 4.3}
[BCL 4.4]          "Letters of inquiry are coming to us, asking, "Has Sister White changed? Does she now favor the re-establishment of a college in Battle Creek?" In the past I have given the word of the Lord in regard to the removal of the school from Battle Creek, and I have not changed. . . .  {BCL 4.4}
[BCL 4.5]          "In connection with every one of our sanitariums there is to be provided for the training of the youth as medical missionaries, so that our young men and women need not go to Battle Creek to receive an education in these lines. It is the intelligent and promising and promising youth who are called for to come to Battle Creek, and these are the very ones that are needed in other places, in our schools, in our sanitariums. These young men and young women will be needed to do the work that must be done in different parts of the Lord's vineyard. There are many lines of work to be carried forward, and many laborers are needed. We need one hundred laborers where now there is but one. Our forces are not to be centered in one place. They are to be scattered throughout the field. Plants are to be made in all parts of the Lord's vineyard. We protest                                    -5-     in the name of the Lord God of Israel, against the calling of our youth into a place to which the Lord declared they should not go."                                    -6-  {BCL 4.5}
[BCL 6.1]     Re-copied Aug. 6, 1928                               B--57--04        V. E. R.                                     St. Helena, Calif. Nov. 12, 1903     To Our Leading Medical Workers:--            Instruction has now been given me that I must place in the hands of our ministers and physicians the light given me in past years for Dr. Kellogg and his associates, lest the mistakes of former years be repeated.  {BCL 6.1}
[BCL 6.2]          Our medical missionary workers know but little of the instruction that for the last twenty years the Lord in mercy has been sending to the pioneers in this work. Testimony after testimony has been given in regard to the danger of centering so much in Battle Creek, and the necessity of opening new fields and making plants in many places. Again and again the Lord has declared that it was his will that the company of workers collected in Battle Creek should be broken up into several companies.  {BCL 6.2}
[BCL 6.3]          If our physicians will stand solidly with their ministering brethren, they will receive help. But they have started on a track which if followed will lead to an effort to tear down the foundation pillars of our faith. Spiritualistic sentiments have been presented in so plausible a manner that many of our medical missionary workers have been fascinated by them. I pray that they will not continue to foster these ideas. Their work is now to put away from them these pleasing fables.  {BCL 6.3}
[BCL 6.4]          How could our brethren say that in "Living Temple" there was nothing contrary to the truths of God's Word? The Lord's watchmen should have been quick to see that evil was stealing into our ranks. They should have been wide awake to discern the approach of the enemy, and to give the alarm. The rebuke of God will rest upon those who willingly close their eyes that they may not discern the dangerous character of the fables that are stealthily finding place among us. The rebuke of God is upon the ministers and medical missionary workers who have been asleep on the walls of Zion, when as vigilant watchmen they should have warned the people of the Lord against the dangers threatening them.  {BCL 6.4}
[BCL 6.5]          The time will come, Christ tells us of, when many deceivers will go forth, declaring themselves to be Christ. The Saviour says, "Go ye not after them". We need not be deceived. Wonderful scenes, with which Satan will be closely connected, will soon take place. God's Word declares that Satan will work                                        -7-     miracles. He will make people sick, and then will suddenly remove from them his Satanic power. They will then be regarded as healed. These works of apparent healing will bring Seventh-day Adventists to the test. Many who have had great light will fail to walk in the light, because they have not become one with Christ.  {BCL 6.5}
[BCL 7.1]          Let us study the Word of God. Let us make it a part of our lives, bringing its teachings into the daily experience. Thus only can we gain the knowledge that will enable us, in these days of peril, to distinguish the true from the false. Study the fifth and sixth chapters of John. They contain instruction that is indeed the mystery of godliness. "Search the Scriptures," Christ said: "for in them ye think ye have eternal life; and they are they which testify of Me."  {BCL 7.1}
[BCL 7.2]          There are some who, though they have received great light, do not feel the need of following Jesus in humility and contrition. God has honored them, but they have not reflected his glory. Jesus says to them, "Ye will not come unto Me that ye might have life." "I received not honor from men. But I know you, that ye have not the love of God in you. I am come in My Father's name, and ye receive Me not: if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive." "How can ye believe, which receive honor one of another and seek not the honor that cometh from God only?"                                        -8-  {BCL 7.2}
[BCL 8.1]    Re-copied July 11, 1928                 Extracts from K--23--87        V.E.R.                                     Basle Switzerland, Feb. 23, 1887     Dr. Kellogg:            You are engaged in a great and good work and in this constant strain the physical, mental and moral powers are taxed to the uttermost and ought not to be, because the future demands of your tact, your experience and your practical knowledge. It comes to me with force at times the great violence you are doing to yourself when you have knowledge of just the result that you must shorten your life and I feel intensely over this matter. For it will not make the matter one whit better. I have learned, if you go calmly along trusting in God, committing the keeping of your soul to Him as unto a faithful Creator you will be able to preserve the calmness and ease, a peace that cannot be marred, that will astonish you.  {BCL 8.1}
[BCL 8.2]         It is these men who feel so intensely as James White, J.N. Andrews and yourself that wear and are bruised in spirit. Now if they would heed counsel and would educate and train themselves to endure what cannot be cured and just lean more heavily and continuously upon divine power, then the wear and the friction would almost entirely cease. The peace of Christ comes into the soul. God means we shall trust in Him and enjoy His goodness; He lays out day by day before us. And we must have eyes and perceptive powers to take these things in.  {BCL 8.2}
[BCL 8.3]          However great and glorious the full and perfect deliverance from evil we shall realize in heaven it is not all to be kept for the time of final deliverance. God brings it into our present life. We need daily to cultivate faith in a present Saviour. Trusting in a power out of and above ourselves and this exercise of faith in unseen support and power which is waiting the demand of the needy and dependent we then can trust amid clouds as well as sunshine, singing of present deliverance and present enjoyment of His love.  {BCL 8.3}
[BCL 8.4]          The life we now live must be by faith in the Son of God. The Christian life is a strangely mingled scene of sorrows and joys, disappointments and hopes, tears and confidence. There will be much dissatisfaction with self, as he views his own heart so deeply stirred, surged with passion that seems to bear all before it and then follows remorse and sorrow and repentance followed by peace and deep hidden joys, because he knows as his faith grasps the promises that are revealed in God's Word that he has the forgiving love of a long-suffering Saviour.                                        -9-     And that Saviour he seeks to bring into his life, weave into His character.  {BCL 8.4}
[BCL 9.1]          It is these revealings, these discoveries of God's goodness that makes the soul-humble and leads it to cry out in gratitude, I live, yet not I, for Christ liveth in me, We have reason to be comforted. Severe outward trials may press around the soul where Jesus lives. Let us turn to Him, for the consolations He has provided for us in His Word.  {BCL 9.1}
[BCL 9.2]          The nether springs of hope and comfort may appear to fail us, but the upper springs which feed the river of God are full of supply and can never be dried up. God would have you look away from the cause of your afflictions to Him who is the owner of soul, body and spirit. He is the lover of the soul. He knows the value of the soul. He is the true vine, and we are the branches. We shall have no spiritual nourishment only as we draw it from Jesus who is the true life of the soul.  {BCL 9.2}
[BCL 9.3]          "Ye believe in God, believe also in Me", says Jesus. It is the will of Jesus that we shall be full of hope, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, meekness, and love. It is not God's will that we should remain in sorrow and discouragement. While it is His will that we should discern His love and His matchless mercy. . . .  {BCL 9.3}
[BCL 9.4]          There is only one way for you, and that is to save your own life by laying burdens on others that you may live to save the lives of many. We prize your superior scientific skill. We need it. We do not want to lose it. And we ought to have some power of influence to control your course of action lest you will become a man of an unbalanced mind, and the precious skill you have will lie buried in a ruined casket.  {BCL 9.4}
[BCL 9.5]          I do not write to burden you. I feel deeply for you and you must change your course of action. You are living two years in one, and I utter my protest against this. You understand this taxation, this pressure of the living machinery cannot continue without giving out of some of the fine works and then, oh, my brother, then, what death, that which you would be far worse, living without power to do it at all.  {BCL 9.5}
[BCL 9.6]          I thank God for that which you have been to the cause of God. I thank my heavenly Father for the light which He has reflected through you and for this reason, I want you to live and continue to be a source of light.  {BCL 9.6}
[BCL 9.7]          I see in the plans you have devised light and wisdom, and if these will help you to practice temperance in your labor you have through the wisdom of God been wise, but if notwithstanding                                       -10-     you will keep dragging and pushing the whole load, which others connected with the institution could and should do, then your only future is to be crushed under it.  {BCL 9.7}
[BCL 10.1]          The Lord has sustained you, I do not for a moment question this. You say you have asked your brethren to select men to come into the sanitarium to be educated and trained to bear responsibilities. Cannot you see that the men, your brethren, would think might do, you might count a failure and be tried at the stupidity of your brethren. There is not one who would venture this. I would not dare to do it myself.                                       -11-  {BCL 10.1}
[BCL 11.1]     Re-copied July 11, 1928                           MS--13--01        V. E. R.                                      Diary                                   January 1898                    Medical Missionary Work and the Ministry            The question has been asked, did you not give Dr. Kellogg encouragement after he had entered into this work? I answer, I did; for I had been instructed that a work of this character should be done by all our churches; that a deep interest should be taken in this very line of work; that according to the light which the Lord had been pleased to give me, this line of work should have been taken hold of with resolution by our ministers, not to create a large center in one place, but to establish the work in many cities and to arouse the people to give of the Lord's money for the work in behalf of suffering humanity.  {BCL 11.1}
[BCL 11.2]          The Lord gave me light that in every place where a church was established, medical missionary work was to be done. But there was in the Battle Creek church a great deal of selfishness. Those at the very heart of the work indulged their own wishes in a way that dishonored God. Dr. Kellogg was not sustained in the health reform work, the importance of which had been kept before the church for thirty years. This work was hindered because of the feelings and prejudices of some in Battle Creek who were not disposed to conform their course of action to the Word of God regarding health reform principles.  {BCL 11.2}
[BCL 11.3]         The history of Daniel is recorded for the special benefit of those who desire to place themselves in the best condition of physical soundness, that they may reach as high a standard of usefulness as Daniel reached. The first chapter of Daniel is one of the most forcible discourses on temperance that could be given. Read it, read it, and as you read, become wise, not in your own conceit, but wise like Daniel and his fellows, whose physical, mental and spiritual understanding increased with their sanctified resolution to adhere strictly to the principles of temperance in eating and drinking. These youth were greatly blessed in their effort to honor and please God by preserving their physical powers so that they would have mental strength, and so that God could mould and fashion them after the divine similitude. We read; "As for these four children, God gave them knowledge and skill in all learning and wisdom; and Daniel had understanding in all visions and dreams. . . . And in all matters of wisdom and understanding that kings inquired                                       -12-     of them, he found them ten times better than all the magicians and astrologers that were in all his realm."  {BCL 11.3}
[BCL 12.1]          Had those who claim to believe the truth for these last days done as Daniel did, had they been determined to walk in all the light God caused to shine upon them, the great difficulties which have existed in Battle Creek would not have been. The great dearth of means would not have been. Had those who crowded into Battle Creek gone out and taken up evangelistic work, first for themselves, as did Daniel and his fellows, and then for others, the Lord would have given them wisdom and skill and understanding. But the light given was not lived out. The testimonies sent by the Lord in regard to health reform were made the subject of criticism. They were misused and abused by those who were determined to vindicate their own ideas and carry out their own plans.  {BCL 12.1}
[BCL 12.2]          Had the church followed in the light God gave, refusing to lay another brick in the erection of buildings which were not in the order of God, a great burden of debt would have been avoided. When the time came to move, the people could have established themselves in places where they would have given character to the work of God for this time.  {BCL 12.2}
[BCL 12.3]          The work God pointed out for those in Battle Creek was for them to leave Battle Creek and work in places where there was nothing to represent the truth. Thus plants would have been made in many places. The students would not have been gathered in one large company. The Lord would have worked.  {BCL 12.3}
[BCL 12.4]          God has not forsaken his people, but his people have forsaken him. Those in Battle Creek should have worked for the ones who needed their help. Dr. Kellogg took up the work they did not do. The spirit of criticism shown to his work from the first has been very unjust, and has made his work hard. The lack of sympathy his brethren have shown him has prepared the way for the work he has been doing in criticising them. The Lord has no justification for any such work.  {BCL 12.4}
[BCL 12.5]          Had the church done in different localities the work given them by God, had they followed the example left them by Christ there would now be centers all through America. Plants would be established in many places. There would not be a great showing in Chicago alone; the work would be multiplied in many places, with the full co-operation of the institutions established in Battle Creek.  {BCL 12.5}
[BCL 12.6]          The past should be subject for keen regret. The Lord would now have the medical missionary work recognized as the helping hand of God. But this work has been carried too heavily                                   -13-     in one place, when plants should have been made in many places.  {BCL 12.6}
[BCL 13.1]          The Lord has given Dr. Kellogg his work. It is a fact that our ministers are very slow to become health reformers, notwithstanding all the light which the Lord has given upon this subject. This has caused Dr. Kellogg to lose confidence in them. Their tardy work in health reform has created in him a spirit of criticism, and he has borne down on them in an unsparing manner, which the Lord does not sanction. He has belittled the gospel ministry, and in his regard and ideas has placed the medical missionary work above the ministry. I have seen that in the censuring of ministers remarks have been made which have not been to the honor and glory of God.                                    -14-  {BCL 13.1}
[BCL 14.1]     Re-copied July 11, 1928                               B--38-99        V. E. R.     Elders Prescott, Irwin, Jones, Smith and Waggoner     Dear Brethren:            I have written to Brother John Kellogg in regard to matters which should come before him, asking him not to pursue a course which will in any way detract from his influence. The Lord has greatly exalted and blessed His servant, Dr. Kellogg. He has used him to honor His name upon the earth and to give character to the work. Dr. Kellogg has been obtaining a most precious experience. But there are some who have acted as though they had been appointed to work against him. The Lord has reproved their course of action. They knew not that they were working on Satan's side of the question. As men and women have thus worked out their own attributes, this has been a hindrance to the doctor. His brethren have had evidence that he has been working in accordance with the will of God. But although they have had light on this point, they have not all stood by his side to help him. Some have held up his hands, but others have not heeded the admonitions given. Every evidence that could be given has been given, but some have shown that they have not practiced self-denial. They have not taken up the cross to follow Christ. Such ones reveal the principles which have corrupted them.  {BCL 14.1}
[BCL 14.2]         Those who refused the warnings of God followed a course of action which brought its sure result. These influences have sometimes made the work of Dr. Kellogg doubly as hard as it should have been. They have led him to stand apart to some degree from the ministry. I desire to present matters as they are presented to me. Such a spirit of criticism and fault-finding has done the work Satan designed should be done. Dr. Kellogg has been led to take the course he deemed it his duty to take. He has not connected with those who were not in sympathy with the work he knew to be of God.  {BCL 14.2}
[BCL 14.3]          Our people have not all appreciated as they should the man through whom God has worked, and with whom He has cooperated upon the subject of health reform. They have not reasoned from cause to effect to understand how great was the blessing of the Sanitarium at Battle Creek under the management of Dr. Kellogg and his faithful associates. Through this work the truths of the third angel's message have entered where it would otherwise have been very difficult for them to find entrance. But the perceptions of our people have been blinded. They have not felt that the Lord has greatly honored His people in establishing the Sanitarium which for the influence and success                                    -15-     has not yet been surpassed. Why cannot the churches see that the Sanitarium has success because the Lord is especially at work to make it a place where the truth may be made known in a way that will recommend it to all classes, where it will be made manifest that God is honored, and that the truth of His word is the abiding principle by which all work.  {BCL 14.3}
[BCL 15.1]          This institution has been the means of elevating the truth, and bringing it before thousands. The religious influence which pervades the institution inspires the patients with confidence. The assurance they have that the Lord presides over the Sanitarium, the many prayers offered for the sick, does much to soothe their nerves. Many men and women who have never before thought of the value of their souls are convinced by the Spirit of God that they have made a mistake. They have put worldly position, human wisdom and wealth in the place of God and heaven. Careless, irreligious souls, full of pride and self-love, stand as it were before the bar of God, to consider their past and future; and not a few change the whole course of their life. Man has inherited an intense desire to save himself, and thus show his independence. Impressions that will never be effaced have been made upon self-righteous souls, who have thought their own standard of character sufficient, who have felt no need of Christ's righteousness. When the test comes, when enlightenment comes to them, they will take their stand for truth.  {BCL 15.1}
[BCL 15.2]          The God of heaven is honored by an institution managed in this way. The Battle Creek Sanitarium was established by order of God, that men and women might better understand the virtues of the tree of life. In his mercy God has made the Sanitarium such a power in the relief of physical suffering that thousands are drawn to it to be cured physically, but from the Saviour they receive the forgiveness of their sins, and they identify themselves completely with Christ, and His interests, His honor. Their sins are taken away, and are placed at Christ's account. His righteousness is imputed to them. The healing balm is applied to the soul. They receive the grace of Christ, and go forth to impart to others the light of truth. The Lord makes them His witnesses. Their testimony is, "He was made sin for us who knew no sin, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him". They never forget the prayers, the songs of praise and thanksgiving that they heard while at the Sanitarium. Can we realize how much God is glorified by this work?  {BCL 15.2}
[BCL 15.3]          The Lord has connected Dr. Kellogg with the medical fraternity outside our people. His influence has had much to do with the abolishing of drugs to a large extent, and the introduction of nature's own restoratives. This work has not been done by making a raid upon drugs, for it needed the wisdom of a serpent and the harmlessness of a dove. Dr. Kellogg's connection with                                     -16-     God enables him to take the presence of the Holy Spirit with him into assemblies where there is generally much levity, and where many things are spoken that might better be left unsaid. The people respect the doctor's religious principles, and show that they are somewhat under the influence of this faith.  {BCL 15.3}
[BCL 16.1]          The Lord would have His people awake, and realize that Dr. Kellogg is and must be connected with God, and stand as a rock to the principles of our faith. The Lord has given him knowledge and understanding. The singular success of the Sanitarium at Battle Creek is a wonderful mystery to all. God has planned the whole thing, that men in the highways as well as in byways should be brought in connection with Dr. Kellogg and his associates and the Bible instruction given. Thus they are continually being educated. Everything in this line that the physicians have done gives glory and praise to Him who is behind the physicians. All believers in the truth have cause to show much gratitude that we have such an institution as the Sanitarium, also that God works with His instrumentalities, Dr. Kellogg and his co-workers, who are accepted in the beloved. These influences are to be appreciated.  {BCL 16.1}
[BCL 16.2]         The Lord will sustain and up hold Dr. Kellogg as his man of opportunity just as long as Dr. Kellogg will stand true and steadfast to the principles of truth. The Lord sees the work he is doing in the medical missionary line. This work is not in any way to stand separate from the ministry. The ministry must not be divorced from this work, and the Lord would have the church act a part in this work. Every talent in our churches should be employed in the work of doing good. The rough places of nature, the wild places, God has made attractive, by placing beautiful things among the most unattractive. This is the work we are called to do. But the medical missionary work must not become disproportionate. It must be a work that is in order with the rest of the work.  {BCL 16.2}
[BCL 16.3]          Dr. Kellogg is in danger of gathering altogether too many burdens. His influence is to be decidedly felt in the Sanitarium. It is needed there more largely, and with his workers he is to continue to exert the influence on the people that he has exerted in the past. The extra burdens he takes endanger his usefulness. The Lord would have Dr. Kellogg preserve his life, that he may do the work and exert the influence needed in the management of the Sanitarium. His voice can do more at times than the voices of ten of his co-workers. There are wheels within wheels, and it is not a small matter to keep these wheels in such order that they can accomplish the work.  {BCL 16.3}
[BCL 16.4]          The Lord's eye is upon you, Dr. Kellogg. The light given by God is that there are dangers you need to avoid. God's work in many lines is to be done. Your voice and the voice of your associate physicians are needed in our camp-meetings. You need to                                      -17-     give lessons upon health reform, upon the necessity of preventing disease. But the Lord has not laid upon you the burden of presenting the importance of working altogether for the outcasts. That is a part of the work which will come. I am told to warn you that there is danger here. While you may present the favorable things, there are a flood of things that are unfavorable that all will not meet intelligently.  {BCL 16.4}
[BCL 17.1]          This work needs to be guarded most strenuously. At present time the means from the churches must not be diverted into so many different channels that the treasury is emptied. Our people need to be faithful in paying their tithe, that the ministry may be supported, and the necessary work done in this line. Many more camp-meetings must be held. Efforts are to be put forth for the people all through the camp-meeting. Visiting is to be done. Words in season are to be spoken. Efforts are to be made to make the meetings revival meetings. And after the camp-meetings the work is not to cease. "Ye have not chosen me," Christ said, "but I have chosen you, and ordained you that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain, that whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, He may give it to you. These things I command you, that ye love one another." God's servants are to watch and pray, losing no opportunity of speaking a word for Christ or of giving away a paper or a tract. The Son of man came to seek and to save that which was lost. Christ's love for souls will fill the heart of the sincere worker. It is a most deplorable thing that any human being should stray from God. Those who have any connection with God will work to help sinners. And there is to be perfect unity among all the workers in God's great moral vineyard.  {BCL 17.1}
[BCL 17.2]         Most earnest work should be done in a camp-meeting from the commencement to the close. There should be those who can conduct children's meetings. In our camp-meeting at Newcastle Sister Peck took up this work, with several interested workers under her direction. Those meetings were continued all through the camp-meeting, and are still being held.  {BCL 17.2}
[BCL 17.3]          After the camp-meeting is over, ministers should be left to follow up the work, with those who can be educated to give Bible readings and trained as missionary workers. This work requires a treasury enriched by the tithe and by gifts and offerings.  {BCL 17.3}
[BCL 17.4]         The Lord works and His servants work, watching for souls as they must give an account. The promised Spirit comes from God, who give the increase. God sends His servants to a place, and they must work with all their united energies to present the word in its simplicity. The conscience is enlightened. A sense of sin is felt. The explanation of sin is given as John has given it, "Sin is the transgression of the law." Most                                      -18-     earnest work is done in every place where camp-meetings are held. There are now in Brisbane, as a result of the campmeeting and the gathering in work, about thirty believers and others are being added to the numbers.  {BCL 17.4}
[BCL 18.1]          Let all God's workers study the plan of salvation, and think what the working out of that plan cost. Calvary speaks with all its agony of suffering. There the Son of God died to secure eternal life for those who receive Him. No one but Christ can make man a partaker of the divine nature. Only His human hand pierced on Calvary's cross, can lay hold of fallen man, and uplift him.                                       -19-  {BCL 18.1}
[BCL 19.1]     Recopied July 11, 1928                          K--55--99        V. E. R.                               "Sunnyside", Cooranbong, N. S. W.                                      March 24, 1899     Dr. Kellogg     Dear Brother:            I have nothing more at present to send you, except that the Lord has impressed my mind forcibly that anything more I might say would do no good. There are some things that can be said in the future, when hearts and minds are where the Holy Spirit can work Them.  {BCL 19.1}
[BCL 19.2]          All I have to say now is that your way and spirit toward your brethren is not approved by God. He calls for unity. Variance and dissension are not created by the Lord. The Lord has given light to men that it may be a help to them and all connected with them. If the same spirit is manifested to justify and condemn what has been cherished in the past, settle it in your mind that Jesus Christ is not glorified. The softening, subduing influence of the Spirit of God is greatly needed. Nothing can dishonor God more than the independent self-sufficiency which marks the defections of your brethren and fails to see your own dangers and defects. I am afraid for you. I am afraid for my brethren in responsible positions.  {BCL 19.2}
[BCL 19.3]          I will now hold my peace; for anything I might say may confuse. I fear for nothing that I have written. It lies out in clear, straight lines, because the Holy Spirit is working with the human agent. I greatly fear that the power and glory of God which may come in will not be recognized. God says, Work in unity. He does not say that your course has been one which will advance and unite hearts. You need to put on Christ, to follow your own Leader more closely. You are in a positive danger through your own spirit, which will always strive for the supremacy unless it is kept in subjection. You are upon a high pinnacle of greatness, because the Lord has prospered the principles you have advocated. But the Lord never designed that you should criticise your brethren and hold yourself aloof from them because they do not put their whole interest in the work you are interested in.  {BCL 19.3}
[BCL 19.4]         My brother, the Lord does not sanction any disunion or any variance. If you draw in even cords with your Redeemer, you will draw in even cords with your brethren. There is need                                       -20-     of unity, else Christ would not have prayed for this oneness. This oneness does not mean that all should do the work you are doing, or that you are to feel that you are to do the work your brethren are doing. Your several works are to blend together. If you are one with Christ and with one another, you bear the credentials that God has sent His Son into the world. The Lord then has a seal to His work. We must cease the work of criticising and fault-finding, and sustain the hands of our brethren.  {BCL 19.4}
[BCL 20.1]          We must not tear one another down, the work of absorbing in America the means in the churches, so that foreign fields are deprived of facilities with which to carry on the work should not be encouraged. We have been deprived in this country of means we should have had.  {BCL 20.1}
[BCL 20.2]          The light came to me, clear and distinct, that the Medical Missionary work was absorbing too much, while a more definite work in special lines was being neglected, that you gathering into your arms a class of work that is never-ending, which was eclipsing the work that needs to be done in every city,-the proclamation of the soon coming of Christ. The third angel's message was being blanketed, and you were not altogether straight on these things. There was danger in several ways that you did not discern. You are a man of special influence. You will sway heavily in any course you take, whether right or wrong; and I wrote to this effect. The danger is that you will withdraw yourself, and make of your work a great center; and this you will certainly do unless you fulfill to the letter the word of the Lord. You are to build up, and in no wise to weaken or tear down. The Lord will lead you if you do not pull too strong to lead yourself. When you are baptized with the Holy Spirit of God, you will draw in harmony. You are to stop censuring your brethren, and they are to help to sustain you; for a heavy responsibility rests upon you. You are not to exalt the work you are doing; for it is only as the arm is to the body. This cannot and must not be. You would make the medical missionary work the body and not the arm. You are out of order, and you must be called to order. I write this because I do not want everything turned in this one channel to the extinguishing of every other important work. God does not want your sympathies drawn wholly in one direction while everything else is ignored.  {BCL 20.2}
[BCL 20.3]          I leave these words with you, my brother. You are certainly gathering more than you can carry. God help you to be wise, that the church, as well as the medical missionary work, may be helped. The medical missionary work needs to be more proportionately balanced. God help you.                                       -21-  {BCL 20.3}
[BCL 21.1]     Re-copied July 11, 1928                              D. F. 193        V. E. R.                              "Sunnyside", Cooranbong, April 17, 1899.     To Our Chief Physician:            My dear brother,---            I have  a most intense interest in you and your work, and I pray that the Lord will guide my pen as I write to you. The Lord has made you a man of His appointment, and the angels of God have been your helpers. The Lord has placed you in the position that you occupy, not because you are infallible, but because He desires to guide your mind by His Holy Spirit. He desires you to impart to those with whom you come in contact a knowledge of present truth. Grave responsibilities have been entrusted to you, and on no account should you allow yourself to be entangled in work that will weaken your influence with Seventh-day Adventists. The Lord has chosen you to fill a place of His appointment, to stand before the medical profession, not to be moulded, but to mould minds. Every day you are to be under the supervision of God. He is your Maker, your Redeemer. He has a work for you to do, not separated from Seventh-day Adventists, but united with them.  You are to be a great blessing to your brethren by giving them the knowledge that He has given you.  {BCL 21.1}
[BCL 21.2]         Through you God has worked and will work, honoring you by trusting to you important responsibilities. "We are laborers together with God." He will use you and me and each human being who enters His service, if we will submit to His guidance. Each one is to stand in his watchtower, listen attentively to that which the Spirit has to say to him, remembering that his every word and act leaves an impression, not only on his own character but on the characters of those with whom he is connected.  {BCL 21.2}
[BCL 21.3]                              "God's Building"          "Ye are God's husbandry; ye are God's building." This figure represents human character, which is to be wrought upon, point by point. Each day God works with His building, stroke upon stroke, to perfect the structure, that it may become a Holy temple for Him. Man is to co-operate with God. Each worker                                       -22-     is to become just what God designs him to be, building his life with pure, noble deeds, that in the end his character may be a symmetrical structure, a fair temple, honored by God and Man. There is to be no flaw in the building; for it is the Lord's. Every stone must be perfectly laid, that it may endure the pressure placed upon it. One stone laid wrong will affect the whole building. To you and to every other worker God gives the warning: "Take heed how you build, that your building may stand the test of storm and tempest, because it is founded on the eternal Rock. Place the stone on the sure foundation, that you may make ready for the day of test and trial, when all will be seen just as they are.  {BCL 21.3}
[BCL 22.1]                          A Temple of Living Stones          "He loves you with a love that is immeasurable."  {BCL 22.1}
[BCL 22.2]          This warning God presents to be as especially necessary for your welfare. He loves your brethren in the faith, and He works with them to the same end that He works with you. His church on earth is to assume divine proportions before the world, as a temple built of living stones, each one reflecting light. It is to be the light of the world, as a city set on a hill, that can not be hid. It is built of stones laid close together, stone fitting to stone, making a firm, solid building. All the stones are not of the same form or shape. Some are large, some are small, but each has its own place to fill. And the value of each stone is determined by the light that it reflects. This is God's plan. He desires all who are engaged in His work to fill their appointed places in the great work for this time.  {BCL 22.2}
[BCL 22.3]          We are living amidst the perils of the last days. We are wisely to cultivate every mental and physical power; for all are needed to make the church a building that will represent the wisdom of the great Designer. The talents given us by God are His gifts, and are to be used in their right relation to one another, so as to make a perfect whole. God gives the talents the powers of the mind; man forms the character.  {BCL 22.3}
[BCL 22.4]                         Different Instrumentalities          The Lord has wrought with you, enabling you to act your part as His workman; but there are other workmen also who are to act their part as His instrumentalities. These help to compose the whole body. All are to be united as parts of a great machine. The Lord's church is composed of living, working agencies, who derive their power to act from the Author and Finisher                                       -23-     of their faith. The great work resting upon them is to be carried forward in harmony. God has given you your work. But He has other instrumentalities, and to them He has given their work, that all may become, through sanctification of the truth, members of Christ's body, of His flesh, and of His bones. Representing Christ, we act for time and for eternity; and men, even worldly men, take knowledge of us that we have been with Jesus, and have learned of Him.  {BCL 22.4}
[BCL 23.1]                                  Truth a Unit          God's people are not to be in confusion, lacking order and harmony, consistency and  beauty. The Lord is greatly dishonored when unity does not exist among His people. Truth is a unit. The unity that God requires must be cultivated day by day, if we would answer the prayer of Christ. The disunion that is striving for existence among those who claim to believe the last message of mercy to be given to the world must find no place; for it would be a fearful hindrance to the advancement of God's work. His servants are to be one, as Christ is one with the Father, their powers, illuminated, inspired, and sanctified, united to make a complete whole. Those who love God and keep His commandments are not to draw apart; they are to press together.  {BCL 23.1}
[BCL 23.2]                                 Words of Cheer          The Lord does not forsake His faithful workmen. Bear in mind that our life in this world is but a pilgrimage, that heaven is the home to which we are going. Have faith in God. If my words have wounded and bruised your soul, I am sorry; I am wounded and bruised also. Our work, a strange work, a great work, given us by  God, links us heart and soul together. You dare not throw off your armor. You must wear it till the end. When the Lord releases you, it will be time for you to lay down your armor at His feet. You have enlisted in His army to serve till the close of the battle, and you would not disgrace yourself and dishonor God by deserting. May the Lord open to you many matters that He has opened to me. Satan is watching His opportunity, to dishonor the cause of God. I have been shown your peril, and I have also been shown your guardian angel, preserving you again and again from yourself, keeping you from making shipwreck of faith. My brother, lift up the standard, lift it up, and be not faint-hearted or discouraged.  {BCL 23.2}
[BCL 23.3]          I have given leading men in the General Conference and the Mission Board the light given me by God,--that you and they should counsel together; that instead of holding themselves aloof, they should be your fellow-helpers; that you had been ordained by God to stand in a position of trust, and you needed help instead of censure.                                       -24-  {BCL 23.3}
[BCL 24.1]          In the intensity of my desire that you should make straight paths for your feet, I have written earnest words to you, but never, never to denounce or condemn you. O that God would make you understand that my deep interest in you has not changed in the least. I have a most earnest desire that you shall stand fast in God, firm, tried, and true. I know that the Lord wants you to have the crown of victory.                                    -25-  {BCL 24.1}
[BCL 25.1]     Re-copied July 13, 1928                MS--117--99        V. E. R.                         The Medical Missionary Work            I have much to say, but when I see that the words I shall speak will be used to carry out the extravagant ideas of men, while the work of eternal interest is not considered, I feel like holding my peace.  {BCL 25.1}
[BCL 25.2]          The medical missionary work is God's work, and there should be branches of this work in every place where the gospel of present truth is preached; but the medical missionary work does not consist in binding every power and facility to the work of lifting up the depraved classes, while fields all ripe for the harvest are left untouched. Workers need to be trained who will proclaim the truth in the dark places of the earth.  {BCL 25.2}
[BCL 25.3]          Work must be done not only for the outcasts, but for the higher classes of society. Not half the effort is made that should be made to win this class to God. As I meet noble looking men and women, my heart yearns toward them. I think of the possibilities before them; for they have talents. But they are not aware of their dependence upon God for every spiritual and temporal favor. If they would give themselves to God, how grandly the truth would be displayed through their agency. God says to them, "Ye are not your own; for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit which are God's." Lay not up for yourself treasures on earth but lay up for yourself treasures in heaven, where Christ is pleading for you. Set your affections on things above, and not on things on the earth." To work for this class requires tact and ingenuity and individual effort by workers whose hearts are softened by the grace of God. While the world is heaping up treasures for the fires of the last days, let those who believe the truth work with all their God-given abilities to gain eternal treasures.  {BCL 25.3}